UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-3

 

 

FOR APPLICATIONS FOR QUALIFICATION OF INDENTURES

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939

 

 

Intrum Investments and Financing AB

(Name of Applicant)*

 

 

Riddargatan 10, 114 35

Stockholm, Sweden

Telephone: +46 708309823

(Address of Principal Executive Office)

Securities to be Issued under the Indentures to be Qualified

 

Title of Class

 

Amount**

8.000% Senior Secured New Money Notes due 2027   Up to €526,315,000 aggregate principal amount
7.750% Senior Secured Exchange Notes due 2027   Up to €593,000,000 aggregate principal amount
7.750% Senior Secured Exchange Notes due 2028   Up to €741,000,000 aggregate principal amount
8.500% Senior Secured Exchange Notes due 2029   Up to €741,000,000 aggregate principal amount
8.500% Senior Secured Exchange Notes due 2030   Up to €889,000,000 aggregate principal amount

**Each class of Notes will be issued in either euro or Swedish krona (“SEK”).

The amount of each class of Notes will be determined in accordance with the Plan (as defined herein).

Approximate date of proposed public offering:

On or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date under the Plan (as defined herein).

 

Name and registered address of agent for service:    With a copy to:
Intrum AB of Texas LLC    Apostolos Gkoutzinis
1501 S MoPac Expy, Ste 220    Milbank LLP
Austin, TX 78746    100 Liverpool Street
United States    London, EC2M 2AT
   United Kingdom
   Telephone: +44 20 7615 3000

The Applicants hereby amend this Application for Qualification on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effectiveness until (i) the 20th day after the filing of an amendment which specifically states that it shall supersede this Application for Qualification, or (ii) such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 307(c) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Trust Indenture Act”), may determine upon the written request of the Applicants.

 

*

The Co-Applicants listed on the following page are also included in this Form T-3 as applicants.

 

 

 


The following entities are expected to be guarantors of the Notes (the “Guarantors”) and are co-applicants on this Form T-3. Other than Intrum AB (the “Company”), which is the direct parent of the Issuer, each of the Guarantors is a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

   

Intrum AB

 

   

Intrum Group Operations AB

 

   

Capquest Debt Recovery Limited

 

   

Capquest Group Limited

 

   

Fair Pay Please AB

 

   

Solvia Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.U.

 

   

Intrum AB of Texas LLC

 

   

Intrum AG

 

   

Intrum AS

 

   

Intrum B.V.

 

   

Intrum Capital AS

 

   

Intrum Czech, s.r.o.

 

   

Intrum Deutschland GmbH

 

   

Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH

 

   

Intrum Holding AB

 

   

Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH

 

   

Intrum Holding Norway AS

 

   

Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.

 

   

Intrum Intl AB

 

   

Intrum Investment No 1 DAC

 

   

Intrum Investment No 2 DAC

 

   

Intrum Investment No 3 DAC

 

   

Intrum Investment Switzerland AG

 

   

Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.

 

   

Intrum Nederland B.V.

 

   

Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.

 

   

Intrum Oy

 

   

Intrum Servicing Spain, S.A.U.

 

   

Intrum Slovakia s.r.o.

 

   

Intrum Sp. z o.o.

 

   

Intrum Sverige AB

 

   

Intrum UK Finance Limited

 

   

Intrum UK Group Limited

 

   

Intrum UK Holdings Limited

 

   

Intrum Zrt

 

   

Lock Topco AS

 

   

Intrum Holding Spain NewCo, S.L.U.

 

   

Intrum Italy Holding AB

 

2


GENERAL

 

1.

General Information.

Intrum Investments and Financing AB is a public limited company formed in Sweden (the “Issuer”). The Guarantors, together with the Issuer, (the “Applicants”) have the following forms of organization or incorporation and jurisdictions of formation.

 

Guarantor

  

Form

  

Jurisdiction

Intrum AB    Public Limited Company    Sweden
Intrum Group Operations AB    Private Limited Company    Sweden
Capquest Debt Recovery Limited    Private Limited Company    United Kingdom
Capquest Group Limited    Private Limited Company    United Kingdom
Fair Pay Please AB    Private Limited Company    Sweden
Solvia Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.U.    Public Limited Company    Spain
Intrum AB of Texas LLC    Limited Liability Company    Texas
Intrum AG    Public Limited Company    Switzerland
Intrum AS    Private Limited Company    Norway
Intrum B.V.    Private Limited Liability Company    Netherlands
Intrum Capital AS    Private Limited Company    Norway
Intrum Czech, s.r.o.    Private Limited Company    Czechia
Intrum Deutschland GmbH    Private Limited Company    Germany
Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH    Private Limited Company    Germany
Intrum Holding AB    Private Limited Company    Sweden
Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH    Private Limited Company    Germany
Intrum Holding Norway AS    Private Limited Company    Norway
Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.    Single-Shareholder Corporation    Spain
Intrum Intl AB    Private Limited Company    Sweden
Intrum Investment No 1 DAC    Designated Activity Company (Private Limited Company)    Ireland
Intrum Investment No 2 DAC    Designated Activity Company (Private Limited Company)    Ireland
Intrum Investment No 3 DAC    Designated Activity Company (Private Limited Company)    Ireland
Intrum Investment Switzerland AG    Private Limited Company    Switzerland
Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.    Private Limited Company    Italy
Intrum Nederland B.V.    Private Limited Liability Company    Netherlands
Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.    Private Limited Liability Company    Netherlands
Intrum Oy    Private Liability Company    Finland
Intrum Servicing Spain, S.A.U.    Single-Shareholder Corporation    Spain
Intrum Slovakia s.r.o.    Private Limited Company    Slovakia
Intrum Sp. z o.o.    Private Limited Company    Poland
Intrum Sverige AB    Private Limited Company    Sweden
Intrum UK Finance Limited    Private Limited Company    United Kingdom
Intrum UK Group Limited    Private Limited Company    United Kingdom
Intrum UK Holdings Limited    Private Limited Company    United Kingdom
Intrum Zrt    Private Limited Company    Hungary
Lock TopCo AS    Private Limited Company    Norway
Intrum Holding Spain NewCo S.L.U.    Single-Member Limited Company    Spain
Intrum Italy Holding AB    Private Limited Company    Sweden

 

3


2.

Securities Act Exemption Applicable.

Reference is made to the Disclosure Statement for the Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of the Company and its Debtor Affiliate (as may be amended or supplemented, the “Disclosure Statement”) and the Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Intrum and its Debtor Affiliate (as may be amended, supplemented, restated or modified from time to time, the “Plan”), copies of which are included as Exhibits T3E-1 and T3E-2, respectively. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.

Pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Disclosure Statement and the Plan, the Applicants will issue to holders (collectively, the “Allowed Notes Claim Holders”) of (i) those certain SEK-denominated senior floating rate medium term notes due 2025 issued by Intrum AB (the “2025 Tranche 1 MTNs”); (ii) those certain SEK-denominated 11.875% senior medium term notes due 2025 issued by Intrum AB (the “2025 Tranche 2 MTNs”); (iii) those certain SEK-denominated senior floating rate medium term notes due 2025 issued by Intrum AB (the “2025 Tranche 3 MTNs”); (iv) those certain SEK-denominated senior floating rate medium term notes due 2026 issued by Intrum AB (the “2026 MTNs”); (v) those certain euro-denominated 4.875% senior unsecured notes due 2025 issued by Intrum AB (the “2025 Notes”); (vi) those certain euro-denominated 3.000% senior unsecured notes due 2025 issued by Intrum AB (the “2025 PPNs”); (vii) those certain euro-denominated 3.500% senior unsecured notes due 2026 issued by Intrum AB (the “2026 Notes”); (viii) those certain euro-denominated 3.000% senior unsecured notes due 2027 issued by Intrum AB (the “2027 Notes”) and (ix) those certain euro-denominated 9.250% senior unsecured notes due 2028 issued by Intrum AB (the “2028 Notes” and, together with the 2025 Tranche 1 MTNs, the 2025 Tranche 2 MTNs, the 2025 Tranche 3 MTNs, the 2026 MTNs, the 2025 Notes, the 2025 PPNs, the 2026 Notes and the 2027 Notes, the “Old Notes”) each such Allowed Notes Claim Holder’s pro rata share of the Exchange Notes; provided that Allowed Notes Claim Holders whose Allowed Notes Claim is denominated in euro shall receive Exchange Notes denominated in euro and Allowed Notes Claim Holders whose Allowed Notes Claim is denominated in SEK shall receive Exchange Notes denominated in SEK. The Exchange Notes will be issued pursuant to the exchange notes indenture to be qualified under this Form T-3 (the “Exchange Notes Indenture”), a form of which is filed as Exhibit T3C-1 hereto.

In addition, the Applicants will offer, pursuant to a rights offering (the “Rights Offering”) to Allowed Notes Claim Holders, subscription rights (the “Subscription Rights”) to subscribe for such Allowed Notes Claim Holder’s corresponding pro rata share of up to approximately €526,315,000 (or equivalent) in aggregate principal amount of New Money Notes denominated in either euro or SEK. The New Money Notes will be issued pursuant to the new money notes indenture to be qualified under this Form T-3 (the “New Money Notes Indenture”), a form of which is filed as Exhibit T3C-2 hereto.

Additionally, the Applicants will issue to Allowed Notes Claim Holders each such Allowed Notes Claim Holder’s pro rata share of 10% of the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, on a fully diluted basis, to be issued by the Company on the Effective Date (the “Noteholder Ordinary Shares”).

In connection with the Rights Offering, the Company has entered into a backstop agreement (the “Backstop Agreement”), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit C to the Disclosure Statement, with certain holders of the Old Notes (the “Backstop Providers”) pursuant to which the Backstop Providers have committed to purchase or subscribe for the New Money Notes in an amount equal to their respective New Notes Commitment (such New Money Notes to be issued to the Backstop Providers (in their capacity as Backstop Providers) in connection with the Rights Offering, the “Backstopped Notes”). To the extent any Allowed Notes Claim Holders (or their Nominees) do not subscribe for their Subscription Rights, the Backstop Providers shall subscribe for such amounts in the proportions and on the terms set out in the Backstop Agreement.

The Plan will become effective on the date that is the first Business Day after the Confirmation Date on which all conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the Plan (the “Effective Date”).

 

4


The solicitation of votes from holders of Allowed Notes Claims to the Plan was made in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) afforded by Section 4(a)(2) thereof or otherwise in reliance on Regulation S thereunder, and the Applicants expect that the issuance of the Exchange Notes, the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) and the Noteholder Ordinary Shares under the Plan will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by reason of the applicability of Section 1145(a)(1) of Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”). Generally, Section 1145(a)(1) of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code exempts an offer and sale of securities under a plan of reorganization from registration under the Securities Act and state securities laws if three principal requirements are satisfied: (i) the securities must be offered and sold under a plan of reorganization and must be securities of the debtor, an affiliate participating in a joint plan of reorganization with the debtor or a successor to the debtor under the plan of reorganization; (ii) the recipients of the securities must hold a prepetition or administrative expense claim against the debtor or an interest in the debtor; and (iii) the securities must be issued entirely in exchange for the recipient’s claim against or interest in the debtor, or principally in such exchange and partly for cash or property.

The issuance of the Backstopped Notes will not involve a public offering and is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to the exemption provided in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) or in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act.

 

5


AFFILIATIONS

3. Affiliates.

The following describes the affiliates of the Applicants as of the date of this Application. In addition, as of the date of this Application, the Company holds 100% of the ordinary shares in the Issuer. See Item 5, “Principal Owners of Voting Securities” for additional information regarding the principal holders of voting securities of Intrum AB.

 

Name of Entity

   Record Owner    Ownership
Percentage
 

Intrum Group Operations AB

   Intrum Investments and Financing AB      100

Intrum Austria GmbH

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum NV

   Intrum AB      100

eSolutions EOOD

   Ecollect AG      100

Payzzter Financial Services OOD

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Czech, s.r.o.

   Intrum B.V.      100

Intrum A/S

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Oy

   Intrum AB      100

Intractiv SAS

   Intrum Corporate SAS      100

Intrum Corporate SAS

   Intrum AB      100

Socogestion SAS

   Intrum Corporate SAS      100

AssetGate GmbH

   Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH      100

eOperations GmbH

   Ecollect AG      100

Intrum Debitoren Management GmbH

   Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH      100

Intrum Deutschland GmbH

   Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH      100

Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH

   Intrum Holding AB      100

Intrum Hanseatische Inkasso-Treuhand GmbH

   Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH      100

Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH

   Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH      100

Intrum Information Services Deutschland GmbH

   Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH      100

Intrum BTB Single Member SA

   Intrum Hellas EO Solutions S.M.S.A      100

Intrum Customer Services Athens S.M.S.

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Debtors Notification Company Athens S.M.S.A

   Intrum Customer Services Athens S.M.S.      100

Intrum Finance Center of Excellence S.M.S.A

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Hellas A.E.D.A.D.P

   Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.      80

Intrum Hellas REO Solutions S.M.S.A

   Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.      80

Intrum Investments Greece S.M.S.A

   Intrum AB      100

Iris Hellas REO Investments S.M.S.A.

   Intrum Hellas Investments DAC      100

Intrum ASC Kft

   Intrum B.V      100

Intrum Zrt

   Intrum B.V.      91
   Lakóingatlan Forgalmazó Kft      9

Lakóingatlan-Forgalmazó Kft

   Intrum B.V.      100

Cilliphili DAC

   Intrum Holding AB      100

Intrum Investment No 1 DAC

   Intrum Holding AB      100

Intrum Investment No 2 DAC

   Intrum Holding AB      100

Intrum Investment No 3 DAC

   Intrum Holding AB      100

Intrum Investment No 4 DAC

   Intrum Holding AB      100

Intrum Investment No 5 DAC

   Intrum Holding AB      100

Intrum Investment Services Limited

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Investments DAC

   Intrum Investment Management AB      100

Intrum Ireland Ltd

   Intrum B.V.      100

Intrum Poplar DAC

   Intrum Holding AB      100

Iris Hellas Investments DAC

   Intrum Holding AB      70

 

6


Name of Entity

   Record Owner    Ownership
Percentage
 

Portfolio Investment ICAV

   Intrum Investment Partners KB      100

Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.

   Intrum Holding AB      100

Intrum Italy S.p.A.

   Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.      50.1

I-resales S.r.l.

   Intrum Italy S.p.A      100

I-VALUE SGR S.p.A

   Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.      100

LSF West S.r.l.

   Intrum Investment No 5 DAC      100

Portland Leaseco

   Revalue S.p.A.      100

Revalue S.p.A.

   Italy Holding S.r.l.      100

SIA Intrum Global Technologies SIA

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Global Business Services UAB

   Intrum Holding AB      100

Intrum Oy filialas

   Intrum OY      100

LDF65 S.àr.l

   Intrum Investment Switzerland AG      100

Intrum (Mauritius) Ltd

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum B.V.

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Nederland B.V.

   Intrum Nederland Holding AB      100

Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.

   Intrum Holding AB      100

Marjoc I B.V.

   Intrum Nederland B.V.      100

Stichting Derdengelden Incasso AAB

   Intrum Nederland B.V.      100

Stichting Derdengelden Intrum Nederland

   Intrum Nederland B.V.      100

Stichting Derdengelden Vesting Finance West-Friesland

   Cilliphili DAC      100

Stichting Derdengelden Vesting Intrum

   Cilliphili DAC      100

Intrum AS

   Intrum Holding Norway AS      100

Intrum Capital AS

   Intrum Holding Norway AS      100

Intrum Holding Norway AS

   Intrum Holding AB      100

Intrum Obligations AS

   Intrum Holding Norway AS      100

Lock TopCo AS

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Global Technologies spzoo w likwidacji

   Intrum Holding AB      100

Intrum Król & Wspólnicy Kancelaria Prawna Sp. k

   Intrum Sp. z.o.o.      99.9

Intrum Sp. z o.o.

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum TFI SA

   Intrum Intl AB      100

Lindorff 1 NSFIZ

   Intrum Investment Switzerland AG      100 %* 

Intrum Portugal Unipessoal, Lda

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Real Estate Management Portugal S.A.

   Intrum Portugal Unipessoal, Lda      100

Intrum Romania SRL

   Intrum AB      97.53
   Intrum B.V.      2.47

Intrum Slovakia s.r.o.

   Intrum B.V.      100

Confiteor ITG S.L.U.

   Intrum Investment No 1 DAC      100

Solvia Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.U.

   Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.      100

Intrum Customer Services Malaga, S.L.

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Global Technologies Spain, S.L.U.

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Servicing Spain, S.A.U.

   Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.      100

Intrum Spain Real Estate S.L.U.

   Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.      100

LOCAIROL ITG, S.L.

   Intrum Investment No 1 DAC      100

Venira ITG S.L.U.

   Intrum Investment No 1 DAC      100

Fair Pay Please AB

   Intrum Intl AB      100

Intrum Italy Holding AB

   Intrum AB      100

Indif AB

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Delgivnings service AB

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Finans AB

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Holding AB

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Intl AB

   Intrum AB      100

 

7


Name of Entity

   Record Owner    Ownership
Percentage
 

Intrum Invest AB

   Intrum Intl AB      100

Intrum Investment Management AB

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Investment Partners Kommanditbolag

   Fair Pay Please AB      99.9

Intrum Shared Services AB

   Intrum Sverige AB      100

Intrum Sverige AB

   Intrum AB      100

Lndrff International AB

   Intrum Holding AB      100

eCollect AG

   Intrum AB      100

Inkasso Med AG

   Intrum AG      70

Intrum AG

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Investment Switzerland AG

   Intrum Intl AB      100

Capquest Debt Recovery Limited

   Capquest Group Ltd      100

Capquest Group Limited

   Intrum UK Group Limited      100

Capquest Investments Limited

   Capquest Group Ltd      100

I.N.D Limited

   Intrum UK Holdings Limited      100

Intrum Mortgages UK Finance Limited

   Capquest Group Ltd      100

Intrum Mortgages UK Management Limited

   Capquest Group Ltd      100

Intrum UK 2 Limited

   Intrum UK Group Limited      62
   Intrum UK Holdings 2 Limited      38

Intrum UK Finance Limited

   Intrum UK Holdings Limited      100

Intrum UK Group Limited

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum UK Holdings 2 Ltd Limited

   Intrum UK Group Limited      100

Intrum UK Holdings Limited

   Intrum UK Group Limited      100

Intrum UK Limited

   Intrum UK Holdings Limited      100

Ophelos Limited

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Investments and Financing AB

   Intrum AB      100

HRE NB 2022, S.L.U.

   Solvia Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.U.      100

Intrum Data Centre B.V.

   Intrum B.V.      100

IAB Investments & Financing Limited

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum Ireland International Ltd

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum AB of Texas LLC

   Intrum AB      100

Intrum AS Lietuvos filialas

   Intrum AB      100

Penelope SPV S.r.l.

   Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.      95 %** 

Portland SPV S.rl.

   Inturm Italy Holding S.r.l.      100 %** 

Intrum Customer Services Malaga NUF

   Intrum Customer Services Malaga S.L.U.      100

FIP I

   Intrum Investment No 2 DAC      100 %* 

FIP II

   Intrum Investment No 2 DAC      100 %* 

Arizona SPV S.r.l.

   Intrum Investment No 3 DAC      100 %* 

Senna NPL Finance DAC

   Intrum Holding AB      100 %* 

Evolve SPV S.r.l.

   Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.      100 %** 

Alicudi Leaseco S.r.l.

   Revalue S.p.A.      100

Alicudi SPV S.r.l.

   Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.      100 %* 

 

*

Represents a contractual controlling interest.

**

Jointly controlled with a third party.

The following table reflects the expected affiliates of the Applicants as of the Effective Date. In addition, as of the Effective Date, the Company is expected to hold 100% of the ordinary shares in the Issuer. See Item 5, “Principal Owners of Voting Securities” for additional information regarding the principal holders of voting securities in Intrum AB.

 

8


Name of Entity

     Record Owner      Ownership
Percentage
 

Intrum Group Operations AB

     Intrum Investments and Financing AB        100

Intrum Austria GmbH

     Intrum Group Operations AB        100

Intrum NV

     Intrum Group Operations AB        100

eSolutions EOOD

     Ecollect AG        100

IAB Investments & Financing Limited

     Intrum Group Operations AB        100

FIP I

     Intrum Investment No 2 DAC        100 %* 

FIP II

     Intrum Investment No 2 DAC        100 %* 

Intrum Czech, s.r.o.

     Intrum B.V.        100

Intrum A/S

     Intrum Group Operations AB        100

Intrum Oy

     Intrum Group Operations AB        100

Intractiv SAS

     Intrum Corporate SAS        100

Intrum Corporate SAS

     Intrum Group Operations AB        100

Socogestion SAS

     Intrum Corporate SAS        100

AssetGate GmbH

     Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH        100

eOperations GmbH

     Ecollect AG        100

Intrum Debitoren Management GmbH

     Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH        100

Intrum Deutschland GmbH

     Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH        100

Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH

     Intrum Group Operations AB        100

Intrum Hanseatische Inkasso-Treuhand GmbH

     Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH        100

Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH

     Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH        100

Intrum Information Services Deutschland GmbH

     Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH        100

Intrum BTB Single Member SA

     Intrum Hellas REO Solutions S.M.S.A        80

Intrum Customer Services Athens S.M.S.A.

     Intrum Group Operations AB        100

Intrum Debtors Notification Company Athens S.M.S.A

     Intrum Customer Services Athens S.M.S.A        100

Intrum Finance Center of Excellence S.M.S.A

     Intrum Group Operations AB        100

Intrum Hellas A.E.D.A.D.P

     Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.        80

Intrum Hellas REO Solutions S.A.

     Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.        80

Intrum Investments Greece SM S.A.

     Intrum Group Operations AB        100

Iris Hellas REO Investments Single Member Societe

     Iris Hellas Investments DAC        100

Intrum ASC Kft

     Intrum B.V.        100

Intrum Zrt

     Intrum Group Operations AB        91
     Lakóingatlan Forgalmazó Kft        9

Cilliphili DAC

     Intrum Holding AB        100

Intrum Investment No 1 DAC

     Intrum Holding AB        100

Intrum Investment No 2 DAC

     Intrum Holding AB        100

Intrum Investment No 3 DAC

     Intrum Holding AB        100

Intrum Investment No 4 DAC

     Intrum Holding AB        100

Intrum Investment No 5 DAC

     Intrum Holding AB        100

Intrum Investment Services Limited

     Intrum Group Operations AB        100

Intrum Investments DAC

     Intrum Investment Management AB        100

Intrum Ireland International Ltd

     Intrum Group Operations AB        100

Intrum Poplar DAC

     Intrum Holding AB        100

Iris Hellas Investments DAC

     Intrum Holding AB        70

Portfolio Investment ICAV

     Intrum Investment Partners KB        100

Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.

     Intrum Italy Holding AB        100

Intrum Investment Partners KB

     Fair Pay Please AB        100

Intrum Italy S.p.A.

     Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.        50.1

I-resales S.r.l.

     Intrum Italy S.p.A.        50.1

I-VALUE SGR S.p.A.

     Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.        100

LSF West S.r.l.

     Intrum Italy Holding AB        100

Portland Leaseco

     Revalue S.p.A.        100

 

9


Name of Entity

   Record Owner    Ownership
Percentage
 

Revalue S.p.A.

   Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.      100

Alicudi Leasco S.r.l.

   Revalue S.p.A.      100

Intrum Global Technologies SIA

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Evolve SPV S.r.l.

   Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.      100 %** 

Intrum Oy filialas

   Intrum OY      100

Intrum (Mauritius) Ltd

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum B.V.

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Penelope SPV S.r.l.

   Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.      95 %** 

Intrum Nederland B.V.

   Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.      100

Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Marjoc I B.V.

   Intrum Nederland B.V.      100

Stichting Derdengelden Incasso AAB

   Intrum Nederland B.V.      100

Stichting Derdengelden Intrum Nederland

   Intrum Nederland B.V.      100

Stichting Derdengelden Vesting Finance West-Friesland

   Cilliphili DAC      100

Stichting Derdengelden Vesting Intrum

   Cilliphili DAC      100

Intrum AS

   Intrum Holding Norway AS      100

Intrum Capital AS

   Intrum Holding Norway AS      100

Intrum Holding Norway AS

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum Obligations AS

   Intrum Holding Norway AS      100

Lock TopCo AS

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Portland SPV S.r.l.

   Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.      100 %** 

Intrum AS Lietuvos filialas

   Intrum A/S      100

Intrum Sp. z o.o.

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum TFI SA

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Lindorff 1 NSFIZ

   Intrum Investment Switzerland AG      100 %* 

Intrum Portugal Unipessoal, Lda

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum Real Estate Management Portugal S.A.

   Intrum Portugal Unipessoal, Lda      100

Intrum Slovakia s.r.o.

   Intrum Group Operations AB      99.99

Confiteor ITG S.L.U.

   Intrum Investment No 1 DAC      100

Solvia Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.U.

   Intrum Holding Spain NewCo S.L.U.      100

Intrum Customer Services Malaga, S.L.U.

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum Customer Services Malaga NUF

   Intrum Customer Services Malaga, S.L.U.      100

Intrum Global Technologies Spain, S.L.U.

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum Servicing Spain, S.A.U.

   Intrum Holding Spain NewCo S.L.U.      100

Intrum Spain Real Estate S.L.U.

   Intrum Holding Spain NewCo S.L.U.      100

LOCAIROL ITG, S.L.

   Intrum Investment No 1 DAC      100

Intrum KWKPSK

   Intrum Sp z.o.o.      99.9

Venira ITG S.L.U.

   Intrum Investment No 1 DAC      100

Fair Pay Please AB

   Intrum Intl AB      100

Intrum Italy Holding AB

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Indif AB

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum Delgivnings service AB

   Intrum Sverige AB      100

Intrum Finans AB

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum Holding AB

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum Intl AB

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum Invest AB

   Intrum Intl AB      100

Intrum Investment Management AB

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum Data Centre B.V.

   Intrum B.V.      100

Intrum Shared Services AB

   Intrum Sverige AB      100

Intrum Sverige AB

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Lndrff International AB

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

 

10


Name of Entity

   Record Owner    Ownership
Percentage
 

eCollect AG

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Inkasso Med AG

   Intrum AG      70

Intrum AG

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum Investment Switzerland AG

   Intrum Intl AB      100

Capquest Debt Recovery Limited

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Capquest Group Limited

   Intrum UK Group Limited      100

Capquest Investments Limited

   Capquest Group Limited      100

I.N.D Limited

   Intrum UK Holdings Limited      100

Intrum Mortgages UK Finance Limited

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum Mortgages UK Management Limited

   Capquest Group Limited      100

Intrum UK 2 Limited

   Intrum UK Group Limited      62
   Intrum UK Holdings 2 Limited      38

Intrum UK Finance Limited

   Intrum UK Holdings Limited      100

Intrum UK Group Limited

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum UK Holdings 2 Limited

   Intrum UK Group Limited      100

Intrum UK Holdings Limited

   Intrum UK Group Limited      100

Intrum UK Limited

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Ophelos Limited

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Intrum AB of Texas LLC

   Intrum Group Operations AB      100

Senna NPL Finance DAC

   Intrum Holding AB      100 %* 

Alicudi Leaseco S.r.l.

   Revalue S.p.A.      100

Alicudi SPV S.r.l.

   Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.      100 %* 

Arizona SPV S.r.l.

   Intrum Investment No 3 DAC      100 %* 

Intrum Holding Spain NewCo S.L.U.

   Intrum Holding Spain S.A.U.      100

 

*

Represents a contractual controlling interest.

**

Jointly controlled with a third party.

Certain directors and executive officers of the Applicants may be deemed its “affiliates” by virtue of their respective positions. See Item 4, “Directors and Executive Officers.” Certain persons may be deemed to be “affiliates” of the Applicants by virtue of their holdings of voting securities of the Applicant. See Item 5, “Principal Owners of Voting Securities.”

MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL

 

4.

Directors and Executive Officers.

The names of the directors and executive officers of each Applicant, as of the date of this Application, are set forth below. The mailing address for each director and executive officer is: Riddargatan 10 SE-114 35, Stockholm, Sweden and each person’s telephone number is +46 (0)8-6167700. The directors and executive officers of each Applicant are expected to remain the same as of the Effective Date.

Intrum Investments and Financing AB

 

Name

  

Position

Andrés Rubio    Chief Executive Officer
Carl Magnus Lindquist    Director
Debra Jane Davies    Director
Geeta Gopalan    Director
Erik Andreas Näsvik    Director
Philip George Thomas    Director
Märta Ragnhild Wiborg    Director
Michael Alexander van der Bel    Director

 

11


Intrum AB

 

Name

  

Position

Michel van der Bel    Director
Debra Davies    Director
Geeta Gopalan    Director
Andreas Näsvik    Director
Philip Thomas    Director
Ragnhild Wiborg    Director
Andrés Rubio    President, Chief Executive Officer
Johan Åkerblom    Chief Financial Officer

Intrum Group Operations AB

 

Name

  

Position

Debra Jane Davies    Director
Geeta Gopalan    Director
Erik Andreas Näsvik    Director
Philip George Thomas    Director
Märta Ragnhild Wiborg    Director
Michael Alexander van der Bel    Director
Andrés Rubio    President, Chief Executive Officer

Capquest Debt Recovery Limited

 

Name

  

Position

James Alexander William Appleby    Director
Douglas James Arthur Down    Director
Guy Gustaaf Colpaert    Director
Suzanne Louise Pearson    Director

Capquest Group Limited

 

Name

  

Position

James Alexander William Appleby    Director

Fair Pay Please AB

 

  

Name

  

Position

Andrés Rubio    Director
Johan Åkerblom    Director
Annette Kumlien    Director

Solvia Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.U.

 

Name

  

Position

Enrique Tellado Nogueira    Director, President
Jorge Fariña Villaverde    Director
Javier Aranguren Delgado    Director, Vice President
Ana Suárez Garnelo    Secretary
Jie Zhu    Vice Secretary

 

12


Intrum AB of Texas LLC

 

Name

  

Position

Intrum AB    Governing Organization

Intrum AG

 

Name

  

Position

Jason Glanzmann    Director
Thomas Hutter    Director

Intrum AS

 

Name

  

Position

Ole Henrik Andreassen    Director
Tommi Juhani Sova    Director
Bjørn Anton Knoll    Director
Leif Erik Thorstensen    Director
Marthe Sydskjør    Director
Jorun Framnes    Director
Julie Marthinsen    Director
Kristen Michelet Ukkelberg    Director
Petter Sollie Jacobsen    Alternate Director
Kristian Brekke    Alternate Director
Jorun Kortvedt    Alternate Director
Trygve Thorsen    Alternate Director

Intrum B.V.

 

Name

  

Position

Andres Rubio    Director, CEO
Johan Åkerblom    Director
Annette Kumlien    Director
Johan Brodin    Proxy Holder
Jens Kullander    Proxy Holder
Mohamed Salloum    Proxy Holder

Intrum Capital AS

 

Name

  

Position

Anders Landro Olstad    Director
John Aasmund Sveinsvold    Director
Anette Willumsen    Director
Susanna Helena Berenice    Director
Steinar Nielsen    Director
Anette Willumen    Director

Intrum Czech, s.r.o

 

Name

  

Position

Karol Jurák    Director
Peter Šnajder    Director

 

13


Intrum Deutschland GmbH

 

Name

  

Position

Sandra Glaser    Director
Thomas Hutter    Director
Markus Krummen    Director

Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH

 

Name

  

Position

Sandra Fritsch    Director
Thomas Hutter    Director

Intrum Holding AB

 

Name

  

Position

Andrés Rubio    Director
Johan Åkerblom    Director
Annette Kumlien    Director

Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH

 

Name

  

Position

Sandra Fritsch    Director
Thomas Hutter    Director

Intrum Holding Norway AS

 

Name

  

Position

Steinar Nielsen    Director
Njål Foss Stene    Director

Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.

 

Name

  

Position

Enrique Tellado Nogueira    Director, President
Javier Aranguren Delgado    Director, Vice President
Ana Aranguez    Director
Ana Suárez Garnelo    Secretary
Jie Zhu    Vice Secretary

Intrum Intl AB

 

Name

  

Position

Andrés Rubio    Director
Johan Åkerblom    Director
Annette Kumlien    Director

Intrum Investment No 1 DAC

 

Name

  

Position

Mark Fitzpatrick    Director
Dennis Schuijt    Director
Paul Kelly    Director

 

14


Intrum Investment No 2 DAC

 

Name

  

Position

Mark Fitzpatrick    Director
Dennis Schuijt    Director
Paul Kelly    Director

Intrum Investment No 3 DAC

 

Name

  

Position

Mark Fitzpatrick    Director
Dennis Schuijt    Director
Paul Kelly    Director

Intrum Investment Switzerland AG

 

Name

  

Position

Sèverine Harms-Wille    Director
Dennis Gerardus Alphonsus Schuijt    Director

Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.

 

Name

  

Position

Massimo Della Ragione    Director
Javier Aranguren    Director
Enrico Risso    Director

Intrum Nederland B.V.

 

Name

  

Position

Guy Colpaert    Director
Marc de la Croix    Director

Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.

 

Name

  

Position

Guy Colpaert    Director
Marc de la Croix    Director

Intrum Oy

 

Name

  

Position

Marko Johannes Hietala    Director
Tommi Sova    Director
Tero Kantelinen    Director

Intrum Servicing Spain, S.A.U.

 

Name

  

Position

Enrique Tellado Nogueira    Director, President
Javier Aranguren Delgado    Director, Vice President
Ana Aranguez    Director
Ana Suárez Garnelo    Secretary
Jie Zhu    Vice Secretary

 

15


Intrum Slovakia s.r.o.

 

Name

  

Position

Martin Musil    Director
Andrej Solcanyi    Director
Zoltan Papp    Director

Intrum Sp. z o.o.

 

Name

  

Position

Paweł Świrydziuk    Director
Piotr Gajda    Director
Iwona A. Żurawska    Director

Intrum Sverige AB

 

Name

  

Position

Tommi Sova    Director
Roger Liljestrom    Director
Larsson Mattias    Director

Intrum UK Finance Limited

 

Name

  

Position

James Alexander William Appleby    Director

Intrum UK Group Limited

 

Name

  

Position

James Alexander William Appleby    Director

Intrum UK Holdings Limited

 

Name

  

Position

James Alexander William Appleby    Director

Intrum Zrt

 

Name

  

Position

Péter Felfalusi    Director, Chief Executive Officer
Tamas Szabo    Director
Zoltán Horváth-Szladek    Director
Károly Deszpot    Director, Deputy Chief Executive Officer
Csilla Mező    Director

 

16


Lock Topco AS

 

Name

  

Position

Steinar Nielsen    Director
Knut Michael Benjamin Asplund    Director
Njål Foss Stene    Director
Julie Marthinsen    Director

Intrum Holding Spain NewCo S.L.U.

 

Name

  

Position

Enrique Tellado Nogueira    Director, President
Javier Aranguren Delgado    Director, Vice President
Jorge Fariña Villaverde    Director
Ana Suárez Garnelo    Secretary
Jie Zhu    Vice Secretary

Intrum Italy Holding AB

 

Name

  

Position

Andrés Rubio    Director
Johan Åkerblom    Director
Annette Kumlien    Director

 

5.

Principal Owners of Voting Securities.

The Company

The following sets forth information as to each person owning 10% or more of the voting securities of the Company as of February 28, 2025.

 

Name and Complete Mailing Address

   Title of Class
Owned
     Amount
Owned
     Percentage of
Voting Securities
Owned
 

Nordic Capital Ltd (through entities/funds controlled by the Nordic Capital Group)

     Ordinary Shares        31,067,743        25.52

The mailing address of Nordic Capital Ltd is 26 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE2 3QA, Channel Islands.

On the Effective Date, it is expected that the Company will issue an additional 10% of the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, on a fully diluted basis, to the Allowed Notes Claim Holders, as described in the Plan.

All Other Applicants

The principal owners of 10% or more of the voting securities for each Applicant other than the Company as of the date of this Application are set forth in the table below. The address for each of the owners of voting securities listed below is Riddargatan 10 11435, Stockholm, Sweden.

 

17


Applicant Name

   Principal Owner of
10% or More of
Voting Securities
   Title of Class Owned    Amount
Owned
   Percentage
of Voting
Securities
Owned
 

Intrum Group Operations AB

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    1,000      100

Intrum Investments and Financing AB

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    10,000      100

Capquest Debt Recovery Limited

   Capquest Group
Limited
   Ordinary Shares A

Ordinary Shares

   2,550,000

300

     100

Capquest Group Limited

   Intrum UK Group
Limited
   Ordinary Shares    1,058,632      100

Fair Pay Please AB

   Intrum Intl AB    Ordinary Shares    48,000      100

Solvia Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.U.

   Intrum Holding
Spain, S.A.U.
      N/A      100

Intrum AB of Texas LLC

   Intrum AB    N/A    N/A      100

Intrum AG

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum AS

   Intrum Holding
Norway AS
   Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum B.V.

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    40      100

Intrum Capital AS

   Intrum Holding
Norway AS
   Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Czech, s.r.o.

   Intrum B.V.    Basic Ownership
Interest
   N/A      100

Intrum Deutschland GmbH

   Intrum Holding
Deutschland GmbH
   Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH

   Intrum Holding AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Holding AB

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    1,000      100

Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH

   Intrum
Finanzholding
Deutschland GmbH
   Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Holding Norway AS

   Intrum Holding AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Intl AB

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    1,000      100

Intrum Investment No 1 DAC

   Intrum Holding AB    Ordinary Shares    1,000      100

Intrum Investment No 2 DAC

   Intrum Holding AB    Ordinary Shares    1,000      100

Intrum Investment No 3 DAC

   Intrum Holding AB    Ordinary Shares    1,000      100

Intrum Investment Switzerland AG

   Intrum Intl AB    Ordinary Shares    125,000      100

Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.

   Intrum Holding AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Nederland B.V.

   Intrum Nederland
Holding AB
   Ordinary Shares    454      100

Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.

   Intrum Holding AB    Ordinary Shares    181      100

Intrum Oy

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    14,000      100

Intrum Servicing Spain, S.A.U.

   Intrum Holding
Spain, S.A.U.
   Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Slovakia s.r.o.

   Intrum B.V.    Basic Ownership
Interest
   N/A      99.99

Intrum Sp. z o.o.

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Sverige AB

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    22,000      100

Intrum UK Finance Limited

   Intrum UK
Holdings Limited
   Ordinary Shares    103      100

Intrum UK Group Limited

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    5,737      100

Intrum UK Holdings Limited

   Intrum UK Group
Limited
   A Ordinary Shares

B Ordinary Shares

C Ordinary Shares

Ordinary Shares

Preferential Shares

   285,835

257,695

14,165

5,737

1,200,000

    

100

100

100

100

100


Intrum Zrt

   Intrum B.V.    Ordinary Shares    N/A      91

Lock Topco AS

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Holding Spain NewCo S.L.U.

   Intrum Holding
Spain, S.A.U.
   Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Italy Holding AB

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    50,000      100

 

18


The principal owners of 10% or more of the voting securities for each Applicant other than the Company as of the Effective Date, assuming the Plan becomes effective, are set forth in the table below. The address for each of the owners of voting securities listed below is: Riddargatan 10 11435, Stockholm, Sweden.

 

Applicant Name

   Principal Owner of
10% or More of
Voting Securities
   Title of Class
Owned
   Amount
Owned
   Percentage
of Voting
Securities
Owned
 

Intrum Group Operations AB

   Intrum Investments and
Financing AB
   Ordinary Shares    1,000      100

Intrum Investments and Financing AB

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    10,000      100

Capquest Debt Recovery Limited

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares
A Ordinary Shares
   2,550,000

300

     100

Capquest Group Limited

   Intrum UK Group Limited    Ordinary Shares    1,058,632      100

Fair Pay Please AB

   Intrum Intl AB    Ordinary Shares    48,000      100

Solvia Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.U.

   Intrum Holding Spain NewCo
S.L.U.
      N/A      100

Intrum AB of Texas LLC

   Intrum Group Operations AB    N/A    N/A      100

Intrum AG

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum AS

   Intrum Holding Norway AS    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum B.V.

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares    40      100

Intrum Capital AS

   Intrum Holding Norway AS    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Czech, s.r.o.

   Intrum B.V.    Basic Ownership
Interest
   N/A      100

Intrum Deutschland GmbH

   Intrum Holding Deutschland
GmbH
   Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH

   Intrum Holding AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Holding AB

   Intrum AB    Ordinary Shares    1,000      100

Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH

   Intrum Finanzholding
Deutschland GmbH
   Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Holding Norway AS

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Intl AB

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares    1,000      100

Intrum Investment No 1 DAC

   Intrum Holding AB    Ordinary Shares    1,000      100

Intrum Investment No 2 DAC

   Intrum Holding AB    Ordinary Shares    1,000      100

Intrum Investment No 3 DAC

   Intrum Holding AB    Ordinary Shares    1,000      100

Intrum Investment Switzerland AG

   Intrum Intl AB    Ordinary Shares    125,000      100

Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.

   Intrum Italy Holding AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Nederland B.V.

   Intrum Nederland Holding
AB
   Ordinary Shares    454      100

Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares    181      100

Intrum Oy

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares    14,000      100

 

19


Intrum Servicing Spain, S.A.U.

   Intrum Holding Spain
NewCo, S.L.U.
   Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Slovakia s.r.o.

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Basic Ownership
Interest
   N/A      99.99

Intrum Sp. z o.o.

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Sverige AB

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares    22,000      100

Intrum UK Finance Limited

   Intrum UK Holdings Limited    Ordinary Shares    103      100

Intrum UK Group Limited

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares    88,100,002      100

Intrum UK Holdings Limited

   Intrum UK Group Limited    Ordinary Shares

A Ordinary Shares

B Ordinary Shares

C Ordinary Shares

Preferential Shares

   5,737

285,835

257,695

14,165

1,200,000

    

100

100

100

100

100


Intrum Zrt

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      91

Lock Topco AS

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Holding Spain NewCo, S.L.U.

   Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.    Ordinary Shares    N/A      100

Intrum Italy Holding AB

   Intrum Group Operations AB    Ordinary Shares    50,000      100

UNDERWRITERS

 

6.

Underwriters.

(a) With the exception of the entities below, who acted as initial purchasers in connection with the issuance by the Company in 2023 its 9.250% senior notes due 2028, no person has acted as an underwriter of any securities of any Applicant during the three years prior to the date of this Application.

 

Underwriter

  

Address

Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG    Reuterweg 16, 60323 Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Goldman Sachs Bank Europe SE    Marienturm, Taunusanlage, 9-10 D-60329 Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)    Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8 SE-106 40 Stockholm, Sweden
BNP Paribas    16 boulevard des Italiens, 75009, Paris, France
Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A.    Via Manzoni 4, 20121 Milan, Italy
J.P. Morgan SE    Taunustor 1 (TaunusTurm) 60310 Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Nordea Bank Abp    Satamaradankatu 5, FI-00020 Nordea, Finland
Credit Suisse Bank (Europe), S.A.    Calle Ayala 42, 3ª Planta – B, 28001 Madrid, Spain
Danske Bank A/S    Danske Bank A/S, Holmens Kanal 2-12, DK-1092 Copenhagen K, Denmark
Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft    Taunusanlage 12 60325, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
DNB Bank ASA    Dronning Eufemias Gate 30 N-0021 Oslo, Norway

 

20


Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc    25 Cabot Square, London E14 4QA, United Kingdom
NatWest Markets N.V.    Claude Debussylaan 94, 1082 MD, Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Nykredit Bank A/S    Sundkrogsgade 25, Nordhavn, 2150, Denmark
Swedbank AB (publ)    Malmskillnadsgatan 23, 105 34 Stockholm, Sweden

(b) There is no proposed principal underwriter for the Exchange Notes or the New Money Notes to be issued in connection with the Indentures that are to be qualified under this Application.

CAPITAL SECURITIES

7. Capitalization.

The following table sets forth information with respect to each authorized class of securities of the Applicants as of the date of this Application. Unless otherwise stated, each share has one vote on all matters to be voted upon by shareholders.

 

Entity

   Title of Class    Amount Authorized      Amount
Outstanding
 

Intrum AB

   Ordinary Shares      260,000,000        121,720,918  

Intrum Investments and Financing AB

   Ordinary Shares      40,000        10,000  

Intrum Group Operations AB

   Ordinary Shares      4,000        1,000  

Capquest Debt Recovery Limited

   Ordinary Shares      N/A        2,550,000  
   A Ordinary Shares      N/A        300  

Capquest Group Limited

   Ordinary Shares      N/A        1,058,632  

Fair Pay Please AB

   Ordinary Shares      183,116        48,000  

Solvia Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.U.

   Ordinary Shares      9,683,010        N/A  

Intrum AB of Texas LLC

   Membership Interest      N/A        N/A  

Intrum AG

   Ordinary Shares      7,000        N/A  

Intrum AS

   Ordinary Shares      4,800        N/A  

Intrum B.V.

   Ordinary Shares      200        40  

Intrum Capital AS

   Ordinary Shares      100,000        N/A  

Intrum Czech, s.r.o.

   Basic Ownership Interest      CZK 200,000        N/A  

Intrum Deutschland GmbH

   Ordinary Shares      €2,050,000        N/A  

Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH

   Ordinary Shares      €25,000        N/A  

Intrum Holding AB

   Ordinary Shares      4,000        1,000  

Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH

   Ordinary Shares      €25,000        N/A  

Intrum Holding Norway AS

   Ordinary Shares      400,000        N/A  

Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.

   Ordinary Shares      3,314,468        N/A  

Intrum Intl AB

   Ordinary Shares      4,000        1,000  

Intrum Investment No 1 DAC

   Ordinary Shares      1,000,000        1,000  

Intrum Investment No 2 DAC

   Ordinary Shares      1,000,000        1,000  

Intrum Investment No 3 DAC

   Ordinary Shares      1,000,000        1,000  

Intrum Investment Switzerland AG

   Ordinary Shares      125,000        125,000  

Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.

   Ordinary Shares      €10,000        N/A  

Intrum Nederland B.V.

   Ordinary Shares      2,000        454  

Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.

   Ordinary Shares      900        181  

Intrum Oy

   Ordinary Shares      14,000        14,000  

Intrum Servicing Spain, S.A.U.

   Ordinary Shares      450,000        N/A  

 

21


Entity

   Title of Class   Amount Authorized      Amount
Outstanding
 

Intrum Slovakia s.r.o.

   Basic Ownership Interest     €6,650,000        N/A  

Intrum Sp. Z o.o.

   Ordinary Shares     40,000        N/A  

Intrum Sverige AB

   Ordinary Shares     80,000        22,000  

Intrum UK Finance Limited

   Ordinary Shares     N/A        103  

Intrum UK Group Limited

   Ordinary Shares     79,000,000        88,100,002  

Intrum UK Holdings Limited

   A Ordinary Shares     N/A        285,835  
   B Ordinary Shares     N/A        257,695  
   C Ordinary Shares     N/A        14,165  
   Ordinary Shares     N/A        5,737  
   Preferential Shares*     N/A        1,200,000  

Intrum Zrt

   Ordinary Shares     HUF 109,900,000        N/A  

Lock Topco AS

   Ordinary Shares     861,952,839        N/A  

Intrum Holding Spain NewCo S.L.U.

   Ordinary Shares     3,000        N/A  

Intrum Italy Holding AB

   Ordinary Shares     200,000        50,000  

 

*

Preferential shares of Intrum UK Holdings Limited do not hold voting power.

INDENTURE SECURITIES

 

8.

Analysis of Indenture Provisions.

All capitalized and otherwise undefined terms used in this Item 8, “Analysis of Indenture Provisions” shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Exchange Notes Indenture or the New Money Notes Indenture, as applicable.

 

(A)

Exchange Notes Indenture

The Notes will be subject to the Exchange Notes Indenture to be entered into among the Issuer, the Guarantors, GLAS Trust Company LLC (the “Trustee”) and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent. The following is a general description of certain provisions expected to be included in the Exchange Notes Indenture, and the description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of Exchange Notes Indenture filed as Exhibit T3C-1 hereto. The Issuer has not entered into the Exchange Notes Indenture as of the date of this Application, and the terms of the Exchange Notes Indenture are subject to change before it is executed.

 

(a)

Events of Default; Withholding of Notice

Events of Default

Each of the following events is an “Event of Default”:

 

  (1)

default in any payment of interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note when due and payable, continued for 15 days;

 

  (2)

default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under the Exchange Notes Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

  (3)

failure to comply with the merger and consolidation provisions in the Exchange Notes Indenture;

 

  (4)

failure to comply for 15 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any of the Issuer’s obligations under the Change of Control provisions in the Exchange Notes Indenture (other than a failure to purchase Notes which will constitute an Event of Default under clause (2) above);

 

22


  (5)

failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply for 30 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with its other agreements contained in the Exchange Notes Indenture;

 

  (6)

default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or Note Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default:

 

  A.

is caused by a failure to pay principal at stated maturity on such Indebtedness, immediately upon the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or

 

  B.

results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity,

and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates €40 million or more;

 

  (7)

(A) the Company, the Issuer, a Guarantor, a Pledgor, Midco or a Significant Subsidiary or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (i) voluntarily commences any proceedings or case, or files any petition seeking bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, dissolution, liquidation, administration, moratorium or reorganization under any Bankruptcy Law, including, for the avoidance of doubt, a scheme of arrangement or restructuring plan pursuant to Part 26 or Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006, governed by the Laws of England and Wales or a company voluntary arrangement pursuant to Part I of the Insolvency Act of 1986, governed by the Laws of England and Wales, (ii) consents to the institution of, or fails to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step in any involuntary proceeding or petition filed against it in a court of competent jurisdiction under any Bankruptcy Law, (iii) applies for, or consents to the appointment of a receiver, administrator, restructuring administrator, administrative receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official of it or for all or any substantial part of its property; (iv) files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any involuntary proceeding or petition filed against it in a court of competent jurisdiction under any Bankruptcy Law, (v) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (vi) commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling the payment of principal or interest in respect of any of its Indebtedness, except to the extent such negotiations relate to Indebtedness to be refinanced in accordance with the definition of Refinancing Indebtedness, (vii) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency or mandatory liquidation or (viii) takes any corporate action for the purposes of the foregoing; provided that clause (ii) shall not apply to any proceedings filed against it which are frivolous or vexatious and which, if capable of remedy, are discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which such discharge, stay or dismissal is advertised; or (B) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree, or a substantive decision is made under any Bankruptcy Law that: (i) is for relief against the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or any substantial part of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case, (ii) appoints a receiver, administrator, restructuring administrator, administrative receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, or (iv) any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws, and any such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 45 consecutive days (the “bankruptcy provisions”); or (C) with respect to a Significant Subsidiary having its center of main interest (in the meaning of section 3 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) or article 3 para. 1 of Council Regulation (EC) No. 1346/2000 of May 29, 2000) in Germany, (i) any Person making an application for the opening of insolvency proceedings for the

 

23


  reasons set out in sections 17 to 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (Antrag auf Eröffnung eines Insolvenzverfahrens) or (ii) any competent court taking actions pursuant to section 21 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (Anordnung von Sicherungsmaßnahmen) unless, in case of an application for the opening of insolvency proceedings by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary or the Company’s direct or indirect shareholders), such application is dismissed by the competent court (for any reason other than for lack of assets (mangels Masse)) or successfully withdrawn by such person, in each case within 21 days after such application and/or any Significant Subsidiary, Pledgor or Guarantor, in each case incorporated in Sweden is required to enter into mandatory liquidation pursuant to the Swedish Companies Act (as amended and restated from time to time);

 

  (8)

failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of €40 million (exclusive of any amounts that a solvent insurance company has acknowledged liability for), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after the judgment becomes final;

 

  (9)

any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or a group of Guarantors that when taken together (as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee or the Exchange Notes Indenture) or is declared invalid or unenforceable in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under its Note Guarantee and any such Default continues for 10 days (the “guarantee provisions”);

 

  (10)

any security interest under the Security Documents on Collateral shall, at any time, cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the relevant Security Document, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Exchange Notes Indenture) with respect to a material portion of the Collateral for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under the Exchange Notes Indenture or the release or amendment of any such security interest in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Notes Indenture or such Security Document or any such security interest created thereunder shall be declared invalid or unenforceable or the Issuer shall assert in writing that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and any such default continues for 10 days;

 

  (11)

the Company, the Issuer, a Significant Subsidiary, a Guarantor, a Pledgor or a Restricted Subsidiary that has granted a Lien on its assets to secure the Notes suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business, except as permitted as a Permitted Reorganization (other than with respect to the Company, the Issuer and Midco);

 

  (12)

the Company’s auditors qualify the audited consolidated financial statements that are required to be furnished to the Trustee under the reporting requirements of the Exchange Notes Indenture in a manner that could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect (i) the interests of the Holders (taken as a whole) under the Note Documents or (ii) the Group as a going concern;

 

  (13)

a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Germany is unable to pay its debts as they fall due (zahlungsunfähig) within the meaning of section 17 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

 

  (14)

a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Germany is overindebted within the meaning of section 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

 

  (15)

a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Switzerland is over-indebted (überschuldet) within the meaning of article 725b of the Swiss Code of Obligations and such over-indebtedness has not been resolved within 60 days of the board of directors of such Material Company or Significant Subsidiary determining that it is over-indebted, except if creditors of such Material Company or Significant Subsidiary have subordinated claims within the meaning of article 725b paragraph 4 of the Swiss Code of Obligations in an amount sufficient to cure the over-indebtedness; and

 

24


  (16)

a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Switzerland is unable to pay its debts as they fall due (zahlungsunfähig) within the meaning of article 725 of the Swiss Code of Obligations.

However, a default under clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and, with respect to clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8), the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8), as applicable, after receipt of such notice.

Acceleration

If an Event of Default (other than under clause (7) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. In the event of an acceleration of the Notes pursuant to clause (6) above, the acceleration will be annulled if the default triggering such Event of Default is cured within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of amounts in respect of the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration thereof, have been cured or waived.

If an Event of Default under clause (7) above occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive all past or existing Defaults or Events of Default (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, or Additional Amounts, if any) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to such Notes and its consequences if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

Withholding of Notice

If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee has notice or knowledge of such occurrence, the Trustee must give notice of the Default to the Holders within 60 days after being notified by the Issuer. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of trust officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, there shall be a customary increase in the interest rate per annum payable on demand.

 

(b)

Authentication and Delivery of the Notes; Application of Proceeds

The Trustee shall authenticate the initial amount of the Notes upon a written order of the Issuer signed by at least one Officer. Thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate additional Notes in unlimited amount, as and to the extent permitted by the Exchange Notes Indenture, upon a written order of the Issuer in aggregate principal amount as specified in such order.

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the authorized signatory of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under the Exchange Notes Indenture. The Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, upon written notice of an Officer of the Issuer, will authenticate the Notes. The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. An Authenticating Agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.

The Notes will be issued to Allowed Notes Claims Holders pursuant to the Plan. As a result, the Issuer will not realize any proceeds from the issuance of the Notes.

 

25


(c)

Release and Substitution of Property Subject to the Lien

The Company and its Subsidiaries and any provider of Collateral will be entitled to the release of Liens in respect of the Collateral and of those Liens created under the Security Documents, under any one or more of the following circumstances:

 

  (1)

sale or other disposition of Collateral to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (but excluding any transaction subject to the merger and consolidation provisions in the Exchange Notes Indenture), or to a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case if such sale or other disposition does not violate the merger and consolidation provisions of the Exchange Notes Indenture or is otherwise permitted in accordance with the Exchange Notes Indenture;

 

  (2)

in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the release of the property and assets, and Capital Stock, of such Guarantor;

 

  (3)

as described under the amendment and modification provisions (with the necessary consents of Holders);

 

  (4)

upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other obligations on the Notes or defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in the legal defeasance and covenant defeasance and satisfaction and discharge provisions of the Exchange Notes Indenture;

 

  (5)

in the case of a merger, consolidation or other transfer of assets in compliance with the merger and consolidation provisions in the Exchange Notes Indenture; provided that in such a transaction where the Issuer or any Guarantor ceases to exist, any Lien on the Capital Stock of the Issuer or such Guarantor will be released and, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, will reattach (or a new Lien will be created) over the Capital Stock of the successor entity pursuant to a new share pledge (on terms substantially equivalent to the existing Lien on the Capital Stock of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable) granted by the holder of such Capital Stock;

 

  (6)

in the case of any security interests over Intra-Group Receivables (if any), upon partial repayment or discharge thereof, the security interests created over such receivables will be automatically reduced in proportion to such partial repayment or discharge and, upon full repayment or discharge thereof, the security interests shall be automatically and fully released and of no further effect;

 

  (7)

in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  (8)

in connection with the implementation of a Permitted Issuer Reorganization; and

 

  (9)

as otherwise not prohibited by the Exchange Notes Indenture.

The Security Agent and, if required, the Trustee shall effectuate release of Collateral at the request and expense of the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Notes Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the relevant Security Document. To the extent applicable, the Issuer shall comply with the provisions of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any release of Collateral.

 

(d)

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Exchange Notes Indenture will be discharged and cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding Notes when:

(1) either (a) all the Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed Notes and certain Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (b) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer;

 

26


(2) the Issuer has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated or appointed (as agent) by the Trustee for this purpose) (i) with respect to the Euro Notes, euros or euro-denominated European Government Obligations or a combination thereof and (ii) with respect to the SEK Notes, SEK or SEK-denominated Swedish Government Obligations or a combination thereof, as applicable, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, provided that, if requested by the Issuer, the Trustee will distribute any amounts deposited in trust to the Holders prior to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

(3) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under the Exchange Notes Indenture; and

(4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions under the Exchange Notes Indenture to apply the deposited money towards payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

(e)

Evidence of Compliance with Conditions and Covenants

The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate indicating whether the signer thereof knows of any Default that occurred during the previous year and, if any, such Default, specifying the nature and the status thereof of which such signer has knowledge. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events of which it is aware which would constitute a Default, their status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

 

(B)

New Money Notes Indenture

The Notes will be subject to the New Money Notes Indenture to be entered into among the Issuer, the Guarantors, GLAS Trust Company LLC (the “Trustee”) and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent. The following is a general description of certain provisions expected to be included in the New Money Notes Indenture, and the description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of New Money Notes Indenture to be filed as Exhibit T3C-1 hereto. The Issuer has not entered into the New Money Notes Indenture as of the date of this Application, and the terms of the New Money Notes Indenture are subject to change before it is executed.

 

(a)

Events of Default; Withholding of Notice

Events of Default

Each of the following events is an “Event of Default”:

 

  (1)

default in any payment of interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note when due and payable, continued for 15 days;

 

  (2)

default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under the New Money Notes Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

  (3)

failure to comply with the merger and consolidation provisions in the New Money Notes Indenture;

 

  (4)

failure to comply for 15 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any of the Issuer’s obligations under the Change of Control provisions in the New Money Notes Indenture (other than a failure to purchase Notes which will constitute an Event of Default under clause (2) above);

 

  (5)

failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply for 30 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with its other agreements contained in the New Money Notes Indenture;

 

  (6)

default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or Note Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default:

 

27


  A.

is caused by a failure to pay principal at stated maturity on such Indebtedness, immediately upon the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or

 

  B.

results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity,

and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates €40 million or more;

 

  (7)

(A) the Company, the Issuer, a Guarantor, a Pledgor, Midco or a Significant Subsidiary or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (i) voluntarily commences any proceedings or case, or files any petition seeking bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, dissolution, liquidation, administration, moratorium or reorganization under any Bankruptcy Law, including, for the avoidance of doubt, a scheme of arrangement or restructuring plan pursuant to Part 26 or Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006, governed by the Laws of England and Wales or a company voluntary arrangement pursuant to Part I of the Insolvency Act of 1986, governed by the Laws of England and Wales, (ii) consents to the institution of, or fails to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step in any involuntary proceeding or petition filed against it in a court of competent jurisdiction under any Bankruptcy Law, (iii) applies for, or consents to the appointment of a receiver, administrator, restructuring administrator, administrative receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official of it or for all or any substantial part of its property; (iv) files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any involuntary proceeding or petition filed against it in a court of competent jurisdiction under any Bankruptcy Law, (v) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (vi) commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling the payment of principal or interest in respect of any of its Indebtedness, except to the extent such negotiations relate to Indebtedness to be refinanced in accordance with the definition of Refinancing Indebtedness, (vii) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency or mandatory liquidation or (viii) takes any corporate action for the purposes of the foregoing; provided that clause (ii) shall not apply to any proceedings filed against it which are frivolous or vexatious and which, if capable of remedy, are discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which such discharge, stay or dismissal is advertised; or (B) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree, or a substantive decision is made under any Bankruptcy Law that: (i) is for relief against the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or any substantial part of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case, (ii) appoints a receiver, administrator, restructuring administrator, administrative receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, or (iv) any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws, and any such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 45 consecutive days (the “bankruptcy provisions”); or (C) with respect to a Significant Subsidiary having its center of main interest (in the meaning of section 3 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) or article 3 para. 1 of Council Regulation (EC) No. 1346/2000 of May 29, 2000) in Germany, (i) any Person making an application for the opening of insolvency proceedings for the reasons set out in sections 17 to 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (Antrag auf Eröffnung eines Insolvenzverfahrens) or (ii) any competent court taking actions pursuant to section 21 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (Anordnung von Sicherungsmaßnahmen) unless, in case of an application for the opening of insolvency proceedings by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary or the Company’s direct or indirect shareholders), such application is dismissed by the competent court (for any reason other than for lack of assets (mangels Masse)) or successfully withdrawn by such person, in each case within 21 days after such application and/or any Significant Subsidiary, Pledgor or Guarantor, in each case incorporated in Sweden is required to enter into mandatory liquidation pursuant to the Swedish Companies Act (as amended and restated from time to time);

 

28


  (8)

failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of €40 million (exclusive of any amounts that a solvent insurance company has acknowledged liability for), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after the judgment becomes final;

 

  (9)

any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or a group of Guarantors that when taken together (as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee or the New Money Notes Indenture) or is declared invalid or unenforceable in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under its Note Guarantee and any such Default continues for 10 days (the “guarantee provisions”);

 

  (10)

any security interest under the Security Documents on Collateral shall, at any time, cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the relevant Security Document, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the New Money Notes Indenture) with respect to a material portion of the Collateral for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under the New Money Notes Indenture or the release or amendment of any such security interest in accordance with the terms of the New Money Notes Indenture or such Security Document or any such security interest created thereunder shall be declared invalid or unenforceable or the Issuer shall assert in writing that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and any such default continues for 10 days;

 

  (11)

the Company, the Issuer, a Significant Subsidiary, a Guarantor, a Pledgor or a Restricted Subsidiary that has granted a Lien on its assets to secure the Notes suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business, except as permitted as a Permitted Reorganization (other than with respect to the Company, the Issuer and Midco);

 

  (12)

the Company’s auditors qualify the audited consolidated financial statements that are required to be furnished to the Trustee under the reporting requirements of the New Money Notes Indenture in a manner that could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect (i) the interests of the Holders (taken as a whole) under the Note Documents or (ii) the Group as a going concern;

 

  (13)

a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Germany is unable to pay its debts as they fall due (zahlungsunfähig) within the meaning of section 17 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

 

  (14)

a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Germany is overindebted within the meaning of section 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

 

  (15)

a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Switzerland is over-indebted (überschuldet) within the meaning of article 725b of the Swiss Code of Obligations and such over-indebtedness has not been resolved within 60 days of the board of directors of such Material Company or Significant Subsidiary determining that it is over-indebted, except if creditors of such Material Company or Significant Subsidiary have subordinated claims within the meaning of article 725b paragraph 4 of the Swiss Code of Obligations in an amount sufficient to cure the over-indebtedness; and

 

  (16)

a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Switzerland is unable to pay its debts as they fall due (zahlungsunfähig) within the meaning of article 725 of the Swiss Code of Obligations.

However, a default under clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and, with respect to clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8), the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8), as applicable, after receipt of such notice.

 

29


Acceleration

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default under clause (7) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. In the event of an acceleration of the Notes pursuant to clause (6) above, the acceleration will be annulled if the default triggering such Event of Default is cured within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of amounts in respect of the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration thereof, have been cured or waived.

If an Event of Default under clause (7) above occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive all past or existing Defaults or Events of Default (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, or Additional Amounts, if any) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to such Notes and its consequences if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

Withholding of Notice

If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee has notice or knowledge of such occurrence, the Trustee must give notice of the Default to the Holders within 60 days after being notified by the Issuer. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of trust officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, there shall be a customary increase in the interest rate per annum payable on demand.

 

(b)

Authentication and Delivery of the Notes; Application of Proceeds

The Trustee shall authenticate the initial amount of the Notes upon a written order of the Issuer signed by at least one Officer. Thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate additional Notes in unlimited amount, as and to the extent permitted by the New Money Notes Indenture, upon a written order of the Issuer in aggregate principal amount as specified in such order.

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the authorized signatory of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under the New Money Notes Indenture. The Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, upon written notice of an Officer of the Issuer, will authenticate the Notes. The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. An Authenticating Agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.

The proceeds of the New Money Notes are expected to be applied by the Issuer to conduct one or more Discounted BuyBacks of the New Money Notes, to conduct a Special Mandatory Redemption of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the New Money Notes Indenture and for general corporate purposes.

 

(c)

Release and Substitution of Property Subject to the Lien

The Company and its Subsidiaries and any provider of Collateral will be entitled to the release of Liens in respect of the Collateral and those created under the Security Documents, under any one or more of the following circumstances:

 

30


  (1)

sale or other disposition of Collateral to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (but excluding any transaction subject to the merger and consolidation provisions in the New Money Notes Indenture), or to a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case if such sale or other disposition does not violate the merger and consolidation provisions of the New Money Notes Indenture or is otherwise permitted in accordance with the New Money Notes Indenture;

 

  (2)

in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the release of the property and assets, and Capital Stock, of such Guarantor;

 

  (3)

as described under the amendment and modification provisions (with the necessary consents of Holders);

 

  (4)

upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other obligations on the Notes or defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in the legal defeasance and covenant defeasance and satisfaction and discharge provisions of the New Money Notes Indenture;

 

  (5)

in the case of a merger, consolidation or other transfer of assets in compliance with the merger and consolidation provisions in the New Money Notes Indenture; provided that in such a transaction where the Issuer or any Guarantor ceases to exist, any Lien on the Capital Stock of the Issuer or such Guarantor will be released and, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, will reattach (or a new Lien will be created) over the Capital Stock of the successor entity pursuant to a new share pledge (on terms substantially equivalent to the existing Lien on the Capital Stock of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable) granted by the holder of such Capital Stock;

 

  (6)

in the case of any security interests over Intra-Group Receivables (if any), upon partial repayment or discharge thereof, the security interests created over such receivables will be automatically reduced in proportion to such partial repayment or discharge and, upon full repayment or discharge thereof, the security interests shall be automatically and fully released and of no further effect;

 

  (7)

in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  (8)

in connection with a Permitted Issuer Reorganization; and

 

  (9)

as otherwise not prohibited by the New Money Notes Indenture.

The Security Agent and, if required, the Trustee shall effectuate release of Collateral at the request and expense of the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of the New Money Notes Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the relevant Security Document. To the extent applicable, the Issuer shall comply with the provisions of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any release of Collateral.

 

(d)

Satisfaction and Discharge

The New Money Notes Indenture will be discharged and cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding Notes when:

(1) either (a) all the Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed Notes and certain Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (b) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer;

(2) the Issuer has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated or appointed (as agent) by the Trustee for this purpose) (i) with respect to the Euro Notes, euros or euro-denominated European Government Obligations or a combination thereof and (ii) with respect to the SEK Notes, SEK or SEK-denominated Swedish Government Obligations or a combination thereof, as applicable, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, provided that, if requested by the Issuer, the Trustee will distribute any amounts deposited in trust to the Holders prior to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

 

31


(3) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under the New Money Notes Indenture; and

(4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions under the New Money Notes Indenture to apply the deposited money towards payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

(e)

Evidence of Compliance with Conditions and Covenants

The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate indicating whether the signer thereof knows of any Default that occurred during the previous year and, if any, such Default, specifying the nature and the status thereof of which such signer has knowledge. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events of which it is aware which would constitute a Default, their status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

 

9.

Other Obligors.

Other than the Applicants, as of the date of this Application, no other person is expected to be an obligor with respect to the Notes.

CONTENTS OF APPLICATION FOR QUALIFICATION

This Application for Qualification comprises:

(a) Pages numbered 1 to 32, consecutively.

(b) The Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 of the trustee under the Indentures to be qualified.

(c) The following exhibits in addition to those filed as part of the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of the trustee:

 

Exhibit   

Description

T3A.1    Certificate of Registration of Intrum AB
T3A.2    Certificate of Registration of Intrum Investments and Financing AB
T3A.3    Articles of Association of Intrum Group Operations AB
T3A.4    Certificate of Incorporation of Capquest Debt Recovery Limited
T3A.5    Certificate of Incorporation of Capquest Group Limited
T3A.6    Certificate of Registration of Fair Pay Please AB
T3A.7    Commercial Registry Extract of Solvia Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.U. (English Translation)
T3A.8    Certificate of Formation of Intrum AB of Texas LLC
T3A.9    Commercial Register of Intrum AG (English Translation)
T3A.10    Certificate of Registration of Intrum AS
T3A.11    Deed of Incorporation of Intrum B.V. (English Translation)
T3A.12    Certificate of Registration of Intrum Capital AS
T3A.13    Articles of Association of Intrum Czech, s.r.o. (English Translation)
T3A.14    Certificate of Registration of Intrum Deutschland GmbH
T3A.15    Certificate of Registration of Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH (English Translation)
T3A.16    Certificate of Registration of Intrum Holding AB
T3A.17    Certificate of Registration of Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH (English Translation)

 

32


T3A.18    Certificate of Registration of Intrum Holding Norway AS
T3A.19    Commercial Registry Extract of Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U. (English Translation)
T3A.20    Certificate of Registration of Intrum Intl AB
T3A.21    Certificate of Incorporation of Intrum Investment No 1 DAC
T3A.22    Certificate of Incorporation of Intrum Investment No 2 DAC
T3A.23    Certificate of Incorporation of Intrum Investment No 3 DAC
T3A.24    Commercial Register Extract of Intrum Investment Switzerland AG (English Translation)
T3A.25    Articles of Association of Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l. (English Translation)
T3A.26    Chamber of Commerce Extract of Intrum Nederland B.V.
T3A.27    Chamber of Commerce Extract of Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.
T3A.28    Trade Register Extract of Intrum Oy
T3A.29    Commercial Registry Extract of Intrum Servicing Spain, S.A.U. (English Translation)
T3A.30    Commercial Register Extract of Intrum Slovakia s.r.o. (English Translation)
T3A.31    Commercial Registry Extract of Intrum Sp. z o.o.
T3A.32    Certificate of Registration of Intrum Sverige AB
T3A.33    Certificate of Incorporation of Intrum UK Finance Limited
T3A.34    Certificate of Incorporation of Intrum UK Group Limited
T3A.35    Certificate of Incorporation of Intrum UK Holdings Limited
T3A.36    Articles of Association of Intrum Zrt*
T3A.37    Certificate of Registration of Lock Topco AS
T3A.38    Constitution of Intrum Holding Spain NewCo S.L.U. (English Translation)
T3A.39    Memorandum of Association of Intrum Italy Holding AB
T3B.1    Articles of Association of Intrum AB (English Translation)
T3B.2    Articles of Association of Intrum Investments and Financing AB
T3B.3    Articles of Association of Intrum Group Operations AB
T3B.4    Articles of Association of Capquest Debt Recovery Limited
T3B.5    Articles of Association of Capquest Group Limited
T3B.6    Articles of Association of Fair Pay Please AB (English Translation)
T3B.7    By Laws of Solvia Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.U. (English Translation)
T3B.8    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Intrum AB of Texas LLC
T3B.9    Articles of Association of Intrum AG (English Translation)
T3B.10    Articles of Association of Intrum AS
T3B.11    Articles of Association of Intrum B.V. (English Translation)
T3B.12    Articles of Association of Intrum Capital AS
T3B.13    The Articles of Association of Intrum Czech, s.r.o, filed under T3A.13, contains the equivalent of both the charter and by-laws of Intrum Czech, s.r.o. (English Translation)
T3B.14    Articles of Association of Intrum Deutschland GmbH
T3B.15    Articles of Association of Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH
T3B.16    Articles of Association of Intrum Holding AB (English Translation)
T3B.17    Articles of Association of Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH
T3B.18    Certificate of Registration of Intrum Holding Norway AS
T3B.19    Articles of Association of Intrum Holding Spain S.A.U. (English Translation)
T3B.20    Articles of Association of Intrum Intl AB (English Translation)
T3B.21    Constitution of Intrum Investment No 1 DAC
T3B.22    Constitution of Incorporation of Intrum Investment No 2 DAC
T3B.23    Constitution of Incorporation of Intrum Investment No 3 DAC
T3B.24    Articles of Incorporation of Intrum Investment Switzerland AG (English Translation)
T3B.25    By-Laws of Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l. (English Translation)
T3B.26    Articles of Association of Intrum Nederland B.V. (English Translation)
T3B.27    Articles of Association of Intrum Nederland Holding B.V. (English Translation)
T3B.28    Articles of Association of Intrum Oy (English Translation)
T3B.29    Articles of Association of Intrum Servicing Spain, S.A.U. (English Translation)
T3B.30    By Laws of Intrum Slovakia s.r.o. (English Translation)
T3B.31    Articles of Association of Intrum Sp. z o.o.
T3B.32    Articles of Association of Intrum Sverige AB

 

33


T3B.33    Articles of Association of Intrum UK Finance Limited
T3B.34    Articles of Association of Intrum UK Group Limited
T3B.35    Articles of Association of Intrum UK Holdings Limited
T3B.36    Articles of Association of Intrum Zrt, filed under T3A.36, contains the equivalent of both the charter and by-laws of Intrum Zrt
T3B.37    Articles of Association of Lock Topco AS
T3B.38    Articles of Association of Intrum Holding Spain NewCo S.L.U. (English Translation)
T3B.39    Articles of Association of Intrum Italy Holding AB
T3C.1    Form of Exchange Notes Indenture
T3C.2    Form of New Money Notes Indenture
T3D    Not Applicable.
T3E.1    Disclosure Statement for Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan Of Intrum AB And Its Debtor Affiliate, dated November 17, 2024
T3E.2    Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization Of Intrum AB and its Debtor Affiliate, pursuant To Chapter 11 Of The Bankruptcy Code, dated December 18, 2024
T3F.1    Cross reference sheet showing the location in the Exchange Notes Indenture of the provisions inserted therein pursuant to Section  310 through 318(a), inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act (included in Exhibit T3C.1 hereto)
T3F.2    Cross reference sheet showing the location in the New Money Notes Indenture of the provisions inserted therein pursuant to Section  310 through 318(a), inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act (included in Exhibit T3C.2 hereto)
25.1    Statement of eligibility and qualification of the trustee on Form T-1

 

34


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, each of the Applicants below, companies organized and existing under the laws of the Czech Republic, Finland, Germany, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and Texas, the United States of America, has duly caused this Application to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 18, 2025.

 

[Signature pages to follow]


      Intrum AB (publ)
Attest:  

/s/ Johan Brodin

    By:  

/s/ Jens Kullander

Name:   Johan Brodin     Name:   Jens Kullander
Title:   Chief Risk Officer     Title:   General Counsel
      By:  

/s/ Johan Åkerblom

      Name:   Johan Åkerblom
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)
Attest:  

/s/ Johan Brodin

    By:  

/s/ Jens Kullander

Name:   Johan Brodin     Name:   Jens Kullander
Title:   Chief Risk Officer     Title:   General Counsel
      By:  

/s/ Johan Åkerblom

      Name:   Johan Åkerblom
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Group Operations AB
Attest:  

/s/ Johan Brodin

    By:  

/s/ Jens Kullander

Name:   Johan Brodin     Name:   Jens Kullander
Title:   Chief Risk Officer     Title:   General Counsel
      By:  

/s/ Johan Åkerblom

      Name:   Johan Åkerblom
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Capquest Debt Recovery Limited
Attest:  

/s/ Samantha Reed

    By:  

/s/ Douglas James Arthur Down

Name:   Samantha Reed     Name:   Douglas James Arthur Down
Title:   Director of Risk and Compliance     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ James Alexander William Appleby

      Name:   James Alexander William Appleby
      Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Capquest Group Limited
Attest:  

/s/ Samantha Reed

    By:  

/s/ James Alexander William Appleby

Name:   Samantha Reed     Name:  

James Alexander William Appleby

Title:   Director of Risk and Compliance     Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Fair Pay Please AB
Attest:  

/s/ Johan Brodin

    By:  

/s/ Jens Kullander

Name:   Johan Brodin     Name:   Jens Kullander
Title:   Chief Risk Officer     Title:   General Counsel
      By:  

/s/ Johan Åkerblom

      Name:   Johan Åkerblom
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Solvia Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.U.
Attest:  

/s/ Ana Suárez Garnelo

    By:  

/s/ Enrique Tellado

Name:   Ana Suárez Garnelo     Name:   Enrique Tellado
Title:   Secretary     Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum AB of Texas LLC
      By Intrum AB, its sole member
Attest:  

/s/ Johan Brodin

    By:  

/s/ Johan Åkerblom

Name:   Johan Brodin     Name:   Johan Åkerblom
Title:   Chief Risk Officer     Title:   Chief Financial Officer
      By:  

/s/ Jens Kullander

      Name:   Jens Kullander
      Title:   General Counsel

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum AG
Attest:  

/s/ Emanuel Kolberg

    By:  

/s/ Jason Glanzmann

Name:   Emanuel Kolberg     Name:   Jason Glanzmann
Title:   Finance Director     Title:   Commercial Director
      By:  

/s/ Thomas Hutter

      Name:   Thomas Hutter
      Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


 

      Intrum AS
Attest:  

/s/ Geir Gregersen

    By:  

/s/ Julie Marthinsen

Name:   Geir Gregersen     Name:   Julie Marthinsen
Title:   Legal Director     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ Ole Henrik Andreassen

      Name:   Ole Henrik Andreassen
      Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum B.V.
Attest:  

/s/ Jens Kullander

    By:  

/s/ Johan Åkerblom

Name:   Jens Kullander     Name:   Johan Åkerblom
Title:   General Counsel     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ Annette Kumlien

      Name:   Annette Kumlien
      Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Capital AS
Attest:  

/s/ Geir Gregersen

    By:  

/s/ Steinar Nielsen

Name:   Geir Gregersen     Name:   Steinar Nielsen
Title:   Legal Director     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ Anders L. Olstad

      Name:   Anders L. Olstad
      Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Czech, s.r.o.
Attest:  

/s/ Marian Ganaj

    By:  

/s/ Peter Šnajder

Name:   Marian Ganaj     Name:   Peter Šnajder
Title:   Deputy Managing Director     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ Karol Jurák

      Name:   Karol Jurák
      Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Deutschland GmbH
Attest:  

/s/ Richard Hoffmann

    By:  

/s/ Sandra Glaser

Name:   Richard Hoffmann     Name:   Sandra Glaser
Title:   Legal Director     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ Thomas Hutter

      Name:   Thomas Hutter
      Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH
Attest:  

/s/ Richard Hoffmann

    By:  

/s/ Sandra Fritsch

Name:   Richard Hoffmann     Name:   Sandra Fritsch
Title:   Legal Director     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ Thomas Hutter

      Name:   Thomas Hutter
      Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Holding AB
Attest:  

/s/ Johan Brodin

    By:  

/s/ Jens Kullander

Name:   Johan Brodin     Name:   Jens Kullander
Title:   Chief Risk Officer     Title:   General Counsel
      By:  

/s/ Johan Åkerblom

      Name:   Johan Åkerblom
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH
Attest:  

/s/ Richard Hoffmann

    By:  

/s/ Sandra Fritsch

Name:   Richard Hoffmann     Name:   Sandra Fritsch
Title:   Legal Director     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ Thomas Hutter

      Name:   Thomas Hutter
      Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Holding Norway AS
Attest:  

/s/ Geir Gregersen

    By:  

/s/ Steinar Nielsen

Name:   Geir Gregersen     Name:  

Steinar Nielsen

Title:   Legal Director     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ Njål Foss Stene

      Name:  

Njål Foss Stene

      Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.
Attest:  

/s/ Ana Suárez Garnelo

    By:  

/s/ Enrique Tellado

Name:   Ana Suárez Garnelo     Name:   Enrique Tellado
Title:   Secretary     Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Intl AB
Attest:  

/s/ Johan Brodin

    By:  

/s/ Jens Kullander

Name:   Johan Brodin     Name:   Jens Kullander
Title:   Chief Risk Officer     Title:   General Counsel
      By:  

/s/ Johan Åkerblom

      Name:   Johan Åkerblom
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Investments No 1 DAC
Attest:  

/s/ Graham O’Neill

    By:  

/s/ Paul Kelly

Name:   Graham O’Neill     Name:   Paul Kelly
Title:   Corporate Administrator     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ Mark Fitzpatrick

      Name:   Mark Fitzpatrick
      Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Investments No 2 DAC
Attest:  

/s/ Graham O’Neill

    By:  

/s/ Paul Kelly

Name:   Graham O’Neill     Name:   Paul Kelly
Title:   Corporate Administrator     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ Mark Fitzpatrick

      Name:   Mark Fitzpatrick
      Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Investments No 3 DAC
Attest:  

/s/ Graham O’Neill

    By:  

/s/ Paul Kelly

Name:   Graham O’Neill     Name:   Paul Kelly
Title:   Corporate Administrator     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ Mark Fitzpatrick

      Name:   Mark Fitzpatrick
      Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Investment Switzerland AG
Attest:  

/s/ Ingo Reimann

    By:  

/s/ Sèverine Harms-Wille

Name:   Ingo Reimann     Name:   Sèverine Harms-Wille
Title:   Global Portfolio and Process Manager     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ Dennis Schuijit

      Name:   Dennis Schuijit
      Title:  

Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.
Attest:  

/s/ Emanuela Crippa

    By:  

/s/ Enrico Risso

Name:   Emanuela Crippa     Name:   Enrico Risso
Title:   Legal Director     Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Nederland B.V.
Attest:  

/s/ Evelyne Wylocke

    By:  

/s/ Marc de la Croix

Name:   Evelyne Wylocke     Name:   Marc de la Croix
Title:   Executive Assistant     Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.
Attest:  

/s/ Evelyne Wylocke

    By:  

/s/ Marc de la Croix

Name:   Evelyne Wylocke     Name:   Marc de la Croix
Title:   Executive Assistant     Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Oy
Attest:  

/s/ Teemu Hemmi

    By:  

/s/ Tommi Sova

Name:   Teemu Hemmi     Name:   Tommi Sova
Title:   Finance Director     Title:   Director
      By:  

/s/ Tero Kantelinen

      Name:   Tero Kantelinen
      Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Servicing Spain, S.A.U.
Attest:  

/s/ Ana Suárez Garnelo

    By:  

/s/ Enrique Tellado

Name:   Ana Suárez Garnelo     Name:   Enrique Tellado
Title:   Secretary     Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


    Intrum Slovakia s.r.o.
Attest:  

/s/ Zoltan Papp

    By:  

/s/ Andrej Solcanyi

Name:   Zoltan Papp     Name:   Andrej Solcanyi
Title:   Sales Director     Title:   Finance Director
      By:  

/s/ Martin Musil

      Name:   Martin Musil
      Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


    Intrum Sp. Zo.o.
Attest:  

/s/ Tomasz Targowski

    By:  

/s/ Piotr Gajda

Name: Tomasz Targowski     Name: Piotr Gajda
Title: Compliance Director     Title: Legal Director
    By:  

/s/ Iwona Żurawska

    Name: Iwona Żurawska
    Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


    Intrum Sverige AB
Attest:  

/s/ Lars Argelius

    By:  

/s/ Roger Liljeström

Name: Lars Argelius     Name: Roger Liljeström
Title: Commercial Director     Title: Legal Director
    By:  

/s/ Pär-Ola Laurin

    Name: Pär-Ola Laurin
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


    Intrum UK Finance Limited
Attest:  

/s/ Samantha Reed

    By:  

/s/ James Alexander William Appleby

Name: Samantha Reed     Name: James Alexander William Appleby
Title: Director of Risk and Compliance     Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


    Intrum UK Group Limited
Attest:  

/s/ Samantha Reed

    By:  

/s/ James Alexander William Appleby

Name: Samantha Reed     Name: James Alexander William Appleby
Title: Director of Risk and Compliance     Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


    Intrum UK Holdings Limited
Attest:  

/s/ Samantha Reed

    By:  

/s/ James Alexander William Appleby

Name: Samantha Reed     Name: James Alexander William Appleby
Title: Director of Risk and Compliance     Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


    Intrum Zrt
Attest:  

/s/ Károly Deszpot

    By:  

/s/ Péter Felfalusi

Name: Károly Deszpot     Name: Péter Felfalusi
Title: Director, Deputy Chief Executive Officer     Title: Chairman

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Lock Topco AS
Attest:  

/s/ Geir Gregersen

    By:  

/s/ Steinar Nielsen

Name: Geir Gregersen     Name: Steinar Nielsen
Title: Legal Director     Title: Director
    By:  

/s/ Njål Foss Stene

    Name: Njål Foss Stene
    Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Holding Spain NewCo, S.L.U.
Attest:  

/s/ Ana Suárez Garnelo

    By:  

/s/ Enrique Tellado

Name: Ana Suárez Garnelo     Name: Enrique Tellado
Title: Secretary     Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]


      Intrum Italy Holding AB
Attest:  

/s/ Johan Brodin

    By:  

/s/ Johan Åkerblom

Name: Johan Brodin     Name: Johan Åkerblom
Title: Chief Risk Officer     Title: Chief Financial Officer
    By:  

/s/ Jens Kullander

    Name: Jens Kullander
    Title: General Counsel

 

[Signature Page to the Form T-3]

Exhibit T3A.1

 

LOGO   

Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

   Registration number   
   556607-7581   
   Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
   2001-03-02    2018-06-04
   Document created on    Page
   2024-10-07 14:56    1 (4)

 

Registration number:    556607-7581   
Business name:    Intrum AB   
Address:      
   Riddargatan 10    [SEAL]
   114 35 STOCKHOLM   
Registered office:    Stockholm   
Note:      

The company is registered as a public limited company.

THE COMPANY WAS FORMED

2001-02-13

SHARE CAPITAL

 

Share capital    : SEK    2,899,805.490910
Min    : SEK    1,300,000
Max    : SEK    5,200,000
Number of shares:       121,720,918
Min    :    65,000,000
Max    :    260,000,000

 

BOARD MEMBER, CHAIR OF THE BOARD
630916-1013   

Lindquist, Carl Magnus, c/o Intrum AB (publ),

105 24 STOCKHOLM

BOARD MEMBERS
630208    Davies, Debra Jane, c/o Intrum AB (publ), 10524 STOCKHOLM, UNITED KINGDOM


LOGO   

Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

   Registration number   
   556607-7581   
   Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
   2001-03-02    2018-06-04
   Document created on    Page
   2024-10-07 14:56    2 (4)

 

640707    Gopalan, Geeta, c/o Intrum AB (publ), 10524 STOCKHOLM, UNITED KINGDOM
750518-8594    Näsvik, Erik Andreas, c/o Intrum AB, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
720917    Thomas, Philip, c/o Intrum AB (publ), 10524 STOCKHOLM, UNITED KINGDOM
600324    Van der Bel, Michel Alexander, c/o Intrum AB (publ), 10524, STOCKHOLM, NETHERLANDS
610703-0162    Wiborg, Märta Ragnhild, c/o Intrum AB, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
MANAGING DIRECTOR
680526    Rubio Abad, Andrés, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
SPECIALLY AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES
681118-6292    Brodin, Lars Johan, c/o Intrum AB, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
830906-0377    Folkesson, Emil Stellan Oscar, c/o Intrum AB (publ), 105 24 STOCKHOLM
650414-4103    Kumlien, Annette Berit Ingrid, c/o Intrum Ab (pubs), 105 24 STOCKHOLM
700130-0412    Lundquist, Erik Niklas, c/o Intrum AB, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
850722-6572    Salloum, Mohammed, c/o Intrum AB (publ), 105 24 STOCKHOLM
780320-0117    Akerblom, Johan Erik André, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM
AUDITORS
556271-5309    Deloitte AB, 113 79 STOCKHOLM
   Represented by: 731116-0217
PRINCIPALLY RESPONSIBLE AUDITOR
731116-0217    Honeth, Patrick Olof, c/o Deloitte AB, 113 79 STOCKHOLM


LOGO   

Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

   Registration number   
   556607-7581   
   Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
   2001-03-02    2018-06-04
   Document created on    Page
   2024-10-07 14:56    3 (4)

 

SIGNATORY POWER

The board of directors is entitled to sign.

Signatory power by any two jointly of the board members

Signatory power by any two jointly of

Brodin, Lars Johan

Folkesson, Emil Stellan Oscar

Kumlien, Annette Berit Ingrid

Lundquist, Erik Niklas

Rubio Abad, Andrés

Salloum, Mohammed

Åkerblom, Johan Erik André

Signatory power by any one of

Brodin, Lars Johan

Folkesson, Emil Stellan Oscar

Kumlien, Annette Berit Ingrid

Lundquist, Erik Niklas

Rubio Abad, Andrés

Salloum, Mohammed

Åkerblom, Johan Erik André

in combination with any one of

the board members

Furthermore, the Managing Director, in the course of normal business activities, is also entitled to sign.

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Date of the latest change: 2021-04-29

FINANCIAL YEAR

Registered financial year: 0101 - 1231

Latest annual report submitted covers financial period 20230101-20231231


LOGO   

Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

   Registration number   
   556607-7581   
   Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
   2001-03-02    2018-06-04
   Document created on    Page
   2024-10-07 14:56    4 (4)

 

DATE OF REGISTRATION OF CURRENT AND PREVIOUS BUSINESS NAMES

2018-06-04 Intrum AB

2002-05-07 Intrum Justitia AB

2001-11-21 Intrum Justitia Aktiebolag

2001-03-02 Lagrummet December nr 747 Aktiebolag

The above information is an extract from the Trade and Industry Register Bolagsverket, the Swedish Companies Registration Office.

 

Bolagsverket, Swedish Companies Registration Office     [SEAL]
/s/ Angelica Hedin    
Angelica Hedin    

Exhibit T3A.2

 

LOGO   

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

   Registration number   
   559481-4906   
   Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
   2024-04-25    2024-07-23
   Document created on    Page
   2024-10-24 09:57    1 (4)

 

Registration number:    559481-4906   
Business name:    Intrum Investments and Financing AB   
Address:      
   Riddargatan 10   
   114 35 STOCKHOLM   
Registered office:    Stockholm   
Note:      

The company is registered as a public limited company.

THE COMPANY WAS FORMED

2024-04-05

 

SHARE CAPITAL

     

Share capital

   : SEK    500,000

Min

   : SEK    500,000

Max

   : SEK    2,000,000

Number of shares:

      10,000

Min

   :    10,000

Max

   :    40,000

BOARD MEMBER, CHAIR OF THE BOARD

 

630916-1013

   Lindquist, Carl Magnus, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM


LOGO   

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

   Registration number   
   559481-4906   
   Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
   2024-04-25    2024-07-23
   Document created on    Page
   2024-10-24 09:57    2 (4)

 

BOARD MEMBERS

 

630208    Davies, Debra Jane, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM
640707    Gopalan, Geeta, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM
750518-8594    Näsvik, Erik Andreas, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM
720917    Thomas, Philip George, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM
610703-0162    Wiborg, Märta Ragnhild, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM
600324    van der Bel, Michel Alexander, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM
MANAGING DIRECTOR
680526    Rubio, Andrés, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM SPECIALLY AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES
681118-6292    Brodin, Lars Johan, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM
830906-0377    Folkesson, Emil Stellan Oscar, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM
650414-4103    Kumlien, Annette Berit Ingrid, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM
700130-0412    Lundquist, Erik Niklas, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM
850722-6572    Salloum, Mohammed, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM


LOGO   

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

   Registration number   
   559481-4906   
   Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
   2024-04-25    2024-07-23
   Document created on    Page
   2024-10-24 09:57    3 (4)

 

780320-0117    Åkerblom, Johan Erik André, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 114 35 STOCKHOLM
AUDITORS
556271-5309    Deloitte AB, 113 79 STOCKHOLM
   Represented by: 731116-0217
PRINCIPALLY RESPONSIBLE AUDITOR
731116-0217    Honeth, Patrick Olof, c/o Deloitte AB, 113 79 STOCKHOLM

SIGNATORY POWER

The board of directors is entitled to sign.

Signatory power by any two jointly of the board members

Signatory power by any two jointly of

Brodin, Lars Johan

Folkesson, Emil Stellan Oscar

Kumlien, Annette Berit Ingrid

Lundquist, Erik Niklas

Rubio, Andrés

Salloum, Mohammed

Åkerblom, Johan Erik André

Signatory power by any one of

Brodin, Lars Johan

Folkesson, Emil Stellan Oscar

Kumlien, Annette Berit Ingrid

Lundquist, Erik Niklas

Rubio, Andrés

Salloum, Mohammed

Åkerblom, Johan Erik André

in combination with any one of

the board members


LOGO   

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

   Registration number   
   559481-4906   
   Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
   2024-04-25    2024-07-23
   Document created on    Page
   2024-10-24 09:57    4 (4)

 

Furthermore, the Managing Director, in the course of normal business activities, is also entitled to sign.

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Date of the latest change: 2024-09-27

FINANCIAL YEAR

Registered financial year: 0101 - 1231

No annual reports have been submitted to the Swedish Companies Registration Office.

DATE OF REGISTRATION OF CURRENT AND PREVIOUS BUSINESS NAMES

2024-07-23 Intrum Investments and Financing AB

2024-04-25 Goldcup 21047 AB

The above information is an extract from the Trade and Industry Register Bolagsverket, the Swedish Companies Registration Office.

Bolagsverket

851 81 Sundsvall

0771-670 670

bolagsverket@bolagsverket.se

www.bolagsverket.se

Exhibit T3A.3

 

LOGO   

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

   Registration number   
   559489-1532   
   Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
   2024-07-03    2024-09-07
   Document created on    Page
   2024-09-11 12:49    1 (2)

 

Registration number:    550490-1532   
Business name:    Intrum Group Operations AB   
Address:      
   Riddargatan 10   
   114 35 STOCKHOLM   
Registered office:    Stockholm   
Note:      

The company is registered as a private limited company.

THE COMPANY WAS FORMED

2024-04-25

 

SHARE CAPITAL      
Share capital    : SEK    50,000
Min    : SEK    50,000
Max    : SEK    200,000
Number of shares:       1,000
Min    :    1,000
Max    :    4,000

BOARD MEMBER, CHAIR OF THE BOARD

700130-0412    Lundquist, Erik Niklas, c/o Intrum AB (publ), 105 24 STOCKHOLM

BOARD MEMBERS

 

681118-6292    Brodin, Lars Johan, c/o Intrum AB (publ), 105 24 STOCKHOLM
830906-0377    Folkesson, Emil Stellan Oscar, c/o Intrum AB (publ), 105 24 STOCKHOLM

SPECIALLY AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES

 

680526    Rubio Abad, Andrés, c/o Intrum AB (publ), 105 24 STOCKHOLM, UNITED KINGDOM

AUDITORS

 

556271-5309    Deloitte AB, 113 79 STOCKHOLM Represented by: 731116-0217
PRINCIPALLY RESPONSIBLE AUDITOR
731116-0217    Honeth, Patrick Olof, c/o Deloitte AB, 113 79 STOCKHOLM


LOGO   

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

   Registration number   
   559489-1532   
   Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
   2024-07-03    2024-09-07
   Document created on    Page
   2024-09-11 12:49    2 (2)

 

SIGNATORY POWER

The board of directors is entitled to sign.

Signatory power by any two jointly of the board members

Signatory power by any one of the board members in combination with Rubio Abad, Andrés

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Date of the latest change: 2024-08-19

FINANCIAL YEAR

Registered financial year: 0101 - 1231

No annual reports have been submitted to the Swedish Companies Registration Office.

DATE OF REGISTRATION OF CURRENT AND PREVIOUS BUSINESS NAMES

2024-09-07 Intrum Group Operations AB

2024-07-03 Goldcup 21053 AB

The above information is an extract from the Trade and Industry Register Bolagsverket, the Swedish Companies Registration Office.

Bolagsverket

851 81 Sundsvall

0771-670 670

bolagsverket@bolagsverket.se

www.bolagsverket.se

Exhibit T3A.4

FILE COPY

 

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF A PRIVATE LIMITED COMPANY

Company No. 3772278

The Registrar of Companies for England and Wales hereby certifies that ENIGMA CREATIVE CONSULTANTS LIMITED

is this day incorporated under the Companies Act 1985 as a private company and that the company is limited.

Given at Companies House, Cardiff, the 18th May 1999

 

LOGO

HC007B

Exhibit T3A.5

FILE COPY

 

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF A PRIVATE LIMITED COMPANY

Company No. 4936030

The Registrar of Companies for England and Wales hereby certifies that WH 311 LIMITED

is this day incorporated under the Companies Act 1985 as a private company and that the company is limited.

Given at Companies House, Cardiff, the 17th October 2003

 

LOGO

Companies House    

for the record —    

HC007B


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

1. The Company name is “WH 311 LIMITED”

2. The registered office of the company will be situated in England and Wales.

3. The objects for which the company is established are:

(a) To carry on, in conjunction with each other or as separate and distinct undertakings, all or any of the following businesses namely:

a general commercial company,

manufacturers, importers, exporters, agents, dealers (both wholesale and retail) in all articles of commercial, manufacturing, personal and household use and consumption and in all kinds of raw materials; warehousemen, storage contractors, shipping and forwarding agents; dealers in property and estates; property developers, property managers; investors in property; estate agents, insurance agents and brokers, accountants, financiers, financial agents and to act as nominee, trustee, agent, factor, broker, executor, administrator, receiver for or otherwise on behalf of Companies, Corporations, firms or persons, builders; scaffolders; contractors, heating and ventilation engineers and contractors, refrigeration engineers, specialists and contractors; decorators; painters; bricklayers; carpenters, shuttering manufacturers and erectors; joiners; public works contractors; plasterers; plumbers; electricians; shop front fitters; builders’ and decorators’ merchants; civil, mechanical, constructional, agricultural, consulting, heating electrical and general engineers; welders; sheet metal workers; blacksmiths; motor engineers; garage proprietors; car hire service, taxi proprietors and operators; travel agents, tour operators, proprietors of vehicles and vessels of all kinds; transport and haulage contractors; general engineers; tool makers; booking agents for, and managers of, theatres, cinemas and all other kinds of entertainments and sporting events; turf and sporting accountants in all their branches; proprietors of shops, cafes, clubs, hotels and restaurants, catering contractors, dealers in foods and provisions of all kinds, wine and spirit merchants; butchers; grocers, greengrocers; fishmongers and poultry merchants; farmers; florists, horticulturists; bakers, confectioners; tobacconists; ironmongers, hardware merchants; dealers in plastics of all kinds, antique dealers; furniture manufacturers and dealers; leather and fancy goods dealers; jewellers, radio television and electrical retailers, dealers and repairers, toys, games and sports equipment dealers; photographers and dealers in all kinds of photographic material and equipment, film producers and distributors; textile merchants, tailors, fashion designers, ladies and gentlemen’s outfitters, boot and shoe retailers, perfumery and cosmetic dealers, hairdressers, manufacturing and retail chemists, printers, publishers, stationers, advertising and publicity agents; public relations specialists, consultants, business transfer agents and employment agents; computer operators, programmers and dealers, website designer and information technologists, e-commerce traders; market research specialists; business advisers, mail order specialists; dyers and cleaners; dry cleaners, proprietors of launderettes, excavation and demolition contractors; provision of security services, plant hirers, scrap iron and waste merchants and to carry on all or any of the said businesses, and provide services in connection therewith, either together as one business or as separate and distinct businesses, in any part of the world.

(b) To carry on any other business which in the opinion of the director(s) of the company may seem capable of being conveniently carried out in connection with or as ancillary to any of the above businesses or to be calculated directly or indirectly to enhance the value of or render profitable any of the property of the company or to further any of its objects.

(c) To apply for, purchase, register or otherwise acquire and protect and renew, whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere in any part of the world any patents, patent rights, brevets, invention, designs, concessions, secret processes, trade marks, licences, and the like and to alter, disclaim, modify, use and turn to account and to manufacture under or grant licences or privileges in respect of the same, and to expend money in experimenting upon, testing or improving any such patents, inventions or rights.

(d) To purchase, take on lease or in exchange, hire or by any other means acquire and take options over any freehold, leasehold or any other real or personal property and any rights or privileges which the Company may think necessary or convenient for the purpose of its business, or may enhance the value of any other property of the Company.


(e) To enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits or to amalgamate with any person firm or company carrying on or proposing to carry on any business which the Company is authorised to carry on or any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as directly or indirectly to benefit the Company.

(f) To acquire an interest in, amalgamate with, or enter into partnership or into any arrangement with sharing profits, co- operation, joint adventure, union of interest or reciprocal concession with any person or company carrying on or engaged in, or about to carry on or engage in, any business or transaction which is capable of being conducted so as directly or indirectly to benefit the Company.

(g) To enter into any arrangement with any governments or authorities supreme, local, municipal, or otherwise, or any company or person that may seem conducive to the attainment of the Company’s objects, or any of them, and to obtain from any such government or authority any rights, charters, licences, privileges or concessions which the Company may think it desirable to obtain, and to carry out, exercise and comply therewith.

(h) To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute, negotiate and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, bills of lading, warrants, debentures and other negotiable or transferable instruments.

(i) To invest and deal with the moneys of the Company not immediately required in any manner, and to hold sell or otherwise deal with any investments made.

(j) To subscribe for, take, or otherwise acquire, and hold shares, stock, debentures and other negotiable or transferable instruments.

(k) To issue, place, underwrite, or guarantee the subscription of, or concur or assist in the issuing or placing, underwriting or guaranteeing the subscription of shares, debentures, debenture stock, bonds, stocks, and securities of any company, whether limited or unlimited or incorporated by Act of Parliament or otherwise, at such times and upon such terms and conditions as to remuneration and otherwise as may be agreed upon.

(l) To lend money or give credit to such persons, firms or companies and on such terms as may be considered expedient and to receive money on deposit or loan from and give guarantees or become security for any persons, firms and companies and to charge any properties or property of the Company in support of any guarantee and to secure the debts or obligations, contracts or engagements of any other company or person.

(m) To raise or borrow money in such a manner as the Company shall think fit, and to secure the repayment of any such money raised, borrowed or owing by, mortgage, lien, charge or other security upon all or any of the property or assets of the Company (whether present or future) including its uncalled capital, and also by a similar mortgage, lien, charge or security to secure and guarantee the performance by the Company of any obligation or liability it may undertake or which may become binding on it.

(n) To pay out of the funds of the Company all or any expenses which the Company may lawfully pay with respect of the promotion, formation and incorporation of the Company or to contract with any person firm or company to pay the same and to pay commissions to brokers and others for underwriting, placing, selling or guaranteeing the subscription of any shares, debentures or other securities of the Company.

(o) To remunerate any person, firm or company rendering services to the company in such manner as may be thought expedient.

(p) To subscribe to or support any charitable object or any institution and to give pensions, bonuses, gratuities or assistance to any person who is serving or has served the Company, whether as a director, employee or otherwise, and his family and dependants; to make payments towards insurance, and to establish, form and contribute to provident, superannuation and other similar funds and trusts, associations, clubs, schools and other institutions for the benefit of any such persons aforesaid. (q) To distribute among the members of the Company any property of the Company of any kind or any proceeds of sale or disposal of any property of the Company, but so that no distribution amounting to a reduction of capital of the Company be made except with the sanction for the time being required by law.


(r) To do all or any of the above things in any part of the world alone or in conjunction with others and either as. principals, agents, contractors, trustees or otherwise and either by or through agents, subcontractors, trustees or otherwise.

(s) To improve, develop, manage, grant rights or privileges in respect of, construct, repair, let on lease or otherwise, exchange, mortgage, charge, dispose of, sell, grant licences in respect of, turn to account, grant options in respect of, or otherwise deal with all or any part of the property and rights of the Company both real and personal.

(t) To sell or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the business or property of the Company, either together or in portions for such consideration as the Company may think fit, and in particular for shares, debentures or securities of any company purchasing the same.

(u) To do all such other things as may be deemed incidental or conducive to the attainment of the above objects or any of them.

And it is hereby declared that:

(i) The objects specified in each sub-clause shall be regarded as independent objects, and they shall not be limited or restricted, except where otherwise expressed in such sub-clauses, by reference to or inference from the terms of any other sub-clause or the name of the Company, but may be carried out in as full and ample a manner and construed in as wide a sense as if each of the said sub-clauses defined the objects of a separate and distinct company.

(ii) The word “Company” except where used in reference to this Company, shall be deemed to include any partnership or other body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporated, and whether incorporated, registered, resident or domiciled in the United Kingdom or elsewhere.

4. The liability of the members is limited.

5. The Company’s share capital is £100 divided into 100 ordinary shares of £1.00 each.

6. The shares in the original or any increased capital of the Company may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting return of capital or otherwise as the Company may from time to time determine. The rights and privileges attached to any of the shares of the Company may be modified, varied, abrogated or dealt with in accordance with the provisions for the time being of the Company’s Articles of Association.

I, the subscriber to this Memorandum of Association, wish to be formed into a Company pursuant to this Memorandum: and I agree to take the number of shares shown opposite my name.

Name and Address of the Subscriber Number of shares taken by subscriber

 

Robert James Lee    One    LOGO
9 Clarendon Place   
Leamington Spa   
Warwickshire   
CV32 5QP   

 

Total shares taken

  

 

One

Dated: 30th September 2003      
WITNESS to the above Signatures:-    LOGO   


COMPANIES ACTS, 1985 TO 1989

PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

WH 311 LIMITED

PRELIMINARY

1. The Company shall be a private company within the meaning of the Companies Act, 1985 (hereinafter referred to as “the Act”) and subject as hereinafter provided by the regulations contained in The Companies (Tables A to F) Regulations 1985 as in force at the date of incorporation of the Company. Such regulations (hereinafter referred to as “Table A”) shall apply to the Company.

2. Regulations 60, 61, 64, 73, 74, 75, 81(e), 89, 94, 95, 96, 97 and 98 of Table A shall not apply to the Company but the Articles hereinafter contained together with the remaining regulations of Table A, subject to the modifications hereinafter expressed, shall constitute the regulations of the Company.

GENERAL MEETINGS

3. In every notice calling a General Meeting of the Company there shall prominently appear a statement that a member who is entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote instead of that member and that the proxy need not be a member of the Company. Every notice calling a General Meeting of the Company shall also be sent to the current Auditors of the Company.

4. One member may constitute a quorum where the Company is a single member company.

AUDITORS

5. The appointment of an auditor shall be subject to the regulations concerning exemption from such an appointment where the relevant criteria as defined by the Act are met.

SHARE CAPITAL

6. The Company is a private company limited by shares, within the meaning of the Act.

7. The directors of the Company are authorised during the period of five years from the date of incorporation of the Company to allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of the original share in the capital of the company to such persons at such time and on such conditions as they think fit, subject to the provisions of Articles 8 and 9 hereof and provided that no share shall be issued at a discount.

8. Subject to any direction to the contrary that may be given by the Company in general meeting, any original shares for the time being unissued and any new shares from time to time to be created, shall, before they are issued, be offered to the members in proportion as nearly as possible to the nominal value of the existing shares held by them and such offer shall be made by notice specifying the number of shares to which the member is entitled and limiting a time within which the offer if not accepted shall be deemed declined, and after the expiration of such time or on receipt of an intimation from the member to whom the notice is given that he declines to accept the shares, the directors may dispose of the same in such manner as they think most beneficial to the Company. The provisions of section 89 of the Act shall have effect only insofar as they are not inconsistent with this Article.

9. A member desiring to transfer shares otherwise than to a person who is already a member of the Company shall give notice in writing of such intention to the Directors of the Company giving particulars of the share in question. The directors as agents for the member giving such notice may dispose of such shares or any of them to members of the Company at a price to be agreed between the transferor and the Directors, or failing agreement, at a price fixed by the Auditors of the Company as the fair value thereof. If within twenty-eight days from the date of the said notice the Directors are unable to find a member or members willing to purchase all such shares, the transferor may dispose of so many of such shares as shall remain undisposed of in any manner he may think fit within three months from the date of the said notice. Where the Company has no auditor an individual or body eligible for appointment as an auditor as per the Companies Act shall be chosen to fix the price.


APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS

10. The first director or directors of the Company shall be determined in writing by the subscriber(s) to the Memorandum of Association, pursuant to section 10 of the Act.

11. Unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, the numbers of directors (other than alternate directors) shall not be subject to any maximum, but shall be not less than one.

12. A person may be appointed a director of the Company notwithstanding that he has attained the age of seventy years and no directors shall be liable to vacate the office by reason only of his having attained that age or any other age.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

13. A director may vote as a director in regard to any contract or arrangement in which he is interested or upon any matter arising thereout, and if he shall so vote, his vote shall be counted and he shall be reckoned in estimating a quorum when any such contract or arrangement is under consideration.

14. The necessary quorum for the transaction of the business of the directors may be fixed by them and unless so fixed, shall be two, except when one director is in office. A person who holds office only as an alternate director shall, if his appointer is not present, be counted in the quorum.

15. The directors may exercise all of the powers mentioned in the Memorandum of Association of the Company.

SECRETARY

16. The first secretary of the Company shall be determined in writing by the subscriber(s) to the Memorandum of Association, pursuant to Section 10 of the Act.

SEAL

17. In accordance with the provisions of the Act the Company need not have a seal. If it does have a seal Regulation 101 of Table A shall apply.

Name and Address of Subscribers

 

Robert James Lee

9 Clarendon Place

Leamington Spa

Warwickshire

CV32 5QP

   

LOGO

Dated: 30th September 2003    
WITNESS to the above Signtures:-   LOGO  

Exhibit T3A.6

 

LOGO   

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

   Registration number   
   556259-8606   
   Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
   1985-06-17    2007-06-15
   Document created on    Page
   2025-01-22 13:14    1 (2)

 

Registration number:    556259-8606   
Business name:    Fair Pay Please AB   
Address:      
   Riddargatan 10   
   114 35 STOCKHOLM   
Registered office:    Stockholm   
Note:      

The company is registered as a private limited company.

 

THE COMPANY WAS FORMED

1985-04-22

SHARE CAPITAL
Share capital    : EUR    524,257.850000
Min    : EUR    500,000
Max    : EUR    2,000,000,000
Number of shares:       48,000
Min    :    45,779
Max    :    183,116

BOARD MEMBER, CHAIR OF THE BOARD

 

680526    Rubio, Andrés, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 105 24 STOCKHOLM

BOARD MEMBERS

 

650414-4103    Kumlien, Annette Berit Ingrid, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
780320-0117    Ákberblom, Johan Erik André, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 105 24 STOCKHOLM

SPECIALLY AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES

 

681118-6292    Brodin, Lars Johan, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
850218-2036    Kullander, Jens Torbjörn, c/o Intrum Ab (publ), Riddargatan 10, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
850722-6572    Salloum, Mohamed, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 105 24 STOCKHOLM


LOGO   

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

   Registration number   
   556259-8606   
   Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
   1985-06-17    2007-06-15
   Document created on    Page
   2025-01-22 13:14    2 (2)

 

AUDITORS

556271-5309

  

Deloitte AB, 113 79 STOCKHOLM

  

Represented by: 731116-0217

PRINCIPALLY RESPONSIBLE AUDITOR

731116-0217

  

Honeth, Patrick Olof, c/o Deloitte AB, 113 79 STOCKHOLM

SIGNATORY POWER

The board of directors is entitled to sign.

Signatory power by any two jointly of the board members

Signatory power by any one of the board members in combination with any one of the specially authorized signatories

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Date of the latest change: 2013-01-28

FINANCIAL YEAR

Registered financial year: 0101 – 1231

Latest annual report submitted covers financial period 20230101-20231231

SECONDARY BUSINESS NAME

ICAIDF Sweden

DATE OF REGISTRATION OF CURRENT AND PREVIOUS BUSINESS NAMES

2007-06-15 Fair Pay Please AB

2002-11-01 Intrum Credit Agricole Indosuez Debt Finance Aktiebolag

1992-04-08 Fair Pay Aktiebolag

1985-06-17 Advice Trade Invest Aktiebolag

The above information is an extract from the Trade and Industry Register Bolagsverket, the Swedish Companies Registration Office.

Bolagsverket

851 81 Sundsvall

0771-670 670

bolagsverket@bolagsverket.se

www.bolagsverket.se

Exhibit T3A.7

[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

Interactive Commercial Information of the Commercial Registries of Spain

MADRID Commercial Registry

Issued: 07/02/2025 at 13:40 hours.

For any queries regarding the request you have just made, remember the assigned application number: Application no.: N91HC11M

Index of requested headings:

 

   

General data

 

   

Current presentation entries

 

   

Special situations

 

   

Share capital

 

   

List of registered acts published in the BORME [Official Gazette of the Spanish Commercial Registry]

 

   

Deposit of annual accounts

 

   

Legalised books

 

General data    Index
Name:    SOLVIA SERVICIOS INMOBILIARIOS SA
Start date of operations:    28/05/2013
Corporate address:    C/ VIA DE LOS POBLADOS 3 - EDIFICIO 1 MADRID 28003-MADRID
Duration:    Indefinite
N.I.F. [tax ID]:    A86744349 EUID: ES28065.081291850
Registry data:    Folio M-560663 Volume 35681 Page 139 IRUS [Unique company registration identifier]: 1000290691567
Object of the company:    ‘Article 2.- The company has as its object: (a) The provision of advisory services in the accounting, financial, tax, legal, technical, property, marketing, advertising, engineering, quality and IT sectors, as well as the provision of investment advisory services to financial institutions, companies and individuals. (b) The preparation of commercial reports, whether for its own use or for third parties, obtained from any kind of public or private body. (c) The preparation of reports, studies and projects relating to the activity for which the advisory services are provided. (d) The administration and management of financial products, and also the management and collection on behalf of third parties of the amounts that may be due to them,

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 1  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  represented by any public or private document, whether or not it is of a business nature. (e) The creation, development, rental and sale of software as well as the provision of all types of IT services, particularly those dedicated to financial and property services. (f) The provision of all types of services related to the administration, custody, management, exploitation and marketing of property, as well as the administration and management of financial assets and the custody of related documentation. (g) The development, subdivision, construction, promotion and rehabilitation, as well as planning, management, discipline and execution activities that may be carried out at the request of individuals by any of the forms established by law, either on its own account or on behalf of third parties, of all types of property. (h) The mediation in the direct sale or auction of property, individual financial assets and credit portfolios, all on its own account or on behalf of third parties. (i) The organisation, management, administration and operation of all types of auctions and other types of events and exhibitions of similar characteristics or purpose of movable property, property and financial assets. (j) The provision of management and administration services to companies or entities with an identical or similar purpose, whether owned by the Company or by third parties. All the activities included in the corporate purpose shall be carried out by the appropriate professionals with the official qualifications required in each case. The Company shall only be an intermediary company in relation to those of the aforementioned activities which, in accordance with Law 2/2007 on Professional Companies, are considered to be professional activities. Excluded from the corporate purpose are those activities reserved by law to certain types of companies, as well as those for which an authorisation or qualification is required which the Company does not have and, specifically and expressly, those activities regulated in Securities Market Law and the Law on Collective Investment Institutions. The aforementioned activities may be carried out by the company, either directly or indirectly, including through its participation in other companies with the same or similar objects. a) The provision of advisory services in the accounting, financial, tax, legal, technical, property, marketing, advertising, engineering, quality and IT fields, as well as the provision of investment advisory services to financial institutions, companies and individuals; b) The preparation of business reports, either for its own use or for third parties, obtained from any kind of public or private body. c) The preparation of reports, studies and projects relating to the activity for which the advisory services are provided. d) The administration and management of

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 2  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  financial products, as well as the management and collection on behalf of third parties of any amounts owed to them, represented by any public or private document, whether or not it is a transfer document. e) The creation, development, rental and sale of software, as well as the provision of all types of IT services, particularly those dedicated to financial and property services. f) The provision of all kinds of services related to the administration, custody, management, exploitation and marketing of property, as well as the administration and management of financial assets and the custody of related documentation. g) The development, subdivision, construction, promotion and rehabilitation, as well as planning, management, discipline and execution activities that may be carried out at the request of private individuals, in any of the forms established by law, either on its own account or on behalf of third parties, of all types of property. h) The mediation in the direct sale or auction of property, individual financial assets and credit portfolios, on its own account or on behalf of third parties. i) The organisation, management, administration and operation of all types of auctions and other types of events and exhibitions of similar characteristics or purpose of movable property, property and financial assets. j) The provision of management and administration services to companies or entities with an identical or similar purpose, whether owned by the Company or by third parties. k) The conservation, administration and preventive and corrective maintenance of buildings, mechanical, electrical and fire-fighting installations, communications and lifting equipment, as well as security, gardening, air conditioning, disinfection and rat extermination and cleaning services and systems, maintenance and conservation of swimming pools, lifeguards, entry phones and any other service provided to the properties. 1) The provision of logistics services that are necessary for the proper operation of buildings, including concierge, cafeteria and even transport services, administrative and accounting management services. The provision of comprehensive property management services for buildings. m) The provision of commercial management services, the marketing of properties, property management and the management of leases in general for all types of properties, and in particular for commercial premises and dwellings. n) The development, implementation and management of websites, computer systems and tools that enable the publication, marketing and commercialisation of property assets and services. The management, in-house and for third parties of customer acquisition and loyalty through the internet or other electronic media. All the activities included in the corporate purpose shall be carried out by the appropriate professionals with the

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 3  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   official qualification required for each case. The Company shall only be an intermediary company in relation to those of the aforementioned activities which, in accordance with Law 2/2007 on Professional Companies, are considered to be professional activities. Excluded from the corporate purpose are those activities reserved by law to certain types of companies, as well as those for which an authorisation or qualification is required that the Company does not have and, specifically and expressly, those activities that are regulated in Securities Market Law and the Law on Collective Investment Institutions. The aforementioned activities may be carried out by the Company, either directly or indirectly, including through its shareholdings in other companies with an identical or similar object.
C.N.A.E. [National Classification of Economic Activities]:    6832 - Management and administration of property.
Structure of the body:    Board of Directors
Sole shareholder:    The company on this Folio is a sole proprietorship, its sole shareholder being INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN SA, with tax identification number A86128147.

Last accounting

deposit:

   2023

 

Current presentation entries    Index

 

Document Journal:   

Data updated on 07/02/2025, at 12:49 p.m.

 

Journal: 2024 Entry: 64055 Filing date: 12/11/2024 Deed date: 08/10/2024 Notary public: GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS Residence: MADRID - MADRID Protocol: 2024/2442 This document has been withdrawn by the interested party since 20/11/2024.

 

Journal: 2024 Entry: 78952 Filing date: 17/12/2024 Deed date: 02/12/2024 Notary public: SECRETARY NOT COUNSELOR Residence: MADRID - MADRID This document has been withdrawn by the interested party since 26/12/2024.

Journal of accounts:   

Data updated on 07/02/2025, at 12:56 p.m.

 

Journal/entry: No current filing entries

Journal of books:   

Data updated on 07/02/2025, at 09:00 a.m.

 

Journal/entry: No current filing entries

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 4  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Journal of auditors and experts:    Data updated on 07/02/2025, at 09:00 a.m.
   Journal/entry: No current filing entries

 

Special situations    Index

 

There are no special situations   

 

Share capital    Index

 

Subscribed capital:    9,683,010.00 Euros.
Paid-up capital:    9,683,010.00 Euros.

 

List of registered acts published in the BORME    Index

 

Registration 451    Registered on folio M-00560663, volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated on 18/12/2024, number 2024/3366 in MADRID Date of registration: 05/02/2025 Registered acts:
   Change of name.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 5  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 6  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 7  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 8  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 9  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 10  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 11  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 12  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 13  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 14  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 15  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 16  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 17  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 18  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 19  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 20  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 21  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 22  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 23  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 24  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 25  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 26  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 27  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 28  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 29  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 30  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 31  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 32  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 33  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 34  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Merger by absorption. Subject of origin: HRE NB 2022 SL
  Merger by absorption. Subject of origin: AKTUA SOLUCIONES
  FINANCIERAS SL
  Merger by takeover. Subject of origin: AKTUA SOLUCIONES
  FINANCIERAS HOLDINGS SL
  Merger by absorption. Subject of origin: SOLVIA SERVICIOS
  INMOBILIARIOS SL
Registration 450   Date of publication: 24/01/25. Gazette no. 16. Reference no: 00377252025. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 04/12/2024, number 2024/2951 in MADRID Date of registration: 17/01/2025

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 35  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Registered acts:
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 449   Date of publication: 22/01/25. Gazette no. 14. Reference no: 00312292025. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 04/12/2024, number 2024/2950 in MADRID Date of registration: 15/01/2025.
  Registered acts:
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 36  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Other registrable acts: REVOKED the power of attorney in favour of Ms ESTHER CAMAÑ 679.7855122.963 granted to the company ‘GLOBAL LICATA SA’
  Other registrable acts: REVOKED the power of attorney in favour of Ms Ruth García Acedo which gave rise to the 87th and 181st registration; and the power of attorney in favour of Mr Antonio Zafra Cantero which gave rise to 346th registration
  Other registrable acts: REVOKED the power of attorney in favour of Ms ESTHER CAMAÑO VAZQUEZ DE PRADA which gave rise to 296th registration of Folio M-140.843 opened to the company ‘DIVARIAN PROPIEDAD SA’.
  Other registrable acts: REVOKED the power of attorney in favour of Mr. ANTONIO ZAFA CANTERO which caused the 8th registration of Folio M-670.769 opened to the company ‘PROMONTORIA AGORA S.L.’
  Other registrable acts: REVOKED the powers of attorney in favour of Mr ANTONIO ZAFRA CANTERO, Ms RUTH GARCÍA ACEDO, Ms ESTHER CAMAÑO VAZQUEZ DE PRADA AND CARMEN SALVADOR MASQUE which gave rise to 79th and 94th registrations of Folio M-549.293 open to the SAREB company.
  Other registrable acts: REVOKED the power of attorney in favour of Mr ANTONIO ZAFRA

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 37  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  CANTERO which gave rise to the 6th registration of Folio M-645.827 opened to the company ‘PROMONTORIA EGEO SL’
  Other registrable acts: REVOKED the power of attorney in favour of Ms ESTHER CAMAÑO VAZQUEZ DE PRADA and Ms CARMEN SALVADOR MAS which gave rise to the 7th registration of Folio M-749.402 open to the company ‘LIVINGCENTER ACTIVOS INMOBILIARIOS SA’.
  Other registrable acts: REVOKED the power of attorney in favour of Ms ESTHER CAMAÑO VAZQUEZ DE PRADA which gave rise to the 29th registration of Folio M- 679.786 opened to the company ‘GLOBAL PANTELARIA SA’.
  Other registrable acts: REVOKED the power of attorney in favour of Ms ESTHER CAMAÑO VAZQUEZ DE PRADA which gave rise to the 235th registration of Folio M-5122.963 opened to the company ‘DIVARIAN DESARROLLOS INMOBILIARIOS SL’.
  Other registrable acts: REVOKED the power of attorney in favour of Ms ESTHER CAMAÑO VAZQUEZ DE PRADA AND Ms CARMEN SALVADOR MAS which gave rise to the 224th registration of Folio M-522.312 open to the company ‘BFA TENEDORA DE ACCIONES SA’.
Registration 448   Date of publication: 25/11/25. Gazette no. 227. Reference no. 05059092024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 08/10/2024, number 2024/2434 in MADRID Date of registration: 18/11/2024
  Registered acts:
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 447   Date of publication: 25/11/24. Gazette no. 227. Reference no: 05059082024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 08/10/2024, number 2024/2434 in MADRID Date of registration: 18/11/2024

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 38  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  18/11/2024
  Registered acts:
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 446  

Date of publication: 25/11/25. Gazette no. 227. Reference no. 05059072024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 08/10/2024, number 2024/2434 in MADRID Date of registration: 18/11/2024

Registered acts:

  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 445   Date of publication: 25/11/24. Gazette no. 227. Reference no: 05059062024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 08/10/2024, number 2024/2434 in MADRID Date of registration: 18/11/2024

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 39  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  08/10/2024, number 2024/2434 in MADRID Date of registration: 18/11/2024
  Registered acts:
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 444   Date of publication: 25/11/25. Gazette no. 227. Reference no. 05059052024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 08/10/2024, number 2024/2434 in MADRID Date of registration: 18/11/2024
  Registered acts:
  Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 443   Date of publication: 20/11/24. Gazette no. 224. Reference no: 04983912024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 08/11/2024, number 2024/2912 in MADRID Date of registration: 13/11/2024
  Registered acts:
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
  Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 442   Date of publication: 13/11/24. Gazette no. 219. Reference no: 04848312024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/2016 in MADRID Date of registration: 06/11/2024
  Registered acts:
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 441   Date of publication: 12/11/24. Gazette no. 218. Reference no: 04822212024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/2016 in MADRID Date of registration: 06/11/2024
  Registered acts:
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 40  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 441   authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/2016 in MADRID Date of registration: 05/11/2024
  Registered acts:
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 41  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 42  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 43  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 44  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 45  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 46  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 47  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 48  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 440   Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/2434 in MADRID Date of registration: 28/10/2024
  Registered acts:
  Other registrable acts.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 49  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 439   Date of publication: 04/11/24. Gazette no. 212. Reference no: 04694702024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/2034 in MADRID Date of registration: 25/10/2024
  Registered acts:
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 50  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 51  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.
  Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 52  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 438    Date of publication: 29/10/24. Gazette no. 209. Reference no: 04623182024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 03/07/2024, number 2024/1773 in MADRID Date of registration: 22/10/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 437    Date of publication: 29/10/24. Gazette no. 209. Reference no: 04623162024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 03/07/2024, number 2024/1770 in MADRID Date of registration: 22/10/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 436    Date of publication: 29/10/24. Gazette no. 209. Reference no: 04623152024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/2003 in MADRID Date of registration: 22/10/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 435    Date of publication: 29/10/24. Gazette no. 209. Reference no: 04623172024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/2016 in MADRID Date of registration: 22/10/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 53  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 434    Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 19/03/2024, number 2024/1095 in MADRID Date of registration: 30/09/2024
   Registered acts:
   Other registrable acts.
Registration 433    Date of publication: 03/10/24. Gazette no. 191. Reference no: 04224762024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/2002 in MADRID Date of registration: 26/09/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 432    Date of publication: 03/10/24. Gazette no. 191. Reference no: 04224752024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 03/07/2024, number 2024/1769 in MADRID Date of registration: 26/09/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 431    Date of publication: 21/06/24. Gazette no. 119. Reference no: 02817622024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE dated 19/03/2024, number 2024/1095 in MADRID Date of registration: 14/06/2024
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of a member of an administrative body.
   Resignation of a member of an administrative body.
   Appointment to posts.
   Appointment to posts.
   Dismissal of posts.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 54  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 430    Date of publication: 21/06/24. Gazette no. 119. Reference no: 02817612024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ- BUSTAMANTE dated 19/03/2024, number 2024/1091 in MADRID Date of registration: 14/06/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Law 11/2023. Opening Electronic page.
Registration 429    Date of publication: 27/05/24. Gazette no. 100. Reference no: 02385382024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/3005 in MADRID Date of registration: 17/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 428    Date of publication: 23/05/24. Gazette no. 98. Reference no: 02355812024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 21/12/2023, number 2023/3516 in MADRID Date of registration: 16/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 427    Date of publication: 22/05/24. Gazette no. 97. Reference no: 02328902024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/3015 in MADRID Date of registration: 14/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 55  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 426    Date of publication: 21/05/24. Gazette no. 96. Reference no: 02314482024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/3012 in MADRID Date of registration: 13/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Law 11/2023. Opening Electronic page.
Registration 425    Date of publication: 20/05/24. Gazette no. 95. Reference no: 02293172024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 114. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/3014 in MADRID Date of registration: 08/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 424    Date of publication: 20/05/24. Gazette no. 95. Reference no: 02293162024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 111. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/3013 in MADRID Date of registration: 08/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 423    Date of publication: 20/05/24. Gazette no. 95. Reference no: 02293152024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 108. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/3008 in MADRID Date of registration: 08/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 56  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 422    Date of publication: 20/05/24. Gazette no. 95. Reference no: 02293142024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 105. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/3007 in MADRID Date of registration: 08/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 421    Date of publication: 20/05/24. Gazette no. 95. Reference no: 02293132024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 102. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/3006 in MADRID Date of registration: 08/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 420    Date of publication: 17/05/24. Gazette no. 94. Reference no: 02263732024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 099. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/3001 in MADRID Date of registration: 07/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 419    Date of publication: 17/05/24. Gazette no. 94. Reference no: 02263722024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 096. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/3002 in MADRID Date of registration: 07/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 57  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 418    Date of publication: 17/05/24. Gazette no. 94. Reference no: 02263712024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 092. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/3003 in MADRID Date of registration: 07/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 417    Date of publication: 17/05/24. Gazette no. 94. Reference no: 02263702024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 089. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/3004 in MADRID Date of registration: 07/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 416    Date of publication: 22/04/24. Gazette no. 78. Reference no: 01902192024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 088. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2024/911 in MADRID Date of registration: 15/05/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 58  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 59  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 60  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Other registrable acts: REVOKED THE POWER OF ATTORNEY IN FAVOUR OF MR ANTONIO CARRASCO CRUJERA, IN THE 80th REGISTRATION OF THE COMPANY HAYA REAL ESTATE SA
Registration 415    Date of publication: 09/04/24. Gazette no. 69. Reference no: 01692082024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 087. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2024/910 in MADRID Date of registration: 02/04/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 414    Date of publication: 09/04/24. Gazette no. 69. Reference no: 01692072024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 086. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2024/907 in MADRID Date of registration: 02/04/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 413    Date of publication: 09/04/24. Gazette no. 69. Reference no: 01692062024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 085. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2024/906 in MADRID Date of registration: 02/04/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 61  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 412    Date of publication: 09/04/24. Gazette no. 69. Reference no: 01692052024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 085. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2024/905 in MADRID Date of registration: 02/04/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 411    Date of publication: 13/03/24. Gazette no. 52. Reference no: 01277572024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 081. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2023/3011 in MADRID Date of registration: 06/03/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 410    Date of publication: 12/03/24. Gazette no. 51. Reference no: 01250482024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 078. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 12/01/2024, number 2024/42 in MADRID Date of registration: 06/03/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 62  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 409    Date of publication: 12/03/24. Gazette no. 51. Reference no: 01250472024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 078. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 12/01/2024, number 2024/41 in MADRID Date of registration: 05/03/2024
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of a member of an administrative body.
   Appointment of a member of an administrative body.
   Dismissal of a member of an administrative body.
   Dismissal of a member of an administrative body.
Registration 408    Date of publication: 12/03/24. Gazette no. 51. Reference no: 01250462024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 077. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 21/12/2024, number 2023/3517 in MADRID Date of registration: 05/03/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 407    Date of publication: 12/03/24. Gazette no. 51. Reference no: 01250452024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 077. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 21/12/2023, number 2023/3515 in MADRID Date of registration: 05/03/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 409    Date of publication: 12/03/24. Gazette no. 51. Reference no: 01250442024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 076. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 21/12/2023, number 2023/3494 in MADRID Date of registration: 05/03/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 63  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 405    Date of publication: 12/03/24. Gazette no. 51. Reference no: 01250432024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 075. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 21/12/2023, number 2023/3493 in MADRID Date of registration: 05/03/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 404    Date of publication: 29/02/24. Gazette no. 43. Reference no: 01056112024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 073. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/3000 in MADRID Date of registration: 22/02/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 64  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 65  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 66  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 403    Date of publication: 22/02/24. Gazette no. 38. Reference no: 00927662024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 072. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/2998 in MADRID Date of registration: 15/02/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 67  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 68  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 402    Date of publication: 21/02/24. Gazette no. 37. Reference no: 00900472024. Registered on Folio M-00560663 volume 45242, page 072. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/2999in MADRID Date of registration: 14/02/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Annual accounts deposit    Index
Year 2023   

Ordinary. Deposit date: 26/09/2024 Journal: 2024/189977 Deposit:

File: 3/2024/230014 Closing date: 31/12/2023. Main CNAE: 6831Main CNAE: 6832

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 69  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Year 2022    Ordinary. Deposit date: 27/09/2023 Journal: 0/46572 Deposit:
   File: 3/2024/230014 Closing date: 31/12/2023. Main CNAE: 6832
Year 2022    Consolidated. Deposit date: 11/07/2023 Journal: 0/46573 Deposit:
   File: 3/2023/75244 Closing date: 31/12/2022. Main CNAE: 6832
Year 2021    Ordinary. Date of deposit: 03/06/2022 Journal: 0/29829 Deposit:
   File: 3/2022/49691 Closing date: 31/12/2021. Main CNAE: 6832
Year 2021    Consolidated. Date of deposit: 15/06/2022 Journal: 0/29830 Deposit:
   File: 3/2022/53302 Closing date: 31/12/2021. Main CNAE: 6832
Year 2020    Ordinary. Date of deposit: 31/05/2021 Journal: 0/27743 Deposit:
   File: 3/2021/59262 Closing date: 31/12/2020. Main CNAE: 6832
Year 2020    Consolidated. Deposit date: 28/05/2021 Journal: 0/27744 Deposit:
   File: 3/2021/58603 Closing date: 31/12/2020. Main CNAE: 6832
Year 2019    Ordinary. Deposit date: 01/06/2020 Journal: 0/18727 Deposit:
   File: 3/2020/30914 Closing date: 31/12/2019. Main CNAE: 6832
Year 2019    Consolidated. Deposit date: 03/06/2020 Journal: 0/18728 Deposit:
   File: 3/2020/31470 Closing date: 31/12/2019. Main CNAE: 6832
Year 2018    Consolidated. Deposit date: 28/05/2019 Journal: 0/22868 Deposit:
   File: 3/2019/37085 Closing date: 31/12/2018. Main CNAE: 6832
Year 2018    Ordinary. Deposit Date: 03/06/2019 Journal: 0/22871 Deposit:
   File: 3/2019/38552 Closing date: 31/12/2018. Main CNAE: 6832
Year 2017    Consolidated. Deposit date: 22/05/2018 Journal: 0/20354 Deposit:
   File: 3/2018/31389 Closing date: 31/12/2017. Main CNAE: 6832
Year 2017    Ordinary. Deposit date: 22/05/2018 Journal: 0/20355 Deposit:
   File: 3/2018/31388 Closing date: 31/12/2017. Main CNAE: 6832

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 70  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Legalised books    Index
Year 2023    Date of legalisation: 23/09/2024
Year 2023    Date of legalisation: 18/10/2024
Year 2022    Date of legalisation: 25/04/2023
Year 2022    Date of legalisation: 12/05/2023
Year 2021    Date of legalisation: 09/05/2022
Year 2021    Date of legalisation: 13/05/2022
Year 2020    Date of legalisation: 14/05/2021
Year 2020    Date of legalisation: 26/05/2021
Year 2019    Date of legalisation: 28/04/2020
Year 2019    Date of legalisation: 30/04/2020
Year 2018    Date of legalisation: 25/04/2019
Year 2018    Date of legalisation: 26/04/2019
Year 2017    Date of legalisation: 08/05/2018
Year 2017    Date of legalisation: 10/05/2018
Year 2016    Date of legalisation: 23/09/2024

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 71  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Year 2016    Date of legalisation: 19/05/2017
Year 2015    Date of legalisation: 05/05/2016
Year 2015    Date of legalisation: 12/05/2016
Year 2014    Date of legalisation: 14/04/2014
Year 2014    Date of legalisation: 11/12/2014
Year 2014    Date of legalisation: 23/04/2015
Year 2014    Date of legalisation: 30/04/2015
Year 2014    Date of legalisation: 07/05/2015
Year 2014    Date of legalisation: 02/06/2015
Year 2013    Date of legalisation: 13/06/2013
Year 2013    Date of legalisation: 20/05/2014

This information is provided with reference to the data contained in the digital file of the Commercial Registry and is purely informative. In the event of any discrepancy, the content of the entries in the register shall prevail over the index maintained by digital procedures. The certificate issued by the Commercial Registrar is the only means of reliably certifying the content of the registrations and other documents filed or deposited at the Registry (Article 77 of the Commercial Registry Regulations).

BASIC INFORMATION ON PERSONAL DATA PROTECTION

Data Controller: Registrar/Entity listed in the header of the document. For further information, please see the other data protection information.

Purpose of processing: To provide the requested registration service including the practice of associated notifications and, where appropriate, invoicing thereof, as well as to comply with the legislation on money laundering and terrorist financing that may include profiling.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 72  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Legal basis for processing: The processing of the data is necessary: for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest or in exercise of public powers vested in the registrar, in compliance with the relevant legal obligations, as well as for the performance of the requested service.

Rights: Mortgage and commercial legislation establish a special regime with regard to the exercise of certain rights, and therefore the provisions of these will be complied with. For matters not provided for in the registry regulations, the provisions of data protection legislation shall apply, as indicated in the details of the additional information. In any case, the exercise of the rights recognised by the data protection legislation to the data owners shall comply with the requirements of the registration procedure.

Categories of data: Identity data, contact data, other data available in the additional data protection information.

Recipients: Processing of data by other recipients is foreseen. No international transfers are foreseen.

Sources from which the data originate: The data may come from: the data subject himself/herself, the presenter, the legal representative, Management/Advisory.

Other data protection information: Available at https://www.registradores.org/politica-de-privacidad- servicios-registrales depending on the type of registration service requested.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908DE094EE28CCB834D

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 73  

 

 

www.registradores.org

Exhibit T3A.8

Form 205-—General Information

(Certificate of Formation—Limited Liability Company)

 

The attached form is designed to meet minimal statutory filing requirements pursuant to the relevant code provisions. This form and the information provided are not substitutes for the advice and services of an attorney and tax specialist.

Commentary

The limited liability company (hereinafter LLC) is neither a corporation nor a partnership; rather, it is a distinct type of entity. An LLC is governed by title 3, chapter 101 of the Texas Business Organizations Code (BOC). Title 1, chapter 3, subchapter A of the BOC governs the formation of an LLC and sets forth the provisions required or permitted to be contained in the certificate of formation.

The owners of an LLC are called “members.” An LLC may have one or more members. Members may be individuals, partnerships, corporations, and any other type of legal entity.

Taxes: LLCs are subject to a state franchise tax. Contact the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts, Tax Assistance Section, Austin, Texas, 78774-0100, (512) 463-4600 or (800) 252-1381 for franchise tax information. For information relating to federal employer identification numbers, federal income tax filing requirements, tax publications, and forms call (800) 829-3676 or visit the Internal Revenue Service web site at www.irs.gov.

Instructions for Form

 

   

Article I—Entity Name and Type: Provide a company name and organizational designation. The entity name must comply with the provisions of chapter 5 of the BOC and the administrative rules on entity name availability adopted by the secretary of state. Chapter 5 of the BOC requires that the entity must be distinguishable in the records from the name of any existing domestic or foreign filing entity, any fictitious name under which a foreign filing entity is registered to transact business in this state, or any name reservation or registration filed with the secretary of state. In addition, the entity name may not contain any word or phrase that by its inclusion in the name: 1) indicates or implies that the entity is engaged in a business that the entity is not authorized to pursue, or 2) falsely implies that the entity is affiliated with a governmental entity. If the entity name does not comply with these provisions, the document cannot be filed.

The administrative rules adopted for dete1mining entity name availability (Texas Administrative Code, title 1, part 4, chapter 79, subchapter C) may be viewed at www.sos.state.tx.us/tac/index.shtml. If you wish the secretary of state to provide a preliminary determination on name availability, you may call (512) 463-5555, dial 7-1-1 for relay services, or e-mail your name inquiry to corpinfo@sos.texas.gov. If the entity name does not meet the standard for availability, the document will not be filed. A final determination cannot be made until the document is received and processed by the secretary of state. Do not make financial expenditures or execute documents based on a preliminary clearance. Also note that the preclearance of a name or the issuance of a certificate of formation under a name does not authorize the use of a name in violation of another person’s rights to the name.

 

Form 205    Instruction Page 1 – Do not submit with filing.


   

Article 2—Registered Agent and Registered Office: The registered agent can be either (option A) a domestic entity or a foreign entity that is registered to do business in Texas or (option B) an individual resident of the state. The limited liability company cannot act as its own registered agent; do not enter the limited liability company name as the name of the registered agent.

Consent: A person designated as the registered agent of an entity must have consented, either in a written or electronic form, to serve as the registered agent of the entity. Although consent is required, a copy of the person’s written or electronic consent need not be submitted with the certificate of formation. The liabilities and penalties imposed by sections 4.007 and 4.008 of the BOC apply with respect to a false statement in a filing instrument that names a person as the registered agent of an entity without that person’s consent. (BOC§ 5.207)

Office Address Requirements: The registered office address must be located at a street address where service of process may be personally served on the entity’s registered agent during normal business hours. Although the registered office is not required to be the entity’s principal place of business, the registered office may not be solely a mailbox service or telephone answering service (BOC§ 5.201).

 

   

Article 3—Governing Authority: The certificate of formation must state whether the LLC initially has or does not have managers. If the LLC initially has managers, select option A and provide the name and address of each initial manager in the space provided. If the LLC initially does not have managers, select option B and provide the name and address of each initial member of the LLC in the space provided. A minimum of one person is required.

If the governing person is an individual, set forth the name of the individual in the format specified. Do not use prefixes (e.g., Mr., Mrs., Ms.). Use the suffix box only for titles of lineage (e.g., Jr., Sr., III) and not for other suffixes or titles (e.g., M.D., Ph.D.). If the governing person is an organization, set forth the legal name of the organization. For each governing person, only one name should be entered. Do not include both the name of an individual and the name of an organization. An address is always required for each governing person.

 

Please note that a document on file with the secreta1y of state is a public record that is subject to public access and disclosure. When providing address inf01mation for a manager or member, use a business or post office box address rather than a residence address if privacy concerns are an issue.

 

   

Article 4—Purpose: An LLC may be fo1med for any lawful purpose or purposes not expressly prohibited under chapter 2 of title 1 or title 3 of the BOC. This form provides for the creation of an LLC with a general purpose. Please note that while the BOC allows a general purpose, other laws, including the Internal Revenue Code, may require that the certificate of formation include more specific purposes or language as a basis for granting a license or tax-exempt or tax-deductible status. The additional space provided in the “Supplemental Provisions/Information” section may be used to set forth a more specific purpose or purposes.

 

Form 205    Instruction Page 2 – Do not submit with filing.


This form cannot be used to engage in a licensed activity when such license cannot be issued to the LLC. To form a professional limited liability to provide a professional service use Form 206.

 

   

Initial Mailing Address: Effective January 1, 2022, the certificate of formation of a filing entity must provide the initial mailing address for the entity. The initial mailing address is the address that will be used by the Comptroller of Public Accounts for sending tax information and correspondence to the entity. The initial mailing address may be a post office box or street address.

 

   

Supplemental Provisions/Information: Additional space has been provided for additional text to an article within this form or to provide for additional articles to contain optional provisions.

Duration: Pursuant to section 3.003 of the BOC, a Texas LLC exists perpetually unless provided otherwise in the certificate of formation. If formation of an LLC with a stated period of duration is desired, use the “Supplemental Provisions/Information” section of this form to provide for a limited duration.

 

   

Organizer: Only one organizer is required for the formation of an LLC. An organizer may be any person having the capacity to contract for the person or for another; that is, a natural person 18 years of age or older, or a corporation or other legal entity. There are no residency requirements for an organizer.

 

   

Effectiveness of Filing: A certificate of formation becomes effective when filed by the secretary of state (option A). However, pursuant to sections 4.052 and 4.053 of the BOC the effectiveness of the instrument may be delayed to a specified date, or specified date and time, not more than ninety (90) days from the date the instrument is signed (option B). The effectiveness of the instrument also may be delayed on or after the occurrence of a future event or fact, including the act of any person (option C). If option C is selected, you must state the manner in which the event or fact will cause the instrument to take effect and the date of the 90th day after the date the instrument is signed. In order for the certificate to take effect under option C, the entity must, within ninety (90) days of the filing of the ce1tificate, file a statement with the secretary of state regarding the event or fact pursuant to section 4.055 of the BOC.

On the filing of a document with a delayed effective date or condition, the computer records of the secreta1y of state will be changed to show the filing of the document, the date of the filing, and the future date on which the document will be effective or evidence that the effectiveness was conditioned on the occu1Tence of a future event or fact. In addition, at the time of such filing, the status of the entity will be shown as “in existence” on the records of the secretary of state.

 

   

Execution: The organizer must sign the ce1tificate of formation, but it does not need to be notarized. However, before signing, please read the statements on this form carefully. The designation or appointment of a person as registered agent by an organizer is an affirmation that the person named in the certificate of formation has consented to serve in that capacity. (BOC§ 5.2011)

 

Form 205    Instruction Page 3 – Do not submit with filing.


A person commits an offense under section 4.008 of the BOC if the person signs or directs the filing of a filing instrument the person knows is materially false with the intent that the instrument be delivered to the secretary of state for filing. The offense is a Class A misdemeanor unless the person’s intent is to harm or defraud another, in which case the offense is a state jail felony.

 

   

Payment and Delivery Instructions: The filing fee for a certificate of formation for an LLC is $300. Fees may be paid by personal checks, money orders, LegalEase debit cards, or American Express, Discover, MasterCard, and Visa credit cards. Checks or money orders must be payable through a U.S. bank or financial institution and made payable to the secreta1y of state. Fees paid by credit card are subject to a statutorily authorized convenience fee of 2.7 percent of the total fees.

Submit the completed form in duplicate along with the filing fee if submitting the document by mail or by courier delivery. The form may be mailed to P.O. Box 13697, Austin, Texas 78711-3697 or delivered to the James Earl Rudder Office Building, 1019 Brazos, Austin, Texas 78701. On filing

 

Form 205    Instruction Page 4 – Do not submit with filing.


Form 205

(Revised 12/21)

 

Submit in duplicate to:

Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697

512 463-5555

 

Filing Fee: $300

  

This space reserved for office use.

 

LOGO

 

Certificate of Formation
Limited Liability Company

Article 1 – Entity Name and Type

The filing entity being formed is a limited liability company. The name of the entity is:

 

Intrum AB of Texas LLC
The name must contain the words “limited liability company,” “limited company,” or an abbreviation of one of these phrases.

Article 2 – Registered Agent and Registered Office

(See instructions. Select and complete either A or B and complete C.)

☒ A. The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:

 

CAPITOL CORPORATE SERVICES, INC.
OR

☐ B. The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set f01ih below:

 

                
First Name    M.I.    Last Name    Suffix

C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:

 

1501 S MOPAC EXPY STE 220    AUSTIN    TX    78746
Street Address    City    State    Zip Code

Article 3—Governing Authority

(Select and complete either A or B and provide the name and address of each initial governing person.)

☐ A. The limited liability company initially has managers. The name and address of each initial manager are set forth below.

☒ B. The limited liability company does not initially have managers. The name and address of each initial member are set forth below.

 

Form 205    1


INITIAL GOVERNING PERSON 1

NAME (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

IF INDIVIDUAL

                          

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name          Suffix

OR

              

IF ORGANIZATION

              

Intrum AB

                        

Organization Name

ADDRESS

Riddargatan 10

        Stockholm         SWE    114 35
Street or Mailing Address       City    State    Country    Zip Code

 

INITIAL GOVERNING PERSON 2

NAME (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

IF INDIVIDUAL

                          

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name          Suffix

OR

              

IF ORGANIZATION

              
                          

Organization Name

ADDRESS

              
                          
Street or Mailing Address       City    State    Country    Zip Code

 

INITIAL GOVERNING PERSON 3

NAME (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

IF INDIVIDUAL

                          

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name          Suffix

OR

              

IF ORGANIZATION

              
                          

Organization Name

ADDRESS

              
                          
Street or Mailing Address       City    State    Country    Zip Code

 

Form 205    2


Article 4 – Purpose

The purpose for which the company is formed is for the transaction of any and all lawful purposes for which a limited liability company may be organized under the Texas Business Organizations Code.

Initial Mailing Address

(Provide the mailing address to which state franchise tax correspondence should be sent.)

 

Riddargatan 10    Stockholm         11435    SWE
Street Address    City    State    Zip Code    Country

Supplemental Provisions/Information

Text Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]

Organizer

The name and address of the organizer:

 

Johan Ákerblom               
Name         
Riddargatan 10    Stockholm         114 35
Street or Mailing Address    City    State    Zip Code

Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C.)

A. ☒ This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

B. ☐ This document becomes effective at a later date, or a later date and time, not more than 90 days from the date of signing. The later effective date, or date and time is: ___________

C. ☐ This document takes effect upon the occurrence of the future event or fact, other than the passage of time. The 90th day after the date of signing is: ____________________

The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:

 

Form 205    3


Execution

The undersigned affirms that the person designated as registered agent has consented to the appointment. The undersigned also affirms that, to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the name provided as the name of the filing entity does not falsely imply an affiliation with a governmental entity. The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument and certifies under penalty of perjury that the undersigned is authorized to execute the filing instrument.

 

Date:    10/11/2024

 

/s/ Johan Åkerblom    /s/ Niklas Lundquist
Signature of Organizer
Johan Åkerblom    Niklas Lundquist
Printed or typed name of organizer

Form 205

4

Exhibit T3A.9

 

LOGO  

Commercial register of canton Zurich

 

Company No.    Legal form    Registered    Struck off   

Transfer CH020.3.020.6569

from:

   1
CHE104.502.525    Limited or Corporation    16.04.1998       to:

 

LOGO   All datas

 

Ent   Ca   Registered name    Ref    Registered office
1   2   Collector Holdings AG    1    Schwerzenbach
1   2   (Collector Holdings SA) (Collector Holdings Ltd)         
2   51   Intrum Justitia AG         
2   50   (Intrum Justitia SA) (Intrum Justitia Ltd)         
50   51   (Intrum Justitia Ltd.) (Intrum Justitia SA)         
51     Intrum AG         
51     (Intrum Ltd.) (Intrum SA)         
Ent   Ca   Share capital   Paidin   Denomination of shares    Ent    Ca    Registered address
1   2   CHF 100’000.00   CHF 100’000.00   100 registered shares at CHF 1,000.00 each    1       Schwerzenbacherhof
2     CHF 7’000’000.00   CHF 7’000’000.00   7,000 registered shares at CHF 1,000.00 each          Eschenstrasse 12
                 8603 Schwerzenbach

Ent

 

Ca

 

Purpose

          

Ent

  

Ca

  

Additional addresses

1   4   Holding interests in other companies; may acquire interests in other companies companies.         
4   50   Performing fiduciary and auditing functions, tax consulting, Credit reports and collections at home and abroad as well as holding investments. may acquire interests in other companies, establish branch offices and establish subsidiaries and acquire, hold and sell real estate. sell         
50   51   The purpose of the company is to carry out trust and fiduciary services. auditing functions, tax consulting, credit reports and collections in Germany and abroad. abroad and in holding investments. The company may also conduct all commercial, financial and other transactions that are intended and are suitable for the development of the company and the achievement of the to promote or to promote or facilitate the achievement of the company’s purpose. The company may Establish branches and subsidiaries in Germany and abroad and invest in other companies in Germany and abroad. The company may acquire, hold and sell real estate. The company is part of the Intrum Justitia Group and can be used in the pursuit of its corporate purpose. take into account the interests of the Intrum Justitia Group. In particular the company provides its direct and indirect subsidiaries and third parties, including their direct and indirect shareholders and their direct and indirect subsidiaries, loans and other direct or indirect grant indirect financing, including in the context of cash pooling agreements, and provide collateral of all kinds for their liabilities, including by means of liens on or fiduciary transfers or Assignments of assets of the company or guarantees of any kind, whether for a fee or not.         
51     The purpose of the company is to carry out trust and fiduciary services. auditing functions, tax consulting, credit reports and collections in Germany and abroad. abroad and in holding investments. The company may also conduct all commercial, financial and other transactions that are intended and are suitable for the development of the company and the achievement of the to promote or facilitate the achievement of the company’s purpose. The company may Establish branches and subsidiaries in Germany and abroad and invest in other companies in Germany and abroad. The company may acquire, hold and sell real estate. The company is part of of the Intrum Group and, in pursuing its corporate purpose, may use the interests of the Intrum Group. In particular, the company may its direct and indirect subsidiaries as well as third parties, including its direct and indirect shareholders and their direct and indirect Subsidiaries, loans and other direct or indirect financing including within the framework of cash pooling agreements, and provide collateral of all kinds for their liabilities, including by means of         

 

Zurich, 21.01.2025    Continued on the following page


LOGO    Commercial register of canton Zurich   
CHE104.502.525    Intrum AG    Schwerzenbach    2

 

All datas

 

Ent   Ca   Purpose    Ent    Ca    Additional addresses
   

Liens on or fiduciary transfers or assignments of assets

of the company or guarantees of any kind, whether for a fee or not.

        
Ent   Ca   Remarks    Ref    Date of the articles of association
50     Notifications to registered shareholders are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors by letter, e-mail or fax to the addresses listed in the share register, and to the holders of bearer shares by publication in the SOGC.   

1

 

2

 

2

 

4

 

50

 

51

  

06.04.1998

 

22.04.1998

 

23.04.1998

 

22.07.1998

 

11.09.2017

 

16.01.2018

Ent   Ca   Particular events    Ref    Official publication medium
2    

Contribution in kind: The company takes over the following in the capital increase of 22.04.1998

according to the contribution in kind agreement dated April 22, 1998 3’000 registered shares at CHF 1’000.-

of Intrum Justitia Holding AG, Schwerzenbach, for which 6,900 registered shares at CHF 1,000 will be spent.

   1    SOGC
3    

Merger: The company takes over Intrum Justitia by way of merger

Holding AG, in Schwerzenbach. Assets of CHF 8,627,582. and liabilities of

CHF 2,076,787. are transferred to the new owners in accordance with the merger agreement dated 23.04.1998 and the merger balance sheet as at

31.12.1997 by universal succession to the company, which had already acquired all

shares the acquired company. These shares expire and the

The share capital of the acquiring company remains unchanged.

     
27    

Transfer of assets: In accordance with the agreement dated 12.06.2008, the company

transfers

assets of CHF 539,000.00 to Kiss KreditInfoServiceSystem AG, in Schwerzenbach (CH-020.3.921.420-2). Consideration: CHF 539,000.00.

     
42    

Merger: Acquisition of the assets and liabilities of Credita AG, in Urdorf (CHE101.552.509), pursuant to the merger agreement dated 22.06.2015 and the balance sheet as at

31.12.2014. Assets of CHF 3,844,021.00 and liabilities (borrowed capital) of CHF 2,972,227.00 are to the acquiring company. As the acquiring company holds all of the shares in the transferring company, there is neither a capital increase and an allocation of shares.

     
63    

Merger: Acquisition of the assets and liabilities of Intrum Brugg AG, in Brugg (CHE109.437.651), pursuant to the merger agreement dated 16.06.2021 and the balance sheet as at

31.12.2020. Assets of CHF 3,535,928.00 and liabilities (borrowed capital) of CHF 1,191,164.00 are to the acquiring company. As the acquiring company holds all of the shares in the transferring company, there is neither a capital increase and an allocation of shares.

     
Ent   Ca   Branch office(s)    Ent    Ca    Branch office(s)
49     Lausanne (CHE207.138.764)         

 

Zurich, 21.01.2025    Continued on the following page


LOGO    Commercial register of canton Zurich   
CHE104.502.525    Intrum AG    Schwerzenbach    3

 

 

 

All datas

 

 

 

Ref     Journal No.     Journal date     SOGC     SOGC date     Page / Id     Ref     Journal No.     Journal date     SOGC     SOGC date     Page / Id  
  1       8576       16.04.1998       76       22.04.1998       2695       38       34986       27.09.2011       190       30.09.2011       6357692  
  2       9934       05.05.1998       89       11.05.1998       3167       39       3852       01.02.2013       25       06.02.2013       7052394  
  3       10426       11.05.1998       93       15.05.1998       3305       40       10079       20.03.2014       58       25.03.2014       1414483  
  4       17111       03.08.1998       151       07.08.1998       5456       41       21832       01.07.2014       127       04.07.2014       1594035  
  5       6290       19.03.1999       59       25.03.1999       1954       42       22975       29.06.2015       125       02.07.2015       2245265  
  6       26190       25.11.1999       234       01.12.1999       8138       43       24475       08.07.2015       132       13.07.2015       2264133  
  7       27374       10.12.1999       245       16.12.1999       8518       44       30738       01.09.2015       171       04.09.2015       2356483  
  8       1204       13.01.2000       13       19.01.2000       388       45       38454       03.11.2015       216       06.11.2015       2467521  
  9       20895       31.08.2000       173       06.09.2000       6088       46       4174       01.02.2016       24       04.02.2016       2639589  
  10       625       12.01.2001       13       19.01.2001       409       47       14863       26.04.2016       83       29.04.2016       2807443  
  11       4464       18.02.2002       37       22.02.2002       17/354064       48       18944       31.05.2016       106       03.06.2016       2867501  
  12       7125       20.03.2002       59       26.03.2002       21/400046       49       22167       23.06.2016       123       28.06.2016       2918111  
  13       25700       15.10.2002       203       21.10.2002       18/694456       50       32194       15.09.2017       182       20.09.2017       3761739  
  14       28416       13.11.2002       224       19.11.2002       17/733634       51       3263       22.01.2018       17       25.01.2018       4013991  
  15       8367       26.03.2003       62       01.04.2003       19/930400       52       9230       07.03.2018       49       12.03.2018       4104705  
  16       15404       13.06.2003       115       19.06.2003       20/1042216       53       32977       14.09.2018       181       19.09.2018       1004458153  
  17       27774       01.10.2003       192       07.10.2003       23/1203258       54       40049       07.11.2018       219       12.11.2018       1004495088  
  18       34590       09.12.2003       241       15.12.2003       23/2028036       55       8431       25.02.2019       41       28.02.2019       1004576665  
  19       21558       29.07.2004       149       04.08.2004       17/2389504       56       28432       18.07.2019       140       23.07.2019       1004681743  
  20       31401       03.11.2004       218       09.11.2004       20/2535624       57       39397       09.10.2019       198       14.10.2019       1004736463  
  21       3200       31.01.2006       25       06.02.2006       22/3229538       58       4861       30.01.2020       23       04.02.2020       1004821165  
  22       31788       24.11.2006       233       30.11.2006       19/3658978       59       32942       28.08.2020       170       02.09.2020       1004969487  
  23       89       08.01.2007       8       12.01.2007       19/3722628       60       50330       29.12.2020       1       04.01.2021       1005063075  
  24       6074       26.02.2007       43       02.03.2007       24/3805096       61       23498       28.05.2021       104       02.06.2021       1005201822  
  25       13006       07.05.2007       91       11.05.2007       22/3928134       62       24484       02.06.2021       107       07.06.2021       1005208134  
  26       17284       20.06.2007       121       26.06.2007       22/3994140       63       28661       24.06.2021       123       29.06.2021       1005231484  
  27       18301       30.06.2008       128       04.07.2008       37/4558458       64       30290       05.07.2021       130       08.07.2021       1005243624  
  28       23039       15.08.2008       161       21.08.2008       14/4620016       65       40690       24.09.2021       189       29.09.2021       1005300790  
  29       30170       24.10.2008       211       30.10.2008       24/4712528       66       12127       22.03.2022       60       25.03.2022       1005435279  
  30       15781       29.04.2009       85       05.05.2009       32/5003092       67       32522       12.08.2022       158       17.08.2022       1005542405  
  31       26914       13.07.2009       136       17.07.2009       36/5145412       68       44599       01.11.2023       215       06.11.2023       1005877163  
  32       48598       11.12.2009       245       17.12.2009       35/5398396       69       13334       25.03.2024       62       28.03.2024       1005996538  
  33       50424       22.12.2009       252       29.12.2009       43/5418598       70       36166       19.08.2024       162       22.08.2024       1006111483  
  34       15232       20.04.2010       79       26.04.2010       28/5602438       71       40597       17.09.2024       183       20.09.2024       1006133960  
  35       40401       17.11.2010       228       23.11.2010       27/5906064       72       48862       07.11.2024       220       12.11.2024       1006175848  
  36       4366       31.01.2011       25       04.02.2011       28/6018680       73       51430       25.11.2024       232       28.11.2024       1006189690  
  37       10643       17.03.2011       57       22.03.2011       6086754              

 

Ent  

Mo

  Ca  

Personal details

 

Role

 

Signing authority

1     6   Linder, Stefan, Swedish citizen, in Stockholm (Sweden)   chairperson of the board   joint signing authority (any two to sign)
1     8m   Oertig, Benno Emil, from Eschenbach SG, in Freienbach   member of the board   joint signing authority (any two to sign)
1     8m   Waber, Thomas Fritz, from Stafa and Berne, in Zurich   member of the board   joint signing authority (any two to sign)
1     9   Revisuisse Price Waterhouse AG, in Zurich   auditor  
5     7   Bamert, Bruno, from Tuggen, in Jona     limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
5     11m   Hutter, Thomas, from Oberriet SG, in Dubendorf     limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
6     12   Ashurst, Adrian J., British national, in Hombrechtikon   manager   joint signing authority (any two to sign)

 

Zurich, 21.01.2025    Continued on the following page


LOGO    Commercial register of canton Zurich   
CHE104.502.525    Intrum AG    Schwerzenbach    4

 

All datas

 

 

Ent

  Mo   Ca     

Personal details

  

Role

  

Signing authority

6       14      Biggör, Urs, from Oberriet SG, in Küsnacht ZH    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
6       30      Wassink, Gijsbert, Dutch national, in Zurich       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
6       17m      White, William, from Birmensdorf ZH, in Aeugst am Albis       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  8     16      Waber, Thomas Fritz, from Stafa and Berne, in Zurich    chairperson of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  8     16m      Oertig, Benno Emil, from Eschenbach SG, in Freienbach    managing member of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
8       13      Sjunnesson, Peter, Swedish national, in Amsterdam (Netherlands)    member of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
9       20      PricewaterhouseCoopers AG, in Zurich    auditor   
10       21m      Muller, Stephan, from Buttisholz, in Schwerzenbach       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  11     16m      Hutter, Thomas, from Oberriet SG, in Wangen-Bruttisellen    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
11       66      Kubli, Rudolf, from Netstal, in Niederurnen    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
11       15      Dietrich, Roger, from Schaffhausen, in Wallisellen       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
11       68      Guex, Dominique, from Moudon, in La Chaux (Cossonay)       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
11       29m      Pintori, Michele, Italian national, in Uster       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
11       29      Rodriguez, Emanuel, from Zurich, in Zurich       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
11       30      Schnorf, Peter, from Kilchberg ZH, in Stallikon       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
13       17      Schar, Stefan, from Gondiswil, in Biberist       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
15       18      Langenegger, Bruno, from Gais, in Schwerzenbach       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
15       29m      Strasser, Oskar, from Benken ZH, in Volketswil       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  16     34      Oertig, Benno Emil, from Eschenbach SG, in Freienbach    chairperson of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  16     40m      Hutter, Thomas, from Oberriet SG, in Wangen-Bruttisellen    managing member of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
16       22      Roxendal, Jan, from Uetikon am See, in Uetikon am See    member of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  17     22      White, William, from Birmensdorf ZH, in Aeugst am Albis    Manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
18       25      Welti, Markus, from Meilen, in Gossau ZH       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
19       21m      Seiler, Daniel, from Breil/Brigels, in Hittnau       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
20       24m      KPMG Fides Peat, in Zurich    auditor   
  21     29m      Muller, Stephan, from Buttisholz, in Schwerzenbach    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  21     29m      Seiler, Daniel, from Breil/Brigels, in Hittnau    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
23       30      Wolf, Michael, Austrian citizen, in Stockholm (SE)    member of the board    without signing authority
  24     39      KPMG AG, in Zurich    auditor   

 

Zurich, 21.01.2025    Continued on the following page


LOGO    Commercial register of canton Zurich   
CHE104.502.525    Intrum AG    Schwerzenbach    5

 

All datas

 

Ent

  Mo   Ca   

Personal details

  

Role

  

Signing authority

26     28    Medina, Tanja, from Aarau, in Winterthur       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
26     29m    Marending, Roy, from Durrenroth, in Fehraltorf       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
26     30m    Fallegger, Richard, from Fluhli, in Winterthur       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
26     37    Jaggi, Marcel, from Madiswil, in Winterthur       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  29      Marending, Roy, from Durrenroth, in Volketswil       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  29   32m    Pintori, Michele, Italian national, in Embrach       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  29   33    Strasser, Oskar, from Benken ZH, in Uster       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  29   41    Müller, Stephan, from Buttisholz, in Russikon    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  29   34    Seiler, Daniel, from Breil/Brigels, in Altendorf    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  30   33    Fallegger, Richard, from Flühli, in Winterthur    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
30     34    Koch, Beat, from Ebikon, in Kilchberg ZH    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
30     32    Rennhack, Manfred, German national, in Freigericht (DE)    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
31     40    Wollung, Lars, Swedish citizen, in Stockholm (SE)    member of the board    without signing authority
  32   46    Pintori, Michele, Italian national, in Embrach    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
32     34    Hirt, Alexander, from Remetschwil, in Uitikon    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
32     36    Schmidt, Christian, German national, in Freienbach    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
33     39    Eyer, Diego, from Naters, in Zurich    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
33     38    Nyffeler, Roger, from Huttwil, in Hochfelden    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
33     34    Adler, Thomas, German national, in Altomünster (DE)    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
33     34    Nikitas, Georg, from Bulach, in Niederhasli       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
33     59    Lombriser, Peter, from Trun, in Gossau ZH       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
34     39    Lejdstrom, Bengt, Swedish national, in Akersberga (SE)    chairperson of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
34     39m    Medina, Tanja, from Winterthur and Aarau, in Winterthur       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
35     37m    Elber, Andrea, from Glarus, in Thalheim an der Thur    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
36     52m    Frei, Ramona, from Neckertal, in Uznach       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  37   38    ElberFrentzel, Andrea, from Glarus, in Thalheim an der Thur    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
38     39m    Studer, Reto, from Schlatt TG, in Thalwil       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
39     40    Forsberg, Erik, Swedish national, in Akersberga (SE)    chairperson of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)

 

Zurich, 21.01.2025    Continued on the following page


LOGO    Commercial register of canton Zurich   
CHE104.502.525    Intrum AG    Schwerzenbach    6

 

All datas

 

Ent

  Mo   Ca   

Personal details

  

Role

  

Signing authority

39     43    Bottesi, Moreno Eligio, from Schlieren, in Oetwil am See    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
39     46    Jonsson, Claes Patrik, Swedish citizen, in Zurich    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  39   40    Medina, Tanja, from Winterthur and Aarau, in Winterthur    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  39   46    Studer, Reto, from Schlatt TG, in Thalwil    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
39     41m    Ernst & Young AG (CH020.9.001.0690), in Zurich    auditor   
  40      Hutter, Thomas, from Oberriet SG, in Wangen-Bruttisellen    chairperson of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
40     69    Christofferson, Per, Swedish national, in Bromma (SE)    member of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
40     67    Vranjes, Harry, Swedish national, in Meilen    member of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
40     54    Brühl, Mie, Danish national, in Zollikon    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
40     53    Signore, Angelo, from Uster, in Gossau ZH    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  41   65    Ernst & Young AG (CHE491.907.686), in Zurich    auditor   
43     67m    Schickel, Roman, from Basel, in Zurich    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
44     52m    Schnegg, Mathieu, from Zaziwil, in Thalwil       joint signing authority (any two to sign)
45     69m    Glanzmann, Jason, from Hasle bei Burgdorf, in Wiedlisbach    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
47     61    Ericson, Mikael, Swedish citizen, in Stockholm    member of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
48     55    Kammermann, Pierre, from Bowil, in Oftringen    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
48     52    Peverelli, Mario, from Zurich and Bioggio, in IllnauEffretikon       joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  52   55    Frei Ramona from Neckertal in Wil (SG)    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
52        Honegger, Martin Roger, from Zurich, in Lindau    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
52     60    Zanini, Diego, from Weggis, in Fällanden    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  52      Schnegg, Mathieu, from Zaziwil, in Dubendorf       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
52        Sicuro, Renato, from Vevey, in Cheseauxsur-Lausanne       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)
55     56    Vontobel, Eva, from Zurich, in Uster    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
56     71    Jaun, Andreas Willem, from Meiringen, in Fällanden    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
56     58    Schindler, Andrea Karin, from Schlatt (ZH), in Zurich    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
57        Schmidt, Markus, German national, in Dogern (DE)       joint signing authority (any two to sign)
62     64m    Vayloyan, Miki, from Bern, in Steinhausen       joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  64   66    Vayloyan, Miki, from Bern, in Steinhausen    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
65        Deloitte AG (CHE101.377.666), in Zurich    auditor   

 

Zurich, 21.01.2025    Continued on the following page


LOGO    Commercial register of canton Zurich   
CHE104.502.525    Intrum AG    Schwerzenbach    7

 

All datas

 

Ent

  Mo   Ca   

Personal details

  

Role

  

Signing authority

  67   69    Schickel, Roman, from Basel, in Maur    member of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  69      Glanzmann, Jason, from Hasle bei Burgdorf, in Wiedlisbach    member of the board    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
69        Kolberg, Emanuel Peter Erwin, from Schongau, in Baretswil    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
70        De Palma, Anna Maria, from Wangen-Bruttisellen, in Dubendorf       joint signing authority (any two to sign)
72     73m    Carl, Gianin Marco, from Zernez, in Zurich       limited signing authority (individual)
73        Britt, Christian Peter, from Glarus Nord, in Zurich    manager    joint signing authority (any two to sign)
  73      Carl, Gianin Marco, from Zernez, in Zurich       limited joint signing authority (any two to sign)

 

Zurich, 21.01.2025    The information above is given without commitment and is in no way legally binding.

 

List of abbreviations
Ent    Entry reference number
Mo    Modification reference number
Ca    Cancellation reference number
Journal date    Daily register entry date
SOGC    Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce
Ref    Reference number
Journal No.    Daily register number
Journal date    Daily register entry date

Exhibit T3A.10

Brønnøysund Register Centre

 

Company Certificate   
Organization No:    835 302 202
Name/company    INTRUM AS
Business address:    Lysaker torg 8
   1366 Lysaker

Brønnøysund Register Centre

21.01.2025

Brønnøysund Register Centre

Postal address: 8910 Brønnøysund

Phones: Information Phone 75 00 75 00 Fax 75 00 75 05

Email: firmapost@brreg.no Internet: www.brreg.no

Organization number: 974 760 673


Brønnøysund Register Centre    Company

 

Organization number:    835 302 202   
Organizational form:    Limited company   
Foundation Date:    21.05.1984   
Transferred to      
The Register of      
Business Enterprises:    18.05.1988   
Company name:    INTRUM AS   
Business address:    Lysaker torg 8   
   1366 Lysaker   
Municipality:    3201 BÆRUM   
Country:    Norway   
Postal address:    PO Box 283 Skøyen 0213 OSLO   
Phone:    23 21 10 00   
Special information:    The company has decided to incorporate:
   Org.nr 945 153 547   
   INTRUM OBLIGATIONS AS   
   Lysaker torg 8   
   1366 Lysaker   
Share capital NOK:    60 000 000,00   
General Manager:    Steinar Nielsen   
Board of Directors:      
Chairman of the Board:    Tommi Juhani Sova    Representative of
   0000 Blank    the A-shareholders
Board Member:    Ole Henrik Andreassen   
   Bjørn Anton Knoll    Representative of
      the employees
   Leif Erik Thorstensen    Representative of
      the employees
   Marthe Sydskjør    Representative for
      the employees
Deputy Member:    Petter Sollie Jacobsen    Representative of
      the employees
   Kristian Brekke    Representative for
      the

 

21.01.2025 at 10:12 a.m.    Brønnøysund Register Centre    Page 1 of 2


Brønnøysund Register Centre    Company

 

Signature:    Two board members jointly.   
Auditor:    Approved Audit Company   
   Organization number 980 211 282   
   DELOITTE AS   
   Queen Eufemias Gate 14   
   0191 OSLO   
Statutory purpose:      
   debt collection Business, credit reporting business and everything that is associated with it, as well as participation in other activities either directly or indirectly through share deposits, etc. and acquisitions and operation of real estate.

 

21.01.2025 at 10:12 a.m.    Brønnøysund Register Centre    Page 2 of 2

Exhibit T3A.11

 

LOGO

Business Register extract

Netherlands Chamber of Commerce

 

CCI number 33273472   
Page 1 (of 2)   
Legal entity   
RSIN    803367375
Legal form    Besloten Vennootschap (comparable with Private Limited Liability Company)
Name given in the articles    Intrum B.V.
Corporate seat    Amsterdam
First entry in Business    17-01-1994
Register   
Date of deed of incorporation    27-12-1993
Date of deed of last    28-09-2021
amendment to the Articles   
of Association   
Issued capital    EUR 18.200,00
Paid-up capital    EUR 18.200,00
Filing of the annual accounts    The annual accounts for the financial year 2023 were filed on 19-02-2024.
Company   
Trade name    Intrum B.V.
Company start date    27-12-1993
Activities    SBI-code: 8291 - Credit rating and bill collection
Employees    0
Establishment   
Establishment number    000016905040
Trade name    Intrum B.V.
Visiting address    Tupolevlaan 107, 1119PA Schiphol-Rijk
Fax number    +31704528987
Email address    info@intrum.com
Date of incorporation    27-12-1993
Activities    SBI-code: 8291 - Credit rating and bill collection
   For further information on activities, see Dutch extract.
Employees    0
Sole shareholder   
Name    Intrum AB
Visiting address    Hesselmanstorg 14, 105 24, Stockholm, Sweden
Registered in    Bolagsverket
   Sundsvall, Sweden
   under number 556607-7581
CCI number 33273472   
Page 2 (of 2)   
Sole shareholder since    05-05-2008
Board members   
Name    Lundquist, Erik Niklas
Date of birth    30-01-1970
Date of entry into office    18-02-2022 (registration date: 15-03-2022)
Title    Managing Director
Powers    Solely/independently authorised

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Name    Farrell, Hollie
Date of birth    12-03-1985
Date of entry into office    20-10-2022 (registration date: 23-11-2022)
Title    Director
Powers    Jointly authorised (with other board member(s), see articles)
Name    Löndahl Thurang, Eva Kristina
Date of birth    20-04-1989
Date of entry into office    20-10-2022 (registration date: 23-11-2022)
Title    Director
Powers    Jointly authorised (with other board member(s), see articles)

Extract was made on 22-01-2025 at 14.46 hours.

 

LOGO

Exhibit T3A.12

Brønnøysund Register Centre

 

Company Certificate   
Organization No:    958 422 830
Name/company    INTRUM CAPITAL AS
Business address:    Lysaker torg 8
   1366 Lysaker

Brønnøysund Register Centre

21.01.2025

Brønnøysund Register Centre

Postal address: 8910 Brønnøysund

Phones: Information Phone 75 00 75 00 Fax 75 00 75 05

Email: firmapost@brreg.no Internet: www.brreg.no

Organization number: 974 760 673


Brønnøysund Register Centre    Company

 

Organization number:    958 422 830
Organizational form:    Limited company
Date of Foundation:    04.09.1990
Registered in The Register of Business Enterprises:    22.07.1991
Enterprise Name:    INTRUM CAPITAL AS
Business address:   

Lysaker torg 8

1366 Lysaker

Municipality:    3201 Bærum
Country:    Norway
Postal address:    PO Box 283 Skøyen 0213 OSLO
Phone:    23 21 10 00
Share capital NOK:    100  003  000,00
General Manager:    Njål Foss Stene
Board of Directors:   
Chairman of the Board:   

Anders Landro Olstad Østeråsen 47

1361 ØSTERÅS

Board Member:   

John Aasmund Sveinsvold

Jens Isak Kobro Susanna Helena

Berenice Norum Lanz

Steinar Nielsen

Signature:    Two board members jointly.
Auditor:   

Approved Audit Company

Organization number 980 211 282

DELOITTE AS

Dronning Eufemias gate 14 0191 OSLO

Statutory purpose:    Within the framework of the current legislation to buy and collect portfolios of money claims, refinance breached monetary claims and activities related to this, including through participation in or establishment of companies.

 

21.01.2025 at 10:13 a.m.    Brønnøysund Register Centre    Page 1 of 1

Exhibit T3A.13

RESTATED VERSION

as of

24.1.2018

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

of a limited liability company

Preamble

This Memorandum of Association regulates the legal relations of the following liability company.

1 COMPANY NAME AND REGISTERED OFFICE

1.1 The company’s business name is Intrum Czech, s.r.o.

1.2 The company’s headquarters are in the region: Prague

2 SHAREHOLDERS

2.1 The shareholder of the company is:

 

   

Intrum Justitia B.V., registration number: 33273472, with registered office at 1119PA Amsterdam, Schiphol-Rijk, Tupolevlaan 107, Kingdom of the Netherlands.

3 SUBJECT OF BUSINESS AND ACTIVITIES

3.1 The subject of the company’s activity and business is:

 

   

production, trade and services not specified in annexes 1 to 3 trade act

 

   

private detective services

 

   

rental properties, apartments and non-residential premises

 

   

granting or brokering consumer credit

4 SHARE CAPITAL AND SHAREHOLDERS’ CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 The share capital of the company amounts to CZK 200,000.00 (in words: two hundred thousand Czech crowns) and is formed by the contribution of a shareholder of the company.

4.2 The shareholder’s contribution to the company is as follows:

 

   

Intrum Justitia B.V. - deposit of CZK 200,000.00 (in words: two hundred thousand Czech crowns).

5 COMPANY BODIES

5.1 The bodies of the company are:

(a) General Meeting

(b) Managing Directors

(c) Supervisory Board

6 GENERAL MEETING

6.1 The general meeting of shareholders shall be held as required, at least once a year.

6.2 The general meeting of shareholders is convened by the company’s managing director. The date and agenda of the General Meeting shall be notified to the shareholders at least 15 (fifteen) days before the date of the General Meeting by written invitation.

6.3 The General Meeting shall be quorate if the members present have at least half of all votes. Each shareholder has one vote per CZK 1,000.00 (in words: one thousand Czech crowns) of his contribution.

6.4 In addition to the matters provided for by law the General Meeting shall also have the following powers:

 

   

deciding on amendments to the articles of association or the company’s Memorandum of association

 

   

appointment, dismissal and remuneration of the liquidator and the decision to dissolve the company with liquidation.


6.5 If the company has a single shareholder, there is no general meeting and the powers of the general meeting are exercised by that shareholder.

7 MANAGING DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY

7.1 The statutory body of the company is two managing directors.

7.2 Two managing directors act for the company together.

7.3 The managing director shall sign on behalf of the company by affixing his signature to the company’s trade name and indicating his function.

7.4 If more than one managing director is appointed, they decide on the business management of the company by a majority of votes.

7.5 Managing directors are authorised to grant powers of attorney on behalf of the company.

8 SUPERVISORY BOARD

8.1 The supervisory board shall have three (3) members elected and removed by the general meeting. the supervisory board elects and dismisses the chairman of the supervisory board from among its members.

8.2 the supervisory board oversees the activities and performance of the powers of the managing directors and the activities of the company.

8.3 no one is authorised to give instructions to the supervisory board concerning its duty to control the managing directors.

8.4 the supervisory board is entitled to inspect all documents and records relating to the company’s activities and to check whether the accounting records are kept properly and in accordance with the facts and whether the company’s business or other activities are conducted in accordance with other legal regulations and the articles of incorporation.

8.5 The supervisory board reviews the ordinary, extraordinary, consolidated and, where appropriate, interim financial statements and the proposal for the distribution of profits or the settlement of losses and submits its opinions to the general meeting.

8.6 The supervisory board shall appoint a member to represent the company in proceedings before courts and other authorities against the managing director.

8.7 Members of the supervisory board attend the general meeting and the supervisory board member in charge of the supervisory board presents the results of the supervisory board’s activities. Members of the supervisory board shall be given the floor whenever they request it.

8.8 The company’s supervisory board also has all other powers conferred on the supervisory board of a joint-stock company by the law governing the legal relations of business companies and cooperatives.

8.9 The supervisory board shall meet at least once a year. A meeting of the supervisory board shall be convened by the chairman of the supervisory board by written or electronic invitation, specifying the place, date, time and agenda of the meeting. The invitation shall be delivered at least seven (7) days before the meeting and shall be accompanied by the documents to be by the supervisory board. If there is a risk of delay, this period may be shortened to the extent necessary. The chairman of the supervisory board is obliged to convene a meeting of the supervisory board without undue delay at the request of any member of the supervisory board or at the request of the managing director, or if a shareholder requests the supervisory board to review the performance of the managing director’s duties or informs the Supervisory Board of the intention to bring a shareholder action. If the chairman of the supervisory board fails to convene a meeting without undue delay, any member of the supervisory board or the managing director may convene a meeting.

8.10 The supervisory board may also take decisions outside the supervisory board meeting if all members of the supervisory board agree. In such a case, a written vote or a vote by technical means shall also be permitted. The voting members shall then be deemed to be present.

9 SHARE

9.1 The share represents the shareholder’s participation in the company and the rights and obligations arising from this participation. Its amount is determined according to the ratio of the shareholder’s contribution to the share capital of the company. No special rights are attached to the share.

9.2 The transfer of shares to another shareholder or to a third party does not require the consent of any corporate body.


10 RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF SHAREHOLDERS

10.1 Shareholders have the right to participate in the applicable profits and to be fully informed of all matters concerning the company. To this end, they shall in particular have the right to inspect all company documentation and to make copies thereof at their own expense. They shall also have the right to request and receive from the managing director true and complete information on all the company’s affairs. The managing director shall provide such information without undue delay. Without the consent of all the members of the company, the members shall not be entitled to disclose or make available to others any information so received.

10.2 Each of the partners is obliged to behave and act in such a way as to avoid damaging the legitimate interests and reputation of the company.

11 SUBJECT TO THE COMPANIES ACT

11.1 The Company is subject to Act No. 90/2012 Coll., on Business Companies and Cooperatives (the Business Corporations Act), as a whole.

 

In Hradec Králové on 24.1.2018
Karol Jurák, v.r.
Managing Director
Peter Šnajder, v.r.
Managing Director

Exhibit T3A.14

 

Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:53

 

Company number:

Page 1 from 8

  HRB 4709

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

   Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relations

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2    3   4   5   6   7
1  

a)

Intrum Justitia Holding GmbH

 

b) Darmstadt

 

c)

The investment in other companies in Germany and abroad as well as the exercise of holding functions within the scope of the management and supervision of these companies, including the assumption of the management of such companies.

   2.050.000,00 EUR  

a)

If only one managing director has been appointed, he shall represent the company alone. If several managing directors have been appointed, the company shall be represented by two managing directors or by one managing director together with an authorized signatory (Prokurist).

Managing directors may be sole power of representation by shareholder resolution. Managing directors may also be authorized by shareholder resolution to represent the company in legal transactions with themselves in their own name or as representatives of a third party without restriction.

 

b) Managing Director:

 

Oertig, Benno E., Freienbach, Switzerland,

 

*16.05.1951

authorized to represent the company alone; with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in its own name or as a representative of a third party

 

Joint representation together with a managing director or another authorized signatory Dreischer, Dirk, Erzhausen

 

White, William, Aeugst am Albis, Switzerland,

 

*21.10.1958

 

a)

Limited liability company Articles of association dated 19.11.1990 last amended on 24.10.2001

 

a) 08.03.2006

Thresher

 

b)

Date of first entry: 07.03.1991 This sheet has been converted to EDP for continuation and has replaced the previous register sheet.

 

Partnership agreement sheet 3, 50 special volume

2         

Prokura expired:

 

White, William, Aeugst am Albis, Switzerland,

 

*21.10.1958

 

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory: (Prokurist)

 

Seiler, Daniel, Altendorf/Switzerland, *15.09.1966

   

a) 26.06.2006 Mittmann

 

b)

Registration Sheet 61-63 Special volume

3         

Prokura expired: Dreischer, Dirk, Erzhausen

 

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist):

   

a) 27.11.2006

Petry


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:53

 

Company number:

Page 2 from 8

  HRB 4709

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

   Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2    3   4   5   6   7
         Fegel, Fred, Heidelberg, *03.03.1964    
4       

b)

Appointed as

managing director:

 

Fegel, Fred, Oftersheim, *03.03.1964 with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Prokura expired:

 

Fegel, Fred, Oftersheim, *03.03.1964

   

a) 09.01.2008

Petry

5   b) Business address: Pallaswiesenstraße 180-182, 64293 Darmstadt     

b)

No longer managing director:

Fegel, Fred, Oftersheim, *03.03.1964

Appointed as

 

Managing Director:

Hutter, Thomas, Wangen/Switzerland, *03.12.1967 with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist):

 

Pintori, Michele, Embrach/Switzerland, *14.11.1970

   

a) 23.10.2009

Petry

 

b)

Case 5

 

6       

b)

No longer

managing director:

 

Oertig, Benno E., Freienbach, Switzerland,

 

*16.05.1951

 

Prokura expired:

 

Seiler, Daniel, Altendorf/Switzerland, *15.09.1966

 

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist): Klinger, Thilo, Darmstadt, *28.04.1974

Schmidt, Christian, Pfäffikon SZ/Switzerland,

 

*30.05.1967

   

a) 12.04.2010 Petry

 

b)

Case 6

7       

b)

Appointed as

managing director:

Green, Bernard Neil, Bensheim, *10.01.1963 with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Prokura expired:

 

Schmidt, Christian, Pfäffikon SZ/Switzerland,

 

*30.05.1967

   

a) 17.08.2011

Robbery

 

b)

Case 7


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:53

 

Company number:

Page 3 from 8

  HRB 4709

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

   Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2    3   4   5   6   7
8       

b)

No longer managing director: Green, Bernard Neil, Bensheim, *10.01.1963 No longer

 

Managing Director:

Hutter, Thomas, Wangen/Switzerland, *03.12.1967 Appointed as

 

Managing Director:

 

Christofferson, Per, Bromma/Sweden,

 

*28.05.1968

authorized to represent the company alone; with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in its own name or as a representative of a third party.

 

Appointed as

managing director:

 

Klinger, Thilo, Darmstadt, *28.04.1974 with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Joint Prokura together with a managing director: Zwaschka, Stefan, Grünberg, *24.07.1965 Kriegel, Patrick, Friedrichsdorf, *25.04.1969 Procuration expired:

Pintori, Michele, Embrach/Switzerland, *14.11.1970 Procuration expired:

 

Klinger, Thilo, Darmstadt, *28.04.1974

   

a) 06.11.2012

Andres

 

b)

Case

8

9       

b)

No longer managing director: Klinger, Thilo, Darmstadt, *28.04.1974 Appointed as

 

Managing Director:

 

Sonder, Jürgen, Baden-Baden, *12/23/1956 with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Joint Prokura together with a managing director:

 

Klinger, Thilo, Darmstadt, *28.04.1974

   

a) 07.02.2013

Feick

 

b)

Case 9

10         

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist):

 

Procuration changed at:

   

a) 02.09.2014

Bend

 

b)


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:53

 

Company number:

Page 4 from 8

  HRB 4709

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

   Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2    3   4   5   6   7
        

Klinger, Thilo, Darmstadt, *28.04.1974 Procuration changed at:

Kriegel, Patrick, Friedrichsdorf, *25.04.1969 Procuration changed at:

 

Zwaschka, Stefan, Grünberg, *24.07.1965

    Case 10
11         

Prokura expired:

 

Kriegel, Patrick, Friedrichsdorf, *25.04.1969

   

a) 20.03.2017 Brownstone

 

b)

Case 11

12  

a)

Intrum Financial Services GmbH

 

b)

Heppenheim (Bergstrasse) Business address: Donnersbergstraße 1, 64646 Heppenheim (Bergstraße)

 

c)

the brokerage and sale of international trade information, checking the creditworthiness and soundness of commercial enterprises, debt collection activities, international marketing services, export assistance for companies in German-speaking and Scandinavian countries, the sale of publications in this context, invoicing and dunning services and accounts receivable accounting.

        

a)

The shareholders’ meeting on August 28, 2018 resolved to amend the articles of association in §§ 1 (company name) § 1 (registered office) and thus to relocate the registered office to Heppenheim (Bergstraße) and § 2 (object of the company).

 

b)

As the acquiring legal entity, the company merged with Intrum Justitia GmbH, based in Darmstadt (Darmstadt Local Court HRB 4622), in accordance with the merger agreement dated August 28, 2018 and the resolutions of approval of the participating legal entities of the same day.

 

a) 09.10.2018

Sour

 

b)

Case 12

            
13       

b)

Appointed as managing director: Wöretshofer, Florian, Augsburg, *02.03.1960 with the authority to into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Prokura expired:

Zwaschka, Stefan, Grünberg, *24.07.1965 Procuration expired:

 

Klinger, Thilo, Darmstadt, *28.04.1974

 

Joint Prokura together with one

   

a) 14.12.2018

Klitzsch

 

b)

Case 14


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:53

 

Company number:

Page 5 from 8

  HRB 4709

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

   Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

 

1   2    3   4   5   6   7
      

to complete.

 

Appointed as

managing director:

 

Wagner, Yvonne, Weisenheim, *02.12.1977 with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Managing Director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist) with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party:

Balster, Christoph, Hanau, *23.11.1972

Fritsch, Sandra, Reichelsheim (Wetterau),

 

*12.09.1972

 

Hoffmann, Richard, Heidelberg, *21.05.1971 Dr. Jung, Michael, Kleinbittersdorf, *24.04.1963 Fegel, Fred, Büttelborn, *03.03.1964

 

Kirmeier, Christian, Hirschberg, *13.11.1980

   
14       

b)

No longer

managing director:

 

Sonder, Jürgen, Baden-Baden, *12/23/1956

     

a) 03.01.2019

Klitzsch

 

b)

Case 15

15         

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist) with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party:

 

Glaser, Sandra, Lorsch, *07.12.1978

   

a) 04.02.2019

Klitzsch

 

b)

Case 16

16         

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist) with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party:

 

Dr. Bartl, Dominik, Heppenheim (Bergstrasse),

 

*05.07.1974

   

a) 02.12.2020

Thorke

 

b)

Case 17

17         

Prokura expired:

 

Fegel, Fred, Büttelborn, *03.03.1964

   

a) 18.05.2021

Andres


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:53

 

Company number:

Page 6 from 8

  HRB 4709

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

   Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2    3   4   5   6   7
            

b)

Case 18

18         

Prokura expired:

 

Balster, Christoph, Hanau, *23.11.1972

   

a) 28.06.2021

Thorke

 

b)

Case 19

19       

b)

No longer

managing director:

 

Christofferson, Per, Bromma / Sweden,

 

*28.05.1968

Appointed as

managing director:

Knothe, Marc-Ulrich, Klosterneuburg / Austria, *29.04.1968

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

     

a) 15.07.2021

Thorke

 

b)

Case 20

20       

b)

No longer

managing director:

 

Wöretshofer, Florian, Augsburg, *02.03.1960

 

 

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist) with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party:

 

Hildebrandt, Steffen, Münster, *30.11.1974

   

a) 17.11.2021

Thorke

 

b)

Case 21

21  

a)

Intrum Germany GmbH

        

a)

The shareholders’ meeting on December 16, 2021 resolved to amend the Articles of Association in § 1 (Company).

 

b)

As the acquiring legal entity, the company is

 

a) 14.01.2022

Andres

 

b)

Case 22


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:53

 

Company number:

Page 7 from 8

  HRB 4709

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

   Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2    3   4   5   6   7
           In accordance with the merger agreement dated December 16, 2021 and the resolutions of approval of the participating legal entities of the same day, the company was merged with Intrum Deutschland GmbH with its registered office in Heppenheim (Darmstadt Local Court, HRB 87484).  
22           

b)

The company is merged as the acquiring legal entity with Intrum Justitia Bankenservices GmbH, based in Darmstadt (Darmstadt Local Court, HRB 5345), in accordance with the merger agreement dated December 16, 2021 and the resolutions of approval of the participating legal entities of the same day.

 

a) 21.01.2022 Thomasberger

 

b)

Case 23

23       

b)

No longer

managing director:

Knothe, Marc-Ulrich, Klosterneuburg / Austria, *29.04.1968

     

a) 11.07.2024 Brownstone

 

b)

Case 27

24       

b)

No longer managing director: Wagner, Yvonne, Weisenheim, *02.12.1977

Appointed as

 

Managing Director:

 

Dr. Siegl, Marcus, Karlsruhe, *22.06.1974 with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

     

a) 28.09.2024

Ammon

 

b)

Case 28

25       

b)

Appointed as managing director:

 

Glaser, Sandra, Lorsch, *07.12.1978

 

with the authorization to act on behalf of the company with

 

Prokura expired:

 

Glaser, Sandra, Lorsch, *07.12.1978

   

a) 22.11.2024

Tailor

 

b)


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:53

 

Company number:

Page 8 from 8

  HRB 4709

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

   Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2    3   4   5   6   7
      

to conclude legal transactions as a representative of a third party.

 

Appointed as

managing director:

 

Male, Christian, Grasbrunn, *02.08.1970 with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Appointed as

managing director:

 

Krummen, Markus, Hattingen, *26.04.1975 with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

      Case 29
26       

b)

Appointed as

managing director:

Hutter, Thomas, Wangen / Switzerland, *03.12.1967 with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

No longer

managing director:

 

Dr. Siegl, Marcus, Karlsruhe, *22.06.1974

     

a) 21.01.2025

Tailor

 

b)

Case 30

Exhibit T3A.15

 

Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:55

 

Company number:

Page 1 from 7

  HRB 87998

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5   6   7
1  

a)

Lindorff Finanzholding GmbH

 

b)

Heppenheim

 

Business address: Odenwaldstraße 4, 64646 Heppenheim (Bergstraße)

 

c)

Acquisition, holding and disposal of investments in other companies.

 

 

25.000,00

 

EUR

 

a)

If only one managing director has been appointed, he shall represent the company alone. If several managing directors have been appointed, the company shall be represented by two managing directors or by one managing director together with an authorized signatory (Prokurist).

Managing directors may be sole power of representation by shareholder resolution. Managing directors may also be authorized by shareholder resolution to represent the company in legal transactions with themselves in their own name or as representatives of a third party without restriction.

   

a)

Limited liability company Articles of association dated 20.05.2008 with amendment dated 12.09.2008.

The shareholders’ meeting on May 27, 2009 resolved to amend the articles of association in § 2 (registered office) and to relocate the registered office from Cologne (previously Cologne Local Court HRB 64940) to Heppenheim.

 

a) 09.07.2009

Hamann

 

b)

Case 1

     

b)

Appointed as managing director:

Pleil, Doris, Lorsch, *19.02.1960, with sole power of representation; authorized to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in his own name or as a representative of a third party.

     
     

Appointed as managing director:

Hampf, Thomas, Pulheim, *19.03.1962, with sole power of representation; authorized to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in his own name or as a representative of a third party.

     
     

Appointed as managing director:

Hall, David, Stockbridge, Hampshire/Great Britain, *13.03.1963, authorized to act as sole representative; with the authority to act on behalf of the company in his own name.

     


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:55

 

Company number:

Page 2 from 7

  HRB 87998

 

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

 

 

1   2   3   4   5   6   7
      to conclude legal transactions on behalf of or as a representative of a third party.      
2      

b)

No longer managing director:

Hampf, Thomas, Pulheim, *19.03.1962 No longer

     

a) 03.12.2009

Heusel

      Managing Director:      

b)

Case 2

      Pleil, Doris, Lorsch, *19.02.1960      
     

Appointed as managing director:

Green, Bernard, Bensheim, *10.01.1963, with sole power of representation; authorized to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in his own name or as a representative of a third party.

     
     

Appointed as managing director:

Stielow, Christian, Weinheim, *20.03.1964, with sole power of representation; authorized to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in his own name or as a representative of a third party.

     
3      

b)

No longer managing director:

Hall, David, Stockbridge, Hampshire/Great Britain, *13.03.1963 Changed, now:

     

a) 23.03.2011

Dissinger

      Managing Director:      

b)

Case 3

      Green, Bernard, Bensheim, *10.01.1963 Changed, now:      
      Managing Director:      
      Stielow, Christian, Weinheim, *20.03.1964      


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:55

 

Company number:

Page 3 from 7

  HRB 87998

 

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

 

 

1   2   3   4   5   6   7
4      

b)

No longer managing director:

Green, Bernard, Bensheim, *10.01.1963 Changed, now:

     

a) 18.07.2011

Dissinger

      Managing Director:      

b)

Case 4

     

Stielow, Christian, Weinheim, *20.03.1964

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

     
     

Appointed as managing director:

Dr. Jung, Michael, Kleinbittersdorf, *24.04.1963 with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

     
      Appointed as managing director:      
     

Rüd, Helmut, Rheinberg, *31.03.1960

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

     
5      

b)

No longer managing director:

     

a) 24.02.2012

Petry

      Dr. Jung, Michael, Kleinbittersdorf, *24.04.1963      

b)

Case 5

6      

b)

Appointed as managing director:

     

a) 12.04.2012

Pullman

     

Dr. Schäfer, Michael, Datteln, *19.05.1958

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in its own name or as a representative of a third party.

     

b)

Case 6


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:55

 

Company number:

Page 4 from 7

  HRB 87998

 

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

 

1   2   3   4   5   6   7
7      

b)

No longer managing director:

Rüd, Helmut, Rheinberg, *31.03.1960

     

a) 05.09.2012

Petry

 

b)

Case 7

8        

Joint Prokura together with a managing director:

Wöretshofer, Stefan Florian, Munich,

*02.03.1960

   

a) 22.01.2013

Petry

 

b)

Case 8

9  

b)

Changed, now: Business address:

Donnersbergstraße 1, 64646 Heppenheim (Bergstraße)

   

b)

Personal data changed, now: Managing Director:

Stielow, Christian, Heppenheim (Bergstrasse),

 

*20.03.1964

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

     

a) 22.01.2013

Petry

 

b)

Case 9

10      

b)

Appointed as managing director:

 

Wöretshofer, Stefan Florian, Munich,

 

*02.03.1960

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in its own name or as a representative of a third party.

 

Prokura expired:

Wöretshofer, Stefan Florian, Munich,

*02.03.1960

   

a) 12.08.2014

Petry

 

b)

Case 10

11      

b)

No longer managing director:

Dr. Schäfer, Michael, Datteln, *19.05.1958

     

a) 30.10.2014

Petry


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:55

 

Company number:

Page 5 from 7

  HRB 87998

 

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5   6   7
           

b)

Case 11

12      

b)

Personal data changed, now: Managing Director:

 

Wöretshofer, Stefan Florian, Augsburg,

 

*02.03.1960

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in its own name or as a representative of a third party.

     

a) 13.07.2016

Petry

 

b)

Case 12

13      

b)

No longer managing director:

Stielow, Christian, Heppenheim (Bergstrasse),

*20.03.1964

     

a) 30.01.2018

Petry

 

b)

Case 13

14  

a)

Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH

   

b)

Appointed as managing director:

Christofferson, Per, Bromma / Sweden,

*28.05.1968

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist) with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party:

Wagner, Yvonne, Weisenheim, *02.12.1977 Fritsch, Sandra, Reichelsheim, *12.09.1972

 

a)

The shareholders’ meeting on November 9, 2018 resolved to amend the Articles of Association in Section 1 (Company).

 

a) 11.01.2019

Andres

 

b)

Case 15

15      

b)

Appointed as managing director:

Knothe, Marc-Ulrich, Klosterneuburg / Austria, *29.04.1968

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

     

a) 13.07.2021

Auth

 

b)

Case 16


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:55

 

Company number:

Page 6 from 7

  HRB 87998

 

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5   6   7
16      

b)

No longer managing director:

 

Wöretshofer, Stefan Florian, Augsburg,

 

*02.03.1960

     

a) 02.12.2021

Auth

 

b)

Case 17

17      

b)

No longer managing director:

 

Christofferson, Per, Bromma / Sweden,

*28.05.1968

 

Appointed as managing director:

 

Dr. Siegl, Marcus, Karlsruhe, *22.06.1974 with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

     

a) 19.02.2024

Rapp

 

b)

Case 18

18      

b)

Appointed as managing director:

 

Hutter, Thomas, Wangen / Switzerland, *03.12.1967 with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

     

a) 22.05.2024

Rapp

 

b)

Case 19

19      

b)

No longer managing director: Knothe, Marc-Ulrich, Klosterneuburg / Austria, *29.04.1968

     

a) 12.06.2024

Rapp

 

b)

Case 20

20        

Prokura expired:

 

Wagner, Yvonne, Weisenheim, *02.12.1977

   

a) 30.09.2024

Rapp


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:55

 

Company number:

Page 7 from 7

  HRB 87998

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)  

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5   6   7
           

b)

Case 21

Exhibit T3A.16

 

LOGO      

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

      Registration number
      556723-5956
     

 

Date of registration of the company

  

 

Date of registration of current name

      2007-02-13    2018-01-16
     

 

Document created on

  

 

Page

      2025-01-22 13:57    1 (2)

 

Registration number:    556723-5956
Business name:    Intrum Holding AB
Address:   
   Riddargatan 10
   114 35 STOCKHOLM
Registered office:    Stockholm
Note:   

The company is registered as a private limited company.

 

THE COMPANY WAS FORMED

 

2007-01-26

SHARE CAPITAL      
Share capital    : SEK    122,299.870000
Min    : SEK    100,000
Max    : SEK    400,000
Number of shares:       1,000
Min    :    1,000
Max    :    4,000

 

BOARD MEMBER, CHAIR OF THE BOARD
680526    Rubio, Andrés, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
BOARD MEMBERS
650414-4103    Kumlien, Annette Berit Ingrid, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
780320-0117    Ákberblom, Johan Erik André, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
SPECIALLY AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES
681118-6292    Brodin, Lars Johan, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
850218-2036    Kullander, Jens Torbjörn, c/o Intrum Ab (publ), Riddargatan 10, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
850722-6572    Salloum, Mohamed, c/o Intrum AB (publ), Riddargatan 10, 105 24 STOCKHOLM


LOGO      

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

      Registration number
     

556723-5956

 

      Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
     

2007-02-13

 

   2018-01-16
      Document created on    Page
      2025-01-22 13:57    2 (2)

 

AUDITORS   

556271-5309

  

Deloitte AB, 113 79 STOCKHOLM

  

Represented by: 731116-0217

PRINCIPALLY RESPONSIBLE AUDITOR

731116-0217

  

Honeth, Patrick Olof, c/o Deloitte AB, 113 79 STOCKHOLM

SIGNATORY POWER

The board of directors is entitled to sign.

Signatory power by any two jointly of the board members

Signatory power by any one of the board members in combination with any one of the specially authorized signatories

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Date of the latest change: 2021-06-28

FINANCIAL YEAR

Registered financial year: 0101 – 1231

Latest annual report submitted covers financial period 20230101-20231231

DATE OF REGISTRATION OF CURRENT AND PREVIOUS BUSINESS NAMES

2018-01-16 Intrum Holding AB

2016-12-16 Lindorff AB

2016-11-12 Lindorff International AB

2016-03-22 Lindorff AB

2009-04-09 Lindorff Group AB

2008-06-03 Lindorff Third Holding AB

2007-02-13 Lagrumet December EUR nr 17 Aktiebolag

The above information is an extract from the Trade and Industry Register Bolagsverket, the Swedish Companies Registration Office.

Bolagsverket

851 81 Sundsvall

0771-670 670

bolagsverket@bolagsverket.se

www.bolagsverket.se

      

Exhibit T3A.17

 

Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:57

 

Company number:

Page 1 from 10

  HRB 88008

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)   

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5    6   7
1  

a)

Lindorff Holding GmbH

 

b) Heppenheim

Business address:

Odenwaldstraße 4, 64646 Heppenheim (Bergstraße)

 

c)

Acquisition, holding and disposal of investments in other companies.

  25.000,00 EUR  

a)

If only one managing director has been appointed, he shall represent the company alone. If several managing directors have been appointed, the company shall be represented by two managing directors or by one managing director together with an authorized signatory.

Managing directors may be sole power of representation by shareholder resolution. Managing directors may also be authorized by shareholder resolution to represent the company in legal transactions with themselves in their own name or as representatives of a third party without restriction.

  Joint power of attorney together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist) with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in their own name or as a representative of a third party: Ehrhardt, Petra, Laudenbach, *31.12.1962 Behnke, Frank, Oberhausen, *23.08.1960 Wagner, Thomas, Ratingen,*24.04.1961   

a)

Limited liability company Articles of association dated November 29, 2006, amended several times. The shareholders’ meeting on 27.05.2009 amended the Amendment of the articles of association in § 2 (registered office) and with it the relocation of the registered office from Cologne (previously Cologne Local Court HRB 63483) to Heppenheim.

 

a) 13.07.2009

Hamann

 

b)

Case 1

     

b)

Appointed as managing

director:

Hall, David, Stockbridge, Hampshire/Great Britain, *13.03.1963, authorized to act as sole representative; with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in his own name or as representative of a third party.

      
     

Appointed as managing

director:

Pleil, Doris, Lorsch, *19.02.1960, with sole power of representation; authorized to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in his own name or as a representative of a third party.

      
     

Appointed as managing

director:

Hampf, Thomas, Pulheim, *19.03.1962, with sole power of representation; authorized to act on his own behalf on behalf of the company.

      


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:57

 

Company number:

Page 2 from 10

  HRB 88008

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)   

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5    6   7
      to conclude legal transactions on behalf of or as a representative of a third party.       
2      

b)

No longer managing director:

 

Hampf, Thomas, Pulheim, *19.03.1962

 

Appointed as managing

director:

Green, Bernard, Bensheim, *10.01.1963, with sole power of representation; authorized to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in his own name or as a representative of a third party.

 

Appointed as managing

director:

Stielow, Christian, Weinheim, *20.03.1064, with sole power of representation; authorized to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in his own name or as a representative of a third party.

 

Prokura expired:

Behnke, Frank, Oberhausen, *23.08.1960 Procuration expired:

 

Wagner, Thomas, Ratingen, *24.04.1961

    

a) 02.11.2009

Heusel

 

b)

Case 2

3      

b)

Personal data corrected ex officio, now:

 

Managing Director:

 

Stielow, Christian, Weinheim, *20.03.1964, with sole power of representation; authorized to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in his own name or as a representative of a third party.

      

a) 18.11.2009

Heusel

 

b)

Case 3

4      

b)

No longer managing director:

Pleil, Doris, Lorsch, *19.02.1960

      

a) 10.03.2010

Heusel


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:57

 

Company number:

Page 3 from 10

  HRB 88008

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)   

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5    6   7
            

b)

Case 4

5         Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist) with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in their own name or as a representative of a third party: Hummel, Sandra, Hemsbach,*01.07.1973     

a) 28.12.2010

Vallbracht

 

b)

Case 5

6        

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist) with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in their own name or as a representative of a third party:

 

Rüd, Helmut, Rheinberg, *31.03.1960

    

a) 15.02.2011

Vallbracht

 

b)

Case 6

7      

b)

No longer managing director:

Hall, David, Stockbridge, Hampshire/Great Britain, *13.03.1963

 

Amended, now:

 

Managing Director:

 

Stielow, Christian, Weinheim, *20.03.1964 with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in its own name or as a representative of a third party.

 

Amended, now:

 

Managing Director:

 

Green, Bernard, Bensheim, *10.01.1963

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in its own name or as a representative of a third party.

      

a) 15.02.2011

Vallbracht

 

b)

Case 7


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:57

 

Company number:

Page 4 from 10

  HRB 88008

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)   

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5    6   7
8           

b)

The company is merged as the acquiring legal entity with the German| ehb GmbH based in Saarbrücken (Saarbrücken Local Court, HRB 16321) in accordance with the merger agreement dated May 3, 2011 and the resolutions of approval of the participating legal entities of the same day.

 

a) 12.07.2011

Vallbracht

 

b)

Case 9

9      

b)

No longer managing director:

 

Green, Bernard, Bensheim, *10.01.1963

 

Appointed as managing

director:

Dr. Jung, Michael, Kleinbittersdorf, *24.04.1963 with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Appointed as managing

director:

 

Rüd, Helmut, Rheinberg, *31.03.1960 with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Amended, now:

 

Managing Director:

 

Stielow, Christian, Weinheim, *20.03.1964 with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Prokura expired:

 

Rüd, Helmut, Rheinberg, *31.03.1960

    

a) 18.07.2011

Vallbracht

 

b)

Case 8

10           

b)

Reorganization note (No. 8) corrected ex officio with regard to a spelling mistake in the name of the transferring company, now: The company is the acquiring legal entity in accordance with the merger agreement dated May 3, 2011.

 

a) 18.08.2011

Vallbracht

 

b)

Case 10


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:57

 

Company number:

Page 5 from 10

  HRB 88008

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)   

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5    6   7
           and the approval resolutions of the legal entities involved of the same day with deutsche| ebh GmbH, based in Saarbrücken (Saarbrücken Local Court, HRB 16321).  
11  

c)

Object changed, now:

The acquisition, holding and sale of participations in other companies as well as the valuation, purchase and sale and brokering of the purchase and sale and advancing receivables of any kind with or without assuming the del credere function, and the brokering of receivables portfolios that do not require a license in accordance with Section 32 GKWG.

        

a)

The shareholders’ meeting on September 6, 2011 resolved to amend the Articles of Association in § 4 (Object).

 

a) 21.09.2011

Vallbracht

 

b)

Case 11

12        

Prokura expired:

 

Hummel, Sandra, Hemsbach, *01.07.1973

    

a) 25.11.2011

Violinist

 

b)

Case 12

13      

b)

No longer managing director:

 

Dr. Jung, Michael, Kleinbittersdorf, *24.04.1963

      

a) 20.02.2012

Hieckmann

 

b)

Case 13

14  

c)

Is the acquisition, holding and sale of investments in other companies as well as the valuation, purchase and sale and the brokerage of the purchase and sale and the advance of receivables of any kind with or

   

b)

Appointed as managing director:

 

Dr. Schäfer, Michael, Datteln, *19.05.1958 with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in its own name or as a representative of a third party.

    

a)

The shareholders’ meeting on March 19, 2012 resolved to amend the Articles of Association in § 4 (Object).

 

a) 26.03.2012

Hieckmann

 

b)

Case 15


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:57

 

Company number:

Page 6 from 10

  HRB 88008

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)   

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5    6   7
  without assuming the del credere function, and the brokerage of receivables portfolios that do not require a license in accordance with section 32 KWG.           
15      

b)

No longer managing director:

Rüd, Helmut, Rheinberg, *31.03.1960

      

a) 03.09.2012

Hieckmann

 

b)

Case 16

16      

b)

Personal data changed, now: Managing Director: Stielow, Christian, Heppenheim, *20.03.1964 with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Prokura expired:

 

Ehrhardt, Petra, Laudenbach, *31.12.1962

 

Prokura Joint Prokura together with a managing director: Wöretshofer, Stefan Florian, Munich,

*02.03.1960

    

a) 18.12.2012

Hieckmann

 

b)

Case 17

17   b) Business address: Donnersbergstraße 1, 64646 Heppenheim (Bergstraße)           

a) 21.01.2013

Hieckmann

 

b)

Case 18

18         Joint Prokura together with a managing director: Beese, Ralf, Heidelberg, *30.09.1962     

a) 18.06.2014

Bend

 

b)

Case 20

19      

b)

Appointed as managing director: Wöretshofer, Stefan Florian, Munich,

 

Prokura expired:

Wöretshofer, Stefan Florian, Munich,

*02.03.1960

    

a) 18.07.2014

Bend


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:57

 

Company number:

Page 7 from 10

  HRB 88008

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)   

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5    6   7
     

*02.03.1960

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in its own name or as a representative of a third party.

  Joint Prokura together with a managing director: Hildebrandt, Steffen, Münster, *30.11.1974     

b)

Case 19

20      

b)

No longer managing director:

Dr. Schäfer, Michael, Datteln, *19.05.1958

      

a) 09.10.2014

Pullman

 

b)

Case 21

21        

Prokura expired:

 

Beese, Ralf, Heidelberg, *30.09.1962

 

Joint Prokura together with a managing director with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party:

Wagner, Yvonne, Weisenheim am Sand,

 

*02.12.1977

    

a) 17.10.2014

Thorke

 

b)

Case 22

22           

b)

As the acquiring legal entity, the company merged with the German| ebh Erste Portfolio UG (haftungsbeschränkt) based in Saarbrücken (Saarbrücken Local Court, HRB 18314) in accordance with the merger agreement dated July 15, 2015 and the resolutions of approval of the participating legal entities of the same day.

 

a) 31.07.2015

Heusel

 

b)

Case 23

23      

b)

Personal data changed, now: Managing Director: Wöretshofer, Stefan Florian, Augsburg,

*02.03.1960

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in its own name or as a representative of a third party.

      

a) 09.05.2016

Brownstone

 

b)

Case 26


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:57

 

Company number:

Page 8 from 10

  HRB 88008

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)   

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5    6   7
24      

b)

No longer managing director: Stielow, Christian, Heppenheim, *20.03.1964

 

Joint power of attorney together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist) with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company in their own name or as a representative of a third party: Kirmeier, Christian, Hirschberg, *13.11.1980 Hoffmann, Richard Maximilian, Heidelberg, *21.05.1971

 

Wagner, Yvonne, Weisenheim, *02.12.1977 Hildebrandt, Steffen, Münster, *30.11.1974 Procuration expired:

 

Wagner, Yvonne, Weisenheim am Sand, *02.12.1977

 

Procuration expired:

 

Hildebrandt, Steffen, Münster, *30.11.1974

  

a)

The shareholders’ meeting on March 1, 2018 resolved to amend the Articles of Association in § 7 (Representation).

 

a) 11.04.2018

Sour

 

b)

Case 27

25        

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist):

Personal data changed, now: Hildebrandt, Steffen, Münster, *30.11.1974 Personal data changed, now: Wagner, Yvonne, Weisenheim, *02.12.1977

    

a) 11.05.2018

Sour

 

b)

Case 28

26  

a)

Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH

   

b)

Appointed as managing

director:

Christofferson, Per, Bromma / Sweden,

*28.05.1968

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist) with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party:

Fritsch, Sandra, Reichelsheim, *12.09.1972

  

a)

The shareholders’ meeting on November 9, 2018 resolved to amend the Articles of Association in Section 1 (Company).

 

a) 03.01.2019

Petry

 

b)

Case 29

27      

b)

Appointed as managing

director:

Wagner, Yvonne, Weisenheim am Sand,

*02.12.1977

 

Prokura expired:

Wagner, Yvonne, Weisenheim, *02.12.1977

    

a) 22.02.2019

Petry

 

b)


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:57

 

Company number:

Page 9 from 10

  HRB 88008

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)   

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

 

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5    6   7
      with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.        Case 30
28      

b)

Appointed as managing director:

Knothe, Marc-Ulrich, Klosterneuburg / Austria, *29.04.1968

with the authorization to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

      

a) 15.07.2021

Rapp

 

b)

Case 31

29      

b)

No longer managing director: Wöretshofer, Stefan Florian, Augsburg,

*02.03.1960

 

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist) with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party:

 

Glaser, Sandra, Lorsch, *07.12.1978

    

a) 17.11.2021

Rapp

 

b)

Case 33

30   b) Business address: Donnersbergstraße 1, 64646 Heppenheim    

b)

No longer managing director:

Christofferson, Per, Bromma / Sweden,

*28.05.1968

Appointed as managing director:

Dr. Siegl, Marcus, Karlsruhe, *22.06.1974 with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

      

a) 05.01.2024

Brownstone

 

b)

Case 34

31      

b)

Appointed as managing director: Hutter, Thomas, Wangen / Switzerland, *03.12.1967 with the authorization to act on behalf of the company with

      

a) 24.05.2024

Brownstone

 

b)


Commercial Register B of the Local Court of Darmstadt   

Excerpt

Retrieved 21.01.2025 14:57

 

Company number:

Page 10 from 10

  HRB 88008

 

Entry number  

a) Company

 

b) Registered office, branch office, domestic business address, authorized recipient, branch offices

 

c) Object of the company

  Share capital or nominal capital  

a) General representation regulations

 

b) Management board, management body, managing directors, personally liable partners, managing directors, authorized representatives and special powers of representation

  Prokura (General commercial power of attorney)   

a) Legal form, inception, articles of association or partnership agreement

 

b) Other legal relationships

 

a) Date of registration

b) Remarks

1   2   3   4   5    6   7
      to conclude legal transactions as a representative of a third party.        Case 35
32      

b)

No longer managing director:

Knothe, Marc-Ulrich, Klosterneuburg / Austria,

*29.04.1968

      

a) 12.06.2024

Dissinger

 

b)

Case 36

33      

b)

No longer managing director:

Wagner, Yvonne, Weisenheim am Sand,

*02.12.1977

      

a) 01.10.2024

Brownstone

 

b)

Case 37

34      

b)

Appointed as managing

director:

Fritsch, Sandra, Reichelsheim(Wetterau),

*12.09.1972

with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party.

 

Prokura expired:

 

Fritsch, Sandra, Reichelsheim, *12.09.1972

 

Joint Prokura together with a managing director or another authorized signatory (Prokurist) with the authority to enter into legal transactions on behalf of the company as a representative of a third party:

 

Dr. Bartl, Dominik, Heppenheim, *05.07.1974

    

a) 06.01.2025

Brownstone

 

b) Case 38

Exhibit T3A.18

Brønnøysund Register Centre

 

Company Certificate   
Organization No:    992 984 899
Name/company    INTRUM HOLDING NORWAY AS
Business address:    Lysaker torg 8
   1366 Lysaker
Brønnøysund Register Centre
21.01.2025   

Brønnøysund Register Centre

Postal address: 8910 Brønnøysund

Phones: Information Phone 75 00 75 00 Fax 75 00 75 05

Email: firmapost@brreg.no Internet: www.brreg.no

Organization number: 974 760 673


Brønnøysund Register Centre    Company

 

Organization number:    992 984 899
Organizational form:    Limited company
Date of Foundation:    01.08.2008
Registered in   
The Register of   
Business Enterprises:    16.08.2008
Company name:    INTRUM HOLDING NORWAY AS
Business address:    Lysaker torg 8
   1366 Lysaker
Municipality:    3201 BÆRUM
Country:    Norway
Postal address:    PO Box 283 Skøyen 0213 OSLO
Phone:    23 21 10 00
Share capital NOK:    41 000 000,00
Board of Directors:      
Chairman of the Board:    Steiner Nielsen    Representative of
  

Verftsgata 1E

7042 TRONHEIM

   the A-shareholders
Board Member:    Njål Foss Stene
   Erik Niklas Lundquist
Signature:    Two board members jointly.
Auditor:    Approved Audit Company
   Organization number 980 211 282
   DELOITTE AS
   Queen Eufemias Gate 14
   0191 OSLO
Statutory purpose:      
   Trading and investing in real estate, securities and other assets, including participation in other companies with similar activities.

 

21.01.2025 at 10:13 a.m.    Brønnøysund Register Centre    Page 1 of 1

Exhibit T3A.19

[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

Interactive Commercial Information of the Commercial Registries of Spain

MADRID Commercial Registry

Issued: 10/02/2025 at 17:33 hours.

For any queries regarding the request you have just made, remember the assigned application number:

Application no.: N94ZZ07Z

Index of requested headings:

 

   

General data

 

   

Current presentation entries

 

   

Special situations

 

   

Share capital

 

   

Directors and company officers

 

   

Auditors

 

   

Legal representative

 

   

List of registered acts published in the BORME [Official Gazette of the Spanish Commercial Registry]

 

   

Deposit of annual accounts

 

   

Legalised books

 

General data         Index  

 

Name:    INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN SA
Start date of operations:    24/01/2011
Corporate address:   

C/ VIA DE LOS POBLADOS 3 - EDIFICIO 1, PARQUE EMPRESARIAL

CRISTALIA MADRID 28-MADRID

Duration:    Indefinite
N.I.F. [tax ID]:    A86128147 EUID: ES28065.081067990
LAW code:    9598005SNSD7LY9WQ479
Registry data:    Folio M-512458 Volume 28461 Page 139 IRUS [Unique company registration identifier]: 1000286435671
Object of the company:   

PROVISION OF DEBT COLLECTION SERVICES, CREDIT INFORMATION, FINANCIAL ANALYSIS AND PURCHASE AND RECOVERY OF DEBT

PORTFOLIOS.....

C.N.A.E. [National Classification of

Economic Activities]:

   8291 - Activities of collection and commercial information agencies
Structure of the body:    Board of Directors

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 1  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Sole shareholder:    The company on this folio is a sole proprietorship, its sole shareholder being INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN SA, with NIF [tax identification number] N0303885H.
Last accounting deposit:    2023

 

Current presentation entries       Index
Document Journal:    Data updated on 10/02/2025, at 17:00 hours   
   Journal: 2024 Entry: 81838 Filing date: 20/12/2024 Deed date: 04/12/2024 Notary public: GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS Residence: MADRID - MADRID Protocol: 2024/2956 This document has been withdrawn by the interested party since 27/11/2024
Journal of accounts:    Data updated on 10/02/2025, at 09:00 hours   
   Journal/entry: No current filing entries   
Journal of books:    Data updated on 10/02/2025, at 17:00 hours   
   Journal/entry: No current filing entries   
Journal of auditors and experts:    Data updated on 10/02/2025, at 17:00 hours   
   Journal/entry: No current filing entries   
Special situations       Index
There are no special situations      
Share capital       Index
Subscribed capital:    3,314,468.00 Euros.   
Paid-up capital:    3,314,468.00 Euros.   
Directors and company officers       Index

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 2  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER
DNI [ID]:    44580043V
Position:    Adviser
Date of appointment:    27/08/2019
Duration:    27/08/2025
Registration:    78
Registration date:    26/09/2019
Deed date:    16/09/2019
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2019/2209
Name:    TELLADO NOGUEIRA ENRIQUE
DNI:    33316316B
Position:    Adviser
Date of appointment:    18/12/2023
Duration:    18/12/2029
Registration:    114
Registration date:    22/02/2024
Deed date:    12/01/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/34
Name:    ARANGUEZ CORTES ANA

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 3  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

DNI:    05915557A
Position:    Adviser
Date of appointment:    14/03/2024
Duration:    14/03/2030
Registration:    120
Registration date:    03/06/2024
Deed date:    19/03/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/1097
Name:    INTRUM AB PUBL
DNI:    N0303885H
Position:    Sole shareholder
Date of appointment:    20/09/2019
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    79
Registration date:    27/09/2019
Deed date:    20/09/2019
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2019/2512
Name:    ZHU CAO JIE
DNI:    29621392Z

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 4  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Position:    Deputy Secretary
Date of appointment:    14/03/2024
Registration:    120
Registration date:    03/06/2024
Deed date:    19/03/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/1097
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/1097
Name:    SUAREZ GARNELO ANA
DNI:    70056285X
Position:    Secretary
Date of appointment:    14/03/2024
Registration:    120
Registration date:    03/06/2024
Deed date:    19/03/2024
Deed date:    20/09/2019
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/1097
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER
DNI:    44580043V
Position:    Vice-President
Date of appointment:    14/03/2024
Duration:    27/08/2025

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 5  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration:    120
Registration date:    03/06/2024
Deed date:    19/03/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/1097
Name:    TELLADO NOGUEIRA ENRIQUE
DNI:    33316316B
Position:    President
Date of appointment:    14/03/2024
Duration:    18/12/2029
Registration:    120
Registration date:    03/06/2024
Deed date:    19/03/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/1097
Name:    TELLADO NOGUEIRA ENRIQUE
DNI:    33316316B
Position:    Joint Managing Director
Date of appointment:    18/12/2023
Duration:    18/12/2029
Registration:    114

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 6  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Date of registration:    22/02/2024
Date of deed:    12/01/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/34
Date of registration:    22/02/2024

Pursuant to Article 145.1 of the Commercial Registry Regulations, the appointment of directors expires when the next general meeting is held after the expiry of the term of office or the statutory period for holding the meeting to approve the previous year’s accounts has expired.

 

Auditors       Index
Name:    DELOITTE AUDITORES SL (Auditor)   
DNI:    B79104469   
Date of appointment:    11/11/2024   
Duration:    Year 2024-2024   
Registration:    126   
Registration date:    23/12/2024   
Deed date:    02/12/2024   
Notary public /Certifying Officer:    NON-BOARD MEMBER SECRETARY   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Legal representative       Index
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS (Legal representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    23/03/2015   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 7  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    22   
Registration date:    14/04/2015   
Deed date:    08/04/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/950   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Legal representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    15/06/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    26   
Registration date:    30/06/2015   
Deed date:    17/06/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    MIGUEL ROSES MARIA ROSARIO DE   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/1351   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO FRANCISCO JAVIER (Legal representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    23/06/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    27   
Registration date:    01/07/2015   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 8  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Deed date:    23/06/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/1963   
Name:    AMANTEGUI LORENZO JAVIER (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    7859092S   
Date of appointment:    15/06/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    28   
Registration date:    02/07/2015   
Deed date:    16/06/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    MIGUEL ROSES MARIA ROSARIO DE   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/1335   
Name:    MARTIN SAINZ JORGE (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    51102435T   
Date of appointment:    15/06/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    28   
Registration date:    02/07/2015   
Deed date:    16/06/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    MIGUEL ROSES MARIA ROSARIO DE   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 9  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Protocol number:    2015/1335   
Name:    ALVAREZ DE MON GONZALEZ MELCHOR (Joint and several representative).   
DNI:    05305053B   
Date of appointment:    15/06/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    28   
Registration date:    02/07/2015   
Deed date:    16/06/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    MIGUEL ROSES MARIA ROSARIO DE   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/1335   
Name:    BARREDO ALVAREZ MIGUEL (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    34265612M   
Date of appointment:    15/06/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    28   
Registration date:    02/07/2015   
Deed date:    16/06/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    MIGUEL ROSES MARIA ROSARIO DE   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/1335   
Name    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Legal representative)   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 10  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    18/11/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    33   
Registration date:    17/12/2015   
Deed date:    10/12/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/4083   
Name:    ZURBANO LOPEZ ALEJANDRO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    11804008V   
Date of appointment:    18/11/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    33   
Registration date:    17/12/2015   
Deed date:    10/12/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/4083   
Name:    ZURBANO LOPEZ ALEJANDRO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    11804008V   
Date of appointment:    18/11/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 11  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration:    34   
Registration date:    17/12/2015   
Deed date:    10/12/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/4084   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    16/03/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    38   
Registration date:    21/03/2016   
Deed date:    16/03/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/740   
Name:    GARCIA ALBACETE ESTEBAN (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    50454903X   
Date of appointment:    16/03/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    39   
Registration date:    21/03/2016   
Deed date:    16/03/2016   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 12  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/741   
Name:    SANCHEZ FERNANDEZ EVA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    52411821L   
Date of appointment:    16/03/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    39   
Registration date:    21/03/2016   
Deed date:    16/03/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/741   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    16/03/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    39   
Registration date:    21/03/2016   
Deed date:    16/03/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/741   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 13  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    ZURBANO LOPEZ ALEJANDRO (Joint representative)   
DNI:    11804008V   
Date of appointment:    16/03/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    39   
Registration date:    21/03/2016   
Deed date:    16/03/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/741   
Name:   

RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Joint and several

representative)

  
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    16/03/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    39   
Registration date:    21/03/2016   
Deed date:    16/03/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/741   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Joint representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 14  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Date of appointment:    23/12/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    46   
Registration date:    04/01/2017   
Deed date:    23/12/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/2653   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Joint representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    23/12/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    46   
Registration date:    04/01/2017   
Deed date:    23/12/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/2653   
Name:    GARCIA ALBACETE ESTEBAN (Joint representative)   
DNI:    50454903X   
Date of appointment:    23/12/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    46   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 15  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration date:    04/01/2017   
Deed date:    23/12/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/2653   
Name:    GONZALEZ LOPEZ JOAQUIN (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    20255283B   
Date of appointment:    23/12/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    46   
Registration date:    04/01/2017   
Deed date:    23/12/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/2653   
Name:    HERNANDEZ INIESTA CONSUELO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    50213366L   
Date of appointment:    03/04/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    47   
Registration date:    07/04/2017   
Deed date:    03/04/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 16  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/653   
Name:    ZURBANO LOPEZ ALEJANDRO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    11804008V   
Date of appointment:    13/06/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    52   
Registration date:    28/06/2017   
Deed date:    23/06/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/1101   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    13/06/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    53   
Registration date:    28/06/2017   
Deed date:    23/06/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/1102   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 17  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    13/06/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    53   
Registration date:    28/06/2017   
Deed date:    23/06/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/1102   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    13/06/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    54   
Registration date:    28/06/2017   
Deed date:    23/06/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/1103   
Name:    GONZALEZ LOPEZ JOAQUIN (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    20255283B   
Date of appointment:    13/06/2017   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 18  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    54   
Registration date:    28/06/2017   
Deed date:    23/06/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/1103   
Name:    ZURBANO LOPEZ ALEJANDRO (Joint representative)   
DNI:    11804008V   
Date of appointment:    27/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    56   
Registration date:    03/11/2017   
Deed date:    27/10/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/2015   
Name:    RASCÓN SAN MIGUEL PAULINA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    03466932G   
Date of appointment:    27/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    56   
Registration date:    03/11/2017   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 19  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Deed date:    27/10/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/2015   
Name:    GONZALEZ LOPEZ JOAQUIN (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    20255283B   
Date of appointment:    27/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    57   
Registration date:    04/11/2017   
Deed date:    27/10/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/2016   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    27/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    57   
Registration date:    04/11/2017   
Deed date:    27/10/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 20  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Protocol number:    2017/2016   
Name:    HERNANDEZ MARTINEZ DARIO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    34811503Z   
Date of appointment:    27/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    57   
Registration date:    04/11/2017   
Deed date:    27/10/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/2016   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    27/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    57   
Registration date:    04/11/2017   
Deed date:    27/10/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/2016   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Joint and several representative)   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 21  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

DNI:    50454903X   
Date of appointment:    27/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    57   
Registration date:    04/11/2017   
Deed date:    27/10/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/2016   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    27/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    58   
Registration date:    04/11/2017   
Deed date:    27/10/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/2017   
Name:    GARCIA ALBACETE ESTEBAN (Legal representative)   
DNI:    50454903X   
Date of appointment:    27/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 22  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration:    58   
Registration date:    04/11/2017   
Deed date:    27/10/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/2017   
Name:    MORANTE CALVO EVA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    47018073R   
Date of appointment:    16/04/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    63   
Registration date:    24/04/2018   
Deed date:    16/04/2018   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2018/1006   
Name:    FERNANDEZ ESPEJEL FRANCISCO JAVIER (Joint representative)   
DNI:    02530640L   
Date of appointment:    20/06/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    69   
Registration date:    06/07/2018   
Deed date:    27/06/2018   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 23  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2018/2003   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Joint representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    20/06/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    69   
Registration date:    06/07/2018   
Deed date:    27/06/2018   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2018/2003   
Name:    RASCÓN SAN MIGUEL PAULINA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    03466932G   
Date of appointment:    20/06/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    69   
Registration date:    06/07/2018   
Deed date:    27/06/2018   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2018/2003   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 24  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS (Joint representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    20/06/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    69   
Registration date:    06/07/2018   
Deed date:    27/06/2018   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2018/2003   
Name:    ZURBANO LOPEZ ALEJANDRO (Joint representative)   
DNI:    11804008V   
Date of appointment:    20/06/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    69   
Registration date:    06/07/2018   
Deed date:    27/06/2018   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2018/2003   
Name:    ZURBANO LOPEZ ALEJANDRO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    11804008V   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 25  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Date of appointment:    20/06/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    69   
Registration date:    06/07/2018   
Deed date:    27/06/2018   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2018/2003   
Name:    PRADA MORA ALBERTO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    44455005F   
Date of appointment:    18/06/2019   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    76   
Registration date:    27/06/2019   
Deed date:    18/06/2019   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2019/1506   
Name:    GOMEZ ARCOS JAVIER (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    49052787C   
Date of appointment:    18/06/2019   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    76   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 26  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration date:    27/06/2019   
Deed date:    18/06/2019   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2019/1506   
Name:    MARCOS CACERES DIANA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    12336821N   
Date of appointment:    18/06/2019   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    76   
Registration date:    27/06/2019   
Deed date:    18/06/2019   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2019/1506   
Name:   

MARTINEZ-BLANCO CORDOBA JOSE ISRAEL (Joint and several

representative)

  
DNI:    51905944G   
Date of appointment:    27/11/2019   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    80   
Registration date:    28/02/2020   
Deed date:    24/01/2020   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 27  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2020/149   
Name:    PEREZ MONTERRUBIO PATRICIA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    16581921W   
Date of appointment:    01/06/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    82   
Registration date:    29/06/2020   
Deed date:    01/06/2020   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2020/740   
Name:    PEREZ MONTERRUBIO PATRICIA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    16581921W   
Date of appointment:    01/06/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    82   
Registration date:    29/06/2020   
Deed date:    01/06/2020   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2020/740   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 28  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    CEDENA SANCHEZ-CABEZUDO BEGOÑA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    52115428G   
Date of appointment:    04/08/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    84   
Registration date:    25/08/2020   
Deed date:    04/08/2020   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2020/1322   
Name:    PEREZ MONTERRUBIO PATRICIA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    16581921W   
Date of appointment:    18/01/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    86   
Registration date:    15/02/2021   
Deed date:    18/01/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/41   
Name:    MARTINEZ-BLANCO CORDOBA JOSE ISRAEL (Legal representative)   
DNI:    51905944G   
Date of appointment:    16/11/2020   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 29  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    87   
Registration date:    26/03/2021   
Deed date:    17/11/2020   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2020/2175   
Name:    BELLOSTA RIGO JOSE LUIS (Legal representative)   
DNI:    50840381P   
Date of appointment:    05/04/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    04/05/2021   
Deed date:    15/04/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/804   
Name:    PEREZ MONTERRUBIO PATRICIA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    16581921W   
Date of appointment:    12/11/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    96   
Registration date:    24/11/2021   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 30  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Deed date:    12/11/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2840   
Name:    GONZALEZ QUEVEDO VICTOR (Legal representative)   
DNI:    03472613G   
Date of appointment:    12/11/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    96   
Registration date:    24/11/2021   
Deed date:    12/11/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2840   
Name:    GASCON CARUS JOSE MANUEL (Legal representative)   
DNI:    52539326N   
Date of appointment:    12/11/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    96   
Registration date:    24/11/2021   
Deed date:    12/11/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 31  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Protocol number:    2021/2840   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS (Legal representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    12/11/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    96   
Registration date:    24/11/2021   
Deed date:    12/11/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2840   
Name:    GONZALEZ GARCIA RAFAEL (Legal representative)   
DNI:    02910649E   
Date of appointment:    12/11/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    96   
Registration date:    24/11/2021   
Deed date:    12/11/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2840   
Name:    FERRER-BONSOMS TRIGUEROS ERNESTO (Joint and several representative)   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 32  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

DNI:    47720524D
Date of appointment:    31/01/2022
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    98
Registration date:    11/02/2022
Deed date:    31/01/2022
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2022/225
Name:    CASADO SORIANO SANTIAGO JOSÉ (Joint and several representative)
DNI:    53414198X
Date of appointment:    08/03/2022
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    99
Registration date:    17/03/2022
Deed date:    08/03/2022
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2022/586
Name:    BOTE RUIZ ISABEL (Legal representative)
DNI:    09180746C
Date of appointment:    05/04/2022
Duration:    Indefinite

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 33  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration:    100
Registration date:    08/04/2022
Deed date:    05/04/2022
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2022/844
Name:    GIL MONEDERO PEDRO PABLO (Legal representative)
DNI:    50898369J
Date of appointment:    05/04/2022
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    100
Registration date:    08/04/2022
Deed date:    05/04/2022
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2022/844
Name:   

SAAVEDRA GOMEZ DE LAS HERAS ANGEL VICENTE (Joint and

several representative)

DNI:    50897197Z
Date of appointment:    19/09/2023
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    108
Registration date:    05/10/2023
Deed date:    19/09/2023

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 34  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2023/2409
Name:    MARCOS CACERES DIANA (Joint and several representative)
DNI:    12336821N
Date of appointment:    19/09/2023
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    108
Registration date:    05/10/2023
Deed date:    19/09/2023
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2023/2409
Name:    DE BLAS VITALLER MARIA (Joint and several representative)
DNI:    02550139Z
Date of appointment:    19/09/2023
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    108
Registration date:    05/10/2023
Deed date:    19/09/2023
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2023/2409

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 35  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    TOMAS RUIZ LORENA MARIA (Joint and several representative)
DNI:    75798300Y
Date of appointment:    19/09/2023
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    108
Registration date:    05/10/2023
Deed date:    19/09/2023
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2023/2409
Name:    GOMEZ ARCOS JAVIER (Joint and several representative)
DNI:    49052787C
Date of appointment:    19/09/2023
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    108
Registration date:    05/10/2023
Deed date:    19/09/2023
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2023/2409
Name:    CIUDAD ENRIQUEZ DANIEL (Joint and several representative)
DNI:    47285190L

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 36  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Date of appointment:    19/09/2023
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    108
Registration date:    05/10/2023
Deed date:    19/09/2023
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2023/2409
Name:    MERLADET ARTIACH IÑIGO (Legal representative)
DNI:    02914914D
Date of appointment:    17/11/2023
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    109
Registration date:    22/12/2023
Deed date:    17/11/2023
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2023/2964
Name:    ARANGUEZ CORTES ANA (Joint and several representative)
DNI:    05915557A
Date of appointment:    21/12/2023
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    111

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 37  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration date:    11/02/2024
Deed date:    21/12/2023
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2023/3489
Name:    ARANGUEZ CORTES ANA (Joint and several representative)
DNI:    05915557A
Date of appointment:    21/12/2023
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    112
Registration date:    11/02/2024
Deed date:    21/12/2023
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2023/3490
Name:    RASCÓN SAN MIGUEL PAULINA (Legal representative)
DNI:    03466932G
Date of appointment:    05/03/2024
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    115
Registration date:    12/04/2024
Deed date:    05/03/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 38  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2023/3489
Name:    POZUELO TEJEDOR ELENA (Legal representative)
DNI:    10198427C
Date of appointment:    05/03/2024
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    115
Registration date:    12/04/2024
Deed date:    05/03/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/890
Name:    SUAREZ GARNELO ANA (Legal representative)
DNI:    70056285X
Date of appointment:    05/03/2024
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    115
Registration date:    12/04/2024
Deed date:    05/03/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/890

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 39  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    RASCON SAN MIGUEL PAULINA (Legal representative)
DNI:    03466932G
Date of appointment:    05/03/2024
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    116
Registration date:    12/04/2024
Deed date:    05/03/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/891
Name:    CORCOBADO LUENGO CARLOS (Legal representative)
DNI:    50477553M
Date of appointment:    05/03/2024
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    117
Registration date:    12/04/2024
Deed date:    05/03/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/892
Name:    ALAMEDA CORTELL BORJA (Legal representative)
DNI:    53392649N
Date of appointment:    05/03/2024

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 40  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    117
Registration date:    12/04/2024
Deed date:    05/03/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/892
Name:    FARIÑA VILLAVERDE JORGE ANTONIO (Legal representative)
DNI:    35292817F
Date of appointment:    31/07/2024
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    122
Registration date:    09/10/2024
Deed date:    31/07/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/1995
Name:    FARIÑA VILLAVERDE JORGE ANTONIO (Legal representative)
DNI:    35292817F
Date of appointment:    31/07/2024
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    122
Registration date:    09/10/2024

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 41  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Deed date:    31/07/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/1994
Name:    PRIETO MUÑOZ JUAN RAMÓN (Legal representative)
DNI:    05427120V
Date of appointment:    08/10/2024
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    125
Registration date:    14/11/2024
Deed date:    08/10/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/2426

 

List of registered acts published in the BORME    Index
Registration 126   

Date of publication: 03/01/25. Gazette no. 2. Reference no: 00021102025. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the Notary public NON-BOARD MEMBER SECRETARY dated 02/12/2024, in MADRID

 

Date of registration: 23/12/2024

 

Registered acts:

 

Re-election of a statutory auditor.

Registration 125    Date of publication: 21/11/24. Gazette no. 225. Reference no: 05018902024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 08/10/2024, number 2024/2426 in MADRID Date of registration:
  

14/11/2024

Registered acts:

Granting of powers of attorney.

  

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 42  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 124   

Date of publication: 21/11/24. Gazette no. 225. Reference no: 05018892024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 08/10/2024, number 2024/2445 in MADRID Date of registration:

14/11/2024

Registered acts:

Revocation of powers of attorney.

Revocation of powers of attorney.

Registration 123   

Date of publication: 17/10/24. Gazette no. 201. Reference no: 04429272024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/1994 in MADRID Date of registration:

09/10/2024

Registered acts:

Granting of powers of attorney.

Registration 122   

Date of publication: 17/10/24. Gazette no. 201. Reference no: 04429262024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/1995 in MADRID Date of registration:

09/10/2024

Registered acts:

Granting of powers of attorney.

Registration 121   

Date of publication: 17/10/24. Gazette no. 201. Reference no: 04429252024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/2017 in MADRID Date of registration:

09/10/2024

Registered acts:

Revocation of powers of attorney.

Revocation of powers of attorney.

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 43  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Law 11/2023. Opening of electronic page.
Registration 120   

Date of publication: 10/06/24. Gazette no. 110. Reference no: 02610732024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the Notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 19/03/2024, number 2024/1097 in MADRID Date of registration: 03/06/2024

Registered acts:

Appointment of a member of an administrative body.

Appointment of a member of an administrative body.

Appointment of a member of an administrative body.

Resignation of a member of an administrative body.

Resignation of a member of an administrative body.

Resignation of a member of an administrative body.

Resignation of a member of an administrative body.

Resignation of a member of an administrative body.

Appointment to post.

Appointment to post.

Dismissal from post.

Registration 119   

Date of publication: 07/06/24. Gazette no. 109. Reference no: 02597542024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the Notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 19/03/2024, number 2024/1093 in MADRID Date of registration:

31/05/2024

Registered acts:

Revocation of powers of attorney.

Law 11/2023. Opening of electronic page.

Registration 118   

Date of publication: 19/04/24. Gazette no. 77. Reference no: 01884652024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 035. Deed authorised before the Notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2024/894 in MADRID Date of registration: 12/04/2024

Registered acts:

Revocation of powers of attorney.

Revocation of powers of attorney.

Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 44  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 117   

Date of publication: 19/04/24. Gazette no. 77. Reference no: 01884642024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 034. Deed authorised before the Notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2024/892 in MADRID Date of registration:

12/04/2024

Registered acts:

Granting of powers of attorney.

Granting of powers of attorney.

Granting of powers of attorney

Registration 116   

Date of publication: 19/04/24. Gazette no. 77. Reference no: 01884632024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 034. Deed authorised before the Notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2024/891 in MADRID Date of registration:

12/04/2024

Registered acts:

Granting of powers of attorney.

Registration 115   

Date of publication: 19/04/24. Gazette no. 77. Reference no: 01884622024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 033. Deed authorised before the Notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2024/890 in MADRID Date of registration: 12/04/2024

Registered acts:

Granting of powers of attorney.

Granting of powers of attorney.

Granting of powers of attorney.

Granting of powers of attorney.

Registration 114   

Date of publication: 29/02/24. Gazette no. 43. Reference no: 01058282024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 032. Deed authorised before the Notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 12/01/2024, number 2024/34 in MADRID Date of registration:

22/02/2024

Registered acts:

Appointment of a member of an administrative body.

Appointment of a member of an administrative body.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 45  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 113    Date of publication: 29/02/24. Gazette no. 43. Reference no: 01058272024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 032. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 21/12/2023, number 2023/3506 in MADRID Date of registration: 22/02/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 112    Date of publication: 16/02/24. Gazette no. 34. Reference no: 00841812024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 032. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 21/12/2023, number 2023/3490 in MADRID Date of registration: 11/02/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 111    Date of publication: 16/02/24. Gazette no. 34. Reference no: 00841802024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 031. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 21/12/2023, number 2023/3489 in MADRID Date of registration: 11/02/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 110    Date of publication: 02/01/24. Gazette no. 1. Reference no: 00014132024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 031. Deed authorised before the Notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/2973 in MADRID Date of registration: 22/12/2023
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 109    Date of publication: 02/01/24. Gazette no. 1. Reference no: 00014122024. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 030. Deed authorised before the Notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2023/2964 in MADRID Date of registration: 22/12/2023
   Registered acts:

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 46  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 108    Date of publication: 13/10/23. Gazette no. 196. Reference no: 04377892023. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 030. Deed authorised before the Notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 19/09/2023, number 2023/2409 in MADRID Date of registration: 05/10/2023
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 107    Date of publication: 14/07/23. Gazette no. 133. Reference no: 03209152023. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 029. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 12/06/2023, number 2023/1555 in MADRID Date of registration: 08/07/2023
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 106    Date of publication: 20/04/23. Gazette no. 75. Reference no: 01854322023. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 029. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 21/02/2023, number 2023/431 in MADRID Date of registration: 13/04/2023
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 105    Date of publication: 23/02/23. Gazette no. 38. Reference no: 00958732023. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 029. Deed authorised before the Notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 02/12/2022, number 2022/3257 in MADRID Date of registration: 16/02/2023
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 47  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 104    Date of publication: 17/11/22. Gazette no. 219. Reference no: 05030772022. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 029. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 07/10/2022, number 2022/2579 in MADRID Date of registration: 10/11/2022
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 103    Date of publication: 04/11/22. Gazette no. 211. Reference no: 04832412022. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 028. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 30/09/2022, number 2022/2473 in MADRID Date of registration: 27/10/2022
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 102    Date of publication: 04/11/22. Gazette no. 211. Reference no: 04832402022. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 028. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 30/09/2022, number 2022/2459 in MADRID Date of registration: 27/10/2022
   Registered acts:
   Articles of association.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 48  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 101   

Date of publication: 04/11/22. Gazette no. 211. Reference no: 04832392022. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 028. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 30/09/2022, number 2022/2458 in MADRID Date of registration:

27/10/2022

   Registered acts:
   Appointment to post.
   Dismissal from post.
Registration 100   

Date of publication: 19/04/22. Gazette no. 74. Reference no: 01746642022. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 026. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 05/04/2022, number 2022/844 in MADRID Date of registration:

08/04/2022

   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 99    Date of publication: 24/03/22. Gazette no. 58. Reference no: 01309482022. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 026. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 08/03/2022, number 2022/586 in MADRID Date of registration: 17/03/2022
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 98    Date of publication: 18/02/22. Gazette no. 34. Reference no: 00750092022. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 025. Deed authorised before the Notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/01/2022, number 2022/225 in MADRID Date of registration: 11/02/2022
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 97    Date of publication: 01/12/21. Gazette no. 230. Reference no: 05213302021. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 025. Deed authorised before the Notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 12/11/2021, number 2021/2843 in MADRID Date of registration: 24/11/2021
   Registered acts:

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 49  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 96    Date of publication: 01/12/21. Gazette no. 230. Reference no: 05213292021. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 024. Deed authorised before the Notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 12/11/2021, number 2021/2840 in MADRID Date of registration: 24/11/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 95    Date of publication: 13/10/21. Gazette no. 197. Reference no: 04501622021. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 024. Deed authorised before the Notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 21/09/2021, number 2021/2388 in MADRID Date of registration: 05/10/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 94    Date of publication: 24/08/21. Gazette no. 162. Reference no: 03946792021. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 023. Deed authorised before the notary public NON-BOARD MEMBER SECRETARY dated 07/06/2021 in MADRID Date of registration: 17/08/2021
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of a statutory auditor.
Registration 93    Date of publication: 20/08/21. Gazette no. 160. Reference no: 03920372021. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 023. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 50  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   03/08/2021, number 2021/2020 in MADRID Date of registration: 13/08/2021
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of a member of an administrative body.
Registration 92    Date of publication: 15/07/21. Gazette no. 134. Reference no: 03419842021. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 021. Deed authorised before the Notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 25/06/2021, number 2021/1772 in MADRID Date of registration: 08/07/2021
   Registered acts:
   Merger by absorption. Subject of origin: LINDORFF IBERIA HOLDING SL
Registration 91    Date of publication: 11/05/21. Gazette no. 87. Reference no: 02199032021. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 020. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 15/04/2021, number 2021/804 in MADRID Date of registration: 04/05/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 90    Date of publication: 11/05/21. Gazette no. 87. Reference no: 02199022021. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 019. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 15/04/2021, number 2021/796 in MADRID Date of registration: 04/05/2021
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of a member of an administrative body.
   Appointment of a member of an administrative body.
   Resignation of a member of an administrative body.
   Resignation of a member of an administrative body.
   Resignation of a member of an administrative body.
   Appointment to post.
   Rectification of published acts (Inscrib).
Registration 89    Date of publication: 07/05/21. Gazette no. 85. Reference no: 02124502021. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 018. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 10/03/2021, number 2021/456 in MADRID Date of registration: 29/04/2021
   Registered acts:

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 51  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Appointment of a member of an administrative body.
   Appointment of a member of an administrative body.
   Appointment of a member of an administrative body.
   Appointment of a member of an administrative body.
   Appointment of a member of an administrative body.
   Resignation of a member of an administrative body.
   Resignation of a member of an administrative body.
   Resignation of a member of an administrative body.
   Resignation of a member of an administrative body.
   Cessation of post.
Registration 88    Date of publication: 07/05/21. Gazette no. 85. Reference no: 02124492021. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 015. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 10/03/2021, number 2021/465 in MADRID Date of registration: 29/04/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 87    Date of publication: 06/04/21. Gazette no. 63. Reference no: 01556012021. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 012. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 17/11/2020, number 2021/2175 in MADRID Date of registration: 26/03/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 86    Date of publication: 22/02/21. Gazette no. 35. Reference no: 00855282021. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 012. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 18/01/2021, number 2021/41 in MADRID Date of registration: 15/02/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 85    Date of publication: 06/11/20. Gazette no. 215. Reference no: 03814612020. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 012. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 52  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   05/10/2020, number 2020/1724 in MADRID Date of registration: 29/10/2020
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 84    Date of publication: 01/09/20. Gazette no. 169. Reference no: 02913452020. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 012. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 04/08/2020, number 2020/1322 in MADRID Date of registration: 25/08/2020
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 83   

Date of publication: 01/09/20. Gazette no. 169. Reference no: 02913442020. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 011. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 04/08/2020, number 2020/1317 in MADRID Date of registration:

25/08/2020

   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 82   

Date of publication: 06/07/20. Gazette no. 128. Reference no: 02058652020. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 011. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 01/06/2020, number 2020/740 in MADRID Date of registration:

29/06/2020

   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 81   

Date of publication: 14/04/20. Gazette no. 71. Reference no: 01428622020. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 011. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 19/02/2020, number 2020/358 in MADRID Date of registration:

03/04/2020

   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 53  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 80    Date of publication: 06/03/20. Gazette no. 46. Reference no: 01053282020. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 009. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 24/01/2020, number 2020/149 in MADRID Date of registration: 28/02/2020
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 79    Date of publication: 04/10/19. Gazette no. 191. Reference no: 04137542019. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 009. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 20/09/2019, number 2019/2512 in MADRID Date of registration: 27/09/2019
   Registered acts:
   Change of sole shareholder.
Registration 78    Date of publication: 03/10/19. Gazette no. 190. Reference no: 04118872019. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 009. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 16/09/2019, number 2019/2209 in MADRID Date of registration: 26/09/2019
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of a member of an administrative body.
   Appointment of a member of an administrative body.
   Resignation of a member of an administrative body.
   Resignation of a member of an administrative body.
Registration 77    Date of publication: 04/07/19. Gazette no. 126. Reference no: 02890262019. Registered on Folio M-00512458 volume 36583, page 008. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 18/06/2019, number 2019/1509 in MADRID Date of registration: 27/06/2019
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 54  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Deposit of annual accounts    Index
Year 2023    Ordinary. Deposit date: 14/11/2024 Journal: 2024/ /223811 Deposit: File: 3/2024/249530 Closing date: 31/12/2023. Main CNAE: 8291
Year 2022    Ordinary. Deposit date: 06/11/2023 Journal: 0/255234 Deposit: File: 3/2023/249607 Closing date: 31/12/2022. Main CNAE: 8291
Year 2021    Ordinary. Deposit date: 01/03/2023 Journal: 0/274222 Deposit: File: 3/2023/22476 Closing date: 31/12/2021. Main CNAE: 8291
Year 2020    Ordinary. Deposit date: 07/12/2021 Journal: 0/252348 Deposit: File: 3/2021/262413 Closing date: 31/12/2020. Main CNAE: 8291
Year 2019    Ordinary. Deposit date: 25/06/2021 Journal: 0/46432 Deposit: File: 3/2021/66533 Closing date: 31/12/2019. Main CNAE: 8291
Year 2018    Ordinary. Deposit Date: 05/12/2019 Journal: 0/249485 Deposit: File: 3/2019/235687 Closing date: 31/12/2018. Main CNAE: 8291
Year 2017    Ordinary. Deposit date: 31/10/2018 Journal: 0/205523 Deposit: File: 3/2018/204880 Closing date: 31/12/2017. Main CNAE: 8291

 

Legalised books         Index
Year 2023   Date of legalisation:    08/07/2024   
Year 2022   Date of legalisation:    03/04/2023   
Year 2021   Date of legalisation:    05/10/2022   
Year 2020   Date of legalisation:    15/10/2021   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 55  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Year 2019   Date of legalisation:    15/10/2021   
Year 2019   Date of legalisation:    18/11/2022   
Year 2018   Date of legalisation:    13/02/2020   
Year 2018   Date of legalisation:    18/11/2022   
Year 2017   Date of legalisation:    13/02/2020   
Year 2017   Date of legalisation:    18/11/2022   
Year 2016   Date of legalisation:    09/06/2016   
Year 2016   Date of legalisation:    03/05/2017   
Year 2016   Date of legalisation:    03/01/2018   
Year 2015   Date of legalisation:    26/01/2015   
Year 2015   Date of legalisation:    19/05/2015   
Year 2015   Date of legalisation:    27/05/2016   
Year 2015   Date of legalisation:    18/10/2016   
Year 2014   Date of legalisation:    09/06/2015   
Year 2013   Date of legalisation:    02/07/2014   
Year 2012   Date of legalisation:    29/07/2013   
Year 2011   Date of legalisation:    31/03/2011   
Year 2011   Date of legalisation:    24/07/2012   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 56  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

This information is provided with reference to the data contained in the digital file of the Commercial Registry and is purely informative. In the event of any discrepancy, the content of the entries in the register shall prevail over the index maintained by digital procedures. The certificate issued by the Commercial Registrar is the only means of reliably certifying the content of the registrations and other documents filed or deposited at the Registry (Article 77 of the Commercial Registry Regulations).

BASIC INFORMATION ON PERSONAL DATA PROTECTION

Data Controller: Registrar/Entity listed in the header of the document. For further information, please see the other data protection information.

Purpose of processing: To provide the requested registration service including the practice of associated notifications and, where appropriate, invoicing thereof, as well as to comply with the legislation on money laundering and terrorist financing that may include profiling.

Legal basis for processing: The processing of the data is necessary: for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest or in exercise of public powers vested in the registrar, in compliance with the relevant legal obligations, as well as for the performance of the requested service.

Rights: Mortgage and commercial legislation establish a special regime with regard to the exercise of certain rights, and therefore the provisions of these will be complied with. For matters not provided for in the registry regulations, the provisions of data protection legislation shall apply, as indicated in the details of the additional information. In any case, the exercise of the rights recognised by the data protection legislation to the data owners shall comply with the requirements of the registration procedure.

Categories of data: Identity data, contact data, other data available in the additional data protection information.

Recipients: Processing of data by other recipients is foreseen. No international transfers are foreseen.

Sources from which the data originate: The data may come from: the data subject himself/herself, the presenter, the legal representative, Management/Advisory.

Other data protection information: Available at https://www.registradores.org/politica-de-privacidad- servicios-registrales depending on the type of registration service requested.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 09999908CD4D9812904B485E

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 57  

 

 

www.registradores.org

Exhibit T3A.20

 

LOGO      

Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

      Registration number
     

556570-1181

 

      Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
     

1999-04-26

 

   2018-05-02
      Document created on    Page
      2024-10-10 10:42    1 (3)

 

Registration number:    556570-1181   
Business name:    Intrum Intl AB   
Address:      
   Riddargatan 10    [SEAL]
   114 35 STOCKHOLM   
Registered office:    Stockholm   
Note:      

The company is registered as a public limited company.

THE COMPANY WAS FORMED

1999-04-13

SHARE CAPITAL

 

Share capital   : SEK    100,000
Min   : SEK    100,000
Max   : SEK    400,000
Number of shares:      1,000
Min   :    1,000
Max   :    4,000

BOARD MEMBER, CHAIR OF THE BOARD

 

681118-6292   

Brodin, Lars Johan, c/o Intrum Justitia AB,

105 24 STOCKHOLM


LOGO      

Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

      Registration number
     

556570-1181

 

      Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
     

1999-04-26

 

   2018-05-02
      Document created on    Page
      2024-10-10 10:42    2 (3)

 

BOARD MEMBERS

 

830906-0377    Folkesson, Emil Stellan Oscar, c/o Intrum AB (publ),
   105 24 STOCKHOLM
890420-2705    Löndahl Thurang, Eva Kristina, c/o Intrum AB,
   105 24 STOCKHOLM
850722-6572    Salloum, Mohammed, c/o Intrum AB (publ), 105 24 STOCKHOLM
SPECIALLY AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES
710324-0235    Mohlin, Björn Jonas, Nisbydalsvägen 14, 183 37 TÄBY
AUDITORS   
556271-5309    Deloitte AB, 113 79 STOCKHOLM
   Represented by: 731116-0217
PRINCIPALLY RESPONSIBLE AUDITOR
731116-0217    Honeth, Patrick Olof, c/o Deloitte AB, 113 79 STOCKHOLM

SIGNATORY POWER

The board of directors is entitled to sign.

Signatory power by any two jointly of the board members

Signatory power by the board members

Mohlin, Björn Jonas

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Date of the latest change: 2018-04-17

FINANCIAL YEAR

Registered financial year: 0101 - 1231

Latest annual report submitted covers financial period 20230101-20231231

DATE OF REGISTRATION OF CURRENT AND PREVIOUS BUSINESS NAMES

2018-05-02 Intrum Intl AB


LOGO      

Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

      Registration number
     

556570-1181

 

      Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
     

1999-04-26

 

   2018-05-02
      Document created on    Page
      2024-10-10 10:42    3 (3)

 

2001-07-12 Intrum Justitia International Aktiebolag

1999-04-26 Aktiebolaget Grundstenen 84161

The above information is an extract from the Trade and Industry Register Bolagsverket, the Swedish Companies Registration Office.

 

Bolagsverket, Swedish Companies Registration Office   

/s/ Maja Norberg

    

[SEAL]

Maja Norberg

    

Exhibit T3A.21

 

 

10874400/1

   DUPLICATE FOR THE FILE
Number 584295    LOGO
  

1808821

Certificate of Incorporation

I hereby certify that

LINDORFF INVESTMENT NO 1 DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

is this day incorporated under

the Companies Act 2014,

and that the company is

a Designated Activity Company

Limited by Shares.

Given under my hand at Dublin, this

Tuesday, the 14th day of June, 2016

 

LOGO

for Registrar of Companies

 

Certificate handed to/posted to*:   

Company Formations International Limited

  
  

 

LOGO

  

22 Northumberland Road

Ballsbridge

Dublin 4

Signed:   

Date:        

     

 

*

Delete as appropriate

Exhibit T3A.22

 

Number 590912    Duplicate For File

Certificate of Incorporation

I hereby certify that

LINDORFF INVESTMENT NO 2 DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

is this day incorporated under

the Companies Act 2014,

and that the company is

a Designated Activity Company

Limited by Shares.

Given under my hand at Dublin, this

Monday, the 10th day of October, 2016

 

LOGO

for Registrar of Companies

Exhibit T3A.23

 

Number 590795    Duplicate For File

Certificate of Incorporation

I hereby certify that

EYNAR INVESTMENT A DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

is this day incorporated under

the Companies Act 2014,

and that the company is

a Designated Activity Company

Limited by Shares.

Given under my hand at Dublin, this

Friday, the 7th day of October, 2016

 

LOGO

for Registrar of Companies

Exhibit T3A.24

 

LOGO

 

Train, 21.01.2025 11:06    Continued on the following page


LOGO

Exhibit T3A.25

English courtesy translation

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY “Lindorff Italy S.r.l.”.

ITALIAN REPUBLIC

On the ninth day of July in the year two thousand and fourteen, in Milan, Via Larga no. 19, in my office.

9 July 2014

Before me Avv. Dario Cortucci, Notary in Milan, registered with the Notarial Districts of Milan, Busto Arsizio, Lodi, Monza and Varese,

constitutes itself

— the company of Swedish nationality, incorporated in Sweden,

“Lindorff Group AB”

with its registered office in Stockholm (Sweden), Box 47292, 100 74, registered with the competent Commercial Register under No. 556723-5956, with fiscal domicile in Italy, in Milan, Via del Vecchio Politecnico No. 9 and Italian fiscal code 97694190154, in the person of Dott. Pietro Fazzini, born in Como on 22 February 1990, domiciled for this deed in Milan, Via Broletto No. 9, who takes part in this deed by virtue of a special power of attorney, in Italian and English, authenticated by notary public Laila Ludvigsen of Oslo (Norway) on 26 June 2014, which original is attached to this deed under letter “A. I, the Notary Public, acknowledge that the text in the Italian language constitutes an exact translation of the text in the English language of the power of attorney, which language is known by me, the Notary Public, and by the undersigned.

I, the Notary Public, also attest and certify, on the basis of the documents submitted to me, joint signatory powers of the two directors Endre Rangnes and Geir Inge Skalevik, who have signed the power of attorney in the name and on behalf of “Lindorff Group AB”.

The participants, whose personal identity I, the notary, am certain of, requests me to receive this deed, by virtue of which

is constituted

a single-member limited liability company with the name:

“Lindorff Italy S.r.l.”.

 

   

The company has its registered office in the Municipality of Milan. For the sole purpose of the registration with the Company Registry, it should be noted that the address of the registered office is: Milan, Via del Vecchio Politecnico n. 9.

 

   

The share capital of EUR 10,000.00 (ten thousand) is subscribed by the sole shareholder Lindorff Group AB.

 

   

The company will be administered by a board of directors appointed for the first three financial years, including the current one, and, therefore, expiring on the date of the shareholders’ meeting called to approve the financial statements for the year ended on 31 December 2016 (two thousand and sixteen), in the person of Mrs.:

MUNOZ RIGGIONI Alfonso, born in San Jose (Costa Rica) on 17 February 1971, residing at Moss N-1525 (Norway), Værlebakken 11, President, tax code MNZ LNS 71B17 Z503C;

SKÅLEVIK Geir Inge, born in Fitjar (Norway), on 1 October 1968, residing at Oslo N-1177 (Norway), Bekkelagsterrassen 19, Councillor, tax code SKL GNG 68R01 Z125Z;

HANSEN Oddgeir, born in Oslo (Norway), on 18 September 1953, residing at Strømmen N-2010 (Norway), Frydenlundsgata 9 A, Councillor, tax code HNS DGR 53P18 Z125A.


The intervener declares that the contribution in the amount of Euro 10,000.00 (ten thousand) due from the sole shareholder was made by bank draft, not transferable cheque, issued by Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A. on 7 July 2014, under No. 3205051310, to the order of Lindorff Italy S.r.l. to be incorporated; said cheque is entrusted in trust to me, a notary public, who will deliver it to the administrative body upon registration of the company to be incorporated with the competent Office of the Registry of Companies.

 

   

The first financial year ends on 31 December 2014 (two thousand fourteen).

 

   

The incorporation costs charged to the company amount to approximately Euro 2,200 (two thousand two hundred).

 

   

The rules governing the organisation and operation of the company are contained in the articles of association, which are approved by the sole shareholder in the following text:

BY-LAWS

 

1

Name

 

1.1

The company is called Lindorff Italy S.r.l. (hereinafter the “Company”).

 

2

Registered office

 

2.1

The Company has its registered office in Milan.

 

2.2

The Company may establish, transfer and close, in Italy and abroad, branch offices, subsidiaries, administrative and technical offices, representative offices, agencies and dependencies of all kinds.

 

2.3

The domicile of the shareholders shall be the one recorded in the companies register; the telefax number and e-mail address of the shareholders, for their relations with the Company, shall be the one communicated by them in writing to the Company; for the same purposes, the domicile, which shall also include the telefax number and e-mail address, of the directors, statutory auditors and the auditor, if appointed, shall be the one recorded in the company ledgers.

 

3

Object

 

3.1

The Company’s object is:

 

  3.1.1

the holding and management of shareholdings, including wholly owned shareholdings, in Italian companies, as well as the exercise of the corporate rights deriving therefrom, regardless of the activity carried out by the latter and including, among others, companies engaged in portfolio management or the granting of loans, in any form whatsoever, including indirectly, in favour of their subsidiaries, in any case with the express exclusion of any activity carried out vis-à-vis the public;

 

  3.1.2

the establishment, subscription, purchase, management and sale of shareholdings, including 100%, in companies incorporated to Law No. 130 of 30 April 1990, provided that such activities are carried out without in any event being able to solicit public savings and, in any case, with express exclusion of any activity carried out vis-à-vis the public.

 

  3.1.3

advising companies on the purchase of credits and all forms of financing related to such purchases, on the management, analysis and collection of credits.

 

3.2

The Company may carry out activities that are instrumental or auxiliary to those listed in Article 3.1 above, including, purely by way of example, those of:

 

  (i)

study, research and analysis of the credit and financial market;

 

  (ii)

commercial information services;

 

  (iii)

computer or data processing services;


English courtesy translation

 

  (iv)

staff training and education services.

 

3.3.

In general, the Company may take all necessary measures to safeguard its rights and shall carry out any transaction that is directly or indirectly related to its corporate purpose or that contributes to the achievement thereof.

 

3.4

Finally, the Company may, in compliance with the prohibitions, limits, conditions and authorisations provided for by law, carry out all commercial, movable, real estate and financial transactions, not vis-à-vis the public, which shall be deemed necessary or advantageous for achievement of corporate purpose, and - to this end - acquire, both directly and indirectly, interests and shareholdings in companies, entities or enterprises, established or being established, having objects similar, connected, complementary or in any case related to its own, this activity to be exercised not vis-à-vis the public and on a secondary (non-prevailing) basis, and excluding in any case all reserved activities pursuant Legislative Decree no. 58 of 24 February 1998, and 58. The Company may also issue (on a secondary basis and not vis-à-vis the public) guarantees of any nature, personal or real, including in favour of third parties and/or for obligations assumed by third parties and/or in the interest of third parties, as well as grant loans provided that these are not reserved activities pursuant to Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998.

 

3.5

The Company is prohibited from collecting savings from the public; reserved activities pursuant to Laws 12/1979, 1966/1939, 1815/1939 and Legislative Decrees 385/1993 (Article 106) and 58/1998 are strictly excluded from the corporate purpose.

 

4

Duration

The duration of the Company is set for an indefinite period.

 

5.

Share capital

 

5.1

The share capital is equal to Euro 10,000.00.

 

5.2

The share capital may also be increased by contributions of receivables and in kind, in accordance with Articles 2464 and 2465 of the Civil Code.

 

5.3

With the exception of the case provided for in Article 2482-ter of the Civil Code, the share capital increase may also be implemented by offering newly issued shares to third parties; in this case, the shareholders who have not consented to the decision shall have the right of withdrawal, pursuant to Article 2473 of the Civil Code; the shareholders’ meeting may resolve on share capital increases that provide for the non-proportional allocation of shares to shareholders or third parties, pursuant to the last sentence of the second paragraph of Article 2468 of the Civil Code.

 

5.4

In the event of a reduction due to losses affecting the share capital by more than one-third, the filing at the registered office of the documents required by Article 2482-bis(2) of the Civil Code may be omitted.

 

5.5

The reduction of the share capital may also be implemented by allocating certain corporate assets to individual shareholders or groups of shareholders.

 

6

Transfer of shareholdings

Shareholders’ shares are freely transferable by deed between living persons and by succession due to death.

 

7

Financing and Debt Securities

 

7.1

Shareholder financing is permitted, subject to the relevant laws and regulations.

 

7.2

The Company may issue the debt securities referred to in Article 2483 of the Civil Code; the Shareholders have the power to do so by decision to be taken in accordance with Articles 8, 9 and 10 of this by-laws.


8

Shareholders’ decisions

 

8.1

Shareholders shall decide on matters reserved to their competence by law and this by-laws, as well as on matters that one or more directors or several shareholders representing at least one third of the share capital submit for their approval; in any case, the matters referred to in the second paragraph of Article 2479 of the Civil Code shall be reserved to shareholders.

 

8.2

A purchase made by the Company pursuant to the second paragraph of Article 2465 of the Civil Code does not have to be authorised by a resolution of the shareholders.

 

8.3

Every shareholder who is legally entitled has the right to participate in the decisions provided for in this Article 8 and his vote counts in proportion to his participation.

 

8.4

Decisions of the shareholders may be adopted by written consultation or on the basis of consent in writing; however, decisions of the shareholders must be adopted by a resolution of the shareholders’ meeting in the cases provided for in the fourth paragraph of Article 2479 of the Civil Code.

 

8.5

Decisions of the shareholders duly adopted are binding on all shareholders, even if absent, abstaining or dissenting.

 

9

Written consultation and consent

 

9.1

The procedure of written consultation or obtaining consent in writing is not subject to any particular constraints, as long as adequate information and the right to participate in the decision are ensured for all entitled persons; the documents signed by the shareholders must clearly state the subject matter of the decision and their consent to it.

 

9.2

The decision is adopted by approval in writing, either of a single document or of several documents containing the same decision text, by as many shareholders as represent a majority of the share capital.

 

9.3

The proceedings must be concluded within 30 days from their commencement, (i.e., day on which the documents are sent by the Company) or within a different period indicated in the text of the decision.

 

9.4

All documents transmitted to the Company’s registered office relating to the formation of the shareholders’ will be kept by the Company, together with the shareholders’ decision ledger.

 

9.5

Shareholders’ decisions adopted pursuant to this Article 9 must be transcribed in the shareholders’ decision ledger.

 

10

Shareholders meeting

 

10.1

The shareholders meeting may also be convened at a place other than the registered office.

 

10.2

The shareholders meeting is convened by one or more directors or, if this is not possible, by the board of auditors or, in the absence of the latter, by a shareholder.

 

10.3

The shareholders meeting is convened by notice sent at least eight days prior to the date of the meeting, by registered letter or by any other suitable means to ensure timely information on the items to be discussed, to the shareholders, or any holders of partial rights on the shares, at the domicile recorded in the company register, and to the directors and statutory auditors, if appointed, at the address indicated in the company register. The shareholders meetings is also convened by notice sent to shareholders, directors and auditors at least three days prior to the date of meeting by telefax or e-mail, to be sent respectively to telefax number or e-mail address communicated by each of them to the Company, pursuant to Article 2.3 above.

 

10.4

The notice of call of the shareholder meeting shall indicate the date, place and time of the meeting, as well as a list of the items to be dealt with; the notice of call of the shareholder meeting may provide for a second call meeting date, in the event that the meeting in the first call is not validly constituted.


English courtesy translation

 

10.5

Even in the absence of a formal convocation, the meeting is validly constituted when the entire share capital is present and all the directors and all the auditors, if appointed, are present or informed of the meeting and no one opposes the discussion of the matter; any opposition by directors and auditors not present at the meeting must be sent in writing to the Company’s registered office before the meeting.

 

10.6

The meeting may also be held in several places, contiguous or distant, audio and/or video connected, provided that the collegial method and the principles of good faith and equal treatment of shareholders are respected; in particular, it is necessary that

 

  10.6.1

the chairman of the meeting and the person taking the minutes, who shall be responsible for drawing up and signing the minutes, are present at the same place, the meeting being deemed to have been held at that place;

 

  10.6.2

the chairman of the meeting, also through his office, is allowed to ascertain identity and legitimacy of those present, to regulate the proceedings of the meeting, and to ascertain and proclaim the results of the vote;

 

  10.6.3

it is possible for the person taking the minutes to adequately perceive the meeting events being recorded;

 

  10.6.4

those present are allowed to participate in the discussion and simultaneous voting on the items of the agenda, as well as to view, receive and transmit documents;

 

  10.6.5

the places of connection by audio or video conference are indicated in the notice meeting, unless it is a meeting held pursuant to Article 10.5 above. The meeting is deemed to be held at the place where both the chairman and the person taking the minutes are present.

 

10.7

Any shareholder entitled to attend the meeting may be represented by another person, even if not a shareholder, by means of a written proxy, which must be retained by the Company; the proxy conferred for a single meeting shall also be effective for the meeting on second call.

 

10.8

The meeting is chaired by the chairman of the board of directors or by a person designated by the participants.

 

10.9

The chairman of the meeting verifies the regularity of the constitution, ascertains the identity and legitimacy of those present, regulates its proceedings and ascertains the results of voting; the results of such ascertainments shall be recorded in the minutes.

 

10.10

The meeting, whether in first or second call, shall be duly constituted with the presence of as many shareholders as represent at least half of the share capital and shall pass resolutions by absolute majority; however, in the cases provided for in numbers 4) and 5) of the second paragraph of Article 2479 of the Civil Code, the meeting shall pass resolutions with the favourable vote of as many shareholders as represent at least half of the share capital.

 

10.11

The resolutions of the meeting must be recorded in minutes signed by the chairman of the meeting and the person taking the minutes; the minutes, even if drawn up in the form of a public deed, must be transcribed in the shareholders’ decision book.

 

11

Administration

 

11.1

The Company is administered by a board of directors, consisting of three or more members on the basis of the decision of the shareholders appointing the directors pursuant to Article 2479, paragraph (2), no. (2) of the Civil Code.


11.2

The administrative body in this by-laws means the board of directors appointed by the shareholders.

 

12

General Provisions

 

12.1

Directors may be non- shareholders and may be re-elected.

 

12.2

Directors hold office for three financial years, unless revoked or resigned; by a different decision of the shareholders, directors may be appointed for a different term or for an indefinite period.

 

12.3

The termination of directors due to the expiry of the term shall take effect as soon as the administrative body has been reconstituted; except as provided for in Article 12.6 below, the termination of directors due to any cause other than the expiry of the term shall take effect immediately.

 

12.4

If, during the course of the financial year, one or more directors leave office, the others shall replace them, provided that the majority is still made up of directors appointed by the shareholders; the directors so appointed shall remain in office until the next decision of the shareholders.

 

12.5

If, for any reason, the majority of the directors in office should cease to hold office, entire administrative body shall be deemed to have ceased to exist; in this case the remaining directors shall urgently submit the appointment of a new administrative body to the decision of the shareholders, and in the meantime they may only perform acts of ordinary administration.

 

12.6

Directors are not bound by the prohibition in Article 2390 of the Civil Code.

 

13

Chairman of the Board of Directors

The board of directors chooses a chairman from among its members, if the latter is not appointed by the shareholders; it may also appoint a secretary, who need not be a member of the board of directors; the chairman of the board of directors shall have the powers referred to in the first paragraph of Article 2381 of the Civil Code.

 

14

Delegated bodies and proxies

 

14.1

The board of directors may delegate all or part of its powers to one or more managing directors; in this case, the provisions of the third, fifth and sixth paragraphs Article 2381 of the Civil Code shall apply; the powers indicated in last paragraph of Article 2475 of the Civil Code may not be delegated.

 

14.2

The board of directors may at any time issue directives to the managing directors and revoke delegated powers.

 

14.3

The managing directors report to the board of directors and the board of statutory auditors (where appointed), at least every six months, on the general performance of operations and its foreseeable evolution, as well as on the most significant transactions, due to their size or characteristics, carried out by the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

14.4

The administrative body may appoint, replace and dismiss one or more general managers, determining their functions, duties and powers.

 

14.5

The board of directors may also appoint, replace and revoke proxies and attorneys, in general, for certain acts or categories of acts; the same power is vested in each director entitled to represent the Company, within the limits of his or her powers.

 

15

Decisions of the board of directors

 

15.1

The board of directors gives its opinion whenever the chairman of the board of directors deems it appropriate and/or necessary or when at least one of its members so requests in writing.


English courtesy translation

 

15.2

Decisions of the board of directors are validly taken with the favourable vote of the majority of the directors in office.

 

15.3

Decisions of the board of directors may be adopted by means of written consultation or on the basis of consent expressed in writing, except as provided for in Article 15.4 below; the procedure of written consultation or acquiring consent expressed in writing is not subject to any particular constraints, provided that adequate information and the right to participate in the decision are ensured to all persons entitled thereto. The documents signed by the directors shall clearly state the subject matter of the decision and the consent to it: the decision shall be adopted by approval in writing of a single document or several documents containing the same text of the decision by the majority of the directors; the procedure must be concluded within fifteen days from its commencement (i.e., the day on which the documents are sent by the Company) or within a different period indicated in the text of the decision; all the documents sent to the Company relating to the formation of the directors’ will shall be kept by the Company, together with the directors’ decision ledger.

 

15.4

At the initiative of the chairman of the board of directors or at the written request of at least two directors (made by notice received by the Company within twenty-four hours of receipt of the documents relating to one of procedures referred to in Article 15.3 above), the board of directors must decide in a meeting.

 

15.5

The board of directors may also be convened at a location other than the registered office.

 

15.6

The board of directors is convened by the chairman of the board of directors by notice sent at least three days - or, in the case of urgency, twenty-four hours - prior to the date set for the meeting, by registered letter or by any other means capable of ensuring timely information on the items to be discussed and proof of receipt (such as hand-delivered letter, telefax, email), and received by all directors and all acting auditors, if appointed, at the domicile recorded in the company books; the notice of call must indicate the date, place and time of the meeting, as well as the list of items to be discussed.

 

15.7

Even in the absence of formal convocation, the board of directors is validly constituted when all the directors in office and all the statutory auditors, if appointed, attend.

 

15.8

Meetings of the board of directors may also be held in several locations, whether contiguous or distant, audio and/or video connected, provided that:

 

  15.8.1

the chairperson of the meeting and the person taking the minutes, who shall be responsible for the minutes to be drawn up and signed, are present at the same place the meeting being deemed to have been held at that place;

 

  15.8.2

the chairman of the meeting is allowed to ascertain the identity of those present, to regulate the proceedings of the meeting and to ascertain and proclaim the results of the vote;

 

  15.8.3

it is possible for the person taking the minutes to adequately perceive the events of the meeting being minuted;

 

  15.8.4

those present are allowed to participate in the discussion and simultaneous voting on the items on the agenda, as well as to view, receive and transmit documents.

 

15.9

Resolutions of the board of directors are valid if the majority of its members in office are actually present.

 

15.10

The resolutions of the board of directors must be recorded in minutes signed by the chairman and the person taking the minutes.

 

15.11

Decisions of the directors must be transcribed in the directors’ decision ledger.


16

Powers of the administrative body and representative power of the Company

 

16.1

The administrative body is vested with the broadest powers for the ordinary and extraordinary administration of the Company, without any exceptions whatsoever, and is responsible for everything that is not reserved law and/or this by-laws to the decision of the shareholders.

 

16.2

Representation, including procedural representation (including the power to initiate legal actions and claims - also in revision and cassation - and to appoint lawyers and attorneys at law for this purpose), shall be vested in the parties, where appropriate:

 

  16.2.1

to the chairman of the board of directors;

 

  16.2.2

the managing directors, if appointed, within the scope of and for exercise of the powers vested in them;

 

  16.2.3

to all persons outside administrative body, designated by the latter within the scope of and for the exercise of the powers vested in them.

 

17

Directors’ remuneration

 

17.1

The shareholders may grant directors a fixed annual indemnity or remuneration proportional to the net profit for the year, as well as determine an indemnity for termination of office and resolve to set aside a provision for the relevant retirement fund, in accordance with the procedures established by decision of the shareholders; in the event of the appointment of an executive committee or managing directors, the relevant remuneration shall be determined by the board of directors at the time of appointment. In the absence of such determinations, the administrative office is presumed to have been performed free of charge, without prejudice to the directors’ right to be reimbursed for expenses incurred by reason of their office.

 

18

Control and Audit Board

 

18.1

If it is required to do so by law, the Company must appoint a supervisory board, consisting of a sole statutory auditor or a board of statutory auditors, comprising three statutory auditors on charge, one of whom is the chairman, and two substitute statutory auditors, or the auditor.

 

18.2

Shareholders may appoint a sole statutory auditor or board of statutory auditors and/or auditor even if not required by law.

 

18.3

In such cases, they must meet the requirements and have competences and powers provided for by law for mandatory appointments. The statutory auditing of the Company’s accounts is exercised, at the discretion of the shareholders, by a statutory auditor or by a statutory auditing company entered in the appropriate register, or by the controlling body where permitted by law.

 

18.4

Participation in meetings of the board of statutory auditors by means of telecommunication or video means of communication, pursuant to Article 15.3 above.

 

19

Business year

The financial year ends on the thirty-first of December of each year.

 

20

Financial Statements

 

20.1

At the end of each financial year, the administrative body draws up the financial statements, in accordance with the law.

 

20.2

The financial statements shall be submitted to the shareholders within one hundred and twenty days from the end of the financial year; in the event that the Company is required to prepare consolidated financial statements or when special requirements relating to the structure and purpose of the Company so require, the financial statements may be submitted to the shareholders within one hundred and eighty days from the end of the financial year.


English courtesy translation

 

21

Net profits

The net profits resulting from the financial statements - less an amount of not less than 5% to be allocated to the legal reserve, up to the legal limit - shall be distributed among the shareholders in proportion to the shareholding held by each of them, unless the shareholders decide on special allocations extraordinary reserves or for other purposes, or decide to send them, in whole or in part, to the next financial year.

 

22

Dissolution

 

22.1

The Company is dissolved for the causes established by law.

 

22.2

In the event of the dissolution of the Company, Articles 2484 et seq. of the Civil Code shall apply.

 

23

General Provisions

 

23.1

For anything not provided for in the articles of association or in this by-laws, the laws provisions on limited liability companies apply.

Exhibit T3A.26

 

LOGO

Business Register extract

Netherlands Chamber of Commerce

 

 

 

CCI number 05025428

 

Page 1 (of 2)

 

Legal entity   
RSIN    003224612
Legal form    Besloten Vennootschap (comparable with Private Limited Liability Company)
Name given in the articles    Intrum Nederland B.V.
Corporate seat    Amersfoort
First entry in Business    23-01-1973
Register   
Date of deed of incorporation    22-12-1972
Date of deed of last    31-08-2018
amendment to the Articles of Association   
Issued capital    EUR 45.400,00
Paid-up capital    EUR 45.400,00
Filing of the annual accounts    The annual accounts for the financial year 2023 were filed on 19-12-2024.

 

 

Company

Trade names    Intrum Nederland B.V.
   Intrum
Company start date    22-12-1972
Activities    SBI-code: 64922 - Municipal credit banks and commercial finance companies
   SBI-code: 8291 - Credit rating and bill collection
Employees    150

 

 

Establishment

Establishment number    000019067186
Trade names    Intrum
   Intrum Nederland B.V.
Visiting address    Teleportboulevard 136, 4de verdieping, 1043EJ Amsterdam
Postal address    Postbus 36161, 1020MD AMSTERDAM
Internet address    https://www.intrum.nl
Email address    email@intrum.com
Date of incorporation    22-12-1972
Activities    SBI-code: 64922 - Municipal credit banks and commercial finance companies
   SBI-code: 8291 - Credit rating and bill collection
   For further information on activities, see Dutch extract.
Employees    150

 

 

Sole shareholder

 

LOGO   This extract has been certified with a digital signature and is an official proof of registration in the Business Register. You can check the integrity of this document and validate the signature in Adobe at the top of your screen. The Chamber of Commerce recommends that this document be viewed in digital form so that its integrity is safeguarded and the signature remains verifiable.   LOGO

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Business Register extract

Netherlands Chamber of Commerce

 

 

 

CCI number 05025428

 

 

Page 2 (of 2)

  
Name    Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.
Visiting address    Teleportboulevard 136, 4de verdieping, 1043EJ Amsterdam
Registered under CCI    08178741
number   
Sole shareholder since    01-09-2018 (registration date: 03-09-2018)

 

 

Board member

Name    Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.
Visiting address    Teleportboulevard 136, 4de verdieping, 1043EJ Amsterdam
Registered under CCI    08178741
number   
Date of entry into office    15-03-2016 (registration date: 15-04-2016)
Powers    Solely/independently authorised

Extract was made on 22-01-2025 at 14.52 hours.

 

LOGO   This extract has been certified with a digital signature and is an official proof of registration in the Business Register. You can check the integrity of this document and validate the signature in Adobe at the top of your screen. The Chamber of Commerce recommends that this document be viewed in digital form so that its integrity is safeguarded and the signature remains verifiable.   LOGO

 

LOGO

Exhibit T3A.27

 

LOGO

Business Register extract

Netherlands Chamber of Commerce

 

   

CCI number 08178741

    

Page 1 (of 2)

  
   
     The company / organisation does not want its address details to be used for unsolicited postal advertising or visits from sales representatives.

Legal entity

  

RSIN

   819700022

Legal form

   Besloten Vennootschap (comparable with Private Limited Liability Company)

Name given in the articles

   Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.

Corporate seat

   Amersfoort

First entry in Business

   18-07-2008

Register

  

Date of deed of incorporation

   18-07-2008

Date of deed of last

   31-08-2018

amendment to the Articles

  

of Association

  

Issued capital

   EUR 18.100,00

Paid-up capital

   EUR 18.100,00

Filing of the annual accounts

   The annual accounts for the financial year 2022 were filed on 31-08-2023.
   

Company

  

Trade name

   Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.

Company start date

   18-07-2008

Activities

   SBI-code: 6420 - Financial holdings

Employees

   0
   

Establishment

  

Establishment number

   000016345266

Trade name

   Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.

Visiting address

   Teleportboulevard 136, 4de verdieping, 1043EJ Amsterdam

Postal address

   Postbus 36161, 1020MD AMSTERDAM

Date of incorporation

   18-07-2008

Activities

   SBI-code: 6420 - Financial holdings
   For further information on activities, see Dutch extract.

Employees

   0
   

Sole shareholder

  

Name

   Intrum Holding AB

Visiting address

   Kungsgatan 57A, 111 22 Stockholm, Sweden

Registered in

   Bolagsverket

 

LOGO   This extract has been certified with a digital signature and is an official proof of registration in the Business Register. You can check the integrity of this document and validate the signature in Adobe at the top of your screen. The Chamber of Commerce recommends that this document be viewed in digital form so that its integrity is safeguarded and the signature remains verifiable.   LOGO

 

LOGO


LOGO

Business Register extract

Netherlands Chamber of Commerce

 

 

CCI number 08178741   

 

Page 2 (of 2)   
   Sundsvall, Sweden
   under number 556723-5956
Sole shareholder since    05-12-2008

 

Board members   
Name    de la Croix, Marc
Date of birth    25-09-1987
Date of entry into office    01-12-2019 (registration date: 04-12-2019)
Title    Financieel Directeur
Powers    Jointly authorised (with other board member(s), see articles)
Name    Colpaert, Guy Gustaaf
Date of birth    24-09-1969
Date of entry into office    01-09-2022 (registration date: 19-09-2022)
Title    Managing Director
Powers    Jointly authorised (with other board member(s), see articles)

 

Extract was made on 22-01-2025 at 14.55 hours.

 

 

LOGO    This extract has been certified with a digital signature and is an official proof of registration in the Business Register. You can check the integrity of this document and validate the signature in Adobe at the top of your screen. The Chamber of Commerce recommends that this document be viewed in digital form so that its integrity is safeguarded and the signature remains verifiable.    LOGO

 

LOGO

Exhibit T3A.28

 

Finnish Patent and Registration Office    Page: 1 (4)
Trade Register    Business ID: 1470246-8
FI-00091 PRH, FINLAND    Date and time of creating the document: 21.01.2025
tel. +358 (0)29 509 5000    16:02:59
registry@prh.fi   

TRANSLATION OF THE EXTRACT FROM THE TRADE REGISTER, ELECTRONIC

21.01.2025 16:02:58 the details in the register

 

Identifiers   
Name    Intrum Oy
Business ID    1470246-8
Entered in the register    13.03.1998
Company type    Limited company
Contact details:   
Postal address    PB 47 00811 HELSINGFORS
Street address    Svetsargatan 20 00810 HELSINGFORS
Name details   
Name    Intrum Oy
Auxiliary company name    Fair Pay
   Luottotutka
   Tietoperintä
Translation of the auxiliary company name    Datainkasso
   Data Collection
Auxiliary company name    SV-perintä
Auxiliary company name    TP-trattaperintä
Auxiliary company name    Suoraperintä
Auxiliary company name    Keski-Suomen Luottotieto


Page: 2 (4)

Business ID: 1470246-8

 

Auxiliary company name    Intrum Perimis-Apu
Auxiliary company name    Taitoperintä
Auxiliary company name    Itä-Suomen Lakiperintä
Auxiliary company name    Savo-Karjalan Perintä
Auxiliary company name    Intrum Kuumalinja
Auxiliary company name    Justitia Jälkiperintä
Auxiliary company name    Lakiasiaintoimisto Lainvoima
Auxiliary company name    Suomen Velkaperintä
Auxiliary company name    Lainvoima LKV
Auxiliary company name    Tax Return
Auxiliary company name    ALV-Perintä
Auxiliary company name    TP-International
Auxiliary company name    Eurocollect Finland
Auxiliary company name    Tietoperintä International
Auxiliary company name    Intrum e-credit
Auxiliary company name    Intrum International
Auxiliary company name    Justitia
Auxiliary company name    Credit
Auxiliary company name    Scandinavian Collectors
Auxiliary company name    IJ Laskutuspalvelu
Auxiliary company name    Intressi asiakaslehti
Auxiliary company name    Cashpar
Auxiliary company name    IJ VAT Refund
Auxiliary company name    Luottomaatti
Auxiliary company name    IJ Muistutuspalvelu


Page: 3 (4)

Business ID: 1470246-8

 

Auxiliary company name    IJ Maksuvalvonta
Auxiliary company name    Intrum Justitia Arvonlisäveropalvelut
Auxiliary company name    Intrum Justitia Alv-palvelut
Auxiliary company name    Intrum Justitia Alv-neuvonta
Auxiliary company name    Intrum Justitia VAT Service
Registered office    Helsinki
Share capital   
Share capital    1.400.000,00 €
Number of shares    14 000 pcs
Nominal value of a share    100,00 €
Financial period   
Financial period    01.01 - 31.12
Financial statements   
The last financial statements submitted    01.01.2023 - 31.12.2023

Representation

Statutory representation:

Under the law, the Board of Directors represents the company.

Representation based on position:

By the Board member and the Managing Director jointly, and by any two Board members jointly

 

Persons

              
role   

surname, first

name(s) / company

name

  

date of birth /

identity code

  

citizenship, place of

residence

Chair of the Board of Directors    Hietala, Marko Johannes    16.08.1977    Citizen of Finland, Jyväskylä
Member of the Board of Directors    Kantelinen, Tero Veli    01.02.1986    Citizen of Finland, Helsinki


Page: 4 (4)

Business ID: 1470246-8

 

Member of the Board of Directors    Sova, Tommi Juhani    08.04.1975    Citizen of Finland, Helsinki
Managing Director    Sova, Tommi Juhani    08.04.1975    Citizen of Finland, Helsinki
Holder of a procuration    Hemmi, Teemu Antero    13.10.1974    Citizen of Finland
Holder of a procuration    Kantelinen, Tero Veli    01.02.1986    Citizen of Finland

Representation by the holders of a procuration as follows: by two jointly, or by any of them jointly with any Board member or the Managing Director.

 

Auditor    Deloitte Oy    0989771-5   
Auditor with principal responsibility    Kajander, Robert Håkan    03.04.1964    Citizen of Finland, Kauniainen
role   

name, domicile and

country

  

identity code

and register

   legal form
EU-sivuliike    Intrum Oy filialas, Lithuania    306246175   
     

Lietuvos

Respublikos

juridiniu

asmenu

registras

  

Additional information

The company or organisation has filed a statutory notification of beneficial owners with the Finnish Trade Register.

Name history

Intrum Oy 02.05.2018 -

Intrum Justitia Oy 01.01.2001 - 02.05.2018

I.C.S. Collector Oy 13.03.1998 - 31.12.2000

Latest registered financial statements

Financial statement submitted 01.01.2023 - 31.12.2023

Financial statement submitted 01.01.2022 - 31.12.2022

Financial statement submitted 01.01.2021 - 31.12.2021

Financial statement submitted 01.01.2020 - 31.12.2020

Financial statement submitted 01.01.2019 - 31.12.2019

Source of information: Finnish Patent and Registration Office

Exhibit T3A.29

[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Interactive Commercial Information of the Commercial Registries of Spain MADRID Commercial Registry

Issued: 03/02/2025 at 09:46 hours.

For any queries regarding the request you have just made, remember the assigned application number:

Application no.: N86CU38U

Index of requested headings:

 

   

General data

 

   

Current presentation entries

 

   

Special situations

 

   

Share capital

 

   

Directors and company officers

 

   

Auditors

 

   

Legal representative

 

   

List of registered acts published in the BORME [Official Gazette of the Spanish Commercial Registry]

 

   

Deposit of annual accounts

 

   

Legalised books

 

General data         Index  

 

Name:    INTRUM SERVICING SPAIN SA
Start date of operations:    17/01/2008
Corporate address:    C/ VIA DE LOS POBLADOS 3 - EDIFICIO 1, PARQUE EMPRESARIAL CRISTALIA MADRID 28033-MADRID
Duration:    Indefinite
N.I.F. [tax ID]:    A85582377 EUID: ES28065.080848394
Registry data:    Folio M-473332 Volume 29492 Page 210 IRUS [Unique company registration identifier]: 1000282978782
Object of the company:    1a) the acquisition, holding, management, administration, disposal and sale of portfolios of debts of any kind acquired by the Company from financial institutions or any other type (CNAE 8291); b) the provision of judicial and extrajudicial debt collection services, credit information, financial analysis and purchase and recovery of debt portfolios and related businesses (CNAE 8291); c) the acquisition, disposal, leasing and administration of assets

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 1  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   d) the making of investments in financial markets or placements through financial intermediaries, except for activities regulated by legislation on Collective Investment Institutions and the Securities Market; e) the subscription, acquisition, holding, management, administration, disposal and sale of shares or holdings in other companies, whether or not resident in Spanish territory, whatever their object (CNAE 6420); f) the acquisition, holding, administration, management, operation, exploitation, disposal by any title and sale of all kinds of real estate, credits, debentures, bonds, fixed or variable income real estate securities, public or private, shares and holdings in all kinds of companies (CNAE 6810, 6820and 6832); g) the provision of consultancy, management, information, training and advisory services of a commercial, mercantile, administrative and financial accounting nature to all kinds of natural or legal persons (CNAE 7022); h) the financial intermediation for a client for the conclusion of a loan or credit contract for any purpose, by presenting, proposing or carrying out preparatory work for the conclusion of the aforementioned contracts, including, where appropriate, making such contracts available to consumers for their subscription (CNAE 6492); i) the marketing, by any means, of real estate, whether rural or urban property, plots of land, developments under construction or completed, dwellings, business premises or any other such property (CNAE 6810, 6820and 6832): and j) the performance, by any means or medium, of all kinds of marketing and advertising activities aimed at marketing real estate The aforementioned activities may be carried out either directly or indirectly, including through participation in other companies with an identical or similar purpose. The Company may assume the unitary management of a group of companies, even if their corporate purpose is different from that of the former, including the management and consultancy of companies in all areas, through the corresponding professionals. All activities for the exercise of which the law requires special requirements that are not met by this company are excluded. Specifically excluded are those cases subject to Collective Investment and Securities Market legislation. Likewise, those activities that so require shall be carried out by qualified professionals.
C.N.A.E. [National Classification of Economic Activities]:    8291 - Activities of collection and commercial information agencies
Structure of the body:    Board of Directors

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 2  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Sole shareholder:    The company on this folio is a sole proprietorship, its sole shareholder being INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN SA, with NIF [tax identification number] A86128147.
Last accounting deposit:    2023

 

Current presentation entries       Index
Document Journal:    Data updated on 03/02/2025, at 09:29 hours   
   Journal: 2024 Entry: 81838 Filing date: 20/12/2024 Deed date: 04/12/2024 Notary public: GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS Residence: MADRID - MADRID Protocol: 2024/2956 This document has been withdrawn by the interested party since 27/11/2024
Journal of accounts:    Data updated on 03/02/2025, at 09:09 hours   
   Journal/entry: No current filing entries   
Journal of books:    Data updated on 03/02/2025, at 09:00 hours   
   Journal/entry: No current filing entries   
Journal of auditors and experts:    Data updated on 03/02/2025, at 09:00 hours   
   Journal/entry: No current filing entries   
Special situations       Index
There are no special situations      
Share capital       Index
Subscribed capital:    450,500.00 Euros.   
Paid-up capital:    450,500.00 Euros.   
Directors and company officers       Index
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER   
DNI [ID]:    44580043V   
Position:    Adviser   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 3  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Date of appointment:    01/03/2021
Duration:    01/03/2027
Registration:    83
Registration date:    08/04/2021
Deed date:    10/03/2021
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2021/457
Name:    ARANGUEZ CORTES ANA
DNI:    05915557A
Position:    Adviser
Date of appointment:    12/12/2023
Duration:    12/12/2029
Registration:    106
Registration date:    21/02/2024
Deed date:    12/01/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/35
Name:    TELLADO NOGUEIRA ENRIQUE
DNI:    33316316B
Position:    Adviser
Date of appointment:    10/01/2024

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 4  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Duration:    10/01/2030
Registration:    110
Registration date:    27/03/2024
Deed date:    12/01/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/37
Name:    INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN SA
DNI:    A86128147
Position:    Sole shareholder
Date of appointment:    24/03/2011
Registration:    15
Registration date:    23/07/2014
Deed date:    18/07/2014
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2014/2249
Name:    TELLADO NOGUEIRA ENRIQUE
DNI:    33316316B
Position:    Presidente
Date of appointment:    10/01/2024
Duration:    10/01/2030
Registration:    110

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 5  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration date:    27/03/2024
Deed date:    12/01/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/37
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER
DNI:    44580043V
Position:    Vice-President
Date of appointment:    12/12/2023
Duration:    01/03/2027
Registration:    116
Registration date:    24/04/2024
Deed date:    12/01/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/35
Name:    ZHU CAO JIE
DNI:    29621392Z
Position:    Non-board member secretary
Date of appointment:    14/03/2024
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    117
Registration date:    03/06/2024

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 6  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Deed date:    19/03/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/1098
Name:    SUAREZ GARNELO ANA
DNI:    70056285X
Position:    Non-board member secretary
Date of appointment:    14/03/2024
Duration:    Indefinite
Registration:    117
Registration date:    03/06/2024
Deed date:    19/03/2024
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID
Protocol number:    2024/1098

Pursuant to Article 145.1 of the Commercial Registry Regulations, the appointment of directors expires when the next general meeting is held after the expiry of the term of office or the statutory period for holding the meeting to approve the previous year’s accounts has expired.

 

Auditors       Index
Name:    DELOITTE AUDITORES SL (Auditor)   
DNI:    31/10/2024   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 7  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Duration:    Year 2024-2024   
Registration:    123   
Registration date:    23/12/2024   
Deed date:    02/12/2024   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    Non-board member secretary   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Legal representative       Index
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS (Legal representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    23/03/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    25   
Registration date:    21/04/2015   
Deed date:    08/04/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/949   
Name:    ALVAREZ DE MON GONZALEZ MELCHOR (Legal representative)   
DNI:    05305053B   
Date of appointment:    15/06/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    30   
Registration date:    26/06/2015   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 8  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Deed date:    16/06/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    MIGUEL ROSES MARIA ROSARIO DE   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/1339   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    34265612M   
Date of appointment:    15/06/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    30   
Registration date:    26/06/2015   
Deed date:    16/06/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    MIGUEL ROSES MARIA ROSARIO DE   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/1339   
Name:    MARTIN SAINZ JORGE (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    51694984T   
Date of appointment:    15/06/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    30   
Registration date:    26/06/2015   
Deed date:    16/06/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    MIGUEL ROSES MARIA ROSARIO DE   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 9  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Protocol number:    2015/1339   
Name:    AMANTEGUI LORENZO JAVIER (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    7859092S   
Date of appointment:    15/06/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    30   
Registration date:    26/06/2015   
Deed date:    16/06/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    MIGUEL ROSES MARIA ROSARIO DE   
Residence:    MADRID – MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/1339   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Legal representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    15/06/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    32   
Registration date:    26/06/2015   
Deed date:    17/06/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    MIGUEL ROSES MARIA ROSARIO DE   
Residence:    MADRID – MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/1350   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO FRANCISCO JAVIER (Legal representative)   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 10  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    23/06/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    33   
Registration date:    26/06/2015   
Deed date:    23/06/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUI   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/1962   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Legal representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    18/11/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    37   
Registration date:    18/12/2015   
Deed date:    10/12/2015   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2015/4080   
Name    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    16/03/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 11  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration:    44   
Registration date:    22/03/2016   
Deed date:    16/03/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/737   
Name:    GARCIA ALBACETE ESTEBAN (Legal representative)   
DNI:    50454903X   
Date of appointment:    08/08/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    46   
Registration date:    14/09/2016   
Deed date:    05/09/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/1624   
Name:    MARTINEZ VALDAVIECO CELIA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    12742078D   
Date of appointment:    08/08/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    46   
Registration date:    14/09/2016   
Deed date:    05/09/2016   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 12  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/1624   
Name:    HERNANDEZ MARTINEZ DARIO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    34811503Z   
Date of appointment:    08/08/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    46   
Registration date:    14/09/2016   
Deed date:    05/09/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/1624   
Name:    JABONERO CARRASCO LORENA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    03133194L   
Date of appointment:    08/08/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    46   
Registration date:    14/09/2016   
Deed date:    05/09/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/1624   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 13  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS (Legal representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    08/08/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    46   
Registration date:    14/09/2016   
Deed date:    05/09/2016   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID – MADRID   
Protocol number:    2016/1624   
Name:    HERNANDEZ INIESTA CONSUELO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    50213366L   
Date of appointment:    03/04/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    50   
Registration date:    07/04/2017   
Deed date:    03/04/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID – MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/653   
Name:    GARCIA ALBACETE ESTEBAN (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    50454903X   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 14  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Date of appointment:    03/04/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    51   
Registration date:    07/04/2017   
Deed date:    03/04/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/654   
Name:    DE LOPE BASANTA MIGUEL ANGEL (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    00670125C   
Date of appointment:    03/04/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    51   
Registration date:    07/04/2017   
Deed date:    03/04/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/654   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Joint representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    03/04/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    51   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 15  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration date:    07/04/2017   
Deed date:    03/04/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    JORQUERA GARCIA LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/654   
Name:    GARCIA ALBACETE ESTEBAN (Joint representative)   
DNI:    50454903X   
Date of appointment:    23/05/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    53   
Registration date:    25/05/2017   
Deed date:    23/05/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/950   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Joint representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    23/05/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    53   
Registration date:    25/05/2017   
Deed date:    23/05/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 16  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Residence:    MADRID – MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/950   
Name:    DE LOPE BASANTA MIGUEL ANGEL (Joint representative)   
DNI:    00670125C   
Date of appointment:    23/05/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    53   
Registration date:    25/05/2017   
Deed date:    23/05/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/950   
Name:    GONZALEZ LOPEZ JOAQUIN (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    20255283B   
Date of appointment:    13/06/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    56   
Registration date:    29/06/2017   
Deed date:    23/06/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/1105   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 17  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    CARLOS RUIZ CABRERA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    13/06/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    56   
Registration date:    29/06/2017   
Deed date:    23/06/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID – MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/1105   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    13/06/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    57   
Registration date:    29/06/2017   
Deed date:    23/06/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/1106   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    13/06/2017   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 18  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    57   
Registration date:    29/06/2017   
Deed date:    23/06/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID – MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/1106   
Name:    ZURBANO LOPEZ ALEJANDRO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    11804008V   
Date of appointment:    27/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    59   
Registration date:    06/11/2017   
Deed date:    27/10/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/2018   
Name:    RASCÓN SAN MIGUEL PAULINA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    20255283B   
Date of appointment:    03466932G   
Duration:    27/10/2017   
Registration:    59   
Registration date:    06/11/2017   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 19  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Deed date:    27/10/2017   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2017/2018   
Name:    GARCIA ALBACETE ESTEBAN (Legal representative)   
DNI:    50454903X   
Date of appointment:    16/04/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    63   
Registration date:    08/05/2018   
Deed date:    16/04/2018   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2018/1014   
Name:    GONZALEZ LOPEZ JOAQUIN (Legal representative)   
DNI:    20255283B   
Date of appointment:    16/04/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    63   
Registration date:    08/05/2018   
Deed date:    16/04/2018   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 20  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Protocol number:    2018/1014   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Legal representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    16/04/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    63   
Registration date:    08/05/2018   
Deed date:    16/04/2018   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2018/1014   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    16/04/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    63   
Registration date:    08/05/2018   
Deed date:    16/04/2018   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2018/1014   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Joint and several representative)   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 21  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    04/07/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    68   
Registration date:    03/08/2018   
Deed date:    11/07/2018   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID – MADRID   
Protocol number:    2018/2241   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    04/07/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    68   
Registration date:    03/08/2018   
Deed date:    11/07/2018   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2018/2241   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    03466932G   
Date of appointment:    04/07/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 22  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration:    68   
Registration date:    03/08/2018   
Deed date:    11/07/2018   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2018/2241   
Name:    CALLE PAJUELO CARLOS (Legal representative)   
DNI:    52962646V   
Date of appointment:    19/12/2019   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    75   
Registration date:    22/01/2020   
Deed date:    19/12/2019   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2019/3191   
Name:    MARTINEZ-BLANCO CORDOBA JOSE ISRAEL (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    51905944G   
Date of appointment:    29/05/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    79   
Registration date:    07/07/2020   
Deed date:    18/06/2020   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 23  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2020/1256   
Name:    CEDENA SANCHEZ-CABEZUDO BEGOÑA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    52115428G   
Date of appointment:    04/08/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    81   
Registration date:    25/08/2020   
Deed date:    04/08/2020   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2020/1322   
Name:    PEREZ MONTERRUBIO PATRICIA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    16581921W   
Date of appointment:    18/01/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    82   
Registration date:    23/02/2021   
Deed date:    18/01/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/43   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 24  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    RODRIGUEZ MONTORO MONTSERRAT (Legal representative)   
DNI:    08041616B   
Date of appointment:    16/07/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    88   
Registration date:    05/08/2021   
Deed date:    16/07/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/1771   
Name:    PASCUAL GONZALEZ-BABE JOSE MARIA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    05425505N   
Date of appointment:    29/05/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    BELLOSTA RIGO JOSE LUIS (Legal representative)   
DNI:    50840381P   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 25  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Date of appointment:    05/04/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    PEREZ MONTERRUBIO PATRICIA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    16581921W   
Date of appointment:    18/01/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    SORIA LOPEZ RITA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    32818579V   
Date of appointment:    18/01/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 26  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    CEDENA SANCHEZ-CABEZUDO BEGOÑA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    52115428G   
Date of appointment:    05/10/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    ALONSO GALVEZ ALBERT (Legal representative)   
DNI:    36564191X   
Date of appointment:    03/07/2002   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    01/12/2021   
Residence:    30/09/2021   
Protocol number:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 27  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MORGADO SALVATERRA DA SILVA LUIS EDUARDO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    Y1967833J   
Date of appointment:    05/01/2001   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MARES SALVADOR RAMON (Legal representative)   
DNI:    22685062   
Date of appointment:    25/02/2000   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 28  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    LIMIA PRADO SERGIO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    22567007M   
Date of appointment:    17/12/2009   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GALVEZ CLARASO ALICIA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    33924476M   
Date of appointment:    21/09/2005   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    POLO MARTINEZ FERNANDO JOSE (Legal representative)   
DNI:    17868727G   
Date of appointment:    22/11/2005   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 29  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    ECHANOVE LANIUZA ALFONSO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    51986362Z   
Date of appointment:    12/06/2006   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    BELTRAN QUEROL AMAIA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    47621494V   
Date of appointment:    12/06/2006   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 30  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    PEREZ SANCHEZ MONICA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    02626892Q   
Date of appointment:    03/03/2003   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    ARGEMI VALLS SONIA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    46234651M   
Date of appointment:    03/03/2003   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 31  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    SANZ MUZAS EDUARDO JOSE TOR (Legal representative)   
DNI:    72718948C   
Date of appointment:    18/03/2009   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    CIVICO VEGA ANA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    22576918A   
Date of appointment:    20/09/2006   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    SABATER MARTORIAS RAQUEL (Legal representative)   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 32  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

DNI:    20017911E   
Date of appointment:    12/06/2006   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GONZALEZ DIAZ JUAN CARLOS (Legal representative)   
DNI:    50826673P   
Date of appointment:    20/02/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GOICOECHEA RINCON MARIA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    35775073E   
Date of appointment:    20/02/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 33  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GONZALEZ TORRERO JAVIER (Legal representative)   
DNI:    50888790W   
Date of appointment:    20/02/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MARIA TERESA SALCEDO OTAL (Legal representative)   
DNI:    39164022J   
Date of appointment:    20/02/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 34  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    RUTE BERBEL ENCARNACION (Legal representative)   
DNI:    24268232N   
Date of appointment:    21/09/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS (Legal representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    12/11/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 35  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    GARCIA ALBACETE ESTEBAN (Legal representative)   
DNI:    50454903X   
Date of appointment:    12/11/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    PAJUELO MARTINEZ JUAN FRANCISCO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    02225821L   
Date of appointment:    20/02/2019   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MARTINEZ-BLANCO CORDOBA JOSE ISRAEL (Legal representative)   
DNI:    51905944G   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 36  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Date of appointment:    20/02/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    RUTE BERBEL ENCARNACION (Legal representative)   
DNI:    24268232N   
Date of appointment:    21/09/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GARCIA MARQUEZ BELTRAN ZACARIAS (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    53497656R   
Date of appointment:    27/12/2019   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 37  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    ZURBANO LOPEZ ALEJANDRO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    11804008V   
Date of appointment:    04/07/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MARTINEZ-BLANCO CORDOBA JOSE ISRAEL (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    51905944G   
Date of appointment:    28/11/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 38  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MOURE REJAS ROSALIA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    51401071G   
Date of appointment:    28/11/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GONZALEZ LOPEZ JOAQUIN (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    20255283B   
Date of appointment:    28/11/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 39  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    28/11/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    28/11/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    28/11/2017   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 40  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    RASCÓN SAN MIGUEL PAULINA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    03466932G   
Date of appointment:    28/11/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MORANTE CALVO EVA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    47018073R   
Date of appointment:    16/04/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 41  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GARCIA MARQUEZ BELTRAN ZACARIAS (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    53497656R   
Date of appointment:    27/11/2019   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MARTINEZ-BLANCO CORDOBA JOSE ISRAEL (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    51905944G   
Date of appointment:    29/05/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 42  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    ZURBANO LOPEZ ALEJANDRO (Joint representative)   
DNI:    11804008V   
Date of appointment:    02/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GONZALEZ TORRERO JAVIER (Joint representative)   
DNI:    50888790W   
Date of appointment:    07/09/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS (Joint representative)   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 43  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    04/07/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Joint representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    04/07/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    RASCÓN SAN MIGUEL PAULINA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    03466932G   
Date of appointment:    04/07/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 44  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    PASCUAL GONZALEZ-BABE JOSE MARIA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    05425505N   
Date of appointment:    29/05/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    PASCUAL GONZALEZ-BABE JOSE MARIA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    05425505N   
Date of appointment:    01/06/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 45  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Joint representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    04/07/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    FERNANDEZ ESPEJEL FRANCISCO JAVIER (Joint representative)   
DNI:    02530640L   
Date of appointment:    04/07/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 46  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS (Joint representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    04/07/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    RASCÓN SAN MIGUEL PAULINA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    03466932G   
Date of appointment:    04/07/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MARTINEZ-BLANCO CORDOBA JOSE ISRAEL (Joint and several representative)   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 47  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

DNI:    51905944G   
Date of appointment:    29/05/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    DE LA RICA FLORES RAMON (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    50875027Q   
Date of appointment:    28/11/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MARTINEZ-BLANCO CORDOBA JOSE ISRAEL (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    51905944G   
Date of appointment:    27/12/2019   
Duration:    Indefinite   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 48  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    PASCUAL GONZALEZ-BABE JOSE MARIA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    05425505N   
Date of appointment:    29/05/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MARTINEZ-BLANCO CORDOBA JOSE ISRAEL (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    01/07/2015   
Date of appointment:    27/12/2019   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 49  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    PEREZ CABELLO ALBERTO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    7245800H   
Date of appointment:    01/07/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    ROIG GAZZINEO MARIA ANTONIA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    36949142X   
Date of appointment:    03/03/2003   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 50  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    DIAZ FIGUEROA MARISA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    44020255A   
Date of appointment:    03/03/2003   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    ARAOLAZA OLANO EDUARDO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    15993873H   
Date of appointment:    10/06/2004   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GONZALEZ DIAZ JUAN CARLOS (Legal representative)   
DNI:    50826673P   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 51  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Date of appointment:    14/10/2016   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    LOURDES SANCHEZ LOPEZ (Legal representative)   
DNI:    40979304c   
Date of appointment:    10/01/2005   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    DELMONTE ANGULLO JOAQUIM (Legal representative)   
DNI:    40934858X   
Date of appointment:    10/01/2005   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 52  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GOMEZ HIDALGO BERNARDO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    46704175F   
Date of appointment:    10/01/2005   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    BADOSA MORATO NARCI (Legal representative)   
DNI:    40344334B   
Date of appointment:    15/03/2003   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 53  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    CORREAS SITJES VICTOR (Legal representative)   
DNI:    40325270Z   
Date of appointment:    15/10/2003   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    RASCÓN SAN MIGUEL PAULINA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    03466932G   
Date of appointment:    15/03/2003   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 54  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    DE LA FUENTE CUADRADO ANA ISABEL (Joint representative)   
DNI:    12760934M   
Date of appointment:    28/11/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    HERNANDEZ INIESTA CONSUELO (Joint representative)   
DNI:    50213366L   
Date of appointment:    16/04/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    ZURBANO LOPEZ ALEJANDRO (Joint representative)   
DNI:    11804008V   
Date of appointment:    27/11/2019   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 55  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    PASCUAL GONZALEZ-BABE JOSE MARIA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    05425505N   
Date of appointment:    01/06/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    PASCUAL GONZALEZ-BABE JOSE MARIA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    05425505N   
Date of appointment:    25/02/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 56  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    BELLOSTA RIGO JOSE LUIS (Joint representative)   
DNI:    50840381P   
Date of appointment:    05/04/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MUÑOZ OLANO MARIA BELEN (Joint representative)   
DNI:    50083049C   
Date of appointment:    28/11/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 57  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    ZURBANO LOPEZ ALEJANDRO (Joint representative)   
DNI:    11804008V   
Date of appointment:    27/12/2019   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    PASCUAL GONZALEZ-BABE JOSE MARIA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    05425505N   
Date of appointment:    25/02/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GARCIA ALBACETE ESTEBAN (Joint and several representative)   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 58  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

DNI:    50454903X   
Date of appointment:    16/04/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MOURE REJAS ROSALIA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    51401071G   
Date of appointment:    16/04/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GARCIA ALBACETE ESTEBAN (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    20255283B   
Date of appointment:    16/04/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 59  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    16/04/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    16/04/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 60  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GONZALEZ GARCIA LAURA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    50438332E   
Date of appointment:    01/07/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GOICOECHEA RINCON MARIA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    16/04/2018   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 61  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    PASCUAL GONZALEZ-BABE JOSE MARIA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    05425505N   
Date of appointment:    29/05/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    BUDIÑO BENITEZ TERESA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    75890812N   
Date of appointment:    22/10/2013   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    VIVAS GARCIA FERRAN (Legal representative)   
DNI:    77124075S   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 62  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Date of appointment:    13/11/2012   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    SANCHEZ NAVARRO LUIS MIGUEL (Legal representative)   
DNI:    07987236A   
Date of appointment:    13/11/2012   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GARCIA VALL LAURA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    39433647D   
Date of appointment:    13/06/2014   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 63  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MULA LACHICA JUAN DIEGO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    46811217F   
Date of appointment:    20/02/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MARTINEZ-BLANCO CORDOBA JOSE ISRAEL (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    51905944G   
Date of appointment:    02/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 64  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MOURE REJAS ROSALIA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    51401071G   
Date of appointment:    02/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    02/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 65  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    ARANGUREN DELGADO JAVIER (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    44580043V   
Date of appointment:    02/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    RUIZ CABRERA CARLOS ADOLFO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    02/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GONZALEZ LOPEZ JOAQUIN (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    20255283B   
Date of appointment:    02/10/2017   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 66  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    RASCÓN SAN MIGUEL PAULINA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    03466932G   
Date of appointment:    02/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    GONZALEZ DIAZ JUAN CARLOS (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    20255283B   
Date of appointment:    02/10/2017   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 67  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    PASCUAL GONZALEZ-BABE JOSE MARIA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    05425505N   
Date of appointment:    29/05/2020   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    MARTINEZ-BLANCO CORDOBA JOSE ISRAEL (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    51905944G   
Date of appointment:    27/11/2019   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 68  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    RASCON SAN MIGUEL PAULINA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    3466932G   
Date of appointment:    01/07/2015   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    91   
Registration date:    01/12/2021   
Deed date:    30/09/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2319   
Name:    CARLOS RUIZ CABRERA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    74682769K   
Date of appointment:    12/11/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    92   
Registration date:    03/12/2021   
Deed date:    12/11/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2841   
Name:    GONZALEZ QUEVEDO VICTOR (Joint representative)   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 69  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

DNI:    03472613G   
Date of appointment:    12/11/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    92   
Registration date:    03/12/2021   
Deed date:    12/11/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2841   
Name:    GASCON CARUS JOSE MANUEL (Joint representative)   
DNI:    52539326N   
Date of appointment:    12/11/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    92   
Registration date:    03/12/2021   
Deed date:    12/11/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2841   
Name:    GONZALEZ GARCIA RAFAEL (Joint representative)   
DNI:    02910649E   
Date of appointment:    12/11/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 70  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration:    92   
Registration date:    03/12/2021   
Deed date:    12/11/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2841   
Name:    PEREZ MONTERRUBIO PATRICIA (Joint representative)   
DNI:    16581921W   
Date of appointment:    12/11/2021   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    92   
Registration date:    03/12/2021   
Deed date:    12/11/2021   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2021/2841   
Name:    FERRER-BONSOMS TRIGUEROS ERNESTO (Joint representative)   
DNI:    47720524D   
Date of appointment:    31/01/2022   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    94   
Registration date:    21/02/2022   
Deed date:    31/01/2022   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 71  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2022/227   
Name:    CASADO SORIANO SANTIAGO JOSÉ (Joint representative)   
DNI:    53414198X   
Date of appointment:    08/03/2022   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    95   
Registration date:    17/03/2022   
Deed date:    08/03/2022   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2022/585   
Name:    BOTE RUIZ ISABEL (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    09180746C   
Date of appointment:    05/04/2022   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    96   
Registration date:    26/04/2022   
Deed date:    05/04/2022   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2022/843   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 72  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    GIL MONEDERO PEDRO PABLO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    50898369J   
Date of appointment:    05/04/2022   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    96   
Registration date:    26/04/2022   
Deed date:    05/04/2022   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2022/843   
Name:    BOTE RUIZ ISABEL (Legal representative)   
DNI:    09180746C   
Date of appointment:    03/10/2022   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    101   
Registration date:    15/11/2022   
Deed date:    07/10/2022   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2022/2577   
Name:    GIL MONEDERO PEDRO PABLO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    50898369J   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 73  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Date of appointment:    03/10/2022   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    101   
Registration date:    15/11/2022   
Deed date:    07/10/2022   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2022/2577   
Name:    ARANGUEZ CORTES ANA (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    05915557A   
Date of appointment:    21/12/2023   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    107   
Registration date:    21/02/2024   
Deed date:    21/12/2023   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2023/3487   
Name:    ARANGUEZ CORTES ANA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    05915557A   
Date of appointment:    21/12/2023   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    109   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 74  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration date:    23/02/2024   
Deed date:    21/12/2023   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2023/3488   
Name:    TELLADO NOGUEIRA ENRIQUE (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    33316316B   
Date of appointment:    10/01/2024   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    111   
Registration date:    27/03/2024   
Deed date:    12/01/2024   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2024/38   
Name:    POZUELO TEJEDOR ELENA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    10198427C   
Date of appointment:    05/03/2024   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    112   
Registration date:    17/04/2024   
Deed date:    05/03/2024   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 75  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2024/895   
Name:    RASCÓN SAN MIGUEL PAULINA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    03466932G   
Date of appointment:    05/03/2024   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    112   
Registration date:    17/04/2024   
Deed date:    05/03/2024   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2024/895   
Name:    SUAREZ GARNELO ANA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    70056285X   
Date of appointment:    05/03/2024   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    112   
Registration date:    17/04/2024   
Deed date:    05/03/2024   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2024/895   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 76  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Name:    RASCÓN SAN MIGUEL PAULINA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    03466932G   
Date of appointment:    05/03/2024   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    113   
Registration date:    17/04/2024   
Deed date:    05/03/2024   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2024/896   
Name:    CORCOBADO LUENGO CARLOS (Legal representative)   
DNI:    50477553M   
Date of appointment:    05/03/2024   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    114   
Registration date:    17/04/2024   
Deed date:    05/03/2024   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2024/897   
Name:    ALAMEDA CORTELL BORJA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    53392649N   
Date of appointment:    05/03/2024   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 77  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    114   
Registration date:    17/04/2024   
Deed date:    05/03/2024   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2024/897   
Name:    MERLADET ARTIACH IÑIGO (Legal representative)   
DNI:    02914914D   
Date of appointment:    17/11/2023   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    119   
Registration date:    13/07/2024   
Deed date:    17/11/2023   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2023/2966   
Name:    ALAMEDA CORTELL BORJA (Legal representative)   
DNI:    35292817F   
Date of appointment:    31/07/2024   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    121   
Registration date:    30/09/2024   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 78  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Deed date:    31/07/2024   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2024/1997   
Name:    FARIÑA VILLAVERDE JORGE ANTONIO (Joint and several representative)   
DNI:    35292817F   
Date of appointment:    31/07/2024   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    122   
Registration date:    30/09/2024   
Deed date:    31/07/2024   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   
Protocol number:    2024/1996   
Name:    PRIETO MUÑOZ JUAN RAMÓN (Legal representative)   
DNI:    05427120V   
Date of appointment:    08/10/2024   
Duration:    Indefinite   
Registration:    125   
Registration date:    27/12/2024   
Deed date:    08/10/2024   
Notary public/Certifying Officer:    GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS   
Residence:    MADRID - MADRID   

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 79  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Protocol number:    2024/2427   
List of registered acts published in the BORME    Index
Registration 125   

Date of publication: 07/01/25. Gazette no. 33. Reference no. 00052152025. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 08/10/2024, number 2024/2427 in MADRID Date of registration: 27/12/2024 Registered acts:

Granting of powers of attorney.

Registration 124   

Date of publication: 03/01/25. Gazette no. 2. Reference no. 00027102025. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 08/10/2024, number 2024/2444 in MADRID Date of registration: 26/12/2024 Registered acts:

Revocation of powers of attorney.

Registration 123   

Date of publication: 03/01/25. Gazette no. 2. Reference no. 00021012025. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public NON-BOARD MEMBER SECRETARY dated 02/12/2024, in MADRID

Date of registration: 23/12/2024

Registered acts:

Re-election of Auditor.

Registration 122   

Date of publication: 07/10/24. Gazette no. 193. Reference no. 04266092024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/1996 in MADRID Date of registration: 30/09/2024

Date of registration: 23/12/2024

Registered acts:

Granting of powers of attorney.

Registration 121    Date of publication: 07/10/24. Gazette no. 193. Reference no. 04266082024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 0, page 0. Deed a

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 80  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/1997 in MADRID Date of registration: 30/09/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 120    Date of publication: 07/10/25. Gazette no. 193. Reference no. 04266072024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/07/2024, number 2024/2019 in MADRID Date of registration: 30/09/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 119    Date of publication: 19/07/24. Gazette no. 139. Reference no. 03232612024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 17/11/2023, number 2024/2966 in MADRID Date of registration: 13/07/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 118    Date of publication: 10/06/24. Gazette no. 110. Reference no. 02610832024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 19/03/2024, number 2024/1094 in MADRID Date of registration: 03/06/2024
   Date of registration: 23/12/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Law 11/2023. Opening Electronic File.
Registration 117    Date of publication: 10/06/24. Gazette no. 110. Reference no. 02610822024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 0, page 0. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 19/03/2024, number 2024/2024 in MADRID Date of registration: 03/06/2024

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 81  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Registered acts:
   Appointment to post.
   Appointment to post.
   Resignation from post. Law 11/2023. Opening of Electronic File.
Registration 116    Date of publication: 03/10/25. Gazette no. 85. Reference no. 02075622024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 46306, page 145. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 12/01/2024, number 2024/35 in MADRID Date of registration: 24/04/2024
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of member of administrative body.
Registration 115    Date of publication: 24/04/24. Gazette no. 80. Reference no. 01961622024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 46306, page 144. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2024/899 in MADRID Date of registration: 17/04/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 114    Date of publication: 24/04/24. Gazette no. 80. Reference no. 01961612024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 46306, page 144. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2024/899 in MADRID Date of registration: 17/04/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 113    Date of publication: 24/04/24. Gazette no. 80. Reference no. 01961602024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 46306, page 143. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2024/896 in MADRID Date of registration: 17/04/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 82  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 112    Date of publication: 24/04/24. Gazette no. 80. Reference no. 01961592024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 46306, page 142. Deed authorised before the notary public FERNÁNDEZ-MERINO RODRÍGUEZ-BUSTAMANTE JAVIER dated 05/03/2024, number 2024/895 in MADRID Date of registration: 17/04/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 111    Date of publication: 05/04/24. Gazette no. 67. Reference no. 01656982024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 225. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 12/01/2024, number 2024/38 in MADRID Date of registration: 27/03/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 110    Date of publication: 05/04/24. Gazette no. 67. Reference no. 01656972024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 224. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 12/01/2024, number 2024/37 in MADRID Date of registration: 27/03/2024
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of member of admin. body.
   Appointment of member of admin. body.
   Dismissal of member of admin. body.
   Dismissal of member of admin. body.
Registration 109    Date of publication: 01/03/24. Gazette no. 44. Reference no. 01089652024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 224. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 21/12/2023, number 2023/3488 in MADRID Date of registration: 23/02/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 83  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 108    Date of publication: 28/02/24. Gazette no. 42. Reference no. 01027322024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 223. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 21/12/2023, number 2023/3507 in MADRID Date of registration: 21/02/2024
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 107    Date of publication: 28/02/24. Gazette no. 42. Reference no. 01027312024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 222. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 21/12/2023, number 2023/3487 in MADRID Date of registration: 21/02/2024
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 106    Date of publication: 28/02/24. Gazette no. 42. Reference no. 01027302024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 222. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 12/01/2024, number 2024/35 in MADRID Date of registration: 21/02/2024
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of member of admin. body.
   Dismissal of member of admin. body.
   Dismissal of member of admin. body.
Registration 105    Date of publication: 03/01/24. Gazette no. 2. Reference no. 00041992024. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 222. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIERdated 17/11/2023, number 2023/2974 in MADRID Date of registration: 26/12/2023
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 84  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 104    Date of publication: 20/04/23. Gazette no. 75. Reference no. 01853822023. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 222. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 21/02/2023, number 2023/442 in MADRID Date of registration: 13/04/2023
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 103    Date of publication 29/03/23. Gazette no. 61. Reference no. 01532622023. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 221. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 02/12/2022, number 2022/3258 in MADRID Date of registration: 22/03/2023
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 102    Date of publication:02/12/22. Gazette no. 230. Reference no. 05311992022. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 221. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 07/10/22022, number 2022/2580 in MADRID Date of registration: 25/11/2022
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 101    Date of publication: 22/11/22. Gazette no. 222. Reference no. 05103562022. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 220. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 07/10/2022, number 2022/2577 in MADRID Date of registration: 15/11/2022
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 85  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 100    Date of publication: 02/11/22. Gazette no. 209. Reference no. 04789822022. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 219. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 30/09/2023, number 2022/2461 in MADRID Date of registration: 25/10/2022
   Registered acts:
   Articles of association.
Registration 99    Date of publication 28/10/22. Gazette no. 207. Reference no. 04748772022. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 219. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 30/09/2022, number 2022/2479 in MADRID Date of registration: 21/10/2022
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 98    Date of publication: 28/10/22. Gazette no. 207. Reference no. 04748762022. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 219. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 30/09/2022, number 2022/2460 in MADRID Date of registration: 21/10/2022
   Registered acts:
   Appointment to post.
   Dismissal from post.
Registration 97    Date of publication: 14/10/22. Gazette no. 197. Reference no. 04519202022. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 218. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 30/08/2022, number 2022/2339 in MADRID Date of registration: 06/10/2022
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of member of admin body.
   Appointment of member of admin body.
   Appointment of member of admin body.
   Dismissal of member of admin body.
   Dismissal of member of admin body.
   Dismissal of member of admin body.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 86  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 96    Date of publication 04/05/22. Gazette no. 84. Reference no. 01974452022. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 218. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 05/04/2022, number 2022/843 in MADRID Date of registration: 26/04/2022
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 95    Date of publication: 24/03/22. Gazette no. 58. Reference no. 01309532022. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 217. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 08/03/2022, number 2022/585 in MADRID Date of registration: 17/03/2022
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 94    Date of publication: 28/02/22. Gazette no. 40. Reference no. 00886402022. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 217. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 31/01/2022, number 2022/227 in MADRID Date of registration: 21/02/2022
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 93    Date of publication: 14/12/21. Gazette no. 237. Reference no. 05381512021. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 216. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 12/11/2021, number 2021/2845 in MADRID Date of registration: 03/12/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 92    Date of publication: 14/12/21. Gazette no. 237. Reference no. 05381502021. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 42129, page 215. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 87  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   JAVIER dated 12/11/2021, number 2021/2845 in MADRID Date of registration: 03/12/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 91    Date of publication 10/12/21. Gazette no. 235. Reference no. 05330852021. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 189. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 30/09/2021, number 2021/2319 in MADRID Date of registration: 01/12/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 88  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 89  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 90  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Merger by absorption. Subject origin: INTRUM JUSTITIA IBERICA SA
Registration 90    Date of publication 20/08/21. Gazette no. 160. Reference no. 03921802021. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 188. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 21/09/2021, number 2021/2391 in MADRID Date of registration: 04/10/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 89    Date of publication 11/10/21. Gazette no. 196. Reference no. 04488312021. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 188. Deed authorised before the notary public NON-BOARD MEMBER SECRETARY dated 07/06/2021 in MADRID Date of registration: 13/08/2021
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of auditor.
Registration 88    Date of publication 12/08/21. Gazette no. 154. Reference no. 03807492021. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 188. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 16/07/2021, number 2021/1771 in MADRID Date of registration: 05/08/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 87    Date of publication 10/05/21. Gazette no. 86. Reference no. 02159582021. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 186. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 15/04/2021, number 2021/805 in MADRID Date of registration: 30/04/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 91  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Registration 86    Date of publication 10/05/21. Gazette no. 86. Reference no. 02159572021. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 186. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 15/04/2021, number 2021/797 in MADRID Date of registration: 30/04/2021
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of member of admin. body.
   Appointment of member of admin. body.
   Dismissal of member of admin. body.
   Dismissal of member of admin. body.
   Dismissal of member of admin. body.
   Appointment to post.
Registration 85    Date of publication 15/04/21. Gazette no. 70. Reference no. 01714212021. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 186. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 10/03/2021, number 2021/475 in MADRID Date of registration: 08/04/2021
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of member of admin. body.
Registration 84    Date of publication 15/04/21. Gazette no. 70. Reference no. 01714202021. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 184. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 10/03/2021, number 2021/466 in MADRID Date of registration: 08/04/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 83    Date of publication 15/04/21. Gazette no. 70. Reference no. 01714192021. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 183. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 10/03/2021, number 2021/457 in MADRID Date of registration: 08/04/2021
   Registered acts:
   Appointment of member of admin. body.
   Appointment of member of admin. body.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 92  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Appointment of member of admin. body.
   Appointment of member of admin. body.
   Dismissal of member of admin. body.
   Dismissal of member of admin. body.
   Dismissal of member of admin. body.
   Dismissal of member of admin. body.
   Dismissal of post.
Registration 82    Date of publication: 02/03/21. Gazette no. 41. Reference no. 00997622021. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 183. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 18/01/2021, number 2021/43 in MADRID Date of registration: 23/02/2021
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 81    Date of publication 01/09/20. Gazette no. 169. Reference no. 02913522020. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 183. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 04/08/2020, number 2020/1322 in MADRID Date of registration: 25/08/2020
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 80    Date of publication 01/09/20. Gazette no. 169. Reference no. 02913512020. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 183. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 04/08/2020, number 2020/1315 in MADRID Date of registration: 25/08/2020
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Registration 79    Date of publication 14/07/20. Gazette no. 134. Reference no. 02213302020. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 179. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 18/06/2020, number 2020/1256in MADRID Date of registration: 07/07/2020

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 93  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 78    Date of publication: 06/07/20. Gazette no. 128. Reference no. 02058692020. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 179. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 01/06/2020, number 2020/730 in MADRID Date of registration: 29/06/2020
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 77    Date of publication 30/06/20. Gazette no. 124. Reference no. 01990672020. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 178. Deed authorised before the notary public BARREIROS FERNANDEZ FRANCISCO JAVIER dated 29/05/2020, number 2020/1018 in MADRID Date of registration: 23/06/2020
   Registered acts:
   Granting of powers of attorney.
Registration 76    Date of publication 14/04/20. Gazette no. 71. Reference no. 01428532020. Registered on Folio M-00473332 volume 35351, page 178. Deed authorised before the notary public GUTIERREZ MORENO PEDRO LUIS dated 19/02/2020, number 2020/357 in MADRID Date of registration: 03/04/2020
   Registered acts:
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
   Revocation of powers of attorney.
Deposit of annual accounts    Index
Year 2023    Ordinary. Deposit date: 11/10/2024 Journal: 2024/189943 Deposit:
   File: 3/2024/ 235881 Closing date: 31/12/2023. Main CNAE: 8291

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 94  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Year 2022    Ordinary. Deposit date: 13/10/2023 Journal: 0/244358 Deposit:
   File: 3/2023/236593 Closing date: 31/12/2022. Main CNAE: 8291
Year 2021    Ordinary. Deposit date: 01/03/2023 Journal: 0/274263 Deposit:
   File: 3/2023/22479 Closing date: 31/12/2021. Main CNAE: 8291
Year 2020    Ordinary. Deposit date: 02/12/2021 Journal: 0/253605 Deposit:
   File: 3/2021/261529 Closing date: 31/12/2020. Main CNAE: 8291
Year 2019    Ordinary. Deposit date 27/07/2021 Journal: 0/46433 Deposit:
   File: 3/2021/99007 Closing date: 31/12/2019. Main CNAE: 8291
Year 2018    Ordinary. Deposit Date: 23/12/2019 Journal: 0/249031 Deposit:
   File: 3/2019/241713 Closing date: 31/12/2018. Main CNAE: 8291
Year 2017    Ordinary. Deposit date: 31/10/2018 Journal: 0/205524 Deposit:
   File: 3/2018/204879 Closing date: 31/12/2017. Main CNAE: 8291
Legalised books    Index
Year 2023    Date of legalisation:08/07/2024
Year 2022    Date of legalisation:03/04/2023
Year 2021    Date of legalisation:05/10/2022
Year 2020    Date of legalisation:15/10/2021
Year 2020    Date of legalisation:18/11/2022
Year 2019    Date of legalisation:15/10/2021
Year 2019    Date of legalisation:18/11/2022

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 95  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Year 2018    Date of legalisation: 13/02/2020
Year 2017    Date of legalisation: 13/02/2020
Year 2017    Date of legalisation: 18/11/2022
Year 2016    Date of legalisation: 09/06/2016
Year 2016    Date of legalisation: 03/01/2018
Year 2016    Date of legalisation: 29/12/2017
Year 2015    Date of legalisation: 26/01/2015
Year 2015    Date of legalisation: 19/05/2015
Year 2015    Date of legalisation: 27/05/2016
Year 2015    Date of legalisation: 18/10/2016
Year 2014    Date of legalisation: 09/06/2015
Year 2013    Date of legalisation: 02/07/2014
Year 2012    Date of legalisation: 29/07/2013
Year 2011    Date of legalisation: 25/07/2012
Year 2010    Date of legalisation: 24/07/2012
Year 2009    Date of legalisation: 19/01/2009

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 96  

 

 

www.registradores.org


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

 

Year 2009    Date of legalisation: 14/05/2010
Year 2009    Date of legalisation: 07/09/2010
Year 2009    Date of legalisation: 20/05/2009

This information is provided with reference to the data contained in the digital file of the Commercial Registry and is purely informative. In the event of any discrepancy, the content of the entries in the register shall prevail over the index maintained by digital procedures. The certificate issued by the Commercial Registrar is the only means of reliably certifying the content of the registrations and other documents filed or deposited at the Registry (Article 77 of the Commercial Registry Regulations).

BASIC INFORMATION ON PERSONAL DATA PROTECTION

Data Controller: Registrar/Entity listed in the header of the document. For further information, please see the other data protection information.

Purpose of processing: To provide the requested registration service including the practice of associated notifications and, where appropriate, invoicing thereof, as well as to comply with the legislation on money laundering and terrorist financing that may include profiling.

Legal basis for processing: The processing of the data is necessary: for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest or in exercise of public powers vested in the registrar, in compliance with the relevant legal obligations, as well as for the performance of the requested service.

Rights: Mortgage and commercial legislation establish a special regime with regard to the exercise of certain rights, and therefore the provisions of these will be complied with. For matters not provided for in the registry regulations, the provisions of data protection legislation shall apply, as indicated in the details of the additional information. In any case, the exercise of the rights recognised by the data protection legislation to the data owners shall comply with the requirements of the registration procedure.

Categories of data: Identity data, contact data, other data available in the additional data protection information.

Recipients: Processing of data by other recipients is foreseen. No international transfers are foreseen.

Sources from which the data originate: The data may come from: the data subject himself/herself, the presenter, the legal representative, Management/Advisory.

Other data protection information: Available at https://www.registradores.org/politica-de-privacidad-servicios-registrales depending on the type of registration service requested.

 

Secure Verification Code (CSV): 099999083A745186DC638635

The Secure Verification Code allows the authenticity of the document to be verified
by accessing the original electronic file of the issuing body at the following address:

https://sede.registradores.org/sede/sede-csv-web/csv

     [QR Code]   
     Page 97  

 

 

www.registradores.org

Exhibit T3A.30

List of listings No.:

EXTRACT FROM THE COMMERCIAL REGISTER

of the Municipal Court Bratislava III

Section.

Insert number: 26033/B

 

 

I. Business name

Intrum Slovakia s.r.o.

 

 

II. Headquarters

The name of the street (other public space) and the landmark number (or the registration number):

Toll 48

Municipality name: Bratislava - Staré Mesto

POSTAL CODE: 811 07

Country: the Slovak Republic

 

 

III. ID: 35 831 154

 

 

IV. Day of registration: 15.02.2002

 

 

V. Legal form: Limited liability company

 

 

VI. Subject of business (activity)

1. brokerage activity,

2. advertising and promotional activities,

3. forfaiting and factoring,

4. the activity of organizational and economic consultants,

5. lending from own resources,

6. leasing activity,

7. mediation of purchase, sale and lease of real estate,

8. purchase of goods for the purposes of its sale to the final consumer /retail/ in the scope of free trade,

9. purchase of goods for resale to other traders /wholesale/ in the scope of free trade,

10. the activities of a temporary employment agency,

11. the provision of consumer loans without limiting the scope of the provision of consumer loans

 

 

 

Pag1


VII. Statutory body: konatelia Name

and surname: Ing. Name and name of the

director Martin Musil

Residence:

The name of the street (other public space) and the landmark number (or the registration number):

Cherry 25

Village name: Dunajská Lužná

POSTAL CODE: 900 42

Country: Slovak Republic

Date of birth: 11.11.1977

Birth number: 771111/7678

Function: 04.02.2015

Name and surname: Ing. Zoltán Papp

Residence:

The name of the street (other public space) and the landmark number (or the registration number):

Muscat 5

Village name: Komárno

POSTAL CODE: 945 01

Country: Slovak Republic

Date of birth: 09.05.1981

Birth number: 810509/6615

Function: 04.02.2015

Name and surname: Ing. Andrej Solčányi

Residence:

The name of the street (other public space) and the landmark number (or the registration number):

Drieňová 16940/1H

Name of the municipality: Bratislava - městská čtvrt’ Ružinov

POSTAL CODE: 821 01

Country: Slovak Republic

Date of birth: 15.12.1981

Birth date: 811215/6118

Function: 04.02.2015

The manner in which the statutory body acts on behalf of a limited liability company:

At least two managing directors always act and sign on behalf of the company. Signing on behalf of the company shall be performed by the managing directors by adding their signature to the printed or written company name, names and functions of the signing managing directors.

 

 

VIII. Partners Business

name:

Intrum B.V.

Headquarters:

 

Pag2


The name of the street (other public space) and the landmark number (or the registration number):

Tupolevlaan 107

Village name: Schiphol Rijk

POSTAL CODE: 1119PA

Country: Kingdom of the Netherlands

Other identification number: 33273472

Deposit amount: EUR 6 650 000.000000

Repayment range: EUR 6 650 000,000000

 

 

IX. Supervisory Board

Name and surname: Marko Johannes Hietala

Residence:

The name of the street (other public space) and the landmark number (or the registration number):

Samulinranta 8

Village name: Jyväskylä

POSTAL CODE: 40520

Country: Republic of Finland

Date of birth: 16.08.1977

Other identification: travel document FP4397102

Function: 09.08.2022

Name and surname: Ing. Ing. name and surname: Karol Jurák

Residence:

The name of the street (other public space) and the landmark number (or the registration number):

Kataríny Franklová 5558/18

Village name: Pezinok

POSTAL CODE: 902 01

Country: Slovak Republic

Date of birth: 24.01.1974

Birth date: 740124/7359

Expiry of office: 14.11.2022

Name and surname: Péter Felfalusi

Residence:

The name of the street (other public space) and the landmark number (or the registration number):

Gyűszűvirág utca 8

Village name: Üröm

Postal code: 2906

State: Hungary

Date of birth: 04.03.1970

Other identification: travel document BT5901072

Expiry of office: 26.09.2024

 

 

 

Pag3


X. Amount of share capital

EUR 6 650 000.000000

 

 

XI. Extent of capital redemption

EUR 6 650 000.000000

 

 

Other legal facts

 

 

XII. Other additional legal facts

1. The company was established by the Memorandum of Association dated .1.2002 in accordance with the provisions of §§ 105 - 153 of the cust.no. 513/1991 Coll. in the wording of the cust.no. 500/2001 Coll.

Share : 300 000,- CZK

paid: 170 000,- CZK

2. Minutes of the general meeting of . 2. 2002.

3. Minutes of the general meeting of March 2002, at which the increase of the share capital was approved.

4. Minutes of the General Meeting of .02.2004 - change of registered office.

5. Minutes of the extraordinary general meeting of 14.06.2005 (approval of the transfer of shares). Decision of the sole shareholder dated .06.2005. Decision of the sole shareholder dated 08.07.2005 (full text of the articles of association).

6. Decision of the sole shareholder of 16.9.2005 - change of the business name from CREDITEXPRESS Slovakia s.r.o. to Intrum Justitia Slovakia s.r.o.

7. Decision of the sole shareholder dated 5.12.2008.

8. Decision of the sole shareholder dated 29.04.2010.

9. Decision of the sole shareholder dated 07.07.2010.

10. Decision of the sole shareholder dated .11.2010.

11. Decision of the sole shareholder dated 20.06.2012.

12. Decision of the sole shareholder dated 17.10.2012.

13. Decision of the sole shareholder dated 17.01.2013.

14. Minutes of the Extraordinary General Meeting of 04.02.2015.

15. Decision of the sole shareholder dated 14.12.2015.

16. Decision of the sole shareholder dated 26.02.2016.

17. Decision of the sole shareholder dated 06.02.2018.

 

 

Extract dated 04.10.2024

 

Pag4

Exhibit T3A.31

A printout of the information downloaded pursuant to Article 4 section 4aa of the Act of 20 August 1997 on the National Court Register has the force of a document issued by the Central Information Office and does not require a signature and stamp.

CENTRAL INFORMATION OF THE NATIONAL COURT REGISTER

NATIONAL COURT REGISTER

Status as at 21.01.2025 1:22:34 p.m.

KRS number: 0000108357

Information corresponding to a recent extract from the

COMMERCIAL REGISTER

 

Date of registration with the National Court Register    22.04.2002
Last entry    Entry number    89    Date of entry    03.01.2025
   File reference    WA.XII NS-REJ.KRS/66217/24/812/ADE
   Designation of the court    SYSTEM

Section 1

 

Field 1 – Entity details
1. Designation of legal form    SPÓŁKA Z OGRANICZONĄ ODPOWIEDZIALNOŚCIĄ [LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY]
2. REGON/NIP number    REGON: 013081563, NIP: 5212885709
3. Name of the company    INTRUM SPÓŁKA Z OGRANICZONĄ ODPOWIEDZIALNOŚCIĄ
4. Previous registration data    RHB 53850 DISTRICT COURT FOR THE CAPITAL CITY OF WARSAW
5. Does the entrepreneur conduct business with other entities under a civil partnership agreement?    NO
6. Does the entity have the status of a public benefit organisation?    NO


Field 2 – Registered office and address of the entity
1. Registered office    country POLAND, province MAZOWIECKIE, county WARSAW, municipality WARSAW, town/city WARSAW
2. Address    ul. TAŚMOWA, no. 7, apt —-, town/city WARSAW, post code 02677, post office WARSAW, country POLAND
3. E-mail address   
4. Website address   
5. E-address recorded in the E-address Database    AE:PL-63682-66699-EHDHA-12

 

Field 3 – Branches
No entries

 

Field 4 – Information on articles of association
1. Information on conclusion or amendment of articles of association    1   

1. 04.06.1998 – NOTARY MIROSŁAWA STACHYRA OF THE NOTARY OFFICE IN WARSAW – REGISTER OF DEEDS A NO. 4358/98

 

2. 04.03.2002 – NOTARY BARBARA WRÓBLEWSKA OF THE NOTARY OFFICE IN WARSAW – REGISTR OF DEEDS A 2226/2002 – AMENDMENT OF § 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29.

   2   

11.02.2009 REGISTER OF DEEDS A NO. 1131/2009, NOTARY TAMARA JOANNA ŻURAKOWSKA RUNNING A NOTARY OFFICE IN WARSAW AT UL. ORDYNACKA NO. 9

 

AMENDMENT OF § 10, § 17, § 22, § 25, § 26; AND AFTER § 26 THE ADDITION OF § 27, § 29 AND § 30

   3    29.10.2009, KRZYSZTOF NURKOWSKI NOTARY IN WARSAW, REGISTER OF DEEDS A NO. 33762/2009, AMENDMENT OF § 7, CONSOLIDATED TEXT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
   4    NOTARIAL DEED OF 06.09.2011, REGISTER OF DEEDS A NO. 9955/2011, NOTARY TAMARA JOANNA ŻURAKOWSKA, NOTARY OFFICE IN WARSAW, AMENDMENT OF § 9 SECTION 1
   5    08.06.2018, REGISTER OF DEEDS A NO. 6632/2018, DEPUTY NOTARY DANUTA ŁUSZCZ, DEPUTY OF TAMARA JOANNA ŻURAKOWSKA, NOTARY OFFICE IN WARSAW, AMENDMENT OF § 2, § 8 AND § 9.1 OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
   6    11.09.2018, REGISTER OF DEEDS A NO. 98902/2018, NOTARY ANDRZEJ PRZYBYŁA, NOTARY OFFICE IN WARSAW, AMENDMENT OF § 8, § 9 OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION.


Field 5
1. Period of time for which the company has been established    UNLIMITED
2. Designation of a periodical, other than the Court and Commercial Gazette [Monitor Sądowy i Gospodarczy], intended for company announcements       
3. A shareholder may hold:    MORE THAN ONE SHARE
4. Do the articles of association confer personal rights on specific shareholders or titles to share in the income or assets of the company not attributable to the shares?    *****
5. Do the bondholders hold the right to participate in profits?    *****

 

Field 6 – Formation of the company
No entries

 

Field 7 – Details of shareholders
1    1. Surname / Name or business name    INTRUM AB (PUBL)
   2. Names    *****
   3. PESEL/REGON number or date of birth       
   4. KRS number       


   5. Shares held by the shareholder    40,000 SHARES WITH A TOTAL VALUE OF PLN 20,000,000.00
   6. Does the shareholder own all the company’s shares?    YES

 

Field 8 – Company capital
1. Amount of the share capital    PLN 20,000,000.00

Subfield 1

Information on contribution in kind

1. Value of shares acquired for a contribution in kind    1    PLN 80,500.00
   2    PLN 62,000.00
   3    PLN 14,000,000.00

 

Field 9 – Not applicable
No entries

 

Field 10 – Not applicable
No entries

 

Field 11 – Not applicable
No entries

 

Field 12 – Participation in a group of companies

 

Field 9 – Not applicable
No entries

Section 2

 

Field 1 – Body authorized to represent the entity
1. Name of the body authorized to represent the entity    MANAGEMENT BOARD
2. Method of representation of the entity    TWO MEMBERS OF THE MANAGEMENT BOARD ACTING JOINTLY OR ONE MEMBER OF THE MANAGEMENT BOARD ACTING JOINTLY WITH A PROXY


  

Subfield 1

Details of persons comprising the body

1    1. Surname / Name or business name    ŻURAWSKA
   2. Names    IWONA AGNIESZKA
   3. PESEL/REGON number or date of birth    68083100361,    
   4. KRS number    ****
   5. Function in the representative body    MEMBER OF THE MANAGEMENT BOARD
   6. Has a board member been suspended?    NO
   7. Date until which the member was suspended       
2    1. Surname / Name or business name    KRAUZE
      KRZYSZTOF ANDRZEJ
   2. Names   
   3. PESEL/REGON number or date of birth    76100704193,    
      ****
   4. KRS number   
   5. Function in the representative body    PRESIDENT OF THE MANAGEMENT BOARD
   6. Has a board member been suspended?    NO
   7. Date until which the member was suspended       
3    1. Surname / Name or business name    GAJDA
   2. Names    PIOTR
   3. PESEL/REGON number or date of birth    77071205717,    
   4. KRS number    ****
   5. Function in the representative body    MEMBER OF THE MANAGEMENT BOARD
   6. Has a board member been suspended?    NO
   7. Date until which the member was suspended       


4    1. Surname / Name or business name    ŚWIRYDZIUK
   2. Names    PAWEŁ
   3. PESEL/REGON number or date of birth    79070413311,    
   4. KRS number    ****
   5. Function in the representative body    MEMBER OF THE MANAGEMENT BOARD
   6. Has a board member been suspended?    NO
   7. Date until which the member was suspended       

 

Field 2 – Supervisory body
1    1. Name of the body    SUPERVISORY BOARD

 

 

Subfield 1

 

Details of persons comprising the body

  1   

1.  Surname

   HIETALA
    

2.  Names

   MARKO
    

3.  PESEL/REGON number or date of birth

   —-,—
  2   

1.  Surname

   MUSIL
    

2.  Names

   MARTIN
    

3.  PESEL/REGON number or date of birth

   ——-, —
  3   

1.  Surname

   SOVA
    

2.  Names

   TOMMI JUHANI
    

3.  PESEL/REGON number or date of birth

   ——- , 08.04.1975
  Field 3 – Proxies
  1   

1.  Surname

   DZIUBA
    

2.  Names

   KAMIL
    

3.  PESEL/REGON number or date of birth

   90091916117,    
    

4.  Type of proxy

   INDEPENDENT
  2   

1.  Surname

   TARGOWSKI
    

2.  Names

   TOMASZ
    

3.  PESEL/REGON number or date of birth

   81092700531,    
    

4.  Type of proxy

   INDEPENDENT
  3   

1.  Surname

   SZYMAŃSKI
    

2.  Names

   PIOTR
    

3.  PESEL/REGON number or date of birth

   84030213959,    
    

4.  Type of proxy

   INDEPENDENT


Section 3
Field 1 – Field of activity
1. Object of the entrepreneur’s main activity    1    66, 19, Z OTHER ACTIVITIES AUXILIARY TO FINANCIAL SERVICES, EXCEPT INSURANCE AND PENSION FUNDING
2. Other business activities of the entrepreneur    1    64, 19, Z, OTHER MONETARY INTERMEDIATION
   2    64, 20, Z, ACTIVITIES OF HOLDING COMPANIES
   3    64, 99, Z, OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICE ACTIVITIES, EXCEPT INSURANCE AND PENSION FUNDING NOT ELSEWHERE CLASSIFIED
   4    66, 1, ACTIVITIES AUXILIARY TO FINANCIAL SERVICES, EXCEPT INSURANCE AND PENSION FUNDING
   5    66, 30, Z, FUND MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES
   6    70, 2, , MANAGEMENT CONSULTANCY ACTIVITIES
   7    70, 22, Z, BUSINESS AND OTHER MANAGEMENT CONSULTANCY ACTIVITIES
   8    80, 30, Z, INVESTIGATION ACTIVITIES
   9    82, 99, Z, OTHER BUSINESS SUPPORT SERVICE ACTIVITIES NOT ELSEWHERE CLASSIFIED

 

Field 2 – Notes of documents submitted
Type of document    Item    Date of submission    For the period from to
1. Submission of annual financial statements    1    25.06.2004    01 JANUARY 2002 - 31 DECEMBER 2002
   2    25.06.2004    01.01.2003 - 31.12.2003
   3    06.07.2005    01.01.2004 - 31.12.2004
   4    13.06.2006    01.01.2005 - 31.12.2005
   5    02.07.2007    01.01.2006 - 31.12.2006
   6    13.05.2008    01.01.2007 - 31.12.2007
   7    21.07.2009    01.01.2008 - 31.12.2008
   8    30.06.2010    01.01.2009 - 31.12.2009
   9    13.06.2011    01.01.2010 - 31.12.2010
   10    22.05.2012    01.01.2011 - 31.12.2011
   11    01.07.2013    01.01.2012 - 31.12.2012
   12    23.06.2014    FROM 01.01.2013 TO 31.12.2013
   13    01.07.2015    FROM 01.01.2014 TO 31.12.2014
   14    29.06.2016    FROM 01.01.2015 TO 31.12.2015
   15    29.06.2017    FROM 01.01.2016 TO 31.12.2016
   16    06.07.2018    FROM 01.01.2017 TO 31.12.2017
   17    20.12.2019    FROM 01.01.2018 TO 31.12.2018
   18    08.09.2020    FROM 01.01.2019 TO 31.12.2019
   19    30.09.2021    FROM 01.01.2020 TO 31.12.2020
   20    30.06.2022    FROM 01.01.2021 TO 31.12.2021
   21    03.07.2023    FROM 01.01.2022 TO 31.12.2022
   22    08.07.2024    FROM 01.01.2023 TO 31.12.2023


2. Submission of the auditor’s opinion / report on audit of the annual financial statements    1    *****    01 JANUARY 2002 - 31 DECEMBER 2002
   2    *****    01.01.2003 - 31.12.2003
   3    *****    01.01.2004 - 31.12.2004
   4    *****    01.01.2005 - 31.12.2005
   5    *****    01.01.2006 - 31.12.2006
   6    *****    01.01.2007 - 31.12.2007
   7    *****    01.01.2008 - 31.12.2008
   8    *****    01.01.2009 - 31.12.2009
   9    *****    01.01.2010 - 31.12.2010
   10    *****    01.01.2011 - 31.12.2011
   11    *****    01.01.2012 - 31.12.2012
   12    *****    FROM 01.01.2013 TO 31.12.2013
   13    *****    FROM 01.01.2014 TO 31.12.2014
   14    *****    FROM 01.01.2015 TO 31.12.2015
   15    *****    FROM 01.01.2016 TO 31.12.2016
   16    *****    FROM 01.01.2017 TO 31.12.2017
   17    *****    FROM 01.01.2018 TO 31.12.2018
   18    *****    FROM 01.01.2019 TO 31.12.2019
   19    *****    FROM 01.01.2020 TO 31.12.2020
   20    *****    FROM 01.01.2023 TO 31.12.2023
3. Submission of a resolution or order approving the annual financial statements    1    *****    01 JANUARY 2002 - 31 DECEMBER 2002
   2    *****    01.01.2003 - 31.12.2003
   3    *****    01.01.2004 - 31.12.2004
   4    *****    01.01.2005 - 31.12.2005
   5    *****    01.01.2006 - 31.12.2006
   6    *****    01.01.2007 - 31.12.2007
   7    *****    01.01.2008 - 31.12.2008
   8    *****    01.01.2009 - 31.12.2009
   9    *****    01.01.2010 - 31.12.2010
   10    *****    01.01.2011 - 31.12.2011
   11    *****    01.01.2012 - 31.12.2012
   12    *****    FROM 01.01.2013 TO 31.12.2013
   13    *****    FROM 01.01.2014 TO 31.12.2014
   14    *****    FROM 01.01.2015 TO 31.12.2015
   15    *****    FROM 01.01.2016 TO 31.12.2016
   16    *****    FROM 01.01.2017 TO 31.12.2017
   17    *****    FROM 01.01.2018 TO 31.12.2018
   18    *****    FROM 01.01.2019 TO 31.12.2019
   19    *****    FROM 01.01.2020 TO 31.12.2020
   20    *****    FROM 01.01.2021 TO 31.12.2021
   21    *****    FROM 01.01.2022 TO 31.12.2022
   22    *****    FROM 01.01.2023 TO 31.12.2023


4. Submission of the entity’s activity report    1    *****    01 JANUARY 2002 - 31 DECEMBER 2002
   2    *****    01.01.2003 - 31.12.2003
   3    *****    01.01.2004 - 31.12.2004
   4    *****    01.01.2005 - 31.12.2005
   5    *****    01.01.2006 - 31.12.2006
   6    *****    01.01.2007 - 31.12.2007
   7    *****    01.01.2008 - 31.12.2008
   8    *****    01.01.2009 - 31.12.2009
   9    *****    01.01.2010 - 31.12.2010
   10    *****    01.01.2011 - 31.12.2011
   11    *****    01.01.2012 - 31.12.2012
   12    *****    FROM 01.01.2013 TO 31.12.2013
   13    *****    FROM 01.01.2014 TO 31.12.2014
   14    *****    FROM 01.01.2015 TO 31.12.2015
   15    *****    FROM 01.01.2016 TO 31.12.2016
   16    *****    FROM 01.01.2017 TO 31.12.2017
   17    *****    FROM 01.01.2018 TO 31.12.2018
   18    *****    FROM 01.01.2019 TO 31.12.2019
   19    *****    FROM 01.01.2020 TO 31.12.2020
   20    *****    FROM 01.01.2021 TO 31.12.2021

 

Field 3 – Group accounts
Type of document    Item    Date of submission    For the period from to
1. Submission of consolidated annual financial statements    1    11.12.2019    FROM 01.01.2018 TO 31.12.2018
2. Submission of the auditor’s opinion / report on audit of the consolidated annual financial statements    1    *****    FROM 01.01.2018 TO 31.12.2018
4. Submission of the parent entity’s activity report    1    *****    FROM 01.01.2018 TO 31.12.2018

 

Field 4 – Statutory activities of the public benefit organisation
No entries


Field 5 – Information on the closing date of the financial year
1. Date ending the first financial year for which financial statements must be submitted    31.12.2002

Section 4

 

Field 1 – Arrears
No entries

 

Field 2 – Claims
No entries

 

Field 3 – Information on the dismissal of the bankruptcy petition pursuant to Article 13 of the Act of 28 February 2003 on Bankruptcy law or on securing the debtor’s assets in bankruptcy or restructuring proceedings or after the final discontinuance of restructuring proceedings
No entries

 

Field 4 – Discontinuance of enforcement proceedings against the entity on the grounds that no sum greater than the enforcement

costs will be obtained from the enforcement proceedings

No entries

Section 5

 

Field 1 – Court-appointed administrator
No entries

Section 6

 

Field 1 – Winding-up
No entries

 

Field 2 – Information on dissolution or cancellation of the company
No entries


Field 3 – Not applicable

No entries

 

Field 4 – Information on merger, division or transformation
1    1. Establishment    ACQUISITION OF ANOTHER COMPANY
   2. Description of the method of merger, division or transformation    MERGER OF INTRUM SPÓt.KA Z OGRANICZONĄ ODPOWIEDZIALNOŚCIĄ WITH ITS REGISTERED OFFICE IN WARSAW, AS THE ACQUIRING COMPANY, WITH INTRUM SPÓt.KA AKCYJNA WITH ITS REGISTERED OFFICE IN WROCt.AW, AS THE ACQUIRED COMPANY, PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 492 § 1 ITEM 1) CCC, I.E. BY TRANSFERRING ALL THE ASSETS OF THE TARGET COMPANY TO THE ACQUIRING COMPANY, UNDER THE CONDITIONS SET OUT IN THE PLAN OF MERGER OF THE COMPANIES DRAWN UP ON 10 AUGUST 2018. THE MERGER WAS EFFECTED BY VIRTUE OF RESOLUTION NO. 1 OF THE EXTRAORDINARY MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF INTRUM SP. Z O.O. WITH REGISTERED OFFICE IN WARSAW OF 11 SEPTEMBER 2018 (REGISTER A NO. 9890/2018) AND PURSUANT TO RESOLUTION NO. 1 OF THE EXTRAORDINARY MEETING OF INTRUM SA. Z O.O. WITH ITS REGISTERED OFFICE IN WARSAW OF 11 SEPTEMBER 2018 (REGISTER A NO. 9886/2018).
  

Subfield 1

Details of the entities resulting from the merger, division or transformation, or of those acquiring all or part of the company’s assets

   No entries
  

Subfield 2

Details of the entities whose assets are wholly or partly taken over as a result of a merger or division

   1    1. Name or business name    INTRUM SPÓt.KA AKCYJNA,   
      2. Country and name of the register or record where the entity was registered    POLAND, NATIONAL COURT REGISTER
      3. Number in the register0000414651   
      4. Name of the court keeping the register    *******
      5. REGON number    932938242


Field 5 – Information on insolvency proceedings

No entries

 

Field 6 – Information on arrangement proceedings
No entries

 

Field 7 – Information on restructuring, reorganisation or compulsory restructuring proceedings

 

Field 5 – Information on insolvency proceedings
No entries

 

Field 8 – Information on suspension of economic activity
No entries

print date 21.01.2025

website address where the register information is available: prs.ms.gov.pl

Exhibit T3A.32

 

LOGO

 

Swedish Companies Registration Office

     

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

      Registration number
     

556134-1248

 

      Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
     

1970-03-17

 

   2018-10-24
      Document created on    Page
      2025-01-22  14:03    1 (5)

Pending matter(s)

The register indicates pending matter(s) regarding a change to the registered information at the time this certificate was created.


LOGO

 

Swedish Companies Registration Office

     

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

      Registration number
     

556134-1248

 

      Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
     

1970-03-17

 

   2018-10-24
      Document created on    Page
      2025-01-22  14:03    2 (4)

 

Registration number:

   556134-1248

Business name:

  

Intrum Sverige AB

Address:

  

105 24 STOCKHOLM

Registered office:

  

Stockholm

Note:

  

The company is registered as a private limited company.

THE COMPANY WAS FORMED

1970-02-13

SHARE CAPITAL

 

Share capital :    SEK    2,200,000
Min :    SEK    2,000,000
Max :    SEK    8,000,000
Share capital :       22,000
Min :       20,000
Max :       80,000

 

BOARD MEMBER, CHAIR OF THE BOARD
750408    Sova, Tommi Juhani, c/o Intrum AB, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
BOARD MEMBERS
771117-2937    Larsson, Mattias, c/o Intrum Sverige AB, 105 24 STOCKHOLM
690811-3357    Liljeström, Roger Ingvar, c/o Intrum Sverige AB,
   105 24 STOCKHOLM
MANAGING DIRECTOR
770722-6267    Norum Lanz, Susanna Helena Berenice, c/o Intrum Sverige AB,
   105 24 STOCKHOLM
AUDITORS
556271-5309    Deloitte AB, 113 79 STOCKHOLM
   Represented by: 731116-0217
PRINCIPALLY RESPONSIBLE AUDITOR
731116-0217    Honeth, Patrick Olof, Rehnsgatan 11, 113 57 STOCKHOLM

 

- 2 -


LOGO

 

Swedish Companies Registration Office

     

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

      Registration number
     

556134-1248

 

      Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
     

1970-03-17

 

   2018-10-24
      Document created on    Page
      2025-01-22  14:03    3 (4)

 

SIGNATORY POWER

The board of directors is entitled to sign.

Signatory power by any two jointly of the board members

Signatory power by any one of the board members

in combination with Norum Lanz, Susanna Helena Berenice

Furthermore, the Managing Director, in the course of normal business activities, is also entitled to sign.

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Date of the latest change: 2024-02-22

FINANCIAL YEAR

Registered financial year: 0101 – 1231

Latest annual report submitted covers financial

period 20230101-20231231

SECONDARY BUSINESS NAME

Intrum Justitia Inkassobevakning

Scandinavian Collectors

Intrum International

Justitia JJB

Intrum Justitia Kredit

Ekonomisk Administration Intrum

Justitia Upplysningsbyrå

Justitia International

I J Fakturaservice

Stockholms Inkassobyrå

Justitia Inkasso

Unicol

Intrum Factoring

Intrum E-factoring

Intrum Justitia Inkassosystem

DATE OF REGISTRATION OF CURRENT AND PREVIOUS BUSINESS NAMES

2018-10-24 Intrum Sverige AB

2001-08-22 Intrum Justitia Sverige Aktiebolag

2000-03-13 Intrum Justitia Aktiebolag

1989-04-26 Unicol Aktiebolag

 

- 3 -


LOGO

 

Swedish Companies Registration Office

     

e-Certificate of registration

LIMITED COMPANY

 

      Registration number
      556134-1248
      Date of registration of the company    Date of registration of current name
      1970-03-17    2018-10-24
      Document created on    Page
      2025-01-22  14:03    4 (4)

 

1986-02-25 Intrum International Data Aktiebolag

1979-12-10 Kreditinformation Aktiebolag

1970-03-17 Jönköpings Juridiska Byrå Aktiebolag

The above information is an extract from the Trade and Industry

Register Bolagsverket, the Swedish Companies Registration Office.

Bolagsverket

851 81 Sundsvall

0771-670 670

bolagsverket@bolagsverket.se

www.bolagsverket.se

 

- 4 -

Exhibit T3A.33

FILE COPY

 

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF A PRIVATE LIMITED COMPANY

Company No. 4140507

The Registrar of Companies for England and Wales hereby certifies that HILLGATE (210) LIMITED

is this day incorporated under the Companies Act 1985 as a private company and that the company is limited.

Given at Companies House, Cardiff, the 12th January 2001

 

LOGO

HC007B


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


Notes

 

1.  Show for an individual the full forename(s) NOT INITIALS and surname together with any previous forename(s) or surname(s).

 

If the director or secretary is a corporation or Scottish firm—show the corporate or firm name on the surname line.

  

2.  Directors known by another
description:

 

•  A director includes any person who occupies that position even if called by a different name, for example, governor, member of council.

 

3.  Director’s details:

  

5.  Use Form 10 continuation sheets or photocopies of page 2 to provide details of joint secretaries or additional directors and include the company’s number.

Give previous forename(s) or surname(s) except that:

 

•  for a married woman, the name by which she was known before marriage need not be given,

 

•  names not used since the age of 18 or for at least 20 years need not be given.

  

 

Show for each individual director the director’s date of birth, business occupation and nationality.

 

The date of birth must be given for every individual director.

 

4.  Other directorships:

  

 

A peer, or an individual known by a title, may state the title instead of or in addition to the forename(s) and surname and need not give the name by which that person was known before he or she adopted the title or succeeded to it.

 

Address:

 

Give the usual residential address.

 

In the case of a corporation or Scottish firm give the registered or principal office.

 

Subscribers:

  

•  Give the name of every company of which the person concerned is a director or has been a director at any time in the past 5 years. You may exclude a company which either is or at all times during the past 5 years, when the person was a director, was:

 

•  dormant,

 

•  a parent company which wholly owned the company making the return,

 

•  a wholly owned subsidiary of the company making the return, or

  

The form must be signed personally either by the subscriber(s) or by a person or persons authorised to sign on behalf of the subscriber(s).

  

 

•  another wholly owned subsidiary of the same parent company.

 

If there is insufficient space on the form for other directorships you may use a separate sheet of paper, which should include the company’s number and the full name of the director.

  

 

LOGO


The Companies Act 1985

 

 

Company limited by shares

 

 

Memorandum of association

of

Hillgate (210) Limited

 

LOGO

 

1.

The Company’s name is Hillgate (210) Limited.

 

2.

The Company’s registered office is to be situated in England and Wales.

 

3.

The Company’s objects are:

 

  (a)

to carry on all or any of the business as a general commercial company.

 

  (b)

to carry on all or any of the businesses of manufacturers, sellers, importers, exporters, distributors, dealers, suppliers, constructors, builders, developers, promoters, financiers, concessionaires, brokers or agents of or in all or any goods, products, plant, machinery, equipment, articles, property, chattels, services or concepts of any nature or description whatsoever and in all or any part of the world.

 

  (c)

to carry on any other trade or business whatsoever which can be advantageously carried on by the Company in connection with or as ancillary to any of the businesses or objects of the Company.

 

  (d)

to accept, draw, make, create, issue, execute, discount, endorse, negotiate and deal in bills of exchange, promissory notes, bonds and other instruments and securities, whether negotiable or otherwise.

 

  (e)

to subscribe for, underwrite, purchase or otherwise acquire, and to hold, dispose of and deal with, shares, bonds, obligations, or any other securities or units whatsoever of any company, fund, trust, business, undertaking or other entity and any options or other rights in respect of them, and to buy and sell foreign exchange.

 

1


  (f)

to acquire and assume for any estate or interest and to take options over, construct, develop, turn to account, exploit and deal with any property, real or personal, and rights of any kind.

 

  (g)

to purchase, acquire, undertake or assume the whole or any part of the business, undertaking, goodwill, assets and liabilities of any person, firm or company carrying on or proposing to carry on any of the businesses which the Company carries on or is authorised to carry on or which is possessed of or entitled to any property or rights of whatsoever nature which may be thought advantageous to, or suitable for the purposes of, the Company.

 

  (h)

to sell, exchange, mortgage, charge, let on rent, share of profit, royalty or otherwise, grant licences, easements, options and other rights over, and in any other manner deal with or dispose of all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets both present and future of the Company, or any part of it, for such consideration as may be thought fit, and in particular for shares or any other securities whatsoever, whether fully or partly paid up.

 

  (i)

to amalgamate or enter into partnership or any profit sharing or joint venture arrangement or association with, and to co-operate or participate in any way with, and assist or subsidise anyperson, company, firm or other entity whatsoever.

 

  (j)

to co-ordinate, manage, finance, subsidise or otherwise assist any company or companies or other organisations or entities in which the Company is a member or participant or in which the Company otherwise has any direct or indirect interest and to provide for them administrative, executive, managerial, secretarial and other services and generally otherwise to carry on business as a holding company.

 

  (k)

to apply for and take out, purchase or otherwise acquire any trade or service marks or names, designs, patents, patent rights, copyright, inventions, secret processes or formulae and any other intellectual property rights of any kind and to carry out experiments and research work in connection with them and to protect, maintain, develop, exploit, turn to account and deal with them.

 

  (l)

to borrow and raise money and to secure or discharge any debt or obligation in any manner whatsoever and, in particular, by mortgages of or charges upon all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (both present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company or by the creation and issue of securities of any description.

 

2


  (m)

to lend, advance or deposit money or give or provide credit or any other form of financial accommodation to any person, firm, company or other entity whatsoever and whether with or without security and otherwise on such terms as may be thought fit.

 

  (n)

to invest all moneys of the Company not immediately required in such manner as may be thought fit and to hold, dispose of and otherwise deal with any investments so made.

 

  (o)

to enter into any guarantee, contract of indemnity or suretyship or to provide security, with or without consideration, whether by mortgaging or charging all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company or by any other method or in any other manner, for the performance of any obligations or commitments of, and the repayment or payment of the principal amounts of and any premiums, interest, dividends and other moneys payable on or in respect of any securities or liabilities of, any person, firm, company or other entity including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any company which is for the time being a subsidiary or a holding company of the Company or another subsidiary of a holding company of the Company or which is otherwise associated with the Company.

 

  (p)

to promote or join in the promotion of any company, firm or other entity whatsoever whether or not carrying on a business or having objects similar to those of the Company.

 

  (q)

to promote and apply for any Act of Parliament, statutory instrument, order, licence or other authority for the purposes of effecting any modification to the Company’s constitution or for any other purpose whatsoever which may be intended or calculated, directly or indirectly, to promote the Company’s interests or to enable it to carry into effect any of its objects.

 

  (r)

to enter into any agreement or arrangement with any government or governmental or other regulatory authority or person which may seem conducive to the attainment or implementation of the Company’s objects or any of them and to obtain any orders, rights, privileges, franchises, and concessions and to carry out, enjoy, exercise and comply with them.

 

  (s)

to pay all costs, charges and expenses preliminary and incidental to the promotion, formation, establishment and incorporation of the Company or to enter into any agreement for them, and including the payment of commission or other remuneration or reward to any person for underwriting, placing, selling, subscribing or otherwise assisting in the issue of any securities of the Company or in or about its formation.

 

3


  (t)

to procure the registration or incorporation of the Company in or under the laws of any territory outside England.

 

  (u)

to the extent permitted by law, to give any form of financial assistance (as defined in Section 152. Companies Act 1985), directly or indirectly, for the purpose of, or in connection with, any acquisition or proposed acquisition of shares in the Company and/or any reduction or discharge of a liability incurred by any person for the purpose of such an acquisition.

 

  (v)

to support and to subscribe or guarantee the payment of any money or transfer of any property whatsoever, to any national, charitable, benevolent, public, general or useful object or for any purpose which may be considered likely, directly or indirectly, to further the interests of the Company or of its members.

 

  (w)

to establish, maintain and/or contribute to any pension, superannuation, death benefits, funds or schemes for the benefit of, and to give, award, or procure the giving or awarding, of donations, pensions, gratuities, allowances, annuities, emoluments or other benefits whatsoever to any persons who are or have at any time been in the employment or service of the Company or of any company which is its holding company or which is a subsidiary of either the Company or any such holding company or of any company which is otherwise allied to or associated with the Company, or who are or have at any time been Directors or officers (or held comparable or equivalent offices) of the Company or of any such other company, and also to the wives, widows, families and dependants of any such persons; to establish, subsidise or subscribe to any institutions, associations, clubs or funds which may be considered likely to benefit all or any such persons; to make payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons; to establish, support and maintain any form of profit-sharing, share purchase, share incentive, share option or employees’ share scheme for any such persons and to lend money to any persons eligible to participate therein or benefit therefrom (or to trustees on their behalf) for the purposes of or in connection with the operation and enjoyment of any such scheme.

 

  (x)

to distribute amongst the members of the Company, in specie or otherwise, all or any part of the property, undertaking or assets of the Company.

 

  (y)

to do all or any of the things and matters aforesaid in any part of the world, either as principals, agents, contractors, trustees or otherwise, and by or through trustees, agents, intermediaries, subsidiary companies or otherwise and either alone or in conjunction with others.

 

4


  (z)

to do all such other things as may be considered incidental or conducive to the attainment of the above objects or any of them.

 

  And

it is declared that:

 

  (a)

none of the objects set out above in this clause shall be restrictively construed but the widest interpretation shall be given to each such object which shall not, except where the context expressly so requires, be in any way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other object set out above;

 

  (b)

none of the sub-clauses of this clause shall be construed as being subsidiary or ancillary to any of the objects specified in any other sub-clause and the same shall each be construed as if they constituted the objects of a separate, distinct and independent company;

 

  (c)

the word “company” in this clause, except where used in reference to the Company shall include any partnership or other body of persons, whether incorporated or not, and whether formed, incorporated, domiciled or resident in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. The word “person” shall include any company as well as any legal or natural person and the words “and” and “or” shall also mean “and/or” where the context so permits.

 

4.

The liability of the Members is limited.

 

5.

The share capital of the Company is £1,000 divided into 1,000 Ordinary Shares of £1 each.

 

5


I, the subscriber to this memorandum of association, wish to be formed into a company pursuant to this memorandum; and I agree to take the number of shares shown opposite my name below:

 

Name and address of subscriber    Number of shares to be taken by the subscriber
LOGO         
for and on behalf of           1 (one)   
Hillgate Nominees Limited         
Hillgate House         
26 Old Bailey         
London         
EC4M 7HW         
     

 

  
Total shares taken       1 (one)   
     

 

  
Dated 9-1-2001         
Witness to the above signature:         
LOGO         
SANGITA PATEL         
Hillgate House         
26 Old Bailey         
London         
EC4M 7HW         

 

6


The Companies Act 1985

 

 

Company limited by shares

 

 

Articles of association

of

Hillgate (210) Limited

 

1.

Preliminary

The Company is a Private Company and, subject as provided in these Articles and except where the same are varied or excluded by or are inconsistent with these Articles, the regulations contained in Table A in the Schedule to the Companies (Tables A to F) “Regulations” 1985 as amended by the Companies (Tables A to F) (Amendment) Regulations 1985 (“Table A”) shall apply to the Company and shall be deemed to form part of these Articles. References in these Articles to Regulations are to regulations in Table A unless otherwise stated.

 

2.

Definitions

In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words have the following meanings:

 

“the Act”

   the Companies Act 1985 but so that any reference in these Articles to any provision of the Act shall be deemed to include a reference to any statutory modification or re-enactment of that provision for the time being in force;

“these Articles”

   these Articles of Association in their present form or as from time to time altered;

“Director”

   a director of the Company;

“the Board”

   the board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee of it or the Directors present at a meeting of the board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee of it, in each case at which a quorum is present;

“Member”

   a member of the Company; and

“paid up”

   paid up or credited as paid up.

 

1


3.

Share capital

The share capital of the Company at the date of the Company’s incorporation is £1,000 divided into 1,000 Ordinary Shares of £1 each.

 

4.

Shares

 

4.1

The Board is generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 80 of the Act to exercise any power of the Company to allot relevant securities (as defined in that Section) to such persons, on such terms and in such manner as it thinks fit, up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,000 at any time or times during the period of 5 years from the date of the Company’s incorporation.

 

4.2

The authority contained in Article 4.1 shall enable the Board to allot relevant securities after the expiry of this period of 5 years pursuant to an offer or agreement made by the Company before the expiry of this period.

 

4.3

All unissued shares or securities of the Company not comprising relevant securities shall be at the disposal of the Board who may allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times, and on such terms as it thinks proper.

 

4.4

Pursuant to Section 91 of the Act, sub-section (1) of Section 89 and sub-sections (1) to (6) inclusive of Section 90 of the Act shall be excluded from applying to the Company.

 

5.

Lien

The lien conferred by Regulation 8 shall also attach to fully paid shares and the Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on all shares, whether fully paid or not, standing registered in the name of any person, whether he shall be the sole registered holder of them or shall be one of two or more joint holders for all moneys presently payable by him or his estate to the Company. Regulation 8 shall be modified accordingly.

 

6.

Forfeiture

The liability of any Member in default of payment of a call shall, if the Board so directs, also include any costs and expenses suffered or incurred by the Company in respect of such non-payment and the powers conferred on the Board by Regulation 18 and the provisions of Regulation 21 shall be extended accordingly.

 

2


7.

Transfer of shares

The Board may, in its absolute discretion, and without giving any reason, decline to register a transfer of any share, whether or not it is a fully paid share. Regulation 24 shall not apply to the Company.

 

8.

Transmission of shares

The Board may at any time give notice requiring any person entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder of it to elect either to be registered himself in respect of the share or to transfer the share and if the notice is not complied with within 60 days the Board may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other moneys payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with Regulation 31 shall be modified accordingly.

 

9.

Proceedings at general meetings

 

9.1

No business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Subject to Article 9.2, two persons entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted, each being a member or a proxy for a member or a duly authorised representative of a corporation, shall be a quorum.

 

9.2

If the company has only one member, that sole member present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum.

 

9.3

If within half an hour from the time appointed for a general meeting, a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved; in any other case, it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the Board may determine. If a quorum is not present at any such adjourned meeting within half an hour from the time appointed for that meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

9.4

Regulations 40 and 41 shall not apply to the Company.

 

9.5

A poll may be demanded at any general meeting by any member present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote. Regulation 46 shall be modified accordingly.

 

10.

Delegation of Directors’ powers

 

10.1

Any committee of the Board may consist of one or more co-opted persons other than Directors on whom voting rights may be conferred as members of the committee but so that: the number of co-opted members shall be less than one-half of the total number of members of the committee; and

 

10.2

no resolution of the committee shall be effective unless a majority of the members of the committee present at the meeting are Directors.

Regulation 72 shall be modified accordingly.

 

3


11.

Appointment and retirement of Directors

 

11.1

The minimum number of Directors shall be one and in the event of there being a sole director, he shall have all the powers and be subject to all the provisions herein conferred on the Directors and he or any alternate Director appointed by him shall alone constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Directors. Regulations 64, 89 and 90 shall be modified (and all other Regulations in these Articles relating to Directors shall be construed) accordingly.

 

11.2

The Directors shall not be subject to retirement by rotation and accordingly:

 

  (a)

Regulations 73 to 75 inclusive, Regulation 80 and the last sentence of Regulation 84 shall not apply to the Company;

 

  (b)

Regulation 76 shall apply but with the deletion of the words “other than a director retiring by rotation”;

 

  (c)

Regulation 77 shall apply but with the deletion of the words in brackets “(other than a director retiring by rotation at the meeting)”;

 

  (d)

Regulation 78 shall apply but with the deletion of the words “and may also determine the rotation in which any additional directors are to retire”; and

 

  (e)

Regulation 79 shall apply but with the deletion of the second and third sentences of it.

 

11.3

In any case where as the result of death or deaths the Company has no members and no Directors the personal representatives of the last member to have died shall have the right by notice in writing to appoint a person to be a Director of the Company and such appointment shall be as effective as if made by the Company in General meeting. For the purpose of this article, where two or more members die in circumstances rendering it uncertain which of them survived the other or others, the members shall be deemed to have died in order of seniority, and accordingly the younger shall be deemed to have survived the elder.

 

4


12.

Directors

 

12.1

The Directors shall be entitled to such remuneration (if any) by way of fee as shall from time to time be determined by the Company in General Meeting. Unless and until so determined, remuneration shall be at such rate, not exceeding £10,000 per annum for each Director, as the Board shall from time to time determine. Such remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. An alternate Director may be paid by the Company such part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as his appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct. The Directors (including alternate Directors) shall also be entitled to be paid their reasonable travelling, hotel and other expenses of attending and returning from meetings of the Company or otherwise incurred while engaged on the business of the Company or in the discharge of their duties. The end of the first sentence of Regulation 66 shall be modified accordingly and Regulations 82 and 83 shall not apply to the Company.

 

12.2

Any Director who, by request, performs special services or goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who otherwise performs services which, in the opinion of the Board, are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director shall receive such extra remuneration by way of salary, percentage of profits or otherwise as the Board may determine, which shall be charged as part of the Company’s ordinary working expenses.

 

12.3

Subject to the provisions of the Act and provided that he has disclosed to the Directors the nature and extent of any material interest of his, a Director notwithstanding his office:

 

  (a)

may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is in any way interested;

 

  (b)

may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company is in any way interested;

 

  (c)

may, or any firm or company of which he is a member or director may, act in a professional capacity for the Company or any body corporate in which the Company is in any way interested;

 

  (d)

shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such office, service or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit; and

 

  (e)

shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum on any matter concerning paragraphs (a) to (d).

 

5


12.4

For the purposes of Article 12.3:

 

  (a)

a general notice to the Directors that a Director is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any transaction or arrangement in which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that the Director has an interest in any such transaction of the nature and extent so specified;

 

  (b)

an interest of which a Director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his; and

 

  (c)

an interest of a person who is, for any purpose of the Act (excluding any statutory modification not in force when this Article becomes binding on the Company), connected with a Director shall be treated as an interest of the Director and, in relation to an alternate director, an interest of his appointor shall be treated as an interest of the alternate director without prejudice to any interest which the alternate director has otherwise.

Regulations 85, 86 and 94 to 97 inclusive shall not apply to the Company.

 

13.

Proceedings of Directors

 

13.1

An alternate director who is himself a Director and/or who acts as an alternate director for more than one Director shall be entitled, in the absence of his appointor(s), to a separate vote or votes on behalf of his appointor(s) in addition (if he is himself a director) to his own vote. Regulation 88 shall be modified accordingly.

 

13.2

Any Director may, subject to proper notice having been given or dispensed with, participate in a meeting of the Directors by means of telephone or some other form of electronic communication, whereby all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other and participation in a meeting in this manner shall constitute presence in person at such meeting provided that the number of Directors then present constitutes a quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors under these Articles. Regulation 88 shall be modified accordingly.

 

14.

Notices

A notice served by post shall be deemed to be given at the expiration of twenty-four hours (or, where second class mail is employed, 48 hours) after the time when the cover containing it is posted. The second sentence of Regulation 115 shall not apply to the Company.

 

6


15.

Indemnity

Subject to the provisions of the Act but without prejudice to any indemnity to which a Director may otherwise be entitled, every Director or other officer or auditor of the Company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him in the execution of his duties or in relation to them including any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgement is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or the proceedings are otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his part or in connection with any application in which relief is granted to him by the court from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the affairs of the Company. Regulation 118 shall not apply to the Company.

 

7


Name and address of subscriber

 

LOGO

For and on behalf of

Hillgate Nominees Limited

Hillgate House

26 Old Bailey

London

EC4M 7HW

Dated: 9-1-2001

Witness to the above signature:

 

LOGO

SANGITA PATEL

Hillgate House

26 Old Bailey

London

EC4M 7HW

 

8

Exhibit T3A.34

FILE COPY

 

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF A PRIVATE LIMITED COMPANY

Company No. 3515447

The Registrar of Companies for England and Wales hereby certifies that

COLLECTOR SERVICES LIMITED

is this day incorporated under the Companies Act 1985 as a private company and that the company is limited.

Given at Companies House, London, the 17th February 1998

 

LOGO


LOGO

 


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


     
  

THE COMPANIES ACT 1985

 

        

 

A PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED By SHARES

 

        

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

of

COLLECTOR SERVICES LIMITED

 

        

 

        

   LOGO
     

1. The name of the Company is “Collector Services Limited”.

2. The registered office of the Company is to be situated in England and Wales.

3. The objects for which the Company is established are:

 

(a)

To carry on business as a holding company and to acquire and hold shares, stocks, debenture stocks, bonds, mortgages, obligations and other securities of any kind issued or guaranteed by any company, corporation, government, public body or authority or undertaking of whatever nature and wherever constituted or carrying on business.

 

(b)

To acquire and hold shares, stocks, debentures, debenture stock, scrip, bonds, notes, securities and obligations, issued or guaranteed by any company constituted or carrying on business in any part of the world, and funds, loans, securities or obligations of or issued or guaranteed by any government, state or dominion, public body or authority, supreme municipal, local or otherwise, whether at home or abroad.

 

(c)

To acquire any such shares, stocks, debentures, debenture stock, scrip, bonds, notes, securities, obligations, funds or loans by original subscription, offer, tender, purchase, participation in syndicates, exchange or otherwise, and whether or not fully paid up and to subscribe for the same either conditionally or otherwise, and to guarantee the subscription thereof, and to exercise and enforce all rights and powers conferred by or incident to the ownership thereof, and to vary and transpose from time to time as may be considered expedient any of the Company’s investments for the time being.


(d)

To enter into such commercial or other transactions in connection with any trade or business of the Company as may seem to the board of directors desirable for the purpose of the Company’s affairs.

 

(e)

To apply for, purchase or otherwise acquire, protect, maintain and renew any patents, patent rights, trade marks, designs, licences and other intellectual property rights of all kinds or any secret or other information as to any invention and to use, exercise, develop or grant licences in respect of, or otherwise turn to account the property, rights or information so acquired and to experiment with any such rights which the Company may propose to acquire.

 

(f)

To invest and deal with the moneys of the Company not immediately required in any manner and hold and deal with any investment so made.

 

(g)

To pay or to provide or to make such arrangements for providing such gratuities, pensions, benefits, share option and acquisition schemes, loans and other matters and to establish, support, subsidise and subscribe to any institutions, associations, clubs, schemes, funds or trusts (whether to or for the benefit of present or past directors or employees of the Company or its predecessors in business or of any company which is a subsidiary company of the Company or is allied to or associated with the Company or with any such subsidiary company or to or for or for the benefit of persons who are or were related to or connected with or dependants of any such directors or employees) as may seem to the board of directors directly or indirectly to advance the interests of the Company.

 

(h)

To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, negotiate, execute and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, bills of lading, warrants, debentures and other negotiable and transferable instruments.

 

(i)

To act as agents, brokers or trustees, and to enter into such arrangements (whether by way of amalgamation, partnership, profit sharing, union of interests, co-operation, joint venture or otherwise) with other persons or companies as may seem to the board of directors to advance the interests of the Company and to vest any property of the Company in any person or company on behalf of the Company and with or without any declaration of trust in favour of the Company.

 

(j)

To apply for, promote and obtain any Act of Parliament, charter, privilege, concession, licence or authorisation of any government, state or municipality, or any other department or authority, or enter into arrangements with any such body, for enabling the Company to carry any of its objects into effect or for extending any of the powers of the Company or for effecting any modification of the constitution of the Company or for any other purpose which may seem to the board of directors to be expedient, and to oppose any proceedings or applications which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to prejudice the interests of the Company.


(k)

To sell, lease, dispose of, grant rights over or otherwise deal with the whole or any part of the undertaking, property or assets of the Company on such terms as the board of directors may decide, and to distribute any property or assets of the Company of whatever kind in specie among the members of the Company.

 

(l)

To pay for any rights or property acquired by the Company and to remunerate any person or company, whether by cash payment or by the allotment of shares, debentures or other securities of the Company credited as paid up in full or in part, or by any other method the board of directors thinks fit.

 

(m)

To establish or promote companies and to place or guarantee the placing of, underwrite, subscribe for or otherwise acquire, hold, dispose of and deal with, and guarantee the payment of interest, dividends and capital on all or any of the shares, debentures, debenture stock or other securities or obligations of any company or association and to pay or provide for brokerage, commission and underwriting in respect of any such issue on such terms as the board of directors may decide.

 

(n)

To co-ordinate, finance and manage all or any part of the operations of any company which is a subsidiary company of or otherwise under the control of the Company and generally to carry on the business of a holding company.

 

(o)

To carry on through any subsidiary or associated company any activities which the Company is authorised to carry on and to make any arrangements whatsoever with such company (including any arrangements for taking the profits or bearing the losses of any such activities) as the board of directors thinks fit.

 

(p)

To raise or borrow money in such manner as the board of directors thinks fit and to receive deposits and to mortgage, charge, pledge or give liens or other security over the whole or any part of the Company’s undertaking, property and assets (whether present or future), including its uncalled capital, for such purposes and in such circumstances and on such terms and conditions as the board of directors thinks fit.

 

(q)

To lend or advance money and to give credit and to enter (whether gratuitously or otherwise) into guarantees or indemnities of all kinds, and whether secured or unsecured, whether in respect of its own obligations or those of some other person or company, in such circumstances and on such terms and conditions as the board of directors thinks fit.


(r)

To pay or agree to pay all or any of the promotion, formation and registration expenses of the Company.

 

(s)

To contribute to or support any public, general, political, charitable, benevolent or useful object, which it seems to the board of directors to be in the interests of the Company or its members to contribute to or support.

 

(t)

To do all or any of the things stated in this clause 3 in any part of the world whether as principal, agent or trustee or otherwise and either alone or jointly with others and either by or through agents, subcontractors, trustees or otherwise.

 

(u)

To do all such other things as the board of directors considers will further the interests of the Company or to be incidental or conducive to the attainment of all or any of the objects stated in this clause 3.

4. The objects stated in each part of clause 3 shall not be restrictively construed but shall be given the widest interpretation. In clause 3, the word “company” shall be deemed, except where used to refer to the Company, to include any partnership or other body of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate and whether domiciled in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. Except where the context expressly so requires, none of the sub-clauses of clause 3, or the objects stated in clause 3, or the powers conferred by clause 3 shall be limited by, or be deemed subsidiary or auxiliary to, any other sub-clause of clause 3, or any other object stated in clause 3 or any other power conferred by clause 3.

5. The liability of the members is limited.

6. The share capital of the Company is £1000 divided into 1000 shares of £1 each.


[I/We], the subscriber[s] to this memorandum of association, wish to be formed into a company pursuant to this memorandum. [I/We] agree to take the number of shares shown opposite [my/our respective] name[s].

 

   LOGO    Name and address of subscriber            Number of shares taken
  

 

I.C.S, International Collections Services B.V.

     

 

One

   Strawinskylaan 923   
   1077 XX Amsterdam      
      The Netherlands      
      LOGO      
      Stefan Linder      
      for and on behalf of      
      I.C.S. International Collections Services B.V.      
            Total shares taken
            One

 

Date: 16 February 1998

Witness to signature:

   LOGO

Address of witness:

  

Grönviksvägen 29

167 71 Bromma, Sweden


THE COMPANIES ACT 1985

 

 

A PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of

Collector Services Limited

 

 

PRELIMINARY

1.1 Subject as otherwise provided herein, the regulations in Table A in the Companies (Tables A-F) Regulations 1985 as amended prior to the adoption of the articles (Table A) shall apply to the company to the exclusion of any other regulations which would fall to constitute the company’s articles of association pursuant to section 8(2) of the Act.

1.2 The following provisions of Table A shall not apply to the company:-

 

(a)

in regulation 1, the definitions of the articles, executed and the seal;

 

(b)

regulation 2;

 

(c)

in regulation 24, the words “which is not fully paid”;

 

(d)

in regulation 38, the final sentence;

 

(e)

regulation 54;

 

(f)

regulations 60 and 61;

 

(g)

in regulation 62:

 

  (i)

the words “not less than 48 hours” in sub-paragraph (a);

 

  (ii)

the words “not less than 24 hours” in sub-paragraph (b);

 

(h)

regulation 64;


(i)

in regulation 65, the words “approved by resolution of the directors”;

 

(j)

in regulation 66, the last sentence;

 

(k)

regulation 72;

 

(1)

regulation 88;

 

(m)

regulations 93 to 98 inclusive;

 

(n)

regulation 112;

 

(o)

regulation 115;

 

(p)

regulation 118.

2.1 In these articles, except where the subject or context otherwise requires:

articles means these articles of association, incorporating Table A (as applicable to the company), as altered from time to time.

director means a director of the company.

directors means the directors or any of them acting as the board of directors of the company.

dividend means dividend or bonus.

member means a member of the company.

paid means paid or credited as paid.

seal means the common seal of the company and includes any official seal kept by the company by virtue of section 39 or 40 of the Act.

2.2 References to a document being executed include references to its being executed under hand or under seal or by any other method.

2.3 References to writing include references to any visible substitute for writing and to anything partly in one form and partly in another form.

2.4 Words denoting the singular number include the plural number and vice versa; words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine gender; and words denoting persons include corporations.


2.5 The last sentence of regulation 1 of Table A (as applicable to the company) is amended by deleting the words “but excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force when these regulations become binding on the company”.

2.6 References to any provision of any enactment or of any subordinate legislation (as defined by section 21(1) of the Interpretation Act 1978) include any modification or re-enactment of that provision for the time being in force.

2.7 Headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the construction of the articles.

2.8 In these articles, (a) powers of delegation shall not be restrictively construed but the widest interpretation shall be given thereto; (b) the word directors in the context of the exercise of any power contained in the articles includes any committee consisting of one or more directors, any director holding executive office and any local or divisional board, manager or agent of the company to which or, as the case may be, to whom the power in question has been delegated; (c) no power of delegation shall be limited by the existence or, except where expressly provided by the terms of delegation, the exercise of that or any other power of delegation; and (d) except where expressly provided by the terms of delegation, the delegation of a power shall not exclude the concurrent exercise of that power by any other body or person who is for the time being authorised to exercise it under the articles or under another delegation of the power.

SHARE CAPITAL

3. Shares which are comprised in the authorised but unissued share capital of the Company shall be under the control of the Directors who may (subject to Sections 80 and 89 of the Act and to article 4 of these articles) allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of the same, to such persons, on such terms and in such manner as they think fit.

4.1 The Directors are generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 80 of the Act to exercise any power of the Company to allot and grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares of the Company up to the amount of the authorised share capital with which the Company is incorporated at any time or times during the period of five years from the date of incorporation and the Directors may, after that period, allot any shares or grant any such rights or restrictions under this authority in pursuance of an offer or agreement so to do made by the Company within that period. The authority hereby given may at any time (subject to the said Section 80) be renewed, revoked or varied by Ordinary Resolution of the Company in General Meeting.


4.2 The Directors are empowered to allot and grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares of the Company pursuant to the authority conferred under article 4.1 of these articles as if Section 89(1) of the Act did not apply. This power shall enable the Directors so to allot and grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares of the Company after its expiry in pursuance of an offer or agreement so to do made by the Company before its expiry.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETING

5. At the end of regulation 38 of Table A (as applicable to the company) there shall be added the following sentence:

“Subject to the provisions of the articles and to any restrictions imposed on any shares, the notice shall be given to all the members and to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member, but need not be given to the directors in their capacity as such”.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

6. Where for any purpose an ordinary resolution of the company is required, a special or extraordinary resolution shall also be effective and where for any purpose an extraordinary resolution is required a special resolution shall also be effective.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

7. Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, on a show of hands every member who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he is the holder.

PROXIES AND REPRESENTATIVES OF BODIES CORPORATE

8. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or his attorney or, if the appointor is a body corporate, either under its common seal or the hand of a duly authorised officer, attorney or other person authorised to sign it.

9. Instruments of proxy shall be in any usual form or in any other form which the directors may approve.

10. The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The instrument of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.


11. For so long as the company is a subsidiary, any director or secretary of a body corporate which is a member of the company (each such person being hereafter referred to as a Qualifying Representative) shall be recognised as the proxy of that body corporate unless the body corporate has delivered to the company in relation to the meeting a valid instrument of proxy which has not been revoked. If more than one Qualifying Representative of a body corporate is present at any meeting of the company, such persons shall agree between them who shall act as proxy for the body corporate. In default of their promptly so agreeing, the Chairman of the meeting shall direct which person shall act as proxy of the body corporate and his decision shall be final. All acts done by a Qualifying Representative who acts as proxy pursuant to the provisions of this article shall, notwithstanding that it afterwards be discovered that there was a defect in his appointment or that he was disqualified from holding office, or had vacated office, or that he was not authorised by the body corporate to do the act in question, be as valid as if such Qualifying Representative had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to hold the relevant office and had been duly authorised to do the act in question.

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

12. The maximum number and minimum number respectively of the directors may be determined from time to time by ordinary resolution in general meeting of the company. Subject to and in default of any such determination there shall be no maximum number of directors and the minimum number of directors shall be one. Whenever the minimum number of directors is one, a sole director shall have authority to exercise all the powers and discretions by Table A and by these articles expressed to be vested in the directors generally, and regulation 89 in Table A shall be modified accordingly.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

13.1 At the end of regulation 66 of Table A (as applicable to the company) there shall be added the following sentence:

“A director or any other person may act as alternate director to represent more than one director, and an alternate director shall be entitled at meetings of the directors or any committee of the directors to one vote for every director whom he represents in addition to his own vote (if any) as a director, but he shall count as only one for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present.”

13.2 At the end of regulation 67 of Table A (as applicable to the company) there shall be added the following sentence:

“The appointment of an alternate director shall also determine automatically on the happening of any event which, if he were a director, would cause him to vacate his office as director.”

13.3 The words “or in any other manner approved by the directors” in regulation 68 of the Table A (as applicable to the company) shall be deleted and the following shall be added to that regulation:

“and shall take effect, subject to the terms of the notice, on receipt of such notice at the registered office of the company”.


DELEGATION OF POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS

14. The directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more directors. The directors may also delegate to any director holding any executive office such of their powers as the directors consider desirable to be exercised by him. Any such delegation shall, in the absence of express provision to the contrary in the terms of delegation, be deemed to include authority to sub-delegate to one or more directors (whether or not acting as a committee) or to any employee or agent of the company all or any of the powers delegated and may be made subject to such conditions as the directors may specify, and may be revoked or altered. Subject to any conditions imposed by the directors, the proceedings of a committee with two or more members shall be governed by the articles regulating the proceedings of directors so far as they are capable of applying.

15. The board may establish local or divisional boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the company, either in the United Kingdom or elsewhere, and may appoint any persons to be members of the local or divisional boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration. The board may delegate to any local or divisional board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the board, with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any local or divisional board, or any of them, to fill any vacancies and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any appointment or delegation made pursuant to this article may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the board may decide and the board may remove any person so appointed and may revoke or vary the delegation but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of the revocation or variation shall be affected by it.

16. The directors may appoint any person to any office or employment having a designation or title including the word director or attach to any existing office or employment with the company such a designation or title and may terminate any such appointment or the use of any such designation or title. The inclusion of the word director in the designation or title of any such office or employment shall not imply that the holder is a director of the company, nor shall the holder thereby be empowered in any respect to act as, or be deemed to be, a director of the company for any of the purposes of the articles.

 


APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

17.1 While the company is a subsidiary, the immediate holding company for the time being of the company may appoint any person to be a director or remove any director from office. Every such appointment or removal shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the said holding company and shall take effect, subject to the terms of such notice, upon receipt of such notice at the registered office of the company or by the secretary. Each such removal shall be without any claim for damages or compensation for loss of office (but without prejudice to any claims under any contract of employment).

17.2 While the company is a subsidiary, the directors shall have power to appoint any person to be a director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors, subject to any maximum for the time being in force, and, subject to regulation 81 of Table A (as applicable to the company), any director so appointed shall hold office until he is removed pursuant to article 17.1 of these articles.

17.3 While the company is a subsidiary, regulations 73 to 80 (inclusive) shall not apply to the company and all references elsewhere in Table A to retirement by rotation shall be modified accordingly.

18. At the end of regulation 81 of Table A (as applicable to the company) there shall be added the following sub-paragraph:

“; or

(f) he is removed in accordance with article 17.1 of these articles; or

(g) he is requested to resign in writing by not less than three quarters of the other directors. In calculating the number of directors who are required to make such a request to the director, (i) there shall be excluded any alternate director appointed by him acting in his capacity as such; and (ii) a director and any alternate director appointed by him and acting in his capacity as such shall constitute a single director for this purpose, so that the signature of either shall be sufficient.”

DIRECTORS’ APPOINTMENTS AND INTERESTS

19. The directors may exercise the voting power conferred by the shares in any body corporate held or owned by the company in such manner in all respects as they think fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing any or all of them directors of such body corporate, or voting or providing for the payment or giving of remuneration or other benefits to the directors of such body corporate).

 


20. At the end of regulation 86 of Table A (as applicable to the company) there shall be added the following sub-paragraph:

“; and

(c) a director shall not in any circumstances be required to disclose to the directors that he is a director or other officer of, or employed by, or interested in shares or other securities of, any body corporate which is the ultimate holding company of the company or is a subsidiary of such ultimate holding company.”

GRATUITIES, PENSIONS AND INSURANCE

21.1 Without prejudice to the provisions of article 34, the directors shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of any persons who are or were at any time directors, officers, or employees of the company, or of any other company which is its holding company or in which the company or such holding company has any interest whether direct or indirect or which is in any way allied to or associated with the company, or of any subsidiary undertaking of the company or any such other company, or who are or were at any time trustees of any pension fund in which employees of the company or any such other company or subsidiary undertaking are interested, including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) insurance against any liability incurred by such persons in respect of any act or omission in the actual or purported execution or discharge of their duties or in the exercise or purported exercise of their powers or otherwise in relation to their duties, powers or offices in relation to the company or any such other company, subsidiary undertaking or pension fund.

21.2 Without prejudice to the generality of regulation 85 of Table A (as applicable to the company), no director or former director shall be accountable to the company or the members for any benefit provided pursuant to this article and the receipt of any such benefit shall not disqualify any person from being or becoming a director of the company.

22. Pursuant to section 719 of the Act, the directors are hereby authorised to make such provision as may seem appropriate for the benefit or any persons employed or formerly employed by the company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the cessation or the transfer of the whole or part of the undertaking of the company or any subsidiary. Any such provision shall be made by a resolution of the directors in accordance with the said section.

 


PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

23. Subject to the provisions of the articles, the directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. A director may, and the secretary at the request of a director shall, call a meeting of the directors. Notice of a meeting of the directors shall be deemed to be properly given to a director if it is given to him personally or by word of mouth or sent in writing to him at his last known address or any other address given by him to the company for this purpose. Questions arising at a meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. Any director may waive notice of a meeting and any such waiver may be retrospective.

24. A resolution in writing signed by all the directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the directors or of a committee of the directors (not being less than the number of directors required to form a quorum of the directors) shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors or (as the case may be) a committee of the directors duly convened and held and for this purpose:

 

(a)

a resolution may consist of several documents to the same effect each signed by one or more directors;

 

(b)

a resolution signed by an alternate director need not also be signed by his appointor; and

 

(c)

a resolution signed by a director who has appointed an alternate director need not also be signed by the alternate director in that capacity.

25. Without prejudice to the first sentence of article 23, a meeting of the directors or of a committee of the directors may consist of a conference between directors who are not all in one place, but of whom each is able (directly or by telephonic communication) to speak to each of the others, and to be heard by each of the others simultaneously. A director taking part in such a conference shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote or be counted in a quorum accordingly. Such a meeting shall be deemed to take place where the largest group of those participating in the conference is assembled, or, if there is no such group, where the chairman of the meeting then is. The word meeting in the articles shall be construed accordingly.

26. A director may vote at any meeting of the directors or of a committee of the directors on any resolution concerning a transaction or arrangement with the company or in which the company is interested, or concerning any other matter in which the company is interested, notwithstanding that he is interested in that transaction, arrangement or matter or has in relation to it a duty which conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the company.


SEAL

27. The company may exercise the powers conferred by section 39 of the Act with regard to having an official seal for use abroad.

28. Where the Act so permits, any instrument signed with the authority of a resolution of the directors or a committee of the directors by one director and the secretary or by two directors and expressed to be executed by the company as a deed shall have the same effect as if executed under the seal, provided that no instrument which makes it clear on its face that it is intended by the persons making it to have effect as a deed shall be signed without the authority of the directors.

29. A document which is executed by the company as a deed shall not be deemed to be delivered by the company solely as a result of its having been executed by the company.

CERTIFICATION

30. Any director or the secretary or any person appointed by the directors for the purpose shall have power to authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the company and any resolutions passed by the company or the holders of any class of shares of the company or the directors or any committee of the directors, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts. A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or the minutes of or an extract from the minutes of a meeting of the company or the holders of any class of shares of the company or of the directors or any committee of the directors that is certified as aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

RECORD DATES

31. Notwithstanding any other provision of the articles, the company or the directors may fix any date as the record date for any dividend, distribution, allotment or issue, and such record date may be on, or at any time before or after, any date on which the dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is declared, paid or made.


NOTICES

32. The company may serve or deliver any notice or other document on or to a member either personally or by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope addressed to the member at his registered address or by leaving it at that address or by sending it by facsimile transmission to the member at the last telephone number (if any) which the member has given the company for this purpose. In the case of joint holders of a share, all notices or other documents shall be served on or delivered to the joint holder whose name stands first in the register of members in respect of the joint holding and any notice or other document so served or delivered shall be deemed for all purposes sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders.

33.1 Proof that an envelope containing a notice was properly addressed, prepaid and posted shall be conclusive evidence that the notice was given. A notice sent by post shall be deemed given:

 

(a)

if sent by first class post from an address in the United Kingdom or another country to another address in the United Kingdom or, as the case may be, that other country, on the day following that on which the envelope containing it was posted;

 

(b)

if sent by airmail from an address in the United Kingdom to an address outside the United Kingdom, on the day following that on which the envelope containing it was posted; and

 

(c)

in any other case, on the fifth day following that on which the envelope containing it was posted.

33.2 A notice sent by facsimile transmission to a member at the last telephone number (if any) which the member has given the company for this purpose shall be deemed given twelve hours after the time of despatch.

33.3 A notice left at the registered address of a member shall be deemed given when delivered.

INDEMNITY

34. Subject to the provisions of the Act, but without prejudice to any indemnity to which a director may otherwise be entitled, every director or other officer of the company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the company against any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application in which relief is granted to him by the court from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the affairs of the company.


SOLE MEMBER STATUS

35. If at any time and for so long as the company has a single member, all the provisions of these articles shall (in the absence of any express provision to the contrary) apply with such modification as may be necessary in relation to a company with a single member.


Name and address of subscriber    Number of shares taken
I.C.S. International Collections    One
Services B.V.   
Strawinskylaan 923   
1077 XX Amsterdam   
The Netherlands   
LOGO   
Stefan Linder   
for and on behalf of   
I.C.S. International Collections   
Services B.V.   
   Total shares taken
   One

 

Date:   16 February 1998
Witness to signature:   LOGO
Address of witness:  

Grönviksvägen 29

167 71 Bromma, Sweden

Exhibit T3A.35

FILE COPY

 

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF A PRIVATE LIMITED COMPANY

Company No. 4325074

The Registrar of Companies for England and Wales hereby certifies that HILLGATE (272) LIMITED

is this day incorporated under the Companies Act 1985 as a private company and that the company is limited.

Given at Companies House, Cardiff, the 19th November 2001

 

LOGO

HC007B


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


The Companies Act 1985

 

 

Company limited by shares

 

 

 

  

Memorandum of association

 

of

   LOGO

Hillgate (272 ) Limited

 

1.

The Company’s name is Hillgate (272) Limited.

 

2.

The Company’s registered office is to be situated in England and Wales.

 

3.

The Company’s objects are:

 

  (a)

to carry on business as a general commercial company;

 

  (b)

to carry on all or any of the businesses of manufacturers, sellers, importers, exporters, distributors, dealers, suppliers, constructors, builders, developers, promoters, financiers, concessionaires, brokers or agents of or in all or any goods, products, plant, machinery, equipment, articles, property, chattels, services or concepts of any nature or description whatsoever and in all or any part of the world.

 

  (c)

to carry on any other trade or business whatsoever which can be advantageously carried on by the Company in connection with or as ancillary to any of the businesses or objects of the Company.

 

  (d)

to accept, draw, make, create, issue, execute, discount, endorse, negotiate and deal in bills of exchange, promissory notes, bonds and other instruments and securities, whether negotiable or otherwise.

 

  (e)

to subscribe for, underwrite, purchase or otherwise acquire, and to hold, dispose of and deal with, shares, bonds, obligations, or any other securities or units whatsoever of any company, fund, trust, business, undertaking or other entity and any options or other rights in respect of them, and to buy and sell foreign exchange.

 

 

1


  (f)

to acquire and assume for any estate or interest and to take options over, construct, develop, turn to account, exploit and deal with any property, real or personal, and rights of any kind.

 

  (g)

to purchase, acquire, undertake or assume the whole or any part of the business, undertaking, goodwill, assets and liabilities of any person, firm or company carrying on or proposing to carry on any of the businesses which the Company carries on or is authorised to carry on or which is possessed of or entitled to any property or rights of whatsoever nature which may be thought advantageous to, or suitable for the purposes of, the Company.

 

  (h)

to sell, exchange, mortgage, charge, let on rent, share of profit, royalty or otherwise, grant licences, easements, options and other rights over, and in any other manner deal with or dispose of all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets both present and future of the Company, or any part of it , for such consideration as may be thought fit, and in particular for shares or any other securities whatsoever, whether fully or partly paid up.

 

  (i)

to amalgamate or enter into partnership or any profit sharing or joint venture arrangement or association with, and to co-operate or participate in any way with, and assist or subsidise any person, company, firm or other entity whatsoever.

 

  (j)

to co-ordinate, manage, finance, subsidise or otherwise assist any company or companies or other organisations or entities in which the Company is a member or participant or in which the Company otherwise has any direct or indirect interest and to provide for them administrative, executive, managerial, secretarial and other services and generally otherwise to carry on business as a holding company.

 

  (k)

to apply for and take out, purchase or otherwise acquire any trade or service marks or names, designs, patents, patent rights, copyright, inventions, secret processes or formulae and any other intellectual property rights of any kind and to carry out experiments and research work in connection with them and to protect, maintain, develop, exploit, turn to account and deal with them.

 

  (l)

to borrow and raise money and to secure or discharge any debt or obligation in any manner whatsoever and, in particular, by mortgages of or charges upon all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (both present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company or by the creation and issue of securities of any description.

 

2


  (m)

to lend, advance or deposit money or give or provide credit or any other form of financial accommodation to any person, firm, company or other entity whatsoever and whether with or without security and otherwise on such terms as may be thought fit.

 

  (n)

to invest all moneys of the Company not immediately required in such manner as may be thought fit and to hold, dispose of and otherwise deal with any investments so made.

 

  (o)

to enter into any guarantee, contract of indemnity or suretyship or to provide security, with or without consideration, whether by mortgaging or charging all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company or by any other method or in any other manner, for the performance of any obligations or commitments of, and the repayment or payment of the principal amounts of and any premiums, interest, dividends and other moneys payable on or in respect of any securities or liabilities of, any person, firm, company or other entity including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any company which is for the time being a subsidiary or a holding company of the Company or another subsidiary of a holding company of the Company or which is otherwise associated with the Company.

 

  (p)

to promote or join in the promotion of any company, firm or other entity whatsoever whether or not carrying on a business or having objects similar to those of the Company.

 

  (q)

to promote and apply for any Act of Parliament, statutory instrument, order, licence or other authority for the purposes of effecting any modification to the Company’s constitution or for any other purpose whatsoever which may be intended or calculated, directly or indirectly, to promote the Company’s interests or to enable it to carry into effect any of its objects.

 

  (r)

to enter into any agreement or arrangement with any government or governmental or other regulatory authority or person which may seem conducive to the attainment or implementation of the Company’s objects or any of them and to obtain any orders, rights, privileges, franchises, and concessions and to carry out, enjoy, exercise and comply with them.

 

  (s)

to pay all costs, charges and expenses preliminary and incidental to the promotion, formation, establishment and incorporation of the Company or to enter into any agreement for them, and including the payment of commission or other remuneration or reward to any person for underwriting, placing, selling, subscribing or otherwise assisting in the issue of any securities of the Company or in or about its formation.

 

3


  (t)

to procure the registration or incorporation of the Company in or under the laws of any territory outside England.

 

  (u)

to the extent permitted by law, to give any form of financial assistance (as defined in Section 152. Companies Act 1985), directly or indirectly, for the purpose of, or in connection with, any acquisition or proposed acquisition of shares in the Company and /or any holding Company of the Company and/or any reduction or discharge of a liability incurred by any person for the purpose of such an acquisition.

 

  (v)

to support and to subscribe or guarantee the payment of any money or transfer of any property whatsoever, to any national, charitable, benevolent, public, general or useful object or for any purpose which may be considered likely, directly or indirectly, to further the interests of the Company or of its members.

 

  (w)

to establish, maintain and/or contribute to any pension, superannuation, death benefits, funds or schemes for the benefit of, and to give, award, or procure the giving or awarding, of donations, pensions, gratuities, allowances, annuities, emoluments or other benefits whatsoever to any persons who are or have at any time been in the employment or service of the Company or of any company which is its holding company or which is a subsidiary of either the Company or any such holding company or of any company which is otherwise allied to or associated with the Company, or who are or have at any time been Directors or officers (or held comparable or equivalent offices) of the Company or of any such other company, and also to the wives, widows, families and dependants of any such persons; to establish, subsidise or subscribe to any institutions, associations, clubs or funds which may be considered likely to benefit all or any such persons; to make payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons; to establish, support and maintain any form of profit-sharing, share purchase, share incentive, share option or employees’ share scheme for any such persons and to lend money to any persons eligible to participate therein or benefit therefrom (or to trustees on their behalf) for the purposes of or in connection with the operation and enjoyment of any such scheme.

 

  (x)

to distribute amongst the members of the Company, in specie or otherwise, all or any part of the property, undertaking or assets of the Company.

 

  (y)

to do all or any of the things and matters aforesaid in any part of the world, either as principals, agents, contractors, trustees or otherwise, and by or through trustees, agents, intermediaries, subsidiary companies or otherwise and either alone or in conjunction with others.

 

4


  (z)

to do all such other things as may be considered incidental or conducive to the attainment of the above objects or any of them.

And it is declared that:

 

  (a)

none of the objects set out above in this clause shall be restrictively construed but the widest interpretation shall be given to each such object which shall not, except where the context expressly so requires, be in any way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other object set out above;

 

  (b)

none of the sub-clauses of this clause shall be construed as being subsidiary or ancillary to any of the objects specified in any other sub-clause and the same shall each be construed as if they constituted the objects of a separate, distinct and independent company;

 

  (c)

the word “company” in this clause, except where used in reference to the Company shall include any partnership or other body of persons, whether incorporated or not, and whether formed, incorporated, domiciled or resident in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. The word “person” shall include any company as well as any legal or natural person and the words “and” and “or” shall also mean “and/or” where the context so permits.

 

4.

The liability of the Members is limited.

 

5.

The share capital of the Company is £1,000 divided into 1,000 Ordinary Shares of £1 each.

 

5


I, the subscriber to this memorandum of association, wish to be formed into a company pursuant to this memorandum; and I agree to take the number of shares shown opposite my name below:

 

Name and address of subscriber

  

Number of shares to be taken by

the subscriber

    

 

LOGO

     
for and on behalf of    1 (one)   
Hillgate Nominees Limited      
Hillgate House      
26 Old Bailey      
London      
EC4M 7HW      
     
Total shares taken    1 (one)   
     

 

Dated 15 - 11 - 2001
Witness to the above signature:
Signed   LOGO
Name   SUSANNE PEDERSEN
Address:   Hillgate House
  26 Old Bailey
  London
  EC4M 7HW

 

6


The Companies Act 1985

 

 

Company limited by shares

 

 

Articles of association

of

Hillgate (272) Limited

 

1.

Preliminary

The Company is a Private Company and, subject as provided in these Articles and except where the same are varied or excluded by or are inconsistent with these Articles, the regulations contained in Table A in the Schedule to the Companies (Tables A to F) “Regulations” 1985 as amended (“Table A”) shall apply to the Company and shall be deemed to form part of these Articles. References in these Articles to Regulations are to regulations in Table A unless otherwise stated.

 

2.

Definitions

In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words have the following meanings:

 

     “the Act”    the Companies Act 1985 but so that any reference in these Articles to any provision of the Act shall be deemed to include a reference to any statutory modification or re-enactment of that provision for the time being in force;
  “these Articles”    these Articles of Association in their present form or as from time to time altered;
  “the Board”    the board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee of it or the Directors present at a meeting of the board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee of it, in each case at which a quorum is present;
  “communication”    includes a communication comprising sounds or images or both and a communication effecting a payment;

 

7


     “Director”    a director of the Company;
  “electronic communication”   

a communication transmitted (whether from one person to another, from one device to another or from a person to a device or vice versa):

 

(a)   by means of a telecommunication system (within the meaning of the Telecommunications Act 1984); or

 

(b)   by any other means but while in electronic form;

  “Member”    a member of the Company; and
  “paid up”    paid up or credited as paid up.

 

3.

Share capital

The share capital of the Company at the date of the Company’s incorporation is £1,000 divided into 1,000 Ordinary Shares of £1 each.

 

4.

Shares

 

4.1

The Board is generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 80 of the Act to exercise any power of the Company to allot relevant securities (as defined in that Section) to such persons, on such terms and in such manner as it thinks fit, up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,000 at any time or times during the period of 5 years from the date of the Company’s incorporation.

 

4.2

The authority contained in Article 4.1 shall enable the Board to allot relevant securities after the expiry of this period of 5 years pursuant to an offer or agreement made by the Company before the expiry of this period.

 

4.3

All unissued shares or securities of the Company not comprising relevant securities shall be at the disposal of the Board who may allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times, and on such terms as it thinks proper.

 

4.4

Pursuant to Section 91 of the Act, sub-section (1) of Section 89 and sub-sections (1) to (6) inclusive of Section 90 of the Act shall be excluded from applying to the Company.

 

8


5.

Lien

The lien conferred by Regulation 8 shall also attach to fully paid shares and the Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on all shares, whether fully paid or not, standing registered in the name of any person, whether he shall be the sole registered holder of them or shall be one of two or more joint holders for all moneys presently payable by him or his estate to the Company. Regulation 8 shall be modified accordingly.

 

6.

Forfeiture

The liability of any Member in default of payment of a call shall, if the Board so directs, also include any costs and expenses suffered or incurred by the Company in respect of such non-payment and the powers conferred on the Board by Regulation 18 and the provisions of Regulation 21 shall be extended accordingly.

 

7.

Transfer of shares

The Board may, in its absolute discretion, and without giving any reason, decline to register a transfer of any share, whether or not it is a fully paid share. Regulation 24 shall not apply to the Company.

 

8.

Transmission of shares

The Board may at any time give notice requiring any person entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder of it to elect either to be registered himself in respect of the share or to transfer the share and if the notice is not complied with within 60 days the Board may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other moneys payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with. Regulation 31 shall be modified accordingly.

 

9.

Proceedings at general meetings

 

9.1

No business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Subject to Article 9.2, two persons entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted, each being a member or a proxy for a member or a duly authorised representative of a corporation, shall be a quorum.

 

9.2

If the company has only one member, that sole member present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum.

 

9.3

If within half an hour from the time appointed for a general meeting, a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved; in any other case, it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the Board may determine. If a quorum is not present at any such adjourned meeting within half an hour from the time appointed for that meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

9


9.4

Regulations 40 and 41 shall not apply to the Company.

 

9.5

A poll may be demanded at any general meeting by any member present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote. Regulation 46 shall be modified accordingly.

 

10.

Delegation of Directors’ powers

 

10.1

Any committee of the Board may consist of one or more co-opted persons other than Directors on whom voting rights may be conferred as members of the committee but so that: the number of co-opted members shall be less than one-half of the total number of members of the committee; and

 

10.2

no resolution of the committee shall be effective unless a majority of the members of the committee present at the meeting are Directors.

Regulation 72 shall be modified accordingly.

 

11.

Appointment and retirement of Directors

 

11.1

The minimum number of Directors shall be one and in the event of there being a sole director, he shall have all the powers and be subject to all the provisions herein conferred on the Directors and he or any alternate Director appointed by him shall alone constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Directors. Regulations 64, 89 and 90 shall be modified (and all other Regulations in these Articles relating to Directors shall be construed) accordingly.

 

11.2

The Directors shall not be subject to retirement by rotation and accordingly:

 

  (a)

Regulations 73 to 75 inclusive, Regulation 80 and the last sentence of Regulation 84 shall not apply to the Company;

 

  (b)

Regulation 76 shall apply but with the deletion of the words “other than a director retiring by rotation”;

 

  (c)

Regulation 77 shall apply but with the deletion of the words in brackets “(other than a director retiring by rotation at the meeting)”;

 

  (d)

Regulation 78 shall apply but with the deletion of the words “and may also determine the rotation in which any additional directors are to retire”; and

 

  (e)

Regulation 79 shall apply but with the deletion of the second and third sentences of it.

 

10


11.3

In any case where as the result of death or deaths the Company has no members and no Directors the personal representatives of the last member to have died shall have the right by notice in writing to appoint a person to be a Director of the Company and such appointment shall be as effective as if made by the Company in General meeting. For the purpose of this article, where two or more members die in circumstances rendering it uncertain which of them survived the other or others, the members shall be deemed to have died in order of seniority, and accordingly the younger shall be deemed to have survived the elder.

 

11.4

For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent permitted by law, the directors may give any form of financial assistance (as defined in Section 152, Companies Act 1985), directly or indirectly, for the purpose of, or in connection with, any acquisition or proposed acquisition of shares in the Company and/or any holding company of the Company and/or any reduction or discharge of a liability incurred by any person for the purpose of such an acquisition.

 

12.

Directors

 

12.1

The Directors shall be entitled to such remuneration (if any) by way of fee as shall from time to time be determined by the Company in General Meeting. Unless and until so determined, remuneration shall be at such rate, not exceeding £10,000 per annum for each Director, as the Board shall from time to time determine. Such remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. An alternate Director may be paid by the Company such part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as his appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct. The Directors (including alternate Directors) shall also be entitled to be paid their reasonable travelling, hotel and other expenses of attending and returning from meetings of the Company or otherwise incurred while engaged on the business of the Company or in the discharge of their duties. The end of the first sentence of Regulation 66 shall be modified accordingly and Regulations 82 and 83 shall not apply to the Company.

 

12.2

Any Director who, by request, performs special services or goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who otherwise performs services which, in the opinion of the Board, are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director shall receive such extra remuneration by way of salary, percentage of profits or otherwise as the Board may determine, which shall be charged as part of the Company’s ordinary working expenses.

 

11


12.3

Subject to the provisions of the Act and provided that he has disclosed to the Directors the nature and extent of any material interest of his, a Director notwithstanding his office:

 

  (a)

may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is in any way interested;

 

  (b)

may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company is in any way interested;

 

  (c)

may, or any firm or company of which he is a member or director may, act in a professional capacity for the Company or any body corporate in which the Company is in any way interested;

 

  (d)

shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such office, service or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit; and

 

  (e)

shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum on any matter concerning paragraphs (a) to (d).

 

12.4

For the purposes of Article 12.3:

 

  (a)

a general notice to the Directors that a Director is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any transaction or arrangement in which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that the Director has an interest in any such transaction of the nature and extent so specified;

 

  (b)

an interest of which a Director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his; and

 

  (c)

an interest of a person who is, for any purpose of the Act (excluding any statutory modification not in force when this Article becomes binding on the Company), connected with a Director shall be treated as an interest of the Director and, in relation to an alternate director, an interest of his appointor shall be treated as an interest of the alternate director without prejudice to any interest which the alternate director has otherwise.

Regulations 85, 86 and 94 to 97 inclusive shall not apply to the Company.

 

12


13.

Proceedings of Directors

An alternate director who is himself a Director and/or who acts as an alternate director for more than one Director shall be entitled, in the absence of his appointor(s), to a separate vote or votes on behalf of his appointor(s) in addition (if he is himself a director) to his own vote. Regulation 88 shall be modified accordingly.

 

14.

Board Meetings

 

14.1

In this Article ‘electronic’ means actuated by electric, magnetic, electro-magnetic, electro-chemical or electro-mechanical energy and ‘by electronic means’ means by any manner only capable of being so actuated.

 

14.2

A person in communication by electronic means with the chairman and with all other parties to a meeting of the directors or of a committee of the directors shall be regarded for all purposes as personally attending such a meeting provided that but only for so long as at such a meeting he has the ability to communicate interactively and simultaneously with all other parties attending the meeting including all persons attending by electronic means.

 

14.3

A meeting at which one or more of the directors attends by electronic means is deemed to be held at such place as the directors shall at the said meeting resolve. In the absence of a resolution as aforesaid, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place, if any, where a majority of the directors attending the meeting are physically present, or in default of such a majority, the place at which the chairman of the meeting is physically present.

 

15.

Notices

A notice served by post shall be deemed to be given at the expiration of 24 hours (or, where second class mail is employed, 48 hours) after the time when the cover containing it is posted and in the case of a notice contained in an electronic communication at the expiration of 48 hours after the time it was sent. The second sentence of Regulation 115 shall not apply to the Company.

 

13


16.

Indemnity

Subject to the provisions of the Act but without prejudice to any indemnity to which a Director may otherwise be entitled, every Director or other officer or auditor of the Company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him in the execution of his duties or in relation to them including any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgement is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or the proceedings are otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his part or in connection with any application in which relief is granted to him by the court from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the affairs of the Company. Regulation 118 shall not apply to the Company.

 

14


Name and address of subscriber

 

LOGO

For and on behalf of

Hillgate Nominees Limited

Hillgate House

26 Old Bailey

London

EC4M 7HW

 

Dated: 15 - 11 - 2001
Witness to the above signature:
Signed   LOGO
Name:   SUSANNE PEDERSEN
Address:   Hillgate House
26 Old Bailey
London
EC4M 7HW

 

15


Oyez

SCHEDULE

 

 

TABLE A

 

 

*REGULATIONS FOR MANAGEMENT OF A COMPANY LIMITED

BY SHARES

 

 

INTERPRETATION.

1. In these regulations:-

“the Act” means the Companies Act 1985 including any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.

“the articles” means the articles of the company.

“clear days” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.

“executed” includes any mode of execution.

“office” means the registered office of the company.

“the holder” in relation to shares means the member whose name is entered in the register of members as the holder of the shares.

“the seal” means the common seal of the company.

“secretary” means the secretary of the company or any other person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary.

“the United Kingdom” means Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

Unless the context otherwise requires, words or expressions contained in these regulations bear the same meaning as in the Act but excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force when these regulations become binding on the company.

SHARE CAPITAL.

2. Subject to the provisions of the Act and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing shares, any share may be issued with such rights or restrictions as the company may by ordinary resolution determine.

3. Subject to the provisions of the Act, shares may be issued which are to be redeemed or are to be liable to be redeemed at the option of the company or the holder on such terms and in such manner as may be provided by the articles.

 

*

These Regulations were introduced by the Companies (Tables A to F) Regulations 1985, Statutory Instrument, No. 805 as amended by the Companies (Tables A to F) Regulations 1985, Statutory Instrument, No. 1052. The Regulations as amended do not affect companies incorporated in July 1985.

 

      Co2-1/18


4. The Company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by the Act. Subject to the provision of the Act, any such commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one way and partly in the other.

5. Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the company as holding any share upon any trust and (except as otherwise provided by the articles or by law) the company shall not be bound by or recognise any interest in any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder.

SHARE CERTIFICATES.

6. Every member, upon becoming the holder of any shares, shall be entitled without payment to one certificate for all the shares of each class held by him (and, upon transferring a part of his holding of shares of any class, to a certificate for the balance of such holding) or several certificates each for one or more of his shares upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable sum as the directors may determine. Every certificate shall be sealed with the seal and shall specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates and the amount or respective amounts paid up thereon. The company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

7. If a share certificate is defaced, worn-out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and payment of the expenses reasonably incurred by the company in investigating evidence as the directors may determine but otherwise free of charge, and (in the case of defacement or wearing-out) on delivery up of the old certificate.

LIEN.

8. The company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that share. The directors may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this regulation. The company’s lien on a share shall extend to any amount payable in respect of it.

9. The company may sell in such manner as the directors determine any shares on which the company has a lien if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable and is not paid within fourteen clear days after notice has been given to the holder of the share or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the shares may be sold.

10. To give effect to a sale the directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The title of the transferee to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

11. The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs, shall be applied in payment of so much of the sum for which the lien exists as is presently payable, and any residue shall (upon surrender to the company for cancellation of the certificate for the shares sold and subject to a like lien for any moneys not presently payable as existed upon the shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.

 

   2    Co2-2/18


CALLS ON SHARES AND FORFEITURE.

12. Subject to the terms of allotment, the directors may make calls upon the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) and each member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen clear days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made) pay to the company as required by the notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A call may, before receipt by the company of any sum due thereunder, be revoked in whole or part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or part. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect whereof the call was made.

13. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the directors authorising the call was passed.

14. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

15. If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the share or in the notice of the call or, if no rate is fixed, at the appropriate rate (as defined by the Act) but the directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

16. An amount payable in respect of a share on allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid the provisions of the articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

17. Subject to the terms of allotment, the directors may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the holders in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their shares.

18. If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued. The notice shall name the place where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

19. If the notice is not complied with any share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the directors and the forfeiture shall include all dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited shares and not paid before the forfeiture.

20. Subject to the provisions of the Act, a forfeited share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the directors determine either to the person who was before the forfeiture the holder or to any other person and at any time before sale, re-allotment or other disposition, the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited share is to be transferred to any person the directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person.

 

   3    Co2-3/18


21. A person any of whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of them and shall surrender to the company for cancellation the certificate for the shares forfeited but shall remain liable to the company for all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the company in respect of those shares with interest at the rate at which interest was payable on those moneys before the forfeiture or, if no interest was so payable, at the appropriate rate (as defined in the Act) from the date of forfeiture until payment but the directors may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or for any consideration received on their disposal.

22. A statutory declaration by a director or the secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share and the declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer if necessary) constitute a good title to the share and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture or disposal of the share.

TRANSFER OF SHARES.

23. The instrument of transfer of a share may be in any usual form or in any other form which the directors may approve and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and, unless the share is fully paid, by or on behalf of the transferee.

24. The directors may refuse to register the transfer of a share which is not fully paid to a person of whom they do not approve and they may refuse to register the transfer of a share on which the company has a lien. They may also refuse to register a transfer unless-

 

  (a)

it is lodged at the office or at such other place as the directors may appoint and is accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

  (b)

it is in respect of only one class of shares; and

 

  (c)

it is in favour of not more than four transferees.

25. If the directors refuse to register a transfer of a share, they shall within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the company send to the transferee notice of the refusal.

26. The registration of transfers of shares or of transfers of any class of shares may be suspended at such times and for such periods (not exceeding thirty days in any year) as the directors may determine.

27. No fee shall be charged for the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document relating to or affecting the title to any share.

28. The company shall be entitled to retain any instrument of transfer which is registered, but any instrument of transfer which the directors refuse to register shall be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES.

29. If a member dies the survivor or survivors where he was a joint holder, and his personal representatives where he was a sole holder or the only survivor of joint holders, shall be the only persons recognised by the company as having any title to his interest; but nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased member from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by him.

 

   4    Co2-4/18


30. A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member may, upon such evidence being produced as the directors may properly require, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee. If he elects to become the holder he shall give notice to the company to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person. All the articles relating to the transfer of shares shall apply to the notice or instrument of transfer as if it were an instrument of transfer executed by the member and the death or bankruptcy of the member had not occurred.

31. A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member shall have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as the holder of the share, be entitled in respect of it to attend or vote at any meeting of the company or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the company.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL.

32. The company may by ordinary resolution-

 

  (a)

increase its share capital by new shares of such amount as the resolution prescribes;

 

  (b)

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

  (c)

subject to the provisions of the Act, sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount and the resolution may determine that, as between the shares resulting from the sub-division, any of them may have any preference or advantage as compared with the others; and

 

  (d)

cancel shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

33. Whenever as a result of a consolidation of shares any members would become entitled to fractions of a share, the directors may, on behalf of those members, sell the shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Act, the company) and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among those members, and the directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

34. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the company may by special resolution reduce its share capital, any capital redemption reserve and any share premium account in any way.

PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES.

35. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the company may purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares) and, if it is a private company, make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares otherwise than out of distributable profits of the company or the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares.

 

   5    Co2-5/18


GENERAL MEETINGS.

36. All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

37. The directors may call general meetings and, on the requisition of members pursuant to the provisions of the Act, shall forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting for a date not later than eight weeks after receipt of the requisition. If there are not within the United Kingdom sufficient directors to call a general meeting, any director or any member of the company may call a general meeting.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS.

38. An annual general meeting and an extraordinary general meeting called for the passing of a special resolution or a resolution appointing a person as a director shall be called by at least twenty-one clear days’ notice. All other extraordinary general meetings shall be called by at least fourteen clear days’ notice but a general meeting may be called by shorter notice if it is so agreed-

 

  (a)

in the case of an annual general meeting, by all the members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  (b)

in the case of any other meeting by a majority in number of the members having a right to attend and vote being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five per cent, in nominal value of the shares giving that right.

The notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted and, in the case of an annual general meeting, shall specify the meeting as such.

Subject to the provisions of the articles and to any restrictions imposed on any shares, the notice shall be given to all the members, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member and to the directors and auditors.

39. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS.

40. No business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present. Two persons entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted, each being a member or a proxy for a member or a duly authorised representative of a corporation, shall be a quorum.

41. If such a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, or if during a meeting such a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the directors may determine.

42. The chairman, if any, of the board of directors or in his absence some other director nominated by the directors shall preside as chairman of the meeting, but if neither the chairman nor such other director (if any) be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting and willing to act, the directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman and, if there is only one director present and willing to act, he shall be chairman.

 

   6    Co2-6/18


43. If no director is willing to act as chairman, or if no director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to be chairman.

44. A director shall, notwithstanding that he is not a member, be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the company.

45. The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for fourteen days or more, at least seven clear days’ notice shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice.

46. A resolution put to the vote of a meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on the declaration of the result of, the show of hands a poll is duly demanded. Subject to the provisions of the Act, a poll may be demanded-

 

  (a)

by the chairman; or

 

  (b)

by at least two members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

  (c)

by a member or members representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

  (d)

by a member or members holding shares conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right;

and a demand by a person as proxy for a member shall be the same as a demand by the member.

47. Unless a poll is duly demanded a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, or not carried by a particular majority and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

48. The demand for a poll may, before the poll is taken, be withdrawn but only with the consent of the chairman and a demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made.

49. A poll shall be taken as the chairman directs and he may appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) and fix a time and place for declaring the result of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

50. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman shall be entitled to a casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have.

 

   7    Co2-7/18


51. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either forthwith or at such time and place as the chairman directs not being more than thirty days after the poll is demanded. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded. If a poll is demanded before the declaration of the result of a show of hands and the demand is duly withdrawn, the meeting shall continue as if the demand had not been made.

52. No notice need be given of a poll not taken forthwith if the time and place at which it is to be taken are announced at the meeting at which it is demanded. In any other case at least seven clear days’ notice shall be given specifying the time and place at which the poll is to be taken.

53. A resolution in writing executed by or on behalf of each member who would have been entitled to vote upon it if it had been proposed at a general meeting at which he was present shall be as effectual as if it had been passed at a general meeting duly convened and held and may consist of several instruments in the like form each executed by or on behalf of one or more members.

VOTES OF MEMBERS.

54. Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, on a show of hands every member who (being an individual) is present in person or (being a corporation) is present by a duly authorised representative, not being himself a member entitled to vote, shall have one vote and on a poll every member shall have one vote for every share of which he is the holder.

55. In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders; and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the register of members.

56. A member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, curator bonis or other person authorised in that behalf appointed by that court, and any such receiver, curator bonis or other person may, on a poll, vote by proxy. Evidence to the satisfaction of the directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote shall be deposited at the office, or at such other place as is specified in accordance with the articles for the deposit of instruments of proxy, not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the right to vote is to be exercised and in default the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

57. No member shall vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the company, either in person or by proxy, in respect of any share held by him unless all moneys presently payable by him in respect of that share have been paid.

58. No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is tendered, and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

59. On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy. A member may appoint more than one proxy to attend on the same occasion.

 

   8    Co2-8/18


60. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing, executed by or on behalf of the appointor and shall be in the following form (or in a form as near thereto as circumstances allow or in any other form which is usual or which the directors may approve)-

"                    PLC/Limited.

I/We,            , of            , being a member/members of the above-named company, hereby appoint of or failing him,                ,of              , as my/our proxy to vote in my/our name[s] and on my/our behalf at the annual/extraordinary general meeting of the company to be held on             , and at any adjournment thereof.            

Signed on            .”       

61. Where it is desired to afford members an opportunity of instructing the proxy how he shall act the instrument appointing a proxy shall be in the following form (or in a form as near thereto as circumstances allow or in any other form which is usual or which the directors may approve)-

"                    PLC/Limited.

I/We,                , of               , being a member/members of the above-named company, hereby appoint                 of               , or failing him,             ,of             , as my/our proxy to vote in my/our name[s] and on my/our behalf at the annual/extraordinary general meeting of the company to be held on               , and at any adjournment thereof.

This form is to be used in respect of the resolutions mentioned below as follows:

Resolution No. 1 *for *against

Resolution No. 2 *for *against

 

*

Strike out whichever is not desired.

Unless otherwise instructed, the proxy may vote as he thinks fit or abstain from voting. Signed this        day of         .”

62. The instrument appointing a proxy and any authority under which it is executed or a copy of such authority certified notarially or in some other way approved by the directors may-

 

  (a)

be deposited at the office or at such other place within the United Kingdom as is specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the company in relation to the meeting not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote; or

 

   9    Co2-9/18


  (b)

in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

 

  (c)

where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chairman or to the secretary or to any director;

and an instrument of proxy which is not deposited or delivered in a manner so permitted shall be invalid.

63. A vote given or poll demanded by proxy or by the duly authorized representative of a corporation shall be valid notwithstanding the previous determination of the authority of the person voting or demanding a poll unless notice of the determination was received by the company at the office or at such other place at which the instrument of proxy was duly deposited before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote is given or the poll demanded or (in the case of a poll taken otherwise than on the same day as the meeting or adjourned meeting) the time appointed for taking the poll.

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

64. Unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, the number of directors (other than alternate directors) shall not be subject to any maximum but shall be not less than two.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS.

65. Any director (other than an alternate director) may appoint any other director, or any other person approved by resolution of the directors and willing to act, to be an alternate director and may remove from office an alternate director so appointed by him.

66. An alternate director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of directors and of all meetings of committees of directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote at any such meeting at which the director appointing him is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of his appointor as a director in his absence but shall not be entitled to receive any remuneration from the company for his services as an alternate director. But it shall not be necessary to give notice of such a meeting to an alternate director who is absent from the United Kingdom.

67. An alternate director shall cease to be an alternate director if his appointor ceases to be a director; but, if a director retires by rotation or otherwise but is reappointed or deemed to have been reappointed at the meeting at which he retires, any appointment of an alternate director made by him which was in force immediately prior to his retirement shall continue after his reappointment.

68. Any appointment or removal of an alternate director shall be by notice to the company signed by the director making or revoking the appointment or in any other manner approved by the directors.

69. Save as otherwise provided in the articles, an alternate director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and he shall not be deemed to be the agent of the director appointing him.

 

   10    Co2-10/18


POWERS OF DIRECTORS.

70. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the memorandum and the articles and to any directions given by special resolution, the business of the company shall be managed by the directors who may exercise all the powers of the company. No alteration of the memorandum or articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. The powers given by this regulation shall not be limited by any special power given to the directors by the articles and a meeting of directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the directors.

71. The directors may, by power of attorney or otherwise, appoint any person to be the agent of the company for such purposes and on such conditions as they determine, including authority for the agent to delegate all or any of his powers.

DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS’ POWERS.

72. The directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more directors. They may also delegate to any managing director or any director holding any other executive office such of their powers as they consider desirable to be exercised by him. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked or altered. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee with two or more members shall be governed by the articles regulating the proceedings of directors so far as they are capable of applying.

APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS.

73. At the first annual general meeting all the directors shall retire from office, and at every subsequent annual general meeting one-third of the directors who are subject to retirement by rotation or, if their number is not three or a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third shall retire from office; but, if there is only one director who is subject to retirement by rotation, he shall retire.

74. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors to retire by rotation shall be those who have been longest in office since their last appointment or reappointment, but as between persons who became or were last reappointed directors on the same day those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot.

75. If the company, at the meeting at which a director retires by rotation, does not fill the vacancy the retiring director shall, if willing to act, be deemed to have been reappointed unless at the meeting it is resolved not to fill the vacancy or unless a resolution for the reappointment of the director is put to the meeting and lost.

76. No person other than a director retiring by rotation shall be appointed or reappointed a director at any general meeting unless-

 

  (a)

he is recommended by the directors; or

 

  (b)

not less than fourteen nor more than thirty-five clear days before the date appointed for the meeting, notice executed by a member qualified to vote at the meeting has been given to the company of the intention to propose that person for appointment or reappointment stating the particulars which would, if he were so appointed or reappointed, be required to be included in the company’s register of directors together with notice executed by that person of his willingness to be appointed or reappointed.

 

   11    Co2-11/18


77. Not less than seven nor more than twenty-eight clear days before the date appointed for holding a general meeting notice shall be given to all who are entitled to receive notice of the meeting of any person (other than a director retiring by rotation at the meeting) who is recommended by the directors for appointment or reappointment as a director at the meeting or in respect of whom notice has been duly given to the company of the intention to propose him at the meeting for appointment or reappointment as a director. The notice shall give the particulars of that person which would, if he were so appointed or reappointed, be required to be included in the company’s register of directors.

78. Subject as aforesaid, the company may by ordinary resolution appoint a person who is willing to act to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director and may also determine the rotation in which any additional directors are to retire.

79. The directors may appoint a person who is willing to act to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director, provided that the appointment does not cause the number of directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with the articles as the maximum number of directors. A director so appointed shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting and shall not be taken into account in determining the directors who are to retire by rotation at the meeting. If not reappointed at such annual general meeting, he shall vacate office at the conclusion thereof.

80. Subject as aforesaid, a director who retires at an annual general meeting may, if willing to act, be reappointed. If he is not reappointed, he shall retain office until the meeting appoints someone in his place, or if it does not do so, until the end of the meeting.

DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

81. The office of a director shall be vacated if-

 

  (a)

he ceases to be a director by virtue of any provision of the Act or he becomes prohibited by law from being a director; or

 

  (b)

he becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

  (c)

he is, or may be, suffering from mental disorder and either-

 

  (i)

he is admitted to hospital in pursuance of an application for admission for treatment under the Mental Health Act 1983 or, in Scotland, an application for admission under the Mental Health (Scotland) Act 1960, or

 

  (ii)

an order is made by a court having jurisdiction (whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder for his detention or for the appointment of a receiver, curator bonis or other person to exercise powers with respect to his property or affairs; or

 

  (d)

he resigns his office by notice to the company; or

 

  (e)

he shall for more than six consecutive months have been absent without permission of the directors from meetings of directors held during that period and the directors resolve that his office be vacated.

 

   12    Co2-12/18


REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS.

82. The directors shall be entitled to such remuneration as the company may by ordinary resolution determine and, unless the resolution provides otherwise, the remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day.

DIRECTORS’ EXPENSES.

83. The directors may be paid all travelling, hotel, and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of directors or committees of directors or general meetings or separate meetings of the holders of any class of shares or of debentures of the company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of their duties.

DIRECTORS’ APPOINTMENTS AND INTERESTS.

84. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors may appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing director or to any other executive office under the company and may enter into an agreement or arrangement with any director for his employment by the company or for the provision by him of any services outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director. Any such appointment, agreement or arrangement may be made upon such terms as the directors determine and they may remunerate any such director for his services as they think fit. Any appointment of a director to an executive office shall terminate if he ceases to be a director but without prejudice to any claim to damages for breach of the contract of service between the director and the company. A managing director and a director holding any other executive office shall not be subject to retirement by rotation.

85. Subject to the provisions of the Act, and provided that he has disclosed to the directors the nature and extent of any material interest of his, a director notwithstanding his office-

 

  (a)

may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the company or in which the company is otherwise interested;

 

  (b)

may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate promoted by the company or in which the company is otherwise interested; and

 

  (c)

shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to the company for any benefit which he derives from any such office or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

86. For the purposes of regulation 85-

 

  (a)

a general notice given to the directors that a director is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any transaction or arrangement in which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that the director has an interest in any such transaction of the nature and extent so specified; and

 

  (b)

an interest of which a director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his.

 

   13    Co2-13/18


DIRECTORS’ GRATUITIES AND PENSIONS.

87. The directors may provide benefits, whether by the payment of gratuities or pensions or by insurance or otherwise, for any director who has held but no longer holds any executive office or employment with the company or with any body corporate which is or has been a subsidiary of the company or a predecessor in business of the company or of any such subsidiary, and for any member of his family (including a spouse and a former spouse) or any person who is or was dependent on him, and may (as well before as after he ceases to hold such office or employment) contribute to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such benefit.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS.

88. Subject to the provisions of the articles, the directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. A director may, and the secretary at the request of a director shall, call a meeting of the directors. It shall not be necessary to give notice of a meeting to a director who is absent from the United Kingdom. Questions arising at a meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. A director who is also an alternate director shall be entitled in the absence of his appointor to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor in addition to his own vote.

89. The quorum for the transaction of the business of the directors may be fixed by the directors and unless so fixed at any other number shall be two. A person who holds office only as an alternate director shall, if his appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum.

90. The continuing directors or a sole continuing director may act notwithstanding any vacancies in their number, but, if the number of directors is less than the number fixed as the quorum, the continuing directors or director may act only for the purpose of filling vacancies or of calling a general meeting.

91. The directors may appoint one of their number to be the chairman of the board of directors and may at any time remove him from that office. Unless he is unwilling to do so, the director so appointed shall preside at every meeting of directors at which he is present. But if there is no director holding that office, or if the director holding it is unwilling to preside or is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the directors present may appoint one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

92. All acts done by a meeting of directors, or of a committee of directors, or by a person acting as a director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was a defect in the appointment of any director or that any of them were disqualified from holding office, or had vacated office, or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a director and had been entitled to vote.

93. A resolution in writing signed by all the directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of directors or (as the case may be) a committee of directors duly convened and held and may consist of several documents in the like form each signed by one or more directors; but a resolution signed by an alternate director need not also be signed by his appointor and, if it is signed by a director who has appointed an alternate director, it need not be signed by the alternate director in that capacity.

 

   14    Co2-14/18


94. Save as otherwise provided by the articles, a director shall not vote at a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors on any resolution concerning a matter in which he has, directly or indirectly, an interest or duty which is material and which conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the company unless his interest or duty arises only because the case falls within one or more of the following paragraphs-

 

  (a)

the resolution relates to the giving to him of a guarantee, security, or indemnity in respect of money lent to, or an obligation incurred by him for the benefit of, the company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

  (b)

the resolution relates to the giving to a third party of a guarantee, security, or indemnity in respect of an obligation of the company or any of its subsidiaries for which the director has assumed responsibility in whole or part and whether alone or jointly with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

  (c)

his interest arises by virtue of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe for any shares, debentures or other securities of the company or any of its subsidiaries, or by virtue of his being, or intending to become, a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of an offer of any such shares, debentures, or other securities by the company or any of its subsidiaries for subscription, purchase or exchange;

 

  (d)

the resolution relates in any way to a retirement benefits scheme which has been approved, or is conditional upon approval, by the Board of Inland Revenue for taxation purposes.

For the purposes of this regulation, an interest of a person who is, for any purpose of the Act (excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force when this regulation becomes binding on the company), connected with a director shall be treated as an interest of the director and, in relation to an alternate director, an interest of his appointor shall be treated as an interest of the alternate director without prejudice to any interest which the alternate director has otherwise.

95. A director shall not be counted in the quorum present at a meeting in relation to a resolution on which he is not entitled to vote.

96. The company may by ordinary resolution suspend or relax to any extent, either generally or in respect of any particular matter, any provision of the articles prohibiting a director from voting at a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors.

97. Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment of two or more directors to offices or employments with the company or any body corporate in which the company is interested the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each director separately and (provided he is not for another reason precluded from voting) each of the directors concerned shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of each resolution except that concerning his own appointment.

98. If a question arises at a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors as to the right of a director to vote, the question may, before the conclusion of the meeting, be referred to the chairman of the meeting and his ruling in relation to any director other than himself shall be final and conclusive.

SECRETARY.

99. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the secretary shall be appointed by the directors for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as they may think fit; and any secretary so appointed may be removed by them.

 

   15    Co2-15/18


MINUTES.

100. The directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose-

 

  (a)

of all appointments of officers made by the directors; and

 

  (b)

of all proceedings at meetings of the company, of the holders of any class of shares in the company, and of the directors, and of committees of directors, including the names of the directors present at each such meeting.

THE SEAL.

101. The seal shall only be used by the authority of the directors or of a committee of directors authorised by the directors. The directors may determine who shall sign any instrument to which the seal is affixed and unless otherwise so determined it shall be signed by a director and by the secretary or by a second director.

DIVIDENDS.

102. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the company may by ordinary resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the members, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the directors.

103. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors may pay interim dividends if it appears to them that they are justified by the profits of the company available for distribution. If the share capital is divided into different classes, the directors may pay interim dividends on shares which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividend as well as on shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividend, but no interim dividend shall be paid on shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrear. The directors may also pay at intervals settled by them any dividend payable at a fixed rate if it appears to them that the profits available for distribution justify the payment. Provided the directors act in good faith they shall not incur any liability to the holders of shares conferring preferred rights for any loss they may suffer by the lawful payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.

104. Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; but, if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

105. A general meeting declaring a dividend may, upon the recommendation of the directors, direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets and, where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution, the directors may settle the same and in particular may issue fractional certificates and fix the value for distribution of any assets and may determine that cash shall be paid to any member upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of members and may vest any assets in trustees.

106. Any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may be paid by cheque sent by post to the registered address of the person entitled or, if two or more persons are the holders of the share or are jointly entitled to it by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, to the registered address of that one of those persons who is first named in the register of members or to such person and

 

   16    Co2-16/18


to such address as the person or persons entitled may in writing direct. Every cheque shall be made payable to the order of the person or persons entitled or to such other person as the person or persons entitled may in writing direct and payment of the cheque shall be a good discharge to the company. Any joint holder or other person jointly entitled to a share as aforesaid may give receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of the share.

107. No dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share shall bear interest against the company unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the share.

108. Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for twelve years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the directors so resolve, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the company.

ACCOUNTS.

109. No member shall (as such) have any right of inspecting any accounting records or other book or document of the company except as conferred by statute or authorised by the directors or by ordinary resolution of the company.

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS.

110. The directors may with the authority of an ordinary resolution of the company-

 

  (a)

subject as hereinafter provided, resolve to capitalise any undivided profits of the company not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not they are available for distribution) or any sum standing to the credit of the company’s share premium account or capital redemption reserve;

 

  (b)

appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the members who would have been entitled to it if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions and apply such sum on their behalf either in or towards paying up the amounts, if any, for the time being unpaid on any shares held by them respectively, or in paying up in full unissued shares or debentures of the company of a nominal amount equal to that sum, and allot the shares or debentures credited as fully paid to those members, or as they may direct, in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other: but the share premium account, the capital redemption reserve, and any profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this regulation, only be applied in paying up unissued shares to be allotted to members credited as fully paid;

 

  (c)

make such provision by the issue of fractional certificates or by payment in cash or otherwise as they determine in the case of shares or debentures becoming distributable under this regulation in fractions; and

 

  (d)

authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the members concerned into an agreement with the company providing for the allotment to them respectively, credited as fully paid, of any shares or debentures to which they are entitled upon such capitalisation, any agreement made under such authority being binding on all such members.

 

   17    Co2-17/18


NOTICES.

111. Any notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to the articles shall be in writing except that a notice calling a meeting of the directors need not be in writing.

112. The company may give any notice to a member either personally or by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope addressed to the member at his registered address or by leaving it at that address. In the case of joint holders of a share, all notices shall be given to the joint holder whose name stands first in the register of members in respect of the joint holding and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders. A member whose registered address is not within the United Kingdom and who gives to the company an address within the United Kingdom at which notices may be given to him shall be entitled to have notices given to him at that address, but otherwise no such member shall be entitled to receive any notice from the company.

113. A member present, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of the company or of the holders of any class of shares in the company shall be deemed to have received notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.

114. Every person who becomes entitled to a share shall be bound by any notice in respect of that share which, before his name is entered in the register of members, has been duly given to a person from whom he derives his title.

115. Proof that an envelope containing a notice was properly addressed, prepaid and posted shall be conclusive evidence that the notice was given. A notice shall be deemed to be given at the expiration of 48 hours after the envelope containing it was posted.

116. A notice may be given by the company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by the articles for the giving of notice to a member, addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt or by any like description at the address, if any, within the United Kingdom supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled. Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

WINDING UP.

117. If the company is wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of an extraordinary resolution of the company and any other sanction required by the Act, divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of the assets of the company and may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the members as he with the like sanction determines, but no member shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability.

INDEMNITY.

118. Subject to the provisions of the Act but without prejudice to any indemnity to which a director may otherwise be entitled, every director or other officer or auditor of the company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the company against any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application in which relief is granted to him by the court from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the affairs of the company.

 

Oyez 7 Spa Road, London SE16 3QQ.  

Companies 2

 

1999 Edition 5.99 MM

 

   18    Co2-18/18

Exhibit T3A.36

 

LOGO

INTRUMZrt. ALAPSZABÁLYA ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION of JNTRUM PLC. A változásokkal egységes szerkezetbe foglalt Alapszabályban az új rendelkezések vastag dőlt betűvel és aláhúzással, a törölt rendelkezések vastag dőlt betuvel és áthúzással kerültek feltüntetésre. The new provisions are indicated with bold, italic and underlined letters, the deleted provisions are marked with bold, italic and strikethrough in the amended and restated version of the Articles of Association. I. A Társaság cégneve, székhelye, telephelye(i), fi6ktelepe(i) I. Name of the Company, registered seat, place of business, branch 1.1 A Társasag cegneve: INTRUM Zártkőrüen Működő Részvénytársaság 1.1 The Company name: INTRUM   Zártkörűen   Működő   Részvénytársaság 1.2 A Társaság roviditett cegneve: INTRUM Zrt. 1.2 The abbreviated Company name: INTRUM Zrt. 1.3 A Társaság idegen nyelvü cégneve: INTRUM Pic 1.3 The foreign language Company name: INTRUM Pic 1.4 A Társaság szekhelye: 1139 Budapest, Fiastyúk u. 4-8. 1.4 The registered seat: 1139 Budapest, Fiastyúk u. 4-8. II. A Társaság működésének időtartama II. Term of operation of the Company A Társaság határozatlan idötartamra alakult. The term of operation of the Company is indefinite period of time. A Társaság elsö üzleti éve az átalakulás napjával kezdődik. The Company’s first business year begins with the date of transformation. Ill. A Társaság tevékenysége Ill. Scope of activities of the Company A Társaság tevékenysége TEÁOR besorolás szerint: 6499’08 M.n.s egyéb pénzügyi közvetités (főtevékenység) 8291’08 Követelésbehajtás 6419’08 Egyéb monetaris kozvetités A Társaság engédelykoteles tevkénysgét csak a vonatkozó hatósági engedély birtokaban, annak kezhezvételét követően végez. A Társasag ennek keretében a hitelintézetekről és a pénzügyi vállalkozásokró1 szó1ó 2013. évi CCXXXVII. Törvény (a ,Hpt.”) 3. § (1) bekezdésének b), i) és I) pontjaiban meghatarozott tevekénységeket, nevezetesen hitel és pénzkolcson nyujtasa, pénzügyi szolgáltatás közvetitése és követelésvásárlási tevékenységet végez. A Hpt. 16. §-ában foglaltak alapján a Társaság a hitel és pénzkölcsön nyújtása tévekenységet fennálló tartozás dij-és költségmentes átütemezése, kiváltása céljábó1 üzletági korlátozással végez. The scope of activities of the Company based on the list of NACE codes: 6499’08 Other financial service activities, except insurance and pension funding n.e.c. (the main business activity) 8291 ‘08 Activities of collection agencies and credit bureaus 6419’08 Other monetary intermediation Where authorization by the competent authority is prescribed by law to engage in a certain economic activity, the Company shall take up the pursuit of such activity in possession of such authorization, after its receipt. In this respect the Company pursues the activities pursuant to Section 3 subsection 1 points b), i) and I) of the Act CCXXXVII of 2013 (the “Bank Act”) on the credit institutions and financial enterprises, namely provision of credit and loan, financial intermediation services and activities of receivables purchase. Pursuant to the Section 16 of the Bank Act, the Company is entitled to provide the credit and loan activity with limitation to fee and cost free restructuring and refinancing of existing debt.


LOGO

IV. A Társaság részvényesei IV. The shareholders of the Company 1. Név: lntrum B.V. Székhely: Tupolevlaan 107, NL-1119 PA, Schiphol Rijk, Hollandia Cégjegyzékszám:33273472 1. Name: lntrum B.V. Registered seat: Tupolevlaan 107, NL-1119 PA, Schiphol Rijk, Hollandia Registration number: 33273472 2. [Törölve} 2. IDeleted} 3. Név: Lakóingatlan Forgalmazó Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság Székhely: 1139 Budapest, Fiastyúk u. 4-8 3. Name: Lak6ingatlan—Forgalmaz6 Korlatolt Felelossegu Tarsasag Registered seat: 1139 Budapest, Fiastyuk u. 4-8 Cégjegyzékszám: 01-09-268230 Registration number: 01-09-268230 v. A Társaság alaptőkéje, részvényei v. The Company’s share capital and shares 1. 1. A Társaság alaptőkéje: A Társaság alaptőkeje Qegyzett tőkéje) 109.900.000 Ft, azaz egyszáz kilencmillió kilencszázezer forint. The Company’s share capital: The Company’s share capital is HUF 109,900,000, that is one hundred and nine million nine hundred thousand Hungarian forints. 2. 2. A Társaság részvényei: A Társaság 10.990 darab 10.000.- Ft névértékű névre szó1ó, egyenlő jogokat biztositó, ,A” sorozatú, dematerializált törzsrészvényt bocsát ki. The Company’s shares: The Company emits 10.990 pieces of shares with nominal value of HUF 10.000, registered, “A” serial, dematerialized ordinary shares, which have equal voting rights. 3. 3. A Társaság részvényesei: The shareholders of the Company: 1. Részvényes: lntrum B.V. Darabszam: 10.000 Névérték részvényenként: 1o.ooo,- Ft Össznévérték: 100.000.000,- Ft Kibocsátaási érték részvényenként: névértékkel megegyezik Az alaptoke szazalekos megoszlasa: 91% 1. Shareholder: lntrum B.V. Quantity: 10.000 Nominal value per shares: HUF 10,000 Total nominal value: HUF 100,000,000 Issue price per shares: it is equal to the nominal value The percentage of share capital: 91% 2. [Torolve] 2. [Deleted] 3. Reszvenyes: Lak6ingatlan- Forgalmaz6 Korlatolt Felelossegu Tarsasag Darabszam: 990 Nevertek reszvenyenkent: 10.000,- Ft Ossznevertek: 9.900.000,- Ft Kibocsatasi ertek reszvenyenkent: 320.662,428,- Ft Az alapt6ke szazalekos megoszlasa: 9% 3. Shareholder: Lak6ingatlan-Forgalmaz6 Korlatolt Osszes darabszam: 10.990 Az alaptoke szazalekos megoszlasa Osszesen: 100% Felelossegu Tarsasag Quantity: 990 Nominal value per shares: HUF 10,000 Total nominal value: HUF 9,900,000 Issue price per shares: HUF 320,662.428 The percentage of share capital: 9% Total quantity: 10,990 The percentage of total share capital: 100%


LOGO

A Lak6ingatlan-Forgalmaz6 Korlatolt Felel6sseg0 The asset contribution provided by the Lak6ingatlan-Forgalmaz6 Korlatolt FelelossegO Tarsasag shareholder: Tarsasag reszvenyes altai szolgaltatott nem vagyoni hozzajarulas: Targya: A Lak6ingatlan-For
galmaz6 Korlatolt FelelossegO Tarsasag es a Tarsasag kozott 2015. okt6ber 30. napjan megkotott, kedvezmenyezett eszkozatruhazasr61 sz616 szerzodes (Szerzodes) 1. szamil. Mellekleteben meghatarozott targyi eszkozok es immaterialis javak osszessege. Subject: The material and immaterial assets in the first annex of Contract on the beneficiary asset tra·nsfer (Contract) between the Lak6ingatlan- Forgalmaz6 Korlatolt FelefossegO Tarsasag and the Company on30 October, 2015. Erteke: 317.455.804,- Ft. Szolgaltatasanak id6ponlja: 2015. november 1. Az elleneben adand6 reszvenyek szama, neverteke: 990 darab 10.000,- Ft nevertekO, es 320.662,428,- Ft kibocsatasi ertekO, osszesen 9.900.000,- Ft ossznevertekO, a szavazatok 9 %-at megtestesito, nevre sz616, dematerializalt torzsreszveny. Value: HUF 317,455,804 The date of providing: November 1, 2015. The number and nominal value of shares to be given: 990 pieces with a nominal value of HUF 10.000 per shares, that comes to a total nominal value of HUF 9,900,000, representing 9% of the votes, registered, dematerialized ordinary share, with an issue price of HUF 320,662.428. The auditor or expert, who shall review the value of asset contribution previously according to the Article of Association: Lukacs Istvan independent expert, the representative of the XELLUM Tanacsad6 es Szolgaltat6 Kft. (registered seat: 1051 Budapest, Okt6ber 6. utca 14. V/2.). A nem penzbeli vagyoni hozzajarulasnak az Alapszabaly szerinti erteket el6zetesen felulvizsgal6 konyvvizsgal6 vagy szakerto: a XELLUM Tanacsad6 es Szolgaltat6 Kft. (szekhely: 1051 Budapest, Okt6ber 6. utca 14. V/2.) kepviseleteben eljar6 Lukacs Istvan fOggetlen szakerto. The shareholders paid the total amount of financial contribution appropriate to the nominal value and issue price of the shares to the deposit account established for this purpose by the Company on the time limit in the Article of Association, and made the asset contribution available. A reszvenyesek a reszvenyek nevertekenek, illetve kibocsatasi ertekenek megfelel6 teljes osszegO vagyoni hozzajarulasta Tarsasag erre a celra letesitett leteti szamlaja javara az Alapszabalyban meghatarozott hataridoben befizettek, a nem penzbeli hozzajarulast rendelkezesre bocsatottak. 4. 4. if a shareholder fails to provide his contribution as undertaken in the articles of association by the prescribed time limit, the Board of Directors shall call upon such shareholder, with the applicable consequences indicated, to provide the contribution within thirty days or else the shareholder’s membership shall be terminated. In the event of non-compliance within the thirty- day time limit, the membership of the shareholder who failed to provide the capital contribution shall be terminated on the day following the deadline. The Board of Directors shall notify the shareholder of the termination of his membership in written form. The shareholder shall be held liable for damages caused to the business association by virtue of his failure to provide the contribution in accordance with the provisions on liability for damages for loss caused by non-performance of an obligation. Amennyiben a reszvenyes a vallalt befizetesi kotelezettsegenek a megadott hatarid6n belul nem tesz eleget, az lgazgat6sag 30 napos hatarid6 kitozesevel felsz61flja a teljesftesre, a felsz61itasban utafva arra, hogy a teljesites elmulasztasa a reszvenyesi jogviszony megszOneset eredmenyezi. A 30 napos p6t hatarid6 eredmenytelen eltelte eseteben a reszvenyesi jogviszony a hatarid6 lejartat kovet6 napon megszOnik. Errol az lgazgat6sag koteles a reszvenyest irasban ertesiteni. Az a reszvenyes, akinek reszvenyesi jogviszonya a fentiekben foglaltakra tekintettel szOnik meg, a vagyoni hozzajarulas teljesitesenek elmulasztasa miatt a Tarsasagnak okozott karert a polgari jog altalanos szabalyai szerinti felelosseggel tartozik.


LOGO

5. 5. Ha a részvényes részvényes1 Joga a 4. pontban foglaltak szerint szünik meg és a részvényes áltai az Alapszaübályban átvenni vállalt részvényre jutó vagyoni hozzájárulás teljésitésének kötelezettségét más személy nem vállalja át, a közgyüiés az alaptökét a késedelembe esett részvényes altai az alaptőkére vallalt vagyoni hozzajarulas mértékének megfeleliien leszallitja. Where a shareholder’s membership is terminated according to section 4 above, and the obligation to provide the contribution on the shares subscribed or undertaken by the subscribed shareholder is not assumed by another shareholder, the share capital must be reduced consistent with the contribution committed by such shareholder in default. 6. 6. A reszvenyekhez kapcsol6d6 jogok: A reszvenyek azonos tagsagi jogokat biztosftanak. A reszvenyek tulajdonosait megilletik a Polgari Törvénykönyvrö1 sz616 2013. evi V. torvenyben, valamint a jelen Alapszabalyban biztositott jogok. Minden 10.000,- Ft nevertekO reszveny 1 szavazatot biztosit. The rights of shares: The shares have equal membership rights. The shareholders are authorized for the rights, which are in the Code Civil and in present Article of Association. Each HUF 10.000 nominal value of shares have 1 voting right. 7. 7. A Tarsasag reszvenye az ertekpapirokra vonatkoz6 eliiirasok betartasaval dematerializalt reszvenykent kerOI eloallitasra. The shares of the Company are prepared as dematerialized form in accordance with the rules of the securities. 8. 8. ldeiglenes reszveny: Tekintettel arra, hogy a reszvenyesek a teljes alaptiike alapitas saran t6rtenii befizetesere vallalnak kotelezettseget, a Tarsasag ideiglenes reszvenyt nem bocsat ki. Interim shares: Given that the shareholders undertake to pay the entire share capital on foundation, the Company will not issue interim shares. 9. 9. A reszvenyesek a Tarsasagnak a cegjegyzekbe t6rtenii bejegyzese es az alaptiike teljes befizetese utan igenyelhetik a nekik jar6 dematerializalt reszvenykent elallitott reszvenyek kiadasat. The shareholders may apply for the issue of their dematerialized shares as a result of the Company’s registration into the company register and the full payment of the share capital. Within 30 days of the fulfilment of these conditions, the Company is obliged to act on the production of shares immediately even if it is not required by the shareholders. Upon the request of shareholders, the Board of Directors shall issue the shares in the form of global notes or convert the shares into the form of global notes. The global notes may be divided into several global notes of a smaller denomination at a later time, or into shares of the nominal value specified in the Article of Association for the series of shares in question. Provided that the costs of such conversion are covered by the shareholders in question. A Tarsasag a feltetelek teljesoleset k6vetii 30 napon beiOI akkor is koteles a reszvenyek haladektalan eloallitasar61 intezkedni, ha azt a reszvenyesek nem igenylik. Az igazgat6sag a reszvenyes keresere a reszvenyeket osszevont cimleto reszvenykent is kiadhatja, illetve a kiadast kovetoen a reszvenyes keresere es koltsegere osszevont cimleto reszvennye alakithalja at, vagy az osszevont cimleto reszvenyt a reszvenyes keresere es koltsegere kisebb cimleto osszevont reszvenyre, vagy az Alapszabalyban meghatarozott nevertekO reszvenyre bonthatja tel.


LOGO

10. 10. Részvénykönyv Register of shareholders A Társaság lgazgatósága a részvényesekrl részvénykőnyvet vezet, amelyben nyilvántartásra kerül a részvényes neve (cégneve) és lakóhelye (székhelye), a részvényes reszvenyeinek darabszáma, tulajdoni részesedésének mértéke. The Board of Directors shall keep a register of shareholders, in which to record the name and the home address or registered seat of shareholders, the number of shares and the percentage of control of shareholders. A névre szóló részvény átruházása a Társasággal szemben akkor hatályos és a részvényes aTársasággal szemben részvényesi jogait csak akkor gyakorolhatja, ha a részvényest a részvénykőnyvbe bejegyezték. The transfer of the registered share shall be put into force with the Company and the shareholders may exercise shareholder rights only upon being registered in the register of shareholders. A részvényes, ha korábban a részvénykőnyvbe bejegyezték, köteles részvénye átruházását az átruházástól számított 8 napon belül a Társaságnak bejelenteni. The shareholder. Who was registered in the register of shareholders, has to declare the transfer of his share within 8 days to the Company. A bejelentés alapján a részvénykőnyv vezetője haladéktalanul gondoskodik a részvényesnek a részvénykönyvből való tőrléséről. A torolt adatnak azonban megallapithat6nak kell maradnia. Based on the declaration, the keeper of the register of shareholders deletes immediately the shareholder from the register of shareholders. Any data that is deleted from the register of shareholders must remain identifiable. Akire vonatkozóan a reszvenykonyv fennall6 vagy torolt adatot tartalmaz, a reszvenyk6nyv ra vonatkoz6 reszer61 a reszvenykonyv vezetojeti:il masolatot igenyelhet. A masolatot 6! napon belill, ingyenesen kell kiadni a jogosultnak. All persons having registered or deleted data in the shareholder register shall be entitled to request from the operator of the shareholder register a copy of the section pertaining to them. Copies shall be supplied to the requested person, within 5 days and free of charge. Harmadik szemely a reszvenyki:inyvbe csak az ado!! reszvenyes(ek) irasbeli hozzajarulasaval tekinthet be. Third parties shall look into the register of shareholders only with the written consent of the shareholder(s). 11. 11. Amennyiben a Tarsasag reszvenyei ut6bb nyilvanosan kerOinek forgalomba hozatalra, a Tarsasag nyilvanos mOkodesOve valik, a reszvenyek felulbelyegzessel vagy a reszvenyek kicserelesevel alakithat6k at mas reszvenytipusba tartoz6 reszvennye. If the shares of the Company are offered publicly, the Company will be public limited company. The shares shall be converted to other types of shares with overstamping or exchanging. A reszvenyek feiOibelyegzessel vagy a reszvenyek kicserelesevel torteno atalakitasa eseten az lgazgat6sag koteles a reszvenyeseket irasban ertesiteni a feiOibelyegzendi:i vagy kicsen§lendi:i reszvenyek atadasanak helyerol, kezdi:i es zar6 id6pontjar61. Ha a reszvenyes a feiOibelyegzendi:i vagy kicserelendo reszvenyeket a meghatarozott idotartamon beiOI nem adja at az lgazgat6sagnak, az lgazgat6sag a reszvenyeket ervenytelennek nyilvanitja es ezt megallapit6 hatarozatat a Cegkozlonyben es a Tarsasag hirdetmenyeinek kozzetetelenek megfeleloen kozzeteszi. The Board of Directors shall inform the shareholders by means of a written notice, about the place and the opening and closing date of the acceptence of shares to be over stamped or exchanged. Where any shareholder fails to surrender the shares to be over stamped or exchanged by the Board of Directors within the time limit specified in the notice, the Board of Directors shall declare these shares invalid and publishes its declared decision in the Company Gazette and publishes its declared decision in accordance with the Company’s announcements.


LOGO

VI. VI. Az alaptoke vedelmere vonatkoz6 Provisions for the protection of the share capital rendelkezesek 1. A Tarsasag fennallasa alatt a reszvenyes az altala teljesftett vagyoni hozzajarulast nem kovetelheti vissza. 1. Az alaptiike leszallitasat kiveve tilos az alaptoketerhere a reszvenyesnek tagsagi jogviszonya alapjankifizetest teljesiteni. 2. During the operation of the Company, the shareholder cannot recover his financial contribution. Except for the reduction of the share capital, payment is prohibited to the shareholders on account of their membership from the share capital. A Tarsasag es a reszvenyes, illetve annak kozeli hozzatartoz6ja kozotti visszterhes vagyonatruhazasi szerziides letrejottehez—ha a szerziidesben megallapitott ellenszolga\tatas erteke a Tarsasag alaptiikejenek egytizedet meghaladja—a KozgyO\es j6vahagyasara van szokseg. A prior consent shall be required from the general meeting of the Company for any contract on the transfer of property is to be concluded between the Company and a shareholder, or any close relative of a shareholder, if the value of the compensation set out in the contract exceeds one tenth of the Company’s share capital. In doing so, the provisions on the asset contributions and the disclosure of the auditor’s report shall also apply accordingly. 3 3. Ha a reszvenyes Unless otherwise provided by law, the shareholder, who is the member of the Board of Directors, and his close relatives with the consent of the Board of Directors may not conclude a contract, which is falling within the scope of activities of the Company. 4. The shareholder shall be entitled to receive a share (dividend) from the Company’s taxed profit as prescribed in the Accounting Act and has been ordered for distribution by the general meeting in the percentage consistent with the nominal value of his shares. Shareholder shall be entitled to receive dividends based on the financial contributions he has already paid. 5. 5. The General meeting shall decide to pay dividends by recommendation of the Board of Directors simultaneously with the acceptance of the financial report as prescribed in the Accounting Act. No distribution can be made if the Company’s equity capital is below its share capital. Ennek soran a nem penzbeli hozzajarulas ertekelesere es a konyvvizsga\6 jelentesenek nyilvanossagra rendelkezeseket is megfeleliien alkalmazni ke\1. Jgazgat6saganak is tagja, sem 6, sem kozeli hozzatartoz6ja a Tarsasaggal—ha torveny elteriien nem rendelkezik—a Tarsasag ozletszerO gazdasagi tevekenysegi korebe tartoz6 szerziidest az lgazgat6sag hozzajarulasaval kothet. A reszvenyesnek joga van a Tarsasagnak a szamviteli jogszabalyok szerint szamftott ad6zott eredmenye KozgyO\es altai felosztani rendelt, reszvenyei nevertekere jut6 aranyos hanyadara - osztalekra. A reszvenyes az osztalekra csak a mar teljesftett vagyoni hozzajarulasa aranyaban jogosu\t. A KozgyO\es az osztalek kifizeteseriil az lgazgat6sagnak a javaslatara, a szamviteli torveny szerinti beszamo\6 e\fogadasaval egyidejO\eg hatarozhat. Nem fizethetii osztalek, ha ennek kovetkezteben a Tarsasag sajat tokeje a szamviteli jogszabalyok szerint szamitott m6don nem erne el a Tarsasag alaptokejet.


LOGO

6. A szamviteli torv<‘my szerinti beszamol6 elfogadasat megel6z6en osztalekeloleg fizetesere akkor van lehetoseg, ha a KozgyOies altai elfogadott—a szamviteli torveny szabalyai szerint keszitett -k6zbens6 merleg alapjan val6szin0sithet6, hogy ut6bb az eves osztalek kifizetesenek a 6. pontban foglaltak szerint nem lesz akadalya, azzal, hogy az osztalekel6leg es az abban az evben fizetett osztalek egyOttes osszege nem haladhalja meg a Tarsasagnak a targyevet megel6z6 ev ulan—a szamviteli jogszabalyok szerint szamitott—osztalekfizetesre fordfthat6 ad6zott eredmenyet. 7. Osztalekeloleg fizetesre csak abban az esetben kerOihet sor, ha a reszvenyesek vallaljak az osztalekeloleg visszafizeteset, amennyiben—a szamviteli torveny szerinti beszamol6 szerint -ut6bb osztalekfizetesre nem lenne jogszabalyi lehetoseg. VII. A Tarsasag cegjegyzese 1. A Tarsasag cegjegyzesere jogosultak: - az lgazgat6sag tagjai, - a Tarsasag alkalmazottai az Jgazgat6sagt61 kapott felhatalmazas szerint. 2. A Tarsasag cegjegyzese akkent t6rtenik, hogy a geppel vagy kezzel eloirt, elonyomott, illetve nyomtatott cegneve ala - az fgazgat6sag elnoke. valamint az lgazgat6silg altai kiielolt igazgat6sagi tag 6nall6an’ - ket igazgat6sagi tag (kiveve lgazgat6sag elnoke, il/etve az onil/16 cegkepviseleti joggal felruhilzott igazgat6silgi tag) egyottesen, - ket cegjegyzesre jogosult tarsasagi alkalmazott egyOttesen (vagy egy cegjegyzesre jogosult alkalmazott egy egyiittes cegkepviseleti joggal rendelkezo igazgat6sagi taggal egyOttesen) irja ala a neve!. 3. A tarsasagi alkafmazottnak cegjegyzesre val6 felhatalmazas csak ugy adhat6, ha egyidejOieg a kepviseleti jog gyakorlasanak terjedelme is meghatarozasra kerol. 6. Before the acceptance of the report according to the Accounting Act, interim dividend may be paid, if it is probable based on the balance sheet—according to the Accounting Act-, which accepted by the General meeting, that later there will be no obstacle to pay the annual dividend according to section 6. The amount of the interim dividend and the annual dividend may not be greater than the previous annual tax profit as prescribed in the Accounting Act. 7. Interim dividend advance payments can only be made if the shareholders undertake to repay the interim dividend advance if there is no legal possibility for dividend payment, according to the report of the Accounting Act. VII. The signature rights of the Company 1. The following persons are entitled to sign on behalf of the Company: -the members of the Board of Directors, - the employees of the Company according to the authorization given by the Board of Directors. 2. Signing on behalf of the Company means, that underneath the prewritten, pre-stamped or typed name of the Company - the Chairman of the Board of Directors as well as the board member appointed by the Board of Directors puts his/her signature solely, - two members of the Board of Directors (except for the Chairman of the Board of Directors as well as the board member authorized with individual signatory right! put their signatures jointly, -two employees authorized for joint representation put their signatures jointly (or anGtheF employee Gl’and another ~ member of the Board of Directors authorized for joint representation put their signatures jointly). 3. Authorization for the employees of the Company can only be given if the range of exercising the representative rights are defined at the same time


LOGO

4. A kepviseletre, illetve cegjegyzesre jogosult szemelyek kotelesek nevalairasukat kozjegyzo altai hitelesitett alafrasi cimpeldanyon, vagy Ogyved altai ellenjegyzett alairas-mintan a cegbir6sagnak benyujtani. VIII. Kozgyllles 1. A KozgyOies a Tarsasag legfobb szerve, amely a reszvenyesek osszessegeb61 all. 2. A Tarsasag rendes kozgyOiest evente egy alkalommal, az eves beszamol6 elkesziteset kovetoen tart. Az evi rendes kozgyOies napirendje tobbek kozott: az lgazgat6sag jelentese az el6z6 Ozleti ev tevekenyseger61, a konyvvizsgal6 jelentese, a szamviteli torveny szerinti beszamol6 elfogadasa, az eves nyereseg felhasznalasa, osztalek megallapitasa, az lgazgat6sag, a feiOgyel6 bizottsag tagjait es a konyvvizsgal6t megillet6 dijazas megallapitasa. A Tarsasag kozgyOiese osszeh lvhat6 a Tarsasag vagy barmely reszvenyes szekhelyere. A reszvenyesek az eves beszamol6 elfogadasanak kivetelevel barmely kerdesben irasbeli hatarozattal is donthetnek, amennyiben azzal valamennyi reszvenyes egyetert. 3. A kozgyOiest altalaban az lgazgat6sag hivja ossze. RendkivOii kozgyOies osszehivasara az lgazgat6sag barmikor, az alapt6ke legalabb egytizedet kepvisel6 reszvenyesek, es a cegbir6sag pedig a torveny altai szabalyozott esetekben jogosult. 4. A kozgyOiest a kozgyOies kezd6 napjat legalabb 15 nappal megel6z6en a reszvenyeseknek postal uton, a Tarsasaghoz k6thet6 elektronikus levelezesi cimr61 megkOidott e-mailen vagy telefaxon megkOidott meghiv6 utjan, a meghiv6 atvetelenek -tertivevennyel, a telefax, e-mail megerkezesenek reszvenyes altai torte no igazolasaval kell osszehivni. 4. Persons who are authorized to represent the Company must submit their signature to the court of registration on a specimen of signature certified by a notary, or a specimen of signature signed by an attorney. VIII. General meeting 1. The Company’s supreme body is the General meeting, which consists of all shareholders. 2. The Company convenes the general meeting once a year following the preparation of the annual report. The agenda of the annual general meeting is the following: report about the activities of the previous business year by the Board of Directors, report by the auditor, approval of the annual report as prescribed in the Accounting Act, utilization of the annual profit, declaration of the dividend, establishment of the remuneration of the members of the Board of Directors, the supervisory board and the auditor. The general meeting shall be convened to the registered seat of the Company or any shareholder. The shareholders may make a written resolution in any questions, if all the shareholders agree, except the decision of the annual report. 3. Usually, the general meeting is convened by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is entitled to convene the extraordinary general meeting whenever. Shareholders, who at least represent the one tenth of the share capital and the court of registration are entitled to convene the extraordinary general meeting due to the cases specified by law. 4. The general meeting shall be called by means of an individual invitation via mail, e-mail from an e- mail address provided by the Company or telefax, which is sent to the shareholders at least fifteen days prior to the first day of the general meeting. The necessary verification is possible with the return receipt or the confirmation of the shareholder, when the shareholder accepted the mail, e-mail or the telefax.


LOGO

A rendkívüli közgyülés összehivásárö1 az lgazgatóság attól az idöponttól számitott 15 napon belül köteles intézkedni, amikor az lgazgatóság a rendkívüli közgyülés összehivásànak okáról tudomást szerzett. The Board of Directors have to convene the extraordinary general meeting after 15 days when it obtained knowledge of the reason of the extraordinary general meeting. 5. 5. A meghívó tartalmazza: The invitation contains: a Társaság cégnevét és székhelyét, the name and registered seat of the Company, a közgyülés időpontját és helyét, the place and date of the general meeting, a közgyülés napirendjét, the agenda of the general meeting, a szavazati jog gyakorlásához az Alapszabályban előirt feltételeket, the conditions for exercising the voting right specified in present Articles of Association, a közgyűlés határozatképtelensége esetére a megismetelt közgyülés helyét es idejét. the place and time of the reconvened general meeting in the event of failure to meet quorum requirements. A határozatképtelensége miatt megismételt közgyülés idöpontja az eredeti közgyűlés időpontját követő 15 napon belüli időpontra tűzhető ki. In the event of failure to meet quorum requirements, the reconvened general meeting may be convened within 15 days days after the original date. A határozatképtelenseg miatt megismételt közgyülés legkorábban az eredeti közgyűlés időpontjától számított 3 napon túli idopontban kerolhet megtartásra. In the event of failure to meet quorum requirements, the reconvened general meeting may be convened earliest 3 days original date. 6. 6. Ha a közgyülés összehivására nem szabályszerűen kerűit sor, határozathozatalra csak valamennyi szavazásra jogosult részvényes jelenlétében akkor kerüihet sor, ha a részvényesek a közgyülés megtartása ellen nem tiftakoztak. If the general meeting has not been convened in due form, the general meeting may be held only if all entitled shareholders are present, and if they unanimously agree not to cancel the meeting. 7. 7. A részvényesi jogok gyakorlásához az szükséges, hogy a jelen lévo részvényes a részvény alakilag igazolt jogosultja legyen és a közgyülés napját megelőző napon be legyen jegyezve a részvénykönyvbe. Az alaki legitimációt a dematerializált részvenyt tartalmaz6 ertekpapfrszamla vezetoje altai kiallftott szamlakivonat, vagy tulajdonosi igazolas tartalmazza, amelyet a kozgyUies (vagy megismetelt kozgyUies) idopontja elott a Tarsasag rendelkezesere kell bocsatani. Exercie of sharedolder rights requires that the shareholder be a formally authorized shareholder of the share and be registered in the register of shareholders on the day before the date of the general meeting. Formal legitimation shall be provided by the way of statement of account or certificate of ownership issued by the securities account keeping bank in relation to the dematerialized shares which documents shall be made available to the Company prior to the date of the general meeting ( or the second meeting if reconvened). 8 8 Minden reszvenyes jogosuft a kozgyUiesen szemefyesen vagy kepviseloje utjan reszt venni, felvilagosftast kerni es eszrevetelt lenni, a szavazati joggal rendelkezo reszveny birtokaban a reszvenyes jogosult inditvanyt lenni es szavazni. All shareholders shall be entitled to attend the general meeting personally or by their representative, to request information and submit comments, to make proposals and exercise their voting rights in the possession of shares with voting rights. 9. 9. A reszvenyes reszvenyesi jogait kepviselo utjan is gyakorolhatja. The shareholders can exercise their rights through a representative.


LOGO

Nem lehet meghatalmazott az lgazgat6sag es a kOnyvvizsga\6. The Board of Directors and the auditor can not be a represetative. A kepviseleti meghatalmazas ervenyessege egy kOzgyO\esre vagy meghatarozott id6re, de legfeljebb 12 h6napra sz61. The power of attorney is valid only for one general meeting or a defined time, but maximum 12 months. A kepviseleti meghatalmazas ervenyessege kiterjed a felfOggesztett kOzgyO\es folytatasara es a hatarozatkeptelenseg miatt ismetelten osszehivott kOzgyO\esre is. The validity of the power of attorney expands to continue the suspended general meeting and the representation at the general meeting reconvened due to the lack of a quorum. A meghatalmazast k6zokirat vagy teljes bizonyit6 erejO maganokirat formajaban kell a kozgyO\es megnyitasakor a kOzgyO\es elnOkenek atadni. . The power of attorney has to be given to the Chairman of the general meeting in a form of a notarial document or a full probative private document. 10 10. A kOzgyO\es a kozgyO\esre sz6\6 meghiv6ban nem szerep\6 kerdeseket csak akkor targyalhat, ha a kOzgyO\esen valamennyi reszvenyes jelen van es egyhangulag hozzajarul a napirendi kerdes megtargyalasahoz. The general meeting shall be able to pass resolutions on duly notified points that are not included in the agenda, if entitled shareholders are present and they unanimously agree to discuss the matters. 11. 11. A k6zgy0\es a napirendi pontok meghiv6ban meghatarozott sorrendjeben va\6 targyalasat61 a reszvenyesek egyszero sz6tObbseggel hozott hatarozataban foglaltaknak megfele\6en elterhet. With a simple majority taken resolution of the shareholders, the general meeting shall differ on the order of the points of agenda, which were specified in the invitation. 12. 12. A kOzgyO\es hatarozatkepes, ha azon a szavazasra jogosit6 reszvenyek altai megtestesltett szavazatok tobb mint felet kepvise\6 reszvenyes szemelyesen vagy torvenynek megfelel6en meghatalmazott kepvise\6je utjan jelen van. The general meeting has quorum if shareholders representing more than half of the votes embodied by shares with voting rights are present in person or by a representative. A kOzgyO\es hatarozatkepessegenek vizsgalatanal a kozgyO\es egesz idotartama alatti jelenlet az iranyad6. The presence in the period of the general meeting is applicable to the monitoring of the quorum. 13. 13. Ha a kozgyO\es nem hatarozatkepes, a 15 napon beiOI megismetelt kOzgyOies az eredeti napirenden szerep\6 Ogyekben a megjelentek szamara tekintet nelkOI hatarozatkepes. If the general meeting has no quorum, the repeated general meeting within 15 days will reach quorum regardless of the number of shareholders present in the original points of agenda. 14. 14. A kozgyO\es egy alkalommal felfOggesztheto. The general meeting may be suspended one time. A kOzgyOies kes6bbi idopontban torteno folytatasar61 felfOggeszteserol a reszvenyesek hataroznak egyszerO sz6tobbseggel. The shareholders vote with simple majority about the suspending and the continuation of the general meeting in a later time.


LOGO

Ha a kozgyO/est felfOggesztik, azt 30 napon be/0/ folytatni ke/1. If the general meeting is suspended, it has to be continued within 30 days. Ebben az esetben a kozgyO/es osszehivasara es a kozgyO/es tisztsegviseloinek megvalasztasara vonatkoz6 szabalyokat nem ke/1 a/kalmazni. In this case, the rules of the invitation of the general meeting and the appointment of the directors of the general meeting are not used. 15. 15. A kozgyO/es kizar6/agos hataskorebe tartozik: The general meeting shall have exclusive competencefor: a) az Alapszabaly megallapftasa es m6dosftasa, a) decision on the establishment and the amendment of the Articles of Association, b) dontes a Tarsasag mOkodesi formajanak megvaltoztatasarol, b) decision on changing the operational form of the Company, c) a Tarsasag atalakulasanak es jogut6d nelkO/i megszOnesenek elhatarozasa, c) decision on the transformation of the Company and the termination without succession, d) az Jgazgat6sag tagjainak es a konyvvizsgal6nak a megva/asztasa, visszahivasa, dljazasanak megallaprtasa, d) appointment and/or dismissal of the member of the Board of Directors and the auditor, and establishing their remuneration, e) a szamviteli torveny szerinti beszamo/6 elfogadasa, ideertve az ad6zott eredmeny felhasznalasara vonatkoz6 dontest is, e) the approval of the annual report, as prescribed in the Accounting Act, decision regarding the appropriation of taxed profits, f) dontes osztaleke/6/eg fizeteserol, f) decisionon the payment of interim dividend, g) dontes a reszvenyek tipusanak atalakitasar61, g) decision on the transformation of the share’stype, h) dontes a nyomdai uton eloaJiftott reszveny dematerializalt reszvennye tOrteno ata/akitasar61, h) decision on the transformation of printedshares to dematerialized shares, i) az egyes reszvenysorozatokhoz f0z6d6 jogok megvaltoztatasa, il/etve az egyes reszvenyfajtak, osztalyok atalakitasa, i) amendment of the rights attached to someseries of shares, or transformation of sometypes or classes of shares, j) dontes atvaltoztathat6 vagy jegyzesi jogot biztosit6 kotveny kibocsatasar61, j) decision on issuing convertible bonds, bonds with subscription rights, k) dontes—ha a torveny maskepp nem rendelkezik - a sajat reszveny megszerzeserol, tovabba a nyilvanosan mOkodo reszvenytarsasag eseteben a sajat reszvenyre kapott nyilvanos veteli ajanlat e/fogadasar6/, k) decision on the acquisition of the owned shares, furthermore in the case of a public limited company the acceptance of the public acquisition offer on the owned shares, if the applying Jaws do not specify otherwise, I) az alaptoke felemelese es Jeszallftasa, l) decision on the increase or reduction of the share capital, m) dontes minden olyan kerdesben, ami! torveny vagy az Alapszabaly a kozgyOies kizar6/agos hataskorebe uta/. m) decision on any matter that is referred by theJaw or the Articles of Association as the exclusive competence of the general meeting. 16. 16. A KozgyO/es hatarozata~ egyszerO sz6tobbseggel hozza. The General meeting makes its decisions withsimple majority of the votes.


LOGO

A KozgyOies haromnegyedes sz6tobbseggel hataroz az alabbi esetekben: The General meeting makes its decisions with three- quarters majority in the following questions: a) az Alapszabaly megallapitasa es m6dositasa, a) decision on the establishment and the amendment of the Articles of Association, b) dontes a Tarsasag mOkiidesi formajanak megvaltoztatasar61, b) decision on the changing the operational form of the Company, c) a Tarsasag atalakulasanak es jogut6d nelkOii megszOnesenek elhatarozasa, c) decision on the transformation of the Company and the termination without succession, d) dontes a reszvenyek tipusanak atalakitasar61, d) decision on the transformation of the share types, e) reszvenysorozatokhoz f0ziid6 jogok megvaltoztatasa, illetve az egyes reszvenyfajtak, osztalyok atalakitasa, e) amendment of the rights attached to some series of the shares, or transformation of some types or classes of shares, f) dontes az alaptoke felemeleserol vagy leszallitasar61, f) decision on the increase or reduction of the share capital, g) dontes atvaltoztathat6 vagy jegyzesi jogot biztosit6 kotveny kibocsatasar61, g) decision on issuing convertible bonds, bonds with subscription rights, h) a szamviteli tiirveny szerint beszamol6 elfogadasa, ideertve az ad6zott eredmeny felhasznalasara vonatkoz6 dontest is. h) the approval of the annual report, as prescribed in the Accounting Act, decision regarding the appropriation of taxed profits 17. 17. A hatarozat meghozatalanal nem szavazhat az a reszvenyes, akit a hatarozat kotelezettseg vagy felel6sseg al61 mentesit, illetve a Tarsasag rovasara masfajta elonyben reszesit, tovabba az, akivel a hatarozat szerint szerzodest kell kotni, vagy aki ellen pert kell inditani. In the process of adopting a resolution the shareholder has no vote, for whom the resolution contains an exception from any obligation or responsibility, or for whom any advantage is to be provided by the Company, with whom an agreement is to be concluded according to the resolution, against whom legal proceedings are to be initiated according to the resolution. Az e kerdesben tiirten6 hatarozathozatal saran az erintett tagot a hatarozatkepesseg megallapitasanal szamitason kivOI kell hagyni. The member who is not eligible to vote in a given subject shall not be included for the purposes of quorum relating to the decision in question. 18. 18. A szavazas mikentjet mindenkor a kozgyOies allapitja meg. The mode of voting is always defined by the general meeting. Ha a kozgyOies titkos szavazast kfvan, a kiizgyOies a levezet6 elnok javaslata alapjan ket tagu szavazatszamlal6 bizottsagot valaszt. Based on the recommendation of the Chairman, the general meeting selects a two member vote counting committee if the general meeting wants a secret vote. A szavazatszamlal6 bizottsag a szavazas eredmenyer61 irasbeli jelentest tesz, amelyet a kozgyOies levezeto elnoke ismertet es csatol a kozgyulesi jegyzokonyvhoz. The vote counting committee makes a written report about the result of the voting. The Chairman reviews this report and attaches it to the Minutes. 19. 19. A kozgyOies levezeto elnoke az lgazgat6sag elnoke. The Chairman of the general meeting is the Chairman of the Board of Directors.


LOGO

Akadályoztatása esetén az lgazgatóság áltai kijeiölt igazgatósági tag. In case of incapacitation, the member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Board of Directors will be the Chairman of the general meeting. Az lgazgatóság együttes távolléte esetén a közgyülés áltai választott részvényes. In case of the Board of Directors total absence, a shareholder is elected by the general meeting. 20. 20. A közgyülés levezetö elnöke: The Chairman of the general meeting: - ellenörzi a részvényesek képviselöinek meghatalmazását, - controls the power of attorneys of the representatives of Shareholders, - a jelenléti iv alapján megállapitja a közgyüiés határozatképességét, - declares the quorum of the general meeting based on the attendance list, - kijeiöli a jegyzökönyvvezetöt, - appoints the keeper of the Minutes, - javaslatot tesz a közgyülési jegyzökönyv hitelesitöjének személyére, - proposes for the person, who is in charge of confirming the Minutes, - vezeti a közgyülést a meghivóban, illetve a részvényesek határozatában foglalt napirend alapján, - leads the general meeting based on the invitation and the agenda in the resolution of the shareholders, - elrendeli a szavazást, ismerteti annak eredmenyet es a közgyülés határozatait, - orders the voting, present the result of the voting and the resolutions of the general meeting, - szükség esetén javaslatot tesz a szavazátszamláló bizottság tagjaira, - proposes for the member of the vote counting board, if it is necessary, - gondoskodik a közgyOiési jegyzökönyv és a jelenléti iv elkészitésérö, - cares to make the Minutes and the attendance list, - szükség esetén mindenkire kiterjedö áltálanos jelleggel korlátozhatja az egyes és az ismételt felszólalások idötartamát, - restricts the time of any or repeated speeches with universal effect, if it is necessary, - szünetet rendel el - orders break. . 21. 21 A közgyülésröl jegyzökönyvet kell kesziteni a Ptk. 3:278. § (1) bekezdésében foglaltak szerint. The events of general meeting shall be recorded in Minutes according to paragraph 3:278 section (1) of the Code Civil. A jegyzökönyvet a közgyülées levezetö elnöke és a jegyzökönyvvezetö irja alá, és egy erre megválasztott, jelenlevö részvényes hitelesiti. The minutes are signed by the Chairman and the keeper of Minutes of the general meeting, and shall be authenticated by an elected shareholder present. Bármelyik részvényes a közgyOlési jegyzökönyvböl kivonat vagy másolat kiadását kerheti az lgazgatságtól. Any shareholder may request a copy of the Minutes of the general meeting or an extract of a part of theMinutes from the Board of Directors. A közgyülésen megjelent részvényesekröl jelenléti fvet kell vezetni, amelyen fel kell tüntetni a részvényes, illetve képviselöjének nevét (cégnevét) es lakcimet, (székhélyét), részvényei számát és az öt megilletö szavazatok számát. The shareholders present at the general meeting shall be entered into an attendance list, which shall contain the name (corporate name) and home address(registered seat) of the shareholder or his representative, the quantity of his shares and the number of the votes he has. A jelenléti ivet a közgyülés levezetö elnöke és a jegyzökönyvvezetö aláirásával hitelesiti. Attendance list shall be signed by the Chairman of the general meeting and the keeper of the Minutes.


LOGO

22. 22. Az lgazgatóság a közgyülési jegyzökönyvnek vagy kivonátimak egy hiteles példámyát, a jelenléti fvet a közgyülés befejezését követö 30 napon beiüli köteles a cégbfrósághoz benyúljtani. The Board of Directors have to submit an authenticated abstract of a part of the Minutes or the Minutes to the court of registration within thirty (30) days of such general meeting. IX. IX. Az lgazgatóság The Board of Directors 1. 1. Az lgazgatóság a Társaság ügyvezető szerve. The Company is managed by the Board of Directors Képviseli a Társaságot harmadik személyekkel szemben, biróságok és más hatóságok előtt, kialakftja és irányftja a Társaság munkaszervezetét, gyakorolja a munkáltatói jogokat az lgazgatóság Elnőke és az Űgyvezető felett, valamint az lgazgatóság Elnőke últján a Társaság más munkavállalói felett. The Board of Directors represents the Company as managing body of the Company, among a third person or before court and other authorities, it evolves and controls the work organisation of the Company and exercises the base rights over the director of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director, and through the director of the Board of Directors over the other employees of the Company. lrányftja a Társaság tevékenységét. It controls the activities of the Company. Feladata a számviteli tőrvémy szerinti beszámoló és az adózott eredmeny felhasznalasara vonatkoz6 javaslatnak a kőzgyűiés elé terjesztése. The Board of Directors submits the financial report as prescribed in the Accounting Act and makes suggestions in relation with the utilization of the taxed profit in front of the general meeting. Gondoskodik a Társaság Űzleti kőnyveinek szabályszerű vezetéséről. Provides for the regular management of the Company’s business books. 2. 2. A Társaság lgazgatósága nyolc igazgatósági tagbó1 (igazgatóból) all. The Board of Directors consists of eight directors. 3. 3. Az lgazgatóság tagjait a részvenyesek áltai jelőlt személyek kőzűI a Kőzgyűlés választja meg határozatlan időtartamra. The members of the Board of Directors shall be elected by the General meeting, for an indefinite period of time. 4. 4. Az lgazgatóság tagjai: The members of the Board of Directors: Név: Szabó Tamás Name: Tamas Szabo Lakcfme: 1044 Budapest, Luther Márton utca 7. Anyja Address: 1044 Budapest, Luther Marton utca 7. neve: Gaszt Mária Mother’s maiden name: Gaszt Maria Név: Felfalusi Péter Name: Peter Felfalusi Lakcfme: 2096 Űrőm, Borostyán u. 2. Address: 2096 Orom, Borostyan u. 2. Anyja neve: Kőrtvélyessy Erika Mother’s maiden name: Kortvelyessy Erika Név: Dr. Horváth-Szladek Zoltán Name: Zoltan Dr. Horvath-Szladek Lakcfme: 2143 Kistarcsa, Megyeri Margit utca 28. Address: 2143 Kistarcsa, Megyeri Margit utca 28. Anyja neve: Danyi Klára Mother’s maiden name: Danyi Klara


LOGO

Nev: Deszpot Karoly Lakcime: 1112 Budapest, D16 utca 9. fszt. 1. Anyja neve: Nemeth Anna Name: Karoly Deszpot Address: 1112 Budapest, Di6 utca 9. fszt. 1. Mother’s maiden name: Nemeth Anna Nev: Szilagyi Gyijrgy Laksime: 2096 Oram, Kamkarona utsa 18. Anyja neve: Szabo-lldiko Name: Gyiil’gy SzJI{Jgyi Addl’ess: 2096 Oriim Kar9karona utsa 18. Mather’s maiden name: l!dik9 Szabe New-: Bollus Atttla Laksimo: 1213 Budapost, Vercse utca 7. Anyja neve: Tomorkenyi Julinna Name: Attila lile!lus Addl’ess: 1213 Budapest, 1/iJI’GSe utsa 7. Mather’s maideR name: JuJiaRRa Tiimiirkell}‘i Nev: Oveges Judit 1-aksime: 1162 liludapest, Jl.ttila utsa 59. Iii. ep. Anyja RB’Je: Galamb Margit l’!ame: Judit Oveges l\ddl’ess: 1162 Budapest, Atti!a utsa 59. Iii. ep. Mather’s maiden name: Margit Ga!amb Nev: Szentpeteri-Nagy Csilla Lakcime: 2142 Nagytarcsa, Boglarka utca 2. 2. Anyja neve: Baran Ilona Maria Name: Csilla Szentpeteri-Nagy Address: 2142 Nagytarcsa, Boglarka utca 2.2 Mother’s maiden name: Ilona Maria Baran 5. 5. Az lgazgat6sag Ogyrendjet maga allapitja meg The Board of Directors shall establish its own rules of procedure. 6. 6. Az lgazgat6sag megvalasztasa utan elnokot valaszt sajat tagjai kozol. Az lgazgat6sag elnoke a Magyar Nemzeti Bank el6zetes engedelyevel valaszthat6 meg. The Board of Directors shall elect its Chairman from its members. The Chairman of the Board may be elected with the prior permission of the Hungarian National Bank. Az elnok hataskore kOionosen: The Chairman shall have exclusive competence to: - osszehlvja es vezeti az lgazgat6sag Oleseit, - kijeloli az igazgat6sagi Olesrol keszolt jegyz6konyv vezetojet, - elrendeli a szavazast, megallapilja annak eredmenyet, - osszehivja es vezeti a Tarsasag kozgyOieset, - ellalja az lgazgat6sag ogyrendjeben raruhazott egyeb feladatokat - convene and lead the meeting of the Board of Directors - appoint the keeper of Minutes for the meeting of the Board of Directors, - order the voting, and declare the result of the voting, - convene and lead the general meeting of the Company, - perform other tasks, which are specified in the rules of procedure of the Board of Directors. 7. 7. Az lgazgat6sag koteles jelentest keszfteni a KozgyOies reszere az alabbiak szerint: The Board of Directors shall prepare a report for the General meeting as follows: - az eves beszamol6 kereteben jelentest terjeszt a kozgyOies ele az el6z6 gazdalkodasi ev adatair61, a Tarsasag vagyoni helyzeterol es Ozletpolitikajar61, - prepare a report for the general meeting about the financial situation and the business policy of the Company through the annual report,


LOGO

- negyedevente koteles jelentest keszlteni a Felugyelo bizottsag reszere a Tarsasag negyedeves gazdalkodasar61, vagyoni helyzeterol. - quarterly has obligation to prepare a report for the supervisory board about quarterly management of the Company, and the financial situation. 8. 8. Az lgazgat6sag koteles 8 napon beiOI a szukseges intezkedesek megtetele celjab61 a KozgyOiest osszehivni, ha tudomasara jut, hogy: The Board of Directors shall convene a General meeting within a period of eight days in order to provide the necessary measures, whenever it comes to the notice of any member that - A Tarsasag sajat tokeje a veszteseg kovetkezteben az alaptoke ketharmadara csokkent, vagy - the Company’s equity capital has dropped to two-thirds of the share capital due to losses, - A Tarsasag sajat tokeje a torvenyben meghatarozott osszeg—50.000.000,- Ft -ala csokkent, vagy - the Company’s equity capital dropped below the amount limit of- HUF 50,000,000- defined by law, or - a Tarsasag fizeteseit megszuntette, es vagyona a tartozasokat nem fedezi, vagy - the Company is on the brink of Insolvency or has stopped making payments, or - a 2013. evi CCXXXVII. torveny 81. § (1) bekezdese szerint a Tarsasag sajat tokeje a jegyzett toke ala csokken, es a Felogyelet kotelezi az lgazgat6sagot a kozgyOies osszehivasara. - based on the Act CCXXXVII of 2013, theCompany’s equity capital has dropped below the share capital, and the SupervisoryAuthority obligates the Board of Directors to convene the general meeting. 9. 9. Az igazgat6sagi Oles hatarozatkepes, ha az Olest azOgyrendben meghatarozott m6don hivtak ossze es azon legalabb ot lgazgat6 jelen van. The meeting of the Board of Directors shall have a quorum if the meeting is convened in the specified form based on the rules of procedure and at least five directors are physically present at the meeting. Az Oles tartasa nelkuli hatarozathozatal ervenyes, ha legalabb ot lgazgat6sagi tag visszajuttatja a szavazataval ellatott hatarozati javaslatot az lgazgat6sag elnokenek az e-mailben feltuntetett e-mail cimre legkesobb az e-mail reszere torteno megkuldeset koveto 3. (harmadik) munkanap 24. 6rajaig es a szavazataval ellatott hatarozati javaslatot teljes bizonyft6 erejO maganokiratba foglalja es azt is megkuldi a Tarsasag szekhelyere. Decision making without a meeting is valid if at least five members of the Board of Directors have sent back the draft resolution with their votes to the Chairman to the e-mail address indicated on the document a-mailed to the members until the 24th hour of the 3rd(third) working day following the dispatch of the e-mail sent to his/her address and the draft resolution containing the vote is drawn up in a private document of full probative value and is returned to the seat of theCompany as well. 10. 10. Az lgazgat6sag hatarozatait legalabb ot igazgat6sagi tag egybehangz6 szavazataval hozza, kiveve, ha jogszabaly, vagy az Ogyrendje egyhangu donteshozatalt ir elo. The Board of Directors shall pass its resolutions by the concordant votes of at least five members, unless unanimous decision-making is required by any provision of the applicable law, or by its Rules of Procedure. 11. 11. Az lgazgat6sag Oleseirol jegyzokonyvet kell vezetni aPtk. 3:278. § (1) bekezdeseben es az 2013. eviCCXXXVII. torveny 151. § (1) bekezdeseben foglaltak ertelemszero alkalmazasaval. The events of meeting of the Board of Directors shall be recorded in Minutes according to the 3:278 paragraph (1) section on the Code Civil, and the 151 paragraph {1) section of Act CCXXXVII of 2013.


LOGO

12. 12. Az lgazgatòsàg tagjai a Ptk. Harmadik Rèsz XX. Fejezet 2. pontjàban foglalt rendelkezèseknek megfelelöen vezetö tisztsegviselak. Megvalasztasukkor, illetve megvalasztasuk utan megbfzatasuk egesz idatartama alatt felelnek azert, hogy a tarveny vezeta tisztsegviselakre vonatkozó rendelkezeseinek megfeleljenek. The members of the Board of Directors are executive- officers according to the second point of the twentieth Title of the Third Part of the Code Civil. When or after their election of the members of the Board of Directors, they are responsible for the tally of provisions on the law considering executive-officers. X. X. Az Ügyvezetö The Managing Director 1. 1. Az lgazgatóság àltai megválasztott, a Társasággal munkaviszonyban álló elnake, a Társaság vezetésére kinevezett, a Társasággal munkaviszonyban álló elsö szamu vezetö, valamint e vezetö valamennyi helyettese (Ügyvezetö). The president of a Company elected by the Board of Directors in its managerial function and employed by the Company, or the chief officer appointed to manage the Company, employed by the Company, also including all deputies of such officer (Managing Director). 2. 2. Az Ügyvezeta a Társaság elsa számú operativ vezetöje. The Managing Director is the number one chiefoperating officer of the Company. 3. 3. Az Ügyvezetö a Magyar Nemzeti Bank elözetes engedélyével választható meg. The Managing Director may be elected with the prior premission of the Hungarian National Bank. 4. 4. Az Ügyvezetö kinevezésére, és a vele szemben támasztott követelmenyekre a Hpt. vezetö állású személyekre és ügyvezetöre vonatkozó rendelkezeseit kell alkalmazni. For the appointment of the Managing Director and the requirements imposed on him, the Bank Act provision applicable to senior executive and managing director shall apply. 5. 5. Az Ügyvezetö hatásköre küiönösen: The Managing Director shall have exclusive competence to: - belsö ellenör feletti munákaltatói jogok gyakorlása; - az lgazgatósagi döntések elökészftéséröl és végrehajtasáról val6 gondoskodas; - dontes minden olyan kerdesben, am it torveny vagy a Szervezeti es Müködesi Szabályzat az ügyvezeta kizárólagos hataskörébe utal; - minden olyan kérdés eldöntése, amely nem tartozik a Közgyüiés, a Feiügyelö Bizottság vagy az lgazgatóság hatáskörébe. - exercises the base rights over the internal auditor; - ensuring the preparation and implementation of the decisions of the Board of Directors; decision on any matter that is referred by the law or the organizational and operational procedures as the exclusivecompetence of the Managing Director;. - decision on any matter that do not fall within the competence of the General Meeting, the Supervisory Board and the Board of Directors.


LOGO

6. 6. A Társáságnál az lgazgatóság gyakorolja az Ügyvezetövel kapcsolatban a munkáltatöi jogokat. In Company, employer’s rights over the Managing Director shall be exercised by the Board of Directors. XI. XI. Könyvvizsgáló Auditor 1. 1. A Társaság kozgyules áltai megválasztott konyvvizsgal6janak megbizátasa 2026. majus 31. napjaig tart. The auditor shall be elected by the general meeting for a definite period. The mandate of the auditor ends onMay 31, 2026. A könyvvizsgáló megbizatasának lejárta után úljra megválasztható After the expiry of the mandate, the auditor can be re-elected. 2. 2. A Tarsasag konyvvizsgálója: The auditor of the Company: Nev: Deloitte Könyvvizsgáló és Tanacsadó Kft. Name: Deloitte Hungary Ltd. Székhely: 1068 Budapest, Dózsa György últ 84/C. Regsitered seat: 1068 Budapest, Dózsa Gyorgy ut 84/C. A könyvvizsgálat elvégzéséért személyében felelös természetes Name of person in charge of performing the audit: személy neve: Molnár Attila Attila Molnar Anyja neve: Wüncs Olga Mother’s maiden name: Olga WOncs Lakcime: 1147 Budapest, lnstvánffy utca 41. Address: 1147 Budapest, lnstvanffy utca 41. Kamarai nyilvántartási szama: 007379 Chamber registration number: 007379 3. 3. A könyvvizsgáló betekinthet a Társaság könyveibe, az lgazgatósagtól, a Társaság munkavallállalóitól felvilágositást kérhet, a Társasság bankszamláját, penztarat, értékpapir- és áru állományát, szerzödéseit megvizsgálhatja. The auditor shall have access to the documents, accounting records and books of the Company, and shall be entitled to request information from the Company’s executive officers and employees, and to inspect the Company’s payment account, cash desk, securities portfolio,inventories and contracts. 4. 4. Ha szükséges, a könyvvizsgáló tanácskozási joggal a felügyelö bizottság ülésére meghivható, illetve a könyvvizsgaló maga is kezdeményezheti az ülésen való részvételét. The auditor may attend the meetings of the supervisory board in an advisory quality and launch his participation in the meeting. 5. 5. A Tarsasag a szamviteli torveny szerint elkeszitett beszámolójának valódiságát és jogszabályszerüséget könyvvizsgálóval köteles ellenöriztetni. The Company is obliged to control with the auditor the authenticity and legality of the financial report as prescribed in the Accounting Act. A könyvvizsgálö véleményének meghallgatása nelküI a számviteli törvény szerinti beszámolóról a Közgyülés nem hozhat dontst. The General meeting unable to adopt valid resolution without the disclosure of the auditor’s opinion in relation with the financialreport as prescribed in theAccounting Act.


LOGO

Emellett a konyvvizsgal6 a KazgyOies ele terjesztett minden lenyeges Ozleti jelentest kOteles megvizsgalni abb61 a szempontb61, hogy az val6s adatokat tartalmaz-e, illetve megfelel-e a jogszabalyi elofrasoknak. The auditor has to control every essential report whether the annual report of the business association is in conformity with legal requirements, and whether it provides a true and fair view. Ha a kOnyvvizsgal6 megallapflja, illetve egyebkent tudomast szerez arr61, hogy a Tarsasag vagyonanak jelentos mertekO csOkkenese varhat6, illetve olyan tenyt eszlel, amely az lgazgat6sag tagjainak torvenyben meghatarozott felelosseget vonja maga ulan, koteles a kOzgyOies osszehivasat kerni. If the auditor states, or notes a significant reduction in the property of the business association, or learns of any circumstance which entails the liability of the executive officers with respect to their activities performed in that quality demanded by law, he shall forthwith request the Board of Directors to take action to the extent required for enabling the general meeting to take the necessary decisions. 6. 6. Amennyiben a kozgyOies nem kerulo osszehivasra, vagy a kOzgyO!es a jogszabalyok altai megkivant danteseket nem hozza meg, a konyvvizsgal6 kOteles errol a torvenysegi fe!Ogyeletet ellat6 cegbir6sagot ertesiteni. If the general meeting is not convened, or the decisions are not adopted, which is required by law, the auditor shall inform the court of registry exercising judicial oversight over the Company concerning the situation at hand. 7. 7. A konyvvizsgal6 felelossegere a konyvvizsgal6ra vonatkoz6 jogszabalyokban, illetve a Polgari The liability of the auditor shall be governed by provisions of relating law and the Code Civil. Torvenykonyvben meghatarozott felelossegi szabalyok az iranyad6ak. XII. XII. Az alaptoke felemehise es leszallitasa The increase and reduction of the share capital 1. 1. A Tarsasag alaptokejenek felemelese tortenhet: The share capital of the Company can be increased: - uj reszvenyek forgalomba hozatalaval; - az alapt6ken fe!Oii vagyon terhere; - dolgoz6i reszveny forgalomba hozatalaval; - felteteles alaptoke-emeleskent, atvaltoztathat6 kotveny forgalomba hozatalaval. - through the issue of net shares; - from the assets not forming part of the share capital; - through the issue of employee shares; - conditional increase of share capital through the issue of convertible bonds. 2. 2. Uj reszveny es kOtveny forgalomba hozatala nyilvanos vagy zartkOrO m6don torten he!. The new shares and bonds may be offered publicly or privately. 3. 3. 3. A kO!Onbozo alaptoke emelesi tfpusok es m6dok egyidejO!eg is elhatarozhat6k es vegrehajthat6ak. Different methods of increasing the share capital may be decided and implemented at the same time.


LOGO

4. 4. Az alapt6ke felemelese eseten a reszvenyesek a kibocsatott uj reszvenyekre a meglev6 reszvenyeik aranyaban elovasarlasi joggal rendelkeznek. If the share capital is increased via cash infusion, the shareholders have preferential rights for the subscription of shares in the ratio of their shares.If a shareholder do not want to exercise his pre-emption right, the pre-emption rights of the other shareholders are to cover these shares too. Ha valamely reszvenyes nem klvan el6vasarlasi jogaval elni, a tobbi reszvenyes elovasarlasi joga a rea esc reszvenyekre is kiterjed. 5. 5. Az lgazgat6sag nem kap felhatalmazast arra, hogy a Tarsasag alapt6kejet felemelje. The Board of Directors is not authorized to increase the share capital of the Company. 6. 6. Az alapt6ke felemelese soran az alapftasra iranyad6 szabalyok alkalmazand6k megfelel6en, azzal, hogy ha az alapt6ke emeles so ran a reszvenyek kibocsatasi erteke a neverteket meghaladja, a k016nb6zetet a reszvenyjegyzeskor teljes egeszeben meg kell fizetni. During the capital share increase, the standard rulesof the foundation are applicable. With that, if the issueprice is greater than the nominal value, theshareholders have to pay the margin in the share subscription. 7. 7. A KozgyOies a Tarsasag alaptokejeet, 2013. evi CCXXXVII. torvenyben foglalt korlatozasok figyelembevetelevelleszallfthatja, illetve a torvenyben meghatarozott esetekben koteles leszallitani. Considering the restrictions of Act CCXXXVII of 2013,the General meeting shall be entitled to the reductionof the share capital of the Company. In cases defined by law, the General meeting have to reduce the share capital of the Company. 8. 8. Az alaptoke leszallltasa tortenhet a reszvenyek: The share capital of the Company can be reduced with: a) kicserelesevel, b) lebelyegzesevel, c) szamanak az Alapszabalyban meghatarozott m6don torten6 csokkentesevel. a) exchanging, b) overstamping, c) reduction of the number of shares based onthe mode in the Article of Association. XIII. XIII. Az eredmiiny felosztiisa Distribution of profits 1. 1. Minden Ozleti ev vegevel a Tarsasag eves beszamol6t koteles keszfteni a hatalyos jogszabalyok alapjan. At the end of each financial year, the Company shallprepare an annual report based on the current legislation 2. 2. A reszvenyes a KozgyOies altai felosztani rendelt eredmenynek a reszvenyeire jut6 reszere jogosult. The shareholder shall be entitled to receive dividends,which have been ordered for distribution by theGeneral meeting in the percentage consistent with the nominal value of his shares.


LOGO

XIV. XIV. A Társaság megszünése The termination of the Company 1. 1. A Társaság megszünik, ha: The Company is terminated if it: a) elhatározza jogutód nélküI megszünését, b) elhatározza jogutódlással torténo megszünését, c) a cégbiroság megszüntnek nyilvnilja, d) a cégbiroság hivatalb61 elrendeli torlését, e) a bir6ság felszámolási eljárás során megszüntetL a) decides the termination without succession, b) decides the termination with legal succession, c) is to be declared terminated by the court of registration, d) is cancelled by the order of the court of registration ex officio, e) is terminated by the court after the liquidation proceedings are completed. 2. 2. A Társaság jogut6d nélküii megszünése esetén a végelszámolásra vonatkoz6 rendelkezéseket kell alkalmazni. In the event of termination of the Company without succession, the0 provisions for the final settlement shall be applied. XV. XV. A Társaság hirdetményei Publishing of notice 1. 1. A Tarsaság hirdetményeit a jogszabályokban meghatározott esetekben a Cégkozlonyben, minden más esetben a Társaság honlapján teszi kozzé. The Company’s announcements in the cases specified in the legislation will be published in the Company Gazette, in all other cases will be published on the website of the Company. XVI. XVI. Fe1Ugyel6 Bizottság Supervisory Board 1. 1. A Felügyelo Bizottság legalább három, legfeljebb tizenot tagb61 all. A felügyel6 bizottság tagjait a kozgyüiés választja meg határozatlan idotartamra. The Supervisory Board consists of at least three and at most of fifteen members. The members of the supervisory board are elected bythe general meeting an indefinite period of time. A Feiügyel6 Bizottság elnoke a Magyar Nemzeti Bank elozetes engedélyével választhat6 meg. The Chairman of the Supervisory Board may be elected with the prior permission of the HungarianNational Bank. 2. 2. A Felügyel6 Bizottsag tagjai: The members of the Supervisory Board: Nev: Mohammed Salloum Name: Mohammed Salloum Anyja neve: Wafaa Hachem Mother’s maiden name: Wafaa Hachem Lakcime: Lindhagensterrassen 27, 11218, Stockholm, Address: Lindhagensterrassen27, 11218, Stockholm, Svedország Sweden A megbizatása határozatlan idotartamra sz61. The term of the mandate is indefinite.


LOGO

Nev: SzaM fJ{IRiel Name: fJaniel Szahe AnyJa,Ryja neve: Farkas EYa Mettler’s maidon name: Eva .Farkas Lakcime:. Address: 1011 Budapost, Maria ter 5. MF. 2. 1011 Budapost, Maria tar 5. MF. 2. A megbizatasa hatarozatJaR iootartamra sz91. The term of the mandate is indefinite. Nev: Oveqes Judit Name: Judit Oveqes Any;a neve: Galamb Marqit Mother’s maiden name: Marqit Galamb Lakcime: 1162 Budapest. Attila utca 59. B. ep. Address: 1162 Budapest. Attila utca 59. B. ep. A meqbizatasa hatarozatlan idotartamra sz61. The term of the mandate is indefinite. Nev: Lars Johan Brodin Name: Lars Johan Brodin Anyja neve: Anna Karlen Mother’s maiden name: Anna Karlen Lakcime: Noragardvagen 12B, 182 34 DANDERYD, Address: Noragardvagen 12B, 182 34 DANDERYD, Svedorszag Sweden A megblzatasa hatarozatlan id6tartamra sz61. The term of the mandate is indefinite. 3. 3. A Tarsasag tevekenysegenek ellen6rzeset harom tagb61 alia FeiOgyel6 Bizottsag latja el a Ptk. es a 2013. evi CCXXXVII. torveny vonatkoz6 rendelkezeseinek megfele16en. A FeiOgyel6 Bizottsag a FeiOgyel6 Bizottsagi Ogyrend szerint jar el, amelyet a Felogyel6 Bizottsag 6nall6an jogosult meghatarozni a Tarsasag Alapszab<ilyaban es a Szervezeti es MOk6desi Szabalyzat rendelkezeseinek serelme nelkol. The activity of the Company is supervised by the Supervisory Board in compliance with the provisions of the Civil Code and Act CCXXXVII of 2013. The Supervisory Board shall operate pursuant to its rules of procedure which shall be adopted by the Supervisory Board individually provided that it is not in breaching the provisions of the articles of associations and the organizational and operational procedures. A FeiOgyel6 Bizottsag feladatai k016n6sen: The Supervisory Board shall, in particular, a) gondoskodas arr61, hogy a Tarsasag rendelkezzen atfog6 es az eredmenyes m0k6desre alkalmas ellen6rzesi rendszerrel, a) ensure that the Company has a supervisory system which is comprehensive and suitable for successful operation, b) javaslattetel a KozgyOies szamara a megvalasztand6 konyvvizsgal6 szemelyere es dljazasara, b) suggest the General Meeting the auditor and its remuneration, c) a Tarsasag eves es k6zbens6 penzogyi jelenteseinek ellenorzese, c) supervision of the annual and semi-annual financial reports of the Company, d) a belso ellenorzesi szervezet iranyltasa, d) managing the internal audit system, e) a bel so ellen6rzes altai vegzett vizsgalatok megallapitasai alapjan ajanlasok es javaslatok kidolgozasa. e) preparation of suggestions and guidlines on the basis of the results of the inspections conducted by the internal auditor. XVII. XVII. Atalakulassal kapcsolatos rendelkezesek Provisions related to the merger A Tarsasagba 2020. szeptember 30. napjaval beolvadt az lntrum Hitel Zrt. A Tarsasag az altalanos forgalmi ad6r61 sz616 2007. evi CXXVII. torveny (a tovabbiakban: ,Afa torveny”) 18. § (1) bekezdes b) pontjanak megfelel6en kotelezettseget vallal arra, hogy a szerzeshez es a szerzett vagyonhoz f0z6d6, az Afa torvenyben szab<ilyozott jogok es As of 30 September 2020, lntrum Hitel Zrt. merged into the Company. According to section 18(1 )(b) of Act CXXVII of 2007 on value added tax (hereinafter: “VAT Act”), the Acquiring Company as legal successor undertakes to be bound by the rights and obligations prescribed in the VAT Act in connection with the assets acquired as of the time of acquisition.


LOGO

kotelezettsegek a szerzestol kezdodoen jogut6dkent at illetik es terhelik. A Tarsasag kijelenti, hogy az Afa torveny 18.§ (1) bekezdes a) pontja szerint a szerzeskor belfoldon nyilvantartasba vet! ad6alany, es nines olyan, az Afa torveny 18.§ (1) bek. c) pontja szerintijogallasa, amely termeszetenel fogva osszeegyeztethetetlen lenne a beolvadasi szerzodesben vallalt kotelezettsegteljesitesevel vagy annak csorbitasara lenne alkalmas. The Company declares that it is registered as domestic taxable person at the time of the acquisition pursuant to Section 18(1)(a) of the VAT Act. The Acquiring Company also declares that it does not have any status governed by the VAT Act at the time of the acquisition or subsequently that—owing to its character—is incompatible with or would be an impediment to the fulfilment of the obligations set out in the merger agreement according to section 18(1 )(c) of the VAT Act. A Tarsasag fentiek alapjan kijelenti, hogy az Afa torveny 17.§ (2) bekezdese alapjan nem all be a termek ertekekesftesehez, szolgaltatas nyujtasahoz fOzodo joghatas. Az atvevo Tarsasag tovabba tudomasul veszi, hogy az elevolesi idon beiOI egyetemleges felelosseg terheli az Afa torvenyben szabalyozott, az atvett vagyonhoz a megszerzes idoponljaval bezar6lag keletkezett kotelezettsegek teljesiteseert. The Acquiring Company declares that the legal consequence pertaining to the supply of goods or the supply of services shall not apply according to section 17(2) of the VAT Act. The Acquiring Company accepts that it is bound by joint and several liability regarding the acquired assets within the period of limitation for fulfilling the obligations pursuant to the VAT Act that arose before the acquisition. A beolvadas a tarsasagi ad6r61 es az osztalekad6r61 sz616 1996. evi LXXXI. tv. 4.§ 23/a pont c) alpontja alapjan kedvezmenyezett atalakulasnak minosOI. The merger qualifies as a preferential merger based on § 4 23/a c) of the Act No. LXXXI of 1996 on corporate income tax and dividend tax. A kedvezmenyezett atalakulashoz kapcsol6d6, a tarsasagi ad6r61 es az osztalekad6r61 sz616 1996. evi LXXXI. tv. 16. § -ban foglalt tarsasagi ad6alap m6dositas al61i mentessegek alkalmazasa eseten, a tarsasagi ad6r61 es az osztalekad6r61 sz616 1996. evi LXXXI. tv. 16. § (9)-(11) bekezdeseinek megfeleloen a Tarsasag nyilatkozik arr6f, hogy az lntrum Hitel Zrt-tol mint jogefiidtol atvett eszkozoket es kotelezettsegeket (ideertve a celtartalekot es a passzfv idobeli elhatarolast is) figyelembe veve, ad6alapjat—az ad6zas elotti eredmeny m6dositasa reven—mindegyik beolvadas eseteben ugy hatarozza meg, mintha az adott beolvadas nem torten vofna meg. In case of the application of the exemption from the CIT base modification obligation—related to the preferential transformation—according to the Section 16 of the Act on CIT, in accordance with Section 16 Subsections (9)—(11) of the Act No. LXXXI. of 1996 on the corporate income tax and dividend tax the company declares that, subsequent to the completion of the respective merger, it will determine its tax base - by adjusting its pretax accounting profit considering the assets and liabilities (including the provisions, accrued expenses and deferred incomes) taken over from the legal predecessors of the company, namely lntrum Hitel Zrt.- as if the respective merger had not taken place. A Tarsasag az arertekelt eszkozoket es kotelezettsegeket elkOionitve tarija nyilvan, es a nyilvantartasban fei!Onteti a jogeliidOknel az adott atalakulas napjara kimutatott bekerOiesi erteket, konyv szerinti erteket, szamitott nyilvantartasi erteket, valamint az eszkoz, a kotelezettseg alapjan altala az atalakulast kovetoen az ad6zas elotti eredmeny m6dositasakent efszamolt osszeget is. The company shall keep separate records regarding all of its revaluated assets and liabilities and it shall show in such records the acquisition costs, the book value and the tax value of such items as shown in the books of the legal predecessor companies at the date of the respective merger, as well as the value of tax base adjustments made by the company following the merger in relation to such assets or liabilities. XVIII. XVIII. Vegyes rendelkezesek Miscellaneous provisions 1. 1. A jelen Alapszabalyban nem szabalyozott kerdesek tekinteteben a Ptk., a 2013. evi CCXXXVII. torveny, valamint a vonatkoz6 jogszabalyok az iranyad6k. The matters not regulated in this Articles of Association shall be governed by Code Civil, Act CCXXXVII of 2013 and the applicable laws.


LOGO

2. 2. A Tarsasag alapitasahoz a 2013. evi CCXXXVII. torveny rendelkezesei alapjan a Magyar Nemzeti Bank engedelye szi.ikseges . The licence of Hungarian National Bank is required to the operation of the Company in accordance with ActCCXXXVII of 2013. Ellenjegyzem Budapesten, 2024. majus 29. napjan I I countersign it in Budapest on 29 May 2024 Alulfrott, dr. Liptak J6zsef Attila i.igyved (Dr. Liptak Ogyvedi lroda; szekhely: 1026 Budapest, Szilagyi Erzsebet fasor 41 . 114.; kamarai azonosit6szam: 36064607) Budapesten, 2024. majus 29. napjan ellenjegyzem az i.igyvedi tevekenysegrol sz616 2017. evi LXXVIII. torveny alapjan a jelen, altalam szerkesztett Alapszabalyt, amelynek egyseges szerkezetbe foglalasara az Alapszabaly VII. (,A Tarsasag cegjegyzese”) fejezetenek 2. pontja tekinteteben a Kozgyules 2024. majus 29. napjan kelt 812024.05.29. szamu hatarozata, az Alapszabaly IX. (,Az lgazgat6sag”) fejezetenek 4. pontja tekinteteben a Kozgyules 2024. majus 29. napjan kelt 612024.05.29. szamu hatarozata, az Alapszabaly XVI. (,Fe/Ogye/6 Bizottsag”) fejezetenek 2. pontja tekinteteben a Kozgyules 2024. majus 29. napjan kelt 7/2024.05.29. szamu hatarozata, tovabba valamennyi m6dositas kapcsan a Kozgyules 2024. majus 29. napjan kelt 912024.05.29. szamu hatarozata alapjan szi.ikseges m6dositasai adtak okot azzal, hogy a m6dositasok felkover, dolt betaszedessel es egyideja alahuzassal, a torolt rendelkezesek felkover, dolt betaszedessel es athuzassal keri.ilnek megjelolesre. I, Dr. J6zsef Attila Liptak, attorney-at-law (Dr. Liptak Law Office; registered office: 1026 Budapest, Szilagyi Erzsebet fasor 41 . 1/4.; BAR identification number: 36064607), hereby countersign this Articles of Association in Budapest, on 29 May 2024, which I have drafted in accordance with Act LXXVIII of 2017 on the activities of attorneys-at-law, and whereby the consolidation of the Articles of Association is based in terms of Section 2 of Article VII (“The signature rights of the Company”) on the Resolution Nr. 812024.05.29. in terms of Section 4 of Article IX (“The Board of Directors”) on the Resolution Nr. 612024.05.29., in terms of Section 2 of Article XVI (“Supervisory Board “) on the Resolution Nr. 712024.05.29. of the General Meeting held on 29 May 2024, taking also into account the Resolution Nr. 912024.05.29. with amendments being indicated by bold, italics and simultaneous underlining, while delated texts are marked by bold, italics and strikethrough. dr. Liptak J6zsef Attila ogyved I attorney-at-law KASZ I BAR registration number: 36064607

Exhibit T3A.37

Brønnøysund Register Centre

Company certificate

 

Organization No:    913 852 508
Name/company    LOCK TOPCO AS
Business address:   

Lysaker torg 8

   1366 Lysaker

Brønnøysund Register Centre

21.01.2025

 

 

Brønnøysund Register Centre

Postal address: 8910 Brønnøysund

Phones: Information Phone 75 00 75 00 Fax 75 00 75 05

Email: firmapost@brreg.no Internet: www.brreg.no

Organization number: 974 760 673


Brønnøysund Register Centre    Company

 

Organization number:    913 852 508
Organizational form:    Limited company
Date of Foundation:    01.07.2014
Registered in The Register of Business Enterprises:    04.07.2014
Enterprise Name:    LOCK TOPCO AS
Business address:   

Lysaker torg 8

Municipality:    1366 Lysaker
   3201 Bærum
Country:    Norway
Postal address:    PO Box 283 Skøyen 0213 OSLO
Share capital NOK:    112 053 869,07
Board of Directors:   

Steinar Nielsen

  

Representative of the A

Chairman of the Board:    VerftsgatalE   

shareholders

  

7042 TRONDHEIM

  
Board Member:   

Knut Michael Benjamin Asplund

  

Njål Foss Stene

  

Julie Marthinsen

  

Erik Niklas Lundquist

Signature:    Two board members jointly.
Auditor:   

Approved Audit Company

  

Organization number 980 211 282

  

DELOITTE AS

  

Dronning Eufemias gate 14

  

0191 OSLO

Statutory purpose:    Indirect investments in the purchase of leading European foreign and self-income companies.

 

     Brønnøysund Register Centre    Page 1 of 1

Exhibit T3A.38

[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

DEED OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY NAMED “INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN NEWCO, S.L.”.

UNIPERSONAL

NUMBER ONE HUNDRED AND NINETY-FOUR (194).       

In Madrid, my residence, on the twenty-ninth of January two thousand and twenty-five. ————————————————————————————————————————————————————

Before me, PEDRO LUIS GUTIERREZ MORENO,          notary public of the Association of notaries public of this Capital,        

—————————————————— APPEAR (S) ——————————————————

Ms. ANA SUÁREZ GARNELO, of legal age, of Spanish nationality, lawyer, with address for these purposes at calle Vía de los Poblados, number 3, Edificio

1, Parque Empresarial Cristalia, 28033 Madrid, and with DNI [ID] number 70.056.285-X.

I IDENTIFY the appearing party by her identity document, as described above and exhibited, in accordance with the provisions of the Law of Notaries and its Regulations. —

—————————————————— REPRESENTING ——————————————————

In the name and on behalf of the company named “INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN, S.A.” UNIPERSONAL, domiciled at C/ Vía de los Poblados, 3 Edificio 1, Parque Empresarial Cristalia,      28033 (Madrid).

 

1


NIF [tax identification number] A86128147.

The company was incorporated, for an indefinite period of time, as a limited liability company, under the name ‘LINDORFF HOLDING SPAIN, S.A.U.’ by deed executed before the notary public of Madrid, Mr. Luis Jorquera Garcia, on 24 January 2011, with protocol number 140, registered in the Commercial Registry of Madrid, in Volume 28,461, Folio 126, section 8, page number M-512,458, 1st registration; transformed into a public limited company by deed executed before the notary public of Madrid Mr. Luis Jorquera García, on 8 April 2015, with protocol number 951, registered in the Commercial Registry of Madrid on 14 April 2015, in volume 28,461, Folio 139, Section 8, Page M-512458, 21st registration; changed its name to “INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN, S.A.U.” by decision of the sole shareholder dated 12 December 2018, in public deed in Madrid, on 18 December 2018, before the notary public Mr. Pedro Luis Gutierrez Moreno, under protocol number 3.110, duly registered in Commercial Registry. ——

The company’s main corporate purpose is the activity of debt collection agency, credit information, financial analysis, and purchase and collection of debt portfolios and related businesses. ————————

He states that the details of his represented company, relating to identification, address and corporate purpose, are stated in preceding paragraphs and have not changed. —————————————

 

2


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

 

I, the notary public, in compliance with the provisions of article 23, paragraph 4, of the Notaries Act, as amended by Law 11/2021, of 9 of July, on measures to prevent and combat tax fraud, have verified that the company’s NIF [tax ID number] does not appear as a revoked NIF by means of consultation through the means enabled through the Integrated Notarial Management System (Signo) platform, proof of which is attached to this matrix. ————————————————

He makes use for this act of the express powers conferred to him by resolution of the board of directors of the company, dated 27 January 2025, executed public deed dated today, by himself, as Secretary of the Board, with a current position and registered before me, prior to the present, which in my opinion is sufficient in that he has the powers to incorporate the company covered by this deed, appoint and accept positions, and other complementary acts. —————

The appearing party assures the validity of their faculties, as well as that the legal capacity of the represented party has not changed. —

For the purposes set forth in article 160.f) of the Capital Companies Law, the appearing party declares that the funds used for the incorporation of the company that is the object of this deed do not constitute essential assets for the company. ————————————

 

3


COMPLIANCE WITH LAW 10/2010.- I, the Notary, hereby expressly state that I have complied with the obligation to identify the beneficial owner imposed by Law 10/2010, of 28 April, by consulting the database of beneficial ownership of the Integrated Notarial Management System (Signo) platform. The appearing party declares that the information contained in the said consultation is still valid and unchanged, and that the aforementioned points are recorded in a deed authorised in Madrid, by the notary public Mr. F. Javier Barreiros Fernández, on 3 April 2019, with protocol number 983.

He has, in my opinion, as representative, capacity for this grant, and to that effect,

——————————————— HEREBY STATES ————————————————

That it is the intention of the company “INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN, S.A.U.” to incorporate a limited liability company. ——————

To this effect, in compliance with the provisions of article 3 of Law 18/2022, of 28 September, on the creation and growth of companies, I, the notary, have advised of the advantages of using the Points of Attention for Entrepreneurs (PAE) and the Information Centre and Business Creation Network (CIRCE), for their incorporation and the completion of other procedures linked to the start-up of their activity In particular, I hereby inform you of each of the points referred to in the second paragraph of the aforementioned precept, of which the interested party declares that it is aware and insists on this granting, and to this effect. ————

 

4


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

 

——————————————————————GRANT —————————————————————

FIRST: The company “INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN, S.A.U.”, duly represented, constitutes a Limited Liability Company, of a UNIPERSONAL nature, with the name “INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN NEWCO, S.L.”, whose object, registered office, capital, duration, management and representation bodies and other circumstances are set out in the articles of association which are delivered to me and which I leave attached to this matrix, on four sheets of plain paper, and which have been previously read by the person appearing, as intervening, who hereby approves and ratifies them in all their parts. ———

I, the notary, in compliance with the provisions of article 23 of the Law on Notaries, as amended by Law 11/2021 of 9 July, on measures to prevent and combat tax fraud, will request the tax identification number of the company hereby incorporated, which result I will attach to this schedule. ————

SECOND.- The Share Capital, fully paid up, amounts to the sum of THREE THOUSAND EUROS (3,000.00) represented by THREE THOUSAND (3,000) equal shareholdings, cumulative and indivisible, with a nominal value of ONE EURO (€1.00) each, numbered sequentially from 1 to 3,000, both inclusive.

 

5


SUBSCRIPTION AND PAYMENT - All of these shares are subscribed by the founding company, “INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN, S.A.U.”, and their nominal value is paid up by means of monetary contributions. —————————————————

The aforementioned disbursement is proved with the pertinent bank certificate that is delivered to me with a copy to this parent company. ———————————————

THIRD.- It is hereby accredited, in accordance with registry legislation, that there is no company with the same name as the company being incorporated, by means of the appropriate certificate from the names section of the Central Commercial Registry signed by the Registrar with his electronic signature recognised in accordance with Law 24/2001, which I, the notary public, leave attached to this matrix. —

FOURTH - The founding company, giving this act the character of a Universal General Meeting, opts for one of the statutory systems of administration, specifically the system of BOARD OF DIRECTORS, and consequently appoints the following persons as DIRECTORS of the company: ———————

 

   

Mr. ENRIQUE TELLADO NOGUEIRA, of full age, of Spanish nationality, with business address at calle Vía de los Poblados 3, 28033 Madrid and DNI [ID] number 33316316-B. ——————

 

   

Mr. JORGE FARIÑA VILLAVERDE, of full age, of Spanish nationality, with his place of business at Calle Vía de los Poblados 3, 28033 Madrid and with DNI number 35292817-F. ——————

 

6


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

 

   

Mr. JAVIER ARANGUREN DELGADO, of legal age, of Spanish nationality, with business address at calle Vía de los Poblados 3, 28033 Madrid and DNI number 44580043-V. ——————

The Directors appointed shall accept their posts at the first meeting of the Board of Directors. ———————————————————

FIFTH. - The administrative body, even if the Company has not yet been registered, may exercise its powers from the statutory date of commencement of corporate activities, within its sphere of action, as provided for in the Articles of Association and in the legal provisions. ————————

SIXTH - accordance with the provisions of the Regulations of the Commercial Registry, partial registration of this deed and of the Articles of Association is expressly requested, in the event that any of its clauses or stipulations should, in the opinion of the competent Commercial Registry, be defective in any way. ——————

SEVENTH. - For tax purposes, exemption is requested for the company incorporation formalised in this deed from the concept of corporate operations in accordance with the provisions of Article 45.1B.11 of the revised text of the Tax on Transfer of Assets and Documented Legal Acts, as amended by Royal Decree 13/2010 of 3 December. ———

 

7


GRANTING AND AUTHORISATION

Having made the legal reservations and warnings, including the compulsory registration of this deed in the Commercial Registry; those of a fiscal nature, relating to the period of thirty working days within which this document must be presented for liquidation; the liability that will be incurred in the event that the presentation is not made and the consequences of all kinds that would derive from the inaccuracy of the declarations of the appearing parties. —————

Likewise, in accordance with the provisions of article 249 of the Notarial Regulations, I hereby give notice of my duty to make the entry of the presentation of this deed by means of an electronic copy, and the interested parties declare that they will not make use of this service procedure.

PROTECTION OF PERSONAL DATA. The personal data of the participants will be processed by the authorising notary, whose contact details are given in this document.

The purpose of the processing is to carry out the activities of the notary public function, including compliance with the obligations arising from the regulations on the prevention of money laundering and the financing of terrorism. For the latter purpose, the competent public administrations may carry out automated decisions, authorised by law, including profiling. Likewise, the data will be processed by Notary’s Office for invoicing and management purposes. —————————————

 

8


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

 

For the aforementioned purposes, the data communications will be carried out as provided for at the Law of the Public administrations competent. ————————

If requested, personal data may be used to carry out the requested administrative handling or processing of documents and on the basis of the contractual relationship of the commissioned service. The provision of data for this purpose is necessary for the performance of the services commissioned. In this case, the personal data will be communicated to the Public Administrations before whom said management or processing is performed. Additionally, the data will be communicated to financial institutions for the management of collections. ———————

The data will be kept for as long as the contractual relationship for the provision of services is maintained and, even afterwards, until the possible liabilities that may arise from it expire, and for as long as required by applicable regulations.

 

9


In the event that he/she provides the personal data of a third party, the transferor undertakes, under his sole responsibility, to have previously obtained the consent of that person for his data to be processed by the Notary’s Office and must have informed them of all the provisions of this clause and of Article 14 of the General Data Protection Regulation. ——————————————

The Data Protection Officer is Picón y Asociados Abogados, and their contact details are published at the Notary’s office. Participants have the right to request access to their personal data, its rectification, deletion, portability, and limitation of its processing, as well as to oppose its processing. In the event any breach of rights, a complaint may be lodged with the Spanish Data Protection Agency (AEAT), whose contact details can be found at www.aepd.es. ———————————

Data subjects have the right to request access to their personal data, its rectification or deletion, as well, in the cases legally foreseen, the limitation of its processing, to oppose its processing, and its portability. In the event of any possible infringement of their rights, they may lodge a complaint with the Spanish Data Protection Agency. ———————————————————————

This is what is said and granted by the undersigned, after having read the present deed for themselves, according to their own assurances, making use of their right of which I have given notice. ——————————————————————

 

10


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

 

And I, the Notary, certify that the consent of the parties appearing has been duly informed and freely expressed, that the grant is in accordance with the law in force, and of everything else contained in this public instrument, the digital version of which is filed within the regulatory period under the same number in the corresponding electronic protocol which is signed with me and is drawn up on six sheets of stamped paper for notarial use only, the present one and the five preceding ones, all of which are correlative in order and of the same series. —— The signature of the appearing party. ———————————————————

Signed by. PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO, initialled and stamped.

DILIGENCE: I, the authorising Notary Public, hereby place on record that I hereby incorporate the document relating to the communication accrediting the tax identification code (CIF.) of the company hereby constituted, which is a faithful reproduction of the original in electronic format issued and sent to me, the Notary Public, by the AEAT, in accordance with the provisions of current legislation, both fiscal articles 35.4, 92.3 and the sixth Additional Provision of Law 58/2003, of 17 December, General Taxation; letter a), of number one of subsection two of section twelfth of Order

 

11


HAC/2567/2003, of 10 December 2003 and the Agreement of 23 June 2005, signed between the State Tax Administration Agency and the General Council of Notaries; as well as on electronic documents and signatures (article 3 of Law 59/2003, of 19 December 2003, on electronic signatures and articles 106 et seq. Law 24/2001, of 27 December). ———

And, in proof and conformity to all legal effects, I incorporate this document on paper to the present with the value of testimony, under the provisions of Article 113 of Law 24/2001, of 27 December. —————

To the full content of this document, drawn up on the present sheet of stamped paper for exclusive notarial use, following the matrix on which it is based, in Madrid, on the twenty-ninth of January two thousand and twenty-fifth, I ATTEST. ———————————

Signed and stamped by: Pedro L. Gutiérrez Moreno. ———————————

ATTACHED DOCUMENTS —————————————————————————————————————

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

——————————————————————————————————————————————————

 

 

12


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

 

CSV: 12814001-INC-24200409-INR-68026140

[emblem:] Central Commercial Registry

Denominations Section

CERTIFICATE NO. 24200409

 

Mr. José Miguel Masa Burgos,    Central Commercial Registrar,
I certify on the basis of the interested party for:   

Mr/s. INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN, SA,                    that your request was submitted to the Digital Journal dated 05/12/2024, entry 24202403 and also that, having carried out the relevant search in the database,

I CERTIFY: That the name is NOT REGISTERED as follows

### INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN NEWCO, SOCIEDAD LIMITADA ###

Consequently, the aforementioned COMPANY NAME is RESERVED in favour of the interested party, for a period of six months from the date indicated below, in accordance with the provisions of article 412.1 of the Commercial Registry Regulations.

Madrid, fifth of December two thousand and twenty-four.

The foregoing certificate is signed by the above-mentioned Registrar, with his recognised electronic signature, created and developed in accordance article 108 and following those of Law 24/2001 of 27 December 2001 and concordant provisions.

This document can be verified using the CSV above at the URL http://www.rmc.es/csv.

 

*

NOTE: This certificate shall be valid, for the purposes of granting a deed, for THREE MONTHS from the date of issue, in accordance with the provisions of article 414.1 of the Commercial Registry Regulations.


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN NEWCO, S.L.U.

TITLE I

GENERAL PROVISIONS

ARTICLE 1.-COMPANY NAME

The present company, of Spanish nationality, is named “INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN NEWCO, S.L.U.” (hereinafter, the “Company”) and shall be governed by these bylaws and by Royal Legislative Decree 1/2010, of 2 July, which approves the Consolidated Text of the Capital Companies Act (hereinafter, the “Capital Companies Act”).

ARTICLE 2.- OBJECT OF THE COMPANY

Holding company of companies engaged in:

 

(a)

The provision of debt collection services, credit information, financial analysis, purchase and collection of debt portfolios and related businesses.

 

(b)

Provision of all kinds of services related to the administration, custody, management, operation and marketing of real estate, as well as the administration and management of financial assets and the custody of related documentation.

 

(c)

Urban development, subdivision, construction, promotion and rehabilitation, as well as planning, management, discipline and execution activities that be carried out at the request of individuals by means of any of the forms established by law, either on its own account or on behalf of third parties, of all types of real estate.

 

(d)

Mediation in the direct sale or auction of real estate, individual financial assets and credit portfolios for its own account or for the account of third parties.

 

(e)

The organisation, management, administration and operation of all types of auctions and other events and exhibitions of similar nature or purpose of movable property, real estate and financial assets.

 

(f)

The provision of management and administration services to companies or entities with an identical or similar purpose, whether owned by the Company or by third parties.

 

(g)

The provision of logistical services necessary for the proper operation of the buildings, including janitorial services, cafeteria and even transport services, administrative and accounting management services. Provision of comprehensive property management services for buildings.

 

(h)

The development, implementation and management of websites, computer systems and tools for the publication, marketing and commercialisation of real estate assets and services.

The CNAE [National Classification of Economic Activities] code of the main activity is: 6420.

These activities may be carried on by the company, in whole or in part, either directly or indirectly through the ownership of shares or holdings in other entities with an identical or analogous object, or by any other means permitted by law.

All the activities included in the corporate purpose shall be carried out by the appropriate professionals with the official qualifications required in each case.

The Company shall only be an intermediary company in relation to those of the aforementioned activities which, in accordance with Law 2/2007 on Professional Companies, are considered to be professional activities. Excluded from the corporate purpose are those activities reserved by law to certain types of companies, as well as those for which authorisation or authorisation is required which the Company does not have and, specifically and expressly, those activities which are regulated in the Securities Market Law and in the Law on Collective Investment Institutions.

If any of the activities included in the corporate purpose are reserved or are reserved by law to certain categories of professionals, they must be carried out through a person holding the required qualifications, the corporate purpose being the intermediation or coordination of such services.

 

1


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

 

ARTICLE 3.- COMPANY ADDRESS

The address of the Company is fixed at C/ Via de los Poblados, 3 Edificio 1, Parque Empresarial Cristalia, 28033, Madrid.

The Administrative Body shall be the competent body to decide on the transfer of the registered office within the national territory, as well as to decide on the creation, suppression or transfer of branches, agencies, representative offices or delegations, both within the national territory and abroad, which the development of the activity of the Company makes necessary or appropriate.

ARTICLE 4.- DURATION

The duration of the Company is for an indefinite period, having commenced operations on the date of execution of the public deed of incorporation. The Company may be dissolved at any time in accordance with Articles of Association and the law.

TITLE II

SHARE CAPITAL AND (OWNERSHIP) INTERESTS ARTICLE

ARTICLE 5.

The share capital is THREE THOUSAND EUROS (€ 3,000), divided into 3,000 shares, numbered sequentially from 1 to 3,000, both inclusive, with a nominal value of ONE EURO (€1) each, cumulative and indivisible. The share capital is fully subscribed and paid up.

ARTICLE 6.- SHARES

The shares shall confer the same rights on the members, shall not have the character of securities, may not be represented by certificates or book entries, and may not be called shares.

ARTICLE 7.-TRANSFER OF SHARES

7.1. General rules

1. The voluntary transfer by inter vivos transaction of shares belonging to a shareholder who is personally obliged to perform ancillary services to shares to which such an obligation is attached shall require the authorisation of the company as provided for in article 88 of the Law.

2. The rules laid down in paragraphs 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 of this article shall apply to the transfer of the right of pre-emption of new shares.

3. The transfer of shares shall be done in accordance with the law. Their acquisition by whatever means must be notified in writing to the company for entry in the register of members.

4. The transfers of shares which do not comply with the provisions of these Articles of Association and the law, insofar as applicable, shall be of no effect for the Company.

5. The company may not acquire its own shares, except in the cases provided for in article 140 of the Law.

7.2. Voluntary inter-live transmission

1. The transfer of shares by inter vivos acts between members shall be free, as shall the transfer of shares in favour of the spouse, ascendant or descendant of the member in favour of companies belonging to the same group as the transferor (for the purposes of this rule the concept of ‘group’ shall be understood in accordance with article 42 of the Commercial Code).

 

2


2. In other cases, the rules established in article 107.2 of the Law shall apply.

7.3. Compulsory transfer

In the event of auction or adjudication of company shares as a consequence of any compulsory execution or enforcement procedure, the shareholders - and failing this the company - may be subrogated in the place of the auctioneer or the adjudicating creditor, until the auction or adjudication is final, in the manner provided for in article 109 of the Law; if the subrogated party is the company, it must redeem or dispose of the shares acquired in the manner and in the places provided for in article 141 of the LSC [Capital Companies Act].

ARTICLE 8.- REGISTER OF MEMBERS AND MEMBERS’ DETAILS

The company shall keep a register of members, to be completed electronically, in which the original ownership and successive transfers, voluntary or compulsory, of shares in the company, as well as the creation of rights in rem and other encumbrances thereon, shall be recorded. Each entry shall indicate the identity, nationality and domicile of the holder of the shareholding or of the right or encumbrance constituted. Any member may examine this book, which shall be kept and maintained by the administrative body. Shareholders and holders of rights in rem or encumbrances on company shares are entitled to obtain certificate of the shares, rights or encumbrances registered in their name. The personal details of shareholders may be changed at their request and shall not in the meantime have any effect vis-à-vis the company.

Shareholders residing abroad must inform the company, for entry in the register of shareholders, of an address in Spain for the purpose of receiving notifications from the company.

Communications between the company and the members, including the sending of documents, applications and information, may be made by electronic means. Members must inform the company of the e-mail address designated for this purpose, for entry in the register of members.

ARTICLE 9.- ACTUAL RIGHTS ON THE HOLDINGS

9.1 Usufruct

In the case of a usufruct of shares, the bare owner shall be a shareholder, but the usufructuary shall in any case be entitled to the dividends agreed by the company for the duration of the usufruct. The exercise of the other rights deriving from the status of shareholder rests with the bare owner.

9.2 Pledge

In the case of a pledge of shares, the owner of the shares is the shareholder.

TITLE III BODIES OF THE COMPANY

ARTICLE 10.-SOCIAL BODIES

The Company shall be governed and administered by the General Meeting of Shareholders and by the Administrative Body.

ARTICLE 11.- POWERS OF THE GENERAL MEETING

The members, meeting in a General Meeting, shall decide by legal majority or, where appropriate, by the majority established in the Articles of Association if there is a dissenting majority, matters within the competence of the General Meeting. All members, including dissidents and those not attending, shall be subject to the resolutions of the General Meeting, without prejudice to the right of separation which, where appropriate, may correspond to them.

 

3


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

 

It is the duty of the General Meeting to deliberate and pass resolutions on the matters listed in article 160 of the current Capital Companies Act.

ARTICLE 12.-CONVOCATION OF THE MEETING AND MANNER OF CONVENING

12.1 Form of the convocation

Notice of both ordinary and extraordinary general meetings shall be given by means of individual written notification by any of the following means: (i) registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt or fax with acknowledgement of receipt addressed to all members at the address designated for this purpose or, failing this, to the address stated in the company’s documentation or (ii) by e-mail to the address indicated by each member. (ii) by e-mail to the address indicated by each member, with acknowledgement of receipt by another e-mail or receipt report.

12.2. Deadline and content of the convocation

There must be a period of at least fifteen days between the sending of the last notice and the date set for the holding of the meeting, except in the case of mergers or spin-offs and any other cases in which the law requires a different period. The notice shall contain the name of the company, the date, time and place of the meeting, the position of the person or persons calling the meeting, as well as the, and shall state with due clarity the matters to be discussed and the other information required by law depending on the matters to be dealt with. If the place of the meeting is omitted, it shall be understood that the meeting is convened to be held at the registered office. In the case of members residing abroad, the notice of meeting shall be sent to the address in Spain which they must have recorded in the register book or to the e-mail address they have designated if they have accepted this means of communication.

In the event that remote participation of shareholders in the general meeting is permitted, by videoconference or analogous telematic means that duly guarantee the identity of the subject, or remote voting, the notice of meeting shall state, in addition to the above, the places, forms and modes of exercising the rights of shareholders that enable the meeting to be conducted in an orderly manner.

The general meeting may also be called to be held exclusively by telematic means, without the physical or in-person attendance of the shareholders or their representatives, in accordance with the provisions of the Law. In this case, the notice of call shall inform of the formalities and procedures to be followed for the registration and drawing up of the list of attendees, for the exercise by the latter of their rights and for the proper reflection in the minutes of the proceedings of the meeting.

The regulations laid down in the legislation in force for specific cases or specific matters, both with regard to the method or form of convening the general meeting and to the notice of the meeting and any other procedural requirements of similar significance, shall remain unaffected.

ARTICLE 13.-PRESIDENT AND SECRETARY OF THE MEETING

The President and Secretary at each General Meeting shall be those who hold those offices on the Board of Directors. In the absence thereof, the President shall be replaced by the Vice-President who, in order of precedence, shall be replaced by the Secretary, and the Deputy Secretary. In the absence of the aforementioned, the President and Secretary for the aforementioned General Meeting shall be those elected by the attendees at the beginning of the meeting.

ARTICLE 14.- UNIVERSAL MEETING

The Generald Meeting shall be validly constituted to deal with any matter, without the need for prior notice, provided that all the share capital is present or represented and the attendees unanimously accept the holding of the meeting and the Agenda for the same. The Meeting may be held anywhere in Spain or abroad.

 

4


ARTICLE 15.- MANNER OF ADOPTING RESOLUTIONS AT THE MEETING

Each item on the agenda shall be voted on individually, by roll call and in public. In any, even if they appear under the same item on the agenda, they shall be voted on separately:

(a) The appointment, ratification, re-election or removal of each of the directors.

(b) In the case of amendment of statutes, each of the articles or groups of articles which have their own autonomy.

ARTICLE 16.-ADOPTION OF RESOLUTIONS BY THE GENERAL MEETING

Resolutions shall be adopted by the majorities established in the current Capital Companies Act.

ARTICLE 17.- REPRESENTATION AT THE GENERAL MEETING

Any member may be represented at General Meetings by another member, any member of the administrative body, his spouse, ascendants or descendants, or any person who holds a general power of attorney conferred in a public document with authority to administer all the assets of the represented person in national territory, as well by any other person, even if he is not a member.

The proxy shall include all the shares held by the shareholder represented and must be conferred by means of a written authorisation signed by the absent shareholder, specifying the General Meeting at which he is to be represented. If this is not recorded in a public document, it must be special for each General Meeting. The proxy shall always be revocable and shall be revoked if the shareholder attends the General Meeting in person.

ARTICLE 18.- MANNER OF ORGANISING THE ADMINISTRATION

The company shall be managed and represented, as the geneeral meeting may decide, by a single director, by two or more joint or several directors, or by a board of directors consisting of not less than three nor more than twelve members, all them may not be members, but may be either natural persons or legal persons.

If there are more than two joint administrators, the power of representation shall be vested in and exercised jointly by any two of them.

The office of director, both as a director and for the performance of executive functions, shall be remunerated. The directors shall receive remuneration consisting of:

a) a fixed allowance in cash and, where appropriate, in kind;

b) variable remuneration to be calculated in accordance with the criteria for meeting the objectives established by the group;

c) termination benefits, provided that the termination was not due to a breach of the duties of a director.

The maximum amount of annual remuneration of all the directors shall be approved by the general meeting and shall remain in force until such time as its modification is approved.

Unless the general meeting so determines, the distribution of remuneration among the different directors shall be established by resolution of the board of directors, which shall take into account the functions and responsibilities attributed to each of the directors.

The remuneration established in this article shall be compatible with any other remuneration that may be claimed by the directors by virtue of a commercial or employment, which does not require a provision in the Articles of Association.

 

5


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

 

ARTICLE 19.- THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

19.1 Composition of the Board of Directors

If the administrative body is a board, the exact number of its members shall be fixed by the board meeting.

19.2 Functioning of the Administrative Board

The Board of Directors shall meet on such days as it may decide and whenever its President or the person acting in his stead so decides and shall meet at least once a quarter.

Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the registered office of the Company or at such other place in Spain or abroad as may be specified in the notice of meeting.

If directors representing at one third of the members of the Board request the meeting to be called and, without just cause, it has not been held within one month, the meeting may be called by the directors themselves, stating the agenda and the place of the meeting, in the place where the registered office is located.

Notices of call shall be sent by post, fax or e-mail to each of the directors at least two days before the date of the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the board may exceptionally be convened for reasons of urgency with sufficient notice to ensure that the notice is made known to all the members of the board so that they may meet. Furthermore, meetings not called with the aforementioned formality shall be valid when all the directors are present or represented, declare that they are informed of the matters to be dealt with on the agenda and unanimously decide to hold the corresponding meeting.

The Board of Directors shall be validly constituted when a majority of its members are present or represented at the meeting.

The representation on the Board must necessarily be by another director.

19.3 Universal advice

A meeting of the Board shall be validly convened without the need for prior notice when all the members of the Board have unanimously decided to constitute themselves into a Board of Directors and to hold the meeting.

19.5 Written and non-sectional advice

Votes in writing and without a meeting circulated among the directors shall be valid if no member of the Board objects to this procedure. In such a case, the meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be a single meeting held at the place of the registered office.

19.6 Videoconference and conference call meetings

Attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors may take place either at the place where the meeting is to be held or at other places connected to it by videoconferencing or telephone conference systems that allow for the recognition and identification of those attending, permanent communication between those attending, regardless of their location, as well as the intervention and issuing of the veto in real time.

The momentary interruption of communication due to technical problems shall not be understood as an interruption of communication provided that it is re-established within a maximum period of 20 minutes. If it is not re-established within this period, it shall be understood that the attendees by videoconference or telephone conference have ceased to be present for the purposes of the constitution and quorum of the Board of Directors. It is understood that there is communication in real time even if there is a certain delay in the image with respect to the voice.

The notice convening the Board of Directors shall indicate the possibility of attendance by videoconference or telephone conference, specifying the manner in which this is to be carried out.

 

6


For the purpose of drawing up the list of attendees, the list shall be drawn up by a certifying officer under his faith.

ARTICLE 20. ADOPTION OF AGREEMENTS BY THE BOARDD

Resolutions shall be adopted by a simple majority of the members of the Board attending in person or by proxy, except in those cases in which the law requires different majorities, in which case the provisions of the law shall apply.

ARTICLE 21.-OFFICE OF THE BOARD AND DELEGATION OF POWERS

The Board shall appoint from among its members a President and, if it deems it appropriate, one or more Vice-Presidents who shall perform the same functions as the President in the latter’s absence.

The President shall direct the meetings, give the floor to the members of the Board, order the debates, determine the order of speakers and the motions for resolutions.

The Board shall freely appoint the person to fill the office of Secretary and, if it deems appropriate, a Deputy Secretary, who may be non-directors.

The certificates of the minutes and resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be issued by the Secretary or Vice-Secretary of the Board, where appropriate, with the approval of the President or Vice-President. The formalisation of the same and their notarisation shall be the responsibility of any of the members of the Board of Directors, as well as of the Secretary or Vice-Secretary thereof, even if they are not directors and, where appropriate, of the other persons provided for in article 108 of the Commercial Registry Regulations.

The Board of Directors may delegate its powers, except those which may not be delegated by law, in whole or in part, to one or more Managing Directors, without prejudice to the powers of attorney it may confer on any person, as well as revoke at any time the delegations or powers of attorney conferred, provided that it complies with the legal requirements.

Deputies may be appointed for the directors in the event that one or more of them cease to hold office for any reason.

TITLE IV

SEPARATION AND EXCLUSION OF MEMBERS

ARTICLE 22.- SEPARATION AND EXCLUSION OF MEMBERS

There shall apply to the separation and exclusion of shareholders the provisions of Title IX of the of Capital Companies Law.

TITLE V

FINANCIAL YEAR

ARTICLE 25.- FINANCIAL YEAR

The financial year shall coincide with the calendar year.

TITLE V

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

ARTICLE 24.- DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

The company shall be dissolved for reasons provided for by law. The General Meeting may appoint liquidators or determine that the directors of the company shall be liquidators.

The general meeting shall also establish the rules governing their actions (jointly, jointly and severally or committee). In the absence of such designation, those who were administrators at the time of the dissolution shall become liquidators.

 

7


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

 

The dissolved company shall retain its legal personality while the liquidation is being carried out. During that time, it shall add to its name the words “in liquidation”.

The liquidation quota payable to each member shall be in proportion to his share in the share capital. The liquidators may not pay the liquidation quota to the members without first paying the creditors the amount of their claims or without depositing it in a credit institution in the municipality in which the registered office is located.

[signature]

 

8


[logo:] OCP NOTARY OFFICE

[CENTRALISED BODY FOR THE PREVENTION OF MONEY LAUNDERING]

29 January 2025

Consultation List: NIFs revoked

Search parameters

 

Name / Company name:    INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN SAU
Surname:    undefined undefined
Document:    A86128147
Nationality:   

Search results

With the data entered there are no matches in the list.


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

[logo:] Santander

BANCO SANTANDER, SA, Branch 2891 and in their name and on their behalf Ms. CONCEPCION LOPEZ RUBIO with DNI 5269769D and Ms. NATALIA AVILA GARCIA with DNI 11.798. in their capacity as authorised representatives,

HEREBY CERTIFY

That on 15 January 2025, for the purposes of the provisions of Article 62 of Legislative Royal Decree 1/2010, of 2 July, approving the revised text of the Capital Companies Act and article 189 of the Commercial Registry Regulations approved by Royal Decree 1784/1996, of 19 July, in this Office and in account no. 0049 2891 687 0001711 opened in the name of the Company INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN NEWCO S. L, (IN CONSTITUTION), has been entered by INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN S.A.U the amount of 3,000.-.euros (Three thousand euros), as they state, in concept of: CONTRIBUTION FOR THE CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN NEWCO S.L.

And for the record and at the request of the interested parties, we hereby issue this document in Alcobendas on 15 January 2025.

 

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A    Banco Santander, S.A
P.P    15 JAN 2025
[signature]    0009 -2891 – Bruselas,
   ALCOBENDAS

[Illegible]

Note: This certificate is valid for two months.

The contributor knows that the payment has been made into the company’s account, which can only be used by authorised persons.


[logo:] SPAIN    [logo:] Tax Agency    Telematic Service for NIF   
– [illegible]       [tax ID] Requests from the   
      General Council of Notaries    AEAT File no.
      and the Spanish Tax   
      Administration Agency   
      [AEAT]   

COMMUNICATION PROVIDING TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

The present communication has been sent by the Spanish Tax Administration Agency. This document is only valid for the purpose of accrediting your tax registration number (NIF).

The tax registration number (NIF) listed in this communication may be checked in the electronic database of the Tax Agency (sede.agenciatributaria.gob.es), by accessing the section on notifications and document collection, using the electronic code as proof of submission of the NIF application that appears at the bottom.

The NIF assigned to you is provisional. You will shortly receive, at your tax address, in paper, the identification document for the ID card.

We would like to remind you that you are obliged to provide the required documentation for the assignment of the final NIF. Once the administrative procedures have been completed, the NIF will be sent to the company’s tax domicile.

You are required to include your NIF in all the documents of natural or tax nature that you issue as a consequence of carrying out your activity, as well as in all the self-assessments, declarations, notifications or registrations that you submit to the Tax Administration.

Provisional NIF

B75863480

 

Date of issue of the Provisional NIF    04/02/2025
Company name    INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN NEWCO, S.L.
Registered office    VIA DE LOS POBLADOS, 3 - 28033 Madrid (Madrid)
Fiscal address    VIA DE LOS POBLADOS, 3 - 28033 Madrid (Madrid)
Electronic code justifying the    6QHPQKWGAS2JK7N2
submission of the application for a   
Provisional NIF   
Number and date of the name of    194, 29/01/2025
the company incorporation   
document   


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

 

SIMPLE ELECTRONIC COPY

 

25

Exhibit T3A.39

N.B.

The text in English is a translation from Swedish. In the event of any discrepancy between the two, the Swedish original text shall prevail

S T I F T E L S E U R K U N D

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

Ledamot: Board member

Lars Anders Larsson, 631208-7858, Box 270, 851 04 Sundsvall

Suppleanter: Deputy board members

Enligt bilaga.

Attached.

Undertecknade stiftare beslutar härmed om att bilda ett aktiebolag med företagsnamn Goldcup 21125 AB och verksamhet enligt härtill upprättat förslag till bolagsordning.

För samtliga aktier skall 50.000 kronor betalas.

The undersigned founder hereby solemnly decides to form a limited liability company with company name Goldcup 21125 AB and with object of the company according to the hereby attached proposal for article of association.

For all shares shall 50.000 SEK be paid.

Sundsvall den 12 november 2024

Bolagsrätt Sundsvall AB

genom/through Anders Larsson

 

 

T E C K N I N G S L I S T A

SUBSCRIPTIONS LIST

 

Aktietecknare    Antal aktier   
Subscribers    Number of shares   
Bolagsrätt Sundsvall AB    50.000   
genom/through Anders Larsson      

 

 

   Transaktion 09222115557531495807    LOGO    Signerat AL  

 

Exhibit T3B.1

Articles of Association

The articles of association for Intrum AB (publ)

Intrum AB Reg. no. 556607-7581

Adopted at the Annual General Meeting on 29 April 2021.

§ 1

The corporate name of the company is Intrum AB. The company is a public company (publ).

§ 2

The board of directors shall have its registered office in Stockholm.

§ 3

The object of the company’s business is, directly or indirectly, to manage, administer, finance and purchase receivables and conduct services related therewith and to own and manage real property, other property and securities, within as well as outside Sweden, and to pursue other activities compatible therewith.

§ 4

The share capital of the company shall amount to not less than SEK 1,300,000 and not more than SEK 5,200,000.

§ 5

The number of shares shall be not less than 65,000,000 and not more than 260,000,000.

§ 6

The financial year of the company shall be 1 January - 31 December.

§ 7

The board of directors shall, to the extent it is appointed by the general meeting of shareholders, consist of not less than five (5) and not more than nine (9) board members with not more than four (4) deputy board members.

§ 8

The Company shall have not less than one (1) and not more than two (2) auditors and not more than two (2) deputy auditors. As auditor, and, where applicable, deputy auditor shall be appointed an authorised public accountant or a registered public accounting firm.

§ 9

Notice of a general meeting shall be published in the Swedish Official Gazette (Post- och Inrikes Tidningar) as well as on the Company’s website. At the time of the notice, an announcement informing that the notice has been issued shall be published in Svenska Dagbladet.


§ 10

A shareholder that wishes to participate in a general meeting of shareholders shall report this to the company no later than 4.00 p.m. CET on the day stated in the notice convening the meeting. This day may not be a Sunday, other Swedish public holiday, Saturday, Midsummer’s Eve, Christmas Eve or New Year’s Eve and may not fall earlier than on the fifth weekday (Saturdays included) before the meeting.

A shareholder may bring along one or two assistants at general meeting of shareholders, however, only if the shareholder has reported this in accordance with the preceding paragraph.

§ 11

The Board of Directors may collect powers of attorney in accordance with the procedure described in Chapter 7, section 4, second paragraph of the Swedish Companies Act (2005:551).

The Board of Directors may before a General Meeting resolve that the shareholders shall be entitled to vote by post prior to the General Meeting.

§ 12

At the annual general meeting of shareholders the following matters shall be dealt with:

Election of chairman of the meeting;

Preparation and approval of the voting list;

Approval of the agenda;

Election of one or two persons to attest the accuracy of and to sign the minutes;

Determination as to whether the meeting has been duly convened;

Presentation of the annual accounts and the auditor’s report, and consolidated accounts and auditor’s report on the consolidated accounts;

Resolution concerning adoption of the profit and loss statement and the balance sheet and the consolidated profit and loss statement and consolidated balance sheet;

Resolution concerning appropriation of the company’s profit or loss according to the adopted balance sheet;

Resolution concerning discharge of the directors and managing director from liability;

Resolution on the number of board members and deputy board members and, where applicable, the number of auditors and deputy auditors;


Resolution of remuneration to the board of directors, and where applicable, to the auditors;

Election of board members and deputy board members and, where applicable, of auditors and deputy auditors;

Other matters which according to the Swedish Companies Act or the articles of association shall be dealt with at the meeting.

General meeting may also be held in the municipality of Nacka.

§ 13 

The Company’s shares shall be registered in a record verification register pursuant to the Swedish Central Securities Depositories and Financial Instruments Accounts Act (1998:1479).

Exhibit T3B.2

N.B. The English text is an unofficial translation

BOLAGSORDNING FÖR INTRUM INVESTMENTS AND

FINANCING AB

THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION FOR INTRUM INVESTMENTS

AND FINANCING AB

Org.nr/Company reg.no 559481-4906

Antagen på bolagsstämma/Adopted at the Annual General Meeting on

27 September 2024.

§ 1

Bolagets företagsnamn är Intrum Investments and Financing AB. Bolaget är publikt (publ).

The corporate name of the company is Intrum Investments and Financing AB. The company is a public company (publ).

§ 2

Styrelsen har sitt säte i Stockholm.

The board of directors shall have its registered office in Stockholm.

§ 3

Bolaget har till föremál för sin verksamhet att, direkt eller indirekt, hantera, administrera, fınansiera och köpa kundfordringar och att utföra därmed relaterade tjänster samt att förvalta fast och lös egendom samt värdepapper, inom och utom Sverige.

The object of the company’s business is, directly or indirectly, to manage, administer, finance and purchase receivables and conduct services related therewith and to own and manage real property, other property and securities, within as well as outside Sweden, and to pursue other activities compatible therewith.

§ 4

Bolagets aktiekapital ska vara lägst 500 000 kronor och högst 2 000 000 kronor.

The share capital of the company shall amount to not less than SEK 500,000 and not more than SEK 2, 000, 000.

§ 5

Antalet aktier ska vara lägst 10 000 och högst 40 000.

The number of shares shall be not less than 10,000 and not more than 40,000.

§ 6

Bolagets räkenskapsär ska vara 1 januari — 31 december.

The financial year of the company shall be 1 January - 31 December.


§ 7

Styrelsen ska, till den del den utses av bolagsstämman, bestå av lägst fem (5) och högst nio (9) styrelseledamöter, med högst fyra (4) styrelsesuppleanter.

The board of directors shall, to the extent it is appointed by the general meeting of shareholders, consist of not less than five (5) and not more than nine (9) board members with not more than four (4) deputy board members.

§ 8

Bolaget ska ha lägst en (1) och högst två (2) revisorer samt högt två (2) revisorssuppleanter. Till revisor saint, i förekommande fall, revisorssuppleant ska utses auktoriserad revisor eller registrerat revisionsbolag.

The Company shall have not less than one (1) and not more than two (2) auditors and not more than two (2) deputy auditors. As auditor, and, where applicable, deputy auditor shall be appointed an authorised public accountant or a registered public accounting firm.

§ 9

Kallelse till bolagsstämma ska ske genom annonsering i Post-och Inrikes Tidningar samt på bolagets webbplats. Vid tidpunkten för kallelse ska information om att kallelse skett annonseras i Svenska Dagbladet.

Notice to attend a general meeting shall be given by placing an advertisement in Post- och Inrikes Tidningar (the Swedish Official Gazette) and by making the notice available on the company’s website. An announcement that notice has been given is to be published in Svenska Dagbladet.

§ 10

Aktieägare som vill delta i förhandlingarna på bolagsstämma ska anmäla detta till bolaget senast den dag som anges i kallelsen till stämman. Denna dag får inte vara söndag, annan allmän helgdag, lördag, midsommarafton, julafton eller nyårsafton och inte infalla tidigare än femte vardagen före stämman.

A shareholder that wishes to participate in a general meeting of shareholders shall report this to the company no later than on the day stated in the notice convening the meeting. This day may not be a Sunday, other Swedish public holiday, Saturday, Midsummer’s Eve, Christmas Eve or New Year’s Eve and may not fall earlier than on the fifth weekday before the meeting.

Aktieägare far vid bolagsstämma medföra ett eller två biträden, dock endast om aktieägaren anmält detta enligt föregående stycke.

A shareholder may bring along one or two assistants at general meeting of shareholders, however, only if the shareholder has reported this in accordance with the preceding paragraph.

§ 11

Vid årsstämman ska följande ärenden förekomma till behandling:

Val av ordförande vid bolagsstämman,


Upprättande och godkännande av röstiängd,

Godkännande av dagordning,

Val av en eller två justeringspersoner att underteckna protokollet,

Prövning av om bolagsstämman blivit behörigen sammankallad,

Framläggande av årsredovisning och revisionsberättelse samt i förekommande fall, koncemredovisning och koncemrevisionsberättelse,

Beslut om dispositioner beträffande bolagets vinst eller förlust enligt den fastställda balansräkningen,

Beslut om ansvarsfrihet åt styrelseledamöter och verkställande direktör,

Fastställande av antalet styrelseledamöter och styrelsesuppleanter och antalet revisorer och revisorssuppleanter,

Fastställande av arvode åt styrelsen och, i förekommande fall revisorer och revisorssuppleanter,

Val av styrelseledamöter och styrelsesuppleanter och revisorer och revisorssuppleanter,

Annat ärende som ankommer på bolagsstämman enligt aktiebolagslagen eller bolagsordningen.

At the annual general meeting of shareholders the following matters shall be dealt with:

Election of chairman of the meeting;

Preparation and approval of the voting list;

Approval of the agenda;

Election of one or two persons to attest the accuracy of and to sign the minutes;

Determination as to whether the meeting has been duly convened;

Presentation of the annual accounts and the auditor’s report, and consolidated accounts and auditor’s report on the consolidated accounts;

Resolution concerning adoption of the profit and loss statement and the balance sheet and the consolidated profit and loss statement and consolidated balance sheet;

Resolution concerning appropriation of the company’s profit or loss according to the adopted balance sheet;

Resolution concerning discharge of the directors and managing director from liability;


Resolution on the number of board members and deputy board members and, where applicable, the number of auditors and deputy auditors; Resolution of remuneration to the board of directors, and where applicable, to the auditors;

Election of board members and deputy board members and, where applicable, of auditors and deputy auditors;

Other matters which according to the Swedish Companies Act or the articles of association shall be dealt with at the meeting.

 

 

Exhibit T3B.3

N.B. The English text is an unofficial translation.

Bilaga 1

Appendix 1

BOLAGSORDNING FÖR INTRUM GROUP OPERATIONS AB

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF INTRUM GROUP OPERATIONS

AB

Org.nr 559489-1532

Reg. no. 559489-1532

 

§1

Företagsnamn /Name of company

Bolagets företagsnamn är Intrum Group Operations AB.

The name of the company is Intrum Group Operations AB.

 

§2

Styrelsens sate /Registered office of the company

Styrelsen har sitt säte i Stockholm.

The registered office of the company is situated in Stockholm.

 

§3

Verksamhet /Objects of the company

Bolaget har till föremál för sin verksamhet att, direkt eller indirekt, hantera, administrera, finansiera och köpa kundfordringar och att utföra d.rmed relaterade tjanster samt att förvalta fast och lös egendom samt vardepapper, room och utom Sverige.

The object of the company’s business is, directly or indirectly, to manage, administer, finance and purchase receivables and conduct services related therewith and to own and manage real property, other property and securities, within as well as outside Sweden, and to pursue other activities compatible therewith.

 

§4

Aktiekapital och antal aktier /Share capital and number of shares

Aktiekapitalet utgör lagst 50 000 kronor och högst 200 000 kronor. Antalet aktier ska vara lãgst 1 000 stycken och högst 4 000 stycken.

The share capital shall be not less than SEK 50,000 and not more than SEK 200, 000. The number of shares shall be not less than 1,000 and not more than 4,000.

 

§5

Styrelse /Board of directors

Styrelsen ska bestá av 1-10 ledamöter med högst 10 suppleanter. Bestár styrelsen av 1-2 ledamöter ska minst 1 suppleant utses.

The board of directors shall comprise 1-10 members and not more than 10 alternate members. Where the board comprises 1-2 members, at least 1 alternate member must be appointed.


§6

Revisorer/Auditors

Bolaget ska ha 1-2 revisorer med högst 2 revisorssuppleanter eller ett registrerat revisionsbolag.

The company shall have 1-2 auditors and not more than 2 alternate auditors or a registered accounting firm.

 

§7

Kallelse till bolagsstiimma /Notice to attend general meetings

Kallelse till bolagsstãmma ska ske genom brev med posten eller genom e-post.

Notice to attend general meetings shall be given by posted letter or by email.

Kallelse till bolagsst imma ska ske tidigast sex och senast tvá veckor före stãmman.

Notice to attend a general meeting shall be given not earlier than six weeks and not later than two weeks prior to the meeting.

 

§8

Öppnande av stãmma /Opening of the meeting

Styrelsens ordförande eller den styrelsen dãrtill utser öppnar bolagsstãmman och leder förhandlingarna till dess ordförande vid stãmman valts.

The chair of the board of directors or a person appointed by the board of directors for this purpose opens the general meeting and presides over the proceedings until a chairperson of the meeting is elected.

 

§9

Ársstimma /Annual general meeting

Ãrsstãmma halls árligen room sex mánader efter rãkenskapsárets utgáng.

The annual general meeting is held each year within six months of the end of the financial year.

Pá ársstãmma ska följande ãrenden förekomma.

The following matters shall be addressed at the annual general meeting.

 

1.

Val av ordförande vid stãmman,

Election of a chairperson of the meeting;

 

2.

Uppr tttande och godkinnande av röstltngd,

Preparation and approval of the voting register,

 

3.

Godkinnande av dagordning,

Approval of the agenda;

 

4.

I förekommande fall, val av en eller tvá justerare,

Election of one or two persons to attest the minutes, where applicable,

 

5.

Prövning av om stãmman blivit behörigen sammankallad,

Determination of whether the meeting was duly convened;

 

6.

Föredragning av framlagd ársredovisning och revisionsberãttelse saint, i förekommande fall, koncernredovisning och koncernrevisionsberãttelse,

Presentation of the annual report and auditor’s report and, where applicable, the consolidated financial statements and auditor’s report for the group,


7.

Beslut om

Resolutions regarding

 

  a)

faststãllande av resultatrãkning och balansrãkning, saint, i förekommande fall, koncernresultatrãkning och koncernbalansrãkning,

adoption of the income statement and balance sheet and, where applicable, the consolidated income statement and consolidated balance sheet;

 

  b)

dispositioner betrãffande vinst eller förlust enligt den faststãllda balansrãkningen,

allocation of the company’s profit or loss according to the adopted balance sheet;

 

  c)

ansvarsfrihet át styrelseledamöter och verkstãllande direktör nãı sádan förekommer,

discharge from liability for board members and the managing director, where applicable,

 

8.

Fastst Jlande av styrelse- och revisorsarvoden,

Determination of fees for the board of directors and the auditors,

 

9.

Val av styrelse och revisionsbolag eller revisorer,

Election of the board of directors and accounting firm or auditors;

 

10.

Annat ãrende, sour ankommer pá stãmman enligt aktiebolagslagen eller bolagsordningen.

Any other business incumbent on the meeting according to the Companies Act or the articles of association.

 

§10

Rãkenskapsár / Financial year

Bolagets rãkenskapsár ska omfatta tiden den 1 januari — den 31 december.

The company’s financial year shall comprise the period commencing 1 January up to and including 31 December.

 

 

Exhibit T3B.4

Company No. 3772278

THE COMPANIES ACT 2006

PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

CAPQUEST DEBT RECOVERY LIMITED

 

1.

PRELIMINARY AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1.

In these Articles of Association, unless the context otherwise requires:

Act means the Companies Act 2006;

appointor has the meaning given in Article 12.1;

Articles of Association means the Company’s articles of association for the time being in force;

business day means any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the United Kingdom) on which clearing banks in the City of London are generally open for business;

eligible director means a director who would be entitled to vote on any matter at a meeting of directors (but excluding any director whose vote is not to be counted in respect of the particular matter) and references to “eligible directors” in article 8 of the Model Articles shall be construed accordingly; and

Model Articles means the model articles for private companies limited by shares contained in Schedule 1 to the Companies (Model Articles) Regulations 2008 (SI 2008/3229) as amended prior to the date of adoption of these Articles of Association.

 

1.2.

Save as otherwise specifically provided in this document, words and expressions which have particular meanings in the Model Articles shall have the same meanings in this document.

 

1.3.

Save as otherwise specifically provided in the Model Articles or these Articles of Association, words and expressions which have particular meanings in the Act shall have the same meanings in these Articles of Association.

 

1.4.

Headings in these Articles of Association are used for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of the Articles of Association.

 

1


1.5.

Unless the context requires otherwise, a reference in these Articles of Association to an “article” is a reference to the relevant provision of the Model Articles. A reference in these Articles of Association to an “Article” is a reference to the relevant provision of this document.

 

1.6.

Unless expressly provided otherwise, a reference to a statute, statutory provision or subordinate legislation is a reference to it as it is in force from time to time, taking account of:

 

  (a)

any subordinate legislation from time to time made under it, whether before or after the date of adoption of these Articles of Association; and

 

  (b)

any amendment or re-enactment, whether before or after the date of adoption of these Articles of Association, and including any statute, statutory provision or subordinate legislation which it amends or re-enacts.

This Article 1.6 shall not apply to the definition of Model Articles in Article 1.1.

 

1.7.

Any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms.

 

1.8.

A reference to a person includes a reference to an individual, body corporate, association, government, state, agency of state or any undertaking (whether or not having a legal personality and irrespective of the jurisdiction in or under the law of which it was incorporated or exists).

 

1.9.

Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing a gender include every gender.

 

1.10.

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to any rights under these Articles of Association.

 

1.11.

The Model Articles shall apply to the Company, except in so far as they are modified or excluded by or are otherwise inconsistent with this document, and, together with this document, they shall constitute the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

1.12.

The final paragraph of article 1 of the Model Articles shall not apply to the Company.

 

1.13.

Articles 8,11(2) and (3), 14(1) to (4), 17(2), 52 and 53 of the Model Articles shall not apply to the Company.

 

1.14.

Articles 1, 7, 9(1), 15,18, 20, 27(3), 29, 31,41(1), 44(2), 44(3) and 45(1) of the Model Articles shall be modified by this document.

 

2


SHARES

 

2.

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

2.1.

In accordance with section 550 of the Act, the directors shall have the power;

 

  (a)

to allot shares of the same class as the existing shares in the capital of the Company; and/or

 

  (b)

to grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into such shares.

 

2.2.

In accordance with section 567(1) of the Act, sections 561 and 562 of the Act shall not apply to an allotment of equity securities (as defined in section 560(1) of the Act) made by the Company.

 

3.

BUYBACK OF OWN SHARES BY COMPANY

 

3.1.

Subject to the Act but without prejudice to any other provision of these Articles of Association, the Company may (by passing a resolution of its members) purchase its own shares with cash up to any amount in a financial year not exceeding the lower of:

 

  (a)

£15,000; and

 

  (b)

the value of 5% of the Company’s share capital.

DIRECTORS

 

4.

DIRECTORS TO TAKE DECISIONS COLLECTIVELY

 

4.1.

Article 7 of the Model Articles shall be amended by:

 

  (a)

the insertion of the words “for the time being” at the end of article 7(2)(a) of the Model Articles; and

 

  (b)

the insertion in article 7(2) of the Model Articles of the words “(for so long as he remains the sole director)” after the words “and the director may”.

 

4.2.

Without prejudice to the provisions of article 7(2) of the Model Articles, a sole director may take decisions by way of written resolution.

 

5.

UNANIMOUS DECISIONS

 

5.1.

A decision of the directors is taken in accordance with this Article when all eligible directors indicate to each other by any means that they share a common view on a matter.

 

5.2.

Such a decision may take the form of a resolution in writing, where each eligible director has signed one or more copies of it or to which each eligible director has otherwise indicated agreement in writing.

 

3


5.3.

A decision may not be taken in accordance with this Article if the eligible directors would not have formed a quorum at a directors’ meeting had the matter been proposed as a resolution at such a meeting.

 

6.

CALLING A DIRECTORS’ MEETING

 

6.1.

Article 9(1) of the Model Articles shall be amended by:

 

  (a)

the insertion of the word “reasonable” after the words “Any director may call a meeting by giving”; and

 

  (b)

the insertion of the words “(or such lesser notice as all the directors may agree)” after the words “notice of the meeting”.

 

7.

QUORUM FOR DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

 

7.1.

Subject to article 7 of the Model Articles (as amended by Article 4.1), the quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of directors is any two eligible directors or where there is only one director in office for the time being, that director.

 

7.2.

For the purposes of any meeting (or part of a meeting) held pursuant to Article 9 to authorise a director’s conflict, if there is only one eligible director in office other than the conflicted director(s), the quorum for such meeting (or part of a meeting) shall be one eligible director.

 

8.

TRANSACTIONS OR OTHER ARRANGEMENTS WITH THE COMPANY

 

8.1.

Subject to sections 177(5) and 177(6) and sections 182(5) and 182(6) of the Act and provided he has declared the nature and extent of his interest in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Acts, a director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in an existing or proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company:

 

  (a)

may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise (directly or indirectly) interested;

 

  (b)

shall be an eligible director for the purposes of any proposed decision of the directors (or committee of directors) in respect of such contract or proposed contract in which he is interested;

 

  (c)

shall be entitled to vote at a meeting of directors (or of a committee of the directors) or participate in any unanimous decision, in respect of such contract or proposed contract in which he is interested;

 

4


  (d)

may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as auditor) and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a director;

 

  (e)

may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to a transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate in which the Company is otherwise (directly or indirectly) interested; and

 

  (f)

shall not, save as he may otherwise agree, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he (or a person connected with him (as defined in section 252 of the Act)) derives from any such contract, transaction or arrangement or from any such office or employment or from any interest in any such body corporate and no such contract, transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit nor shall the receipt of any such remuneration or other benefit constitute a breach of his duty under section 176 of the Act.

 

8.2.

The provisions of Article 88.1(f) inclusive are subject, where applicable, to any limits and conditions imposed by the directors in a Conflict Authorisation in accordance with Article 9.1.

 

9.

DIRECTORS’ CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

9.1.

For the purposes of section 175 of the Act, the directors shall have the power to authorise, on such terms (including as regards duration and revocation) and subject to such limits or conditions (if any) as they may determine (Conflict Authorisation), any matter proposed to them in accordance with these Articles of Association which would, or might, if not so authorised, constitute or give rise to a situation in which a director (a Relevant Director) has, or could have, a direct or indirect interest which conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a Conflict Situation). Any Conflict Authorisation shall extend to any actual or possible conflict of interest which may reasonably be expected to arise out of the Conflict Situation so authorised.

 

9.2.

Where directors give a Conflict Authorisation:

 

  (a)

the terms of such Conflict Authorisation shall be recorded in writing (but the authorisation shall be effective whether or not the terms are so recorded);

 

  (b)

the directors may revoke or vary such Conflict Authorisation at any time but this will not affect anything done by the Relevant Director prior to such revocation or variation in accordance with the terms of such authorisation; and

 

  (c)

the Relevant Director shall be obliged to act in accordance with any terms, limits or conditions to which such Conflict Authorisation is made subject.

 

5


9.3.

Any terms to which a Conflict Authorisation is made subject (Conflict Authorisation Terms) may include (without limitation to Article 9.1) provisions that:

 

  (a)

where the Relevant Director obtains (other than in his capacity as a director of the Company or as its employee or agent or, if the directors so decide, in any other capacity that would otherwise oblige him to disclose it to the Company) information that is confidential to a third party, he will not be obliged to disclose it to the Company or to use it directly or indirectly for the benefit of the Company or in performing his duties as a director of the Company in circumstances where to do so would amount to a breach of a duty of confidence owed to that third party; and/or

 

  (b)

the Relevant Director may (but shall be under no obligation to) absent himself from the discussion of, and/or the making of decisions relating to, the relevant matter (whether at any meeting of the directors or otherwise) and be excused from reviewing documents and information prepared by or for the directors to the extent that they relate to that matter; and/or

 

  (c)

the Relevant Director be excluded from the receipt of documents and information, the participation in discussion and/or the making of decisions (whether at directors’ meetings or otherwise) related to the relevant matter,

and the Company will not treat anything done (or omitted to be done) by the Relevant Director in accordance with any such provision (or otherwise in accordance with any Conflict Authorisation Terms given under Article 9.1) as a breach by him of his duties under sections 172 to 174 of the Act.

 

9.4.

Subject to Article 9.5 but without prejudice to Articles 9.1 to 9.3, authorisation is given by the members of the Company for the time being on the terms of these Articles of Association to each director in respect of any Conflict Situation that exists as at the date of adoption of these Articles of Association or that subsequently arises because (in either case) the director is or becomes a shareholder, investor or other participant in, lender to, guarantor, director, officer, manager or employee of, or otherwise in any other way interested or concerned in, any member of the Relevant Group (Group Conflict Authorisation). The Conflict Authorisation Terms applicable to the Group Conflict Authorisation (Group Conflict Authorisation Terms) are automatically set by this Article 9.4 so that the director concerned:

 

  (a)

is not obliged to disclose to the Company information that is confidential to a third party obtained by him (other than in his capacity as a director of the Company or as its employee or agent or, if the directors so decide, in any other capacity that would otherwise oblige him to disclose it to the Company) in any situation to which the Group Conflict Authorisation applies, nor to use any such information directly or indirectly for the benefit of the Company or in performing his duties as a director of the Company, in circumstances where to do so would amount to a breach of a duty of confidence owed to that third party; and

 

6


  (b)

may (but shall be under no obligation to):

 

  (i)

absent himself from the discussions of, and/or the making of decisions;

 

  (ii)

make arrangements not to receive documents and information

 

  relating

to the Conflict Situation concerned,

and the Company will not treat anything done (or omitted to be done) by the director concerned in accordance with the Group Conflict Authorisation Terms as a breach by him of his duties under sections 172 to 174 of the Act.

 

9.5.

A Group Conflict Authorisation given or deemed given under Article 9.4 may be revoked, varied or reduced in its scope or effect by special resolution.

 

9.6.

In this Article 9 Relevant Group comprises:

 

  (a)

the Company

 

  (b)

any body corporate which is for the time being a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company;

 

  (c)

any body corporate of which the Company is for the time being a wholly owned subsidiary (Parent); and

 

  (d)

any body corporate (not falling within any preceding paragraph of this Article 9.6) which is for the time being a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent.

 

10.

RECORDS OF DECISIONS TO BE KEPT

 

10.1.

Article 15 of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words “or decision taken by a sole director” after the words “of every unanimous or majority decision taken by the directors.”

 

10.2.

Where decisions of the directors are taken by electronic means, such decisions shall be recorded by the directors in permanent form, so that they may be read with the naked eye.

 

11.

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

11.1.

In any case where, as a result of death or bankruptcy, the Company has no shareholders and no directors, the transmittee(s) of the last shareholder to have died or to have a bankruptcy order made against him (as the case may be) have the right, by notice in writing, to appoint a natural person (including a transmittee who is a natural person), who is willing to act and is permitted to do so, to be a director. Article 27(3) of the Model Articles shall be modified accordingly.

 

7


11.2.

A member or members holding the whole or a majority in nominal value of the issued ordinary share capital for the time being in the Company shall have power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a director or directors either as an additional director or to fill any vacancy and to remove from office any director howsoever appointed. Any such appointment or removal shall be effected by an instrument in writing signed by the member or members making the same or in the case of a member being a body corporate signed by one of its directors or other officers on its behalf, and shall take effect upon lodgement at the registered office of the Company or such later date as may be specified in the instrument.

 

11.3.

Article 18 of the Model Articles shall be amended by the inclusion of a new paragraph (g) and (h) as follows

 

  “(g)    notification of the director’s removal is received by the Company pursuant to Article 11.2;
     (h)   

(i) by reason of that person’s mental health, a court makes an order which wholly or partly prevents that person from personally exercising any powers or rights which that person would otherwise have; and

    

(ii)  a majority of the other directors pass a resolution that they believe that the circumstances giving rise to the court order would or might reasonably impair the ability of that person to properly perform any part of his duties as a director.”

 

12.

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

12.1.

Any director (appointor) may appoint as an alternate any other director, or any other person approved by resolution of the directors, to:

 

  (a)

exercise that director’s powers; and

 

  (b)

carry out that director’s responsibilities,

in relation to the taking of decisions by the directors, in the absence of the alternate’s appointor.

 

12.2.

Any appointment or removal of an alternate must be effected by notice in writing to the Company signed by the appointor, or in any other manner approved by the directors.

 

12.3.

The notice must;

 

  (a)

identify the proposed alternate; and

 

  (b)

in the case of a notice of appointment, contain either:

 

  (i)

a statement signed by the proposed alternate that the proposed alternate is willing to act as the a alternate of the director giving the notice; or

 

  (ii)

his consent to act as a director in the form prescribed by the Act.

 

8


13.

RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

13.1.

An alternate director may act as alternate director to more than one director and has the same rights in relation to any decision of the directors as the alternate’s appointor.

 

13.2.

Except if these Articles of Association specify otherwise, alternate directors:

 

  (a)

are deemed for all purposes to be directors;

 

  (b)

are liable for their own acts and omissions;

 

  (c)

are subject to the same restrictions as their appointors; and

 

  (d)

are not deemed to be agents of or for their appointors

and, in particular (without limitation), each alternate director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of directors and of all meetings of committees of directors of which his appointor is a member.

 

13.3.

A person who is an alternate director but not a director.

 

  (a)

may be counted as participating for the purposes of determining whether a quorum is present (but only if that person’s appointor is not participating);

 

  (b)

may participate in a unanimous decision of the directors (but only if his appointor is an eligible director in relation to that decision, but does not participate); and

 

  (c)

shall not be counted as more than one director for the purposes of Articles 13.3(a) and 13.3(b).

 

13.4.

A director who is also an alternate director is entitled, in the absence of his appointor, to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor, in addition to his own vote on any decision of the directors (provided that his appointor is an eligible director in relation to that decision), but shall not count as more than one director for the purposes of determining whether a quorum is present.

 

13.5.

An alternate director may be paid expenses and may be indemnified by the Company to the same extent as his appointor but shall not be entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company for serving as an alternate director except such part of the alternate’s appointor’s remuneration as the appointor may direct by notice in writing made to the Company.

 

9


14.

TERMINATION OF ALTERNATE DIRECTORSHIP

 

14.1.

An alternate director’s appointment as an alternate terminates:

 

  (a)

when the alternate’s appointor revokes the appointment by notice to the Company in writing specifying when it is to terminate;

 

  (b)

on the occurrence, in relation to the alternate, of any event which, if it occurred in relation to the alternate’s appointor, would result in the termination of the appointor’s appointment as a director;

 

  (c)

on the death of the alternate’s appointor; or

 

  (d)

when the alternate’s appointor’s appointment as a director terminates.

 

15.

SECRETARY

 

15.1.

The directors may appoint any person who is willing to act as the secretary for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as they may think fit and from time to time remove such person and, if the directors so decide, appoint a replacement, in each case by a decision of the directors.

 

16.

DIRECTORS’ EXPENSES

 

16.1.

Article 20 of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words “(including alternate directors) and the secretary” before the words “properly incur”.

 

17.

SHARE TRANSFERS

 

17.1.

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles of Association, the directors shall not decline to register any transfer of shares where such transfer is executed by any person to whom all the shares which are the subject of that transfer have been charged by way of security, or by any nominee of any such person, pursuant to a power of sale under such security, provided that such transfer is by way of enforcement of such security and a certificate by or on behalf of any such person that the shares were so charged and the transfer was so executed shall be conclusive evidence of such facts.

 

18.

EXERCISE OF TRANSMITTEES’ RIGHTS

 

18.1.

Article 29 of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words or the name of any person(s) named as the transferee(s) in an instrument of transfer executed under article 28(2),” after the words “the transmittee’s name”.

 

19.

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

 

19.1.

Articles 31(a) to (d) (inclusive) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the deletion, in each case, of the words “either” and “or as the directors may otherwise decide”.

 

10


DECISION MAKING BY SHAREHOLDERS

 

20.

ADJOURNMENT

 

20.1.

Article 41(1) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the deletion of the words “the chairman of the meeting must adjourn it” and the replacement thereof with the words “the member(s) present (either in person, by proxy or by a duly appointed corporate representative) shall constitute a quorum”.

 

21.

POLL VOTES

 

21.1.

Article 44(2) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the deletion of sub-paragraphs (c) and (d)and by the insertion of the following as a new sub-paragraph:

 

  “(c)

any qualifying person (as defined in section 318 of the Act) present and entitled to vote at the meeting.”

 

21.2.

Article 44(3) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words “A demand so withdrawn shall not invalidate the result of a show of hands declared before the demand wasmade” as a new paragraph at the end of that article.

 

22.

PROXIES

 

22.1.

Article 45(1) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words “and a proxy notice which is not delivered in such manner shall be invalid, unless the directors, in their discretion, accept the notice at any time before the meeting” as a new paragraph at the end of that article.

ADMINISTRATIVE ARRANGEMENTS

 

23.

CHANGE OF NAME

 

23.1.

The Company may change its name by resolution of the directors and subsequent notification to the Registrar of Companies under section 79 of the Act.

 

24.

MEANS OF COMMUNICATION TO BE USED

 

24.1.

Any notice, document or other information shall be deemed served on or delivered to the intended recipient:

 

  (a)

if properly addressed and sent by prepaid United Kingdom first class post to an address in the United Kingdom, 24 hours after it was posted;

 

11


  (b)

if properly addressed and sent to an address outside the United Kingdom, 48 hours after it was posted;

 

  (c)

if properly addressed and delivered by hand, when it was given or left at the appropriate address;

 

  (d)

if properly addressed and sent or supplied by electronic means, one hour after the document or information was sent or supplied;

 

  (e)

if sent or supplied by means of a website, when the material is first made available on the website or (if later) when the recipient receives (or is deemed to have received) notice of the fact that the material is available on the website; and

 

  (f)

if earlier or if none of the above paragraphs (a) to (e) applies, if actually received, at the time of receipt.

For the purposes of this Article, no account shall be taken of any part of a day that is not a business day.

 

24.2.

In proving that any notice, document or other information was properly addressed, it shall be sufficient to show that the notice, document or other information was delivered to an address permitted for the purpose by the Act.

 

25.

INDEMNITY

 

25.1.

Subject to Article 25.2, but without prejudice to any indemnity to which a relevant officer is otherwise entitled:

 

  (a)

each relevant officer shall be indemnified out of the Company’s assets against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him as a relevant officer:

 

  (i)

in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of his duties, or in relation to them; and

 

  (ii)

in relation to the activities of the Company (or any associated company) as trustee of an occupational pension scheme (as defined in section 235(6) of the Act),

including (in each case) any liability incurred by him in defending any civil or criminal proceedings, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or the proceedings are otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his part or in connection with any application in which the court grants him, in his capacity as a relevant officer, relief from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the Company’s (or any associated company’s) affairs; and

 

12


  (b)

the Company may provide any relevant officer with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him in connection with any proceedings or application referred to in Article 25.1(a) and otherwise may take any action to enable any such relevant officer to avoid incurring such expenditure.

 

25.2.

This Article does not authorise any indemnity which would be prohibited or rendered void by any provision of the Companies Acts or by any other provision of law.

 

25.3.

In this Article:

 

  (a)

companies are associated if one is a subsidiary of the other or both are subsidiaries of the same body corporate; and

 

  (b)

a “relevant officer” means any director or other officer or former director or other officer of the Company or an associated company (including any company which is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme (as defined by section 235(6) of the Act)).

 

26.

INSURANCE

 

26.1.

The directors may decide to purchase and maintain insurance, at the expense of the Company, for the benefit of any relevant officer in respect of any relevant loss.

 

26.2.

In this Article:

 

  (a)

a “relevant officer” means any director or other officer or former director or other officer of the Company or an associated company (including any company which is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme (as defined by section 235(6) of the Act));

 

  (b)

a “relevant loss” means any loss or liability which has been or may be incurred by a relevant officer in connection with that relevant officer’s duties or powers in relation to the Company, any associated company or any pension fund or employees’ share scheme of the Company or associated company; and

 

  (c)

companies are associated if one is a subsidiary of the other or both are subsidiaries of the same body corporate.

 

13

Exhibit T3B.5

Company No. 4936030

THE COMPANIES ACT 2006

PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

CAPQUEST GROUP LIMITED

 

1.

PRELIMINARY AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1.

In these Articles of Association, unless the context otherwise requires:

Act means the Companies Act 2006;

appointor has the meaning given in Article 12.1;

Articles of Association means the Company’s articles of association for the time being in force;

business day means any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the United Kingdom) on which clearing banks in the City of London are generally open for business;

eligible director means a director who would be entitled to vote on any matter at a meeting of directors (but excluding any director whose vote is not to be counted in respect of the particular matter) and references to “eligible directors” in article 8 of the Model Articles shall be construed accordingly; and

Model Articles means the model articles for private companies limited by shares contained in Schedule 1 to the Companies (Model Articles) Regulations 2008 (Sl 2008/3229) as amended prior to the date of adoption of these Articles of Association.

 

1.2.

Save as otherwise specifically provided in this document, words and expressions which have particular meanings in the Model Articles shall have the same meanings in this document.

 

1.3.

Save as otherwise specifically provided in the Model Articles or these Articles of Association, words and expressions which have particular meanings in the Act shall have the same meanings in these Articles of Association.

 

1.4.

Headings in these Articles of Association are used for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of the Articles of Association.

 

1.5.

Unless the context requires otherwise, a reference in these Articles of Association to an “article” is a reference to the relevant provision of the Model Articles. A reference in these Articles of Association to an “Article” is a reference to the relevant provision of this document.

 

1


1.6.

Unless expressly provided otherwise, a reference to a statute, statutory provision or subordinate legislation is a reference to it as it is in force from time to time, taking account of:

 

  (a)

any subordinate legislation from time to time made under it, whether before or after the date of adoption of these Articles of Association; and

 

  (b)

any amendment or re-enactment, whether before or after the date of adoption of these Articles of Association, and including any statute, statutory provision or subordinate legislation which it amends or re-enacts.

This Article 1.6 shall not apply to the definition of Model Articles in Article 1.1.

 

1.7.

Any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms.

 

1.8.

A reference to a person includes a reference to an individual, body corporate, association, government, state, agency of state or any undertaking (whether or not having a legal personality and irrespective of the jurisdiction in or under the law of which it was incorporated or exists).

 

1.9.

Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing a gender include every gender.

 

1.10.

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to any rights under these Articles of Association.

 

1.11.

The Model Articles shall apply to the Company, except in so far as they are modified or excluded by or are otherwise inconsistent with this document, and, together with this document, they shall constitute the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

1.12.

The final paragraph of article 1 of the Model Articles shall not apply to the Company.

 

1.13.

Articles 8, 11(2) and (3), 14(1) to (4), 17(2), 52 and 53 of the Model Articles shall not apply to the Company.

 

1.14.

Articles 1, 7, 9(1), 15, 18, 20, 27(3), 29, 31, 41(1), 44(2), 44(3) and 45(1) of the Model Articles shall be modified by this document.

SHARES

 

2.

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

2.1.

In accordance with section 550 of the Act, the directors shall have the power:

 

  (a)

to allot shares of the same class as the existing shares in the capital of the Company; and/or

 

  (b)

to grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into such shares.

 

2


2.2.

In accordance with section 567(1) of the Act, sections 561 and 562 of the Act shall not apply to an allotment of equity securities (as defined in section 560(1) of the Act) made by the Company.

 

3.

BUYBACK OF OWN SHARES BY COMPANY

 

3.1.

Subject to the Act but without prejudice to any other provision of these Articles of Association, the Company may (by passing a resolution of its members) purchase its own shares with cash up to any amount in a financial year not exceeding the lower of:

 

  (a)

£15,000; and

 

  (b)

the value of 5% of the Company’s share capital.

DIRECTORS

 

4.

DIRECTORS TO TAKE DECISIONS COLLECTIVELY

 

4.1.

Article 7 of the Model Articles shall be amended by:

 

  (a)

the insertion of the words “for the time being” at the end of article 7(2)(a) of the Model Articles; and

 

  (b)

the insertion in article 7(2) of the Model Articles of the words “(for so long as he remains the sole director)” after the words “and the director may”.

 

4.2.

Without prejudice to the provisions of article 7(2) of the Model Articles, a sole director may take decisions by way of written resolution.

 

5.

UNANIMOUS DECISIONS

 

5.1.

A decision of the directors is taken in accordance with this Article when all eligible directors indicate to each other by any means that they share a common view on a matter.

 

5.2.

Such a decision may take the form of a resolution in writing, where each eligible director has signed one or more copies of it or to which each eligible director has otherwise indicated agreement in writing.

 

5.3.

A decision may not be taken in accordance with this Article if the eligible directors would not have formed a quorum at a directors’ meeting had the matter been proposed as a resolution at such a meeting.

 

3


6.

CALLING A DIRECTORS’ MEETING

 

6.1.

Article 9(1) of the Model Articles shall be amended by:

 

  (a)

the insertion of the word “reasonable” after the words “Any director may call a meeting by giving”; and

 

  (b)

the insertion of the words “(or such lesser notice as all the directors may agree)” after the words “notice of the meeting”.

 

7.

QUORUM FOR DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

 

7.1.

Subject to article 7 of the Model Articles (as amended by Article 4.1), the quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of directors is any two eligible directors or where there is only one director in office for the time being, that director.

 

7.2.

For the purposes of any meeting (or part of a meeting) held pursuant to Article 9 to authorise a director’s conflict, if there is only one eligible director in office other than the conflicted director(s), the quorum for such meeting (or part of a meeting) shall be one eligible director.

 

8.

TRANSACTIONS OR OTHER ARRANGEMENTS WITH THE COMPANY

 

8.1.

Subject to sections 177(5) and 177(6) and sections 182(5) and 182(6) of the Act and provided he has declared the nature and extent of his interest in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Acts, a director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in an existing or proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company:

 

  (a)

may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise (directly or indirectly) interested;

 

  (b)

shall be an eligible director for the purposes of any proposed decision of the directors (or committee of directors) in respect of such contract or proposed contract in which he is interested;

 

  (c)

shall be entitled to vote at a meeting of directors (or of a committee of the directors) or participate in any unanimous decision, in respect of such contract or proposed contract in which he is interested;

 

  (d)

may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as auditor) and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a director;

 

  (e)

may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to a transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate in which the Company is otherwise (directly or indirectly) interested; and

 

4


  (f)

shall not, save as he may otherwise agree, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he (or a person connected with him (as defined in section 252 of the Act)) derives from any such contract, transaction or arrangement or from any such office or employment or from any interest in any such body corporate and no such contract, transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit nor shall the receipt of any such remuneration or other benefit constitute a breach of his duty under section 176 of the Act.

 

8.2.

The provisions of Article 88.1(f) inclusive are subject, where applicable, to any limits and conditions imposed by the directors in a Conflict Authorisation in accordance with Article 9.1.

 

9.

DIRECTORS’ CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

9.1.

For the purposes of section 175 of the Act, the directors shall have the power to authorise, on such terms (including as regards duration and revocation) and subject to such limits or conditions (if any) as they may determine (Conflict Authorisation), any matter proposed to them in accordance with these Articles of Association which would, or might, if not so authorised, constitute or give rise to a situation in which a director (a Relevant Director) has, or could have, a direct or indirect interest which conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a Conflict Situation). Any Conflict Authorisation shall extend to any actual or possible conflict of interest which may reasonably be expected to arise out of the Conflict Situation so authorised.

 

9.2.

Where directors give a Conflict Authorisation:

 

  (a)

the terms of such Conflict Authorisation shall be recorded in writing (but the authorisation shall be effective whether or not the terms are so recorded);

 

  (b)

the directors may revoke or vary such Conflict Authorisation at any time but this will not affect anything done by the Relevant Director prior to such revocation or variation in accordance with the terms of such authorisation; and

 

  (c)

the Relevant Director shall be obliged to act in accordance with any terms, limits or conditions to which such Conflict Authorisation is made subject.

 

9.3.

Any terms to which a Conflict Authorisation is made subject (Conflict Authorisation Terms) may include (without limitation to Article 9.1) provisions that:

 

  (a)

where the Relevant Director obtains (other than in his capacity as a director of the Company or as its employee or agent or, if the directors so decide, in any other capacity that would otherwise oblige him to disclose it to the Company) information that is confidential to a third party, he will not be obliged to disclose it to the Company or to use it directly or indirectly for the benefit of the Company or in performing his duties as a director of the Company in circumstances where to do so would amount to a breach of a duty of confidence owed to that third party; and/or

 

  (b)

the Relevant Director may (but shall be under no obligation to) absent himself from the discussion of, and/or the making of decisions relating to, the relevant matter (whether at any meeting of the directors or otherwise) and be excused from reviewing documents and information prepared by or for the directors to the extent that they relate to that matter; and/or

 

5


  (c)

the Relevant Director be excluded from the receipt of documents and information, the participation in discussion and/or the making of decisions (whether at directors’ meetings or otherwise) related to the relevant matter,

and the Company will not treat anything done (or omitted to be done) by the Relevant Director in accordance with any such provision (or otherwise in accordance with any Conflict Authorisation Terms given under Article 9.1) as a breach by him of his duties under sections 172 to 174 of the Act.

 

9.4.

Subject to Article 9.5 but without prejudice to Articles 9.1 to 9.3, authorisation is given by the members of the Company for the time being on the terms of these Articles of Association to each director in respect of any Conflict Situation that exists as at the date of adoption of these Articles of Association or that subsequently arises because (in either case) the director is or becomes a shareholder, investor or other participant in, lender to, guarantor, director, officer, manager or employee of, or otherwise in any other way interested or concerned in, any member of the Relevant Group (Group Conflict Authorisation). The Conflict Authorisation Terms applicable to the Group Conflict Authorisation (Group Conflict Authorisation Terms) are automatically set by this Article 9.4 so that the director concerned:

 

  (a)

is not obliged to disclose to the Company information that is confidential to a third party obtained by him (other than in his capacity as a director of the Company or as its employee or agent or, if the directors so decide, in any other capacity that would otherwise oblige him to disclose it to the Company) in any situation to which the Group Conflict Authorisation applies, nor to use any such information directly or indirectly for the benefit of the Company or in performing his duties as a director of the Company, in circumstances where to do so would amount to a breach of a duty of confidence owed to that third party; and (b) may (but shall be under no obligation to):

 

  (i)

absent himself from the discussions of, and/or the making of decisions;

 

  (ii)

make arrangements not to receive documents and information relating to the Conflict Situation concerned,

and the Company will not treat anything done (or omitted to be done) by the director concerned in accordance with the Group Conflict Authorisation Terms as a breach by him of his duties under sections 172 to 174 of the Act.

 

9.5.

A Group Conflict Authorisation given or deemed given under Article 9.4 may be revoked, varied or reduced in its scope or effect by special resolution.

 

6


9.6.

In this Article 9 Relevant Group comprises:

 

  (a)

the Company

 

  (b)

any body corporate which is for the time being a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company;

 

  (c)

any body corporate of which the Company is for the time being a wholly owned subsidiary (Parent); and

 

  (d)

any body corporate (not falling within any preceding paragraph of this Article 9.6) which is for the time being a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent.

 

10.

RECORDS OF DECISIONS TO BE KEPT

 

10.1.

Article 15 of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words “or decision taken by a sole director” after the words “of every unanimous or majority decision taken by the directors.”

 

10.2.

Where decisions of the directors are taken by electronic means, such decisions shall be recorded by the directors in permanent form, so that they may be read with the naked eye.

 

11.

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

11.1.

In any case where, as a result of death or bankruptcy, the Company has no shareholders and no directors, the transmittee(s) of the last shareholder to have died or to have a bankruptcy order made against him (as the case may be) have the right, by notice in writing, to appoint a natural person (including a transmittee who is a natural person), who is willing to act and is permitted to do so, to be a director. Article 27(3) of the Model Articles shall be modified accordingly.

 

11.2.

A member or members holding the whole or a majority in nominal value of the issued ordinary share capital for the time being in the Company shall have power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a director or directors either as an additional director or to fill any vacancy and to remove from office any director howsoever appointed. Any such appointment or removal shall be effected by an instrument in writing signed by the member or members making the same or in the case of a member being a body corporate signed by one of its directors or other officers on its behalf, and shall take effect upon lodgement at the registered office of the Company or such later date as may be specified in the instrument.

 

11.3.

Article 18 of the Model Articles shall be amended by the inclusion of a new paragraph (g) and (h) as follows

 

  “(g)

notification of the director’s removal is received by the Company pursuant to Article 11.2;

 

  (h)  (i)

by reason of that person’s mental health, a court makes an order which wholly or partly prevents that person from personally exercising any powers or rights which that person would otherwise have; and

 

7


  (ii)

a majority of the other directors pass a resolution that they believe that the circumstances giving rise to the court order would or might reasonably impair the ability of that person to properly perform any part of his duties as a director.”

 

12.

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

12.1.

Any director (appointor) may appoint as an alternate any other director, or any other person approved by resolution of the directors, to:

 

  (a)

exercise that director’s powers; and

 

  (b)

carry out that director’s responsibilities,

in relation to the taking of decisions by the directors, in the absence of the alternate’s appointor.

 

12.2.

Any appointment or removal of an alternate must be effected by notice in writing to the Company signed by the appointor, or in any other manner approved by the directors.

 

12.3.

The notice must:

 

  (a)

identify the proposed alternate; and

 

  (b)

in the case of a notice of appointment, contain either:

 

  (i)

a statement signed by the proposed alternate that the proposed alternate is willing to act as the alternate of the director giving the notice; or

 

  (ii)

his consent to act as a director in the form prescribed by the Act.

13. RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

13.1.

An alternate director may act as alternate director to more than one director and has the same rights in relation to any decision of the directors as the alternate’s appointor.

 

13.2.

Except if these Articles of Association specify otherwise, alternate directors:

 

  (a)

are deemed for all purposes to be directors;

 

  (b)

are liable for their own acts and omissions;

 

  (c)

are subject to the same restrictions as their appointors; and

 

  (d)

are not deemed to be agents of or for their appointors

and, in particular (without limitation), each alternate director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of directors and of all meetings of committees of directors of which his appointor is a member.

 

8


13.3.

A person who is an alternate director but not a director:

 

  (a)

may be counted as participating for the purposes of determining whether a quorum is present (but only if that person’s appointor is not participating);

 

  (b)

may participate in a unanimous decision of the directors (but only if his appointor is an eligible director in relation to that decision, but does not participate); and

 

  (c)

shall not be counted as more than one director for the purposes of Articles 13.3(a) and 13.3(b).

 

13.4.

A director who is also an alternate director is entitled, in the absence of his appointor, to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor, in addition to his own vote on any decision of the directors (provided that his appointor is an eligible director in relation to that decision), but shall not count as more than one director for the purposes of determining whether a quorum is present.

 

13.5.

An alternate director may be paid expenses and may be indemnified by the Company to the same extent as his appointor but shall not be entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company for serving as an alternate director except such part of the alternate’s appointor’s remuneration as the appointor may direct by notice in writing made to the Company.

 

14.

TERMINATION OF ALTERNATE DIRECTORSHIP

 

14.1.

An alternate director’s appointment as an alternate terminates:

 

  (a)

when the alternate’s appointor revokes the appointment by notice to the Company in writing specifying when it is to terminate;

 

  (b)

on the occurrence, in relation to the alternate, of any event which, if it occurred in relation to the alternate’s appointor, would result in the termination of the appointor’s appointment as a director;

 

  (c)

on the death of the alternate’s appointor; or

 

  (d)

when the alternate’s appointor’s appointment as a director terminates.

 

15.

SECRETARY

 

15.1.

The directors may appoint any person who is willing to act as the secretary for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as they may think fit and from time to time remove such person and, if the directors so decide, appoint a replacement, in each case by a decision of the directors.

 

9


16.

DIRECTORS’ EXPENSES

 

16.1.

Article 20 of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words “(including alternate directors) and the secretary” before the words “properly incur”.

 

17.

SHARE TRANSFERS

 

17.1.

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles of Association, the directors shall not decline to register any transfer of shares where such transfer is executed by any person to whom all the shares which are the subject of that transfer have been charged by way of security, or by any nominee of any such person, pursuant to a power of sale under such security, provided that such transfer is by way of enforcement of such security and a certificate by or on behalf of any such person that the shares were so charged and the transfer was so executed shall be conclusive evidence of such facts.

 

18.

EXERCISE OF TRANSMITTEES’ RIGHTS

 

18.1.

Article 29 of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words “, or the name of any person(s) named as the transferee(s) in an instrument of transfer executed under article 28(2),” after the words “the transmittee’s name”.

 

19.

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

 

19.1.

Articles 31(a) to (d) (inclusive) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the deletion, in each case, of the words “either” and “or as the directors may otherwise decide”.

DECISION MAKING BY SHAREHOLDERS

 

20.

ADJOURNMENT

 

20.1.

Article 41(1) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the deletion of the words “the chairman of the meeting must adjourn it” and the replacement thereof with the words “the member(s) present (either in person, by proxy or by a duly appointed corporate representative) shall constitute a quorum”.

 

21.

POLL VOTES

 

21.1.

Article 44(2) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the deletion of sub-paragraphs (c) and (d) and by the insertion of the following as a new sub-paragraph:

 

  “(c)

any qualifying person (as defined in section 318 of the Act) present and entitled to vote at the meeting.”

 

21.2.

Article 44(3) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words “A demand so withdrawn shall not invalidate the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made” as a new paragraph at the end of that article.

 

10


22.

PROXIES

 

22.1.

Article 45(1) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words “and a proxy notice which is not delivered in such manner shall be invalid, unless the directors, in their discretion, accept the notice at any time before the meeting” as a new paragraph at the end of that article.

ADMINISTRATIVE ARRANGEMENTS

 

23.

CHANGE OF NAME

 

23.1.

The Company may change its name by resolution of the directors and subsequent notification to the Registrar of Companies under section 79 of the Act.

 

24.

MEANS OF COMMUNICATION TO BE USED

 

24.1.

Any notice, document or other information shall be deemed served on or delivered to the intended recipient:

 

  (a)

if properly addressed and sent by prepaid United Kingdom first class post to an address in the United Kingdom, 24 hours after it was posted;

 

  (b)

if properly addressed and sent to an address outside the United Kingdom, 48 hours after it was posted;

 

  (c)

if properly addressed and delivered by hand, when it was given or left at the appropriate address;

 

  (d)

if properly addressed and sent or supplied by electronic means, one hour after the document or information was sent or supplied;

 

  (e)

if sent or supplied by means of a website, when the material is first made available on the website or (if later) when the recipient receives (or is deemed to have received) notice of the fact that the material is available on the website; and

 

  (f)

if earlier or if none of the above paragraphs (a) to (e) applies, if actually received, at the time of receipt.

For the purposes of this Article, no account shall be taken of any part of a day that is not a business day.

 

24.2.

In proving that any notice, document or other information was properly addressed, it shall be sufficient to show that the notice, document or other information was delivered to an address permitted for the purpose by the Act.

 

11


25.

INDEMNITY

 

25.1.

Subject to Article 25.2, but without prejudice to any indemnity to which a relevant officer is otherwise entitled:

 

  (a)

each relevant officer shall be indemnified out of the Company’s assets against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him as a relevant officer:

 

  (i)

in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of his duties, or in relation to them; and

 

  (ii)

in relation to the activities of the Company (or any associated company) as trustee of an occupational pension scheme (as defined in section 235(6) of the Act),

including (in each case) any liability incurred by him in defending any civil or criminal proceedings, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or the proceedings are otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his part or in connection with any application in which the court grants him, in his capacity as a relevant officer, relief from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the Company’s (or any associated company’s) affairs; and

 

  (b)

the Company may provide any relevant officer with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him in connection with any proceedings or application referred to in Article 25.1(a) and otherwise may take any action to enable any such relevant officer to avoid incurring such expenditure.

 

25.2.

This Article does not authorise any indemnity which would be prohibited or rendered void by any provision of the Companies Acts or by any other provision of law.

 

25.3.

In this Article:

 

  (a)

companies are associated if one is a subsidiary of the other or both are subsidiaries of the same body corporate; and

 

  (b)

a “relevant officer” means any director or other officer or former director or other officer of the Company or an associated company (including any company which is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme (as defined by section 235(6) of the Act)).

 

26.

INSURANCE

 

26.1.

The directors may decide to purchase and maintain insurance, at the expense of the Company, for the benefit of any relevant officer in respect of any relevant loss.

 

26.2.

In this Article:

 

  (a)

a “relevant officer” means any director or other officer or former director or other officer of the Company or an associated company (including any company which is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme (as defined by section 235(6) of the Act));

 

12


  (b)

a “relevant loss” means any loss or liability which has been or may be incurred by a relevant officer in connection with that relevant officer’s duties or powers in relation to the Company, any associated company or any pension fund or employees’ share scheme of the Company or associated company; and

 

  (c)

companies are associated if one is a subsidiary of the other or both are subsidiaries of the same body corporate.

 

13

Exhibit T3B.6

Company Reg. No. 556259-8606

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

adopted at the extraordinary general meeting held on 28 January 2013

 

§1

The name of the company is Fair Pay Please AB.

 

§2

The company’s board of directors shall have its seat in the municipality of Stockholm.

 

§3

The company shall conduct debt collection and administrative consulting activities and conduct other activities compatible therewith and purchase and manage receivable portfolios.

 

§4

The company’s share capital shall be not less than EUR 500,000 and not more than EUR 2,000,000.

 

§5

The number of shares shall be not less than 45,779 and not more than 183,116.

 

§6

The board of directors shall consist of not less than 1 and not more than 4 members with or without not more than 2 alternate board members.

 

§7

The company’s accounting currency shall be EUR.

 

§8

The company shall have one or two auditors with or without deputy auditors. An auditing firm may be appointed as auditor, specifying the auditor in charge.

 

§9

Notice of the meeting is given by e-mail or letter within the time specified in the Swedish Companies Act.

 

§10

The annual general meeting shall address the following matters.

 

  1.

Election of the chairman of the general meeting

 

  2.

Preparation and approval of the voting register

 

  3.

Election of one or two persons to attest the minutes

 

  4.

Determination of whether the meeting has been duly convened

 

  5.

Approval of the agenda

 

  6.

Presentation of the annual accounts and the audit report

 

  7.

Decision on

 

  a.

adoption of the income statement and balance sheet

 

  b.

allocation of the company’s profit or loss according to the adopted balance sheet

 

  c.

discharge from liability of the board members and the managing director, if any

 

  8.

Determination of the remuneration of the board of directors and the auditors

 

  9.

Election of the board of directors and, where applicable, auditors

 

  10.

Other business to be brought before the general meeting in accordance with the Swedish Companies Act (2005:551) or the articles of association.

 

§11

The financial year is 1 January - 31 December.

 

 

Exhibit T3B.7

[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

REGISTRY CERTIFICATE

 

 

  

 

Registry Certification issued by:

 

MARÍA CONSUELO RIBERA PONT

 

Commercial Registrar of MERCANTIL DE MADRID

Príncipe de Vergara, 72 28006 - MADRID

Telephone: 915761200

Fax: 915780566

E-mail: madrid@registromercantil.org

 

Certification of Articles of Association

 

 

  

APPLICATION IDENTIFIER: 3/38/N86FN86U

(Cite this identifier for any

question related to this certification)

Your reference: SOLVIA SERVICIOS INMOBILIARIOS – Article


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

REGISTRY CERTIFICATE

 

THE undersigned REGISTRAR OF THE COMMERCIAL REGISTRY OF MADRID AND ITS PROVINCE, following an examination of the Books of the Archive and the digital database existing in this commercial Registry, MADRID, with reference to the Company requested in the request presented under entry 8108 of Journal 2025;

CERTIFIES:

1. That the company currently named SOLVIA SERVICIOS INMOBILIARIOS SA, a unipersonal proprietorship, with NIF A86744349, IRUS: 1000290691567 and EUID: ES28065.081291850, is registered in this Registry, in volume 31153, folio 10, section 8, page M- 560663, and is currently in force.

2. The current Articles of Association of the aforementioned company are those attached at the end of this certificate.

3. No special situation is listed.

4. The dissolution and liquidation of the company to which this certificate relates is not registered, according to this Registry.

5. The journal does not show any entry relating to a title pending registration affecting the items being certified.

It is hereby noted that the registration status is certified as of 6 February 2025, prior to the opening of the Journal of Documents.

Note: Electronic file 7359/2025.

CLAUSE OF LIMITATION OF EFFECT: The certificate only reliably certifies the content of the entries in the Registry at the time of its issue ex art. 77 of the Regulations of the Commercial Registry approved by Royal Decree 1784/1996, of 19 July. It is expressly stated that this certificate cannot be used to accredit the registration situation at a time other than the date of issue. Notice is hereby given of the possibility of any possible alteration in the registration sheet due to entries made at a later date that may affect the validity or content of what is being certified. The very existence of the entity, the validity and content of the powers of its representatives may have been substantially altered subsequently. Under no circumstances may the representative of the legal entity be understood to be able to bind the latter with third parties, due to the results of this certificate when the same is out of date due to lack of updating and in accordance with the provisions of articles 4 and 5 of Law 6/2020, of 11 November, regulating certain aspects of electronic trust services.

 

...... WARNINGS ......
|WWW.REGISTRADORES.ORG|  

[ Page 1 of 2 ]


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

REGISTRY CERTIFICATE

 

BASIC INFORMATION ON PERSONAL DATA PROTECTION

Data Controller: Registrar/Entity listed in the header of the document. For further information, please see the other data protection information.

Purpose of processing: To provide the requested registration service including the practice of associated notifications and, where appropriate, invoicing thereof, as well as to comply with legislation on money laundering and terrorist financing, which may include profiling.

Legal basis for processing: The processing of the data is necessary: for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest or in the exercise of public powers vested in the registrar, in compliance with the relevant legal obligations, as well as for the performance of the requested service.

Rights: Mortgage and mercantile legislation establishes a special regime with regard to the exercise of certain rights, and therefore the provisions of these will be complied with. For matters not provided for in the registry regulations, the provisions of data protection legislation shall apply, as indicated in the details of the additional information. In any case, the exercise of the rights recognised by the data protection legislation to the data owners shall comply with the requirements of the registration procedure.

Categories of data: Identity data, contact data, other data available in the additional data protection information.

Recipients: Processing of data by other recipients is foreseen. No international transfers are foreseen.

Sources from which the data originate: Data may originate from the data subject himself/herself, presenter, legal representative, Management/Advisory.

Other data protection information: Available at https://www.registradores.org/politica-de-privacidad-servicios-registrales depending on the type of registry service requested.

CONDITIONS OF USE OF INFORMATION

The information made available to you is for your exclusive use and is non-transferable and confidential and may only be used for the purpose for which the information was requested. The transmission or transfer of the information by the user to any other person, even free of charge, is prohibited. In accordance with the Instruction of the Directorate General of Registries and Notaries of 17 February 1998, the incorporation of the data contained in the registry information into computer files or databases for individualised consultation of natural or legal persons is prohibited, even expressing the source of origin.

...... . ......

This document has been signed with a qualified electronic signature by MARÍA CONSUELO RIBERA PONT Commercial Registrar of the COMMERCIAL REGISTRY OF MADRID on 6 February 2025.

[barcode]

(*) C.S.V.[secure verification code]: 128065270065647050

Verification Web Service: https://sede.registradores.org/csv

(*) Secure Verification Code: this code allows the authenticity of the copy to be checked by accessing the electronic archives of the issuing public body or agency. Copies made on paper of public documents issued by electronic means and signed electronically will be considered authentic copies provided that they include the printing of an electronically generated code or other verification systems that allow their authenticity to be verified by accessing the electronic archives of the issuing public body or organisation (Art. 27.3 of Law 39/2015, of 1 October, on the Common Administrative Procedure of Public Administrations).

 

|WWW.REGISTRADORES.ORG|  

[ Page 2 of 2 ]


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Article 1.- Name. The Company shall be called “SOLVIA SERVICIOS INMOBILIARIOS, S.A.” (the “Company”), and shall be governed by these Articles of Association in accordance with the provisions of Royal Legislative Decree 1/2010, of 2 July, which approves the revised text of the Capital Companies Act and other relevant provisions in force.

Article 2.- The company has as its object: (a) The provision of advisory services in the accounting, financial, tax, legal, technical, property, marketing, advertising, engineering, quality and IT sectors, as well as the provision of investment advisory services to financial institutions, companies and individuals. (b) The preparation of commercial reports, whether for its own use or for third parties, obtained from any kind of public or private body. (c) The preparation of reports, studies and projects relating to the activity for which the advisory services are provided. (d) The administration and management of financial products, and also the management and collection on behalf of third parties of the amounts that may be due to them, represented by any public or private document, whether or not it is of a business nature. (e) The creation, development, rental and sale of software as well as the provision of all types of IT services, particularly those dedicated to financial and property services. (f) The provision of all types of services related to the administration, custody, management, exploitation and marketing of property, as well as the administration and management of financial assets and the custody of related documentation. (g) The development, subdivision, construction, promotion and rehabilitation, as well as planning, management, discipline and execution activities that may be carried out at the request of individuals by any of the forms established by law, either on its own account or on behalf of third parties, of all types of property. (h) The mediation in the direct sale or auction of property, individual financial assets and credit portfolios, all on its own account or on behalf of third parties. (i) The organisation, management, administration and operation of all types of auctions and other types of events and exhibitions of similar characteristics or purpose of movable property, property and financial assets. (j) The provision of management and administration services to companies or entities with an identical or similar purpose, whether owned by the Company or by third parties. (k) The conservation, administration and preventive and corrective maintenance of buildings, mechanical, electrical and fire-fighting installations, communications and lifting equipment, as well as security, gardening, air conditioning, disinfection and rat extermination and cleaning services and systems, maintenance and conservation of swimming pools, lifeguards, entry phones and any other service provided to the properties. (l) The provision of logistics services that are necessary for the proper operation of buildings, including concierge, cafeteria and even transport services, administrative and accounting management services. The provision of comprehensive property management services for buildings. (m) The provision of commercial management services, the marketing of properties, property management and the management of leases in general for all types of properties, and in particular for commercial premises and dwellings. (n) Development, implementation and management of websites, computer systems and tools that enable the publication, marketing and commercialisation of property assets and services. The management, in-house and for third parties of customer acquisition and loyalty through the internet or other electronic media.


All the activities included in the corporate purpose shall be carried out by the appropriate professionals with the official qualifications required in each case. The Company shall only be an intermediary company in relation to those of the aforementioned activities which, in accordance with Law 2/2007 on Professional Companies, are considered to be professional activities. Excluded from the corporate purpose are those activities reserved by law to certain types of companies, as well as those for which an authorisation or qualification is required which the Company does not have and, specifically and expressly, those activities regulated in Securities Market Law and the Law on Collective Investment Institutions. The aforementioned activities may be carried out by the company, either directly or indirectly, including through its participation in other companies with the same or similar objects.

Article 3.- Address The address of the Company is calle Vía De Los Poblados 3, Edificio 1, 28033 Madrid. By agreement of the administrative body, it may be transferred within the same town where it is established. Likewise, branches, agencies or delegations may be created, suppressed or transferred as the development of the company’s business makes necessary or convenient, both in Spain and abroad.

Article 4.- Duration The duration of the Company is indefinite and commences its operations on the day of the execution of the deed of incorporation. The Company may be dissolved at any time in accordance with these Articles of Association and the law.

TITLE II. Share capital and shares.

Article 5.- Share capital. The share capital is NINE MILLION SIX HUNDRED AND EIGHTY-THREE THOUSAND AND TEN EUROS (9,683,010), fully subscribed and paid up.

Article 6.- Shares. The share capital is divided into NINE MILLION SIX HUNDRED AND EIGHTY-THREE THOUSAND AND TEN EUROS (9,683,010) registered shares, indivisible, of a single class and series, with a nominal value of ONE EURO (€1) each; numbered sequentially from 1 to 9,683,010, both inclusive. Each share confers on its legitimate holder the status of shareholder and confers on him/her the rights recognised by law and in these bylaws. Each share confers the right to one vote.

Article 7.- Shares. The shares shall be represented by registered shares, which shall be unitary or multiple. In the latter case, each certificate shall comprise all the shares held by the same shareholder. The certificates shall be numbered consecutively and shall contain at least the information required by article 114 of the Capital Companies Act, or the article that amends or replaces it. The shares shall appear in the Register of Registered Shares kept by the Company, in which successive transfers, the creation of rights in rem and other encumbrances on the shares shall be recorded. Each entry shall indicate the identity and address of the holder of the share or of the right or encumbrance on the share. The Company may only rectify the contents of the Register of Registered Shares if the interested parties have not objected to the rectification within a period of one month from the date of reliable notification of the intention to do so. The personal details of shareholders may be amended at their request and shall not be effective vis-à-vis the Company until such time as they are recorded in the Register of Registered Shares. The Company shall only consider a shareholder to be a shareholder if he is registered in the book of registered shares. Any shareholder who so requests may examine the book of registered shares. Until the certificates have been printed and delivered, each shareholder shall be entitled to obtain certification of the shares registered in his name.


Article 8.- Transfer of shares. a) Voluntary transfer by “inter vivos” acts. The voluntary transfer of shares by “inter vivos” acts between shareholders, as well as in favour of companies belonging to the same group as the transferring shareholder, under the terms established in Article 42 of the Commercial Code. In other cases, the transfer shall be subject to the following rules:

i) A shareholder intending to transfer all or part of its shares, whether for valuable consideration or free of charge, shall send to the Company’s Administrative Body a communication (the “Transfer Communication”) stating the number and numbering of the shares it proposes to transfer, the name, address and nationality of the person to whom it wishes to transfer such shares, if any, as well as the price, payment conditions and main terms and conditions for the transfer. The Notice of Transfer shall constitute an irrevocable offer to sell. ii) Within ten (10) calendar days following receipt of the Notice of Transfer, the Board of Directors shall send it to the remaining shareholders so that they may decide whether they wish to exercise their pre-emptive acquisition right on the shares offered as set out below. iii) Within twenty-five (25) calendar days from the date on which the Administrative Body has notified the remaining shareholders of the Transfer Notice, the non-transferring shareholders may exercise a pre-emptive acquisition right for all (but not part) of the shares offered, under the same conditions set out in the Transfer Notice, by notifying the transferring shareholder in writing, with a copy to the Administrative Body. If more than one shareholder shows an interest in acquiring the shares offered, they shall be distributed by the Administrative Body among them pro rata to their shareholding in the Company. If the pro rata distribution of shares by the transferring shareholder results in several shareholders being entitled to fractions of shares, the corresponding shares shall be attributed to the shareholders to whom the highest fractions correspond. iv) The price shall be paid in full at the time of formalising the transfer which, in any event, must be within the month following the date on which the decision to exercise the pre-emptive acquisition right has been notified in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraphs. If the shareholder or shareholders who have notified their decision to exercise the pre-emptive acquisition right do not formalise the transfer within that period, and without prejudice to the legal actions available to the transferring shareholder to recover any damages and/or losses suffered, the provisions of sub-section (y) below shall apply. If there are several shareholders who notify their decision to exercise their pre-emptive acquisition right and any of them do not formalise the transfer, the shares corresponding to them shall be offered pro rata to the remaining shareholders. v) In the event that no shareholder has exercised their pre-emptive acquisition right within the period of twenty-five (25) calendar days from the date on which the Board of Directors has notified the remaining shareholders of the Transfer Notice, the transferring shareholder shall be free to transfer the shares in accordance with the plan communicated in the Transfer Notice. vi) In cases where the planned transfer is for valuable consideration other than purchase or free of charge, the acquisition price shall be the price set by mutual agreement between the parties or, failing this, the fair value of the shares on the day on which the Company was notified of the intention to transfer. Fair value shall mean the value determined by an auditor, other than the auditor of the Company, appointed for this purpose by the directors of the Company. vii) The public deed of transfer must be executed within one (1) month of the occurrence of the first of the circumstances indicated in subsection (y) above. Within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of the transfer of the shares in accordance with the above rules, the transferring shareholder must send the Company a copy of the public deed of transfer. This regime shall also apply to the voluntary transfer by inter vivos acts of the right of


pre-emptive subscription of shares which, in capital increases, corresponds to the shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Law, which shall be exercisable within the periods established therein. b) Transfer “mortis causa”. The same pre-emptive acquisition right regulated in section (a) above shall apply to transfers of shares mortis causa, in which case the provisions of article 124 of the Capital Companies Act, or such other article as may replace or amend them, shall be complied with. In such cases, the notice to the Administrative Body may be given by the heir, legatee, administrator of the estate or the person acting in his or her stead, and the time periods shall commence to run from the time of such notice. The reasonable value shall be understood to be that of the day on which the registration of the transfer mortis causa was requested. c) Forced transfer. The right of pre-emptive acquisition referred to in section (a) above may be exercised even in the event of seizure or compulsory execution at the request of a third party, or as a consequence of any judicial or administrative enforcement proceedings on shares in the Company or rights inherent to such shares, for whatever reason, and in such cases the provisions of Articles 124 and 125 of the Capital Companies Act, or those which replace or amend them, shall apply. The periods shall commence to run from the time when the auctioneer or successful bidder notifies the Board of the acquisition. d) General The rules governing the transfer of shares shall be those in force on the date on which the shareholder notified the Company of his intention to transfer or, where applicable, on the date of the death of the shareholder, or on the date of the judicial or administrative award. Transfers of shares which do not comply with the provisions of the Law and these Articles of Association shall have no effect whatsoever against the Company.

Article 9.- Pending payment When there are partially paid-up shares, the shareholders must contribute to the Company the portion of capital not paid-up in the manner and within the period or periods determined by the resolution to increase the share capital or, failing this, under the conditions decided by the Board of Directors, in any event within a maximum period of five (5) days from the date of the resolution to increase the share capital.

Article 10.- Formalisation of transfer and constitution of rights. All transfers of shares, as well as the creation of a pledge or any other right in rem over the shares or any other right in rem, must be recorded in a public document. The transfer of shares or the creation of rights in rem thereon must be notified in writing to the Company for recording in the Register of Registered Shares, indicating the personal circumstances, nationality and domicile of the acquirer. The acquirer of the shares may exercise the rights of shareholder against the Company or, in the case of the holder of a right in rem, the rights corresponding to him in accordance with the provisions of the corresponding document formalising its constitution, as soon as the Company becomes aware of the transfer or constitution of the encumbrance.

Article 11.- Usufruct of shares. In the case of a usufruct of shares, the status of shareholder resides in the bare owner, but the usufructuary shall have the right, in any case, to the dividends agreed by the company during the usufruct. In all other cases, the relationship between the usufructuary and the bare owner and the content of the usufruct shall be governed by the constitutive title of the usufruct and, in the absence thereof, by the provisions of the Capital Companies Act and, supplementarily, by the provisions of the Civil Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and unless the constitutive title of the usufruct provides otherwise, the provisions of Articles 128 and 129 of the Capital Companies Act shall apply to the liquidation of the usufruct and to the exercise of the right to subscribe new shares. In this case, the sums to be paid by the bare owner to the usufructuary shall be paid in money.


Article 12.- Pledge of shares In general, in the event of a pledge of shares, the owner of the shares shall be entitled to exercise the rights of the shareholder. As an exception, the pledgee shall be entitled to all the rights of the shareholder (including the right to vote and to call a General Meeting of Shareholders) without limitation from the time the application for enforcement of the pledge has been admitted or the Company has been notified of the commencement of the notarial enforcement of the pledge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the regime of transfer of shares and pre-emptive subscription rights shall not apply in the case of transfers as a result of proceedings for the enforcement of the pledge with which all or part of the shares may have been encumbered.

Article 13.- Attachment of shares. In the case of attachment of shares, the provisions of the preceding article shall apply to the pledge, insofar as it is compatible with the specific attachment regime.

Article 14.- Co-ownership or joint shareholding. In the event of co-ownership of shares or joint shareholding over the same, the co-owners or co-owners shall designate one of them to exercise the corporate rights, but in the event of breach of the obligations to the Company, all of them shall be jointly and severally liable.

TITLE III. Governing and administrative bodies of the Company.

Article 15.- Social bodies. The social bodies of the Company are the General Meeting and the Administrative Body.

Section One. General Shareholders’ Meeting.

Article 16.- General Shareholders’ Meeting. The shareholders, constituted in a duly called General Shareholders’ Meeting, shall decide on the matters within the competence of the General Shareholders’ Meeting. All shareholders, including dissenting shareholders and those who have not participated in the meeting, shall be subject to the resolutions of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, without prejudice to the right of withdrawal that may correspond to them in accordance with the provisions of the Law and these bylaws.

Article 17.- Powers of the General Shareholders’ Meeting. The General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be responsible for deliberating and agreeing on the following matters: a) Approval of the annual accounts, distribution of profits and censure of corporate management. b) The appointment and removal of the directors, liquidators and, if appropriate, the auditors, as well as the exercise of corporate action for liability against any of them. c) The authorisation of the directors to carry on the same, similar or complementary type of activity as the corporate purpose for their own account or for the account of others. d) The amendment of the Articles of Association. e) The increase and reduction of share capital. f) The transformation, merger, spin-off or global transfer of assets and liabilities of the Company and the transfer of the registered office abroad. g) The suppression or limitation of pre-emptive subscription rights. h) The acquisition, disposal or contribution of essential assets to another company. The essential nature of the assets shall be presumed when the amount of the transaction exceeds twenty-five (25) per cent of the value of the assets appearing in the last approved balance sheet, in accordance with the provisions of article 160 of the Capital Companies Act or such other article as may replace or amend it. i) The dissolution of the Company. j) The approval of the final liquidation balance sheet. k) Any other resolutions expressly reserved by law or by these Articles of Association to the competence of the same.

Article 18.- Attendance and representation. In order to attend General Shareholders’ Meetings, it shall be sufficient to hold one share. Shareholders who are registered in the Register of Registered Shares five days prior to the date on which the General Shareholders’ Meeting is to be held shall be entitled to attend.


Any shareholder entitled to attend may be represented at the General Shareholders’ Meeting by another person, even if not a shareholder. The proxy must be conferred in writing and, when not recorded in a public document, must be made specifically for each General Shareholders’ Meeting. The proxy shall cover all the shares held by the shareholder represented. Proxies may be revoked at any time. The personal attendance of the represented shareholder at the General Shareholders’ Meeting shall have the effect of revocation.

Article 19.- Types of meetings. General Shareholders’ Meetings may be ordinary or extraordinary. The Ordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting shall necessarily meet within the first six (6) months of each financial year to review the management of the company, approve, if appropriate, the accounts for the previous financial year and resolve on the application of the result, and may also deal with any other point indicated on the agenda and which is within the competence of the General Shareholders’ Meeting. If the Governing Body does not convene the Ordinary General Meeting within the aforementioned period, it may be convened at the request of any shareholder, after hearing the opinion of the Governing Body. Any other General Shareholders’ Meeting held shall be considered extraordinary and shall be held whenever the Administrative Body deems it necessary or convenient for the company’s interests or when requested by a number of shareholders representing at least 5% of the share capital, expressing in the request the matters to be discussed. In the latter case, the General Shareholders’ Meeting must be called to be held within two (2) months of the date on which the Administrative Body was requested by notary to call it, and the matters requested must be included on the agenda. If the Administrative Body does not comply with the request in due time, the General Shareholders’ Meeting may be called at the request of any shareholder, after hearing the Administrative Body.

Article 20.- Notice. All General Shareholders’ Meetings shall be called by means of a notice published on the Company’s website if it has been created, registered and published in accordance with the terms provided for in article 11 bis of the Capital Companies Act, or such other article as may replace or codify it. If the Company has not agreed to create its website or if it has not yet been duly registered and published, the call shall be made by means of an individual written notice, which shall be sent to each of the shareholders at the address designated for this purpose or the address stated in the Company’s documentation, to ensure that all shareholders receive it. A period of at least one month must elapse between the call and the date set for the General Shareholders’ Meeting. The notice shall state the name of the company, the date and time of the meeting and the agenda. It shall contain the mandatory information required by law in each case in relation to the items to be discussed. The notice of call may state the date on which, if appropriate, the General Shareholders’ Meeting will meet on second call. A period of at least twenty-four hours must elapse between the first and second call. In all matters concerning the convening of the General Meeting of Shareholders in special cases, supplementary content of the notice, prior notice period, legal notice and second call, the provisions of the Capital Companies Act shall apply. In the event that remote participation of shareholders in the general meeting is permitted, by videoconference or similar telematic means that duly guarantee the identity of the subject, or remote voting, the notice shall state, in addition to the above, the deadlines, forms and methods of exercising the shareholders’ rights that allow the meeting to be conducted in an orderly manner. The general meeting may also be called to be held exclusively by telematic means, without the physical or in-person attendance of the


shareholders or their representatives, in accordance with the provisions of the Law. In this case, the notice of call shall inform of the formalities and procedures to be followed for the registration and drawing up of the list of attendees, for the exercise by them of their rights and for the proper reflection in the minutes of the proceedings of the meeting. The provisions of this article shall be without effect when a legal provision establishes different requirements for meetings dealing with specific matters, in which case the specific provisions shall be observed.

Article 21.- Place of call. General Shareholders’ Meetings shall be called by the Board of Directors or, as the case may be, the liquidators, and shall be held in the municipal district where the Company has its registered office; unless for imperative reasons it is advisable and necessary for such General Shareholders’ Meeting to be held in any other place in Spain or abroad.

Article 22.- Universal Meeting. In any event, the meeting shall be validly constituted to deal with any business, without the need for prior notice, provided that all the share capital is present or represented and the attendees unanimously agree to hold the meeting. The general meeting may be held anywhere in Spain or abroad, without prejudice to the possibility of facilitating remote participation by videoconference or similar telematic means that duly guarantee the identity of the subject. Likewise, a universal meeting may be held exclusively by telematic means, provided that: (i) the entire share capital, present or represented, accepts the holding of the universal meeting exclusively by telematic means; (fi) the identity and legitimisation of the shareholders and their representatives is duly guaranteed, the secretary of the general meeting recognises their identity and so states in the minutes, which he shall immediately send to the e-mail addresses of the attendees; (iii) all attendees can effectively participate in the meeting by appropriate means of remote communication, such as audio or video, complemented by the possibility of written messages during the course of the meeting, both to exercise in real time the rights to speak, information, proposal and vote to which they are entitled, and to follow the interventions of the other attendees by the aforementioned means. The exclusively telematic universal meeting shall be deemed to be held at the registered office, irrespective of where the President of the general meeting is located.

Article 23.- Quorum for constitution. The General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be validly constituted at first call when the shareholders, present or represented by proxy, hold at least 25% of the subscribed capital with voting rights. On second call, the General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be validly constituted regardless of the amount of capital in attendance. In order for the General Shareholders’ Meeting to validly resolve on the resolutions established in Article 194 of the Capital Companies Act (quorum for special cases), or that which modifies or replaces it, shareholders present or represented by proxy must hold at least 50% of the subscribed voting capital at first call and 25% at second call.

Article 24.- Participation and representation at the general meeting. All shareholders, including those without voting rights, may attend general meetings. It shall be an essential requirement for attendance that the shareholder has registered ownership of his shares in the company’s register of registered shares five days prior to the date on which the meeting is to be held. Directors must attend general meetings. The general meeting may authorise the attendance of directors, managers, technicians and other persons who have an interest in the proper conduct of the company’s affairs. In cases where general meetings are held in person or in person, the administrative body may allow the following to attend the general meeting


by videoconference or any other similar telematic means, or remote voting by any written or electronic means, on the terms to be described in the notice of call, provided that the identity of the shareholder exercising his right and, where appropriate, the security of the electronic communications is adequately guaranteed. With regard to participation in the general meeting, the medium used shall allow two-way communication so that shareholders may be informed of what is happening in real time and may speak and address the general meeting from a place other than the place where it is being held. In cases where the general meeting is held exclusively by telematic means, i.e. without the physical attendance of shareholders or their proxies, the holding of the meeting shall in any event be subject to the identity and legitimisation of the shareholders and their proxies being duly guaranteed and to all attendees being able to participate effectively in the meeting by appropriate means of remote communication, such as audio or video, complemented by the possibility of written messages during the course of the meeting, both to exercise in real time the rights to speak, information, proposal and vote to which they are entitled, and to follow the speeches of the other attendees by the aforementioned means. To this end, the directors shall implement the necessary measures in accordance with the state of the art and the circumstances of the company and the number of its shareholders. The exclusively telematic meeting shall be deemed to be held at the registered office, irrespective of where the President of the general meeting is located. Any shareholder entitled to attend may be represented at the general meeting by another person, even if such person is not a shareholder. The appointment of the proxy by the shareholder and its notification to the company, which shall be of a special nature for each meeting, may be made in writing, including by electronic means, provided that it is recorded on a recorded medium as evidence and the identity of the shareholder, and the appointed proxy is guaranteed. In cases of public proxy solicitation, the requirements of article 186 of the LSC must be complied with. The provisions of article 187 of the LSC shall in any event be complied with.

Article 25.- Presiding Panel, deliberations and adoption of resolutions. The President and secretary of the general meeting shall be the members of the board of directors, or, in their absence, those appointed by the shareholders attending the meeting at the beginning of the meeting. If there is a Vice-President and Vice-Secretary of the board, they shall hold office in the absence of the President and Secretary, respectively. If the company is managed and represented by a sole director, the sole director shall act as President of the general meeting, and the Secretary of the meeting shall be the person appointed by the shareholders present at the beginning of the meeting. Only the matters included on the agenda published in the notice of meeting may be discussed and voted upon, with the exception of the provisions of articles 223.1 and 238.1 LSC. In any event, even if they are included in the same item on the agenda, the following must be voted on separately: a) The appointment, ratification, re-election or removal of each director. b) The amendment of the Articles of Association, that of each article or group of articles that have their own autonomy. The President shall direct the deliberations, give the floor and determine the reasonable duration of the successive interventions. Resolutions shall be adopted by a simple majority of the votes of the shareholders present or represented at the meeting, and a resolution shall be deemed to be adopted when it receives more votes in favour than against of the capital present or represented, unless otherwise provided by law.

Article 26.- Conflict of interest. Shareholders may not exercise their right to vote when there is a conflict of interest with respect to the object of the vote, in accordance with the provisions of the Capital Companies Act and, in particular, when it is a question of adopting a resolution whose object is: a) to authorise them to transfer shares subject to


a legal restriction in the Articles of Association; b) exclude him/her from the Company; release him/her from an obligation or grant him/her a right; d) provide him/her with any type of financial assistance, including the provision of guarantees; or e) exempt him/her from the obligations arising from the duty of loyalty pursuant to the provisions of article 230 of the Capital Companies Act, or such other article as may replace or amend it. The shares of a shareholder who is in any of the situations of conflict of interest contemplated in the preceding section shall be deducted from the share capital for the purpose of calculating the majority of votes required in each case.

Article 27.- Minutes and certifications. All corporate resolutions shall be recorded in the minutes of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, which shall be signed by the persons acting as Chairman and Secretary of the meeting. The minutes of the General Meeting shall necessarily include the list of attendees and must be approved by the General Shareholders’ Meeting itself at the end of the meeting and, failing this, within fifteen (15) days, by the chairman and two intervening shareholders, one representing the majority and the other representing the minority; all without prejudice to the provisions of the Law for the notarial minutes. The minutes, once approved and signed, shall be transcribed in the corresponding minutes book of the Company.

Section Two. Administrative Body.

Article 28.- Modes of organising the administration of the Company. The Administrative Body, without the limitations of the powers reserved by the Capital Companies Act and the Articles of Association to the General Shareholders’ Meeting, shall exercise supreme management and shall extend to all acts included in the corporate purpose. The Company shall be governed and managed, at the discretion of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, by: (a) a sole director; (ii) two joint and several directors; (iii) two joint directors; or (d) a Board of Directors comprising a minimum of three and a maximum of twelve members. The General Shareholders’ Meeting shall determine the system of administration adopted and, where appropriate, the number of members of the Board of Directors. The General Shareholders’ Meeting may also change the system of administration or the number of members of the Board of Directors without amending these Articles of Association.

Article 29.- Appointment. The competence for the appointment of Directors corresponds exclusively to the General Shareholders’ Meeting. In order to be appointed Director, it shall not be necessary to be a shareholder, and both natural persons and legal entities may be appointed directors. Persons or entities that are subject to any legal incompatibility or cause of prohibition or disqualification, and in particular those provided for in article 213 of the Capital Companies Act, Act 5/2006, of 10 April, and other applicable state and autonomous community regulations in force, may not hold any office in the Company. The Directors may not engage for their own account or for the account of others in the same type of trade that constitutes the object of the Company, except by resolution of the General Shareholders’ Meeting adopted with the majority of votes provided for in Article 24 of these Articles of Association.

Article 30.- Term of office. Directors shall hold office for a term of six years and may be re-elected one or more times for periods of the same duration. Once the term has expired, the appointment shall expire when the next general meeting has been held or when the legal term for holding the meeting that is to decide on the approval of the accounts for the previous year has elapsed. However, the general shareholders’ meeting may at any time remove the directors, even if the removal is not on the agenda.


Article 31.- Directors’ remuneration. The office of director, both as such and for the performance of executive duties, shall be remunerated. The directors shall receive a remuneration consisting of (a) a fixed allowance; (b) assistance allowance. (c) variable remuneration, which shall be calculated in accordance with the criteria for meeting the objectives established by the group; and (d) severance pay, consisting of compensation equivalent to monthly payments of remuneration, provided that the termination was not due to failure to perform the duties of director. The maximum amount of annual remuneration for all the directors as a whole shall be approved by the general meeting and shall remain in force until such time as it is amended. The distribution of remuneration among the different directors shall be established by resolution of the general meeting or the board of directors, which must take into consideration the functions and responsibilities attributed to each of the directors. The remuneration established in this article shall be compatible with any other remuneration that the directors may receive by virtue of a commercial or employment relationship, which does not require statutory provision.

Article 32.- Board of Directors. When the administration and representation of the Company is entrusted to a Board of Directors, the rules set out below shall apply: 1.- Composition. The Board of Directors shall be composed of a minimum of three and a maximum of twelve members, the determination of which shall be the responsibility of the General Shareholders’ Meeting. 2.- Frequency. The Board of Directors shall meet whenever it is necessary or convenient for the interests of the Company and is so resolved by the Chairman, or whoever acts in his stead, either on his own initiative or at the request of a director. In any event, the Board of Directors shall meet at least once a quarter. In the event that a director so requests, the chairman may not delay the calling of the meeting for more than fifteen days from the date of receipt of the request. 3.- Calling of meetings. Notice of call shall necessarily be given in writing, at least two (2) working days prior to the meeting, by letter, telegram, fax or any other written or electronic means. The notice of meeting shall be addressed personally to each of the members of the Board of Directors, at the address appearing in their appointment to the e-mail address they have communicated to the Company, or to those, which, in the event of a change, they have notified to the Company. The notice shall state the date, place and time of the meeting, as well as the items on the Agenda. 4.- Constitution. The Board shall be validly constituted when half plus one of its members attend the meeting in person or represented by another director. In the event of an odd number of directors, half shall be determined by default. A director may be represented at meetings of the Board of Directors only by another director. Representation shall be conferred by letter addressed to the Chairman. A meeting of the Board of Directors shall be validly convened without prior notice when all the members of the Board unanimously decide to hold the meeting. 5.- Internal Regulations. The Board of Directors shall appoint the chairman from among its members and may appoint, if it so decides, one or more vice-chairmen to replace the chairman in the event of vacancy, absence or illness. It shall also appoint the secretary and may appoint a deputy secretary to replace the secretary in the event of vacancy, absence or illness. The secretary and vice-secretary may be non-directors, who may have the right to speak but not to vote. Voting shall be by show of hands, except when the vote is to be taken by secret ballot by decision of the Chairman or at the request of the majority of those present. A written vote without a meeting shall be valid if no director objects. Resolutions of the Board of Directors held by videoconference or conference call shall be valid provided that none of the directors object to this procedure, that they have the necessary means to do so, and that they mutually recognise each other, which must be stated in the minutes of the Board of Directors and in the certification of the resolutions. In this case, the meeting of the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be the only meeting held at the place of the registered office. 6.-


Majorities. Resolutions shall be adopted by an absolute majority of those attending the meeting, except where the law requires a qualified majority. In the event of a tie, the Chairman shall have the casting vote. 7.- Minutes. The resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be recorded in the minutes, which must be approved by the Board at the end of the meeting or at the following meeting. The minutes shall be signed by the secretary of the Board of Directors at the meeting, with the approval of the person acting as chairman. The minutes shall be transcribed in the Company’s minute book. 8.- Delegation of powers. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more managing directors from among its members, without prejudice to the powers of attorney that may be conferred on any person, the powers to be conferred being determined in each case. The permanent delegation of any power of the Board of Directors to one or more managing directors and the appointment of the director or directors to occupy such positions shall require, in order to be valid, the favourable vote of two thirds of the members of the Board of Directors and shall not produce any effect until it is registered in the Commercial Registry. Under no circumstances shall any powers be delegated in contravention of the provisions of the Capital Companies Act and, in particular, none of the following powers: a) The supervision of the effective functioning of the committees it has set up and of the directors it has appointed; b) The determination of the Company’s general policies and strategies; c) The authorisation or waiver of the obligations arising from the duty of loyalty pursuant to the provisions of article 230 of the Capital Companies Act, or such other article as may replace or amend it; d) Its own organisation and operation; e) The preparation of the annual accounts and their submission to the General Meeting; f) The preparation of any kind of report required by law from the administrative body, provided that the transaction to which the report refers cannot be delegated; g) The appointment and removal of the Company’s managing directors, as well as the establishment of the terms of their contract; h) The appointment and removal of executives who report directly to the board or any of its members, and the establishment of the basic conditions of their contracts, including their remuneration; i) Decisions relating to the remuneration of directors, within the framework of the Articles of Association and, where appropriate, the remuneration policy approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders; j) The calling of the General Meeting of Shareholders and the drawing up of the agenda and proposal of resolutions; k) The policy relating to treasury stock; 1) The powers delegated to the Board of Directors by the General Shareholders’ Meeting, unless expressly authorised by it to sub-delegate them.

TITLE IV. Financial year and accounts.

Article 33.- Financial year. The financial year shall commence on 1 January and end on 31 December of each year.

Article 34.- Annual accounts. The Administrative Body is obliged to draw up, within a maximum period of three (3) months from the close of the financial year, the annual accounts, the management report and the proposal for the distribution of profits. The annual accounts shall comprise the balance sheet, the profit and loss account and the notes to the financial statements and, where appropriate, the statement of changes in equity and the cash flow statement. These documents, which shall form a single unit, shall be clearly drawn up and shall give a true and fair view of the Company’s assets, financial position and results, in accordance with the provisions of the Law and the Commercial Code, and shall be signed by the Board of Directors.

Article 35.- Shareholders’ right to information on the annual accounts. Any shareholder shall have the right to obtain, as from the call to the General Shareholders’ Meeting, immediately and free of charge, the documents to be submitted for the approval thereof, as well as the management report and, if appropriate, the


auditors’ report. This right shall be stated in the notice of meeting. During the same period indicated in the preceding paragraph, the shareholder or shareholders representing at least five per cent (5%) of the share capital may examine, at the registered office, either by themselves or together with an accountant, the documents that serve as support and background for the annual accounts of the Company, without the right of the minority to have an auditor appointed at the Company’s expense preventing or limiting this right.

TITLE V. Separation and exclusion of shareholders.

Article 36.- Separation and exclusion of shareholders. Shareholders shall have the right to withdraw from the Company and may be excluded from the Company by resolution of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, for the reasons and in the manner provided in Articles 346 et seq. of the Capital Companies Act, or those replacing or amending them.

TITLE VI. Dissolution and liquidation.

Article 37.- Grounds for dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved for the causes established in Chapter One of Title X of the Capital Companies Act.

Article 38.- Liquidation. At the time of dissolution, the directors shall be converted into liquidators, unless the General Shareholders’ Meeting has appointed others upon resolution of the dissolution. The liquidators shall hold office for an indefinite period. If three (3) years have elapsed since the opening of the liquidation without the final balance sheet of the liquidation having been submitted to the General Shareholders’ Meeting for approval, any shareholder or person with a legitimate interest may request the Commercial Court of the registered office of the company to remove the liquidators in the manner provided for in the Capital Companies Act. Once all creditors have been satisfied or the amount of their claims against the company has been deposited with a credit institution in the municipality in which the registered office is located and any outstanding claims have been secured, the resulting assets shall be distributed among the shareholders in proportion to their interest in the company’s share capital.

Article 39.- Reactivation of the Company. Once dissolution has been agreed and until payment of the shareholders’ liquidation quota has commenced, the General Shareholders’ Meeting may agree to the Company’s return to active life provided that the cause for dissolution has disappeared and the book assets are not less than the share capital. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the revival of the Company may not be resolved in cases of dissolution by operation of law.

TITLE VII. Sole shareholder.

Article 40.- Sole shareholder company. In the event that the Company becomes a single-member company, the provisions of Articles 12 et seq. of the Capital Companies Act, or such articles as may replace or amend them, shall apply, and the sole shareholder shall exercise the powers of the General Shareholders’ Meeting.

Exhibit T3B.8

COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

INTRUM AB OF TEXAS LLC

This COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) of Intrum AB of Texas LLC (the “Company”), effective as of October 11, 2024 (the “Effective Date”), is entered into by and between the Company and Intrum AB, a Swedish public limited liability company, as the sole member of the Company (the “Member”).

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a limited liability company on October 11, 2024 by the filing of a Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas (the “Certificate of Formation”) pursuant to and in accordance with the Texas Business Organizations Code, as amended from time to time (the “TBOC”); and

WHEREAS, the Member agrees that the membership in and management of the Company shall be governed by the terms set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Member hereby agrees as follows:

1. Name. The name of the Company is Intrum AB of Texas LLC.

2. Purpose. The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the TBOC and to engage in any and all activities necessary or incidental thereto.

3. Principal Office; Registered Agent.

(a) Principal Office. The location of the principal office of the Company shall be 1501 S MOPAC ECPY STE 220, AUSTIN, TX, 78746, or such other location as the Member may from time to time designate.

(b) Registered Agent. The registered agent of the Company for service of process in the State of Texas and the registered office of the Company in the State of Texas shall be that person and location reflected in the Certificate of Formation. In the event the registered agent ceases to act as such for any reason or the registered office shall change, the Member shall promptly designate a replacement registered agent or file a notice of change of address, as the case may be, in the manner provided by law.

4. Members.

(a) Initial Member. The Member owns 100 units (the “Units”) of membership interests in the Company, which Units constitute 100% of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the Company. The name and the business, residence, or mailing address of the Member are as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

Intrum AB

  

Riddargatan 10, 114 35 Stockholm, Sweden

 

1


(b) Additional Members. One or more additional members may be admitted to the Company with the consent of the Member. Prior to the admission of any such additional members to the Company, the Member shall amend this Agreement to make such changes as the Member shall determine to reflect the fact that the Company shall have such additional members. Each additional member shall execute and deliver a supplement or counterpart to this Agreement, as necessary.

(c) Unit Certificates. The Company will not issue any certificates to evidence ownership of the Units.

5. Management.

(a) Authority; Powers and Duties of the Member. The right to manage, control, and conduct the business and affairs of the Company and to take any and all actions on behalf of the Company shall be vested completely and exclusively in the Member. The Member shall have the exclusive authority to act for and on behalf of the Company and to bind the Company, and no third party shall ever be required to inquire into the authority of the Member to take such action on behalf of the Company. In addition to the foregoing, the Member shall have all rights, power, and authority necessary, appropriate, or required, as determined by the Member and subject to the TBOC, to carry out the purposes of the Company. The taking of any lawful action by the Member on behalf of the Company, including the execution and/or delivery of any instrument, certificate, filing, or document by the Member on behalf of the Company, or the adoption by the Member of authorizing resolutions with respect to any matter, shall constitute and evidence the due authorization of such action or matter on behalf of the Company.

The decisions made by the Member may be implemented through any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, or other legal entity (a “Person”) selected by the Member. The Member is, to the extent of its rights and powers set forth in this Agreement, an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Member taken in accordance with such rights and powers shall bind the Company. The Member shall exercise its authority as such in its capacity as the Member of the Company. The Company shall not have any “managers” within the meaning of the TBOC.

(b) Election of Officers; Delegation of Authority. The Member may, from time to time, designate one or more officers with such titles as may be designated by the Member to act in the name of the Company with such authority as may be delegated to such officers by the Member (each such designated person, an “Officer”). Any such Officer shall act pursuant to such delegated authority until such Officer is removed by the Member. Any action taken by an Officer designated by the Member pursuant to authority delegated to such Officer shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Company. Persons dealing with the Company are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of any officer set forth in this Agreement and any instrument designating such officer and the authority delegated to him or her.

 

2


6. Exculpation; Benefits of Agreement.

(a) Exculpation. To the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the TBOC, no present or former member or officer of the Company shall be liable to the Company or to any other member or any officer of the Company or to any other person bound by this Agreement.

(b) No Personal Liability of the Member, Officers, Etc. None of the Member or any officer or employee of the Company shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with the Company assets or the acts, obligations, or affairs of the Company. The rights accruing to the Member under this Section 6(b) shall not exclude any other right to which such Member may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything herein contained restrict the right of the Company to indemnify or reimburse the Member in any appropriate situation even though not specifically provided herein.

(c) Benefits of Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in this Section 6, expressed or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give to any creditor of the Company or to any creditor of any Person whatsoever, other than the Member and the Company, any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenant, condition, or provisions herein contained, and such provisions are and shall be held to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Member and the Company.

7. No Fiduciary Duties. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, the Member or an officer of the Company, in each of their respective capacities as such, shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, including Sections 101.401 and 101.402 of the TBOC, not have or owe any fiduciary duties to the Company, to the other members or any officer of the Company, or to any other Person bound by this Agreement.

8. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law (including all permissive provisions of Chapter 8 of the TBOC, which shall be considered mandatory for purposes of this agreement), the Company shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Member, and each officer, employee, agent, or affiliate of the Company (each, an “Indemnified Person”) from and against any loss, liability, damages, cost, or expense (including legal fees and expenses and any mounts paid in settlement) (each a “Loss” and collectively “Losses”) resulting from a claim, demand, lawsuit, action, or proceeding by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person on behalf of the Company; provided that such acts or omissions of such Indemnified Person are not found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment not subject to further appeal to constitute fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct. Expenses, including legal fees, incurred by an Indemnified Person and relating to any claim, demand, lawsuit, action or proceeding for which indemnification is sought under this Section 8 shall be paid by the Company upon demand by the Indemnified Person; provided that the Indemnified Person shall reimburse the Company for such expenses if it is ultimately determined that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to indemnification hereunder.

 

3


9. Term. The term of the Company shall be perpetual unless the Company is dissolved and terminated in accordance with Section 13.

10. Initial Capital Contributions. The Member hereby agrees to contribute to the Company such cash, property, or services as determined by the Member from time to time; provided, that absent such determination, the Member is under no obligation whatsoever, express or implied, to make any such contribution to the Company.

11. Tax Status; Income and Deductions.

(a) Tax Status. As long as the Company has only one member, it is the intention of the Company and the Member that the Company be treated as a disregarded entity for federal and all relevant state tax purposes, and neither the Company nor the Member shall take any action or make any election that is inconsistent with such tax treatment. All provisions of this Agreement are to be construed so as to preserve the Company’s tax status as a disregarded entity.

(b) Income and Deductions. All items of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit of the Company (including, without limitation, items not subject to federal or state income tax) shall be treated for federal and all relevant state income tax purposes as items of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit of the Member.

12. Distributions. Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the amounts determined by the Member.

13. Dissolution; Liquidation.

(a) The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Member; or (ii) any other event or circumstance giving rise to the winding-up of the Company under Section 11.051 of the TBOC, unless the Company’s existence is continued pursuant to the TBOC.

(b) Upon dissolution of the Company, the Company shall immediately commence to wind up its affairs and the Member shall promptly liquidate the business of the Company. During the period of the winding up of the affairs of the Company, the rights and obligations of the Member under this Agreement shall continue.

(c) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied as follows: (i) first, to creditors, to the extent otherwise permitted by law, in satisfaction of liabilities of the Company (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof); and (ii) thereafter, to the Member.

(d) Upon the completion of the winding up of the Company, the Member shall file a Certificate of Termination in accordance with the TBOC.

 

4


14. Miscellaneous.

(a) Modification, Waiver or Termination. No modification, waiver, or termination of this Agreement, or any part hereof, shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the Member.

(b) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW OR CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES OF SUCH STATE.

(c) Limitation on Rights of Others. No Person other than the Member (and an Indemnified Person with respect to the provisions of Section 8) is, nor is it intended that any such other Person be treated as, a direct, indirect, intended, or incidental third-party beneficiary of this Agreement for any purpose whatsoever, nor shall any other such Person have any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or in respect of this Agreement.

(d) Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be declared to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, such provision shall survive to the extent it is not so declared, and the validity, legality, and enforceability of the other provisions hereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, unless such action would substantially impair the benefits to any party of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

(e) Binding Effect. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective personal representatives, heirs, successors and permitted assigns.

(f) Counterparts: Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement, to the extent counterpart signature pages hereof are delivered by means of a facsimile machine or by electronic transmission (including DocuSign or other electronic signature), between the parties hereto or their respective counsel, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

MEMBER:
INTRUM AB
a Swedish public limited liability company
By:   /s/ Johan Åkerblom   /s/ Niklas Lundquist
Name:   Johan Åkerblom   Niklas Lundquist
Title:    

 

COMPANY:
INTRUM AB OF TEXAS LLC

a Texas limited liability company

By:

 

Intrum AB

 

its sole Member

 

  By:  

/s/ Magnus Linquist

  Name:   Magnus Lindquist
  Title:  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO COMPANY AGREEMENT - INTRUM AB OF TEXAS LLC]

Exhibit T3B.9

LOGO

Statuten Articles of Association der Of Intrum AG Intrum AG (Intrum Ltd.) (Intrum Ltd.) (Intrum SA) (Intrum SA) (nachfolgend die “Gesellschaft”) (referred to as the “Company”) mit Sitz in Schwerzenbach having its registered office in Schwerzenbach A Firma und Sitz A Company name, registered office Artikel 1 Article 1 Unter der Firma Under the Company name Intrum AG Intrum AG (Intrum Ltd.) (Intrum Ltd.) (Intrum SA) (Intrum SA) besteht mit Sitz in Schwerzenbach auf unbestimm- te Dauer eme Aktiengesellschaft gemass Art. 620 ff. des schweizerischen Obligationenrechts (OR). a corporation limited by shares with unlimited dura- tion exists pursuant to art. 620 et seq. of the Swiss Code of Obligations (CO), having its registered of- fice in Schwerzenbach. Artikel 2 Article 2 Der Zweck der Gesellschaft besteht im Ausfuhren von Treuhand- und Revisionsfunktionen, Steuerbe- ratungen, Kreditauskunften und Inkassi im In- und Ausland sowie im Halten von Beteiligungen. The Company’s purpose is to perform trust- and au- dit functions, tax advice, credit Information and debt collection both nationally and abroad as well as the holding of participations. Die Gesellschaft kann im Ubrigen alle kommerziel- len, finanziellen und anderen Geschafte tatigen, die bestimmt und geeignet sind, die Entwicklung des Unternehmens und die Erreichung des Gesell- schaftszweckes zu fOrdern oder zu erleichtern. In addition, the Company may exercise any com- mercial, financial, and other activities that is intend- ed and suitable to promote or to facilitate the devel- opment of the Company and the achievement of the Company’s purpose. Die Gesellschaft kann Zweigniederlassungen und Tochtergesellschaften im In- und Ausland errichten und sich an anderen Untemehmen im In- und Aus- land beteiligen. The Company may establish domestic and foreign branch offices and subsidiaries and may acquire shareholdings in other undertakings in Switzerland and abroad. Die Gesellschaft kann Grundstucke erwerben, hal- ten und veraussern. The Company may acquire, hold and sell real es- tate.


LOGO

 

Die Gesellschaft ist Teil der Intrum Gruppe und kann bei der Verfolgung ihres Gesellschaftszwecks die ln- teressen der Intrum Gruppe berucksichtigen. The Company is part of the Intrum Group and may as such take into account the interests of the Intrum Group when pursuing the Company’s purpose. Insbesondere kann die Gesellschaft ihren direkten und idirekten Tochtergesellschaften sowie Dritten, einschliesslich ihren direkten und indirekten Aktiona- ren sowie deren direkten und indirekten Tochterge- sellschaften, Dariehen und andere direkte oder indi- rekte Finanzierungen gewahren, einschliesslich im Rahmen von Cash Pooling Vereinbarungen, und fur deren Verbindlichkeiten Sicherheiten aller Art stellen, einschliesslich mittels Pfandrechten an oder fiduziari- schen Ubereignungen oder Abtretungen von Aktiven der Gesellschaft oder Garantien jedwelcher Art, ob entgeltlich oder nicht. The Company may provide to its direct and indirect subsidiaries and third parties, including its direct and indirect shareholders as well as to such shareholders’ direct and indirect subsidiaries, loans and other direct or indirect financing, including, without limitation, un- der cash pooling agreements, and security for ob- ligations of such companies, including by means of piedges or fiduciary transfers or assignments of as- sets of the Company, or by means of guarantees of any kind, whether or not remunerated. B Aktienkapital B  Share capital Artikel 3 Article 3 Das Aktienkapital der Gesellschaft betragt CHF 7’000’000. Es ist eingeteilt in 7’000 Namenaktien mit einem Nennwert von je CHF 1’000. Das Aktienkapital ist voll liberiert. The Company’s share capital is CHF 7,000,000. It is divided into 7,000 registered shares of CHF 1,000 par value each. The share capital is fully paid up. Artikel 4 Article 4 Anstelle von einzelnen Aktien kann die Gesellschaft Zertifikate uber mehrere Aktien ausstellen. The Company may issue share certificates for several shares instead of single shares. Artikel 5 Article 5 Das Eigentum oder die Nutzniessung an einem Ak- tientitel oder Aktienzertifikat und jede Ausubung von Aktionarsrechten schliesst die Anerkennung der Ge- sellschaftsstatuten in der jeweils gultigen Fassung in sich. The ownership or the usufructary right of a printed certificate or a share certificate and any exercising of shareholders’ rights shall be deemed as implicit recognition of the Company’s articles of association in their valid form at the time.


LOGO

 

Artikel 6 Article 6 Die Generalversammlung kann durch Statu-tenanderung jederzeit Namenaktien in Inhaberaktien und Inhaberaktien in Namenaktien umwandeln sowie Aktien in solche von kleinerem Nennwert zerlegen oder zu solchen von grosserem Nennwert zusam-menlegen, wobei letzteres der Zustimmung der be- troffenen Aktionare bedarf. The shareholders’ meeting may at any time convert registered shares into bearer shares and bearer shares into registered shares by amendment of the articles of association and split the shares into shares of lower par value or merge them into shares of high-er par value, whereas the latter shall require the af-fected shareholders’ consent. Artikel 7 Article 7 Der Verwaltungsrat fuhrt uber alle Namenaktien ein Aktienbuch nach den Vorschriften des OR. The board of directors shall keep a share register for all registered shares pursuant to the provisions of the CO. Gegenuber der Gesellschaft gilt als Aktionar oder als Nutzniesser nur, wer im Aktienbuch eingetragen ist. Towards the Company, only a person registered in the share register is considered a shareholder or a usufructuary. Die Gesellschaft fuhrt zudem ein Verzeichnis uber die der Gesellschaft gemeldeten wirtschaftlich be-rechtigten Personen. Dieses Verzeichnis enthalt Vornamen, Namen oder Firma sowie Adresse der wirtschaftlich berechtigten Personen. In addition, the Company keeps a register of all the beneficial owners reported to the Company. This reg-ister contains the first name, surname or company name as well as the address of the beneficial owners. Artikel 8 Article 8 Aktionare, die allein oder in gemeinsamer Absprache mit Dritten Aktien der Gesellschaft erwerben und dadurch den Grenzwert von 25% des Aktienkapitals oder der Stimmen erreichen oder Uberschreiten, sind gemass Art. 697j OR verpflichtet, der Gesellschaft innert Monatsfrist den Vor- und den Nachnamen und die Adresse der naturlichen Person zu melden, fur die sie letztendlich handeln (wirtschaftlich berechtigte Shareholders or groups of shareholders acting in concert acquiring shares of the Company and thus reaching or exceeding the threshold of 25% of the share capital or voting rights must, according to Art. 697j CO, within one month give notice to the Company of the first name, the surname and the ad-dress of the individual persons for whom they are ul-timately acting (the beneficial owner). Person). Der Aktionar muss der Gesellschaft jede Anderung des Vor- oder des Nachnamens Oder der Adresse der wirtschaftlich berechtigten Person melden. The shareholder must give notice to the Company of any change to the first name or surname or address of the beneficial owner.


LOGO

Solange der Aktionär seinen Meldepflichten nicht nachgekommen ist, ruhen die Mitgliedschaftsrechte, die mit den Aktien verbunden sind, deren Erwerb gemeldet werden muss. For as long as the shareholder fails to comply with its obligations to give notice, the membership rights conferred by the shares in respect of which notice of acquisition must be given are suspended. Die Vermögensrechte, die mit solchen Aktien verbunden sind, kann der Aktionär erst geltend machen, wenn er seinen Meldepflichten nachgekommen ist. The shareholder may only exercise the property rights conferred by the shares if it has complied with their obligations to give notice. C Organisation der Gesellschaft C Organisation of the Company Artikel 9 Article 9 Die Organe der Gesellschaft sind: The corporate bodies of the Company are: I. die Generalversammlung, I. the shareholders’ meeting; II. die Verwaltungsrat; II. the board of directors; III. die Revisionsstelle, soweit eine solche ein-gesetzt ist. III. the auditors, provided auditors are appointed. I Generalversammlung I Shareholders’ meeting Artikel 10 Article 10 Oberstes Organ der Gesellschaft ist die Generalversammlung. Ihr stehen folgende unuber-tragbare Befugnisse zu: The shareholders’ meeting is the Company’s supreme corporate body. It has the following exclusive competences: 1. die Festsetzung und Änderung der Statuten; 1. adoption and amendment of the articles of association; 2. die Wahl der Mitglieder des Verwaltungsrates und gegebenenfalls der Revisionsstelle; 2. election of the members of board of directors and, as the case may be, of the auditors; 3. gegebenenfalls die Genehmigung des La-geberichtes und der Konzemrechnung; 3. approval of the management report and of the consolidated accounts, as the case may be; 4. die Genehmigung der Jahresrechnung sowie die Beschlussfassung uber die Verwendung des Bi-lanzgewinnes, insbesondere die Festsetzung der Dividende und der Tantieme; 4. approval of the annual accounts as well as resolutions on the use of the balance sheet profits, in particular the declaration of dividends or royalties; 5. die Entlastung der Mitglieder des Verwal-tungsrates; 5. discharge of members of the board of directors; 6. die Beschlussfassung uber die Gegenstände, die der Generalversammlung durch das Gesetz oder die Statuten vorbehalten sind. 6. resolutions on all matters which, under the articles of association or according to the law, are reserved to the shareholders’ meeting.


LOGO

Artikel 11 Article 11 Die ordenthche Versammlung findet alljährlich inner- halb sechs Monaten nach Schluss des Geschäftsjah- res statt. Ausserordentliche Versammlungen werden je nach Bedürfnis einberufen, insbesondere in den vom Gesetz vorgesehenen Fällen. The ordinary shareholders’ meeting is to be held year- ly within six months following the close of the business year. Extraordinary shareholders’ meetings are convened when required, particularly in the cases provided for by the law. Die Generalversammlungen finden am Gesell- schaftssitz oder an einem anderen, vom Ver- waltungsrat zu bestimmenden Ort in der Schweiz oder im Ausland statt. The shareholders’ meetings shall take place at the Company’s registered office or another place in Switzerland or abroad that is to be determined by the board of directors. Artikel 12 Article 12 Die Einberufungen zu den Generalversammlungen erfolgen an Inhaberaktionäre durch einmalige Publi- kation im Schweizerischen Handelsamtsblatt, an Namenaktionäre und Nutzniesser per Brief oder E- Mail an die im Aktienbuch eingetragenen Adressen. Zwischen dem Tag der Publikation oder dem Ver- sand der Einladung und dem Tag der Gene- ralversammlung mussen mindestens 20 Tage liegen. Die Einberufung erfolgt durch den Verwaltungsrat, ndtigenfalls durch die Revisionsstelle. Das Einberu- fungsrecht steht auch den Liquidatoren, den Vertre- tern von Anleihensgläubigern sowie der Generalver- sammlung selbst zu. Notice of the shareholders’ meeting is given by means of a single publication in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce for the holders of bearer shares, or for the holders and usufructuaries of registered shares, by letter or e-mail to the addresses entered in the share register. Between the day of publication or the mailing of the notice and the day of the shareholders’ meeting there must be a time period of not less than 20 days. The notice shall be made by the board of directors, or, if necessary, by the auditors. Liquidators, representa- tives of bond holders and the shareholders’ meeting itself also have the right to convene the meetings. Die Einberufung einer Generalversammlung kann auch von einem oder mehreren Aktionären, die zu- sammen mindestens 10 Prozent des Aktienkapitals vertreten, verlangt werden. In diesem Fall hat der Verwaltungsrat innert 30 Tagen eine Generalver- sammlung einzubenjfen. Aktionäre, die mindestens 10 Prozent des Aktienkapitals oder Aktien im Nenn- wert von CHF 1 Million vertreten, konnen die Trak- tandierung eines Verhandlungsgegenstandes ver- langen. Einberufung und Traktandierung werden beim Verwaltungsrat schriftlich unter Angabe des Verhandlungsgegenstandes und der Anträge anbe- gehrt. One or several shareholders who represent at least 10 percent of the share capital may also request a shareholders’ meeting. In such case the board of di- rectors has to convene the meeting within 30 days. Shareholders representing at least 10 percent of the share capital or shares with a par value of CHF 1 mil- lion, may require items to be put on the agenda. No- tice and the setting of the agenda shall be requested from the board of directors in written form, with indica- tion of the agenda items and proposals.


LOGO

In der Einberufung sind die Verhandlungsge- genstande sowie die Anträge des Verwal-tungsrates und der Aktionare bekanntzugeben, wel-che die Durchfuhrung einer Generalversammlung oder die Traktandierung eines Verhandlungsgegen- standes veriangt haben. The notice shall contain the agenda items and the proposals of the board of directors as well as those of the shareholders who have requested the shareholders’ meeting or that a specific item be placed on the agenda. Spätestens 20 Tage vor der ordentlichen Generalversammlung sind der Geschäftsbericht und der Revisionsbericht den Aktionären am Gesellschafts- sitz zur Einsicht aufzulegen. Jeder Aktionär kann ver- langen, dass ihm unverzüglich eine Ausfertigung dieser Unterlagen zugestellt wird. Die Aktionäre sind hierüber in der Einberufung zu unterrichten. The annual report and the audit report are to be made available for inspection by the shareholders at the registered office of the Company at the latest 20 days prior to the ordinary shareholders’ meeting. Each shareholder may demand an immediate delivery of these documents to him. The shareholders are to be made aware about this option in the notice. Über Anträge zu nicht gehöng angekundigten Ver- handlungsgegenstanden konnen keine Beschlüsse gefasst werden; ausgenommen sind Anträge auf Einberufung einer ausserordentlichen Generalver-sammlung, auf Durchführung einer Sonderprufung und auf Wahl einer Revisionsstelle infolge Begeh- rens eines Aktionärs. No resolutions may be taken on items which were not properly announced; except for motions to convene an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting, to perform a special audit or to elect auditors upon a shareholder’s request. Zur Stellung von Anträgen im Rahmen der Verhand- lungsgegenstände und zu Verhandlungen ohne Be- schlussfassung bedarf es keiner vorgängigen Ankundigung. No prior notification is required for submitting motions relating to agenda items and to discuss matters without passing a resolution. Artikel 13 Article 13 Die Eigentumer oder Vertreter sämtlicher Aktien konnen, falls kein Widerspruch erhoben wird, eine Generalversammlung ohne Einhaltung der fur die Einberufung vorgeschriebenen Formvorschriften ab- halten (Universalversammlung). If no Opposition is raised, the owners or rep- resentatives of all shares are empowered to hold a shareholders’ meeting without observance of said no- tice formalities (universal meeting). In dieser Versammlung kann uber alle in den Ge- schäftskreis der Generalversammlung fallenden Gegenstände gultig verhandelt und Beschluss gefasst werden, solange die Eigentumer oder Vertreter sämtlicher Aktien anwesend sind. As long as the holders of all shares are present in person or by proxy, such meeting may discuss and validly pass resolutions on all matters within the pow- ers of a shareholders’ meeting.


LOGO

 

Artikel 14 Article 14 Den Vorsitz in der Generalversammlung führt in der Regel der Präsident des Verwaltungsrates, in dessen Verhinderungsfalle ein anderes vom Verwaltungsrat bestimmtes Mitglied desselben. Ist kein Mitglied des Verwaltungsrates anwesend, wählt die Generalversammlung einen Tagesvorsitzenden. As a rule the shareholders’ meeting shall be chaired by the chairperson of the board of directors, in his absence, by another member of the board of directors chosen by the board of directors. In case of absence of all members of the board of directors, the shareholders’ meeting elects an ad hoc chairperson. Der Vorsitzende bezeichnet den Protokollführer und die Stimmenzähler, die nicht Aktionäre zu sein brauchen. Das Protokoll ist vom Vorsitzenden und vom Protokollführer zu unterzeichnen. Die Aktionäre sind berechtigt, das Protokoll einzusehen. The chairperson designates the secretary and the scrutineers, who do not need to be shareholders. The minutes of the meeting are to be signed by the chair- person and the secretary. The shareholders are enti- tled to inspect the minutes. Artikel 15 Article 15 An der Generalversammlung berechtigt jede Aktie zu einer Stimme. Vorbehalten bleiben Art. 693 Abs. 3 sowie Art. 704 Abs. 1 OR. Each share entitles to one vote at the shareholders’ meeting. Art. 693 para. 3 as well as art. 704 para. 1 CO remain reserved. Der Vorsitzende der Generalversammlung bestimmt das Verfahren der Stimmabgabe. The chairperson of the shareholders’ meeting determines the voting procedure. Jeder Aktionär kann seine Aktien an der Ge- neralversammlung selbst vertreten oder durch einen Dritten vertreten lassen, der kein Aktionär zu sein braucht. At the shareholders’ meeting each shareholder may have his shares represented by himself or by a third party who does not need to be a shareholder. Artikel 16 Article 16 Die Generalversammlung fasst ihre Beschlüsse und vollzieht ihre Wahlen, soweit das Gesetz oder die Statuten es nicht anders bestimmen, mit der absolu- ten Mehrheit der abgegebenen Aktienstimmen. Bei Stimmengleichheit gilt ein Antrag als abgelehnt. Unless the law or the articles of association provide otherwise, the shareholders’ meeting passes its resolutions and performs elections with the absolute majority of the votes cast. In case of a tie, the motion shall be deemed rejected. Kommt bei Wahlen im ersten Wahlgang die Wahl nicht zustande, findet ein zweiter Wahlgang statt, in dem das relative Mehr entscheidet, If an election proves inconclusive in the first round, a second round shall be held in which a relative majority shall suffice. Der Vorsitzende hat keinen Stichentscheid. The chairperson has no casting vote.


LOGO

In der Regel finden Abstimmungen und Wahlen often statt, sofern die Generalversammlung nicht et-was anderes beschliesst. Voting and elections shall be by a show of hands unless the shareholders’ meeting resolves otherwise. Artikel 17 Article 17 Ein Beschluss der Generalversammlung, der mindestens zwei Drittel der vertretenen Stimmen und die absolute Mehrheit der vertretenen Aktiennenn-werte auf sich vereinigt, ist erforderlich für: A resolution of the shareholders’ meeting carried with at least two thirds of the votes represented at the meeting and the absolute majority of the nominal values of the shares represented at the meeting is required for: 1. die Änderung des Gesellschaftszweckes; 1. amendments of the Company’s purpose; 2. die Einfuhrüng von Stimmrechtsaktien; 2. creation of shares with privileged voting rights; 3. die Beschränkung der Übertragbarkeit von Namenaktien; 3. restrictions on the transferability of registered shares; 4. eine genehmigte oder eine bedingte Kapitalerhöhung, 4. an authorized or conditional capital increase; 5. die Kapitalerhöhung aus Eigenkapital, gegen Sacheinlage oder zwecks Sachübernahme und die Gewährung von besonderen Vorteilen; 5. a capital increase out of the Company’s equity, against contributions in kind or for the purpose of an acquisition of assets, and the grant of special benefits; 6. die Einschränkung oder Aufhebung des Bezugs-rechtes; 6. restriction or suspension of the preemptive rights; 7. die Verlegung des Sitzes der Gesellschaft; 7. change of the Company’s registered office; 8. die Auflösung der Gesellschaft. 8. dissolution of the Company. Statutenbestimmungen, die für die Fassung be-stimmter Beschlusse grössere Mehrheiten als die vom Gesetz vorgeschriebenen festlegen, können nur mit dem erhohten Mehr eingeführt und aufgeho-ben werden. Provisions of the articles of association that provide a higher quorum for the passing of certain resolutions than prescribed by law, can only be adopted and suspended with that same higher quorum. II Verwaltungsrat II Board of directors Artikel 18 Article 18 Der Verwaltungsrat der Gesellschaft besteht aus einem oder mehreren Mitgliedem. The Company’s board of directors shall be composed of one or several members. Die Verwaltungsratsmitglieder werden jeweils für eine Dauer von einem Jahr, d.h. bis zur nächsten or-dentlichen Generalversammlung gewählt, vorbehal-ten bleiben vorheriger Rucktritt oder Abberufung. Neue Mitglieder treten in die Amtsdauer derjenigen Mitglieder ein, die sie ersetzen. The members of the board of directors are elected for a term of one year, i.e. until the next ordinary shareholders’ meeting, resignation prior to the end of the term and removal are reserved. New members must complete the term of office of members whom they replace. Die Mitglieder des Verwaltungsrates sind jederzeit wieder wählbar. The members of the board of directors may be reelected without limitation.


LOGO

Der Verwaltungsrat konstituiert sich selbst. Er be-zeichnet aus seiner Mitte einen Präsidenten, regelt die Zeichnungsberechtigung seiner Mitglieder und wählt den Sekretär. Dieser muss dem Verwaltungsrat nicht angehören. The board of directors constitutes itself. It appoints a chairperson among its members, determines such members’ signatory authority and elects the secretary. The latter does not need to be a member of the board of directors Artikel 19 Article 19 Der Verwaltungsrat kann in alien Angelegenheiten Beschluss fassen, die nicht nach Gesetz oder Statuten der Generalversammlung zugeteilt sind. Er führt die Geschäfte der Gesellschaft, soweit er gemäss Artikel 22 der Statuten die Geschäftsführung nicht übertragen hat. The board of directors may pass resolutions in all matters not by law or the articles of association in the competence of the shareholders’ meeting. It manages the business affairs of the Company unless it has delegated such affairs to the management according to Article 22 of the articles. Der Verwaltungsrat hat folgende unübertragbare und unentziehbare Aufgaben: The board of directors has the following nontransferable and inalienable tasks: 1. die Oberleitung der Gesellschaft und die Ertei-lung der nötigen Weisungen; 1. the ultimate management of the Company and giving the necessary directives; 2. die Festlegung der Organisation; 2. the establishment of the organisation; 3. die Ausgestaltung des Rechnungswesens, der Finanzkontrolle sowie der Finanzplanung, so-fern diese für die Führung der Gesellschaft not-wendig ist; 3. the structuring of the accounting system, of the financial controlling as well as the financial planning, as necessary for the management of the Company; 4. die Ernennung und Abberufung der mit der Geschäftsführung und der Vertretung betrau-ten Personen und Regelung der Zeichnungsberechtigung; 4. the appointment and dismissal of the persons entrusted with the management and representation of the Company and regulation of underwriting authorisation; 5. die Oberaufsicht uber die mit der Geschäftsführung betrauten Personen, namentlich im Hinblick auf die Befolgung der Gesetze, Statuten, Reglemente und Weisungen; 5. the ultimate supervision of the persons entrusted with the management, in particular, with regard to compliance with the law, the articles of association, regulations and directives; 6. die Erstellung des Geschäftsberichtes sowie die Vorbereitung der Generalversammlung und die Ausführung ihrer Beschlusse; 6. the preparation of the annual report as well as the preparation of the shareholders’ meeting and the execution of its resolutions; 7. die Benachrichtigung des Richters im Falle der Überschuldung; 7. the notification of the judge in case of over-indebtedness; 8. Beschlussfassung über die nachträgliche Leis-tung von Einlagen auf nicht voll liberierte Aktien; 8. the passing of resolutions regarding the subsequent payment of capital with respect to non-fully paid-in shares; 9. Beschlussfassung über die Feststellung von Kapitalerhöhungen und daraus folgende Statu-tenänderungen; 9. the passing of resolutions regarding the confirmation of capital increases and respective amendments to the articles of association;


LOGO

10. Prüfung der fachlichen Voraussetzungen der besonders befähigten Revisoren für Fälle, in welchen das Gesetz den Einsatz solcher Revi- soren vorsieht. 10. examining the credentials of the specially em- powered auditors for cases in which the law re- quires such auditors. Der Verwaltungsrat kann die Vorbereitung und die Ausführung seiner Beschlüsse oder die Überwa- chung von Geschäften, Ausschüssen oder einzelnen Mitgliedern zuweisen. Er hat fur eine angemessene Berichterstattung an seine Mitglieder zu sorgen. The board of directors may delegate the preparation and the execution of its resolutions or the supervision of business transactions to committees or to individ- ual members. It has to take care of appropriate re- porting to its members. Artikel 20 Article 20 Der Verwaltungsrat versammelt sich auf Anordnung des Präsidenten, so oft dies die Geschäfte der Ge- sellschaft erfordern. The board of directors meets at the invitation of the chairperson as often as the business of the Company requires so. Jedes Mitglied des Verwaltungsrates kann unter An- gabe der Gründe vom Präsidenten die unverzügliche Einberufung einer Sitzung verlangen. Each member of the board of directors may request from the chairperson an immediate convening of a meeting, stating the reasons therefore. Der Verwaltungsrat fasst seine Beschlüsse mit der absoluten Mehrheit der abgegebenen Stimmen. Bei Stimmengleichheit steht dem Präsident der Stichent- scheid zu. The board of directors takes decisions on the basis of an absolute majority of present members. In the event of a tie, the chairperson has the casting vote. Jeder Verwaltungsrat kann an einer Sitzung telefo- nisch (Konferenzgespräche) oder mittels eines ahnli- chen Kommunikationsmittels teilnehmen, und eine solche Teilnahme gilt als Anwesenheit des betref- fenden Verwaltungsratsmitglieds bei der Verwal- tungsratssitzung. Each member of the board of directors may partici- pate in a meeting of the board of directors via tele- phone (conference call) or similar means of commu- nication and such participation shall be considered as presence of the respective member of the board of di- rectors at the board meeting. Beschlüusse können auch auf dem Wege der schriftli- chen Zustimmung zu einem gestellten Antrag gefasst werden, sofem nicht ein Mitglied die mündliche Bera- tung verlangt. Resolutions to a proposed motion may also be passed by written consent, unless any member re- quests oral deliberation. Über die Verhandlungen und Beschlusse ist ein Pro- tokoll zu führen, das vom Präsident und vom Sekre- tär unterzeichnet wird. Minutes shall be kept of the actions and resolutions of the board of directors which shall be signed by the chairperson and the secretary.


LOGO

Artikel 21 Article 21 Jedes Mitglied des Verwaltungsrates kann Auskunft uber alle Angelegenheiten der Gesellschaft verlan- gen. Each member of the board of directors may ask for information with regard to all matters of the Compa- ny. In den Sitzungen sind alle Mitglieder des Ver- waltungsrates sowie die mit der GeschaftsfOhrung betrauten Personen zur Auskunft verpflichtet. All members of the board of directors as well as the persons entrusted with the management are obliged to give information in the meetings. Ausserhalb der Sitzungen kann jedes Mitglied von den mit der GeschaftsfOhrung betrauten Personen Auskunft uber den Geschaftsgang und, mit Ermach- tigung des Prasidenten, auch uber einzelne Geschaf- te verlangen. Outside the meetings, each member of the board of directors is entitled to request from the persons en- trusted with the management information about the course of business and, with the chairperson’s au- thorization, also about individual transactions. Soweit es fur die Erfullung einer Aufgabe erfordertich ist, kann jedes Mitglied dem Prasidenten beantragen, dass ihm Bucher und Akten vorgelegt werden. Weist der Prasident ein Gesuch auf Auskunft, Anho- rung oder Einsicht ab, so entscheidet der Verwal- tungsrat. Each member may ask the chairperson to arrange for him to inspect books and records, as far as nec- essary for the performance of a task. If the chairperson rejects a request for information, a hearing or an inspection, the board of directors shall decide upon that matter. Regelungen oder Beschlusse des Verwaltungsrates, die das Recht auf Auskunft und Einsichtnahme der Verwaltungsrate erweitern, bleiben vorbehalten. Provisions or resolutions of the board of directors, which extend the righ t to information and inspection of its members remain reserved. Artikel 22 Article 22 Der Verwaltungsrat kann die GeschaftsfOhrung nach Massgabe eines Organisationsreglementes ganz oder zum Teil an einzelne Mitglieder oder an Dritte ubertragen. The board of directors may transfer the management as a whole or in part to individual members or third parties, according to a organizational regulation. Das Organisationsreglement ordnet die Ge- schaftsfuhrung, bestimmt die hierfur erforderlichen Stellen, umschreibt deren Aufgaben und regelt ins- besondere die Berichterstattung. The organizational regulations shall organize the management of the Company, determine the posi- tions necessary for it, define its duties and determine particularly the reporting requirements. Soweit die Geschaftsfuhrung nicht ubertragen wor- The board of directors shall jointly manage the Com- den ist, steht sie alien Mitgliedern des Ver- pany, insofar as the management has not been dele- waltungsrates gesamthaft zu. gated.


LOGO

Der Verwaltungsrat kann die Vertretung einem oder mehreren Mitgliedem (Delegierte) oder Dritten (Di- rektoren) ubertragen. Mindestens ein Mitglied des Verwaltungsrates muss zur Vertretung befugt sein. The board of directors may delegate the rep- resentation to one or several members (delegates) or to third parties (directors). At least one of the mem- bers of the board of directors has to be authorized to represent the Company. Artikel 23 Article 23 Die Mitglieder des Verwaltungsrates haben Anspruch auf Ersatz ihrer im Interesse der Gesellschaft aufge- wendeten Auslagen sowie auf eine ihrer Tatigkeit entsprechende Entschadigung, die der Verwaltungs- rat selbst festlegt. Members of the board of directors are entitled to re- imbursement of their expenses incurred in performing their duties in the interest of the Company as well as to compensation commensurate with their activities, that the board of directors defines itself. Ill Revisionsstelle Ill Auditors Artikel 24 Article 24 Die Generalversammlung wahlt eine Revisi- onsstelle. The shareholders’ meeting elects the auditors. Sie kann auf die Wahl einer Revisionsstelle verzich- ten, wenn: It can waive the election of auditors, if; 1. die Gesellschaft nicht zur ordentlichen Revisi- on verpflichtet ist; 1. the Company has no legal obligation to perform a regular audit; 2. samtliche Aktionare zustimmen; und 2. all shareholders agree; and 3. die Gesellschaft nicht mehr als zehn Voll- 3. the Company has no more than ten full time zeitstellen im Jahresdurchschnitt hat. Der Verzicht gilt auch fur die nachfolgenden Jahre. Jeder Aktionar hat jedoch das Recht, spatestens 10 Tage vor der Generalversammlung die Durchfuhrung einer eingeschrankten Revision und die Wahl einer entsprechenden Revisionsstelle zu veriangen. Die Generalversammlung dart diesfalls die Beschlusse nach Artikel 10 Ziff. 3 und 4 der Statuten erst fassen, wenn der Revisionsbericht vorliegt. employees an annual average. The waiver remains valid for the following years. Each shareholder, however, has the right to demand the execution of a limited audit and the appointment of auditors at the latest 10 days prior to a shareholders’ meeting. In this case the shareholders’ meeting may only pass the resolutions according to Article 10 para. 3 and 4 of the articles of association, alter the audi- tors’ report has been submitted.


LOGO

Artikel 25 Article 25 Als Revisionsstelle konnen eine oder mehrere natur- liche oder juristische Personen oder Per- sonengesellschaften gewahlt werden. Die Re- visionsstelle muss ihren Wohnsitz, ihren Sitz oder ei- ne eingetragene Zweigniederlassung in der Schweiz haben. Hat die Gesellschaft mehrere Revisionsstel- len, so muss zumindest eine diese Voraussetzung erfullen. One or several natural persons or legal entities or partnerships may be elected as auditors. The auditors must have their residence, registered office or regis- tered branch office in Switzerland. If the Company has several auditors, at least one of them has to meet this requirement. Ist die Gesellschaft zur ordentlichen Revision ver- pflichtet, so muss die Generalversammlung als Revi- sionsstelle einen zugelassenen Revisionsexperten bzw. ein staatlich beaufsichtigtes Revisionsunter- nehmen nach den Vorschriften des Revisionsauf- sichtsgesetzes vom 16. Dezember 2005 wahlen. If the Company is obliged to perform a regular audit, the shareholders’ meeting has to elect an officially admitted audit expert or a state supervised auditing enterprise as auditors pursuant to the provisions of the Audit Supervision Act of 16 December 2005. Ist die Gesellschaft zur eingeschrankten Revision verpflichtet, so muss die Generalversammlung als Revisionsstelle einen zugelassenen Revisor nach den Vorschriften des Revisionsaufsichtsgesetzes vom 16. Dezember 2005 wahlen. Vorbehalten bleibt der Verzicht auf die Wahl einer Revisionsstelle nach Artikel 24 der Statuten. If the Company is obliged to perform a limited audit, the shareholders’ meeting has to elect an officially admitted auditor pursuant to the provisions of the Au- dit Supervision Act of 16 December 2005. The waiver of the auditors according to Article 24 Artikel 24 of the articies of association remains reserved. Die Revisionsstelle muss nach Art. 728 bzw. 729 OR unabhangig sein. The auditors must be independent in accordance with ad. 728 and 729 CO. Die Revisionsstelle wird fur ein Geschaftsjahr ge- wahlt. Ihr Amt endet mit der Abnahme der letzten Jahresrechnung. Eine Wiederwahl ist moglich. Eine Abberufung ist jederzeit und fristlos moglich The auditors are elected for the period of one busi- ness year. Their term of office ends with the approval of the last annual accounts. Reelection is possible. Dismissal is possible at any time and with immediate effect. D Rechnungsabschluss und Ge- winnverteilung D Financial statements and profit distribution Artikel 26 Article 26 Der Verwaltungsrat bestimmt das Geschaftsjahr. The board of directors determines the business year. Die Jahresrechnung, bestehend aus Erfolgs- rechnung, Bilanz und Anhang, ist gemass den The annual accounts, consisting of the profit and loss statement, the balance sheet and the


LOGO

Vorschriften des Schweizerischen Obligationenrechts, insbesondere 957 ff. OR, sowie nach den Grundsätzen der ordnungsgemässen Rechnungsliegung aufzustellen. notes, shall be drawn up according to the provisions of the Swiss Code of Obligations, in particular to the art. 957 et seq. CO, as well as according to the principles of proper accounting. Artikel 27 Article 27 Aus dem Jahresgewinn ist zuerst die Zuweisung an die Reserven entsprechend den Vorschriften des Gesetzes vorzunehmen. Der Bilanzgewinn steht zur Verfügung der Generalversammlung, die ihn im Rahmen der gesetzlichen Auflagen (insbesondere Art. 671 ff. OR) nach freiem Ermessen verwenden kann. First the attributions to the reserves provided for by law are to be deducted from the annual profit. The remaining balance sheet profit is at the disposal of the shareholders’ meeting, which can use it at its discretion within the legal framework (in particular art. 671 et seq. CO). E Beendigung E Termination Artikel 28 Article 28 Die Auflösung der Gesellschaft kann durch einen Beschluss der Generalversammlung, über den eine öffentliche Urkunde zu errichten ist, erfolgen. The sharehoiders’ meeting may dissolve the Company by means of a resolution, which needs to be adopted in the form of a public deed. Die Liquidation wird durch den Verwaltungsrat besorgt, falls sie nicht durch einen Beschluss der Generalversammiung anderen Personen übertragen wird. The liquidation will be carried out by the board of directors, unless the shareholders’ meeting has delegated it to other persons by resolution. The liquidation shall be conducted in accordance with art. 742 et seq. co. Die Liquidation erfolgt gemäss Art. 742 ff. OR. Das Vermögen der aufgelösten Gesellschaft wird nach Tilgung ihrer Schulden nach Massgabe der einbezahlten Beträge unter die Aktionäre verteilt. Once the liabilities have been paid off, the assets of the dissolved Company will be distributed among the shareholders in the proportion of their contributions. F Benachrichtigung F Notification Artikel 29 Article 29 Mitteilungen an de Namenaktionäre erfolgen nach Ermessen des Verwaltungsrates per Brief, E-Mail oder Telefax an die im Aktienbuch verzeichneten Adressen, solche an die Inhaberaktionäre durch Publikation im Schweizerischen Handelsamtsblatt, Notices to the holders of registered shares are made by letter, e-mail or fax, as decided by the board of directors, to the addresses listed in the share register, such to the holders of bearer shares by publication in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce. Publikationsorgan der Gesellschaft ist das Schweizerische Handelsamtsblatt. The medium of publication of the Company is theSwiss Official Gazette of Commerce.


LOGO

G Sprache G Language Artikel 30 Article 30 Von diesen Statuten existieren eine deutsche und eine englische Fassung. Die deutsche Fassung ist massgeblich. A German and an English version exist of these articles of association. The German ver-sion shall prevail. Zurich, 16, Januar 2018      Digital unterschrieben von Roberto Belfiore (Qualified Signature) Grund: Diese elektronische Kopie stimmt mit dem in der entsprechenden offentlichen Urkunde eingebundenen Papieroriginal überein. Datum: 2018.01.17 10:29:25 +01’00’      Handelsregisteramt Kanton Zürich


LOGO

Amtliche Beglaubigung Diese Kopie auf Papier stimmt vollumfanglich bzw. auszugsweise mit dem beim Handelsregisteramt Kanton Zurich gespeicherten elektronischen Original, dessen qualifizierte elektronische Signatur gultig ist, uberein. Zurich, 24.05.2024 Handelsregisteramt Gebuhr:GHF 40 Kanton Zurich

Exhibit T3B.10

Articles of association

for

Intrum AS

(Enacted in the General Meeting on 26.06.1994, amended on 24.01.2000, 04.12.2000, 07.06.200428.10.2021, 02.05.2024)

§1

The company name is Intrum AS.

§2

The company’s registered office is in Bærum.

§3

The Company’s activities are to conduct debt collection activities, credit reporting activities and everything thereby related, as well as participation in other activities either directly or indirectly through share deposits, etc. and acquisitions and operation of real estate.

§4

The share capital of the Company is NOK 60,000,000, divided into 4,800 shares at NOK 12,500, fully paid and sounding by name.

§5

The Board of Directors of the Company shall have at least three members in accordance with the decision of the General Meeting. The General Assembly elects the Chairman of the Board.

The company is jointly appointed by two board members.

The Company shall hire a business manager who leads the Company’s day-to-day operations. The board can communicate with the procure.

The Ordinary General Meeting shall address and determine:

 

  1.

Determination of income statement and balance sheet

 

  2.

Application of profits or coverage of deficits in accordance with the established balance sheet as well as distribution of dividends.

 

  3.

Other matters that, according to the Statute of Law, belong to the General Assembly.

Exhibit T3B.11

2021.0548.01

GENERAL AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF INTRUM B.V.

On this day, the twenty-eighth of September two thousand and twenty-one, the following appeared before me, Geert Labordus, notary public in Aalsmeer:

Data removed by CoC Stefan ALLAERT, residing at Data removed by CoC born on Data removed by CoC the twenty-sixth of May nineteen hundred and seventy-eight, identifying himself by means of his foreign passport/identity card, no. Data removed by CoC issued in The Hague (Belgium) on the twelfth of September two thousand and fourteen, married.

INTRODUCTION

The person appearing stated:

 

   

the General Meeting of Shareholders of the private company with limited liability: Intrum B.V., having its registered office in Amsterdam at 1119 PA Schiphol-Rijk, Tupolevlaan 107, entered in the commercial register under number 33273472, hereinafter referred to as: ‘the Company’, has resolved to amend the Articles of Association of the company in their entirety;

 

   

the Articles of Association of the Company were last amended by deed executed before Mr Daan ter Braak, notary public in Amsterdam, on the fourth of May two thousand and eighteen,

 

   

the General Meeting of Shareholders of the company further resolved inter alia to authorise the person appearing to implement the relevant amendments of the Articles of Association;

 

   

these resolutions are evidenced by means of a copy of the minutes of the relevant meeting as attached to this deed.

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Thereupon, in implementation of these resolutions, the person appearing declared he would amend the Articles of Association of the company in their entirety so that they would read as follows:

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Definitions:

“General Meeting of Shareholders”

the Company body formed by the shareholders or a meeting of shareholders and other persons entitled to attend meetings (or their representatives);

“Management

the Board of the Company;

Directors

the members of the Board;

“Persons entitled to attend meetings”.

 

(i)

shareholders;

 

(ii)

holders of depositary receipts to which meeting rights are attached under these Articles of Association;

 

(iii)

shareholders who, because of a usufruct or pledge, do not have voting rights

 

1


(iv)

usufructuaries and pledgees having rights;

Meeting rights

the right, in person or by written proxy, to attend and speak at the General Meeting of Shareholders;

“Company

the private limited liability company whose internal organisation is governed by these Articles of Association.

Name and registered office

Article 1

 

1.

The Company bears the name: Intrum B.V.

 

2.

Its registered office is in Amsterdam.

Purpose

Article 2

The objectives of the Company are:

 

a.

Debt collection and the provision of credit information;

 

b.

Founding, in any way participating in, managing and supervising enterprises and companies;

 

c.

Financing of businesses and companies;

 

d.

Borrowing, lending and raising funds, including the issue of bonds, debentures or other securities, and entering related agreements;

 

e.

Providing advice and services to companies and corporations with which the company is affiliated in a group and to third parties;

 

f.

Providing guarantees, binding the company and encumbering assets of the company for liabilities of the company, group companies and/or third parties;

 

g.

Acquiring, managing, operating and disposing of registered property and assets in general;

 

h.

Trading in currency, securities and asset values in general;

 

i.

Exploiting and trading patents, trademark rights, licences, know-how and other intellectual and industrial property rights;

 

j.

Performing all kinds of industrial, financial and commercial activities; and anything related or conducive to the above, all in the broadest sense.

Capital and shares

Article 3

 

1.

The nominal amount of each of the shares is four hundred and fifty-five euros (€455.00). Voting rights may be exercised on these shares in the General Meeting of Shareholders, unless the issue of shares stipulates that no voting rights in the General Meeting of Shareholders are attached thereto. The latter shares are referred to in these Articles of Association as shares without voting rights.

 

2.

The Articles of Association may mot impose obligations of a contractual nature on shares or share ownership. A resolution to amend this statutory provision can only be passed unanimously at a meeting at which all shareholders are present or represented.

Article 4

 

1.

The shares are registered and numbered consecutively from 1 onwards. The number serves as an indication.

 

2.

Share certificates cannot be issued.

Article 5

 

1. a.

The issue of shares (including the granting of rights to subscribe to shares) shall take place pursuant to a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

2


  b.

In this resolution, the General Meeting of Shareholders shall also determine whether or not the shares to be entail voting rights in the General Meeting of Shareholders, as well as the price and conditions of the issue, subject to these Articles of Association.

 

  c.

The issue price should not be below par.

 

  d.

The General Meeting of Shareholders may transfer its power to adopt the resolutions referred to in subparagraphs a and b to another corporate body and may revoke this transfer.

 

  e.

The issue of a share also requires an instrument drawn up for that purpose before a notary public with its place of business in the Netherlands to which the parties concerned are party.

 

  2.

When shares are issued, each shareholder has a pre-emptive right in proportion to the aggregate amount of his shares, subject to the provisions of the law. The pre-emptive right is not transferable. The pre-emptive right cannot be limited or excluded.

Article 6

 

1.

On taking up the share, the nominal amount must be paid thereon. It may be stipulated that part of the nominal amount need not be paid up until after a certain time has elapsed or after the Board has called it up.

 

2.

Payment for a share must be made in cash insofar as no other contribution has been made. Payment in a currency other than that in which the nominal amount of the shares is denominated can only be made with the consent of the Board.

Shareholders’ register

Article 7

 

1.

The Board shall keep a register containing:

 

   

the names and addresses of all shareholders;

 

   

the number of shares held by them, stating the date on which they acquired the shares, the date of acknowledgement or service and whether those shares carry voting rights in the General Meeting of Shareholders;

 

   

the amount paid on each share;

 

   

the names and addresses of those who have a right of usufruct or pledge on shares, indicating the date on which they acquired the right, the date of acknowledgement or service, as well as which rights attached to the shares are vested in them in accordance with Article 8;

 

   

which shareholders are not bound by any statutory requirement or obligation;

 

   

whether shares are non-voting;

 

   

other entries required by law to be made in the register.

 

2.

The register shall be kept up to date at regular intervals, provided that any change in the data referred to above in paragraph 1 shall be entered in the register as soon as possible; it shall also record any discharge of liability for deposits not yet made, stating the date on which the discharge was granted.

 

3.

Shareholders and others whose data are to be included in the pursuant to this Article shall provide the Board with the necessary data in a timely manner. If an electronic address is also disclosed for the purpose of inclusion in the register of shareholders, such disclosure shall also constitute consent to the electronic transmission of all notices and announcements as well as notices of meetings.

 

3


4.

On request, the Board shall issue to a person referred to in paragraph 1 above, free of charge, an extract from the register concerning his entitlement to a share. If the share is subject to usufruct or a pledge, the extract shall state to whom the rights referred to in Article 8 accrue.

 

5.

The Board shall deposit the register at the company’s office for inspection by those entitled to attend meetings. For the purposes of these Articles of Association, “persons entitled to attend meetings” means shareholders, usufructuaries and pledgees to whom the rights referred to in Article 8(3) accrue.

The particulars of the register relating to non-paid-up shares shall be open to inspection by any person; copies or extracts of such particulars shall be supplied at no more than cost.

Usufruct/pledge

Article 8

 

1.

Usufruct may be established on shares. The shareholder has the voting right on the shares on which usufruct has been established to the extent that voting rights are attached to those shares. In deviation thereof, the voting right attached to shares shall vest in the usufructuary:

 

   

if it a usufruct, as referred to in Articles 4:19 and 4:21 of the Dutch Civil Code, unless otherwise stipulated when the usufruct was established by the parties or the subdistrict court pursuant to Article 4:23 paragraph 4 of the Dutch Civil Code, or

 

   

if this was stipulated at the time of creation of the usufruct or subsequently agreed in writing between the shareholder and the usufructuary, provided that both this stipulation and - in the event of a transfer of the usufruct - the transfer of the voting right were approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

2.

Shares may be subject to a pledge. The shareholder shall have voting rights to the shares on which a pledge has been established to the extent that voting rights are associated with those shares. In deviation thereof, voting rights attached to shares shall accrue to the pledgee:

 

   

if so provided when the pledge was established or subsequently agreed in writing between the shareholder and the pledgee and the pledgee is a person to whom the shares may be freely transferred under the provisions of Article 14, or

 

   

if this was stipulated when the pledge was established, with or without a precedent, or subsequently agreed in writing between the shareholder and the pledgee, provided that both this stipulation and - in the event of a transfer of the pledge - the transfer of voting rights were approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

3.

The shareholder without voting rights and the usufructuary or pledgee with voting shall have meeting rights. The usufructuary or pledgee who does not have voting rights shall have meeting rights, if not otherwise provided when the usufruct or pledge was established or transferred.

Certificates

Article 9

 

1.

Holders of certificates for shares do not have meeting rights.

 

2.

Bearer certificates for shares may not be issued. If this has been violated, as long as bearer certificates are outstanding, the rights attached to the relevant shares cannot be exercised.

 

4


Community

Article 10

If shares, limited rights thereon or certificates issued for shares form part of a community of property, the partners may only be represented vis-à-vis the company by one person to be designated in writing.

Acquisition of treasury shares

Article 11

 

1.

Acquisition by the company of not fully paid-up shares in its capital is invalid.

 

2.

Except for no consideration, the company may not acquire fully paid-up treasury shares if its equity, less the acquisition price, is less than the reserves that must be maintained under the law or the Articles of Association, or if the Board knows or should reasonably foresee that the company will not be able to continue paying its due debts after the acquisition.

 

3.

The previous paragraphs do not apply to shares acquired by the company by universal title.

 

4.

The term shares in this article means certificates thereof.

Capital reduction

Article 12

 

1.

The General Meeting of Shareholders may decide to reduce the issued capital by cancelling shares or reducing the amount of shares by amending the Articles of Association.

 

2.

This resolution should identify the shares covered by the resolution and regulate the implementation of the resolution.

 

3.

Capital reduction must otherwise be carried out in compliance with the relevant provisions of the law.

Transfer of shares

Article 13

 

1.

The transfer of a share or the transfer of a restricted right thereon requires an instrument drawn up for that purpose before a notary public with a place of business in the Netherlands to which the parties concerned are parties.

 

2.

The transfer of a share shall also have legal effect vis-à-vis the company. Except where the Company itself is a party to the legal act, the rights attached to the share can only be exercised after the Company has acknowledged the legal act or deed has been served on it in accordance with the relevant provisions of the law, or the Company has acknowledged this transfer by registration in the shareholders’ register as referred to in Article 7.

Governance

Article 14

 

1.

The company has a Board, consisting of a number of one or more directors to be determined by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

2.

Directors are appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders and may be suspended and dismissed at any time by the General Meeting of Shareholders. The General Meeting of Shareholders may grant one or more directors the title of managing director and remove it at any time.

 

5


3.

The Board is charged with managing the company. In their duties, the directors shall be guided by the interests of the company and its affiliated enterprise.

The General Meeting of Shareholders is authorised to subject to its prior approval, by a resolution to that effect, resolutions of the Board or one or more directors authorised to do so under regulations. Such resolutions should be clearly defined and communicated to the Board in writing.

 

4.

The Board may adopt written regulations laying down further rules concerning its decision-making and which duties in particular shall be assigned to each director. Such regulations may provide that one or more directors may validly decide on matters that fall within their respective duties.

 

5.

All resolutions of the Board for which no greater majority is stipulated in the regulations shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast. A director shall not participate in the deliberations and decision-making if he has a direct or indirect personal interest that conflicts with the interest referred to in paragraph 3. If as a result thereof a Board resolution cannot be adopted, the Board shall still be authorised to do so.

 

6.

The Board is authorised to decide to appoint officers with continuing powers of representation and determine their authority and titles;

 

7.

In the event of the absence or inability to act of a director, the remaining directors shall remain in charge of the management. In the event of the absence or inability to act of all managing directors, the management of the company shall be temporarily entrusted to one person designated for that purpose by the General Meeting of Shareholders. The General Meeting of Shareholders shall also have the right, in the event of the absence or inability to act of one or more, but not all directors, to appoint a person as referred to in the previous sentence, who shall then also be charged with the management of the company.

 

8.

The remuneration and further terms of employment are determined separately for each director by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

Representation

Article 15

 

1.

The Board shall represent the Company. The power of representation shall be vested in:

 

  a.

each director with the title managing director individually;

 

  b.

two directors acting jointly.

 

2.

In all cases in which the Company has a conflict of interest with one or more directors, the Company shall nevertheless be represented in the manner mentioned above.

Annual financial statements

Article 16

 

1.

The company’s financial year is the calendar year.

 

2.

Annually, within five months of the end of the Company’s financial year, unless this period is extended by the General Meeting of Shareholders by no more than five months on the grounds of special circumstances, the Board shall draw up annual financial statements, which shall be made available for inspection by shareholders at the company’s offices.

 

6


Within this period, the Board shall also make the annual report available for inspection, unless the Company is exempted by law from the obligation to prepare an annual report.

The annual financial statements are signed by all directors.

If any signature is missing therefrom, this shall be stated, giving reasons for this.

 

3.

a. The Company shall commission an audit of the annual financial statements, unless it is exempted from doing so by law. The General Meeting of Shareholders shall always be authorised to issue such instructions. If it fails to do so, this power shall be vested in the Board.

The assignment may be revoked at any time by the General Meeting of Shareholders and by the person who granted it.

 

  b.

The engagement shall be given to an auditor authorised to do so by law. The appointment of an auditor shall not be restricted by any nomination.

 

  c.

The person with the task shall report on his investigation to the Board in writing.

 

4.

The Company shall ensure that the prepared annual financial statements and, insofar as an annual report has been prepared, this annual report and the information to be added pursuant to Article 2:392(1) of the Dutch Civil Code, are available at its offices as of the notice convening the General Meeting of Shareholders intended for its consideration. The shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the meeting may inspect the documents there and obtain a copy free of charge.

Adoption of annual financial statements

Article 17

 

1.

The annual financial statements are adopted by the General Meeting of Shareholders. The annual report is adopted by the Board.

 

2.

After the proposal to adopt the annual financial statements has been discussed, a proposal will be made to the General Meeting of Shareholders to grant discharge to the directors from liability for the policy they have pursued during the financial year in question, insofar as that policy is evident from the annual financial statements or has been disclosed to the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

3.

If all shareholders are also directors of the Company, the signing of the annual financial statements by all directors shall also constitute adoption within the meaning of paragraph 1, provided that all persons entitled to attend meetings have been given the opportunity to inspect the annual financial statements and have agreed to the manner of adoption. Such adoption shall also discharge the directors from liability.

Profit appropriation

Article 18

 

1.

The General Meeting of Shareholders is authorised to allocate the profit determined by the adoption of the annual financial statements and to determine distributions to the extent that shareholders’ equity exceeds the reserves required by law or by these Articles of Association.

 

2.

In calculating the amount to be paid on each share, each share is assigned an equal part of the distribution. The previous sentence may be deviated from on each occasion with the consent of all shareholders.

 

7


3.

A resolution to make a distribution shall have no effect until the Board has granted its approval. The Board shall refuse approval only if it knows or should reasonably foresee that the Company will not be able to continue paying its due debts after the distribution.

 

4.

If the Company cannot continue to pay its due debts after a distribution, the directors who knew or should reasonably have foreseen this at the time of the distribution shall be jointly and severally liable to the Company for the deficit caused by the distribution with statutory interest from the day of the distribution. Article 2:248(5) of the Dutch Civil Code shall apply mutatis mutandis. Not bound by this is any director who proves that it was not his fault that the made the distribution and that he was not negligent in taking measures to avert the consequences thereof. The person who received the distribution while he knew or reasonably should have foreseen that the company would not be able to continue to pay its due debts after the distribution is liable to compensate the shortfall by the distribution, each up to the amount or value of the distribution received by him. If the directors have paid the claim under the first sentence, the compensation referred to in the third sentence shall be made to the directors in proportion to the part paid by each of the directors. With respect to a debt under the first or third sentence, the debtor shall not be entitled to set-off. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to distributions in the form of shares in the capital of the Company or additions to shares not paid up in full.

 

5.

For the purposes of paragraph 3, a director is a person who is determined or helped determine the company’s policy as if he were a director. The claim cannot be brought against a court-appointed administrator.

 

6.

Shares which the Company holds in its capital or for which it holds certificates shall not be included in the calculation of any distribution, unless such shares or certificates are encumbered with a usufruct or pledge or certificates have been issued as a result of which the profit right accrues to the usufructuary, pledgee or holder of such certificates.

 

7.

In calculating the amount which shall be paid on each share, only the amount of the mandatory payments on the nominal amount of the shares shall be taken into account. The previous sentence may be deviated from on each occasion with the consent of all shareholders.

 

8.

The Company may also make interim distributions. The provisions of this article shall then apply mutatis mutandis.

Dividend

Article 19

The dividend is available to shareholders from one month after its declaration, unless the General Meeting of Shareholders sets a different deadline. Claims are time-barred after a period of five years.

Dividends not claimed within five years of being made available will lapse to the company.

General Meeting of Shareholders

Article 20

 

1.

The General Meetings of Shareholders shall be held in the Netherlands in the municipality where the company has its registered office, as well as where mentioned in the convening notice referred to below.

 

8


2.

Unless the annual financial statements for the previous financial year have been adopted in accordance with Article 17(3), at least one General Meeting of Shareholders shall be held or resolved as referred to in Article 24 each year. Decision-making in or outside a meeting shall take place on:

 

  a.

the annual financial statements;

 

  b.

the annual report, unless the Company is exempted by law from the obligation to prepare an annual report;

 

  c.

the proposal to discharge the directors from liability for the policy pursued by them during the financial year in question, insofar as that policy is apparent from the annual financial statements or has been disclosed to the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

  d.

topics which are placed on the agenda by the Board;

 

  e.

subjects, the discussion of which has been requested in writing by one or more persons entitled to attend meetings, who alone or jointly represent at least one hundredth of the issued capital, if the Company has received the request no later than on the thirtieth day before the meeting and provided that no substantial interest of the Company opposes this and which subjects are included in the notice convening the meeting or announced in the same way as the subjects referred to above under d;

 

  f.

that which is further put on the agenda, provided that no lawful resolution may be passed with regard to subjects not specified in the notice convening the meeting or in a supplementary notice with due observance of the time limit set for convening the meeting, unless all persons entitled to attend the meeting have agreed to the passing of resolutions on those subjects and the directors have been given the opportunity to give their advice prior to the passing of resolutions.

 

3.

In the event of an extension decision as referred to in Article 16 (2), the meeting at which consideration of the annual financial statements and annual report is to be discussed is postponed in accordance with that decision.

 

4.

Other General Meetings of Shareholders shall be held as often as the Board calls them. The Board shall be obliged to convene a General Meeting of Shareholders if one or more persons entitled to attend meetings, who alone or together represents at least one hundredth of the issued capital, requests in writing that the Board holds a General Meeting of Shareholders, accurately stating the subjects to be discussed. The Board shall take the necessary measures so that the General Meeting of Shareholders can be held within four weeks of the request, unless this would be contrary to an overriding interest of the Company. If the Board has not convened the meeting within four weeks so that the meeting can be held within six weeks of the request, the petitioners themselves shall be authorised to convene the meeting. Convening a General Meeting of Shareholders

Article 21

 

1.

Every person entitled to attend and speak at a General Meeting of Shareholders is authorised to do so, in person or by written proxy, provided that such proxy may only be granted to another person entitled to attend the meeting, a lawyer, notary public, junior notary public, chartered accountant or administrative consultant. The requirement of a written power of attorney is fulfilled if the power of attorney is recorded electronically.

 

9


In determining the extent to which a shareholder is present or represented, no account is taken of shares for which the law stipulates that no vote can be cast.

 

2.

Notice of a General Meeting of Shareholders shall be given by means of convening letters addressed to the addresses of those entitled to attend the meeting, as listed in the register of shareholders.

 

3.

If the person entitled to attend the meeting agrees, the notice may be given by a legible and reproducible message sent electronically to the address notified by him to the company for this purpose.

 

4.

The convocation shall state the subjects to be discussed. General Meetings of Shareholders may be attended and voted on by means of an electronic means of communication if this is stated in the notice of meeting.

 

5.

No lawful resolution may be passed on items whose consideration was not announced in the notice convening the meeting with due observance of the time limit set for convening the meeting, unless all persons entitled to attend meetings have agreed to the resolution being passed on those items and the directors have been given the opportunity to give their advice prior to the resolution being passed.

 

6.

Notice shall be given no later than the eighth day before that of the meeting. If the notice period has not been observed or no notice has been given, no lawful resolutions can be passed unless all those entitled to attend meetings have agreed to the decision-making on those subjects and the directors have been given the opportunity to give their advice prior to the decision-making.

 

7.

Directors are entitled to attend the General Meeting of Shareholders and as such have an advisory vote.

Chairmanship of the General Meeting of Shareholders

Article 22

 

1.

The General Meeting of Shareholders itself shall provide for its chairmanship. Until that time, it shall be chaired by the oldest director in age present at the meeting or, failing that, by the oldest person in age present at the meeting. The minutes of the meeting shall be kept by a minute taker appointed by the chairman.

 

2.

Both the chairman and the person who convened the meeting may determine that a notarial record shall be drawn up of the proceedings at the General Meeting of Shareholders. The minutes shall also be signed by the chairman. The costs thereof shall be borne by the Company.

 

3.

If no notarial record is drawn up, the minutes of proceedings of the General Meeting of Shareholders shall be adopted by the chairman and the minute taker of that meeting and in evidence thereof shall be signed by them.

 

4.

The Board shall keep a record of the resolutions adopted. If the Board is not represented at the meeting, a copy of the resolutions adopted shall be provided to the Board by or on behalf of the chairman of the meeting as soon as possible after the meeting. The notes shall be available for inspection by the shareholders and certificate holders at the company’s offices. Copies or extracts of these shall be provided to each of them on request at no more than cost price.

Decision-making

Article 23

 

1.

Each share, other than a non-voting share, entitles the holder to cast one vote.

 

10


2.

All resolutions of the General Meeting of Shareholders for which no greater majority is prescribed by law or by these Articles of Association shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast.

 

3.

Voting on matters shall take place orally, voting on persons shall take place by unsigned ballot papers. If no absolute majority is obtained in a vote on persons in the first ballot, a second ballot shall be held between the two persons obtaining the most votes.

 

4.

In the event of a tied vote, the proposal is rejected.

 

5.

Blank votes shall be regarded as votes not cast.

 

6.

For a share belonging to the Company or to a subsidiary thereof, no vote can be cast at the General Meeting of Shareholders; nor for a share for which one of them holds the certificates. However, usufructuaries and pledgees of shares belonging to the Company and its subsidiaries shall not be excluded from voting rights if the usufruct or pledge was established before the share belonged to the Company or a subsidiary thereof. The Company or a subsidiary thereof may not cast a vote for a share on which it holds a usufruct or pledge. In determining the extent to which the capital is represented at the meeting, no account shall be taken of shares in respect of which no vote may be cast by virtue of the foregoing.

 

7.

If so stated in the notice of the meeting, every shareholder is authorised, either in person or by written proxy, to participate in the General Meeting of Shareholders by means of an electronic means of communication, to speak at it and to exercise their voting right, provided that the shareholder can be identified via the electronic means of communication, can directly take note of the proceedings at the meeting and can participate in the deliberations.

 

8.

The General Meeting of Shareholders shall be authorised by regulations to impose conditions on the use of the electronic means of communication. If the General Meeting of Shareholders has exercised this power, the conditions shall be announced in the notice of the meeting.

 

9.

Paragraphs 7 and 8 shall apply mutatis mutandis to a certificate holder.

 

10.

Votes by electronic means of communication prior to the General Meeting of Shareholders, but not earlier than the 30th day before that of the meeting, shall be treated as votes cast at the meeting.

Decision-making outside the General Meeting of Shareholders

Article 24

 

1.

Resolutions of shareholders may be passed by means other than at a meeting, provided that all those entitled to attend meetings have agreed to this method of decision-making in writing or electronically. Votes shall be cast in writing. The requirement of votes being cast in writing shall also be met if the resolution, stating the manner in which each of the shareholders voted, is recorded in writing or electronically. The directors shall be given the opportunity to give their advice prior to the decision-making.

 

2.

If decision-making takes place in accordance with paragraph 1, all requirements regarding quorum and qualified majority as by law or these Articles of Association shall apply mutatis mutandis, provided that at least as many votes must be cast outside a meeting as the quorum required for the relevant resolution.

 

11


Special decisions

Article 25

 

1.

Resolutions to amend these Articles of Association or to dissolve the Company can only be taken at a General Meeting of Shareholders at which at two-thirds of the issued capital is represented, with a majority of at least three-fourths of the votes cast.

 

2.

If this capital is not represented, a new meeting shall be convened, to be held within one month of the first one, but not earlier 15 days thereafter, at which, irrespective of the capital then represented, the decisions referred to in paragraph 1 may be taken by a majority of at least three-fourths of the votes cast.

The notice of this new meeting must state that it is a second meeting with due observance of the provisions of Article 2:230 (3) of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

3.

An arrangement under the Articles of Association which assigns meeting rights to holders of certificates may be amended only with the consent of the holders of the certificates concerned. The previous sentence applies mutatis mutandis to usufructuaries and pledgees.

 

4.

A resolution to amend the Articles of Association that specifically affects any right of holders of shares of a particular class or designation requires an approving resolution of that group of shareholders, without prejudice to the requirement of consent where this is required by law.

Notices and communications

Article 26

 

1.

Notices and other communications by or to the Company or the Board shall be given by letter or by electronic . Notices intended for shareholders, usufructuaries, pledgees and certificates shall be sent to the addresses listed in the shareholders’ register. Notifications intended for the Board shall be sent to the company’s address.

 

2.

Announcements that must be addressed to the General Meeting of Shareholders under the law or the Articles of Association may be made by inclusion in the convening notices.

Dissolution

Article 27

 

1.

After the dissolution of the Company, the liquidation shall be carried out by the directors, unless the General Meeting of Shareholders decides otherwise.

 

2.

During the liquidation, the provisions of these Articles of Association shall remain in force as far as possible. The provisions therein regarding directors shall then apply to the liquidators.

 

3.

Whatever remains of the assets of the dissolved company after the satisfaction of the creditors shall be distributed to the shareholders in proportion to their ownership of shares.

 

4.

The Company shall continue to exist after its dissolution to the extent necessary to liquidate its assets.

Final provision

Article 28

The General Meeting of Shareholders holds, within the limits set by law and these Articles of Association, all powers which are not granted to others.

 

12


FINAL DEED

WHEREOF THIS DEED was executed in Aalsmeer on the date mentioned in the heading of this deed.

The person appearing is known to me, the notary public. The content of the deed has been communicated and explained to him. The person appearing stated that he did not wish the deed to be read out in full and that he had received a draft deed in good time before it was executed and that he had taken cognisance of the contents of the deed and had been informed of the consequences of the deed for the parties. A limited reading of this took place and was signed immediately afterwards, first by the person appearing and then by me, the notary public, at ten o’clock and thirty minutes.

 

13


LOGO

Processing report

 

 

The attached document was received electronically at the Chamber of Commerce on 29-09-2021 15:07 from Geert Labordus in his capacity as Notary Public

An electronic signature was found on the document which was verified and found to be correct on 29-09- 2021 15:07 by the Chamber of Commerce GX Signature Service.

The corresponding digital certificate used to create the signature has been checked and found to be valid and as not revoked at the time of signing.

The verification took place on 29-09-2021 15:07 by the Chamber of Commerce GX Certificate Validation Service.

Certificate details of Geert Labordus

SURNAME = Labordus

C= NL

P= Notary public

SERIALNUMBER= 377009069919587

CN= Geert Labordus

GIVEN NAME= Geert

O= Geert Labordus

With serial number

11f1ff31b530b634d63264d69476e25f621a8111

Published by

OID.2.5.4.97 = NTRNL-30237459

C = NL

CN = QuoVadis PKIoverheid Organisation Person CA - G3

O = QuoVadis Trustlink B.V.

Exhibit T3B.12

Articles of Association

for

Intrum Capital AS

(Enacted in the Constituent General Meeting on 4.9.1990, amended on 5.3.1996, 24.1.20005.4.2000, , 23.3.2001,

15.5.2001, 13.1.2004, 24.9.2004,22.12.2004, 10.08.2006, 20.09.2006, 26.01.2009, 06.10.2015, 22.12.2016 and 19.06.2017, 25.09.2019, 28.10.2021, 23.05.2024)

I.  Company, Business and Business Office

§ 1

The company name is Intrum Capital AS.

The Company’s activities are, within the framework of current legislation, to buy and collect portfolios of monetary claims, to refinance breached monetary claims and activities related thereto, including through participation in or establishment of companies.

Funding and lending funds are provided as provided in Section 9.

The company’s registered office is in Bærum.

II.  Share capital

§2

The company’s share capital is NOK 100.003.000, divided into 100,000 shares at NOK 1,000.03 sounding on name and fully paid.

III.  The Board of Directors

§3

The company’s board of directors consists of 5-7 members. The chairman of the board shall ensure that the board meets at least 4 times annually and as often as the company’s business so indicates or when a board member so requires.

§4

The CEO is hired by the Board. The CEO’s responsibilities and tasks follow from the current laws and regulations and instructions set by the Board.

IV.  Audit

§5

The Company shall have a state-authorized auditor elected by the General Meeting.

 

1


V.  General Assembly

§6

The general meeting shall supervise the company’s purpose to be promoted in accordance with the legislation, the statutes and the general meeting’s own decisions.

The General Assembly shall:

 

  1.

Select the board in accordance with Section 3 of the Articles of Association.

 

  2.

Choosing an auditor

 

  3.

Make a statement on matters that the company in question, which are presented to it by the company’s Board of Directors 4. Make decisions or authorization to occupy re- sponsible capital.

The Extraordinary General Meeting shall be held when the Board, the Company’s auditor or final shareholders representing at least one tenth of share capital require it.

The Annual General Meeting is held annually by the end of April and is convened by the Board. The deadline for convening an ordinary and extraordinary general meeting is 8 days.

At the Annual General Meeting, the following questions shall be addressed and decided:

 

  1.

Determination of income statement and balance sheet

 

  2.

Application of annual profits or coverage of deficits in accordance with the established balance sheet and distribution of dividends.

 

  3.

Determine remuneration to the Company’s elected representatives and auditor.

 

  4.

Other matters which, by law or by statute, belong to the General Assembly.

VI.  Company Business

§8

The Company shall have responsible capital that is at all times in relation to the Company’s business and is sufficient to comply with applicable laws and regulations.

§9

The Company obtains lending funds from:

 

  1.

regulated credit institutions,

 

  2.

other Norwegian lenders,

 

2


  3.

foreign lenders.

The minimum loan per lender shall be NOK 1 million from depositors other than other companies in the Intrum AB group or other financial institutions.

Loan of the Company’s funds is granted by the Board or by delegated authority from the Board. The Board sets interest rates and loan terms.

VII.  Annual settlement

§ 10

The accounts follow the calendar year.

The Board’s proposals for income statement and balance sheet, annual report and audit report shall be submitted to the general meeting.

***

 

3

Exhibit T3B.14

Notarial certification in accordance with Section 54 (1) of the GmbH Act

The provisions amended in the attached articles of association are consistent with the resolutions on the amendment of the articles of association adopted in my deed no. 1938/2021 and the unchanged provisions are consistent with the most recent full wording of the articles of association submitted to the commercial register.

Heppenheim, the 16.12.2021

 

LOGO

Gerolf Weimar, Notary


Articles of Association

 

1.

Company and registered office

 

1.1

The name of the company is:

Intrum Deutschland GmbH.

 

1.2

The company is based in Heppenheim.

 

2.

Object of the company

 

2.1

On the one hand, the purpose of the company is brokerage and sale of international trade information, the verification of the creditworthiness and solidity of commercial enterprises, debt collection activities, International marketing service, Export assistance for companies in German-speaking and Scandinavian countries, the sale of publications in this context, Invoicing and dunning service, and accounts receivable.

 

2.2

On the other hand, the purpose of the company is to invest in other companies in Germany and abroad and to exercise holding functions in the context of managing and monitoring these companies, including taking over the management of such companies. The company may take over and represent other companies of the same or a similar nature, acquire interests in such companies and take over their management and establish branch offices.

 

2.3

The company may conduct all business and take all actions that are suitable to directly or indirectly serve the purpose of the company.

 

3.

Share capital

 

3.1

The share capital amounts to EUR 2,050,000 (in words: two million fifty-five thousand euros).


4.

Disposal of shares

The disposal of a share or part of a share, in particular assignment or pledging, requires the written consent of the company. The shareholders’ meeting decides on the granting of consent.

 

5.

Management and representation

 

5.1

The company has one or more managing directors. The company is represented by one managing director alone if he is the sole managing director or if the shareholders have authorized him to act alone. Otherwise, the company is represented by two managing directors jointly or by one managing director together with an authorized signatory (Prokurist).

 

5.2

The managing directors may be released from all or individual restrictions of Section 181 BGB by shareholders’ resolution.

 

6.

Duration of the company, financial year

 

6,1

The company begins with its entry in the commercial register. The duration of the company is indefinite.

 

6.2

The company’s first financial year runs from the date of entry in the commercial register until December 31 of the year of incorporation, after which the financial year corresponds to the calendar year,

 

7.

Announcements

Announcements of the company are only made in the Federal Gazette for the Federal Republic of Germany.

 

8.

Final provisions

 

8.1

The place of performance and jurisdiction is the respective registered office of the company.

 

8.2

Should provisions of this contract be or become invalid in whole or in part, this shall not affect the validity of the remainder of the contract. By way of interpretation or reinterpretation, a provision shall be found that achieves the purpose of the invalid provision to the extent permitted by law. The shareholders are obliged to replace the invalid provision for the future with an express provision that achieves the economic purpose of the invalid provision, insofar as legally permissible.


I hereby certify that the image data contained in this file (copy) corresponds the paper document (original) in my possession.

Heppenheim, 23.12.2021

Gerolf Weimar, notary public

Exhibit T3B.15

Notarbescheiniqung qemäß § 54 Abs. 1 GmbH-Gesetz

Die in dem beigefügten Gesellschaftsvertrag geänderten Bestimmungen stimmen mit den in meiner Urkunde Nr.: 811/2018 E gefassten Beschlüssen über die Änderung des Gesellschaftsvertrages und die unveränderten Bestimmungen mit dem zuletzt beim Handelsregister eingereichten vollständigen Wortlaut des Gesellschaftsvertrages überein.

 

Heppenheim, den 09.11.2018

  
/s/ Dr. Engelhard, Notar   

[SEAL]

Dr. Engelhard, Notar   


GESELLSCHAFTSVERTRAG   

ARTICLES

OF ASSOCIATION

§1

Firma der Gesellschaft

  

§1

Corporate Name

Die Firma der Gesellschaft lautet:    The corporate name of the Company is

Intrum Finanzholding

Deutschland GmbH.

  

Intrum Finanzholding

Deutschland GmbH.

§2

Sitz der Gesellschaft

  

§2

Registered Office

Die Gesellschaft hat ihren Sitz in Heppenheim.    The Company has its registered office in Heppenheim.

§3

Dauer der Gesellschaft, Geschäftsjahr

  

§3

Duration, Business Year

(1)   Die Dauer der Gesellschaft ist unbestimmt.

  

(1)   The duration of the Company is indefinite.

(2)   Das Geschäftsjahr der Gesellschaft ist das Kalenderjahr.

  

(2)   The business year of the Company is the calendar year.

§4

Gegenstand des Unternehmens

  

§4

Object of the Company

(1)   Gegenstand des Unternehmens ist der Erwerb, das Halten und die Veräußerung von Beteiligungen an anderen Gesellschaften.

  

(1)   Object of the Company is the acquisition, holding and sale of participations in other companies.

(2)   Im Rahmen dieses Geschäftszweckes ist die Gesellschaft zu allen Geschäften und Maßnahmen berechtigt, die unmittelbar oder mittelbar zur Erreichung des vorstehenden Unternehmensgegenstandes notwendig und nützlich erscheinen, insbesondere zur Beteiligung an anderen Unternehmen gleicher oder verwandter Art, zur Errichtung von gleichen oder ähnlichen Unternehmen im In- und Ausland, sowie zum Abschluss vonUnternehmens- und Kooperationsverträgen mit anderen Gesellschaften sowie ähnlichen Verträgen.

  

(2)   Within this business object, the Company is entitled to implement all transactions and measures, which may be required and useful, either directly or indirectly, to achieve the above-named business object. In particular, the company is entitled to participate in other companies of the same or similar kind, to establish domestic or foreign companies of the same or similar kind, and to conclude affiliation and cooperation agreements or similar contracts with other companies.

 

1


(3)   Die Gesellschaft ist berechtigt, ihre Geschäftstätigkeit auch durch Tochter-, Gemeinschafts- und B eteiligungsunternehmen auszuüben.

  

(3)   The Company is also entitled to pursue its business through subsidiaries, joint ventures or affiliated companies.

§5

Stammkapital

  

§5

Share Capital

Das Stammkapital der Gesellschaft beträgt EUR 25.000 (in Worten: Euro fünfundzwanzigtausend).    The share capital of the Company amounts to EUR 25,000 (in words: Euro twenty five thousand).

§6

Geschäftsführung

  

§6

Managing Directors

(1)   Die Gesellschaft hat einen oder mehrere Geschäftsführer, die von der Gesellschafterversammlung bestellt und abberufen werden.

  

(1)   The Company has one or more managing directors who shall be appointed and recalled by the shareholders’ meeting.

(2)   Die Geschäftsführer sind an Gesetz und Gesellschaftsvertrag sowie die Beschlüsse der Gesellschafterversammlung gebunden. Sie haben die Gesellschaft mit der Sorgfalt eines ordentlichen Kaufmanns zu führen.

  

(2)   The managing directors are bound by applicable law, the articles of association and the resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting. They shall run the Company with the diligence of a prudent businessman.

§7

Vertretung

  

§7

Representation

(1)   Ist nur ein Geschäftsführer bestellt, so vertritt dieser die Gesellschaft allein. Sind mehrere Geschäftsführer bestellt, so wird die Gesellschaft durch zwei Geschäftsführer gemeinsam oder durch einen Geschäftsführer in Gemeinschaft mit einem Prokuristen vertreten,

  

(1)   If only one managing director is appointed, he/she has shall have sole power of representation. If several managing directors are appointed, either two managing directors or one managing director jointly with an authorised signatory (Prokurist”) are entitled to represent the Company.

(2)   Die Gesellschafterversammlung oder der Beirat (soweit er hierzu durch Gesellschafterbeschluss gemäß § 8 Abs. 2 (e) ermächtigt ist) kann einem oder mehreren Geschäftsführern Einzelvertretungsbefugnis auch dann erteilen, wenn mehrere Geschäftsführer bestellt sind, sowie Befreiung von den Beschränkungen des § 181 BGB erteilen.

  

(2)   The shareholders’ meeting or the advisory board (to the extent it has been entitled to do so by shareholders’ resolution pursuant to § 8 para. 2 (e)) may grant sole power of representation to one or several managing directors even if several managing directors are appointed, and may exempt one or several managing directors from the restrictions of § 181 German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch, BGB).

 

2


(3)   Die Geschäftsführer sind an Gesetz, diesen Gesellschaftsvertrag, dieGeschäftsordnung für die Geschäftsführung (siehe Abs. 4) sowie an die Weisungen der Gesellschafterversammlung und des Beirats, in der jeweils gültigen Fassung, gebunden. Sie haben die Gesellschaft mit der Sorgfalt eines ordentlichen Kaufmanns zu führen.

  

(3)   The managing directors are bound by applicable law, these Articles of Association, the management instructions (see para. 4) and the instructions of the shareholders’ meeting and the advisory board, each as valid or amended from time to time. They shall run the Company with the diligence of a prudent businessman.

(4)   Die Geschäftsführer bedürfen der vorherigen Zustimmung der Gesellschafterversammlung oder des Beirats für alle Geschäfte, die über den gewöhnlichen Geschäftsbetrieb der Gesellschaft hinausgehen. Näheres kann von der Gesellschafterversammlung durch die Geschäftsordnung für die Geschäftsführung bestimmt werden. Diese Geschäftsordnung kann von der Gesellschafterversammlung jederzeit geändert werden.

  

(4)   The managing directors need the prior consent of the shareholders’ meeting or the advisory board for all actions going beyond the ordinary course of business. Details may be laid down in the management instructions passed by the shareholders’ meeting. The shareholders’ meeting may amend such instructions at any time.

§8

Beirat

  

§8

Advisory Board

(1)   Die Gesellschaft kann einen Beirat haben.

  

(1)   The Company can have an advisory board.

(2)   Für den Fall, dass ein Beirat eingesetzt wird, gelten folgende Regelungen:

  

(2)   In case an advisory board has been established the following provisions are applicable

(a)   Der Beirat besteht aus drei (3) Mitgliedern. Beiratsmitglieder können Gesellschafter, deren Organe oder Dritte sein. Geschäftsführer oder Mitarbeiter der Gesellschaft oder deren Tochtergesellschaften dürfen nicht Mitglieder des Beirats sein.

  

(a)   The advisory board consists of three (3) members. Shareholders, their statutory bodies or third parties may be members of the advisory board. Managing directors or employees of the company or its subsidiaries may not be members of the advisory board.

 

3


(b)   Die Mitglieder des Beirats werden durch Gesellschafterbeschluss benannt und abberufen.

  

(b)   The members of the advisory board are appointed and recalled by shareholders’ resolution.

(c)   Die Gesellschafterversammlung hat das Recht, Beiratsmitglieder jederzeit mit sofortiger Wirkung ohne Angabe von Gründen abzuberufen. Jedes Beiratsmitglied kann jederzeit mit sofortiger Wirkung ohne Angabe von Gründen sein Amt niederlegen.

  

(c)   The shareholders’ meeting has the right to recall members of the advisory board at any time with immediate effect and without giving reasons. Any member of the advisory board may resign from its office at any time and without giving reasons.

(d)   Die Gesellschafterversammlung beschließt eine Beiratsordnung, in der die Aufgaben und die innere Ordnung des Beirats niedergelegt werden. Diese Beiratsordnung kann von der Gesellschafterversammlung jederzeit geändert werden.

  

(d)   The shareholders’ meeting resolves rules of procedure for the advisory board regulating the duties and responsibilities as well as the internal organisation of the advisory board. The shareholders’ meeting may amend such rules at any time.

(e)   Unbeschadet der Rechte der Gesellschafterversammlung überwacht, berät und unterstützt der Beirat die Geschäftsführung und ist berechtigt, dieser Weisungen für einzelne Geschäftsführungsmaßnahmen zu erteilen. Die Gesellschafter können dem Beirat — jederzeit widerruflich — durch einstimmigen Beschluss weitere Aufgaben und Befugnisse zuweisen, insbesondere das Recht gewähren, Geschäftsführer zu bestellen und abzuberufen, Dienstverträge mit diesen abzuschließen, zu ändern und zu beendigen, Geschäftsführer zur Einzelvertretung zu ermächtigen und von den Beschränkungen des § 181 BGB zu befreien, jeweils unbeschadet der Rechte der Gesellschafterversammlung hierzu.

  

(e)   Notwithstanding the rights of the shareholders’ meeting, the advisory supervises, consults and supports the management, and has the authority to instruct the management with respect to its actions. The shareholders may by unanimous resolution — revocable at any time — assign further tasks and authorizations to the advisory board. In particular, they may grant the right to appoint and recall managing directors, to enter, amend and terminate employment contracts with these, to grant sole power of representation to managing directors and to exempt managing directors from the restrictions of § 181 German Civil Code, notwithstanding the shareholders’ meetings rights regarding any of the foregoing.

(f)   Die Gesellschafter können jederzeit einstimmig beschließen, dass dem Beirat Aufgaben und Befugnisse, welche ihm gemäß Abs. 2 (e) durch Gesellschafterbeschluss zugewiesen wurden, nicht weiter zustehen.

  

(f)   The shareholders may at any time unanimously resolve that the advisory board shall no longer have the tasks and authorizations assigned to it by shareholders’ resolution pursuant to para. 2 (e).

 

4


(g)   Der Beirat kann Einsicht in die Geschäftsbücher sowie alle sonstigen Unterlagen der Gesellschaft nehmen und diejenigen Maßnahmen ergreifen, die nach seiner Auffassung erforderlich sind, um die für die Wahrnehmung seiner Aufgaben erforderlichen Informationen zu erlangen.

  

(g)   The advisory board may inspect the books and all other documents of the Company, and may take any measures it deems necessary to receive the information needed to perform its tasks.

(h)   Die Mitglieder des Beirats treffen ihre Entscheidungen mit der Sorgfalt eines ordentlichen Kaufmanns. Sie sind nicht an Weisungen einzelner oder aller Gesellschafter gebunden. Ihrer Haftung ist auf Vorsatz oder grobe Fahrlässigkeit beschränkt. Die Mitglieder des Beirats haben Anspruch auf Entlastung.

  

(h)   The members of the advisory board shall make their decisions with the diligence of a prudent businessman. Instructions of single or all shareholders do not bind them. Their liability is limited to intention and gross negligence. The members of the advisory board may demand that their actions are formally approved (Entlastung).

(i) Soweit in diesem Gesellschafts- vertrag oder in der Beiratsordnung (Abs. 2 (d)) nichts anderes bestimmt ist, finden die Bestimmungen des AktG für den Aufsichtsrat auf den Beirat der Gesellschaft keine Anwendung.

  

(i) Save as otherwise provided in these Articles of Association or the rules of procedure (para. 2 (d)), the provisions of the German Stock Corporations Act (Aktiengesetz, AktG) on the supervisory board do not apply to the advisory board of the Company.

(j) Die Gesellschafterversammlung kann die vorstehenden Bestimmungen zeitweise außer Kraft setzen und von der Bestellung eines Aufsichtsrates absehen, indem sie keinen Aufsichtsrat wählt. Die in diesem Gesellschaftsvertrag geregelten Befugnisse des Aufsichtsrats stehen dann der Gesellschafterversammlung zu.

  

(j) The shareholders’ meeting may suspend the foregoing provisions on a temporary basis and refrain from the appointment of a supervisory board by not electing an advisory board. The authorities of the supervisory board set out in these Articles of Association shall then be vested with the shareholders’ meeting.

§9

Bekanntmachungen

  

§9

Announcements of the Corporation

Die Bekanntmachungen der Gesellschaft erfolgen nur im elektronischen Bundesanzeiger.    Announcements of the Company are solely published in the electronic Federal Gazette.

 

5


§ 10

Gründungskosten

  

§ 10

Costs for Formation

Die Gesellschaft trägt den ihr oder ihrem Gründer sowohl bei der rechtlichen Gründung, als auch bei der sog. „wirtschaftlichen Neugründung” entstehenden Gründungsaufwand (Rechtsanwalts-, Notar- und Gerichtskosten und Bankgebühren) bis zu insgesamt EUR 2.500.    The Company is liable for the expenses of the formation, i.e. both of the legal formation and of the so-called “economic new establishment”, accruing for it or its incorporator (lawyer’s fees, notary’s fees, court fees and bank charges) up to the total amount of EUR 2,500.

§ 11

Wettbewerbsverbot

  

§ 11

Prohibition of Competition

Die Gesellschafter sind von jedwedem Wettbewerbsverbot befreit und schulden hierfür keine Vergütung.    The shareholders are exempted from any prohibition of competition and shall not be obliged to effect any compensation for such exemption.

§12

Salvatorische Klausel

  

§12

Severability

Sollten Bestimmungen dieses Gesellschaftsvertrages ganz oder teilweise unwirksam oder undurchführbar sein oder werden, so bleibt die Gültigkeit der übrigen Bestimmungen hiervon unberührt. Das gleiche gilt, falls sich herausstellt, dass der Gesellschaftsvertrag eine Regelungslücke enthält. Anstelle der unwirksamen Bestimmungen ist eine wirksame Bestimmung zu vereinbaren, die dem von den Gesellschaftern Gewollten am nächsten kommt; gleiches gilt im Fall einer Lücke.    If a provision of these Articles of Association should be or become partly or entirely invalid or impracticable, the remaining provisions shall remain unaffected. The same applies to potential gaps of the articles of association. The invalid or impracticable provision shall be replaced by such a valid provision, which comes closest to the intentions of the shareholders; the same applies in case of a gap.
Ende der Satzung    End of the Articles of Association

 

6


Heppenheim, den 07.01.2019

Hiennit beglaubige ich die Übereinstimmung, der in dieser Datei enthaltenen Bilddaten (Abschrift) mit dem mir vorliegenden Papierdokument (Urschrift).

Dr. Helmut Engelhard

Notar

Exhibit T3B.16

The English translation is an unofficial translation and in the event of a conflict between the English and the Swedish text versions, the Swedish text version shall prevail.

Bolagsordning för Intrum Holding AB, org.nr 556723-5956

Articles of association of Intrum Holding AB, Reg. No. 556723-5956

 

§ 1

Firma - Name

Bolagets firma är Intrum Holding AB.

The company’s name is Intrum Holding AB.

 

§ 2

Säte - Registered Office

Styrelsen har sitt säte i Stockholm.

The board’s registered office shall be situated in Stockholm,

 

§ 3

Verksamhetsföremål - Object of the company’s business

Bolaget har till föremål för sin verksamhet att, direkt eller indirekt, äga och förvalta lös och fast egendom, aktier, andelar, och andra värdepapper samt bedriva därmed förenlig verksamhet.

The object of the company’s business is to, directly or indirectly, own and manage real property and chattels, shares and other securities, and carry out any other activities compatible therewith.

 

§ 4

Redovisningsvaluta - Accounting currency

Bolaget skall ha sin redovisningsvaluta i svenska kronor (SEK).

The company’s accounting currency shall be Swedish kronor (SEK).

 

§ 5

Aktiekapital och aktier - Share capital and shares

Bolagets aktiekapital skall uppgå till lägst 100 000 SEK och till högst 400 000 SEK. Antalet aktier i bolaget skall uppgå till lägst 1 000 och till högst 4 000.

The company’s share capital shall not be less than SEK 100, 000 and not more than SEK 400,000. The company shall have not less than 1,000 shares and not more than 4,000 shares.

 

§ 6

Räkenskapsår - Financial year

Bolagets räkenskapsår skall vara kalenderår.

The company’s financial year shall be the calendar year.

 

§ 7

Styrelse - Board of directors

Styrelsen skall, till den del den utses av bolagsstämma, bestå av lägst en (1) och högst do (10) styrelseledamöter, med högst tre (3) styrelsesuppleanter.

The board of directors elected by the shareholder’s meeting shall consist of not less than one (1) member and not more than ten (10) members with no more than three (3) deputy members.

 

1


Består styreisen av en eller två styrelseledamöter skall minst en styrelsesuppleant väljas.

In the event that the board consists of one or two members, at least one deputy member shall be elected.

 

§ 8

Revisor - Auditor

Bolaget skall ha lägst en (1) och högst två (2) revisorer samt högst två (2) revisorssuppleanter. Till revisor samt, i förekommande fall, revisorssuppleant skall utses auktoriserad revisor eller registrerat revisionsbolag.

The company shall have not less than one (1) and not more than two (2) auditors and not more than two (2) deputy auditors. As auditor and, when applicable, deputy auditor, shall an authorized public accountant or a registered public accounting firm he elected.

 

§ 9

Kallelse till bolagsstämma - Notice of the shareholder’s meeting

Kallelse till bolagsstämma skall utfärdas tidigast sex och senast två veckor före b olagsstämman,

Notices of shareholders’ meetings shall be issued not earlier than six weeks and not later than two weeks prior to the meeting.

Kallelse till bolagsstämma, liksom andra meddelanden till aktieägarna, skall ske genom brev med posten eller e-post.

Notice of the shareholders’ meetings, as well as other notices to shareholders, shall be issued by post or e-mail.

 

§ 10

Ärende på årsstämma - Items at annual shareholders’ meetings

Vid årsstämma skall följande ärenden förekomma till behandling:

The following items shall be addressed at annual shareholders’ meetings:

 

  1)

Val av ordförande vid stämman;

 

Election of chairman of the meeting;

 

  2)

Upprättande och godkännande av röstlängd;

 

Preparation and approval of the voting list;

 

  3)

Godkännande av dagordning;

 

Approval of the agenda;

 

  4)

Val av en (1) eller två (2) justeringspersoner att undertockna protokollot;

 

Election of one (1) or two (2) persons to approve the minutes of the meeting;


  5)

Prövning av om stämman blivit behörigen sammankallad;

Determination as to whether the meeting has been duly convened;

 

  6)

Framläggande av årsredovisning och revisionsbcrättelse samt, i förekommande fall, koncemredovisning och koncernrevisionsberättelse;

Presentation of the annual report and the auditor’s report and, if applicable, the consolidated annual report and the consolidated auditor’s report;

 

  7)

Beslut

Resolutions

 

  a)

om fastställande av resultaträkning och balansräkning, samt, i förekommande fall, koncernresultaträkning och koncernbalansräkning,

concerning adoption of the profit and loss statement and the balance sheet and, if applicable, the consolidated profit and loss statement and the consolidated balance sheet,

 

  b)

om dispositioner beträffande vinst eller förlust enligt den fastställda balansräkningen,

concerning appropriation of the company’s profit or loss in accordance with the adopted balance sheet,

 

  c)

om ansvarsfrihet åt styrelseledamöter och, i förekommande fall, verkställande direktör.

concerning granting of discharge in respect of the directors and, if applicable. the managing director.

 

  8)

Fastställande om antalet styrelseledamöter och revisorer samt, i förekommande fall, styrelsesuppleanter och revisorssuppleanter.

Determination of the number of board members and auditors and, where applicable, the number of deputy board members and deputy auditors;

 

  9)

Fastställande av arvoden åt styrelsen och revisorerna;

Determination of fees for members of the board of directors and auditors;

 

  10)

Val av styrelseledamöter och revisorer samt, i förekommande fall, styrelsesuppleanter och revisorssuppleanter.

Election of the members of the board of directors and auditors and where applicable, deputy board members and deputy auditors.

 

  11)

Annat ärende, som ankommer på stämman enligt aktiebolagslagen eller bolagsordningen.

Other matter, which in accordance with the Swedish Companies Act or the articles of association is to be dealt with at the meeting.

 

 

Aningen vid årsstämma den ____juni 2021


Adopted at the general meeting on __ June 2021

Exhibit T3B.17

Notarbescheiniqung qemäß § 54 Abs. 1 GmbH-Gesetz

Die in dem beigefügten Gesellschaftsvertrag geänderten Bestimmungen stimmen mit den in meiner Urkunde Nr.: 811/2018 E gefassten Beschlüssen über die Änderung des Gesellschaftsvertrages und die unveränderten Bestimmungen mit dem zuletzt beim Handelsregister eingereichten vollständigen Wortlaut des Gesellschaftsvertrages überein.

 

Heppenheim, den 09.11.2018
/s/ Dr. Engelhard, Notar   [SEAL]
Dr. Engelhard, Notar  


GESELLSCHAFTSVERTRAG    ARTICLES
OF ASSOCIATION
§1
Firma der Gesellschaft
   §1
Corporate Name
Die Firma der Gesellschaft lautet:    The corporate name of the Company is
Intrum Finanzholding
Deutschland GmbH.
   Intrum Finanzholding
Deutschland GmbH.
§2
Sitz der Gesellschaft
   §2
Registered Office
Die Gesellschaft hat ihren Sitz in Heppenheim.    The Company has its registered office in Heppenheim.
§3
Dauer der Gesellschaft,
Geschäftsjahr
   §3
Duration, Business Year
(1) Die Dauer der Gesellschaft ist unbestimmt.    (1) The duration of the Company is indefinite.
(2) Das Geschäftsjahr der Gesellschaft ist das Kalenderjahr.    (2) The business year of the Company is the calendar year.
§4
Gegenstand des Unternehmens
   §4
Object of the Company

(1)   Gegenstand des Unternehmens ist der Erwerb, das Halten und die Veräußerung von Beteiligungen an anderen Gesellschaften sowie die Bewerjtung, der An- und. Verkauf und die Vermitflung des Anund Verkaufs und die Beversohussung von Forderungen jeglteher Art mit oder ohne Ubernahme der Delkrederefunktion, und die Vermitthung von Forderungs, portfolien, fur die es nicht einer Erlaubnis nach § 32 KWG bedarf.

  

(1)   Object of the Company is the acquisition, holding and sale of participations in other companies as well as the evaluation, the purchase and sale and the agency of purchase and sale and the advance of receivables of any kind with or without acceptance of the del credere function as well as the agency of receivables portfolios not requiring a permit pursuant to § 32 KWG>

(2)   Im Rahmen dieses Geschäftszweckes ist die Gesellschaft zu allen Geschäften und Maßnahmen berechtigt, die unmittelbar oder mittelbar zur Erreichung des vorstehenden

  

(2)   Within this business object, the Company is entitled to implement all transactions and measures, which may be required and useful, either directly or indirectly, to achieve the above-named business

 

1


Unternehmensgegenstandes notwendig und nützlich erscheinen, insbesondere zur Beteiligung an anderen Unternehmen gleicher oder verwandter Art, zur Errichtung von gleichen oder ähnlichen Unternehmen im In- und Ausland, sowie zum Abschluss vonUnternehmens- und Kooperationsverträgen mit anderen Gesellschaften sowie ähnlichen Verträgen.

  

object. In particular, the company is entitled to participate in other companies of the same or similar kind, to establish domestic or foreign companies of the same or similar kind, and to conclude affiliation and cooperation agreements or similar contracts with other companies.

(3)   Die Gesellschaft ist berechtigt, ihre Geschäftstätigkeit auch durch Tochter-, Gemeinschafts- und B eteiligungsunternehmen auszuüben.

  

(3)   The Company is also entitled to pursue its business through subsidiaries, joint ventures or affiliated companies.

§5
Stammkapital
   §5
Share Capital
Das Stammkapital der Gesellschaft beträgt EUR 25.000 (in Worten: Euro fünfundzwanzigtausend).    The share capital of the Company amounts to EUR 25,000 (in words: Euro twenty five thousand).
§6
Geschäftsführung
   §6
Managing Directors

(1)   Die Gesellschaft hat einen oder mehrere Geschäftsführer, die von der Gesellschafterversammlung bestellt und abberufen werden.

  

(1)   The Company has one or more managing directors who shall be appointed and recalled by the shareholders’ meeting.

(2)   Die Geschäftsführer sind an Gesetz und Gesellschaftsvertrag sowie die Beschlüsse der Gesellschafterversammlung gebunden. Sie haben die Gesellschaft mit der Sorgfalt eines ordentlichen Kaufmanns zu führen.

  

(2)   The managing directors are bound by applicable law, the articles of association and the resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting. They shall run the Company with the diligence of a prudent businessman.

§7
Vertretung
   §7
Representation

(1)   Ist nur ein Geschäftsführer bestellt, so vertritt dieser die Gesellschaft allein. Sind mehrere Geschäftsführer und prokuristen bestellt, wird die Gesellschaft durch zwei Geschäftsführer gemeinsam oder durch einen Geschäftsführer in Gemeinschaft mit einem Prokuristen vertreten,

  

(1)   If only one managing director is appointed, he/she has shall have sole power of representation. If several managing directors and authorised signatories („Prokurist”) are appointed, either two managing directors or one managing director jointly with an authorised signatory are entitled to represent the Company.

 

2


(2)   Die Gesellschafterversammlung oder der Beirat (soweit er hierzu durch Gesellschafterbeschluss gemäß § 8 Abs. 6 ermächtigt ist) kann einem oder mehreren Geschäftsführern Einzelvertretungsbefugnis auch dann erteilen, wenn mehrere Geschäftsführer bestellt sind, sowie Befreiung von den Beschränkungen des § 181 BGB erteilen.

 

Prokuristen kann befrelung von den Beschrankungen des § 181 BGB erfelit warden mit der Maßgabe, dass sie im Namen der Gesellschaft mit sich als Vertreter eines Dritten Rechtsgeschafte abschlleßen.

  

(2)   The shareholders’ meeting or the advisory board (to the extent it has been entitled to do so by shareholders’ resolution pursuant to § 8 para. 6) may grant sole power of representation to one or several managing directors even if several managing directors are appointed, and may exempt one or several managing directors from the restrictions of § 181 German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch, BGB). Authorised signatories (“Prokuristen”) may be exempted from the restrictions of § 181 German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch, BGB) provided that they conclude legal transactions on behalf of the company with itself as a representative of a third party.

(3)   Die Geschäftsführer sind an Gesetz, diesen Gesellschaftsvertrag, dieGeschäftsordnung für die Geschäftsführung (siehe Abs. 4) sowie an die Weisungen der Gesellschafterversammlung und des Beirats, in der jeweils gültigen Fassung, gebunden. Sie haben die Gesellschaft mit der Sorgfalt eines ordentlichen Kaufmanns zu führen.

  

(3)   The managing directors are bound by applicable law, these Articles of Association, the management instructions (see para. 4) and the instructions of the shareholders’ meeting and the advisory board, each as valid or amended from time to time. They shall run the Company with the diligence of a prudent businessman.

(4)   Die Geschäftsführer bedürfen der vorherigen Zustimmung der Gesellschafterversammlung oder des Beirats für alle Geschäfte, die über den gewöhnlichen Geschäftsbetrieb der Gesellschaft hinausgehen. Näheres kann von der Gesellschafterversammlung durch die Geschäftsordnung für die Geschäftsführung bestimmt werden. Diese Geschäftsordnung kann von der Gesellschafterversammlung jederzeit geändert werden.

  

(4)   The managing directors need the prior consent of the shareholders’ meeting or the advisory board for all actions going beyond the ordinary course of business. Details may be laid down in the management instructions passed by the shareholders’ meeting. The shareholders’ meeting may amend such instructions at any time.

 

3


§8
Beirat
   §8
Advisory Board

(1)   Die Gesellschaft kann einen Beirat haben.

  

(1)   The Company can have an advisory board.

(2)   Der Beirat besteht aus drei (3) Mitgliedern. Beiratsmitglieder können Gesellschafter, deren Organe oder Dritte sein. Geschäftsführer oder Mitarbeiter der Gesellschaft oder deren Tochtergesellschaften dürfen nicht Mitglieder des Beirats sein.

  

(2)   The advisory board consists of three (3) members. Shareholders, their statutory bodies or third parties may be members of the advisory board. Managing directors or employees of the company or its subsidiaries may not be members of the advisory board.

(3)   Die Mitglieder des Beirats werden durch Gesellschafterbeschluss benannt und abberufen.

  

(3)   The members of the advisory board are appointed and recalled by shareholders’ resolution.

(4)   Die Gesellschafterversammlung hat das Recht, Beiratsmitglieder jederzeit mit sofortiger Wirkung ohne Angabe von Gründen abzuberufen. Jedes Beiratsmitglied kann jederzeit mit sofortiger Wirkung ohne Angabe von Gründen sein Amt niederlegen.

  

(4)   The shareholders’ meeting has the right to recall members of the advisory board at any time with immediate effect and without giving reasons. Any member of the advisory board may resign from its office at any time and without giving reasons.

(5)   Die Gesellschafterversammlung beschließt eine Beiratsordnung, in der die Aufgaben und die innere Ordnung des Beirats niedergelegt werden. Diese Beiratsordnung kann von der Gesellschafterversammlung jederzeit geändert werden.

  

(5)   The shareholders’ meeting resolves rules of procedure for the advisory board regulating the duties and responsibilities as well as the internal organisation of the advisory board. The shareholders’ meeting may amend such rules at any time.

(6)   Unbeschadet der Rechte der Gesellschafterversammlung überwacht, berät und unterstützt der Beirat die Geschäftsführung und ist berechtigt, dieser Weisungen für einzelne Geschäftsführungsmaßnahmen zu erteilen. Die Gesellschafter können dem Beirat — jederzeit widerruflich — durch einstimmigen Beschluss weitere Aufgaben und Befugnisse zuweisen, insbesondere das Recht gewähren, Geschäftsführer zu bestellen und abzuberufen, Dienstverträge mit diesen abzuschließen, zu ändern und zu beendigen, Geschäftsführer zur Einzelvertretung zu ermächtigen und von den Beschränkungen des § 181 BGB zu befreien, jeweils unbeschadet der Rechte der Gesellschafterversammlung hierzu.

  

(6)   Notwithstanding the rights of the shareholders’ meeting, the advisory supervises, consults and supports the management, and has the authority to instruct the management with respect to its actions. The shareholders may by unanimous resolution — revocable at any time — assign further tasks and authorizations to the advisory board. In particular, they may grant the right to appoint and recall managing directors, to enter, amend and terminate employment contracts with these, to grant sole power of representation to managing directors and to exempt managing directors from the restrictions of § 181 German Civil Code, notwithstanding the shareholders’ meetings rights regarding any of the foregoing.

 

4


(7)   Die Gesellschafter können jederzeit einstimmig beschließen, dass dem Beirat Aufgaben und Befugnisse, welche ihm gemäß Abs. 6 durch Gesellschafterbeschluss zugewiesen wurden, nicht weiter zustehen.

  

(7)   The shareholders may at any time unanimously resolve that the advisory board shall no longer have the tasks and authorizations assigned to it by shareholders’ resolution pursuant to para. 6.

(8)   Der Beirat kann Einsicht in die Geschäftsbücher sowie alle sonstigen Unterlagen der Gesellschaft nehmen und diejenigen Maßnahmen ergreifen, die nach seiner Auffassung erforderlich sind, um die für die Wahrnehmung seiner Aufgaben erforderlichen Informationen zu erlangen.

  

(8)   The advisory board may inspect the books and all other documents of the Company, and may take any measures it deems necessary to receive the information needed to perform its tasks.

(9)   Die Mitglieder des Beirats treffen ihre Entscheidungen mit der Sorgfalt eines ordentlichen Kaufmanns. Sie sind nicht an Weisungen einzelner oder aller Gesellschafter gebunden. Ihrer Haftung ist auf Vorsatz oder grobe Fahrlässigkeit beschränkt. Die Mitglieder des Beirats haben Anspruch auf Entlastung.

  

(9)   The members of the advisory board shall make their decisions with the diligence of a prudent businessman. Instructions of single or all shareholders do not bind them. Their liability is limited to intention and gross negligence. The members of the advisory board may demand that their actions are formally approved (Entlastung).

(10)  Soweit in diesem Gesellschafts- vertrag oder in der Beiratsordnung (Abs. 5) nichts anderes bestimmt ist, finden die Bestimmungen des AktG für den Aufsichtsrat auf den Beirat der Gesellschaft keine Anwendung.

  

(10)  Save as otherwise provided in these Articles of Association or the rules of procedure (para.5), the provisions of the Getman Stock Corporations Act (Aktiengesetz, AktG) on the supervisory board do not apply to the advisory board of the Company.

(11)  Die Gesellschafterversammlung kann die vorstehenden Bestimmungen zeitweise außer Kraft setzen und von der Bestellung eines Aufsichtsrates absehen, indem sie keinen Aufsichtsrat wählt. Die in diesem Gesellschaftsvertrag geregelten Befugnisse des Aufsichtsrats stehen dann der Gesellschafterversammlung zu.

  

(11)  The shareholders’ meeting may suspend the foregoing provisions on a temporary basis and refrain from the appointment of a supervisory board by not electing an advisory board. The authorities of the supervisory board set out in these Articles of Association shall then be vested with the shareholders’ meeting.

 

5


§9
Bekanntmachungen
   §9
Announcements of the Corporation
Die Bekanntmachungen der Gesellschaft erfolgen nur im elektronischen Bundesanzeiger.    Announcements of the Company are solely published in the electronic Federal Gazette.
§ 10
Gründungskosten
   § 10
Costs for Formation
Die Gesellschaft trägt den ihr oder ihrem Gründer sowohl bei der rechtlichen Gründung, als auch bei der sog. „wirtschaftlichen Neugründung” entstehenden Gründungsaufwand (Rechtsanwalts-, Notar- und Gerichtskosten und Bankgebühren) bis zu insgesamt EUR 2.500.    The Company is liable for the expenses of the formation, i.e. both of the legal formation and of the so-called “economic new establishment”, accruing for it or its incorporator (lawyer’s fees, notary’s fees, court fees and bank charges) up to the total amount of EUR 2,500.
§ 11
Wettbewerbsverbot
   § 11
Prohibition of Competition
Die Gesellschafter sind von jedwedem Wettbewerbsverbot befreit und schulden hierfür keine Vergütung.    The shareholders are exempted from any prohibition of competition and shall not be obliged to effect any compensation for such exemption.
§12
Salvatorische Klausel
   §12
Severability
Sollten Bestimmungen dieses Gesellschaftsvertrages ganz oder teilweise unwirksam oder undurchführbar sein oder werden, so bleibt die Gültigkeit der übrigen Bestimmungen hiervon unberührt. Das gleiche gilt, falls sich herausstellt, dass der Gesellschaftsvertrag eine Regelungslücke enthält. Anstelle der unwirksamen Bestimmungen ist eine wirksame Bestimmung zu vereinbaren, die dem von den Gesellschaftern Gewollten am nächsten kommt; gleiches gilt im Fall einer Lücke.    If a provision of these Articles of Association should be or become partly or entirely invalid or impracticable, the remaining provisions shall remain unaffected. The same applies to potential gaps of the articles of association. The invalid or impracticable provision shall be replaced by such a valid provision, which comes closest to the intentions of the shareholders; the same applies in case of a gap.

 

6


Ende der Satzung    End of the Articles of Association

 

7


Heppenheim, den 10.12.2018

Hiennit beglaubige ich die Übereinstimmung, der in dieser Datei enthaltenen Bilddaten (Abschrift) mit dem mir vorliegenden Papierdokument (Urschrift).

 

Dr. Helmut Engelhard

Notar

Exhibit T3B.18

Articles of Association

FOR

Intrum Holding Norway AS

(Accepted in the General Meeting on 22.09.2008 and then amended in the Extraordinary

General Meeting on 01.02.2014, 24.11.201428.10.2021, 29.05.2024 and 15.10.2024)

§ 1 - Company name

The company’s name is Intrum Holding Norway AS.

§ 2 - Business Office

The company’s registered office is in Bærum municipality.

§ 3 - Business

The Company’s activities are trading and investing in real estate, securities and other assets, including participation in other companies with similar activities.

§ 4 - Share capital

The company’s share capital is NOK 41,000,000, divided into 400,000 shares, each with a nominal value of NOK 102,50.

§ 5 - Board of Directors

The Company’s Board of Directors shall have at least 1 to 7 members, as further decided by the General Meeting.

§ 6 - Signature

The company is jointly appointed by two board members.

§ 7 - Change of ownership

Company consent is not required when changing shares.

§ 8 - Pre-emption right

The other shareholders do not have the right to take over shares in the event of a change of owner-ship.

§ 9 - General meeting

At the ordinary general meeting, the following questions must be addressed and decided:

 

  1.

Approval of the financial statements and the annual report, including distribution of dividends.


  2.

Other matters which, by law or by statute, belong to the general meeting.

*****

Exhibit T3B.19

[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

REGISTRY CERTIFICATE

 

  

 

Registry Certification issued by:

 

ANTONIO HOLGADO CRISTETO

 

Commercial Registrar of COMMERCIAL REGISTRY OF MADRID

 

Príncipe de Vergara, 72

28006 - MADRID

Telephone: 915761200

Fax: 915780566

E-mail: madrid@registromercantil.org

 

Certification of Articles of Association

 

  

APPLICATION IDENTIFIER: 3/38/N86CU22Z

(Cite this identifier for any

question related to this certification)

Your reference: : Intrum Holding Spain-Articles


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

REGISTRY CERTIFICATE

THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTRAR OF THE COMMERCIAL REGISTRY OF MADRID AND ITS PROVINCE, following an examination the Books of the Archive and the digital database existing in this commercial Registry, MADRID, with reference to the Company requested in the request presented under entry 7860 of Journal 2025;

CERTIFIES:

1. That the company INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN SA, a sole shareholder, with NIF [tax ID] A86744349, IRUS [Unique company registration identifier]: 1000286435671, Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) 9598005SNSD7LY9WQ479 and EUID [Unique Identification Number]: ES28065.081067990, is registered in this Registry, in page M- 512458, volume 28461, folio 126, section 8th, and is currently in force.

2. The current articles of association of the aforementioned company are those attached at the end of this certificate.

3. No special situation is listed.

4. The dissolution and liquidation of the company to which this certificate relates is not registered, according to this Registry.

5. The journal does not show any entry relating to a title pending registration affecting the items being certified.

It is hereby noted that the registration status is certified as of 5 February 2025, prior to the opening of the Journal of Documents.

Note: Electronic file 7288/2025.

CLAUSE OF LIMITATION OF EFFECT: The certificate only reliably certifies the content of the entries in the Registry at the time of its issue ex art. 77 of the Regulations of the Commercial Registry approved by Royal Decree 1784/1996, of 19 July. It is expressly stated that this certificate cannot be used to accredit the registration situation at a time other than the date of issue. Notice is hereby given of the possibility of any possible alteration in the registration sheet due to entries made at a later date that may affect the validity or content of what is being certified. The very existence of the entity, the validity and content of the powers of its representatives may have been substantially altered subsequently. Under no circumstances may the representative of the legal entity be understood to be able to bind the latter with third parties, due to the results of this certificate when the same is out of date due to lack of updating and in accordance with the provisions of articles 4 and 5 of Law 6/2020, of 11 November, regulating certain aspects of electronic trust services.

...... WARNINGS ......

BASIC INFORMATION ON PERSONAL DATA PROTECTION

Data Controller: Registrar/Entity listed in the header of the document. For further information, please see the other data protection information.

Purpose of processing: To provide the requested registration service including the practice of associated notifications and, where appropriate, invoicing thereof, as well as to comply with legislation on money laundering and terrorist financing, which may include profiling.

Legal basis for processing: The processing of the data is necessary: for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest or in the exercise of public powers vested in the registrar, in compliance with the relevant legal obligations, as well as for the performance of the requested service.

 

|WWW.REGISTRADORES.ORG|        [ Page 1 of 2 ]


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

REGISTRY CERTIFICATE

Rights: Mortgage and commercial legislation establish a special regime with regard to the exercise of certain rights, and therefore the provisions of these will be complied with. For matters not provided for in the registry regulations, the provisions of data protection legislation shall apply, as indicated in the details of the additional information. In any case, the exercise of the rights recognised by the data protection legislation to the data owners shall comply with the requirements of the registration procedure.

Categories of data: Identity data, contact data, other data available in the additional data protection information.

Recipients: Processing of data by other recipients is foreseen. No international transfers are foreseen.

Sources from which the data originate: Data may originate from the data subject himself/herself, presenter, legal representative, Management/Advisory.

Other data protection information: Available at https://www.registradores.org/politica-de-privacidad- registry- services depending on the type of registry service requested.

CONDITIONS OF USE OF INFORMATION

The information made available to you is for your exclusive use and is non-transferable and confidential and may only be used for the purpose for which the information was requested. The transmission or transfer of the information by the user to any other person, even free of charge, is prohibited. In accordance with the Instruction of the Directorate General of Registries and Notaries of 17 February 1998, the incorporation of the data contained in the registry information into computer files or databases for individualised consultation of natural or legal persons is prohibited, even expressing the source of origin.

...... . ......

This document has been signed with a qualified electronic signature by ANTONIO HOLGADO CRISTETO Commercial Registrar of COMMERCIAL REGISTRY OF MADRID on 5 February 2025.

[barcode]

(*) C.S.V. : 128065270065645360

Verification Web Service: https://sede.registradores.org/csv

(*) Secure Verification Code: this code allows the authenticity of the copy to be checked by accessing the electronic archives of the issuing public body or agency. Copies made on paper of public documents issued by electronic means and signed electronically will be considered authentic copies provided that they include the printing of an electronically generated code or other verification systems that allow their authenticity to be verified by accessing the electronic archives of the issuing public body or organisation (Article 27.3 of Law 39/2015, of 1 October, on the Common Administrative Procedure of Public Administrations).

 

|WWW.REGISTRADORES.ORG|        [ Page 2 of 2 ]


TITLE I. NAME, OBJECT, DURATION AND DOMICILE.-

Article 1.- Name. The Company shall be named “ INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN, S.A.U.” (the “Company”), and shall be governed by these Articles of Association in accordance with the provisions of Royal Legislative Decree 1/2010, of 2 July, which approves the revised text of the Capital Companies Act and other relevant provisions in force.

Article 2.- OBJECT. The company has as its object:

a. The provision of debt collection, credit information, financial analysis, and the purchase and collection debt portfolios and related businesses.

b. The acquisition, disposal, leasing and management of real estate.

c. The investments in financial markets or placements through financial intermediaries, with the exception of activities regulated by the legislation on Collective Investment Institutions and the Securities Market.

d. Participation in the capital of other companies with a similar corporate purpose. The aforementioned activities may be carried out directly or indirectly by the Company, including through its shareholdings in other companies with an identical or similar corporate purpose. Excluded are all those activities for the exercise of which the Law establishes special requirements that are not fulfilled by this Company. Specifically, those cases subject to Collective Investment and Stock Market legislation are excluded. Likewise, those activities that so require shall be carried out by qualified professionals.

ARTICLE 3. ADDRESS. The registered office of the Company is established in Alcobendas (Madrid), at calle Avenida de Bruselas 8, planta 1. By resolution of the Board of Directors, the registered office may be transferred within the same town where it is established. Likewise, branches, agencies or delegations may be created, suppressed or transferred as the development of the company’s business makes necessary or convenient, both in Spain and abroad.

“ARTICLE 4. - The registered office is at C/ Vía de los Poblados, 3 Edificio 1, Parque Empresarial Cristalia, 28033 Madrid. The Board of Directors of the Company may resolve to establish branches, agencies and delegations, both in Spain and abroad, subject to legal requirements applicable in each case, and may also resolve to abolish or transfer them. The Administrative Body may also resolve to transfer the registered office within the national territory”.

TITLE II. SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARES.

ARTICLE 5.- SHARE CAPITAL. The share capital is THREE MILLION THREE HUNDRED AND FOURTEEN THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED AND SIXTY-EIGHT (3,314,468), fully subscribed and paid up.

ARTICLE 6.- SHARES. The share capital is divided into THREE MILLION THREE HUNDRED AND FOURTEEN THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED AND SIXTY-EIGHT (3,314,468) registered shares, indivisible, of a single class and series, represented by securities, with a nominal value of ONE EURO (€1.00[sic]) each; numbered sequentially from 1 to 3,314,468, both inclusive. Each share confers on its legitimate holder the status of shareholder and confers on him/her the rights recognised by law and in these articles of association and each share confers the right to one vote.

ARTICLE 7.- SHARES. The shares shall be represented by registered shares, which shall be unitary or multiple. In the latter case, each certificate shall comprise all the shares held by the same shareholder. The certificates shall be numbered consecutively and shall contain at least the information required by article 114 of the Capital Companies Act, or the article that amends or replaces it. The shares shall appear in the Register of Registered Shares kept by the Company, in which successive transfers, the creation of rights in rem and other encumbrances on the shares shall be recorded. Each entry shall indicate the identity and address of the holder of the share or of the right or encumbrance on the share. The Company may only rectify the contents of the Register of Registered Shares if the


interested parties have not objected to the rectification within a period of one month from the date of reliable notification of the intention to do so. The personal details of shareholders may be amended at their request and shall not be effective vis-à-vis the Company until such time as they are recorded in the Register of Registered Shares. The Company shall only consider a shareholder to be a shareholder if he is registered in the book of registered shares. Any shareholder who so requests may examine the book of registered shares. Until the certificates have been printed and delivered, each shareholder shall be entitled to obtain certification of the shares registered in his name.

ARTICLE 8.- TRANSFER OF SHARES.

a) Voluntary transfer by “inter vivos” acts. The voluntary transfer of shares by “inter vivos” acts between the following shall be free shareholders, as well as in favour of companies belonging to the same group as the transferring shareholder, under the terms established in Article 42 of the Commercial Code. In other cases, the transfer shall be subject to the following rules: i) A shareholder intending to transfer all or part of its shares, whether for valuable consideration or free of charge, shall send to the Company’s Administrative Body a communication (the “Transfer Communication”) stating the number and numbering of the shares it proposes to transfer, the name, address and nationality of the person to whom it wishes to transfer such shares, if any, as well as the price, payment conditions and main terms and conditions for the transfer. The Notice of Transfer shall constitute an irrevocable offer to sell. ii) Within ten calendar days following receipt of the Notice of Transfer, the Board of Directors shall send it to the remaining shareholders so that they may decide whether they wish to exercise their pre-emptive acquisition right on the shares offered as set out below. iii) Within twenty-five calendar days from the date on which the Administrative Body has notified the remaining shareholders of the Transfer Notice, the non-transferring shareholders may exercise a pre- emptive acquisition right for all (but not part) of the shares offered, under the same conditions set out in the Transfer Notice, by notifying the transferring shareholder in writing, with a copy to the Administrative Body. If more than one shareholder shows an interest in acquiring the shares offered, they shall be distributed by the Administrative Body among them pro rata to their shareholding in the Company. If the pro rata distribution of shares by the transferring shareholder results in several shareholders being entitled to fractions of shares, the corresponding shares shall be attributed to the shareholders to whom the highest fractions correspond. iv) The price shall be paid in full at the time of formalising the transfer which, in any event, must be within the month following the date on which the decision to exercise the pre-emptive acquisition right has been notified in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraphs. If the shareholder or shareholders who have notified their decision to exercise the pre-emptive acquisition right do not formalise the transfer within that period, and without prejudice to the legal actions available to the transferring shareholder to recover any damages and/or losses suffered, the provisions of sub-section (v) below shall apply. If there are several shareholders who notify their decision to exercise their pre-emptive acquisition right and any of them do not formalise the transfer, the shares corresponding to them shall be offered pro rata to the remaining shareholders. v) In the event that no shareholder has exercised their pre-emptive acquisition right within the period of twenty-five calendar days from the date on which the Board of Directors has notified the remaining shareholders of the Transfer Notice, the transferring shareholder shall be free to transfer the shares in accordance with the plan communicated in the Transfer Notice. vi) In cases where the planned transfer is for valuable consideration other than purchase or free of charge, the acquisition price shall be the price set by mutual agreement between the parties or, failing this, the fair value of the shares on the day on which the Company was notified of the


intention to transfer. Fair value shall mean the value determined by an auditor, other than the auditor of the Company, appointed for this purpose by the directors of the Company. vii) The public deed of transfer must be executed within one month of the occurrence of the first of the circumstances indicated in subsection (v) above. Within thirty calendar days from the date of the transfer of the shares in accordance with the above rules, the transferring shareholder must send the Company a copy of the public deed of transfer. This regime shall also apply to the voluntary transfer by inter vivos acts of the right of pre-emptive subscription of shares which, in capital increases, corresponds to the shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Law, which shall be exercisable within the periods established therein.

b) Transfer “mortis causa”. The same pre-emptive acquisition right regulated in section (a) above shall apply to transfers of shares mortis causa, in which case the provisions of article 124 of the Capital Companies Act, or such other article as may replace or amend them, shall be complied with. In such cases, the notice to the Administrative Body may be given by the heir, legatee, administrator of the estate or the person acting in his or her stead, and the time periods shall commence to run from the time of such notice. The reasonable value shall be understood to be that of the day on which the registration of the transfer mortis causa was requested.

e) Forced transfer. The right of pre- emptive acquisition referred to in section (a) above may be exercised even in the event of seizure or compulsory execution at the request of a third party, or as a consequence of any judicial or administrative enforcement proceedings on shares in the Company or rights inherent to such shares, for whatever reason, and in such cases the provisions of Articles 124 and 125 of the Capital Companies Act, or those which replace or amend them, shall apply. The periods shall commence to run from the time when the auctioneer or successful bidder notifies the Board of the acquisition.

d) General The rules governing the transfer of shares shall be those in force on the date on which the shareholder notified the Company of his intention to transfer or, where applicable, on the date of the death of the shareholder, or on the date of the judicial or administrative award. Transfers of shares which do not comply with the provisions of the Law and these Articles of Association shall have no effect whatsoever against the Company.

ARTICLE 9.- PENDING PAYMENT When there are partially paid-up shares, the shareholders must contribute to the Company the portion of capital not paid-up in the manner and within the period or periods determined by the resolution to increase the share capital or, failing this, under the conditions decided by the Board of Directors, in any event within a maximum period of five years from the date of the resolution to increase the share capital.

ARTICLE 10.- FORMALISATION OF TRANSFER AND CONSTITUTION OF RIGHTS. All transfers of shares, as well as the creation of a pledge or any other right in rem over the shares or any other right in rem, must be recorded in a public document. The transfer of shares or the creation of rights in rem thereon must be notified in writing to the Company for recording in the Register of Registered Shares, indicating the personal circumstances, nationality and domicile of the acquirer. The acquirer of the shares may exercise the rights of shareholder against the Company or, in the case of the holder of a right in rem, the rights corresponding to him in accordance with the provisions of the corresponding document formalising its constitution, as soon as the Company becomes aware of the transfer or constitution of the encumbrance.

ARTICLE 11.- USUFRUCT OF SHARES. In the case of a usufruct of shares, the status of shareholder resides in the bare owner, but the usufructuary shall have the right, in any case, to the dividends agreed by the company during the usufruct. In all other cases, the relationship between the usufructuary and the bare owner and the content of the usufruct shall be governed by the constitutive title of the usufruct and, in the absence thereof, by


the provisions of the Capital Companies Act and, supplementarily, by the provisions of the Civil Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and unless the constitutive title of the usufruct provides otherwise, the provisions of Articles 128 and 129 of the Capital Companies Act shall apply to the liquidation of the usufruct and to the exercise of the right to subscribe new shares. In this case, the sums to be paid by the bare owner to the usufructuary shall be paid in money.

ARTICLE 12.- PLEDGE OF SHARES In general, in the event of a pledge of shares, the owner of the shares shall be entitled to exercise the rights of the shareholder. As an exception, the pledgee shall be entitled to all the rights of the shareholder (including the right to vote and to call a General Shareholders’ Meeting) without limitation from the time the application for enforcement of the pledge has been admitted or the Company has been notified of the commencement of the notarial enforcement of the pledge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the regime of transfer of shares and pre-emptive subscription rights shall not apply in the case of transfers as a result of proceedings for the enforcement of the pledge with which all or part of the shares may have been encumbered.

ARTICLE 13.- ATTACHMENT OF SHARES. In the case of attachment of shares, the provisions of the preceding article shall apply to the attachment, insofar as it is compatible with the specific attachment regime.

ARTICLE 14.- CO-OWNERSHIP OR JOINT SHAREHOLDING. In the event of co-ownership of shares or joint shareholding over the same, the co-owners or co-owners shall designate one of them to exercise the corporate rights, but in the event of breach of the obligations to the Company, all of them shall be jointly and severally liable.

TITLE III. GOVERNING AND ADMINISTRATIVE BODIES OF THE COMPANY.

ARTICLE 15.- SOCIAL BODIES. The social bodies of the Company are the General Shareholders’ Meeting and the Administrative Body. Section One. General Shareholders’ Meeting.

ARTICLE 16.- GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING. The shareholders, constituted in a duly called General Shareholders’ Meeting, shall decide on the matters within the competence of the General Shareholders’ Meeting. All shareholders, including dissenting shareholders and those who have not participated in the meeting, shall be subject to the resolutions of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, without prejudice to the right of withdrawal that may correspond to them in accordance with the provisions of the Law and these Articles of Association.

ARTICLE 17.- POWERS OF THE GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING. The General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be responsible for deliberating and agreeing on the following matters: a) Approval of the annual accounts, distribution of profits and censure of corporate management. b) The appointment and removal of the directors, liquidators and, if appropriate, the auditors, as well as the exercise of corporate action for liability against any of them. c) The authorisation of the directors to carry on the same, similar or complementary type of activity as the corporate purpose for their own account or for the account of others. d) The amendment of the Articles of Association. e) The increase and reduction of share capital. f) The transformation, merger, spin-off or global transfer of assets and liabilities of the Company and the transfer of the registered office abroad. g) The suppression or limitation of pre-emptive subscription rights. h) The acquisition, disposal or contribution of essential assets to another company. The essential nature of the assets shall be presumed when the amount of the transaction exceeds twenty-five (25) per cent of the value of the assets appearing in the last approved balance sheet, in accordance with the provisions of article 160 of the Capital Companies Act or such other article as may replace or amend it. i) The dissolution of the Company. j) The approval of the final liquidation balance sheet. k) Any other resolutions expressly reserved by law or by these Articles of Association to the competence of the same.

ARTICLE 18.- ATTENDANCE AND REPRESENTATION. In order to attend General Shareholders’ Meetings, it shall be sufficient to hold one share. Shareholders who are registered in the Register of Registered Shares five days prior to the date on which the General Shareholders’ Meeting is to be held shall be entitled to attend.


Any shareholder entitled to attend may be represented at the General Shareholders’ Meeting by another person, even if not a shareholder. The proxy must be conferred in writing and, when not recorded in a public document, must be made specifically for each General Shareholders’ Meeting. The proxy shall cover all the shares held by the shareholder represented. Proxies may be revoked at any time. The personal attendance of the represented shareholder at the General Shareholders’ Meeting shall have the effect of revocation.

ARTICLE 19.- TYPES OF MEETINGS. General Shareholders’ Meetings may be ordinary or extraordinary. The Ordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting shall necessarily meet within the first six months of each financial year to review the management of the company, approve, if appropriate, the accounts for the previous financial year and resolve on the application of the result, and may also deal with any other point indicated on the agenda and which is within the competence of the General Shareholders’ Meeting. If the Governing Body does not convene the Ordinary General Meeting within the aforementioned period, it may be convened at the request of any shareholder, after hearing the opinion of the Governing Body. Any other General Shareholders’ Meeting held shall be considered extraordinary and shall be held whenever the Administrative Body deems it necessary or convenient for the company’s interests or when requested by a number of shareholders representing at least 5% of the share capital, expressing in the request the matters to be discussed. In the latter case, the General Shareholders’ Meeting must be called to be held within two months of the date on which the Administrative Body was requested by notary to call it, and the matters requested must be included on the agenda. If the Administrative Body does not comply with the request in due time, the General Shareholders’ Meeting may be called at the request of any shareholder, after hearing the Administrative Body.

ARTICLE 20.- NOTICE. ALL GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS All General Shareholders’ Meetings must be called by means of an announcement published on the Company’s website, if one has been created; registered and published in accordance with the terms of Article 11 bis of the Capital Companies Act, or any act that may substitute or modify it. When the Company has not agreed to create its website or it is not yet duly registered and published, the call shall be made by means of an individual written announcement, which ensures its receipt by all shareholders, and which shall be sent to each of the shareholders at the address designated for this purpose or to the one appearing in the Company’s documentation. There must be a period of at least one month between the announcement and the date set for the General Shareholders’ Meeting. The notice shall state the name of the Company, the date and time of the meeting and the agenda. It shall include the mandatory information required by law in relation to the items to be discussed. The notice of meeting may state the date on which, if appropriate, the General Shareholders’ Meeting will be held on second call. There must be a period of at least twenty-four hours between the first and second meetings. All matters concerning the calling of the General Shareholders’ Meeting in special cases, the content of the supplementary call, the period prior to the call, the judicial call and the second call, shall be governed by the provisions of the Capital Companies Act.

ARTICLE 21.- PLACE OF CALL OF THE GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS The general shareholders’ meetings shall be called by the Board of Directors or, as the case may be, the liquidators, and shall be held in the municipal district where the Company has its registered office; unless for imperative reasons it is advisable and necessary for such General Shareholders’ Meeting to be held in any other place in Spain or abroad.


ARTICLE 22.- UNIVERSAL MEETING. However, the General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be deemed validly constituted, with Universal status, to deal with any matter, without the need for a prior call; provided that the entire share capital is present or represented and the attendees unanimously accept the holding of the General Shareholders’ Meeting and its agenda. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 21 of these Articles of Association, the Universal General Meeting may meet anywhere in Spain or abroad.

Article 23.- CONSTITUTION OF THE GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING. The General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be validly constituted at first call when the shareholders, present or represented by proxy, hold at least 25% of the subscribed capital with voting rights. On second call, the General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be validly constituted regardless of the amount of capital in attendance. In order for the General Shareholders’ Meeting to validly resolve on the resolutions established in Article 194 of the Capital Companies Act (quorum for special cases), or that which modifies or replaces it, shareholders present or represented by proxy must hold at least fifty per cent of the subscribed voting capital at first call and twenty-five per cent at second call.

ARTICLE 24.- PRESIDING PANEL, DELIBERATIONS AND ADOPTION OF RESOLUTIONS. General Shareholders’ Meetings shall be chaired by the president of the Board of Directors or, in the absence thereof, by the vice-president thereof and, in the absence thereof, by the shareholder elected in each case by the shareholders attending the General Shareholders’ Meeting. The president shall direct the debate and give the floor in order of request. The secretary shall be the secretary of the Board or, in the absence thereof, the deputy secretary thereof and, in the absence thereof, the person chosen in each case by the shareholders attending the General Shareholders’ Meeting. With regard to the manner of deliberating and adopting resolutions, the following rules shall be observed: a) Once the valid constitution of the General Shareholders’ Meeting in question has been determined, the president shall declare the session open and shall successively propose each of the items appearing on the agenda for consideration by the General Shareholders’ Meeting. b) The deliberation shall be opened with a presentation of the content of each item by the president himself, or by members of the Administrative Body, by a manager, or by a corresponding adviser or technician, designated for such purpose by the Administrative Body. c) The shareholders shall then be given the opportunity to speak. The president shall take special care to ensure that the speaking time of shareholders who may oppose the proposals submitted by the Governing Body is respected in due time and form. However, after at least three turns in favour and three turns against, the president may propose to the General Shareholders’ Meeting, as a point of order, that the deliberation be closed. The president shall summarise the deliberations and formulate the proposal to be put to the vote. In relation to the adoption of resolutions, the following rules shall be observed: a) Voting shall be by show of hands, in three rounds: in favour, against and abstentions. If two scrutineers have not been previously appointed by the General Shareholders’ Meeting, the people acting as president and secretary of the meeting shall be responsible for counting the votes. b) Separate votes shall be taken on matters that are substantially independent and, in any event, even if they appear on the same agenda item, separate votes shall be taken on the appointment, ratification, re-election or removal of each director and, in the amendment of the Articles of Association, on each article or group of articles that have their own autonomy. c) Resolutions other than those referred to in the second paragraph of Article 23 of these Articles of Association shall be adopted by a simple majority of the votes of the shares


present or represented at the General Shareholders’ Meeting, with a resolution being deemed adopted when it obtains more votes in favour than against the capital present or represented, both at first and second call. To adopt the resolutions referred to in the second paragraph of Article 23 of these Articles of Association, (i) if the capital present or represented exceeds fifty percent, it shall suffice for the resolution to be adopted by an absolute majority. However, (ii) the favourable vote of two-thirds of the capital present or represented at the General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be required when, on second call, shareholders representing twenty-five per cent or more of the subscribed capital with voting rights attend without reaching fifty per cent. Shareholders may request in writing prior to the General Shareholders’ Meeting or verbally during the meeting any reports and clarifications they deem appropriate on the matters included on the agenda, and the Board of Directors shall be obliged to provide them, with no restrictions other than those established in article 197 of the Capital Companies Act, or such other article as may replace or amend it, and with the exceptions set forth in said article.

ARTICLE 25.- CONFLICT OF INTEREST. Shareholders may not exercise their right to vote when there is a conflict of interest with respect to the object of the vote, in accordance with the provisions of the Capital Companies Act and, in particular, when it is a question of adopting a resolution whose object is: a) to authorise them to transfer shares subject to a legal restriction in the Articles of Association; b) exclude him/her from the Company; release him/her from an obligation or grant him/her a right; d) provide him/her with any type of financial assistance, including the provision of guarantees; or e) exempt him/her from the obligations arising from the duty of loyalty pursuant to the provisions of article 230 of the Capital Companies Act, or such other article as may replace or amend it. The shares of a shareholder who is in any of the situations of conflict of interest contemplated in the preceding section shall be deducted from the share capital for the purpose of calculating the majority of votes required in each case.

ARTICLE 26.- MINUTES AND CERTIFICATIONS. All corporate resolutions shall be recorded in the minutes of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, which shall be signed by the persons acting as President and Secretary of the meeting. The minutes of the General Meeting shall necessarily include the list of attendees and must be approved by the General Shareholders’ Meeting itself at the end of the meeting and, failing this, within fifteen (15) days, by the president and two intervening shareholders, one representing the majority and the other representing the minority; all without prejudice to the provisions of the Law for the notarial minutes. The minutes, once approved and signed, shall be transcribed in the corresponding minutes book of the Company. SECTION TWO. ADMINISTRATIVE BODY.

ARTICLE 27.- WAYS OF ORGANISING THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE COMPANY. The Governing Body, without the limitations of the powers reserved by the Capital Companies Act and the Articles of Association to the General Shareholders’ Meeting, shall exercise supreme management and shall extend to all acts included in the corporate purpose. The Company shall be governed and managed, at the discretion of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, by: (a) a sole director; (ii) two joint and several directors; (iii) two joint directors; or (d) a Board of Directors comprising a minimum of three and a maximum of twelve members. The General Shareholders’ Meeting shall determine the system of administration adopted and, where appropriate, the number of members of the Board of Directors. The General Shareholders’ Meeting may also change the system of administration or the number of members of the Board of Directors without amending these Articles of Association.


ARTICLE 28.- APPOINTMENT. The competence for the appointment of Directors corresponds exclusively to the General Shareholders’ Meeting. In order to be appointed Director, it shall not be necessary to be a shareholder. The individual or entity may not hold any position in the company if they are legally incompatible for any reason, and this will be a cause for prohibition and disqualification, and in particular those provided for in article 213 of the Capital Companies Act, Act 5/2006, of 10 April 2006, and other state and autonomous 5/2006 of 10 April 2006 and other applicable state and autonomous community legislation in force. Directors may not engage for their own account or for the account of any third party in the same type of trade that constitutes the object of the Company, except by resolution of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, adopted with the majority of votes stipulated in Article 24 of these Articles of Association.

ARTICLE 29.- TERM OF OFFICE. DIRECTORS SHALL HOLD OFFICE FOR A TERM OF SIX YEARS and may be re-elected one or more times for periods of the same duration. Once the term has expired, the appointment shall expire when the next general meeting has been held or when the legal term for holding the meeting that is to decide on the approval of the accounts for the previous year has elapsed. However, the general shareholders’ meeting may at any time remove the directors, even if the removal is not on the agenda.

ARTICLE 30.- The office of director, both as such and for the performance of executive duties, shall be remunerated. The directors shall receive a remuneration consisting of (a) a fixed allowance; (b) an assistance allowance. (c) variable remuneration, which shall be calculated in accordance with the criteria for meeting the objectives established by the group; and (d) severance pay, consisting of compensation equivalent to monthly payments of remuneration, provided that the termination was not due to failure to perform the duties of director. The maximum amount of annual remuneration for all the directors as a whole shall be approved by the general meeting and shall remain in force until such time as it is amended. The distribution of remuneration among the different directors shall be established by resolution of the general meeting or the board of directors, which must take into consideration the functions and responsibilities attributed to each of the directors. The remuneration established in this article shall be compatible with any other remuneration that the directors may receive by virtue of a commercial or employment relationship, which does not require statutory provision.

ARTICLE 31.- BOARD OF DIRECTORS. When the administration and representation of the Company is entrusted to a Board of Directors, the rules set out below shall apply:

1.- Composition. The Board of Directors shall be composed of a minimum of three and a maximum of twelve members, the determination of which shall be the responsibility of the General Shareholders’ Meeting.

2.- Frequency. The Board of Directors shall meet whenever it is necessary or convenient for the interests of the Company and is so resolved by the President, or whoever acts in his stead, either on his own initiative or at the request of a director. In any event, the Board of Directors shall meet at least once a quarter. In the event that a director so requests, the president may not delay the calling of the meeting for more than fifteen days from the date of receipt of the request.

3.- Calling of meetings. Notice of call shall necessarily be given in writing, at least two (2) working days prior to the meeting, by letter, telegram, fax or any other written or electronic means. The notice of meeting shall be addressed personally to each of the members of the Board of Directors, at the address appearing in their appointment to the e-mail address they have communicated to the Company, or to those, which, in the event of a change, they have notified to the Company. The notice shall state the date, place and time of the meeting, as well as the items on the agenda.

4.- Constitution. The Board shall be validly constituted when half plus one of its members attend the meeting in person or represented by another director. In the event of an odd number of directors, half shall be determined by default. A director may be represented at meetings of the Board of Directors only by another director. Representation shall be conferred by letter addressed to the President. A meeting of the Board of Directors shall be validly convened without prior notice when all the members of the Board unanimously decide to hold the meeting.


5.- Internal regulations. The Board of Directors shall appoint the president and may appoint, if it so decides, one or more vice-president to replace the president in the event of vacancy, absence or illness. It shall also appoint the secretary and may appoint a deputy secretary to replace the secretary in the event of vacancy, absence or illness. The secretary and deputy-secretary may be non- directors, who may have the right to speak but not to vote. Voting shall be by show of hands, except when the vote is to be taken by secret ballot by decision of the President or at the request of the majority of those present. A written vote without a meeting shall be valid if no director objects. Resolutions of the Board of Directors held by videoconference or conference call shall be valid provided that none of the directors object to this procedure, that they have the necessary means to do so, and that they mutually recognise each other, which must be stated in the minutes of the Board of Directors and in the certification of the resolutions. In this case, the meeting of the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be the only meeting held at the place of the registered office.

6.- Majorities. Resolutions shall be adopted by an absolute majority of those attending the meeting, except where the law requires a qualified majority. In the event of a tie, the President shall have the casting vote.

7.- Minutes. The resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be recorded in the minutes, which must be approved by the Board at the end of the meeting or at the following meeting. The minutes shall be signed by the secretary of the Board of Directors at the meeting, with the approval of the person acting as president. The minutes shall be transcribed in the Company’s minute book.

8.- Delegation of powers. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more managing directors from among its members, without prejudice to the powers of attorney that may be conferred on any person, the powers to be conferred being determined in each case. The permanent delegation of any power of the Board of Directors to one or more managing directors and the appointment of the director or directors to occupy such positions shall require, in order to be valid, the favourable vote of two thirds of the members of the Board of Directors and shall not produce any effect until it is registered in the Commercial Registry. Under no circumstances shall any powers be delegated in contravention of the provisions of the Capital Companies Act and, in particular, none of the following powers: a) The supervision of the effective functioning of the committees it has set up and of the directors it has appointed; b) The determination of the Company’s general policies and strategies; c) The authorisation or waiver of the obligations arising from the duty of loyalty pursuant to the provisions of article 230 of the Capital Companies Act, or such other article as may replace or amend it; d) Its own organisation and operation; e) The preparation of the annual accounts and their submission to the General Meeting; f) The preparation of any kind of report required by law from the administrative body, provided that the transaction to which the report refers cannot be delegated; g) The appointment and removal of the Company’s managing directors, as well as the establishment of the terms of their contract; h) The appointment and removal of executives who report directly to the board or any of its members, and the establishment of the basic conditions of their contracts, including their remuneration; i) Decisions relating to the remuneration of directors, within the framework of the Articles of Association and, where appropriate, the remuneration policy approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders; j) The calling of the General Shareholders’ Meeting and the drawing up of the agenda and proposal of resolutions; k) The policy relating to treasury stock; 1) The powers delegated to the Board of Directors by the General Shareholders’ Meeting, unless expressly authorised by it to sub-delegate them.

TITLE IV. FINANCIAL YEAR AND ACCOUNTS.

ARTICLE 32.- FINANCIAL YEAR. The financial year shall commence on 1 January and end on 31 December of each year.


ARTICLE 33.- ANNUAL ACCOUNTS. The Administrative Body is obliged to draw up, within a maximum period of three months from the close of the financial year, the annual accounts, the management report and the proposal for the distribution of profits. The annual accounts shall comprise the balance sheet, the profit and loss account and the notes to the financial statements and, where appropriate, the statement of changes in equity and the cash flow statement. These documents, which shall form a single unit, shall be clearly drawn up and shall give a true and fair view of the Company’s assets, financial position and results, in accordance with the provisions of the Law and the Commercial Code, and shall be signed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 34.- SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHT TO INFORMATION ON THE ANNUAL ACCOUNTS. Any shareholder shall have the right to obtain, as from the call to the General Shareholders’ Meeting, immediately and free of charge, the documents to be submitted for the approval thereof, as well as the management report and, if appropriate, the auditors’ report. This right shall be stated in the notice of meeting. During the same period indicated in the preceding paragraph, the shareholder or shareholders representing at least five per cent of the share capital may examine, at the registered office, either by themselves or together with an accountant, the documents that serve as support and background for the annual accounts of the Company, without the right of the minority to have an auditor appointed at the Company’s expense preventing or limiting this right.

TITLE V. SEPARATION AND EXCLUSION OF SHAREHOLDERS.

ARTICLE 35.- SEPARATION AND EXCLUSION OF SHAREHOLDERS. Shareholders shall have the right to withdraw from the Company and may be excluded from the Company by resolution of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, for the reasons and in the manner provided in Articles 346 et seq. of the Capital Companies Act, or those replacing or amending them.

TITLE VI. DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION.

ARTICLE 36.- GROUNDS FOR DISSOLUTION. The Company shall be dissolved for the causes established in Chapter One of Title X of the Capital Companies Act.

ARTICLE 37.- LIQUIDATION. At the time of dissolution, the directors shall be converted into liquidators, unless the General Shareholders’ Meeting has appointed others upon resolution of the dissolution. The liquidators shall hold office for an indefinite period. If three (3) years have elapsed since the opening of the liquidation without the final balance sheet of the liquidation having been submitted to the General Shareholders’ Meeting for approval, any shareholder or person with a legitimate interest may request the Commercial Court of the registered office of the company to remove the liquidators in the manner provided for in the Capital Companies Act. Once all creditors have been satisfied or the amount of their claims against the company has been deposited with a credit institution in the municipality in which the registered office is located and any outstanding claims have been secured, the resulting assets shall be distributed among the shareholders in proportion to their interest in the company’s share capital.

ARTICLE 38.- REACTIVATION OF THE COMPANY. Once dissolution has been agreed and until payment of the shareholders’ liquidation quota has commenced, the General Shareholders’ Meeting may agree to the Company’s return to active life provided that the cause for dissolution has disappeared and the book assets are not less than the share capital. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the revival of the Company may not be resolved in cases of dissolution by operation of law.

TITLE VII. SOLE SHAREHOLDER COMPANY

ARTICLE 39.- SOLE SHAREHOLDER COMPANY. In the event that the Company becomes a single-member company, the provisions of Articles 12 and following of the Capital Companies Act, or such articles as may replace or amend them, shall apply, and the sole shareholder shall exercise the powers of the General Shareholders’ Meeting.

Exhibit T3B.20

Company Reg. No. 556570-1181

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

adopted at the extraordinary general meeting held on 17 April 2018.

§1 The name of the company is Intrum Intl AB

§2 The company’s board of directors shall have its seat in the municipality of Stockholm.

§3 The object of the company’s business is to manage, administer, finance and purchase accounts receivable and perform related services, and to own and manage real and movable property and securities, within and outside Sweden, as well as to conduct other activities compatible therewith.

§4 The company’s share capital shall be not less than SEK 100,000 and not more than SEK 400,000.

§5 The number of shares shall be not less than 1,000 and not more than 4,000.

§6 The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9) members, with or without not more than nine (9) alternate members.

§7 The company shall have one or two auditors with or without deputy auditors. An auditing firm may be appointed as auditor, specifying the auditor in charge.

§8 Notice of the meeting is given by e-mail or letter within the time specified in the Swedish Companies Act.

§9 The annual general meeting shall address the following matters.

 

  1.

Election of the chairman of the general meeting

 

  2.

Preparation and approval of the voting register

 

  3.

Election of one or two persons to attest the minutes

 

  4.

Determination of whether the meeting has been duly convened

 

  5.

Approval of the agenda

 

  6.

Presentation of the annual report and the auditor’s report, and, where applicable, the consolidated accounts and the consolidated auditor’s report

 

  7.

Decision on

 

  a)

adoption of the income statement and balance sheet and, where applicable, the consolidated income statement and consolidated balance sheet

 

  b)

allocation of the company’s profit or loss according to the adopted balance sheet

 

  c)

discharge from liability for the board members and the managing director, if any

 

  8.

Determination of the remuneration of the board of directors and the auditors

 

  9.

Election of the board of directors and, where applicable, auditors

 

  10.

Other business to be brought before the general meeting in accordance with the Swedish Companies Act (2005:551) or the articles of association.

§10 The financial year is 1 January - 31 December.

 

 

Exhibit T3B.21

 

   LOGO    X

COMPANIES ACT 2014

 

 

DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

CONSTITUTION

OF

INTRUM INVESTMENT NO 1 DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

(as amended by special resolution dated 10 January 2019)

 

 

INCORPORATED ON 14 JUNE 2016

 

 

A&L GOODBODY

SOLICITORS

 


COMPANIES ACT 2014

 

 

DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

CONSTITUTION

OF

INTRUM INVESTMENT NO 1 DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

(as amended by special resolution dated 10 January 2019)

 

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

1.

The name of the company is lntrum Investment No 1 Designated Activity Company.

 

2.

The company is a designated activity company limited by shares, that is to say a private company limited by shares registered under Part 16 of the Companies Act 2014.

 

3.

The objects for which the company is established are:

 

3.1.

To carry on the business of financing and re-financing whether asset based or not (including, without limitation, financing and re-financing of financial assets), including managing financial assets with or without security in whatever currency including, without limitation, financing or re-financing by way of loan, acceptance credits, commercial paper, euro medium term bonds, euro bonds, asset-backed securities, securitisation, synthetic securitisation, collateralised debt obligations, bank placements, leasing, hire purchase, credit sale, conditional sale, factoring, forfeiting, invoice discounting, note issue facilities, project financing, bond issuances, participation and syndications, assignment, novation, factoring, discounting, securitisation, synthetic securitisation, collateralised debt obligations, participation, sub-participation, derivative contracts, securities/stock lending contracts, repurchase agreements or other appropriate methods of finance and to discount, mortgage receivables, loan receivables, and lease rentals for persons wherever situated in any currency whatsoever, and to acquire or enter into by purchase, lease, hire or otherwise and to sell on hire or otherwise deal in financial assets or instruments (including, without limitation, loans, participations, debentures, debenture stock, bonds, shares, securities, notes, euro bonds, swaps and hedges (including, without limitation, credit default, interest rate and currency swaps and hedges of any kind whatsoever)), and to do all of the foregoing as principal, agent or broker.

 

3.2.

To appoint and act through any agents, administrators, contractors or delegates in any part of the world in connection with the undertaking and business of the company (including, without limitation, in connection with the acquisition, novation, investment in, entering into, assignment, disposal, sale, participation, monitoring, servicing, administration, processing and enforcement of the financial assets or instruments and/or any related security referred to in sub-paragraph 3.1 above) on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors of the company think fit.

 

2


3.3.

To carry on a treasury business Including the procurement of short, medium or long term finance or finance of unlimited duration, the Investment in property of whatever nature Including real and personal property, and wherever situated and the provision of financial and Investment services and facilities, financial and investment management, advice, assistance, information and agency services in any currency whatsoever and to carry out financing and lending of every description to such persons or companies upon such terms as may seem expedient.

 

3.4.

To purchase, acquire by any means, hold and create, enter into any arrangement relating to, deal and participate In, underwrite and sell or dispose of by any means, securities, financial and swap Instruments and rights of all kinds Including without limitation foreign currencies, shares, stocks, gilts, equities, debentures, debenture stock, bonds, notes, commercial paper, risk management instruments, money market deposits, money market Instruments, Investment Instruments, swaps, credit default swaps or hedges, interest rate hedges, foreign currency hedges, floors, collars, options and such other financial and swap Instruments and rights and securities as are similar to, or are derivatives of, any of the foregoing.

 

3.5.

To raise or borrow money on such terms and In such manner as the Directors of the Company think fit including, without limitation, by the creation and issue of listed or unlisted notes, bonds, euro bonds, debentures, debt Instruments, shares or other securities whether or not the repayment of which or the payment of Interests or dividends thereon Is referenced or linked to a portfolio of assets, property or revenues whether or not the company has a legal or beneficial interest therein or not, secured upon all or any undertaking, assets, property or revenues of the company of whatever kind both present and future (including, without limitation all or any of the financial assets or Instruments and/or any related security referred to In sub-paragraph 3.1 above), and to secure on such terms and In such manner as the Directors of the Company think fit, any Indebtedness or obligation of the Company, by mortgage, charge, pledge, assignment trust or any other means Involving the creation of security over all or any part of the undertaking, assets, property and revenues of the Company of whatever kind both present and future (Including, without limitation, all or any of the financial assets or Instruments and/or any related security referred to In sub-paragraph 3.1 above).

 

3.6.

As an object of the Company and as a pursuit In itself or otherwise, and whether for the purpose of making a profit or avoiding a loss or for any other purpose whatsoever, to engage in currency and Interest rate transactions, credit default swaps, hedges or other transactions and any other financial or other transactions of whatever nature, including any transaction for the purpose of, or capable of being for the purposes of, avoiding, reducing, minimising, hedging against or otherwise managing the risk of any loss, cost, expense or liability arising, or which may arise, directly or Indirectly, from a change or changes in any interest rate or currency exchange rate or in the price or value of any property, asset, commodity, index or liability or the credit standing or any person or entity or from any other risk or factor affecting the Company’s undertaking and business, including but not limited to dealings, whether Involving purchases, sales or otherwise In any credit-default contracts, currency, spot and forward exchange rate contracts, forward rate agreements caps, floors and collars, futures, options, swaps, and any other credit default currency Interest rate and other hedging arrangements and such other Instruments as are similar to, or derivatives of any of the foregoing.

 

3.7.

To deposit money, securities and/or property to or with such persons, and on such terms as may seem expedient and to discount, buy and sell bills, notes, warrants, coupons and other negotiable or transferable instruments, debt securities or documents of whatsoever nature.

 

3.8.

To carry on any other business, except the Issuing of policies of Insurance, which may seem to the company capable of being conveniently carried on in connection with the above, or calculated directly or indirectly to enhance the value of or render profitable any of the company’s property or rights.

 

3.9.

To invest any monies of the company in such Investments and in such manner as may from time to time be determined, and to hold, sell or deal with such investments and generally to purchase, take on lease or In exchange or otherwise acquire any real and personal property and rights or privileges.

 

3


3.10.

To subscribe for, take, purchase or otherwise acquire and hold shares or other interests in, or securities of any other company having objects altogether or in part similar to those of this company or carrying on any business capable of being carried on so as, directly or Indirectly, to benefit this company.

 

3.11.

To develop and turn to account any land acquired by the company or in which it is Interested and in particular by laying out and preparing the same for building purposes, constructing, altering, pulling down, decorating, maintaining, fitting up and improving buildings and conveniences, and by planting, paving, draining, farming, cultivating, letting on building lease or building agreement and by advancing money to and entering into contracts and arrangements of all kinds with builders, tenants and others.

 

3.12.

To acquire and undertake the whole or any part of the business, property, goodwill and assets of any person, firm or company carrying on or proposing to carry on any of the businesses which the company Is authorised to carry on, or which can be conveniently carried on In connection with the same, or may seem calculated directly or indirectly to benefit the company.

 

3.13.

To employ the funds of the company In the development and expansion of the business of the company and all or any of its subsidiary (as defined by the Companies Act 2014 (the Act) or associated companies and In any other company whether now existing or hereafter to be formed and engaged In any like business of the company or any of Its subsidiary (as defined by the Act) or associated companies or of any other Industry ancillary thereto or which can conveniently be carried on In connection therewith.

 

3.14.

To lend money to such persons firms or companies either with or without security and upon such terms as may seem expedient.

 

3.15.

To borrow or otherwise raise money or carry out any other means of financing, whether or not by the Issue of stock or other securities, and to enter Into or Issue interest and currency hedging and swap agreements, forward rate agreements, Interest and currency futures or options and other forms of financial instruments, and to purchase, redeem or pay off any of the foregoing.

 

3.16.

To make gifts or gratultous disposals of all or any part of the property (Including, without limitation, cash and non-cash assets) or rights of the company, and to make voluntary dispositions of any such property or rights either for no consideration or for a consideration less than the market value of such property or rights, In any such case on such terms as the directors may consider appropriate in their discretion.

 

3.17.

To secure the payment of money or other performance of financial obligations in such manner as the company shall think fit, including, without limitation by the Issue of debentures or debenture stock, perpetual or otherwise, charged upon all or any of the company’s property, present or future, Including its uncalled capital.

 

3.18.

To adopt such means of making known the company and Its products and services as may seem expedient.

 

3.19.

To sell, improve, manage, develop, exchange, lease, mortgage, enfranchise, dispose of, turn to account or otherwise deal with all or any part of the property, undertaking, rights or assets of the company and for such consideration as the company might think fit, and generally to purchase, take on lease or in exchange or otherwise acquire any real and personal property and rights or privileges.

 

3.20.

To acquire and carry on any business carried on by a subsidiary (as defined by the Act) or a holding company of the company or another subsidiary of a holding company of the company.

 

3.21.

To provide services of any kind Including the carrying on of advisory, consultancy, brokerage and agency business of any kind.

 

3.22.

To guarantee, grant indemnltles in respect of, support or secure, whether by personal covenant or by mortgaging or charging all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the company, or by both such methods, the performance of the contracts or

 

4


obligations of and the repayment or payment of the principal amounts of and premiums, Interest and dividends on any securities of any person, firm or company, Including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any company which Is for the time being the company’s holding company (as defined by the Act), or another subsidiary (as defined by the Act) of the company’s holding company or otherwise associated with the company In business notwithstanding the fact that the company may not receive any consideration, advantage or benefit, direct or Indirect from entering into such guarantee or other arrangement or transaction contemplated herein.

 

3.23.

To amalgamate or merge with any other company.

 

3.24.

To apply for, purchase or otherwise acquire any patents, brevets d’invention, licences, trade marks, technology and know-how and the like conferring any exclusive or non-exclusive or limited right to use or any secret or other information as to any Invention or technology which may seem capable of being used, for any of the purposes of the company or the acquisition of which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to benefit the company, and to use, exercise, develop or grant licences In respect of or otherwise turn to account the property rights or information so acquired.

 

3.25.

To enter Into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits, union of interests, co-operation, joint venture or otherwise with any person or company or engage In any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as directly or indirectly to benefit the company.

 

3.26.

To grant pensions or gratuities (to Include death benefits) to any officers or employees or ex-officers or ex-employees of the company, or its predecessors In business or the relations, families or dependants of any such persons, and to establish or support any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation funds, any associations, Institutions, clubs, buildings and housing schemes, funds and trusts which may be considered calculated to benefit any such persons or otherwise advance the Interests of the company or of Its members.

 

3.27.

To promote any company or companies for the purpose of acquiring all or any of the property and liabilities of this company or for any other purpose which may seem directly or indirectly calculated to benefit this company.

 

3.28.

To remunerate any person or company for services rendered or to be rendered In placing or assisting to place or guaranteeing the placing of any of the shares In the company’s capital or any debentures, debenture stock or other securities of the company, or In or about the formation or promotion of the company or the conduct of Its business.

 

3.29.

To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and Issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, bills of lading, warrants, debentures, letters of credit and other negotiable or transferable instruments.

 

3.30.

To undertake and execute any trusts the undertaking whereof may seem desirable, whether gratuitously or otherwise.

 

3.31.

To procure the company to be registered or recognised in any country or place.

 

3.32.

To promote freedom of contract and to counteract and discourage Interference therewith, to join any trade or business federation, union or association, with a view to promoting the company’s business and safeguarding the same.

 

3.33.

To do all or any of the above things In any part of the world as principal, agent, contractor, trustee or otherwise, and by or through trustees, agents or otherwise and either alone or In conjunction with others.

 

3.34.

To distribute any of the property of the company in specie among the members.

 

3.35.

To do all such other acts or things as appear to the company to be requisite, advantageous, or Incidental to the attainment of the above objects or any of them.

 

5


NOTE A: The objects specified in each paragraph of this clause shall not, except where otherwise expressed in such paragraph, be limited or restricted In any way by reference to, or Inference from, the terms of any other paragraph.

NOTE B: It Is hereby declared that the word “company” In this clause (except where it refers to this company) will be deemed to include any partnership or other body of persons, whether or not Incorporated and whether formed in Ireland or elsewhere.

 

4.

The liability of the members is limited.

 

5.

The share capital of the company is €1,000,000 divided into 1,000,000 shares of €1 each.

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The following Regulations shall apply to the company:

 

1.

Preliminary, Definitions and Interpretation:

 

1.1.

In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires:

Act means the Companies Act 2014;

chairman means, In relation to any meeting of the directors: (i) David Lang in the first instance; (ii) Niklas Helin in the second Instance; or (iii) a nominating director appointed as chairman from time to time by the nominating directors;

committee means a committee established by the directors which may consist In whole or in part of members of the board of directors of the company;

director means a director for the time being of the company or a director present at a meeting of the board of directors and includes any person occupying the position of director by whatever name called, and directors means all of such persons;

the seal means the common seal of the company;

the register means the register of members to be kept as required by Section 169 of the Act and registered address means the address of a member as entered in the register;

Ireland means Ireland excluding Northern Ireland;

material contract means any contract: (I) which, In the opinion of one or more of the nominating directors, pertains to the strategic direction of the company; (il) pursuant to which the company would incur a financial commitment of at least €100,000; and/or (iii) which is deemed by one or more of the nominating directors to be a material contract;

nominating director means each of David Lang and Niklas Heiin or any director which Is appointed In place of either of them or any director which has been appointed as a nominating director from time to time, and nominating directors means all of such persons.

 

1.2.

The provisions of the Act which are stated therein to apply to a designated activity company limited by shares, save to the extent that its constitution Is permitted to provide or state otherwise, will apply to the company subject to the alterations contained In these Articles, and will, so far as not inconsistent with these Articles, bind the company and the members.

 

1.3.

Unless the contrary Is clearly stated, references to the Act or to any other enactment (including any subordinate legislation) or any section or provision thereof shall mean the Act or such enactment, subordinate legislation, section or provision (as the case may be), as the same may be consolidated, amended, extended, modified, supplemented or re-enacted (whether before or after the date hereof) from time to time and may be for the time being in force.

 

6


1.4.

Unless specifically defined In these Articles or the context otherwise requires, words or expressions contained In this Constitution and not specifically defined herein shall bear the same meanings as In the Act, but excluding any statutory modification thereof not In force when this Constitution became binding on the company and the members.

 

1.5.

Reference to any document includes that document as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

1.6.

Unless the context otherwise requires, expressions In these Articles referring to writing shall be construed, unless the contrary Intention appears, as Including references to printing, lithography, photography and to writing In electronic form and any other modes of representing or reproducing words In a visible form, and expressions In these Articles referring to execution of any document shall Include any mode of execution whether under seal or under hand.

 

1.7.

Unless the context otherwise requires, words Importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing the masculine Include the feminine, and words Importing persons include corporations.

 

1.8.

Headings are Inserted for convenience only and do not affect the construction or Interpretation of these Articles.

 

1.9.

Unless the context otherwise requires, reference to Articles and to paragraphs are to these Articles and the paragraphs of these Articles.

 

2.

Company Seal: Without prejudice to the provisions of the Act in relation to the use of the seal of a company, any registered person authorised by the board of directors of the company In accordance with the applicable provisions of the Act will be entitled to use the seal of the company and may sign or countersign an instrument to which the seal is affixed, and an alternate who Is not also a director will also be entitled to sign or countersign an instrument to which the seal is affixed, as if he were the director who appointed him.

 

3.

Official Seal: The company may have for use In any place abroad an official seal which shall resemble the seal of the company with the addition on its face of the name of every place abroad where It Is to be used.

 

4.

Share Capital: The authorised share capital of the company is €1,000,000 divided Into 1,000,000 shares of €1 each.

 

5.

Authority to Allot Shares:

 

5.1.

The allotment of shares up to an amount equal to the authorised but unissued share capital of the company as at the date of incorporation of the company Is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised. The authority In relation to the allotment of shares will expire five years from the date of incorporation of the company, save that the company may before such expiry make an offer or agreement which would or might require shares to be allotted after such expiry and the directors may allot shares In pursuance of such offer or agreement as If the authority conferred hereby had not expired]. No further shares may be allotted unless those shares are comprised in the authorised but unissued share capital of the company.

 

5.2.

Section 69(6) of the Act Is hereby excluded In relation to all allotments of shares by the company.

 

5.3.

Shares and any other securities of the company may only be allotted by the directors or a duly authorised committee thereof and the directors (or any duly authorised committee) may allot, grant options over, issue or otherwise dispose of shares or other securities to such persons, on such terms and conditions, and at such times as they may determine In their absolute discretion.

 

7


5.4.

The directors or any duly authorised committee thereof may execute and do all such documents, acts and things as In their opinion are necessary or desirable in order to give effect to the authority conferred by this Article.

 

5.5.

For the purposes of this Article, shares Includes a right to subscribe for shares or to convert securities into shares and securities has the meaning given to such term In Section 64( 1) of the Act.

 

6.

Transfer of Shares:

 

6.1.

The instrument of transfer of any share shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor, save that If the share concerned (or one or more of the shares concerned) Is not fully paid, the Instrument shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee.

 

6.2.

Without prejudice to the powers of the directors under Section 95(2) of the Act, the directors may, in their absolute discretion, and without giving any reason for doing so, decline to register any transfer of any share, whether or not It is a fully paid share. The restriction on the power to decline to register a transfer of shares contained in Section 95(1)(b) of the Act shall not apply.

 

7.

Transmission of Shares by Operation of Law In Consequence of a Merger:

 

7.1.

In any case In which any share or shares In the company (Relevant Shares) which are held by another company or body corporate, wherever incorporated (the Corporate Member), Is or are transmitted by operation of law in consequence of a merger involving the Corporate Member and one or more other companies (which may Include the company) or bodies corporate, wherever incorporated, and which is put Into effect In accordance with the provisions In that regard contained In the Act In the European Communities (Cross-Border Mergers) Regulations 2008 (S.I. No. 157 of 2008) (as amended), or In any other applicable law or other enactment (a merger) and if, in any such case, the provisions of Section 480(6) of the Act are not applicable for any reason, a transfer of the Relevant Shares may be validly effected in accordance with the following provisions of this Article.

 

7.2.

In any case as Is mentioned in the foregoing paragraph 7.1 of this Article, any person who is or who becomes entitled to any Relevant Shares in consequence of any such merger (a Relevant Person) may, subject always to paragraph 7.3 of this Article, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the directors of the company (Including without limitation any information and documentation relating to the merger and the title and other rights of the Relevant Person to the Relevant Shares arising as a result thereof) elect either to be registered himself In the register as holder of the Relevant Shares, or, to the extent permitted by law, to have some person nominated by him (being a person who consents to be so registered) registered In the register as the transferee thereof.

 

7.3.

The directors of the company shall, in either of those cases, have the same rights under the Act or these Articles to decline or suspend registration as they would have had In the case of a transfer of the Relevant Shares by the Corporate Member before the merger was put Into effect as aforesaid.

 

7.4.

If the Relevant Person elects to be registered himself, the Relevant Person shall furnish to the company a notice In writing signed by him stating that he or she so elects, and If the Relevant Person elects, to the extent permitted by law, to have another person so registered Instead, the Relevant Person shall testify his or her election by executing in favour of that other person a transfer of the Relevant Shares.

 

7.5.

All the limitations, restrictions and provisions contained in the Act or In these Articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of a transfer of a share shall be applicable to a notice or transfer referred to In paragraph 7.4 of this Article as if the merger had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by the Corporate Member.

 

7.6.

Subject to paragraph 7. 7 of this Article, the Relevant Person (or any other person nominated by him, to the extent permitted by law, in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Article) shall, on and from the effective date of the merger, be entitled to the same dividends, bonus and other monies payable in respect of the Relevant Shares and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he was the registered holder of the Relevant Shares but shall not, before being registered In the register as a member In respect of the Relevant Shares, be entitled in respect of them to exercise any rights conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the company.

 

 

8


7.7.

The directors of the company may at any time serve a notice on any Relevant Person requiring the Relevant Person to make the election, to the extent permitted by law, provided for by paragraph 7.2 of this Article and, if the person does not make that election (and proceed to do, consequent on that election, whichever of the things mentioned In paragraph 7.4 of this Article Is appropriate) within 90 days after the service of the notice, the directors may thereupon withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Relevant Shares until the requirements of the notice have been compiled with.

 

7.8.

The company may charge a fee not exceeding €10 on the registration of any person entitled to a share in consequence of a merger in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Article.

 

7.9.

The provisions of this Article shall be subject to any order made by a court having lawful jurisdiction In respect of a merger.

 

8.

Acquisition of Own Shares: Subject to (and without prejudice to) the provisions of the Act, the company may acquire Its own shares by purchase, or In the case of redeemable shares, by redemption or purchase, on such terms (Including as to the consideration for, and the timing of, any such purchase or redemption) and in such a manner as shall be determined by the directors in their absolute discretion.

 

9.

Number of Directors: The company shall have at least two directors. No director who has been appointed by the directors, as permitted by the Act, will require to be re-elected at the next following annual general meeting or at any extraordinary general meeting following such appointment

 

10.

Committees of Directors: The meetings and proceedings of any committee formed by the directors will be governed by the provisions set out in the Act regulating the meetings and proceedings of directors so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations Imposed on such committee by the directors from time to time.

 

11.

Vacation of Office of Director:

 

11.1.

The office of a director shall, in addition to the circumstances in which It shall be vacated described in Section 136 (share qualification, if applicable) and Section 148(1) (bankruptcy and disqualification), also be vacated automatically if the director dies In office, or if the director:

 

  11.1.1.

becomes subject to a declaration of restriction made pursuant to Chapter 3 of Part 14 of the Act; or

 

  11.1.2.

is sentenced to a term of imprisonment following conviction of any Indictable offence, unless the term of imprisonment is suspended, such that he is not Imprisoned in respect of the offence; or

 

  11.1.3.

is absent for more than six consecutive months without the permission of the directors from meetings of the directors or any committee thereof held during that period and his alternate director (if any) shall not have attended any such meetings in his place during such period, and his co-directors resolve that, by reason of such absence, he has vacated his office; or

 

  11.1.4.

is removed from office by notice in writing served upon him signed by all his co-directors (any such removal being deemed to be an act of the company); or

 

9


  11.1.5.

is no longer reasonably regarded by his co-directors as possessing an adequate decision- making capacity for reasons of health, and his co-directors have accordingly resolved that his office be vacated on this ground, or he becomes the subject of an order made in Ireland or elsewhere by a court claiming jurisdiction in that regard for his detention or for the appointment of a guardian or other person to exercise powers with respect to his property or affairs, on the ground, In any such case, of mental disorder or incapacity;

 

  11.1.6.

resigns his office by notice in writing to the company; or

 

  11.1.7.

makes any arrangement or composition in ireland or elsewhere with his creditors generally, and his co-directors resolve, for that reason, that his office be vacated.

 

11.2.

The provisions of paragraphs 11.1.1 to 11.1.7 of this Article shall apply to the exclusion of the provisions of Section 148(2) of the Act

 

12.

Alternate Directors:

 

12.1.

Any director (the appointer) may at any time and from time to time appoint by notice in writing to the company any person to be his alternate.

 

12.2.

A person may act as an alternate for more than one director and while he is so acting will be entitled to a separate vote for each director he is representing and, if he is himself a director, his vote or votes as an alternate will be in addition to his own vote.

 

12.3.

An alternate will be counted for the purpose of reckoning whether a quorum is present at any meeting attended by him at which he is entitled to vote, but where he is himself a director or is the alternate of more than one director he will only be counted once for such purpose.

 

12.4.

An alternate will be entitled, subject to his giving to the company an address to receive notice of all meetings of the directors and of all meetings of committees of which his appointer is a member, to receive notice of and attend and vote at any meeting of the directors (or of a committee of which his appointer is a member) at which the appointer is not personally present. An alternate shall not be entitled to be remunerated or paid fees otherwise than out of the remuneration or fees as the case may be paid to the appointer.

 

12.5.

The alternate will be entitled, in the absence of the appointer, to exercise all the powers, rights, duties and authorities of the appointer as a director (other than the right to appoint an alternate hereunder).

 

12.6.

An alternate’s appointment will automatically come to an end if for any reason the appointer ceases to be a director, but if a director retires but is re-appointed or deemed to have been re-appointed at the meeting at which he retires, any appointment of an alternate made by him which was in force Immediately prior to his retirement will continue after his re-appointment. Section 165(5) and (6) of the Act in relation to revocation of appointment shall apply.

 

13.

Managing and Executive Directors:

 

13.1.

Subject to the other provisions of these Articles, the directors may from time to time appoint one or more of themselves to be managing director or chief executive officer or any other category of executive director (by whatever name called) for such period, and on such terms as to remuneration or otherwise, as they think fit and, subject to the terms of any agreement entered into in any particular case, may revoke such appointment The directors may entrust to and confer upon any director so appointed any of the powers exercisable by them upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions (if any) as they may think fit, and either concurrently with or to the exclusion of their own powers, and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any conferral of such powers. Section 159(2) of the Act shall not apply in relation to any such appointment.

 

10


14.

Directors’ Contracts:

 

14.1.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 162 of the Act, no contract will be entered into by the company for the employment of, or the provision of services by, a director or a director of a holding company of the company containing a term to which Section 249 of the Act applies, without obtaining the approval provided for in that Section.

 

15.

Directors’ Right to Attend Meetings:

 

15.1.

A director who is not a member of the company will nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of, attend and speak at any general meeting or separate meeting of the holders of any class of share.

 

16.

Voting by Directors:

 

16.1.

A director may vote in respect of any contract, appointment or arrangement in which he is Interested, and he shall be counted in the quorum present at any meeting at which such matters are considered. Section 163 of the Act shall not apply.

 

16.2.

Questions arising at any meeting of the directors shall be decided by a majority of votes and where there is an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

16.3.

The company may enter into material contracts from time to time if such entry is considered and approved by the directors at a meeting of the directors. Entry into a material contract on behalf of the company shall be by way of execution by at least one nominating director or an attorney appointed by him for that purpose.

 

17.

Remuneration of Directors:

 

17.1.

The remuneration, which shall Include benefits in kind, and any fees, to be paid to directors of the company, shall be at such rate and basis as the directors shall determine from time to time. The directors shall also be entitled to be paid their travelling, hotel and other expenses property incurred by them in attending and returning from meetings of the directors or any committee of the directors or general meetings of the company or otherwise in connection with the business of the company, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the directors from time to time, or a combination partly of one such method and partly of the other. The amount, rate or basis of the fees, remuneration or expenses paid or to be paid to the directors shall not require the approval of or ratification by the company in general meeting.

 

17.2.

The board may approve additional remuneration to any director undertaking any special work or services for, or undertaking any special task on behalf of the company including participating as a member of a committee, in addition to his ordinary work as a director. Any remuneration or fees paid by a director who Is also a legal adviser to the company or otherwise serves the company in a professional capacity shall be in addition to any remuneration or fees paid to him as a director of the company.

 

18.

Resolutions in Writing:

 

18.1.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 161(1) of the Act, a resolution in writing signed by each director or by his alternate will be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors duly convened and held.

 

18.2.

A resolution in writing signed by each member of a committee (or, in the case of a director, his alternate) will be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of that committee duly convened and held.

 

18.3.

Any such resolution as is referred to in this Article may consist of one document or two or more documents in like form to the same effect, each signed by one or more of the signatories, and for all purposes shall take effect from the time that it is signed by the last such signatory.

 

11


19.

Certain matters not to amount to conflicts of Interest, etc.:

 

19.1.

a director who has been validly appointed or nominated for appointment by a particular member or members may (i) be a director or other officer of, employed by or otherwise interested (including by the holding of shares) in, any such member or members, or of any body corporate owned or controlled by any such member or members, and (ii) have regard to the Interests of that member or members, and shall not be deemed to have a conflict of Interest or to be In breach of his duty under Section 228(1)(f) of the Act In any such circumstances.

 

19.2.

A director who declares the nature of his Interest in a contract (as the expression contract is to be interpreted by Section 231 of the Act) or proposed contract with the company in accordance with the requirements of the Act in that regard shall not be deemed to be in breach of his duty under Section 228(1)(f) of the Act, but this is without prejudice to the powers of the directors to take any action which they may consider appropriate in their discretion in relation to any matters so disclosed.

 

20.

Use of company property:

 

20.1.

Unless the members of the company in general meeting shall otherwise determine, and subject always to the other Articles of this Constitution, any director may use, for his own benefit, any of the company’s property where the other directors or the members of the company have given their consent (whether express or Implied) to that use.

 

21.

Proxies:

 

21.1.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in the form prescribed by the Act, or as near to it as circumstances permit. The instrument of proxy and the power of attorney or other authority, if any, under which it is signed, or a notarially certified copy of that power or authority, shall be deposited at the registered office of the company or at such other place within Ireland as is speclfied for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting of the company, and shall be so deposited not later than before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll, before the commencement of the taking of the poll.

 

21.2.

The directors or the secretary may from time to time permit appointments of a proxy to be made by means of an electronic or internet communication or facility or by facsimile transmission, and may permit supplements, amendments or revocations of any such appointments to be made by similar means. Any such appointments of proxy and any such supplements, amendments or revocations thereof may be made subject to such terms and conditions as the directors or secretary may determine from time to time in their or his discretion, and any such appointments, supplements, amendments or revocations of proxy will be deemed deposited at the place specified for such purpose, once received by the company. The directors may treat any such communication, facility or transmission which purports to be or is expressed to be sent on behalf of a member as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending it to send it on behalf of that member.

 

22.

Business of AGM: Without prejudice to the powers of the directors to include on the agenda of any annual general meeting of the company such other matters as they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit, the business of the annual general meeting of the company shall be required to Include only the following matters:

 

22.1.

the consideration of the company’s statutory financial statements and the report of the directors and, unless the company is entitled to and has availed itself of the audit exemption under Section 360 or Section 365 of the Act, the report of the statutory auditors on those statements and that report;

 

22.2.

the review by the members of the company’s affairs; and

 

22.3.

save where the company is entitled to and has availed itself of the exemption referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the appointment or re-appointment of statutory auditors.

 

12


23.

General Meetings outside Ireland: An annual general meeting or an extraordinary general meeting of the company may be held inside or outside Ireland provided that, if the company holds any such meeting outside Ireland then, unless all of the members entitled to attend and vote at such meeting consent In writing to its being held outside Ireland, the company shall at its own expense make all necessary arrangements to ensure that members can, by technological means, participate in any such meeting without leaving Ireland.

 

24.

General Meetings including Quorum: The quorum for general meetings of the company shall be two members present in person or by proxy, unless the company is a single-member company within the meaning of the Act (that is to say all the issued shares of the company are registered in the name of a sole person (whether a natural person or a body corporate)), in which case one member present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum.

 

25.

Holding of Annual General Meeting:

 

25.1.

Subject to paragraph 2 of this Article 25 and subject always as provided by the Act, the company shall in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, in addition to any other meetings in that year, and shall specify the meeting as such In the notices calling it.

 

25.2.

Where the company has only one member, that is to say all the Issued shares of the company are registered in the name of a sole person (whether a natural person or a body corporate), it will be a single-member company within the meaning of the Act, and In such a case (but only in such a case), the company need not hold an annual general meeting in any year where the member is entitled, as at the date of the written resolution referred to in this Article, to attend and vote at such general meeting and has signed, before the latest date for the holding of the meeting, a written resolution, complying with the provisions of the Act, acknowledging receipt of the financial statements that would have been laid before that meeting, resolving all such matters as would have been resolved at that meeting, and confirming that no change is proposed In the appointment of the person (If any) who, at the date of the resolution, stands appointed as statutory auditor of the company.

 

26.

Right to demand a poll:

 

26.1.

At any general meeting a poll may be demanded by:

 

  26.1.1.

the chairperson of the meeting;

 

  26.1.2.

at least three members present in person or by proxy;

 

  26.1.3.

any member or members present in person or by proxy and representing not less than 10 per cent of the total voting rights of all the members of the company having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

  26.1.4.

a member or members holding shares in the company conferring the right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than 10 per cent of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

 

27.

Restriction on voting: For so long as the company holds any shares as treasury shares, or any subsidiary of the company holds shares in the company, then the company or the subsidiary (as the case may be) shall not exercise any voting rights in respect of the shares.

 

28.

Unanimous Written Resolutions and Majority Written Resolutions

A unanimous written resolution and a majority written resolution may be passed by members subject to and in accordance with Section 193 and Section 194 respectively of the Act.

 

13


29.

Directors’ and Officers Indemnity’: Subject to the provisions of the Act, every director, managing director, chief executive officer, secretary and other officer for the time being of the company shall be Indemnified out of the assets of the company against any liability Incurred by him:

 

29.1.

In defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in relation to his acts or omissions while acting in such office, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted; or

 

29.2.

in connection with any proceedings or application referred to in, or under, Sections 233 or 234 of the Act in which relief Is granted to him by the court.

 

30.

Notices:

 

30.1.

Any notice or document to be served on or given to a member of the company by the company or by an officer of the company whether pursuant to any provision of the Act or these Articles or otherwise may be served on or given to the member In any of the ways specified In subsection {3) of Section 218 of the Act {including by electronic means provided that In such a case the conditions specified In subsection (4) of that Section are satisfied), and the notice or document shall be deemed to have been served or given as follows:-

 

  30.1.1.

lf given personally or delivered to the member, when so given or delivered;

 

  30.1.2.

if left at the registered address of the member, when so left at that address;

 

  30.1.3.

If the notice is a notice of a general meeting, and It Is posted using ordinary pre-paid post to the registered address of the member, on the expiration of 24 hours following posting (as permitted by Section 181(3) of the Act); but In a case where the notice or document Is not a notice of a meeting, it shall be deemed to have been given or served 48 hours after the cover containing it was posted, and if so posted on a Friday, 72 hours after it was so posted; and

 

  30.1.4.

If served on or delivered to a member by electronic means, both in the case of the service or giving of the notice or document by sending it by electronic mall and by making it available or displaying It on a website, 12 hours after the time it was sent, or made available or displayed.

 

30.2.

Where the company Is required or obliged to serve a notice on or give It to a person other than a member of the company, It shall be in writing and, without prejudice to any method of service provided for In the Act, may be served on or given to that person personally, or by leaving it at or posting It to the last-known postal address of that person, or by sending It to the other person by electronic mail provided that the person has consented to the use of electronic mail to serve or give notices on or to such person and has not, at the time that electronic mall is so used, given written notice to the company in accordance with the provisions of these Articles withdrawing that consent A notice or document given or served in a manner referred to in this paragraph shall be deemed to have been given or served as follows:

 

  30.2.1.

If given personally, when so given;

 

  30.2.2.

If left at the last-known postal address of the person, when so left at that address;

 

  30.2.3.

If posted using ordinary pre-paid post to the last-known postal address of the other person on any day other than a Friday, 48 hours after the cover containing it was posted, and if so posted on a Friday, 72 hours after It was so posted; and

 

  30.2.4.

If served on or delivered to the other person by electronic mall, 12 hours after the time it was sent.

 

30.3.

Without prejudice to any provision of the Act or of these Articles concerning the sending of notices or other documents to the company, any notice or other document which Is required to be served on or given to the company by a member or by any other person under the Act or these Articles shall be in writing and In the English language, and may be served on or given to the company by giving or delivering It personally to the secretary of the company or by posting lt using ordinary pre-paid post to the registered office of the company marked for the attention of the secretary, and will be deemed to have been served on or given to the company;

 

14


  30.3.1.

If given or delivered personally, when so given or delivered; and

 

  30.3.2.

If posted In the manner described In this paragraph on any day other than a Friday, 48 hours after the cover containing it was posted, and if so posted on a Friday, 72 hours after It was so posted.

 

31.

Single-member Company:

 

31.1.

If and so long as the company Is a single-member company within the meaning of the Act, the sole member may appoint a person to be a director of the company by serving a notice In writing on the company which states that the named person Is appointed director, and this applies notwithstanding anything In subsection (3) of Section 144 of the Act (save for the requirement of It that any limit for the time being on the number of directors provided for In these Articles (If any) Is to be observed) or in subsection (4) of Section 144.

 

31.2.

Where the company Is a single-member company and the sole member takes any decision which has effect, pursuant to Section 196 of the Act, as If agreed by the company In general meeting, the member shall provide the company with a written record of that decision, unless the decision Is taken by way of written resolution which the member has already forwarded to the company, and where the company Is notified by the sole member of a decision taken by way of a written resolution, or of a written record of a decision taken by that sole member, the company shall record and retain the notification in a book or other suitable means maintained for the purpose.

 

31.3.

Where the company is a single-member company and the sole member exercises or discharges any power, right or obligation pursuant to Section 196 of the Act, involving or consisting of the passing of a resolution, or the sole member agreeing to a thing, and the provisions of Section 198 shall apply to that resolution or thing, the company shall notify such exercise or discharge In writing within 15 days of the occurrence thereof to the Registrar of Companies. ·

 

31.4.

Where the company Is a single-member company and enters into a contract with the sole member which is not in the ordinary course of business and which is not in writing, and the sole member also represents the company in the transaction {whether as a director or otherwise), the company shall ensure that the terms of the contract are forthwith set out In a written memorandum or are recorded in the minutes of the next directors’ meeting.

 

15


I, the person whose name and address is subscribed, wish to be formed into a company In pursuance of this Constitution, and I agree to take the number of shares In the capital of the company set opposite my name.

 

Names, Addresses and Descriptions of Subscribers    Number of Shares taken by the Subscriber
Stembridge Limited    One thousand
22 Northumberland Road   
Ballsbridge   
Dublin 4   
Corporate Body   
Total Shares Taken:    One thousand

 

Dated the 10th day of June 2016
Witness to the above Signature:
Signature:    
Name:   Joanne Browne
Address:   22 Northumberland Road, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4

 

16

Exhibit T3B.22

A

COMPANIES ACT 2014

 

 

DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

CONSTITUTION

OF

INTRUM INVESTMENT NO 2 DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY


COMPANIES ACT 2014

 

 

DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

CONSTITUTION

OF

INTRUM INVESTMENT NO 2 DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

 

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

(AS AMENDED BY SPECIAL RESOLUTION ON 10 FEBRUARY 2022)

 

1.

The name of the company is Intrum Investment No 2 Designated Activity Company.

 

2.

The company is a designated activity company limited by shares, that is to say a private company limited by shares registered under Part 16 of the Companies Act 2014.

 

3.

The objects for which the company is established are:

 

3.1.

To carry on the business of financing and/or re-financing whether asset based or not (including, without limitation, financing and re-financing of financial assets), including managing financial assets with or without security in whatever currency including, without limitation, financing or re-financing by way of loan, acceptance credits, commercial paper, euro medium term bonds, euro bonds, asset-backed securities, securitisation, synthetic securitisation, collateralised debt obligations, bank placements, leasing, hire purchase, credit sale, conditional sale, factoring, forfeiting, invoice discounting, note issue facilities, project financing, bond issuances, participation and syndications, assignment, novation, factoring, discounting, securitisation, synthetic securitisation, collateralised debt obligations, participation, sub-participation, derivative contracts, securities/stock lending contracts, repurchase agreements or other appropriate methods of finance and to discount, mortgage receivables, loan receivables, and lease rentals for persons wherever situated in any currency whatsoever, and to acquire or enter into by purchase, lease, hire or otherwise and to sell on hire or otherwise deal in financial assets or instruments (including, without limitation, loans, participations, debentures, debenture stock, bonds, shares, securities, notes, euro bonds, swaps and hedges (including, without limitation, credit default, interest rate and currency swaps and hedges of any kind whatsoever)), and to do all of the foregoing as principal, agent or broker.

 

3.2.

To appoint and act through any agents, administrators, contractors or delegates in any part of the world in connection with the undertaking and business of the company (including, without limitation, in connection with the acquisition, novation, investment in, entering into, assignment, disposal, sale, participation, monitoring, servicing, administration, processing and enforcement of the financial assets or instruments and/or any related security referred to in sub-paragraph 3.1 above) on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors of the company think fit.


3.3.

To carry on a treasury business including the procurement of short, medium or long term finance or finance of unlimited duration, the investment in property of whatever nature including real and personal property, and wherever situated and the provision of financial and investment services and facilities, financial and investment management, advice, assistance, information and agency services in any currency whatsoever and to carry out financing and lending of every description to such persons or companies upon such terms as may seem expedient.

 

3.4.

To purchase, acquire by any means, hold and create, enter into any arrangement relating to, deal and participate in, underwrite and sell or dispose of by any means, securities, financial and swap instruments and rights of all kinds including without limitation foreign currencies, shares, stocks, gilts, equities, debentures, debenture stock, bonds, notes, commercial paper, risk management instruments, money market deposits, money market instruments, investment instruments, swaps, credit default swaps or hedges, interest rate hedges, foreign currency hedges, floors, collars, options and such other financial and swap instruments and rights and securities as are similar to, or are derivatives of, any of the foregoing.

 

3.5.

To raise or borrow money on such terms and in such manner as the Directors of the company think fit including, without limitation, by the creation and issue of listed or unlisted notes, bonds, euro bonds, debentures, debt instruments, shares or other securities whether or not the repayment of which or the payment of interests or dividends thereon is referenced or linked to a portfolio of assets, property or revenues whether or not the company has a legal or beneficial interest therein or not, secured upon all or any undertaking, assets, property or revenues of the company of whatever kind both present and future (including, without limitation all or any of the financial assets or instruments and/or any related security referred to in sub-paragraph 3.1 above), and to secure on such terms and in such manner as the Directors of the company think fit, any indebtedness or obligation of the company, by mortgage, charge, pledge, assignment trust or any other means involving the creation of security over all or any part of the undertaking, assets, property and revenues of the company of whatever kind both present and future (including, without limitation, all or any of the financial assets or instruments and/or any related security referred to in sub-paragraph 3.1 above).

 

3.6.

As an object of the company and as a pursuit in itself or otherwise, and whether for the purpose of making a profit or avoiding a loss or for any other purpose whatsoever, to engage in currency and interest rate transactions, credit default swaps, hedges or other transactions and any other financial or other transactions of whatever nature, including any transaction for the purpose of, or capable of being for the purposes of, avoiding, reducing, minimising, hedging against or otherwise managing the risk of any loss, cost, expense or liability arising, or which may arise, directly or indirectly, from a change or changes in any interest rate or currency exchange rate or in the price or value of any property, asset, commodity, index or liability or the credit standing or any person or entity or from any other risk or factor affecting the company’s undertaking and business, including but not limited to dealings, whether involving purchases, sales or otherwise in any credit-default contracts, currency, spot and forward exchange rate contracts, forward rate agreements caps, floors and collars, futures, options, swaps, and any other credit default currency interest rate and other hedging arrangements and such other instruments as are similar to, or derivatives of any of the foregoing.

 

3.7.

To deposit money, securities and/or property to or with such persons, and on such terms as may seem expedient and to discount, buy and sell bills, notes, warrants, coupons and other negotiable or transferable instruments, debt securities or documents of whatsoever nature.

 

3.8.

To carry on any other business, except the issuing of policies of insurance, which may seem to the company capable of being conveniently carried on in connection with the above, or calculated directly or indirectly to enhance the value of or render profitable any of the company’s property or rights.

 

3.9.

To invest any monies of the company in such investments and in such manner as may from time to time be determined, and to hold, sell or deal with such investments and generally to purchase, take on lease or in exchange or otherwise acquire any real and personal property and rights or privileges.


3.10.

To subscribe for, take, purchase or otherwise acquire and hold shares or other interests in, or securities of any other company having objects altogether or in part similar to those of this company or carrying on any business capable of being carried on so as, directly or indirectly, to benefit this company.

 

3.11.

To develop and turn to account any land acquired by the company or in which it is interested and in particular by laying out and preparing the same for building purposes, constructing, altering, pulling down, decorating, maintaining, fitting up and improving buildings and conveniences, and by planting, paving, draining, farming, cultivating, letting on building lease or building agreement and by advancing money to and entering into contracts and arrangements of all kinds with builders, tenants and others.

 

3.12.

To acquire and undertake the whole or any part of the business, property, goodwill and assets of any person, firm or company carrying on or proposing to carry on any of the businesses which the company is authorised to carry on, or which can be conveniently carried on in connection with the same, or may seem calculated directly or indirectly to benefit the company.

 

3.13.

To employ the funds of the company in the development and expansion of the business of the company and all or any of its subsidiary (as defined by the Companies Act 2014 (the Act) or associated companies and in any other company whether now existing or hereafter to be formed and engaged in any like business of the company or any of its subsidiary (as defined by the Act) or associated companies or of any other industry ancillary thereto or which can conveniently be carried on in connection therewith.

 

3.14.

To lend money to such persons firms or companies either with or without security and upon such terms as may seem expedient.

 

3.15.

To borrow or otherwise raise money or carry out any other means of financing, whether or not by the issue of stock or other securities, and to enter into or issue interest and currency hedging and swap agreements, forward rate agreements, interest and currency futures or options and other forms of financial instruments, and to purchase, redeem or pay off any of the foregoing.

 

3.16.

To make gifts or gratuitous disposals of all or any part of the property (including, without limitation, cash and non-cash assets) or rights of the company, and to make voluntary dispositions of any such property or rights either for no consideration or for a consideration less than the market value of such property or rights, in any such case on such terms as the directors may consider appropriate in their discretion.

 

3.17.

To secure the payment of money or other performance of financial obligations in such manner as the company shall think fit, including, without limitation by the issue of debentures or debenture stock, perpetual or otherwise, charged upon all or any of the company’s property, present or future, including its uncalled capital.

 

3.18.

To adopt such means of making known the company and its products and services as may seem expedient.

 

3.19.

To sell, improve, manage, develop, exchange, lease, mortgage, enfranchise, dispose of, turn to account or otherwise deal with all or any part of the property, undertaking, rights or assets of the company and for such consideration as the company might think fit, and generally to purchase, take on lease or in exchange or otherwise acquire any real and personal property and rights or privileges.

 

3.20.

To acquire and carry on any business carried on by a subsidiary (as defined by the Act) or a holding company of the company or another subsidiary of a holding company of the company.

 

3.21.

To provide services of any kind including the carrying on of advisory, consultancy, brokerage and agency business of any kind.


3.22.

To guarantee, grant indemnities in respect of, support or secure, whether by personal covenant or by mortgaging or charging all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the company, or by both such methods, the performance of the contracts or obligations of and the repayment or payment of the principal amounts of and premiums, interest and dividends on any securities of any person, firm or company, including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any company which is for the time being the company’s holding company (as defined by the Act), or another subsidiary (as defined by the Act) of the company’s holding company or otherwise associated with the company in business notwithstanding the fact that the company may not receive any consideration, advantage or benefit, direct or indirect from entering into such guarantee or other arrangement or transaction contemplated herein.

 

3.23.

To amalgamate or merge with any other company.

 

3.24.

To apply for, purchase or otherwise acquire any patents, brevets d’invention, licences, trade marks, technology and know-how and the like conferring any exclusive or non-exclusive or limited right to use or any secret or other information as to any invention or technology which may seem capable of being used, for any of the purposes of the company or the acquisition of which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to benefit the company, and to use, exercise, develop or grant licences in respect of or otherwise turn to account the property rights or information so acquired.

 

3.25.

To enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits, union of interests, co-operation, joint venture or otherwise with any person or company or engage in any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as directly or indirectly to benefit the company.

 

3.26.

To grant pensions or gratuities (to include death benefits) to any officers or employees or ex-officers or ex-employees of the company, or its predecessors in business or the relations, families or dependants of any such persons, and to establish or support any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation funds, any associations, institutions, clubs, buildings and housing schemes, funds and trusts which may be considered calculated to benefit any such persons or otherwise advance the interests of the company or of its members.

 

3.27.

To promote any company or companies for the purpose of acquiring all or any of the property and liabilities of this company or for any other purpose which may seem directly or indirectly calculated to benefit this company.

 

3.28.

To remunerate any person or company for services rendered or to be rendered in placing or assisting to place or guaranteeing the placing of any of the shares in the company’s capital or any debentures, debenture stock or other securities of the company, or in or about the formation or promotion of the company or the conduct of its business.

 

3.29.

To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, bills of lading, warrants, debentures, letters of credit and other negotiable or transferable instruments.

 

3.30.

To undertake and execute any trusts the undertaking whereof may seem desirable, whether gratuitously or otherwise.

 

3.31.

To procure the company to be registered or recognised in any country or place.

 

3.32.

To promote freedom of contract and to counteract and discourage interference therewith, to join any trade or business federation, union or association, with a view to promoting the company’s business and safeguarding the same.

 

3.33.

To do all or any of the above things in any part of the world as principal, agent, contractor, trustee or otherwise, and by or through trustees, agents or otherwise and either alone or in conjunction with others.

 

3.34.

To distribute any of the property of the company in specie among the members.

 

3.35.

To do all such other acts or things as appear to the company to be requisite, advantageous, or incidental to the attainment of the above objects or any of them.


NOTE A: The objects specified in each paragraph of this clause shall not, except where otherwise expressed in such paragraph, be limited or restricted in any way by reference to, or inference from, the terms of any other paragraph.

NOTE B: It is hereby declared that the word “company” in this clause (except where it refers to this company) will be deemed to include any partnership or other body of persons, whether or not incorporated and whether formed in Ireland or elsewhere.

 

4.

The liability of the members is limited.

 

5.

The share capital of the company is €1,000,000 divided into 1,000,000 shares of €1 each.


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The following Regulations shall apply to the company:

 

1.

Preliminary, Definitions and Interpretation:

 

1.1.

In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires:

Act means the Companies Act 2014;

committee means a committee established by the directors which may consist in whole or in part of members of the board of directors of the company;

director means a director for the time being of the company or a director present at a meeting of the board of directors and includes any person occupying the position of director by whatever name called, and directors means all such persons;

the seal means the common seal of the company;

the register means the register of members to be kept as required by Section 169 of the Act and registered address means the address of a member as entered in the register;

Ireland means Ireland excluding Northern Ireland.

 

1.2.

The provisions of the Act which are stated therein to apply to a designated activity company limited by shares, save to the extent that its constitution is permitted to provide or state otherwise, will apply to the company subject to the alterations contained in these Articles, and will, so far as not inconsistent with these Articles, bind the company and the members.

 

1.3.

Unless the contrary is clearly stated, references to the Act or to any other enactment (including any subordinate legislation) or any section or provision thereof shall mean the Act or such enactment, subordinate legislation, section or provision (as the case may be), as the same may be consolidated, amended, extended, modified, supplemented or re-enacted (whether before or after the date hereof) from time to time and may be for the time being in force.

 

1.4.

Unless specifically defined in these Articles or the context otherwise requires, words or expressions contained in this Constitution and not specifically defined herein shall bear the same meanings as in the Act, but excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force when this Constitution became binding on the company and the members.

 

1.5.

Reference to any document includes that document as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

1.6.

Unless the context otherwise requires, expressions in these Articles referring to writing shall be construed, unless the contrary intention appears, as including references to printing, lithography, photography and to writing in electronic form and any other modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form, and expressions in these Articles referring to execution of any document shall include any mode of execution whether under seal or under hand.

 

1.7.

Unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing the masculine include the feminine, and words importing persons include corporations.

 

1.8.

Headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the construction or interpretation of these Articles.

 

1.9.

Unless the context otherwise requires, reference to Articles and to paragraphs are to these Articles and the paragraphs of these Articles.


2.

Company Seal: Without prejudice to the provisions of the Act in relation to the use of the seal of a company, any registered person authorised by the board of directors of the company in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Act will be entitled to use the seal of the company and may sign or countersign an instrument to which the seal is affixed, and an alternate who is not also a director will also be entitled to sign or countersign an instrument to which the seal is affixed, as if he were the director who appointed him.

 

3.

Official Seal: The company may have for use in any place abroad an official seal which shall resemble the seal of the company with the addition on its face of the name of every place abroad where it is to be used.

 

4.

Share Capital: The authorised share capital of the company is €1,000,000 divided into 1,000,000 shares of €1 each.

 

5.

Authority to Allot Shares:

 

5.1.

The allotment of shares up to an amount equal to the authorised but unissued share capital of the company as at the date of incorporation of the company, without any limit or restriction as to the period of time during which they may be allotted, is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised. No further shares may be allotted unless those shares are comprised in the authorised but unissued share capital of the company.

 

5.2.

Section 69(6) of the Act is hereby excluded in relation to all allotments of shares by the company.

 

5.3.

Shares and any other securities of the company may only be allotted by the directors or a duly authorised committee thereof and the directors (or any duly authorised committee) may allot, grant options over, issue or otherwise dispose of shares or other securities to such persons, on such terms and conditions, and at such times as they may determine in their absolute discretion.

 

5.4.

The directors or any duly authorised committee thereof may execute and do all such documents, acts and things as in their opinion are necessary or desirable in order to give effect to the authority conferred by this Article.

 

5.5.

For the purposes of this Article, shares includes a right to subscribe for shares or to convert securities into shares and securities has the meaning given to such term in Section 64(1) of the Act.

 

6.

Transfer of Shares:

 

6.1.

The instrument of transfer of any share shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor, save that if the share concerned (or one or more of the shares concerned) is not fully paid, the instrument shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee.

 

6.2.

Without prejudice to the powers of the directors under Section 95(2) of the Act, the directors may, in their absolute discretion, and without giving any reason for doing so, decline to register any transfer of any share, whether or not it is a fully paid share. The restriction on the power to decline to register a transfer of shares contained in Section 95(1)(b) of the Act shall not apply.

 

7.

Transmission of Shares by Operation of Law in Consequence of a Merger:

 

7.1.

In any case in which any share or shares in the company (Relevant Shares) which are held by another company or body corporate, wherever incorporated (the Corporate Member), is or are transmitted by operation of law in consequence of a merger involving the Corporate Member and one or more other companies (which may include the company) or bodies corporate, wherever incorporated, and which is put into effect in accordance with the provisions in that regard contained in the Act, in the European Communities (Cross-Border Mergers) Regulations 2008 (S.I. No. 157 of 2008) (as amended), or in any other applicable law or other enactment (a merger) and if, in any such case, the provisions of Section 480(6) of the Act are not applicable for any reason, a transfer of the Relevant Shares may be validly effected in accordance with the following provisions of this Article.


7.2.

In any case as is mentioned in the foregoing paragraph 7.1 of this Article, any person who is or who becomes entitled to any Relevant Shares in consequence of any such merger (a Relevant Person) may, subject always to paragraph 7.3 of this Article, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the directors of the company (including without limitation any information and documentation relating to the merger and the title and other rights of the Relevant Person to the Relevant Shares arising as a result thereof) elect either to be registered himself in the register as holder of the Relevant Shares, or, to the extent permitted by law, to have some person nominated by him (being a person who consents to be so registered) registered in the register as the transferee thereof.

 

7.3.

The directors of the company shall, in either of those cases, have the same rights under the Act or these Articles to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Relevant Shares by the Corporate Member before the merger was put into effect as aforesaid.

 

7.4.

If the Relevant Person elects to be registered himself, the Relevant Person shall furnish to the company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he or she so elects, and if the Relevant Person elects, to the extent permitted by law, to have another person so registered instead, the Relevant Person shall testify his or her election by executing in favour of that other person a transfer of the Relevant Shares.

 

7.5.

All the limitations, restrictions and provisions contained in the Act or in these Articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of a transfer of a share shall be applicable to a notice or transfer referred to in paragraph 7.4 of this Article as if the merger had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by the Corporate Member.

 

7.6.

Subject to paragraph 7.7 of this Article, the Relevant Person (or any other person nominated by him, to the extent permitted by law, in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Article) shall, on and from the effective date of the merger, be entitled to the same dividends, bonus and other monies payable in respect of the Relevant Shares and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he was the registered holder of the Relevant Shares but shall not, before being registered in the register as a member in respect of the Relevant Shares, be entitled in respect of them to exercise any rights conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the company.

 

7.7.

The directors of the company may at any time serve a notice on any Relevant Person requiring the Relevant Person to make the election, to the extent permitted by law, provided for by paragraph 7.2 of this Article and, if the person does not make that election (and proceed to do, consequent on that election, whichever of the things mentioned in paragraph 7.4 of this Article is appropriate) within 90 days after the service of the notice, the directors may thereupon withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Relevant Shares until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

7.8.

The company may charge a fee not exceeding €10 on the registration of any person entitled to a share in consequence of a merger in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Article.

 

7.9.

The provisions of this Article shall be subject to any order made by a court having lawful jurisdiction in respect of a merger.

 

8.

Acquisition of Own Shares: Subject to (and without prejudice to) the provisions of the Act, the company may acquire its own shares by purchase, or in the case of redeemable shares, by redemption or purchase, on such terms (including as to the consideration for, and the timing of, any such purchase or redemption) and in such a manner as shall be determined by the directors in their absolute discretion.

 

9.

Number of Directors:

 

9.1

The number of directors, from time to time, shall be at least two directors. The directors must be resident in the State for taxation purposes and if, for whatever reason, a director ceases to be resident in the State for taxation purposes, he or she shall immediately notify the Company and the other directors in writing. The directors shall hold meetings in the State. No director will require to be re-elected at the next following annual general meeting or ay any extraordinary general meeting following such appointment.


9.2.

The quorum required for a meeting of the board of directors shall be at least two directors. The provisions of section 160(6) of the Act shall be excluded.

 

9.3.

At each meeting of the directors, the directors shall elect one of themselves as chairperson of the meeting.

 

9.4.

Questions arising at a meeting of directors shall be determined by a majority of votes of the directors present, and where there is an equality of votes, the chairperson shall have a second or casting vote.”

 

10.

Committees of Directors: The meetings and proceedings of any committee formed by the directors will be governed by the provisions set out in the Act regulating the meetings and proceedings of directors so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed on such committee by the directors from time to time.

 

11.

Vacation of Office of Director:

 

11.1.

The office of a director shall, in addition to the circumstances in which it shall be vacated described in Section 136 (share qualification, if applicable) and Section 148(1) (bankruptcy and disqualification), also be vacated automatically if the director dies in office, or if the director:

 

  11.1.1.

becomes subject to a declaration of restriction made pursuant to Chapter 3 of Part 14 of the Act; or

 

  11.1.2.

is sentenced to a term of imprisonment following conviction of any indictable offence, unless the term of imprisonment is suspended, such that he is not imprisoned in respect of the offence; or

 

  11.1.3.

is absent for more than six consecutive months without the permission of the directors from meetings of the directors or any committee thereof held during that period and his alternate director (if any) shall not have attended any such meetings in his place during such period, and his co-directors resolve that, by reason of such absence, he has vacated his office; or

 

  11.1.4.

is removed from office by notice in writing served upon him signed by all his co-directors (any such removal being deemed to be an act of the company); or

 

  11.1.5.

is no longer reasonably regarded by his co-directors as possessing an adequate decision-making capacity for reasons of health, and his co-directors have accordingly resolved that his office be vacated on this ground, or he becomes the subject of an order made in Ireland or elsewhere by a court claiming jurisdiction in that regard for his detention or for the appointment of a guardian or other person to exercise powers with respect to his property or affairs, on the ground, in any such case, of mental disorder or incapacity;

 

  11.1.6.

resigns his office by notice in writing to the company; or

 

  11.1.7.

makes any arrangement or composition in Ireland or elsewhere with his creditors generally, and his co-directors resolve, for that reason, that his office be vacated.

 

11.2.

The provisions of paragraphs 11.1.1 to 11.1.7 of this Article shall apply to the exclusion of the provisions of Section 148(2) of the Act.

 

12.

Alternate Directors:

 

12.1.

Any director (the appointer) may at any time and from time to time appoint by notice in writing to the company any person to be his alternate.


12.2.

A person may act as an alternate for more than one director and while he is so acting will be entitled to a separate vote for each director he is representing and, if he is himself a director, his vote or votes as an alternate will be in addition to his own vote.

 

12.3.

An alternate will be counted for the purpose of reckoning whether a quorum is present at any meeting attended by him at which he is entitled to vote, but where he is himself a director or is the alternate of more than one director he will only be counted once for such purpose.

 

12.4.

An alternate will be entitled, subject to his giving to the company an address to receive notice of all meetings of the directors and of all meetings of committees of which his appointer is a member, to receive notice of and attend and vote at any meeting of the directors (or of a committee of which his appointer is a member) at which the appointer is not personally present. An alternate shall not be entitled to be remunerated or paid fees otherwise than out of the remuneration or fees as the case may be paid to the appointer.

 

12.5.

The alternate will be entitled, in the absence of the appointer, to exercise all the powers, rights, duties and authorities of the appointer as a director (other than the right to appoint an alternate hereunder).

 

12.6.

An alternate’s appointment will automatically come to an end if for any reason the appointer ceases to be a director, but if a director retires but is re-appointed or deemed to have been re-appointed at the meeting at which he retires, any appointment of an alternate made by him which was in force immediately prior to his retirement will continue after his re-appointment. Section 165(5) and (6) of the Act in relation to revocation of appointment shall apply.

 

13.

Managing and Executive Directors:

 

13.1.

Subject to the other provisions of these Articles, the directors may from time to time appoint one or more of themselves to be managing director or chief executive officer or any other category of executive director (by whatever name called) for such period, and on such terms as to remuneration or otherwise, as they think fit and, subject to the terms of any agreement entered into in any particular case, may revoke such appointment. The directors may entrust to and confer upon any director so appointed any of the powers exercisable by them upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions (if any) as they may think fit, and either concurrently with or to the exclusion of their own powers, and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any conferral of such powers. Section 159(2) of the Act shall not apply in relation to any such appointment.

 

14.

Directors’ Contracts:

 

14.1.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 162 of the Act, no contract will be entered into by the company for the employment of, or the provision of services by, a director or a director of a holding company of the company containing a term to which Section 249 of the Act applies, without obtaining the approval provided for in that Section.

 

15.

Directors’ Right to Attend Meetings:

 

15.1.

A director who is not a member of the company will nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of, attend and speak at any general meeting or separate meeting of the holders of any class of share.

 

16.

Voting by Directors:

 

16.1.

A director may vote in respect of any contract, appointment or arrangement in which he is interested, and he shall be counted in the quorum present at any meeting at which such matters are considered. Section 163 of the Act shall not apply.


17.

Remuneration of Directors:

 

17.1.

The remuneration, which shall include benefits in kind, and any fees, to be paid to directors of the company, shall be at such rate and basis as the directors shall determine from time to time. The directors shall also be entitled to be paid their travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from meetings of the directors or any committee of the directors or general meetings of the company or otherwise in connection with the business of the company, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the directors from time to time, or a combination partly of one such method and partly of the other. The amount, rate or basis of the fees, remuneration or expenses paid or to be paid to the directors shall not require the approval of or ratification by the company in general meeting.

 

17.2.

The board may approve additional remuneration to any director undertaking any special work or services for, or undertaking any special task on behalf of the company including participating as a member of a committee, in addition to his ordinary work as a director. Any remuneration or fees paid by a director who is also a legal adviser to the company or otherwise serves the company in a professional capacity shall be in addition to any remuneration or fees paid to him as a director of the company.

 

18.

Resolutions in Writing:

 

18.1.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 161(1) of the Act, a resolution in writing signed by each director or by his alternate will be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors duly convened and held.

 

18.2.

A resolution in writing signed by each member of a committee (or, in the case of a director, his alternate) will be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of that committee duly convened and held.

 

18.3.

Any such resolution as is referred to in this Article may consist of one document or two or more documents in like form to the same effect, each signed by one or more of the signatories, and for all purposes shall take effect from the time that it is signed by the last such signatory.

 

19.

Certain matters not to amount to conflicts of interest, etc.:

 

19.1.

a director who has been validly appointed or nominated for appointment by a particular member or members may (i) be a director or other officer of, employed by or otherwise interested (including by the holding of shares) in, any such member or members, or of any body corporate owned or controlled by any such member or members, and (ii) have regard to the interests of that member or members, and shall not be deemed to have a conflict of interest or to be in breach of his duty under Section 228(1)(f) of the Act in any such circumstances.

 

19.2.

A director who declares the nature of his interest in a contract (as the expression contract is to be interpreted by Section 231 of the Act) or proposed contract with the company in accordance with the requirements of the Act in that regard shall not be deemed to be in breach of his duty under Section 228(1)(f) of the Act, but this is without prejudice to the powers of the directors to take any action which they may consider appropriate in their discretion in relation to any matters so disclosed.

 

20.

Use of company property:

 

20.1.

Unless the members of the company in general meeting shall otherwise determine, and subject always to the other Articles of this Constitution, any director may use, for his own benefit, any of the company’s property where the other directors or the members of the company have given their consent (whether express or implied) to that use.

 

21.

Proxies:

 

21.1.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in the form prescribed by the Act, or as near to it as circumstances permit. The instrument of proxy and the power of attorney or other authority, if any, under which it is signed, or a notarially certified copy of that power or authority, shall be deposited at the registered office of the company or at such other place within Ireland as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting of the company, and shall be so deposited not later than before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll, before the commencement of the taking of the poll.


21.2.

The directors or the secretary may from time to time permit appointments of a proxy to be made by means of an electronic or, internet communication or facility or by facsimile transmission, and may permit supplements, amendments or revocations of any such appointments to be made by similar means. Any such appointments of proxy and any such supplements, amendments or revocations thereof may be made subject to such terms and conditions as the directors or secretary may determine from time to time in their or his discretion, and any such appointments, supplements, amendments or revocations of proxy will be deemed deposited at the place specified for such purpose, once received by the company. The directors may treat any such communication, facility or transmission which purports to be or is expressed to be sent on behalf of a member as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending it to send it on behalf of that member.

 

22.

Business of AGM: Without prejudice to the powers of the directors to include on the agenda of any annual general meeting of the company such other matters as they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit, the business of the annual general meeting of the company shall be required to include only the following matters:

 

22.1.

the consideration of the company’s statutory financial statements and the report of the directors and, unless the company is entitled to and has availed itself of the audit exemption under Section 360 or Section 365 of the Act, the report of the statutory auditors on those statements and that report;

 

22.2.

the review by the members of the company’s affairs; and

 

22.3.

save where the company is entitled to and has availed itself of the exemption referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the appointment or re-appointment of statutory auditors.

 

23.

General Meetings outside Ireland: An annual general meeting or an extraordinary general meeting of the company may be held inside or outside Ireland provided that, if the company holds any such meeting outside Ireland then, unless all of the members entitled to attend and vote at such meeting consent in writing to its being held outside Ireland, the company shall at its own expense make all necessary arrangements to ensure that members can, by technological means, participate in any such meeting without leaving Ireland.

 

24.

General Meetings including Quorum: The quorum for general meetings of the company shall be two members present in person or by proxy, unless the company is a single-member company within the meaning of the Act (that is to say all the issued shares of the company are registered in the name of a sole person (whether a natural person or a body corporate)), in which case one member present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum.

 

25.

Holding of Annual General Meeting:

 

25.1.

Subject to paragraph 2 of this Article 25 and subject always as provided by the Act, the company shall in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, in addition to any other meetings in that year, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it.

 

25.2.

Where the company has only one member, that is to say all the issued shares of the company are registered in the name of a sole person (whether a natural person or a body corporate), it will be a single-member company within the meaning of the Act, and in such a case (but only in such a case), the company need not hold an annual general meeting in any year where the member is entitled, as at the date of the written resolution referred to in this Article, to attend and vote at such general meeting and has signed, before the latest date for the holding of the meeting, a written resolution, complying with the provisions of the Act, acknowledging receipt of the financial statements that would have been laid before that meeting, resolving all such matters as would have been resolved at that meeting, and confirming that no change is proposed in the appointment of the person (if any) who, at the date of the resolution, stands appointed as statutory auditor of the company.


26.

Right to demand a poll:

 

26.1.

At any general meeting a poll may be demanded by:

 

  26.1.1.

the chairperson of the meeting;

 

  26.1.2.

at least three members present in person or by proxy;

 

  26.1.3.

any member or members present in person or by proxy and representing not less than 10 per cent of the total voting rights of all the members of the company having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

  26.1.4.

a member or members holding shares in the company conferring the right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than 10 per cent of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

 

27.

Restriction on voting: For so long as the company holds any shares as treasury shares, or any subsidiary of the company holds shares in the company, then the company or the subsidiary (as the case may be) shall not exercise any voting rights in respect of the shares.

 

28.

Unanimous Written Resolutions and Majority Written Resolutions:

A unanimous written resolution and a majority written resolution may be passed by members subject to and in accordance with Section 193 and Section 194 respectively of the Act.

 

29.

Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnity: Subject to the provisions of the Act, every director, managing director, chief executive officer, secretary and other officer for the time being of the company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the company against any liability incurred by him:

 

29.1.

in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in relation to his acts or omissions while acting in such office, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted; or

 

29.2.

in connection with any proceedings or application referred to in, or under, Sections 233 or 234 of the Act in which relief is granted to him by the court.

 

30.

Notices:

 

30.1.

Any notice or document to be served on or given to a member of the company by the company or by an officer of the company whether pursuant to any provision of the Act or these Articles or otherwise may be served on or given to the member in any of the ways specified in subsection (3) of Section 218 of the Act (including by electronic means provided that in such a case the conditions specified in subsection (4) of that Section are satisfied), and the notice or document shall be deemed to have been served or given as follows:-

 

  30.1.1.

if given personally or delivered to the member, when so given or delivered;

 

  30.1.2.

if left at the registered address of the member, when so left at that address;

 

  30.1.3.

if the notice is a notice of a general meeting, and it is posted using ordinary pre-paid post to the registered address of the member, on the expiration of 24 hours following posting (as permitted by Section 181(3) of the Act); but in a case where the notice or document is not a notice of a meeting, it shall be deemed to have been given or served 48 hours after the cover containing it was posted, and if so posted on a Friday, 72 hours after it was so posted; and

 

  30.1.4.

if served on or delivered to a member by electronic means, both in the case of the service or giving of the notice or document by sending it by electronic mail and by making it available or displaying it on a website, 12 hours after the time it was sent, or made available or displayed.


30.2.

Where the company is required or obliged to serve a notice on or give it to a person other than a member of the company, it shall be in writing and, without prejudice to any method of service provided for in the Act, may be served on or given to that person personally, or by leaving it at or posting it to the last-known postal address of that person, or by sending it to the other person by electronic mail provided that the person has consented to the use of electronic mail to serve or give notices on or to such person and has not, at the time that electronic mail is so used, given written notice to the company in accordance with the provisions of these Articles withdrawing that consent. A notice or document given or served in a manner referred to in this paragraph shall be deemed to have been given or served as follows:

 

  30.2.1.

if given personally, when so given;

 

  30.2.2.

if left at the last-known postal address of the person, when so left at that address;

 

  30.2.3.

if posted using ordinary pre-paid post to the last-known postal address of the other person on any day other than a Friday, 48 hours after the cover containing it was posted, and if so posted on a Friday, 72 hours after it was so posted; and

 

  30.2.4.

if served on or delivered to the other person by electronic mail, 12 hours after the time it was sent.

 

30.3.

Without prejudice to any provision of the Act or of these Articles concerning the sending of notices or other documents to the company, any notice or other document which is required to be served on or given to the company by a member or by any other person under the Act or these Articles shall be in writing and in the English language, and may be served on or given to the company by giving or delivering it personally to the secretary of the company or by posting it using ordinary pre-paid post to the registered office of the company marked for the attention of the secretary, and will be deemed to have been served on or given to the company;

 

  30.3.1.

if given or delivered personally, when so given or delivered; and

 

  30.3.2.

if posted in the manner described in this paragraph on any day other than a Friday, 48 hours after the cover containing it was posted, and if so posted on a Friday, 72 hours after it was so posted.

 

31.

Single-member Company:

 

31.1.

If and so long as the company is a single-member company within the meaning of the Act, the sole member may appoint a person to be a director of the company by serving a notice in writing on the company which states that the named person is appointed director, and this applies notwithstanding anything in subsection (3) of Section 144 of the Act (save for the requirement of it that any limit for the time being on the number of directors provided for in these Articles (if any) is to be observed) or in subsection (4) of Section 144.

 

31.2.

Where the company is a single-member company and the sole member takes any decision which has effect, pursuant to Section 196 of the Act, as if agreed by the company in general meeting, the member shall provide the company with a written record of that decision, unless the decision is taken by way of written resolution which the member has already forwarded to the company, and where the company is notified by the sole member of a decision taken by way of a written resolution, or of a written record of a decision taken by that sole member, the company shall record and retain the notification in a book or other suitable means maintained for the purpose.

 

31.3.

Where the company is a single-member company and the sole member exercises or discharges any power, right or obligation pursuant to Section 196 of the Act, involving or consisting of the passing of a resolution, or the sole member agreeing to a thing, and the provisions of Section 198 shall apply to that resolution or thing, the company shall notify such exercise or discharge in writing within 15 days of the occurrence thereof to the Registrar of Companies.


31.4.

Where the company is a single-member company and enters into a contract with the sole member which is not in the ordinary course of business and which is not in writing, and the sole member also represents the company in the transaction (whether as a director or otherwise), the company shall ensure that the terms of the contract are forthwith set out in a written memorandum or are recorded in the minutes of the next directors’ meeting.

 

32.

Share Transfers

 

32.1.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the company’s Constitution or in the Act or in any agreement or arrangement applicable to any shares in the company:

 

  32.1.1.

the directors shall promptly register any transfer of share(s) issued by the company and shall not suspend registration thereof where such transfer:

(1) is to:

(a) a Secured Party; or

(b) any nominee of a Secured Party; or

(c) any transferee of, or purchaser from, such Secured Party or nominee of such Secured Party (whether or not such transferee or purchaser is a third party transferee or purchaser); or

(d) any combination of the foregoing,

for the purpose of registering such party or parties as legal owner(s) of the relevant shares;

(2) is delivered to the company for the purposes set out at Article 32.1.1. above by or on behalf of a Secured Party, by its nominee(s), by any receiver appointed by it or by any purchaser or transferee from a Secured Party or from any nominee of a Secured Party; and

(3) is executed by (as appropriate) a Secured Party, its nominee(s) or any receiver appointed by it pursuant to any power of sale, right of appropriation or other power under, or arising in respect of, the security over those shares created in favour of a Secured Party,

where “Secured Party” means any person or entity in whose favour such shares have been secured whether acting for its own benefit, or as agent, security agent, security trustee or otherwise for itself and/or another person or entity; and

 

  32.1.2.

no transferor or proposed transferor of any such shares, nor any party listed in (1) above, shall be subject to, or obliged to comply with, any rights of pre-emption contained in this Constitution or in any other arrangement or agreement applicable to any shares in the company nor shall such person or entity be otherwise required to offer the shares which are or will be the subject of any transfer contemplated by this Article 32 to any or all of the shareholders for the time being in the company or to any other person or entity and no such shareholder, person or entity shall have any rights under this Constitution or otherwise to require that such shares be transferred to them for consideration or otherwise.

No resolution may be proposed or passed the effect of which would be to delete or amend this Article 32 unless, for so long as a Secured Party holds security over shares in the Company, twenty-one days prior written notice is given to that Secured Party, which notice must be sent by pre-paid registered post to its registered office or principal place of business in the State, marked for the attention of the Company Secretary”.


We, the body corporate whose name and address is subscribed, wish to be formed into a company in pursuance of this Constitution, and we agree to take the number of shares in the capital of the company set opposite our name.

 

Names, Addresses and Descriptions of Subscriber[s]    Number of Shares taken by the Subscriber

LOGO

Lindorff AB

 

 

LOGO

Kungsgatan 57A

11122 Stockholm

Sweden

   1,000
Body corporate   
Total Shares Taken:    1,000

 

 

LOGO

Exhibit T3B.23

A

COMPANIES ACT 2014

 

 

DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

CONSTITUTION

OF

INTRUM INVESTMENT NO 3 DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY


COMPANIES ACT 2014

 

 

DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

CONSTITUTION

OF

INTRUM INVESTMENT NO 3 DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

 

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

(AS AMENDED BY SPECIAL RESOLUTION ON 10 FEBRUARY 2022)

 

1.

The name of the company is Intrum Investment No 3 Designated Activity Company.

 

2.

The company is a designated activity company limited by shares, that is to say a private company limited by shares registered under Part 16 of the Companies Act 2014.

 

3.

The objects for which the company is established are:

 

3.1.

To carry on the business of financing and/or re-financing whether asset based or not (including, without limitation, financing and re-financing of financial assets), including managing financial assets with or without security in whatever currency including, without limitation, financing or re-financing by way of loan, acceptance credits, commercial paper, euro medium term bonds, euro bonds, asset-backed securities, securitisation, synthetic securitisation, collateralised debt obligations, bank placements, leasing, hire purchase, credit sale, conditional sale, factoring, forfeiting, invoice discounting, note issue facilities, project financing, bond issuances, participation and syndications, assignment, novation, factoring, discounting, securitisation, synthetic securitisation, collateralised debt obligations, participation, sub-participation, derivative contracts, securities/stock lending contracts, repurchase agreements or other appropriate methods of finance and to discount, mortgage receivables, loan receivables, and lease rentals for persons wherever situated in any currency whatsoever, and to acquire or enter into by purchase, lease, hire or otherwise and to sell on hire or otherwise deal in financial assets or instruments (including, without limitation, loans, participations, debentures, debenture stock, bonds, shares, securities, notes, euro bonds, swaps and hedges (including, without limitation, credit default, interest rate and currency swaps and hedges of any kind whatsoever)), and to do all of the foregoing as principal, agent or broker.

 

3.2.

To appoint and act through any agents, administrators, contractors or delegates in any part of the world in connection with the undertaking and business of the company (including, without limitation, in connection with the acquisition, novation, investment in, entering into, assignment, disposal, sale, participation, monitoring, servicing, administration, processing and enforcement of the financial assets or instruments and/or any related security referred to in sub-paragraph 3.1 above) on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors of the company think fit.


3.3.

To carry on a treasury business including the procurement of short, medium or long term finance or finance of unlimited duration, the investment in property of whatever nature including real and personal property, and wherever situated and the provision of financial and investment services and facilities, financial and investment management, advice, assistance, information and agency services in any currency whatsoever and to carry out financing and lending of every description to such persons or companies upon such terms as may seem expedient.

 

3.4.

To purchase, acquire by any means, hold and create, enter into any arrangement relating to, deal and participate in, underwrite and sell or dispose of by any means, securities, financial and swap instruments and rights of all kinds including without limitation foreign currencies, shares, stocks, gilts, equities, debentures, debenture stock, bonds, notes, commercial paper, risk management instruments, money market deposits, money market instruments, investment instruments, swaps, credit default swaps or hedges, interest rate hedges, foreign currency hedges, floors, collars, options and such other financial and swap instruments and rights and securities as are similar to, or are derivatives of, any of the foregoing.

 

3.5.

To raise or borrow money on such terms and in such manner as the Directors of the company think fit including, without limitation, by the creation and issue of listed or unlisted notes, bonds, euro bonds, debentures, debt instruments, shares or other securities whether or not the repayment of which or the payment of interests or dividends thereon is referenced or linked to a portfolio of assets, property or revenues whether or not the company has a legal or beneficial interest therein or not, secured upon all or any undertaking, assets, property or revenues of the company of whatever kind both present and future (including, without limitation all or any of the financial assets or instruments and/or any related security referred to in sub-paragraph 3.1 above), and to secure on such terms and in such manner as the Directors of the company think fit, any indebtedness or obligation of the company, by mortgage, charge, pledge, assignment trust or any other means involving the creation of security over all or any part of the undertaking, assets, property and revenues of the company of whatever kind both present and future (including, without limitation, all or any of the financial assets or instruments and/or any related security referred to in sub-paragraph 3.1 above).

 

3.6.

As an object of the company and as a pursuit in itself or otherwise, and whether for the purpose of making a profit or avoiding a loss or for any other purpose whatsoever, to engage in currency and interest rate transactions, credit default swaps, hedges or other transactions and any other financial or other transactions of whatever nature, including any transaction for the purpose of, or capable of being for the purposes of, avoiding, reducing, minimising, hedging against or otherwise managing the risk of any loss, cost, expense or liability arising, or which may arise, directly or indirectly, from a change or changes in any interest rate or currency exchange rate or in the price or value of any property, asset, commodity, index or liability or the credit standing or any person or entity or from any other risk or factor affecting the company’s undertaking and business, including but not limited to dealings, whether involving purchases, sales or otherwise in any credit-default contracts, currency, spot and forward exchange rate contracts, forward rate agreements caps, floors and collars, futures, options, swaps, and any other credit default currency interest rate and other hedging arrangements and such other instruments as are similar to, or derivatives of any of the foregoing.

 

3.7.

To deposit money, securities and/or property to or with such persons, and on such terms as may seem expedient and to discount, buy and sell bills, notes, warrants, coupons and other negotiable or transferable instruments, debt securities or documents of whatsoever nature.

 

3.8.

To carry on any other business, except the issuing of policies of insurance, which may seem to the company capable of being conveniently carried on in connection with the above, or calculated directly or indirectly to enhance the value of or render profitable any of the company’s property or rights.

 

3.9.

To invest any monies of the company in such investments and in such manner as may from time to time be determined, and to hold, sell or deal with such investments and generally to purchase, take on lease or in exchange or otherwise acquire any real and personal property and rights or privileges.


3.10.

To subscribe for, take, purchase or otherwise acquire and hold shares or other interests in, or securities of any other company having objects altogether or in part similar to those of this company or carrying on any business capable of being carried on so as, directly or indirectly, to benefit this company.

 

3.11.

To develop and turn to account any land acquired by the company or in which it is interested and in particular by laying out and preparing the same for building purposes, constructing, altering, pulling down, decorating, maintaining, fitting up and improving buildings and conveniences, and by planting, paving, draining, farming, cultivating, letting on building lease or building agreement and by advancing money to and entering into contracts and arrangements of all kinds with builders, tenants and others.

 

3.12.

To acquire and undertake the whole or any part of the business, property, goodwill and assets of any person, firm or company carrying on or proposing to carry on any of the businesses which the company is authorised to carry on, or which can be conveniently carried on in connection with the same, or may seem calculated directly or indirectly to benefit the company.

 

3.13.

To employ the funds of the company in the development and expansion of the business of the company and all or any of its subsidiary (as defined by the Companies Act 2014 (the Act) or associated companies and in any other company whether now existing or hereafter to be formed and engaged in any like business of the company or any of its subsidiary (as defined by the Act) or associated companies or of any other industry ancillary thereto or which can conveniently be carried on in connection therewith.

 

3.14.

To lend money to such persons firms or companies either with or without security and upon such terms as may seem expedient.

 

3.15.

To borrow or otherwise raise money or carry out any other means of financing, whether or not by the issue of stock or other securities, and to enter into or issue interest and currency hedging and swap agreements, forward rate agreements, interest and currency futures or options and other forms of financial instruments, and to purchase, redeem or pay off any of the foregoing.

 

3.16.

To make gifts or gratuitous disposals of all or any part of the property (including, without limitation, cash and non-cash assets) or rights of the company, and to make voluntary dispositions of any such property or rights either for no consideration or for a consideration less than the market value of such property or rights, in any such case on such terms as the directors may consider appropriate in their discretion.

 

3.17.

To secure the payment of money or other performance of financial obligations in such manner as the company shall think fit, including, without limitation by the issue of debentures or debenture stock, perpetual or otherwise, charged upon all or any of the company’s property, present or future, including its uncalled capital.

 

3.18.

To adopt such means of making known the company and its products and services as may seem expedient.

 

3.19.

To sell, improve, manage, develop, exchange, lease, mortgage, enfranchise, dispose of, turn to account or otherwise deal with all or any part of the property, undertaking, rights or assets of the company and for such consideration as the company might think fit, and generally to purchase, take on lease or in exchange or otherwise acquire any real and personal property and rights or privileges.

 

3.20.

To acquire and carry on any business carried on by a subsidiary (as defined by the Act) or a holding company of the company or another subsidiary of a holding company of the company.

 

3.21.

To provide services of any kind including the carrying on of advisory, consultancy, brokerage and agency business of any kind.

 

3.22.

To guarantee, grant indemnities in respect of, support or secure, whether by personal covenant or by mortgaging or charging all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the company, or by both such methods, the performance of the contracts or obligations of and the repayment or payment of the principal amounts of and premiums, interest and


  dividends on any securities of any person, firm or company, including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any company which is for the time being the company’s holding company (as defined by the Act), or another subsidiary (as defined by the Act) of the company’s holding company or otherwise associated with the company in business notwithstanding the fact that the company may not receive any consideration, advantage or benefit, direct or indirect from entering into such guarantee or other arrangement or transaction contemplated herein.

 

3.23.

To amalgamate or merge with any other company.

 

3.24.

To apply for, purchase or otherwise acquire any patents, brevets d’invention, licences, trade marks, technology and know-how and the like conferring any exclusive or non-exclusive or limited right to use or any secret or other information as to any invention or technology which may seem capable of being used, for any of the purposes of the company or the acquisition of which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to benefit the company, and to use, exercise, develop or grant licences in respect of or otherwise turn to account the property rights or information so acquired.

 

3.25.

To enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits, union of interests, co-operation, joint venture or otherwise with any person or company or engage in any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as directly or indirectly to benefit the company.

 

3.26.

To grant pensions or gratuities (to include death benefits) to any officers or employees or ex-officers or ex-employees of the company, or its predecessors in business or the relations, families or dependants of any such persons, and to establish or support any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation funds, any associations, institutions, clubs, buildings and housing schemes, funds and trusts which may be considered calculated to benefit any such persons or otherwise advance the interests of the company or of its members.

 

3.27.

To promote any company or companies for the purpose of acquiring all or any of the property and liabilities of this company or for any other purpose which may seem directly or indirectly calculated to benefit this company.

 

3.28.

To remunerate any person or company for services rendered or to be rendered in placing or assisting to place or guaranteeing the placing of any of the shares in the company’s capital or any debentures, debenture stock or other securities of the company, or in or about the formation or promotion of the company or the conduct of its business.

 

3.29.

To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, bills of lading, warrants, debentures, letters of credit and other negotiable or transferable instruments.

 

3.30.

To undertake and execute any trusts the undertaking whereof may seem desirable, whether gratuitously or otherwise.

 

3.31.

To procure the company to be registered or recognised in any country or place.

 

3.32.

To promote freedom of contract and to counteract and discourage interference therewith, to join any trade or business federation, union or association, with a view to promoting the company’s business and safeguarding the same.

 

3.33.

To do all or any of the above things in any part of the world as principal, agent, contractor, trustee or otherwise, and by or through trustees, agents or otherwise and either alone or in conjunction with others.

 

3.34.

To distribute any of the property of the company in specie among the members.

 

3.35.

To do all such other acts or things as appear to the company to be requisite, advantageous, or incidental to the attainment of the above objects or any of them.


NOTE A: The objects specified in each paragraph of this clause shall not, except where otherwise expressed in such paragraph, be limited or restricted in any way by reference to, or inference from, the terms of any other paragraph.

NOTE B: It is hereby declared that the word “company” in this clause (except where it refers to this company) will be deemed to include any partnership or other body of persons, whether or not incorporated and whether formed in Ireland or elsewhere.

 

4.

The liability of the members is limited.

 

5.

The share capital of the company is €1,000,000 divided into 1,000,000 shares of €1 each.


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The following Regulations shall apply to the company:

 

1.

Preliminary, Definitions and Interpretation:

 

1.1.

In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires:

Act means the Companies Act 2014;

committee means a committee established by the directors which may consist in whole or in part of members of the board of directors of the company;

director means a director for the time being of the company or a director present at a meeting of the board of directors and includes any person occupying the position of director by whatever name called, and directors means all such persons;

the seal means the common seal of the company;

the register means the register of members to be kept as required by Section 169 of the Act and registered address means the address of a member as entered in the register;

Ireland means Ireland excluding Northern Ireland.

 

1.2.

The provisions of the Act which are stated therein to apply to a designated activity company limited by shares, save to the extent that its constitution is permitted to provide or state otherwise, will apply to the company subject to the alterations contained in these Articles, and will, so far as not inconsistent with these Articles, bind the company and the members.

 

1.3.

Unless the contrary is clearly stated, references to the Act or to any other enactment (including any subordinate legislation) or any section or provision thereof shall mean the Act or such enactment, subordinate legislation, section or provision (as the case may be), as the same may be consolidated, amended, extended, modified, supplemented or re-enacted (whether before or after the date hereof) from time to time and may be for the time being in force.

 

1.4.

Unless specifically defined in these Articles or the context otherwise requires, words or expressions contained in this Constitution and not specifically defined herein shall bear the same meanings as in the Act, but excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force when this Constitution became binding on the company and the members.

 

1.5.

Reference to any document includes that document as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

1.6.

Unless the context otherwise requires, expressions in these Articles referring to writing shall be construed, unless the contrary intention appears, as including references to printing, lithography, photography and to writing in electronic form and any other modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form, and expressions in these Articles referring to execution of any document shall include any mode of execution whether under seal or under hand.

 

1.7.

Unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing the masculine include the feminine, and words importing persons include corporations.

 

1.8.

Headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the construction or interpretation of these Articles.

 

1.9.

Unless the context otherwise requires, reference to Articles and to paragraphs are to these Articles and the paragraphs of these Articles.


2.

Company Seal: Without prejudice to the provisions of the Act in relation to the use of the seal of a company, any registered person authorised by the board of directors of the company in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Act will be entitled to use the seal of the company and may sign or countersign an instrument to which the seal is affixed, and an alternate who is not also a director will also be entitled to sign or countersign an instrument to which the seal is affixed, as if he were the director who appointed him.

 

3.

Official Seal: The company may have for use in any place abroad an official seal which shall resemble the seal of the company with the addition on its face of the name of every place abroad where it is to be used.

 

4.

Share Capital: The authorised share capital of the company is €1,000,000 divided into 1,000,000 shares of €1 each.

 

5.

Authority to Allot Shares:

 

5.1.

The allotment of shares up to an amount equal to the authorised but unissued share capital of the company as at the date of incorporation of the company, without any limit or restriction as to the period of time during which they may be allotted, is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised. No further shares may be allotted unless those shares are comprised in the authorised but unissued share capital of the company.

 

5.2.

Section 69(6) of the Act is hereby excluded in relation to all allotments of shares by the company.

 

5.3.

Shares and any other securities of the company may only be allotted by the directors or a duly authorised committee thereof and the directors (or any duly authorised committee) may allot, grant options over, issue or otherwise dispose of shares or other securities to such persons, on such terms and conditions, and at such times as they may determine in their absolute discretion.

 

5.4.

The directors or any duly authorised committee thereof may execute and do all such documents, acts and things as in their opinion are necessary or desirable in order to give effect to the authority conferred by this Article.

 

5.5.

For the purposes of this Article, shares includes a right to subscribe for shares or to convert securities into shares and securities has the meaning given to such term in Section 64(1) of the Act.

 

6.

Transfer of Shares:

 

6.1.

The instrument of transfer of any share shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor, save that if the share concerned (or one or more of the shares concerned) is not fully paid, the instrument shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee.

 

6.2.

Without prejudice to the powers of the directors under Section 95(2) of the Act, the directors may, in their absolute discretion, and without giving any reason for doing so, decline to register any transfer of any share, whether or not it is a fully paid share. The restriction on the power to decline to register a transfer of shares contained in Section 95(1)(b) of the Act shall not apply.

 

7.

Transmission of Shares by Operation of Law in Consequence of a Merger:

 

7.1.

In any case in which any share or shares in the company (Relevant Shares) which are held by another company or body corporate, wherever incorporated (the Corporate Member), is or are transmitted by operation of law in consequence of a merger involving the Corporate Member and one or more other companies (which may include the company) or bodies corporate, wherever incorporated, and which is put into effect in accordance with the provisions in that regard contained in the Act, in the European Communities (Cross-Border Mergers) Regulations 2008 (S.I. No. 157 of 2008) (as amended), or in any other applicable law or other enactment (a merger) and if, in any such case, the provisions of Section 480(6) of the Act are not applicable for any reason, a transfer of the Relevant Shares may be validly effected in accordance with the following provisions of this Article.


7.2.

In any case as is mentioned in the foregoing paragraph 7.1 of this Article, any person who is or who becomes entitled to any Relevant Shares in consequence of any such merger (a Relevant Person) may, subject always to paragraph 7.3 of this Article, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the directors of the company (including without limitation any information and documentation relating to the merger and the title and other rights of the Relevant Person to the Relevant Shares arising as a result thereof) elect either to be registered himself in the register as holder of the Relevant Shares, or, to the extent permitted by law, to have some person nominated by him (being a person who consents to be so registered) registered in the register as the transferee thereof.

 

7.3.

The directors of the company shall, in either of those cases, have the same rights under the Act or these Articles to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Relevant Shares by the Corporate Member before the merger was put into effect as aforesaid.

 

7.4.

If the Relevant Person elects to be registered himself, the Relevant Person shall furnish to the company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he or she so elects, and if the Relevant Person elects, to the extent permitted by law, to have another person so registered instead, the Relevant Person shall testify his or her election by executing in favour of that other person a transfer of the Relevant Shares.

 

7.5.

All the limitations, restrictions and provisions contained in the Act or in these Articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of a transfer of a share shall be applicable to a notice or transfer referred to in paragraph 7.4 of this Article as if the merger had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by the Corporate Member.

 

7.6.

Subject to paragraph 7.7 of this Article, the Relevant Person (or any other person nominated by him, to the extent permitted by law, in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Article) shall, on and from the effective date of the merger, be entitled to the same dividends, bonus and other monies payable in respect of the Relevant Shares and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he was the registered holder of the Relevant Shares but shall not, before being registered in the register as a member in respect of the Relevant Shares, be entitled in respect of them to exercise any rights conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the company.

 

7.7.

The directors of the company may at any time serve a notice on any Relevant Person requiring the Relevant Person to make the election, to the extent permitted by law, provided for by paragraph 7.2 of this Article and, if the person does not make that election (and proceed to do, consequent on that election, whichever of the things mentioned in paragraph 7.4 of this Article is appropriate) within 90 days after the service of the notice, the directors may thereupon withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Relevant Shares until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

7.8.

The company may charge a fee not exceeding €10 on the registration of any person entitled to a share in consequence of a merger in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Article.

 

7.9.

The provisions of this Article shall be subject to any order made by a court having lawful jurisdiction in respect of a merger.

 

8.

Acquisition of Own Shares: Subject to (and without prejudice to) the provisions of the Act, the company may acquire its own shares by purchase, or in the case of redeemable shares, by redemption or purchase, on such terms (including as to the consideration for, and the timing of, any such purchase or redemption) and in such a manner as shall be determined by the directors in their absolute discretion.

 

9.

Number of Directors:

 

9.1.

The number of directors, from time to time, shall be at least two directors. The directors must be resident in the State for taxation purposes and if, for whatever reason, a director ceases to be resident in the State for taxation purposes, he or she shall immediately notify the Company and the other directors in writing. The directors shall hold meetings in the State. No director will require to be re-elected at the next following annual general meeting or ay any extraordinary general meeting following such appointment.


9.2.

The quorum required for a meeting of the board of directors shall be at least two directors. The provisions of section 160(6) of the Act shall be excluded.

 

9.3.

At each meeting of the directors, the directors shall elect one of themselves as chairperson of the meeting.

 

9.4.

Questions arising at a meeting of directors shall be determined by a majority of votes of the directors present, and where there is an equality of votes, the chairperson shall have a second and casting vote.

 

9.6.

The company will conduct its affairs in accordance with its constitution from within Ireland and a majority of the directors will remain Irish tax resident, exercising their control over the business of the company independently. All meetings of the board of directors of the company will be held in Ireland and the board of directors will only exercise its authority from and within Ireland by taking all key decisions relating to the company in Ireland.

 

10.

Committees of Directors: The meetings and proceedings of any committee formed by the directors will be governed by the provisions set out in the Act regulating the meetings and proceedings of directors so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed on such committee by the directors from time to time.

 

11.

Vacation of Office of Director:

 

11.1.

The office of a director shall, in addition to the circumstances in which it shall be vacated described in Section 136 (share qualification, if applicable) and Section 148(1) (bankruptcy and disqualification), also be vacated automatically if the director dies in office, or if the director:

 

  11.1.1.

becomes subject to a declaration of restriction made pursuant to Chapter 3 of Part 14 of the Act; or

 

  11.1.2.

is sentenced to a term of imprisonment following conviction of any indictable offence, unless the term of imprisonment is suspended, such that he is not imprisoned in respect of the offence; or

 

  11.1.3.

is absent for more than six consecutive months without the permission of the directors from meetings of the directors or any committee thereof held during that period and his alternate director (if any) shall not have attended any such meetings in his place during such period, and his co-directors resolve that, by reason of such absence, he has vacated his office; or

 

  11.1.4.

is removed from office by notice in writing served upon him signed by all his co-directors (any such removal being deemed to be an act of the company); or

 

  11.1.5.

is no longer reasonably regarded by his co-directors as possessing an adequate decision-making capacity for reasons of health, and his co-directors have accordingly resolved that his office be vacated on this ground, or he becomes the subject of an order made in Ireland or elsewhere by a court claiming jurisdiction in that regard for his detention or for the appointment of a guardian or other person to exercise powers with respect to his property or affairs, on the ground, in any such case, of mental disorder or incapacity;

 

  11.1.6.

resigns his office by notice in writing to the company; or

 

  11.1.7.

makes any arrangement or composition in Ireland or elsewhere with his creditors generally, and his co-directors resolve, for that reason, that his office be vacated.

 

11.2.

The provisions of paragraphs 11.1.1 to 11.1.7 of this Article shall apply to the exclusion of the provisions of Section 148(2) of the Act.


12.

Alternate Directors:

 

12.1.

Any director (the appointer) may at any time and from time to time appoint by notice in writing to the company any person to be his alternate.

 

12.2.

A person may act as an alternate for more than one director and while he is so acting will be entitled to a separate vote for each director he is representing and, if he is himself a director, his vote or votes as an alternate will be in addition to his own vote.

 

12.3.

An alternate will be counted for the purpose of reckoning whether a quorum is present at any meeting attended by him at which he is entitled to vote, but where he is himself a director or is the alternate of more than one director he will only be counted once for such purpose.

 

12.4.

An alternate will be entitled, subject to his giving to the company an address to receive notice of all meetings of the directors and of all meetings of committees of which his appointer is a member, to receive notice of and attend and vote at any meeting of the directors (or of a committee of which his appointer is a member) at which the appointer is not personally present. An alternate shall not be entitled to be remunerated or paid fees otherwise than out of the remuneration or fees as the case may be paid to the appointer.

 

12.5.

The alternate will be entitled, in the absence of the appointer, to exercise all the powers, rights, duties and authorities of the appointer as a director (other than the right to appoint an alternate hereunder).

 

12.6.

An alternate’s appointment will automatically come to an end if for any reason the appointer ceases to be a director, but if a director retires but is re-appointed or deemed to have been re-appointed at the meeting at which he retires, any appointment of an alternate made by him which was in force immediately prior to his retirement will continue after his re-appointment. Section 165(5) and (6) of the Act in relation to revocation of appointment shall apply.

 

13.

Managing and Executive Directors:

 

13.1.

Subject to the other provisions of these Articles, the directors may from time to time appoint one or more of themselves to be managing director or chief executive officer or any other category of executive director (by whatever name called) for such period, and on such terms as to remuneration or otherwise, as they think fit and, subject to the terms of any agreement entered into in any particular case, may revoke such appointment. The directors may entrust to and confer upon any director so appointed any of the powers exercisable by them upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions (if any) as they may think fit, and either concurrently with or to the exclusion of their own powers, and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any conferral of such powers. Section 159(2) of the Act shall not apply in relation to any such appointment.

 

14.

Directors’ Contracts:

 

14.1.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 162 of the Act, no contract will be entered into by the company for the employment of, or the provision of services by, a director or a director of a holding company of the company containing a term to which Section 249 of the Act applies, without obtaining the approval provided for in that Section.

 

15.

Directors’ Right to Attend Meetings:

 

15.1.

A director who is not a member of the company will nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of, attend and speak at any general meeting or separate meeting of the holders of any class of share.

 

16.

Voting by Directors:

 

16.1.

A director may vote in respect of any contract, appointment or arrangement in which he is interested, and he shall be counted in the quorum present at any meeting at which such matters are considered. Section 163 of the Act shall not apply.


17.

Remuneration of Directors:

 

17.1.

The remuneration, which shall include benefits in kind, and any fees, to be paid to directors of the company, shall be at such rate and basis as the directors shall determine from time to time. The directors shall also be entitled to be paid their travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from meetings of the directors or any committee of the directors or general meetings of the company or otherwise in connection with the business of the company, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the directors from time to time, or a combination partly of one such method and partly of the other. The amount, rate or basis of the fees, remuneration or expenses paid or to be paid to the directors shall not require the approval of or ratification by the company in general meeting.

 

17.2.

The board may approve additional remuneration to any director undertaking any special work or services for, or undertaking any special task on behalf of the company including participating as a member of a committee, in addition to his ordinary work as a director. Any remuneration or fees paid by a director who is also a legal adviser to the company or otherwise serves the company in a professional capacity shall be in addition to any remuneration or fees paid to him as a director of the company.

 

18.

Resolutions in Writing:

 

18.1.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 161(1) of the Act, a resolution in writing signed by each director or by his alternate will be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors duly convened and held.

 

18.2.

A resolution in writing signed by each member of a committee (or, in the case of a director, his alternate) will be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of that committee duly convened and held.

 

18.3.

Any such resolution as is referred to in this Article may consist of one document or two or more documents in like form to the same effect, each signed by one or more of the signatories, and for all purposes shall take effect from the time that it is signed by the last such signatory.

 

19.

Certain matters not to amount to conflicts of interest, etc.:

 

19.1.

a director who has been validly appointed or nominated for appointment by a particular member or members may (i) be a director or other officer of, employed by or otherwise interested (including by the holding of shares) in, any such member or members, or of any body corporate owned or controlled by any such member or members, and (ii) have regard to the interests of that member or members, and shall not be deemed to have a conflict of interest or to be in breach of his duty under Section 228(1)(f) of the Act in any such circumstances.

 

19.2.

A director who declares the nature of his interest in a contract (as the expression contract is to be interpreted by Section 231 of the Act) or proposed contract with the company in accordance with the requirements of the Act in that regard shall not be deemed to be in breach of his duty under Section 228(1)(f) of the Act, but this is without prejudice to the powers of the directors to take any action which they may consider appropriate in their discretion in relation to any matters so disclosed.

 

20.

Use of company property:

 

20.1.

Unless the members of the company in general meeting shall otherwise determine, and subject always to the other Articles of this Constitution, any director may use, for his own benefit, any of the company’s property where the other directors or the members of the company have given their consent (whether express or implied) to that use.


21.

Proxies:

 

21.1.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in the form prescribed by the Act, or as near to it as circumstances permit. The instrument of proxy and the power of attorney or other authority, if any, under which it is signed, or a notarially certified copy of that power or authority, shall be deposited at the registered office of the company or at such other place within Ireland as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting of the company, and shall be so deposited not later than before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll, before the commencement of the taking of the poll.

 

21.2.

The directors or the secretary may from time to time permit appointments of a proxy to be made by means of an electronic or internet communication or facility or by facsimile transmission, and may permit supplements, amendments or revocations of any such appointments to be made by similar means. Any such appointments of proxy and any such supplements, amendments or revocations thereof may be made subject to such terms and conditions as the directors or secretary may determine from time to time in their or his discretion, and any such appointments, supplements, amendments or revocations of proxy will be deemed deposited at the place specified for such purpose, once received by the company. The directors may treat any such communication, facility or transmission which purports to be or is expressed to be sent on behalf of a member as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending it to send it on behalf of that member.

 

22.

Business of AGM: Without prejudice to the powers of the directors to include on the agenda of any annual general meeting of the company such other matters as they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit, the business of the annual general meeting of the company shall be required to include only the following matters:

 

22.1.

the consideration of the company’s statutory financial statements and the report of the directors and, unless the company is entitled to and has availed itself of the audit exemption under Section 360 or Section 365 of the Act, the report of the statutory auditors on those statements and that report;

 

22.2.

the review by the members of the company’s affairs; and

 

22.3.

save where the company is entitled to and has availed itself of the exemption referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the appointment or re-appointment of statutory auditors.

 

23.

General Meetings outside Ireland: An annual general meeting or an extraordinary general meeting of the company may be held inside or outside Ireland provided that, if the company holds any such meeting outside Ireland then, unless all of the members entitled to attend and vote at such meeting consent in writing to its being held outside Ireland, the company shall at its own expense make all necessary arrangements to ensure that members can, by technological means, participate in any such meeting without leaving Ireland.

 

24.

General Meetings including Quorum: The quorum for general meetings of the company shall be two members present in person or by proxy, unless the company is a single-member company within the meaning of the Act (that is to say all the issued shares of the company are registered in the name of a sole person (whether a natural person or a body corporate)), in which case one member present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum.

 

25.

Holding of Annual General Meeting:

 

25.1.

Subject to paragraph 2 of this Article 25 and subject always as provided by the Act, the company shall in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, in addition to any other meetings in that year, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it.

 

25.2.

Where the company has only one member, that is to say all the issued shares of the company are registered in the name of a sole person (whether a natural person or a body corporate), it will be a single-member company within the meaning of the Act, and in such a case (but only in such a case), the company need not hold an annual general meeting in any year where the member is entitled, as at the date of the written resolution referred to in this Article, to attend and vote at such general meeting and has signed, before the latest date for the holding of the meeting, a written resolution, complying


  with the provisions of the Act, acknowledging receipt of the financial statements that would have been laid before that meeting, resolving all such matters as would have been resolved at that meeting, and confirming that no change is proposed in the appointment of the person (if any) who, at the date of the resolution, stands appointed as statutory auditor of the company.

 

26.

Right to demand a poll:

 

26.1.

At any general meeting a poll may be demanded by:

 

  26.1.1.

the chairperson of the meeting;

 

  26.1.2.

at least three members present in person or by proxy;

 

  26.1.3.

any member or members present in person or by proxy and representing not less than 10 percent of the total voting rights of all the members of the company having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

  26.1.4.

a member or members holding shares in the company conferring the right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than 10 per cent of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

 

27.

Restriction on voting: For so long as the company holds any shares as treasury shares, or any subsidiary of the company holds shares in the company, then the company or the subsidiary (as the case may be) shall not exercise any voting rights in respect of the shares.

 

28.

Unanimous Written Resolutions and Majority Written Resolutions:

A unanimous written resolution and a majority written resolution may be passed by members subject to and in accordance with Section 193 and Section 194 respectively of the Act.

 

29.

Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnity: Subject to the provisions of the Act, every director, managing director, chief executive officer, secretary and other officer for the time being of the company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the company against any liability incurred by him:

 

29.1.

in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in relation to his acts or omissions while acting in such office, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted; or

 

29.2.

in connection with any proceedings or application referred to in, or under, Sections 233 or 234 of the Act in which relief is granted to him by the court.

 

30.

Notices:

 

30.1.

Any notice or document to be served on or given to a member of the company by the company or by an officer of the company whether pursuant to any provision of the Act or these Articles or otherwise may be served on or given to the member in any of the ways specified in subsection (3) of Section 218 of the Act (including by electronic means provided that in such a case the conditions specified in subsection (4) of that Section are satisfied), and the notice or document shall be deemed to have been served or given as follows:-

 

  30.1.1.

if given personally or delivered to the member, when so given or delivered;

 

  30.1.2.

if left at the registered address of the member, when so left at that address;

 

  30.1.3.

if the notice is a notice of a general meeting, and it is posted using ordinary pre-paid post to the registered address of the member, on the expiration of 24 hours following posting (as permitted by Section 181(3) of the Act); but in a case where the notice or document is not a notice of a meeting, it shall be deemed to have been given or served 48 hours after the cover containing it was posted, and if so posted on a Friday, 72 hours after it was so posted; and


  30.1.4.

if served on or delivered to a member by electronic means, both in the case of the service or giving of the notice or document by sending it by electronic mail and by making it available or displaying it on a website, 12 hours after the time it was sent, or made available or displayed.

 

30.2.

Where the company is required or obliged to serve a notice on or give it to a person other than a member of the company, it shall be in writing and, without prejudice to any method of service provided for in the Act, may be served on or given to that person personally, or by leaving it at or posting it to the last-known postal address of that person, or by sending it to the other person by electronic mail provided that the person has consented to the use of electronic mail to serve or give notices on or to such person and has not, at the time that electronic mail is so used, given written notice to the company in accordance with the provisions of these Articles withdrawing that consent. A notice or document given or served in a manner referred to in this paragraph shall be deemed to have been given or served as follows:

 

  30.2.1.

if given personally, when so given;

 

  30.2.2.

if left at the last-known postal address of the person, when so left at that address;

 

  30.2.3.

if posted using ordinary pre-paid post to the last-known postal address of the other person on any day other than a Friday, 48 hours after the cover containing it was posted, and if so posted on a Friday, 72 hours after it was so posted; and

 

  30.2.4.

if served on or delivered to the other person by electronic mail, 12 hours after the time it was sent.

 

30.3.

Without prejudice to any provision of the Act or of these Articles concerning the sending of notices or other documents to the company, any notice or other document which is required to be served on or given to the company by a member or by any other person under the Act or these Articles shall be in writing and in the English language, and may be served on or given to the company by giving or delivering it personally to the secretary of the company or by posting it using ordinary pre-paid post to the registered office of the company marked for the attention of the secretary, and will be deemed to have been served on or given to the company;

 

  30.3.1.

if given or delivered personally, when so given or delivered; and

 

  30.3.2.

if posted in the manner described in this paragraph on any day other than a Friday, 48 hours after the cover containing it was posted, and if so posted on a Friday, 72 hours after it was so posted.

 

31.

Single-member Company:

 

31.1.

If and so long as the company is a single-member company within the meaning of the Act, the sole member may appoint a person to be a director of the company by serving a notice in writing on the company which states that the named person is appointed director, and this applies notwithstanding anything in subsection (3) of Section 144 of the Act (save for the requirement of it that any limit for the time being on the number of directors provided for in these Articles (if any) is to be observed) or in subsection (4) of Section 144.

 

31.2.

Where the company is a single-member company and the sole member takes any decision which has effect, pursuant to Section 196 of the Act, as if agreed by the company in general meeting, the member shall provide the company with a written record of that decision, unless the decision is taken by way of written resolution which the member has already forwarded to the company, and where the company is notified by the sole member of a decision taken by way of a written resolution, or of a written record of a decision taken by that sole member, the company shall record and retain the notification in a book or other suitable means maintained for the purpose.


31.3.

Where the company is a single-member company and the sole member exercises or discharges any power, right or obligation pursuant to Section 196 of the Act, involving or consisting of the passing of a resolution, or the sole member agreeing to a thing, and the provisions of Section 198 shall apply to that resolution or thing, the company shall notify such exercise or discharge in writing within 15 days of the occurrence thereof to the Registrar of Companies.

 

31.4.

Where the company is a single-member company and enters into a contract with the sole member which is not in the ordinary course of business and which is not in writing, and the sole member also represents the company in the transaction (whether as a director or otherwise), the company shall ensure that the terms of the contract are forthwith set out in a written memorandum or are recorded in the minutes of the next directors’ meeting.

 

32.

Share Transfers

 

32.1

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the company’s Constitution or in the Act or in any agreement or arrangement applicable to any shares in the company:

 

32.1.1.

the directors shall promptly register any transfer of share(s) issued by the company and shall not suspend registration thereof where such transfer:

 

  (1)

is to:

 

  (a)

a Secured Party; or

 

  (b)

any nominee of a Secured Party; or

 

  (c)

any transferee of, or purchaser from, such Secured Party or nominee of such Secured Party (whether or not such transferee or purchaser is a third party transferee or purchaser); or

 

  (d)

any combination of the foregoing,

for the purpose of registering such party or parties as legal owner(s) of the relevant shares;

 

  (2)

is delivered to the company for the purposes set out at Article 32.1.1. above by or on behalf of a Secured Party, by its nominee(s), by any receiver appointed by it or by any purchaser or transferee from a Secured Party or from any nominee of a Secured Party; and

 

  (3)

is executed by (as appropriate) a Secured Party, its nominee(s) or any receiver appointed by it pursuant to any power of sale, right of appropriation or other power under, or arising in respect of, the security over those shares created in favour of a Secured Party,

where “Secured Party” means any person or entity in whose favour such shares have been secured whether acting for its own benefit, or as agent, security agent, security trustee or otherwise for itself and/or another person or entity; and

 

32.1.2.

no transferor or proposed transferor of any such shares, nor any party listed in (1) above, shall be subject to, or obliged to comply with, any rights of pre-emption contained in this Constitution or in any other arrangement or agreement applicable to any shares in the company nor shall such person or entity be otherwise required to offer the shares which are or will be the subject of any transfer contemplated by this Article 32 to any or all of the shareholders for the time being in the company or to any other person or entity and no such shareholder, person or entity shall have any rights under this Constitution or otherwise to require that such shares be transferred to them for consideration or otherwise.

No resolution may be proposed or passed the effect of which would be to delete or amend this Article 32 unless, for so long as a Secured Party holds security over shares in the Company, twenty-one days prior written notice is given to that Secured Party, which notice must be sent by pre-paid registered post to its registered office or principal place of business, marked for the attention of the Company Secretary.


We, the body corporate whose name and address is subscribed, wish to be formed into a company in pursuance of this Constitution, and we agree to take the number of shares in the capital of the company set opposite our name.

 

Names, Addresses and Descriptions of Subscriber[s]

   Number of Shares taken by the Subscriber

Illegible

Intertrust Nominees (Ireland) Limited

Second Floor

1-2 Victoria Buildings

Haddington Road

Dublin 4

   1,000   
Body corporate    Illegible   
  

 

  
Total Shares Taken:    1,000   
  

 

  

Signature in writing of the above subscriber, attested by witness as provided for below

 

Dated the 5th day of October 2016
Witness to the above Signature:
Signature:   LOGO
Name:   IWONA HALPIN
Address:  

1-2 Victoria Buildings

Haddington Road

Dublin 4, D04 XN32, Ireland

Exhibit T3B.24

 

LOGO

Statuten Articles of Incorporation der of Intrum Investment Switzerland AG Intrum Investment Switzerland AG (Intrum Investment Switzerland Ltd) (Intrum Investment Switzerland Ltd) mit Sitz in Baar with registered office in Baar I. Allgemeine Bestimmungen I. General Provisions Artikel 1: Firma, Sitz, Dauer Article 1: Corporate Name, Registered Office, Duration Unter der Firma Under the corporate name Intrum Investment Switzerland AG Intrum Investment Switzerland AG (Intrum Investment Switzerland Ltd) (Intrum Investment Switzerland Ltd) besteht eine Aktiengesellschaft (die “Gesellsch aft”) gemass Art. 620 ff. OR mit Sitz in Baar. Die Dauer der Gesellschaft ist unbeschrankt. a company (the “Company”) exists pursuant to art. 620 et seq. of the Swiss Code of Obligations (“CO”) with its registered office in Baar. The du- ration of the Company is unlimited. Artikel 2: Zweck Article 2: Purpose Der Zweck der Gesellschaft besteht im Erwerb und im Eintreiben schwer einbringlicher Forderungen. The Company’s purpose is to purchase and collect distressed claims. Die Gesellschaft ist Teil der Intrum Gruppe und richtet ihre Geschaftstatigkeit, soweit zulassig, auf die Gruppenziele aus. Dementsprechend kann die Gesellschaft im Interesse der Gruppe oder von einzelnen Gruppengesellschaften (inkl. ihrer direkten oder indirekten Muttergesellschaften sowie deren oder ihren direkten oder indirekten Tochtergesellschaften) Vertrage abschliessen und insbesondere Darlehen oder andere Finanzierungen an solche Gruppengesellschaften gewahren und fur deren Verbindlichkeiten Sicherheiten aller Art stellen, einschliesslich mittels Pfandrechten an oder Sicherungsubereignungen und Sicherungsabtretungen von Aktiven der Gesellschaft oder mittels Garantien jedwelcher Art, ob gegen Entgelt oder nicht. The Company is part of the Intrum Group and aligns its business operations with the group targets as far as permissible. Accordingly, the Company may in the interest of the group or of individual group companies (incl. its direct or indirect parent companies as well as their or its direct or indirect subsidiaries) enter into agreements and, in particular, grant loans or other financings to such group companies and provide securities of all sorts for their obligations, including by means of rights of pledge over or transfers for security purposes and assignments for security purposes of assets of the Company or by means of guaran- tees of any kind, whether for consideration or not.


LOGO

Die Gesellschaft kann Zweigniederlassungen und Tochtergesellschaften im Inund Ausland errichten und jede Art von Untemehmen erwerben, halten, veraussern oder finanzieren. Die Gesellschaft kann Grundstucke erwerben. halten und veraussern. Die Gesellschaft kann alle kommerziellen Tatigkeiten ausuben. welche direkt oder indirekt mit dem Zweck der Gesellschaft im Zusammenhang stehen. und alle Massnahmen ergreifen. die den Gesellschaftszweck angemessen zu fordern scheinen oder mit diesem im Zusammenhang ste hen. The Company may set up branch offices and sub sidiaries in Switzerland and abroad and may acquire, hold, sell or finance any kind of company. The Company may acquire, hold, and sell real estate. The Company may engage in any kind of commercial activity that is directly or indirectly related to its purpose and take any measures which seem appropriate to promote the purpose of the Company, or which are connected with this purpose. II. Aktienkapital II. Share Capital Artikel 3: Anzahl Aktien, Nominalwert, Art Article 3: Number of Shares, Nominal Value, Type Das Aktienkapital der Gesellschaft betragt EUR 125’000 und ist eingeteilt in 125’000 Namenaktien mit einem Nennwert von je EUR 1.00. Die Aktien sind vollstandig liberiert. The share capital of the Company amounts to EUR 125’000 and is divided into 125’000 registered shares with a par value of EUR 1.00 per share. The share capital is fully paid-in. Artikel 4: Aktienzertifikate, Anerkennung der Statuten Article 4: Share Certificates, Recognition of Articles Jede Ausubung von Aktionarsrechten schliesst die Anerkennung der Gesellschaftsstatuten in der jeweils gultigen Fassung in sich ein. Any exercise of shareholders’ rights automatically comprises recognition of the version of the articles of incorporation in force at the time. Die Gesellschaft kann ihre Namenaktien in Form von Einzelurkunden, Zertifikaten uber mehrere Aktien oder Wertrechten ausgeben. Der Gesellschaft steht es frei, ihre in einer dieser Formen ausgegebenen Namenaktien jederzeit und ohne Zustimmung des Aktionars in einer der anderen Formen auszugeben. Die Gesellschaft tragt dafur die Kosten. The Company may issue its registered shares in the form of single share certificates, certificates representing several shares or uncertificated securities. The Company may at its own cost issue registered shares which are issued in one of these forms in another form without the consent of the shareholder. Der Aktionar hat keinen Anspruch auf Ausgabe von in bestimmter Form ausgegebenen Namenaktien in einer anderen Form. Insbesondere hat der Aktionar bei Namenaktien, die als Wertrechte ausgegeben sind, keinen Anspruch auf die Ausstellung von Wertpapieren. Er kann von der Gesellschaft aber jederzeit und kostenlos die Ausstellung von Beweisurkunden uber die von ihm The shareholder has no entitlement to the issuance of registered shares which are issued in a specific form in another form. In particular, in the case of registered shares issued in the form of uncertificated securities, the shareholder has no entitlement to have them issued as securities. The shareholder may however at any time and at the Company’s cost, request the Company to issue


LOGO

gemass Aktienbuch gehaltenen Wertrechte verlangen. documentary evidence in respect of the uncertificated securities held by the shareholder pursuant to the share register. Artikel 5: Aktienund Wertrechtebuch, Verzeichnis uber die gemeldeten wirtschaftlich berechtigten Perso-nen Article 5: Share Ledger and Uncertificated Securities Book, Register of the Notified Beneficial Owners Der Verwaltungsrat fuhrt ein Aktienbuch, in welches die Eigentumer und Nutzniesser mit Namen und Adresse eingetragen werden. Im Verhaltnis zur Gesellschaft wird als Aktionar oder Nutzniesser nur anerkannt, wer im Aktienbuch eingetragen ist. The board of directors shall maintain a share ledger in which the names and addresses of the owners and usufructuaries shall be entered. In relation to the Company, only those shareholders and usufructuaries registered in the share ledger shall be recognized as such. Fur die Schaffung von Wertrechten erstellt die Gesellschaft ein Wertrechtebuch. For the creation of uncertificated securities, the Company establishes an uncertificated securities book. Die Gesellschaft oder ein von ihr beauftragter Dritter fuhrt in ubereinstimmung mit den anwendbaren gesetzlichen Bestimmungen ein Verzeichnis uber die der Gesellschaft gemeldeten wirtschaftlich berechtigten Personen. The Company shall maintain, or have a third party maintain, a register of the beneficial owners notified to the Company in accordance with applicable law. Das Aktienbuch und das Verzeichnis uber die der Gesellschaft gemeldeten wirtschaftlich berechtigten Personen sind so zu fuhren, dass in der Schweiz jederzeit darauf zugegriffen werden kann. The share ledger and the register of the beneficial owners notified to the Company shall be kept and stored in such manner that it can be accessed from within Switzerland at any time. Die Belege, die einer Eintragung oder einer Meldung zugrunde liegen, sind wahrend zehn Jahren nach der Streichung der eingetragenen Person aus dem Aktienbuch bzw. aus dem Verzeichnis uber die der Gesellschaft gemeldeten wirtschaftlich berechtigten Personen aufzubewahren. The supporting documentation for the registration or notification shall be kept for a minimum of ten years after the deletion of a person from the share ledger or from the register of the beneficial owners notified to the Company. Der Verwaltungsrat sorgt dafur, dass das Aktienbuch, das Verzeichnis uber die der Gesellschaft gemeldeten wirtschaftlich berechtigten Personen, die Geschaftsbucher sowie die diesen zugrunde liegenden Belege wahrend mindestens zehn Jahren nach der Loschung der Gesellschaft und in Ubereinstimmung mit den anwendbaren gesetzlichen Bestimmungen aufbewahrt werden. The board of directors ensures the safekeeping of the share ledger, the register of the beneficial owners notified to the Company and the books and records as well as the corresponding supporting documents for a minimum of ten years after the deregistration of the Company and in accordance with applicable law.


LOGO

Die Gesellschaft kann nach Anhorung des Betroffenen Eintragungen im Aktienbuch streichen. wenn diese durch falsche Angaben des Erwerbers zustande gekommen sind. Der Erwerber muss uber die Streichung sofort informiert werden. The Company may, after consulting with the affected person, cancel entries in the share ledger if such entries were based on false information given by the acquirer. The acquirer shall be informed of the cancellation immediately. III. Generalversammlung III. Shareholders’ Meeting Artikel 6: Ordentliche und ausserordentliche Generalversammlung Article 6: Ordinary and Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meetings Die ordentliche Generalversammlung findet jedes Jahr innerhalb von sechs Monaten nach Abschluss des Geschaftsjahrs statt. The ordinary shareholders’ meeting shall be held annually within six months after the close of the business year. Ausserordentliche Generalversammlungen werden einberufen. sooft es notwendig ist, insbesondere in den vom Gesetz vorgesehenen Fallen. Extraordinary shareholders’ meetings shall be convened whenever necessary, especially when provided for by law. Artikel 7: Einberufung Article 7: Convening Die Generalversammlung wird durch den Verwaltungsrat, notigenfalls durch die Revisionsstelle einberufen. Das Einberufungsrecht steht auch den Liquidatoren zu. The shareholders’ meeting shall be convened by the board of directors and, if need be, by the auditor. The liquidators shall also be entitled to convene a shareholders’ meeting. Die Einberufung einer Generalversammlung kann auch von einem oder mehreren Aktionaren, die zusammen mindestens zehn Prozent des Aktienkapitals oder der Stimmen vertreten, verlangt werden. Einberufung und Traktandierung werden schriftlich unter Angabe der Verhandlungsgegenstande und der Antrage anbegehrt. Der Verwaltungsrat hat die Generalversammlung innert 60 Tagen seit Empfang des Begehrens einzuberufen. One or more shareholders, representing at least ten per cent of the share capital or of the votes of the Company, may also request that a shareholders’ meeting be held. Such request and agenda items to be included must be submitted in writing, setting forth the items to be discussed and the proposals to be decided upon. The shareholders’ meeting shall be convened by the board of directors within 60 days of receipt of such a request. Aktionare konnen die Traktandierung von Verhandlungsgegenstanden und die Aufnahme von Antragen zu Verhandlungsgegenstanden in die Einberufung der Generalversammlung verlangen. sofern sie zusammen mindestens funf Prozent des Aktienkapitals oder der Stimmen vertreten. One or more shareholders may request that items be included on the agenda and that proposals with regard to agenda items be included in the notice convening the shareholders’ meeting, provided that they together represent at least five percent of the share capital or of the votes. Die Generalversammlung ist spatestens zwanzig Tage vor dem Versammlungstag auf schriftlichem Weg oder in elektronischer Form an die im At least twenty days prior to the date of the shareholders’ meeting, notice of the shareholders’ meeting shall be sent in writing or by electronic means to the shareholders listed in the share


LOGO

Aktienbuch aufgelisteten Aktionare einzuberufen. In der Einberufung sind neben Datum. Zeit, Art und Ort der Versammlung die Verhandlungsgegenstande sowie die Antrage des Verwaltungsrates, allfallige Antrage der Aktionare samt kur zer Begrundung und gegebenenfalls der Name und die Adresse des unabhangigen Stimmrechts-vertreters bekanntzugeben. ledger. The notice shall state the date, time, form and place of the meeting, the agenda as well as the proposals of the board of directors, if necessary’ the proposals of the shareholders, including a short explanation, and if necessary the name and the address of the independent proxy. Uber Gegenstande. die nicht in dieser Weise angekundigt worden sind. konnen unter dem Vorbehalt der Bestimmungen uber die Universalversammlung keine Beschlusse gefasst werden. ausser uber einen Antrag auf Einberufung einer ausserordentlichen Generalversammlung. auf Durchfuhrung einer Sonderuntersuchung oder auf Wahl einer Revisionsstelle infolge eines Begehrens eines Aktionars. Subject to the provisions concerning the shareholders’ meeting without prior notice, no resolutions may be adopted regarding matters which have not been announced in this manner, except regarding a proposal to convene an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting, to carry out a special investigation or to elect an auditor upon the request of a shareholder. Spatestens zwanzig Tage vor der ordentlichen Generalversammlung sind der Geschaftsbericht und der Revisionsbericht zuganglich zu machen. Sofern die Unterlagen nicht elektronisch zuganglich sind, kann jeder Aktionar verlangen, dass ihm diese rechtzeitig zugestellt werden. The annual business report and the auditors’ report must be made available for inspection by the shareholders at least twenty days prior to the date of the ordinary shareholders’ meeting. In case the documents are not made available electronically, any shareholder may request a copy of the documents to be provided in due time. Artikel 8: Universalversammlung und Zustimmung zu einem Antrag Article 8: Meeting Without Prior Notice and consent to a proposal Die Eigentumer oder Vertreter samtlicher Aktien konnen, falls kein Widerspruch erhoben wird, eine Generalversammlung ohne Einhaltung der fur die Einberufung geltenden Vorschriften abhalten (Universalversammlung). The shareholders and duly appointed proxies who jointly represent the totality of the shares may hold a shareholders’ meeting without observing the provisions for the convening of the shareholders’ meeting, provided that no objection is raised. Solange die Eigentumer oder Vertreter samtlicher Aktien teilnehmen, kann in dieser Versammlung uber alle in den Geschaftskreis der Generalversammlung fallenden Gegenstande verhandelt und gultig Beschluss gefasst werden. Insofar as the shareholders and duly appointed proxies of all shares participate, all matters falling within the business of the ordinary shareholders’ meeting can be discussed and resolutions passed in relation to these. Sofern nicht ein Aktionar oder dessen Vertreter die mundliche Beratung verlangt, kann eine Generalversammlung auch ohne Einhaltung der fur die Einberufung geltenden Vorschriften abgehal- Unless a shareholder or her/his duly appointed proxy requests an oral deliberation, a shareholders’ meeting may also be held without complying with the rules applicable to the convening of meetings if the resolutions are passed in writing on paper or in electronic form.


LOGO

ten werden, wenn die Beschlusse auf schriftli-chem Weg auf Papier oder in elektronischer Form erfolgen. Artikel 9: Tagungsort Article 9: Venue Der Verwaltungsrat bestimmt den Tagungsort der Generalversammlung. Die Generalversammlung kann im Ausland durchgefuhrt werden. sofern ein unabhangiger Stimmrechtsvertreter bezeichnet wird. Sofern alle Aktionare damit einverstanden sind, kann der Verwaltungsrat auf die Bezeich-nung eines unabhangigen Stimmrechtsvertreters verzichten. The board of directors shall determine the venue of the shareholders’ meeting. The shareholders’ meeting may be held abroad, provided that an independent proxy is designated. If all the shareholders consent, the board of directors can waive the nomination of an independent proxy. Die Generalversammlung kann mit elektronischen Mitteln ohne Tagungsort durchgefuhrt werden. Bei einer Generalversammlung mit elektronischen Mitteln ohne Tagungsort kann auf die Bezeichnung eines unabhangigen Stimmrechtsvertreters verzichtet werden. The shareholders’ meeting may be held by electronic means without a venue. If the shareholders’ meeting is held by electronic means without a venue, the appointment of an independent proxy may be waived. Artikel 10: Vorsitz, Protokolle Article 10: Chair, Minutes Den Vorsitz der Generalversammlung fuhrt der Prasident, bei dessen Verhinderung ein anderes Mitglied des Verwaltungsrates oder ein anderer von der Generalversammlung gewahlter Tagesprasident. The shareholders’ meeting shall be chaired by the chairperson, or, in her/his absence, by another member of the board of directors, or by another person elected for that day by the shareholders’ meeting. Der Verwaltungsrat sorgt fur die Fuhrung des Protokolls, das vom Vorsitzenden und vom Protokollfuhrer zu unterzeichnen ist. The board of directors is responsible for keeping the minutes, which have to be signed by the chairperson and by the secretary. Artikel 11: Befugnisse Article 11: Authorities Oberstes Organ der Gesellschaft ist die Generalversammlung. Ihr stehen die folgenden unubertragbaren Befugnisse zu: The shareholders’ meeting is the supreme corporate body of the Company and has the following non-transferable powers: 1. Festsetzung und Anderung der Statuten; 1. adoption and amendment of the articles of incorporation; 2. Wahl und Abberufung der Mitglieder des Verwaltungsrates und der Revisionsstelle; 2. election and removal of the members of the board of directors and the auditor; 3. Genehmigung des Lageberichts und alien-falls der Konzernrechnung; 3. approval of the management report and the consolidated statements of account, if any;


LOGO

4. Genehmigung der Jahresrechnung sowie Beschlussfassung uber die Verwendung des Bilanzgewinns, insbesondere die Festsetzung der Dividende und der Tantieme; 4. approval of the financial statements and resolution on the use of the balance sheet profit, in particular on the declaration of dividends and of profit sharing by members of the board of directors; 5. Festsetzung der Zwischendividende und Genehmigung des dafur erforderlichen Zwischenabschlusses; 5. adoption of the interim dividend and approval of the required interim financial statements; 6. Beschlussfassung uber die Ruckzahlung der gesetzlichen Kapitalreserve; 6. resolution on the repayment of the statutory capital reserve: 7. Entlastung der Mitglieder des Verwaltungsrates; 7. release of the members of the board of directors from their liability; 8. Beschlussfassung uber die Gegenstande, die der Generalversammlung durch das Gesetz oder die Statuten vorbehalten sind. 8. passing of resolutions on matters which are reserved to the shareholders’ meeting by law or by the articles of incorporation. Artikel 12: Beschlussfassung Article 12: Resolutions Jede Aktie berechtigt zu einer Stimme. Jeder Aktionar kann sich in der Generalversammlung durch einen Dritten vertreten lassen. Die Berechtigung zur Vertretung eines Aktionars ist in der Regel durch eine schriftliche Vollmacht des Aktionars auszuweisen. Der Verwaltungsrat kann aber auch weitere Formen der Berechtigung gegenuber der Gesellschaft zulassen. Der Vertreter muss nicht Aktionar der Gesellschaft sein. Each share carries one vote. Each shareholder may be represented at the shareholders’ meeting by another person. In general, the authorization to represent a shareholder must be evidenced by a written proxy of the shareholder. However, the board of directors may also allow other forms of authorization vis-a-vis the Company. The proxy need not be a shareholder of the Company. Die Generalversammlung fasst ihre Beschlusse und vollzieht ihre Wahlen mit der Mehrheit der vertretenen Aktienstimmen, soweit nicht das Gesetz oder die Statuten abweichende Bestimmungen enthalten. Kommt bei Wahlen im ersten Wahlgang die Wahl nicht zustande, findet ein zweiter Wahlgang start, in dem das relative Mehr entscheidet. Der Vorsitzende hat keinen Stichentscheid. The shareholders’ meeting shall adopt its resolutions and carry out its elections with the majority of the share votes represented, to the extent that neither the law nor the articles of incorporation provide otherwise. If an election cannot be completed upon the first ballot, there shall be a second ballot at which the relative majority shall decide. The chairperson does not have the casting vote. Die Wahlen und Abstimmungen finden often statt, sofern nicht der Vorsitzende oder die Aktionare, welche mindestens zehn Prozent des Aktienkapitals vertreten, verlangen, dass sie geheim erfolgen. Elections are made and resolutions adopted by open ballot, provided that neither the chairperson nor shareholders representing at least ten per cent of the share capital request a secret ballot.


LOGO

Artikel 13: Wichtige Beschlusse Article 13: Important Resolutions Ein Beschluss der Generalversammlung. der mindestens zwei Drittel der vertretenen Aktienstim-men und die Mehrheit der vertretenen Aktien-nennwerte auf sich vereinigt. ist erforderlich fur: A resolution of the shareholders’ meeting adopted by at least two thirds of the represented share votes and the majority of the represented share par values is required for: 1. die Anderung des Gesellschaftszwecks; 1. the change of purpose of the Company; 2 die Zusammenlegung von Aktien, soweit dafur nicht die Zustimmung aller betroffenen Aktionaren erforderlich ist; 2. the merging of shares, unless the approval of all the shareholders concerned is required: 3. die Kapitalerhohung aus Eigenkapital. ge-gen Sacheinlagen oder durch Verrechnung mit einer Forderung und die Gewahrung von besonderen Vorteilen: 3. an increase of capital out of equity, against contributions in kind or by setting off a claim, and the granting of special benefits: 4. die Einschrankung oder Aufhebung des Be-zugsrechts; 4. the limitation or withdrawal of the preemptive right; 5. die Umwandlung von Partizipationsschei-nen in Aktien; 5. the transformation of participation certificates into shares; 6. die Beschrankung der Ubertragbarkeit von Namenaktien; 6. the restriction of the transferability of registered shares; 7. die Einfuhrung von Stimmrechtsaktien; 7. the creation of shares with privileged voting rights; 8. den Wechsel der Wahrung des Aktienkapi-tals; 8. the change of the currency of the share capital; 9. die Einfuhrung des Stichentscheids des Vorsitzenden in der Generalversammlung; 9. the introduction of the casting vote of the chairperson of the shareholders’ meeting; 10. eine Statutenbestimmung zur Durchfuhrung der Generalversammlung im Ausland; 10. a statutoryclause that the shareholders’ meeting can be held outside of Switzerland; 11. die Verlegung des Sitzes der Gesellschaft; 11. the transfer of the registered office of the Company; 12. die Einfuhrung einer statutarischen Schiedsklausel; 12. the introduction of an arbitration clause in the articles of incorporation; 13. der Verzicht auf die Bezeichnung eines unabhangigen Stimmrechtsvertreters fur die Durchfuhrung einer virtuellen Generalversammlung der Gesellschaft; 13. the waiving of naming an independent proxy for the carrying through of a virtual shareholders’ meeting of the Company; 14. die Auflosung der Gesellschaft. 14. the dissolution of the Company*


LOGO

Fur Beschlusse uber die Fusion, Spaltung oder Umwandlung gelten die Bestimmungen des Fusionsgesetzes. Resolutions on mergers, demergers, or conversions shall be governed by the Swiss Merger Act. IV. Verwaltungsrat IV. Board of Directors Artikel 14: Anzahl, Amtsdauer, Konstituierung Article 14: Number, Tenure, Organization Der Verwaltungsrat besteht aus einem oder mehreren Mitgliedern. Er wird in der Regel in der ordentlichen Generalversammlung und jeweils fur die Dauer von einem Jahr gewahlt. Die Amtsdauer der Mitglieder des Verwaltungsrates endet mit dem Tag der nachsten ordentlichen Generalversammlung. Vorbehalten bleiben vorheriger Rucktritt und Abberufung. Neue Mitglieder treten in die Amtsdauer derjenigen ein, die sie ersetzen. Die Mitglieder des Verwaltungsrates sind jederzeit wieder wahlbar. Der Verwaltungsrat konstituiert sich selbst. Er bezeichnet seinen Prasidenten. The board of directors consists of one or several members. The members of the board of directors shall, as a rule, be elected by the ordinary shareholders’ meeting in each case for a term of office of one year. The term of office of the members of the board of directors shall, subject to prior resignation and removal, expire on the day of the next ordinary shareholders’ meeting. New members assume the remaining length of term of the members they replace. The members of the board of directors may be re-elected without limitation. The board of directors constitutes itself. It appoints its chairperson. Artikel 15: Einberufung, Beschlusse, Protokoll Article 15: Convening of Meeting, Resolutions, Minutes Der Verwaltungsrat versammelt sich auf Einladung des Prasidenten oder auf schriftliches Begehren eines Mitglieds. A meeting of the board of directors is convened by its chairperson or upon the written request of one of its members. Der Verwaltungsrat ist beschlussfahig, wenn die Mehrheit seiner Mitglieder anwesend ist. Er fasst seine Beschlusse und vollzieht seine Wahlen mit der Mehrheit der abgegebenen Stimmen. Bei Stimmengleichheit hat der Vorsitzende den Stichentscheid. The adoption of a resolution by the board of directors requires that the majority of its members be present. The board of directors adopts its resolutions and carries out its elections by means of the simple majority of the votes cast. In case of a tie, the chairperson has the casting vote. Kein Prasenzquorum ist erforderlich, wenn ausschliesslich die erfolgte Durchfuhrung einer Kapitalerhohung oder Kapitalherabsetzung oder einer nachtraglichen Leistung von Einlagen auf nicht voll liberierte Aktien festzustellen und die anschliessend vorzunehmende Statutenanderung zu beschliessen ist (Art. 652g, 653g und 653o OR). No special attendance quorum shall be required if the sole purpose of the meeting is to ascertain the fact that the Company has increased or decreased its capital or of a subsequent payment of contributions on not fully paid-up shares, and to adopt a resolution on the ensuing amendment of the articles of incorporation (art. 652g, 653g and 653o CO).


LOGO

Sitzungen konnen auch mit elektronischen Mitteln ohne Tagungsort durchgefUhrt werden. Meetings may also be held by electronic means without a meeting venue. Ober die Verhandlungen und Beschli.isse des Verwaltungsrates ist ein Protokoll zu fUhren. Das Protokoll ist vom Vorsitzenden und vom Protokollfiihrer des Verwaltungsrates zu unterzeichnen. Minutes shall be kept of the deliberations and resolutions of the board of directors. The minutes shall be signed by the chairperson and the secretary of the meeting. Beschli.isse konnen auch auf schriftlichem Weg auf Papier oder in elektronischer Fonn gefasst \verden, sofern nicht ein Mitglied mi.indliche Beratung verlangt. Bei Beschlussfassung auf elektronischem Weg ist keine Unterschrift erforder1ich. Bei Besch IUs sen auf schriftl ichem Weg oder in elektronischer Form ist die absolute Mehrheit des Verwaltungsrates zur Beschlussfassung erforderlich. Resolutions may also be passed in \‘vTiting on paper or in electronic fonn if no member requests that the resolution be discussed in a meeting . No signature is required if the resolutions are passed by using electronic means. Such written resolutions and resolutions in electronic form shall only pass if adopted by the absolute majority of the votes of the board of directors. Artikel 16: Oberleitung, Delegation Article 16: Ultimate Management, Delegation Dem Verwaltungsrat obliegen die oberste Leitung der Gesellschaft und die Uberwachung der Geschaftsfuhrung. Er vertritt die Gesellschaft nach aussen und besorgt aile Angelegenheiten, die nicht nach Gesetz, Statuten oder Reglement einem anderen Organ der Gesellschaft i.ibertragen sind. The board of directors is entrusted with the ultimate management of the Company as well as the supervision of the management. It represents the Company towards third parties and attends to all matters which are not delegated to or reserved for another corporate body of the Company by law, the articles of incorporation, or the by-laws. Der Verwaltungsrat kann die Geschaftsftihrung oder einzelne Teile derselben sowie die Vertretung der Gesellschaft an eine oder mehrere Personen, Mitgl ieder des Verwaltungsrates oder Dritte Ubertragen. Er kann ein Organisationsreglement erlassen, welches auch weitergehende Regelungen zur Organisation und den Kompetenzen und Ptlichten des Verwaltungsrates enthalten kann. The board of directors may entrust the management and the representation of the Company wholly or in part to one or several persons, members of the board of directors or third parties. The board of directors may adopt organization by-laws which may contain further provisions relating to the organization and the authorities and duties of the board of directors. Artikel 17: Aufgaben Article 17: Duties Der Verwaltungsrat hat folgende uni.ibertragbare und unentziehbare Aufgaben: The board of directors has the following non-transferable and inalienable duties: l. Oberleitung der Gesellschaft und Erteilung der notigen Weisungen; 1. to ultimately manage the Company and issue the necessary directives;


LOGO

2. Festlegung der Organisation; 2. to determine the organization; 3. Ausgestaltung des Rechnungswesens, der Finanzkontrolle sowie der Finanzplanung; 3. to structure the accounting system, the financial control and the financial planning; 4. Ernennung und Abberufung der mit der Geschaftsfuhrung und der Vertretung betrau-ten Personen und Regelung der Zeih-nungsberechtigung; 4. to appoint and remove the persons entrusted with the management and the representation of the Company and to regulate signing authorities; 5. Oberaufsicht über die mit der Geschaftsfuh- rung betrauten Personen. namentlich im Hinblick auf die Befolgung der Gesetze, Statuten. Reglemente und Weisungen; 5. to ultimately supervise the persons en- trusted with the management, in particular with respect to compliance with the law, the articles of incorporation, the by-laws and directives; 6. Erstellung des Geschaftsberichts sowie Vorbereitung der Generalversammlung und Ausfuhrung ihrer Beschlusse; 6. to prepare the business report as well as the shareholders’ meeting and to implement the resolutions adopted by the shareholders’ meeting; 7. Einreichung eines Gesuchs um Nachlass-stundung und Benachrichtigung des Ge-richts im Falle der Uberschuldung; 7. to file an application for a composition moratorium and to notify the court in the event of over-indebtedness; 8. Beschlussfassung uber die nachtragliche Leistung von Einlagen auf nicht vollstandig liberierte Aktien; 8. to adopt resolutions regarding the subsequent payment of capital with respect to non-fully paid-in shares; 9. Beschlussfassung uber die Feststellung von Kapitalveranderungen und daraus folgende Statutenanderungen; 9. to confirm changes in share capital and amend the articles of incorporation accordingly; 10. Prufung der gesetzlichen Anforderungen an die Revisionsstelle. 10. to examine the statutory requirements of the auditor. Artikel 18: Vergutung Article 18: Compensation Die Mitglieder des Verwaltungsrates haben Anspruch auf Ersatz ihrer im Interesse der Gesellschaft aufgewendeten Auslagen sowie allenfalls auf eine ihrer Tatigkeit entsprechende Vergutung, die der Verwaltungsrat selbst festlegt. The members of the board of directors are entitled to reimbursement of their expenses incurred in the interest of the Company and possibly to compensation corresponding to their activities, as determined by the board of directors. Artikel 19: Vertretung Article 19: Representation Die Gesellschaft muss durch eine Person vertreten werden konnen, die Wohnsitz in der Schweiz hat. Dieses Erfordernis kann durch ein Mitglied des Verwaltungsrates oder einen Zeichnungsbe-rechtigten erfullt werden. The Company must be capable of being represented by a person who is domiciled in Switzerland. This requirement can be fulfilled by a mem-ber of the board of directors or a person with sign-ing authority.


LOGO

V. Revisionsstelle V. Auditor Artikel 20: Wahl, Anforderungen Article 20: Election, Qualification Die Generalversammlung wahlt eine Revisionsstelle. Sie kann auf eine Wahl einer Revisionsstelle verzichten, wenn: The shareholders’ meeting elects an auditor. It may dispense with the election of an auditor if: a) die Gesellschaft nicht zur ordentlichen Revision verpflichtet ist; a) the Company is not obliged to undertake an ordinary audit; b) samtliche Aktionare zustimmen; und b) all shareholders agree: and c) die Gesellschaft nicht mehr als zehn Voll-zeitstellen im Jahresdurchschnitt hat. c) the Company has no more than ten full-time positions on annual average. Der Verzicht gilt auch fur die nachfolgenden Jahre. Jeder Aktionar hat jedoch das Recht, spa-testens zehn Tage vor der Generalversammlung die Durchfuhrung einer eingeschrankten Revision und die Wahl einer entsprechenden Revisionsstelle zu verlangen. Die Generalversammlung darf in diesem Fall bis zum Vorliegen des Revi-sionsberichts uber die Genehmigung der Jahres-rechnung sowie uber die Verwendung des Bilanz-gewinns, insbesondere die Festsetzung der Divi-dende, keinen Beschluss fassen. The dispensation is also valid for subsequent years. Each shareholder, however, has the right to request, at least ten days prior to the shareholders’ meeting, the carrying out of a limited audit and the election of an appropriate auditor. In this case, the shareholders’ meeting may not pass any resolution on the approval of the financial statements and the use of the balance sheet profits, in particular the determination of dividends, until the auditor’s report becomes available. Als Revisionsstelle konnen eine oder mehrere na-tiirliche oder juristische Personen oder Personen-gesellschaften gewahlt werden. One or several individuals or corporate bodies or partnerships may be elected as auditor. Die Revisionsstelle muss ihren Wohnsitz, ihren Sitz oder eine eingetragene Zweigniederlassung in der Schweiz haben. Hat die Gesellschaft mehrere Revisionsstellen, so muss zumindest eine diese Voraussetzungen erfullen. The auditor must have its residence, or its registered office or a registered branch in Switzerland. If the company has several auditors, at least one auditor must fulfill this requirement. Die Revisionsstelle muss nach Art. 728 bzw. 729 OR unabhangig sein. According to art. 728 and/or 729 CO, the auditor must be independent. Die Revisionsstelle wird fur ein Geschaftsjahr gewahlt. Ihr Amt endet mit der Abnahme der letzten Jahresrechnung. Eine Wiederwahl ist moglich. Eine Abberufung ist nur aus wichtigen Grunden moglich. The auditor is elected for one business year. Its term of office terminates with the approval of the last financial statements. A re-election is possible. A dismissal is only possible for important reasons.


LOGO

Artikel 21: Aufgaben Article 21: Duties Wird eine Revisionsstelle bestimmt, obliegen ihr die gesetzlichen Rechte und Ptlichten gemass Art. 727 ff. OR. If an auditor is elected, its rights and obligations are those set forth in art. 727 et seq . CO. Erfolgt eine ordentliche Revision, so muss die Revisionsstelle an der Generalversammlung an- wesend sein . Die Generalversammlung kann durch einstimmigen Beschluss auf die Amvesen- heit der Revisionsstelle verzichten. If an ordinary audit has taken place, the statutory auditor must be present at the shareholders’ meet- ing . The shareholders’ meeting can unanimously resolve not to have the auditor present at the meeting. VI. Verschiedenes VI. Miscellaneous Artikel 22: Geschaftsjahr, Jahresrechnung Article 22: Business Year, Financial State- ments Der Verwaltungsrat bestimmt den Beginn und das Ende eines Geschiiftsjahrs. The board of directors determines the beginning and the end of the business year. Die Jahresrechnung, bestehend aus der Erfolgs- rechnung, der Bilanz und dem Anhang, wird ge- mass den Yorschriften des Schweizerischen Ob- ligationenrechts aufgestellt. The financial statements, consisting of the profit and loss statement, the balance sheet and the an- nex, shall be drawn up in accordance with the pro- visions of the Swiss Code of Obligations . Artikel 23: Mitteilungen und Bekanntma- chungen Article 23: Notices and Announcements Einberufung und Mitteilungen erfolgen auf schriftlichem Weg oder in elektronischer Form an die im Aktienbuch eingetragenen Aktionare . Pub- likationsorgan der Gesellschaft ist das Schweize- rische Handelsamtsblatt (SHAB). Notices and announcements are sent in writing or by electronic means to the shareholders registered in the share ledger. The publication instrument of the Company is the Swiss Official Journal of Commerce. Artikel 24: Liquidation Article 24: Liquidation Die Liquidation wird durch den Verwaltungsrat durchgeftihrt, sofern sie nicht durch die General- versammlung anderen Personen i.ibertragen wird. The liquidation shall be carried out by the board of directors to the extent that the shareholders’ meeting has not entrusted the same to other per- sons. Die Liquidation der Gesellschaft erfolgt nach Massgabe der Art . 742 ff. OR. Die Liquidatoren sind errnachtigt, Aktiven (Grundsti.icke emge- schlossen) auch freihandig zu verkaufen. The liquidation of the Company shall take place in accordance with art. 742 et seq. CO. The liqui- dators are authorized to dispose of the assets (in- cluding real estate) by way of private contract.


LOGO

Artikel 25: Verbindlicher Originaltext Article 25: Original Text Binding Massgebender Text der vorliegenden Statuten ist der deutsche Text. The authoritative text of these articles of incorpo- ration is the German text. Baar, 28. November 2023 Baar. November 28. 2023


LOGO

Inhaltsverzeichnis Table of Contents I. Allgemeine Bestimmungen 1 I. General Provisions 1 Artikel 1: Firma, Sitz, Dauer 1 Article 1: Corporate Name, Registered Office, Duration 1 Artikel 2: Zweeck 1 Article 2: Purpose 1 II. Aktienkcapital 2 II. Share Capital 2 Artikel 3: Anzahl Aktien, Nominalwert, Art 2 Article 3: Number of Shares Nominal Value Type 2 Artikel 4: Aktienzertifikate, Anerkennung der Statuten 2 Article 4: Share CertIficates, Recognition of Articles 2 Artikel 5: Aktien- und Wertrechtebuch. Verzeichnis uber die gemeldeten wirtswihaftlich berechtigten Personen 3 Article 5: Share Ledger and Uncertificated Securities Book, Register of the Notified Beneficial Owners 3 III. Generalversammlung 4 III. Shareholders’ Meeting 4 Artikel 6: Ordentliche und ausserordentliche Generalversammlungen 4 Article 6: Ordinary and Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meetings 4 Artikel 7: Einberfung Article 7: Coverting 4 Artikal 8: Unversalversammlung und Zusti,,ung zu einem Astrag 4 Article 8: Meeting Without Prior Notice and consent to a proposal 5 Artikel 9: Tagungsort 6 Article 9: Venue 6 Artikel 10: Vorsitz, Protokolle 6 Article 10: Chair, Minutes 6 Artikel 11: Befugnisse 6 Article 11: Authorities 6 Artikel 12: Beschlussfassung 7 Article 12: Resolutions 7 Artikel 13: Wichtigev Beschluess 8 Article 13: Important Resolutions 8 IV. Verwaltungsrat IV. Board of Directors 9 Artikel 14: Anzahl, Amtsdauer, Konstituierung 9Article 14: Number, Tenure Organization 9 Artikel 15: Einberufung, Beschlusse, Protokoll 9 Article 15: Convening of Meeting, Resolutions, Minutes 9


LOGO

Artikel 16: Oberleitung, Delegation 10 Article 16: Ultimate Management, Delegation 10 Artikel 17: Aufgaben 10 Article 17: Duties 10 Artikel 18: Verglütung 11 Article 18: Compensation 11 Artikel 19: Vertretung 11 Article 19: Representation 11 V. Revisionsstelle 12 V Auditor 12 Artikel 20: Wahl. Anforderungen 12 Article 20: Election, Qualification 12 Artikel 21: Aufgaben 13 Article 21: Duties 13 VI. Verschiedenes 13 VI. Miscellaneous 13 Artikel 22: Geschäftsjahr, Jahresrechnung 13 Article 22: Business Year, Financial Statements 13 Artikel 23: Mitteilungen und Bekanntmachungen 13 Article 23: Notices and Announcements 13 Artikel 24: Liquidation 13 Article 24:Liquidation 13 Artikel 25: Verbindlicher Originaltext 14 Article 25: Original Text Binding 14


LOGO

Beglaubigung Der unterzeichnete Notar des Kantons Zug. Rechtsanwalt MLaw Stephan F. Greber, Gubelstrasse 22, 6300 Zug, bescheinigt, dass diese Statuten. umfassend 16 Seiten (ohne Beglaubigung), an der heutigen Grundungsversammlung der Intrum Investment Switzerland AG (Intrum Investment Switzerland Ltd) mit Sitz in Baar. vorlagen und der einstimmig genehmigten Fassung entsprechen. Zug, 28. No vember 2023 Der Notar:

Exhibit T3B.25

English courtesy translation

Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.

BY-LAWS

 

1

Name

 

1.1

The company is called Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l. (hereinafter the “Company”).

 

2

Registered office

 

2.1

The Company has its registered office in Milan.

 

2.2

The Company may establish, transfer and close, in Italy and abroad, branch offices, subsidiaries, administrative and technical offices, representative offices, agencies and dependencies of all kinds.

 

2.3

The domicile of the shareholders shall be the one recorded in the companies register; the telefax number and e-mail address of the shareholders, for their relations with the Company, shall be the one communicated by them in writing to the Company; for the same purposes, the domicile, which shall also include the telefax number and e-mail address, of the directors, statutory auditors and the auditor, if appointed, shall be the one recorded in the company ledgers.

 

3

Object

 

3.1

The Company’s object is:

 

  3.1.1

the holding and management of shareholdings, including wholly owned shareholdings, in Italian companies, as well as the exercise of the corporate rights deriving therefrom, regardless of the activity carried out by the latter and including, among others, companies engaged in portfolio management or the granting of loans, in any form whatsoever, including indirectly, in favour of their subsidiaries, in any case with the express exclusion of any activity carried out vis-à-vis the public;

 

  3.1.2

the establishment, subscription, purchase, management and sale of shareholdings, including 100%, in companies incorporated to Law No. 130 of 30 April 1990, provided that such activities are carried out without in any event being able to solicit public savings and, in any case, with express exclusion of any activity carried out vis-à-vis the public.

 

  3.1.3

advising companies on the purchase of credits and all forms of financing related to such purchases, on the management, analysis and collection of credits.

 

3.2

The Company may carry out activities that are instrumental or auxiliary to those listed in Article 3.1 above, including, purely by way of example, those of:

 

  (i)

study, research and analysis of the credit and financial market;

 

  (ii)

commercial information services;

 

  (iii)

computer or data processing services;

 

  (iv)

staff training and education services.

 

3.3.

In general, the Company may take all necessary measures to safeguard its rights and shall carry out any transaction that is directly or indirectly related to its corporate purpose or that contributes to the achievement thereof.

 

3.4

Finally, the Company may, in compliance with the prohibitions, limits, conditions and authorisations provided for by law, carry out all commercial, movable, real estate and financial transactions, not vis-à-vis the public, which shall be deemed necessary or advantageous for achievement of corporate purpose, and - to this end - acquire, both directly and indirectly, interests and shareholdings in companies, entities or enterprises, established or being established, having


  objects similar, connected, complementary or in any case related to its own, this activity to be exercised not vis-à-vis the public and on a secondary (non-prevailing) basis, and excluding in any case all reserved activities pursuant Legislative Decree no. 58 of 24 February 1998, and 58. The Company may also issue (on a secondary basis and not vis-à-vis the public) guarantees of any nature, personal or real, including in favour of third parties and/or for obligations assumed by third parties and/or in the interest of third parties, as well as grant loans provided that these are not reserved activities pursuant to Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998.

 

3.5

The Company is prohibited from collecting savings from the public; reserved activities pursuant to Laws 12/1979, 1966/1939, 1815/1939 and Legislative Decrees 385/1993 (Article 106) and 58/1998 are strictly excluded from the corporate purpose.

 

4

Duration

The duration of the Company is set for an indefinite period.

 

5.

Share capital

 

5.1

The share capital is equal to Euro 10,000.00.

 

5.2

The share capital may also be increased by contributions of receivables and in kind, in accordance with Articles 2464 and 2465 of the Civil Code.

 

5.3

With the exception of the case provided for in Article 2482-ter of the Civil Code, the share capital increase may also be implemented by offering newly issued shares to third parties; in this case, the shareholders who have not consented to the decision shall have the right of withdrawal, pursuant to Article 2473 of the Civil Code; the shareholders’ meeting may resolve on share capital increases that provide for the non-proportional allocation of shares to shareholders or third parties, pursuant to the last sentence of the second paragraph of Article 2468 of the Civil Code.

 

5.4

In the event of a reduction due to losses affecting the share capital by more than one-third, the filing at the registered office of the documents required by Article 2482-bis(2) of the Civil Code may be omitted.

 

5.5

The reduction of the share capital may also be implemented by allocating certain corporate assets to individual shareholders or groups of shareholders.

 

6

Transfer of shareholdings

Shareholders’ shares are freely transferable by deed between living persons and by succession due to death.

 

7

Financing and Debt Securities

 

7.1

Shareholder financing is permitted, subject to the relevant laws and regulations.

 

7.2

The Company may issue the debt securities referred to in Article 2483 of the Civil Code; the Shareholders have the power to do so by decision to be taken in accordance with Articles 8, 9 and 10 of this by-laws.

 

8

Shareholders’ decisions

 

8.1

Shareholders shall decide on matters reserved to their competence by law and this by-laws, as well as on matters that one or more directors or several shareholders representing at least one third of the share capital submit for their approval; in any case, the matters referred to in the second paragraph of Article 2479 of the Civil Code shall be reserved to shareholders.

 

8.2

A purchase made by the Company pursuant to the second paragraph of Article 2465 of the Civil Code does not have to be authorised by a resolution of the shareholders.


English courtesy translation

 

8.3

Every shareholder who is legally entitled has the right to participate in the decisions provided for in this Article 8 and his vote counts in proportion to his participation.

 

8.4

Decisions of the shareholders may be adopted by written consultation or on the basis of consent in writing; however, decisions of the shareholders must be adopted by a resolution of the shareholders’ meeting in the cases provided for in the fourth paragraph of Article 2479 of the Civil Code.

 

8.5

Decisions of the shareholders duly adopted are binding on all shareholders, even if absent, abstaining or dissenting.

 

9

Written consultation and consent

 

9.1

The procedure of written consultation or obtaining consent in writing is not subject to any particular constraints, as long as adequate information and the right to participate in the decision are ensured for all entitled persons; the documents signed by the shareholders must clearly state the subject matter of the decision and their consent to it.

 

9.2

The decision is adopted by approval in writing, either of a single document or of several documents containing the same decision text, by as many shareholders as represent a majority of the share capital.

 

9.3

The proceedings must be concluded within 30 days from their commencement (i.e., the day on which the documents are sent by the Company) or within a different period indicated in the text of the decision.

 

9.4

All documents transmitted to the Company’s registered office relating to the formation of the shareholders’ will be kept by the Company, together with the shareholders’ decision ledger.

 

9.5

Shareholders’ decisions adopted pursuant to this Article 9 must be transcribed in the shareholders’ decision ledger.

 

10

Shareholders meeting

 

10.1

The shareholders meeting may also be convened at a place other than the registered office.

 

10.2

The shareholders meeting is convened by one or more directors or, if this is not possible, by the board of auditors or, in the absence of the latter, by a shareholder.

 

10.3

The shareholders meeting is convened by notice sent at least eight days prior to the date of the meeting, by registered letter or by any other suitable means to ensure timely information on the items to be discussed, to the shareholders, or any holders of partial rights on the shares, at the domicile recorded in the company register, and to the directors and statutory auditors, if appointed, at the address indicated in the company register. The shareholders meetings is also convened by notice sent to shareholders, directors and auditors at least three days prior to the date of meeting by telefax or e-mail, to be sent respectively to telefax number or e-mail address communicated by each of them to the Company, pursuant to Article 2.3 above.

 

10.4

The notice of call of the shareholder meeting shall indicate the date, place and time of the meeting, as well as a list of the items to be dealt with; the notice of call of the shareholder meeting may provide for a second call meeting date, in the event that the meeting in the first call is not validly constituted.

 

10.5

Even in the absence of a formal convocation, the meeting is validly constituted when the entire share capital is present and all the directors and all the auditors, if appointed, are present or informed of the meeting and no one opposes the discussion of the matter; any opposition by directors and auditors not present at the meeting must be sent in writing to the Company’s registered office before the meeting.


10.6

The meeting may also be held in several places, contiguous or distant, audio and/or video connected, provided that the collegial method and the principles of good faith and equal treatment of shareholders are respected; in particular, it is necessary that

 

  10.6.1

the chairman of the meeting and the person taking the minutes, who shall be responsible for drawing up and signing the minutes, are present at the same place, the meeting being deemed to have been held at that place;

 

  10.6.2

the chairman of the meeting, also through his office, is allowed to ascertain identity and legitimacy of those present, to regulate the proceedings of the meeting, and to ascertain and proclaim the results of the vote;

 

  10.6.3

it is possible for the person taking the minutes to adequately perceive the meeting events being recorded;

 

  10.6.4

those present are allowed to participate in the discussion and simultaneous voting on the items of the agenda, as well as to view, receive and transmit documents;

 

  10.6.5

the places of connection by audio or video conference are indicated in the notice meeting, unless it is a meeting held pursuant to Article 10.5 above. The meeting is deemed to be held at the place where both the chairman and the person taking the minutes are present.

 

10.7

Any shareholder entitled to attend the meeting may be represented by another person, even if not a shareholder, by means of a written proxy, which must be retained by the Company; the proxy conferred for a single meeting shall also be effective for the meeting on second call.

 

10.8

The meeting is chaired by the chairman of the board of directors or by a person designated by the participants.

 

10.9

The chairman of the meeting verifies the regularity of the constitution, ascertains the identity and legitimacy of those present, regulates its proceedings and ascertains the results of voting; the results of such ascertainments shall be recorded in the minutes.

 

10.10

The meeting, whether in first or second call, shall be duly constituted with the presence of as many shareholders as represent at least half of the share capital and shall pass resolutions by absolute majority; however, in the cases provided for in numbers 4) and 5) of the second paragraph of Article 2479 of the Civil Code, the meeting shall pass resolutions with the favourable vote of as many shareholders as represent at least half of the share capital.

 

10.11

The resolutions of the meeting must be recorded in minutes signed by the chairman of the meeting and the person taking the minutes; the minutes, even if drawn up in the form of a public deed, must be transcribed in the shareholders’ decision book.

 

11

Administration

 

11.1

The Company is administered by a board of directors, consisting of three or more members on the basis of the decision of the shareholders appointing the directors pursuant to Article 2479, paragraphs (2), no. (2) of the Civil Code.

 

11.2

The administrative body in this by-laws means the board of directors appointed by the shareholders.

 

12

General Provisions

 

12.1

Directors may be non-shareholders and may be re-elected.

 

12.2

Directors hold office for three financial years, unless revoked or resigned; by a different decision of the shareholders, directors may be appointed for a different term or for an indefinite period.


English courtesy translation

 

12.3

The termination of directors due to the expiry of the term shall take effect as soon as the administrative body has been reconstituted; except as provided for in Article 12.6 below, the termination of directors due to any cause other than the expiry of the term shall take effect immediately.

 

12.4

If, during the course of the financial year, one or more directors leave office, the others shall replace them, provided that the majority is still made up of directors appointed by the shareholders; the directors so appointed shall remain in office until the next decision of the shareholders.

 

12.5

If, for any reason, the majority of the directors in office should cease to hold office, entire administrative body shall be deemed to have ceased to exist; in this case the remaining directors shall urgently submit the appointment of a new administrative body to the decision of the shareholders, and in the meantime they may only perform acts of ordinary administration.

 

12.6

Directors are not bound by the prohibition in Article 2390 of the Civil Code.

 

13

Chairman of the Board of Directors

The board of directors chooses a chairman from among its members, if the latter is not appointed by the shareholders; it may also appoint a secretary, who need not be a member of the board of directors; the chairman of the board of directors shall have the powers referred to in the first paragraph of Article 2381 of the Civil Code.

 

14

Delegated bodies and proxies

 

14.1

The board of directors may delegate all or part of its powers to one or more managing directors; in this case, the provisions of the third, fifth and sixth paragraphs Article 2381 of the Civil Code shall apply; the powers indicated in last paragraph of Article 2475 of the Civil Code may not be delegated.

 

14.2

The board of directors may at any time issue directives to the managing directors and revoke delegated powers.

 

14.3

The managing directors report to the board of directors and the board of statutory auditors (where appointed), at least every six months, on the general performance of operations and its foreseeable evolution, as well as on the most significant transactions, due to their size or characteristics, carried out by the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

14.4

The administrative body may appoint, replace and dismiss one or more general managers, determining their functions, duties and powers.

 

14.5

The board of directors may also appoint, replace and revoke proxies and attorneys, in general, for certain acts or categories of acts; the same power is vested in each director entitled to represent the Company, within the limits of his or her powers.

 

15

Decisions of the board of directors

 

15.1

The board of directors gives its opinion whenever the chairman of the board of directors deems it appropriate and/or necessary or when at least one of its members so requests in writing.

 

15.2

Decisions of the board of directors are validly taken with the favourable vote of the majority of the directors in office.

 

15.3

Decisions of the board of directors may be adopted by means of written consultation or on the basis of consent expressed in writing, except as provided for in Article 15.4 below; the procedure of written consultation or acquiring consent expressed in writing is not subject to any particular constraints, provided that adequate information and the right to participate in the decision are ensured to all persons entitled thereto. The documents signed by the directors shall clearly state the subject matter of the decision and the consent to it: the decision shall be adopted by approval


  in writing of a single document or several documents containing the same text of the decision by the majority of the directors; the procedure must be concluded within fifteen days from its commencement (i.e., the day on which the documents are sent by the Company) or within a different period indicated in the text of the decision; all the documents sent to the Company relating to the formation of the directors’ will shall be kept by the Company, together with the directors’ decision ledger.

 

15.4

At the initiative of the chairman of the board of directors or at the written request of at least two directors (made by notice received by the Company within twenty-four hours of receipt of the documents relating to one of procedures referred to in Article 15.3 above), the board of directors must decide in a meeting.

 

15.5

The board of directors may also be convened at a location other than the registered office.

 

15.6

The board of directors is convened by the chairman of the board of directors by notice sent at least three days - or, in the case of urgency, twenty-four hours - prior to the date set for the meeting, by registered letter or by any other means capable of ensuring timely information on the items to be discussed and proof of receipt (such as hand-delivered letter, telefax, email), and received by all directors and all acting auditors, if appointed, at the domicile recorded in the company books; the notice of call must indicate the date, place and time of the meeting, as well as the list of items to be discussed.

 

15.7

Even in the absence of formal convocation, the board of directors is validly constituted when all the directors in office and all the statutory auditors, if appointed, attend.

 

15.8

Meetings of the board of directors may also be held in several locations, whether contiguous or distant, audio and/or video connected, provided that:

 

  15.8.1

the chairperson of the meeting and the person taking the minutes, who shall be responsible for the minutes to be drawn up and signed, are present at the same place the meeting being deemed to have been held at that place;

 

  15.8.2

the chairman of the meeting is allowed to ascertain the identity of those present, to regulate the proceedings of the meeting and to ascertain and proclaim the results of the vote;

 

  15.8.3

it is possible for the person taking the minutes to adequately perceive the events of the meeting being minuted;

 

  15.8.4

those present are allowed to participate in the discussion and simultaneous voting on the items on the agenda, as well as to view, receive and transmit documents.

 

15.9

Resolutions of the board of directors are valid if the majority of its members in office are actually present.

 

15.10

The resolutions of the board of directors must be recorded in minutes signed by the chairman and the person taking the minutes.

 

15.11

Decisions of the directors must be transcribed in the directors’ decision ledger.

 

16

Powers of the administrative body and representative power of the Company

 

16.1

The administrative body is vested with the broadest powers for the ordinary and extraordinary administration of the Company, without any exceptions whatsoever, and is responsible for everything that is not reserved law and/or this by-laws to the decision of the shareholders.

 

16.2

Representation, including procedural representation (including the power to initiate legal actions and claims - also in revision and cassation - and to appoint lawyers and attorneys at law for this purpose), shall be vested in the parties, where appropriate:


English courtesy translation

 

  16.2.1

to the chairman of the board of directors;

 

  16.2.2

the managing directors, if appointed, within the scope of and for exercise of the powers vested in them;

 

  16.2.3

to all persons outside administrative body, designated by the latter within the scope of and for the exercise of the powers vested in them.

 

17

Directors’ remuneration

 

17.1

The shareholders may grant directors a fixed annual indemnity or remuneration proportional to the net profit for the year, as well as determine an indemnity for termination of office and resolve to set aside a provision for the relevant retirement fund, in accordance with the procedures established by decision of the shareholders; in the event of the appointment of an executive committee or managing directors, the relevant remuneration shall be determined by the board of directors at the time of appointment. In the absence of such determinations, the administrative office is presumed to have been performed free of charge, without prejudice to the directors’ right to be reimbursed for expenses incurred by reason of their office.

 

18

Control and Audit Board

 

18.1

If it is required to do so by law, the Company must appoint a supervisory board, consisting of a sole statutory auditor or a board of statutory auditors, comprising three statutory auditors on charge, one of whom is the chairman, and two substitute statutory auditors, or the auditor.

 

18.2

Shareholders may appoint a sole statutory auditor or board of statutory auditors and/or auditor even if not required by law.

 

18.3

In such cases, they must meet the requirements and have competences and powers provided for by law for mandatory appointments. The statutory auditing of the Company’s accounts is exercised, at the discretion of the shareholders, by a statutory auditor or by a statutory auditing company entered in the appropriate register, or by the controlling body where permitted by law.

 

18.4

Participation in meetings of the board of statutory auditors by means of telecommunication or video means of communication, pursuant to Article 15.3 above.

 

19

Business year

The financial year ends on the thirty-first of December of each year.

 

20

Financial statements

 

20.1

At the end of each financial year, the administrative body draws up the financial statements, in accordance with the law.

 

20.2

The financial statements shall be submitted to the shareholders within one hundred and twenty days from the end of the financial year; in the event that the Company is required to prepare consolidated financial statements or when special requirements relating to the structure and purpose of the Company so require, the financial statements may be submitted to the shareholders within one hundred and eighty days from the end of the financial year.

 

21

Net profits

The net profits resulting from the financial statements - less an amount of not less than 5% to be allocated to the legal reserve, up to the legal limit - shall be distributed among the shareholders in proportion to the shareholding held by each of them, unless the shareholders decide on special allocations extraordinary reserves or for other purposes, or decide to send them, in whole or in part, to the next financial year.


22

Dissolution

 

22.1

The Company is dissolved for the causes established by law.

 

22.2

In the event of the dissolution of the Company, Articles 2484 et seq. of the Civil Code shall apply.

 

23

General Provisions

 

23.1

For anything not provided for in the articles of association or in this by-laws, the law provisions on limited liability companies apply.

Exhibit T3B.26

 

LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

DEED OF AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF LINDORFF B.V.

This day, the thirty-first of August, two thousand and eighteen, the following appeared before me, Pieter Heyme Bolland, notary public with place of business in Amsterdam, the Netherlands:

Mr Eser Halil Türkyilmaz, born in Zutphen, the Netherlands, on the nineteenth day of November nineteen hundred and ninety, to this effect domiciled at the office address of Nineyards Law B.V, being De Boelelaan 30, 1083HJ Amsterdam, of Dutch nationality and holder of a Dutch passport with number Details removed by CoC, valid until the twenty-fifth of September two thousand and twenty-five, in this case acting as lawyer/employee of the aforementioned Nineyards Law B.V.

The person appearing stated:

 

I.

CURRENT ARTICLES

The Articles of Association (“Articles of Association”) of Lindorff B.V., a private company with limited liability, having its registered office in Amersfoort, the Netherlands, with address at Spoetnik 20, 3824MG Amersfoort, the Netherlands, registered in the Commercial Register of the Chamber Commerce in the Netherlands under number 05025428 (the “Company”), were most recently amended in their entirety by deed of amendment to the Articles of Association executed before Mr P.G. van Druten, notary public with place of business in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, on the twentieth day of September two thousand and seventeen; the Articles of Association have not been amended since then.

 

II.

DECISION TO AMEND THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The General Meeting of Shareholders of the Company, on the twenty-eighth day of August two thousand eighteen, unanimously resolved in writing (hereinafter referred to as the “Resolution”) (i) to amend the Articles of Association of the Company in their entirety and (ii) to authorise the person appearing to execute and sign this deed.

 

III.

AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The person appearing then declared in implementation of the Resolution the amendment in full of the Articles of Association of the Company as follows:

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Chapter 1

Definitions.

Article 1.

In these Articles of Association, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

share: a share in the capital of the Company;

General Meeting of Shareholders: the meeting at which the shareholders and other delegates come together;

CC: the Dutch Civil Code;

subsidiary: a subsidiary as defined in Article 2:24a of the CC;

annual financial statements: the annual financial statements as defined in Article 2:361 of the CC;

annual statements: the annual financial accounts and, if applicable, the annual report as well as the other information as defined in Article 2:392 of the Civil Code;

annual report: the annual report as defined in Article 2:391 of the Civil Code;

 


PAGE 1 OF 12


 

LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

persons entitled to vote: shareholders with voting rights as well as usufructuaries and pledgees with voting rights;

Company: the private limited liability company whose organisation is governed by these Articles of Association;

meeting right: the right to attend, in person or by written proxy, the General Meeting of Shareholders and speak at the meeting;

persons entitled to attend meetings: shareholders as well as usufructuaries and pledgees with meeting rights.

 

Chapter 2

Name. Registered office.

Article 2.1.

The company bears the name: Intrum Nederland B.V. It has its registered office in Amersfoort, the Netherlands.

Objective.

Article 2.2.

The objectives of the company are:

 

(a)

debt collection and litigation for the account and on behalf of third parties, as well as provision of advice and the mediation thereof;

 

(b)

collecting claims and litigating on its own behalf;

 

(c)

provision of third-party marketing and sales promotion services;

 

(d)

founding, in any way participating in, managing and supervising enterprises and companies;

 

(e)

financing of businesses and companies;

 

(f)

borrowing, lending and raising funds, including the issue of bonds, debentures or other securities, and entering into related agreements;

 

(g)

providing advice and services to companies and corporations with which the company is affiliated in a group and to third parties;

 

(h)

providing guarantees, binding the company and encumbering assets of the company for obligations of the company, group companies and/or third parties;

 

(i)

acquiring, managing, operating and disposing registered property and assets in general;

 

(j)

trading of currency, securities and asset values in general;

 

(k)

exploiting and trading patents, trademark rights, licences, know-how and other intellectual and industrial property rights;

 

(l)

the performance of all kinds of industrial, financial and commercial activities, and related or conducive to the above, all in the broadest sense.

Chapter 3

Share structure.

Article 3.1.

 

3.1.1.

The capital of the company consists of one or more shares of one hundred euros (€100.00) each.

 

3.1.2.

The shares are registered and numbered from 1 onwards.

 

3.1.3.

No share certificates will be issued.

 


PAGE 2 OF 12


 

LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

Issue of shares.

Article 3.2.

 

3.2.1.

The General Meeting of Shareholders resolves to issue shares and determines the issue price and further conditions of issue.

 

3.2.2.

Shares shall not be issued at an issue price lower than the nominal value of the shares to be issued.

 

3.2.3.

Shares are issued by notarial deed in accordance with the provisions of Article 2:196 of the CC.

Payment for shares.

Article 3.3.

 

3.3.1.

Payment must be made in cash to the extent that no other contribution has been agreed.

 

3.3.2.

Payment in a currency unit other than that in which the nominal value is denominated can only be made with the company’s consent.

Right of first refusal.

Article 3.4.

 

When

issuing shares and granting rights to subscribe to shares, a shareholder has no right of first refusal.

Chapter 4

Profit and loss. Distributions on shares.

Article 4.1.

 

4.1.1.

The General Meeting of Shareholders is authorised to allocate the profit determined by adoption of the annual accounts or to determine the manner in which a deficit will be processed, as well as to determine interim distributions from the profit or distributions from the reserves insofar as the equity exceeds the reserves that must be maintained by law. A resolution to distribute from profits or reserves is subject to the approval of the Board. The Board shall refuse approval only if it knows or should reasonably foresee that the Company will not be able to continue paying its due debts after the distribution.

 

4.1.2.

In calculating the distribution of a payment, the shares held by the Company shall not count unless such shares are subject to a right of usufruct or pledge for the benefit of a person other than the Company as a result of which the right to profit accrues to the usufructuary or pledgee.

 

4.1.3.

Out of the reserves prescribed by law, a deficit may be discharged only to the extent permitted by law.

 

4.1.4.

Distributions are payable on the day determined by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

4.1.5.

The General Meeting of Shareholders may decide that distributions will be paid in whole or in part in a form other than cash.

Acquisition of treasury shares.

Article 4.2.

 

4.2.1.

The Board shall decide on the acquisition by the Company of fully paid-up shares in accordance with the applicable statutory provisions.

Acquisition by the Company of not fully paid-up shares is invalid.

 


PAGE 3 OF 12


 

LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

4.2.2.

Acquisition of treasury shares is not allowed if and insofar as by such acquisition at least one share is not held by a person other than the Company or a subsidiary.

 

4.2.3.

In the event of a general title acquisition by the Company of shares as a result of which the Company holds all shares together with its subsidiaries, the provisions of Section 2:207a2) of the CC shall apply.

Chapter 5

Transfer restrictions.

Article 5.1.

The transfer of shares is not restricted within the meaning of Article 2:195 of the CC.

Chapter 6

Shareholders’ register.

Article 6.1.

 

6.1.1.

The Board shall keep a shareholders’ register in accordance with the requirements set out for that purpose in Article 2:194 of the CC.

 

6.1.2.

The Board shall make the register available for inspection by those entitled to attend meetings at the Company’s offices.

Convocations and notices.

Article 6.2.

Convocations and notices to holders of participation rights shall be given in writing to the addresses listed in the register of shareholders. If a holder of participation rights consents, notices and announcements may be sent to him by email. Notifications to the Board or to the person referred to in Article 7.1.3 shall be made in writing to the address of the Company, or by email to the address that is disclosed for this purpose.

Certification.

Article 6.3.

Certificates for shares cannot grant meeting rights.

Pledge.

Article 6.4.

 

6.4.1.

A pledge can be established on shares.

 

6.4.2.

Pledgees of shares may be granted the voting rights attached to those shares. Pledgees who have voting rights have meeting rights. Pledgees who do not have voting rights do not have meeting rights.

 

6.4.3.

Shareholders who do not have voting rights due to a pledge have meeting rights.

Usufruct.

Article 6.5.

 

6.5.1.

Usufruct can be established on shares.

 

PAGE 4 OF 12


 

LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

6.5.2.

Usufructuaries may be granted the voting rights attached to the shares. Unless otherwise stipulated pursuant to Section 4:23 (4) of the CC, in case of a usufruct as referred to in Sections 4:19 and 4:21 of the CC, the voting rights attached to the shares shall vest in the usufructuary. Usufructuaries who have voting rights have meeting rights. Usufructuaries who do not have voting rights shall not have meeting rights.

 

6.5.3.

Shareholders who do not have voting rights due to usufruct have meeting rights.

Method of delivery of shares.

Article 6.6.

The transfer of shares, of a right of usufruct on shares or the creation or surrender of a right of usufruct on shares and the creation of a pledge on shares shall be effected by notarial deed in accordance with Section 2:196 of the CC.

Chapter 7

Board.

Article 7.1.

 

7.1.1.

The Company is managed by the Board under the supervision of the Supervisory Board. The Board consists of one or more directors. The General Meeting of Shareholders determines the number of directors and their qualification.

A legal entity may be as a director.

 

7.1.2.

Directors are appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders. The General Meeting of Shareholders may suspend and dismiss them at any time. Any director may be suspended by the Supervisory Board at any time. The suspension may be lifted by the General Meeting of Shareholders at any time.

 

7.1.3.

In the event of the absence or inability to act of one or more directors, the remaining directors or the only remaining director shall be temporarily in charge of the Board. In the event of the absence or inability to act of all directors or the sole director, the person designated or to be designated by the General Meeting of Shareholders for that purpose shall temporarily be in charge of the Board.

In the event of the absence of all the directors or the sole director, the person referred to in the previous sentence shall take the necessary measures as soon as possible in order to make definitive provision.

For the purposes of these Articles of Association, “inability” means:

 

  (i)

suspension;

 

  (ii)

illness;

 

  (iii)

inaccessibility,

in the cases referred to in (ii) and (iii) without the possibility of contact between the director and the Company having existed for a period of five (5) days, unless the General Meeting of Shareholders sets a different deadline, where appropriate.

Remuneration.

Article 7.2.

The General Meeting of Shareholders shall determine the remuneration and other conditions applicable to the directors.

 


PAGE 5 OF 12


 

LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

Board.

Decision-making.

Article 7.3.

 

7.3.1.

With due observance of these Articles of Association and subject to the approval of the Furthermore, the directors may, with or without the approval of the general meeting, divide their duties among themselves, the Board may adopt written regulations governing its internal organisation. Furthermore, the directors may, with or without the approval of the General Meeting of Shareholders, divide their duties among themselves.

 

7.3.2.

The Board meets as often as any director requires. It shall decide by an absolute majority of the votes cast. In the event of a tie, the General Meeting of Shareholders shall decide.

 

7.3.3.

If a director directly or indirectly has a personal conflict of interest with the Company, he shall not participate in the Board’s deliberations and decision-making on the matter. If no Board decision can be taken as a result, the decision shall be taken by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

7.3.4.

The Board may also take decisions outside a meeting, provided this is done in writing or in a reproducible manner by electronic means and the majority of the directors entitled to vote have agreed to this method of decision-making.

Articles 7.3.2 and 7.3.3 shall apply mutatis mutandis to decision-making by the Board outside meetings.

 

7.3.5.

The General Meeting of Shareholders as well as the Supervisory Board may, in its resolution to that effect and to be communicated to the Board, subject management decisions to its approval, which must be clearly defined.

 

7.3.6.

Without an order from the General Meeting of Shareholders, the Board is not authorised to declare the Company bankrupt.

 

7.3.7.

The Board is obliged to follow the instructions of the General Meeting of Shareholders, unless the instructions are contrary to the interests of the Company and its affiliated companies.

Representation.

Article 7.4.

 

7.4.1.

The Board, as well as two directors acting jointly, is authorised to represent the Company.

 

7.4.2.

If all shares in the capital of the Company are held by one shareholder, legal acts of the Company with such sole shareholder shall, if such shareholder also represents the Company, be recorded in writing. The foregoing shall apply mutatis mutandis to a partner in a matrimonial community of property or a community of registered partnership to which the shares belong but shall not apply to legal acts which, under the stipulated conditions, form part of the Company’s ordinary business operations.

 

7.4.3.

The Board may grant to one or more persons, whether employed by the Company or not, power of attorney or otherwise continuing power of representation. The Board may also grant to the persons referred to in the previous sentence, as well as to other persons, provided they are employed by the Company, such title as it shall choose.

Chapter 8

Supervisory Board

Article 8.1

 

8.1.1

The General Meeting of Shareholders may resolve to establish a Supervisory Board, consisting of a number of one or more natural persons determined by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

PAGE 6 OF 12


 

LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

The establishment of the Supervisory Board shall not take effect until the relevant resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders has been filed at the office of the commercial register.

Except as provided for in this article, if there are no Supervisory Board members in office, the duties and powers assigned to the Supervisory Board in these Articles of Association shall be exercised by the General Meeting of Shareholders and the provisions in these Articles of Association relating to the (Supervisory) Board shall not apply.

The General Meeting of Shareholders may resolve to dissolve the established Supervisory Board. The dissolution of the Supervisory Board shall not take effect until the relevant resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders has been filed at the office of the commercial register.

 
8.1.2

The Supervisory Board members are appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

8.1.3

A Supervisory Board member may be suspended and dismissed by the General Meeting of Shareholders at any time.

 

8.1.4

The General Meeting of Shareholders may grant remuneration to Supervisory Board members.

Task and powers

Article 8.2

 

8.2.1

The Supervisory Board is responsible for supervising the policy of the Board and the general affairs of the Company and its affiliated companies. It advises the Board. In discharging their duties, the Supervisory Board members shall be guided by the interests of the Company and affiliated companies.

 

8.2.2

The Board shall provide the Supervisory Board in good time with the information necessary for the performance of its duties.

 

8.2.3

The Supervisory Board shall have access to the buildings and premises of the Company and shall be authorised to inspect the books and records and data carriers of the Company. The Supervisory Board may appoint one or more persons from among its members or an expert to exercise these powers. The Supervisory Board may also be assisted by experts in other cases.

Decision-making

Article 8.3

 

8.3.1

The Supervisory Board meets whenever a member of the Supervisory Board or the Board deems it necessary.

 

8.3.2

At the meeting of the Supervisory Board, each Supervisory Board member is entitled to cast one vote. All resolutions of the Supervisory Board shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast. In the event of an equality of votes, the proposal is rejected.

 

8.3.3

A Supervisory Board member may be represented at the meeting by a fellow Supervisory Board member by means of written proxy.

 
8.3.4

The Supervisory Board may adopt resolutions outside a meeting, provided this is done in writing and all Supervisory Board members have voted in favour of the proposal.

 

8.3.5

Subject to the approval of the General Meeting of Shareholders, the Supervisory Board may adopt regulations laying down rules on decision-making by the Board.

 

8.3.6

The Supervisory Board shall meet together with the Board as often as the Supervisory Board or the Board deems necessary.

 

8.3.7

If a Supervisory Board member has a direct or indirect personal conflict of interest with the Company, he shall not participate in the deliberations and decision-making on the matter within the Board. If no resolution can be adopted as a result, the resolution shall be adopted by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 


PAGE 7 OF 12


 

LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

8.3.8

In the event of the absence or inability to act of one or more Supervisory Board members, the remaining Supervisory Board members or the only remaining Supervisory Board member shall temporarily be charged with supervision.

In the event of the absence or inability to act of all Supervisory Board members or the sole Supervisory Board member, the person designated or to be designated for that purpose by the General Meeting of Shareholders shall temporarily be charged with supervision, and this person referred to in the previous sentence shall as soon as possible take the necessary measures to make a definitive arrangement.

Chapter 9

General Meeting of Shareholders.

Article 9.1.

 

9.1.1.

At least one General Meeting of Shareholders shall be held during the Company’s financial year, unless in respect of the matters referred to in Article 9.1.2 it has been decided in accordance with Article 9.5.

 

9.1.2.

The agenda for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders shall include at least the following items:

 

  a.

if Article 2:391 of the CC applies to the Company, the consideration of the annual report;

 

  b.

the adoption of the annual financial statements,

 

  c.

determination of profit appropriation;

 

  d.

the discharge of directors for their management over the past financial year.

 

  e.

the discharge of Supervisory Board members for their supervision of the board for the past financial year,

 

  f.

the issues raised by the Board; and

 

  g.

the issues raised by the Supervisory Board.

The items referred to above do not need to be included on the agenda if the period for the annual financial statements and, if applicable, for submitting the annual report has been extended or a proposal to that effect has been included on the agenda; the items referred to under a, b and d do not need to be included on the agenda if the annual financial statements are adopted in the manner provided for in Article 9.1.3.

The General Meeting of Shareholders shall also deal with whatever else has been placed on the agenda in accordance with Article 9.2.

 

9.1.3.

A General Meeting of Shareholders shall be convened as often as the Board, Supervisory Board and/or a shareholder deems desirable.

Convocation.

Article 9.2.

 

9.2.1.

General Meetings of Shareholders are held in the municipality where the Company is domiciled or in the municipality of Amsterdam, Rotterdam, The Hague, Utrecht or Haarlemmermeer, the Netherlands.

 

9.2.2.

The convocation shall take place within the period stipulated for that purpose in Article 2:225 of the CC.

 

9.2.3.

If one or more of the requirements referred to in Article 9.2.1 and/or 9.2.2 have not been met, valid resolutions may only be passed at a General Meeting of Shareholders if all persons entitled to attend General Meetings of Shareholders have agreed to the passing of resolutions and the directors as well as the Supervisory Board members have been given the opportunity to provide their advice prior to the passing of resolutions.

 


PAGE 8 OF 12


 

LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

9.2.4.

The notice of the meeting shall always state the items to be discussed and the place and time of the meeting. Article 9.2.3 shall apply mutatis mutandis to decision-making on matters not included in the notice of the meeting.

Agenda.

Article 9.3.

 

9.3.1.

The General Meeting of Shareholders shall appoint its own chairman. The chairman shall appoint the secretary.

 

9.3.2.

Minutes shall be taken of the proceedings at the meeting.

 

9.3.3.

The directors and the Supervisory Board members are authorised by the General Meeting of Shareholders to attend meetings and as such have an advisory vote at General Meetings of Shareholders.

Voting procedure; proxy.

Article 9.4.

 

9.4.1.

At the General Meeting of Shareholders, each share entitles the holder to cast one vote. Blank votes and invalid votes shall be deemed not to have been cast.

 

9.4.2.

Resolutions are passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast, unless a larger majority is expressly prescribed by law or by the Articles of Association.

 

9.4.3.

The Board and/or the Supervisory Board may decide that every person entitled to attend meetings is authorised to take note of and/or participate in the meeting directly by electronic means of communication.

 

9.4.4.

The Board and/or the Supervisory Board may decide that each person entitled to vote is authorised to exercise their voting right (or have it exercised) by means of an electronic means of communication, either in person or by a proxy authorised in writing. This requires that the person entitled to vote at a meeting can be identified through the electronic means of communication and can directly take note of the proceedings at the meeting.

 

9.4.5.

The Board and/or Supervisory Board may attach conditions to the use of the electronic means of communication. The notice of the meeting will state these conditions or will indicate where they can be consulted.

 

9.4.6.

Persons entitled to attend meetings may be represented at the meeting by a written proxy.

 

9.4.7.

For the purposes of Articles 9.4.4. and 9.4.6., the requirement of written form is satisfied if the power of attorney is recorded electronically.

Decisions outside meetings.

Article 9.5.

Persons entitled to vote may take any decisions they can take in a meeting outside a meeting. The Board members and Supervisory Board members shall be given the opportunity to give their advice prior to the decision-making on the proposal.

A resolution adopted outside a meeting shall only be valid if all persons entitled to attend meetings have agreed to this manner of decision-making and, furthermore, such number of votes in of the proposal concerned has been cast in writing or in a reproducible manner by electronic means as prescribed by law and/or these Articles of Association. The requirement of votes in writing shall also be met if the resolution, stating the manner in which each of the persons entitled to vote voted, is recorded in writing or electronically.

Those who have passed a resolution outside a meeting shall immediately notify the Board of the resolution so passed.

 


PAGE 9 OF 12


 

LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

Chapter 10

Financial year; annual statements.

Article 10.1.

 

10.1.1.

The financial year is the calendar year.

 

10.1.2.

Annually, within five months after the end of each financial year—unless this period is extended by a maximum of six months by the General Meeting of Shareholders on the grounds of special circumstances—the Board prepares annual financial statements and makes them available for inspection by those entitled to attend meetings at the Company’s offices.

 

10.1.3.

The annual financial statements shall be accompanied by the auditor’s report referred to in Article 10.2, if the assignment referred to therein has been given, by the annual report, unless Article 2:391 of the CC does not apply to the Company, and by the other information referred to in Article 2:392(1) of the CC, insofar as the provisions of that paragraph apply to the Company.

 

10.1.4.

The annual financial statements shall be signed by all directors and Supervisory Board members; if the signature of one or more of the latter is missing, this shall be stated, giving the reason for this. The Supervisory Board may issue a preliminary opinion to the General Meeting of Shareholders on the annual financial statements.

 

10.1.5.

The prepared annual financial statements shall be adopted by the General Meeting of Shareholders unless the prepared annual financial statements have already been adopted in accordance with Article 9.1.3.

Auditor.

Article 10.2.

 

10.2.1.

The Company may instruct an auditor as referred to in Section 2:393 of the CC to audit the annual financial statements prepared by the Board in accordance with paragraph 3 of that section, on the understanding that the Company is obliged to do so if the law so requires.

 

10.2.2.

The General Meeting of Shareholders is authorised to grant the mandate. If it fails to do so, the Supervisory Board shall be authorised to do so and, if the Supervisory Board fails to do so, the Board shall be authorised to do so.

 

10.2.3.

The assignment granted to the auditor may be revoked by the General Meeting of Shareholders and by the person to whom the task was assigned The assignment granted by the Board may also be withdrawn by the Board. The assignment may only be withdrawn for valid reasons in accordance with paragraph 2 of Article 2:393 of the CC.

 

10.2.4.

The audit reports on his investigations to the Board and to the Supervisory Board, and presents the results of his investigation in a statement on the accuracy of the annual financial statements.

Chapter 11

Liquidation.

Article 11.1.

 

11.1.1.

If the Company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders, the directors shall become liquidators of its assets under the supervision of the Supervisory Board, if and to the extent that the General Meeting of Shareholders does not appoint one or more other liquidators.

 

11.1.2.

After the Company has ceased to exist, its books, records and other data carriers shall remain for a period of seven years in the custody of the person appointed for that purpose by the liquidators.

 


PAGE 10 OF 12


 

LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

The person appearing is known to me, the notary public.

WHEREOF THIS DEED, executed in a single original copy in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, on the date mentioned in the heading of this deed.

Before proceeding to execute the deed, I, the notary public, informed the person appearing of the substance of the deed and gave an explanation thereon, also pointing out the consequences arising for the Parties from the contents of the deed.

The person appearing then stated he had taken note of the contents of the deed after had been given the opportunity to do so in good time, agreed with the contents of the deed and did not to wish the deed to be read out in full.

Immediately after a limited reading, this deed was signed by the person appearing and me, the notary public.

(Signatures follow)

ISSUED FOR COPY

 


PAGE 11 OF 12


LOGO

Processing report

 

 

The attached document was received electronically at the Chamber of Commerce on 03-09-2018 14:51 from Pieter Heyme Bolland in his capacity as Notary Public

An electronic signature was found on the document which was verified and found correct on 03-09- 2018 14:51 by the Chamber of Commerce GX Signature Service.

The corresponding digital certificate used to create the signature has been checked and found to be valid and as not revoked at the time of signing.

The verification took place on 03-09-2018 14:51 by CoC GX Certificate Validation Service.

Certificate details of Pieter Heyme Bolland

T = Notary public

SURNAME = Bolland

SERIALNUMBER = 277794778347015

GIVEN NAME = Pieter Heyme

C = NL

O = Pieter Heyme Bolland

CN = Pieter Heyme Bolland

With serial number

41fc9b092bb1a09d08892ae1ba57e025e5baa97c

Published by

OID.2.5.4.97 = NTRNL-30237459

C = NL

O = QuoVadis Trustlink B.V.

CN = QuoVadis PKIoverheid Organisation Person CA - G3

Exhibit T3B.27

 

LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

DEED OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF

LINDORFF NETHERLANDS HOLDING B.V.

On this day, the thirty-first of August, two thousand and eighteen, the following appeared before me, Pieter Heyme Bolland, notary public, with place of business in Amsterdam, the Netherlands:

Mr Eser Halil Türkyilmaz, born in Zutphen, the Netherlands, on the nineteenth day of November, nineteen hundred and ninety-one, to this effect domiciled at the office address of Nineyards Law B.V., this being De Boelelaan 30, 1083HJ Amsterdam, of Dutch nationality and holder of the Dutch passport with number Data removed by CoC valid until the twenty-fifth day of September, two thousand and twenty-five, to this effect acting as lawyer/employee of the aforementioned Nineyards Law B.V.

The person appearing stated:

 

I.

CURRENT ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The Articles of Association (“Articles of Association”) of Lindorff Netherlands Holding B.V., a private company with limited liability, having its registered office in Amersfoort, the Netherlands, with the address Spoetnik 20, 3824MG Amersfoort, the Netherlands, registered in the Commercial Register of the Chamber of Commerce in the Netherlands under number 08178741 (the “Company”), were most recently amended in their entirety by deed of amendment to the Articles of Association executed before Mr P.G. van Druten, notary public, with place of business in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, on the twentieth day of September two thousand and seventeen; the Articles of Association have not been amended since then.

 

II.

DECISION TO AMEND THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The General Meeting of Shareholders of the Company unanimously resolved in writing on the twenty-sixth of July two thousand and eighteen (hereinafter referred to as the “Resolution”) (i) to amend the Articles of Association of the Company in their entirety and (ii) to authorise the person appearing to execute and sign this deed.

 

III.

AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The person appearing then declared in implementation of the Resolution to amend in full the Articles of Association of the Company as follows:

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION:

 

1

Definitions

 

1.1

In these Articles of Association, the following definitions shall apply:

Share: a share in the capital of the company;

Shareholder: a holder of one or more shares;

General Meeting of Shareholders: the General Meeting of Shareholders of the company;

Impediment: impediment as referred to in Article 2:244 paragraph 4 of the Dutch Civil Code, including the situation that the person concerned has indicated in writing that there is an impediment during a certain period of time;

Certificate: a certificate for a share;

Board: the management board of the Company;

In writing: by letter, fax, email, or by a legible and reproducible message sent electronically in any other way, provided that the identity of the sender can be established with adequate certainty;

 

PAGE 1 OF 8


LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

Company body: the Board or the General Meeting of Shareholders;

Person entitled to attend meetings: a shareholder, a holder of one or more certificates to which meeting rights are assigned, and a usufructuary or pledgee to whom the voting rights on one or more shares and/or meeting rights are assigned;

Meeting right: the right to attend and address the General Meeting of Shareholders in person or by written proxy, and the other rights which the law grants to holders of certificates for shares to which meeting rights are attached.

 

1.2

References to articles refer to articles of these Articles of Association unless the contrary is proven.

 

2

Name and registered office

 

2.1

The name of the Company is:

Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.

 

2.2

The Company is based in Amersfoort.

 

3

Objective

The objectives of the Company are:

 

(a)

Founding, in any way participating in, managing and supervising enterprises and companies;

 

(b)

financing of businesses and companies;

 

(c)

borrowing, lending and raising funds, including the issue of bonds, debentures or other securities, and entering into related agreements;

 

(d)

providing advice and services to companies and companies with which the Company is affiliated in a group and to third parties;

 

(e)

providing guarantees, binding the Company and encumbering assets of the Company for liabilities of the Company, group companies and/or third parties;

 

(f)

acquiring, managing, operating and disposing of registered property and assets in general;

 

(g)

trading of currency, securities and asset values in general;

 

(h)

exploiting and trading patents, trademark rights, licences, knowhow and other intellectual and industrial property rights;

(i) the performance of all kinds of industrial, financial and commercial activities, and anything related or conducive to the above, all in the broadest sense.

 

4

Capital

 

4.1

The nominal amount of each of the shares is one hundred euros (EUR 100.00).

 

4.2

All shares are registered. Share certificates are not issued.

 

5

Register

The Board shall keep a register which shall include the names and addresses of all shareholders, pledgees and usufructuaries, and holders of certificates to which meeting rights are attached.

 

6

Issue of shares

 

6.1

Shares are issued pursuant to a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders. The General Meeting of Shareholders may transfer its authority to do so to the Board and may revoke this transfer.

 

6.2

The resolution to issue shares determines the issue price and further terms and conditions of issue.

 

PAGE 2 OF 8


LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

6.3

Each shareholder has a pre-emptive right when shares are issued in proportion to the aggregate nominal amount of his shares, subject to legal restrictions and the provisions of Article 6.4.

 

6.4

The pre-emptive right may be limited or excluded, each time for a single issue, by a resolution of the company body authorised to issue.

 

6.5

The above provisions of this Article 6 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the granting of rights to subscribe to shares, but shall not apply to the issue of shares to a person exercising a previously acquired right to subscribe to shares.

 

6.6

The issue of a share also requires an instrument drawn up for that purpose before a notary public whose place of business is in the Netherlands to which the parties concerned are party.

 

6.7

When each share is issued, the entire nominal amount must be paid thereon.

 

7

Own shares and capital reduction

 

7.1

Acquisition of fully paid-up shares in the Company’s own capital or certificates shall take place pursuant to a resolution of the Board, whereby a resolution to acquire otherwise than for no consideration shall require the approval of the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

7.2

The General Meeting of Shareholders may decide to reduce the Company’s issued capital.

 

8

Transfer of shares

 

8.1

The transfer of a share requires an instrument drawn up for that purpose before a notary public with a place of business in the Netherlands to which the parties concerned are parties.

 

8.2

Except in the event that the Company itself is a party to the legal act, the rights attached to a share can only be exercised after the Company has acknowledged the legal act or the deed has been served on it, in accordance with the provisions of the law.

 

9

No transfer restrictions

Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 2:195 of the Dutch Civil Code, the transfer of one or more shares is not subject to any restriction.

 

10

Pledge and usufruct

 

10.1

The provisions of Article 8 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the creation of a pledge on shares and to the creation or transfer of a usufruct on shares.

 

10.2

The voting right on a share may be granted to the usufructuary or pledgee subject to the provisions of the law.

 

10.3

The pledgee or usufructuary with voting rights shall also have meeting rights. Meeting rights may be granted to the usufructuary or pledgee without voting rights with due observance of the statutory provisions.

 

11

Certificates

 

11.1

The General Meeting of Shareholders is authorised to attach meeting rights to certificates. The General Meeting of Shareholders is also authorised to withdraw the right to attend meetings from certificates, provided this authority was reserved when the right to attend meetings was granted, or with the consent of the relevant holder(s) of the certificates.

 

11.2

The transfer of a certificate requires a deed to that effect to which the parties concerned are parties.

 

11.3

Except where the Company itself is a party to the legal act, the right to attend meetings attached to a certificate may be exercised only after the Company has acknowledged the legal act or the deed has been transferred to it in accordance with the of the law.

 

12

Directors

 

12.1

The Board consists of one or more directors. Both natural persons and legal entities can be directors.

 

12.2

Directors are appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

12.3

Any director may be suspended and dismissed by the General Meeting of Shareholders at any time.

 

PAGE 3 OF 8


LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

12.4

The power of determine remuneration and further conditions of employment for directors belongs to the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

13

Tasks and decision-making board

 

13.1

The directors are responsible for managing the Company. In discharging their duties, the directors shall be guided by the interests of the Company and its affiliated companies.

 

13.2

On the Board, each director has one vote.

 

13.3

All decisions of the Board are taken by more than half of the votes cast.

 

13.4

Decisions of the Board may also be taken outside a meeting, in writing or otherwise, provided that the proposal in question has been submitted to all directors in office and none of them opposes this method of decision-making.

 

13.5

The Board may adopt further rules concerning the decision-making process and working methods of the Board. Within that framework, the Board may determine, among other things, which tasks each director will be specifically charged with. The General Meeting of Shareholders may determine that these rules and division of tasks must be laid down in writing and subject these rules and division of tasks to its approval.

 

13.6

A director shall not participate in the deliberations and decision-making if he has a direct or indirect personal interest that conflicts with the interest of the Company and affiliated companies. The previous sentence shall not apply if all directors have such a personal interest. In that case the Board retains its authority, without prejudice to the provisions of Article 14.2.

 

14

Approval of Board decisions

 

14.1

The General Meeting of Shareholders is authorised to subject resolutions of the Board to its approval. Such resolutions must be clearly defined and communicated to the Board in writing.

 

14.2

A resolution of the Board to perform a legal act in which one or more of the directors have a direct or indirect personal interest that conflicts with the interests of the Company and its affiliated companies is subject to the approval of the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

14.3

The Board may perform the legal acts referred to in Section 2:204 of the Dutch Civil Code without the prior approval of the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

14.4

The absence of approval by the General Meeting of Shareholders for a resolution referred to in this Article 14 shall not affect the power of representation of the Board or directors.

 

15

Representation

 

15.1

The directors are authorised to represent the Company. If two or more directors are in office, the power of representation shall also accrue to two directors jointly and to a director and a proxy holder jointly.

 

15.2

The Board may appoint officers with general or limited power of representation. Each of these shall represent the Company with due observance of the limits imposed on their powers. The titles of these officers shall be determined by the Board. These officers may be registered in the commercial register, stating the extent of their powers of representation.

 

16

Dismissal or impediment of a director

 

16.1

In the event of the absence or inability to act of a director, the remaining directors or the remaining director shall be temporarily in charge of the management of the Company.

 

16.2

In the event of the absence or inability to act of all directors or the sole director, the Company shall be temporarily managed by one or more other persons designated for that purpose by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

17

Financial year and annual financial statements

 

17.1

The Company’s financial year is the calendar year.

 

PAGE 4 OF 8


LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

17.2

Annually, within five months of the end of the financial year, unless this period is extended by a maximum of five months by the General Meeting of Shareholders on the grounds of special circumstances, the Board prepares annual financial statements and makes them available for inspection by shareholders at the Company’s offices.

 

17.3

Within this period, the Board also makes the management report available for inspection by shareholders.

 

17.4

The annual financial statements consist of a balance sheet, an income statement and notes.

 

17.5

The annual financial statements are signed by the directors. If the signature of one or more of them is missing, this shall be stated and reasons given.

 

17.6

The Company may, and if so required by law, shall, instruct an auditor to audit the annual financial statements. The General Meeting of Shareholders is authorised to grant the assignment.

 

17.7

The General Meeting of Shareholders shall adopt the annual financial statements. Signing the annual financial statements by the directors does not also constitute adoption by the General Meeting of Shareholders, even if all shareholders are also directors.

 

17.8

The General Meeting of Shareholders may grant full or limited discharge to the directors for their management.

 

17.9

The preceding paragraphs of this Article 17 shall apply unless Article 2:395a, Article 2:396 or Article 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code applies to the Company and provides otherwise therein.

 

18

Profits and distributions

 

18.1

The General Meeting of Shareholders is authorised to allocate the profit determined by adopting the annual financial statements. If the General Meeting of Shareholders does not adopt a resolution to allocate the profit prior to or no later than immediately after the resolution to adopt the annual financial statements, the profit will be reserved.

 

18.2

The General Meeting of Shareholders is authorised to determine distributions. If the Company is required to maintain reserves by law, this power only applies to the extent that equity exceeds those reserves. A resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders to make a distribution shall have no effect until the Board has granted its approval. The Board may only withhold such approval if it knows or should reasonably foresee that the Company will not be able to continue to pay its due debts.

 

19

General Meeting of Shareholders

 

19.1

During each financial year, at least one General Meeting of Shareholders, the annual meeting, shall be held or decided upon at least once in accordance with Article 25.

 

19.2

Other General Meetings of Shareholders are held as often as the Board deems necessary.

 

19.3

One or more persons entitled to attend meetings representing alone or jointly at least one hundredth of the Company’s issued capital may request the Board in writing, specifying precisely the matters to be discussed, to convene a General Meeting of Shareholders. If the Board has not taken the necessary measures to enable the meeting to be held within four weeks of receiving the request, the applicants themselves shall be authorised to convene the meeting.

 

20

Convocation and venue

 

20.1

General Meetings of Shareholders are convened by the Board. General Meeting of Shareholders may also be convened by persons holding voting rights shares, together representing at least half of the Company’s issued capital, as well as by pledgees holding voting rights to shares.

 

20.2

Notice shall be given no later than the eighth day before that of the meeting.

 

20.3

The convening notice shall state the subjects to be discussed.

 

20.4

A subject, the consideration of which has been requested in writing not later than 30 days before the day of the meeting by one or more persons entitled to attend the meeting who alone or together represent at least one hundredth of the Company’s issued capital, shall be included in the notice of the meeting or announced in the same manner as the other subjects, provided that no overriding interest of the company opposes this.

 

PAGE 5 OF 8


LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

20.5

Notice of the meeting shall be given by means of convening letters addressed to the addresses of the persons entitled to attend the meeting, as listed in the register referred to in Article 5. A person entitled to attend the meeting may also be convened by a legible and reproducible message sent electronically to the address notified by him to the company for this purpose.

 

20.6

General Meetings of Shareholders shall be held in the municipality where the Company has its registered office according to these Articles of Association. General Meetings of Shareholders may also be held elsewhere, provided that all persons entitled to attend meetings have agreed to the place of the meeting and the directors have been given the opportunity to give their opinion prior to the decision-making.

 

21

Access and meeting rights

 

21.1

Every person entitled to attend General Meetings of Shareholders is authorised to speak at and, insofar as he is entitled to vote, exercise his voting right. Persons entitled to attend meetings may be represented at the meeting by a proxy authorised in writing.

 

21.2

Each person entitled to attend the meeting or his representative present at the meeting must sign the attendance list. The chairman of the meeting may determine that the attendance list must also be signed by other persons present at the meeting.

 

21.3

As such, the directors have a advisory vote.

 

21.4

Regarding the admission of other persons to the meeting, the chairman of the meeting decides.

 

22

Chairman and minutes taker

 

22.1

The chairman of a General Meeting of Shareholders shall be appointed by those present at the meeting and entitled to vote by more than half of the votes cast. Until such time, a director shall act as chairman or, if no director is present at the meeting, the oldest person present at the meeting in terms of age.

 

22.2

The chairman of the meeting shall appoint a minutes taker for the meeting.

 

23

Minutes and record of shareholder resolutions

 

23.1

Minutes shall be kept of the proceedings at a General Meeting of Shareholders by the secretary of the meeting. The minutes shall be adopted by the chairman and the secretary of the meeting and shall be signed by them in evidence thereof.

 

23.2

The Board shall keep a record of all resolutions adopted by the General Meeting of Shareholders. If the Board is not represented at the meeting, a copy of the resolutions adopted shall be provided to the Board by or on behalf of the chairman of the meeting as soon as possible after the meeting. The minutes shall be available at the offices of the Company for inspection by those entitled to attend the meeting. A copy of or extract from the minutes shall be provided to each of them on request.

 

24

Decision-making

 

24.1

Each share entitles the holder to one vote.

 

24.2

Insofar as the law or these Articles of Association do not require a larger majority, all resolutions of the General Meeting of Shareholders shall be passed by more than half of the votes cast.

 

24.3

If the votes are tied, the proposal is rejected.

 

24.4

If the rules for convening and holding General Meetings of Shareholders provided for by law or by these Articles of Association have not been complied with, valid resolutions may only be passed by the General Meeting of Shareholders if all those entitled to attend meetings have consented to the passing of resolutions and the directors have been given the opportunity to give their advice prior to the passing of resolutions.

 

24.5

No vote may be cast at the General Meeting of Shareholders for shares belonging to the Company or a subsidiary and for shares for which the Company or a subsidiary holds the certificates. However, pledgees and usufructuaries of shares belonging to the Company or a subsidiary shall not be excluded from voting rights if the pledge or usufruct was established before the share belonged to the Company or that subsidiary. The Company or a subsidiary cannot cast a vote for a share on which it holds a pledge or usufruct.

 

PAGE 6 OF 8


LOGO

OJ - INT001/02

 

25

Decision-making outside meetings

 

25.1

Resolutions of shareholders may be passed by means other than at a meeting, provided that all those entitled to attend meetings have agreed to this method of decision-making in writing. Votes shall be cast in writing. The directors shall be given the opportunity to give their advice prior to the decision-making.

 

25.2

For the purposes of Article 25.1, the requirement of written confirmation of votes is also satisfied if the resolution, stating the manner in which each votes, is recorded in writing or electronically and signed by all those entitled to attend meetings.

 

25.3

The Board shall make a note of the decision as soon as it becomes aware of it and attach it to the notes referred to in Article 23.2.

 

26

Amendment to Articles of Association

The General Meeting of Shareholders is authorised to amend these Articles of Association. Whenever a proposal to amend the Articles of Association is made at a General Meeting of Shareholders, this must always be stated in the notice convening the meeting. At the same time, a copy of the proposal in which the proposed amendment is included verbatim must be deposited at the Company’s office for inspection by those entitled to attend the meeting until the end of the meeting.

 

27

Dissolution and liquidation

 

27.1

The company may be dissolved by a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders to that effect. When a proposal to dissolve the Company is made at a General Meeting of Shareholders, this must be stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

27.2

In the event of dissolution of the Company pursuant to a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders, the directors shall become liquidators of the assets of the dissolved Company. The General Meeting of Shareholders may decide to appoint other persons as liquidators.

 

27.3

During the liquidation, the provisions of these Articles of Association shall remain in force as far as possible.

 

27.4

Whatever remains after satisfaction of the debts of the dissolved company shall be transferred to the shareholders in proportion to the joint nominal amount of each person’s shares.

The person appearing is known to me, the notary public.

WHEREOF THIS DEED, executed in a single original copy in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, on the date mentioned in the heading of this deed.

Before proceeding to execute the deed, I, the notary public, informed the person appearing of the substance of the deed and gave an explanation thereon, also pointing out the consequences arising for the parties from the contents the deed.

The person appearing then stated that he had taken note of the contents of the deed after having been given the opportunity to do so in good time, that he agreed with the contents of the deed and did not wish the deed to be read out in full.

Immediately after a limited reading, this deed was signed by the person appearing and by me, the notary public.

(Signatures follow)

ISSUED FOR COPY

 

PAGE 7 OF 8


LOGO

Processing report

 

 

The attached document was received electronically at the Chamber of Commerce on 03-09-2018 14:53 from Pieter Heyme Bolland in his capacity as Notary Public

An electronic signature was found on the document, which was verified and found correct on 03-09- 2018 14:53 by the Chamber of Commerce GX Signature Service.

The corresponding digital certificate used to create the signature has been checked and found to be valid and as not revoked at the time of signing.

The verification took place on 03-09-2018 14:53 by CoC GX Certificate Validation Service.

Certificate details of Pieter Heyme Bolland

T = Notary public

SURNAME = Bolland

SERIAL NUMBER= 277794778347015

GIVEN NAME= Pieter Heyme

C = NL

O = Pieter Heyme Bolland

CN= Pieter Heyme Bolland

With serial number

41fc9b092bb1a09d08892ae1ba57e025e5baa97c

Published by

OID.2.5.4.97= NTRNL-30237459

C = NL

O= QuoVadis Trustlink B.V.

CN= QuoVadis PKIoverheid Organisation Person CA - G3

Exhibit T3B.28

Unofficial translation and for information purpose only

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

1 NAME AND DOMICILE

The company’s name is Intrum Oy, and its domicile is Helsinki.

2 FIELD OF OPERATION

The operations of the company include debt collection, management of business-related legal matters, purchase of receivables, credit information services, sale of credit information services, sale of invoicing and ledger services, application for the refund of sales and value-added taxes and other official fees paid by Finnish companies abroad, and corresponding taxes and fees paid by foreign companies in Finland, training and publication activities, sale, purchase, and realisation of housing and real estate shares and brokerage of housing and real estate.

3 SHARE CAPITAL

The company’s minimum capital is 1,000,000 euros, and the maximum capital is 4,000,000 euros. The share capital can be increased or decreased within these limits without amending the articles of association.

4 NOMINAL VALUE OF SHARES

The nominal value of the shares is 100 euros.

5 BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors consists of 3–6 regular members.

Members are elected at the ordinary general meeting for a term until the end of the next ordinary general meeting.

The board of directors appoints annually a chair from among its members for a term until the end of the next ordinary general meeting.

6 MANAGING DIRECTOR

The company has a managing director appointed by the board of directors, responsible for the day-to-day management in accordance with the instructions of the board of directors.

7 RIGHT TO REPRESENT THE COMPANY

The company is represented by board members, two jointly, or individually together with the managing director or a holder of procuration. In addition, the company is represented by the managing director together with a holder of procuration, and by the persons authorised by the board of directors.

The board of directors also decides on holders of procuration.

8 AUDITORS

The company has one auditor and also a deputy auditor unless the auditor is an audit firm approved by the Finland Chamber of Commerce.


Unofficial translation and for information purpose only

 

The auditors’ term ends at the conclusion of the ordinary general meeting following their election.

9 NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETING

Notice of the general meeting is given to shareholders no earlier than two months and no later than one week before the meeting through registered letters to all shareholders registered in the shareholder register at the address indicated in the register, or in another verifiable manner.

10 ORDINARY GENERAL MEETING

The ordinary general meeting is held annually within six months from the end of the financial year.

During the meeting:

the following are presented:

 

  1.

financial statements, including the income statement, balance sheet, and annual report;

 

  2.

audit report;

the following are decided on:

 

  3.

approval of the income statement and balance sheet;

 

  4.

measures arising from profit or loss according to the approved balance sheet;

 

  5.

discharge from liability for board members and the managing director;

 

  6.

number of board members and their remuneration, and the following are elected:

 

  7.

members of the board of directors;

 

  8.

auditors.

11 FINANCIAL YEAR

The financial year of the company is the calendar year.

Exhibit T3B.29

[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

REGISTRY CERTIFICATE

 

Registry Certification issued by:

ANTONIO HOLGADO CRISTETO

Commercial Registrar of COMMERCIAL REGISTRY OF

MADRID

Príncipe de Vergara, 72

28006 - MADRID

Telephone: 915761200

Fax: 915780566

E-mail: madrid@registromercantil.org

Certification of Articles of Association

 

APPLICATION IDENTIFIER: 3/38/N86CP69C

(Cite this identifier for any

question related to this certification)

Your reference: : : Intrum Servicing Spain-Article


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

REGISTRY CERTIFICATE

THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTRAR OF THE COMMERCIAL REGISTRY OF MADRID AND ITS PROVINCE, following an examination of the Books of the Archive and the digital database existing in this commercial Registry, MADRID, with reference to the Company requested in the request presented under entry 7774 of Journal 2025;

CERTIFIES:

1. That the company INTRUM SERVICING SPAIN SA, a sole shareholder, with NIF [tax ID] A85582377, IRUS [Unique company registration identifier]: 1000282978782 and EUID [Unique Identification Number]: ES28065.080848394, is registered in this Registry, in page M- 473332, volume 26268, folio 125, section 8th, and is currently in force.

2. The current articles of association of the aforementioned company are those attached at the end of this certificate.

3. No special situation is listed.

4. The dissolution and liquidation of the company to which this certificate relates is not registered, according to this Registry.

5. The journal does not show any entry relating to a title pending registration affecting the items being certified.

It is hereby noted that the registration status is certified as of 5 February 2025, prior to the opening of the Journal of Documents.

Note: Electronic file 7262 /2025.

CLAUSE OF LIMITATION OF EFFECT: The certificate only reliably certifies the content of the entries in the Registry at the time of its issue ex art. 77 of the Regulations of the Commercial Registry approved by Royal Decree 1784/1996, of 19 July. It is expressly stated that this certificate cannot be used to accredit the registration situation at a time other than the date of issue. Notice is hereby given of the possibility of any possible alteration in the registration sheet due to entries made at a later date that may affect the validity or content of what is being certified. The very existence of the entity, the validity and content of the powers of its representatives may have been substantially altered subsequently. Under no circumstances may the representative of the legal entity be understood to be able to bind the latter with third parties, due to the results of this certificate when the same is out of date due to lack of updating and in accordance with the provisions of articles 4 and 5 of Law 6/2020, of 11 November, regulating certain aspects of electronic trust services.

...... WARNINGS ......

BASIC INFORMATION ON PERSONAL DATA PROTECTION

Data Controller: Registrar/Entity listed in the header of the document. For further information, please see the other data protection information.

Purpose of processing: To provide the requested registration service including the practice of associated notifications and, where appropriate, invoicing thereof, as well as to comply with legislation on money laundering and terrorist financing, which may include profiling.

Legal basis for processing: The processing of the data is necessary: for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest or in the exercise of public powers vested in the registrar, in compliance with the relevant legal obligations,

|WWW.REGISTRADORES.ORG|     [ Page 1 of 2 ]


[logo:] Registrars OF SPAIN

 

REGISTRY CERTIFICATE

Rights: Mortgage and commercial legislation establish a special regime with regard to the exercise of certain rights, and therefore the provisions of these will be complied with. For matters not provided for in the registry regulations, the provisions of data protection legislation shall apply, as indicated in the details of the additional information. In any case, the exercise of the rights recognised by the data protection legislation to the data owners shall comply with the requirements of the registration procedure.

Categories of data: Identity data, contact data, other data available in the additional data protection information.

Recipients: Processing of data by other recipients is foreseen. No international transfers are foreseen.

Sources from which the data originate: Data may originate from the data subject himself/herself, presenter, legal representative, Management/Advisory.

Other data protection information: Available at https://www.registradores.org/politica-de-privacidad- registry- services depending on the type of registry service requested.

CONDITIONS OF USE OF INFORMATION

The information made available to you is for your exclusive use and is non-transferable and confidential and may only be used for the purpose for which the information was requested. The transmission or transfer of the information by the user to any other person, even free of charge, is prohibited. In accordance with the Instruction of the Directorate General of Registries and Notaries of 17 February 1998, the incorporation of the data contained in the registry information into computer files or databases for individualised consultation of natural or legal persons is prohibited, even expressing the source of origin.

...... . ......

This document has been signed with a qualified electronic signature by ANTONIO HOLGADO CRISTETO Commercial Registrar of THE COMMERCIAL REGISTRY OF MADRID on 5 February 2025. [barcode]

(*) C.S.V. : 128065270065644870

Verification Web Service: https://sede.registradores.org/csv

(*) Secure Verification Code: this code allows the authenticity of the copy to be checked by accessing the electronic archives of the issuing public body or agency. Copies made on paper of public documents issued by electronic means and signed electronically will be considered authentic copies provided that they include the printing of an electronically generated code or other verification systems that allow their authenticity to be verified by accessing the electronic archives of the issuing public body or organisation (Article 27.3 of Law 39/2015, of 1 October, on the Common Administrative Procedure of Public Administrations).

|WWW.REGISTRADORES.ORG|     [ Page 2 of 2 ]


TITLE I. NAME, OBJECT, DURATION AND DOMICILE.-

Article 1.- Name. The Company shall be named “ INTRUM SERVICING SPAIN, S.A.U” and shall be governed by these Articles of Association in accordance with the provisions of Royal Legislative Decree 1/2010, of 2 July, which approves the revised text of the Capital Companies Act and other relevant provisions in force.

Article 2.- OBJECT OF THE COMPANY. The company has as its object: a. : (a) the acquisition, holding, management, administration, disposal and alienation of debt portfolios of any acquired by the Company from financial institutions or any other type (CNAE [National Classification of Economic Activities]: 8291); (b) the provision of debt collection services, both judicial and extrajudicial, credit information, financial analysis and purchase and recovery of debt portfolios and related businesses (CNAE 8291); (c) the acquisition, alienation, leasing and administration of real estate; d) making investments in financial markets or placements through financial intermediaries, except for activities regulated by legislation on Collective Investment Institutions and the Securities Market; e) subscription, acquisition, holding, management, administration, disposal and disposal of shares or holdings in other companies, whether or not resident in Spanish territory, whatever their purpose (CNAE 6420); f) the acquisition, holding, administration, management, operation, exploitation, disposal by any title and sale of all kinds of real estate, credits, debentures, bonds, fixed or variable income real estate securities, public or private, shares and holdings in all kinds of companies (CNAE 6810, 6820 and 6832); g) the provision of consultancy, management, information, training and advisory services of a commercial, mercantile, administrative and financial accounting nature to all kinds of natural or legal persons (CNAE 7022); h) financial intermediation for a client for the conclusion of a loan or credit contract for any purpose, by presenting, proposing or carrying out preparatory work for the conclusion of the aforementioned contracts, including, where appropriate, making such contracts available to consumers for their subscription (CNAE 6492); i) the marketing, by any means, of real estate, whether rural or urban property, plots of land, developments under construction or completed, dwellings, business premises or any other such (CNAE 6810, 6820 and 6832): and j) the performance, by any means or medium, all kinds of marketing and advertising activities aimed at marketing real estate. The aforementioned activities may be carried out either directly or indirectly, including through participation in other companies with an identical or similar purpose. The Company may assume the unitary management of a group of companies, even if their corporate purpose is different from that of the former, including the management and consultancy of companies in all areas, through the corresponding professionals. All activities for the exercise of which the Law establishes special requirements that are not fulfilled by this Company are excluded. Specifically excluded are those cases subject to Collective Investment and Securities Market legislation. Likewise, those activities that so require shall be carried out by qualified professionals”.

ARTICLE 3. - The registered office is at C/ Vía de los Poblados, 3 Edificio 1, Parque Empresarial Cristalia, 28033- (Madrid). The Board of Directors of the Company may resolve to establish branches, agencies and delegations, both in Spain and abroad, subject to the legal requirements in each case, and may also resolve to abolish or transfer them. The Administrative Body may also resolve to transfer the registered office within the national territory”.

ARTICLE 4. - DURATION The duration of the Company shall be indefinite and shall commence operations on the date of execution of the Memorandum of Association. The Company may be dissolved at any time in accordance with these Articles of Association and the law.


TITLE II. SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARES. “ARTICLE 5.- SHARE CAPITAL. The share capital is FOUR HUNDRED AND FIFTY-FIVE THOUSAND AND FIVE HUNDRED (450,500), fully subscribed and paid up.

ARTICLE 6.- SHARES. The share capital is divided into FOUR HUNDRED AND FIFTY-FIVE THOUSAND AND FIVE HUNDRED (450,500), registered shares, indivisible, of a single class and series, represented by securities, with a nominal value of ONE EURO (€1,00) each; numbered sequentially from 1 to 450,500, both inclusive. Each share confers on its legitimate holder the status of shareholder and confers on him/her the rights recognised by law and in these articles of association and each share confers the right to one vote.”

ARTICLE 7.- SHARES. The shares shall be represented by registered shares, which shall be unitary or multiple. In the latter case, each certificate shall comprise all the shares held by the same shareholder. The certificates shall be numbered consecutively and shall contain at least the information required by article 114 of the Capital Companies Act, or the article that amends or replaces it. The shares shall appear in the Register of Registered Shares kept by the Company, in which successive transfers, the creation of rights in rem and other encumbrances on the shares shall be recorded. Each entry shall indicate the identity and address of the holder of the share or of the right or encumbrance on the share. The Company may only rectify the contents of the Register of Registered Shares if the interested parties have not objected to the rectification within a period of one month from the date of reliable notification of the intention to do so. The personal details of shareholders may be amended at their request and shall not be effective vis- à-vis the Company until such time as they are recorded in the Register of Registered Shares. The Company shall only consider a shareholder to be a shareholder if he is registered in the book of registered shares. Any shareholder who so requests may examine the book of registered shares. Until the certificates have been printed and delivered, each shareholder shall be entitled to obtain certification of the shares registered in his name.

ARTICLE 8.- TRANSFER OF SHARES. a) Voluntary transfer by “inter vivos” acts. The voluntary transfer of shares by “inter vivos” acts between the following shall be free for shareholders, as well as in favour of companies belonging to the same group as the transferring shareholder, under the terms established in Article 42 of the Commercial Code. In other cases, the transfer shall be subject to the following rules: i. A shareholder intending to transfer all or part of its shares, whether for valuable consideration or free of charge, shall send to the Company’s Administrative Body a communication (the “Transfer Communication”) stating the number and numbering of the shares it proposes to transfer, the name, address and nationality of the person to whom it wishes to transfer such shares, if any, as well as the price, payment conditions and main terms and conditions for the transfer. The Notice of Transfer shall constitute an irrevocable offer to sell. ii. Within ten calendar days following receipt of the Notice of Transfer, the Board of Directors shall send it to the remaining shareholders so that they may decide whether they wish to exercise their pre-emptive acquisition right on the shares offered as set out below. iii. Within twenty-five calendar days from the date on which the Administrative Body has notified the remaining shareholders of the Transfer Notice, the non- transferring shareholders may exercise a pre-emptive acquisition right for all (but not part) of the shares offered, under the same conditions set out in the Transfer Notice, by notifying the transferring shareholder in writing, with a copy to the Administrative Body. If more than one shareholder shows an interest in acquiring the shares offered, they shall be distributed by the Administrative Body among them pro rata to their shareholding in the Company. If the pro rata distribution of shares by the transferring shareholder results in several shareholders being entitled to fractions of


shares, the corresponding shares shall be attributed to the shareholders to whom the highest fractions correspond. iv. The price shall be paid in full at the time of formalising the transfer which, in any event, must be within the month following the date on which the decision to exercise the pre-emptive acquisition right has been notified in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraphs. If the shareholder or shareholders who have notified their decision to exercise the pre-emptive acquisition right do not formalise the transfer within that period, and without prejudice to the legal actions available to the transferring shareholder to recover any damages and/or losses suffered, the provisions of sub-section (v) below shall apply. If there are several shareholders who notify their decision to exercise their pre-emptive acquisition right and any of them do not formalise the transfer, the shares corresponding to them shall be offered pro rata to the remaining shareholders. v. In the event that no shareholder has exercised their pre- emptive acquisition right within the period of twenty-five calendar days from the date on which the Board of Directors has notified the remaining shareholders of the Transfer Notice, the transferring shareholder shall be free to transfer the shares in accordance with the plan communicated in the Transfer Notice. vi. In cases where the planned transfer is for valuable consideration other than purchase or free of charge, the acquisition price shall be the price set by mutual agreement between the parties or, failing this, the fair value of the shares on the day on which the Company was notified of the intention to transfer. Fair value shall mean the value determined by an auditor, other than the auditor of the Company, appointed for this purpose by the directors of the Company. vii. The public deed of transfer must be executed within one month of the occurrence of the first of the circumstances indicated in subsection (v) above. Within thirty calendar days from the date of the transfer of the shares in accordance with the above rules, the transferring shareholder must send the Company a copy of the public deed of transfer. This regime shall also apply to the voluntary transfer by inter vivos acts of the right of pre-emptive subscription of shares which, in capital increases, corresponds to the shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Law, which shall be exercisable within the periods established therein. b) Transfer “mortis causa”. The same pre-emptive acquisition right regulated in section (a) above shall apply to transfers of shares mortis causa, in which case the provisions of article 124 of the Capital Companies Act, or such other article as may replace or amend them, shall be complied with. In such cases, the notice to the Administrative Body may be given by the heir, legatee, administrator of the estate or the person acting in his or her stead, and the time periods shall commence to run from the time of such notice. The reasonable value shall be understood to be that of the day on which the registration of the transfer mortis causa was requested. c) Forced transfer. The right of pre-emptive acquisition referred to in section (a) above may be exercised even in the event of seizure or compulsory execution at the request of a third party, or as a consequence of any judicial or administrative enforcement proceedings on shares in the Company or rights inherent to such shares, for whatever reason, and in such cases the provisions of Articles 124 and 125 of the Capital Companies Act, or those which replace or amend them, shall apply. The periods shall commence to run from the time when the auctioneer or successful bidder notifies the Board of the acquisition. d) General. The rules governing the transfer of shares shall be those in force on the date on which the shareholder notified the Company of his intention to transfer or, where applicable, on the date of the death of the shareholder, or on the date of the judicial or administrative award. Transfers of shares which do not comply with the provisions of the Law and these Articles of Association shall have no effect whatsoever against the Company.

ARTICLE 9.- PENDING PAYMENT When there are partially paid-up shares, the shareholders must contribute to the Company the portion of capital not paid-up in the


manner and within the period or periods determined by the resolution to increase the share capital or, failing this, under the conditions decided by the Board of Directors, in any event within a maximum period of five years from the date of the resolution to increase the share capital.

ARTICLE 10.- FORMALISATION OF TRANSFER AND CONSTITUTION OF RIGHTS. All transfers of shares, as well as the creation of a pledge or any other right in rem over the shares or any other right in rem, must be recorded in a public document. The transfer of shares or the creation of rights in rem thereon must be notified in writing to the Company for recording in the Register of Registered Shares, indicating the personal circumstances, nationality and domicile of the acquirer. The acquirer of the shares may exercise the rights of shareholder against the Company or, in the case of the holder of a right in rem, the rights corresponding to him in accordance with the provisions of the corresponding document formalising its constitution, as soon as the Company becomes aware of the transfer or constitution of the encumbrance.

ARTICLE 11.- USUFRUCT OF SHARES. In the case of a usufruct of shares, the status of shareholder resides in the bare owner, but the usufructuary shall have the right, in any case, to the dividends agreed by the company during the usufruct. In all other cases, the relationship between the usufructuary and the bare owner and the content of the usufruct shall be governed by the constitutive title of the usufruct and, in the absence thereof, by the provisions of the Capital Companies Act and, supplementarily, by the provisions of the Civil Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and unless the constitutive title of the usufruct provides otherwise, the provisions of Articles 128 and 129 of the Capital Companies Act shall apply to the liquidation of the usufruct and to the exercise of the right to subscribe new shares. In this case, the sums to be paid by the bare owner to the usufructuary shall be paid in money.

ARTICLE 12.- PLEDGE OF SHARES In general, in the event of a pledge of shares, the owner of the shares shall be entitled to exercise the rights of the shareholder. As an exception, the pledgee shall be entitled to all the rights of the shareholder (including the right to vote and to call a General Shareholders’ Meeting) without limitation from the time the application for enforcement of the pledge has been admitted or the Company has been notified of the commencement of the notarial enforcement of the pledge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the regime of transfer of shares and pre-emptive subscription rights shall not apply in the case of transfers as a result of proceedings for the enforcement of the pledge with which all or part of the shares may have been encumbered.

ARTICLE 13.- ATTACHMENT OF SHARES. In the case of attachment of shares, the provisions of the preceding article shall apply to the attachment, insofar as it is compatible with the specific attachment regime.

ARTICLE 14.- CO- OWNERSHIP OR JOINT SHAREHOLDING. In the event of co-ownership of shares or joint shareholding over the same, the co-owners or co-owners shall designate one of them to exercise the corporate rights, but in the event of breach of the obligations to the Company, all of them shall be jointly and severally liable.

TITLE III. GOVERNING AND ADMINISTRATIVE BODIES OF THE COMPANY. ARTICLE 15.- CORPORATE BODIES. The corporate bodies of the Company are the General Shareholders’ Meeting and the Administrative Body. Section One. General Shareholders’ Meeting.

ARTICLE 16.- GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING. The shareholders, constituted in a duly called General Shareholders’ Meeting, shall decide on the matters within the competence of the General Shareholders’ Meeting. All shareholders, including dissenting shareholders and those who have not participated in the meeting, shall be subject to the resolutions of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, without prejudice to the right of withdrawal that may correspond to them in accordance with the provisions of the Law and these articles of association.

ARTICLE 17.- POWERS OF THE GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING. The General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be responsible for deliberating and agreeing on the following matters: a) Approval of the annual accounts,


distribution of profits and censure of corporate management. b) The appointment and removal of the directors, liquidators and, if appropriate, the auditors, as well as the exercise of corporate action for liability against any of them. c) The authorisation of the directors to carry on the same, similar or complementary type of activity as the corporate purpose for their own account or for the account of others. d) The amendment of the Articles of Association. e) The increase and reduction of share capital. f) The transformation, merger, spin-off or global transfer of assets and liabilities of the Company and the transfer of the registered office abroad. g) The suppression or limitation of pre-emptive subscription rights. h) The acquisition, disposal or contribution of essential assets to another company. The essential nature of the assets shall be presumed when the amount of the transaction exceeds twenty-five (25) per cent of the value of the assets appearing in the last approved balance sheet, in accordance with the provisions of article 160 of the Capital Companies Act or such other article as may replace or amend it. i) The dissolution of the Company. j) The approval of the final liquidation balance sheet. k) Any other resolutions expressly reserved by law or by these Articles of Association to the competence of the General Meeting. Statutes to the competence of the same.

ARTICLE 18.- ATTENDANCE AND REPRESENTATION. In order to attend General Shareholders’ Meetings, it shall be sufficient to hold one share. Shareholders who are registered in the Register of Registered Shares five days prior to the date on which the General Shareholders’ Meeting is to be held shall be entitled to attend. Any shareholder entitled to attend may be represented at the General Shareholders’ Meeting by another person, even if not a shareholder. The proxy must be conferred in writing and, when not recorded in a public document, must be made specifically for each General Shareholders’ Meeting. The proxy shall cover all the shares held by the shareholder represented. Proxies may be revoked at any time. The personal attendance of the represented shareholder at the General Shareholders’ Meeting shall have the effect of revocation.

ARTICLE 19.- TYPES OF MEETINGS. General Shareholders’ Meetings may be ordinary or extraordinary. The ordinary general shareholders’ meeting shall necessarily meet within the first six months of each financial year to review the management of the company, approve, if appropriate, the accounts for the previous financial year and resolve on the application of the result, and may also deal with any other point indicated on the agenda and which is within the competence of the General Shareholders’ Meeting. If the Governing Body does not convene the Ordinary General Meeting within the aforementioned period, it may be convened at the request of any shareholder, after hearing the opinion of the Governing Body. The extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting - Any other General Shareholders’ Meeting held shall be considered extraordinary and shall be held whenever the Administrative Body deems it necessary or convenient for the company’s interests or when requested by a number of shareholders representing at least five per cent of the share capital, expressing in the request the matters to be discussed. In the latter case, the General Shareholders’ Meeting must be called to be held within two months of the date on which the Administrative Body was requested by notary to call it, and the matters requested must be included on the agenda. If the Administrative Body does not comply with the request in due time, the General Shareholders’ Meeting may be called at the request of any shareholder, after hearing the Administrative Body.

ARTICLE 20.- NOTICE. ALL GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS All General Shareholders’ Meetings must be called by means of an announcement published on the Company’s website, if one has been created; registered and published in accordance with the terms of Article 11 bis of the Capital Companies Act, or any act that may substitute or modify it. When the Company has not agreed to create its website or it is not yet duly registered and


published, the call shall be made by means of an individual written announcement, which ensures its receipt by all shareholders, and which shall be sent to each of the shareholders at the address designated for this purpose or to the one appearing in the Company’s documentation. There must be a period of at least one month between the announcement and the date set for the General Shareholders’ Meeting. The notice shall state the name of the Company, the date and time of the meeting and the agenda. It shall include the mandatory information required by law in relation to the items to be discussed. The notice of meeting may state the date on which, if appropriate, the General Shareholders’ Meeting will be held on second call. There must be a period of at least twenty-four hours between the first and second meetings. All matters concerning the calling of the General Shareholders’ Meeting in special cases, the content of the supplementary call, the period prior to the call, the judicial call and the second call, shall be governed by the provisions of the Capital Companies Act.

ARTICLE 21.- PLACE OF CALL OF THE GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS The general shareholders’ meetings shall be called by the Board of Directors or, as the case may be, the liquidators, and shall be held in the municipal district where the Company has its registered office; unless for imperative reasons it is advisable and necessary for such General Shareholders’ Meeting to be held in any other place in Spain or abroad.

ARTICLE 22.- UNIVERSAL MEETING. However, the General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be deemed validly constituted, with Universal status, to deal with any matter, without the need for a prior call; provided that the entire share capital is present or represented and the attendees unanimously accept the holding of the General Shareholders’ Meeting and its agenda. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 21 of these Articles of Association, the Universal General Meeting may meet anywhere in Spain or abroad.

Article 23.- CONSTITUTION OF THE GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING. The General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be validly constituted at first call when the shareholders, present or represented by proxy, hold at least 25% of the subscribed capital with voting rights. On second call, the General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be validly constituted regardless of the amount of capital in attendance. In order for the General Shareholders’ Meeting to validly resolve on the resolutions established in Article 194 of the Capital Companies Act (quorum for special cases), or that which modifies or replaces it, shareholders present or represented by proxy must hold at least fifty per cent of the subscribed voting capital at first call and twenty-five per cent at second call.

ARTICLE 24.- PRESIDING PANEL, DELIBERATIONS AND ADOPTION OF RESOLUTIONS. General Shareholders’ Meetings shall be chaired by the president of the Board of Directors or, in the absence thereof, by the vice- president thereof and, in the absence thereof, by the shareholder elected in each case by the shareholders attending the General Shareholders’ Meeting. The president shall direct the debate and give the floor in order of request. The secretary shall be the secretary of the Board or, in the absence thereof, the deputy secretary thereof and, in the absence thereof, the person chosen in each case by the shareholders attending the General Shareholder’s Meeting. With regard to the manner of deliberating and adopting resolutions, the following rules shall be observed: a) Once the valid constitution of the General Shareholders’ Meeting in question has been determined, the president shall declare the session open and shall successively propose each of the items appearing on the agenda for consideration by the General Shareholders’ Meeting. b) The deliberation shall be opened with a presentation of the content of each item by the president himself, or by members of the Administrative Body, by manager, or by corresponding adviser or technician, designated for such purpose by the Administrative Body. c) The shareholders shall then be given the opportunity to speak. The president shall take special care to ensure that the speaking time of shareholders who may oppose


the proposals submitted by the Governing Body is respected in due time and form. However, after at least three turns in favour and three turns against, the president may propose to the General Shareholders’ Meeting, as a point of order, that the deliberation be closed. The president shall summarise the deliberations and formulate the proposal to be put to the vote. In relation to the adoption of resolutions, the following rules shall be observed: a) Voting shall be by show of hands, in three rounds: in favour, against and abstentions. If two scrutineers have not been previously appointed by the General Shareholders’ Meeting, the people acting as president and secretary of the meeting shall be responsible for counting the votes. b) Separate votes shall be taken on matters that are substantially independent and, in any event, even if they appear on the same agenda item, separate votes shall be taken on the appointment, ratification, re-election or removal of each director and, in the amendment of the Articles of Association, on each article or group of articles that have their own autonomy. c) Resolutions other than those referred to in the second paragraph of Article 23 of these Articles of Association shall be adopted by a simple majority of the votes of the shares present or represented at the General Shareholders’ Meeting, with a resolution being deemed adopted when it obtains more votes in favour than against the capital present or represented, both at first and second call. To adopt the resolutions referred to in the second paragraph of Article 23 of these Articles of Association, (i) if the capital present or represented exceeds fifty percent, it shall suffice for the resolution to be adopted by an absolute majority. However, (ii) the favourable vote of two-thirds of the capital present or represented at the General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be required when, on second call, shareholders representing twenty-five per cent or more of the subscribed capital with voting rights attend without reaching fifty per cent. Shareholders may request in writing prior to the General Shareholders’ Meeting or verbally during the meeting any reports and clarifications they deem appropriate on the matters included on the agenda, and the Board of Directors shall be obliged to provide them, with no restrictions other than those established in article 197 of the Capital Companies Act, or such other article as may replace or amend it, and with the exceptions set forth in said article.

ARTICLE 25.- CONFLICT OF INTEREST. Shareholders may not exercise their right to vote when there is a conflict of interest with respect to the object of the vote, in accordance with the provisions of the Capital Companies Act and, in particular, when it is a question of adopting a resolution whose object is: a) to authorise them to transfer shares subject to a legal restriction in the Articles of Association; b) exclude him/her from the Company; release him/her from an obligation or grant him/her a right; d) provide him/her with any type of financial assistance, including the provision of guarantees; or e) exempt him/her from the obligations arising from the duty of loyalty pursuant to the provisions of article 230 of the Capital Companies Act, or such other article as may replace or amend it. The shares of a shareholder who is in any of the situations of conflict of interest contemplated in the preceding section shall be deducted from the share capital for the purpose of calculating the majority of votes required in each case.

ARTICLE 26.- MINUTES AND CERTIFICATIONS. All corporate resolutions shall be recorded in the minutes of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, which shall be signed by the persons acting as President and Secretary of the meeting. The minutes of the General Meeting shall necessarily include the list of attendees and must be approved by the General Shareholders’ Meeting itself at the end of the meeting and, failing this, within fifteen days, by the president and two intervening shareholders, one representing the majority and the other representing the minority; all without prejudice to the provisions of the Law for the notarial minutes. The minutes, once approved and signed, shall be transcribed in the corresponding minutes book of the Company.

Section two. Administrative body. ARTICLE 27.- WAYS OF ORGANISING THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE COMPANY. The governing body, without the limitations of the powers reserved by the Capital Companies Act and


the Articles of Association to the General Shareholders’ Meeting, shall manage the Company in or out of court. Said representation shall be for all acts that fall under the social object of the Company. The Company shall be governed and managed, at the discretion of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, by: (a) - A sole director; (ii) two joint and several directors; (iii) two joint directors; or (d) a Board of Directors comprising a minimum of three and a maximum of twelve members. The General Shareholders’ Meeting shall determine the system of administration adopted and, where appropriate, the number of members of the Board of Directors. The General Shareholders’ Meeting may also change the system of administration or the number of members of the Board of Directors without amending these Articles of Association.

ARTICLE 28.- APPOINTMENT. The competence for the appointment of Directors corresponds exclusively to the General Shareholders’ Meeting. In order to be appointed Director, it shall not be necessary to be a shareholder. May not hold any position in the company the persons or entities who incur in any legal incompatibility and cause of prohibition and disqualification, and in particular those provided for in article 213 of the Capital Companies Act, Act 5/2006, of 10 April 2006, and other state and autonomous community legislation in force. Directors may not engage for their own account or for the account of any third party in the same type of trade that constitutes the object of the Company, except by resolution of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, adopted with a majority of votes stipulated in article 24 of these Articles of Association.

ARTICLE 29.- TERM OF OFFICE. DIRECTORS SHALL HOLD OFFICE FOR A TERM OF SIX YEARS and may be re-elected one or more times for periods of the same duration. Once the term has expired, the appointment shall expire when the next general meeting has been held or when the legal term for holding the meeting that is to decide on the approval of the accounts for the previous year has elapsed. However, the general meeting of shareholders may at any time remove the directors, even if the removal is not on the agenda.

ARTICLE 30.- The office of director, both as such and for the performance of executive duties, shall be remunerated. The directors shall receive a remuneration consisting of (a) a fixed allowance; (b) an assistance allowance. (c) variable remuneration, which shall be calculated in accordance with the criteria for meeting the objectives established by the group; and (d) severance pay, consisting of compensation equivalent to monthly payments of remuneration, provided that the termination was not due to failure to perform the duties of director. The maximum amount of annual remuneration for all the directors as a whole shall be approved by the general meeting and shall remain in force until such time as it is amended. The distribution of remuneration among the different directors shall be established by resolution of the general meeting or the board of directors, which must take into consideration the functions and responsibilities attributed to each of the directors. The remuneration established in this article shall be compatible with any other remuneration that the directors may receive by virtue of a commercial or employment relationship, which does not require statutory provision.

ARTICLE 31.- BOARD OF DIRECTORS. When the administration and representation of the Company is entrusted to a Board of Directors, the rules set out below shall apply: 1.- Composition. The Board of Directors shall be composed of a minimum of three and a maximum of twelve members, the determination of which shall be the responsibility of the General Shareholders’ Meeting. 2.- Frequency. The Board of Directors shall meet whenever it is necessary or convenient for the interests of the Company and is so resolved by the President, or whoever acts in his stead, either on his own initiative or at the request of a director. In any event, the Board of Directors shall meet at least once a quarter. In the event that a director so requests, the president may not delay the calling of the meeting for more than fifteen days from the date of receipt of the request. 3.- Calling of meetings. Notice of call shall necessarily be given in writing,


at least five working days prior to the meeting, by letter, telegram, fax or any other written or electronic means. The notice of meeting shall be addressed personally to each of the members of the Board of Directors, at the address appearing in their appointment to the e-mail address they have communicated to the Company, or to those, which, in the event of a change, they have notified to the Company. The notice shall state the date, place and time of the meeting, as well as the items on the agenda. 4.- Constitution. The Board shall be validly constituted when half plus one of its members attend the meeting in person or represented by another director. In the event of an odd number of directors, half shall be determined by default. A director may be represented at meetings of the Board of Directors only by another director. Representation shall be conferred by letter addressed to the President. A meeting of the Board of Directors shall be validly convened without prior notice when all the members of the Board unanimously decide to hold the meeting. 5.- Internal regulations. The Board of Directors, shall appoint the president and may appoint, if it so decides, one or more vice-president to replace the president in the event of vacancy, absence or illness. It shall also appoint the secretary and may appoint a deputy secretary to replace the secretary in the event of vacancy, absence or illness. The secretary and deputy-secretary may be non-directors, who may have the right to speak but not to vote. Voting shall be by show of hands, except when the vote is to be taken by secret ballot by decision of the President or at the request of the majority of those present. A written vote without a meeting shall be valid if no director objects. Resolutions of the Board of Directors held by videoconference or conference call shall be valid provided that none of the directors object to this procedure, that they have the necessary means to do so, and that they mutually recognise each other, which must be stated in the minutes of the Board of Directors and in the certification of the resolutions. In this case, the meeting of the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be the only meeting held at the place of the registered office. 6.- Majorities. Resolutions shall be adopted by an absolute majority of those attending the meeting, except where the law requires a qualified majority. In the event of a tie, the President shall have the casting vote. 7.- Minutes. The resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be recorded in the minutes, which must be approved by the Board at the end of the meeting or at the following meeting. The minutes shall be signed by the secretary of the Board of Directors at the meeting, with the approval of the person acting as president. The minutes shall be transcribed in the Company’s minute book. 8.- Delegation of powers. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more managing directors from among its members, without prejudice to the powers of attorney that may be conferred on any person, the powers to be conferred being determined in each case. The permanent delegation of any power of the Board of Directors to one or more managing directors and the appointment of the director or directors to occupy such positions shall require, in order to be valid, the favourable vote of two thirds of the members of the Board of Directors and shall not produce any effect until it is registered in the Commercial Registry. Under no circumstances shall any powers be delegated in contravention of the provisions of the Capital Companies Act and, in particular, none of the following powers: a) The supervision of the effective functioning of the committees it has set up and of the directors it has appointed; b) The determination of the Company’s general policies and strategies; c) The authorisation or waiver of the obligations arising from the duty of loyalty pursuant to the provisions of article 230 of the Capital Companies Act, or such other article as may replace or amend it; d) Its own organisation and operation; e) The preparation of the annual accounts and their submission to the General Meeting; f) The preparation of any kind of report required by law from the administrative body, provided that the transaction to which the report refers cannot be delegated; g) The appointment and removal of the Company’s


managing directors, as well as the establishment of the terms of their contract; h) The appointment and removal of executives who report directly to the board or any of its members, and the establishment of the basic conditions of their contracts, including their remuneration; i) Decisions relating to the remuneration of directors, within the framework of the Articles of Association and, where appropriate, the remuneration policy approved by the General Shareholders’ Meeting; j) The calling of the General Shareholders’ Meeting and the drawing up of the agenda and proposal of resolutions; k) The policy relating to treasury stock; 1) The powers delegated to the Board of Directors by the General Shareholders’ Meeting, unless expressly authorised by it to sub-delegate them.

TITLE IV. FINANCIAL YEAR AND ACCOUNTS. ARTICLE 32.- FINANCIAL YEAR. 1. The financial year shall commence on 1 January and end on 31 December of each year.

ARTICLE 33.- ANNUAL ACCOUNTS. The Administrative Body is obliged to draw up, within a maximum period of three months from the close of the financial year, the annual accounts, the management report and the proposal for the distribution of profits. The annual accounts shall comprise the balance sheet, the profit and loss account and the notes to the financial statements and, where appropriate, the statement of changes in equity and the cash flow statement. These documents, which shall form a single unit, shall be clearly drawn up and shall give a true and fair view of the Company’s assets, financial position and results, in accordance with the provisions of the Law and the Commercial Code, and shall be signed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 34.- SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHT TO INFORMATION ON THE ANNUAL ACCOUNTS. Any shareholder shall have the right to obtain, as from the call to the General Shareholders’ Meeting, immediately and free of charge, the documents to be submitted for the approval thereof, as well as the management report and, if appropriate, the auditors’ report. This right shall be stated in the notice of meeting. During the same period indicated in the preceding paragraph, the shareholder or shareholders representing at least five per cent of the share capital may examine, at the registered office, either by themselves or together with an accountant, the documents that serve as support and background for the annual accounts of the Company, without the right of the minority to have an auditor appointed at the Company’s expense preventing or limiting this right.

TITLE V. SEPARATION AND EXCLUSION OF SHAREHOLDERS. ARTICLE 35.- SEPARATION AND EXCLUSION OF SHAREHOLDERS. Shareholders shall have the right to withdraw from the Company and may be excluded from the Company by resolution of the General Shareholders’ Meeting, for the reasons and in the manner provided in Articles 346 et seq. of the Capital Companies Act, or those replacing or amending them.

TITLE VI. DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION. ARTICLE 36.- GROUNDS FOR DISSOLUTION. The Company shall be dissolved for the causes established in Chapter One of Title X of the Capital Companies Act.

ARTICLE 37.- LIQUIDATION. At the time of dissolution, the directors shall be converted into liquidators, unless the General Shareholders’ Meeting has appointed others upon resolution of the dissolution. The liquidators shall hold office for an indefinite period. If three years have elapsed since the opening of the liquidation without the final balance sheet of the liquidation having been submitted to the General Shareholders’ Meeting for approval, any shareholder or person with a legitimate interest may request the Commercial Court of the registered office of the company to remove the liquidators in the manner provided for in the Capital Companies Act. Once all creditors have been satisfied or the amount of their claims against the company has been deposited with a credit institution in the municipality in which the registered office is located and any outstanding claims have been secured, the resulting assets shall be distributed among the shareholders in proportion to their interest in the company’s share capital.

ARTICLE 38.- REACTIVATION OF THE COMPANY. Once dissolution has been agreed and until payment of the shareholders’ liquidation quota has commenced, the General Shareholders’ Meeting may


agree to the Company’s return to active life provided that the cause for dissolution has disappeared and the book assets are not less than the share capital. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the revival of the Company may not be resolved in cases of dissolution by operation of law.

TITLE VII. SOLE SHAREHOLDER COMPANY ARTICLE 39.- SOLE SHAREHOLDER COMPANY. In the event that the Company becomes a single-member company, the provisions of Articles 12 and following of the Capital Companies Act, or such articles as may replace or amend them, shall apply, and the sole shareholder shall exercise the powers of the General Shareholders’ Meeting.

Exhibit T3B.30

THE FULL TEXT OF THE MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

The company was founded by these founders, who at the founding of the company were shareholders of the company:

 

  1.

CEI Holding GmbH

Herrengase 2-4

1010 Vienna

Austria

 

  2.

Ing. Viktória Grossová

Personal ID:

5 Justičná

811 07 Bratislava

and agree to establish a business company

/Further referred to as company under Slovak law, foremost pursuant to § 56-75 and § 105 153 of the Commercial Code c. 513/91 Coll.as a company, further referred to as the Act. /

Article 1

Business name a registered address

 

1.

Business name of company:

Intrum Slovakia s. r. o.

 

2.

Foreign language modifications of the company name:

Intrum Slovakia GmbH   /in German language/

Intrum Slovakia Ltd.    /in English language/

 

3.

The company’s reg. address: 48 Mýtna

Bratislava

811 07

 

4.

The company is entitled to establish business segments in the Slovak Republic and abroad.

 

5.

Associates may be Slovak as well as foreign naturals and legal persons.

Article 2

Legal status abroad

 

1.

The company is a legal entity established for the purpose of business under Slovak law.

 

2.

The company shall be entitled by agreement of the shareholders to diversify its business activity into other activities.

 

3.

The partners shall be liable for the obligations of the company up to the amount of their outstanding deposit entered in the commercial register.

 

4.

The company shall be liable for the breach of its obligations with all its assets.

 

1


Article 3

Duration of the company.

 

1.

The company shall be established for an indefinite period.

 

2.

The company comes into existence on the date on which it was entered in the commercial register.

 

3.

The form of the company’s establishment is further regulated by the special provisions of this memorandum of association and the applicable legal regulations.

 

4.

The first business year of the company starts on the date of the company’s incorporation and ends on 31.12 of that year. the following business years are identical with the calendar years.

Article 4

Subject of business.

 

1.

The subject of the company’s business is:

(a) intermediary activities

(b) advertising and promotional activities

(c) forfaiting and factoring

(d) activities of organisational and economic consultants

(e) providing loans from own resources

(f) leasing activity

(g) mediation of purchase, sale and rent of properties

(h) purchase of goods for sale to the end consumer /retail/ in the range of unqualified trade

(I) purchase of goods for sale purposes to other trade operators /wholesale/ in the range of unqualified trade

(j) the activity of a temporary employment agency,

(k) the provision of consumer loans without limiting the range of the provision of consumer credit loans.

Article 5

Share capital and contributions of shareholders.

 

1.

The share capital of a company is the monetary expression of the aggregate of the monetary and nonmonetary contributions of all the shareholders of the company.

 

2.

The share capital of the company is:

EUR 6 650 000.00, -

/Namely: six million six hundred and ten thousand Euros/

 

2


3.

The share capital of the company is exclusively formed by the related contributions of the companies,6 whereby the amount of the contribution of the individual partners is:

Intrum B.V.

Deposit: 6 650 000, - EUR   Repaid: 6 650 000, - EUR.

 

4.

The General Assembly may decide to reduce the share capital by the contribution of the excluded member to another member or a third person.

 

5.

The contributions of the partners - founders of the company were paid up on the date of registration of the company in the commercial register of the relevant court as follows:

 

CEI Holding GmbH

900 000, - SKK

   Repaid: 900 000, - SKK

Ing. Viktoria Grossová

100 000, - SK

   Repaid: 100 000, - SKK

 

6.

The ownership right to the deposits passes to the company on the date of entry in the commercial register.

 

7.

The authorised administrator of the deposits before the entry of the company in the commercial register is lng Viktoria Grossová.

Article 6

Reserve Fund.

 

1.

Upon its formation the company shall create a mandatory reserve fund in a bank account in the amount of at least 5 % of the net profit, but not more than 10 % of the registered capital.

 

2.

The reserve fund shall be compulsorily increased annually by at least 5 % of the net profit of the company calculated in the annual accounts, at least up to 10 % of the share capital.

 

3.

The reserve fund must be deposited in a fixed account with a bank. Its use is decided by the directors in accordance with § 67 paragraph 1 of the Commercial Code.

 

4.

The directors shall be entitled to call a General Assembly if the reserve fund falls below half of its value compared its level at the date of the last General Assembly.

Article 7

Business share.

 

1.

A business share represents the rights and obligations of the company and the corresponding share in the company. Its amount is determined by the ratio of the shareholder’s contribution to the company’s capital.

 

2.

Each partner can have only one share. If a shareholder participates with a contribution of two shares, his/her shall be increased in proportion to the amount of the of the shareholder.

 

3.

With the consent of the General Assembly, the shareholder may transfer his business share to another person, but he shall be liable for the payment of the deposit by the acquirer of the share. The acquirer must declare in the contract that he accedes to the memorandum association of the company.

 

4.

With the consent of the General Assembly, a shareholder may transfer his business share to another shareholder by written contract.

 

5.

The effects of the transfer of the business share pursuant to §3 and 4 shall be set in relation to the company from the date of delivery of the contract on the transfer of the business share to the company.

 

3


6.

In the event of the death of a partner, the business inheritance passes to the heir, who shall claim partnership in the company within 1 month from the end of the inheritance proceedings. By the declaration, the heir shall acquire the business share as of the date of the death of the legator.

 

7.

A business share is inheritable.

 

8.

The distribution of the company share shall be possible only on its transfer or transfer to the heir or legal successor of the partner. The distribution of the share shall be subject to the consent of the General Assembly.

 

9.

The company cannot acquire its own shares.

 

10.

The change of the person of the shareholder shall be entered in the list of shareholders and in the commercial register. Upon entry of the change in the commercial register, the liability of the existing shareholder for the obligations of the company shall pass to the acquirer of the business share.

 

11.

The other shareholders have a of first refusal for the acquisition of the transferred business share, which must be exercised no later than 10 days after the receipt of the notice in this respect from the managing director.

 

12.

If more than one shareholder exercises the pre-emption right in the time and does not agree otherwise, the amount of the shareholding of the shareholders in the company shall be considered.

 

13.

When exercising the pre-emption right, the shareholder who has exercised this right is obliged to pay the require purchase price for the transferred share.

 

14.

The shareholder is not entitled to transfer the business share to a third party for a lower price than the one stated in the notice to the directors. Should he/she do so, the expressed consent of the General Assembly shall lose its validity.

 

15.

When exercising the pre-emption right, the shareholder who has exercised this right is obliged to pay the required purchase price for the transferred share. The signatures on the pre-emption agreement have to be certified.

 

16.

The establishment of the right of pledge on a business share requires the consent of the General Assembly.

 

17.

The right of pledge to a business share shall arise by entry in the commercial register.

Article 8

Organs of the company.

The members of the Society have agreed to establish the following organs of the Society:

 

   

the General Assembly

 

   

managing directors

 

   

Board of Trusties, the first members of the board of trusties were:

Boguslaw Skuza, born     , address: 35 Klimatyczna, Warszawa, Poland

Peter Burman, born     , address: 7 Stackvagen, Spanga, Sveden

Wiliam Pierre white, born     address: 14 Breitenstrasse, Aegst, Switzerland

Jaako Sakari Kyotttila, born     address: Hitsaajankatu 20, Helsinki, Finland

 

4


Article 9

General Assembly.

 

1.

The General Assembly is the supreme body of the company. Its members are all members of the company in proportion to their membership rights.

 

2.

The exclusive competence of the general assembly includes the following:

 

   

approval of actions taken by the founders prior to the company’s incorporation

 

   

approval of the ordinary, extraordinary and consolidated accounts decision on the distribution of profits or the reimbursement of losses

 

   

deciding on changes to the memorandum of association /§ 141/, if the law or the memorandum of association entrust them to the competence of the General Assembly

 

   

deciding on the increase, decrease of the registered capital and deciding on the non-pecuniary contribution

 

   

the exclusion of a member of the family and the decision to file a notice of motion

 

   

the refusal of any of the shareholders pursuant to art. 5 sec. 7 and art. 11 section 2 (b) of this agreement

 

   

deciding on other matters entrusted to the competence of the General Assembly by law or by the memorandum of association

 

   

other facts, if the law so provides or the General Assembly so decides

 

3.

The General Assembly is convened by the directors by written invitation with the date and the programme; at least once a year, always by 30.6. of the respective year. The invitation must be sent to the shareholders at least 30 days prior to the date of the meeting, either by short message or by recorded post. This period is not required if all the shareholders declare that they don’t request the abide.

 

4.

General Assembly can be called by each shareholder whose contribution amounts is at least 10% of the share capital. If the directors do not convene the General Assembly so that it is held within one month after the receipt of their request, the partners shall be obliged to summon him themselves.

 

5.

A partner shall attend the General Assembly either in person or may represented by another person based on power of representation. The authorised person may not the managing director.

 

6.

Each shareholder has one vote for every 1 000, - SKK of his/her deposit.

 

7.

The General Assembly is able quorate if there are present members who have at least half of all votes. Voting shall be open, except in cases at least one of the members present requests a secret vote.

 

8.

A decision of the General Assembly shall be adopted if a simple majority of the members present vote in favour.

 

9.

The proceedings of the General assembly shall be drawn up in a written memorandum in the Slovak language, at least in 2 copies, which shall be signed by all the members present, or by authorised persons.

 

10.

Any shareholder, managing director, liquidator may file a petition with the court to determine the invalidity of a resolution of the General assembly if it is contrary to the law, the articles of association or the articles of association.

 

5


Article 10

Managing directors.

 

1.

The statutory body of the company shall be the managing directors.

 

2.

Managing directors shall be appointed by the General Assembly from among the business partners or natural persons.

 

3.

The company has three directors.

 

4.

The first managing director of the company is:

Ing. Viktoria Grossová, Personal ID:

5 Justicná

811 07 Bratislava

 

5.

The competence of the managing directors includes:

 

   

to act on behalf of the company as a statutory body

 

   

to ensure the company’s day-to-day affairs

 

   

representation of the company in relation to state bodies, legal and natural persons

 

   

management of accounting and registration of the company according to the applicable regulations

 

   

maintenance of the list of partners

 

   

preparation of the annual financial statements and the proposal for the distribution of profits

 

   

maintenance of the register of accounts and decisions of the General Assembly of partners

 

   

implementation of the decisions of the General Assembly

 

   

informing fellow employees about the company’s benefits

 

   

organise General Assembly at least once a year.

 

6.

On behalf of the company always act and sign at least two managing directors. Signing on behalf of the company the managing directors shall execute by adding to the printed or typed business name of the company, the names and roles of the signing managing directors attach their signature.

Article 11

Board of Trustees.

 

1.

The board of trusties supervises the activities of the company’s directors, looks into the company’s business and accounting books and other documents and checks the data contained therein, reviews the accounting statements which the company is obliged to draw up pursuant to a special regulation and proposes the distribution of profits or the reimbursement of losses and submits its opinion to the General Assembly, and reports to the General Assembly once a year. In the event of discovery of a serious breach of duty by the company’s managing directors, of serious deficiencies in the company’s management, the supervisory board shall convene an extraordinary General Assembly.

 

2.

The board of trustees has three members. A member of the board of trusties may not also be a managing director of the company. The members of the board of trusties shall be elected and dismissed by the General Assembly.

 

3.

The members of the board of trustees have the right to request information and explanations from the managing directors on all the affairs of the company and to inspect all the business and accounting books and other documents of the company.

 

4.

The Board shall be able to decide only if a majority of its members are present. The approval of a majority of the members present shall be required for the acceptance of the decision.

 

5.

A member of the board of trusties may not, in his/her own name or on his/her own account, enter transactions related to the business activity of the company, may not arrange transactions for other persons and participate in the management of another company with the same or similar object of activity as a partner with unrestricted participation.

 

6


Article 12

Organisation and management of the company.

 

1.

The relations and cooperation between the managing directors, the board of trustees, the managing employees and the head of the board of trustees are governed by the provisions of the laws and other generally binding legal regulations, the company’s memorandum of association and the company’s bylaws.

 

2.

The statutory body of the company are the managing directors, who are responsible for the management of the company. The managing directors submit to the board of trustee’s information on important facts concerning the company, in particular on important aspects of the business management of the company, on the expected development of finances, the state of assets and other facts that may significantly affect the development of the company.

 

3.

For the creation, implementation, coordination, monitoring and control of the business objectives of the company is responsible the statutory body of the company. The internal regulations of the company determine the individual business segments which carry out specific agreements in this area and their responsibility.

 

4.

The board of trustees shall be entitled to inspect all documents and records of the company, invite the statutory body and other employees of the company to its meetings and request from them the necessary information and explanations.

 

5.

The company ensuring its activity via business segments. Similar structure, organisation and system of managing of the company is arranged by internal regulations in the way, that organisation of the relations ensured legitimate, legal and safe performance of the permitted activities the arrangement emphasising the dentification of the he persons responsible for their execution.

 

6.

The organisation structures the company, the authority and roles of its business segments, their detailed structure and management, position and responsibilities of leading employees and other employees are governed by the internal regulations of the company in accordance with laws, other generally obligatory legal regulations and the memorandum of association of the company. The statutory body shall be responsible for the implementation of the regulation.

 

7.

The company is responsible for the protection against the legalisation of the proceeds of crime in the sense of generally binding legal provisions. The establishment of the system, monitoring, procedures and coordination of the protection against the legalisation of criminal proceeds and the designation of the person responsible shall be governed by the internal rules of the company.

 

8.

The company shall establish a separate, impartial and independent internal control unit which shall control compliance with applicable laws and other generally applicable regulations, regulatory measures, internal rules and procedures within the company, and shall examine and evaluate the functionality and effectiveness of the system for assessing the consumer’s ability to repay the consumer loan and the system for the provision of consumer credit.

 

9.

The external audit function is subordinate to and reports to the board of trustees. The board of trustees shall be entitled to request the internal control function to carry out an audit within a defined scope.

 

10.

The internal control unit is managed by the head of the internal control unit. The head of the internal control function may not be a statutory body, a member of the board of trustees, an authorised representative or a senior employee of any financial institution, although further restrictions may be imposed by law and other generally applicable regulations.

 

7


11.

All business segments of the company and their employees are obliged to provide the staff of the unit with documents and information and to ensure the effectiveness of the responsible persons.

 

12.

The head of the internal control unit duly fulfils his information obligations laid down by law and generally applicable legal regulations, evaluates and analyses the results of control activities of the internal control, proposes measures for the purpose of compliance with laws, other generally applicable legal regulations, and the company’s internal regulations, and proposes measures to remedy any deficiencies found in the company’s activities. It reports on its activities to the Supervisory Board and to the bodies provided for by generally applicable law. A more detailed regulation of the position and organisation of the internal control unit, its scope and activities, the position of the head of the internal control unit shall be determined by the internal regulations of the company, which shall be approved by the supervisory board of the company.

Article 13

Rights and obligations of associates.

 

1.

Partners have the following fundamental rights:

 

   

within the timeframe submit their deposit and contribution to create reserve fund. This obligation may not be waived. The managing directors shall notify the commercial register without undue delay of the repayment of the entire contribution of each partner.

 

   

to contribute, based on a decision of the General Assembly, to the payment of the company’s losses by a monetary contribution more than the amount of the contribution and up to 50 % of its contribution. The fulfilment of this obligation does not affect the amount of the shareholder’s contribution if the shareholder does not contribute to the payment of the losses, he/she cannot be excluded from the company.

 

   

Carry out activities for the company to achieve the best possible economic results

 

   

Withhold from activities, which could damage or jeopardize the reputation of the company

 

   

Keep trade secret about company matters

Article 14

Distribution of profits.

 

1.

On the distribution of the profits of the company the General Assembly shall decide. From the profits the company as a matter of priority pays the tax to the state.

 

2.

After the payment of taxes, the obligatory contribution to the reserve fund is made in priority.

 

3.

The portion of the profit determined by the General Assembly for distribution among the partners shall be distributed in the proportion corresponding to their paid-up contributions but always considering which of the partners shares in the profit and also in the proportion decided on the basis of the decision of the General Assembly of the company.

 

4.

Neither the share capital and the reserve fund nor the funds to be used to replenish the reserve fund may be used for the payment of profits.

 

8


Article 15

Increase of share capital.

 

1.

A company may increase its share capital, if it is a cash contribution, only if the members have fully repaid their previous contributions. An increase in the share capital by a non-monetary contribution shall be permissible such repayment if the General Assembly agrees to it.

 

2.

The General Assembly decides on the increase of the share capital.

 

3.

The existing shareholders shall have the right of first refusal to take over the new contributions in the proportion corresponding to their existing contributions within one month of the adoption of the decision of the General Assembly on the increase of the share capital.

 

4.

With the consent of the General Assembly, a different person - an interested party who is not a shareholder of the company - may also take over the commitment for a new deposit, but he must declare that he accedes to the of association of the company. The commitment to the new deposit shall be made by written declaration.

 

5.

The General Assembly may decide that retained earnings or funds created from earnings shall be used to increase the share capital.

 

6.

The shareholders are obliged to submit without undue delay a proposal for the entry of the increase of the share capital in the Commercial Register.

Article 16

Reduction of share capital.

 

1.

The General Assembly decides on the reduction of the share capital, however, the value of the share of the company must not be reduced below 200 000, - SKK and the amount of the contribution of each company below the value of 30 000, - SKK. The reduction may not be carried out at the expense of the company’s creditors.

 

2.

The directors are obliged to disclose the reduction of the share capital and its amount within 15 days after the decision twice in succession with a time interval of 30 days.

The notice shall the creditors of the company to submit their claims within 90 days after the last notice.

 

3.

The company is obliged to provide adequate security for the claims of creditors submit their claims in due time or to satisfy those claims.

 

4.

The directors are obliged to secure without undue delay the subscription of the reduction of the share capital to the commercial register.

Article 17

The denial of the role of the fellow-worker in society.

 

1.

A member’s interest in the company shall cease for the duration of the company:

a/ to the members of the company

b/ by transfer of the business share

c/ by expulsion of the member from the company

d/ dissolution of part of the society by the court

e/ by declaring bankruptcy on the assets of the company or by dismissing the petition for bankruptcy for lack of assets of the company

f/ the death of a society

 

9


Article 18

Dissolution of a company.

 

1.

The company is dissolved:

a/  by decision of the General Assembly

b/  declaring the company bankrupt or dismissing the petition for bankruptcy for lack of assets

c/  by a judicial decision

d/  under the conditions laid down in the law

 

2.

The company shall cease to exist after the liquidation has been carried out on the date of deletion of the company from the commercial register.

 

3.

On the dissolution of a company by liquidation, each company is entitled to a share of the liquidation balance. This share shall be determined according to the proportion of the contribution which the partner has repaid within the paid off contributions of the partners.

Article 19

Final provisions.

 

1.

This social contract can only be changed by a decision of the General Assembly. The evidence of the change of the contract is the minutes of the General Assembly. The managing directors are obliged to report the changes to the commercial register without undue delay.

 

2.

All expenses related to the establishment and formation of the company, which are paid by the members until the company is formed, are borne by the company as expenses in the first business year.

 

3.

Estimated costs of the company related to the changes of the company will be 23 000, - SKK, including court fees.

 

4.

The company does not grant any special privileges to persons participating in the establishment or in the activities aimed at acquiring the right to its activity.

 

5.

This social contract was drawn up in four copies in the Slovak language.

 

6.

The co-owners declare that they have carefully read and understood the text of this partnership agreement sign it as a token of their agreement.

In Bratislava, on 17.2.2022

 

/s/    /s/
Ing. Martin Musil    Ing. Andrej Solčányi

 

10

Exhibit T3B.31

Notary Office

Krzysztof Nurkowski notary in Warsaw

ul. Postępu 18 B

02-676 WARSAW    EXTRACT   

tel. (48-22) 874 55 67

fax (48-22) 874 55 68

e-mail: kancelaria@nurkowski.pl

Register of Deeds A No. 33762/2009

NOTARIAL DEED

On the twenty-ninth day of October in the year two thousand and nine (29-10-2009), I, Krzysztof Nurkowski, notary in Warsaw, running a Notary Office on ul. Postępu 18 B, registered in the Office resolutions adopted at the Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders of the company under the business name of “Intrum Justitia” Spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością, having its registered office in Warsaw (address: 02-672 Warsaw, ul. Domaniewska 41), entered in the commercial register, kept by the District Court for the Capital City of Warsaw, Division XIII Commercial of the National Court Register under the KRS No. 0000108357 (NIP: 521-28-85-709, REGON: 013081563), according to the presented current copy from the commercial register issued on 1 September 2009 by the Central Information of the National Court Register, and I drew up the following minutes:

MINUTES OF THE EXTRAORDINARY MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

§1.

The Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders was opened by Ms Dorota Makowska, acting on the basis of the power of attorney of 22 October 2009 as a proxy on behalf of and for a company incorporated under Dutch law by the name of Intrum Justitia Central Europe B.V. with its registered office in The Hague – the sole Shareholder of the Company under the name of “Intrum Justitia” Spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością with its registered office in Warsaw, and stated that an Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders of the Company would be held today with the following agenda:       

 

1.  Opening of the Meeting.                                          

2.  Election of the Chairperson.                                         

3.  Statement that the Meeting has been duly convened and is capable of passing resolutions.

                                                     

4.  Adoption of a resolution to amend the Articles of Association.                            

5.  Adoption of a resolution on the adoption of the consolidated text of the Articles of Association.

6.  Closing of the Meeting.                                          

 

Agenda

items 2 and 3:                                            


Ms Dorota Makowska assumed the function of the Chairperson of the Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders, then drew up the attendance list, signed it and stated that today’s Meeting is held without being formally convened pursuant to Article 240 of the Commercial Companies Code, and declared that she represents the entire share capital of the Company under the business name of “Intrum Justitia” Spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością with its registered office in Warsaw as a proxy of the sole Shareholder, i.e. a company incorporated under Dutch law with its registered office in The Hague, and declared that none of those present had objected to the holding of the Meeting or to the inclusion of individual items on the agenda, and therefore the Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders was able to adopt resolutions on the items placed on the agenda, and then, pursuant to Article 156 §1 of the Commercial Companies Code, adopted the following resolutions:

 

Agenda

item 4:                                                

RESOLUTION No. 1

of 29 October 2009

on amendments to the Articles of Association of the Company under the business name of “Intrum Justitia” Spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością with its registered office in Warsaw

The Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders of the Company under the business name of “Intrum Justitia” Spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością, with its registered office in Warsaw, held on 29 October 2009, resolves to amend the Articles of Association so that:                                                    

§7 of the Articles of Association shall have the following new wording:                      

“The objectives of the Company shall be the following:                             

 

1.

45.11.Z – Sale of cars and light motor vehicles,                              

 

2.

62.01.Z – Computer programming activities,                               

 

3.

62.09.Z – Other information technology and computer service activities,                    

 

4.

63.1 – Data processing, hosting and related activities; web portals,                       

 

5.

63.11.Z – Data processing, hosting and related activities,                           

 

6.

64.19.Z – Other monetary intermediation,                                 

 

7.

64.20.Z – Activities of holding companies,                                

 

8.

64.30.Z – Trusts, funds and similar financial entities,                            

 


9.

64.99.Z – Other financial service activities, except insurance and pension funding not elsewhere classified,         

 

10.

66.1 – Activities auxiliary to financial services, except insurance and pension funding,                 

 

11.

66.19.Z – Other activities auxiliary to financial services, except insurance and pension funding,              

 

12.

66.30.Z – Fund management activities,                                    

 

13.

68.20.Z – Rental and operating of own or leased real estate,                            

 

14.

68.3 – Real estate activities on a fee or contract basis,                               

 

15.

68.32.Z – Management of real estate on a fee or contract basis,                           

 

16.

70.10.Z – Activities of head office and holding companies, excluding financial holding companies,            

 

17.

70.2 – Management consultancy activities,                                   

 

18.

70.22.Z – Business and other management consultancy activities                          

 

19.

73.1 – Advertising,                                            

 

20.

20.Z – Market research and public opinion polling,                               

 

21.

80.30.Z – Investigation activities,                                      

 

22.

99.Z – Other business support service activities not elsewhere classified.”.                      

 

Agenda item 5:     

RESOLUTION No. 2

of 29 October 2009

on adaption of the consolidated text of the Articles of Association of the Company under the business name of “Intrum Justitia” Spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością with its registered office in Warsaw

The Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders of the Company under the business name of “Intrum Justitia” Spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością, with its registered office in Warsaw, held on 29 October 2009, resolves to adopt the following consolidated text of the Articles of Association:


“Articles of Association of

INTRUM JUSTITIA SPÓŁKA Z OGRANICZONĄ ODPOWIEDZIALNOŚCIĄ

(consolidated text)

GENERAL PROVISIONS

§1.

The Appearer represents that she is establishing a limited liability company hereinafter referred to as the “Company”.          

§2.

 

1.

The Company’s business name shall be “INTRUM JUSTITIA” Spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością.            

 

2.

The Company may use the abbreviated name of the company: “INTRUM JUSTITIA” Sp. Z o.o.                

§3.

The Company’s registered office shall be in Warsaw.                                    

§4.

The duration of the Company shall be unlimited.                                      

§5.

The Company shall operate in the Republic of Poland and abroad.                               

§6.

Within its area of operation, the Company may establish production, service and commercial enterprises, its own branches and subsidiaries, and may participate in other companies at home and abroad.                                     

OBJECTIVES

§7.

 

The

Company’s objectives shall be the following:                                     

 

1.

45.11.Z – Sale of cars and light motor vehicles,                                    

 

2.

62.01.Z – Computer programming activities,                                     


3.

62.09.Z – Other information technology and computer service activities,                       

 

4.

63.1 – Data processing, hosting and related activities; web portals,                         

 

5.

63.11.Z – Data processing, hosting and related activities,                             

 

6.

64.19.Z – Other monetary intermediation,                                   

 

7.

64.20.Z – Activities of holding companies,                                   

 

8.

64.30.Z – Trusts, funds and similar financial entities,                               

 

9.

64.99.Z – Other financial service activities, except insurance and pension funding not elsewhere classified,         

 

10.

66.1 – Activities auxiliary to financial services, except insurance and pension funding,                 

 

11.

66.19.Z – Other activities auxiliary to financial services, except insurance and pension funding,              

 

12.

66.30.Z – Fund management activities,                                    

 

13.

68.20.Z – Rental and operating of own or leased real estate,                            

 

14.

68.3 – Real estate activities on a fee or contract basis,                               

 

15.

68.32.Z – Management of real estate on a fee or contract basis,                           

 

16.

70.10.Z – Activities of head office and holding companies, excluding financial holding companies,            

 

17.

70.2 – Management consultancy activities,                                   

 

18.

70.22.Z – Business and other management consultancy activities                          

 

19.

73.1 – Advertising,                                            

 

20.

73.20.Z – Market research and public opinion polling,                              

 

21.

80.30.Z – Investigation activities,                                      

 

22.

82.99.Z – Other business support service activities not elsewhere classified.                     


SHARE CAPITAL

§8.

The Company’s share capital shall amount to PLN 1,100,000 (one million one hundred thousand) and shall be divided into 2,200 (two thousand and two hundred) shares of PLN 500 (five hundred) each. -

§9.

 

1.

All shares were subscribed for by Intrum Justitia Central Europe B.V.                        

 

2.

The shares were covered by a cash contribution.                                 

§10.

 

1.

All shares in the share capital shall be equal and indivisible. Shares may be covered by contributions in kind.

 

2.

Each shareholder may hold more than one share.                                

§11.

By resolution of the Meeting of Shareholders, the Shareholders may be obliged to make a surcharge equal to twice their shares.

§12.

 

1.

The share capital is increased by increasing the nominal value of existing shares or by establishing new shares – ordinary or preference.                                               

 

2.

Resolutions to increase the share capital to the sum of PLN 100,000,000.00 (one hundred million) adopted by 31 December 2050 shall not alter the Articles of Association.                                         

 

3.

Shares in the increased share capital may be covered by contributions in cash or in kind.                

§13.

The Company may create supplementary and reserve funds and other special funds, in particular a fund to cover specific losses or expenses.

§14.

 

1.

Any disposal, pledge of a share or establishment of a right of usufruct shall require prior written consent of the Company’s Management Board.                                                 

 

2.

The shareholders shall have a pre-emptive right to purchase the shares to be disposed of in relation to the shares they hold.   


§15.

 

1.

Subject to clause 2, the Shareholders shall be entitled to pure profit, resulting from the annual balance sheet, distributed to the shareholders in accordance with a resolution of the Meeting of Shareholders.                             

 

2.

The Meeting of Shareholders shall decide by means of resolutions on the principles and directions for the allocation of the net profit, in particular on the creation of special funds and on the exclusion from the distribution of net profit.

§16.

 

1.

Shares in the Company’s share capital may be redeemed with the shareholder’s consent through the acquisition of the share by the Company (voluntary redemption).                                             

 

2.

Voluntary redemption of shares shall require a resolution of the Meeting of Shareholders.                  

BODIES OF THE COMPANY

§17.

The bodies of the Company shall comprise:                                      

 

-

Meeting of Shareholders,                                           

 

-

Management Board,                                             

 

-

Supervisory Board.                                              

Meeting of Shareholders

§18.

 

1.

Meetings of Shareholders shall be held at the Company’s registered office.                        

 

2.

The Meeting of Shareholders shall be valid if it has been duly convened, irrespective of the number of shares represented at it.                                                      

§19.

The Meeting of Shareholders shall be convened by the Management Board by registered letter or courier service, against written acknowledgement of receipt, sent at least two weeks before the date of the Meeting of Shareholders.                         

§20.

Shareholders may attend the Meeting of Shareholders in person and exercise their voting rights by proxy. Such power of attorney must be made in writing, otherwise being null and void, and attached to the minutes.


§21.

Resolutions of the Shareholders shall be adopted by a simple majority, unless otherwise provided for in the Commercial Companies Code or this deed.                                               

§22.

 

1.

The following matters shall require a resolution of the Meeting of Shareholders:                     

 

a)

consideration and approval of the Management Board’s report on the Company’s activities and the financial statements for the past financial year,

 

b)

adoption of a resolution on profit distribution or loss coverage,                          

 

c)

discharge of the members of the Company’s bodies for the performance of their duties,                

 

d)

disposal of part or all of an enterprise.                                    

 

2.

Subject to the provisions of the Commercial Companies Code, resolutions may be passed without a Meeting of Shareholders on any matters other than those listed in clause 1 if all shareholders agree in writing to the resolution to be passed or to the written vote.                                                 

§23.

The Meeting of Shareholders shall be authorised, within two months of the date of the resolution on the distribution of profit, to determine the date by which the list of Shareholders entitled to dividends for the financial year in question is determined.                     

§24.

Shareholders may be paid an advance by the Management Board against the expected dividend for the financial year, if the Company has sufficient funds to pay it. The advance payment shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Commercial Companies Code.             

Management Board

§25.

 

1.

The Management Board shall consist of between 1 and 5 members. The number of members of the Management Board shall be determined by the Meeting of Shareholders.

 

2.

A member of the Management Board shall be appointed for a joint term of two years (2 years) and removed by a resolution of the Meeting of Shareholders.                                                    

 

3.

The term of office of a member of the Management Board shall expire on the date of the Meeting of Shareholders approving the financial statements for the last full financial year in which he or she held the position of member of the Management Board other than as a result of death, resignation or dismissal from the Management Board.                                    


§26.

Two members of the Management Board acting jointly or one member of the Management Board acting jointly with a proxy shall be required to represent and sign on behalf of the Company.                               

§27.

 

1.  A resolution of the Management Board shall be required for matters that exceed ordinary management, in particular:      

a)  adoption of the Bylaws of the Management Board,

 

 

b)  appointment of a proxy,

 

 

c)  borrowing,

 

 

d)  provision of loan guarantees and asset warranties,

 

 

e)  disposal and acquisition of real estate.

 

 

2.  A resolution of the Meeting of Shareholders shall not be required for the disposal of a right or the assumption of an obligation to
provide a performance exceeding twice the amount of the share capital (the application of Article 230 of the Companies Act shall
be excluded).                                               

Supervisory Board

§28.

 

1.  The Supervisory Board shall exercise constant supervision over the Company’s activities in all areas of its business.      

2.  The Supervisory Board is obliged to assess the Management Board’s report on the company’s activities and the financial statements for the financial year in terms of their conformity with the books and documents and the facts to assess the Management Board’s proposal for the distribution of profit or coverage of loss for the financial year. The Supervisory Board shall report annually in writing to the Meeting of Shareholders on the results of this assessment.                                  

3.  The powers of the Supervisory Board shall include, in particular :                          

a)  suspending of a member of the management board or the entire management board for important reasons,                 

b)  delegating of a member of the Supervisory Board to temporarily perform the duties of a member of the Management Board if the member of the Management Board is suspended or the Management Board is prevented from acting for other reasons,                  

c)  selecting of an auditor to audit the financial statements,                              


d)

at the request of the management board – granting of approval for the acquisition, encumbrance or disposal and by the company of real estate, an interest in real estate,                                            

 

e)

determining of the remuneration of the members of the Management Board.                     

§29. §29.

 

1.

The Supervisory Board shall consist of between 3 and 5 members appointed and dismissed by shareholders’ resolution. The number of members of the Supervisory Board shall be determined by the Meeting of Shareholders.                     

 

2.

Members of the Supervisory Board shall be appointed for a joint term of office of 2 years.                

 

3.

The terms of office of the members of the Supervisory Board shall expire on the date of the Meeting of Shareholders approving the financial statements for the last full financial year in office.                                

 

4.

At its first meeting, the Supervisory Board shall elect a Chairperson of the Board from among its members. The Supervisory Board may remove the Chairperson from office by secret ballot.                                  

§30. §30.

 

1.

The Supervisory Board shall meet at least once a year, in time for the approval of the financial statements and the Management Report by the Meeting of Shareholders. Minutes of the Supervisory Board meeting shall be taken.                   

 

2.

Meetings of the Supervisory Board shall be convened and chaired by the chairperson of the Supervisory Board or, if the Chairperson is unable to convene a meeting, by a person designated by the Chairperson.                           

 

3.

The Supervisory Board shall pass resolutions if at least half of its members are present at the meeting and all members have been invited.                                                 

 

4.

The Supervisory Board shall adopt resolutions by an absolute majority of those present at the meeting, provided that all members of the Supervisory Board have been duly notified of the meeting.                             

 

5.

Members of the Supervisory Board may participate in the adoption of Supervisory Board’s resolutions by casting their vote in writing through another member of the Supervisory Board. The casting of votes in writing may not relate to matters placed on the agenda at a meeting of the Supervisory Board.                                            

 

6.

The Supervisory Board may adopt resolutions in writing or by means of direct communication, e.g. fax, e-mail (circulation mode). A resolution adopted in this manner shall be valid when all members of the Supervisory Board have been notified of the content of the draft resolution. The adoption of resolutions by circulation shall not apply to the election and chairperson of the Supervisory Board, the appointment and removal of a member of the Management Board.                                       


COMPANY ACCOUNTS

§31.

The financial year of the Company shall be the calendar year.

FINAL PROVISIONS

§32.

In all matters not regulated by this deed, the provisions of the Commercial Companies Code in force shall apply.”.        

Agenda item 6:                                                

The agenda having been exhausted, the Chairperson closed the Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders of the Company under the business name of “Intrum Justitia” Spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością, with its registered office in Warsaw, attaching a list of participants to the minutes.                                                       

The notary established the identity of the Chairperson of the Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders,              

Dorota MAKOWSKA, daughter of Marian and Maria, residing at 05-090 Raszyn, Aleja Krakowska 88, on the basis of the presented identity card series AJH number 805748, PESEL 76051407905.                                     

§2.

The costs of preparing this deed shall be borne by the Company.                             

§3.

Copies of this deed are to be issued to the Company and to the Shareholders.                        

§4.

Collected:                                                  

a) notary fee – pursuant to §9, section 1, item 1 of the Regulation of the Minister of Justice of 28 June 2004 on maximum rates of notary fees (Journal of Laws No. 148, item 1564)                                    PLN 750.00;

b) 22% VAT – pursuant to Article 41 section 1 of the Act of 11 March 2004 on Goods and Services Tax (Journal of Laws No. 54, item 535)                                        PLN 165.00;


c) tax on acts in civil law – pursuant to Article 1 section 1 of the Act of 9 September 2000 on the tax on acts in civil law (consolidated text – Journal of Laws of 2007, No. 68, item 450)

                         not applicable

THIS ACT WAS READ, ADOPTED AND SIGNED


Proper signatures of the parties and notary on the original

Register of Deeds A No. 33763/2009

This EXTRACT has been issued to the Company.

Collected:

 

-

notary fee pursuant to §12 of the Regulation of the Minister of Justice of 29 June 2004 (Journal of Acts No. 148, item 1564) – PLN 54.00

 

-

22% VAT pursuant to Article 41 of the Act of 11 March 2004 (Journal of Laws No. 54, item 535) – PLN 17.88

Warsaw, 29 October 2009

NOTARY

Krzysztof Nurkowski

Exhibit T3B.32

 

LOGO

BOLAGSORDNING

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Intrum Sverige AB

(org.nr. / reg. no. 556134-1248)

 

1.

Företagsnamn / Corporate Name

Bolagets företagsnamn är Intrum Sverige AB.

The company’s corporate name is Intrum Sverige AB.

 

2.

Säte / Registered Office

Bolagets styrelse ska ha sitt säte i Stockholms kommun.

The company’s registered office shall be situated in the municipality of Stockholm.

 

3.

Verksamhetsföremål / Object of the Company’s Business

Bolaget har till föremål för sin verksamhet att direkt eller indirekt äga och förvalta andefar, reverser och fordringar, bedriva verksamhet inom företrädesvis tillståndspliktig kreditförvaltning, tillhandahålla faktura-, påminnelse- och inkassotjänster, utföra redovisning, fordringsköp och finansiering, hantera och administrera kreditinformation, administrera och utföra verksamhet inom ekonomi, innovation, förlag, kurser och utbildning, samt bedriva därmed förenlig verksamhet.

The object of the company’s business is to, directly or indirectly, own and manage participations rights, promissory notes and receivables accounts, conduct business within, particularly, licensed credit management, provide invoice- reminder- and collection services, execute accounting, purchase of receivables and financing, manage and administer credit information, administer and carry out business within economy, innovation, publishing, curriculum and education, as well as engage in any other activities compatible therewith.

 

4.

Aktiekapital / Share Capital

Bolagets aktiekapital ska utgöra lägst 2.000.000 kronor och högst 8.000.000 kronor.

The company’s share capital shall be not less than SEK 2,000,000 and not more than SEK 8,000,000.

 

5.

Antalet aktier / Number of shares

Antalet aktier i bolaget ska vara lägst 20.000 stycken och högst 80.000 stycken.

The number of shares in the company shall be not less than 20,000 and not more than 80,000.


 

LOGO

 

6.

Styrelse / Board of Directors

Styrelsen ska, till den del den utses av bolagsstämman, bestå av lägst (3) och högst do (10) ledamöter, med högst fem (5) styrelsesuppleanter. Styrelseledamöterna, och i förekommande fall styrelsesuppleanterna, väljs årligen på års-stämma för tiden intill slutet av nästa årsstämma.

The board of directors elected by the shareholders’ meeting shall consist of not less than three (3) members and not more than ten (10) members with not more than five (5) deputy members. The board of directors and any deputy members shall be elected annually at the annual meeting fora term until the close of next annual meeting.

 

7.

Revisor / Auditor

Lägst en (1) och högst två (2) revisorer samt högst två (2) revisorssuppleanter, utses i förekommande fall på års-stämma för tiden intill slutet av den årsstämma som hålls under fjärde räkenskapsåret efter revisorsvalet. Till revisor samt, i förekommande fall, revisorssuppleant ska utses auktoriserad revisor eller registrerat revisionsbolag.

Not less than one (1) and not more than two (2) auditors and not more than two (2) deputy auditors shall, when applicable, be elected at an annual meeting for a period until the end of the annual meeting held during the fourth financial year following the election. As auditor and, when applicable, deputy auditor, shall an authorised public accountant or a registered public accounting firm be elected.

 

8.

Kallelse till bolagsstämma / Notice of shareholders’ meeting

Kallelse till bolagsstämma ska utfärdas tidigast sex (6) veckor och senast två (2) veckor före bolagsstämman.

Notice of shareholders’ meetings shall be issued not earlier than six (6) weeks and not later than two (2) weeks prior to the meeting.

Aktieägare ska kallas till bolagsstämma genom brev med posten eller genom digitalt e-postmeddelande såvida finte lag föreskriver annat.

Notice of shareholders shall he issued by letter by oust or by diaital e-mail message unless law determines otherwise.

 

9.

Ort för bolagsstämma / Place of Shareholders’ Meeting

Bolagsstämma ska hållas.på den ort där styrelsen har sitt säte eller i Nacka kommun eller digitalt. Bolagsstämma får hållas på någon annan ort än de orter som följer av första meningen om extraordinära omständigheter kräve det.

Shareholders’ meeting shall be held where company’s registered office shall be situated or in in the municipality of Nacka c digitally. The shareholders’ meeting may be held in a place other than the places that follow from the first sentence extraordinary circumstances require it.

 

10.

Ärenden på årsstämma / Business at Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Vid årsstämma ska följande ärenden förekomma till behandling:

The following matters shall be dealt with at an annual meeting of the shareholders:

 

  1.

Val av ordförande vid stämman;

Election of a chairman for the meeting;


LOGO

 

  2.

Upprättande och godkännande av röstlängd;

Preparation and approval of the voting list;

 

  3.

Godkännande av dagordning;

Approval of the agenda;

 

  4.

Val av en (1) eller två (2) justeringsmän;

Election of one (1) or two (2) persons to approve the minutes of the meeting;

 

  5.

Prövning av om stämman blivit behörigen sammankallad;

Determination as to whether the meeting was duly convened;

 

  6.

Framläggande av årsredovisningen och revisionsberättelsen samt, i förekommande fall, koncernredovisningen och koncernrevisionsberättelsen;

Presentation of the annual report and the auditor’s report and, where applicable, the consolidated financial statements and the auditor’s report for the group;

 

  7.

Fastställande av resultaträkning och balansräkning samt, i förekommande fall, koncernresultaträkning och koncernbalansräkning;

Adoption of the income statement and balance sheet and, where applicable, the consolidated income statement and consolidated balance sheet;

 

  8.

Beslut om vinst eller förlust enligt den fastställda balansräkningen;

Decision regarding profit or loss in accordance with the adopted balance sheet;

 

  9.

Beslut om ansvarsfrihet för styrelsens ledamöter och, i förekommande fall, verkställande direktör;

Decision regarding discharge of the members of the board of directors and, where applicable, the managing director from liability;

 

  10.

Fastställande av arvoden åt styrelse och, i förekommande fall, revisorer;

Determination of remuneration for members of the board of directors and, where applicable, the auditor(s);

 

  11.

Val av styrelse och, i förekommande fall, revisorer samt eventuella revisorssuppleanter;

Election of the board of directors and, where applicable, the auditors and deputy auditors, if any;

 

  12.

Övriga ärenden som ankommer på stämman enligt aktiebolagsiagen eller bolagsordningen.

Other matters, which according to the Companies Act (2005:551) or the articles of association shall be dealt with at the meeting.


LOGO

 

11.

Räkenskapsår / Financial year

Bolagets räkenskapsår ska vara fr.o.m. 1 januari t.o.m. 31 december.

The financial year of the Company shall be as from and including 1st of January until and including 31st of December.

 

 

Bolagsordningen är antagen på extra bolagsstämma den 22 Februari 2024.

The articles of association where adopted at extraordinary shareholders meeting on 22 February 2024.

Exhibit T3B.33

Company No. 4140507

THE COMPANIES ACT 2006

PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

INTRUM UK FINANCE LIMITED

 

1.

PRELIMINARY AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1.

In these Articles of Association, unless the context otherwise requires:

Act means the Companies Act 2006;

appointor has the meaning given in Article 12.1;

Articles of Association means the Company’s articles of association for the time being in force;

business day means any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the United Kingdom) on which clearing banks in the City of London are generally open for business;

eligible director means a director who would be entitled to vote on any matter at a meeting of directors (but excluding any director whose vote is not to be counted in respect of the particular matter) and references to “eligible directors” in article 8 of the Model Articles shall be construed accordingly; and

Model Articles means the model articles for private companies limited by shares contained in Schedule 1 to the Companies (Model Articles) Regulations 2008 (SI 2008/3229) as amended prior to the date of adoption of these Articles of Association.

 

1.2.

Save as otherwise specifically provided in this document, words and expressions which have particular meanings in the Model Articles shall have the same meanings in this document.

 

1.3.

Save as otherwise specifically provided inthe Model Articles or these Articles of Association, words and expressions which have particular meanings in the Act shall have the same meanings in these Articles of Association.

 

1.4.

Headings in these Articles of Association are used for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of the Articles of Association.

 

1.5.

Unless the context requires otherwise, a reference in these Articles of Association to an “article” is a reference to the relevant provision of the Model Articles. A reference in these Articles of Association to an “Article” is a reference to the relevant provision of this document.

 

1


1.6.

Unless expressly provided otherwise, a reference to a statute, statutory provision or subordinate legislation is a reference to it as it is in force from time to time, taking account of:

 

  (a)

any subordinate legislation from time to time made under it, whether before or after the date of adoption of these Articles of Association; and

 

  (b)

any amendment or re-enactment, whether before or after the date of adoption of these Articles of Association, and including any statute, statutory provision or subordinate legislation which it amends or re-enacts.

This Article 1.6 shall not apply to the definition of Model Articles in Article 1.1.

 

1.7.

Any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms.

 

1.8.

A reference to a person includes a reference to an individual, body corporate, association, government, state, agency of state or any undertaking {whether or not having a legal personality and irrespective of the jurisdiction in or under the law of which it was incorporated or exists).

 

1.9.

Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing a gender include every gender.

 

1.10.

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to any rights under these Articles of Association.

 

1.11.

The Model Articles shall apply to the Company, except in so far as they are modified or excluded by or are otherwise inconsistent with this document, and, together with this document, they shall constitute the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

1.12.

The final paragraph of article 1 of the Model Articles shall not apply to the Company.

 

1.13.

Articles 8, 11(2) and (3), 14(1) to (4), 17(2), 52 and 53 of the Model Articles shall not apply to the Company.

 

1.14.

Articles 1, 7, 9(1), 15, 18, 20, 27{3), 29, 31, 41(1), 44(2), 44(3) and 45(1) of the Model Articles shall be modified by this document.

SHARES

 

2.

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

2.1.

In accordance with section 550 of the Act, the directors shall have the power:

 

  (a)

to allot shares of the same class as the existing shares in the capital of the Company;

and/or

 

2


  (b)

to grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into such shares.

 

2.2.

In accordance with section 567(1) of the Act, sections 561 and 562 of the Act shall not apply to an allotment of equity securities (as defined in section 560(1) of the Act) made by the Company.

 

3.

BUYBACK OF OWN SHARES BY COMPANY

 

3.1.

Subject to the Act but without prejudice to any other provision of these Articles of Association, the Company may (by passing a resolution of its members) purchase its own shares with cash up to any amount in a financial year not exceeding the lower of:

 

  (a)

£15,000; and

 

  (b)

the value of 5% of the Company’s share capital.

DIRECTORS

 

4.

DIRECTORS TO TAKE DECISIONS COLLECTIVELY

 

4.1.

Article 7 of the Model Articles shall be amended by:

 

  (a)

the insertion of the words “for the time being” at the end of article 7(2)(a) of the Model Articles; and

 

  (b)

the insertion in article 7(2) of the Model Articles of the words “(for so long as he remains the sole director)” after the words “and the director may”.

 

4.2.

Without prejudice to the provisions of article 7(2) of the Model Articles, a sole director may take decisions by way of written resolution.

 

5.

UNANIMOUS DECISIONS

 

5.1.

A decision of the directors is taken in accordance with this Article when all eligible directors indicate to each other by any means that they share a common view on a matter.

 

5.2.

Such a decision may take the form of a resolution in writing, where each eligible director has signed one or more copies of it or to which each eligible director has otherwise indicated agreement in writing.

 

5.3.

A decision may not be taken in accordance with this Article if the eligible directors would not have formed a quorum at a directors’ meeting had the matter been proposed as a resolution at such a meeting.

 

3


6.

CALLING A DIRECTORS’ MEETING

 

6.1.

Article 9(1) of the Model Articles shall be amended by:

 

  (a)

the insertion of the word “reasonable” after the words “Any director may call a meeting by giving”; and

 

  (b)

the insertion of the words “(or such lesser notice as all the directors may agree)” after the words “notice of the meeting”.

 

7.

QUORUM FOR DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

 

7.1.

Subject to article 7 of the Model Articles (as amended by Article 4.1), the quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of directors is any two eligible directors or where there is only one director in office for the time being, that director.

 

7.2.

For the purposes of any meeting (or part of a meeting) held pursuant to Article 9 to authorise a director’s conflict, if there is only one eligible director in office other than the conflicted director(s), the quorum for such meeting (or part of a meeting) shall be one eligible director.

 

8.

TRANSACTIONS OR OTHER ARRANGEMENTS WITH THE COMPANY

 

8.1.

Subject to sections 177(5) and 177(6) and sections 182(5) and 182(6) of the Act and provided he has declared the nature and extent of his interest in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Acts, a director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in an existing or proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company:

 

  (a)

may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise (directly or indirectly) interested;

 

  (b)

shall be an eligible director for the purposes of any proposed decision of the directors (or committee of directors) in respect of such contract or proposed contract in which he is interested;

 

  (c)

shall be entitled to vote at a meeting of directors (or of a committee of the directors) or participate in any unanimous decision, in respect of such contract or proposed contract in which he is interested;

 

  (d)

may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as auditor) and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a director;

 

  (e)

may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to a transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate in which the Company is otherwise (directly or indirectly) interested; and

 

4


  (f)

shall not, save as he may otherwise agree, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he (or a person connected with him (as defined in section 252 of the Act)) derives from any such contract, transaction or arrangement or from any such office or employment or from any interest in any such body corporate and no such contract, transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit nor shall the receipt of any such remuneration or other benefit constitute a breach of his duty under section 176 of the Act.

 

8.2.

The provisions of Article 88.l(f) inclusive are subject, where applicable, to any limits and conditions imposed by the directors in a Conflict Authorisation in accordance with Article 9.1.

 

9.

DIRECTORS’ CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

9.1.

For the purposes of section 175 of the Act, the directors shall have the power to authorise, on such terms (including as regards duration and revocation) and subject to such limits or conditions (if any) as they may determine (Conflict Authorisation), any matter proposed to them in accordance with these Articles of Association which would, or might, if not so authorised, constitute or give rise to a situation in which a director (a Relevant Director) has, or could have, a direct or indirect interest which conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a Conflict Situation). Any Conflict Authorisation shall extend to any actual or possible conflict of interest which may reasonably be expected to arise out of the Conflict Situation so authorised.

 

9.2.

Where directors give a Conflict Authorisation:

 

  (a)

the terms of such Conflict Authorisation shall be recorded in writing (but the authorisation shall be effective whether or not the terms are so recorded);

 

  (b)

the directors may revoke or vary such Conflict Authorisation at any time but this will not affect anything done by the Relevant Director prior to such revocation or variation in accordance with the terms of such authorisation; and

 

  (c)

the Relevant Director shall be obliged to act in accordance with any terms, limits or conditions to which such Conflict Authorisation is made subject.

 

9.3.

Any terms to which a Conflict Authorisation is made subject (Conflict Authorisation Terms) may include (without limitation to Article 9.1) provisions that:

 

  (a)

where the Relevant Director obtains (other than in his capacity as a director of the Company or as its employee or agent or, if the directors so decide, in any other capacity that would otherwise oblige him to disclose it to the Company) information that is confidential to a third party, he will not be obliged to disclose it to the Company or to use it directly or indirectly for the benefit of the Company or in performing his duties as a director of the Company in circumstances where to do so would amount to a breach of a duty of confidence owed to that third party; and/or

 

  (b)

the Relevant Director may (but shall be under no obligation to) absent himself from the discussion of, and/or the making of decisions relating to, the relevant matter (whether at any meeting of the directors or otherwise) and be excused from reviewing documents and information prepared by or for the directors to the extent that they relate to that matter; and/or

 

5


  (c)

the Relevant Director be excluded from the receipt of documents and information, the participation in discussion and/or the making of decisions (whether at directors’ meetings or otherwise) related to the relevant matter,

and the Company will not treat anything done (or omitted to be done) by the Relevant Director in accordance with any such provision (or otherwise in accordance with any Conflict Authorisation Terms given under Article 9.1) as a breach by him of his duties under sections 172 to 174 of the Act.

 

9.4.

Subject to Article 9.5 but without prejudice to Articles 9.1 to 9.3, authorisation is given by the members of the Company for the time being on the terms of these Articles of Association to each director in respect of any Conflict Situation that exists as at the date of adoption of these Articles of Association or that subsequently arises because (in either case) the director is or becomes a shareholder, investor or other participant in, lender to, guarantor, director, officer, manager or employee of, or otherwise in any other way interested or concerned in, any member of the Relevant Group (Group Conflict Authorisation). The Conflict Authorisation Terms applicable to the Group Conflict Authorisation (Group Conflict Authorisation Terms) are automatically set by this Article 9.4 so that the director concerned:

 

  (a)

is not obliged to disclose to the Company information that is confidential to a third party obtained by him (other than in his capacity as a director of the Company or as its employee or agent or, if the directors so decide, in any other capacity that would otherwise oblige him to disclose it to the Company) in any situation to which the Group Conflict Authorisation applies, nor to use any such information directly or indirectly for the benefit of the Company or in performing his duties as a director of the Company, in circumstances where to do so would amount to a breach of a duty of confidence owed to that third party; and

 

  (b)

may (but shall be under no obligation to):

 

  (i)

absent himself from the discussions of, and/or the making of decisions;

 

  (ii)

make arrangements not to receive documents and information relating to the Conflict Situation concerned,

and the Company will not treat anything done (or omitted to be done) by the director concerned in accordance with the Group Conflict Authorisation Terms as a breach by him of his duties under sections 172 to 174 of the Act.

 

9.5.

A Group Conflict Authorisation given or deemed given under Article 9.4 may be revoked, varied or reduced in its scope or effect by special resolution.

 

9.6.

In this Article 9 Relevant Group comprises:

 

  (a)

the Company

 

6


  (b)

any body corporate which is for the time being a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company;

 

  (c)

any body corporate of which the Company is for the time being a wholly owned subsidiary (Parent); and

 

  (d)

any body corporate (not falling within any preceding paragraph of this Article 9.6) which is for the time being a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent.

 

10.

RECORDS OF DECISIONS TO BE KEPT

 

10.1.

Article 15 of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words “or decision taken by a sole director” after the words “of every unanimous or majority decision taken by the directors.”

 

10.2.

Where decisions of the directors are taken by electronic means, such decisions shall be recorded by the directors in permanent form, so that they may be read with the naked eye.

 

11.

APPOINTMENT ANO REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

11.1.

In any case where, as a result of death or bankruptcy, the Company has no shareholders and no directors, the transmittee(s] of the last shareholder to have died or to have a bankruptcy order made against him (as the case may be) have the right, by notice in writing, to appoint a natural person (including a transmittee who is a natural person), who is willing to act and is permitted to do so, to be a director. Article 27(3) of the Model Articles shall be modified accordingly.

 

11.2.

A member or members holding the whole or a majority in nominal value of the issued ordinary share capital for the time being in the Company shall have power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a director or directors either as an additional director or to fill any vacancy and to remove from office any director howsoever appointed. Any such appointment or removal shall be effected by an instrument in writing signed by the member or members making the same or in the case of a member being a body corporate signed by one of its directors or other officers on its behalf, and shall take effect upon lodgementatthe registered office of the Company or such later date as may be specified in the instrument.

 

11.3.

Article 18 of the Model Articles shall be amended by the inclusion of a new paragraph (g) and (h) as follows

 

“(g)    notification of the director’s removal is received by the Company pursuant to Article 11.2;
(h)   

(i) by reason of that person’s mental health, a court makes an order which wholly or partly prevents that person from personally exercising any powers or rights which that person would otherwise have; and

  

(ii)  a majority of the other directors pass a resolution that they believe that the circumstances giving rise to the court order would or might reasonably impair the ability of that person to properly perform any part of his duties as a director.”

 

 

7


12.

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

12.1.

Any director (appointor) may appoint as an alternate any other director, or any other person approved by resolution of the directors, to:

 

  (a)

exercise that director’s powers; and

 

  (b)

carry out that director’s responsibilities,

in relation to the taking of decisions by the directors, in the absence of the alternate’s appointor.

 

12.2.

Any appointment or removal of an alternate must be effected by notice in writing to the Company signed by the appointor, or in any other manner approved by the directors.

 

12.3.

The notice must:

 

  (a)

identify the proposed alternate; and

 

  (b)

in the case of a notice of appointment, contain either:

 

  (i)

a statement signed by the proposed alternate that the proposed alternate is willing to act as the alternate of the director giving the notice; or

 

  (ii)

his consent to act as a director in the form prescribed by the Act.

 

13.

RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

13.1.

An alternate director may act as alternate director to more than one director and has the same rights in relation to any decision of the directors as the alternate’s appointor.

 

13.2.

Except if these Articles of Association specify otherwise, alternate directors:

 

  (a)

are deemed for all purposes to be directors;

 

  (b)

are liable for their own acts and omissions;

 

  (c)

are subject to the same restrictions as their appointors; and

 

  (d)

are not deemed to be agents of or for their appointors

and, in particular (without limitation), each alternate director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of directors and of all meetings of committees of directors of which his appointor is a member.

 

8


13.3.

A person who is an alternate director but not a director:

 

  (a)

may be counted as participating for the purposes of determining whether a quorum is present (but only if that person’s appointor is not participating);

 

  (b)

may participate in a unanimous decision of the directors (but only if his appointor is an eligible director in relation to that decision, but does not participate); and

 

  (c)

shall not be counted as more than one director for the purposes of Articles 13.3(a) and 13.3(b).

 

13.4.

A director who is also an alternate director is entitled, in the absence of his appointor, to a separate vote on behalf of his appointer, in addition to his own vote on any decision of the directors (provided that his appointor is an eligible director in relation to that decision), but shall not count as more than one director for the purposes of determining whether a quorum is present.

 

13.5.

An alternate director may be paid expenses and may be indemnified by the Company to the same extent as his appointor but shall not be entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company for serving as an alternate director except such part of the alternate’s appointor’s remuneration as the appointer may direct by notice in writing made to the Company.

 

14.

TERMINATION OF ALTERNATE DIRECTORSHIP

 

14.1.

An alternate director’s appointment as an alternate terminates:

 

  (a)

when the alternate’s appointor revokes the appointment by notice to the Company in writing specifying when it is to terminate;

 

  (b)

on the occurrence, in relation to the alternate, of any event which, if it occurred in relation to the alternate’s appointor, would result in the termination of the appointor’s appointment as a director;

 

  (c)

on the death of the alternate’s appointor; or

 

  (d)

when the alternate’s appointor’s appointment as a director terminates.

 

15.

SECRETARY

 

15.1.

The directors may appoint any person who is willing to act as the secretary for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as they may think fit and from time to time remove such person and, if the directors so decide, appoint a replacement, in each case by a decision of the directors.

 

16.

DIRECTORS’ EXPENSES

 

16.1.

Article 20 of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words “(including alternate directors) and the secretary” before the words “properly incur”.

 

9


17.

SHARE TRANSFERS

 

17.1.

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles of Association, the directors shall not decline to register any transfer of shares where such transfer is executed by any person to whom all the shares which are the subject of that transfer have been charged by way of security, or by any nominee of any such person, pursuant to a power of sale under such security, provided that such transfer is by way of enforcement of such security and a certificate by or on behalf of any such person that the shares were so charged and the transfer was so executed shall be conclusive evidence of such facts.

 

18.

EXERCISE OF TRANSMITTEES’ RIGHTS

 

18.1.

Article 29 of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words”, or the name of any person(s) named as the transferee(s) in an instrument of transfer executed under article 28(2),” after the words “the transmittee’s name”.

 

19.

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

 

19.1.

Articles 31(a) to (d) (inclusive) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the deletion, in each case, of the words “either” and “or as the directors may otherwise decide”.

DECISION MAKING BY SHAREHOLDERS

 

20.

ADJOURNMENT

 

20.1.

Article 41(1) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the deletion of the words “the chairman of the meeting must adjourn it” and the replacement thereof with the words “the member(s) present (either in person, by proxy or by a duly appointed corporate representative) shall constitute a quorum”.

 

21.

POLL VOTES

 

21.1.

Article 44(2) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the deletion of sub-paragraphs (c) and (d) and by the insertion of the following as a new sub-paragraph:

 

  (a)

any qualifying person (as defined in section 318 of the Act) present and entitled to vote at the meeting.”

 

21.2.

Article 44(3) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words “A demand so withdrawn shall not invalidate the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made” as a new paragraph at the end of that article.

 

22.

PROXIES

 

22.1.

Article 45(1) of the Model Articles shall be amended by the insertion of the words “and a proxy notice which is not delivered in such manner shall be invalid, unless the directors, in their discretion, accept the notice at any time before the meeting” as a new paragraph at the end of that article.

 

10


ADMINISTRATIVE ARRANGEMENTS

 

23.

CHANGE OF NAME

 

23.1.

The Company may change its name by resolution of the directors and subsequent notification to the Registrar of Companies under section 79 of the Act.

 

24.

MEANS OF COMMUNICATION TO BE USED

 

24.1.

Any notice, document or other information shall be deemed served on or delivered to the intended recipient:

 

  (a)

if properly addressed and sent by prepaid United Kingdom first class post to an address in the United Kingdom, 24 hours after it was posted;

 

  (b)

if properly addressed and sent to an address outside the United Kingdom, 48 hours after it was posted;

 

  (c)

if properly addressed and delivered by hand, when it was given or left at the appropriate address;

 

  (d)

if properly addressed and sent or supplied by electronic means, one hour after the document or information was sent or supplied;

 

  (e)

if sent or supplied by means of a website, when the material is first made available on the website or (if later) when the recipient receives (or is deemed to have received) notice of the fact that the material is available on the website; and

 

  (f)

if earlier or if none of the above paragraphs (a) to (e) applies, if actually received, at the time of receipt.

For the purposes of this Article, no account shall be taken of any part of a day that is not a business day.

 

24.2.

In proving that any notice, document or other information was properly addressed, it shall be sufficient to show that the notice, document or other information was delivered to an address permitted for the purpose by the Act.

 

25.

INDEMNITY

 

25.1.

Subject to Article 25.2, but without prejudice to any indemnity to which a relevant officer is otherwise entitled:

 

  (a)

each relevant officer shall be indemnified out of the Company’s assets against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him as a relevant officer:

 

  (i)

in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of his duties, or in relation to them; and

 

11


  (ii)

in relation to the activities of the Company (or any associated company) as trustee of an occupational pension scheme (as defined in section 235(6) of the Act),

including (in each case) any liability incurred by him in defending any civil or criminal proceedings, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or the proceedings are otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his part or in connection with any application in which the court grants him, in his capacity as a relevant officer, relief from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the Company’s (or any associated company’s) affairs; and

 

  (b)

the Company may provide any relevant officer with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him in connection with any proceedings or application referred to in Article 25.l(a) and otherwise may take any action to enable any such relevant officer to avoid incurring such expenditure.

 

25.2.

This Article does not authorise any indemnity which would be prohibited or rendered void by any provision of the Companies Acts or by any other provision of law.

 

25.3.

In this Article:

 

  (a)

companies are associated if one is a subsidiary of the other or both are subsidiaries of the same body corporate; and

 

  (b)

a “relevant officer” means any director or other officer or former director or other officer of the Company or an associated company (including any company which is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme (as defined by section 235(6) of the Act)).

 

26.

INSURANCE

 

26.1.

The directors may decide to purchase and maintain insurance, at the expense of the Company, for the benefit of any relevant officer in respect of any relevant loss.

 

26.2.

In this Article;

 

  (a)

a “relevant officer” means any director or other officer or former director or other officer of the Company or an associated company (including any company which is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme (as defined by section 235(6) of the Act));

 

12


  (b)

a “relevant loss” means any loss or liability which has been or may be incurred by a relevant officer in connection with that relevant officer’s duties or powers in relation to the Company, any associated company or any pension fund or employees’ share scheme of the Company or associated company; and

 

  (c)

companies are associated if one is a subsidiary of the other or both are subsidiaries of the same body corporate.

 

13

Exhibit T3B.34

THE COMPANIES ACT 2006

COLLECTOR SERVICES LIMITED

Company Number: 3515447

(the “Company”)

Circulation Date: 19 September 2017

WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS

Terms defined in the board resolutions of the Company dated on or about the date of these resolutions have the same meaning herein unless otherwise defined.

Pursuant to Chapter 2 of Part 13 of the Companies Act 2006, the directors of the Company propose that resolution 1 below be passed as ordinary resolutions and resolution 2 below be passed as a special resolution and we, the undersigned, being the sole member of the Company who (at the date of circulation of these resolutions) would be entitled to vote on these resolutions, hereby agree pursuant to section 288 of the Companies Act 2006 to the passing of the following resolutions:

ORDINARY RESOLUTION

1. THAT the Company’s entry into, execution of and performance of the obligations arising under:

 

(a)

the documents listed in the appendix to this resolution to which the Company is a party; and

 

(b)

any further documents, deeds, powers of attorney, agreements, notices, acknowledgements, letter agreements, memoranda, letter statements, certificates or other instruments as may be ancillary, required or useful under or in connection with the documents above and/or the transactions contemplated thereby,

be approved.

SPECIAL RESOLUTION

 

2.

THAT the articles of association of the Company (the “Articles”) be amended by the addition of the following new Article 2.9:

“Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, the directors shall promptly register any transfer of shares and may not suspend registration of shares, whether or not fully paid, where such transfer:

(a) is to the bank or institution to which such shares have been charged by way of security, whether as agent and security trustee for a group of banks or institutions or otherwise, or to any nominee or any transferee of such a bank or institution (a “Secured Institution”), or

(b) is delivered to the Company for registration by any duly authorised representative of a Secured Institution or its nominee in order to perfect its security over the shares, or

(c) is executed by a Secured Institution or its nominee pursuant to the power of sale or other power under such security.

 

LOGO


AGREEMENT:

Please read the notes at the end of this document before signifying your agreement to the resolution.

The undersigned, being the sole ordinary person eligible to vote on the above resolutions on the Circulation Date hereby irrevocably agrees to the resolutions.

 

LOGO

For and on behalf of Intrum Justitia AB (publ)

Date:    2017

 

 

[Shareholder Resolutions- Collector Services Limited]


NOTES:

 

(1)

You can choose to agree to all of the resolutions or none of them but you cannot agree to only some of the resolutions. If you agree to all of the resolutions, please indicate your agreement by signing and dating this document where indicated above and returning it to the Company by delivery to The Omnibus Building, Lesbourne Road, Reigate, Surrey, RH2 7JP.

If you do not agree to all of the resolutions you do not need to do anything: you will not be deemed to agree if you fail to reply.

 

(2)

Once you have indicated your agreement to the resolutions you may not revoke your agreement.

 

(3)

The resolution set out above will lapse if the required majority of eligible members have not signified their agreement to it by no later than 28 days following the Circulation Date. If you agree to the resolutions, please ensure that your agreement reaches us before or on this date.


Appendix

 

1.

a super senior revolving credit facility agreement dated 16 June 2017 between, among others, lntrum Justitia AB (publ) (the “Parent”) as original borrower and original guarantor, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, J.P. Morgan Limited, Morgan Stanley Bank International Limited, Danske Bank A/S, DNB Bank ASA, Nordea Bank AB (publ), Nykredit Bank A/S, Swedbank (AB) (publ) as arrangers, certain financial institutions listed therein as original lenders and Swedbank AB (publ) as facility agent and as security agent (the “Facility Agreement”);

 

2.

an intercreditor agreement dated 26 June 2017 between, among others, the Parent as company, the original debtors and intra-group lenders named therein and Swedbank AB (publ) as senior facility agent and as security agent (the “Intercreditor Agreement”);

 

3.

certain security documents, including inter alia,

 

  a.

an English law governed security agreement charging its shares and any intercompany receivables owing to it in favour of Swedbank AB (publ) as security agent; and

 

  b.

any other agreement relating to the granting of security interest or confirmation of an existing security interest in connection with the Facility Agreement;

 

4.

a master accession letter to the Facility Agreement and Intercreditor Agreement;

 

5.

any power of attorney relating to the Transaction;

 

6.

any agreements or documents amending and/or restating the above mentioned documents;

 

7.

any other Debt Document (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement); and

 

8.

any and all other agreements, documents and instruments ancillary or related to the above mentioned documents, or which are necessary or useful in connection with the contemplated transactions.


APPENDIX C

SPECIMEN SIGNATURES

 

Name

  

Position

  

Signature

Johan Brodin      
Per Christofferson       LOGO

 

 

[Specimen signatures Collector Services Limited]


APPENDIX C

SPECIMEN SIGNATURES

 

Name

  

Position

  

Signature

Johan Brodin    CRO    LOGO
Per Christofferson      

 

[Specimen Signatures Collector Services Limited]


THE COMPANIES ACT 1985

 

 

A PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of

COLLECTOR SERVICES LIMITED

(Company Number 03515447)

(Adopted by Written Resolution on [19/09/17])

 

 

PRELIMINARY

1.1 Subject as otherwise provided herein, the regulations in Table A in the Companies Table A (Tables A-F) Regulations 1985 as amended prior to the adoption of the articles (Table A) shall apply to the company to the exclusion of any other regulations which would fall to constitute the company’s articles of association pursuant to section 8(2) of the Act.

1.2 The following provisions of Table A shall not apply to the company: -

 

(a)

in regulation 1, the definitions of the articles, executed and the seal;

 

(b)

regulation 2;

 

(c)

in regulation 24, the words “which is not fully paid”;

 

(d)

in regulation 38, the final sentence;

 

(e)

regulation 54;

 

(f)

regulations 60 and 61;

 

(g)

in regulation 62;

 

  (i)

the words “not less than 48 hours” in sub-paragraph (a);

 

  (ii)

the words “not less than 24 hours” in sub-paragraph (b);

 

(h)

regulation 64;

 

(i)

in regulation 65, the words “approved by resolution of the directors”;

 

(G)

in regulation 66, the last sentence;

 

(k)

regulation 72;

 

17-May-2019


(l)

regulation 88;

 

(m)

regulations 93 to 98 inclusive;

 

(n)

regulation 112;

 

(o)

regulation 115;

 

(p)

regulation 118.

2.1 In these articles, except where the subject or context otherwise requires: Interpretation

articles means these articles of association, incorporating Table A (as applicable to the company), altered from time to time.

director means a director of the company.

directors means the directors or any of them acting as the board of directors of the company.

dividend means dividend or bonus.

member means a member of the company.

paid means paid or credited as paid.

seal means the common seal of the company and includes any official seal kept by the company by virtue of section 39 or 40 of the Act.

2.2 References to a document being executed include references to its being executed under hand or under seal or by any other method.

2.3 References to writing include references to any visible substitute for writing and to anything partly in one form and partly in another form.

2.4 Words denoting the singular number include the plural, number and vice versa; words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine gender; and words denoting persons include corporations.

2.5 The last sentence of regulation 1 of Table A (as applicable to the company) is amended by deleting the words “but excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force when these regulations become binding on the company”.

2.6 References to any provision of any enactment or of any subordinate legislation (as defined by section 21(1) of the Interpretation Act 1978) include any modification or re-enactment of that provision for the time being in force.

2.7 Headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the construction of the articles.

2.8 In these articles, (a) powers of delegation shall not be restrictively construed but the widest interpretation shall be given thereto; (b) the word directors in the context of the exercise of any power contained in the articles includes any committee consisting of one or more directors, any director holding executive office and any local or divisional board, manager or agent of the company to which or, as the case may be, to whom the power in question has been delegated; (c) no power of delegation shall be limited by the existence or, except where expressly provided by the terms of delegation, the exercise of that or any other power of delegation; and (d) except where expressly provided by the terms of delegation, the delegation of a power shall not exclude the concurrent exercise of that power by any other body or person who is for the time being authorised to exercise it under the articles or under another delegation of the power.

 

17-May-2019


2.9 Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, the directors shall promptly register any transfer of shares and may not suspend registration of shares, whether or not fully paid, where such transfer:

 

  (a)

is to the bank or institution to which such shares have been charged by way or security, whether as agent and security trustee for a group of banks or institutions or otherwise, or to any nominee or any transferee of such a bank or institution (a “Secured Institution”), or

 

  (b)

is delivered to the Company for registration by any duly authorised representative of a Secured Institution or its nominee in order to perfect its security over the shares, or

 

  (c)

is executed by a Secured Institution or its nominee pursuant to the power of sale or other power under such security.

SHARE CAPITAL

3. Shares which are comprised in the authorised but unissued share capital of the Company shall be under the control of the Directors who may (subject to Sections 80 and 89 of the Act and to article 4 of these articles) allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of the same, to such persons, on such terms and in such manner as they think fit.

4.1 The Directors are generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 80 of the Act to exercise any power of the Company to allot and grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares of the Company up to the amount of the authorised share capital with which the Company is incorporated at any time or times during the period of five years from the date of incorporation and the Directors may, after that period, allot any shares or grant any such rights or restrictions under this authority in pursuance of an offer or agreement so to do made by the Company within that period. The authority hereby given may at any time (subject to the said Section 80) be renewed, revoked or varied by Ordinary Resolution of the Company in General Meeting.

4.2 The Directors are empowered to allot and grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares of the Company pursuant to the authority conferred, under article 4.1 of these articles as if Section 89(1) of the Act did not apply. This power shall enable the Directors so to allot and grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares of the Company after its expiry in pursuance of an offer or agreement so to do made by the Company before its expiry.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETING

5. At the end of regulation 38 of Table A (as applicable to the company) there shall be added the following sentence:

“Subject to the provisions of the articles and to any restrictions imposed on any shares, the notice shall be given to all the members and to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member, but need not be given to the directors in their capacity as such”.

 

17-May-2019


PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

6. Where for any purpose an ordinary resolution of the company is required, a special or extraordinary resolution shall also be effective and where for any purpose an extraordinary resolution is required a special resolution shall also be effective.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

7. Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, on a show of hands every member who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he is the holder.

PROXIES AND REPRESENTATIVES OF BODIES CORPORATE

8. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or his attorney or, if the appointor is a body corporate, either under its common seal or the hand of a duly authorised officer, attorney or other person authorised to sign it.

9. Instruments of proxy shall be in any usual form or in any other form which the directors may approve.

10. The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The instrument of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

11. For so long as the company is a subsidiary, any director or secretary of a body corporate which is a member of the company (each such person being hereafter referred to as a Qualifying Representative) shall be recognised as the proxy of that body corporate unless the body corporate has delivered to the company in relation to the meeting a valid instrument of proxy which has not been revoked. If more than one Qualifying Representative of a body corporate is present at any meeting of the company, such persons shall agree between them who shall act as proxy for the body corporate. In default of their promptly so agreeing, the Chairman of the meeting shall direct which person shall act as proxy of the body corporate and his decision shall be final. All acts done by a Qualifying Representative who acts as proxy pursuant to the provisions of this article shall, notwithstanding that it afterwards be discovered that there was a defect in his appointment or that he was disqualified from holding office, or had vacated office, or that he was not authorised by the body corporate to do the act in question, be as valid as if such Qualifying Representative had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to hold the relevant office and had been duly authorised to do the act in question.

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

12. The maximum number and minimum number respectively of the directors may be determined from time to time by ordinary resolution in general meeting of the company. Subject to and in default of any such determination there shall be no maximum number of directors and the minimum number of directors shall be one. Whenever the minimum number of directors is one, a sole director shall have authority to exercise all the powers and discretions by Table A and by these articles expressed to be vested in the directors generally, and regulation 89 in Table A shall be modified accordingly.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

13.1 At the end of regulation 66 of Table A (as applicable to the company) there shall be added the following sentence:

“A director or any other person may act as alternate director to represent more than one director, and an alternate director shall be entitled at meetings of the directors or any committee of the directors to one vote for every director whom he represents in addition to his own vote (if any) as a director, but he shall count as only one for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present.”

 

17-May-2019


13.2 At the end of regulation 67 of Table A (as applicable to the company) there shall be added the following sentence:

“The appointment of an alternate director shall also determine automatically on the happening of any event which, if he were a director, would cause him to vacate his office as director.”

13.3 The words “or in any other manner approved by the directors” in regulation 68 of the Table A (as applicable to the company) shall be deleted and the following shall be added to that regulation:

“and shall take effect, subject to the terms of the notice, on receipt of such notice at the registered office of the company”.

DELEGATION OF POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS

14. The directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more directors. The directors may also delegate to any director holding any executive office such of their powers as the directors consider desirable to be exercised by him. Any such delegation shall, in the absence of express provision to the contrary in the terms of delegation, be deemed to include authority to sub-delegate to one or more directors (whether or not acting as a committee) or to any employee or agent of the company all or any of the powers delegated and may be made subject to such conditions as the directors may specify, and may be revoked or altered. Subject to any conditions imposed by the directors, the proceedings of a committee with two or more members shall be governed by the articles regulating the proceedings of directors so far as they are capable of applying.

15. The board may establish local or divisional boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the company, either in the United “Kingdom or elsewhere, and may appoint any persons to be members of the local or divisional boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration. The board may delegate to any local or divisional board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the board, with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any local or divisional board, or any of them, to fill any vacancies and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any appointment or delegation made pursuant to this article may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the board may decide and the board may remove any person so appointed and may revoke or vary the delegation but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of the revocation or variation shall be affected by it.

16. The directors may appoint any person to any office or employment having a designation or title including the word director or attach to any existing office or employment with the company such a designation or title and may terminate any such appointment or the use of any such designation or title. The inclusion of the word director in the designation or title of any such office or employment shall not imply that the holder is a director of the company, nor shall the holder thereby be empowered in any respect to act as, or be deemed to be, a director of the company for any of the purposes of the articles.

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

17.1 While the company is a subsidiary, the immediate holding company for the time being of the company may appoint any person to be a director or remove any director from office. Every such appointment or removal shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the said holding company and shall take effect, subject to the terms of such notice, upon receipt of such notice at the registered office of the company or by the secretary. Each such removal shall be without any claim for damages or compensation for loss of office (but without prejudice to any claims under any contract of employment).

 

17-May-2019


17.2 While the company is a subsidiary, the directors shall have power to appoint any person to be a director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors, subject to any maximum for the time being in force, and, subject to regulation 81 of Table A (as applicable to the company), any director so appointed shall hold office until he is removed pursuant to article 17.1 of these articles.

17.3 While the company is a subsidiary, regulations 73 to 80 (inclusive) shall not apply to the company and all references elsewhere in Table A to retirement by rotation shall be modified accordingly.

18. At the end of regulation 81 of Table A (as applicable to the company) there shall be added the following sub-paragraph:

"; or

(f) he is removed in accordance with article 17.1 of these articles; or

(g) he is requested to resign in writing by not less than three quarters of the other directors. In calculating the number of directors who are required to make such a request to the director, (i) there shall be excluded any alternate director appointed by him acting in his capacity as such; and (ii) a director and any alternate director appointed by him and acting in his capacity as such shall constitute a single director for this purpose, so that the signature of either shall be sufficient.”

DIRECTORS’ APPOINTMENTS AND INTERESTS

19. The directors may exercise the voting power conferred by the shares in any body corporate held or owned by the company in such manner in all respects as they think fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing any or all of them directors of such body corporate, or voting or providing for the payment or giving of remuneration or other benefits to the directors of such body corporate).

20. At the end of regulation 86 of Table A (as applicable to the company) there shall be added the following sub-paragraph:

"; and

(c) a director shall not in any circumstances be required to disclose to the directors that he is a director or other officer of, or employed by, or interested in shares or other securities of, any body corporate which is the ultimate holding company of the company or is a subsidiary of such ultimate holding company.”

GRATUITIES, PENSIONS AND INSURANCE

21.1 Without prejudice to the provisions of article 34, the directors shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of any persons who are or were at any time directors, officers, or employees of the company, or of any other company which is its holding company or in which the company or such holding company has any interest whether direct or indirect or which is in any way allied to or associated with the company, or of any subsidiary undertaking of the company or any such other company, or who are or were at any time trustees of any pension fund in which employees of the company or any such other company or subsidiary undertaking are interested, including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) insurance against any liability incurred by such persons in respect of any act or omission in the actual or purported execution or discharge of their duties or in the exercise or purported exercise of their powers or otherwise in relation to their duties, powers or offices in relation to the company or any such other company, subsidiary undertaking or pension fund.

 

17-May-2019


21.2 Without prejudice to the generality of regulation 85 of Table A (as applicable to the company), no director or former director shall be accountable to the company or the members for any benefit provided pursuant to this article and the receipt of any such benefit shall not disqualify any person from being or becoming a director of the company.

22. Pursuant to section 719 of the Act, the directors are hereby authorised to make such provision as may seem appropriate for the benefit or any persons employed or formerly employed by the company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the cessation or the transfer of the whole or part of the undertaking of the company or any subsidiary. Any such provision shall be made by a resolution of the directors in accordance with the said section.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

23. Subject to the provisions of the articles, the directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. A director may, and the secretary at the request of a director shall, call a meeting of the directors. Notice of a meeting of the directors shall be deemed to be properly given to a director if it is given to him personally or by word of mouth or sent in writing to him at his last known address or any other address given by him to the company for this purpose. Questions arising at a meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. Any director may waive notice of a meeting and any such waiver may be retrospective.

24. A resolution in writing signed by all the directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the directors or of a committee of the directors (not being less than the number of directors required to form a quorum of the directors) shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors or (as the case may be) a committee of the directors duly convened and held and for this purpose:

 

(a)

a resolution may consist of several documents to the same effect each signed by one or more directors;

 

(b)

a resolution signed by an alternate director need not also be signed by his appointor; and

 

(c)

a resolution signed by a director who has appointed an alternate director need not also be signed by the alternate director in that capacity.

25. Without prejudice to the first sentence of article 23, a meeting of the directors or of a committee of the directors may consist of a conference between directors who are not all in one place, but of whom each is able (directly or by telephonic communication) to speak to each of the others, and to be heard by each of the others simultaneously. A director taking part in such a conference shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote or be counted in a quorum accordingly. Such a meeting shall be deemed to take place where the largest group of those participating in the conference is assembled, or, if there is no such group, where the chairman of the meeting then is. The word meeting in the articles shall be construed accordingly.

26. A director may vote at any meeting of the directors or of a committee of the directors on any resolution concerning a transaction or arrangement with the company or in which the company is interested, or concerning any other matter in which the company is interested, notwithstanding that he is interested in that transaction, arrangement or matter or has in relation to it a duty which conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the company.

 

17-May-2019


SEAL

27. The company may exercise the powers conferred by section 39 of the Act with regard to having an official seal for use abroad.

28. Where the Act so permits, any instrument signed with the authority of a resolution of the directors or a committee of the directors by one director and the secretary or by two directors and expressed to be executed by the company as a deed shall have the same effect as if executed under the seal, provided that no instrument which makes it clear on its face that it is intended by the persons making it to have effect as a deed shall be signed without the authority of the directors.

29. A document which is executed by the company as a deed shall not be deemed to be delivered by the company solely as a result of its having been executed by the company.

CERTIFICATION

30. Any director or the secretary or any person appointed by the directors for the purpose shall have power to authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the company and any resolutions passed by the company or the holders of any class of shares of the company or the directors or any committee of the directors, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts. A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or the minutes of or an extract from the minutes of a meeting of the company or the holders of any class of shares of the company or of the directors or any committee of the directors that is certified as aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

RECORD DATES

31. Notwithstanding any other provision of the articles, the company or the directors may fix any date as the record date for any dividend, distribution, allotment or issue, and such record date may be on, or at any time before or after, any date on which the dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is declared, paid or made.

NOTICES

32. The company may serve or deliver any notice or other document on or to a member either personally or by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope addressed to the member at his registered address or by leaving it at that address or by sending it by facsimile transmission to the member at the last telephone number (if any) which the member has given the company for this purpose. In the case of joint holders of a share, all notices or other documents shall be served on or delivered to the joint holder whose name stands first in the register of members in respect of the joint holding and any notice or other document so served or delivered shall be deemed for all purposes sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders.

33.1 Proof that an envelope containing a notice was properly addressed, prepaid and posted shall be conclusive evidence that the notice was given. A notice sent by post shall be deemed given:

 

(a)

if sent by first class post from an address in the United Kingdom or another country to another address in the United Kingdom or, as the case may be, that other country, on the day following that on which the envelope containing it was posted;

 

(b)

if sent by airmail from an address in the United Kingdom to an address outside the United Kingdom, on the day following that on which the envelope containing it was posted; and

 

17-May-2019


(c)

in any other case, on the fifth day following that on which the envelope containing it was posted.

33.2 A notice sent by facsimile transmission to a member at the last telephone number (if any) which the member has given the company for this purpose shall be deemed given twelve hours after the time of despatch.

33.3 A notice left at the registered address of a member shall be deemed given when delivered.

INDEMNITY

34. Subject to the provisions of the Act, but without prejudice to any indemnity to which a director may otherwise be entitled, every director or other officer of the company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the company against any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application in which relief is granted to him by the court from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the affairs of the company.

SOLE MEMBER STATUS

35. If at any time and for so long as the company has a single member, all the provisions of these articles shall (in the absence of any express provision to the contrary) apply with such modification as may be necessary in relation to a company with a single member.

 

17-May-2019


Name and address of subscriber    Number of shares taken
I.C.S International Collections Services B.V.    One
Strawinskylaan 923   
1077 XX Amsterdam   
The Netherlands   

 

  
Stefan Linder   
for and on behalf of   
I.C.S. International Collections Services B.V.   
   Total shares taken
  

 

One

Date: 16 February 1998

Witness to signature:

Address of witness:

 

17-May-2019

Exhibit T3B.35

 

LOGO

THE COMPANIES ACT 2006

 

 

PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

- of -

INTRUM UK HOLDINGS LIMITED

(formerly 1ST CREDIT (HOLDINGS) LIMITED)

(Company Number: 4325074)

(Adopted by Written Resolution on 22 May 2019)

PRELIMINARY

 

1.

In these articles, “Model Articles” means the Model Articles for Public Companies as set out in Schedule 3 to the Companies (Model Articles) Regulations (SI 2008/3229) and the “Act” means the Companies Act 2006, including any statutory modification, replacement or re-enactment thereof from time to time in force, and the “Parent” means the corporation (if any) which is the holder of the entire issued share capital for the time being of the Company, as carries the right to vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

2.

The regulations contained in the Model Articles shall apply to the Company, save insofar as they are excluded or modified by or inconsistent with the articles hereinafter contained and such regulations and articles shall be the articles of the Company. Save as expressly set out in this article 2, no regulations set out in any statute or statutory instrument concerning companies shall apply as articles of the Company.

 

3.

A reference herein to “MA Article 1” shall be to Article 1 of the Model Articles. References to other articles of the Model Articles shall be made accordingly, save that the numbering of such references shall correspond to the numbering of the relevant provision of the Model Articles. The following Model Articles shall not apply to the Company MA Article 10(2), MA Article 11, MA Article 14, MA Article 21, MA Article 25, MA Article 26, MA Article 28, MA Article 32(2), MA Article 36(1 )(a), MA Article 40, MA Article 46(2)(a), MA Article 50, MA Article 64, MA Article 81, MA Article 85, MA Article 86MA Article 8(2) shall be modified by the inclusion of the words “, if any,” after the words “company secretary” MA Article 17(2) shall be modified by the inclusion of the words”, if any,” after the words “company secretary”.

SHARE CAPITAL

 

4.

The directors shall not be entitled to exercise any right to issue shares in the Company or to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the Company in accordance with the provisions of section 550 of the Act.

 

2


TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

5.1

The instrument of transfer of a share may be in any usual form or in any other form which the directors may approve and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and, unless the share is fully paid, by or on behalf of the transferee.

 

5.2

No fee shall be charged for the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document relating to or affecting the title to any share.

 

5.3

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles:

 

  5.3.1

any pre-emption rights on a transfer of shares conferred on existing members by these Articles or otherwise shall not apply to; and

 

  5.3.2

the directors shall not decline to register nor suspend registration of; any transfer of shares where such transfer is:

 

  (i)

in favour of any bank or institution (or any nominee or nominees of such bank or institution) to whom such shares are being transferred by way of security;

 

  (ii)

duly executed by any such bank or institution (or any such nominee or nominees) to whom such shares shall (including any further shares in the Company acquired by reason of its holding of such shares) have been transferred as aforesaid, pursuant to the power of sale under such security; or

 

  (iii)

duly executed by a receiver appointed by a bank or institution pursuant to any security document which creates any security interest over such shares,

and a certificate by any official of such bank or institution or any such receiver that the shares are or are to be subject to such a security and that the transfer is executed in accordance with the provisions of this Article shall be conclusive evidence of such facts. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, any lien on shares which the Company has shall not apply in respect of any shares which have been charged by way of security to a bank or financial institution or a subsidiary of a bank or financial institution or which are transferred in accordance with the provisions this Article.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

6.

If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved, in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place or to such other day and at such other time and place as the directors may determine. If at any adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for that meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

7.

In every notice calling a general meeting of the Company there shall appear with reasonable prominence a statement that a member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend and speak and vote instead of him and that a proxy need not also be a member. Notices and other communications relating to a general meeting which any member is entitled to receive shall not be sent to the directors of the Company in their capacity as such.

 

3


8.1

An instrument appointing a proxy and any authority under which it is executed or a copy of such authority certified notarially or in some other way approved by the directors must be delivered to the registered office of the Company (or, to the extent permitted by the Act, sent using electronic communications to the Company at the address specified (or deemed to have been specified) by the Company for that purpose so as to be received by the Company)

 

  8.1.1

in the case of a general meeting or an adjourned meeting, not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or to the place of the meeting at any time before the time appointed for the holding of the meeting,

 

  8.1.2

in the case of a proxy notice given in relation to a poll taken more than 48 hours after it was demanded, not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll, and

 

  8.1.3

in the case of a proxy notice given in relation to a poll taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, before the end of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

In calculating when a proxy notice is to be delivered, no account is to be taken of any part of a day that is not a working day. A notice revoking the appointment of a proxy must be given in accordance with the Act.

 

9.

At such times as the Company has only one member and he takes a decision which may be taken by the Company in general meeting and which has effect as if agreed by the Company in general meeting, such member shall (unless his decision is taken by way of written resolution) provide the Company with a written record of that decision.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

10.

Unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution of the Company, the number of directors (other than alternate directors) shall not be subject to any maximum but shall not be less than two.

 

11.

Any director (other than an alternate director) may appoint any other director or any other person approved by the directors and willing to act to be an alternate director and may remove from office an alternate director so appointed by him. Any appointment or removal of an alternate must be effected by notice in writing to the company signed by the appointor, or in any other manner approved by the directors. The notice must identify the proposed alternate, and, in the case of a notice of appointment, contain a statement signed by the proposed alternate that the proposed alternate is willing to act as the alternate of the director giving the notice. An alternate director may represent one or more directors An alternate director shall forthwith cease to be an alternate director if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a director.

 

12.

An alternate director shall be entitled

 

12.1

to receive notice of all meetings of directors and of all committees of directors of which his appointor is a member and to attend any such meeting,

 

12.2

to one vote for every director whom he represents who is not personally present, in addition to his own vote (if any) as a director, at any meeting of the directors or of any committee of directors, and

 

12.3

to sign a resolution in writing of the directors on behalf of every director whom he represents as well as on his own account if he himself is a director,

provided that Articles 12.2 and 12.3 above shall only entitle an alternate director to vote on or sign resolutions which his appointor is entitled to vote on or sign.

 

13.

An alternate director shall not if he is absent from the United Kingdom be entitled to receive notices of meetings of directors or of committees of which his appointor is a member. At such meetings an alternate director shall count as only one for the purposes of determining whether a quorum is present.

 

4


14.

An alternate director shall be entitled generally to perform, all the functions of his appointor as a director in his absence but shall not as an alternate director be entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company, save that he may be paid by the Company that part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as his appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct.

APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS

 

15.

The Parent may by memorandum in writing at any time and from time to time appoint any person who is willing to act as a director of the Company and is permitted by law to do so either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional director, or remove any director from office. Such memorandum must be signed by or on behalf of the Parent and delivered to the registered office or produced to a meeting of the directors. Such appointment or removal shall take effect forthwith upon delivery or production of the memorandum or at such later time (if any) specified in such memorandum.

 

16.

Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 16, any person who is willing to act as a director and is permitted by law to do so may be appointed as a director of the Company either

 

16.1

by ordinary resolution of the members, or

 

16.2

with the consent of the Parent by a resolution of the directors.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

17.1

The quorum for the transaction of the business of the directors may be fixed by the directors and unless so fixed at any higher number shall be two, except at such times as the Company has only one director in which case the quorum shall be one director. A person who holds office only as an alternate director shall, if his appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum.

 

18.

The chairman shall have no second or casting vote.

 

19.

A director (including an alternate director) who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the directors in accordance with the Act. Subject, where applicable, to such disclosure a director may vote and count in the quorum at a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors on any resolution concerning a matter in which he has, directly or indirectly, an interest or duty which is material and which conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the Company.

 

20.

Any director (including an alternate director) may participate in a meeting of the directors or a committee of the directors of which he is a member by means of a conference telephone or similar communicating equipment whereby all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. A person so participating shall be deemed to be present in person at such meeting and shall be entitled to vote or be counted in a quorum accordingly Such a meeting shall be deemed to take place where the largest group of those participating is assembled or, if there is no such group, where the chairman of the meeting then is.

BORROWING POWERS

 

21.

The directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow or raise money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital and subject to sections 549-551 of the Act, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

5


SECRETARY

 

22.

If the directors decide that the Company should have a secretary, the secretary shall be appointed by the directors for such term, or such remuneration, and upon such other conditions as they may think fit, and any secretary so appointed may be removed by them.

THE SEAL

 

23.

In addition to its powers under section 44 of the Act, the Company may have a seal and the directors shall provide for the safe custody of such seal. The directors shall determine who may sign any instrument to which the seal is affixed and unless otherwise so determined it shall be signed by at least one authorised person in the presence of a witness who attests this signature. For the purposes of this article an authorised person is any director of the company, the company secretary (if there is one) or any person authorised by the directors for the purpose of signing documents to which the common seal is applied.

INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

 

24.1

The Company may indemnify, out of the assets of the Company, any director of the Company or of any associated company against all losses and liabilities which he may sustain or incur in the execution of the duties of his office or otherwise in relation thereto, including, in respect of any director of either the Company or any associated company, where the Company or such associated company acts as trustee of an occupational pension scheme (as defined in the Act), against liability incurred in connection with the relevant company’s activities as trustee of such scheme, provided that this Article 24.1 shall only have effect insofar as its provisions are not void under the Act.

 

24.2

Subject to the Act, the Company may provide a director of the Company or of any holding company of the Company with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him in defending any civil or criminal proceedings brought or threatened against him, or any investigation carried out or proceedings brought or threatened against him by any regulatory authority, in any case in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him in relation to the Company or in connection with any application under sections 661(3) or (4) or section 1157 of the Act, and the Company shall be permitted to take or omit to take any action or enter into any arrangement which would otherwise be prohibited under the Act to enable a director to avoid incurring such expenditure.

 

24.3

The Company shall be entitled to purchase and maintain insurance for any director of the Company or of any associated company against any liability attaching to any such person in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him in relation to the Company or any such associated company.

 

24.4

For the purpose of Articles 24.1 and 24.3 above, a company will be “associated” with another if one is a subsidiary of the other or both are subsidiaries of the same body corporate as such terms are defined in the Act.

NOTICES

 

24.5

Any notice, document or information to be given to or by any person pursuant to these Articles or otherwise by the Company to a member (other than a notice calling a meeting of the directors or a committee thereof) shall be in writing or shall be given in electronic form or, in the case of a notice, document or information sent by the Company to a member, by publication on a website subject to and in accordance with the Act. A notice, document or information given by electronic means to an address specified for the purpose is deemed to have been given 24 hours after it was sent. A notice, document or information given by means of publication on a website is deemed to have been given when (i) the notice, document or information was first made available on the website, or (ii) if later, when notification that the notice, document or information was available on the website was received or deemed received.

 

6


REGISTERED OFFICE

 

25.

The Company’s registered office is to be situated in England and Wales.

 

7

Exhibit T3B.37

VEDTEKTER

for

Lock Topco AS

(Endret i 31.01.2018 og 29.05.2024)

§ 1

Selskapets navn er Lock Topco AS.

§ 2

Selskapets forretningskontor er i Brerum kommune.

§ 3

Selskapets virksomhet er indirekte investeringer i kj0p av ledende europeiske fremmed- og egeninkassoselskaper.

§ 4

Selskapets aksjekapital er NOK 112 053 869,07 fordelt pa 861 952 839 aksjer, hver palydende NOK 0,13.

§ 5

Selskapets firma tegnes av to av styremedlemmer i fellesskap.

§ 6

Overdragelse av aksjer i selskapet krever ikke samtykke fra styret. Overdragelse av aksjer i selskapet utl0ser ikke forkj0psrett for 0vrige aksjeeiere i selskapet.

*****

 

1


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

for

Lock Topco AS

(Amended 31.01.2018 and 29.05.2024)

§ 1

The company’s name is Lock Topco AS.

§ 2

The company’s registered and business office is in the municipality of Brerum.

§ 3

The company’s business activities are to invest, indirectly, into the acquisition of leading European debt collection/purchase companies.

§ 4

The company’s share capital is NOK 112 053 869,07 divided into 861 952 839 share, each of a nominal value of NOK 0,13.

§ 5

The authority to sign on behalf of the company is held by two board members jointly.

§ 6

Transfer of shares in the company is not subject to the board of directors’ consents. Transfer of share in the company does not trigger a pre-emption right for the other shareholders of the company.

*****

 

1

Exhibit T3B.38

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN NEWCO, S.L.U.

TITLE I

GENERAL PROVISIONS

ARTICLE 1.-COMPANY NAME

The present company, of Spanish nationality, is named “INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN NEWCO, S.L.U.” (hereinafter, the “Company”) and shall be governed by these bylaws and by Royal Legislative Decree 1/2010, of 2 July, which approves the Consolidated Text of the Capital Companies Act (hereinafter, the “Capital Companies Act”).

ARTICLE 2.- OBJECT OF THE COMPANY

Holding company of companies engaged in:

 

(a)

The provision of debt collection services, credit information, financial analysis, purchase and collection of debt portfolios and related businesses.

 

(b)

Provision of all kinds of services related to the administration, custody, management, operation and marketing of real estate, as well as the administration and management of financial assets and the custody of related documentation.

 

(c)

Urban development, subdivision, construction, promotion and rehabilitation, as well as planning, management, discipline and execution activities that be carried out at the request of individuals by means of any of the forms established by law, either on its own account or on behalf of third parties, of all types of real estate.

 

(d)

Mediation in the direct sale or auction of real estate, individual financial assets and credit portfolios for its own account or for the account of third parties.

 

(e)

The organisation, management, administration and operation of all types of auctions and other events and exhibitions of similar nature or purpose of movable property, real estate and financial assets.

 

(f)

The provision of management and administration services to companies or entities with an identical or similar purpose, whether owned by the Company or by third parties.

 

(g)

The provision of logistical services necessary for the proper operation of the buildings, including janitorial services, cafeteria and even transport services, administrative and accounting management services. Provision of comprehensive property management services for buildings.

 

(h)

The development, implementation and management of websites, computer systems and tools for the publication, marketing and commercialisation of real estate assets and services.

The CNAE [National Classification of Economic Activities] code of the main activity is: 6420.

These activities may be carried on by the company, in whole or in part, either directly or indirectly through the ownership of shares or holdings in other entities with an identical or analogous object, or by any other means permitted by law.

All the activities included in the corporate purpose shall be carried out by the appropriate professionals with the official qualifications required in each case.

The Company shall only be an intermediary company in relation to those of the aforementioned activities which, in accordance with Law 2/2007 on Professional Companies, are considered to be professional activities. Excluded from the corporate purpose are those activities reserved by law to certain types of companies, as well as those for which authorisation or authorisation is required which the Company does not have and, specifically and expressly, those activities which are regulated in the Securities Market Law and in the Law on Collective Investment Institutions.

If any of the activities included in the corporate purpose are reserved or are reserved by law to certain categories of professionals, they must be carried out through a person holding the required qualifications, the corporate purpose being the intermediation or coordination of such services.

 

1


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID – [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

ARTICLE 3.- COMPANY ADDRESS

The address of the Company is fixed at C/ Via de los Poblados, 3 Edificio 1, Parque Empresarial Cristalia, 28033, Madrid.

The Administrative Body shall be the competent body to decide on the transfer of the registered office within the national territory, as well as to decide on the creation, suppression or transfer of branches, agencies, representative offices or delegations, both within the national territory and abroad, which the development of the activity of the Company makes necessary or appropriate.

ARTICLE 4.- DURATION

The duration of the Company is for an indefinite period, having commenced operations on the date of execution of the public deed of incorporation. The Company may be dissolved at any time in accordance with Articles of Association and the law.

TITLE II

SHARE CAPITAL AND (OWNERSHIP) INTERESTS ARTICLE

ARTICLE 5.

The share capital is THREE THOUSAND EUROS (€ 3,000), divided into 3,000 shares, numbered sequentially from 1 to 3,000, both inclusive, with a nominal value of ONE EURO (€1) each, cumulative and indivisible. The share capital is fully subscribed and paid up.

ARTICLE 6.- SHARES

The shares shall confer the same rights on the members, shall not have the character of securities, may not be represented by certificates or book entries, and may not be called shares.

ARTICLE 7.-TRANSFER OF SHARES

7.1. General rules

1. The voluntary transfer by inter vivos transaction of shares belonging to a shareholder who is personally obliged to perform ancillary services to shares to which such an obligation is attached shall require the authorisation of the company as provided for in article 88 of the Law.

2. The rules laid down in paragraphs 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 of this article shall apply to the transfer of the right of pre-emption of new shares.

3. The transfer of shares shall be done in accordance with the law. Their acquisition by whatever means must be notified in writing to the company for entry in the register of members.

4. The transfers of shares which do not comply with the provisions of these Articles of Association and the law, insofar as applicable, shall be of no effect for the Company.

5. The company may not acquire its own shares, except in the cases provided for in article 140 of the Law.

7.2. Voluntary inter-live transmission

1. The transfer of shares by inter vivos acts between members shall be free, as shall the transfer of shares in favour of the spouse, ascendant or descendant of the member in favour of companies belonging to the same group as the transferor (for the purposes of this rule the concept of ‘group’ shall be understood in accordance with article 42 of the Commercial Code).

 

2


2. In other cases, the rules established in article 107.2 of the Law shall apply.

7.3. Compulsory transfer

In the event of auction or adjudication of company shares as a consequence of any compulsory execution or enforcement procedure, the shareholders - and failing this the company - may be subrogated in the place of the auctioneer or the adjudicating creditor, until the auction or adjudication is final, in the manner provided for in article 109 of the Law; if the subrogated party is the company, it must redeem or dispose of the shares acquired in the manner and in the places provided for in article 141 of the LSC [Capital Companies Act].

ARTICLE 8.- REGISTER OF MEMBERS AND MEMBERS’ DETAILS

The company shall keep a register of members, to be completed electronically, in which the original ownership and successive transfers, voluntary or compulsory, of shares in the company, as well as the creation of rights in rem and other encumbrances thereon, shall be recorded. Each entry shall indicate the identity, nationality and domicile of the holder of the shareholding or of the right or encumbrance constituted. Any member may examine this book, which shall be kept and maintained by the administrative body. Shareholders and holders of rights in rem or encumbrances on company shares are entitled to obtain certificate of the shares, rights or encumbrances registered in their name. The personal details of shareholders may be changed at their request and shall not in the meantime have any effect vis-à-vis the company.

Shareholders residing abroad must inform the company, for entry in the register of shareholders, of an address in Spain for the purpose of receiving notifications from the company.

Communications between the company and the members, including the sending of documents, applications and information, may be made by electronic means. Members must inform the company of the e-mail address designated for this purpose, for entry in the register of members.

ARTICLE 9.- ACTUAL RIGHTS ON THE HOLDINGS

9.1 Usufruct

In the case of a usufruct of shares, the bare owner shall be a shareholder, but the usufructuary shall in any case be entitled to the dividends agreed by the company for the duration of the usufruct. The exercise of the other rights deriving from the status of shareholder rests with the bare owner.

9.2 Pledge

In the case of a pledge of shares, the owner of the shares is the shareholder.

TITLE III BODIES OF THE COMPANY

ARTICLE 10.-SOCIAL BODIES

The Company shall be governed and administered by the General Meeting of Shareholders and by the Administrative Body.

ARTICLE 11.- POWERS OF THE GENERAL MEETING

The members, meeting in a General Meeting, shall decide by legal majority or, where appropriate, by the majority established in the Articles of Association if there is a dissenting majority, matters within the competence of the General Meeting. All members, including dissidents and those not attending, shall be subject to the resolutions of the General Meeting, without prejudice to the right of separation which, where appropriate, may correspond to them.

 

3


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID – [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

It is the duty of the General Meeting to deliberate and pass resolutions on the matters listed in article 160 of the current Capital Companies Act.

ARTICLE 12.-CONVOCATION OF THE MEETING AND MANNER OF CONVENING

12.1 Form of the convocation

Notice of both ordinary and extraordinary general meetings shall be given by means of individual written notification by any of the following means: (i) registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt or fax with acknowledgement of receipt addressed to all members at the address designated for this purpose or, failing this, to the address stated in the company’s documentation or (ii) by e-mail to the address indicated by each member. (ii) by e-mail to the address indicated by each member, with acknowledgement of receipt by another e-mail or receipt report.

12.2. Deadline and content of the convocation

There must be a period of at least fifteen days between the sending of the last notice and the date set for the holding of the meeting, except in the case of mergers or spin-offs and any other cases in which the law requires a different period. The notice shall contain the name of the company, the date, time and place of the meeting, the position of the person or persons calling the meeting, as well as the, and shall state with due clarity the matters to be discussed and the other information required by law depending on the matters to be dealt with. If the place of the meeting is omitted, it shall be understood that the meeting is convened to be held at the registered office. In the case of members residing abroad, the notice of meeting shall be sent to the address in Spain which they must have recorded in the register book or to the e-mail address they have designated if they have accepted this means of communication.

In the event that remote participation of shareholders in the general meeting is permitted, by videoconference or analogous telematic means that duly guarantee the identity of the subject, or remote voting, the notice of meeting shall state, in addition to the above, the places, forms and modes of exercising the rights of shareholders that enable the meeting to be conducted in an orderly manner.

The general meeting may also be called to be held exclusively by telematic means, without the physical or in-person attendance of the shareholders or their representatives, in accordance with the provisions of the Law. In this case, the notice of call shall inform of the formalities and procedures to be followed for the registration and drawing up of the list of attendees, for the exercise by the latter of their rights and for the proper reflection in the minutes of the proceedings of the meeting.

The regulations laid down in the legislation in force for specific cases or specific matters, both with regard to the method or form of convening the general meeting and to the notice of the meeting and any other procedural requirements of similar significance, shall remain unaffected.

ARTICLE 13.-PRESIDENT AND SECRETARY OF THE MEETING

The President and Secretary at each General Meeting shall be those who hold those offices on the Board of Directors. In the absence thereof, the President shall be replaced by the Vice-President who, in order of precedence, shall be replaced by the Secretary, and the Deputy Secretary. In the absence of the aforementioned, the President and Secretary for the aforementioned General Meeting shall be those elected by the attendees at the beginning of the meeting.

ARTICLE 14.- UNIVERSAL MEETING

The Generald Meeting shall be validly constituted to deal with any matter, without the need for prior notice, provided that all the share capital is present or represented and the attendees unanimously accept the holding of the meeting and the Agenda for the same. The Meeting may be held anywhere in Spain or abroad.

 

4


ARTICLE 15.- MANNER OF ADOPTING RESOLUTIONS AT THE MEETING

Each item on the agenda shall be voted on individually, by roll call and in public. In any, even if they appear under the same item on the agenda, they shall be voted on separately:

(a) The appointment, ratification, re-election or removal of each of the directors.

(b) In the case of amendment of statutes, each of the articles or groups of articles which have their own autonomy.

ARTICLE 16.-ADOPTION OF RESOLUTIONS BY THE GENERAL MEETING

Resolutions shall be adopted by the majorities established in the current Capital Companies Act.

ARTICLE 17.- REPRESENTATION AT THE GENERAL MEETING

Any member may be represented at General Meetings by another member, any member of the administrative body, his spouse, ascendants or descendants, or any person who holds a general power of attorney conferred in a public document with authority to administer all the assets of the represented person in national territory, as well by any other person, even if he is not a member.

The proxy shall include all the shares held by the shareholder represented and must be conferred by means of a written authorisation signed by the absent shareholder, specifying the General Meeting at which he is to be represented. If this is not recorded in a public document, it must be special for each General Meeting. The proxy shall always be revocable and shall be revoked if the shareholder attends the General Meeting in person.

ARTICLE 18.- MANNER OF ORGANISING THE ADMINISTRATION

The company shall be managed and represented, as the geneeral meeting may decide, by a single director, by two or more joint or several directors, or by a board of directors consisting of not less than three nor more than twelve members, all them may not be members, but may be either natural persons or legal persons.

If there are more than two joint administrators, the power of representation shall be vested in and exercised jointly by any two of them.

The office of director, both as a director and for the performance of executive functions, shall be remunerated. The directors shall receive remuneration consisting of:

a) a fixed allowance in cash and, where appropriate, in kind;

b) variable remuneration to be calculated in accordance with the criteria for meeting the objectives established by the group;

c) termination benefits, provided that the termination was not due to a breach of the duties of a director.

The maximum amount of annual remuneration of all the directors shall be approved by the general meeting and shall remain in force until such time as its modification is approved.

Unless the general meeting so determines, the distribution of remuneration among the different directors shall be established by resolution of the board of directors, which shall take into account the functions and responsibilities attributed to each of the directors.

The remuneration established in this article shall be compatible with any other remuneration that may be claimed by the directors by virtue of a commercial or employment, which does not require a provision in the Articles of Association.

 

5


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID – [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

ARTICLE 19.- THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

19.1 Composition of the Board of Directors

If the administrative body is a board, the exact number of its members shall be fixed by the board meeting.

19.2 Functioning of the Administrative Board

The Board of Directors shall meet on such days as it may decide and whenever its President or the person acting in his stead so decides and shall meet at least once a quarter.

Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the registered office of the Company or at such other place in Spain or abroad as may be specified in the notice of meeting.

If directors representing at one third of the members of the Board request the meeting to be called and, without just cause, it has not been held within one month, the meeting may be called by the directors themselves, stating the agenda and the place of the meeting, in the place where the registered office is located.

Notices of call shall be sent by post, fax or e-mail to each of the directors at least two days before the date of the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the board may exceptionally be convened for reasons of urgency with sufficient notice to ensure that the notice is made known to all the members of the board so that they may meet. Furthermore, meetings not called with the aforementioned formality shall be valid when all the directors are present or represented, declare that they are informed of the matters to be dealt with on the agenda and unanimously decide to hold the corresponding meeting.

The Board of Directors shall be validly constituted when a majority of its members are present or represented at the meeting.

The representation on the Board must necessarily be by another director.

19.3 Universal advice

A meeting of the Board shall be validly convened without the need for prior notice when all the members of the Board have unanimously decided to constitute themselves into a Board of Directors and to hold the meeting.

19.5 Written and non-sectional advice

Votes in writing and without a meeting circulated among the directors shall be valid if no member of the Board objects to this procedure. In such a case, the meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be a single meeting held at the place of the registered office.

19.6 Videoconference and conference call meetings

Attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors may take place either at the place where the meeting is to be held or at other places connected to it by videoconferencing or telephone conference systems that allow for the recognition and identification of those attending, permanent communication between those attending, regardless of their location, as well as the intervention and issuing of the veto in real time.

The momentary interruption of communication due to technical problems shall not be understood as an interruption of communication provided that it is re-established within a maximum period of 20 minutes. If it is not re-established within this period, it shall be understood that the attendees by videoconference or telephone conference have ceased to be present for the purposes of the constitution and quorum of the Board of Directors. It is understood that there is communication in real time even if there is a certain delay in the image with respect to the voice.

The notice convening the Board of Directors shall indicate the possibility of attendance by videoconference or telephone conference, specifying the manner in which this is to be carried out.

 

6


For the purpose of drawing up the list of attendees, the list shall be drawn up by a certifying officer under his faith.

ARTICLE 20. ADOPTION OF AGREEMENTS BY THE BOARDD

Resolutions shall be adopted by a simple majority of the members of the Board attending in person or by proxy, except in those cases in which the law requires different majorities, in which case the provisions of the law shall apply.

ARTICLE 21.-OFFICE OF THE BOARD AND DELEGATION OF POWERS

The Board shall appoint from among its members a President and, if it deems it appropriate, one or more Vice-Presidents who shall perform the same functions as the President in the latter’s absence.

The President shall direct the meetings, give the floor to the members of the Board, order the debates, determine the order of speakers and the motions for resolutions.

The Board shall freely appoint the person to fill the office of Secretary and, if it deems appropriate, a Deputy Secretary, who may be non-directors.

The certificates of the minutes and resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be issued by the Secretary or Vice-Secretary of the Board, where appropriate, with the approval of the President or Vice-President. The formalisation of the same and their notarisation shall be the responsibility of any of the members of the Board of Directors, as well as of the Secretary or Vice-Secretary thereof, even if they are not directors and, where appropriate, of the other persons provided for in article 108 of the Commercial Registry Regulations.

The Board of Directors may delegate its powers, except those which may not be delegated by law, in whole or in part, to one or more Managing Directors, without prejudice to the powers of attorney it may confer on any person, as well as revoke at any time the delegations or powers of attorney conferred, provided that it complies with the legal requirements.

Deputies may be appointed for the directors in the event that one or more of them cease to hold office for any reason.

TITLE IV

SEPARATION AND EXCLUSION OF MEMBERS

ARTICLE 22.- SEPARATION AND EXCLUSION OF MEMBERS

There shall apply to the separation and exclusion of shareholders the provisions of Title IX of the of Capital Companies Law.

TITLE V

FINANCIAL YEAR

ARTICLE 25.- FINANCIAL YEAR

The financial year shall coincide with the calendar year.

TITLE V

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

ARTICLE 24.- DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

The company shall be dissolved for reasons provided for by law. The General Meeting may appoint liquidators or determine that the directors of the company shall be liquidators.

The general meeting shall also establish the rules governing their actions (jointly, jointly and severally or committee). In the absence of such designation, those who were administrators at the time of the dissolution shall become liquidators.

 

7


[circular stamp:] PEDRO L. GUTIÉRREZ MORENO – NOTARY PUBLIC OF MADRID– [EMBLEM] – [LATIN TEXT]

The dissolved company shall retain its legal personality while the liquidation is being carried out. During that time, it shall add to its name the words “in liquidation”.

The liquidation quota payable to each member shall be in proportion to his share in the share capital. The liquidators may not pay the liquidation quota to the members without first paying the creditors the amount of their claims or without depositing it in a credit institution in the municipality in which the registered office is located.

[signature]

 

8

 

 

 

LOGO

Exhibit T3B.39

N.B. The English text is an unofficial translation.

Bilaga 1

Appendix 1

BOLAGSORDNING FÖR INTRUM ITALY HOLDING AB

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF INTRUM ITALY HOLDING AB

Org.nr 559505-2423

Reg. no. 559505-2423

 

§ 1

Företagsnamn / Name of company

Bolagets företagsnamn är Intrum Italy Holding AB.

The name of the company is Intrum Italy Holding AB.

 

§ 2

Styrelsens säte / Registered office of the company

Styrelsen har sitt säte i Stockholm.

The registered office of the company is situated in Stockholm.

 

§ 3

Verksamhet / Objects of the company

Bolaget har till föremål för sin verksamhet att, direkt eller indirekt, hantera, administrera, finansiera och köpa kundfordringar och att utföra därmed relaterade tjänster samt att förvalta fast och lös egendom samt värdepapper, inom och utom Sverige.

The object of the company’s business is, directly or indirectly, to manage, administer, finance and purchase receivables and conduct services related therewith and to own and manage real property, other property and securities, within as well as outside Sweden, and to pursue other activities compatible therewith.

 

§ 4

Aktiekapital och antal aktier / Share capital and number of shares

Aktiekapitalet utgör lägst 50 000 kronor och högst 200 000 kronor. Antalet aktier ska vara lägst 50 000 stycken och högst 200 000 stycken.

The share capital shall be not less than SEK 50,000 and not more than SEK 200,000. The number of shares shall be not less than 50,000 and not more than 200,000.

 

§ 5

Styrelse / Board of directors

Styrelsen ska bestå av 1-10 ledamöter med högst 10 suppleanter. Består styrelsen av 1-2 ledamöter ska minst l suppleant utses.

 


 

LOGO

The board of directors shall comprise 1–10 members and not more than 10 alternate members. Where the board comprises 1–2 members, at least 1 alternate member must be appointed.

 

§ 6

Revisorer / Auditors

Bolaget ska ha 1–2 revisorer med högst 2 revisorssuppleanter eller ett registrerat revisionsbolag.

The company shall have 1–2 auditors and not more than 2 alternate auditors or a registered accounting firm.

 

§ 7

Kallelse till bolagsstämma / Notice to attend general meetings

Kallelse till bolagsstämma ska ske genom brev med posten eller genom e-post.

Notice to attend general meetings shall be given by posted letter or by email.

Kallelse till bolagsstämma ska ske tidigast sex och senast två veckor före stämman.

Notice to attend a general meeting shall be given not earlier than six weeks and not later than two weeks prior to the meeting.

 

§ 8

Öppnande av stämma / Opening of the meeting

Styrelsens ordförande eller den styrelsen därtill utser öppnar bolagsstämman och leder förhandlingarna till dess ordförande vid stämman valts.

The chair of the board of directors or a person appointed by the board of directors for this purpose opens the general meeting and presides over the proceedings until a chairperson of the meeting is elected.

 

§ 9

Årsstämma / Annual general meeting

Årsstämma hålls årligen inom sex månader efter räkenskapsårets utgång.

The annual general meeting is held each year within six months of the end of the financial year.

På årsstämma ska följande ärenden förekomma.

The following matters shall be addressed at the annual general meeting.

 

1.

Val av ordförande vid stämman,

Election of a chairperson of the meeting;

 

2.

Upprättande och godkännande av röstlängd,

Preparation and approval of the voting register;

 

3.

Godkännande av dagordning,

Approval of the agenda;

 

4.

I förekommande fall, val av en eller två justerare,

Election of one or two persons to attest the minutes, where applicable;

 

5.

Prövning av om stämman blivit behörigen sammankallad,

Determination of whether the meeting was duly convened;

 


LOGO

6.

Föredragning av framlagd årsredovisning och revisionsberättelse samt, i förekommande fall, koncernredovisning och koncernrevisionsberättelse,

Presentation of the annual report and auditor’s report and, where applicable, the consolidated financial statements and auditor’s report for the group;

 

7.

Beslut om

Resolutions regarding

 

  a)

fastställande av resultaträkning och balansräkning, samt, i förekommande fall, koncernresultaträkning och koncernbalansräkning,

adoption of the income statement and balance sheet and, where applicable, the consolidated income statement and consolidated balance sheet;

 

  b)

dispositioner beträffande vinst eller förlust enligt den fastställda balansräkningen,

allocation of the company’s profit or loss according to the adopted balance sheet;

 

  c)

ansvarsfrihet åt styrelseledamöter och verkställande direktör när sådan förekommer,

discharge from liability for board members and the managing director, where applicable;

 

8.

Fastställande av styrelse- och revisorsarvoden,

Determination of fees for the board of directors and the auditors;

 

9.

Val av styrelse och revisionsbolag eller revisorer,

Election of the board of directors and accounting firm or auditors;

 

10.

Annat ärende, som ankommer på stämman enligt aktibolagslagen eller bolagsordningen.

Any other business incumbent on the meeting according to the Companies Act or the articles of association.

 

§ 10

Räkenskapsår / Financial year

Bolagets räkenskapsår ska omfatta tiden den 1 januari – den 31 december.

The company’s financial year shall comprise the period commencing 1 January up to and including 31 December.

 

 

 

Exhibit T3C.1

INTRUM INVESTMENTS AND FINANCING AB (PUBL)

as the Issuer

and

INTRUM AB (PUBL)

as the Company

and

the other Guarantors party hereto from time to time

and

GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC

as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent

and

NORDIC TRUSTEE & AGENCY AB (PUBL)

as Security Agent

INDENTURE

Dated as of [•], 2025

 

 

Euro-denominated 7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

SEK-denominated 7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

Euro-denominated 7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

SEK-denominated 7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

Euro-denominated 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029

SEK-denominated 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029

Euro-denominated 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2030

SEK-denominated 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2030

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01

 

Definitions

     1  

Section 1.02

 

Other Definitions

     63  

Section 1.03

 

Rules of Construction

     64  

Section 1.04

 

Swedish Terms

     65  

Section 1.05

 

Polish Terms

     66  

Section 1.06

 

Spanish Terms

     67  

Section 1.07

 

Czech Terms

     68  

Section 1.08

 

Slovak Terms

     69  

Section 1.09

 

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

     70  
ARTICLE 2

 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01

 

Form and Dating

     71  

Section 2.02

 

Execution and Authentication

     72  

Section 2.03

 

Registrar and Paying Agent

     73  

Section 2.04

 

Paying Agent to Hold Money

     73  

Section 2.05

 

Holder Lists

     74  

Section 2.06

 

Transfer and Exchange

     74  

Section 2.07

 

Replacement Notes

     86  

Section 2.08

 

Outstanding Notes

     87  

Section 2.09

 

Acts by Holders

     87  

Section 2.10

 

Temporary Notes

     88  

Section 2.11

 

Cancellation

     88  

Section 2.12

 

Defaulted Interest

     88  

Section 2.13

 

ISIN or Common Code Number

     88  

Section 2.14

 

Deposit of Moneys

     89  

Section 2.15

 

Agents

     89  

Section 2.16

 

Series of Notes; Issuance of Additional Notes

     90  
ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01

 

Notices to Trustee

     90  

Section 3.02

 

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

     91  

Section 3.03

 

Notice of Redemption

     91  

Section 3.04

 

Effect of Notice of Redemption

     92  

Section 3.05

 

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

     93  

Section 3.06

 

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

     93  

Section 3.07

 

Mandatory Redemption

     93  

Section 3.08

 

Application of Available Cash Amount

     94  

Section 3.09

 

Redemption and Repurchases on a Pro Rata Basis

     95  


ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01

 

Payment of Notes

     95  

Section 4.02

 

Reports

     96  

Section 4.03

 

Compliance Certificate; Notice of Defaults

     99  

Section 4.04

 

Limitation on Restricted Payments

     100  

Section 4.05

 

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

     103  

Section 4.06

 

Limitation on Indebtedness

     105  

Section 4.07

 

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

     111  

Section 4.08

 

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

     113  

Section 4.09

 

Limitation on Liens

     116  

Section 4.10

 

Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

     116  

Section 4.11

 

Payments for Consent

     118  

Section 4.12

 

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries; Future Guarantors

     119  

Section 4.13

 

Amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement and Additional Intercreditor Agreements

     119  

Section 4.14

 

Withholding Taxes

     120  

Section 4.15

 

Suspension of Covenants upon Achievement of Investment Grade Status

     123  

Section 4.16

 

Maintenance of Listing

     124  

Section 4.17

 

Designation and Maintenance of Restricted or Unrestricted Subsidiaries

     124  

Section 4.18

 

Designation and Maintenance of Majority Co-Investment Vehicle or Fund Co-Investment Vehicle

     126  

Section 4.19

 

No Impairment of Security Interest

     127  

Section 4.20

 

Guarantor Coverage Test

     128  

Section 4.21

 

Limitation on Holding Company Activities and Licenses and Intra-Group Loans.

     129  

Section 4.22

 

Financial Calculations

     133  

Section 4.23

 

Ratings

     133  

Section 4.24

 

Intra-Group Intercreditor Agreement Accessions

     133  

Section 4.25

 

Use of Proceeds of the New Money Notes

     134  
ARTICLE 5

 

MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

 

Section 5.01

 

The Issuer, the Company and the Guarantors

     134  
ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01

 

Events of Default

     138  

Section 6.02

 

Acceleration

     141  

Section 6.03

 

Other Remedies

     142  

Section 6.04

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

     142  

Section 6.05

 

Control by Majority

     142  

Section 6.06

 

Limitation on Suits

     143  

Section 6.07

 

Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

     143  

Section 6.08

 

Collection Suit by Trustee

     143  

Section 6.09

 

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     144  

 

ii


Section 6.10

 

Priorities

     144  

Section 6.11

 

Undertaking for Costs

     144  

Section 6.12

 

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     145  

Section 6.13

 

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     145  

Section 6.14

 

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     145  

Section 6.15

 

Enforcement by Holders

     145  
ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01

 

Duties of Trustee

     145  

Section 7.02

 

Rights of Trustee

     147  

Section 7.03

 

Individual Rights of Trustee

     149  

Section 7.04

 

Trustee’s Disclaimer

     149  

Section 7.05

 

Notice of Defaults

     150  

Section 7.06

 

[Reserved]

     150  

Section 7.07

 

Compensation and Indemnity

     150  

Section 7.08

 

Removal, Resignation and Replacement of Trustee

     151  

Section 7.09

 

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

     152  

Section 7.10

 

Eligibility; Disqualification

     152  

Section 7.11

 

Resignation of Agents

     153  

Section 7.12

 

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Corporation

     153  

Section 7.13

 

Reports by Trustee to Holders

     153  
ARTICLE 8

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01

 

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     153  

Section 8.02

 

Legal Defeasance

     154  

Section 8.03

 

Covenant Defeasance

     154  

Section 8.04

 

Survival of Certain Obligations

     155  

Section 8.05

 

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

     155  

Section 8.06

 

Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

     156  

Section 8.07

 

Repayment to Issuer

     156  

Section 8.08

 

Reinstatement

     157  
ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01

 

Without Consent of Holders

     157  

Section 9.02

 

With Consent of Holders

     158  

Section 9.03

 

Revocation and Effect of Consents

     160  

Section 9.04

 

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     160  

Section 9.05

 

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

     160  
ARTICLE 10

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 10.01

 

Satisfaction and Discharge

     160  

Section 10.02

 

Application of Trust Money

     161  

 

iii


ARTICLE 11

 

NOTE GUARANTEES

 

Section 11.01

 

Note Guarantees

     162  

Section 11.02

 

Limitation on Liability

     163  

Section 11.03

 

Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees

     175  

Section 11.04

 

Releases

     176  
ARTICLE 12

 

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

 

Section 12.01

 

Security Documents

     177  

Section 12.02

 

Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee under the Security Documents

     178  

Section 12.03

 

Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee under the Security Documents

     179  

Section 12.04

 

Release of Liens

     179  

Section 12.05

 

Security Agent

     180  

Section 12.06

 

Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement

     181  

Section 12.07

 

Recording; Opinions and Certificates

     181  
ARTICLE 13

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.01

 

Notices

     183  

Section 13.02

 

Communication by Holders with Other Holders

     184  

Section 13.03

 

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     185  

Section 13.04

 

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     185  

Section 13.05

 

Rules by Trustee and Agents

     185  

Section 13.06

 

Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

     185  

Section 13.07

 

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders

     186  

Section 13.08

 

Governing Law; Conflict with Trust Indenture Act

     186  

Section 13.09

 

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

     187  

Section 13.10

 

Successors

     187  

Section 13.11

 

Severability

     187  

Section 13.12

 

Counterpart Originals

     187  

Section 13.13

 

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

     187  

Section 13.14

 

Currency Indemnity and Calculation of Euro-Denominated Restrictions

     187  

Section 13.15

 

Prescription

     188  

Section 13.16

 

Additional Information

     188  

Section 13.17

 

Legal Holidays

     188  

Section 13.18

 

USA PATRIOT Act Section 326 Customer Identification Program

     188  

Section 13.19

 

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

     189  

 

iv


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A-1    FORM OF EURO 2027 NOTE
Exhibit A-2    FORM OF SEK 2027 NOTE
Exhibit A-3    FORM OF EURO 2028 NOTE
Exhibit A-4    FORM OF SEK 2028 NOTE
Exhibit A-5      FORM OF EURO 2029 NOTE
Exhibit A-6    FORM OF SEK 2029 NOTE
Exhibit A-7    FORM OF EURO 2030 NOTE
Exhibit A-8    FORM OF SEK 2030 NOTE
Exhibit B    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR NOTES
Exhibit C    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR NOTES
Exhibit D    FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Exhibit E    AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

v


INDENTURE dated as of [•], 2025, among Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), incorporated as a public limited liability company under the laws of Sweden, having its registered office at Riddargatan 10, 114 35, Stockholm (the “Issuer”), Intrum AB (publ), incorporated as a public limited liability company under the laws of Sweden, having its registered office at Riddargatan 10, 114 35, Stockholm (the “Company”), the other Guarantors party hereto, GLAS Trust Company LLC, as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent.

This Indenture is subject to, and will be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be a part of and govern indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

The Issuer and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of the Issuer’s 7.750% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the “Euro 2027 Notes”), 7.750% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the “SEK 2027 Notes” and, together with the Euro 2027 Notes, the “2027 Notes”), 7.750% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the “Euro 2028 Notes”), 7.750% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the “SEK 2028 Notes” and, together with the Euro 2028 Notes, the “2028 Notes”), 8.500% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (the “Euro 2029 Notes”), 8.500% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (the “SEK 2029 Notes” and, together with the Euro 2029 Notes, the “2029 Notes”), 8.500% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2030 (the “Euro 2030 Notes”) and 8.500% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2030 (the “SEK 2030 Notes” and, together with the Euro 2030 Notes, the “2030 Notes”). The 2027 Notes, the 2028 Notes, the 2029 Notes and the 2030 Notes (including, in each case, any Additional Notes (as defined herein)) are, collectively, referred to herein as the “Notes.”

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions.

Acceptable Bank” means:

(1) a bank or financial institution duly authorized under applicable laws to carry on the business of banking (including, without limitation, the business of taking deposits) which: (i) in the case of any bank or financial institution not incorporated or established in Greece, has a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than BBB by S&P or Fitch or Baa2 by Moody’s or (ii) in the case of any bank or financial institution incorporated or established in Greece, either (A) has a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than BBB- by S&P or Fitch or Baa3 by Moody’s, (B) is Piraeus Bank S.A. or a subsidiary of Piraeus Bank S.A. which has a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than the corporate credit rating of Piraeus Bank S.A. or (C) is any other bank or financial institution but subject to an aggregate limit of Cash that is held with such bank or financial institution that counts towards the definition of “Cash” of €2.5 million;

(2) any Finance Party (as defined under the RCF Facility Agreement) or any Affiliate of a Finance Party; or

(3) any other bank or financial institution approved by the facility agent under the RCF Facility Agreement (acting reasonably).

 

1


Acquired Business” is (a) a Person that will, upon the making of an Investment in such Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, become a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Person that will be merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or will transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary upon the making of an Investment in such Person by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of each of the clauses (1), (2) and (3), such Indebtedness has been outstanding for at least six months prior to the Acquisition Date. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets and, with respect to clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination.

Acquisition Date” means, with respect to any acquisition, merger or consolidation, the date the definitive agreement for such acquisition, merger or consolidation was entered into.

“Additional Assets” means:

(1) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Additional Capex” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, in the case of Re-Investments, with respect to Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles, Capex for (i) meeting forward flow commitments, (ii) replenishment and (iii) investments in Portfolio Assets (directly or indirectly, including through mergers and acquisitions and any Investment in Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles (and any Re-Investment), in each case, with any Re-Investment being treated as new Capex), in each case to the extent permitted by this Indenture.

Additional Capex Limit” means, with respect to a fiscal year of the Company, the greater of Business Plan Capex and Maximum Capex, plus the amount of proceeds received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in such fiscal year from a Synthetic Sale as set forth in clause (18) of the definition of “Asset Disposition.”

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

2


Agents” means each Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Authenticating Agent and Registrar and “Agent” means any one of them.

Agreed Security Principles” means the Agreed Security Principles as set out as Schedule 10 to the RCF Facility Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, which Schedule 10 is attached hereto as Exhibit E, as applied mutatis mutandis with respect to the Notes in good faith by the Issuer.

All-In Yield” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the yield of such Indebtedness, taking into account its interest rate, margin, any interest rate floor, any market participation fees, original issue discount (based on a three-year convention), arrangement fees or similar fees; provided that the only relevant economic terms to determine the “All-In Yield” of Indebtedness are those terms which are cash; provided, further, that “All-In Yield” shall not include any fees to the underwriting banks, legal counsel and other expenses in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness.

Applicable Premium” means:

(i) with respect to any Euro Note, the greater of:

(1) 1% of the principal amount of such Euro Note; and

(2) on any redemption date, the excess (to the extent positive) of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Euro Note at [•], 2027 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in paragraph 5(c) of each Euro Note (excluding accrued but unpaid interest)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Euro Note through [•], 2027 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed upon the redemption date using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate at such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the outstanding principal amount of such Euro Note; and

(ii) with respect to any SEK Note, the greater of:

(1) 1% of the principal amount of such SEK Note; and

(2) on any redemption date, the excess (to the extent positive) of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such SEK Note at [•], 2027 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in paragraph 5(c) of each SEK Note (excluding accrued but unpaid interest)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such SEK Note through [•], 2027 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed upon the redemption date using a discount rate equal to the Swedish Government Bond Rate at such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the outstanding principal amount of such SEK Note,

 

3


as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate. For the avoidance of doubt, calculation of any Applicable Premium shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee or the Paying Agent.

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Asset Disposition” means any direct or indirect sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction; provided that the sale, lease, transfer, issuance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Section 4.10 and/or the provisions of Article 5 and not by the provisions of Section 4.07, provided, further, that the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the economic benefit of a portfolio of loans or receivables (or any specified portion thereof) pursuant to a derivative instrument or otherwise will, subject to the next succeeding sentence, constitute an Asset Disposition of the underlying portfolio assets (or specified percentage thereof) for all purposes of this Indenture (a “Synthetic Sale”). Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this definition, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

(1) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) [Reserved];

(4) a disposition of obsolete, surplus or worn out equipment or other assets or equipment, facilities or inventory or other assets that are no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions permitted under Section 5.01 or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;

(6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of, or pursuant to, an equity incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or an issuance or sale by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted by Section 4.06;

(7) any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of less than €2 million per fiscal year;

(8) any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, under and in compliance with Section 4.04 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment;

 

4


(9) dispositions in connection with the granting of Liens permitted under Section 4.09;

(10) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(11) the licensing, sub-licensing, lease or assignment of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases, subleases, assignments or other dispositions of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(12) foreclosure, condemnation, taking by eminent domain or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

(13) [Reserved];

(14) [Reserved];

(15) [Reserved];

(16) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(17) any disposition of assets to a Person who is providing services related to such assets, the provision of which have been or are to be outsourced by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in relation to information technology, accounting and other clerical or ancillary functions; provided, however, that the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall certify that in the opinion of the Board of Directors, the outsourcing transaction will be economically beneficial to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (considered as a whole);

(18) any disposition constituting a Synthetic Sale of any Portfolio Assets acquired after July 1, 2024 (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Portfolio Assets owned by the Company, any Intermediate Holdco, and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of July 1, 2024) if:

(A) such disposition is made at fair market value substantially concurrently with the acquisition of such Portfolio Assets in a jurisdiction in which, for regulatory, tax or other reasons outside of the Company’s control, it was necessary or beneficial to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Portfolio Assets to be owned by a Restricted Subsidiary;

(B) neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred any Indebtedness in connection with the acquisition of such Portfolio Assets;

(C) the Person acquiring such Portfolio Assets will not receive a right to more than its pro rata share of collections, net of relevant costs (calculated based on the percentage that such Portfolio Assets represent of the referenced larger set of Portfolio Assets of which such Portfolio Assets comprise a part);

(D) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will receive 100% of the consideration from such disposition in the form of cash and within 30 days from the closing date of such disposition;

 

5


(E) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has the right to provide services to all such Portfolio Assets on and from the completion date of such disposition on customary market terms, and

(F) such Portfolio Assets are not subject to any Liens or any recourse under or in respect of any Indebtedness, in each case Incurred in connection with such Synthetic Sale;

(19) any disposition of Portfolio Assets in connection with the exercise by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any put-back or other resale rights in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice pursuant to a sale and purchase agreement with respect to such Portfolio Assets;

(20) any transfer, termination, unwinding or other disposition of Hedging Agreements not for speculative purposes;

(21) dispositions arising as a result of a Permitted Reorganization;

(22) dispositions pursuant to the exercise by a Third Party of any drag rights or similar arrangements in relation to any non-controlled joint venture or co-investment arrangement;

(23) any issuance of Capital Stock by a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle or any disposition of Capital Stock of a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle to any Third Party on an arm’s length basis within 18 months of the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation of such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle;

(24) any issuance of Capital Stock by a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any disposition of Capital Stock of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle to any Partnership on an arm’s length basis within 18 months of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle;

(25) dispositions relating to the underlying asset in secured Portfolio Assets (including, but not limited to, real estate) in the ordinary course of business in connection with the collection on secured Portfolio Assets; and

(26) dispositions in order to comply with the requirements of section 7f of the German Social Security Code Part IV (Sozialgesetzbuch IV) or section 4 of the German Act for the Improvement of Occupational Pension Schemes (Gesetz zur Verbesserung der betrieblichen Altersversorgung).

Associate” means (1) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (2) any joint venture entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Available Cash Amount” means, with respect to a fiscal year:

(1) Excess Cash as of December 31 of the immediately prior fiscal year; less

(2) amounts projected for Debt Service and Capex for such fiscal year, less

(3) SEK 2,500 million,

 

6


subject to any adjustments pursuant to Section 3.08(e).

Available Cash Amount shall not be reduced by any voluntary repayment of Utilizations that does not result in any cancellation of commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement.

Bankruptcy Law” means (i) the U.K. Insolvency Act 1986 (together with any rules and regulations made pursuant thereto), (ii) Part 26 and Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006, (iii) Title 11 United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, or any similar United States federal or state law, (iv) the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act (Sw. lag om företagsrekonstruktion (2022:964)), (v) the Swedish Bankruptcy Act (Sw. konkurslagen (1987:672)), (vi) the Spanish Insolvency Law; (vii) any similar relevant law in any jurisdiction (including, without limitation, the laws of Belgium, Czechia, Denmark, Finland, Germany, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and England & Wales) relating to the capability of a debtor to pay its debts, the debtor’s over-indebtedness or lack of assets to cover a debtor’s outstanding debt or (viii) any relevant law in any jurisdiction relating to moratorium, bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, examinership, liquidation (including mandatory liquidation pursuant to applicable company laws), preventive restructuring, reorganization or relief of debtors, in each case including any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.

Board of Directors” means (1) with respect to the Company, the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation (which, in the case of any corporation having both a supervisory board and an executive or management board, shall be the executive or management board), or any duly authorized committee thereof; (2) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof and (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function. Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors (excluding employee representatives, if any) on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval).

Book Value” means, with respect to an Asset Disposition, the lesser of (a) the mark-to-market value of Portfolio Assets and shares in joint ventures of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of August 31, 2024, being €2,558 million (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving pro forma effect to the disposition of Portfolio Assets pursuant to the term sheet signed between the Company and an affiliate of Cerberus Capital Management L.P. in July 2024) and (b) the mark-to-market value of Portfolio Assets and shares in joint ventures of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which such Asset Disposition is made.

Bund Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany (Bunds or Bundesanleihen) with a constant maturity (as officially compiled and published in the most recent financial statistics that has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the redemption date (or, if such financial statistics are not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to [•], 2027 (the “reference date”); provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to the reference date is not equal to the constant maturity

 

7


of a direct obligation of the Federal Republic of Germany for which a weekly average yield is given, the Bund Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to the reference date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in Oslo, Norway, Stockholm, Sweden, London, United Kingdom, or New York, New York, United States are authorized or required by law to close; provided, however, that for any payments to be made under this Indenture, such day shall also be a T2 Day.

Business Plan Capex” means SEK 2,000 billion for each fiscal year from 2024 to 2028.

Capex” means any expenditure or obligation in respect of expenditure, which, in accordance with the applicable accounting principles, is treated as capital expenditure; provided that:

(1) Additional Capex, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Investments in Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles (including any Re-Investments, in each case, with any Re-Investment being treated as new Capex), shall be deemed to constitute Capex;

(2) with respect to Investments in Fund Co-Investment Vehicles, Investments made in cash shall constitute Capex in the fiscal year in which such Investments are made and Investments made in assets other than cash shall constitute Capex in the fiscal year in which such assets were acquired;

(3) the amount of the Investment of any assets that are contributed to a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle that has Incurred or will Incur Indebtedness shall be no less than the book value of such assets as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer at the time of such contribution;

(4) Investments made under clause (24) of the definition of “Permitted Investment” (to the extent the Investment in Fund Co-Investment Vehicles of the assets used to make such Investments have been counted as Capex) or Section 4.04(c)(13) shall not constitute Capex; and

(5) Re-Investments in assets that are the subject of a substantially concurrent disposition of assets or Asset Disposition, for the purposes of holding such assets through a different holding structure, shall not constitute Capex.

Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants or options for, or other equivalents of or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of IFRS (as in effect on the Issue Date). The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of IFRS, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

 

8


Cash” means any cash convertible into Euro or sterling in hand or at a bank and (in the latter case) credited to an account in the name of a member of the Group with an Acceptable Bank and to which a member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled and for so long as:

(1) that cash is capable of being repaid within 30 days after the relevant date of calculation or is on deposit for a period no longer than 12 months;

(2) repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any member of the Group or of any other person whatsoever or on the satisfaction of any other condition (other than the expiry of a notice period);

(3) there is no Lien over that cash except for Transaction Security or any Permitted Lien constituted by a netting or set-off arrangement entered into by members of the Group in the ordinary course of their banking arrangements or banker’s lien; and

(4) (except as mentioned in paragraph (1) above) that cash is freely available to be applied in respect of Debt Service within 30 days.

Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian governments, a Permissible Jurisdiction, Switzerland or Norway or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition (excluding any securities issued by a member of the Group);

(2) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of €500 million;

(3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1) and (2) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above;

(4) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or carrying an equivalent rating by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof;

 

9


(5) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, any province of Canada, any Permissible Jurisdiction, Switzerland or Norway or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(6) Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P or “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(7) bills of exchange issued in the United States, Canada, a Permissible Jurisdiction, Switzerland, Norway or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);

(8) interests in any investment company, money market or enhanced high yield fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (7) above; and

(9) for purposes of clause (2) of the definition of “Asset Disposition,” the marketable securities portfolio owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions.

Cash Pool ICLs” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Agreed Security Principles.

Change of Control” means:

(1) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, being or becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than 30% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; provided that for the purposes of this clause, (x) no Change of Control shall be deemed to occur by reason of the Company becoming a Subsidiary of a Successor Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” (as so defined) shall not be included in any Voting Stock of which any such person or group is the “beneficial owner” (as so defined), unless that person or group is not an Affiliate of a Permitted Holder and has greater voting power with respect to that Voting Stock; or

(2) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders;

 

10


(3) the Company ceases to directly own 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Issuer, other than as a result of a Permitted Issuer Reorganization;

(4) the Issuer ceases to directly own 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Midco; or

(5) if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, if the Company ceases to directly own 100% of the issued and outstanding shares in Intermediate Holdco or if Intermediate Holdco ceases to directly own 100% of the issued and outstanding shares in the Issuer.

Clearing System Business Day” means any day on which the depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream is open for business.

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A., as currently in effect or any successor securities clearing agency.

Co-Investment Vehicle” means any Person (including any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) (i) that is acquired or established (or that exists) primarily for the purpose of the direct or indirect ownership, acquisition, sale, financing and related functions of receivables and similar or related assets, (ii) that does not undertake any business activity other than any such business activities related to the activities in clause (i) of this definition and ancillary activities related thereto, (iii) that does not own, directly or indirectly, any assets other than (A) loans, receivables and similar or related assets, (B) cash and Cash Equivalents and (C) other de minimis assets, (iv) with respect to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or cause such Person to achieve certain levels of operating results (other than its proportionate share of any franchise, capital, registration, or similar taxes and other fees and expenses required to maintain such Person’s corporate existence) and (v) in the case of a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle, such Person is not subject to (and shall not agree to become subject to) any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of such Person to pay dividends or make any other distributions to holders of the economic interests in such Person, other than requirements for such Person to maintain a commercially agreed minimum amount of liquidity (including to fund ongoing operating expenses) and any other restriction that, in the good faith determination of the Company or its senior management, does not materially adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to meet its payment obligations under this Indenture, provided that (1) any such Co-Investment Vehicle that is a Restricted Subsidiary may only Incur Indebtedness and Liens that are not prohibited by this Indenture, (2) any and all Indebtedness and other obligations of any Co-Investment Vehicle outstanding at any time qualify as Non-Recourse Obligations or Indebtedness of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted under clause (3) of Section 4.06(b) and (3) no Co-Investment Vehicle may make any dividends or other distributions except, directly or indirectly (taking into account any other arrangement entered into among the co-investors in connection with their investment in the Co-Investment Vehicle, but excluding for the avoidance of doubt any other economic interest, including under any debt servicing arrangements), to its co-investors on a basis proportionate (or, in the case of dividends or distributions to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, on a basis at least proportionate) to the economic interest of each investor (including the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary).

 

11


On or prior to the time of the initial Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Co-Investment Vehicle that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall designate such Co-Investment Vehicle to be either a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle or a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle; provided that such designation shall not be subsequently revoked or reclassified; provided, further, that a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle may not incur any Indebtedness at any time.

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral” means any and all assets from time to time in which a Lien has been or will be granted pursuant to any Security Document to secure the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and/or any Guarantee.

Commodity Hedging Agreements” means, in respect of a Person, any commodity purchase contract, commodity futures or forward contract, commodities option contract or other similar contract (including commodities derivative agreements or arrangements), to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

Common Depositary means Banque Internationale à Luxembourg SA.

Consolidated EBITDA” for any period means, without duplication, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense;

(2) Consolidated Income Taxes;

(3) consolidated depreciation expense;

(4) consolidated amortization or impairment expense (including amortization expense in respect of debt portfolios);

(5) any expenses, charges or other costs related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition of any company, business or undertaking (including one-time amounts paid in connection with the acquisition or retention of one or more individuals comprising part of a management team retained to manage the acquired business; provided that such payments are made in connection with such acquisition and are consistent with the customary practice in the industry at the time of such acquisition), disposition of any company, business or undertaking, recapitalization or the Incurrence of any Indebtedness permitted or not prohibited by this Indenture (in each case whether or not successful), in each case, as determined in good faith by an Officer of the Company; and

(6) other non-cash charges or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charge or write-down to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period) or other items classified as extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring items (in each case only to the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income) but subject to (other than for calculating Excess Cash) the aggregate amount being added back (excluding (A) any restructuring expense or other costs in each case relating to the Restructuring (as described in the “Project Indoor Restructuring Term Sheet” included in the Lock-Up Agreement) and (B) non-cash charges or write-downs as they relate to revaluation of shares or Portfolio Assets or to goodwill adjustments but including (C) without duplication, a positive amount equal to the amount of any negative items classified

 

12


as extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring items that were excluded or not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to paragraph (4) of that definition (except to the extent such items are excluded in clauses (A) or (B)) not exceeding 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of determination for which consolidated financial statements are available (the “10% Cap”) (provided that, in establishing Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of calculating the 10% Cap, amounts added pursuant to this clause (6) in respect of any fiscal quarter ended prior to the Issue Date shall be deemed to be zero), less other non-cash items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period).

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of:

(1) the Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements are available to

(2) the sum of Consolidated Interest Expense for such period,

provided that the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and each element thereof shall be calculated on a pro forma basis for each relevant period and pro forma calculations will be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company, including any pro forma expenses and cost savings and cost reduction synergies to the extent they have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur within the next twelve months following the date of such calculation as a result of, or that would result from any actions by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, (i) in connection with any cost reduction or cost savings program, (ii) in connection with any transaction, investment, acquisition (including, without limitation, acquisition of business entities or property and assets constituting a division or line of business) or disposition or (iii) in connection with any restructuring, corporate reorganization or otherwise (and, in the case of sub-clauses (i) and (iii), steps have been taken to realize such expenses and cost savings and cost reduction synergies), in the good faith judgment of the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer or any person performing a similarly senior accounting role of the Company (regardless of whether these cost savings and cost reduction synergies could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements to the extent prepared); provided, further, without limiting the application of the previous proviso, that for the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for such period, if, as of such date of determination:

(1) since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has disposed of any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “Sale”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is such a Sale, (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period; provided that if any such sale constitutes “discontinued operations” in accordance with IFRS, Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income (if positive) attributable to such operations for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income (if negative) attributable thereto for such

 

13


period and (b) the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and the continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Sale for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and the continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);

(2) since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) has made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise has acquired any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such Investment or acquisition, a “Purchase”), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

(3) since the beginning of such period, any Person (that became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made any Sale or any Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

(4) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is an incurrence of Indebtedness or both, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been incurred on the first day of such period and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; provided, however, that other than for the purposes of the calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under Section 4.06(b)(5), the pro forma calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not give effect to (a) any Indebtedness incurred on the date of determination pursuant to Section 4.06(b) or (b) the discharge on the date of determination of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b);

(5) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of determination will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such period;

(6) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of determination will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such period; and

(7) for purposes of Section 4.06, pro forma effect will be given to the Transactions, as if they had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

14


For the purposes of this definition and the definitions of Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Income Taxes, Consolidated Interest Expense and Consolidated Net Income, calculations will be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company (including, to the extent applicable, in respect of cost savings and cost reduction synergies).

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness for a period equal to the remaining term of such Interest Rate Agreement).

Consolidated Income Taxes” means taxes or other payments, including deferred Taxes, based on income, profits or capital (including without limitation withholding taxes) and franchise taxes of any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries whether or not paid, estimated, accrued or required to be remitted to any Governmental Authority, in each case, excluding (but only to the extent not paid or required to be remitted by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or not promptly reimbursed by such Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle) any such taxes or other payments attributable to any Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period (in each case, determined on the basis of IFRS), the consolidated net interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, including any pension liability interest cost, plus or including (without duplication) any interest, costs and charges consisting of:

(1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(2) amortization of debt discount, but excluding amortization of debt issuance costs, fees and expenses and the expensing of any financing fees;

(3) non-cash interest expense;

(4) the net payments (if any) on Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements (excluding amortization of fees and discounts and unrealized gains and losses);

(5) dividends or other distributions in respect of all Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent held by Persons other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company;

(6) the consolidated interest expense that was capitalized during such period;

(7) interest actually paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person; and

(8) interest accrued on any Indebtedness of a Parent that is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or secured by a Lien on the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (less any interest accrued on any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that was funded with the proceeds of such Guaranteed or secured Indebtedness).

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, Consolidated Interest Expense shall not include (i) any interest accrued, capitalized or paid in respect of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or (ii) interest expense or other items listed above attributable to any Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle (but only to the extent not paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or not promptly reimbursed by such Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle).

 

15


Consolidated Leverage” means the sum of the aggregate outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (excluding Hedging Obligations except to the extent provided in Section 4.06(f)(c)).

Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Leverage at such date to (y) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements are available; provided that for the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for such period (or, in the case of clause (4) below, Consolidated Leverage as of such date) if, as of such date of determination:

(1) since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has disposed of any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “Sale”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is such a Sale, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period; provided that if any such sale constitutes “discontinued operations” in accordance with IFRS, Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income (if positive) attributable to such operations for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

(2) since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) has made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise has acquired any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such Investment or acquisition, a “Purchase”), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

(3) since the beginning of such period, any Person (that became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made any Sale or any Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

(4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of determination will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such period;

(5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of determination will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such period; and

 

16


(6) for purposes of Section 4.06, pro forma effect will be given to the Transactions, as if they had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

For the purposes of this definition and the definitions of Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Income Taxes, Consolidated Interest Expense and Consolidated Net Income or any component thereof, calculations shall be made on a pro forma basis and, (a) pro forma calculations will be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (including any pro forma expenses and cost savings and cost reduction synergies to the extent they have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur within the next twelve months following the date of such calculation as a result of, or that would result from any actions by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries including, without limitation, (i) in connection with any cost reduction or cost savings program, (ii) in connection with any transaction, investment, disposition or acquisition (including, without limitation, disposition or acquisition of business entities or property and assets constituting a division or line of business (including any Portfolio Assets)) or (iii) in connection with any restructuring, corporate reorganization or otherwise (and, in the case of sub-clauses (i) and (iii), steps have been taken to realize such expenses and cost savings and cost reduction synergies), in the good faith judgment of the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer or any person performing a similarly senior accounting role of the Company (regardless of whether these cost savings and cost reduction synergies could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements to the extent prepared)) but subject to the aggregate amount of such pro forma expenses and cost savings and cost reduction synergies not exceeding 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of determination for which consolidated financial statements are available and (b) in determining the amount of Indebtedness outstanding on any date of determination, pro forma effect shall be given to any Incurrence, repayment, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition, retirement or discharge of Indebtedness as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of the relevant period.

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of IFRS; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) subject to the limitations contained in clause (3) below, any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment;

(2) [Reserved];

(3) any net gain (or loss) realized upon the sale, abandonment or other disposition of any asset or disposed operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) which is not sold, abandoned or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Issuer);

(4) any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense or other costs related to the Restructuring, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Company;

 

17


(5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(6) any non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions;

(7) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

(8) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of Hedging Obligations;

(9) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

(10) any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) any purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenues in component amounts required or permitted by IFRS and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

(12) any goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charge, amortization or write-off;

(13) Consolidated Income Taxes to the extent in excess of cash payments made in respect of such Consolidated Income Taxes;

(14) the impact of capitalized, accrued or accreting or pay-in-kind interest or principal on Subordinated Shareholder Funding; and

(15) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses with respect to business interruption.

Consolidated Net IRR” means unlevered consolidated internal rate of return, net of servicing costs.

 

18


Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio” means the Consolidated Leverage Ratio provided that, for the purposes of calculating the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Leverage shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents held by any member of the Group at the relevant time of calculation.

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

(2) to advance or supply funds:

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

(b) to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

Core Market” means any market other than a Non-Core Market.

Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or other arrangements (including the RCF Facility Agreement or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original RCF Facility Agreement or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and, in each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

 

19


Currency Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency futures contract, currency option contract, currency derivative or other similar agreement to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

Custodian” means any receiver, examiner, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

Czech Act on Preventive Restructuring means the Czech Act No. 284/2023 Coll., on Preventive Restructuring.

Czech Insolvency Act” means Czech Act no. 182/2006 Coll., on Insolvency and Methods of its Resolution (the Insolvency Act), as amended.

Czech Business Corporations Act” means Czech Act no. 90/2012 Coll., on Business Companies and Cooperatives (the Business Corporations Act), as amended.

Debt Service” means, with respect to a fiscal year, all scheduled interest payments, scheduled principal payments (excluding repayments of the Revolving Credit Facility in connection with rollover loans under the RCF Facility Agreement) and mandatory repayments or similar (including any mandatory repayment of the Revolving Credit Facility in accordance with the RCF Facility Agreement) for that fiscal year with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, the Notes, the New Money Notes, the Piraeus Term Loan and all other debt permitted to be incurred under this Indenture.

Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Registered Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (with respect to the Euro 2027 Notes), Exhibit A-2 (with respect to the SEK 2027 Notes), Exhibit A-3 (with respect to the Euro 2028 Notes), Exhibit A-4 (with respect to the SEK 2028 Notes), Exhibit A-5 (with respect to the Euro 2029 Notes), Exhibit A-6 (with respect to the SEK 2029 Notes), Exhibit A-7 (with respect to the Euro 2030 Notes) or Exhibit A-8 (with respect to the SEK 2030 Notes) hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary) of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash, Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investments received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 4.07.

Designated Preference Shares” means, with respect to the Company, Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) (1) that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or such Subsidiary) and (2) that is designated as “Designated Preference Shares” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company at or prior to the issuance thereof.

 

20


Discounted BuyBack” means, with respect to the Notes, a repurchase of such Notes at a discount to the outstanding principal amount that is either: (1) made by way of a fixed-price (per series) tender offer, in which case the principal amount of any series of Notes to be repurchased in such tender offer shall be proportionate to the aggregate principal amount of that series of Notes relative to the aggregate principal amount of all series of Notes, provided that, if such tender offer is not fully subscribed in any series of Notes (any amount not subscribed for being the “Series Shortfall”), the Issuer may undertake a further tender offer only in respect of such series of Notes to repurchase a principal amount of such series of Notes equal to the Series Shortfall; or (2) made by way of a reverse Dutch auction tender offer, in which case the holders of each series of Notes are offered the opportunity to tender in such reverse Dutch auction tender offer.

Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary); or

(3) is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

in each case, on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 4.04.

Dividend Yield” means the ratio of the aggregate amount of dividends paid on the shares of the Company (including buy-backs and other payments and distributions in respect of such shares) to Market Capitalization.

 

21


Equity Offering” means (1) a sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions and other than a sale to an Affiliate of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities (other than to an Affiliate of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preference Shares or through an Excluded Contribution) of, or as Subordinated Shareholder Funding to, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

ERC” means the aggregate amount of estimated remaining gross collections (or a pro rata portion thereof in the case of Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles and Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles) projected to be received during the period of 84 months commencing from the last date of the most recently ended fiscal quarter by Midco and its Restricted Subsidiaries, Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles and Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles from all Portfolio Assets directly owned by Midco and its Restricted Subsidiaries, Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles and Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles.

Escrowed Proceeds” means the proceeds from the offering of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into an escrow account with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or Incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow account upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events. The term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow.

euro” or “” means the currency introduced at the start of the third stage of the European economic and monetary union pursuant to the Treaty establishing the European Community, as amended by the Treaty on European Union.

Euro 2027 Notes” means the Initial Euro 2027 Notes and any Additional Euro 2027 Notes.

Euro 2028 Notes” means the Initial Euro 2028 Notes and any Additional Euro 2028 Notes.

Euro 2029 Notes” means the Initial Euro 2029 Notes and any Additional Euro 2029 Notes.

Euro 2030 Notes” means the Initial Euro 2030 Notes and any Additional Euro 2030 Notes.

Euro Notes” means, collectively, the Euro 2027 Notes, the Euro 2028 Notes, the Euro 2029 Notes and the Euro 2030 Notes.

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank SA/NV, or any successor securities clearing agency.

European Government Obligations” means any security that is (1) a direct obligation of Belgium, The Netherlands, France, Germany or any Permissible Jurisdiction, for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such country is pledged or (2) an obligation of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of any such country the payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such country, which, in either case under the preceding clause (1) or (2), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

 

22


European Union” means all members of the European Union as of January 1, 2004.

Excess Cash” means, as of December 31 of a fiscal year, the opening cash balance of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of January 1 of such fiscal year:

(1) plus, without any double counting:

(a) Consolidated EBITDA;

(b) any non-cash adjustments appearing in the “consolidated statement of cash flows” of the Company relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c) any cash received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as “payments from associates and joint ventures” appearing in the “consolidated statement of cash flows” of the Company;

(d) any changes to working capital appearing in the “consolidated statement of cash flows” of the Company relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) proceeds from Asset Dispositions and from dispositions of assets under clause (2) of the definition of “Asset Disposition” but excluding proceeds from sales of equity or other interests to Third Parties in connection with Synthetic Sales as set forth in clause (18) of the definition of “Asset Disposition”;

(f) in respect of EBITDA of a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle, the product of (x) such EBITDA and (y) the percentage shareholding (or equivalent including in respect of any Disqualified Stock, Preferred Stock or Non-Recourse Obligations at the applicable redemption values) of all shareholders (or holders of similar interests) of such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle that are the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(g) proceeds from Asset Dispositions (for purposes of this clause (g), as if such defined term applied to dispositions by Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles) by a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle in an amount equal to the product of (x) the proceeds of such Asset Disposition and (y) the percentage shareholding (or equivalent including in respect of any Disqualified Stock, Preferred Stock or Non-Recourse Obligations at the applicable redemption values) of all shareholders (or holders of similar interests) of such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle that are the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (but excluding proceeds from sales of equity or other interests to third parties in connection with Synthetic Sales as set forth in clause (18) of the definition of “Asset Disposition,” substituting the references to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with references to such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle);

(2) less:

 

23


(a) any income taxes paid appearing in the “consolidated statement of cash flows” of the Company relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) Capex;

(c) Debt Service;

(d) cash dividends on, and capital reductions or repurchases of, the shares of the Company paid in compliance with this Indenture to any person that is not the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) any amounts under clause (4) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”; and

(f) any amounts applied pursuant to Available Cash Offers and Repayments, other than any Discounted BuyBack using the proceeds of New Money Notes,

in each case during such fiscal year.

Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by the Company after the Issue Date as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preference Shares) of the Company or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of its employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preference Shares) of the Company, in each case, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company.

fair market value” wherever such term is used in this Indenture (except in relation to an enforcement action pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement and except as otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture), may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors, as applicable, in good faith.

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc., or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Fund Co-Investment Vehicle” means a Co-Investment Vehicle that has been designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer as a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle pursuant to Section 4.18(b) of this Indenture.

General Partner” means a Subsidiary of the Company which is a controlling general partner of a partnership.

Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

24


Global Notes” means, collectively, the Unrestricted Global Notes, the IAI Global Notes, the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes.

Governmental Authority” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.

Group” means the Company and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time.

Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

(2) entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part),

provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor” means the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture by executing a supplemental indenture in the form attached to this Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Hedging Agreement (each, a “Hedging Agreement”).

Hive Down” means the intra-group reorganization whereby substantially all of the Company’s assets (including its shares and other interests in its direct subsidiaries and intellectual property), functions, contracts and employees will be transferred to Midco, substantially in accordance with the Reorg Steps Plan (as defined in the Lock-up Agreement).

Holder” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the relevant Registrar’s books, which shall initially be the respective nominee of the Common Depositary for Clearstream and Euroclear.

Holding Company” means, in relation to a company, corporation or partnership, any other company, corporation or partnership in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IAI Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of a nominee of the Common Depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.

 

25


IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the European Union or any variation thereof with which the Company is, or may be, required to comply.

Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(1) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(2) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence), in each case only to the extent that the underlying obligation in respect of which the instrument was issued would be treated as Indebtedness;

(4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables), where the deferred payment is arranged primarily as a means of raising finance, which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(6) the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

(7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person (other than any Lien Incurred pursuant to clause (32)(i) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

 

26


(8) Guarantees by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

(9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time).

The term “Indebtedness” shall not include (a) Subordinated Shareholder Funding, (b) any asset retirement obligations, (c) any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business, or (d) any obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Indebtedness” excludes any accrued expenses and trade payables.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total amounts of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Indenture, and (other than with respect to letters of credit or Guarantees or Indebtedness specified in clause (7), (8) or (9) above) shall equal the amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared on the basis of IFRS. Indebtedness represented by loans, notes or other debt instruments shall not be included to the extent funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has guaranteed or for which any of them is otherwise liable and which is otherwise included.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

(1) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 30 days thereafter;

(3) Non-Recourse Obligations Incurred by any Co-Investment Vehicle that primarily have the attributes of an indirect equity interest in the assets of such Co-Investment Vehicle and are not debt for borrowed money (as determined in the good faith judgment of the Company);

(4) payment obligations under any derivative agreement or contract related to a Synthetic Sale that represent income from, proceeds of sales of or other returns on or in respect of, the assets subject to such Synthetic Sale; or

(5) for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes.

 

27


Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party appraiser of international standing; provided, however, that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Issuer.

Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Indirect Restricted Payment” means an Investment, directly or indirectly (including Co-Investment Vehicles) in (1) any Parent of the Company, (2) any Permitted Holder, (3) any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or (4) any Unrestricted Subsidiary (to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary or the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary is, directly or indirectly, used in a manner that would have otherwise been a Restricted Payment pursuant to clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) of the definition thereof had such Unrestricted Subsidiary been subject to Section 4.04 hereof).

Initial Euro 2027 Notes” means the €[•] million aggregate principal amount of the Euro 2027 Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial Euro 2028 Notes” means the €[•] million aggregate principal amount of the Euro 2028 Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial Euro 2029 Notes” means the €[•] million aggregate principal amount of the Euro 2029 Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial Euro 2030 Notes” means the €[•] million aggregate principal amount of the Euro 2030 Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial Investors” means Nordic Capital Fund VIII Limited and any funds, partnerships or special purpose vehicles managed, advised or controlled, directly or indirectly, by Nordic Capital Fund VIII Limited or an Affiliate thereof, and, solely in their capacity as such, any limited partner of any such partnership or fund.

Initial SEK 2027 Notes” means the SEK [•] million aggregate principal amount of the SEK 2027 Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial SEK 2028 Notes” means the SEK [•] million aggregate principal amount of the SEK 2028 Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial SEK 2029 Notes” means the SEK [•] million aggregate principal amount of the SEK 2029 Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial SEK 2030 Notes” means the SEK [•] million aggregate principal amount of the SEK 2030 Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Institutional Accredited Investors” means an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D.

Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement as amended and restated on or about the Issue Date between, amongst others, the Issuer, the Company, the Guarantors, the lenders under the RCF Facility Agreement, the senior agent under the RCF Facility Agreement, the Trustee and the Security Agent, as may be amended from time to time.

 

28


Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

Intra-Group Liabilities” has the meaning ascribed to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Intra-Group Receivables” means any amounts owed by any member of the Group to Midco under or in connection with any intra-group arrangements, including Intra-Group Liabilities, loans, extensions of credit, dividends and any other intra-group transaction permitted under this Indenture.

Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of IFRS; provided, however, that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business will not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time.

For purposes of Section 4.04:

(1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

 

29


The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced (at the Company’s option) by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount or value received in respect of such Investment.

Investment Company Act” means the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by a Permissible Jurisdiction or Switzerland, Norway or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(3) debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from S&P or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; and

(4) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalents pending investment or distribution.

Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive any two of the following:

(1) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P;

(2) a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; and

(3) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from Fitch;

or, in each case, the equivalent of such rating by such respective rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Issue Date” means [•], 2025.

Joint Venture” means any joint venture or similar arrangement (including minority interest investments) entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with any other person which is not a member of the Group where: (a) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly hold shares or an equivalent equity ownership interest or an economic interest in the relevant entity; (b) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries own (directly or indirectly) 50%, or less, of the shares or other equivalent equity ownership interests or economic interests in that relevant entity; and (c) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are entitled to receive a share of the ERC generated by the Portfolio Assets of such entity.

JV Entity” means any Joint Venture or Co-Investment Vehicle which is not a Restricted Subsidiary (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle and (ii) a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries).

 

30


Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle” means a Co-Investment Vehicle that is not a Restricted Subsidiary and that at the time of the initial Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Co-Investment Vehicle has Indebtedness outstanding or is intended to Incur any Indebtedness in the future in the good faith determination of senior management of the Company.

License” means a debt or credit servicing license (other than a New License) that would require regulatory approval prior to any enforcement or change of control.

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

Loan to Cost” means, in connection with a Portfolio Acquisition and with respect to the Person holding the relevant Portfolio Assets that are the subject of such Portfolio Acquisition, the ratio of (i) the Indebtedness of such Person that was Incurred to acquire such Portfolio Assets to (ii) the cash consideration paid or payable for such Portfolio Assets by such Person.

Loan to Purchase Price” means, in connection with the Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, the ratio of (i) such Indebtedness and all other Indebtedness of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (ii) the consideration paid or payable for Portfolio Assets held by such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that, in the case of Portfolio Assets that are contributed by the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries to such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, the consideration paid or payable for such Portfolio Assets will be the consideration paid or payable by the contributing entity.

Lock-Up Agreement” means the lock-up agreement originally dated July 10, 2024 and amended and restated by an amendment and restatement agreement dated August 15, 2024, among the Company, Kroll Issuer Services Limited, as the information agent, each consenting noteholder named therein and each original participating lender named therein.

Majority Co-Investment Vehicle” means a Co-Investment Vehicle that has been designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer as a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle pursuant to Section 4.18(a) of this Indenture.

Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, officers, employees or consultants of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business; or

(2) in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office.

Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Company on the date of determination, multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such Capital Stock on the Nasdaq Stockholm for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of determination.

 

31


Material Company” means:

(1) the Company, Issuer and Midco;

(2) a Subsidiary of the Company which, on a consolidated basis including its consolidated Subsidiaries but excluding intra-group items, has (a) EBITDA representing 5% or more of Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) total revenues representing 5% or more of total revenues of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) total assets (excluding goodwill) representing 5% or more of total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(3) the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary that is the direct Holding Company of a Subsidiary of the Company which itself is a Material Company pursuant to paragraph (2) above.

Maximum Capex” means, with respect to a fiscal year of the Company, €330 million plus, for each of the fiscal years (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2024) prior to the fiscal year for which any calculation is made, the amount by which the Capex in such prior fiscal year is less than €330 million.

Midco” means Intrum Group Operations AB, reg. no. 559489-1532.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Multiple on Invested Capital” means the ratio of all cashflows expected to be generated from an Investment to the amount of such Investment.

Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.

Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes paid or required to be paid or accrued as a liability under IFRS (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by its terms or by applicable law are required to be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 

32


(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of IFRS, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.

Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Incurrence of any Indebtedness, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

New License” means a new debt or credit servicing license for the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that would require regulatory approval prior to any enforcement or change of control. For the avoidance of doubt, “New License” shall not include (i) the renewal of any License in existence as of the Issue Date or (ii) a license that is required to be obtained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in relation to operations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in existence as of the Issue Date (which operations are substantially the same as at the date on which it is required to obtain such license) and which were not subject to a licensing requirement as at the Issue Date.

New Money Notes” means up to €526,315,000 (equivalent) in aggregate principal amount of 8.000% senior secured notes due 2027 of the Issuer issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the New Money Notes Indenture.

New Money Notes Indenture” means the indenture governing the New Money Notes dated as of the Issue Date.

Non-Core Market” means each of the Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia.

Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle” means a Co-Investment Vehicle that is not a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle.

Non-Recourse Obligations” means:

(1) with respect to any Co-Investment Vehicle (whether or not it is a Subsidiary) or its Subsidiaries, obligations under any Indebtedness, Capital Stock, derivative instrument, profit participation note or loan, risk participation agreement or any similar arrangement of such Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries as to which neither the Company nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries, if applicable):

(a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), other than equity commitment, equity support undertaking or similar arrangement (provided that neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries) has any obligation to maintain or preserve

 

33


such Person’s financial condition or cause such Person to achieve certain levels of operating results (other than its proportionate share of any franchise, capital, registration, or similar taxes and other fees and expenses required to maintain such Person’s corporate existence)); or

(b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or which subjects any property or assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries, if applicable) to any Lien,

in each case, other than any Lien in respect of such obligations whereby the liability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries, if applicable) thereunder is limited in recourse to its interest in, or obligation of, such Co-Investment Vehicle (including, without limitation on the Capital Stock, Indebtedness, securities, derivative instruments, profit participation notes or loans, risk participation agreement and any similar arrangements of such Co-Investment Vehicle) or its commitment in relation thereto and the assets of such Co-Investment Vehicle; and

(2) with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries), obligations under any Indebtedness, Capital Stock, derivative instrument, profit participation note or loan, risk participation agreement or any similar arrangement of such Restricted Subsidiary as to which neither the Company nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries):

(a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), other than equity commitment, equity support undertaking or similar arrangement (provided that neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or cause such Person to achieve certain levels of operating results (other than its proportionate share of any franchise, capital, registration, or similar taxes and other fees and expenses required to maintain such Person’s corporate existence)); or

(b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or which subjects any property or assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Restricted Subsidiary) to any Lien,

in each case, other than any guarantee and/or Lien in respect of such obligations whereby the liability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries) thereunder is limited in recourse to its interest in, or obligation of, such Restricted Subsidiary or its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation on the Capital Stock, Indebtedness, securities, derivative instruments, profit participation notes or loans, risk participation agreement and any similar arrangements of such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or its commitment in relation thereto and the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Note Documents” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

34


Note Guarantee” means a senior Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Managing Director, or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person.

Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person; each such Officer’s Certificate shall comply with Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent required by the provisions thereof.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the Security Agent, as applicable. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or its Subsidiaries; each such Opinion of Counsel shall comply with Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent required by the provisions thereof.

Parent” means any Person of which the Company at any time becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date.

Parent Holding Company Expenses” means:

(1) expenses in connection with administrative, strategy, legal, accounting, tax, treasury, research and development, employee-related, management and other services provided to Midco or its Subsidiaries pursuant to contracts or similar arrangements between the Company and any third party and subject to a Recharge Agreement; provided that such expenses shall only relate to any such contracts or arrangements between the Company and any third party that are not transferred to Midco or its Subsidiaries in connection with the Hive Down as of the Issue Date and in respect of which compliance has been waived in accordance with the Restructuring Implementation Deed; provided, further, that such expenses shall only be permitted until such time as the relevant aspect of the Hive Down has been completed;

(2) expenses relating to the listing of the Capital Stock of the Company on Nasdaq Stockholm;

(3) expenses in connection with the holding of the Capital Stock in the Issuer and, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco and Midco;

(4) expenses relating to the external financial audit of the Company and the Issuer;

(5) expenses relating to obtaining and maintaining the credit rating of the Company or the Issuer;

(6) expenses relating to opening and maintaining of bank accounts of the Company and the Issuer;

(7) expenses relating to payments to the directors of the Company or the Issuer, in each case as approved at the respective general meeting;

 

35


(8) expenses to the Issuer and the Company relating to the provision of services by Midco to the Issuer or the Company, as applicable, pursuant to the intra-group services agreement;

(9) expenses relating to the handling of claims and legal disputes against the Company;

(10) any other expenses approved by the Majority Lenders (as defined in the RCF Facility Agreement) in accordance with the terms of the RCF Facility Agreement; and

(11) [Any need for additional exceptions TBC closer to RED based on the status of hive-down],

provided that the aggregate annual amount of expenses paid in reliance on clauses (2) to (7) [and (11)] above shall not exceed in the aggregate €20.0 million (or its equivalent in any other currency).

Participant” means, with respect to Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively.

Partnership” means any partnership, of which a General Partner is the general partner and Third Parties are limited partners, that holds economic interests in Fund Co-Investment Vehicles.

Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note on behalf of the Issuer (for the avoidance of doubt, not including the Security Agent).

Permissible Jurisdiction” means any member state of the European Union (other than Greece, Ireland, Portugal, Italy and Spain so long as European Government Obligations issued, or unconditionally guaranteed, by the governments of such jurisdictions do not have a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P and “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization)), Norway and the United Kingdom.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investments between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalents sold or exchanged shall be deemed to constitute Net Available Cash and must be applied in accordance with Section 3.08.

Permitted Cash Pooling” means (i) cash pooling undertaken by Midco and in respect of which Midco holds all central cash pool accounts and in which only Midco and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries) participate and (ii) for a period of six months following the Issue Date (which period may be extended in accordance with the terms of the RCF Facility Agreement), cash pooling undertaken by the Company and in respect of which the Company holds all central cash pool accounts or in which the Company participates; provided that if the amount standing to the credit of any central cash pool account held by the Company shall at any time exceed €10.0 million (the difference between the actual amount standing to the credit of such account and €10.0 million being the “Excess Amount”) for

 

36


10 consecutive Business Days, the Company shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, as soon as practicable following the 10th Business Day, the Excess Amount to a central cash pool account held by Midco and provided further that, to the extent the Company or the Issuer have any claims against Midco or any Restricted Subsidiary (on a net basis) arising under the cash pooling undertaken by the Company (“Net Downstream ICLs”), the Company or the Issuer will ensure that such Net Downstream ICLs are extinguished when the cash pool is terminated and/or are otherwise discharged substantially concurrently with the termination of the relevant cash pool.

Permitted Collateral Liens” means:

(1) Liens on the Collateral (a) arising by operation of law or contract that are described in one or more of clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (8), (9), (11), (12), (18), (20) and (23) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” or (b) that are Liens on secured accounts equally and ratably granted to cash management banks securing cash management obligations;

(2) Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor that is permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(1); provided that such obligations may receive priority as to the receipt of Recoveries as defined in, and as provided for in, the Intercreditor Agreement;

(3) Liens on the Collateral to secure Hedging Obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(6); provided that such obligations may receive priority as to the receipt of Recoveries as defined in, and as provided for in, the Intercreditor Agreement;

(4) Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor that is permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(12) and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness; provided that such obligations may receive priority as to the receipt of Recoveries as defined in, and as provided for in, the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(5) Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(2) (to the extent such Guarantee is in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be secured and specified in this definition of Permitted Collateral Liens), Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(i), (A)(ii), (A)(iii) and (B) (but only if the original Indebtedness was so secured on the Collateral and excluding Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness that was Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(5)) and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness; provided that such Lien will not give an entitlement to be repaid with the proceeds of enforcement of the Collateral in a manner which is inconsistent with the Intercreditor Agreement and/or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement; and provided, further that any such Lien permitted by this clause (5) ranks junior to Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees if the Lien secures Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or the relevant Guarantor,

provided that each of the parties to Indebtedness secured by Permitted Collateral Liens pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4) or (5) hereof or their agent, representative or trustee will have entered into, or acceded to, the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

37


Permitted Holders” means, collectively, (1) the Initial Investors or any Affiliate thereof, (2) Senior Management, (3) any Related Person of any of the foregoing and (4) any Person who is acting as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any Parent or the Company, acting in such capacity. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries):

(1) Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Company or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that is engaged in any Similar Business and such Person will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that Investments in a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle shall satisfy the requirements of clause (19) of this definition and Investments in a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle shall satisfy the requirements of clause (23) of this definition; and provided, further, that if a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation occurs at the time an Investment is outstanding under this clause (1), then at the time of a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation, such Investment shall be deemed to be made pursuant to clause (19) or (23) of this definition, as applicable;

(2) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments in another Person if such Person is engaged in any Similar Business and as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments or Investment Grade Securities;

(4) Investments in connection with a purchase of servicing contracts or business process outsourcing contracts, in each case in the ordinary course of business and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) Investments in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

(6) Management Advances;

(7) Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of disputes or judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

(8) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition, in each case, that was made in compliance with Section 4.07;

 

38


(9) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments in existence on, or made pursuant to legally binding commitments in existence on, the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions and any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions;

(10) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Hedging Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.06;

(11) Investments in a General Partner or its related Partnership to establish and maintain its corporate existence;

(12) pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 4.09;

(13) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preference Shares), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent as consideration;

(14) any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.08(b) (except those described in clauses (1), (3), (6), (8), (9) and (14) thereof);

(15) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Portfolio Assets, inventory, receivables, loans, supplies of goods and services, materials and equipment, licenses or leases of intellectual property or information-technology development, in any case, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with this Indenture and including, for the avoidance of doubt, of legal and financial advice relating to the Restructuring;

(16) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements not prohibited by Section 4.06;

(17) Investments in the Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(18) Investments acquired after the Issue Date as a result of the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by this Indenture to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, provided that 100% of the Capital Stock of such other Person shall be acquired if such other Person holds Portfolio Assets unless such other Person is a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle;

 

39


(19) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments in any Majority Co-Investment Vehicle, provided that:

(A) such Investments are in the form of (a) cash or (b) assets acquired by the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries after July 1, 2024 (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any assets acquired by the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries as of July 1, 2024); provided that in the case of Investments in the form of assets pursuant to clause (b) only, such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle receives, within 18 months of the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation of such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle, an Investment in the form of assets from one or more Third Parties, on an arm’s length basis and for a fair market value of assets that is proportionate to the economic interest that such Third Party or Third Parties hold in such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle;

(B) the economic interest of each of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle that is acquired by such Investments is pari passu with or senior to the economic interests of each Third Party in such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle and not junior, layered or subordinated in any way to any other obligations of, or economic interests in, such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle, except (a) in relation to asset management and/or performance fees or (b) for the benefit of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(C) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will perform the servicing of the Portfolio Assets that are directly or indirectly held by such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle, except where the Company determines, in its reasonable discretion and in a manner consistent with past practice, that it is in the economic best interest of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such servicing to be performed by a Third Party;

(D) the servicing contract in respect of the Portfolio Assets that are owned by such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle is on customary market terms;

(E) the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary will receive returns on such Investments on a basis that is proportionate to its economic interests in such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle; and

(F) the Consolidated Net IRR for Investments in Majority Co-Investment Vehicles that exceed the Business Plan Capex for the fiscal year in which such Investment is made would be at least 14%;

(20) Investments constituting Permitted Cash Pooling;

(21) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments, directly or indirectly, in a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle, provided that:

(A) such Investments, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (21) do not exceed €50 million per fiscal year;

(B) the Loan to Cost of the Portfolio Assets acquired in such Investments may equal or exceed 60%, notwithstanding clause (5)(a) of Permitted Investment General Restrictions;

 

40


(C) (a) the consolidated levered internal rate of return net of servicing costs would be at least 18% and (b) the unlevered Multiple on Invested Capital would be at least 2.00 to 1.00, in each case, for Investments made pursuant to this clause (21); and

(D) the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries will receive at least 75% of the servicing fee payable in respect of the Portfolio Assets that are owned by Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles (determined by way of approximation at the time of such Investment by comparing (i) the purchase price of Portfolio Assets paid by Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles and serviced by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (ii) the total purchase price of Portfolio Assets paid by Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles, whether or not they are serviced by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries), where the relevant Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles are the Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles that are the subject of such Investment and the other Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries invested in the 12-month period prior to the date of such Investment);

(22) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments (including, but not limited to, Investments in the form of Capital Stock, Indebtedness, derivative instruments, profit participation notes or loans and/or risk participation agreements), directly or indirectly, in any Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle; provided that:

(A) such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle has no outstanding Indebtedness;

(B) the Consolidated Net IRR for Investments in Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles would be at least 14% (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Investments that do not exceed the Business Plan Capex for the fiscal year in which such Investments are made);

(C) the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries will receive at least 75% of the servicing fee payable in respect of the Portfolio Assets that are owned by Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles (determined by way of approximation at the time of such Investment by comparing (i) the purchase price of Portfolio Assets paid by Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles and serviced by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (ii) the total purchase price of Portfolio Assets paid by Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles, whether or not they are serviced by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries), where the relevant Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles are the Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles that are the subject of such Investment and the other Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries invested in the 12-month period prior to the date of such Investment);

(D) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will receive returns on such Investments on a basis that is at least proportionate to its economic interests in such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle;

 

41


(E) any co-investment contract in respect of such Investment is on customary market terms (including customary minority protections with respect to asset dispositions); and

(F) any servicing contract in respect of the Portfolio Assets that are owned by such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle is on customary market terms;

(23) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments in any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that:

(A) such Investments are in the form of (a) cash, (b) assets acquired by the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries after July 1, 2024 (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any assets acquired by the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries as of July 1, 2024) or (c) all of the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that holds assets acquired by the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries after July 1, 2024 (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any assets acquired by the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries as of July 1, 2024) and no other assets (the “Target Subsidiary” and together with any of its Subsidiaries, the “Target Group”); provided that:

(i) in the case of Investments in the form of assets pursuant to clauses (23)(A)(b) and (23)(A)(c) above, such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle receives, within 18 months of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, an Investment in the form of assets from one or more Third Parties, through a Partnership or otherwise and in each case on an arm’s length basis;

(ii) in the case of Investments in the form of assets pursuant to clause (23)(A)(c), no Indebtedness remains outstanding between the Target Group and any member of the Group that is not part of the Target Group; and

(iii) in all cases, within 18 months of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation of any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, the Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle will be no greater than 35% of the economic interests of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and at least 65% of the economic interests of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle will be held by Third Parties;

(B) the amount of such Investments would not result in the Maximum Capex (as applied from January 1, 2024 for the year ended December 31, 2024) being exceeded (calculating cash Investments in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle in the year in which such cash Investments are made and other assets contributed to the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle in the year in which such assets were acquired);

(C) the economic interest of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle that is acquired by such Investments is pari passu with or senior to the economic interests of each Third Party in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and not junior or subordinated in any way to any other obligations of, or economic interests in, such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, except (a) in relation to asset management and/or performance fees or (b) for the benefit of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

42


(D) the amount of Investments in Fund Co-Investment Vehicles that have Incurred or will Incur Indebtedness would not exceed 30% of the Maximum Capex in the fiscal year of the Company in which such Investments are made;

(E) such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries will not service any Portfolio Assets held directly or indirectly by such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries;

(F) the servicing of the Portfolio Assets of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, whether held directly or indirectly, will be performed by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, except if the Company determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it is in the economic best interest of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such servicing to be performed by a Third Party, with such determination to be made in a manner consistent with past practice;

(G) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will share with any Third Party the asset management or performance fees from such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or a Partnership that has economic interest in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, the Company reasonably expects, as of the date of the agreement to share such fees, that the net asset management and estimated performance fees to be received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries from all Fund Co-Investment Vehicles (including such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle) and all Partnerships (including a Partnership that has economic interest in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle) will be at least 110% of the costs to be incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the management of all Fund Co-Investment Vehicles (including such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle) and all Partnerships (including a Partnership that has economic interest in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle); provided, that not more than 40% of asset management and performance fees from all Fund Co-Investment Vehicles (including such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle) and all Partnerships (including a Partnership that has economic interest in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle) may be shared with Third Parties;

(H) any Person that will receive servicing fees or asset management fees in respect of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle is a Guarantor, whose Capital Stock is pledged to secure the Notes, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(I) the servicing and asset management contracts relating to such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle are or will be on customary market terms;

(J) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries do not have any obligation to maintain the financial condition or support the operations of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle (except, for the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to any servicing contract with respect to the Portfolio Assets of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle);

 

43


(K) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will receive returns on such Investments on a basis that is proportionate to its economic interests in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle;

(L) such Investment is not financed by Indebtedness of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; and

(M) the Consolidated Net IRR for Investments in Fund Co-Investment Vehicles exceeding the Business Plan Capex for the fiscal year in which such Investment is made would be at least 14%; provided that such Investments shall not exceed the Maximum Capex;

(24) Investments by a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Restricted Subsidiary in Portfolio Assets, directly or indirectly and consistently with past practice; and

(25) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), Investments in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed €75.0 million (excluding any Investments initially made under this paragraph (25) that comply with Section 4.21(c)) made among the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries, where the purpose of such Investment is (i) to undertake a Tax Consolidation Transaction that could not otherwise be effected pursuant to clause(14)(i) of Section 4.04(c) or (ii) to offset and extinguish any and all receivables arising from or relating to any Tax Consolidation Transaction undertaken prior to or concurrently with such Investment; provided that:

(a) in the case of any Investment made pursuant to this paragraph (25) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Person other than a directly-owned Subsidiary or direct Holding Company of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Person is within the same corporate income tax group, value added tax group and/or fiscal unity for tax purposes as the Person who made the Investment; and

(b) either:

(A) within five Business Days of making any Investment pursuant to this paragraph (25) that gives rise to an Intra-Group Receivable, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment in, or a Permitted Payment described in clause (14)(ii) of Section 4.04(c) to, a Group Company with the effect of offsetting and extinguishing any and all receivables arising from the initial Investment; or

(B) the Issuer procures that such Investment complies with Section 4.21(c) within 60 days of the date on which such Investment is made, or that any Intra-Group Receivable arising from the initial Investment made pursuant to this paragraph (25) is otherwise offset and extinguished as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, unless compliance herewith would result in adverse tax or accounting consequences for the Group or would not be commercially reasonable, in each case, as determined by the Issuer in its reasonable discretion.

 

44


“Permitted Investment General Restrictions” means, in respect of an Investment constituting a Portfolio Acquisition or an acquisition of an Acquired Business:

(1) subject to Section 4.08(c), the amount of such Investment would not result in the Additional Capex Limit being exceeded for the fiscal year in which such Investment is made;

(2) the amount of such Investment constituting an acquisition of an Acquired Business would not result in the Business Plan Capex being exceeded for the fiscal year in which such Investment is made;

(3) the amount of such Investment constituting a Portfolio Acquisition may exceed the Business Plan Capex up to and including the Maximum Capex only if the Consolidated Net IRR for Investments exceeding the Business Plan Capex for the fiscal year in which such Investment is made would be at least 14%;

(4) in the case of an Investment constituting an acquisition of an Acquired Business:

(a) the consolidated net leverage ratio (calculated on the same basis as the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio) of such Acquired Business is less than 2.00 to 1.00; and

(b) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary grants a Lien, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, on the Capital Stock of such Acquired Business to secure the Notes and other secured Indebtedness in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, except where such Capital Stock is subject to an existing Lien to secure Acquired Indebtedness, provided that such existing Lien was not created in anticipation of the acquisition of such Acquired Business and such Lien has been in place for at least six months prior to the relevant Acquisition Date; and

(5) in the case of an Investment constituting a Portfolio Acquisition:

(a) the Loan to Cost of the Portfolio Assets acquired in such Portfolio Acquisition is less than 60%; and

(b) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary grants a Lien, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, on the Capital Stock of one or more Persons that hold, directly or indirectly, the Portfolio Assets that are acquired to secure the Notes and other secured Indebtedness in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, except (i) where such Capital Stock is subject to an existing Lien to secure Indebtedness of such Persons, provided that such existing Lien was not created in anticipation of the acquisition of such Persons and such Lien has been in place for at least six months prior to the relevant Acquisition Date and (ii) Intrum Investments Management AB and Intrum Investment DAC shall not be required to comply with this clause (5)(b) for a period of 12 months from the Issue Date.

Permitted Issuer Reorganization” means the creation of a newly incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company and the direct holding of 100% of the shares of the Issuer by such Wholly Owned Subsidiary (“Intermediate Holdco”) and the transactions to implement the foregoing, including the release of the Liens granted by the Company on the shares of the Issuer to secure the Notes substantially concurrently with the acquisition of the shares of the Issuer by Intermediate Holdco, provided that:

 

45


(1) on or prior to the acquisition of the shares of the Issuer by Intermediate Holdco, the Security Agent has provided a written consent (acting on the instruction of the majority of the holders of the Notes) to such transactions;

(2) on or prior to the acquisition of the shares of the Issuer by Intermediate Holdco, the Company secures the Notes by pledging its shares in Intermediate Holdco and any Intra-Group Receivables owed to it by Intermediate Holdco in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(3) substantially concurrently with the acquisition of the shares of the Issuer by Intermediate Holdco, Intermediate Holdco secures the Notes by pledging its shares in the Issuer, any Intra-Group Receivables owed to it by the Issuer and, if the Intermediate Holdco is incorporated in Spain or Switzerland, any of its bank accounts, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(4) prior to its acquisition of the shares of the Issuer, Intermediate Holdco accedes to this Indenture as a Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture in the form attached to this Indenture; and

(5) Intermediate Holdco shall be subject to the same restrictions, covenants, undertakings, obligations, permissions and financial calculation provisions as the Company.

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) [Reserved];

(2) pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, early retirement or termination obligations, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements), or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure surety, indemnity, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, guarantees of government contracts (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to IFRS have been made in respect thereof;

(5) Liens in favor of the issuers of surety, performance or other bonds, guarantees or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (not issued to support Indebtedness for borrowed money) issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business;

 

46


(6) encumbrances, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of its properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(7) [Reserved];

(8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(10) Liens for the purpose of securing Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations, or securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing other Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(7), (b) any such Lien may not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions to such assets and property and (c) any such Lien for the purpose of securing Capitalized Lease Obligations must be on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any such Lien for the purpose of securing Purchase Money Obligations must be on assets or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(11) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Liens created pursuant to the general banking conditions of a bank operating in the Netherlands), rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary or financial institution;

(12) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(13) Liens existing on the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions;

(14) Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction

 

47


with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock) and have existed for at least six months prior to such time; provided, further, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

(15) Liens on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(16) [Reserved];

(17) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;

(18) (a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(19) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture, co-investment or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture, co-investment or similar agreement;

(20) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

(21) Liens on cash accounts securing Indebtedness incurred under Section 4.06(b)(15) with local financial institutions;

(22) Liens on Escrowed Proceeds for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case, to the extent such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose;

(23) Liens securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities, or liens over cash accounts and receivables securing cash pooling or cash management arrangements;

(24) Liens arising out of conditional sale, extended retention of title (verlängerter Eigentumsvorbehalt), title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods or, in the case of extended retention of title (verlängerter Eigentumsvorbehalt), receivables resulting from the sale of such goods, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

48


(25) Liens in connection with any joint and several liability (hoofdelijke aansprakelijkheid) under a fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax purposes and Dutch value added tax purposes consisting solely of members of the Group other than the Company;

(26) any guarantee granted pursuant to or in connection with a declaration of joint and several liability as referred to in section 2:403 Dutch Civil Code (and any residual liability under such declaration, as referred to in section 2:404 (2) of the Dutch Civil Code);

(27) any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio described in clause (9) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party;

(28) Liens in respect of liabilities owed to a German Intra-Group Lender (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) only, if and to the extent that such Liens are required for the relevant German Intra-Group Lender (or its general partner, as the case may be) in order to comply with its obligations under sections 30 and/or 43 of the German Limited Liability Companies Act (Gesetz betreffend die Gesellschaften mit beschränkter Haftung) or sections 57 and/or 93 of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz);

(29) Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness;

(30) Liens over the Capital Stock or assets of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the Indebtedness of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle under Section 4.06(b)(16);

(31) Liens to secure all Indebtedness described under Section 4.06(b)(6); provided, that Liens securing such Indebtedness may have priority status in respect of the proceeds from the enforcement of any collateral that may secure the Notes from time to time;

(32) (i) Liens over the Capital Stock, Indebtedness or securities of, or Investments in, any Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle to secure the Non-Recourse Obligations of such Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle and (ii) Liens over assets of a Co-Investment Vehicle that is a Restricted Subsidiary and not a Guarantor to secure Non-Recourse Obligations of such Co-Investment Vehicle under Capital Stock, Indebtedness, securities, derivative instruments, profit participation notes or loans, risk participation agreements or any similar arrangements to holders thereof (provided that any such Liens in favor of Persons that are not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary do not entitle such Person to recover more than its pro rata share of such assets (or proceeds thereof) based on the direct or indirect proportionate economic interest in such assets held by such Person);

(33) a Lien over assets that are subject to a Synthetic Sale; and

(34) any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (33); provided that any such extension, renewal or replacement shall be no more restrictive in any material respect than the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced and shall not extend in any material respect to any additional property or assets.

 

49


Permitted Reorganization” means, unless an Event of Default is continuing, any amalgamation, demerger, merger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganization, winding up or corporate reconstruction involving any Parent, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the assignment, transfer or assumption of intercompany receivables and payables among any Parent that is a Guarantor, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (a “Reorganization”) that is made on a solvent basis; provided that: (a) substantially all of the business and assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiaries remain owned by the Company (or the Successor Company if the Company is not the surviving entity) or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) any payments or assets distributed by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Reorganization remain within the Company (or the Successor Company if the Company is not the surviving entity) and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) if any shares or other assets form part of the Collateral, substantially equivalent Liens must be granted over such shares or assets of the recipient such that they form part of the Collateral and (d) any assignment, transfer or assumption of intercompany receivables or payables from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Parent in connection with a Reorganization shall only be permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.04.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Piraeus Term Loan” means the €100 million term loan facility made available to the Company by Piraeus Bank S.A., Frankfurt Branch, pursuant to the Piraeus Term Loan Facility Agreement.

Piraeus Term Loan Facility Agreement” means the amended and restated term facility agreement dated [•], 2025 between, among others, the Issuer, as borrower, and Piraeus Bank S.A., Frankfurt Branch, as amended and restated from time to time.

Piraeus Term Loan Finance Documents” means the Piraeus Term Loan Facility Agreement and such other documents identified as “Senior Finance Documents” pursuant to the Piraeus Term Loan Facility Agreement.

Pledgor” means any Person that has granted a Lien on the Capital Stock of a Guarantor to secure the Notes.

Portfolio Acquisition” means any Investment, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in (i) Portfolio Assets or (ii) one or more Persons that hold, directly or indirectly, Portfolio Assets.

Portfolio Assets” means all (a) Right to Collect Accounts, (b) performing, sub-performing or charged-off accounts, loans, receivables, mortgages, debentures and claims, (c) real estate assets that are repossessed in satisfaction of debts and (d) other similar assets or instruments which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall in each case exclude any Trust Management Assets and any Right to Collect Accounts, performing accounts, sub-performing accounts, charged-off accounts, cash and bank accounts, loans, receivables, mortgages, debentures, claims or other similar assets or instruments which are or will (from acquisition) be (x) held on trust for a third party which is not Midco or any Restricted Subsidiary (or, if applicable, the relevant JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries) or (y) subject to any Lien except for any Permitted Collateral Lien or any Permitted Lien referred to in clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (8), (9), (11), (12), (15), (17), (18), (20), (23) and/or (24) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

 

50


Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Public Debt” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or any similar debt securities issued in (1) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (2) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC for public resale.

Public Offering” means any offering of shares of common stock or other common equity interests that are listed on an exchange or publicly offered (which shall include an offering pursuant to Rule 144A and/or Regulation S under the Securities Act to professional market investors or similar persons).

Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

RCF Facility Agreement” means the multicurrency revolving credit facility agreement dated [•], 2025, between, amongst others, the Issuer, as borrower, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as facility agent and security agent, as amended from time to time.

RCF Finance Documents” means the RCF Facility Agreement and such other documents identified as “Finance Documents” pursuant to the RCF Facility Agreement.

RED Direct Subsidiary” means any directly-owned Subsidiary of the Company as of the Issue Date.

Re-Investment” means any re-investment, rollover or extension of Investment (including via proceeds from Asset Dispositions) by the Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle.

Recharge Agreement” means a recharge agreement entered into between the Company and Midco pursuant to which the Company is entitled to charge Midco, on customary invoicing terms for similar arrangements conducted in the ordinary course of business and on an arm’s length basis, for any Parent Holding Company Expenses incurred under limb (1) of such definition; provided that: (i) any claims by the Company under such agreement are subordinated as Intra-Group Liabilities pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) such agreement includes a termination right in favor of Midco, which is exercisable by the Midco at any time (in its sole discretion and without cause) and (iii) any receivables owed to the Company arising under the Recharge Agreement are subject to Transaction Security with a springing perfection.

 

51


Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:

(1) if the Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final Stated Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is the same as or later than the final Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or, if shorter, the Notes;

(2) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and costs, expenses and fees Incurred in connection therewith);

(3) if the Issuer or a Guarantor was the obligor on the Indebtedness being refinanced, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred either by the Issuer or by a Guarantor;

(4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is expressly subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Note Guarantees on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(5) if the Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(i) and such Refinancing Indebtedness ranks pari passu or junior in right of payment with the Notes or is unsecured:

(A) such Refinancing Indebtedness does not require any amortization (excluding repayment of principal at maturity) and any voluntary repayment of such Refinancing Indebtedness prior to the final Stated Maturity of the outstanding Notes must be made on a pro rata basis with the outstanding Notes;

(B) the Liens securing such Refinancing Indebtedness and each of the information undertakings, negative undertakings and positive undertakings of the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to such Refinancing Indebtedness are no more favorable to the lenders or holders providing such Refinancing Indebtedness

 

52


or no more restrictive on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries than those that are included in this Indenture (in each case, to the extent relevant to the holders of the Notes), as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Issuer and certified to the Trustee prior to Incurrence of any such Refinancing Indebtedness (such certification to include a summary of the material information undertakings, negative undertakings and positive undertakings) (except with respect to information undertakings, negative undertakings and positive undertakings that are applicable only to periods after the final Stated Maturity of the Notes or included in the RCF Facility Agreement as of the Issue Date); provided, that this clause (5)(B) shall not apply to (i) interest rate, margin, fees, funding discounts and other pricing terms, (ii) redemption, repayment or other premiums and (iii) optional redemption terms;

(C) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a maturity date that is no earlier than six months after the final Stated Maturity of the Notes that remain outstanding on the date of its Incurrence (other than the Notes being refinanced by such Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that if the All-In Yield of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed 9.5% per annum, the maturity date of such Refinancing Indebtedness may be within six months from the final Stated Maturity of the Notes that remain outstanding on the date of its Incurrence;

(D) the ROFO Condition is satisfied; and

(E) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred by the Issuer or a Guarantor; and

(6) if the Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(ii):

(A) such Refinancing Indebtedness ranks pari passu or junior in right of payment with the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(B) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a maturity date that is no earlier than six months after the final Stated Maturity of the Notes that remain outstanding on the date of its Incurrence (other than the Notes being refinanced by such Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that if the All-In Yield of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed 9.5% per annum, the maturity date of such Refinancing Indebtedness may be within six months from the final Stated Maturity of the Notes that remain outstanding on the date of its Incurrence;

(C) the ROFO Condition is satisfied; and

(D) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred by the Issuer or a Guarantor;

provided, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness; provided that it is used to refinance the amounts used to discharge in full such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness within three months of the relevant termination, discharge or repayment.

 

53


Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and having the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, deposited with and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee, initially resold in reliance on Regulation S, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (with respect to the Euro 2027 Notes), Exhibit A-2 (with respect to the SEK 2027 Notes), Exhibit A-3 (with respect to the Euro 2028 Notes), Exhibit A-4 (with respect to the SEK 2028 Notes), Exhibit A-5 (with respect to the Euro 2029 Notes), Exhibit A-6 (with respect to the SEK 2029 Notes), Exhibit A-7 (with respect to the Euro 2030 Notes) or Exhibit A-8 (with respect to the SEK 2030 Notes) hereto, as applicable.

Related Person” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any controlling equity holder or Subsidiary of such Person; or

(2) in the case of an individual, any spouse, family member or relative of such individual, any trust or partnership for the benefit of one or more of such individual and any such spouse, family member or relative, or the estate, executor, administrator, committee or beneficiaries of any thereof; or

(3) any trust, corporation, partnership or other Person for which one or more of the Permitted Holders and other Related Persons of any thereof constitute the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners thereof, or Persons beneficially holding in the aggregate a majority (or more) controlling interest therein; or

(4) in the case of the Initial Investors any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by such Person or any successor thereto, or by any Affiliate of such Person or any such successor.

Related Taxes” means:

(1) any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding imposed on payments made by any Parent), required to be paid (provided that such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent by virtue of its:

(a) being organized or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries);

(b) issuing or holding Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

(c) being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries;

 

54


(d) receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries; or

(e) having made any payment in respect to any of the items for which the Company is permitted to make payments to any Parent pursuant to Section 4.04; or

(2) if and for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with any Parent, any Taxes measured by income for which such Parent is liable up to an amount not to exceed with respect to such Taxes the amount of any such Taxes that the Company and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis or on a consolidated basis if the Company and its Subsidiaries had paid tax on a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary basis on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any director, associate director, or assistant secretary within the corporate trust services department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Definitive Registered Note” means a Definitive Registered Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Restricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and any of its Subsidiaries.

Restructuring” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Lock-Up Agreement.

Restructuring Implementation Deed” means the Restructuring Implementation Deed, dated [•], 2025, between, among others, the Company, the Issuer and Midco.

Reversion Date” means, after the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status, the date, if any, that such Notes shall cease to have such Investment Grade Status.

Revolving Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility made available under the RCF Facility Agreement.

Right to Collect Account” means a performing, sub-performing or charged-off account, loan, receivable, mortgage, debenture or claim, or other similar asset or instrument that is owned by a Third Party and in respect of which (a) such Third Party is unable or unwilling to dispose of the relevant performing, sub-performing or charged-off account, loan, receivable, mortgage, debenture or claim, or other similar asset or instrument to Midco or a Restricted Subsidiary (or, if applicable, a JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries); and (b)

 

55


Midco or a Restricted Subsidiary (or, if applicable, a JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries) is entitled to collect and retain substantially all of the amounts due under such performing, sub-performing or charged-off account, loan, receivable, mortgage, debenture or claim, or other similar asset or instrument or to receive amounts equivalent thereto.

ROFO Condition” means, in connection with the Incurrence of Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(12) (other than in connection with the Incurrence of the New Money Notes) or Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(i) or Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(ii), (1) the Issuer shall have issued a written offer setting forth the material terms of such Indebtedness (i) in connection with the Incurrence of Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(12), to the holders of the New Money Notes and (ii) in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(i) or Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(ii), to the Holders of the Notes, in each case to provide such Indebtedness on a pro rata basis (calculated based on the percentage that (i) in the case of clause (1)(i), such holder’s aggregate principal amount of New Money Notes represents of the total aggregate principal amount of all New Money Notes then outstanding and (ii) in the case of clause (1)(ii), such holder’s aggregate principal amount of Notes represents of the total aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding); (2) the holders of the New Money Notes or the Notes, as applicable, shall have been given at least five Business Days to accept such written offer in a legally binding acceptance letter and (3) to the extent any of such holders fail to deliver a legally binding acceptance letter in accordance with clause (2) of this definition evidencing subscriptions for the full amount of Indebtedness offered to be subscribed by such holder pursuant to clause (1) of this definition, the Issuer has offered or will offer such Indebtedness for subscription by any other Person on terms no less favorable than the terms offered to such holder of the New Money Notes or the Notes, as applicable, pursuant to clause (1) of this definition.

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Global Note” means a Global Note, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and having the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, deposited with and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee, initially resold in reliance on Rule 144A, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (with respect to the Euro 2027 Notes), Exhibit A-2 (with respect to the SEK 2027 Notes), Exhibit A-3 (with respect to the Euro 2028 Notes), Exhibit A-4 (with respect to the SEK 2028 Notes), Exhibit A-5 (with respect to the Euro 2029 Notes), Exhibit A-6 (with respect to the SEK 2029 Notes), Exhibit A-7 (with respect to the Euro 2030 Notes) or Exhibit A-8 (with respect to the SEK 2030 Notes) hereto, as applicable.

Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

 

56


Security Documents” means the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and all security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, and any other instrument and document executed and delivered pursuant to this Indenture or otherwise or any of the foregoing, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the Liens in the Collateral as contemplated by this Indenture.

SEK” means the lawful currency of Sweden.

SEK 2027 Notes” means the Initial SEK 2027 Notes and any Additional SEK 2027 Notes.

SEK 2028 Notes” means the Initial SEK 2028 Notes and any Additional SEK 2028 Notes.

SEK 2029 Notes” means the Initial SEK 2029 Notes and any Additional SEK 2029 Notes.

SEK 2030 Notes” means the Initial SEK 2030 Notes and any Additional SEK 2030 Notes.

Senior Management” means the officers, directors, and other members of senior management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, who at any date beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent and with an equity investment in excess of €50,000.

Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that meets any of the following conditions:

(1) the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ investments in and advances to the Restricted Subsidiary exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year;

(2) the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of the total assets (after intercompany eliminations) of the Restricted Subsidiary exceeds 10% of the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or

(3) the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ equity in the income from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of the Restricted Subsidiary exceeds 10% of such income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently completed fiscal year.

Similar Business” means (1) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates on the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions and (2) any businesses, services and activities that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof.

Slovak Commercial Code” means the Slovak Act No. 513/1991 Coll. the Commercial Code, as amended.

Spanish Companies Law” means the Royal Legislative Decree 1/2010, of 2 July, approving the Consolidated Text of the Spanish Companies Law (Real Decreto-Legislativo 1/2010, de 2 de Julio, por el que se aprueba el Texto Refundido de la Ley de Sociedades de Capital), as amended from time to time.

 

57


Spanish Insolvency Law” means the Spanish Law 1/2020, dated 5 May (Real Decreto-Legislativo 1/2020, de 5 de Mayo, por el que se aprueba el Texto Refundido de la Ley Concursal) as amended pursuant to the Spanish Law 16/2022 of 5 September, on the reform of Royal Legislative Decree 1/2020, of 5 May, approving the Consolidated Text of the Spanish Insolvency (Ley 16/2022 de 5 de septiembre de reforma del Texto Refundido de la Ley Concursal) and as amended or restated from time to time.

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or its Note Guarantees pursuant to a written agreement.

Subordinated Shareholder Funding” means, collectively, any funds provided to the Company by a Parent in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, in each case issued to and held by a Parent or a Permitted Holder, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided, however, that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding:

(1) does not mature or require any amortization, redemption or other repayment of principal or any sinking fund payment prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes (other than through conversion or exchange of such funding into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any funding meeting the requirements of this definition);

(2) does not require, prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes, payment of cash interest, cash withholding amounts or other cash gross-ups, or any similar cash amounts;

(3) contains no change of control or similar provisions and does not accelerate and has no right to declare a default or event of default or take any enforcement action or otherwise require any cash payment, in each case, prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes;

(4) does not provide for or require any security interest or encumbrance over any asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(5) pursuant to its terms is fully subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to subordination, payment blockage and enforcement limitation terms which are customary in all material respects for similar funding.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) other than any Co-Investment Vehicle, any corporation, association, société dexercice libéral or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement

 

58


or other arrangement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof;

(2) other than any Co-Investment Vehicle, any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity (other than entities covered by clause (1) of this definition) of which:

(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise; and

(b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity;

(3) any Co-Investment Vehicle that is designated as a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle by such Person pursuant to Section 4.18(b) and any of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle’s Subsidiaries will each be deemed to be a direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person or such Person’s Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(4) in the case of any Co-Investment Vehicle other than a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, any corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity of which more than 50% of the economic interests in the Investments held by all investors in such entity (taking into account any and all arrangements entered into among the co-investors in connection with their Investment in such entity, but excluding for the avoidance of doubt any other economic interest, including under any debt servicing arrangements) are at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof and such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person otherwise controls such entity,

provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, a Partnership shall not be a Subsidiary.

Successor Parent” with respect to any Person means any other Person with more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of which is, at the time the first Person becomes a Subsidiary of such other Person, “beneficially owned” (as defined below) by one or more Persons that “beneficially owned” (as defined below) more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the first Person immediately prior to the first Person becoming a Subsidiary of such other Person. For purposes hereof, “beneficially own” has the meaning correlative to the term “beneficial owner,” as such term is defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the Issue Date).

Swedish Government Bond Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of direct obligations of the Kingdom of Sweden, acting through the Swedish National Debt Office (a Swedish Government Bond; Sw. statsobligation) with a constant maturity (such yield to be the weekly average yield as officially compiled and published in the most recent financial statistics that has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the redemption date (or, if such financial statistics are not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to [•], 2027 (the “reference date”); provided,

 

59


however, that if the period from the redemption date to the reference date is not equal to the constant maturity of a direct obligation of the Kingdom of Sweden, acting through the Swedish National Debt Office for which a weekly average yield is given, the Swedish Government Bond Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of direct obligations of the Kingdom of Sweden, acting through the Swedish National Debt Office, for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to the reference date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Kingdom of Sweden, acting through the Swedish National Debt Office, adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Swedish Government Obligations” means any security that is (1) a direct obligation of the Kingdom of Sweden, for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such country is pledged or (2) an obligation of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the Kingdom of Sweden the payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such country, which, in either case under the preceding clause (1) or (2), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

T2” means the real time gross settlement system operated by the Eurosystem, or any successor system.

T2 Day” means (1) with respect to payments in euro, any day on which T2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro and (2) with respect to payments in Swedish krona, any day on which banks are open for general business in Stockholm.

Target Group” means a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an acquisition or other transaction and its Subsidiaries.

Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority.

Tax Sharing Agreement” means any tax sharing or profit and loss pooling or similar agreement with customary or arm’s-length terms entered into with any Parent or Subsidiary, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and of this Indenture.

Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following:

(1) any investment in:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations Guaranteed by, (i) the United States of America or Canada, (ii) any Permissible Jurisdiction, (iii) Switzerland or Norway, (iv) any country in whose currency funds are being held specifically pending application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country with such funds or (v) any agency or instrumentality of any such country or member state; or

(b) direct obligations of any country recognized by the United States of America rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

60


(2) overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by:

(a) any lender under the RCF Facility Agreement;

(b) any institution authorized to operate as a bank in any of the countries or member states referred to in subclause (1)(a) above; or

(c) any bank or trust company organized under the laws of any such country or member state or any political subdivision thereof,

in each case, having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of €250 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

(3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) or (2) above entered into with a Person meeting the qualifications described in clause (2) above;

(4) Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

(5) Investments in securities maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, Canada, any Permissible Jurisdiction or Switzerland, Norway or by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth, territory, country or member state, and rated at least “BBB” by S&P or “Baa3” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

(6) bills of exchange issued in the United States, Canada, a Permissible Jurisdiction, Switzerland, Norway or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);

(7) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a commercial bank organized under the laws of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of €250 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) or whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

 

61


(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (1) through (7) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution); and

(9) investments in money market funds complying with the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Third Party” means a person that is not the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or, if applicable, a JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries).

Third Party Partnership” means any partnership, of which a General Partner is the general partner and Third Parties are limited partners, that holds economic interests in investment vehicles in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have not made, and will not make, any Investment.

Total Assets” means the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with IFRS (excluding any assets of a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle) as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Person calculated to give pro forma effect to any Purchase and Sales that have occurred subsequent to such period, including any such Purchase to be made with the proceeds of such Indebtedness giving rise to the need to calculate Total Assets.

Transactions” means the issuance of the Notes, the issuance of the New Money Notes, the entry into the RCF Facility Agreement, the Piraeus Term Loan Facility Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the implementation of the Hive Down and consummation of each of the other transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Implementation Deed, in each case, on or about the Issue Date, and the payment or incurrence of any fees, expenses or charges associated with any of the foregoing.

Transaction Security” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Trust Indenture Act” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

Trust Management Assets means Right to Collect Accounts, performing accounts, sub-performing accounts, charged-off accounts, loans, receivables, mortgages, debentures, claims, cash and bank accounts or other similar assets or instruments held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or, if applicable, a JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries) on trust for a beneficiary which is not a member of the Group (or, as applicable, a JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries).

Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code.

Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note” means a Definitive Registered Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

62


Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in the manner provided in Section 4.17).

Utilizations” shall mean a loan or a letter of credit under the RCF Facility Agreement.

Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, all of the Voting Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by any applicable law or regulation to be held by a Person other than the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

 

Term

  

Defined in Section

Additional Amounts

   4.14

Additional Intercreditor Agreement

   4.13(a)

Additional Euro 2027 Notes

   2.16(b)

Additional Euro 2028 Notes

   2.16(b)

Additional Euro 2029 Notes

   2.16(b)

Additional Euro 2030 Notes

   2.16(b)

Additional Notes

   2.16(b)

Additional SEK 2027 Notes

   2.16(b)

Additional SEK 2028 Notes

   2.16(b)

Additional SEK 2029 Notes

   2.16(b)

Additional SEK 2030 Notes

   2.16(b)

Affiliate Transaction

   4.08(a)

Authenticating Agent

   2.02

Authentication Order

   2.02

Authorized Agent

   13.06

Available Cash Offer

   3.08(a)(1)

Bankruptcy Provision

   6.01(a)(7)(B)

Book-Entry Interests

   2.06(a)

Change in Tax Law

   6(a)(2) of each Note

Change of Control Offer

   4.10(b)

Change of Control Payment

   4.10(b)(1)

Change of Control Payment Date

   4.10(b)(2)

Covenant Defeasance

   8.03

Debt Service Certificate

   3.08(e)

“EBITDA”

   4.20(a)

Event of Default

   6.01(a)

FCIV RCF Permission

   4.06(c)(7)

Freely Disposable Amount

   11.02(m)(1)

Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation

   4.18(b)

guarantee provisions

   6.01(a)(10)

Guarantor Coverage Test

   4.20(a)

Initial Agreement

   4.05(b)

Initial Default

   4.03(c)

Initial Lien

   4.09(a)

Interest Payment Date

   1 of each Note

Italian Guarantor

   11.02(c)

Legal Defeasance

   8.02

 

63


Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation

   4.18(a)

Norwegian Companies Act

   11.02(e)(1)

Norwegian Financial Undertakings Act

   11.02(e)(1)

Norwegian Financial Undertakings Regulation

   11.02(e)

Norwegian Guarantor

   11.02(e)(1)

payment default

   6.01(a)(6)(A)

Payor

   4.14(a)

Permitted Payments

   4.04(c)

Principal Paying Agent

   2.03

Regional Sub-Group Restricted Subsidiary

   4.21(d)(2)

Registrar

   2.03

Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction

   4.14(a)(3)

Repayment

   3.08(a)

Restricted Obligations

   11.02(m)(1)

Restricted Payment

   4.04(a)

Senior Indebtedness

   9.02(10)

Set-Off Right

   11.02(c)(2)

Spanish Guarantor

   11.02(d)(1)

Successor Company

   5.01(b)(1)

Successor Issuer

   5.01(a)(1)

Suspension Event

   4.15(a)

Swedish Guarantor

   11.02(a)

Swiss Accessory Security Document

   12.01(a)

Swiss Guarantor

   11.02(m)(1)

Tax Redemption Date

   6(a) of each Note

Transfer Agent

   2.03

Trustee

   8.06

Section 1.03 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with IFRS;

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

 

64


Section 1.04 Swedish Terms. Without prejudice to the generality of any provision of this Indenture, in this Indenture where it relates to the Company, the Issuer or any other Guarantor which is incorporated or established in Sweden, a reference to:

(1) Any (i) merger in respect of an entity which will be absorbed and the shares of which is being subject to Transaction Security governed by Swedish law, (ii) any payment (whether it be in cash, kind or by way of set-off) of a loan subject to (or purported to be subject to) a perfected Transaction Security governed by Swedish law, and/or (iii) other transaction or action having the effect of releasing perfected Transaction Security governed by Swedish law (or Transaction Security governed by Swedish law purported to be subject to a perfected security interest), shall, in each case, always be subject to the prior written consent of the Security Agent (acting in its sole discretion). Each Holder hereby authorizes the Security Agent to give consent promptly on its behalf where such transactions and/or actions are not prohibited under the terms of the Note Documents, without notification or further reference to the Holders.

(2) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture except for paragraph (3) below, the release of any perfected Transaction Security governed by Swedish law (or any Transaction Security purported or required to be perfected in accordance with Swedish law in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles) shall always be subject to the prior written consent of the Security Agent (acting in its sole discretion). Each Holder hereby authorizes the Security Agent to give consent promptly on its behalf where such release or disposal is not prohibited under the terms of the Note Documents without notification or further reference to the Holders and the Security Agent may take instructions from the Holders for any release contemplated hereunder.

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (2) above, if a disposal of assets is made on arm’s length terms then the release of any Transaction Security governed by Swedish law shall not require the consent of the Security Agent, provided that such disposal is not prohibited under the Note Documents, that the disposal is for cash and that all proceeds are paid directly to the Security Agent and are immediately applied towards prepayment of the relevant amounts in accordance with the terms of the Note Documents, which amounts cannot be re-drawn.

(4) Each transfer and/or assignment by a Holder shall include a proportionate part of the security interests granted under the relevant Security Document governed by Swedish law, together with a proportionate interest in the relevant Security Document governed by Swedish law.

(5) Any obligation for any entity incorporated in Sweden to act as trustee shall be an obligation to act as agent and the obligation to hold assets on trust shall be an obligation not to hold such assets on trust but to hold such assets as agent.

(6) If a Party incorporated in Sweden (the “Swedish Obligated Party”) is required to hold an amount on trust on behalf of another party (the “Beneficiary”), the Swedish Obligated Party shall hold such money as agent for the Beneficiary on a separate account in accordance with the provisions of the Swedish Funds Accounting Act (Sw. Lag (1944:181) om redovisningsmedel) and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Beneficiary or as the Beneficiary may direct.

(7) For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that any novation effected in accordance with this Indenture shall, in relation to any Security created or expressed to be created under a Transaction Security governed by Swedish law, take effect as an assignment and/or transfer of such security interests.

 

65


(8) Any security granted under a Security Document governed by Swedish law will be granted to the Holders represented by the Security Agent.

(9) A “compromise” or “composition” with any creditor includes (i) any write-down of debt (Sw. offentligt ackord) or debt settlement (Sw. skulduppgörelse) following from any procedure of “företagsrekonstruktion” under the Swedish company reorganisation act (Sw. Lag (2022:964) om företagsrekonstruktion) (the “Swedish Company Reorganisation Act”), or (ii) any write-down of debt in bankruptcy (Sw. ackord i konkurs) under the Swedish bankruptcy act (Sw. Konkurslag (1987:672)) (the “Swedish Bankruptcy Act”).

(10) A “receiver”, “trustee” or “liquidator” includes (i) ‘rekonstruktör’ under the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act, (ii) ‘konkursförvaltare’ under the Swedish Bankruptcy Act, or (iii) ‘likvidator’ under the Swedish Companies Act.

(11) A “merger”, “consolidation” or “amalgamation” includes any ‘fusion’ implemented in accordance with Chapter 23 of the Swedish Companies Act and a “demerger” includes any ‘delning’ implemented in accordance with Chapter 24 of the Swedish Companies Act.

(12) A “winding-up”, “liquidation” or “dissolution” includes “frivillig likvidation” or “tvångslikvidation” under Chapter 25 of the Swedish Companies Act, a “bankruptcy” includes a “konkurs” under the Swedish Bankruptcy Act and a “reorganization” includes a “företagsrekonstruktion” under the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act.

(13) A “guarantee” includes any “garanti” under Swedish law which is independent from the debt to which it relates and any “borgen” under Swedish law which is accessory to or dependent on the debt to which it relates.

(14) An insolvency includes such entity being subject to “konkurs” under the Swedish Bankruptcy Act, “företagsrekonstruktion” under the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act or “tvångslikvidation” under Chapter 25 of the Swedish Companies Act.

(15) In relation to this Indenture and any other Note Document, any winding-up, insolvency, bankruptcy proceeding or similar arrangement involving an entity incorporated in Sweden will always be subject to Swedish law and in particular to but not limited to the procedure set forth in the Swedish Bankruptcy Act, the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act and the Swedish Companies Act.

Section 1.05 Polish Terms. Without prejudice to the generality of any provision of this Indenture, in this Indenture where it relates to any Guarantor which is incorporated or established in Poland, a reference to:

(1) a director means a członek zarządu or prezes zarządu;

(2) a dissolution or similar arrangement includes rozwiązanie spółki in accordance with the Polish Commercial Companies Code dated 15 September 2000 (as amended) or a declaration of bankruptcy;

 

66


(3) a composition, administration or similar arrangement with any creditor includes “postępowanie o zatwierdzenie układu”, “przyspieszone postępowanie układowe”, “postępowanie układowe” and “postępowanie sanacyjne”;

(4) a constitutional document includes umowa spółki, statut or akt założycielski;

(5) a compulsory manager, receiver or administrator includes “tymczasowy nadzorca sądowy”, “sędzia-komisarz”, “nadzorca sądowy”, “syndyk”, “zarządca tymczasowy” or “zarządca” established under the Polish Bankruptcy Law dated 28 December 2003 (as amended) and/or the Polish Restructuring Law dated 16 May 2015 (as amended) or other provisions of Polish law, “zarządca” established under Article 27 of the Polish Act on Registered Pledges and the Pledge Register dated 6 December 1996 (as amended) or Article 931 of the Polish Civil Procedure Code dated 17 November 1964 (as amended) and “zarządca przymusowy” established under Article 1064(1) of the Polish Civil Procedure Code dated 17 November 1964 (as amended);

(6) security or security interest includes any mortgage (hipoteka), pledge (zastaw), registered pledge (zastaw rejestrowy), financial pledge (zastaw finansowy), security assignment (przelew na zabezpieczenie), security transfer of title (przewłaszczenie na zabezpieczenie), retention right (prawo zatrzymania), right to reclaim sold goods (zastrzeżenie własności rzeczy sprzedanej), voluntary submission to enforcement (oświadczenie o poddaniu się egzekucji), any power of attorney in relation to bank accounts (pełnomocnictwo do rachunków bankowych), any right in rem (prawo rzeczowe) securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect; and

(7) a winding up includes likwidacja.

Section 1.06 Spanish Terms. Without prejudice to the generality of any provision of this Indenture, in this Indenture where it relates to any Guarantor which is incorporated or established in Spain, a reference to:

(1) a liquidator, compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer includes, without limitation, any:

(i) administrador concursal o administración concursal appointed under the Spanish Insolvency Law;

(ii) liquidador appointed under Articles 371 et ss. of the Spanish Companies Law or under Article 411 et ss. of the Spanish Insolvency Law; or

(iii) experto en la reestructuración appointed under the Spanish Insolvency Law;

(2) a due obligation includes, without limitation, any importe líquido, vencido y exigible;

(3) a security interest, security and/or lien includes, without limitation, any mortgage (hipoteca), pledge (prenda con o sin desplazamiento), with or without transfer of possession, financial collateral agreement (garantia fianciera pignoraticia), condición resolutoria con efectos jurídicos-reales, reserva de dominio, and in general, any type of in rem right, real security or agreement or arrangement having a similar effect and any transfer of title by way of security;

 

67


(4) a winding up, bankruptcy, insolvency, administration, dissolution, liquidation, reorganisation, moratorium includes, without limitation, a liquidación, disolución (con y sin liquidación), concurso de acreedores, estado de insolvencia, procedimiento concursal or any other similar proceedings;

(5) an insolvency proceeding includes a declaración de concurso, con independencia de su carácter necesario o voluntario, (including, with respect to a member of the Group incorporated in Spain, any notice to a competent court pursuant to article 585 et seq. of the Spanish Insolvency Law and its “solicitud de inicio de procedimiento concursal, auto de declaracion de concurso, plan de reestructuración convenio judicial o extrajudicial con acreedores and transacción judicial o extrajudicial”);

(6) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor includes the celebration of a convenio or propuesta anticipada de convenio or plan de reestructuración or an homologación de un plan de reestructuración;

(7) a person being unable to pay its debts includes that person being in a state of insolvencia or concurso;

(8) a director or officer includes its administradores.

(9) by-laws (estatutos) or constitutional documents include up-to-date (restated) articles of association; and

(10) financial assistance has the meaning stated under:

(i) Article 150 of the Spanish Companies Law for a public company incorporated under the laws of Spain (Sociedad Anónima) or in any other legal provision that may substitute such Article 150 or be applicable to any guarantor incorporated under the laws of Spain in respect of such financial assistance; and

(ii) Article 143 of the Spanish Companies Law for a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Spain (Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada) or in any other legal provision that may substitute such Article 143 or be applicable to any guarantor incorporated under the laws of Spain in respect of such financial assistance.

Section 1.07 Czech Terms. Without prejudice to the generality of any provision of this Indenture, in this Indenture where it relates to any Guarantor which is incorporated or established in the Czech Republic, a reference to:

(1) being “insolvent” includes being v úpadku as a result of overindebtedness (předluženost) and/or in cash-flow insolvency (platební neschopnost) within the meaning of the Czech Insolvency Act;

(2) “bankruptcy” includes konkurs within the meaning of the Czech Insolvency Act;

 

68


(3) “financial assistance” includes financial assistance provided under sections 40(3) and 41 of the Czech Business Corporations Act or any other applicable provision under Czech law;

(4) “dissolution, winding-up or administration” includes likvidace, zrušení s likvidací and zrušení bez likvidace bez právního nástupce;

(5) a “liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer” includes likvidátor, insolvenční správce (including predběžný správce, zástupce insolvenčního správce, oddělený insolvenční správce and zvláštní insolvenční správce), správce závodu and soudní exekutor within the meaning of the Czech Insolvency Act and other applicable laws of the Czech Republic;

(6) an “executive director” or “director” means jednatel of a Czech limited liability company or when used in relation to a Czech joint stock company (akciová společnost) člen představenstva of a Czech joint stock company;

(7) a “board of directors” when used in relation to a Czech joint stock company (akciová společnost) means představenstvo of a Czech joint stock company;

(8) a “supervisory board” means dozorčí rada of a Czech limited liability company or of a Czech joint stock company;

(9) “preventive restructuring” means, with respect to a Czech Guarantor, measures pursuant to the Czech Act on Preventive Restructuring aimed at preventing insolvency and preservation or restoration of operability of business, including public preventive restructuring and including any moratorium pursuant to the Czech Act on Preventive Restructuring;

(10) a “moratorium includes moratorium pursuant to the Czech Insolvency Act or other similar legislation in other applicable jurisdictions as well as všeobecné moratorium or individuální moratorium pursuant to the Czech Act on Preventive Restructuring or other similar legislation in other applicable jurisdictions;

(11) a “security” or “lien” includes zástavní právo, zadržovací právo, zajišťovací převod práva, zajišťovací postoupení pohledávky and omezení převodu nemovitosti;

(12) “shares” or “stock” is a reference to any shares, shareholding interest or similar instrument representing a share in the capital of any Czech business corporation; and

(13) a controlled or controlling person will in any event be construed pursuant to the provisions of Section 74 and Section 75 of the Czech Business Corporations Act.

Section 1.08 Slovak Terms. Without prejudice to the generality of any provision of this Indenture, in this Indenture where it relates to any Guarantor which is incorporated or established in the Slovak Republic, a reference to:

(1) a “novation” includes privatívna novácia and kumulatívna novácia;

 

69


(2) a “bankruptcy”, “insolvency” or “administration” includes v kríze pursuant to Section 67a of the Slovak Commercial Code, konkurzné konanie, konkurz, reštrukturalizačné konanie, preventívne konanie, reštrukturalizácia and nútená správa;

(3) being “bankrupt” or “insolvent” includes v úpadku, predlžený, platobne neschopný, v konkurze, v reštrukturalizácii, v preventívnom konaní and v nútenej správe;

(4) “moratorium” includes reštrukturalizačné konanie, reštrukturalizácia and preventívne konanie;

(5) “constitutional documents” includes spoločenská zmluva, zakladateľská listina, zakladateľská zmluva, zriaďovacia listina, štatút, and stanovy;

(6) “disposal” includes any transfer, grant, lease, assignment, sale, compulsory sale or other disposal of, or the grant or creation of any interest derived from, any asset;

(7) “winding-up”, “administration” or “dissolution” includes likvidácia, zrušenie s likvidáciou, zrušenie bez likvidácie bez právneho nástupcu, konkurzné konanie, konkurz, reštrukturalizačné konanie, reštrukturalizácia, preventívne konanie and nútená správa;

(8) “receiver”, “administrator”, “administrative receiver”, “compulsory manager” or another similar officer includes likvidátor, konkurzný správca (including predbežný správca), reštrukturalizačný správca, správca v preventívnom konaní and nútený správca;

(9) “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state, or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

(10) “shares” is a reference to any shares, shareholding interest or similar instrument representing a share in the capital of any business corporation;

(11) “expropriation”, “attachment”, “sequestration”, “distress”, “execution” or analogous process includes vyvlastnenie, exekúcia and výkon rozhodnutia; and

(12) “financial assistance” includes any act contemplated by Section 161e of the Slovak Commercial Code.

Section 1.09 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

This Indenture, the Notes and each supplemental indenture are or will be, as applicable, subject to the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture, the Notes and each supplemental indenture. The following Trust Indenture Act terms have the following meanings:

(a) “indenture securities” means the Notes;

(b) “indenture security holder” means a Holder;

(c) “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

70


(d) “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

(e) “obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor with respect to the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture, the Notes or in any supplemental indenture which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating.

(a) General. Each series of Notes and the Trustee’s or the Authenticating Agent’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (with respect to the Euro 2027 Notes), Exhibit A-2 (with respect to the SEK 2027 Notes), Exhibit A-3 (with respect to the Euro 2028 Notes), Exhibit A-4 (with respect to the SEK 2028 Notes), Exhibit A-5 (with respect to the Euro 2029 Notes), Exhibit A-6 (with respect to the SEK 2029 Notes), Exhibit A-7 (with respect to the Euro 2030 Notes) or Exhibit A-8 (with respect to the SEK 2030 Notes) hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement thereon. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, any Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (with respect to the Euro 2027 Notes), Exhibit A-2 (with respect to the SEK 2027 Notes), Exhibit A-3 (with respect to the Euro 2028 Notes), Exhibit A-4 (with respect to the SEK 2028 Notes), Exhibit A-5 (with respect to the Euro 2029 Notes), Exhibit A-6 (with respect to the SEK 2029 Notes), Exhibit A-7 (with respect to the Euro 2030 Notes) or Exhibit A-8 (with respect to the SEK 2030 Notes) hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Registrar or the Principal Paying Agent, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06.

(c) Unrestricted Global Notes. The Notes shall initially be issued in the form of registered notes in global form without interest coupons in the form of Unrestricted Global Notes, which shall be deposited with and registered in the name of a nominee of the Common Depositary for the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream.

 

71


(d) Definitive Registered Notes. Definitive Registered Notes issued upon transfer of a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, or in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, shall be issued in accordance with this Indenture.

Notes issued in definitive registered form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (with respect to the Euro 2027 Notes), Exhibit A-2 (with respect to the SEK 2027 Notes), Exhibit A-3 (with respect to the Euro 2028 Notes), Exhibit A-4 (with respect to the SEK 2028 Notes), Exhibit A-5 (with respect to the Euro 2029 Notes), Exhibit A-6 (with respect to the SEK 2029 Notes), Exhibit A-7 (with respect to the Euro 2030 Notes) or Exhibit A-8 (with respect to the SEK 2030 Notes) hereto (excluding the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).

(e) Book-Entry Provisions. The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

(f) Denomination. The Euro Notes denominated in euro shall be issued in minimum denominations of €1,000 and in integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof and the SEK Notes denominated in SEK shall be issued in minimum denominations of SEK 10,000 and in integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the authorized signatory of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided for in Section 2.11.

Pursuant hereto, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by at least one Officer and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate, or cause the relevant Authenticating Agent to authenticate, (i) the Notes in the form of Global Notes, or (ii) the Definitive Registered Notes from time to time issued only in exchange for a like aggregate amount of Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Issuer pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07.

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents (each, an “Authenticating Agent”) acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer. The Trustee hereby appoints GLAS Trust Company LLC as the Authenticating Agent for the Notes. GLAS Trust Company LLC hereby accepts such appointment and the Issuer hereby confirms that such appointment is acceptable to it.

 

72


Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Issuer will maintain one or more Paying Agents for the Notes (the “Principal Paying Agent”). The initial Principal Paying Agent for the Notes will be GLAS Trust Company LLC.

The Issuer will also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “Registrar”). The initial Registrar will be GLAS Trust Company LLC.

The Issuer will also maintain a transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”). The initial Transfer Agent for the Notes will be GLAS Trust Company LLC. The Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent, as applicable, will maintain a register reflecting ownership of Definitive Registered Notes and Global Notes outstanding from time to time, if any, and will make payments on and facilitate transfers of Definitive Registered Notes on behalf of the Issuer. Each such Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent for the Notes without prior notice to Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar in respect of any series of the Notes. Notice of any change in a Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent may be published on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), to the extent and in the manner permitted by the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money.

Each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee) agrees, and the Issuer will require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee) not a party to this Indenture to agree in writing, that such Paying Agent will hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium or Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require each Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require each Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.04, each Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) will have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer or such Subsidiary (including, without limitation, its bankruptcy, voluntary or judicial liquidation, composition with creditors, reprieve from payment, controlled management, fraudulent conveyance, general settlement with creditors, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally), the Paying Agent will serve as an agent of the Trustee. No later than 10:00 a.m., London time, on the day on which the appropriate Paying Agent is to receive payment, (a) the Issuer shall procure that the bank effecting payment for it confirms by fax or tested SWIFT MT100 message to the appropriate Paying Agent the payment instructions relating to such payment (if the Issuer will make the payment directly to the appropriate Paying Agent) and (b) the Security Agent shall procure that the bank effecting payment for it confirms by fax or tested SWIFT MT100 message to the appropriate Paying Agent the payment instructions relating to such payment (if the Issuer will make the payment indirectly to the appropriate Paying Agent by paying the Security Agent and instructing the Security Agent to pay the appropriate Paying Agent). For the avoidance of doubt, the Paying Agent and the Trustee shall be held harmless and have no liability with respect to payments or disbursements to be made by such Paying Agent and Trustee (i) for which payment instructions are not made or that are not otherwise deposited by the respective times set forth in this Section 2.04 and (ii) until they have confirmed receipt of funds sufficient to make the relevant payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Security Agent shall be held harmless and have no liability with respect to payments or disbursements to be made by the Security Agent to the Paying Agent or Trustee.

 

73


Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

The Registrar will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee or a Paying Agent are not the Registrar, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and each Paying Agent at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may request in writing, a list of the names and addresses of the Holders in such form and as of such date as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may reasonably require.

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Ownership of interests in the Global Notes (“Book-Entry Interests”) will be limited to persons that have accounts with Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, or persons that may hold interests through such Participants. Ownership of interests in the Book-Entry Interests and transfers thereof will be subject to the restrictions on transfer and certification requirements set forth herein. In addition, transfers of Book-Entry Interests between Participants in Euroclear or Clearstream will be effected by Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in each case subject to the Applicable Procedures and the applicable rules and procedures established by their respective Participants.

Owners of the Book-Entry Interests will receive Definitive Registered Notes only in the following circumstances:

(1) if Euroclear or Clearstream notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as depositary or has ceased to be a clearing agency required under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days; or

(2) if any holder of a Book-Entry Interest requests such exchange in writing delivered through Euroclear or Clearstream following a Default by the Issuer under this Indenture and enforcement action is being taken in respect thereof under this Indenture.

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in clauses (1) or (2) above, the Issuer shall, at its own cost, issue or cause to be issued Definitive Registered Notes in such names as Euroclear or Clearstream shall instruct the Registrar or Transfer Agent, and such Definitive Registered Notes will bear the Private Placement Legend as provided in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof, unless that legend is not required by this Indenture or by applicable law.

Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a). Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c).

(b) General Provisions Applicable to Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes.

 

74


The transfer and exchange of Book-Entry Interests shall be effected through Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.

In connection with all transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests (other than transfers of Book-Entry Interests in connection with which the transferor takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in the same Global Note), the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar) must receive: (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to Euroclear and Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited or debited with such increase or decrease, if applicable.

In connection with a transfer or exchange of a Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note, the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar) must receive: (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant directing the Registrar to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to above.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes, the Holder of such Notes shall present or surrender to the Transfer Agent or Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Transfer Agent or Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, in connection with a transfer or exchange of a Definitive Registered Note for a Book-Entry Interest, the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar) must receive a written order directing Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit the account of the transferee in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged.

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture, the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar), as specified in this Section 2.06, shall endorse the relevant Global Note(s) with any increase or decrease and instruct Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, to reflect such increase or decrease in its systems.

Transfers of Book-Entry Interests shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests for Book-Entry Interests also shall require compliance with either clause (b)(1) or (b)(2) below, as applicable, as well as clause (b)(3) below, if applicable:

 

75


(1) Transfer of Book-Entry Interests in the Same Global Note. Book-Entry Interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, ownership of Book-Entry Interests in any Regulation S Global Note will be limited to Persons who have accounts with Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, or Persons who hold interests through Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, and any sale or transfer of such interest to U.S. persons shall not be permitted during the Restricted Period unless such resale or transfer is made pursuant to Rule 144A. Book-Entry Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note denominated in euros may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note denominated in euros, and Book-Entry Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note denominated in SEK may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note denominated in SEK. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Trustee to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes. A holder may transfer or exchange a Book-Entry Interest in Global Notes in a transaction not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) only if the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar) receives either:

(A) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given by Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant’s account to be credited with such increase; or

(B) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given by Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to the Registrar containing information specifying the identity of the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (i) above, the principal amount of such securities and the ISIN or Common Code or other similar number identifying the Notes,

provided that, with respect to any Restricted Global Note, any such transfer or exchange is made in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend.

 

76


(3) Transfer of Book-Entry Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) and the Registrar, Transfer Agent or Trustee receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in an IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof.

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Book-Entry Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A Book-Entry Interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) and the Registrar, Transfer Agent or Trustee receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, then the holder must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B) if the holder of such Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, then the holder must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(b)(4), if the Issuer or Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to subparagraph (4) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to subparagraph (4) above. Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

77


(c) Transfer or Exchange of Book-Entry Interests for Restricted Definitive Registered Notes.

(1) Book-Entry Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Registered Notes. If any holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note or to transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) in the case of a transfer on or before the expiration of the Restricted Period by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in either item (1), item (2) or item (3) thereof;

(B) in the case of a transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, the transfer complies with Section 2.06(b);

(C) in the case of a transfer to a QIB in reliance on Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(D) in the case of a transfer in an offshore transaction in reliance on Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(E) in the case of a transfer in reliance on Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; or

(F) if such Book-Entry Interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (E) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof,

the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such Book-Entry Interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar or Paying Agent shall deliver such Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

78


(2) Book-Entry Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes. A holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such Book-Entry Interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note or may transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (1) or (2) of Section 2.06(a) and if the Registrar receives the following:

 

  (A)

if the holder of such Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

  (B)

if the holder of such Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(c)(2), if the Issuer or Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

The Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g), and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(2) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Common Depositary and the applicable Participant. The Trustee will mail such Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(2) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(3) Book-Entry Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes. If any holder of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (1) or (2) of Section 2.06(a) and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2), the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g), and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such

 

79


authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Common Depositary and the Participant. The Trustee will mail such Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes.

(1) Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to Book-Entry Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being transferred in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof, as applicable;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof; and

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(c) thereof, if applicable,

the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar will cancel the Restricted Definitive Registered Note, and the Trustee, Paying Agent or the Registrar will increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable Rule 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note, and in the case of clause (D) above, the applicable Rule 144A Global Note.

 

80


(2) Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to Book-Entry Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Registered Note may exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Registered Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a Book-Entry Interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(d)(2), if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Registered Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes to Book-Entry Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note may exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Registered Note to a Book-Entry Interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Registered Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Definitive Registered Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Registered Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Transfer Agent or the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes of which registration the Issuer will be informed of by such Transfer Agent or such Registrar (as the case may be). Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Transfer Agent or the Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed and accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to such Transfer Agent or such Registrar duly executed by such Holder or its attorney, duly authorized to execute the same in writing. In the event that the Holder of such Definitive Registered Notes does not transfer the entire principal

 

81


amount of Notes represented by any such Definitive Registered Note, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar will cancel or cause to be cancelled such Definitive Registered Note and the Issuer (who has been informed of such cancellation) shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the requesting Holder and any transferee Definitive Registered Notes in the appropriate principal amounts. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(1) Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to Restricted Definitive Registered Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Registered Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Registered Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transfer will be made in reliance on Regulation S, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(2) Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Registered Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(e)(2), if the Issuer or Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

82


(f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(1) Private Placement Legend. Each Global Note and each Definitive Registered Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form, unless a Global Note or Definitive Registered Note is issued pursuant to clauses (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(3), (e)(2) or (e)(3) of this Section 2.06:

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR

 

83


ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER: (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM; AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

BY ACCEPTING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EACH HOLDER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EITHER:

(X) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN FOR OR ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY WILL NOT BE AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF) (I) ANY “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) ANY “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) ANY ENTITY THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLANS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN SUBSECTIONS (I) OR (II) (WITHIN THE MEANING OF U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATION 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA), OR (IV) ANY PLAN, SUCH AS A FOREIGN PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(B)(4) OF ERISA), GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA) OR CHURCH PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975(G)(3) OF THE CODE) THAT IS NOT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, BUT THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (A “SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR (Y) (I) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR IN THE CASE OF A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A SIMILAR LAW, EXEMPT FROM THE ANALOGOUS PROVISIONS OF SUCH SIMILAR LAW), PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS AND (II) NONE OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ACTING, OR WILL ACT, AS A FIDUCIARY TO ANY PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR IS UNDERTAKING TO PROVIDE IMPARTIAL INVESTMENT ADVICE OR GIVE ADVICE IN A FIDUCIARY CAPACITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY.”

 

84


The following legend shall also be included, if applicable:

“THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND THIS LEGEND IS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1275(c) OF THE CODE.”

(2) Global Note Legend for the Notes. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.”

(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all Book-Entry Interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Registered Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Registered Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Paying Agent or Registrar, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the Book-Entry Interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or Paying Agent, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(2) No service charge will be made by the Issuer, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar to a Holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, a Holder of a Global Note or a Holder of a Definitive Registered Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp duty, stamp duty reserve, documentary or other similar tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.07 and 4.10 hereof).

 

85


(3) No Transfer Agent or Registrar will be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(5) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer into its register kept at its registered office of any Definitive Registered Notes: (A) for a period of 15 calendar days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of such Notes pursuant to Section 3.02; (B) for a period of 15 calendar days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of such Notes to be redeemed in part; (C) for a period of 15 calendar days prior to the record date with respect to any Interest Payment Date applicable to such Notes; or (D) which the Holder has tendered (and not validly withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Available Cash Offer. Any such transfer will be made without charge to the Holder, other than any taxes, duties and governmental charges payable in connection with such transfer. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar, the Transfer Agent and the Paying Agent will be entitled to treat the Holder of a Note as the owner of it for all purposes.

(6) The Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(7) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Issuer, the Trustee or the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted initially by facsimile with originals to be delivered as soon as practicable thereafter to the Trustee.

(i) Limitation on Transfers and Exchanges between the Notes. Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture: (i) no Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note (with respect to the Euro Notes) and no Definitive Registered Note (with respect to the Euro Notes) may be transferred or exchanged for any Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note (with respect to the SEK Notes) or any Definitive Registered Note (with respect to the SEK Notes) and (ii) no Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note (with respect to the SEK Notes) and no Definitive Registered Note (with respect to the SEK Notes) may be transferred or exchanged for any Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note (with respect to the Euro Notes) or any Definitive Registered Note (with respect to the Euro Notes).

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

If Definitive Registered Notes are issued and a holder thereof claims that such a Definitive Registered Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, or if such Definitive Registered Note is mutilated and is surrendered to the Registrar or the Transfer Agent, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent will authenticate a replacement Definitive Registered Note if the Trustee’s and the Issuer’s requirements are met. The Issuer, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, or the Trustee may require a holder requesting replacement of a Definitive Registered Note to furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of each of the Issuer and the Trustee to protect themselves from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Definitive Registered Note is replaced. The Issuer and/or the Trustee may charge for any expenses incurred by it in replacing a Definitive Registered Note.

 

86


In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Definitive Registered Note has become or is about to become due and payable, or is about to be redeemed or purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer, in its discretion, may, instead of issuing a new Definitive Registered Note, pay, redeem or purchase such Definitive Registered Note, as the case may be.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee, or the Authenticating Agent, except for those canceled by it or the Registrar, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee or the Registrar in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; provided, however that, the Notes held by the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 2.09 hereof and paragraph 5(e) of the Notes.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Registrar receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

If the principal amount and premium, if any, of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If a Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09 Acts by Holders.

(a) In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of the Notes of a series have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, any Notes owned by the Issuer or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, the Issuer will be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that for purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 2.09(a), for the purposes of paragraph 5(d) of the Notes, in determining whether the Holders of at least 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes have validly tendered and not withdrawn Notes in a tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the Notes, as applicable, Notes owned by an affiliate of the Issuer or by funds controlled or managed by any affiliate of the Issuer, or any successor thereof, shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of such tender offer or other offer, as applicable.

 

87


Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate, or cause an Authenticating Agent to authenticate, temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of Definitive Registered Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer will prepare and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate Definitive Registered Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, each Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy such canceled Notes. Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will upon request be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. For so long as the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of any such cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer will notify the Trustee and each Paying Agent in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuer will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) will deliver or cause to be delivered to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer pays the defaulted interest prior to the date that is 30 days after the date of default in payment of interest, no special record date will be set and payment will be made to the Holders as of the original record date. For so long as the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of any such special record date.

Section 2.13 ISIN or Common Code Number.

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use an “ISIN” or “Common Code” number and, if so, such ISIN or Common Code number shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN or Common Code number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

88


The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee and each Paying Agent of any change in the ISIN or Common Code number.

Section 2.14 Deposit of Moneys.

No later than 10:00 a.m., London time, one Business Day prior to the day of each due date of the principal of, interest and premium (if any) on any Note and the Stated Maturity date of the Notes, the Issuer shall deposit (or direct the Security Agent to deposit) with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such day or date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Trustee or Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such day or date, as the case may be. Subject to actual receipt of such funds as provided by this Section 2.14 by the designated Paying Agent, such Paying Agent shall make payments on the Notes in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of its failure to so act.

Section 2.15 Agents.

(a) Actions of Agents. The rights, powers, duties, obligations and actions of each Agent under this Indenture are several and not joint or joint and several.

(b) Agents of Trustee. The Issuer and the Agents acknowledge and agree that in the event of a Default or Event of Default, the Trustee may, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Agents, require that the Agents act as agents of, and take instructions exclusively from, the Trustee. Prior to receiving such written notice from the Trustee, the Agents shall be the agents of the Issuer and need have no concern for the interests of the Holders. Other than as provided in this Indenture (including in Section 2.04 and this Section 2.15(b)), no Agent shall be under any fiduciary duty or other obligation towards, or have any relationship of agency or trust, for or with any person other than the Issuer.

(c) Funds held by Agents. The Agents will hold all funds as banker subject to the terms of this Indenture and as a result, such money will not be held in accordance with the rules established by the Financial Conduct Authority in the Financial Conduct Authority’s Handbook of rules and guidance from time to time in relation to client money.

(d) Publication of Notices. Any obligation the Agents may have to publish a notice to Holders of Global Notes on behalf of the Issuer will be met upon delivery of the notice to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, if and so long as any Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes and ownership of book-entry interests therein are shown on the records of Euroclear and/or Clearstream.

(e) Unclear Instructions. In the event that an Agent receives conflicting, unclear or equivocal instructions, the Agent shall be entitled not to take any action until such instructions have been resolved or clarified to its satisfaction and the Agent shall not be or become liable in any way to any person for any failure to comply with any such conflicting, unclear or equivocal instructions. Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, an Agent may refrain without liability from doing anything that would in its opinion, based on legal advice, be contrary to any law of any state or jurisdiction (including but not limited to the European Union, the United States of America or, in each case, any jurisdiction forming a part of it and England & Wales) or any directive or regulation of any agency of any such state or jurisdiction and may without liability do anything which is, based on legal advice, necessary to comply with any such law, directive or regulation.

 

89


(f) Payments by Agents. The Agents shall be entitled to make payments net of any Taxes or other sums required by any applicable law to be withheld or deducted. If such a withholding or deduction is so required, the Agents will not pay an additional amount in respect of that withholding or deduction; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer and Guarantors shall remain liable to pay Additional Amounts in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.14.

Section 2.16 Series of Notes; Issuance of Additional Notes.

(a) Each of the Euro 2027 Notes, the SEK 2027 Notes, the Euro 2028 Notes, the SEK 2028 Notes, the Euro 2029 Notes, the SEK 2029 Notes, the Euro 2030 Notes and the SEK 2030 Notes will constitute separate series of Notes but will be treated as a single class of securities for all purposes of this Indenture, including with respect to waivers and amendments, except as otherwise specified in this Indenture.

(b) The Issuer shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Sections 2.02 and 4.06, to issue under this Indenture additional (i) Euro 2027 Notes in an unlimited principal amount which shall have identical terms and conditions as the Euro 2027 Notes (the “Additional Euro 2027 Notes”), (ii) SEK 2027 Notes in an unlimited principal amount which shall have identical terms and conditions as the SEK 2027 Notes (the “Additional SEK 2027 Notes”), (iii) Euro 2028 Notes in an unlimited principal amount which shall have identical terms and conditions as the Euro 2028 Notes (the “Additional Euro 2028 Notes”), (iv) SEK 2028 Notes in an unlimited principal amount which shall have identical terms and conditions as the SEK 2028 Notes (the “Additional SEK 2028 Notes”), (v) Euro 2029 Notes in an unlimited principal amount which shall have identical terms and conditions as the Euro 2029 Notes (the “Additional Euro 2029 Notes”), (vi) SEK 2029 Notes in an unlimited principal amount which shall have identical terms and conditions as the SEK 2029 Notes (the “Additional SEK 2029 Notes”), (vii) Euro 2030 Notes in an unlimited principal amount which shall have identical terms and conditions as the Euro 2030 Notes (the “Additional Euro 2030 Notes”) and (viii) SEK 2030 Notes in an unlimited principal amount which shall have identical terms and conditions as the SEK 2030 Notes (the “Additional SEK 2030 Notes” and, together with the Additional Euro 2027 Notes, the Additional SEK 2027 Notes, the Additional Euro 2028 Notes, the Additional SEK 2028 Notes, the Additional Euro 2029 Notes, the Additional SEK 2029 Notes and the Additional Euro 2030 Notes, the “Additional Notes”).

(c) In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to request the Opinions of Counsel and Officer’s Certificates, as the case may be, required by Sections 2.02, 4.06 and 12.03.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

If the Issuer elects to redeem a series of Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of paragraph 5 or paragraph 6 of the relevant series of Notes, it must furnish to the Trustee and the Principal Paying Agent, at least 10 calendar days but not more than 60 calendar days (or such shorter period agreed by the Trustee) before redemption, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

 

90


(1) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(2) the redemption date and the record date;

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

(4) the redemption price; and

(5) the ISIN and Common Code numbers, as applicable.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

(a) Subject to Section 3.09, if less than all of the Notes of any series are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee or the Registrar, as applicable, will select the Notes of the relevant series for redemption in compliance with the Applicable Procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, or (i) if such Notes are not held through Euroclear or Clearstream, on a pro rata basis, or (ii) if Euroclear or Clearstream prescribe no method of selection, by use of a pool factor; provided, however, that no Euro Note of €1,000 in aggregate principal amount or less or SEK Note of SEK 10,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part and only Euro Notes and SEK Notes in integral multiples of €1.00 and SEK 1.00 will be redeemed, respectively. Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar will be liable for any selections made in accordance with this Section 3.02(a).

(b) Notices of purchase or redemption will be given to each Holder pursuant to Sections 3.03 and 13.01.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

(a) At least 10 calendar days but not more than 60 calendar days prior to the redemption date, the Issuer shall mail or at the expense of the Issuer, cause to be mailed (by first class mail, postage prepaid) or otherwise transmit, any notice of redemption in accordance with Section 13.01 and as provided below to Holders of the relevant series of Notes at their respective addresses as they appear on the registration books of the Registrar, except that redemption notices may be mailed or otherwise transmitted more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 10 hereof. The Issuer shall publish a notice of redemption in accordance with the prevailing rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange applicable to the Securities Official List.

(b) The notice of redemption will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

(1) the redemption date and the record date;

(2) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid;

(3) the name and address of the Paying Agent(s) to which the Notes are to be surrendered for redemption;

 

91


(4) Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

(5) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(6) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(7) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN and Common Code numbers, as applicable, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

(c) If the Issuer elects to redeem the Notes or portions thereof and, in connection with a satisfaction and discharge of, or defeasance of, this Indenture, requests that the Trustee distribute to the Holders amounts deposited in trust with the Trustee (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for redemption) prior to the date fixed for redemption in accordance with the provisions set forth under Article 8 or Article 10, the applicable redemption notice will state (i) that Holders will receive such amounts deposited in trust with the Trustee prior to the date fixed for redemption and (ii) such earlier payment date.

(d) If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, in which case the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on the Notes or portions of the Notes called for redemption.

(e) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with the information required at least three Business Days prior to the publication of the notice of redemption (or such shorter period as agreed by the Issuer and the Trustee).

(f) Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar will be liable for selection made as contemplated in this Section 3.03. For the Notes which are represented by Global Notes held on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to Euroclear or Clearstream for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Any redemption and notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, without limitation, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering and, in the case of a refinancing of the Notes, the incurrence of Indebtedness the proceeds of which will be used to redeem the Notes). If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice may state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied or waived (provided, however, that, in any case, such redemption date shall be no less than 10 days and no more than 60 days from the date on which such notice is first given), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

 

92


Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

(a) No later than 10:00 a.m., London time, one Business Day prior to each date of redemption or purchase, the Issuer will deposit (or direct the Security Agent to deposit upon receipt of immediately available funds from the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) with each Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, as applicable, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, as applicable, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

(b) If the Issuer complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Security Agent shall never be liable for any such additional interest.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

If any Definitive Registered Note has been issued, upon surrender of such Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Definitive Registered Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered, provided that, with respect to any new Note denominated in euro, each such new Definitive Registered Note will be in an aggregate principal amount that is at least €1,000 and in integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof, and with respect to any new Note denominated in SEK, each such new Definitive Registered Note will be in an aggregate principal amount that is at least SEK 10,000 and in integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof. If any Notes that are redeemed or purchased in part are issued in global form, the Registrar will make an appropriate notation on such Global Notes to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof, provided that any such Global Note will be, with respect to any Note denominated in euro, in an aggregate principal amount that is at least €1,000 and in integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof and, with respect to any Note denominated in SEK, in an aggregate principal amount that is at least SEK 10,000 and in integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof.

Section 3.07 Mandatory Redemption.

The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes, except as set forth in Section 3.08(a)(3).

 

93


Section 3.08 Application of Available Cash Amount.

(a) In each fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025, the Issuer shall apply the Available Cash Amount in full during such fiscal year in the following order of priority (each repayment or redemption under clauses (2), (3) and (4) below, a “Repayment”):

(1) first, (a) to make one or more offers to repurchase the Notes on a pro rata basis (calculated based on the percentage that the outstanding principal amount of a series of Notes represents of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding), provided that the Issuer shall have the discretion to consummate the repurchase of any validly tendered Notes or (b) to make one or more reverse Dutch auction tender offers in relation to the Notes (each, an “Available Cash Offer”);

(2) second, if required under the RCF Facility Agreement, to prepay the Utilizations and/or Ancillary Outstandings under the RCF Facility Agreement at par and concurrently cancel in the same amount as such prepayment (a) the Total Commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement and under paragraph (ii) of the Servicing Sub-Limit under the RCF Facility Agreement and (b) if paragraph (ii) of the Servicing Sub-Limit has been reduced to zero, cancel the Total Commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement;

(3) third, if the Utilizations under the RCF Facility Agreement have been prepaid in full and the Total Commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement have been cancelled in full, to redeem each series of Notes in accordance with paragraph 5(f) of each Global Note on a pro rata basis (calculated based on the percentage that the outstanding principal amount of a series of Notes represents of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding); and

(4) fourth, if each series of Notes has been repaid, repurchased or redeemed in full, the repurchase or redemption of the New Money Notes, the Piraeus Term Loan and/or any other secured Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 3.08(a), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to use any cash on balance sheet (including the Available Cash Amount) to repay and redraw Utilizations at any time and in accordance with its terms, provided that the commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement are not cancelled other than pursuant to any Debt Service or a Repayment, and further provided that any voluntary repayment that does not result in any cancellation of such commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement shall not reduce the Available Cash Amount.

(c) To the extent that any portion of the Available Cash Amount payable pursuant to Section 3.08(a) is denominated in a currency other than the currency required to pay Indebtedness set forth in Section 3.08(a), the amount thereof payable in respect of such Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of funds in the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated that is actually received by the Issuer upon converting such portion into such currency.

(d) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of any applicable securities laws or regulations (or rules of any exchange on which the Notes are then listed) in connection with the repurchase, redemption or repayment of Notes pursuant to this Indenture.

(e) Not less than 20 Business Days prior to undertaking any Available Cash Offer or making any Repayment during the relevant fiscal year from the Available Cash Amount, the Issuer shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee confirming that, on a pro forma basis for the Available Cash Offer or Repayment, the Issuer is projected to have sufficient cashflow to

 

94


meet its Debt Service and Additional Capex for the next twelve months following the delivery of such Officer’s Certificate (a “Debt Service Certificate”). To the extent that the Issuer (acting reasonably and in good faith) is unable to deliver such a Debt Service Certificate, the Available Cash Amount to be applied as part of such Available Cash Offer or Repayment shall be reduced by such amount as is necessary to ensure that the Issuer has sufficient cashflow to meet its Debt Service and Additional Capex for the next twelve months following the Available Cash Offer or Repayment. Following such reduction, if at any time during that fiscal year the Issuer is able to deliver a Debt Service Certificate in respect of the remaining Available Cash Amount, the Issuer shall undertake an Available Cash Offer or make a Repayment in respect of the remaining Available Cash Amount.

Section 3.09 Redemption and Repurchases on a Pro Rata Basis

Any redemption of the Notes or an offer to repurchase the Notes shall be made for all series of Notes on a pro rata basis (calculated based on the percentage that the outstanding principal amount of a series of Notes represents of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding), other than (a) a redemption of any series of Notes pursuant to paragraph 5(d) of any Global Note and (b) the repurchase of any series of Notes pursuant to (x) a reverse Dutch auction in which the holders of each series of Notes are offered the opportunity to tender their Notes or (y) a fixed-price (per series) tender offer for all series of Notes that is made on a pro rata basis.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid (and the Security Agent will pay at the direction of the Issuer upon receipt of immediately available funds from the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, holds no later than 10:00 a.m., London time, one Business Day prior to such due date money deposited by the Issuer (or the Security Agent at the direction of the Issuer) in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, then due. If the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, shall be considered paid on the due date if the entity acting as Paying Agent complies with Section 2.04.

The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

95


Section 4.02 Reports.

(a) For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will provide to the Trustee the following reports:

(1) within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2024, annual reports containing, to the extent applicable, the following information: (a) audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of the end of the most recent fiscal year and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of the Company for the most recent fiscal year (in each case, with comparable prior-year periods), including footnotes to such financial statements and the report of the independent auditors on the financial statements; (b) unaudited pro forma income statement information and balance sheet information of the Company (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the provision of a full income statement or balance sheet to the extent not reasonably available), together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year (unless such pro forma information has been provided in a previous report pursuant to clause (2) or (3) below); (c) an operating and financial review of the audited financial statements, including a discussion of the results of operations, financial condition, EBITDA and liquidity and capital resources of the Company, and a discussion of material commitments and contingencies and critical accounting policies; (d) a description of the business, management and shareholders of the Company, all material affiliate transactions and a description of all material contractual arrangements and (e) material risk factors in a level of detail comparable to the English language version of the Company’s annual report for the year ended December 31, 2023 and material recent developments (to the extent not previously reported pursuant to clauses (2) or (3) below);

(2) within 60 days following the end of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Company beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2025, all quarterly reports of the Company containing the following information: (a) an unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such quarter and unaudited condensed statements of income and cash flow for the most recent quarter ending on the unaudited condensed balance sheet date, and the comparable prior quarterly period, together with condensed footnote disclosure; (b) unaudited pro forma income statement information and balance sheet information of the Company (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the provision of a full income statement or balance sheet to the extent not reasonably available), together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal quarter; (c) an operating and financial review of the unaudited financial statements, including a discussion of the results of operations, financial condition, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Company, and a discussion of material changes not in the ordinary course of business in commitments and contingencies since the most recent report; and (d) material recent developments (to the extent not previously reported pursuant to clause (3) below); and

(3) promptly after the occurrence of any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring or any senior executive officer changes or change in auditors of the Company or any other material event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries announces publicly, a report containing a description of such event.

(b) The reports required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.02(a) shall contain the following:

(1) For the Company:

(A) gross revenue;

 

96


(B) EBITDA excluding non-recurring items, together with the details and commentary on synergies and cost savings that have been achieved and are contemplated to be included in the definition of Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio (or a statement that there is no such synergies and cost savings).

(C) net debt and leverage (split by instrument and showing liquidity);

(D) attributable net income; and

(E) a bridge for reported EBITDA to cash EBITDA.

(2) For the servicing business:

(A) total assets under management, showing a breakdown by client type (such as commercial banks, investors and securitization vehicles) and by region;

(B) collections and collections rate;

(C) regional performance, showing gross book value, collections, collection rate, gross revenues, EBITDA excluding non-recurring items, and EBITDA margin excluding non-recurring items;

(D) assets under management bridge (reconciling the assets under management at the beginning of the period to the end of the period), showing collections and new inflows; and

(E) assets under management, revenues and EBITDA by region.

(3) For the investing business:

(A) face value and gross book value of the owned portfolio;

(B) vintage analysis showing (i) historical collections and remaining ERC per vintage broken down by year, (ii) historical and forecast collection curves for each vintage as compared to underwritten curves, and (iii) book value and face value by vintage; and

(C) other metrics by asset type and key performance indicators set out in “Appendix – Investment Segment Reporting (Example)” of the Lock-Up Agreement.

(4) For the investment management business, upon the assets under the management of Majority-Owned Co-Investment Vehicles and Fund Co-Investment Vehicles reaching €500 million in the aggregate:

(A) assets under management;

(B) assets under management bridge (reconciling the assets under management at the beginning of the period to the end of the period); and

 

97


(C) aggregated fee income paid to the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries that are General Partners (without a split between management and performance fee).

(c) The investor presentation that accompanies the reports required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.02(a) shall contain the following:

(1) supporting information for available liquidity (as disclosed, for example, in the last bullet point on page 29 of the investor presentation for the second quarter of 2024) to be provided after such bullet point, showing a sub-limit to the liquidity split on availability under the RCF Facility Agreement, cash on balance sheet, trapped cash and undrawn available commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement; and

(2) a breakdown of available capacity under each of (A) Sections 4.04(c)(6) and (13); (B) Sections 4.06(b)(1), (7), (11), (12), (13), (15) and (16); and (C) clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Investment.”

(d) For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will provide to the Security Agent the following reports:

(1) promptly after the issuance of any New License to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a report containing a description of such New License.

(2) promptly after the acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Person that is subject to a license which would require regulator consent or notification upon a change of control, a report containing a description of such Person and such license; or

(3) promptly after (A) a change in law of which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is aware based on reasonable enquiries from time to time, or (B) a change in the condition relating to a license of a Restricted Subsidiary that would require a regulatory consent or a regulatory notification for a change of control of such Restricted Subsidiary, a report containing a description of such change in law or change in condition relating to a license as described in clauses (A) and (B).

(e) All financial statements and pro forma financial information shall be prepared in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the date of such report or financial statement (or otherwise on the basis of IFRS as then in effect) and on a consistent basis for the periods presented; provided, however, that the reports set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.02(a) may, in the event of a change in applicable IFRS, present earlier periods on a basis that applied to such periods. The filing of an Annual Report on Form 20-F within the time period specified in Section 4.02(a)(1) will satisfy such provision.

(f) At any time that any of the Company’s Subsidiaries are Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, if taken together as one Subsidiary, constitutes a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, then the annual and quarterly financial information required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.02(a) shall include either (i) a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary (as applicable) separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company or (ii) stand-alone audited or unaudited financial statements, as the case may be, of such Unrestricted

 

98


Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiaries (as a group or otherwise) together with an unaudited reconciliation to the financial information of the Company and its Subsidiaries other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary (as applicable), which reconciliation shall include the following items: net revenues, EBITDA, ERC, net income, cash, total assets, total debt and interest expense.

(g) Substantially concurrently with the issuance to the Trustee of the reports specified in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.02(a), the Company shall also (a) use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to post copies of such reports on such website as may be then maintained by the Company and its Subsidiaries or (ii) otherwise to provide substantially comparable availability of such reports (as determined by the Company in good faith) or (b) to the extent the Company determines in good faith that it cannot make such reports available in the manner required by the preceding clause (a) owing to applicable law or after the use of its commercially reasonable efforts, furnish such reports to the Holders and, upon request, prospective purchasers of the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Company either (i) posts copies of such reports on such website as may be then maintained by the Company and its Subsidiaries or (ii) otherwise provides substantially comparable availability of such reports (as determined by the Company in good faith), it will be deemed to have delivered such information by making it available to the Trustee.

(h) In addition, so long as the Notes remain outstanding and during any period during which the Parent is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act nor exempt therefrom pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b), the Parent shall furnish to the Holders and, upon their request, prospective purchasers of the Notes, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(i) The Company shall conduct a conference call to discuss the results of operations of the Company for the relevant reporting period, including a Q&A session, within 10 Business Days after the delivery of the reports required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.02(a).

Section 4.03 Compliance Certificate; Notice of Defaults.

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate indicating whether the signer thereof knows of any Default that occurred during the previous year and, if any, such Default, specifying the nature and the status thereof of which such signer has knowledge.

(b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events of which it is aware which would constitute a Default, their status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

(c) If a Default occurs for a failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (an “Initial Default”) then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or deliver a required certificate in connection with the Initial Default will also be cured without any further action. Any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in this Section 4.03 or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant or notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in this Indenture.

(d) Substantially concurrently with the issuance to the Trustee of the reports specified in clause (1) of Section 4.02(a), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate confirming (1) that the Additional Capex in the fiscal year to which such report relates did not exceed the Additional Capex Limit during such fiscal year and (2) the Available Cash Amount for the immediately succeeding fiscal year.

 

99


Section 4.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except:

(A) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Company or in Subordinated Shareholder Funding; and

(B) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis, measured by value);

(2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer) any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect Parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock));

(3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (a) any such payment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement or in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (b) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(3));

(4) make any payment (other than by capitalization of interest) on or with respect to, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; or

(5) (a) make any Restricted Investment in any Person or (b) make any Permitted Investment in any Person (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Co-Investment Vehicles, Partnerships and their respective Subsidiaries) to the extent it would be an Indirect Restricted Payment;

(any such dividend, distribution, payment, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement, Restricted Investment or Permitted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (5) are referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”).

 

100


(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) will not prohibit the Restricted Payments referred to in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 4.04(a) on or after December 31, 2028 if:

(x) greater than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued on the Issue Date have been redeemed, repaid, refinanced or repurchased;

(y) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 2.50 to 1.00 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment; and

(z) the Dividend Yield for the Company’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters does not exceed 5% on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment.

(c) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”):

(1) [Reserved];

(2) [Reserved];

(3) [Reserved];

(4) [Reserved];

(5) [Reserved];

(6) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), payments to purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire, cancel or retire for value Capital Stock of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof), where such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Capital Stock of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) is made as a hedge against a long-term management incentive scheme or other long-term employee bonus scheme in which a bonus or other incentive payment is payable in the relevant Capital Stock or is based on the price of the relevant Capital Stock; provided that such payments do not exceed an amount equal to €7 million per fiscal year;

(7) [Reserved];

(8) [Reserved];

(9) dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication):

(A) the amounts required for any Parent to pay any Related Taxes; or

(B) amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments (i) in connection with the Transactions (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate amount of fees and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with the Transactions) or (ii) to the extent specified in clause (5) of Section 4.08(b);

(10) [Reserved];

 

101


(11) [Reserved];

(12) payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock, provided, however, that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this Section 4.04 or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Issuer);

(13) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions (except for clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of “Permitted Investment General Restrictions”), Investments constituting Portfolio Acquisitions (including Investments in Co-Investment Vehicles) or acquisitions of Acquired Businesses in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the aggregate cash amount of Excluded Contributions;

(14) Restricted Payments set forth in clause (1) of Section 4.04(a) made by a Group Company (other than the Company) to another Group Company that is its direct or indirect parent company, on a cashless basis, and where such Restricted Payment constitutes a “group contribution” (Sw. koncernbidrag) under Swedish law or any similar transaction in any other jurisdiction in which the Group operates which has an equivalent tax-consolidating effect (a “Tax Consolidation Transaction”); provided that either (i) substantially concurrently with any such Tax Consolidation Transaction, the receiver of such Restricted Payment and any other Group Company becoming a creditor in respect of an Intra-Group Receivable arising as a direct or an indirect result of the Tax Consolidation Transaction make an equity contribution of equal amount to the relevant Persons being debtors in relation to such Intra-Group Receivable to offset and extinguish any and all receivables arising from the Restricted Payment made pursuant to this clause (14); or (ii) the purpose of such Restricted Payment is to offset and extinguish any and all receivables arising from a Tax Consolidation Transaction undertaken prior to or concurrently with such Restricted Payment and such Restricted Payment does not give rise to any receivables, whether in the form of an equity contribution or, in respect of any Group Company permitted to make such investments, a Permitted Investment under paragraph (25) thereof; and

(15) any payment of Parent Holding Company Expenses under clause (1) of the definition thereof pursuant to a Recharge Agreement between Midco and the Company.

(d) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined conclusively by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Issuer acting in good faith. For purposes hereof, unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Indebtedness that is secured by virtue of it not being secured.

 

102


Section 4.05 Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,

including, for the avoidance of doubt, for the purpose of making payments to the Issuer or the Company with respect to or in connection with the Notes (including, but not limited to, refinancing, amending, extending, repaying, purchasing, investing in and/or pledging assets in support of any Notes and/or paying any principal amounts, interest amounts, premia, catch-up payments, make-whole amounts, fees, underwriting discounts, costs, commissions, hedging, tax, break costs, indemnification obligations or other expenses (including any consent fees) in connection therewith); provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.05(a) will not prohibit:

(1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (A) the RCF Finance Documents and the Piraeus Term Loan Finance Documents, in each case as of the Issue Date, (B) any other agreement or instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, including, without limitation, this Indenture, the New Money Notes Indenture, the Notes and the New Money Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or (C) any Security Documents or Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(2) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or was merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary entered into or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date;

(3) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.05(b) or this clause (3) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.05(b) or this clause (3); provided, however, that the encumbrances and

 

103


restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders taken as a whole than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer);

(4) any encumbrance or restriction:

(A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract;

(B) contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements not prohibited by this Indenture or securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary not prohibited by this Indenture to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements; or

(C) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) (x) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired or (y) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to a joint venture, co-investment or similar agreements (and any agreements ancillary or consequential thereto) that impose restrictions on the transfer of the rights, property or assets of the joint venture, co-investment vehicle or other entity the subject of any such agreement(s);

(6) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(7) customary provisions in leases, licenses, joint venture agreements, co-investment and other similar or related agreements and instruments, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business or where the Issuer determines that such encumbrances or restrictions will not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes;

(8) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority;

(9) any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers, or as required by insurance, surety or bonding companies or indemnities, in each case, under agreements or policies entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

104


(10) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements or Commodity Hedging Agreements;

(11) any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in this Indenture, the New Notes Indenture, the RCF Facility Agreement as of the Issue Date, the Piraeus Term Loan Facility Agreement as of the Issue Date, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, together with the security documents associated therewith as in effect on the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions; or

(12) any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any Lien permitted under Section 4.09.

Section 4.06 Limitation on Indebtedness

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness).

(b) Section 4.06(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

(1) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor pursuant to any Credit Facility (including letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created under any Credit Facility), and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness in a maximum aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding €1,100 million; provided that any such Credit Facility shall only be in the form of a revolving facility and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof shall only be Incurred pursuant to a revolving facility, except that up to an aggregate principal amount not to exceed €50 million may be Incurred in respect of Indebtedness under short-term commercial paper with a maturity not to exceed six months; and provided, further, that any Indebtedness Incurred in reliance on this Section 4.06(b)(1) that refinances Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility (other than any Indebtedness under short-term commercial paper as set forth in the foregoing proviso) shall be Incurred under a Credit Facility pursuant to this Section 4.06(b)(1) and shall not have an All-In Yield in excess of 9.0%;

(2)

(A) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (i) the Incurrence of such Indebtedness being Guaranteed is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, (ii) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or to a Note Guarantee then such Guarantee must be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness being Guaranteed and (iii) if the Indebtedness is Guaranteed by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Restricted Subsidiary complies with Section 4.12; or

(B) without limiting the provisions of Section 4.09, Indebtedness arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such Person securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

 

105


(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:

(A) if the Issuer or any Guarantor is the obligor under such Indebtedness and the obligee is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is unsecured and ((i) except in respect of the intercompany current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) only to the extent legally permitted (the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries having completed all procedures required in the reasonable judgment of directors or officers of the obligee or obligor to protect such Persons from any penalty or civil or criminal liability in connection with the subordination of such Indebtedness)) expressly subordinated in right of payment to prior payment in full in cash (whether upon Stated Maturity, acceleration or otherwise) and the performance in full of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture; and

(B) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;

(4) Indebtedness represented by (A)(i) the Notes (other than any Additional Notes) and any Note Guarantees thereof, (ii) the Piraeus Term Loan outstanding on the Issue Date and (iii) other than with respect to any Italian Guarantor, any “parallel debt” obligation under the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and (B) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in sub-clause (A) or (B) of this clause (4) or clause (5) of this Section 4.06(b);

(5) Acquired Indebtedness; provided, however, that (i) at the time of the relevant acquisition or other transaction, after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness, (A) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be at least 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would not be less than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such acquisition or other transaction and (ii) such Acquired Indebtedness constitutes a Non-Recourse Obligation (except to the extent of any “bad boy” guaranty provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Acquired Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with past practice prior to the Issue Date);

(6) Indebtedness under Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and Commodity Hedging Agreements entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for speculative purposes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or Senior Management of the Issuer);

 

106


(7) Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor and represented by Purchase Money Obligations and Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations, and in each case any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7) and then outstanding, will not exceed at any time (a) for the first 12 months following the Issue Date, the greater of (A) €90 million and (B) [•]% of Total Assets and (b) thereafter, the greater of (A) €75 million and (B) [•]% of Total Assets; provided, that such Indebtedness is not Incurred for the purpose of purchasing Portfolio Assets or acquiring an Acquired Business;

(8) Indebtedness in respect of (a) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment, customs, VAT or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees and warranties provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business or in respect of any governmental requirement, (b) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business or in respect of any governmental requirement; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or similar instruments, the obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing, (c) the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business and (d) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with past practice prior to the Issue Date;

(9) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for customary guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); provided that, in the case of a disposition, the maximum liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(10) (A) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence;

(B) take-or-pay obligations, customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business;

(C) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

107


(D) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for credit management of bad debt purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business on arm’s length commercial terms on a recourse basis;

(11) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the aggregate principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.06(b)(11) and then outstanding, will not exceed €50 million;

(12) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor represented by the New Money Notes in an aggregate principal amount, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.06(b)(12) and then outstanding, not to exceed €526,315,000; provided that an amount equal to the net proceeds of such New Money Notes less €75 million is applied by the Issuer to repurchase the Notes by way of fixed-price tender offers or reverse Dutch auction tender offers, in each case as a Discounted BuyBack; provided, further, that in the event the New Money Notes are issued in an aggregate principal amount that is less than €526,315,000 or the New Money Notes are repaid, in whole or in part, after the Issue Date, the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be permitted to Incur Indebtedness pursuant to this Section 4.06(b)(12) if (a) the All-In Yield of such Indebtedness is no greater than the All-In Yield of the New Money Notes and (b) the ROFO Condition is satisfied and such Indebtedness is not a receivables financing or securitization of any kind;

(13) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor arising under clause (4) of the definition of “Indebtedness” and not to exceed €75 million outstanding at any time, where the deferred and unpaid purchase price of the purchased property is unsecured and due no more than 18 months from the date of Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(14) Indebtedness under daylight borrowing facilities Incurred in connection with any refinancing of Indebtedness (including by way of set-off or exchange) so long as any such Indebtedness is repaid within three days of the date on which such Indebtedness is Incurred;

(15) Indebtedness consisting of local lines of credit or working capital facilities not to exceed €20 million outstanding at any one time;

(16) Non-Recourse Obligations of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 50% of the Loan to Purchase Price of the Portfolio Assets held by such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries and Guarantees thereof by any Restricted Subsidiary of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle; provided that the terms of such Indebtedness are negotiated at arm’s length; provided, further, that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate with any Third Party that provides such Indebtedness to include in the terms of such Indebtedness a right of first offer in favor of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to purchase the Capital Stock of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle if such Third Party enforces against its pledge of the Capital Stock of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle;

 

108


(17) Indebtedness in connection with any joint and several liability (hoofdelijke aansprakelijkheid) by operation of law as a result of any fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax purposes and Dutch value added tax purposes consisting solely of members of the Group other than the Company; and

(18) Indebtedness arising pursuant to any declaration of joint and several liability issued for the purpose of section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code (and any residual liability under such declaration arising pursuant to section 2:404(2) of the Dutch Civil Code).

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 4.06:

(1) all Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Obligations outstanding on the Issue Date, and all Indebtedness that the Issuer and any Guarantor is obligated to incur as of the Issue Date in connection with the payment of any Purchase Money Obligations outstanding on such date, shall be deemed Incurred on the Issue Date under Section 4.06(b)(7) notwithstanding the proviso;

(2) all Indebtedness under the RCF Facility Agreement shall be Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(1);

(3) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments or any “parallel debt” obligation relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

(4) if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1), (7), (11) or (15) of Section 4.06(b) and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

(5) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

(6) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.06 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.06 permitting such Indebtedness;

(7) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not Incur any Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b) for the purpose of financing any Fund Co-Investment Vehicles or its Subsidiaries in any way (including the financing of equity or asset contributions into Fund Co-Investment Vehicles but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Incurrence of Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(16) by a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries) other than any Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(1) in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed €25.0 million at any time outstanding (the “FCIV RCF Permission”). For the

 

109


purpose of determining the amount of Indebtedness outstanding in accordance with the FCIV RCF Permission, the Company shall only be required to take account of Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(1) for the sole purpose of financing any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries; and

(8) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of IFRS.

(d) Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in IFRS will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.06. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be calculated as specified under the definition of “Indebtedness.”

(e) If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer as of such date.

(f) For purposes of determining compliance with any euro- or SEK-denominated (as applicable) restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness (including any Indebtedness to be Incurred by reference to a percentage of Total Assets) or for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio for any other purpose under this Indenture, in each applicable case, the euro or SEK equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness or, at the option of the Issuer, first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower euro or SEK equivalent, as applicable), in the case of Indebtedness Incurred under a revolving credit facility; provided that (a) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than euro or SEK, as applicable, and such refinancing would cause the applicable ratio or euro- or SEK-denominated restriction, as applicable, to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such ratio or euro- or SEK- denominated restriction, as applicable, shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the aggregate principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) Incurred in connection with such refinancing; (b) subject to clause (c) below, the euro or SEK equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date; and (c) if and for so long as any such Indebtedness is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering all or any portion the principal and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in euro or SEK, as applicable, will be adjusted to take into account the effect of such agreement.

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.06, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.06 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

110


(h) Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor will incur any Indebtedness (including any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Guarantee thereof on substantially identical terms (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor); provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor solely by virtue of being unsecured, by virtue of being secured with different collateral, by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis, by virtue of being guaranteed by different obligors or by virtue of the application of waterfall or other payment-ordering provisions affecting different tranches of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Agreed Security Principles), the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if such Person owns any Portfolio Assets or will acquire any Portfolio Assets in connection with the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, other than any of the following Indebtedness:

(1) Acquired Indebtedness that is not Incurred in contemplation of the relevant acquisition or other transaction and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Acquired Indebtedness;

(2) Indebtedness that is Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(2) (in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(1)), Section 4.06(b)(4) and Section 4.06(b)(12) (provided that if a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness, such Restricted Subsidiary accedes to the Intercreditor Agreement);

(3) Indebtedness that is Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(3) (provided that if a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness, such Restricted Subsidiary accedes to the Intercreditor Agreement);

(4) Indebtedness that is Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(7) (to the extent such Indebtedness constitutes Capitalized Lease Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business);

(5) Indebtedness that is Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(8), Section 4.06(b)(10) or Section 4.06(b)(13); and

(6) Indebtedness that is Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(16).

Section 4.07 Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);

 

111


(2) in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap), at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition (excluding any consideration by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, other than Indebtedness) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investments; and

(3) (A) in respect of Asset Dispositions in any Non-Core Market, the aggregate amount of Asset Dispositions made since the Issue Date in all Non-Core Markets would not exceed €300 million and (B) in respect of Asset Dispositions in any Core Market, the aggregate amount of Asset Dispositions made in all Core Markets would not exceed 3% of Book Value per fiscal year; provided that, in the case of each of (A) and (B), the amount of Asset Dispositions by a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof shall be equal to the product of (i) the aggregate amount of the net proceeds of the Asset Disposition and (ii) the direct or indirect proportionate economic interest of Midco in such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle or Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or a Subsidiary thereof which is a Restricted Subsidiary.

For purposes of determining compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.07, the euro equivalent of any Indebtedness denominated in another currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) [Reserved].

(d) To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect of the Notes is denominated in a currency other than the currency in which the relevant Notes are denominated, the amount thereof payable in respect of such Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in the currency in which such Notes are denominated that is actually received by the Issuer upon converting such portion into such currency.

(e) [Reserved].

(f) [Reserved].

(g) For the purposes of Section 4.07(a)(2), the following will be deemed to be cash:

(1) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness of the Company or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition;

(2) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition;

 

112


(3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition; provided that such Indebtedness is not, directly or indirectly, secured by any Lien on any of the assets or property of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

(4) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Issue Date from Persons who are not the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.07 that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of €[•] and 1.5% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and

(6) any Capital Stock or Additional Assets.

(h) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of any applicable securities laws or regulations (or rules of any exchange on which the Notes are then listed) in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Indenture. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations (or exchange rules) conflict with provisions of this Section 4.07, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations (or exchange rules) and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of any conflict.

Section 4.08 Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (any such transaction or series of related transactions, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of €10 million unless:

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate;

(2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of €15 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

113


(3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of €25 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a letter or opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that (i) the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s length basis or (ii) the transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view.

Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in clause (2) of this Section 4.08(a) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.08(a) will not apply to:

(1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.04, any Permitted Payments (other than pursuant to Section 4.04(c)(9)(B)(ii)) or any Permitted Investment (other than Permitted Investments as defined in clauses (1)(b), (2) and (14) of the definition thereof);

(2) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(3) [Reserved];

(4) any transaction between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) the payment of reasonable fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, officers, consultants or employees of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Parent (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Person owned or controlled by any of such directors, officers or employees);

(6) the Transactions and the entry into and performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction pursuant to or contemplated by, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument relating thereto and in effect as of or on the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this Section 4.08 or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect and the entry into and performance of any registration rights or other listing agreement in connection with any Public Offering;

 

114


(7) execution, delivery and performance of any Tax Sharing Agreement or the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business;

(8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, which are fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the Senior Management of the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(9) any transaction in the ordinary course of business between or among the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company or an Associate, or similar entity or Co-Investment Vehicle that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity or Co-Investment Vehicle;

(10) (a) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preference Shares) of the Company or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided that the interest rate and other financial terms of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in their reasonable determination and (b) any amendment, waiver or other transaction with respect to any Subordinated Shareholder Funding in compliance with the other provisions of this Indenture;

(11) any payment of Parent Holding Company Expenses under clause (1) thereof pursuant to a Recharge Agreement between Midco and the Company;

(12) Permitted Cash Pooling;

(13) the performance of any transactions or obligations of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, or payments made pursuant to or for the purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect at the time such Person is acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by this Indenture; provided that such agreements or instruments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; and

(14) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter or opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that (i) the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s length basis or (ii) that the transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view.

 

115


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, pay, contribute assets, make an Investment or otherwise transfer value to a member of a Target Group if any member of such Target Group has any outstanding Acquired Indebtedness, other than (x) in the ordinary course of business and on an arm’s length basis and (y) payments in an amount not to exceed €50 million in aggregate per fiscal year to fund capital expenditures or other investments in property, plant and equipment of all Target Groups.

Section 4.09 Limitation on Liens.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness (such Lien, the “Initial Lien”), except (i) in the case of any property or asset that does not constitute Collateral, (1) Permitted Liens or (2) Liens on property or assets that are not Permitted Liens if, the Notes (or any Note Guarantee in the case of Liens of any Guarantor) are secured, equally and ratably with, or prior to, in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness, the Indebtedness secured by such Initial Lien (in each case, including pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement) for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured and (ii) in the case of any property or asset that constitutes Collateral, Permitted Collateral Liens.

(b) Any such Lien created in favor of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.09(a)(i)(2) will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged (i) upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates and (ii) as otherwise set forth under Section 12.04.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 4.09(a), (i) the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure any Indebtedness if the Notes (or any Note Guarantee in the case of Liens on any Guarantor) are not secured by such Lien solely on the basis of the Agreed Security Principles and (ii) no Group Company incorporated in Sweden shall issue a Swedish business mortgage certificate unless a Lien is granted over such Swedish business mortgage to secure the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

Section 4.10 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, subject to the terms hereof, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or part (in integral multiples of (i) €1.00 (in the case of Euro Notes); provided that Euro Notes of €1,000 or less may only be repurchased in whole and not in part and (ii) SEK 1.00 (in the case of SEK Notes); provided that SEK Notes of SEK 10,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase and Additional Amounts, if any (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obliged to repurchase Notes under this Section 4.10 in the event and to the extent that it has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to paragraphs 5 and 6 of the Notes or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived.

 

116


(b) Unless the Issuer has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all the Notes pursuant to paragraphs 5 and 6 of the Notes or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived, no later than the date that is 60 days after any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail a notice (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of any such Notes, with a copy to the Trustee:

(1) stating that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date) (the “Change of Control Payment”);

(2) stating the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 10 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or delivered pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3.03) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

(3) describing the circumstances and relevant facts regarding the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control;

(4) describing the procedures determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased; and

(5) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control.

(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, if the Change of Control shall have occurred, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Principal Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes so tendered;

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer in the Change of Control Offer;

(4) in the case of Global Notes, deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Principal Paying Agent the Global Notes in order to reflect thereon the portion of such Notes or portions thereof that have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer; and

(5) in the case of Definitive Registered Notes, deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Registrar for cancellation all Definitive Registered Notes accepted for purchase by the Issuer.

(d) If any Definitive Registered Notes have been issued, the Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Definitive Registered Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee or the Registrar, as applicable, will promptly authenticate (or cause to be authenticated) and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder

 

117


of Definitive Registered Notes a new Note equal in aggregate principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in an aggregate principal amount that is at least €1,000 and integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof (in the case of a Euro Note) and at least SEK 10,000 and integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof (in the case of a SEK Note).

(e) For so long as the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notices on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

(f) The provisions of this Section 4.10 will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

(g) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.10 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control, or an offer or other transaction that if consummated would result in a Change of Control has been publicly announced and, if applicable, not withdrawn, at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

(h) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws or regulations (or rules of any exchange on which the Notes are then listed) in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.10 to the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations (or exchange rules) conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations (or exchange rules) and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the provisions of this Section 4.10 by virtue of the conflict.

Section 4.11 Payments for Consent.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted, in any offer or payment of consideration for, or as an inducement to, any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, to exclude Holders in any jurisdiction or any category of Holders where (a) the solicitation of such consent, waiver or amendment, including in connection with any tender or exchange offer, or (b) the payment of the consideration therefor could reasonably be interpreted as requiring the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to file a registration statement, prospectus or similar document under any applicable securities laws or listing requirements (including, but not limited to, the United States federal securities laws, the laws of the United Kingdom and the laws of the European Union or any of its member states), which the Company in its sole discretion determines (acting in good faith) (1) would be materially burdensome (it being understood that it would not be materially burdensome to file the consent document(s) used

 

118


in other jurisdictions, any substantially similar documents or any summary thereof with the securities or financial services authorities in such jurisdiction); or (2) such solicitation would otherwise not be permitted under applicable law in such jurisdiction or with respect to such category of Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer shall be permitted to offer an early tender or similar premium in any offer or payment of consideration for, or as an inducement to, any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, selectively to only those Holders that tender or consent within the prescribed early tender period.

Section 4.12 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries; Future Guarantors.

(a) The Company will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee any Credit Facility or any Public Debt or any refinancing thereof in whole or in part unless, such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor on the date on which such other Guarantee or other Indebtedness, as applicable, is Incurred and, if applicable, executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form attached to this Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will provide a Note Guarantee, which Note Guarantee will be senior to or pari passu with such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.12(a), the Company will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee any Credit Facility or any Public Debt or any refinancing thereof in whole or part if such Restricted Subsidiary does not become a Guarantor on the date on which such other Guarantee or other Indebtedness, as applicable, is Incurred.

(c) A Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may become a Guarantor if it executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form attached to this Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will provide a Note Guarantee.

(d) Each Note Guarantee will be limited as necessary to recognize certain defenses generally available to guarantors (including those that relate to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, thin capitalization, distributable reserves, capital maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law.

Section 4.13 Amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement and Additional Intercreditor Agreements.

(a) In connection with the Incurrence of certain Indebtedness by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the Trustee shall, at the request of the Issuer, enter into with the Company, the relevant Restricted Subsidiaries and the holders of such Indebtedness (or their duly authorized representatives) one or more intercreditor agreements or deeds (including a restatement, replacement, amendment or other modification of the Intercreditor Agreement) (an “Additional Intercreditor Agreement”), on substantially similar terms as the Intercreditor Agreement (or terms that are not materially less favorable to the Holders); provided that such Additional Intercreditor Agreement will not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or adversely affect the personal rights, duties, liabilities, indemnification or immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement. In connection with the foregoing, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee such documentation in relation thereto as it may reasonably require.

 

119


(b) In relation to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee shall consent on behalf of the Holders to the payment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition, retirement or redemption of any obligations subordinated to the Notes thereby; provided, however, that such transaction would comply with Section 4.04.

(c) At the written direction of the Issuer and without the consent of Holders, the Trustee shall from time to time enter into one or more amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement to: (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency of any such agreement, (2) increase the amount or types of Indebtedness covered by the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement that may be Incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that is subject to the Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement (provided that such Indebtedness is Incurred in compliance with this Indenture), (3) add Guarantors or other Restricted Subsidiaries to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (4) secure the Notes (including Additional Notes) or (5) make any other change to any such agreement that does not adversely affect the Holders in any material respect. The Issuer shall not otherwise direct the Trustee to enter into any amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement without the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, except as otherwise permitted under Article 9 or as permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, and the Issuer may only direct the Trustee to enter into any amendment to the extent such amendment does not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or, in the opinion of the Trustee, adversely affect their respective rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

(d) Each Holder, by accepting a Note, shall be deemed to have agreed to and accepted the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement (whether then entered into or entered into in the future pursuant to the provisions herein) and to have authorized the Trustee to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or any restatement, replacement, amendment or other modification to reflect the above on each Holder’s behalf and the Trustee will not be required to seek the consent of the Holders to perform its obligations under and in accordance with the above provisions.

(e) A copy of the Intercreditor Agreement and/or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement shall be made available to the Holders upon request to the Issuer.

Section 4.14 Withholding Taxes.

(a) All payments made by or on behalf of the Issuer, a Successor Issuer or a Guarantor (a “Payor”) on the Notes or any Note Guarantees will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any Taxes unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of:

(1) Sweden or any political subdivision or Governmental Authority thereof or therein having power to tax;

(2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on any such Note or Note Guarantee is made by the Issuer, Successor Issuer, Guarantor or their agents on their behalf, or any political subdivision or Governmental Authority thereof or therein having the power to tax; or

 

120


(3) any other jurisdiction in which the Payor is incorporated or organized, engaged in a trade or business for tax purposes or otherwise considered to be a resident for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or Governmental Authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 4.14(a), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”),

will at any time be required from any payments made by a Payor with respect to any Note or Note Guarantee, including payments of principal, redemption price, premium, if any, or interest, the Payor will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by the Holders, or the Trustee, as the case may be, after such withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional Amounts), will equal the amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments on any such Note or Note Guarantee in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable for or on account of:

(1) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Holder or the beneficial owner of a Note (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder or beneficial owner, if the relevant Holder or beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) but excluding, in each case, any connection arising solely from the acquisition, ownership or holding of such Note, the exercise or enforcement of rights under any Note or the applicable indenture or any Note Guarantee, or the receipt of any payment in respect thereof;

(2) any Taxes to the extent that they are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure by the Holder or the beneficial owner of the Note to comply with a written request of the Payor addressed to the Holder, after reasonable notice, to provide certification, information, documents or other evidence concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the Holder or such beneficial owner or to make any declaration or similar claim or satisfy any other reporting requirement relating to such matters (to the extent such Holder or beneficial owner is legally eligible to do so), which is required by a statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of withholding or deduction of, all or part of such Taxes;

(3) any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from a payment on or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee;

(4) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value added, use, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge, or any excise Taxes imposed on transfer of a Note;

(5) any Taxes imposed in connection with a Note presented for payment (where presentation is permitted or required for payment) by or on behalf of a Holder or beneficial owner who would have been able to avoid such Tax by presenting the relevant Note to, or otherwise accepting payment from, another paying agent;

 

121


(6) any Taxes imposed on or with respect to a payment to any Holder who is a fiduciary or a partnership or any Person other than the sole beneficial owner of payment or such Notes to the extent that the beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, the member of such partnership or the beneficial owner of such Notes would not have been entitled to Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner held such Notes directly;

(7) any Taxes withheld or deducted pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any amended or successor version of such Sections), any U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, any official interpretations thereof or any agreements (including an intergovernmental agreement or any law implementing any such agreement) entered into in connection with the implementation thereof; or

(8) any combination of the above.

(b) Such Additional Amounts will also not be payable if the payment could have been made without such deduction or withholding if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the Note for payment (where presentation is permitted or required for payment) within 30 days after the relevant payment was first made available for payment to the Holder.

(c) The Payor will (i) make any required withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law. The Payor will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes, in such form as provided in the ordinary course by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and as is reasonably available to the Issuer and will provide such certified copies to the Trustee. Such copies shall be made available to the Holders upon request. The Payor shall attach to each certified copy or other evidence, as applicable, a certificate stating (x) that the amount of Tax evidenced by the certified copy was paid in connection with payments under or with respect to the Notes then outstanding upon which such Taxes were due and (y) the amount of such withholding tax paid per €1,000 or SEK 10,000 (as applicable) of principal amount of the Notes.

(d) If any Payor becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts under or with respect to any payment made on any Note or Note Guarantee, at least 30 days prior to the date of such payment, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount so payable and such other information necessary to enable the Paying Agent to pay Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 days prior to the relevant payment date, in which case the Payor may deliver such Officer’s Certificate as promptly as practicable after the date that is 30 days prior to the payment date). The Trustee will be entitled to rely solely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary.

(e) Wherever in either this Indenture or any Note Guarantees there are mentioned, in any context:

(1) the payment of principal;

(2) purchase prices in connection with a purchase of Notes;

(3) interest; or

 

122


(4) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes,

such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts under this Section 4.14 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

(f) The Payor will pay any present or future stamp, issue, registration, transfer, excise, court or documentary taxes, or any other property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including interest and penalties to the extent resulting from a failure by the Payor to timely pay amounts due) that arise in (x) any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or any jurisdiction in which a Paying Agent is located from the execution, delivery, or registration or (y) any jurisdiction from enforcement, in each case, of any Notes, this Indenture or any other document or instrument in relation thereto (other than a transfer of the Notes), and the Payor agrees to indemnify the Holders for any such taxes paid by such Holders. The Payor will also pay any such taxes, charges, or levies arising in any taxing jurisdiction in connection with the enforcement of the Notes, or any other such document or instrument, following the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Notes. The foregoing obligations of this Section 4.14 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor to the Issuer is organized or resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

Section 4.15 Suspension of Covenants upon Achievement of Investment Grade Status.

(a) If, on any date following the Issue Date, the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (a “Suspension Event”), then, beginning on that day and continuing until the Reversion Date, Sections 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.12, 4.19, 5.01(a)(3) and 5.01(b)(3), and, in each case, any related default provision of Article 6 will cease to be effective and will not be applicable to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Such covenants and any related default provisions of Article 6 will again apply according to their terms from the first day on which a Suspension Event ceases to be in effect. Such covenants will not, however, be of any effect with regard to actions of the Issuer properly taken during the continuance of the Suspension Event, and Section 4.04 will be interpreted as if it has been in effect since the date of such Indenture except that no Default will be deemed to have occurred solely by reason of a Restricted Payment made while that covenant was suspended. On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the continuance of the Suspension Event will be classified, at the Issuer’s option, as having been Incurred pursuant to one of the clauses set forth in Section 4.06(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Event and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be incurred under Section 4.06(b), such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date and permitted under Section 4.06(b).

(b) The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Holders that the two conditions set forth in Section 4.15 have been satisfied; provided that such notification shall not be a condition for the suspension of the provisions set forth in Section 4.15(a) to be effective. The Trustee shall not be obliged to notify Holders of such event.

 

123


Section 4.16 Maintenance of Listing.

The Issuer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain the listing of the Notes on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for so long as such Notes are outstanding; provided that if the Issuer is unable to obtain admission to such listing or if at any time the Issuer determines that it will not maintain such listing, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts (where the Notes are initially so listed, prior to the delisting of the Notes from the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange) to obtain and thereafter to maintain, a listing of the Notes on another stock exchange deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors or a member of Senior Management.

Section 4.17 Designation and Maintenance of Restricted or Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company shall not designate or maintain any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate and maintain any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) that is a General Partner of a Partnership or a Third Party Partnership as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if:

(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(2) such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 4.04;

(3) no Default or Event of Default would result from such designation;

(4) in the case of a designation and maintenance of a General Partner of a Partnership as an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

(A) (i) such General Partner has not Incurred any Indebtedness, granted a Lien over any of its assets or received economic value from any Partnership or any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, and (ii) so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Company will not permit such General Partner to Incur any Indebtedness, grant a Lien over any of its assets or receive economic value from any Partnership or any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle;

(B) (i) the Company has not, and its Restricted Subsidiaries have not, made any Investment in such General Partner or its related Partnership, other than such Investments as are required to establish and maintain the corporate existence of such General Partner or such Partnership, and (ii) so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Investment in such General Partner or its related Partnership, other than such Investments as are required to maintain the corporate existence of such General Partner or such Partnership;

(C) the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries controls such General Partner and, so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, will control such General Partner;

(D) such General Partner has customary controlling interests in the related Partnership and, so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, will have customary controlling interests in the related Partnership, provided that limited partners of such Partnership may have customary non-controlling limited partner rights, including, but not limited to, rights relating to the approval of affiliate transactions involving such Partnership, change in the tax status of such Partnership and increase in the liability of limited partners; and

 

124


(E) after its related Partnership can no longer accept commitments from Third Parties, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not permit such General Partner to change the asset management contracts or servicing contracts with respect to such Partnership in a manner that would be materially adverse to the interests of the Holders; and

(5) in the case of a designation of a General Partner of a Third Party Partnership as an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

(A) (i) such General Partner has not Incurred any Indebtedness, granted a Lien over any of its assets or received economic value from any Third Party Partnership, and (ii) so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Company will not permit such General Partner to Incur any Indebtedness, grant a Lien over any of its assets or receive economic value from any Third Party Partnership;

(B) (i) the Company has not, and its Restricted Subsidiaries have not, made any Investment in such General Partner or its related Third Party Partnership, other than such Investments as are required to establish and maintain the corporate existence of such General Partner or such Third Party Partnership, and (ii) so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Investment in such General Partner or its related Third Party Partnership, other than such Investments as are required to maintain the corporate existence of such General Partner or such Third Party Partnership;

(C) the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary controls such General Partner and, so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, will control such General Partner;

(D) such General Partner has customary controlling interests in the related Third Party Partnership and, so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, will have customary controlling interests in the related Third Party Partnership, provided that limited partners of such Third Party Partnership may have customary non-controlling limited partner rights, including, but not limited to, rights relating to the approval of affiliate transactions involving such Third Party Partnership, change in the tax status of such Third Party Partnership and increase in the liability of limited partners; and

(E) after its related Third Party Partnership can no longer accept commitments from Third Parties, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not permit such General Partner to change the asset management contracts or servicing contracts with respect to such Third Party Partnership in a manner that would be materially adverse to the interests of the Holders.

(b) Any such designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the conditions set forth in Section 4.17(a).

 

125


(c) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation (1) no Default or Event of Default would result therefrom and (2) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio would not be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such designation, in each case, on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly delivering to the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation or an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with this Section 4.17(c).

Section 4.18 Designation and Maintenance of Majority Co-Investment Vehicle or Fund Co-Investment Vehicle.

(a) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate and maintain any Co-Investment Vehicle as a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle (a “Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation”); provided that:

(1) any Investment that has been made pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Investment” would be able to be made pursuant to clause (19) of the definition of “Permitted Investment”;

(2) such Co-Investment Vehicle is a Restricted Subsidiary (but not a Guarantor) in which the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries holds, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate, no less than 50.1% of the economic interests (with a Third Party or Third Parties holding the remaining economic interests); and

(3) such designation does not occur prior to the date on which such Co-Investment Vehicle receives (x) an Investment in the form of assets from a Third Party or (y) a commitment for an Investment in the form of assets from a Third Party, in each case on an arm’s length basis, and to be made within 18 months of such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation.

(b) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate and maintain any Co-Investment Vehicle as a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle (a “Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation”); provided that:

(1) any Investment that has been made pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Investment” would be able to be made pursuant to clause (23) of the definition of “Permitted Investment”;

(2) (i) such Co-Investment Vehicle remains a Restricted Subsidiary (but not a Guarantor) whose economic interests are held by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more Partnerships or Third Parties (provided that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will own not more than 35% of the economic interests in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle no later than 18 months from the time of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation) and (ii) the General Partner of such Co-Investment Vehicle is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

126


(3) such designation does not occur prior to the date on which such Co-Investment Vehicle receives, in each case, on an arm’s length basis, (x) an Investment in the form of assets from a Third Party, through a Partnership or otherwise, or (y) a commitment for an Investment in the form of assets from a Third Party, through a Partnership or otherwise, to be made within 18 months of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation.

Each Subsidiary of a Co-Investment Vehicle designated as a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle pursuant to this clause (b) shall be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Co-Investment Vehicle that is not a Subsidiary to be a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle or a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle.

Section 4.19 No Impairment of Security Interest.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, take or omit to take any action that would have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral (it being understood that, subject to Section 4.19(b), the Incurrence of Permitted Collateral Liens shall under no circumstances be deemed to materially impair the security interest with respect to the Collateral) for the benefit of the Security Agent and the Holders, and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, grant to any Person other than the Security Agent, for the benefit of the Security Agent and the Holders and the other beneficiaries described in the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement any Lien over any of the Collateral that is prohibited by Section 4.09; provided that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Permitted Collateral Liens and the Collateral may be discharged, transferred or released in accordance with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the applicable Security Documents.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.19(a), nothing in this Section 4.19 shall restrict the discharge and release of any Lien in accordance with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents. Subject to the foregoing, the Security Documents may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or released (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets) to (i) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency therein; (ii) provide for Permitted Collateral Liens; (iii) add to the Collateral; or (iv) make any other change thereto that does not adversely affect the Holders in any material respect; provided, however, that, except where permitted by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, no Security Document may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or released (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), unless contemporaneously with such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement or modification or release (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), the Issuer delivers to the Trustee and the Security Agent either (1) a solvency opinion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Security Agent, from an Independent Financial Advisor or appraiser or investment bank of international standing which confirms the solvency of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, modification or release (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), (2) a certificate from the chief financial officer or the Board of Directors of the relevant Person which confirms the solvency of the person granting any such Lien after giving effect to any

 

127


transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, modification or release, or (3) an opinion of counsel (subject to any qualifications customary for this type of opinion of counsel), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, confirming that, after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, modification or release (followed by an immediate retaking of a lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), the Lien or Liens created under the Security Document, so amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, modified or released and replaced are valid and perfected Liens not otherwise subject to any limitation, imperfection or new hardening period, in equity or at law, that such Lien or Liens were not otherwise subject to immediately prior to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, modification or release and to which the new Indebtedness secured by the Permitted Collateral Lien is not subject.

(c) In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries comply with the requirements of this Section 4.19, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall (subject to customary protections and indemnifications) consent to such amendments without the need for instructions from the Holders.

Section 4.20 Guarantor Coverage Test

(a) If, on the date on which the audited consolidated financial statements are required to be furnished to the Trustee under Section 4.02(a)(1), (i) the aggregate earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, of the Issuer and the Guarantors is less than 85% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) the aggregate total assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors is less than 85% of the aggregate total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) the aggregate total revenue of the Issuer and the Guarantors is less than 85% of the aggregate total revenue of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Coverage Test”), then the Company shall, within 60 days of such test date, cause such other Restricted Subsidiaries to accede as Guarantors, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, to ensure that the Guarantor Coverage Test is satisfied (calculated as if such Guarantors had been Guarantors for the purposes of the relevant test date).

(b) For the purposes of calculating the Guarantor Coverage Test:

(1) (for the purpose of calculating EBITDA only) the EBITDA of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be zero if it has negative EBITDA; and

(2) calculations of the numerator shall be made on an unconsolidated basis, excluding all intra-group items.

(c) The Company shall ensure that, on the date on which the audited consolidated financial statements are required to be furnished to the Trustee under Section 4.02(a)(1), each Restricted Subsidiary which is a Material Company and which is not already a Guarantor shall accede as a Guarantor, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, within 60 days of such test date.

(d) Notwithstanding Section 4.20(a) and Section 4.20(c):

(1) no Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to accede as a Guarantor; and

 

128


(2) no member of a Target Group that is subject to the terms of Acquired Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with the RCF Facility Agreement, the New Money Notes Indenture and this Indenture (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Acquired Indebtedness) shall be required to accede as Guarantor for so long as such Acquired Indebtedness (or such Refinancing Indebtedness) remains outstanding.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred from the failure of the Company to satisfy its obligations set forth in Section 4.20(a) and Section 4.20(c) as a result of a Restricted Subsidiary not being able to accede as a Guarantor solely by reason of the Agreed Security Principles.

(f) Subject to and in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles, (i) any Restricted Subsidiary acceding as a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 4.20 shall grant a Lien on its assets to secure the Notes by the time it must accede as a Guarantor and (ii) any Holding Company of such Restricted Subsidiary that is the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall grant a Lien on the shares it holds in such Restricted Subsidiary by the time such Restricted Subsidiary must accede as a Guarantor.

Section 4.21 Limitation on Holding Company Activities and Licenses and Intra-Group Loans.

(a) The Company, the Issuer and, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco will not hold any shares in any Person other than:

(1) (in the case of the Company) the shares of the Issuer and any RED Direct Subsidiaries and, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, of Intermediate Holdco and any RED Direct Subsidiaries;

(2) (in the case of the Issuer) the shares of Midco; and

(3) (in the case of Intermediate Holdco) the shares of the Issuer.

(b) The Company, the Issuer and, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco will not incorporate or acquire new Subsidiaries other than:

(1) (in the case of the Company) the Issuer or, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco;

(2) (in the case of the Issuer) Midco; and

(3) (in the case of Intermediate Holdco) the Issuer.

(c) The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not at any time:

(i) grant or allow to remain outstanding a loan or extension of credit in respect of any Indebtedness (other than in the case of Permitted Cash Pooling (excluding cash pooling constituting Cash Pool ICLs) or a Permitted Investment under paragraph (25) thereof) to any Person other than:

(1) (in the case of the Company) the Issuer or, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco;

 

129


(2) (in the case of the Issuer) Midco, the Company or, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco;

(3) (in the case of Intermediate Holdco) the Issuer or the Company;

(4) (in the case of Midco) the Issuer or its directly-owned Subsidiaries; and

(5) (in the case of any other Restricted Subsidiary) such member’s directly-owned Subsidiaries or direct Holding Companies; provided that this clause (5) shall not apply to any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries in relation to transactions between such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries; or

(ii) undertake any step or action to consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to, any Person in a manner that would result in any of the limitations set out in clauses (i)(1) to (i)(5) above not being complied with (other than in the case of Permitted Cash Pooling (excluding cash pooling constituting Cash Pool ICLs) or a Permitted Investment under paragraph (25) thereof).

(d) If any Restricted Subsidiary will obtain a New License, the Issuer shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to be and remain:

(1) (i) a newly incorporated directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Midco or (ii) a newly incorporated directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that holds a License from a regulator in the same jurisdiction; or

(2) if it is not possible for such Restricted Subsidiary to be a newly incorporated directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Midco per (d)(1)(i) above or of such Subsidiary of the Company that holds a License from a regulator in the same jurisdiction per (d)(1)(ii) above, and such New License is required to be held by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is owned by a Restricted Subsidiary of Midco that owns other Restricted Subsidiaries incorporated in the same region (a “Regional Sub-Group Restricted Subsidiary”), such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is owned by such Regional Sub-Group Restricted Subsidiary that is directly owned by Midco.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to obtain a New License without satisfying the requirement set forth in clause (1) or (2) above if satisfying such New License requirements would (i) be materially detrimental to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries due to tax or regulatory reasons or (ii) have a materially negative impact on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(e) If any Restricted Subsidiary is required to renew or obtain a License, Midco shall make commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Restricted Subsidiary to be (to the extent not already the case) and remain:

(1) (i) a directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Midco or (ii) a directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that holds a License from a regulator in the same jurisdiction; or

 

130


(2) if it is not possible for such Restricted Subsidiary to be a directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Midco per (e)(1)(i) above or a directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that holds a License from a regulator in the same jurisdiction per (e)(1)(ii) above, such Restricted Subsidiary is owned by a Regional Sub-Group Restricted Subsidiary that is directly owned by Midco.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to become subject to a License without satisfying the requirement set forth in clause (1) or (2) above if satisfying such requirements would (i) be materially detrimental to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries due to tax or regulatory reasons, (ii) be contrary to applicable laws or regulation or (iii) have a materially negative impact on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(f) Midco shall procure that any Restricted Subsidiary that is acquired, incorporated or otherwise established (in each case, after the Issue Date) and that is required to hold a License, shall be and remain either (i) a directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Midco or (ii) owned by a Regional Sub-Group Restricted Subsidiary that is directly owned by Midco.

(g) The Company, the Issuer and, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco will not carry on any business activity, hold any assets or Incur any Indebtedness other than in connection with:

(1) subject to clauses (a) to (c) above, the transactions permitted under the other clauses of this Section 4.21;

(2) the provision of administrative, strategy, legal, accounting, tax, treasury, research and development, employee-related, management and other services to its Affiliates of a type customarily provided by a holding company (including entering into and performing any rights or obligations under any Tax Sharing Agreements and acting as the head of a tax group) and the ownership of assets and incurrence of liabilities related to the provision of such services, provided that the foregoing shall only relate to any aspect of the Hive Down that is not completed as of the Issue Date and waived in accordance with the Restructuring Implementation Deed and shall be permitted until such time as the relevant aspect of the Hive Down has been completed;

(3) (a) the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or Subordinated Shareholder Funding permitted under the Indenture; (b) the conduct of any activities reasonably incidental to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Subordinated Shareholder Funding, including the performance of the terms and conditions thereof; and (c) the granting of Liens to secure Indebtedness, in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture;

(4) activities undertaken with the purpose of fulfilling its obligations or exercising its rights under the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement (or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement), the Security Documents, and any finance and security arrangements not prohibited by the Indenture;

(5) the ownership of cash, Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments, Investment Grade Securities or Permitted Investments (a) to the extent used within 45 days of receipt for (i) Debt Service and (ii) payment of Parent Holding Company Expenses, in each case falling due within 45 days of receipt and permitted by the terms of this Indenture or (b) in connection with Permitted Cash Pooling;

 

131


(6) the management of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets and conducting activities and entering into transactions related or incidental to the establishment and/or maintenance of the Company’s and the Company’s Subsidiaries’ corporate existence (provided that the foregoing shall only relate to any aspect of the Hive Down that is not completed as of the Issue Date and waived in accordance with the Restructuring Implementation Deed and shall be permitted until such time as the relevant aspect of the Hive Down has been completed), and, with respect to the Company, the Issuer and, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco, the payment of directors’ fees and Taxes;

(7) any activity reasonably relating to the servicing, purchase, redemption, amendment, exchange, refinancing or retirement of the Notes or other Indebtedness (or other items that are specifically excluded from the definition of Indebtedness) not prohibited to be Incurred under the Indenture;

(8) with respect to the Company only, the listing of its Capital Stock and the issuance, offering and sale of its Capital Stock, including compliance with applicable regulatory and other obligations in connection therewith;

(9) the Transactions;

(10) any business activity pursuant to any contract between the Company and any third party that is not transferred to Midco or any RED Direct Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date pursuant to the Hive Down and in respect of which compliance has been waived in accordance with the Restructuring Implementation Deed; provided that such activities shall only be permitted until such time as the relevant aspect of the Hive Down has been completed;

(11) implementation of any Permitted Issuer Reorganization (including any related steps);

(12) any assets and liabilities and performing obligations under any pension arrangements to which it is a party (provided that the foregoing shall only relate to any aspect of the Hive Down that is not completed as of the Issue Date and waived in accordance with the Restructuring Implementation Deed and shall be permitted until such time as the relevant aspect of the Hive Down has been completed) and professional fees and administration costs in the ordinary course of business as a holding company;

(13) Incurring liabilities arising by operation of law and not as a result of any default or omission;

(14) any rights or liabilities in relation to any litigation or court or other similar proceedings;

(15) [Reserved]; and

(16) the making or receipt (i) of any Restricted Payment, Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment permitted by the terms of the Indenture and (ii) an offering, issuance, sale or other disposition of its Capital Stock to a Parent to the extent not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.

 

132


Section 4.22 Financial Calculations.

When calculating the availability or permission under any basket or ratio under the Indenture, in each case in connection with any acquisition, disposition, merger, joint venture, Investment, Change of Control or any other similar transaction where there is a time difference between commitment and closing or Incurrence (including in respect of Incurrence of Indebtedness, Liens, Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments), the date of determination of such basket or ratio and of any Default or Event of Default with respect to such Incurrence shall, at the option of the Issuer, be (A) the date the definitive agreements for such acquisition, disposition, merger, joint venture, Investment, Change of Control or any such similar transaction are entered into and such baskets or ratios shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition, disposition, merger, joint venture, Investment, Change of Control or such similar transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any Incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period for purposes of determining the ability to consummate any such transaction or (B) the date of consummation of any such transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any of such baskets or ratios are determined to be in compliance under (A) above and are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such basket or ratio (including due to fluctuations in ERC, Consolidated EBITDA or Total Assets or any pro forma amounts of the foregoing) subsequent to such date of determination and at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the transactions are permitted hereunder and (y) if the Issuer elects to have such determinations occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, any such transactions (including any Incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreements are entered and to be outstanding thereafter for purposes of calculating any baskets or ratios under the Indenture (except to the extent such transaction is subsequently abandoned).

Section 4.23 Ratings.

The Company and the Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain issue ratings in respect of the Notes from any two of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event by no later than the date falling three months after the Issue Date; provided that there shall be no requirement to obtain a minimum rating.

Section 4.24 Intra-Group Intercreditor Agreement Accessions.

(a) The Issuer will procure the accession to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) of each member of the Group (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) which has made a loan available to, granted credit to or made any other financial arrangement having a similar effect (in each case, outstanding or expected to be outstanding for more than 10 Business Days):

(1) (i) in aggregate in excess of €5,000,000 (on a net basis); (ii) having a tenor or implied tenor equal to or longer than 12 months; and (iii) having arisen within cash pooling arrangements; or

(2) in aggregate in excess of €5,000,000 (excluding any cash pooling arrangements),

in each case, with any other member of the Group (whether or not the relevant entities are a Debtor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) at that time).

 

133


(b) The Issuer will procure that each member of the Group which has made a loan available to, granted credit to or made any other financial arrangement having a similar effect (in each case, outstanding or expected to be outstanding for more than 10 Business Days):

(1) (i) in aggregate in excess of €5,000,000 (on a net basis); (ii) having a tenor or implied tenor equal to or longer than 12 months; and (iii) having arisen within cash pooling arrangements; or

(2) in aggregate in excess of €5,000,000 (excluding any cash pooling arrangements),

in each case, with any other member of the Group which is party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender shall remain party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender.

(c) The Company shall procure that no Guarantor will make any payments to any Intra-Group Lenders (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) that have acceded to the Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to paragraph (a) above or remained a party to the Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to paragraph (b) above that would not be permitted under Clause 6 (Intra-Group Lenders and Intra-Group Liabilities) of the Intercreditor Agreement had such entities been Debtors.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt:

(1) no direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Guarantor (which is not already a Guarantor) is required to accede to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Debtor solely as a result of this Section 4.24; and

(2) no person who is not a party to this Indenture is entitled to rely or benefit from this Section 4.24.

Section 4.25 Use of Proceeds of the New Money Notes.

Within 60 days of the Issue Date, the Issuer shall commence an offer to all holders of the Notes to repurchase the Notes for a total consideration of €250,000,000 (or its equivalent) at a purchase price of 94.4% of the principal amount of the Notes; provided, that (i) if the total consideration for the tendered Notes would exceed €250,000,000 (or its equivalent) if all tendered Notes were to be accepted for repurchase, then the aggregate principal amount of any Notes to be accepted for repurchase shall be reduced by the same factor for each series of the Notes so that the total consideration shall be €250,000,000 (or its equivalent) and (ii) any such offer to repurchase is made in accordance with this Section 4.25 and must comply with Section 3.09.

ARTICLE 5

MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

Section 5.01 The Issuer, the Company and the Guarantors.

(a) The Issuer will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to, any Person, unless:

 

134


(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Issuer”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, Canada or any province of Canada, Norway or Switzerland and the Successor Issuer (if not the Issuer) will expressly assume (a) by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture and (b) all obligations of the Issuer under the Intercreditor Agreement or such Additional Intercreditor Agreement (to the extent required by the Intercreditor Agreement or such Additional Intercreditor Agreement);

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Successor Issuer as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Issuer or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Successor Issuer would not be less than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and

(4) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Issuer (in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee); provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (2) and (3) above.

(b) The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to, any Person, unless:

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, Canada or any province of Canada, Norway or Switzerland and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume (a) by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture and (b) all obligations of the Company under the Intercreditor Agreement or such Additional Intercreditor Agreement (to the extent required by the Intercreditor Agreement or such Additional Intercreditor Agreement);

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

135


(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Successor Company would not be less than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and

(4) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company (in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee); provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (2) and (3) above.

(c) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

(d) The Successor Issuer or the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or the Company, as applicable, under this Indenture but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor Issuer or the Company, as applicable, will not be released from its obligations under such Indenture or the Notes.

(e) Notwithstanding clauses (2) and (3) of Section 5.01(a) and Section 5.01(b) (which do not apply to transactions referred to in this sentence) and, other than with respect to Section 5.01(c), Section 5.01(a)(4) and Section 5.01(b)(4), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company and (ii) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may undertake a Permitted Reorganization. Notwithstanding the preceding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) and Section 5.01(b) (which do not apply to the transactions referred to in this sentence), the Issuer or the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or a portion of its assets to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Issuer or the Company, reincorporating the Issuer or the Company in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Issuer or the Company.

(f) The foregoing provisions (other than the requirements of Section 5.01(b)(2)) will not apply to the completion of the Hive Down or the creation of a new subsidiary of the Company that becomes a parent of one or more of the Company’s Subsidiaries, including a Permitted Issuer Reorganization.

(g) No Guarantor (other than the Company) may:

(1) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person;

(2) sell, convey, transfer or dispose of all or substantially all its assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person; or

 

136


(3) permit any Person to merge with or into such Guarantor,

in each case, unless:

(A) the other Person is the Issuer or any Guarantor (or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction); or

(B)

(i) either (x) a Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee and, if applicable, any Intercreditor Agreement; and

(ii) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or

(C) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture.

(h) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of a Guarantor, which properties and assets, if held by such Guarantor instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Guarantor on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Guarantor.

(i) Notwithstanding the preceding Section 5.01(g)(3)(B)(ii), (a) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Guarantor (other than the Company) and (b) any Guarantor (other than the Company) may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Guarantor or the Issuer. Notwithstanding the preceding Section 5.01(g)(3)(B)(ii), a Guarantor (other than the Company) may consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into a Wholly Owned Subsidiary incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Guarantor reincorporating the Guarantor under the laws of any member state of the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, Canada or any province of Canada, Norway or Switzerland, or changing the legal form of the Guarantor so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture:

(1) the Issuer shall not consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company;

(2) Midco shall not consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer;

 

137


(3) if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco shall not consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company; and

(4) if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, the Issuer shall not consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Intermediate Holdco.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

(a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) default in any payment of interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note when due and payable, continued for 15 days;

(2) default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under this Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

(3) failure to comply with Article 5 of this Indenture;

(4) failure to comply for 15 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any of the Issuer’s obligations under Section 4.10 (other than a failure to purchase Notes which will constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(2));

(5) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply for 30 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with its other agreements contained in this Indenture;

(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or Note Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default:

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal at stated maturity on such Indebtedness, immediately upon the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity,

and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates €40 million or more;

 

138


(7) (A) the Company, the Issuer, a Guarantor, a Pledgor, Midco or a Significant Subsidiary or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (i) voluntarily commences any proceedings or case, or files any petition seeking bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, dissolution, liquidation, administration, moratorium or reorganization under any Bankruptcy Law, including, for the avoidance of doubt, a scheme of arrangement or restructuring plan pursuant to Part 26 or Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006, governed by the Laws of England and Wales or a company voluntary arrangement pursuant to Part I of the Insolvency Act of 1986, governed by the Laws of England and Wales, (ii) consents to the institution of, or fails to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step in any involuntary proceeding or petition filed against it in a court of competent jurisdiction under any Bankruptcy Law, (iii) applies for, or consents to the appointment of a receiver, administrator, restructuring administrator, administrative receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official of it or for all or any substantial part of its property; (iv) files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any involuntary proceeding or petition filed against it in a court of competent jurisdiction under any Bankruptcy Law, (v) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (vi) commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling the payment of principal or interest in respect of any of its Indebtedness, except to the extent such negotiations relate to Indebtedness to be refinanced in accordance with the definition of Refinancing Indebtedness, (vii) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency or mandatory liquidation or (viii) takes any corporate action for the purposes of the foregoing; provided that clause (ii) shall not apply to any proceedings filed against it which are frivolous or vexatious and which, if capable of remedy, are discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which such discharge, stay or dismissal is advertised; or (B) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree, or a substantive decision is made under any Bankruptcy Law that: (i) is for relief against the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or any substantial part of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case, (ii) appoints a receiver, administrator, restructuring administrator, administrative receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, or (iv) any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws, and any such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 45 consecutive days (the “bankruptcy provisions”); or (C) with respect to a Significant Subsidiary having its center of main interest (in the meaning of section 3 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) or article 3 para. 1 of Council Regulation (EC) No. 1346/2000 of May 29, 2000) in Germany, (i) any Person making an application for the opening of insolvency proceedings for the reasons set out in sections 17 to 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (Antrag auf Eröffnung eines Insolvenzverfahrens) or (ii) any competent court taking actions pursuant to section 21 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (Anordnung von Sicherungsmaßnahmen) unless, in case of an application for the opening of insolvency proceedings by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary or the Company’s direct or indirect shareholders), such application is dismissed by the competent court (for any reason other than for lack of assets (mangels Masse)) or successfully withdrawn by such person, in each case within 21 days after such application and/or any Significant Subsidiary, Pledgor or Guarantor, in each case incorporated in Sweden is required to enter into mandatory liquidation pursuant to the Swedish Companies Act (as amended and restated from time to time);

 

139


(8) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of €40 million (exclusive of any amounts that a solvent insurance company has acknowledged liability for), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after the judgment becomes final;

(9) any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or a group of Guarantors that when taken together (as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee or this Indenture) or is declared invalid or unenforceable in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under its Note Guarantee and any such Default continues for 10 days (the “guarantee provisions”);

(10) any security interest under the Security Documents on Collateral shall, at any time, cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the relevant Security Document, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture) with respect to a material portion of the Collateral for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under this Indenture or the release or amendment of any such security interest in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or such Security Document or any such security interest created thereunder shall be declared invalid or unenforceable or the Issuer shall assert in writing that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and any such default continues for 10 days;

(11) the Company, the Issuer, a Significant Subsidiary, a Guarantor, a Pledgor or a Restricted Subsidiary that has granted a Lien on its assets to secure the Notes suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business, except as permitted as a Permitted Reorganization (other than with respect to the Company, the Issuer and Midco);

(12) the Company’s auditors qualify the audited consolidated financial statements that are required to be furnished to the Trustee under Section 4.02(a)(1) in a manner that could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect (i) the interests of the Holders (taken as a whole) under the Note Documents or (ii) the Group as a going concern;

(13) a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Germany is unable to pay its debts as they fall due (zahlungsunfähig) within the meaning of section 17 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

(14) a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Germany is overindebted within the meaning of section 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

 

140


(15) a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Switzerland is over-indebted (überschuldet) within the meaning of article 725b of the Swiss Code of Obligations and such over-indebtedness has not been resolved within 60 days of the board of directors of such Material Company or Significant Subsidiary determining that it is over-indebted, except if creditors of such Material Company or Significant Subsidiary have subordinated claims within the meaning of article 725b paragraph 4 of the Swiss Code of Obligations in an amount sufficient to cure the over-indebtedness; and

(16) a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Switzerland is unable to pay its debts as they fall due (zahlungsunfähig) within the meaning of article 725 of the Swiss Code of Obligations.

(b) However, a default under clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8) of Section 6.01(a) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and, with respect to clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8) of Section 6.01(a), the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8) of Section 6.01(a), as applicable, after receipt of such notice.

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(7)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, will be due and payable immediately. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(6) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(6) shall have been remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

(b) If an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(7) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

(c) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes under this Indenture may waive all past or existing Defaults or Events of Default (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, or Additional Amounts, if any) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to such Notes and its consequences if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

141


Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

To the extent permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee may direct the Security Agent (subject to being indemnified and/or secured to its satisfaction, including by way of prefunding, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement) to take enforcement action with respect to the Collateral if any amount is declared or becomes due and payable pursuant to Section 6.02.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

Subject to Section 6.07 and Section 9.02 hereof, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (which may only be waived in accordance with Section 9.02(8)); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration, if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. In the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use in the conduct of its own affairs. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification and/or security satisfactory to it against all losses, claims, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. The Trustee has no obligation to ascertain whether Holders’ actions are unduly prejudicial to other Holders.

 

142


Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, claim, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holders have offered in writing the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it against any loss, claim, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security and/or indemnity; and

(5) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

The Trustee has no obligation to ascertain whether Holders’ actions are unduly prejudicial to other holders.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes held by such Holder, on the respective due dates expressed in this Indenture or the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07.

If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding in its own name for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

 

143


Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10 Priorities.

Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, to the extent applicable, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, the Security Agent, the Agents and their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all fees, costs, compensation, disbursements, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Agents (as the case may be) and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

Third: to the Issuer, to a relevant Guarantor or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit in the manner and to the extent provided in the Trust Indenture Act, and the court in its discretion may assess costs, including properly incurred attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

144


Section 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 6.15 Enforcement by Holders.

Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge or has received written notice, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it hereunder and use the same degree of care and skill that a prudent Person would use in conducting its own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the duties of the Trustee and the Agents will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee and the Agents need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture, the Trust Indenture Act, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee and the Agents; and

 

145


(2) in the absence of fraud on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, its own willful misconduct, or its own fraud, except that:

(1) this Section 7.01(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to Sections 7.01(a), (b) and (c).

(e) No provision of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder. The Trustee may refrain from taking any action if such action will result in the incurrence of a cost to the Trustee and the Trustee has reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it (unless the Trustee has been offered security and indemnity satisfactory to them against any such expense). The Trustee will not be under any obligation to exercise any of their respective rights and powers under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, claim, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held whether in trust or otherwise by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including without limitation Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Responsible Officer assigned to and working in the Trustee’s corporate trust and agency department has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuer or this Indenture.

 

146


Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel or other professional advisors at the expense of the Issuer and the written advice of such counsel, professional advisor or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by them hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to them against the losses, claims, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by them in compliance with such request or direction.

(g) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except: (i) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(1) or Section 6.01(a)(2) (provided it is acting as Paying Agent); and (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received actual knowledge thereof or shall have received written notification. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.02 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

(h) The Trustee shall not have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance, and shall not be responsible or liable for compliance with restrictions on transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of minimum denominations imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law or regulation with respect to any transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of any interest in any Notes.

(i) The rights, privileges, indemnities, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee in this Indenture, including its right to be indemnified and/or secured to its satisfaction, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and by each agent (including the Agents), custodian and other person employed to act hereunder. Absent willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence, each Agent shall not be liable for acting in good faith on instructions believed by it to be genuine and from the proper party.

 

147


(j) In the event the Trustee receives inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders, each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, will be taken and shall not incur any liability for their failure to act until such inconsistency or conflict is, in their reasonable opinion, resolved.

(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by acts of war or terrorism involving the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Monetary Union or any other national or international calamity or emergency (including, but not limited to, natural disasters, acts of God, civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility), it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

(l) The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance or its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes.

(m) The permissive right of the Trustee to take the actions permitted by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.

(n) The Trustee will not be liable to any person if prevented or delayed in performing any of its obligations or discretionary functions under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond its control.

(o) The Trustee shall not under any circumstances be liable for punitive damages, any consequential loss or indirect loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit of any kind) of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any other Person (or, in each case, any successor thereto), even if advised of it in advance and even if foreseeable.

(p) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as they may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, they shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind solely by reason of such inquiry or investigation except where the Trustee’s conduct constitutes willful misconduct, gross negligence or fraud.

(q) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of the individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

148


(r) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to do anything which, in its opinion, may be illegal or contrary to applicable law or regulation.

(s) Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, the Trustee may refrain without liability from doing anything that would in its opinion, based on legal advice, be contrary to any law of any state or jurisdiction (including but not limited to the European Union, the United States of America or, in each case, any jurisdiction forming a part of it and England & Wales) or any directive or regulation of any agency of any such state or jurisdiction and may without liability do anything which is, based on legal advice, necessary to comply with any such law, directive or regulation.

(t) The Trustee may retain counsel and professional advisors to assist them in performing their duties under this Indenture. The Trustee may consult with such professional advisors or with counsel, and the advice or opinion of such professional advisors or counsel with respect to legal or other matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by them hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or professional advisors.

(u) The Trustee may assume without inquiry in the absence of actual knowledge or written notification that the Issuer is duly complying with its obligations contained in this Indenture required to be performed and observed by it, and that no Default or Event of Default or other event which would require repayment of the Notes has occurred.

(v) The duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, to the extent applicable.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge that the Trustee has acquired a conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 hereof and to Sections 310(b) and 311 of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement other than its certificate of authentication.

 

149


Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has notice of or knowledge of such occurrence as provided in Section 7.01(a), the Trustee must give notice of the Default to the Holders within 60 days after being notified by the Issuer. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of trust officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 7.06 [Reserved].

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

(a) The Issuer or, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay, each Guarantor, jointly and severally, will pay to the Trustee and the Agents such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as shall be agreed in writing. The Trustee’s and the Agents’ compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer will reimburse the Trustee and the Agents promptly upon request for all fees, disbursements, advances and expenses properly incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the properly incurred compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and the Agents’ agents and counsel. In the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default or where the Trustee reasonably considers it necessary or is being requested by the Issuer to undertake duties which the Trustee and the Issuer reasonably believe to be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the normal duties of the Trustee, the Issuer shall pay to the Trustee additional remuneration for such duties. Such additional remuneration and/or expenses shall be paid to the Trustee promptly at such times as the Trustee shall reasonably request in writing to the Issuer.

(b) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee and the Agents and their officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all losses, damages, costs, claims, liabilities, taxes or expenses (including properly incurred fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by them arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of their duties under this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability, claims, tax or expense may be attributable to their gross negligence, fraud or wilful misconduct. The Trustee and the Agents will notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which they may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee and the Agents to so notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. Except where the interests of the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Trustee, on the other hand, may be adverse, the Issuer or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee may in its sole discretion assume the defense of the claim against it and/or appoint separate counsel and the Issuer and any Guarantor shall, jointly and severally, pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor need reimburse any expense or indemnity against any loss, liability, or expense incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, gross negligence or fraud.

 

150


(c) The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(d) To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee in its capacity as Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, particular Notes. Such Liens will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

(f) The indemnity contained in this Section 7.07 shall survive the discharge or termination of this Indenture and shall continue for the benefit of the Trustee or any Agent notwithstanding its resignation or retirement.

Section 7.08 Removal, Resignation and Replacement of Trustee.

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

(b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. Any Trustee that has resigned or has been removed shall remain subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent provided therein. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the Trustee, or any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder for not less than six months may petition any court for removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order from relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting as Trustee hereunder; or

(5) the Trustee has or acquires a conflict of interest not eliminated in accordance with Section 7.03.

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

151


(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, (i) the retiring Trustee (at the expense of the Issuer), the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or (ii) the retiring Trustee may appoint a successor Trustee at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee takes office, provided that such appointment shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer.

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by consolidation, merger or conversion to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

For so long as required by the Trust Indenture Act, there shall be a trustee under this Indenture. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of and be eligible under to act as Trustee pursuant to Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act (or shall be exempt therefrom or subject to an exception thereto). The Trustee shall at all times be a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities that shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$150,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. No obligor upon the Notes or Person directly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such obligor shall serve as trustee upon the Notes. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act, this Indenture, the Notes, any supplemental indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act are met. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.10, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Article 7.

 

152


Section 7.11 Resignation of Agents.

Any Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Indenture at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such resignation to the Trustee and Issuer. The Trustee or Issuer may remove any Agent at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to any Agent. Upon such notice, a successor Agent shall be appointed by the Issuer, who shall provide written notice of such to the Trustee. Such successor Agent shall become the Agent hereunder upon the resignation or removal date specified in such notice. If the Issuer is unable to replace the resigning Agent within thirty (30) days after such notice, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder in its possession to the Trustee or may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Agent or for other appropriate relief. The costs and expenses (including its counsels’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Agent in connection with such proceeding shall be paid by the Issuer. Upon receipt of the identity of the successor Agent, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder to the successor Agent, less the Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other obligations owed to the Agent. Upon its resignation and delivery of any funds, the Agent shall be discharged of and from any and all further obligations arising in connection with this Indenture, but shall continue to enjoy the benefit of Section 7.07. The Agents shall act solely as agents of the Issuer, except in the event of a Default or Event of Default, in which case the Trustee may, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the relevant Agents, require that the Agents act as agents of, and take instructions exclusively from, the Trustee.

Section 7.12 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Corporation

The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent indicated therein, excluding, as applicable, any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 7.13 Reports by Trustee to Holders

Within 60 days after the anniversary of the Issue Date, beginning with the anniversary in 2026, and for so long as the Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder, a brief report dated as of such date, if required by and in compliance with the requirements of Section 313 of the Trust Indenture Act. A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Issuer may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

153


Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and any Guarantor will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and any Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.06 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.05 hereof;

(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Article 2 hereof;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Article 8.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and any Guarantor will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof, (a) be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.02, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.12, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19and 5.01 (other than with respect to clauses (1) and (2) of Section 5.01(a) and Section 5.01(b)) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and (b) be released from the operation of Sections 6.01(a)(3) (other than with respect to clauses (1) and (2) of Section 5.01(a) and Section 5.01(b)), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7), 6.01(a)(8), 6.01(a)(9) and 6.01(a)(10), in each case, with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of the Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Issuer and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such

 

154


covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof, payment on the Notes may not be accelerated due to an Event of Default specified in clauses (3) (other than with respect to clauses (1) and (2) of Section 5.01(a) and Section 5.01(b), clauses (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) and (9) of Section 6.01(a)).

Section 8.04 Survival of Certain Obligations.

Notwithstanding Sections 8.02 and 8.03, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.10, 7.07, 7.08 and under this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations under Sections 7.07 and 8.08 shall survive.

Section 8.05 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, the Issuer must irrevocably deposit in trust with the Trustee (or such entity designated or appointed (as agent) by the Trustee for this purpose) (i) with respect to the Euro Notes, cash in euros or euro-denominated European Government Obligations or a combination thereof for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Euro Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and (ii) with respect to the SEK Notes, cash in SEK or SEK-denominated Swedish Government Obligations or a combination thereof for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the SEK Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be; provided that, if requested by the Issuer, the Trustee will distribute any amounts deposited in trust to the Holders prior to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of:

(1) an Opinion of Counsel in the United States to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel in the United States must be based on a ruling of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law since the issuance of the Notes);

(2) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Issuer;

(3) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with;

(4) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940; and

 

155


(5) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee all other documents or other information that the Trustee may reasonably require in connection with either defeasance option.

Section 8.06 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.07 hereof, cash in euros, SEK, European Government Obligations, Swedish Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, and including the proceeds thereof, deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated by the Trustee for this purpose, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.06, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash in euros or SEK, European Government Obligations or Swedish Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, deposited pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any cash in euros or SEK, European Government Obligations or Swedish Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, held by it as provided in Section 8.05 hereof which are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent legal defeasance or covenant defeasance.

Section 8.07 Repayment to Issuer.

Any money deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated or appointed (as agent) by the Trustee for this purpose), or then held by the Issuer, in trust, or held by any Paying Agent, for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be made available to the newswire service of Bloomberg or, if Bloomberg does not operate, any similar agency and, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, publish such notice in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notice on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu) which notice shall state that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

 

156


Section 8.08 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash in euros or SEK, European Government Obligations or Swedish Government Obligations, or a combination thereof in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Trustee and the other parties thereto, as applicable, may amend or supplement any Note Document to:

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, error or inconsistency, or reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes;

(2) provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under any Note Document;

(3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code);

(4) add to the covenants or provide for a Note Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

(6) make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture;

(7) provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Note Guarantee in accordance with Sections 4.06 and 4.12 to add Note Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add Collateral for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Note Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents;

 

157


(8) evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Note Documents of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee to any Note Document;

(9) evidence or provide for the release of any Collateral in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents; or

(10) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or maintaining such qualification thereafter.

The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such evidence as it deems appropriate including Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel.

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment of any Note Document. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. A consent to any amendment or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders.

Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes) and, subject to certain exceptions, any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes). If any amendment, supplement or waiver will only affect one series of Notes, only the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of that affected series (and not the consent of the Holders of the majority of all Notes) shall be required. However, without the consent of Holders holding not less than 90% of the then-outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes affected (provided that if any amendment, supplement or waiver will only affect one series of the Notes, then only the consent of the Holders of at least 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of that affected series (and not the consent of the Holders of at least 90% of all Notes) shall be required) or, in the case of clauses (1), (2), (3), (4) and (6), each affected Holder (provided that if any amendment, supplement or waiver will only affect one series of the Notes, then only the consent of each affected Holder of that affected series (and not the consent of each affected Holder of all Notes) shall be required), an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any such Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note;

(3) reduce the principal of, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any such Note;

 

158


(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed, in each case as provided under paragraphs 5 and 6 of each Note;

(5) make any such Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note;

(6) impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes on or after the due date therefor;

(7) make any change in Section 4.14 that adversely affects the right of any Holder of such Notes in any material respect or amends the terms of such Notes in a way that would result in a loss of an exemption from any of the Taxes described thereunder or an exemption from any obligation to withhold or deduct Taxes so described thereunder unless the Payor agrees to pay Additional Amounts, if any, in respect thereof;

(8) waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest or Additional Amounts, if any (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(9) release all or substantially all Liens granted for the benefit of the Holders in the Collateral (taken as a whole) other than in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement, any applicable Additional Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture;

(10) (a) subordinate the Notes or any Note Guarantee in contractual right of payment to any other Indebtedness or (b) subordinate the ranking of, or priority in the order of application of enforcement proceeds of, any of the Liens securing the Notes of any Note Guarantee to the Liens securing any other Indebtedness (such other Indebtedness, in each of clause (a) and (b), “Senior Indebtedness”), unless each adversely affected Holder has been offered a bona fide opportunity to fund or otherwise provide its pro rata share of the Senior Indebtedness (based on the amount of Notes held by each adversely affected Holder immediately prior to the Incurrence of such Senior Indebtedness as a proportion of the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries held by all providers of such Senior Indebtedness) on the same terms as those offered to all other providers of such Senior Indebtedness; or

(11) make any change to this Section 9.02.

For purposes of voting or consenting (or any other matter requiring a determination based on a percentage of principal amount of the Notes outstanding), the aggregate principal amount of outstanding SEK Notes will be the euro equivalent amount (determined using the spot rate as of the record date set for taking of such action or the Issue Date) of such aggregate principal amount outstanding as of the date of determination.

 

159


Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder of a Note of such series, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1), (2), (3), (4) and (6) of Section 9.02 hereof, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note of such series who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note of such series that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note of such series.

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid for more than 120 days after such record date.

Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, as the case may be, shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer (and any Guarantor) enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions of this Indenture. Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.

ARTICLE 10

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 10.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture will be discharged and cease to be of further effect (except as to Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 7.07 and 7.08) as to all outstanding Notes when (1) either (a) all the Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed Notes and certain Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the

 

160


funds have been released to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (b) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer; (2) the Issuer has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated or appointed (as agent) by the Trustee for this purpose) (i) with respect to the Euro Notes, euros or euro-denominated European Government Obligations or a combination thereof and (ii) with respect to the SEK Notes, SEK or SEK-denominated Swedish Government Obligations or a combination thereof, as applicable, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, provided that, if requested by the Issuer, the Trustee will distribute any amounts deposited in trust to the Holders prior to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; (3) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; (4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions under this Indenture to apply the deposited money towards payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be; and (5) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each to the effect that all conditions precedent under this Section 10.01 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4)). If requested by the Issuer in writing no later than two Business Days prior to such distribution to the Trustee and Principal Paying Agent (which request may be included in the applicable notice of redemption pursuant to the above referenced Officer’s Certificate) the Trustee shall distribute any amount deposited to the Holders prior to the Stated Maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; provided that the Notes shall be marked down on the date of early repayment and such early repayment will not occur prior to the record date set for redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the distribution and payment to the Holders prior to the maturity or redemption date as set forth above shall not include any negative interest, present value adjustment, break cost or any additional premium on such amounts. To the extent the Notes are represented by a Global Note deposited with a depositary for the clearing system, any payment to the beneficial holders holding interests as a participant of such clearing system shall be subject to the then applicable procedures of the clearing system.

Section 10.02 Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.07, all money deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated or appointed (as agent of the Trustee) by the Trustee for this purpose) pursuant to Section 10.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent (or such entity designated or appointed (as agent of the Trustee) by the Trustee for this purpose) is unable to apply, with respect to the Euro Notes, any euros or European Government Obligations or a combination thereof, and with respect to the SEK Notes, any SEK or SEK-denominated Swedish Government Obligations or a combination thereof, as applicable, or in accordance with Section 10.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason

 

161


of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 10.01; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from, with respect to the Euro Notes, the euros or European Government Obligations or a combination thereof, and, with respect to the SEK Notes, SEK or SEK-denominated Swedish Government Obligations or a combination thereof, as applicable, held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 11

NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 11.01 Note Guarantees.

(a) Subject to this Article 11, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Agreed Security Principles, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder (such Guarantee, a “Note Guarantee”), that:

(1) the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(2) in case of any extension of time of payment of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) Subject to this Article 11, the Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

162


(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or the Security Agent or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

Section 11.02 Limitation on Liability.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited under the relevant laws applicable to such Guarantor and the granting of such Note Guarantees (including laws relating to corporate benefit, capital preservation, financial assistance, fraudulent conveyances and transfers, voidable preferences or transactions under value, to the extent applicable), to the extent set forth in this Section 11.02 or in any supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Guarantor accedes to this Indenture. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that would, after giving notice to the Trustee of such maximum amount and giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, not render the Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of foreign or state law, or as otherwise required under the Agreed Security Principles to comply with corporate benefit, financial assistance and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, to the extent set forth in any supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Guarantor accedes to this Indenture.

(a) Sweden.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document, the obligations of any Guarantor incorporated in Sweden in its capacity as such (each a “Swedish Guarantor”) under this Indenture and any other Note Document shall, (i) in respect of any obligations or liabilities of other parties save for any wholly-owned Subsidiaries, be limited if (and only if) required by the provisions of the Swedish Companies Act (Sw. Aktiebolagslagen (2005:551)) relating to distribution of assets (Sw. värdeöverföring) (Chapter 17, Sections 1-4 (or their equivalents from time to time)), and

 

163


(ii) other than in relation to the Company, the Issuer and [Midco], financial assistance (Chapter 21, Section 5 (or its equivalent from time to time)), and it is understood that the obligations and liability of each Swedish Guarantor for such obligations and liabilities under this Indenture and any other Note Document shall only apply, as applicable, to the extent permitted by the above-mentioned provisions of the Swedish Companies Act.

(b) Italy.

(1) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document, to ensure compliance with Italian law, the guarantee obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor incorporated in the Republic of Italy (an “Italian Guarantor”) under this Indenture and any other Note Document shall be limited in accordance with Clause 27.23 (Guarantee Limitations on Italian Guarantors) of the Intercreditor Agreement as follows:

(2) In respect of the obligations of the Issuer and/or any Guarantor which is not a subsidiary pursuant to article 2359 of the Italian Civil Code (i.e., Royal Decree 262 of 1942, as amended) of such Italian Guarantor shall not exceed, at any time:

 

  (i)

the aggregate principal amount of any intercompany loans or other financial support (other than equity contribution, howsoever described) advanced to such Italian Guarantor (or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries pursuant to article 2359 paragraph 1, numbers 1 and/or 2 of the Italian Civil Code) by the Issuer and/or any Guarantor outstanding at the time of the enforcement of the guarantee,

 

  (ii)

less the aggregate amount (if any) that, as at the time of the enforcement of the guarantee provided for under this Indenture or any other Note Document, such Italian Guarantor has already paid, as a result of a demand under a guarantee granted pursuant to this Indenture or any other Note Document,

provided that, in order to comply with the provisions of Italian law in relation to financial assistance (including, without limitation article 2358 and/or article 2474, as the case may be, of the Italian Civil Code), the guarantee obligations and liabilities of an Italian Guarantor under this Indenture and any other Note Document will not include any obligations or liability of the Issuer and/or any Guarantor (x) in respect of any debt or utilization incurred to finance and/or refinance, either directly or indirectly, the acquisition and/or subscription of the Italian Guarantor’s own shares/quotas or those of a direct or an indirect parent of such Italian Guarantor and/or the payment of any fees, costs and expenses, stamp, registration or other taxes in connection therewith; (y) incurred by any Guarantor under any guarantee under any Note Document in respect of the obligations referred to in item (x) above; (z) which is otherwise in breach of the applicable provisions of Italian law (including, without limitation, articles 2358 and/or 2474, as the case may be, of the Italian Civil Code).

 

164


(3) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in this Indenture or any other Note Documents, each Italian Guarantor shall be entitled to set-off its obligations relating to a loan and/or financial support received by the Issuer and/or any Guarantor

against the claims of recourse or subrogation (“regresso” or “surrogazione”) against the Issuer and/or the relevant Guarantor arising as a result of any payment of the obligations of the Issuer and/or that Guarantor made by that Italian Guarantor under this Indenture or any Note Document. Notwithstanding any provision of any Note Document to the contrary, no Italian Guarantor shall be liable as a Guarantor under this Indenture or any Note Document in relation to the obligations of any Guarantor which is not a subsidiary (pursuant to article 2359, paragraph 1, numbers 1 and/or 2, of the Italian Civil Code) of such Italian Guarantor, in respect of any amounts owed under any Note Document in excess of an amount equal to the amount that such Italian Guarantor is entitled to (and actually can) set-off against its claims of recourse or subrogation (regresso or surrogazione) arising as a result of any payment made by such Italian Guarantor under the guarantee given under this Indenture (the “Set-Off Right”), it remaining understood that any provision establishing a deferral of Guarantors’ rights in any Note Documents, including in this Indenture, shall not prejudice, and will not apply to, the Set-Off Right.

(4) The obligations of each Italian Guarantor as guarantor and/or security provider under this Indenture or any Note Document shall not be deemed cumulative with any other obligation of such Italian Guarantor as guarantor and/or security provider and shall be considered without duplication (and to this end the amount of the intercompany loans or other items constituting intercompany financial indebtedness when taken as a basis for the computation of the relevant guaranteed and/or secured obligations will be counted once only).

(5) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Indenture or in any other Note Document, at no time shall an Italian Guarantor be required to be liable and/or guarantee the performance of obligations in violation of Italian mandatory rules. In this respect, the obligations of any Italian Guarantor hereunder shall not include and shall not extend to, inter alia: (i) any interest exceeding thresholds of the interests rate permitted under Italian Law 108 of 7 March 1996, as amended (i.e., the Italian Usury Law) and/or in any case qualifying as usurious pursuant to any Italian applicable law and/or regulation; and (ii) any interest on overdue amounts compounded in violation of the any Italian applicable law and/or regulation (including, without limitation, Article 1283 of the Italian Civil Code and Article 120 of Italian Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 and the relevant implementing regulations, each as amended).

(6) If and to the extent that a payment of an Italian Guarantor in fulfilling any guarantee obligations under any Note Document were, at the time payment is due, under Italian law and practice, not be permitted, including if and to the extent that such Italian Guarantor guarantees obligations other than its obligations and/or of one of its subsidiaries pursuant to article 2359, paragraph 1, numbers 1 and/or 2, of the Italian Civil Code, then such obligations and payment amount shall from time to time be limited to the amount permitted to be paid in accordance with the Italian law (including, without limitations, articles 2358 and 2474 of the Italian Civil Code, as appropriate).

(7) Without prejudice to the paragraphs above, in any event, pursuant to article 1938 of the Italian Civil Code and notwithstanding any other provisions set out in any Note Documents and any RCF Finance Documents, the maximum amount that an Italian Guarantor may be required to pay in respect of its obligations as Guarantor under this Indenture, any other Note Document as well as any RCF Finance Documents shall not exceed €230,000,000.00.

(c) Spain.

 

165


(1) Notwithstanding any contrary indication in this Indenture or any other Note Document, the obligations of any Guarantor incorporated under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain (a “Spanish Guarantor”) under this Indenture shall be limited so as not to breach the limitations on financial assistance:

(A) in article 150 of the Spanish Companies Law if that Spanish Guarantor is a joint stock company (Sociedad Anónima); or

(B) in article 143.2 of the Spanish Companies Law if that Spanish Guarantor is a limited liability company (Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada); and

(2) furthermore, if a Spanish Guarantor is incorporated as a limited liability company (Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada), such guarantees and securities shall be limited (if applicable) in respect of any issuance of notes, bonds or any other negotiable securities in accordance with article 401 of the Spanish Companies Law.

(d) Norway.

(1) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document, the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor incorporated in Norway (each a “Norwegian Guarantor”) under this Indenture or any other Note Document shall be limited to the extent necessary to comply with the mandatory provisions of law applicable to it, and shall not cover any indebtedness or liability which, if they did so extend would cause an infringement of (i) section 8-10 and/or section 8-7 cf. sections 1-3 and 1-4, or any of the other provisions in chapter 8 III, of the Norwegian Private Limited Liability Companies Act 1997 (the “Norwegian Companies Act”) regulating unlawful financial assistance and other restrictions on a Norwegian limited liability company’s ability to grant, inter alia, security and guarantees in favour of other group companies, and (ii) section 13-15, or any other provision in the Norwegian Financial Undertakings Act 2015 (the “Norwegian Financial Undertakings Act”) and/or the Norwegian Financial Undertakings Regulation 2016 (the “Norwegian Financial Undertakings Regulation “), regulating the business of financial undertakings incorporated in Norway, including restrictions for such undertakings to provide security. It is understood and agreed that the liability of any Norwegian Guarantor only applies to the extent permitted by the above-mentioned provisions of the Norwegian Companies Act, the Norwegian Financial Undertakings Act and the Norwegian Financial Undertakings Regulation. Under no circumstances shall the obligations and liabilities of any Norwegian Guarantor cover the debt and/or other liabilities incurred in respect of the purchase of the shares in such Norwegian Guarantor or the shares in any of such Norwegian Guarantor’s Holding Companies other than in compliance with section 8-10 of the Norwegian Companies Act; and

(2) the total liability of any Norwegian Guarantor under this Article 11 shall never exceed €2,000,000,000 plus interest thereon and fees, costs and expenses as set out in this Indenture; and

(3) the obligations under this Indenture or any other Note Document of any Norwegian Guarantor which is subject to a license and/or regulations by a governmental authority shall not include any obligations or liabilities to the extent they would be contrary to the applicable Norwegian law, regulations and/or any other requirements applicable to it (in any license or otherwise), including any requirements or decisions from

 

166


relevant Norwegian regulatory authorities), and accordingly the obligations and liabilities of any such Norwegian Guarantor under this Indenture or any other Note Document shall only apply to the extent permitted by those provisions of the applicable law and licenses, including any requirements and or decisions from relevant Norwegian regulatory authorities.

(e) Germany.

(1) In this Section 11.02:

Auditors Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in paragraph (5) below.

Enforcement Notice” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in paragraph (4) below.

“German Guarantor” means any Guarantor incorporated in Germany as (x) a limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung – GmbH or Unternehmergesellschaft—UG) (each a “German GmbH Guarantor”) or (y) a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft) with a limited liability company as general partner (a “German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor”) in relation to whom a Holder or the Trustee intends to demand payment under the guarantee set out in Clause 27.1 (Guarantee and indemnity) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

Guaranteed Obligor” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in paragraph (2) below.

Management Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in paragraph (4) below.

Net Assets” means the relevant company’s assets (Section 266 para.(2) A, B, C, D and E German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch), less the aggregate of its liabilities (Section 266 para. (3) B (but disregarding any accruals (Rückstellungen) in respect of a potential enforcement of the guarantee or any Transaction Security), C, D and E German Commercial Code), the amount of profits (Gewinne) not available for distribution to its shareholders in accordance with section 268 para. 8 German Commercial Code and the amount of its stated share capital (Stammkapital);

(2) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or any other Note Document, the Trustees and the Holders agree not to enforce the obligations and liabilities created under this Indenture or any other Note Document if and to the extent that this guarantee and indemnity guarantees any liability of a Guarantor which is an affiliate of a German Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) other than that German Guarantor’s wholly-owned Subsidiaries, (each such affiliate which is not a wholly owned Subsidiary a “Guaranteed Obligor”) and if and to the extent that a payment under the guarantee would cause that German Guarantor’s (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG as Guarantor (a “German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor”), its general partners’) or any of its direct or indirect holding companies (in the form of a German GmbH or GmbH & Co. KG and only if it is not the Guaranteed Obligor) Net Assets (determined pursuant to paragraphs (3), (4) and/or (5) below) to be reduced below zero (Begründung einer Unterbilanz), or further reduced if already below zero (Vertiefung einer Unterbilanz);

 

167


(3) for the purposes of the calculation of the Net Assets the following balance sheet items shall be adjusted as follows:

(A) the amount of any increase of the stated share capital (Erhöhungen des Stammkapitals) of the relevant German Guarantor (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG as Guarantor, of its general partner) after the date hereof that has been effected without the prior written consent of the Trustee to the increase and to the concurrent reduction of Net Assets, shall be deducted from the stated share capital;

(B) any liabilities incurred by the relevant German Guarantor owing to any member of the Group or any other affiliated company (each an “Affiliated Creditor”) which are subordinated by law or by contract to any relevant obligation or liability outstanding under this Indenture or any other Note Document (including, for the avoidance of doubt, obligations that would in an insolvency be subordinated pursuant to Section 39 § 1 no. 5 or Section 39 § 2 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung)) unless a waiver of the underlying payment claim of the relevant Affiliated Creditor, the contribution of such payment claim to the capital reserves of the relevant German Guarantor, and any other way of extinguishing the loan would violate mandatory legal restrictions applicable to the relevant Affiliated Creditor; and

(C) liabilities incurred by the relevant German Guarantor in negligent or wilful violation of this Indenture,

shall be disregarded;

(4) the relevant German Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 10 Business Days after receipt from the Trustee of a notice stating that the Trustee or a Holder intends to demand payment under this guarantee (the “Enforcement Notice”), its up-to-date balance sheet, or in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor its and its general partner’s balance sheet, together with a detailed calculation of the amount of its Net Assets taking into account the adjustments set forth in paragraph (3) above (the “Management Determination”). The Management Determination shall be prepared as of the date of receipt of the Enforcement Notice;

(5) following the Trustee’s receipt of the Management Determination, upon request by the Trustee (acting reasonably), the relevant German Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee within 20 Business Days of such request its up-to-date balance sheet, or in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor its and its general partner’s balance sheet, drawn-up by its auditor together with a detailed calculation of the amount of the Net Assets taking into account the adjustments set forth in paragraph (3) above (the “Auditors’ Determination”). Such balance sheet and Auditors’ Determination shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applicable from time to time in Germany (Grundsätze ordnungsmäßiger Buchführung). The Auditors’ Determination shall be prepared as of the date of receipt of the Enforcement Notice;

 

168


(6) a Holder (acting through the Trustee) shall be entitled to demand payment under this guarantee in an amount which would, in accordance with the Management Determination or, if applicable and taking into account any previous enforcement in accordance with the Management Determination, the Auditors’ Determination, not cause the German Guarantor’s Net Assets, or in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner’s Net Assets, to be reduced below zero or further reduced if already below zero. If and to the extent that the Net Assets as determined by the Auditors’ Determination are lower than the amount enforced (i) in accordance with the Management Determination or (ii) without regard to the Management and/or Auditors’ Determination, that Holder shall repay to the relevant German Guarantor (or in case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor to its general partner) such excess enforcement proceeds;

(7) in addition, each German Guarantor and, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, also its general partner, shall within three months after receipt of the Enforcement Notice realize, to the extent legally permitted and to the extent necessary to fulfil the payment obligations of the Guaranteed Obligors under the Indenture or another Note Documents, any and all of its assets which are not required for the relevant German Guarantor’s business (nicht betriebsnotwendig) that are shown in the balance sheet with a book value (Buchwert) that is substantially lower than the market value of the relevant assets if, as a result of the enforcement of the guarantee, its Net Assets would be reduced below zero or further reduced if already below zero; and

(8) the restriction under paragraph (2) above shall not apply:

(A) to the extent that the guarantee guarantees (i) any monies that are on-lent, actually disbursed to the relevant German Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries and not repaid or (ii) any guarantees issued under this Indenture for the benefit of the relevant German Guarantor or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries which are not returned;

(B) if the relevant German Guarantor (as dominated entity) is subject to a domination and/or profit transfer agreement (Beherrschungs- und/oder Gewinnabführungsvertrag) (a “DPTA”) with the Guaranteed Obligor, whether directly or indirectly through a chain of DPTAs between each company and its shareholder (or in case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor between its general partner and its shareholder) unless the relevant German Guarantor demonstrates that the enforcement would result in an annual loss of the relevant German Guarantor (or, in the case of a GmbH & Co. KG as Guarantor, its general partner) which would not be compensated for by a fully valuable (vollwertig) compensation claim (Verlustausgleichsanspruch) pursuant to Section 302 of the German Stock Corporation Act; or

if and to extent the relevant German Guarantor has on the date of enforcement of the guarantee a fully recoverable indemnity or claim for refund (vollwertiger Gegenleistungs- oder Rückgewähranspruch) against its shareholder or the Guaranteed Obligor.

(f) Finland.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture and/or any other Note Document, indemnity and other guarantee obligations of each Guarantor incorporated in Finland under Article 11 of this Indenture or any other guarantee or indemnity obligation under this Indenture and/or any other Note Document shall be subject to and limited if,

 

169


and only to the extent, required by the mandatory provisions of the Finnish Companies Act (Finnish: osakeyhtiölaki 624/2006), as amended or re-enacted from time to time) regulating (i) unlawful financial assistance, as provided in Chapter 13, Section 10 of the Finnish Companies Act or (ii) distribution of assets, as provided in Chapter 13, Section 1 of the Finnish Companies Act, or other applicable mandatory provisions of Finnish corporate law.

(g) The Czech Republic.

(1) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document the guarantee obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor incorporated under Czech law (a “Czech Guarantor”) under this Indenture and any other Note Document shall be limited in accordance with Clause 27.22 (Guarantee Limitations for Czech Guarantors) of the Intercreditor Agreement as follows:

(2) The obligations of any Czech Guarantor pursuant to this Article 11 shall not include any liability or obligation to the extent to which it would result in such guarantee and/or indemnity constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Sections 41, 200 and/or 311 to 315 of the Czech Business Corporations Act.

(3) The obligations and liabilities of a Czech Guarantor under the guarantee pursuant to this Article 11 shall be limited to an amount equal to the limitation amount (the “Czech Limitation Amount”), being:

 

LOGO

where:

(A) “A” means the net book value of all assets of that Czech Guarantor recorded in its latest annual unconsolidated financial statements available to the Trustee or, if they are more up to date and supplied to the Trustee within fifteen (15) Business Days following its request and if the Trustee, acting in its sole discretion, has no reason to doubt the accuracy thereof, its latest interim unconsolidated financial statements available to the Trustee;

(B) “G” means the aggregate amount of all obligations guaranteed by that Czech Guarantor under this Indenture had the Czech Limitation Amount not been applied, provided that where such amount is not denominated in Czech koruna, it shall be converted into Czech koruna at the exchange rate published on the official website of the Czech National Bank (in Czech Česká národní banka) on the date falling one Business Day prior to the date on which the relevant Finance Party dispatched a demand for performance under this Article 11 (Note Guarantees) to that Czech Guarantor; and

(C) “O” means all liabilities of that Czech Guarantor recorded in its latest annual unconsolidated financial statements available to the Trustee or, if they are more up to date and supplied to the Trustee within fifteen (15) Business Days following its request and if the Trustee, acting in its sole discretion, has no reason to doubt the accuracy thereof, its latest interim unconsolidated financial statements. The term “liabilities” shall have the meaning attached to it under the accounting standards applicable to that Czech Guarantor but, notwithstanding the foregoing, shall at all times:

 

170


(i) exclude financial obligations vis-à-vis any other member of the Group;

(ii) exclude equity capital (in Czech vlastní kapitál);

(iii) include the “G” amount calculated using the definition set out above; and

(iv) include all obligations guaranteed or secured by a security right in rem by that Czech Guarantor under any agreement or otherwise.

For the avoidance of doubt, any identical obligations of that Czech Guarantor will only be included in the “O” amount once. The term “net book value” used for the purpose of the calculation of the Czech Limitation Amount means the book value reduced by corrections and provisions (in Czech opravné položky a oprávky (korekce)) as set out in decree no. 500/2002 Coll., as amended (the “Decree”), implementing Act No. 563/1991 Coll., on Accountancy, as amended or in any other legislation which may supersede the Decree in the future.

(4) The agreement contained in paragraph (3) above shall be conditional on no declaration of insolvency (in Czech rozhodnutí o úpadku) having been passed in relation to the relevant Czech Guarantor or any of its assets in insolvency proceedings conducted in the Czech Republic or other similar steps having been taken in similar proceedings conducted in another jurisdiction involving pro rata payment of general creditors’ claims (the “Declaration of Insolvency”). Upon a Declaration of Insolvency the agreement contained in paragraph (3) above shall cease to apply.

(h) Slovakia.

(1) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document, the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor incorporated under Slovak law (the “Slovak Guarantor”) under this Indenture or any other Note Document shall be limited in accordance with Clause 27.23 (Guarantee Limitations for Slovak Guarantors) of the Intercreditor Agreement as follows:

(2) The obligations and liabilities of any Slovak Guarantor shall not include any liability or obligation to the extent to which it would result in such guarantee and/or indemnity constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Sections 161e of the Slovak Commercial Code (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

(3) The obligations and liabilities of the Slovak Guarantor under the guarantee pursuant to this Article 11 (Note Guarantees) shall be limited to an amount equal to the limitation amount (the “Slovak Limitation Amount”), being:

 

171


LOGO

where:

(A) “A” means the net book value of all assets of the Slovak Guarantor recorded in its latest annual unconsolidated financial statements available to the Trustee or, if they are more up to date and supplied or otherwise available to the Trustee and if the Trustee, acting in its sole discretion, has no reason to doubt the accuracy thereof, its latest interim unconsolidated financial statements available to the Trustee;

(B) “G” means the aggregate amount of all obligations guaranteed by the Slovak Guarantor under this Indenture had the Slovak Limitation Amount not been applied, provided that where such amount is not denominated in EUR, such amount shall be expressed in its equivalent in EUR on the date falling one Business Day prior to the date on which the Trustee dispatched a demand for performance under this Article 11 to the Slovak Guarantor; and

(C) “O” means all liabilities of the Slovak Guarantor recorded in its latest annual unconsolidated financial statements available to the Trustee or, if they are more up to date and supplied or otherwise available to the Trustee and if the Trustee, acting in its sole discretion, has no reason to doubt the accuracy thereof, its latest interim unconsolidated financial statements.

(D) The term “liabilities” shall have the meaning attached to it under the accounting standards applicable to the Slovak Guarantor but, notwithstanding the foregoing, shall at all times:

(i) exclude equity capital (in Slovak: vlastné imanie) of the Slovak Guarantor;

(ii) exclude any subordinated liabilities under Section 408a of the Slovak Commercial Code, and any liabilities vis- à-vis any other member of the Group;

(iii) include the “G” amount calculated using the definition set out above; and

(iv) include all obligations guaranteed or secured by the Slovak Guarantor under any agreement or otherwise.

For the avoidance of doubt, any identical obligations of the Slovak Guarantor will only be included in the “O” amount once.

The term “net book value” used for the purpose of the calculation of the Slovak Limitation Amount means the book value reduced by (i) corrections and provisions (in Slovak: opravné položky a oprávky (korekcie)) as set out in decree of the Ministry of Finance of the Slovak Republic dated 16 December 2002 no. 4/2003 published in the Financial Bulletin (in Slovak: Finančný spravodaj), as amended (the “Decree”), implementing the Slovak Act No. 431/2002 Coll., on Accounting, as amended, or in any other legislation which may supersede or amend the Decree in the future and (ii) the deferred tax assets.

 

172


The agreement contained in paragraph (3) above shall be conditional on no declaration of bankruptcy (in Slovak: vyhlásenie konkurzu) or approval of restructuring (in Slovak: povolenie reštrukturalizácie) having been passed in relation to the relevant Slovak Guarantor in insolvency proceedings conducted in the Slovak Republic or other similar steps having been taken in similar proceedings conducted in another jurisdiction in relation to the relevant Slovak Guarantor (to the extent that they are relevant and applicable) involving pro rata payment of general creditors’ claims (the “Declaration of Insolvency”). Upon a Declaration of Insolvency the limitation by the Slovak Limitation Amount contained in paragraph (3) above shall cease to apply.

(i) Ireland.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document, in accordance with Clause 27.20 (Guarantee Limitations for Irish Guarantors) of the Intercreditor Agreement, the guarantee under this Article 11 does not apply to any liability of any Guarantor incorporated or established in Ireland (each an “Irish Guarantor”) (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to the extent that it would result in this guarantee (i) constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of section 82 of the Irish Companies Act (as defined in the RCF Facility Agreement) or (ii) constituting a breach of section 239 of the Irish Companies Act.

(j) Switzerland.

(1) If and to the extent a Guarantor incorporated in Switzerland (each a “Swiss Guarantor”) becomes liable under this Indenture or any other Note Document for obligations of the Issuer, the Company or any other Guarantor (other than the wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiaries of such Swiss Guarantor) (the “Restricted Obligations”) and if complying with such obligations would constitute a repayment of capital (Einlagerückgewähr), a violation of the legally protected reserves (gesetzlich geschützte Reserven) or the payment of a (constructive) dividend ((verdeckte) Gewinnausschüttung) by such Swiss Guarantor, a (constructive) repayment of statutory capital reserves (Rückzahlung der gesetzlichen Kapitalreserve) or would otherwise be restricted under Swiss law and practice then applicable, such Swiss Guarantor’s aggregate liability for Restricted Obligations shall not exceed the amount of the relevant Swiss Guarantor’s freely disposable equity at the time it becomes liable including, without limitation, any statutory reserves which can be transferred into unrestricted, distributable reserves, in accordance with Swiss law (the “Freely Disposable Amount”).

(2) This limitation shall only apply to the extent it is a requirement under applicable law at the time the relevant Swiss Guarantor is required to perform Restricted Obligations under this Indenture or any other Note Document. Such limitation shall not free the relevant Swiss Guarantor from its obligations in excess of the Freely Disposable Amount, but merely postpone the performance date thereof until such times when the relevant Swiss Guarantor has again freely disposable equity.

(3) If the enforcement of the obligations of the relevant Swiss Guarantor under this Indenture or any other Note Document would be limited due to the effects referred to in this Section 11.02(j), the relevant Swiss Guarantor shall further, to the extent permitted by applicable law and Swiss accounting standards and upon request by the Security Agent, (i) write up or sell any of its assets that are shown in its balance sheet with a book value that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets, in case of sale, however, only if such assets are not necessary for the relevant Swiss Guarantor’s business (nicht betriebsnotwendig) and (ii) reduce its share capital to the minimum allowed under then applicable law, provided that such steps are permitted under the Note Documents.

 

173


(4) If the enforcement of the obligations of the relevant Swiss Guarantor under this Indenture or any other Note Document would be limited due to the effects referred to in this Section 11.02(j), the relevant Swiss Guarantor and any holding company of the relevant Swiss Guarantor which is a party to a Note Document shall procure that the relevant Swiss Guarantor will take and will cause to be taken all and any action as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event within 30 Business Days from the request of the Security Agent, including, without limitation, (i) the passing of any shareholders’ resolutions to approve any payment or other performance under this Indenture or any other Note Documents, (ii) the provision of an audited interim balance sheet, (iii) the provision of a determination by the relevant Swiss Guarantor of the Freely Disposable Amount based on such audited interim balance sheet, (iv) the provision of a confirmation from the auditors of the relevant Swiss Guarantor that a payment of the relevant Swiss Guarantor under this Indenture or any other Note Documents in an amount corresponding to the Freely Disposable Amount is in compliance with the provisions of Swiss corporate law which are aimed at protecting the share capital and legal reserves, and (v) the obtaining of any other confirmations which may be required as a matter of Swiss mandatory law in force at the time the relevant Swiss Guarantor is required to make a payment or perform other obligations under this Indenture or any other Note Document, in order to allow a prompt payment in relation to Restricted Obligations with a minimum of limitations.

(5) If so required under applicable law (including tax treaties) at the time it is required to make a payment under this Indenture or any other Note Document, the relevant Swiss Guarantor:

(A) shall use its best efforts to ensure that such payments can be made without deduction of Swiss withholding tax, or with deduction of Swiss withholding tax at a reduced rate, by discharging the liability to such tax by notification pursuant to applicable law (including tax treaties) rather than payment of the tax;

(B) shall deduct the Swiss withholding tax at such rate (being 35% on the Issue Date) as in force from time to time if the notification procedure pursuant to sub-paragraph (A) above does not apply; or shall deduct the Swiss withholding tax at the reduced rate resulting after discharge of part of such tax by notification if the notification procedure pursuant to sub-paragraph (A) applies for a part of the Swiss withholding tax only; and shall pay within the time allowed any such taxes deducted to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration; and

(C) shall promptly notify the Security Agent that such notification or, as the case may be, deduction has been made, and provide the Security Agent with evidence that such a notification of the Swiss Federal Tax Administration has been made or, as the case may be, such taxes deducted have been paid to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration.

(6) In the case of a deduction of Swiss withholding tax, the relevant Swiss Guarantor shall use its best efforts to ensure that any person that is entitled to a full or partial refund of the Swiss withholding tax deducted from such payment under this Indenture or any other Note Document, will, as soon as possible after such deduction:

(A) request a refund of the Swiss withholding tax under applicable law (including tax treaties); and

 

174


(B) pay to the Security Agent upon receipt any amount so refunded; and

(7) To the extent the relevant Swiss Guarantor is required to deduct Swiss withholding tax pursuant to this Indenture or any other Note Document, and if the Freely Disposable Amount is not fully utilized, the relevant Swiss Guarantor will be required to pay an additional amount so that after making any required deduction of Swiss withholding tax the aggregate net amount paid to the Security Agent is equal to the amount which would have been paid if no deduction of Swiss withholding tax had been required, provided that the aggregate amount paid (including the additional amount) shall in any event be limited to the Freely Disposable Amount.

(k) Poland.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document, in accordance with Clause 27.18 (Guarantee Limitations for Polish Guarantors) of the Intercreditor Agreement, a Guarantor incorporated under the laws of Poland being a limited liability company (spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością) (each, a “Polish Guarantor”) shall not be obliged to make a payment under this Article 11 in the event and only in part in which such payment would result in:

(1) the assets of the relevant Polish Guarantor being reduced to an amount that is not sufficient to cover in full its share capital pursuant to Article 189 §2 of the Polish Commercial Companies Code (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement); and/or

(2) a breach of the restrictions on the return to the shareholder(s) of the contributions (wkład) to cover the share capital pursuant to Article 189 § 1 of the Polish Commercial Companies Code,

provided that no party to this Indenture makes any statement on whether it considers that Article 189 of the Polish Commercial Companies Code would in fact limit the liability and/or the Polish Guarantor’s payment obligations under Article 11 (Note Guarantees).

For avoidance of doubt, the Polish Guarantor withholding a payment in accordance with paragraphs (1) and/or (2) above shall make the required payment as soon as the circumstances which led to it withholding the payment have ceased to exist.

Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees.

Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Note Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof.

Each Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

 

175


Section 11.04 Releases.

(a) The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally terminate and release (and thereupon will terminate and discharge and be of no further force and effect) upon:

(1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of ownership interests in the Guarantor (directly or through a parent company) (A) such that the Guarantor does not remain a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or (C) the Investment of the ownership interests in the Guarantor in a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Investment pursuant to clause (23) of the definition of “Permitted Investments,” in each case, otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

(2) the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(3) defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in Article 8 and Article 10, respectively;

(4) in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(5) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary that after the Issue Date is required to Guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 4.12(a), upon the release or discharge of the guarantee of Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary that resulted in the obligation to Guarantee the Notes; provided that no Event of Default would arise as a result and such Restricted Subsidiary does not guarantee any other Public Debt of the Company or any Guarantor;

(6) in connection with the implementation of a Permitted Reorganization;

(7) in accordance with the provisions of Article 9; or

(8) with respect to an entity that is not a successor Guarantor, as a result of a transaction permitted by Section 5.01.

(b) Upon any occurrence giving rise to a release of a Note Guarantee as specified in Sections 11.04(a)(1) through (8), the Trustee, subject to receipt of certain documents from the Issuer and/or any Guarantor requested pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and at the expense of the Issuer, will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence or effect such release, discharge and termination in respect of such Note Guarantee. No release and discharge of the Note Guarantee will be effective against the Trustee or the Holders until the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such release and discharge have been satisfied and that such release and discharge is authorized and permitted under this Indenture and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel absolutely and without further enquiry. Neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any Guarantor will be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any such release, discharge or termination.

(c) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 11.04 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11.

 

176


ARTICLE 12

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

Section 12.01 Security Documents.

(a) The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes and the Guarantees when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any (to the extent permitted by law), on the Notes, the Guarantees and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee and the Security Agent under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured by security interests, as provided in, and on the terms provided by, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, granted in the Collateral. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, and the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Liens and authorizing the Security Agent to enter into any Security Document on its behalf) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms and authorizes and directs the Security Agent to enter into the Security Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith and in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee copies of all documents delivered to the Security Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and the Issuer and the Guarantors will, and the Company will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Security Documents, to assure and confirm to the Trustee that the Security Agent holds, for the benefit of the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Holders, duly created, enforceable and perfected Liens as contemplated hereby and by the Security Documents, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes and the Guarantees secured thereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Issuer and the Guarantors will take, upon request of the Trustee or the Security Agent, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Notes and the Note Guarantees of the Issuer hereunder, a valid and enforceable first priority Lien in and on all the Collateral ranking in right and priority of payment as set forth in this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement and subject to no other Liens other than as permitted by the terms of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement. Furthermore, each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, consents and agrees in relation to each of the Swiss law governed Security Documents pursuant to which security of an accessory (akzessorische) nature is granted (each a “Swiss Accessory Security Document”) to have appointed and authorized the Security Agent to do all acts in the name and for the account of such Holder as its direct representative (direkter Stellvertreter), including, without limitation, (i) to accept and execute and hold, administer and, if necessary, enforce the security granted under any of the Swiss Accessory Security Documents, (ii) to agree to amendments, restatements and other alterations of the Swiss Accessory Security Documents, (iii) to effect any release of the security under, and the termination of, any Swiss Accessory Security Document, and (iv) to exercise such other rights powers, authorities and discretions granted to the Security Agent hereunder or under the relevant Swiss Accessory Security Document.

(b) Each of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders agree that the Security Agent shall be the joint creditor (together with the Holders) of each and every obligation of the parties hereto under the Notes and this Indenture, and that accordingly the Security Agent will have its own independent right to demand performance by the Issuer of those obligations, except that such demand shall only be made with the prior written consent of the Trustee or as otherwise permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement. However, any discharge of such obligation to the Security Agent, on the one hand, or to the Trustee or the Holders, as applicable, on the other hand, shall, to the same extent, discharge the corresponding obligation owing to the other.

 

177


(c) The Trustee for the Notes has, and each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, shall be deemed to have:

(1) irrevocably appointed the Security Agent (and, in the case of the Holders, the Trustee) to act as its agent under the Intercreditor Agreement and the other relevant documents to which it is a party (including, without limitation, the Security Documents);

(2) irrevocably authorized the Security Agent to (i) perform the duties and exercise the rights, powers and discretions that are specifically given to it under the Intercreditor Agreement or other documents to which it is a party (including, without limitation, the Security Documents), together with any other incidental rights, power and discretions; and (ii) execute each document, waiver, modification, amendment, renewal or replacement expressed to be executed by the Security Agent on its behalf; and

(3) accepted the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and agreed to be bound thereby, and authorized the Trustee and the Security Agent to enter into any such Additional Intercreditor Agreement and acknowledges and agrees that the rights, obligations, role of and limitations of liability for the Security Agent is further regulated in the Intercreditor Agreement.

(d) The Trustee hereby acknowledges that the Security Agent is authorized to act under the Security Documents on behalf of the Trustee, with the full authority and powers of the Trustee thereunder. The Security Agent is hereby authorized to exercise such rights, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to it by the terms of the Security Documents, including the power to enter into the Security Documents, as agent, mandatario con rappresentanza, or trustee on behalf of the Holders and the Trustee, together with all rights, powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto or necessary to give effect to the trusts created thereunder.

(e) The Trustee or the Security Agent shall not be responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, suitability, adequacy or enforceability of the Security Documents or any obligation or rights created or purported to be created thereby or pursuant thereto or any security or the priority thereof constituted or purported to be constituted thereby or pursuant thereto, nor shall it be responsible or liable to any person because of any invalidity of any provision of such documents or the unenforceability thereof, whether arising from statute, law or decision of any court. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to monitor or supervise the functions of the Security Agent under the Security Documents and shall be entitled to assume that the Security Agent is properly performing its functions and obligations thereunder and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any diminution in the value of or loss occasioned to the assets subject thereto by reason of the act or omission by the Security Agent in relation to its functions thereunder.

Section 12.02 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee under the Security Documents.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.03, Section 6.04, Section 6.05, Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 hereof and the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Security Documents, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, direct, on behalf of the Holders, the Security Agent to, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

 

178


(1) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(2) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor hereunder;

in any such case, to the extent provided for by, and in accordance with, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and/or Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) Subject to the provisions hereof, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee will have power to institute and maintain, or direct the Security Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the security by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or of the Trustee).

Section 12.03 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee under the Security Documents.

The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 12.04 Release of Liens.

(a) The Company and its Subsidiaries and any provider of Collateral will be entitled to the release of Liens in respect of the Collateral under any one or more of the following circumstances:

(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of Collateral to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (but excluding any transaction subject to Article 5) or to a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case if such sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.07 or is otherwise permitted in accordance with this Indenture;

(2) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the release of the property and assets, and Capital Stock, of such Guarantor;

(3) as described under Article 9 hereof;

 

179


(4) upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other obligations on the Notes or defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in Article 8 and Article 10 hereof;

(5) in the case of a merger, consolidation or other transfer of assets in compliance with Article 5 hereof; provided that in such a transaction where the Issuer or any Guarantor ceases to exist, any Lien on the Capital Stock of the Issuer or such Guarantor will be released and, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, will reattach (or a new Lien will be created) over the Capital Stock of the successor entity pursuant to a new share pledge (on terms substantially equivalent to the existing Lien on the Capital Stock of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable) granted by the holder of such Capital Stock;

(6) in the case of any security interests over Intra-Group Receivables (if any), upon partial repayment or discharge thereof, the security interests created over such receivables will be automatically reduced in proportion to such partial repayment or discharge and, upon full repayment or discharge thereof, the security interests shall be automatically and fully released and of no further effect;

(7) in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(8) in connection with a Permitted Issuer Reorganization; and

(9) as otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture.

(b) In addition, the Liens created by the Security Documents will be released as would not be prohibited under Section 4.19.

(c) At the request and expense of the Issuer, the Security Agent and, to the extent reasonably requested, the Trustee (if required) will take all necessary action required to effectuate any release of Collateral securing the Notes and the Guarantees, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the relevant Security Document.

(d) Each of the releases set forth above shall be effected by the Security Agent without the consent of the Holders or any action on the part of the Trustee (unless action is required by it to effect such release).

(e) The Security Agent and the Trustee shall be entitled to request and rely solely upon an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each certifying which circumstance, as described above, giving rise to a release of the security interests has occurred, and that such release complies with this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 12.05 Security Agent.

(a) The Security Documents and the Collateral will be administered by the Security Agent, in each case, pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of all holders of secured obligations. The enforcement of the Security Documents will be subject to agreed procedures laid out in the Intercreditor Agreement, or, if applicable, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

180


(b) The duties of the Security Agent will be determined solely by the express provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Security Agent.

(c) Any resignation or replacement of the Security Agent shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, or, if applicable, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

(d) Each of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders acknowledge and agree that the Security Agent is acting as security agent and trustee not just on their behalf but also on behalf of the creditors named in the Intercreditor Agreement and acknowledge and agree that pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Agent may be required by the terms thereof to act in a manner which may conflict with the interests of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders (including the Holders’ interests in the Collateral and the Note Guarantees) and that it shall be entitled to do so in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

(e) The Security Agent is entitled to delegate its duties to its affiliates and other professional parties.

Section 12.06 Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement.

(a) This Indenture is entered into with the benefit of and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein or in the Intercreditor Agreement, the rights, duties, protections, indemnities, immunities and obligations of the Trustee shall be governed by this Indenture.

(b) In relation to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee (and the Security Agent, if applicable) shall consent on behalf of the Holders to the payment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition, retirement or redemption of any obligations subordinated to the Notes thereby; provided, however, that such transaction would comply with Section 4.04.

Section 12.07 Recording; Opinions and Certificates.

(a) The Issuer shall comply with the provisions of Section 314(b) and 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act, including the delivery to the Trustee of any opinions relating to the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral created by the Security Documents, to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an order by a court of competent jurisdiction under Bankruptcy Law shall satisfy any obligations by the Issuer or any Guarantor to deliver any opinion required by Section 314(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to the initial issuance of the Notes or the perfection of the Collateral or the Liens of the Note Documents as of the date hereof. To the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Trustee within one month following each anniversary of the Issue Date, commencing in 2026, an Opinion of Counsel in compliance with Section 314(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act.

(b) Any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an Officer of the Issuer except in cases where Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert, who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.07, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be required

 

181


to comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of Trust Indenture Act if they reasonably determine that under the terms of Section 314(d) of Trust Indenture Act or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to any release or series of releases of Collateral.

(c) Any release of Collateral permitted by Section 12.04 and this Section 12.07 will be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any Person that is required to deliver an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such certificate or opinion. The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Section 7.01 and Section 7.02, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such documents and Opinion of Counsel.

(d) If any Collateral is released in accordance with this Indenture or any Security Document at a time when the Trustee is not itself also the Security Agent and if the Issuer has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Documents and Section 12.04, the Trustee shall deliver all documentation received by it in connection with such release to the Security Agent.

(e) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Holders agrees, subject to the other provisions of this Indenture and the applicable Security Documents, that the Issuer and the Guarantors are not required to obtain any release or consent from the Trustee, the Security Agent or the Holders or deliver any certificate or opinion otherwise required by Section 314(d) of Trust Indenture Act with respect to the release of Collateral in connection with (i) selling or otherwise disposing of, in any transaction or series of related transactions, any property or assets that is or has become worn out, defective, obsolete or not used or useful in the business of the Issuer and the Guarantors; (ii) abandoning, terminating, canceling, releasing or making alterations in or substitutions for any leases, contracts or other agreements or instruments in the ordinary course of business; (iii) surrendering or modifying any franchise, license or permit that it may hold or own or under which it may be operating; (iv) altering, repairing, replacing, changing the location or position of or adding to its structures, machinery, systems, equipment, fixtures and appurtenances; (v) granting a license of any intellectual property; (vi) selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (vii) collecting, selling or otherwise disposing of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business; (viii) making cash payments (including for the repayment of Indebtedness or payment of interest or in connection with the Company’s cash management activities) from cash that is at any time part of the Collateral in the ordinary course of business or (ix) abandoning any property (including intellectual property) that is no longer used or useful in the business of the Issuer and the Guarantors. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 30 days following June 30 and December 30 of each year, commencing [•], [•], an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that all releases and withdrawals during the preceding six-month period (or since the Issue Date, in the case of the first such certificate) in connection with which no consent of the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee was obtained pursuant to the foregoing provisions were made in the ordinary course of business and the use of proceeds in connection with such release were not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

182


ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01 Notices.

(a) Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or any Agent to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:

Intrum AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: CFO of Intrum AB (publ)

Email: clo@intrum.com; jens.kullander@intrum.com

with a copy to:

Milbank LLP

100 Liverpool Street

London EC2M 2AT

United Kingdom

Attention of: Yushan Ng and Sarah Levin

Email: yng@milbank.com; slevin@milbank.com

If to the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent:

GLAS Trust Company LLC

3 Second Street

Suite 206

Jersey City, NJ 07311

United States of America

Email: dcm@glas.agency

Attention: Debt Capital Markets team

The Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, or any Agent, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication mailed or sent by telecopy to a Holder shall be, if mailed, mailed first class mail, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed or sent within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed or delivered electronically to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act.

For so long as any of the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, notices with respect to the Notes will be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, such notices will be posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu). In addition, for so long as any Notes are represented by Global Notes, all notices to Holders will be delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer in accordance with the rules and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable, in lieu of the aforesaid mailing or facsimile transmission.

 

183


All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; and at the time of sending, if sent by email.

All notices and communications shall be in the English language or accompanied by a translation into English certified as being a true and accurate translation. In the event of any discrepancies between the English and other than English versions of such notices or communications, the English version of such notice or communication shall prevail.

(b) All notices to Holders will be validly given if (as long the Notes are in certificated definitive form) mailed to them at their respective addresses in the register of the Holders, if any, maintained by the Registrar. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. In addition, for so long as any of the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, notices with respect to the Notes will be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu).

(c) Each such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or, if published more than once on different dates, on the first date on which publication is made; provided that, if notices are mailed, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of such publication and the seventh day after being so mailed. Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such Person by first-class mail or other equivalent means and shall be sufficiently given to such Holder if so mailed within the time prescribed. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

(d) If a notice or communication is mailed or published in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

(e) If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders or delivers a notice or communication to holders of Book-Entry Interests, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 13.02 Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes are as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, and the Issuer and the Trustee shall comply with Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act and the Trustee shall provide to any Holder the information specified under Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to other Holders as is required under, and subject to the terms of, the Trust Indenture Act. None of the Issuer nor the Trustee will be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

 

184


Section 13.03 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 13.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 13.05 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 13.06 Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of, related to, or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby, and any action arising under U.S. federal or state securities laws, may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York, Borough of Manhattan; irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding; and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has appointed [CT Corporation] as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding which may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York, Borough of Manhattan arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby or

 

185


thereby, and any action brought under U.S. federal or state securities laws (the “Authorized Agent”). The Issuer and each Guarantor expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto and waives any right to trial by jury. Such appointment shall be irrevocable unless and until replaced by an agent reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and each of the Issuer and the Guarantors agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Issuer or such Guarantor.

Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Section 13.08 Governing Law; Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES. Additionally, this Indenture, the Notes and each supplemental indenture shall be subject to the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture, the Notes or any supplemental indenture and shall, to the extent applicable and as not otherwise provided for herein or therein, as applicable, be governed by such provisions and, if and to the extent that any provision hereof or thereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the Notes or any supplemental indenture, the Trust Indenture Act provision shall control (and notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any supplemental indenture to the contrary).

For greater certainty, if and to the extent that, the Notes or any supplemental indenture or applicable law limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by the mandatory provisions of Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, or conflicts with any provision required by or deemed to be included in this Indenture, the Notes or any supplemental indenture by operation of such Trust Indenture Act sections (and notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any supplemental indenture to the contrary, as applicable), the Trust Indenture Act shall control unless otherwise provided for herein or therein as to non-mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, as applicable. The Issuer and the Trustee agree to comply with all mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to or binding upon it in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and any supplemental indenture.

 

186


Section 13.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 13.10 Successors.

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.04 hereof.

Section 13.11 Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 13.12 Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 13.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 13.14 Currency Indemnity and Calculation of Euro-Denominated Restrictions.

(a) The euro and SEK are the sole currencies of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer and any Guarantors under or in connection with the Euro Notes and the SEK Notes, as applicable, and the relevant Note Guarantees, as the case may be, including damages. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than euro (in the case of the Euro Notes) or SEK (in the case of the SEK Notes), whether as a result of, or the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer, any Guarantor or otherwise by any Holder or by the Trustee, in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer or a Guarantor will only constitute a discharge of the obligations of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, to the extent of the euro amount or the SEK amount (as applicable) which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so).

(b) If that euro amount or SEK amount is less than the euro amount or SEK amount expressed to be due to the recipient or the Trustee under any Note (as applicable), the Issuer and the Guarantors will indemnify them against any loss sustained by such recipient or the Trustee as a result. In any event, the Issuer and the Guarantors will indemnify the recipient or the Trustee on a joint or several basis against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this currency indemnity provision, it will be prima facie evidence of the matter stated therein for the Holder or the Trustee to certify in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer (indicating the sources of information used) the loss it Incurred in making any such purchase. These indemnities constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ other

 

187


obligations, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any waiver granted by any Holder or the Trustee (other than a waiver of the indemnities set out herein) and will continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under any Note, any Note Guarantee or to the Trustee.

(c) Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any euro-denominated restriction herein, the euro equivalent amount for purposes hereof that is denominated in a non-euro currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such non-euro amount is Incurred or made, as the case may be.

Section 13.15 Prescription.

Claims against the Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of principal, or premium, if any, on the Notes will be prescribed five years after the applicable due date for payment thereof. Claims against the Issuer for the payment of interest on the Notes will be prescribed three years after the applicable due date for payment of interest.

Section 13.16 Additional Information.

Upon written request by any Holder or a holder of a Book-Entry Interest to the Issuer at the address set forth in Section 13.01, the Issuer will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, to such Holder or holder (at the expense of the Issuer) a copy of this Indenture or any other Note Document.

Section 13.17 Legal Holidays.

If the due date for any payment in respect of any Notes is not a Business Day, the Holder thereof will not be entitled to payment of the amount due until the next succeeding Business Day, and will not be entitled to any further interest or other payment as a result of any such delay. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.

Section 13.18 USA PATRIOT Act Section 326 Customer Identification Program.

The parties hereto acknowledge that in order to help the United States government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, pursuant to Federal regulations that became effective on October 1, 2003 (Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT ACT) which require all financial institutions to obtain, verify, record and update information that identifies each person establishing a relationship or opening an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide to any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar in the United States such information as it may request, from time to time, in order for such Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar in the United States to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, including but not limited to the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow it to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account and may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation or other identifying documents to be provided.

 

188


Section 13.19 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents.

The words “execution,” “execute”, “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation assignment and assumptions, amendments, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures and the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

[Signatures on following page]

 

189


SIGNATURES
Dated as of [•], 2025

INTRUM INVESTMENTS AND FINANCING AB (PUBL)

as the Issuer

By:  

         

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM AB (PUBL)

as the Company

By:  

       

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM GROUP OPERATIONS AB

as Guarantor

By:  

      

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

          

  Name:
  Title:

CAPQUEST DEBT RECOVERY LIMITED

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

               

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to Exchange Notes Indenture)


FAIR PAY PLEASE AB

as Guarantor

By:

 

  

 

Name:

 

Title:

By:

 

  

 

Name:

 

Title:

SOLVIA SERVICIOS INMOBILIARIOS, S.A.U.

as Guarantor

By:

 

  

 

Name:

 

Title:

INTRUM AG

as Guarantor

By:

 

  

 

Name:

 

Title:

By:

 

  

 

Name:

 

Title:

INTRUM AS

as Guarantor

By:

 

  

 

Name:

 

Title:

By:

 

  

 

Name:

 

Title:

INTRUM B.V.

as Guarantor

By:

 

  

 

Name:

 

Title:

By:

 

  

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

(Signature page to Exchange Notes Indenture)


INTRUM CAPITAL AS

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM CZECH S.R.O.

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM DEUTSCHLAND GMBH.

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM FINANZHOLDING DEUTSCHLAND GMBH

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to Exchange Notes Indenture)


INTRUM HOLDING AB

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM HOLDING DEUTSCHLAND GMBH

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM HOLDING NORWAY AS

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN, S.A.U.

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to Exchange Notes Indenture)


INTRUM INTL AB

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM INVESTMENTS NO 1 DAC

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM INVESTMENTS NO 2 DAC

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM INVESTMENTS NO 3 DAC

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to Exchange Notes Indenture)


INTRUM INVESTMENT SWITZERLAND AG

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM ITALY HOLDING S.R.L.

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM NEDERLAND B.V.

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM NEDERLAND HOLDING B.V.

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM OY

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to Exchange Notes Indenture)


INTRUM SERVICING SPAIN, S.A.U.

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
For and on behalf of INTRUM AB OF TEXAS LLC
By Intrum AB, its sole member, as Guarantor
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM SLOVAKIA S.R.O.

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM SP. Z O.O.

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM SVERIGE AB

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to Exchange Notes Indenture)


INTRUM UK FINANCE LIMITED

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM UK GROUP LIMITED

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM UK HOLDINGS LIMITED

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM ZRT

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
LOCK TOPCO AS
as Guarantor
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM ITALY HOLDING AB

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to Exchange Notes Indenture)


INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN NEWCO, S.L.U.

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to Exchange Notes Indenture)


GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC

as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
NORDIC TRUSTEE & AGENCY AB (publ) as Security Agent
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

 

 

(Signature page to Exchange Notes Indenture)


EXHIBIT A-1

[Form of Face of Euro 2027 Note]

 

7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER: (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM; AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

 

A-1-1


BY ACCEPTING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EACH HOLDER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EITHER: (X) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN FOR OR ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY WILL NOT BE AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF) (I) ANY “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) ANY “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) ANY ENTITY THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLANS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN SUBSECTIONS (I) OR (II) (WITHIN THE MEANING OF U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATION 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA), OR (IV) ANY PLAN, SUCH AS A FOREIGN PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(B)(4) OF ERISA), GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA) OR CHURCH PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975(G)(3) OF THE CODE) THAT IS NOT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, BUT THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (A “SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR (Y) (I) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR IN THE CASE OF A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A SIMILAR LAW, EXEMPT FROM THE ANALOGOUS PROVISIONS OF SUCH SIMILAR LAW), PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS AND (II) NONE OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ACTING, OR WILL ACT, AS A FIDUCIARY TO ANY PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR IS UNDERTAKING TO PROVIDE IMPARTIAL INVESTMENT ADVICE OR GIVE ADVICE IN A FIDUCIARY CAPACITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY.]1

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.]2

 

 

1 

To be included unless the Note is an Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note.

2 

Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

 

A-1-2


[THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND THIS LEGEND IS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1275(c) OF THE CODE.]3

 

 

3 

To be included if the Note is issued with original issue discount.

 

A-1-3


[Unrestricted]/[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]/[IAI]

Common Code __________________

ISIN __________________

7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

 

No. ______________    € ____________ 

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

promises to pay to ____________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of € _______________________________________________ [or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note]4 on September 11, 2027.

Interest Payment Dates: [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year.

Record Dates: [One Clearing System Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]5 [One Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]6

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Euro 2027 Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

 

 

4 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

5 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

6 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-1-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Euro 2027 Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the Euro 2027 Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

[•], not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent for the Euro 2027 Notes

 

By:  

  

  Authorized Signatory
[By:  

    

  Authorized Signatory]
Dated: [•], 20[•]

 

A-1-5


      [Back of Euro 2027 Note]      

7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Euro 2027 Note at a rate of 7.750% per annum. The Issuer will pay interest, in cash, quarterly in arrears on [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Euro 2027 Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [•], 2025. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect, to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Euro 2027 Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the [Clearing System Business Day]7 [Business Day]8 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Euro 2027 Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Euro 2027 Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Euro 2027 Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in euro.

(3) PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT. Initially, GLAS Trust Company LLC will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

(4) INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Euro 2027 Notes under an indenture dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, the Issuer, the Company, GLAS Trust Company LLC, as the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent. The terms of the Euro 2027 Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. Terms defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act, as applicable. The Euro 2027 Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Euro 2027 Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Euro 2027 Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer.

 

7 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

8 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-1-6


Additionally, this Euro 2027 Note is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Euro 2027 Note and is, to the extent applicable, governed by such provisions and, if and to the extent that any provision hereof or thereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this Euro 2027 Note, the Trust Indenture Act provision shall control (and notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture, any supplemental indenture or this Euro 2027 Note to the contrary).

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 below, the Euro 2027 Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuer.

(b) At any time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2027 Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Euro 2027 Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(c) At any time and from time to time on or after [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2027 Notes in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal of such Euro 2027 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

(d) In connection with any tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the Euro 2027 Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Euro 2027 Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Euro 2027 Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the Euro 2027 Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice following such purchase date, to redeem all Euro 2027 Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to each other Holder in such tender offer (other than any incentive payment for early tenders), plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the repurchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e) At any time and from time to time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2027 Notes upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 107.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Euro 2027 Notes (including Additional Euro 2027 Notes), provided that:

 

 

A-1-7


  (1)

in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

  (2)

not less than 50% of the original principal amount of the Euro 2027 Notes being redeemed (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) remain outstanding immediately thereafter.

(f) If the Issuer is required to redeem the Euro 2027 Notes under Section 3.08(a)(3), the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2027 Notes in whole or in part upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Euro 2027 Notes and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(g) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, without limitation, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering and, in the case of a redemption of the Euro 2027 Notes, the incurrence of Indebtedness the proceeds of which will be used to redeem the Euro 2027 Notes). Any notice of redemption shall be given as set forth under paragraph 8 below.

(h) If the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the Euro 2027 Notes, it will, for so long as the Euro 2027 Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Euro 2027 Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

(i) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Euro 2027 Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

(6) REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

(a) The Issuer or Successor Issuer, as defined in Section 5.01(a) of the Indenture, may redeem the Euro 2027 Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor determine in good faith that, as a result of:

 

  (1)

any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaty (or any regulations, protocols or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

  (2)

any change in, or amendment to, or the introduction of, an official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that has been publicly announced (each of the foregoing in clause (1) and this clause (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

A-1-8


the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor are, or on the next Interest Payment Date in respect of the Euro 2027 Notes would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer, Successor Issuer, or another Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable and not result in any material legal or regulatory burden or any significant additional costs but not including assignment of the obligation to make payment with respect to the Euro 2027 Notes). In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that is a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after (and not be announced before) the Issue Date. In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must be publicly announced and become effective on or after the date the jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, unless the Change in Tax Law would have applied to the predecessor of the Successor Issuer. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Euro 2027 Notes were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Euro 2027 Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer or Successor Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its right so to redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor has or have been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

(b) The foregoing will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is incorporated or organized or resident for tax purposes and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

(7) SINKING FUND. The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Euro 2027 Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption shall be provided as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

(9) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, subject to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or part (in integral multiples of €1.00; provided that Notes of €1,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Euro 2027 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obliged to repurchase the Euro 2027 Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture and this paragraph 9(a) in the event and to the extent that it has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all of the Euro 2027 Notes as described in paragraph 5 above or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived or to the extent that the Issuer has repurchased all of the Euro 2027 Notes in accordance with and as described in paragraph 9(b) below. Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

 

A-1-9


(b) If the Issuer is required to make an Available Cash Offer pursuant to Section 3.08, the Issuer will make an offer to all Holders to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Available Cash Amount in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

(10) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Euro 2027 Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of €1,000 or integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof. The Euro 2027 Notes may be transferred and exchanged as set forth in Section 2.06 of the Indenture.

(11) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

(12) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived, only in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture.

(13) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Euro 2027 Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Euro 2027 Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Euro 2027 Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Euro 2027 Notes. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

(14) AUTHENTICATION. This Euro 2027 Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

(15) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of the Euro 2027 Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights.

(16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

A-1-10


(17) ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be printed on the Euro 2027 Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Euro 2027 Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(18) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS EURO 2027 NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of the Euro 2027 Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

 

A-1-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Euro 2027 Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Euro 2027 Note to:

 

                

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this Euro 2027 Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ________________

 

Your Signature:
     _____________________________
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Euro 2027 Note)

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-1-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Euro 2027 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 3.08 ☐ Section 4.10

If you want to elect to have only part of the Euro 2027 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of €1,000 or integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof):

€ _____________

Date: _____________________

 

Your Signature: __________________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Euro 2027 Note)
Tax Identification No.: _____________________

Signature Guarantee*: ___________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-1-13


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE9

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Amount of

increase in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

following such

decrease (or

increase)

 

Signature of

authorized

officer of

Registrar or

Paying Agent

 

 

9

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-1-14


EXHIBIT A-2

[Form of Face of SEK 2027 Note]

 

7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER: (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM; AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

 

A-2-1


BY ACCEPTING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EACH HOLDER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EITHER: (X) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN FOR OR ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY WILL NOT BE AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF) (I) ANY “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) ANY “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) ANY ENTITY THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLANS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN SUBSECTIONS (I) OR (II) (WITHIN THE MEANING OF U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATION 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA), OR (IV) ANY PLAN, SUCH AS A FOREIGN PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(B)(4) OF ERISA), GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA) OR CHURCH PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975(G)(3) OF THE CODE) THAT IS NOT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, BUT THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (A “SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR (Y) (I) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR IN THE CASE OF A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A SIMILAR LAW, EXEMPT FROM THE ANALOGOUS PROVISIONS OF SUCH SIMILAR LAW), PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS AND (II) NONE OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ACTING, OR WILL ACT, AS A FIDUCIARY TO ANY PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR IS UNDERTAKING TO PROVIDE IMPARTIAL INVESTMENT ADVICE OR GIVE ADVICE IN A FIDUCIARY CAPACITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY.]1

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.]2

 

1 

To be included unless the Note is an Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note.

2 

Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

 

A-2-2


[THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND THIS LEGEND IS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1275(c) OF THE CODE.]3

 

 

3 

To be included if the Note is issued with original issue discount.

 

A-2-3


[Unrestricted]/[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]/[IAI]

Common Code __________________

ISIN __________________

7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

 

No. ______________    SEK ____________

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

promises to pay to ____________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of SEK _______________________________________________ [or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note]4 on September 11, 2027.

Interest Payment Dates: [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year.

Record Dates: [One Clearing System Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]45 [One Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]6

Reference is made to the further provisions of this SEK 2027 Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

 

 

4 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

5 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

6 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-2-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this SEK 2027 Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the SEK 2027 Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

[•], not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent for the SEK 2027 Notes

 

By:  

   

  Authorized Signatory
[By:  

   

  Authorized Signatory]
Dated: [•], 20[•]

 

A-2-5


      [Back of SEK 2027 Note]      

7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this SEK 2027 Note at a rate of 7.750% per annum. The Issuer will pay interest, in cash, quarterly in arrears on [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the SEK 2027 Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [•], 2025. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect, to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the SEK 2027 Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the [Clearing System Business Day]7 [Business Day]8 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such SEK 2027 Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The SEK 2027 Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other SEK 2027 Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in SEK.

(3) PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT. Initially, GLAS Trust Company LLC will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

(4) INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the SEK 2027 Notes under an indenture dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, the Issuer, the Company, GLAS Trust Company LLC, as the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent. The terms of the SEK 2027 Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. Terms defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act, as applicable. The SEK 2027 Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this SEK 2027 Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The SEK 2027 Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer.

 

7 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

8 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-2-6


Additionally, this SEK 2027 Note is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this SEK 2027 Note and is, to the extent applicable, governed by such provisions and, if and to the extent that any provision hereof or thereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this SEK 2027 Note, the Trust Indenture Act provision shall control (and notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture, any supplemental indenture or this SEK 2027 Note to the contrary).

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 below, the SEK 2027 Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuer.

(b) At any time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2027 Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such SEK 2027 Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(c) At any time and from time to time on or after [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2027 Notes in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal of such SEK 2027 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

(d) In connection with any tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the SEK 2027 Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding SEK 2027 Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such SEK 2027 Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the SEK 2027 Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice following such purchase date, to redeem all SEK 2027 Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to each other Holder in such tender offer (other than any incentive payment for early tenders), plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the repurchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e) At any time and from time to time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2027 Notes upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 107.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the SEK 2027 Notes (including Additional SEK 2027 Notes), provided that:

 

A-2-7


  (1)

in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

  (2)

not less than 50% of the original principal amount of the SEK 2027 Notes being redeemed (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) remain outstanding immediately thereafter.

(f) If the Issuer is required to redeem the SEK 2027 Notes under Section 3.08(a)(3), the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2027 Notes in whole or in part upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such SEK 2027 Notes and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(g) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, without limitation, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering and, in the case of a redemption of the SEK 2027 Notes, the incurrence of Indebtedness the proceeds of which will be used to redeem the SEK 2027 Notes). Any notice of redemption shall be given as set forth under paragraph 8 below.

(h) If the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the SEK 2027 Notes, it will, for so long as the SEK 2027 Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the SEK 2027 Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

(i) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the SEK 2027 Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

(6) REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

(a) The Issuer or Successor Issuer, as defined in Section 5.01(a) of the Indenture, may redeem the SEK 2027 Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor determine in good faith that, as a result of:

 

  (1)

any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaty (or any regulations, protocols or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

  (2)

any change in, or amendment to, or the introduction of, an official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that has been publicly announced (each of the foregoing in clause (1) and this clause (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

A-2-8


the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor are, or on the next Interest Payment Date in respect of the SEK 2027 Notes would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer, Successor Issuer, or another Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable and not result in any material legal or regulatory burden or any significant additional costs but not including assignment of the obligation to make payment with respect to the SEK 2027 Notes). In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that is a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after (and not be announced before) the Issue Date. In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must be publicly announced and become effective on or after the date the jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, unless the Change in Tax Law would have applied to the predecessor of the Successor Issuer. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the SEK 2027 Notes were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the SEK 2027 Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer or Successor Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its right so to redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor has or have been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

(b) The foregoing will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is incorporated or organized or resident for tax purposes and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

(7) SINKING FUND. The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the SEK 2027 Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption shall be provided as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

(9) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, subject to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or part (in integral multiples of SEK 1.00; provided that Notes of SEK 10,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the SEK 2027 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obliged to repurchase the SEK 2027 Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture and this paragraph 9(a) in the event and to the extent that it has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all of the SEK 2027 Notes as described in paragraph 5 above or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived or to the extent that the Issuer has repurchased all of the SEK 2027 Notes in accordance with and as described in paragraph 9(b) below. Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

 

A-2-9


(b) If the Issuer is required to make an Available Cash Offer pursuant to Section 3.08, the Issuer will make an offer to all Holders to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Available Cash Amount in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

(10) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The SEK 2027 Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of SEK 10,000 or integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof. The SEK 2027 Notes may be transferred and exchanged as set forth in Section 2.06 of the Indenture.

(11) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

(12) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived, only in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture.

(13) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the SEK 2027 Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the SEK 2027 Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the SEK 2027 Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the SEK 2027 Notes. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

(14) AUTHENTICATION. This SEK 2027 Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

(15) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of the SEK 2027 Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights.

(16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

A-2-10


(17) ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be printed on the SEK 2027 Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the SEK 2027 Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(18) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS SEK 2027 NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of the SEK 2027 Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

 

A-2-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this SEK 2027 Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this SEK 2027 Note to:

 

     

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this SEK 2027 Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ________________

 

Your Signature:
     _____________________________
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this SEK 2027 Note)

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-2-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this SEK 2027 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 3.08 ☐ Section 4.10

If you want to elect to have only part of the SEK 2027 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of SEK 10,000 or integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof):

SEK _____________

Date: ____________________

 

Your Signature: _________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this SEK 2027 Note)

Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-2-13


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE9

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Amount of

increase in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

following such

decrease (or

increase)

 

Signature of

authorized

officer of

Registrar or

Paying Agent

 

 

9 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-2-14


EXHIBIT A-3

[Form of Face of Euro 2028 Note]

 

 

7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER: (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM; AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

 

A-3-1


BY ACCEPTING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EACH HOLDER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EITHER: (X) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN FOR OR ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY WILL NOT BE AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF) (I) ANY “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) ANY “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) ANY ENTITY THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLANS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN SUBSECTIONS (I) OR (II) (WITHIN THE MEANING OF U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATION 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA), OR (IV) ANY PLAN, SUCH AS A FOREIGN PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(B)(4) OF ERISA), GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA) OR CHURCH PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975(G)(3) OF THE CODE) THAT IS NOT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, BUT THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (A “SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR (Y) (I) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR IN THE CASE OF A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A SIMILAR LAW, EXEMPT FROM THE ANALOGOUS PROVISIONS OF SUCH SIMILAR LAW), PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS AND (II) NONE OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ACTING, OR WILL ACT, AS A FIDUCIARY TO ANY PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR IS UNDERTAKING TO PROVIDE IMPARTIAL INVESTMENT ADVICE OR GIVE ADVICE IN A FIDUCIARY CAPACITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY.]1

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.]2

 

 

1 

To be included unless the Note is an Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note.

2 

Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

 

A-3-2


[THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND THIS LEGEND IS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1275(c) OF THE CODE.]3

 

 

3 

To be included if the Note is issued with original issue discount.

 

A-3-3


[Unrestricted]/[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]/[IAI]

Common Code __________________

ISIN __________________

7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

 

No. ______________    €____________

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

promises to pay to ____________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of € _______________________________________________ [or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note]4 on September 11, 2028.

Interest Payment Dates: [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year.

Record Dates: [One Clearing System Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]45 [One Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]6

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Euro 2028 Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

4 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

5 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

6 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-3-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Euro 2028 Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the Euro 2028 Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

[•], not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent for the Euro 2028 Notes

 

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
[By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory]
Dated: [•], 20[•]

 

A-3-5


    [Back of Euro 2028 Note]    

7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Euro 2028 Note at a rate of 7.750% per annum. The Issuer will pay interest, in cash, quarterly in arrears on [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Euro 2028 Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [•], 2025. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect, to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Euro 2028 Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the [Clearing System Business Day]7 [Business Day]8 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Euro 2028 Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Euro 2028 Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Euro 2028 Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in euro.

(3) PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT. Initially, GLAS Trust Company LLC will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

(4) INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Euro 2028 Notes under an indenture dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, the Issuer, the Company, GLAS Trust Company LLC, as the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent. The terms of the Euro 2028 Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. Terms defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act, as applicable. The Euro 2028 Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Euro 2028 Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Euro 2028 Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer.

 

7 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

8 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-3-6


Additionally, this Euro 2028 Note is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Euro 2028 Note and is, to the extent applicable, governed by such provisions and, if and to the extent that any provision hereof or thereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this Euro 2028 Note, the Trust Indenture Act provision shall control (and notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture, any supplemental indenture or this Euro 2028 Note to the contrary).

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 below, the Euro 2028 Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuer.

(b) At any time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2028 Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Euro 2028 Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(c) At any time and from time to time on or after [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2028 Notes in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal of such Euro 2028 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

(d) In connection with any tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the Euro 2028 Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Euro 2028 Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Euro 2028 Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the Euro 2028 Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice following such purchase date, to redeem all Euro 2028 Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to each other Holder in such tender offer (other than any incentive payment for early tenders), plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the repurchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e) At any time and from time to time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2028 Notes upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 107.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Euro 2028 Notes (including Additional Euro 2028 Notes), provided that:

 

  (1)

in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

A-3-7


  (2)

not less than 50% of the original principal amount of the Euro 2028 Notes being redeemed (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) remain outstanding immediately thereafter.

(f) If the Issuer is required to redeem the Euro 2028 Notes under Section 3.08(a)(3), the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2028 Notes in whole or in part upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Euro 2028 Notes and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(g) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, without limitation, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering and, in the case of a redemption of the Euro 2028 Notes, the incurrence of Indebtedness the proceeds of which will be used to redeem the Euro 2028 Notes). Any notice of redemption shall be given as set forth under paragraph 8 below.

(h) If the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the Euro 2028 Notes, it will, for so long as the Euro 2028 Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Euro 2028 Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

(i) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Euro 2028 Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

(6) REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

(a) The Issuer or Successor Issuer, as defined in Section 5.01(a) of the Indenture, may redeem the Euro 2028 Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor determine in good faith that, as a result of:

 

  (1)

any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaty (or any regulations, protocols or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

  (2)

any change in, or amendment to, or the introduction of, an official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that has been publicly announced (each of the foregoing in clause (1) and this clause (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

A-3-8


the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor are, or on the next Interest Payment Date in respect of the Euro 2028 Notes would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer, Successor Issuer, or another Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable and not result in any material legal or regulatory burden or any significant additional costs but not including assignment of the obligation to make payment with respect to the Euro 2028 Notes). In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that is a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after (and not be announced before) the Issue Date. In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must be publicly announced and become effective on or after the date the jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, unless the Change in Tax Law would have applied to the predecessor of the Successor Issuer. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Euro 2028 Notes were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Euro 2028 Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer or Successor Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its right so to redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor has or have been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

(b) The foregoing will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is incorporated or organized or resident for tax purposes and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

(7) SINKING FUND. The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Euro 2028 Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption shall be provided as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

(9) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, subject to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or part (in integral multiples of €1.00; provided that Notes of €1,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Euro 2028 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obliged to repurchase the Euro 2028 Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture and this paragraph 9(a) in the event and to the extent that it has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all of the Euro 2028 Notes as

 

A-3-9


described in paragraph 5 above or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived or to the extent that the Issuer has repurchased all of the Euro 2028 Notes in accordance with and as described in paragraph 9(b) below. Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Issuer is required to make an Available Cash Offer pursuant to Section 3.08, the Issuer will make an offer to all Holders to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Available Cash Amount in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

(10) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Euro 2028 Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of €10,000 or integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof. The Euro 2028 Notes may be transferred and exchanged as set forth in Section 2.06 of the Indenture.

(11) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

(12) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived, only in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture.

(13) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Euro 2028 Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Euro 2028 Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Euro 2028 Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Euro 2028 Notes. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

(14) AUTHENTICATION. This Euro 2028 Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

(15) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of the Euro 2028 Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights.

(16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

A-3-10


(17) ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be printed on the Euro 2028 Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Euro 2028 Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(18) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS EURO 2028 NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of the Euro 2028 Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

 

A-3-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Euro 2028 Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Euro 2028 Note to:

______________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s legal name)           

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ______________________________________________________________________________________to transfer this Euro 2028 Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ________________

 

Your Signature:

_____________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Euro 2028 Note)

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-3-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Euro 2028 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 3.08 ☐ Section 4.10

If you want to elect to have only part of the Euro 2028 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of €1,000 or integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof):

€ _____________

Date: ____________________

 

Your Signature: _________________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Euro 2028 Note)
Tax Identification No.:______________________

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-3-13


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE9

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Amount of

increase in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

following such

decrease (or increase)

 

Signature of

authorized

officer of

Registrar or

Paying Agent

 

9 Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-3-14


EXHIBIT A-4

[Form of Face of SEK 2028 Note]

 

7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER: (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM; AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

 

A-4-1


BY ACCEPTING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EACH HOLDER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EITHER: (X) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN FOR OR ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY WILL NOT BE AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF) (I) ANY “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) ANY “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) ANY ENTITY THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLANS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN SUBSECTIONS (I) OR (II) (WITHIN THE MEANING OF U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATION 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA), OR (IV) ANY PLAN, SUCH AS A FOREIGN PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(B)(4) OF ERISA), GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA) OR CHURCH PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975(G)(3) OF THE CODE) THAT IS NOT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, BUT THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (A “SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR (Y) (I) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR IN THE CASE OF A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A SIMILAR LAW, EXEMPT FROM THE ANALOGOUS PROVISIONS OF SUCH SIMILAR LAW), PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS AND (II) NONE OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ACTING, OR WILL ACT, AS A FIDUCIARY TO ANY PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR IS UNDERTAKING TO PROVIDE IMPARTIAL INVESTMENT ADVICE OR GIVE ADVICE IN A FIDUCIARY CAPACITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY.]1

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.]2

 

 

 

1 

To be included unless the Note is an Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note.

2 

Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

 

A-4-2


[THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND THIS LEGEND IS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1275(c) OF THE CODE.]3

 

 

3 

To be included if the Note is issued with original issue discount.

 

A-4-3


[Unrestricted]/[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]/[IAI]

Common Code __________________

ISIN __________________

7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

 

No. ______________    SEK ____________

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

promises to pay to ____________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of SEK _______________________________________________ [or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note]4 on September 11, 2028.

Interest Payment Dates: [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year.

Record Dates: [One Clearing System Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]45 [One Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]6

Reference is made to the further provisions of this SEK 2028 Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

4 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

5 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

6 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-4-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this SEK 2028 Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the SEK 2028 Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

[•], not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent for the SEK 2028 Notes

 

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
[By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory]
Dated: [•], 20[•]

 

A-4-5


    [Back of SEK 2028 Note]    

7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this SEK 2028 Note at a rate of 7.750% per annum. The Issuer will pay interest, in cash, quarterly in arrears on [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the SEK 2028 Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [•], 2025. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect, to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the SEK 2028 Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the [Clearing System Business Day]7 [Business Day]8 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such SEK 2028 Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The SEK 2028 Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other SEK 2028 Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in SEK.

(3) PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT. Initially, GLAS Trust Company LLC will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

(4) INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the SEK 2028 Notes under an indenture dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, the Issuer, the Company, GLAS Trust Company LLC, as the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent. The terms of the SEK 2028 Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. Terms defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act, as applicable. The SEK 2028 Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this SEK 2028 Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The SEK 2028 Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer.

 

7 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

8 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-4-6


Additionally, this SEK 2028 Note is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this SEK 2028 Note and is, to the extent applicable, governed by such provisions and, if and to the extent that any provision hereof or thereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this SEK 2028 Note, the Trust Indenture Act provision shall control (and notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture, any supplemental indenture or this SEK 2028 Note to the contrary).

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 below, the SEK 2028 Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuer.

(b) At any time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2028 Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such SEK 2028 Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(c) At any time and from time to time on or after [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2028 Notes in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal of such SEK 2028 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

(d) In connection with any tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the SEK 2028 Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding SEK 2028 Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such SEK 2028 Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the SEK 2028 Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice following such purchase date, to redeem all SEK 2028 Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to each other Holder in such tender offer (other than any incentive payment for early tenders), plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the repurchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e) At any time and from time to time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2028 Notes upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 107.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the SEK 2028 Notes (including Additional SEK 2028 Notes), provided that:

 

  (1)

in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

A-4-7


  (2)

not less than 50% of the original principal amount of the SEK 2028 Notes being redeemed (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) remain outstanding immediately thereafter.

(f) If the Issuer is required to redeem the SEK 2028 Notes under Section 3.08(a)(3), the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2028 Notes in whole or in part upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such SEK 2028 Notes and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(g) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, without limitation, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering and, in the case of a redemption of the SEK 2028 Notes, the incurrence of Indebtedness the proceeds of which will be used to redeem the SEK 2028 Notes). Any notice of redemption shall be given as set forth under paragraph 8 below.

(h) If the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the SEK 2028 Notes, it will, for so long as the SEK 2028 Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the SEK 2028 Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

(i) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the SEK 2028 Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

(6) REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

(a) The Issuer or Successor Issuer, as defined in Section 5.01(a) of the Indenture, may redeem the SEK 2028 Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor determine in good faith that, as a result of:

 

  (1)

any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaty (or any regulations, protocols or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

  (2)

any change in, or amendment to, or the introduction of, an official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that has been publicly announced (each of the foregoing in clause (1) and this clause (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

A-4-8


the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor are, or on the next Interest Payment Date in respect of the SEK 2028 Notes would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer, Successor Issuer, or another Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable and not result in any material legal or regulatory burden or any significant additional costs but not including assignment of the obligation to make payment with respect to the SEK 2028 Notes). In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that is a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after (and not be announced before) the Issue Date. In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must be publicly announced and become effective on or after the date the jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, unless the Change in Tax Law would have applied to the predecessor of the Successor Issuer. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the SEK 2028 Notes were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the SEK 2028 Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer or Successor Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its right so to redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor has or have been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

(b) The foregoing will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is incorporated or organized or resident for tax purposes and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

(7) SINKING FUND. The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the SEK 2028 Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption shall be provided as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

(9) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, subject to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or part (in integral multiples of SEK 1.00; provided that Notes of SEK 10,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the SEK 2028 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obliged to repurchase the SEK 2028 Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture and this paragraph 9(a) in the event and to the extent that it has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all of the SEK 2028 Notes as described in paragraph 5 above or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived or to the extent that the Issuer has repurchased all of the SEK 2028 Notes in accordance with and as described in paragraph 9(b) below. Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

 

A-4-9


(b) If the Issuer is required to make an Available Cash Offer pursuant to Section 3.08, the Issuer will make an offer to all Holders to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Available Cash Amount in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

(10) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The SEK 2028 Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of SEK 10,000 or integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof. The SEK 2028 Notes may be transferred and exchanged as set forth in Section 2.06 of the Indenture.

(11) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

(12) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived, only in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture.

(13) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the SEK 2028 Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the SEK 2028 Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the SEK 2028 Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the SEK 2028 Notes. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

(14) AUTHENTICATION. This SEK 2028 Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

(15) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of the SEK 2028 Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights.

(16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

A-4-10


(17) ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be printed on the SEK 2028 Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the SEK 2028 Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(18) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS SEK 2028 NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of the SEK 2028 Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

 

A-4-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this SEK 2028 Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this SEK 2028 Note to:

___________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s legal name)           

  

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ______________________________________________________________________________________to transfer this SEK 2028 Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ________________

 

Your Signature:

_____________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this SEK 2028 Note)

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-4-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this SEK 2028 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 3.08 ☐ Section 4.10

If you want to elect to have only part of the SEK 2028 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of SEK 10,000 or integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof):

SEK _____________

Date: ____________________

 

Your Signature: _________________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this SEK 2028 Note)
Tax Identification No.:______________________

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-4-13


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE9

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Amount of

increase in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

following such

decrease (or increase)

 

Signature of

authorized

officer of

Registrar or

Paying Agent

 

9 Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-4-14


EXHIBIT A-5

[Form of Face of Euro 2029 Note]

 

8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER: (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM; AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

 

A-5-1


BY ACCEPTING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EACH HOLDER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EITHER: (X) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN FOR OR ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY WILL NOT BE AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF) (I) ANY “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) ANY “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) ANY ENTITY THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLANS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN SUBSECTIONS (I) OR (II) (WITHIN THE MEANING OF U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATION 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA), OR (IV) ANY PLAN, SUCH AS A FOREIGN PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(B)(4) OF ERISA), GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA) OR CHURCH PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975(G)(3) OF THE CODE) THAT IS NOT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, BUT THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (A “SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR (Y) (I) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR IN THE CASE OF A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A SIMILAR LAW, EXEMPT FROM THE ANALOGOUS PROVISIONS OF SUCH SIMILAR LAW), PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS AND (II) NONE OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ACTING, OR WILL ACT, AS A FIDUCIARY TO ANY PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR IS UNDERTAKING TO PROVIDE IMPARTIAL INVESTMENT ADVICE OR GIVE ADVICE IN A FIDUCIARY CAPACITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY.]1

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.]2

 

 

 

1 

To be included unless the Note is an Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note.

2 

Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

 

A-5-2


[THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND THIS LEGEND IS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1275(c) OF THE CODE.]3

 

 

3 

To be included if the Note is issued with original issue discount.

 

A-5-3


[Unrestricted]/[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]/[IAI]

Common Code __________________

ISIN __________________

8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029

 

No. ______________    €___________

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

promises to pay to ____________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of € _______________________________________________ [or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note]4 on September 11, 2029.

Interest Payment Dates: [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year.

Record Dates: [One Clearing System Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]45 [One Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]6

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Euro 2029 Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

4 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

5 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

6 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-5-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Euro 2029 Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the Euro 2029 Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

[•], not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent for the Euro 2029 Notes

 

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
[By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory]
Dated: [•], 20[•]

 

A-5-5


    [Back of Euro 2029 Note]    

8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Euro 2029 Note at a rate of 8.500% per annum. The Issuer will pay interest, in cash, quarterly in arrears on [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Euro 2029 Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [•], 2025. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect, to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Euro 2029 Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the [Clearing System Business Day]7 [Business Day]8 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Euro 2029 Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Euro 2029 Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Euro 2029 Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in euro.

(3) PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT. Initially, GLAS Trust Company LLC will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

(4) INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Euro 2029 Notes under an indenture dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, the Issuer, the Company, GLAS Trust Company LLC, as the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent. The terms of the Euro 2029 Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. Terms defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act, as applicable. The Euro 2029 Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Euro 2029 Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Euro 2029 Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer.

 

7 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

8 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-5-6


Additionally, this Euro 2029 Note is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Euro 2029 Note and is, to the extent applicable, governed by such provisions and, if and to the extent that any provision hereof or thereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this Euro 2029 Note, the Trust Indenture Act provision shall control (and notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture, any supplemental indenture or this Euro 2029 Note to the contrary).

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 below, the Euro 2029 Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuer.

(b) At any time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2029 Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Euro 2029 Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(c) At any time and from time to time on or after [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2029 Notes in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal of such Euro 2029 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

(d) In connection with any tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the Euro 2029 Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Euro 2029 Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Euro 2029 Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the Euro 2029 Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice following such purchase date, to redeem all Euro 2029 Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to each other Holder in such tender offer (other than any incentive payment for early tenders), plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the repurchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e) At any time and from time to time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2029 Notes upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 108.500% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Euro 2029 Notes (including Additional Euro 2029 Notes), provided that:

 

  (1)

in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

A-5-7


  (2)

not less than 50% of the original principal amount of the Euro 2029 Notes being redeemed (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) remain outstanding immediately thereafter.

(f) If the Issuer is required to redeem the Euro 2029 Notes under Section 3.08(a)(3), the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2029 Notes in whole or in part upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Euro 2029 Notes and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(g) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, without limitation, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering and, in the case of a redemption of the Euro 2029 Notes, the incurrence of Indebtedness the proceeds of which will be used to redeem the Euro 2029 Notes). Any notice of redemption shall be given as set forth under paragraph 8 below.

(h) If the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the Euro 2029 Notes, it will, for so long as the Euro 2029 Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Euro 2029 Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

(i) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Euro 2029 Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

(6) REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

(a) The Issuer or Successor Issuer, as defined in Section 5.01(a) of the Indenture, may redeem the Euro 2029 Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor determine in good faith that, as a result of:

 

  (1)

any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaty (or any regulations, protocols or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

  (2)

any change in, or amendment to, or the introduction of, an official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that has been publicly announced (each of the foregoing in clause (1) and this clause (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

A-5-8


the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor are, or on the next Interest Payment Date in respect of the Euro 2029 Notes would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer, Successor Issuer, or another Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable and not result in any material legal or regulatory burden or any significant additional costs but not including assignment of the obligation to make payment with respect to the Euro 2029 Notes). In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that is a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after (and not be announced before) the Issue Date. In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must be publicly announced and become effective on or after the date the jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, unless the Change in Tax Law would have applied to the predecessor of the Successor Issuer. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Euro 2029 Notes were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Euro 2029 Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer or Successor Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its right so to redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor has or have been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

(b) The foregoing will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is incorporated or organized or resident for tax purposes and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

(7) SINKING FUND. The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Euro 2029 Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption shall be provided as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

(9) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, subject to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or part (in integral multiples of €1.00; provided that Notes of €1,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Euro 2029 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obliged to repurchase the Euro 2029 Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture and this paragraph 9(a) in the event and to the extent that it has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all of the Euro 2029 Notes as

 

A-5-9


described in paragraph 5 above or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived or to the extent that the Issuer has repurchased all of the Euro 2029 Notes in accordance with and as described in paragraph 9(b) below. Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Issuer is required to make an Available Cash Offer pursuant to Section 3.08, the Issuer will make an offer to all Holders to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Available Cash Amount in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

(10) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Euro 2029 Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of €1,000 or integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof. The Euro 2029 Notes may be transferred and exchanged as set forth in Section 2.06 of the Indenture.

(11) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

(12) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived, only in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture.

(13) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Euro 2029 Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Euro 2029 Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Euro 2029 Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Euro 2029 Notes. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

(14) AUTHENTICATION. This Euro 2029 Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

(15) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of the Euro 2029 Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights.

(15) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

A-5-10


(16) ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be printed on the Euro 2029 Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Euro 2029 Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(17) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS EURO 2029 NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of the Euro 2029 Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

 

A-5-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Euro 2029 Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Euro 2029 Note to:

______________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s legal name)           

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ______________________________________________________________________________________to transfer this Euro 2029 Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ________________

 

Your Signature:

_____________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Euro 2029 Note)

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-5-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Euro 2029 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 3.08 ☐ Section 4.10

If you want to elect to have only part of the Euro 2029 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of €1,000 or integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof):

€ _____________

Date: ____________________

 

Your Signature: _________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Euro 2029 Note)

Tax Identification No.:______________________

 

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-5-13


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE9

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note

 

Amount of increase in Principal
Amount of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount of this Global
Note following such decrease
(or increase)

 

Signature of authorized officer
of Registrar or Paying Agent

 

9 Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-5-14


EXHIBIT A-6

[Form of Face of SEK 2029 Note]

 

8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER: (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM; AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

 

A-6-1


BY ACCEPTING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EACH HOLDER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EITHER: (X) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN FOR OR ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY WILL NOT BE AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF) (I) ANY “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) ANY “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) ANY ENTITY THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLANS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN SUBSECTIONS (I) OR (II) (WITHIN THE MEANING OF U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATION 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA), OR (IV) ANY PLAN, SUCH AS A FOREIGN PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(B)(4) OF ERISA), GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA) OR CHURCH PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975(G)(3) OF THE CODE) THAT IS NOT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, BUT THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (A “SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR (Y) (I) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR IN THE CASE OF A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A SIMILAR LAW, EXEMPT FROM THE ANALOGOUS PROVISIONS OF SUCH SIMILAR LAW), PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS AND (II) NONE OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ACTING, OR WILL ACT, AS A FIDUCIARY TO ANY PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR IS UNDERTAKING TO PROVIDE IMPARTIAL INVESTMENT ADVICE OR GIVE ADVICE IN A FIDUCIARY CAPACITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY.]1

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.]2

 

 

 

1 

To be included unless the Note is an Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note.

2 

Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

 

A-6-2


[THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND THIS LEGEND IS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1275(c) OF THE CODE.]3

 

 

3 

To be included if the Note is issued with original issue discount.

 

A-6-3


[Unrestricted]/[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]/[IAI]

Common Code __________________

ISIN __________________

8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029

 

No. ______________    SEK ____________

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

promises to pay to ____________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of SEK _______________________________________________ [or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note]4 on September 11, 2029.

Interest Payment Dates: [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year.

Record Dates: [One Clearing System Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]45 [One Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]6

Reference is made to the further provisions of this SEK 2029 Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

4 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

5 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

6 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-6-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this SEK 2029 Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the SEK 2029 Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

[•], not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent for the SEK 2029 Notes

 

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
[By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory]
Dated: [•], 20[•]

 

A-6-5


    [Back of SEK 2029 Note]    

8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this SEK 2029 Note at a rate of 8.500% per annum. The Issuer will pay interest, in cash, quarterly in arrears on [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the SEK 2029 Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [•], 2025. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect, to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the SEK 2029 Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the [Clearing System Business Day]7 [Business Day]8 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such SEK 2029 Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The SEK 2029 Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other SEK 2029 Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in SEK.

(3) PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT. Initially, GLAS Trust Company LLC will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

(4) INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the SEK 2029 Notes under an indenture dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, the Issuer, the Company, GLAS Trust Company LLC, as the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent. The terms of the SEK 2029 Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. Terms defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act, as applicable. The SEK 2029 Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this SEK 2029 Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The SEK 2029 Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer.

 

7 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

8 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-6-6


Additionally, this SEK 2029 Note is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this SEK 2029 Note and is, to the extent applicable, governed by such provisions and, if and to the extent that any provision hereof or thereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this SEK 2029 Note, the Trust Indenture Act provision shall control (and notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture, any supplemental indenture or this SEK 2029 Note to the contrary).

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 below, the SEK 2029 Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuer.

(b) At any time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2029 Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such SEK 2029 Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(c) At any time and from time to time on or after [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2029 Notes in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal of such SEK 2029 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

(d) In connection with any tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the SEK 2029 Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding SEK 2029 Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such SEK 2029 Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the SEK 2029 Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice following such purchase date, to redeem all SEK 2029 Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to each other Holder in such tender offer (other than any incentive payment for early tenders), plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the repurchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e) At any time and from time to time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2029 Notes upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 108.500% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the SEK 2029 Notes (including Additional SEK 2029 Notes), provided that:

 

  (1)

in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

A-6-7


  (2)

not less than 50% of the original principal amount of the SEK 2029 Notes being redeemed (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) remain outstanding immediately thereafter.

(f) If the Issuer is required to redeem the SEK 2029 Notes under Section 3.08(a)(3), the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2029 Notes in whole or in part upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such SEK 2029 Notes and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(g) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, without limitation, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering and, in the case of a redemption of the SEK 2029 Notes, the incurrence of Indebtedness the proceeds of which will be used to redeem the SEK 2029 Notes). Any notice of redemption shall be given as set forth under paragraph 8 below.

(h) If the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the SEK 2029 Notes, it will, for so long as the SEK 2029 Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the SEK 2029 Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

(i) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the SEK 2029 Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

(6) REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

(a) The Issuer or Successor Issuer, as defined in Section 5.01(a) of the Indenture, may redeem the SEK 2029 Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor determine in good faith that, as a result of:

 

  (1)

any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaty (or any regulations, protocols or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

  (2)

any change in, or amendment to, or the introduction of, an official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that has been publicly announced (each of the foregoing in clause (1) and this clause (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

A-6-8


the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor are, or on the next Interest Payment Date in respect of the SEK 2029 Notes would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer, Successor Issuer, or another Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable and not result in any material legal or regulatory burden or any significant additional costs but not including assignment of the obligation to make payment with respect to the SEK 2029 Notes). In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that is a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after (and not be announced before) the Issue Date. In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must be publicly announced and become effective on or after the date the jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, unless the Change in Tax Law would have applied to the predecessor of the Successor Issuer. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the SEK 2029 Notes were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the SEK 2029 Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer or Successor Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its right so to redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor has or have been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

(b) The foregoing will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is incorporated or organized or resident for tax purposes and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

(7) SINKING FUND. The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the SEK 2029 Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption shall be provided as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

(9) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, subject to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or part (in integral multiples of SEK 1.00; provided that Notes of SEK 10,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the SEK 2029 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obliged to repurchase the SEK 2029 Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture and this paragraph 9(a) in the event and to the extent that it has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all of the SEK 2029 Notes as

 

A-6-9


described in paragraph 5 above or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived or to the extent that the Issuer has repurchased all of the SEK 2029 Notes in accordance with and as described in paragraph 9(b) below. Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Issuer is required to make an Available Cash Offer pursuant to Section 3.08, the Issuer will make an offer to all Holders to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Available Cash Amount in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

(10) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The SEK 2029 Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of SEK 10,000 or integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof. The SEK 2029 Notes may be transferred and exchanged as set forth in Section 2.06 of the Indenture.

(11) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

(12) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived, only in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture.

(13) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the SEK 2029 Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the SEK 2029 Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the SEK 2029 Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the SEK 2029 Notes. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

(14) AUTHENTICATION. This SEK 2029 Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

(15) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of the SEK 2029 Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights.

(15) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

A-6-10


(16) ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be printed on the SEK 2029 Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the SEK 2029 Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(17) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS SEK 2029 NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of the SEK 2029 Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

 

A-6-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this SEK 2029 Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this SEK 2029 Note to:

______________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s legal name)           

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ______________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this SEK 2029 Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ________________

 

Your Signature:

_____________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this SEK 2029 Note)

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-6-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this SEK 2029 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 3.08 ☐ Section 4.10

If you want to elect to have only part of the SEK 2029 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of SEK 10,000 or integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof):

SEK _____________

Date: ____________________

 

Your Signature: _________________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this SEK 2029 Note)
Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-6-13


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE9

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Amount of

increase in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

following such

decrease (or increase)

 

Signature of

authorized

officer of

Registrar or

Paying Agent

 

9 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-6-14


EXHIBIT A-7

[Form of Face of Euro 2030 Note]

 

8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2030

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER: (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM; AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

 

A-7-1


BY ACCEPTING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EACH HOLDER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EITHER: (X) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN FOR OR ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY WILL NOT BE AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF) (I) ANY “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) ANY “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) ANY ENTITY THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLANS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN SUBSECTIONS (I) OR (II) (WITHIN THE MEANING OF U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATION 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA), OR (IV) ANY PLAN, SUCH AS A FOREIGN PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(B)(4) OF ERISA), GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA) OR CHURCH PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975(G)(3) OF THE CODE) THAT IS NOT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, BUT THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (A “SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR (Y) (I) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR IN THE CASE OF A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A SIMILAR LAW, EXEMPT FROM THE ANALOGOUS PROVISIONS OF SUCH SIMILAR LAW), PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS AND (II) NONE OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ACTING, OR WILL ACT, AS A FIDUCIARY TO ANY PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR IS UNDERTAKING TO PROVIDE IMPARTIAL INVESTMENT ADVICE OR GIVE ADVICE IN A FIDUCIARY CAPACITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY.]1

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.]2

 

 

 

1 

To be included unless the Note is an Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note.

2 

Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

 

A-7-2


[THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND THIS LEGEND IS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1275(c) OF THE CODE.]3

 

 

3 

To be included if the Note is issued with original issue discount.

 

A-7-3


[Unrestricted]/[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]/[IAI]

Common Code __________________

ISIN __________________

8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2030

 

No. ______________    €____________

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

promises to pay to ____________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of € _______________________________________________ [or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note]4 on September 11, 2030.

Interest Payment Dates: [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year.

Record Dates: [One Clearing System Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]45 [One Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]6

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Euro 2030 Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

4 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

5 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

6 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-7-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Euro 2030 Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the Euro 2030 Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

[•], not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent for the Euro 2030 Notes

 

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
[By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory]
Dated: [•], 20[•]

 

A-7-5


[Back of Euro 2030 Note]

 

8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2030

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Euro 2030 Note at a rate of 8.500% per annum. The Issuer will pay interest, in cash, quarterly in arrears on [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Euro 2030 Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [•], 2025. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect, to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Euro 2030 Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the [Clearing System Business Day]7 [Business Day]8 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Euro 2030 Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Euro 2030 Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Euro 2030 Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in euro.

(3) PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT. Initially, GLAS Trust Company LLC will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

(4) INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Euro 2030 Notes under an indenture dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, the Issuer, the Company, GLAS Trust Company LLC, as the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent. The terms of the Euro 2030 Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. Terms defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act, as applicable. The Euro 2030 Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Euro 2030 Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Euro 2030 Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer.

 

7 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

8 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-7-6


Additionally, this Euro 2030 Note is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Euro 2030 Note and is, to the extent applicable, governed by such provisions and, if and to the extent that any provision hereof or thereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this Euro 2030 Note, the Trust Indenture Act provision shall control (and notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture, any supplemental indenture or this Euro 2030 Note to the contrary).

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 below, the Euro 2030 Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuer.

(b) At any time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2030 Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Euro 2030 Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(c) At any time and from time to time on or after [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2030 Notes in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal of such Euro 2030 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

(d) In connection with any tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the Euro 2030 Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Euro 2030 Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Euro 2030 Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the Euro 2030 Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice following such purchase date, to redeem all Euro 2030 Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to each other Holder in such tender offer (other than any incentive payment for early tenders), plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the repurchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e) At any time and from time to time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2030 Notes upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 108.500% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Euro 2030 Notes (including Additional Euro 2030 Notes), provided that:

 

  (1)

in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

A-7-7


  (2)

not less than 50% of the original principal amount of the Euro 2030 Notes being redeemed (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) remain outstanding immediately thereafter.

(f) If the Issuer is required to redeem the Euro 2030 Notes under Section 3.08(a)(3), the Issuer may redeem the Euro 2030 Notes in whole or in part upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Euro 2030 Notes and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(g) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, without limitation, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering and, in the case of a redemption of the Euro 2030 Notes, the incurrence of Indebtedness the proceeds of which will be used to redeem the Euro 2030 Notes). Any notice of redemption shall be given as set forth under paragraph 8 below.

(h) If the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the Euro 2030 Notes, it will, for so long as the Euro 2030 Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Euro 2030 Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

(i) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Euro 2030 Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

(6) REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

(a) The Issuer or Successor Issuer, as defined in Section 5.01(a) of the Indenture, may redeem the Euro 2030 Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor determine in good faith that, as a result of:

 

  (1)

any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaty (or any regulations, protocols or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

  (2)

any change in, or amendment to, or the introduction of, an official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that has been publicly announced (each of the foregoing in clause (1) and this clause (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

A-7-8


the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor are, or on the next Interest Payment Date in respect of the Euro 2030 Notes would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer, Successor Issuer, or another Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable and not result in any material legal or regulatory burden or any significant additional costs but not including assignment of the obligation to make payment with respect to the Euro 2030 Notes). In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that is a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after (and not be announced before) the Issue Date. In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must be publicly announced and become effective on or after the date the jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, unless the Change in Tax Law would have applied to the predecessor of the Successor Issuer. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Euro 2030 Notes were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Euro 2030 Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer or Successor Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its right so to redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor has or have been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

(b) The foregoing will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is incorporated or organized or resident for tax purposes and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

(7) SINKING FUND. The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Euro 2030 Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption shall be provided as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

(9) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, subject to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or part (in integral multiples of €1.00; provided that Notes of €1,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Euro 2030 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obliged to repurchase the Euro 2030 Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture and this paragraph 9(a) in the event and to the extent that it has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all of the Euro 2030 Notes as

 

A-7-9


described in paragraph 5 above or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived or to the extent that the Issuer has repurchased all of the Euro 2030 Notes in accordance with and as described in paragraph 9(b) below. Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Issuer is required to make an Available Cash Offer pursuant to Section 3.08, the Issuer will make an offer to all Holders to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Available Cash Amount in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

(10) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Euro 2030 Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of €1,000 or integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof. The Euro 2030 Notes may be transferred and exchanged as set forth in Section 2.06 of the Indenture.

(11) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

(12) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived, only in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture.

(13) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Euro 2030 Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Euro 2030 Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Euro 2030 Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Euro 2030 Notes. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

(14) AUTHENTICATION. This Euro 2030 Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

(15) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of the Euro 2030 Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights.

(16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

A-7-10


(17) ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be printed on the Euro 2030 Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Euro 2030 Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(18) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS EURO 2030 NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of the Euro 2030 Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

 

A-7-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Euro 2030 Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Euro 2030 Note to:

______________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s legal name)           

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ______________________________________________________________________________________to transfer this Euro 2030 Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ________________

 

Your Signature:

_____________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Euro 2030 Note)

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-7-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Euro 2030 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 3.08 ☐ Section 4.10

If you want to elect to have only part of the Euro 2030 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of €1,000 or integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof):

€ _________________

Date: ____________________

 

Your Signature: _________________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Euro 2030 Note)
Tax Identification No.: ______________________

Signature Guarantee*:

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-7-13


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE9

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Amount of

increase in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

following such

decrease (or

increase)

 

Signature of

authorized

officer of

Registrar or

Paying Agent

 

 

9 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-7-14


EXHIBIT A-8

[Form of Face of SEK 2030 Note]

 

8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2030

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER: (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM; AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

A-8-1


BY ACCEPTING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EACH HOLDER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EITHER: (X) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN FOR OR ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY WILL NOT BE AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF) (I) ANY “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) ANY “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) ANY ENTITY THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLANS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN SUBSECTIONS (I) OR (II) (WITHIN THE MEANING OF U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATION 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA), OR (IV) ANY PLAN, SUCH AS A FOREIGN PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(B)(4) OF ERISA), GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA) OR CHURCH PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975(G)(3) OF THE CODE) THAT IS NOT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, BUT THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (A “SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR (Y) (I) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR IN THE CASE OF A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A SIMILAR LAW, EXEMPT FROM THE ANALOGOUS PROVISIONS OF SUCH SIMILAR LAW), PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS AND (II) NONE OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ACTING, OR WILL ACT, AS A FIDUCIARY TO ANY PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR IS UNDERTAKING TO PROVIDE IMPARTIAL INVESTMENT ADVICE OR GIVE ADVICE IN A FIDUCIARY CAPACITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY.]1

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.]2

 

1 

To be included unless the Note is an Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note.

2 

Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

 

A-8-2


[THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND THIS LEGEND IS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1275(c) OF THE CODE.]3

 

3 

To be included if the Note is issued with original issue discount.

 

A-8-3


[Unrestricted]/[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]/[IAI]

Common Code __________________

ISIN __________________

8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2030

 

No. ______________    SEK ____________

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

promises to pay to ____________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of SEK _______________________________________ [or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note]4 on September 11, 2030.

Interest Payment Dates: [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year.

Record Dates: [One Clearing System Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]5 [One Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]6

Reference is made to the further provisions of this SEK 2030 Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

4 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

5 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

6 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-8-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this SEK 2030 Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the SEK 2030 Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

[•], not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent for the SEK 2030 Notes

 

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
[By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory]
Dated: [•], 20[•]

 

A-8-5


[Back of SEK 2030 Note]

 

8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2030

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this SEK 2030 Note at a rate of 8.500% per annum. The Issuer will pay interest, in cash, quarterly in arrears on [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the SEK 2030 Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [•], 2025. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect, to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the SEK 2030 Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the [Clearing System Business Day]7 [Business Day]8 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such SEK 2030 Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The SEK 2030 Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other SEK 2030 Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in SEK.

(3) PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT. Initially, GLAS Trust Company LLC will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

(4) INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the SEK 2030 Notes under an indenture dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, the Issuer, the Company, GLAS Trust Company LLC, as the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent. The terms of the SEK 2030 Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. Terms defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act, as applicable. The SEK 2030 Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this SEK 2030 Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The SEK 2030 Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer.

 

7 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

8 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-8-6


Additionally, this SEK 2030 Note is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this SEK 2030 Note and is, to the extent applicable, governed by such provisions and, if and to the extent that any provision hereof or thereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this SEK 2030 Note, the Trust Indenture Act provision shall control (and notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture, any supplemental indenture or this SEK 2030 Note to the contrary).

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 below, the SEK 2030 Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuer.

(b) At any time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2030 Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such SEK 2030 Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(c) At any time and from time to time on or after [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2030 Notes in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal of such SEK 2030 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

(d) In connection with any tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the SEK 2030 Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding SEK 2030 Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such SEK 2030 Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the SEK 2030 Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice following such purchase date, to redeem all SEK 2030 Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to each other Holder in such tender offer (other than any incentive payment for early tenders), plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the repurchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e) At any time and from time to time prior to [•], 2027, the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2030 Notes upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 108.500% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the SEK 2030 Notes (including Additional SEK 2030 Notes), provided that:

 

  (1)

in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

A-8-7


  (2)

not less than 50% of the original principal amount of the SEK 2030 Notes being redeemed (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) remain outstanding immediately thereafter.

(f) If the Issuer is required to redeem the SEK 2030 Notes under Section 3.08(a)(3), the Issuer may redeem the SEK 2030 Notes in whole or in part upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such SEK 2030 Notes and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(g) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, without limitation, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering and, in the case of a redemption of the SEK 2030 Notes, the incurrence of Indebtedness the proceeds of which will be used to redeem the SEK 2030 Notes). Any notice of redemption shall be given as set forth under paragraph 8 below.

(h) If the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the SEK 2030 Notes, it will, for so long as the SEK 2030 Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the SEK 2030 Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

(i) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the SEK 2030 Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

(6) REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

(a) The Issuer or Successor Issuer, as defined in Section 5.01(a) of the Indenture, may redeem the SEK 2030 Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor determine in good faith that, as a result of:

 

  (1)

any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaty (or any regulations, protocols or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

  (2)

any change in, or amendment to, or the introduction of, an official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that has been publicly announced (each of the foregoing in clause (1) and this clause (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

A-8-8


the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor are, or on the next Interest Payment Date in respect of the SEK 2030 Notes would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts(but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer, Successor Issuer, or another Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable and not result in any material legal or regulatory burden or any significant additional costs but not including assignment of the obligation to make payment with respect to the SEK 2030 Notes). In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that is a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after (and not be announced before) the Issue Date. In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must be publicly announced and become effective on or after the date the jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, unless the Change in Tax Law would have applied to the predecessor of the Successor Issuer. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the SEK 2030 Notes were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the SEK 2030 Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer or Successor Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its right so to redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor has or have been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

(b) The foregoing will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is incorporated or organized or resident for tax purposes and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

(7) SINKING FUND. The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the SEK 2030 Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption shall be provided as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

(9) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, subject to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or part (in integral multiples of SEK 1.00; provided that Notes of SEK 10,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the SEK 2030 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obliged to repurchase the SEK 2030 Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture and this paragraph 9(a) in the event and to the extent that it has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all of the SEK 2030 Notes as

 

A-8-9


described in paragraph 5 above or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived or to the extent that the Issuer has repurchased all of the SEK 2030 Notes in accordance with and as described in paragraph 9(b) below. Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Issuer is required to make an Available Cash Offer pursuant to Section 3.08, the Issuer will make an offer to all Holders to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Available Cash Amount in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

(10) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The SEK 2030 Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of SEK 10,000 or integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof. The SEK 2030 Notes may be transferred and exchanged as set forth in Section 2.06 of the Indenture.

(11) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

(12) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived, only in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture.

(13) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the SEK 2030 Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the SEK 2030 Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the SEK 2030 Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the SEK 2030 Notes. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

(14) AUTHENTICATION. This SEK 2030 Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

(15) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of the SEK 2030 Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights.

(16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

A-8-10


(17) ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be printed on the SEK 2030 Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the SEK 2030 Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(18) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS SEK 2030 NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of the SEK 2030 Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

 

A-8-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this SEK 2030 Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this SEK 2030 Note to:

______________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s legal name)           

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ______________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this SEK 2030 Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ________________

 

Your Signature:

_____________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this SEK 2030 Note)

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-8-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this SEK 2030 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 3.08 ☐ Section 4.10

If you want to elect to have only part of the SEK 2030 Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of SEK 10,000 or integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof):

SEK _____________

Date: ____________________

 

Your Signature: _________________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this SEK 2030 Note)
Tax Identification No.: _______________________

Signature Guarantee*: _____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-8-13


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE9

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Amount of

increase in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

following such

decrease (or

increase)

 

Signature of

authorized

officer of

Registrar or

Paying Agent

 

 

9 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-8-14


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR NOTES

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

[Registrar address block]

Re: [7.750% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027][7.750% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027][7.750% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2028][7.750% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2028][8.500% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2029][8.500% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2029][8.500% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2030][8.500% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2030]1 of Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ).

Reference is hereby made to the indenture, dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”) and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

___________________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of [€/SEK]_______________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ______________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor or any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state or territory of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

1 

Insert as applicable.

 

B-1


2. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) for purposes of (1) a transaction executed pursuant to Rule 903, the transaction was executed in, on or through a physical trading floor of an established foreign securities exchange that is located outside the United States, or (2) a transaction executed pursuant to Rule 904, the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and such Transferor or any person acting on its behalf does not know that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in connection with the Transfer in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being effected prior to the expiration of a Restricted Period, the transferee is not a U.S. Person, or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than a distributor), as such term is defined pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act, and will take delivery only as a Book-Entry Interest so transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Registered Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

☐ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

☐ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

B-2


4. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

☐ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144

(i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and in the Indenture.

☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S

(i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and in the Indenture.

☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption

The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and in the Indenture. This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

B-3


 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
Dated:  

 

 

B-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1.    The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE]
   (a)    ☐ a Book-Entry Interest in the:
      (i)    ☐ Rule 144A Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________), or
      (ii)    ☐ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________); or
      (iii)    ☐ IAI Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________); or
   (b)    ☐ a Restricted Definitive Registered Note.
2.    After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
   (a)    ☐ a Book-Entry Interest in the:
      (i)    ☐ Rule 144A Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________),
      (ii)    ☐ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________), or
      (iii)    ☐ IAI Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________),
      (iv)    ☐ Unrestricted Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________); or
   (b)    ☐ a Restricted Definitive Registered Note: or
   (c)    ☐ an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note,
   in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR THE NOTES

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

[Registrar address block]

Re: [7.750% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027][7.750% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027][7.750% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2028][7.750% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2028][8.500% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2029][8.500% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2029][8.500% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2030][8.500% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2030]1 of Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ).

(ISIN _______________; [Common Code _______________])

Reference is hereby made to the indenture, dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”) and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as Trustee.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

_________________________, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of [€/SEK]________________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. ☐ Check if Exchange is from a Restricted Definitive Registered Note or Book-Entry Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Book-Entry Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note.

In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Book-Entry Interests in the relevant Restricted Definitive Registered Note or Restricted Global Note for a Book-Entry Interest in the relevant Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies that (i) the Book-Entry Interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

1 

Insert as applicable.

 

C-1


2. ☐ Check if Exchange is from Book-Entry Interest in Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Registered Note for Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note. 

In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

3. ☐ Check if Exchange is from Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Definitive Registered Note or Restricted Global Note for Restricted Definitive Registered Notes.

In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Definitive Registered Note or Restricted Global Note for Restricted Definitive Registered Notes in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Restricted Definitive Registered Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange will bear the Private Placement Legend and be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4. ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note.

In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Book-Entry Interests transferred in exchange will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Dated:  

 

 

C-2


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR THE NOTES
1.    The Owner owns and proposes to exchange the following:
[CHECK ONE]
   (a)    ☐ a Book-Entry Interest held through Euroclear/Clearstream Account No. __________ in the:
      (i)    ☐ Rule 144A Global Note ([ISIN] _____________), or
      (ii)    ☐ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] _____________), or
      (iii)    ☐ Unrestricted Global Note ([ISIN] _____________), or
   (b)    ☐ a Definitive Registered Note.
2.    After the Exchange the Owner will hold: [CHECK ONE]
   (a)    ☐ a Book-Entry Interest held through Euroclear/Clearstream Account No. __________ in the:
      (i)    ☐ Rule 144A Global Note ([ISIN] _____________), or
      (ii)    ☐ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] _____________), or
      (iii)    ☐ Unrestricted Global Note ([ISIN] _____________), or
   (b)    ☐ a Definitive Registered Note.
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY GUARANTORS

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of _____________________, among ______________, a company organized and existing under the laws of ___________________ (the “Guarantor”), Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ) (or its permitted successor), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden, (the “Issuer”), and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of [•], 2025, providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s 7.750% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the “Euro 2027 Notes”), 7.750% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the “SEK 2027 Notes” and, together with the Euro 2027 Notes, the “2027 Notes”), 7.750% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the “Euro 2028 Notes”), 7.750% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the “SEK 2028 Notes” and, together with the Euro 2028 Notes, the “2028 Notes”), 8.500% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (the “Euro 2029 Notes”), 8.500% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (the “SEK 2029 Notes” and, together with the Euro 2029 Notes, the “2029 Notes”), 8.500% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2030 (the “Euro 2030 Notes”) and 8.500% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2030 (the “SEK 2030 Notes” and, together with the Euro 2030 Notes, the “2030 Notes”). The 2027 Notes, the 2028 Notes, the 2029 Notes and the 2030 Notes (including, in each case, any Additional Notes (as defined herein)) are, collectively, referred to herein as the “Notes”;

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Issuer and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Note Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture including but not limited to the provisions of Article 11 thereof, as applicable. [In addition, pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture, the obligations of the Guarantor and the granting of its Note Guarantee shall be limited as follows: [•]].

 

D-1


3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY.

(a) The Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

(b) If an Officer or a duly authorized signatory pursuant to a board resolution or power of attorney whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee procures the authentication of the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

(c) Upon execution of this Supplemental Indenture, the delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.

4. RELEASES. Each Note Guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged in accordance with Section 11.04 of the Indenture.

5. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Issuer or of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

6. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

7. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE. Section 13.06 of the Indenture is incorporated by reference to this Supplemental Indenture as if more fully set out herein.

8. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

9. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

10. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guarantor and the Issuer.

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated: ___________________,

 

[GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM INVESTMENTS AND FINANCING AB (PUBL)

 

as the Issuer

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC

as Trustee

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

D-3


EXHIBIT E

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

Unless specified herein, all capitalized terms used in this Exhibit E but not defined herein or in Article 1 of the Indenture shall have the meaning given to such terms in the RCF Facility Agreement.

 

1.

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

  (a)

The Guarantees and Collateral, pursuant to the Notes Documents, to be provided will be given in accordance with certain agreed security principles (the “Agreed Security Principles”). This Exhibit E addresses the manner in which the Agreed Security Principles will impact on the guarantees and security proposed to be taken in relation to this transaction.

 

  (b)

The Agreed Security Principles, subject to Clause 9 (Overrides) of these Agreed Security Principles, embody a recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining effective or commercially reasonable guarantees and/or security from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (the “Group”). In particular:

 

  (i)

general statutory or regulatory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, capital maintenance rules, fraudulent preference, “thin capitalization” rules, tax restrictions, retention of title claims and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or security or may require that the guarantees or security be limited by an amount or otherwise. If any such limit applies, the guarantee and security provided will be limited to the maximum amount which the relevant member of the Group may provide having regard to applicable law (including any jurisprudence) and subject to fiduciary duties of management (a guarantee or security interest will not be required if giving such guarantee or taking such security would expose the directors of the relevant company to a material risk of personal or criminal liability, after having taken into account any mitigating factors and actions that are reasonably available to the directors and/or any member of the Group);

 

  (ii)

certain supervisory board, works council or another external body’s or person’s consent may be required to enable a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or security. Such guarantee and/or security shall not be required unless such consent has been received provided that reasonable endeavors have been used by the relevant member of the Group to obtain the relevant consent taking into account the Company’s view (acting reasonably and in good faith) on any potential material adverse impact on its material commercial relationships;

 

  (iii)

a key factor in determining whether or not a guarantee or security shall be taken (other than the Company and the Issuer Security (defined below) and the guarantee granted by the Company) is the applicable cost (including adverse effects on interest deductibility and stamp duty, notarization and registration fees) which shall not be disproportionate to the benefit to the Secured Parties of obtaining such guarantee or security (the “Cost/Benefit Analysis”) and, for these

 

E-1


  purposes, taking a guarantee from or security over the shares in any member of the Group that is not a Material Company and that (A) represents, on a consolidated basis excluding intra-Group items (and, in the case of total assets only, excluding goodwill), (1) 1.5 per cent. or less of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group, (2) 1.5 per cent. or less of the total assets of the Group and (3) 1.5 per cent. or less of total revenues of the Group and (B) holds no material intellectual property (such member of the Group a “De Minimis Entity”) shall be deemed not to satisfy the Cost/Benefit Analysis;

 

  (iv)

other than in respect of the Company and the Issuer Security and the guarantee from the Company, the maximum guaranteed or secured amount may be limited to minimize stamp duty, notarization, registration or other applicable fees, taxes and duties where the benefit of increasing the guarantee or secured amount is disproportionate to the level of such fee, taxes and duties (and in any event the maximum aggregate amount payable by the Group in respect of fees, costs, expenses, disbursements and VAT relating to the provision of guarantees and security shall be limited to an amount to be agreed between the parties);

 

  (v)

it is acknowledged that in certain jurisdictions, it may be either impossible or commercially impractical to create security over certain categories of assets, in which event security will not be taken over such assets (where impossible) and the parties shall seek to agree to any exclusion of any assets where the Company, acting reasonably, believes it is commercially impractical to do so;

 

  (vi)

other than any assets that are, or which are purported to be, subject to the Company and the Issuer Security, any assets that are subject to a bona fide contractual restriction or other third party arrangements which prevent those assets from being charged or assigned (or assets which, if charged or assigned, would give a third party the right to terminate or otherwise amend any rights, benefits and/or obligations of the Group in respect of those assets or require any member of the Group to take any action materially adverse to the interests of the Group or any member thereof) will be excluded from any relevant security document provided that (A) reasonable endeavors to obtain consent to charging or assigning any such assets shall be used by the Group on an ongoing basis if the relevant asset is material to the Group and (B) such restriction or limitation in such third party arrangement was not included as a means (directly or indirectly) to avoid granting security over the relevant asset to the Secured Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any assets which are subject to third party arrangements which, if charged, would, in the reasonable and good faith determination of the Company, have a material adverse impact on its ongoing commercial relationship with any third party (even in circumstances where such third party were to provide its consent) will be excluded from any relevant security document and the Group shall not be required to use reasonable endeavors to obtain consent to the charging or assigning of such assets;

 

E-2


  (vii)

members of the Group will not be required to give guarantees or enter into security documents if it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant members of the Group or if the same would conflict with the fiduciary duties of those directors or contravene any legal prohibition or regulatory condition or would result in (or in a material risk of resulting in) personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer provided that the relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavors to overcome any such obstacle;

 

  (viii)

other than the Company and the Issuer Security and the guarantee granted by the Company, the giving of a guarantee, the granting of security or the perfection of the security granted will not be required if it would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the relevant member of the Group to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course as otherwise permitted by the Senior Finance Documents (as defined in the RCF Facility Agreement), the Notes Documents and the Notes Documents (as defined in the New Money Notes Indenture (the “New Money Notes Documents”)) (and any requirement under the Agreed Security Principles to seek consent of any person or take or not take any other action shall be subject to this paragraph (viii));

 

  (ix)

to the extent possible, all security shall be given in favor of the Security Agent and not the Secured Parties individually (provided that “parallel debt” provisions may be used where necessary and such provisions will be contained in the Intercreditor Agreement and not the individual security documents, unless agreed by the parties as being required to avoid an amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

  (x)

to the extent possible, there should be no action required to be taken in relation to the guarantees or security when any Existing Lender assigns or transfers any of its participation in a Facility to a New Lender (as such term is defined in the relevant Senior Finance Document (as defined in the RCF Facility Agreement)) (and notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no member of the Group shall bear or otherwise be liable for any Taxes, any notarial, registration or perfection fees or any other costs, fees or expenses that result from any assignment or transfer by a Finance Party);

 

  (xi)

information, such as lists of assets, will be provided (a) semi-annually in respect of assets that are subject to “fixed” security (which shall exclude all portfolios assets) if and only to the extent, required by local law to be provided to perfect or register the relevant security and (b) upon request if an “Event of Default” (as such term is defined in the relevant Senior Finance Document, the Notes Documents and the New Money Notes Documents) has occurred and is continuing (or otherwise in accordance with practice agreed between the parties);

 

  (xii)

perfection action may be required in the jurisdiction of one Guarantor in relation to security granted by another Guarantor located in a different jurisdiction and (where otherwise consistent with the Agreed Security Principles) in any supra-national registries agreed between the parties from time to time;

 

E-3


  (xiii)

no security will be required over new or existing investments or shares in joint ventures or the assets of joint ventures and no new or existing joint venture will be required to provide a guarantee, in each case, where the joint venture arrangements prohibit or restrict such security or guarantee from being granted or require the consent of another party to the joint venture arrangements provided that (A) reasonable endeavors to obtain consent from such other party to the joint venture arrangements to taking security over such investments, shares or assets (as applicable) and/or the giving of such guarantee shall be used by the Group to the extent that, in the reasonable and good faith determination of the Company, requesting such consent would not have a material adverse impact on such joint venture arrangement or the Group’s ongoing relationship with the joint venture party and (B) any such restriction was not included as a means (directly or indirectly) to avoid granting such security or guarantee to the Secured Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, and subject to the provisos set out in paragraphs (A) and (B) above, the terms of these Agreed Security Principles shall not restrict the Group from entering into any new joint venture arrangements in circumstances where the joint venture party requires the inclusion of a restriction on the granting of the security or giving of guarantees; and

 

  (xiv)

share security agreements shall be governed by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the entity whose shares are being secured.

Subject to Clause 9 (Overrides), to the extent legally possible and subject to the terms of these Agreed Security Principles, security shall be granted over:

 

  (a)

all or substantially all assets of each of the Issuer and any Guarantor provided that such security will only be granted over the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s portfolio assets by way of floating charge (or equivalent) in jurisdictions where a floating charge or similar security interest (including, without limitation, a business mortgage under Swedish law with a value to be agreed between the parties acting reasonably and in good faith) is readily available and customarily granted. If a relevant jurisdiction does not recognize a floating charge or similar security interest, then no security shall be granted over such portfolio assets and the parties shall in good faith negotiate and agree the scope of security to be provided by the Issuer or any Guarantor subject always to the other terms of these Agreed Security Principles;

 

  (b)

the shares held by any Holding Company of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company in the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company (as applicable). For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no requirement to provide security over the shares of the Company notwithstanding that it constitutes a Material Company;

 

  (c)

the shares in a regulated entity or, where a regulated entity is within a regional sub-group, a share pledge over the parent entity of the regional sub-group which holds the shares in such regulated entity (the member of the Group that is granting such security the “RS Pledgor” and the member of the Group’s shares that are subject to such security the “RS Entity”);

 

  (d)

the shares of any other subsidiary that is incorporated in the same jurisdiction as a Material Company that is subject to a share pledge and which shares are held by a Holding Company that is otherwise granting a security interest;

 

E-4


  (e)

any intra-group receivables owed by a member of the Midco Group to another member of the Midco Group that (i) are in excess of EUR 5m (on a net basis) (ii) have a tenor or implied tenor equal to or longer than 12 months and (iii) have arisen within cash pooling arrangements (the “Cash Pool ICLs”)

 

  (f)

any intra-group receivables owed by an RS Entity to the relevant RS Pledgor (the “RS ICLs”);

 

  (g)

any intra-group receivables owed to the Company by the Issuer (and any RED Direct Subsidiary), by Midco to the Issuer or by the Issuer to Midco under a corresponding loan (“Shareholder Loans”); and

 

  (h)

in addition to any Cash Pool ICLs and RS ICLs, any intra-group receivables owed by a member of the Midco Group to another member of the Midco Group (the “Intra-Group Lender”) (save that no security shall be required (i) over intra-group receivables arising within cash pooling arrangements or (ii) for de minimis intra-group receivables to the extent that the aggregate amount of all such de minimis intra-group receivables owed to all Intra-Group Lenders by all members of the Midco Group is equal to or less than EUR 5m) (the “General ICLs”) (the Cash Pool ICLs, RS ICLs and General ICLs together the “Intercompany Loans”).

For the purposes of these Agreed Security Principles:

 

  (a)

Material Company” means: (i) the Company, Midco and the Issuer; (ii) a Subsidiary of the Company which, on a consolidated basis including its consolidated Subsidiaries but excluding intra-Group items, has (A) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) representing 5.00 per cent. or more of Consolidated EBITDA of the Group, (B) total revenues representing 5.00 per cent. or more of total revenues of the Group or (C) total assets (excluding goodwill) representing 5.00 per cent. or more of total assets of the Group and (iii) a member of the Group that is the direct Holding Company of a Subsidiary of the Company which itself is a Material Company pursuant to paragraph (ii) above;

 

  (b)

any reference to a matter or document being agreed by the parties shall mean the Security Agent and the Company;

 

  (c)

if a member of the Group is not wholly-owned, that shall not, by itself, mean that such member of the Group shall not be required to grant guarantees or security, or that no security over the shares in such member shall be required to be granted, and there shall be no automatic release of any guarantees or security by virtue of any member of the Group ceasing to be wholly-owned provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a member of the Group shall not be required to grant such guarantees or security where the provision of such guarantee or security is otherwise not required by these Agreed Security Principles;

 

E-5


  (d)

the shares of, or intercompany receivables owed by, a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle shall not be required to be pledged; and

 

  (e)

the shares of any Target Group entity that are pledged to secure Acquired Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the Senior Finance Documents, the Notes Documents and the New Money Notes Documents (and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Acquired Indebtedness) (provided that such share pledges are not created in anticipation of the acquisition of such entity and have been in place for at least six months prior to the relevant Acquisition Date) shall not be required to be pledged for so long as such Acquired Indebtedness (or such Refinancing Indebtedness) remains in place.

 

2.

Terms of Transaction Security Documents

Subject to the terms set out in Clause 1.5 (Swedish terms) and Clause 1.6 (Finnish terms) of the Intercreditor Agreement, the following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security created or expressed to be created in favor of the Security Agent and/or the other Secured Parties (or any of them) (the “Transaction Security”) pursuant to any document entered into by the Issuer or any Guarantor or Holding Company of the Issuer or any Guarantor (each a “Security Grantor”) creating or expressed to create any security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under any of the Senior Finance Documents, the Notes Documents and the New Money Notes Documents (the “Transaction Security Documents”):

 

  (a)

security will not be enforceable unless the “Acceleration Date” (as such term is defined in the relevant Senior Finance Document and any equivalent term in the Notes Documents and the New Money Notes Documents (the “Acceleration Date”)) has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (b)

the security documents should only operate to create security rather than to impose new commercial obligations; accordingly they should not repeat nor contain any additional representations, undertakings or other terms (such as in respect of title, insurance, information or the payment of costs) unless these are provisions required for the creation and/or perfection in which case the parties shall ensure that they are (i) limited to the extent necessary to ensure the creation and/or perfection of the security and (ii) to the extent applicable, are consistent with an no more onerous than the terms contained in any Senior Finance Document (or otherwise in accordance with practice agreed between the parties);

 

  (c)

the Secured Parties should only be able to exercise any power of attorney granted to them under the security documents if the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing or after failure by a Security Grantor to comply with a further assurance or perfection obligation;

 

  (d)

any rights of set off will not be exercisable unless the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing;

 

E-6


  (e)

the security documents should not operate so as to prevent transactions which are not otherwise prohibited under the Senior Finance Documents, the terms of the Notes Documents and the New Money Notes Documents or to require additional consents or authorizations other than where required pursuant to the terms set out in Clause 1.5 (Swedish terms) and Clause 1.6 (Finnish terms) of the Intercreditor Agreement or where required for creation and/or perfection of the security; and

 

  (f)

the Security Agent will not be required to accept any security or its perfection if it is of a type or in a jurisdiction which the Security Agent determines does not meet or comply with its established internal regulations or policies or with applicable law or regulation, or which would impose liabilities on the Security Agent, provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Agreed Security Principles or any other Senior Finance Document:

 

  (i)

any obligation of any member of the Group to grant, enter into or perfect any security (or otherwise take any action in relation to any security or asset) shall be subject to the provisions of this paragraph (f); and

 

  (ii)

no event or circumstance (including, without limitation, any failure by any member of the Group to comply with any obligation under any Senior Finance Document, the Notes Documents and the New Money Notes Documents) arising as a direct or indirect consequence of the operation of the provisions of this paragraph (f) shall (or shall be deemed to) directly or indirectly constitute, or result in, a breach of any representation, warranty, undertaking or other term in the Senior Finance Documents, the Notes Documents and the New Money Notes Documents or a Default or an Event of Default.

 

3.

Intercompany Loans

 

  (a)

In respect of any Intercompany Loans which are subject to Swedish law:

 

  (i)

until the Acceleration Date but subject to the terms of the Senior Finance Documents, the Notes Documents and the New Money Notes Documents, each Security Grantor will be permitted to receive payment of interest (however not principal) under Intercompany Loans but may not otherwise deal with (including, among other things, receiving payment of principal or exercising set-off rights), amend, waive, repay or terminate any Intercompany Loan without the consent of the Security Agent; and

 

  (ii)

notice of the security will be served on the relevant debtor within five (5) Business Days of granting an Intercompany Loan that is subject to security or, if such Intercompany Loan has already been granted, on the date of granting the security in respect of such Intercompany Loan (unless such debtor has already been notified of the pledge) and the relevant creditor will procure that such notice is acknowledged by the relevant debtor.

 

  (b)

In respect of any Intercompany Loans which are not subject to Swedish law governed security and if required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the borrower of the Intercompany Loan on the date on which the security is granted, or where the security applies to subsequent Intercompany Loans, within five (5) Business Days of the Intercompany Loan being granted or otherwise promptly upon the written request by the Security Agent following an Acceleration Date having occurred. In addition, if strictly required by local law to perfect security over an Intercompany Loan, such Intercompany Loan shall be subject to the restrictions set out in paragraph (a)(i) above.

 

E-7


4.

Shareholder Loans

 

  (a)

In respect of any Shareholder Loans which are subject to Swedish law:

 

  (i)

neither the Company, the Issuer nor Midco may deal with (including, amongst other things, receiving payment of or making payment of principal and interest), amend, waive, repay or terminate any Shareholder Loan save that the Issuer and Midco shall be permitted to make payments of interest on any Shareholder Loans that are sized and segregated for the purposes of payment of agreed holding company expenses; and

 

  (ii)

the Company shall notify the Issuer (and any RED Direct Subsidiary), the Issuer shall notify Midco and Midco shall notify the Issuer no later than the Issue Date and shall procure that the Issuer (and any RED Direct Subsidiary) and Midco acknowledge such pledge on the date of receipt of the applicable notice of pledge,

 

  (b)

In respect of any Shareholder Loan granted to a debtor not incorporated or domiciled in Sweden, the applicable perfection requirements necessary for perfection of the security interest over such Shareholder Loan shall be taken and completed no later than on the Issue Date (or such later date as may be agreed by the parties) or, if such Shareholder Loan is granted after the Issue Date, within five (5) Business Days after the date on which such Shareholder Loan is granted.

 

5.

Shares

 

  (a)

Unless the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing, the Security Grantors shall be permitted to retain and to exercise voting rights to any shares pledged or charged by them in a manner which does not adversely affect the validity or enforceability of the security or cause an Event of Default to occur, and the entity whose shares are pledged shall be permitted to pay dividends and upstream distributions on pledged shares to the extent permitted under these Agreed Security Principles, the Senior Finance Documents, the Notes Documents and the New Money Notes Documents.

 

  (b)

Other than any share security governed by Swedish law, where customary and applicable as a matter of law and following a request by the Security Agent, as soon as reasonably practicable (taking into account any stamping or other transfer requirements) following the granting of any share security over certificated shares, the applicable share certificate (or other documents evidencing title to the relevant shares) and a stock transfer form executed in blank (or applicable law equivalent) will be provided to the Security Agent.

 

E-8


  (c)

In respect of any share security governed by Swedish law, share certificates shall be delivered to the Security Agent duly endorsed in blank to the Security Agent no later than on the date of entering into the agreement governing the share security. In connection with granting the pledge, the relevant pledgor shall procure that the relevant pledged company note the pledge in its share register.

 

  (d)

In respect of the security over the shares in the Issuer (and any RED Direct Subsidiary) and Midco, the Company shall procure that on the date on which the security is granted, the Security Agent receives a duly executed power of attorney enabling it to vote for on such shares with effect from the Acceleration Date (and the Company shall provide new duly executed powers of attorney prior to the expiration of any outstanding power of attorney delivered to the Security Agent).

 

  (e)

Subject to paragraph (c) above, no registration relating to shares and equity certificates shall be required unless required by applicable law to create and/or perfect the security.

 

6.

Bank Accounts

 

  (a)

Until the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing, any Security Grantor will be free to deal, operate and transact business in relation to any bank accounts over which it grants security (including opening and closing accounts).

 

  (b)

Until the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing there will be no obligation to hold, pay or sweep cash or cash proceeds of receivables into a particular account or for any account to be blocked.

 

  (c)

If required by local law to create and/or perfect security, notice of that security will be served on the account bank in relation to applicable accounts within five (5) Business Days of the creation of that security and the applicable Security Grantor of that security will use its reasonable endeavors to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within twenty (20) Business Days of service. If the Security Grantor of that security has used its reasonable endeavors but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement or acceptance its obligation to obtain acknowledgement will cease on the expiry of that twenty (20) Business Day period.

 

  (d)

Irrespective of whether notice of that security is required for creation or perfection, if the service of notice would prevent any member of the Group from using a bank account in the ordinary course of its business, no notice of security will be served until the occurrence of the Acceleration Date which is continuing. Springing notices of pledge will be required to be sent to account banks where an account is to be blocked upon the occurrence of the Acceleration Date.

 

  (e)

Any security over bank accounts (other than any security over the Escrow Accounts (as defined in the New Money Notes Indenture) or any mandatory prepayment account in relation to the Revolving Credit Facility) will be subject to any security interests in favor of the account bank which are created either by law or in the standard terms and conditions of the account bank, whether created or arising before or after the security in favor of the Secured Parties has been given. No Security Grantor will be required to change its banking arrangements or standard terms and conditions in connection with the granting of bank account security.

 

E-9


  (f)

No control agreements (or perfection by control or similar arrangements) shall be required with respect to any account except to the extent that such agreement is necessary to perfect the security and it provides that control will only be exercised once an Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing.

 

  (g)

No bank account shall be required to be opened in order to perfect any share security required to be granted in accordance with these Agreed Security Principles unless required for the creation or perfection of such security.

 

  (h)

No security over bank accounts shall be required to be registered unless required for the creation and/or perfection of such security.

 

7.

Guarantees/Security

 

  (a)

Subject to the due execution of all relevant security documents, completion of relevant perfection formalities within statutorily prescribed time limits, payment of all registration fees and documentary taxes, any other rights arising by operation of law, obtaining any relevant foreign legal opinions and subject to any qualifications which may be set out in any Finance Document and any relevant legal opinions obtained and subject to the requirements of the Agreed Security Principles, the Security Agent (and, where applicable, each of the other Secured Parties) shall:

 

  (i)

receive the benefit of (A) an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee from the Issuer and any Guarantor (provided that the Company shall not be required to give an upstream or cross-stream guarantee);

 

  (ii)

receive the benefit of security granted over:

 

  (A)

all or substantially all assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor provided that such security will only be granted over the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s portfolio assets by way of floating charge (or equivalent) in jurisdictions where a floating charge or similar security interest (including, without limitation, a business mortgage under Swedish law with a value to be agreed between the parties acting reasonably and in good faith) is readily available and customarily granted. If a relevant jurisdiction does not recognize a floating charge or similar security interest, then no security shall be granted over such portfolio assets and the parties shall in good faith negotiate and agree the scope of security to be provided by the Issuer or any Guarantor subject always to the other terms of these Agreed Security Principles;

 

  (B)

the shares held by any Holding Company of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company in the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company (as applicable). For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no requirement to provide security over the shares of the Company notwithstanding that it constitutes a Material Company;

 

  (C)

the shares of each other subsidiary that is incorporated in the same jurisdiction as a Material Company that is subject to a share pledge and which shares are held by a Holding Company that is otherwise granting a security interest;

 

  (D)

the shares held by an RS Pledgor in an RS Entity;

 

E-10


  (E)

the Shareholder Loans; and

 

  (F)

the Intercompany Loans.

in each case, from time to time to secure all the liabilities of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Senior Finance Documents, the Notes Documents and the New Money Notes Documents, in each case in accordance with these Agreed Security Principles; and

 

  (iii)

(in the case of those security documents creating pledges or charges over shares in the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company) receive the benefit of a first priority valid charge or analogous or equivalent security over all of the shares in issue at any time in that the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company (as applicable) which are owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor or Holding Company of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company (with such security document being governed by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company whose shares are being pledged is formed).

 

  (b)

The parties shall negotiate the form of each Transaction Security Document in good faith in accordance with the terms of these Agreed Security Principles. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any guarantee and security arrangements agreed by the parties from time to time (including the identity and category of assets subject or not subject to security) shall, absent any manifest error, be deemed to satisfy all relevant obligations of the Group to provide guarantees and security.

 

8.

Attached Security

Midco shall grant any and all security it is to grant pursuant to these Agreed Security Principles as security for, in addition to any Secured Obligations and its liabilities owed to the Issuer under the Shareholder Loans as attached security (Sw. vidhängande säkerhet).

 

9.

Overrides

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Agreed Security Principles, the Company and the Issuer Security shall be granted by the Company and the Issuer regardless of any exceptions included in these Agreed Security Principles other than those set out in paragraph (b) below and the parties agree that the commercial agreement to provide, grant and perfect the Company and the Issuer Security shall prevail.

 

  (b)

The Company shall not be required to grant the RED DS Share Pledges or the RED DS Receivables Pledges to the extent that such security would not otherwise be required pursuant to these Agreed Security Principles and the transfer of the relevant RED Direct Subsidiary is expected to complete within twenty (20) Business Days of the Issue Date (or such later date as the relevant parties may reasonably agree), provided that such security shall be required if such transfer has not completed by such date.

 

E-11


  (c)

The “Company and the Issuer Security” means (i) the share pledge to be granted by the Company over the shares in the Issuer, (ii) the share pledge to be granted by the Issuer over the shares in Midco, (iii) the pledge over receivables owed by the Issuer to the Company, (iv) the pledge over receivables owed by Midco to the Issuer, (v) the share pledge to be granted by the Company over the shares in any subsidiary which it directly owns on the Issue Date (the “RED Direct Subsidiaries”) (the “RED DS Share Pledges”) and (vi) the pledge over receivables owed by any RED Direct Subsidiary to the Company (the “RED DS Receivables Pledges”).

 

  (d)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Agreed Security Principles, any security governed by Swedish law (or purported to be perfected pursuant to, and in accordance with, Swedish law) shall be subject to the terms set out in Clause 1.5 (Swedish terms) and any security governed by Finnish law (or purported to be perfected pursuant to, and in accordance with, Finnish law) shall be subject to the terms set out in Clause 1.6 (Finnish terms) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

E-12

Exhibit T3C.2

INTRUM INVESTMENTS AND FINANCING AB (PUBL)

as the Issuer

and

INTRUM AB (PUBL)

as the Company

and

the other Guarantors party hereto from time to time

and

GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC

as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent

and

NORDIC TRUSTEE & AGENCY AB (PUBL)

as Security Agent

INDENTURE

Dated as of [•], 2025

 

 

Euro-denominated 8.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

SEK-denominated 8.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
  ARTICLE 1   
  DEFINITIONS   
Section 1.01   Definitions      1  
Section 1.02   Other Definitions      63  
Section 1.03   Rules of Construction      64  
Section 1.04   Swedish Terms      64  
Section 1.05   Polish Terms      66  
Section 1.06   Spanish Terms      67  
Section 1.07   Czech Terms      68  
Section 1.08   Slovak Terms      69  
Section 1.09   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act      70  
  ARTICLE 2   
  THE NOTES   
Section 2.01   Form and Dating      71  
Section 2.02   Execution and Authentication      72  
Section 2.03   Registrar and Paying Agent      73  
Section 2.04   Paying Agent to Hold Money      73  
Section 2.05   Holder Lists      74  
Section 2.06   Transfer and Exchange      74  
Section 2.07   Replacement Notes      87  
Section 2.08   Outstanding Notes      88  
Section 2.09   Acts by Holders      88  
Section 2.10   Temporary Notes      88  
Section 2.11   Cancellation      89  
Section 2.12   Defaulted Interest      89  
Section 2.13   ISIN or Common Code Number      89  
Section 2.14   Deposit of Moneys      89  
Section 2.15   Agents      90  
Section 2.16   Series of Notes; Issuance of Additional Notes      90  
  ARTICLE 3   
  REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT   
Section 3.01   Notices to Trustee      91  
Section 3.02   Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased      91  
Section 3.03   Notice of Redemption      92  
Section 3.04   Effect of Notice of Redemption      93  
Section 3.05   Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price      93  
Section 3.06   Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part      94  
Section 3.07   Mandatory Redemption      94  
Section 3.08   Application of Available Cash Amount      94  
Section 3.09   Redemption and Repurchases on a Pro Rata Basis      95  
Section 3.10   Special Mandatory Redemption      95  

 

i


  ARTICLE 4   
  COVENANTS   
Section 4.01   Payment of Notes      96  
Section 4.02   Reports      97  
Section 4.03   Compliance Certificate; Notice of Defaults      100  
Section 4.04   Limitation on Restricted Payments      101  
Section 4.05   Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries      104  
Section 4.06   Limitation on Indebtedness      106  
Section 4.07   Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock      112  
Section 4.08   Limitation on Affiliate Transactions      114  
Section 4.09   Limitation on Liens      117  
Section 4.10   Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control      117  
Section 4.11   Payments for Consent      119  
Section 4.12   Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries; Future Guarantors      120  
Section 4.13   Amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement and Additional Intercreditor Agreements      120  
Section 4.14   Withholding Taxes      121  
Section 4.15   Suspension of Covenants upon Achievement of Investment Grade Status.      124  
Section 4.16   Maintenance of Listing      125  
Section 4.17   Designation and Maintenance of Restricted or Unrestricted Subsidiaries      125  
Section 4.18   Designation and Maintenance of Majority Co-Investment Vehicle or Fund Co-Investment Vehicle      127  
Section 4.19   No Impairment of Security Interest      128  
Section 4.20   Guarantor Coverage Test      129  
Section 4.21   Limitation on Holding Company Activities and Licenses and Intra-Group Loans      130  
Section 4.22   Financial Calculations      133  
Section 4.23   Ratings      134  
Section 4.24   Intra-Group Intercreditor Agreement Accessions      134  
  ARTICLE 5   
  MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION   
Section 5.01   The Issuer, the Company and the Guarantors      135  
  ARTICLE 6   
  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   
Section 6.01   Events of Default      139  
Section 6.02   Acceleration      142  
Section 6.03   Other Remedies      142  
Section 6.04   Waiver of Past Defaults      143  
Section 6.05   Control by Majority      143  
Section 6.06   Limitation on Suits      143  
Section 6.07   Rights of Holders to Receive Payment      144  
Section 6.08   Collection Suit by Trustee      144  
Section 6.09   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      144  
Section 6.10   Priorities      145  


Section 6.11   Undertaking for Costs      145  
Section 6.12   Restoration of Rights and Remedies      145  
Section 6.13   Rights and Remedies Cumulative      146  
Section 6.14   Delay or Omission Not Waiver      146  
Section 6.15   Enforcement by Holders      146  
  ARTICLE 7   
  TRUSTEE   
Section 7.01   Duties of Trustee      146  
Section 7.02   Rights of Trustee      147  
Section 7.03   Individual Rights of Trustee      150  
Section 7.04   Trustee’s Disclaimer      150  
Section 7.05   Notice of Defaults      150  
Section 7.06   [Reserved]      150  
Section 7.07   Compensation and Indemnity      151  
Section 7.08   Removal, Resignation and Replacement of Trustee      152  
Section 7.09   Successor Trustee by Merger, etc      153  
Section 7.10   Eligibility; Disqualification      153  
Section 7.11   Resignation of Agents      153  
Section 7.12   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Corporation      154  
Section 7.13   Reports by Trustee to Holders      154  
  ARTICLE 8   
  LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   
Section 8.01   Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance      154  
Section 8.02   Legal Defeasance      154  
Section 8.03   Covenant Defeasance      155  
Section 8.04   Survival of Certain Obligations      156  
Section 8.05   Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance      156  
Section 8.06   Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.      157  
Section 8.07   Repayment to Issuer      157  
Section 8.08   Reinstatement      157  
  ARTICLE 9   
  AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER   
Section 9.01   Without Consent of Holders      158  
Section 9.02   With Consent of Holders      159  
Section 9.03   Revocation and Effect of Consents      160  
Section 9.04   Notation on or Exchange of Notes      161  
Section 9.05   Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc      161  
  ARTICLE 10   
  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   
Section 10.01   Satisfaction and Discharge      161  
Section 10.02   Application of Trust Money      162  


  ARTICLE 11   
  NOTE GUARANTEES   
Section 11.01   Note Guarantees      163  
Section 11.02   Limitation on Liability      164  
Section 11.03   Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees      176  
Section 11.04   Releases      176  
  ARTICLE 12   
  COLLATERAL AND SECURITY   
Section 12.01   Security Documents      178  
Section 12.02   Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee under the Security Documents      179  
Section 12.03   Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee under the Security Documents      180  
Section 12.04   Release of Liens      180  
Section 12.05   Security Agent      181  
Section 12.06   Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement      182  
Section 12.07   Recording; Opinions and Certificates      182  
Section 12.08   Escrow Charges and Escrow Accounts      183  
  ARTICLE 13   
  MISCELLANEOUS   
Section 13.01   Notices      184  
Section 13.02   Communication by Holders with Other Holders      186  
Section 13.03   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent      186  
Section 13.04   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion      186  
Section 13.05   Rules by Trustee and Agents      187  
Section 13.06   Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities      187  
Section 13.07   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders      187  
Section 13.08   Governing Law; Conflict with Trust Indenture Act      188  
Section 13.09   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements      188  
Section 13.10   Successors      188  
Section 13.11   Severability      188  
Section 13.12   Counterpart Originals      189  
Section 13.13   Table of Contents, Headings, etc      189  
Section 13.14   Currency Indemnity and Calculation of Euro-Denominated Restrictions      189  
Section 13.15   Prescription      189  
Section 13.16   Additional Information      190  
Section 13.17   Legal Holidays      190  
Section 13.18   USA PATRIOT Act Section 326 Customer Identification Program      190  
Section 13.19   Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents      190  
  EXHIBITS   
Exhibit A-1   FORM OF EURO NOTE   
Exhibit A-2   FORM OF SEK NOTE   
Exhibit B   FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR NOTES   


Exhibit C   FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR NOTES   
Exhibit D   FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE   
Exhibit E   AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES   

 


INDENTURE dated as of [•], 2025, among Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), incorporated as a public limited liability company under the laws of Sweden, having its registered office at Riddargatan 10, 114 35, Stockholm (the “Issuer”), Intrum AB (publ), incorporated as a public limited liability company under the laws of Sweden, having its registered office at Riddargatan 10, 114 35, Stockholm (the “Company”), the other Guarantors party hereto, GLAS Trust Company LLC, as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent.

This Indenture is subject to, and will be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be a part of and govern indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

The Issuer and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of the Issuer’s 8.000% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the “Euro Notes”) and 8.000% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the “SEK Notes”). The Euro Notes and the SEK Notes (including, in each case, any Additional Notes (as defined herein)) are, collectively, referred to herein as the “Notes.”

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions.

Acceptable Bank” means:

(1) a bank or financial institution duly authorized under applicable laws to carry on the business of banking (including, without limitation, the business of taking deposits) which: (i) in the case of any bank or financial institution not incorporated or established in Greece, has a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than BBB by S&P or Fitch or Baa2 by Moody’s or (ii) in the case of any bank or financial institution incorporated or established in Greece, either (A) has a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than BBB-by S&P or Fitch or Baa3 by Moody’s, (B) is Piraeus Bank S.A. or a subsidiary of Piraeus Bank S.A. which has a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than the corporate credit rating of Piraeus Bank S.A. or (C) is any other bank or financial institution but subject to an aggregate limit of Cash that is held with such bank or financial institution that counts towards the definition of “Cash” of €2.5 million;

(2) any Finance Party (as defined under the RCF Facility Agreement) or any Affiliate of a Finance Party; or

(3) any other bank or financial institution approved by the facility agent under the RCF Facility Agreement (acting reasonably).

Acquired Business” is (a) a Person that will, upon the making of an Investment in such Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, become a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Person that will be merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or will transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary upon the making of an Investment in such Person by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

1


Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of each of the clauses (1), (2) and (3), such Indebtedness has been outstanding for at least six months prior to the Acquisition Date. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets and, with respect to clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination.

Acquisition Date” means, with respect to any acquisition, merger or consolidation, the date the definitive agreement for such acquisition, merger or consolidation was entered into.

Additional Assets” means:

(1) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Additional Capex” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, in the case of Re-Investments, with respect to Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles, Capex for (i) meeting forward flow commitments, (ii) replenishment and (iii) investments in Portfolio Assets (directly or indirectly, including through mergers and acquisitions and any Investment in Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles (and any Re-Investment), in each case, with any Re-Investment being treated as new Capex), in each case to the extent permitted by this Indenture.

Additional Capex Limit” means, with respect to a fiscal year of the Company, the greater of Business Plan Capex and Maximum Capex, plus the amount of proceeds received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in such fiscal year from a Synthetic Sale as set forth in clause (18) of the definition of “Asset Disposition.”

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agents” means each Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Authenticating Agent and Registrar and “Agent” means any one of them.

 

2


Agreed Security Principles” means the Agreed Security Principles as set out as Schedule 10 to the RCF Facility Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, which Schedule 10 is attached hereto as EXHIBIT E, as applied mutatis mutandis with respect to the Notes in good faith by the Issuer.

All-In Yield” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the yield of such Indebtedness, taking into account its interest rate, margin, any interest rate floor, any market participation fees, original issue discount (based on a three-year convention), arrangement fees or similar fees; provided that the only relevant economic terms to determine the “All-In Yield” of Indebtedness are those terms which are cash; provided, further, that “All-In Yield” shall not include any fees to the underwriting banks, legal counsel and other expenses in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness.

Applicable Premium” means:

(i) with respect to any Euro Note, the greater of:

(1) 1% of the principal amount of such Euro Note; and

(2) on any redemption date, the excess (to the extent positive) of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Euro Note at [•], 2026 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in paragraph 5(c) of each Euro Note (excluding accrued but unpaid interest)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Euro Note through [•], 2026 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed upon the redemption date using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate at such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the outstanding principal amount of such Euro Note; and

(ii) with respect to any SEK Note, the greater of:

(1) 1% of the principal amount of such SEK Note; and

(2) on any redemption date, the excess (to the extent positive) of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such SEK Note at [•], 2026 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in paragraph 5(c) of each SEK Note (excluding accrued but unpaid interest)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such SEK Note through [•], 2026 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed upon the redemption date using a discount rate equal to the Swedish Government Bond Rate at such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the outstanding principal amount of such SEK Note,

as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate. For the avoidance of doubt, calculation of any Applicable Premium shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee or the Paying Agent.

 

3


Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Asset Disposition” means any direct or indirect sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction; provided that the sale, lease, transfer, issuance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Section 4.10 and/or the provisions of Article 5 and not by the provisions of Section 4.07, provided, further, that the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the economic benefit of a portfolio of loans or receivables (or any specified portion thereof) pursuant to a derivative instrument or otherwise will, subject to the next succeeding sentence, constitute an Asset Disposition of the underlying portfolio assets (or specified percentage thereof) for all purposes of this Indenture (a “Synthetic Sale”). Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this definition, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

(1) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) [Reserved];

(4) a disposition of obsolete, surplus or worn out equipment or other assets or equipment, facilities or inventory or other assets that are no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions permitted under Section 5.01 or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;

(6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of, or pursuant to, an equity incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or an issuance or sale by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted by Section 4.06;

(7) any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of less than €2 million per fiscal year;

(8) any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, under and in compliance with Section 4.04 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment;

(9) dispositions in connection with the granting of Liens permitted under Section 4.09;

 

4


(10) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(11) the licensing, sub-licensing, lease or assignment of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases, subleases, assignments or other dispositions of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(12) foreclosure, condemnation, taking by eminent domain or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

(13) [Reserved];

(14) [Reserved];

(15) [Reserved];

(16) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(17) any disposition of assets to a Person who is providing services related to such assets, the provision of which have been or are to be outsourced by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in relation to information technology, accounting and other clerical or ancillary functions; provided, however, that the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall certify that in the opinion of the Board of Directors, the outsourcing transaction will be economically beneficial to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (considered as a whole);

(18) any disposition constituting a Synthetic Sale of any Portfolio Assets acquired after July 1, 2024 (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Portfolio Assets owned by the Company, any Intermediate Holdco, and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of July 1, 2024) if:

(A) such disposition is made at fair market value substantially concurrently with the acquisition of such Portfolio Assets in a jurisdiction in which, for regulatory, tax or other reasons outside of the Company’s control, it was necessary or beneficial to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Portfolio Assets to be owned by a Restricted Subsidiary;

(B) neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred any Indebtedness in connection with the acquisition of such Portfolio Assets;

(C) the Person acquiring such Portfolio Assets will not receive a right to more than its pro rata share of collections, net of relevant costs (calculated based on the percentage that such Portfolio Assets represent of the referenced larger set of Portfolio Assets of which such Portfolio Assets comprise a part);

(D) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will receive 100% of the consideration from such disposition in the form of cash and within 30 days from the closing date of such disposition;

 

5


(E) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has the right to provide services to all such Portfolio Assets on and from the completion date of such disposition on customary market terms, and

(F) such Portfolio Assets are not subject to any Liens or any recourse under or in respect of any Indebtedness, in each case Incurred in connection with such Synthetic Sale;

(19) any disposition of Portfolio Assets in connection with the exercise by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any put-back or other resale rights in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice pursuant to a sale and purchase agreement with respect to such Portfolio Assets;

(20) any transfer, termination, unwinding or other disposition of Hedging Agreements not for speculative purposes;

(21) dispositions arising as a result of a Permitted Reorganization;

(22) dispositions pursuant to the exercise by a Third Party of any drag rights or similar arrangements in relation to any non-controlled joint venture or co-investment arrangement;

(23) any issuance of Capital Stock by a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle or any disposition of Capital Stock of a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle to any Third Party on an arm’s length basis within 18 months of the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation of such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle;

(24) any issuance of Capital Stock by a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any disposition of Capital Stock of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle to any Partnership on an arm’s length basis within 18 months of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle;

(25) dispositions relating to the underlying asset in secured Portfolio Assets (including, but not limited to, real estate) in the ordinary course of business in connection with the collection on secured Portfolio Assets; and

(26) dispositions in order to comply with the requirements of section 7f of the German Social Security Code Part IV (Sozialgesetzbuch IV) or section 4 of the German Act for the Improvement of Occupational Pension Schemes (Gesetz zur Verbesserung der betrieblichen Altersversorgung).

Associate” means (1) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (2) any joint venture entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Available Cash Amount” means, with respect to a fiscal year:

(1) Excess Cash as of December 31 of the immediately prior fiscal year; less

(2) amounts projected for Debt Service and Capex for such fiscal year, less

(3) SEK 2,500 million,

 

6


subject to any adjustments pursuant to Section 3.08(e).

Available Cash Amount shall not be reduced by any voluntary repayment of Utilizations that does not result in any cancellation of commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement.

Bankruptcy Law” means (i) the U.K. Insolvency Act 1986 (together with any rules and regulations made pursuant thereto), (ii) Part 26 and Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006, (iii) Title 11 United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, or any similar United States federal or state law, (iv) the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act (Sw. lag om företagsrekonstruktion (2022:964)), (v) the Swedish Bankruptcy Act (Sw. konkurslagen (1987:672)), (vi) the Spanish Insolvency Law; (vii) any similar relevant law in any jurisdiction (including, without limitation, the laws of Belgium, Czechia, Denmark, Finland, Germany, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and England & Wales) relating to the capability of a debtor to pay its debts, the debtor’s over-indebtedness or lack of assets to cover a debtor’s outstanding debt or (viii) any relevant law in any jurisdiction relating to moratorium, bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, examinership, liquidation (including mandatory liquidation pursuant to applicable company laws), preventive restructuring, reorganization or relief of debtors, in each case including any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.

Board of Directors” means (1) with respect to the Company, the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation (which, in the case of any corporation having both a supervisory board and an executive or management board, shall be the executive or management board), or any duly authorized committee thereof; (2) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof and (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function. Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors (excluding employee representatives, if any) on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval).

Book Value” means, with respect to an Asset Disposition, the lesser of (a) the mark-to-market value of Portfolio Assets and shares in joint ventures of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of August 31, 2024, being €2,558 million (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving pro forma effect to the disposition of Portfolio Assets pursuant to the term sheet signed between the Company and an affiliate of Cerberus Capital Management L.P. in July 2024) and (b) the mark-to-market value of Portfolio Assets and shares in joint ventures of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which such Asset Disposition is made.

Bund Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany (Bunds or Bundesanleihen) with a constant maturity (as officially compiled and published in the most recent financial statistics that has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the redemption date (or, if such financial statistics are not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to [•], 2026 (the “reference date”); provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to the reference date is not equal to the constant maturity

 

7


of a direct obligation of the Federal Republic of Germany for which a weekly average yield is given, the Bund Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to the reference date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in Oslo, Norway, Stockholm, Sweden, London, United Kingdom, or New York, New York, United States are authorized or required by law to close; provided, however, that for any payments to be made under this Indenture, such day shall also be a T2 Day.

Business Plan Capex” means SEK 2,000 billion for each fiscal year from 2024 to 2028.

Capex” means any expenditure or obligation in respect of expenditure, which, in accordance with the applicable accounting principles, is treated as capital expenditure; provided that:

(1) Additional Capex, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Investments in Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles (including any Re-Investments, in each case, with any Re-Investment being treated as new Capex), shall be deemed to constitute Capex;

(2) with respect to Investments in Fund Co-Investment Vehicles, Investments made in cash shall constitute Capex in the fiscal year in which such Investments are made and Investments made in assets other than cash shall constitute Capex in the fiscal year in which such assets were acquired;

(3) the amount of the Investment of any assets that are contributed to a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle that has Incurred or will Incur Indebtedness shall be no less than the book value of such assets as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer at the time of such contribution;

(4) Investments made under clause (24) of the definition of “Permitted Investment” (to the extent the Investment in Fund Co-Investment Vehicles of the assets used to make such Investments have been counted as Capex) or Section 4.04(c)(13) shall not constitute Capex; and

(5) Re-Investments in assets that are the subject of a substantially concurrent disposition of assets or Asset Disposition, for the purposes of holding such assets through a different holding structure, shall not constitute Capex.

Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants or options for, or other equivalents of or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of IFRS (as in effect on the Issue Date). The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of IFRS, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

 

8


Cash” means any cash convertible into Euro or sterling in hand or at a bank and (in the latter case) credited to an account in the name of a member of the Group with an Acceptable Bank and to which a member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled and for so long as:

(1) that cash is capable of being repaid within 30 days after the relevant date of calculation or is on deposit for a period no longer than 12 months;

(2) repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any member of the Group or of any other person whatsoever or on the satisfaction of any other condition (other than the expiry of a notice period);

(3) there is no Lien over that cash except for Transaction Security or any Permitted Lien constituted by a netting or set-off arrangement entered into by members of the Group in the ordinary course of their banking arrangements or banker’s lien; and

(4) (except as mentioned in paragraph (1) above) that cash is freely available to be applied in respect of Debt Service within 30 days.

Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian governments, a Permissible Jurisdiction, Switzerland or Norway or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition (excluding any securities issued by a member of the Group);

(2) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of €500 million;

(3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1) and (2) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above;

(4) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or carrying an equivalent rating by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof;

 

9


(5) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, any province of Canada, any Permissible Jurisdiction, Switzerland or Norway or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(6) Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P or “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(7) bills of exchange issued in the United States, Canada, a Permissible Jurisdiction, Switzerland, Norway or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);

(8) interests in any investment company, money market or enhanced high yield fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (7) above; and

(9) for purposes of clause (2) of the definition of “Asset Disposition,” the marketable securities portfolio owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions.

Cash Pool ICLs” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Agreed Security Principles.

Change of Control” means:

(1) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, being or becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than 30% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; provided that for the purposes of this clause, (x) no Change of Control shall be deemed to occur by reason of the Company becoming a Subsidiary of a Successor Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” (as so defined) shall not be included in any Voting Stock of which any such person or group is the “beneficial owner” (as so defined), unless that person or group is not an Affiliate of a Permitted Holder and has greater voting power with respect to that Voting Stock; or

(2) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders;

 

10


(3) the Company ceases to directly own 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Issuer, other than as a result of a Permitted Issuer Reorganization;

(4) the Issuer ceases to directly own 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Midco; or

(5) if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, if the Company ceases to directly own 100% of the issued and outstanding shares in Intermediate Holdco or if Intermediate Holdco ceases to directly own 100% of the issued and outstanding shares in the Issuer.

Clearing System Business Day” means any day on which the depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream is open for business.

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A., as currently in effect or any successor securities clearing agency.

Co-Investment Vehicle” means any Person (including any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) (i) that is acquired or established (or that exists) primarily for the purpose of the direct or indirect ownership, acquisition, sale, financing and related functions of receivables and similar or related assets, (ii) that does not undertake any business activity other than any such business activities related to the activities in clause (i) of this definition and ancillary activities related thereto, (iii) that does not own, directly or indirectly, any assets other than (A) loans, receivables and similar or related assets, (B) cash and Cash Equivalents and (C) other de minimis assets, (iv) with respect to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or cause such Person to achieve certain levels of operating results (other than its proportionate share of any franchise, capital, registration, or similar taxes and other fees and expenses required to maintain such Person’s corporate existence) and (v) in the case of a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle, such Person is not subject to (and shall not agree to become subject to) any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of such Person to pay dividends or make any other distributions to holders of the economic interests in such Person, other than requirements for such Person to maintain a commercially agreed minimum amount of liquidity (including to fund ongoing operating expenses) and any other restriction that, in the good faith determination of the Company or its senior management, does not materially adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to meet its payment obligations under this Indenture, provided that (1) any such Co-Investment Vehicle that is a Restricted Subsidiary may only Incur Indebtedness and Liens that are not prohibited by this Indenture, (2) any and all Indebtedness and other obligations of any Co-Investment Vehicle outstanding at any time qualify as Non-Recourse Obligations or Indebtedness of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted under clause (3) of Section 4.06(b) and (3) no Co-Investment Vehicle may make any dividends or other distributions except, directly or indirectly (taking into account any other arrangement entered into among the co-investors in connection with their investment in the Co-Investment Vehicle, but excluding for the avoidance of doubt any other economic interest, including under any debt servicing arrangements), to its co-investors on a basis proportionate (or, in the case of dividends or distributions to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, on a basis at least proportionate) to the economic interest of each investor (including the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary).

 

11


On or prior to the time of the initial Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Co-Investment Vehicle that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall designate such Co-Investment Vehicle to be either a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle or a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle; provided that such designation shall not be subsequently revoked or reclassified; provided, further, that a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle may not incur any Indebtedness at any time.

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral” means any and all assets from time to time in which a Lien has been or will be granted pursuant to any Security Document to secure the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and/or any Guarantee.

Commodity Hedging Agreements” means, in respect of a Person, any commodity purchase contract, commodity futures or forward contract, commodities option contract or other similar contract (including commodities derivative agreements or arrangements), to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

Common Depositary means Banque Internationale à Luxembourg SA.

Consolidated EBITDA” for any period means, without duplication, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense;

(2) Consolidated Income Taxes;

(3) consolidated depreciation expense;

(4) consolidated amortization or impairment expense (including amortization expense in respect of debt portfolios);

(5) any expenses, charges or other costs related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition of any company, business or undertaking (including one-time amounts paid in connection with the acquisition or retention of one or more individuals comprising part of a management team retained to manage the acquired business; provided that such payments are made in connection with such acquisition and are consistent with the customary practice in the industry at the time of such acquisition), disposition of any company, business or undertaking, recapitalization or the Incurrence of any Indebtedness permitted or not prohibited by this Indenture (in each case whether or not successful), in each case, as determined in good faith by an Officer of the Company; and

(6) other non-cash charges or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charge or write-down to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period) or other items classified as extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring items (in each case only to the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income) but subject to (other than for calculating Excess Cash) the aggregate amount being added back (excluding (A) any restructuring expense or other costs in each case relating to the Restructuring (as described in the “Project Indoor Restructuring Term Sheet” included in the Lock-Up Agreement) and (B) non-cash charges or write-downs as they relate to revaluation of shares or Portfolio Assets or to goodwill adjustments but including (C) without duplication, a positive amount equal to the amount of any negative items classified

 

12


as extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring items that were excluded or not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to paragraph (4) of that definition (except to the extent such items are excluded in clauses (A) or (B)) not exceeding 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of determination for which consolidated financial statements are available (the “10% Cap”) (provided that, in establishing Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of calculating the 10% Cap, amounts added pursuant to this clause (6) in respect of any fiscal quarter ended prior to the Issue Date shall be deemed to be zero), less other non-cash items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period).

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of:

(1) the Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements are available to

(2) the sum of Consolidated Interest Expense for such period,

provided that the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and each element thereof shall be calculated on a pro forma basis for each relevant period and pro forma calculations will be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company, including any pro forma expenses and cost savings and cost reduction synergies to the extent they have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur within the next twelve months following the date of such calculation as a result of, or that would result from any actions by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, (i) in connection with any cost reduction or cost savings program, (ii) in connection with any transaction, investment, acquisition (including, without limitation, acquisition of business entities or property and assets constituting a division or line of business) or disposition or (iii) in connection with any restructuring, corporate reorganization or otherwise (and, in the case of sub-clauses (i) and (iii), steps have been taken to realize such expenses and cost savings and cost reduction synergies), in the good faith judgment of the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer or any person performing a similarly senior accounting role of the Company (regardless of whether these cost savings and cost reduction synergies could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements to the extent prepared); provided, further, without limiting the application of the previous proviso, that for the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for such period, if, as of such date of determination:

(1) since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has disposed of any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “Sale”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is such a Sale, (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period; provided that if any such sale constitutes “discontinued operations” in accordance with IFRS, Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income (if positive) attributable to such operations for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income (if negative) attributable thereto for such

 

13


period and (b) the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and the continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Sale for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and the continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);

(2) since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) has made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise has acquired any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such Investment or acquisition, a “Purchase”), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

(3) since the beginning of such period, any Person (that became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made any Sale or any Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

(4) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is an incurrence of Indebtedness or both, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been incurred on the first day of such period and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; provided, however, that other than for the purposes of the calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under Section 4.06(b)(5), the pro forma calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not give effect to (a) any Indebtedness incurred on the date of determination pursuant to Section 4.06(b) or (b) the discharge on the date of determination of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b);

(5) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of determination will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such period;

(6) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of determination will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such period; and

(7) for purposes of Section 4.06, pro forma effect will be given to the Transactions, as if they had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

 

14


For the purposes of this definition and the definitions of Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Income Taxes, Consolidated Interest Expense and Consolidated Net Income, calculations will be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company (including, to the extent applicable, in respect of cost savings and cost reduction synergies).

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness for a period equal to the remaining term of such Interest Rate Agreement).

Consolidated Income Taxes” means taxes or other payments, including deferred Taxes, based on income, profits or capital (including without limitation withholding taxes) and franchise taxes of any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries whether or not paid, estimated, accrued or required to be remitted to any Governmental Authority, in each case, excluding (but only to the extent not paid or required to be remitted by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or not promptly reimbursed by such Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle) any such taxes or other payments attributable to any Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period (in each case, determined on the basis of IFRS), the consolidated net interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, including any pension liability interest cost, plus or including (without duplication) any interest, costs and charges consisting of:

(1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(2) amortization of debt discount, but excluding amortization of debt issuance costs, fees and expenses and the expensing of any financing fees;

(3) non-cash interest expense;

(4) the net payments (if any) on Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements (excluding amortization of fees and discounts and unrealized gains and losses);

(5) dividends or other distributions in respect of all Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent held by Persons other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company;

(6) the consolidated interest expense that was capitalized during such period;

(7) interest actually paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person; and

(8) interest accrued on any Indebtedness of a Parent that is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or secured by a Lien on the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (less any interest accrued on any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that was funded with the proceeds of such Guaranteed or secured Indebtedness).

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, Consolidated Interest Expense shall not include (i) any interest accrued, capitalized or paid in respect of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or (ii) interest expense or other items listed above attributable to any Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle (but only to the extent not paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or not promptly reimbursed by such Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle).

 

15


Consolidated Leverage” means the sum of the aggregate outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (excluding Hedging Obligations except to the extent provided in Section 4.06(f)(c)).

Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Leverage at such date to (y) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements are available; provided that for the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for such period (or, in the case of clause (4) below, Consolidated Leverage as of such date) if, as of such date of determination:

(1) since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has disposed of any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “Sale”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is such a Sale, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period; provided that if any such sale constitutes “discontinued operations” in accordance with IFRS, Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income (if positive) attributable to such operations for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

(2) since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) has made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise has acquired any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such Investment or acquisition, a “Purchase”), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

(3) since the beginning of such period, any Person (that became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made any Sale or any Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

(4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of determination will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such period;

(5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of determination will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such period; and

 

16


(6) for purposes of Section 4.06, pro forma effect will be given to the Transactions, as if they had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

For the purposes of this definition and the definitions of Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Income Taxes, Consolidated Interest Expense and Consolidated Net Income or any component thereof, calculations shall be made on a pro forma basis and, (a) pro forma calculations will be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (including any pro forma expenses and cost savings and cost reduction synergies to the extent they have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur within the next twelve months following the date of such calculation as a result of, or that would result from any actions by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries including, without limitation, (i) in connection with any cost reduction or cost savings program, (ii) in connection with any transaction, investment, disposition or acquisition (including, without limitation, disposition or acquisition of business entities or property and assets constituting a division or line of business (including any Portfolio Assets)) or (iii) in connection with any restructuring, corporate reorganization or otherwise (and, in the case of sub-clauses (i) and (iii), steps have been taken to realize such expenses and cost savings and cost reduction synergies), in the good faith judgment of the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer or any person performing a similarly senior accounting role of the Company (regardless of whether these cost savings and cost reduction synergies could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements to the extent prepared)) but subject to the aggregate amount of such pro forma expenses and cost savings and cost reduction synergies not exceeding 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of determination for which consolidated financial statements are available and (b) in determining the amount of Indebtedness outstanding on any date of determination, pro forma effect shall be given to any Incurrence, repayment, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition, retirement or discharge of Indebtedness as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of the relevant period.

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of IFRS; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) subject to the limitations contained in clause (3) below, any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment;

(2) [Reserved];

(3) any net gain (or loss) realized upon the sale, abandonment or other disposition of any asset or disposed operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) which is not sold, abandoned or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Issuer);

(4) any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense or other costs related to the Restructuring, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Company;

 

17


(5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(6) any non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions;

(7) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

(8) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of Hedging Obligations;

(9) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

(10) any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) any purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenues in component amounts required or permitted by IFRS and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

(12) any goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charge, amortization or write-off;

(13) Consolidated Income Taxes to the extent in excess of cash payments made in respect of such Consolidated Income Taxes;

(14) the impact of capitalized, accrued or accreting or pay-in-kind interest or principal on Subordinated Shareholder Funding; and

(15) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses with respect to business interruption.

Consolidated Net IRR” means unlevered consolidated internal rate of return, net of servicing costs.

 

18


Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio” means the Consolidated Leverage Ratio provided that, for the purposes of calculating the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Leverage shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents held by any member of the Group at the relevant time of calculation.

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

(2) to advance or supply funds:

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

(b) to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

Core Market” means any market other than a Non-Core Market.

Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or other arrangements (including the RCF Facility Agreement or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original RCF Facility Agreement or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and, in each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

 

19


Currency Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency futures contract, currency option contract, currency derivative or other similar agreement to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

Custodian” means any receiver, examiner, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

Czech Act on Preventive Restructuring” means the Czech Act No. 284/2023 Coll., on Preventive Restructuring.

Czech Insolvency Act” means Czech Act no. 182/2006 Coll., on Insolvency and Methods of its Resolution (the Insolvency Act), as amended.

Czech Business Corporations Act” means Czech Act no. 90/2012 Coll., on Business Companies and Cooperatives (the Business Corporations Act), as amended.

Debt Service” means, with respect to a fiscal year, all scheduled interest payments, scheduled principal payments (excluding repayments of the Revolving Credit Facility in connection with rollover loans under the RCF Facility Agreement) and mandatory repayments or similar (including any mandatory repayment of the Revolving Credit Facility in accordance with the RCF Facility Agreement) for that fiscal year with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, the Notes, the Exchange Notes, the Piraeus Term Loan and all other debt permitted to be incurred under this Indenture.

Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Registered Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A-1 (with respect to the Euro Notes) or EXHIBIT A-2 (with respect to the SEK Notes) hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary) of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash, Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investments received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 4.07.

Designated Preference Shares” means, with respect to the Company, Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) (1) that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or such Subsidiary) and (2) that is designated as “Designated Preference Shares” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company at or prior to the issuance thereof.

 

20


Discounted BuyBack” means, with respect to the Exchange Notes, a repurchase of such Exchange Notes at a discount to the outstanding principal amount that is either: (1) made by way of a fixed-price (per series) tender offer, in which case the principal amount of any series of Exchange Notes to be repurchased in such tender offer shall be proportionate to the aggregate principal amount of that series of Exchange Notes relative to the aggregate principal amount of all series of Exchange Notes, provided that, if such tender offer is not fully subscribed in any series of Exchange Notes (any amount not subscribed for being the “Series Shortfall”), the Issuer may undertake a further tender offer only in respect of such series of Exchange Notes to repurchase a principal amount of such series of Exchange Notes equal to the Series Shortfall; or (2) made by way of a reverse Dutch auction tender offer, in which case the holders of each series of Exchange Notes are offered the opportunity to tender in such reverse Dutch auction tender offer.

Discounted BuyBack Certificate” means an officer’s certificate substantially in the form set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary); or

(3) is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

in each case, on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 4.04.

Equity Offering” means (1) a sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions and other than a sale to an Affiliate of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities

 

21


(other than to an Affiliate of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preference Shares or through an Excluded Contribution) of, or as Subordinated Shareholder Funding to, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

ERC” means the aggregate amount of estimated remaining gross collections (or a pro rata portion thereof in the case of Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles and Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles) projected to be received during the period of 84 months commencing from the last date of the most recently ended fiscal quarter by Midco and its Restricted Subsidiaries, Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles and Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles from all Portfolio Assets directly owned by Midco and its Restricted Subsidiaries, Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles and Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles.

Escrow Agreement” means the escrow agreement dated as of [•], 2025, by and among the Issuer, the Escrow Agent and the Trustee.

Escrow Account” means each of the Escrow Account (EUR) and the Escrow Account (SEK).

Escrow Account (EUR)” means the euro-denominated escrow account in the name of the Issuer into which the net proceeds of the Euro Notes issued on the Issue Date will be deposited, which will be controlled by the Escrow Agent and charged in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the holders of the Notes pursuant to the Escrow Charge.

Escrow Account (SEK)” means the SEK-denominated escrow account in the name of the Issuer into which the net proceeds of the SEK Notes issued on the Issue Date will be deposited, which will be controlled by the Escrow Agent and charged in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the holders of the Notes pursuant to the Escrow Charge.

Escrow Agent” means Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Sverige, together with its successors.

Escrow Charge” means the escrow account charge dated [on or about the Issue Date], by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, pursuant to which the Issuer will grant a first-priority security interest in its beneficial rights, title and interest in the Escrow Account and the Issuer’s rights under the Escrow Agreement to the Trustee for its own benefit and the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

Escrow Longstop Date” means the date falling twelve months after the Issue Date.

Escrow Notes Proceeds” means, collectively, the initial funds deposited in each Escrow Account, and all other funds, securities, interest, dividends, distributions and other property and payments credited to each Escrow Account in connection with the Notes (less any property and/or funds paid in accordance with the Escrow Agreement such as ordinary course charges and fees paid to the bank holding the relevant Escrow Account).

Escrowed Proceeds” means the proceeds from the offering of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into an escrow account with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or Incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow account upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events. The term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow.

 

22


Escrow Release” means the release of the Escrow Charge by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the Escrow Agreement, including in connection with a Discounted BuyBack and a Special Mandatory Redemption.

euro” or “” means the currency introduced at the start of the third stage of the European economic and monetary union pursuant to the Treaty establishing the European Community, as amended by the Treaty on European Union.

Euro Notes” means the Initial Euro Notes and any Additional Euro Notes.

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank SA/NV, or any successor securities clearing agency.

European Government Obligations” means any security that is (1) a direct obligation of Belgium, The Netherlands, France, Germany or any Permissible Jurisdiction, for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such country is pledged or (2) an obligation of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of any such country the payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such country, which, in either case under the preceding clause (1) or (2), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

European Union” means all members of the European Union as of January 1, 2004.

Excess Cash” means, as of December 31 of a fiscal year, the opening cash balance of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of January 1 of such fiscal year:

(1) plus, without any double counting:

(a) Consolidated EBITDA;

(b) any non-cash adjustments appearing in the “consolidated statement of cash flows” of the Company relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c) any cash received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as “payments from associates and joint ventures” appearing in the “consolidated statement of cash flows” of the Company;

(d) any changes to working capital appearing in the “consolidated statement of cash flows” of the Company relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) proceeds from Asset Dispositions and from dispositions of assets under clause (2) of the definition of “Asset Disposition” but excluding proceeds from sales of equity or other interests to Third Parties in connection with Synthetic Sales as set forth in clause (18) of the definition of “Asset Disposition”;

(f) in respect of EBITDA of a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle, the product of (x) such EBITDA and (y) the percentage shareholding (or equivalent including in respect of any Disqualified Stock, Preferred Stock or Non-Recourse Obligations at the applicable redemption values) of all shareholders (or holders of similar interests) of such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle that are the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

23


(g) proceeds from Asset Dispositions (for purposes of this clause (g), as if such defined term applied to dispositions by Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles) by a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle in an amount equal to the product of (x) the proceeds of such Asset Disposition and (y) the percentage shareholding (or equivalent including in respect of any Disqualified Stock, Preferred Stock or Non-Recourse Obligations at the applicable redemption values) of all shareholders (or holders of similar interests) of such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle that are the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (but excluding proceeds from sales of equity or other interests to third parties in connection with Synthetic Sales as set forth in clause (18) of the definition of “Asset Disposition,” substituting the references to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with references to such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle);

(2) less:

(a) any income taxes paid appearing in the “consolidated statement of cash flows” of the Company relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) Capex;

(c) Debt Service;

(d) cash dividends on, and capital reductions or repurchases of, the shares of the Company paid in compliance with this Indenture to any person that is not the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) any amounts under clause (4) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”; and

(f) any amounts applied pursuant to Available Cash Offers and Repayments, other than any Discounted BuyBack using the proceeds of Notes,

in each case during such fiscal year.

Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Exchange Notes” means (i) the €[•] million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes due 2027, (ii) the €[•] million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes due 2028, (iii) the €[•] million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes due 2029, (iv) the €[•] million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes due 2030, (v) the SEK [•] million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes due 2027, (vi) the SEK [•] million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes due 2028, (vii) the SEK [•] million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes due 2029 and (viii) the SEK [•] million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes due 2030 of the Issuer issued on the Issue Date.

Exchange Notes Indenture” means the indenture governing the Exchange Notes dated as of the Issue Date.

 

24


Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by the Company after the Issue Date as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preference Shares) of the Company or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of its employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preference Shares) of the Company, in each case, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company.

fair market value” wherever such term is used in this Indenture (except in relation to an enforcement action pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement and except as otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture), may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors, as applicable, in good faith.

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc., or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Fund Co-Investment Vehicle” means a Co-Investment Vehicle that has been designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer as a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle pursuant to Section 4.18(b) of this Indenture.

General Partner” means a Subsidiary of the Company which is a controlling general partner of a partnership.

Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes” means, collectively, the Unrestricted Global Notes, the IAI Global Notes, the Rule 144A Global Notes, the Regulation S Global Notes and the Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

Governmental Authority” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.

Group” means the Company and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time.

Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

25


(2) entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part),

provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor” means the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture by executing a supplemental indenture in the form attached to this Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Hedging Agreement (each, a “Hedging Agreement”).

Hive Down” means the intra-group reorganization whereby substantially all of the Company’s assets (including its shares and other interests in its direct subsidiaries and intellectual property), functions, contracts and employees will be transferred to Midco, substantially in accordance with the Reorg Steps Plan (as defined in the Lock-up Agreement).

Holder” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the relevant Registrar’s books, which shall initially be the respective nominee of the Common Depositary for Clearstream and Euroclear.

Holding Company” means, in relation to a company, corporation or partnership, any other company, corporation or partnership in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IAI Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of a nominee of the Common Depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.

IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the European Union or any variation thereof with which the Company is, or may be, required to comply.

Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(1) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 

26


(2) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence), in each case only to the extent that the underlying obligation in respect of which the instrument was issued would be treated as Indebtedness;

(4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables), where the deferred payment is arranged primarily as a means of raising finance, which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(6) the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

(7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person (other than any Lien Incurred pursuant to clause (32)(i) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

(8) Guarantees by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

(9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time).

The term “Indebtedness” shall not include (a) Subordinated Shareholder Funding, (b) any asset retirement obligations, (c) any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business, or (d) any obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Indebtedness” excludes any accrued expenses and trade payables.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total amounts of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Indenture, and (other than with respect to letters of credit or Guarantees or

 

27


Indebtedness specified in clause (7), (8) or (9) above) shall equal the amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared on the basis of IFRS. Indebtedness represented by loans, notes or other debt instruments shall not be included to the extent funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has guaranteed or for which any of them is otherwise liable and which is otherwise included.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

(1) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 30 days thereafter;

(3) Non-Recourse Obligations Incurred by any Co-Investment Vehicle that primarily have the attributes of an indirect equity interest in the assets of such Co-Investment Vehicle and are not debt for borrowed money (as determined in the good faith judgment of the Company);

(4) payment obligations under any derivative agreement or contract related to a Synthetic Sale that represent income from, proceeds of sales of or other returns on or in respect of, the assets subject to such Synthetic Sale; or

(5) for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes.

Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party appraiser of international standing; provided, however, that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Issuer.

Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Indirect Restricted Payment” means an Investment, directly or indirectly (including Co-Investment Vehicles) in (1) any Parent of the Company, (2) any Permitted Holder, (3) any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or (4) any Unrestricted Subsidiary (to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary or the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary is, directly or indirectly, used in a manner that would have otherwise been a Restricted Payment pursuant to clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) of the definition thereof had such Unrestricted Subsidiary been subject to Section 4.04 hereof).

Initial Euro Notes” means the €[•] million aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

 

28


Initial Investors” means Nordic Capital Fund VIII Limited and any funds, partnerships or special purpose vehicles managed, advised or controlled, directly or indirectly, by Nordic Capital Fund VIII Limited or an Affiliate thereof, and, solely in their capacity as such, any limited partner of any such partnership or fund.

Initial SEK Notes” means the SEK [•] million aggregate principal amount of the SEK Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Institutional Accredited Investors” means an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D.

Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement as amended and restated on or about the Issue Date between, amongst others, the Issuer, the Company, the Guarantors, the lenders under the RCF Facility Agreement, the senior agent under the RCF Facility Agreement, the Trustee and the Security Agent, as may be amended from time to time.

Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

Intra-Group Liabilities” has the meaning ascribed to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Intra-Group Receivables” means any amounts owed by any member of the Group to Midco under or in connection with any intra-group arrangements, including Intra-Group Liabilities, loans, extensions of credit, dividends and any other intra-group transaction permitted under this Indenture.

Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of IFRS; provided, however, that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business will not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time.

 

29


For purposes of Section 4.04:

(1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced (at the Company’s option) by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount or value received in respect of such Investment.

Investment Company Act” means the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by a Permissible Jurisdiction or Switzerland, Norway or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(3) debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from S&P or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; and

(4) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalents pending investment or distribution.

Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive any two of the following:

(1) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P;

(2) a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; and

(3) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from Fitch;

or, in each case, the equivalent of such rating by such respective rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

 

30


Issue Date” means [•], 2025.

Joint Venture” means any joint venture or similar arrangement (including minority interest investments) entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with any other person which is not a member of the Group where: (a) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly hold shares or an equivalent equity ownership interest or an economic interest in the relevant entity; (b) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries own (directly or indirectly) 50%, or less, of the shares or other equivalent equity ownership interests or economic interests in that relevant entity; and (c) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are entitled to receive a share of the ERC generated by the Portfolio Assets of such entity.

JV Entity” means any Joint Venture or Co-Investment Vehicle which is not a Restricted Subsidiary (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle and (ii) a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries).

Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle” means a Co-Investment Vehicle that is not a Restricted Subsidiary and that at the time of the initial Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Co-Investment Vehicle has Indebtedness outstanding or is intended to Incur any Indebtedness in the future in the good faith determination of senior management of the Company.

License” means a debt or credit servicing license (other than a New License) that would require regulatory approval prior to any enforcement or change of control.

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

Loan to Cost” means, in connection with a Portfolio Acquisition and with respect to the Person holding the relevant Portfolio Assets that are the subject of such Portfolio Acquisition, the ratio of (i) the Indebtedness of such Person that was Incurred to acquire such Portfolio Assets to (ii) the cash consideration paid or payable for such Portfolio Assets by such Person.

Loan to Purchase Price” means, in connection with the Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, the ratio of (i) such Indebtedness and all other Indebtedness of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (ii) the consideration paid or payable for Portfolio Assets held by such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that, in the case of Portfolio Assets that are contributed by the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries to such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, the consideration paid or payable for such Portfolio Assets will be the consideration paid or payable by the contributing entity.

Lock-Up Agreement” means the lock-up agreement originally dated July 10, 2024 and amended and restated by an amendment and restatement agreement dated August 15, 2024, among the Company, Kroll Issuer Services Limited, as the information agent, each consenting noteholder named therein and each original participating lender named therein.

Majority Co-Investment Vehicle” means a Co-Investment Vehicle that has been designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer as a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle pursuant to Section 4.18(a) of this Indenture.

 

31


Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, officers, employees or consultants of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business; or

(2) in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office.

Material Company” means:

(1) the Company, Issuer and Midco;

(2) a Subsidiary of the Company which, on a consolidated basis including its consolidated Subsidiaries but excluding intra-group items, has (a) EBITDA representing 5% or more of Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) total revenues representing 5% or more of total revenues of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) total assets (excluding goodwill) representing 5% or more of total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(3) the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary that is the direct Holding Company of a Subsidiary of the Company which itself is a Material Company pursuant to paragraph (2) above.

Maximum Capex” means, with respect to a fiscal year of the Company, €330 million plus, for each of the fiscal years (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2024) prior to the fiscal year for which any calculation is made, the amount by which the Capex in such prior fiscal year is less than €330 million.

Midco” means Intrum Group Operations AB, reg. no. 559489-1532.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Multiple on Invested Capital” means the ratio of all cashflows expected to be generated from an Investment to the amount of such Investment.

Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.

Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes paid or required to be paid or accrued as a liability under IFRS (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

 

32


(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by its terms or by applicable law are required to be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of IFRS, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.

Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Incurrence of any Indebtedness, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

New License” means a new debt or credit servicing license for the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that would require regulatory approval prior to any enforcement or change of control. For the avoidance of doubt, “New License” shall not include (i) the renewal of any License in existence as of the Issue Date or (ii) a license that is required to be obtained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in relation to operations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in existence as of the Issue Date (which operations are substantially the same as at the date on which it is required to obtain such license) and which were not subject to a licensing requirement as at the Issue Date.

Non-Core Market” means each of the Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia.

Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle” means a Co-Investment Vehicle that is not a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle.

Non-Recourse Obligations” means:

(1) with respect to any Co-Investment Vehicle (whether or not it is a Subsidiary) or its Subsidiaries, obligations under any Indebtedness, Capital Stock, derivative instrument, profit participation note or loan, risk participation agreement or any similar arrangement of such Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries as to which neither the Company nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries, if applicable):

(a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), other than equity commitment, equity support undertaking or similar arrangement (provided that neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Co-

 

33


Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries) has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or cause such Person to achieve certain levels of operating results (other than its proportionate share of any franchise, capital, registration, or similar taxes and other fees and expenses required to maintain such Person’s corporate existence)); or

(b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or which subjects any property or assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries, if applicable) to any Lien,

in each case, other than any Lien in respect of such obligations whereby the liability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries, if applicable) thereunder is limited in recourse to its interest in, or obligation of, such Co-Investment Vehicle (including, without limitation on the Capital Stock, Indebtedness, securities, derivative instruments, profit participation notes or loans, risk participation agreement and any similar arrangements of such Co-Investment Vehicle) or its commitment in relation thereto and the assets of such Co-Investment Vehicle; and

(2) with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries), obligations under any Indebtedness, Capital Stock, derivative instrument, profit participation note or loan, risk participation agreement or any similar arrangement of such Restricted Subsidiary as to which neither the Company nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries):

(a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), other than equity commitment, equity support undertaking or similar arrangement (provided that neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or cause such Person to achieve certain levels of operating results (other than its proportionate share of any franchise, capital, registration, or similar taxes and other fees and expenses required to maintain such Person’s corporate existence)); or

(b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or which subjects any property or assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Restricted Subsidiary) to any Lien,

in each case, other than any guarantee and/or Lien in respect of such obligations whereby the liability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries) thereunder is limited in recourse to its interest in, or obligation of, such Restricted Subsidiary or its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation on the Capital Stock, Indebtedness, securities, derivative instruments, profit participation notes or loans, risk participation agreement and any similar arrangements of such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or its commitment in relation thereto and the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Note Documents” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Documents and the Escrow Agreement.

 

34


Note Guarantee” means a senior Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Managing Director, or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person.

Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person; each such Officer’s Certificate shall comply with Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent required by the provisions thereof.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the Security Agent, as applicable. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or its Subsidiaries; each such Opinion of Counsel shall comply with Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent required by the provisions thereof.

Parent” means any Person of which the Company at any time becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date.

Parent Holding Company Expenses” means:

(1) expenses in connection with administrative, strategy, legal, accounting, tax, treasury, research and development, employee-related, management and other services provided to Midco or its Subsidiaries pursuant to contracts or similar arrangements between the Company and any third party and subject to a Recharge Agreement; provided that such expenses shall only relate to any such contracts or arrangements between the Company and any third party that are not transferred to Midco or its Subsidiaries in connection with the Hive Down as of the Issue Date and in respect of which compliance has been waived in accordance with the Restructuring Implementation Deed; provided, further, that such expenses shall only be permitted until such time as the relevant aspect of the Hive Down has been completed;

(2) expenses relating to the listing of the Capital Stock of the Company on Nasdaq Stockholm;

(3) expenses in connection with the holding of the Capital Stock in the Issuer and, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco and Midco;

(4) expenses relating to the external financial audit of the Company and the Issuer;

(5) expenses relating to obtaining and maintaining the credit rating of the Company or the Issuer;

(6) expenses relating to opening and maintaining of bank accounts of the Company and the Issuer;

(7) expenses relating to payments to the directors of the Company or the Issuer, in each case as approved at the respective general meeting;

 

35


(8) expenses to the Issuer and the Company relating to the provision of services by Midco to the Issuer or the Company, as applicable, pursuant to the intra-group services agreement;

(9) expenses relating to the handling of claims and legal disputes against the Company;

(10) any other expenses approved by the Majority Lenders (as defined in the RCF Facility Agreement) in accordance with the terms of the RCF Facility Agreement; and

(11) [Any need for additional exceptions TBC closer to RED based on the status of hive-down],

provided that the aggregate annual amount of expenses paid in reliance on clauses (2) to (7) [and (11)] above shall not exceed in the aggregate €20.0 million (or its equivalent in any other currency).

Participant” means, with respect to Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively.

Partnership” means any partnership, of which a General Partner is the general partner and Third Parties are limited partners, that holds economic interests in Fund Co-Investment Vehicles.

Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note on behalf of the Issuer (for the avoidance of doubt, not including the Security Agent).

Permissible Jurisdiction” means any member state of the European Union (other than Greece, Ireland, Portugal, Italy and Spain so long as European Government Obligations issued, or unconditionally guaranteed, by the governments of such jurisdictions do not have a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P and “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization)), Norway and the United Kingdom.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investments between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalents sold or exchanged shall be deemed to constitute Net Available Cash and must be applied in accordance with Section 3.08.

Permitted Cash Pooling” means (i) cash pooling undertaken by Midco and in respect of which Midco holds all central cash pool accounts and in which only Midco and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries) participate and (ii) for a period of six months following the Issue Date (which period may be extended in accordance with the terms of the RCF Facility Agreement), cash pooling undertaken by the Company and in respect of which the Company holds all central cash pool accounts or in which the Company participates; provided that if the amount standing to the credit of any central cash pool account held by the Company shall at any time exceed €10.0 million (the difference between the actual amount standing to the credit of such account and €10.0 million being the “Excess Amount”) for

 

36


10 consecutive Business Days, the Company shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, as soon as practicable following the 10th Business Day, the Excess Amount to a central cash pool account held by Midco and provided further that, to the extent the Company or the Issuer have any claims against Midco or any Restricted Subsidiary (on a net basis) arising under the cash pooling undertaken by the Company (“Net Downstream ICLs”), the Company or the Issuer will ensure that such Net Downstream ICLs are extinguished when the cash pool is terminated and/or are otherwise discharged substantially concurrently with the termination of the relevant cash pool.

Permitted Collateral Liens” means:

(1) Liens on the Collateral (a) arising by operation of law or contract that are described in one or more of clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (8), (9), (11), (12), (18), (20) and (23) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” or (b) that are Liens on secured accounts equally and ratably granted to cash management banks securing cash management obligations;

(2) Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor that is permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(1); provided that such obligations may receive priority as to the receipt of Recoveries as defined in, and as provided for in, the Intercreditor Agreement;

(3) Liens on the Collateral to secure Hedging Obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(6); provided that such obligations may receive priority as to the receipt of Recoveries as defined in, and as provided for in, the Intercreditor Agreement;

(4) Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor that is permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(12) and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness; and

(5) Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(2) (to the extent such Guarantee is in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be secured and specified in this definition of Permitted Collateral Liens), Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(i), (A)(ii), (A)(iii) and (B) (but only if the original Indebtedness was so secured on the Collateral and excluding Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness that was Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(5)) and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness; provided that such Lien will not give an entitlement to be repaid with the proceeds of enforcement of the Collateral in a manner which is inconsistent with the Intercreditor Agreement and/or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement; and provided, further that any such Lien permitted by this clause (5) ranks junior to Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees if the Lien secures Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or the relevant Guarantor,

provided that each of the parties to Indebtedness secured by Permitted Collateral Liens pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4) or (5) hereof or their agent, representative or trustee will have entered into, or acceded to, the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

Permitted Holders” means, collectively, (1) the Initial Investors or any Affiliate thereof, (2) Senior Management, (3) any Related Person of any of the foregoing and (4) any Person who is acting as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any Parent or the Company, acting in such capacity. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

 

37


Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries):

(1) Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Company or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that is engaged in any Similar Business and such Person will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that Investments in a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle shall satisfy the requirements of clause (19) of this definition and Investments in a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle shall satisfy the requirements of clause (23) of this definition; and provided, further, that if a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation occurs at the time an Investment is outstanding under this clause (1), then at the time of a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation, such Investment shall be deemed to be made pursuant to clause (19) or (23) of this definition, as applicable;

(2) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments in another Person if such Person is engaged in any Similar Business and as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments or Investment Grade Securities;

(4) Investments in connection with a purchase of servicing contracts or business process outsourcing contracts, in each case in the ordinary course of business and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) Investments in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

(6) Management Advances;

(7) Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of disputes or judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

(8) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition, in each case, that was made in compliance with Section 4.07;

 

38


(9) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments in existence on, or made pursuant to legally binding commitments in existence on, the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions and any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions;

(10) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Hedging Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.06;

(11) Investments in a General Partner or its related Partnership to establish and maintain its corporate existence;

(12) pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 4.09;

(13) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preference Shares), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent as consideration;

(14) any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.08(b) (except those described in clauses (1), (3), (6), (8), (9) and (14) thereof);

(15) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Portfolio Assets, inventory, receivables, loans, supplies of goods and services, materials and equipment, licenses or leases of intellectual property or information-technology development, in any case, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with this Indenture and including, for the avoidance of doubt, of legal and financial advice relating to the Restructuring;

(16) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements not prohibited by Section 4.06;

(17) Investments in the Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(18) Investments acquired after the Issue Date as a result of the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by this Indenture to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, provided that 100% of the Capital Stock of such other Person shall be acquired if such other Person holds Portfolio Assets unless such other Person is a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle;

 

39


(19) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments in any Majority Co-Investment Vehicle, provided that:

(A) such Investments are in the form of (a) cash or (b) assets acquired by the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries after July 1, 2024 (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any assets acquired by the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries as of July 1, 2024); provided that in the case of Investments in the form of assets pursuant to clause (b) only, such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle receives, within 18 months of the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation of such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle, an Investment in the form of assets from one or more Third Parties, on an arm’s length basis and for a fair market value of assets that is proportionate to the economic interest that such Third Party or Third Parties hold in such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle;

(B) the economic interest of each of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle that is acquired by such Investments is pari passu with or senior to the economic interests of each Third Party in such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle and not junior, layered or subordinated in any way to any other obligations of, or economic interests in, such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle, except (a) in relation to asset management and/or performance fees or (b) for the benefit of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(C) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will perform the servicing of the Portfolio Assets that are directly or indirectly held by such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle, except where the Company determines, in its reasonable discretion and in a manner consistent with past practice, that it is in the economic best interest of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such servicing to be performed by a Third Party;

(D) the servicing contract in respect of the Portfolio Assets that are owned by such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle is on customary market terms;

(E) the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary will receive returns on such Investments on a basis that is proportionate to its economic interests in such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle; and

(F) the Consolidated Net IRR for Investments in Majority Co-Investment Vehicles that exceed the Business Plan Capex for the fiscal year in which such Investment is made would be at least 14%;

(20) Investments constituting Permitted Cash Pooling;

(21) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments, directly or indirectly, in a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle, provided that:

(A) such Investments, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (21) do not exceed €50 million per fiscal year;

(B) the Loan to Cost of the Portfolio Assets acquired in such Investments may equal or exceed 60%, notwithstanding clause (5)(a) of Permitted Investment General Restrictions;

(C) (a) the consolidated levered internal rate of return net of servicing costs would be at least 18% and (b) the unlevered Multiple on Invested Capital would be at least 2.00 to 1.00, in each case, for Investments made pursuant to this clause (21); and

 

40


(D) the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries will receive at least 75% of the servicing fee payable in respect of the Portfolio Assets that are owned by Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles (determined by way of approximation at the time of such Investment by comparing (i) the purchase price of Portfolio Assets paid by Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles and serviced by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (ii) the total purchase price of Portfolio Assets paid by Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles, whether or not they are serviced by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries), where the relevant Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles are the Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles that are the subject of such Investment and the other Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries invested in the 12-month period prior to the date of such Investment);

(22) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments (including, but not limited to, Investments in the form of Capital Stock, Indebtedness, derivative instruments, profit participation notes or loans and/or risk participation agreements), directly or indirectly, in any Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle; provided that:

(A) such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle has no outstanding Indebtedness;

(B) the Consolidated Net IRR for Investments in Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles would be at least 14% (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Investments that do not exceed the Business Plan Capex for the fiscal year in which such Investments are made);

(C) the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries will receive at least 75% of the servicing fee payable in respect of the Portfolio Assets that are owned by Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles (determined by way of approximation at the time of such Investment by comparing (i) the purchase price of Portfolio Assets paid by Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles and serviced by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (ii) the total purchase price of Portfolio Assets paid by Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles, whether or not they are serviced by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries), where the relevant Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles are the Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles that are the subject of such Investment and the other Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries invested in the 12-month period prior to the date of such Investment);

(D) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will receive returns on such Investments on a basis that is at least proportionate to its economic interests in such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle;

(E) any co-investment contract in respect of such Investment is on customary market terms (including customary minority protections with respect to asset dispositions); and

 

41


(F) any servicing contract in respect of the Portfolio Assets that are owned by such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle is on customary market terms;

(23) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions, Investments in any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that:

(A) such Investments are in the form of (a) cash, (b) assets acquired by the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries after July 1, 2024 (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any assets acquired by the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries as of July 1, 2024) or (c) all of the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that holds assets acquired by the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries after July 1, 2024 (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any assets acquired by the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries as of July 1, 2024) and no other assets (the “Target Subsidiary” and together with any of its Subsidiaries, the “Target Group”); provided that:

 

  (i)

in the case of Investments in the form of assets pursuant to clauses (23)(A)(b) and (23)(A)(c) above, such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle receives, within 18 months of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, an Investment in the form of assets from one or more Third Parties, through a Partnership or otherwise and in each case on an arm’s length basis;

 

  (ii)

in the case of Investments in the form of assets pursuant to clause (23)(A)(c), no Indebtedness remains outstanding between the Target Group and any member of the Group that is not part of the Target Group; and

 

  (iii)

in all cases, within 18 months of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation of any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, the Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle will be no greater than 35% of the economic interests of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and at least 65% of the economic interests of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle will be held by Third Parties;

(B) the amount of such Investments would not result in the Maximum Capex (as applied from January 1, 2024 for the year ended December 31, 2024) being exceeded (calculating cash Investments in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle in the year in which such cash Investments are made and other assets contributed to the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle in the year in which such assets were acquired);

(C) the economic interest of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle that is acquired by such Investments is pari passu with or senior to the economic interests of each Third Party in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and not junior or subordinated in any way to any other obligations of, or economic interests in, such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, except (a) in relation to asset management and/or performance fees or (b) for the benefit of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

42


(D) the amount of Investments in Fund Co-Investment Vehicles that have Incurred or will Incur Indebtedness would not exceed 30% of the Maximum Capex in the fiscal year of the Company in which such Investments are made;

(E) such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries will not service any Portfolio Assets held directly or indirectly by such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries;

(F) the servicing of the Portfolio Assets of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, whether held directly or indirectly, will be performed by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, except if the Company determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it is in the economic best interest of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such servicing to be performed by a Third Party, with such determination to be made in a manner consistent with past practice;

(G) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will share with any Third Party the asset management or performance fees from such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or a Partnership that has economic interest in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, the Company reasonably expects, as of the date of the agreement to share such fees, that the net asset management and estimated performance fees to be received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries from all Fund Co-Investment Vehicles (including such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle) and all Partnerships (including a Partnership that has economic interest in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle) will be at least 110% of the costs to be incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the management of all Fund Co-Investment Vehicles (including such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle) and all Partnerships (including a Partnership that has economic interest in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle); provided, that not more than 40% of asset management and performance fees from all Fund Co-Investment Vehicles (including such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle) and all Partnerships (including a Partnership that has economic interest in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle) may be shared with Third Parties;

(H) any Person that will receive servicing fees or asset management fees in respect of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle is a Guarantor, whose Capital Stock is pledged to secure the Notes, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(I) the servicing and asset management contracts relating to such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle are or will be on customary market terms;

(J) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries do not have any obligation to maintain the financial condition or support the operations of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle (except, for the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to any servicing contract with respect to the Portfolio Assets of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle);

(K) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will receive returns on such Investments on a basis that is proportionate to its economic interests in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle;

 

43


(L) such Investment is not financed by Indebtedness of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; and

(M) the Consolidated Net IRR for Investments in Fund Co-Investment Vehicles exceeding the Business Plan Capex for the fiscal year in which such Investment is made would be at least 14%; provided that such Investments shall not exceed the Maximum Capex;

(24) Investments by a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Restricted Subsidiary in Portfolio Assets, directly or indirectly and consistently with past practice; and

(25) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), Investments in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed €75.0 million (excluding any Investments initially made under this paragraph (25) that comply with Section 4.21(c)) made among the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries, where the purpose of such Investment is (i) to undertake a Tax Consolidation Transaction that could not otherwise be effected pursuant to clause (14)(i) of Section 4.04(c) or (ii) to offset and extinguish any and all receivables arising from or relating to any Tax Consolidation Transaction undertaken prior to or concurrently with such Investment; provided that:

(a) in the case of any Investment made pursuant to this paragraph (25) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Person other than a directly-owned Subsidiary or direct Holding Company of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Person is within the same corporate income tax group, value added tax group and/or fiscal unity for tax purposes as the Person who made the Investment; and

(b) either:

(A) within five Business Days of making any Investment pursuant to this paragraph (25) that gives rise to an Intra-Group Receivable, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment in, or a Permitted Payment described in clause (14)(ii) of Section 4.04(c) to, a Group Company with the effect of offsetting and extinguishing any and all receivables arising from the initial Investment; or

(B) the Issuer procures that such Investment complies with Section 4.21(c) within 60 days of the date on which such Investment is made, or that any Intra-Group Receivable arising from the initial Investment made pursuant to this paragraph (25) is otherwise offset and extinguished as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, unless compliance herewith would result in adverse tax or accounting consequences for the Group or would not be commercially reasonable, in each case, as determined by the Issuer in its reasonable discretion.

“Permitted Investment General Restrictions” means, in respect of an Investment constituting a Portfolio Acquisition or an acquisition of an Acquired Business:

(1) subject to Section 4.08(c), the amount of such Investment would not result in the Additional Capex Limit being exceeded for the fiscal year in which such Investment is made;

 

44


(2) the amount of such Investment constituting an acquisition of an Acquired Business would not result in the Business Plan Capex being exceeded for the fiscal year in which such Investment is made;

(3) the amount of such Investment constituting a Portfolio Acquisition may exceed the Business Plan Capex up to and including the Maximum Capex only if the Consolidated Net IRR for Investments exceeding the Business Plan Capex for the fiscal year in which such Investment is made would be at least 14%;

(4) in the case of an Investment constituting an acquisition of an Acquired Business:

(a) the consolidated net leverage ratio (calculated on the same basis as the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio) of such Acquired Business is less than 2.00 to 1.00; and

(b) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary grants a Lien, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, on the Capital Stock of such Acquired Business to secure the Notes and other secured Indebtedness in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, except where such Capital Stock is subject to an existing Lien to secure Acquired Indebtedness, provided that such existing Lien was not created in anticipation of the acquisition of such Acquired Business and such Lien has been in place for at least six months prior to the relevant Acquisition Date; and

(5) in the case of an Investment constituting a Portfolio Acquisition:

(a) the Loan to Cost of the Portfolio Assets acquired in such Portfolio Acquisition is less than 60%; and

(b) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary grants a Lien, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, on the Capital Stock of one or more Persons that hold, directly or indirectly, the Portfolio Assets that are acquired to secure the Notes and other secured Indebtedness in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, except (i) where such Capital Stock is subject to an existing Lien to secure Indebtedness of such Persons, provided that such existing Lien was not created in anticipation of the acquisition of such Persons and such Lien has been in place for at least six months prior to the relevant Acquisition Date and (ii) Intrum Investments Management AB and Intrum Investment DAC shall not be required to comply with this clause (5)(b) for a period of 12 months from the Issue Date.

Permitted Issuer Reorganization” means the creation of a newly incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company and the direct holding of 100% of the shares of the Issuer by such Wholly Owned Subsidiary (“Intermediate Holdco”) and the transactions to implement the foregoing, including the release of the Liens granted by the Company on the shares of the Issuer to secure the Notes substantially concurrently with the acquisition of the shares of the Issuer by Intermediate Holdco, provided that:

(1) on or prior to the acquisition of the shares of the Issuer by Intermediate Holdco, the Security Agent has provided a written consent (acting on the instruction of the majority of the holders of the Notes) to such transactions;

 

45


(2) on or prior to the acquisition of the shares of the Issuer by Intermediate Holdco, the Company secures the Notes by pledging its shares in Intermediate Holdco and any Intra-Group Receivables owed to it by Intermediate Holdco in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(3) substantially concurrently with the acquisition of the shares of the Issuer by Intermediate Holdco, Intermediate Holdco secures the Notes by pledging its shares in the Issuer, any Intra-Group Receivables owed to it by the Issuer and, if the Intermediate Holdco is incorporated in Spain or Switzerland, any of its bank accounts, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(4) prior to its acquisition of the shares of the Issuer, Intermediate Holdco accedes to this Indenture as a Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture in the form attached to this Indenture; and

(5) Intermediate Holdco shall be subject to the same restrictions, covenants, undertakings, obligations, permissions and financial calculation provisions as the Company.

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) [Reserved];

(2) pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, early retirement or termination obligations, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements), or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure surety, indemnity, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, guarantees of government contracts (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to IFRS have been made in respect thereof;

(5) Liens in favor of the issuers of surety, performance or other bonds, guarantees or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (not issued to support Indebtedness for borrowed money) issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business;

 

46


(6) encumbrances, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of its properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(7) [Reserved];

(8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(10) Liens for the purpose of securing Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations, or securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing other Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(7), (b) any such Lien may not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions to such assets and property and (c) any such Lien for the purpose of securing Capitalized Lease Obligations must be on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any such Lien for the purpose of securing Purchase Money Obligations must be on assets or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(11) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Liens created pursuant to the general banking conditions of a bank operating in the Netherlands), rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary or financial institution;

(12) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(13) Liens existing on the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions;

(14) Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction

 

47


with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock) and have existed for at least six months prior to such time; provided, further, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

(15) Liens on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(16) [Reserved];

(17) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;

(18) (a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(19) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture, co-investment or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture, co-investment or similar agreement;

(20) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

(21) Liens on cash accounts securing Indebtedness incurred under Section 4.06(b)(15) with local financial institutions;

(22) Liens on Escrowed Proceeds for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case, to the extent such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose;

(23) Liens securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities, or liens over cash accounts and receivables securing cash pooling or cash management arrangements;

(24) Liens arising out of conditional sale, extended retention of title (verlängerter Eigentumsvorbehalt), title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods or, in the case of extended retention of title (verlängerter Eigentumsvorbehalt), receivables resulting from the sale of such goods, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

48


(25) Liens in connection with any joint and several liability (hoofdelijke aansprakelijkheid) under a fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax purposes and Dutch value added tax purposes consisting solely of members of the Group other than the Company;

(26) any guarantee granted pursuant to or in connection with a declaration of joint and several liability as referred to in section 2:403 Dutch Civil Code (and any residual liability under such declaration, as referred to in section 2:404 (2) of the Dutch Civil Code);

(27) any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio described in clause (9) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party;

(28) Liens in respect of liabilities owed to a German Intra-Group Lender (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) only, if and to the extent that such Liens are required for the relevant German Intra-Group Lender (or its general partner, as the case may be) in order to comply with its obligations under sections 30 and/or 43 of the German Limited Liability Companies Act (Gesetz betreffend die Gesellschaften mit beschränkter Haftung) or sections 57 and/or 93 of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz);

(29) Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness;

(30) Liens over the Capital Stock or assets of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the Indebtedness of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle under Section 4.06(b)(16);

(31) Liens to secure all Indebtedness described under Section 4.06(b)(6); provided, that Liens securing such Indebtedness may have priority status in respect of the proceeds from the enforcement of any collateral that may secure the Notes from time to time;

(32) (i) Liens over the Capital Stock, Indebtedness or securities of, or Investments in, any Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle to secure the Non-Recourse Obligations of such Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle and (ii) Liens over assets of a Co-Investment Vehicle that is a Restricted Subsidiary and not a Guarantor to secure Non-Recourse Obligations of such Co-Investment Vehicle under Capital Stock, Indebtedness, securities, derivative instruments, profit participation notes or loans, risk participation agreements or any similar arrangements to holders thereof (provided that any such Liens in favor of Persons that are not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary do not entitle such Person to recover more than its pro rata share of such assets (or proceeds thereof) based on the direct or indirect proportionate economic interest in such assets held by such Person);

(33) a Lien over assets that are subject to a Synthetic Sale; and

(34) any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (33); provided that any such extension, renewal or replacement shall be no more restrictive in any material respect than the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced and shall not extend in any material respect to any additional property or assets.

 

49


Permitted Reorganization” means, unless an Event of Default is continuing, any amalgamation, demerger, merger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganization, winding up or corporate reconstruction involving any Parent, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the assignment, transfer or assumption of intercompany receivables and payables among any Parent that is a Guarantor, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (a “Reorganization”) that is made on a solvent basis; provided that: (a) substantially all of the business and assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiaries remain owned by the Company (or the Successor Company if the Company is not the surviving entity) or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) any payments or assets distributed by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Reorganization remain within the Company (or the Successor Company if the Company is not the surviving entity) and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) if any shares or other assets form part of the Collateral, substantially equivalent Liens must be granted over such shares or assets of the recipient such that they form part of the Collateral and (d) any assignment, transfer or assumption of intercompany receivables or payables from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Parent in connection with a Reorganization shall only be permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.04.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Piraeus Term Loan” means the €100 million term loan facility made available to the Company by Piraeus Bank S.A., Frankfurt Branch, pursuant to the Piraeus Term Loan Facility Agreement.

Piraeus Term Loan Facility Agreement” means the amended and restated term facility agreement dated [•], 2025 between, among others, the Issuer, as borrower, and Piraeus Bank S.A., Frankfurt Branch, as amended and restated from time to time.

Piraeus Term Loan Finance Documents” means the Piraeus Term Loan Facility Agreement and such other documents identified as “Senior Finance Documents” pursuant to the Piraeus Term Loan Facility Agreement.

Pledgor” means any Person that has granted a Lien on the Capital Stock of a Guarantor to secure the Notes.

Portfolio Acquisition” means any Investment, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in (i) Portfolio Assets or (ii) one or more Persons that hold, directly or indirectly, Portfolio Assets.

Portfolio Assets” means all (a) Right to Collect Accounts, (b) performing, sub-performing or charged-off accounts, loans, receivables, mortgages, debentures and claims, (c) real estate assets that are repossessed in satisfaction of debts and (d) other similar assets or instruments which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall in each case exclude any Trust Management Assets and any Right to Collect Accounts, performing accounts, sub-performing accounts, charged-off accounts, cash and bank accounts, loans, receivables, mortgages, debentures, claims or other similar assets or instruments which are or will (from acquisition) be (x) held on trust for a third party which is not Midco or any Restricted Subsidiary (or, if applicable, the relevant JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries) or (y) subject to any Lien except for any Permitted Collateral Lien or any Permitted Lien referred to in clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (8), (9), (11), (12), (15), (17), (18), (20), (23) and/or (24) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

 

50


Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Public Debt” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or any similar debt securities issued in (1) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (2) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC for public resale.

Public Offering” means any offering of shares of common stock or other common equity interests that are listed on an exchange or publicly offered (which shall include an offering pursuant to Rule 144A and/or Regulation S under the Securities Act to professional market investors or similar persons).

Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

RCF Facility Agreement” means the multicurrency revolving credit facility agreement dated [•], 2025, between, amongst others, the Issuer, as borrower, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as facility agent and security agent, as amended from time to time.

RCF Finance Documents” means the RCF Facility Agreement and such other documents identified as “Finance Documents” pursuant to the RCF Facility Agreement.

RED Direct Subsidiary” means any directly-owned Subsidiary of the Company as of the Issue Date.

Re-Investment” means any re-investment, rollover or extension of Investment (including via proceeds from Asset Dispositions) by the Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle.

Recharge Agreement” means a recharge agreement entered into between the Company and Midco pursuant to which the Company is entitled to charge Midco, on customary invoicing terms for similar arrangements conducted in the ordinary course of business and on an arm’s length basis, for any Parent Holding Company Expenses incurred under limb (1) of such definition; provided that: (i) any claims by the Company under such agreement are subordinated as Intra-Group Liabilities pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) such agreement includes a termination right in favor of Midco, which is exercisable by the Midco at any time (in its sole discretion and without cause) and (iii) any receivables owed to the Company arising under the Recharge Agreement are subject to Transaction Security with a springing perfection.

 

51


Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:

(1) if the Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final Stated Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is the same as or later than the final Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or, if shorter, the Notes;

(2) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and costs, expenses and fees Incurred in connection therewith);

(3) if the Issuer or a Guarantor was the obligor on the Indebtedness being refinanced, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred either by the Issuer or by a Guarantor;

(4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is expressly subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Note Guarantees on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(5) if the Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(i) and such Refinancing Indebtedness (if it is not the Notes) ranks pari passu or junior in right of payment with the Notes or is unsecured:

(A) such Refinancing Indebtedness does not require any amortization (excluding repayment of principal at maturity) and any voluntary repayment of such Refinancing Indebtedness prior to the final Stated Maturity of the outstanding Exchange Notes must be made on a pro rata basis with the outstanding Exchange Notes;

 

52


(B) the Liens securing such Refinancing Indebtedness and each of the information undertakings, negative undertakings and positive undertakings of the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to such Refinancing Indebtedness are no more favorable to the lenders or holders providing such Refinancing Indebtedness or no more restrictive on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries than those that are included in this Indenture (in each case, to the extent relevant to the holders of the Notes), as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Issuer and certified to the Trustee prior to Incurrence of any such Refinancing Indebtedness (such certification to include a summary of the material information undertakings, negative undertakings and positive undertakings) (except with respect to information undertakings, negative undertakings and positive undertakings that are applicable only to periods after the final Stated Maturity of the Notes or included in the RCF Facility Agreement as of the Issue Date); provided, that this clause (5)(B) shall not apply to (i) interest rate, margin, fees, funding discounts and other pricing terms, (ii) redemption, repayment or other premiums and (iii) optional redemption terms;

(C) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a maturity date that is no earlier than six months after the final Stated Maturity of the Notes that remain outstanding on the date of its Incurrence (other than the Notes being refinanced by such Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that if the All-In Yield of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed 9.5% per annum, the maturity date of such Refinancing Indebtedness may be within six months from the final Stated Maturity of the Notes that remain outstanding on the date of its Incurrence;

(D) the ROFO Condition is satisfied; and

(E) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred by the Issuer or a Guarantor; and

(6) if the Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(ii):

(A) such Refinancing Indebtedness ranks pari passu or junior in right of payment with the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(B) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a maturity date that is no earlier than six months after the final Stated Maturity of the Notes that remain outstanding on the date of its Incurrence (other than the Notes being refinanced by such Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that if the All-In Yield of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed 9.5% per annum, the maturity date of such Refinancing Indebtedness may be within six months from the final Stated Maturity of the Notes that remain outstanding on the date of its Incurrence;

(C) the ROFO Condition is satisfied; and

(D) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred by the Issuer or a Guarantor;

provided, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness; provided that it is used to refinance the amounts used to discharge in full such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness within three months of the relevant termination, discharge or repayment.

 

53


Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and having the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, deposited with and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee, initially resold in reliance on Regulation S, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A-1 (with respect to the Euro Notes) or EXHIBIT A-2 (with respect to the SEK Notes) hereto, as applicable.

Related Person” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any controlling equity holder or Subsidiary of such Person; or

(2) in the case of an individual, any spouse, family member or relative of such individual, any trust or partnership for the benefit of one or more of such individual and any such spouse, family member or relative, or the estate, executor, administrator, committee or beneficiaries of any thereof; or

(3) any trust, corporation, partnership or other Person for which one or more of the Permitted Holders and other Related Persons of any thereof constitute the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners thereof, or Persons beneficially holding in the aggregate a majority (or more) controlling interest therein; or

(4) in the case of the Initial Investors any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by such Person or any successor thereto, or by any Affiliate of such Person or any such successor.

Related Taxes” means:

(1) any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding imposed on payments made by any Parent), required to be paid (provided that such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent by virtue of its:

(a) being organized or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries);

(b) issuing or holding Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

(c) being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries;

(d) receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries; or

 

54


(e) having made any payment in respect to any of the items for which the Company is permitted to make payments to any Parent pursuant to Section 4.04; or

(2) if and for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with any Parent, any Taxes measured by income for which such Parent is liable up to an amount not to exceed with respect to such Taxes the amount of any such Taxes that the Company and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis or on a consolidated basis if the Company and its Subsidiaries had paid tax on a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary basis on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any director, associate director, or assistant secretary within the corporate trust services department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Definitive Registered Note” means a Definitive Registered Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Restricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and any of its Subsidiaries.

Restructuring” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Lock-Up Agreement.

Restructuring Implementation Deed” means the Restructuring Implementation Deed, dated [•], 2025, between, among others, the Company, the Issuer and Midco.

Reversion Date” means, after the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status, the date, if any, that such Notes shall cease to have such Investment Grade Status.

Revolving Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility made available under the RCF Facility Agreement.

Right to Collect Account” means a performing, sub-performing or charged-off account, loan, receivable, mortgage, debenture or claim, or other similar asset or instrument that is owned by a Third Party and in respect of which (a) such Third Party is unable or unwilling to dispose of the relevant performing, sub-performing or charged-off account, loan, receivable, mortgage, debenture or claim, or other similar asset or instrument to Midco or a Restricted Subsidiary (or, if applicable, a JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries); and (b) Midco or a Restricted Subsidiary (or, if applicable, a JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries) is entitled to collect and retain substantially all of the amounts due under such performing, sub-performing or charged-off account, loan, receivable, mortgage, debenture or claim, or other similar asset or instrument or to receive amounts equivalent thereto.

 

55


ROFO Condition” means, in connection with the Incurrence of Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(12) (other than in connection with the Incurrence of the Notes) or Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(i) or Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(ii), (1) the Issuer shall have issued a written offer setting forth the material terms of such Indebtedness (i) in connection with the Incurrence of Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(12), to the holders of the Notes and (ii) in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(i) or Section 4.06(b)(4)(A)(ii), to the Holders of the Exchange Notes, in each case to provide such Indebtedness on a pro rata basis (calculated based on the percentage that (i) in the case of clause (1)(i), such holder’s aggregate principal amount of Notes represents of the total aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding and (ii) in the case of clause (1)(ii), such holder’s aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes represents of the total aggregate principal amount of all Exchange Notes then outstanding); (2) the holders of the Notes or the Exchange Notes, as applicable, shall have been given at least five Business Days to accept such written offer in a legally binding acceptance letter and (3) to the extent any of such holders fail to deliver a legally binding acceptance letter in accordance with clause (2) of this definition evidencing subscriptions for the full amount of Indebtedness offered to be subscribed by such holder pursuant to clause (1) of this definition, the Issuer has offered or will offer such Indebtedness for subscription by any other Person on terms no less favorable than the terms offered to such holder of the Notes or the Exchange Notes, as applicable, pursuant to clause (1) of this definition.

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Global Note” means a Global Note, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and having the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, deposited with and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee, initially resold in reliance on Rule 144A, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A-1 (with respect to the Euro Notes) or EXHIBIT A-2 (with respect to the SEK Notes) hereto, as applicable.

Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Security Documents” means the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and all security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, and any other instrument and document executed and delivered pursuant to this Indenture or otherwise or any of the foregoing, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the Liens in the Collateral as contemplated by this Indenture (including the Escrow Charge).

SEK” means the lawful currency of Sweden.

 

56


SEK Notes” means the Initial SEK Notes and any Additional SEK Notes.

Senior Management” means the officers, directors, and other members of senior management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, who at any date beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent and with an equity investment in excess of €50,000.

Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that meets any of the following conditions:

(1) the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ investments in and advances to the Restricted Subsidiary exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year;

(2) the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of the total assets (after intercompany eliminations) of the Restricted Subsidiary exceeds 10% of the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or

(3) the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ equity in the income from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of the Restricted Subsidiary exceeds 10% of such income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently completed fiscal year.

Similar Business” means (1) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates on the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions and (2) any businesses, services and activities that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof.

Slovak Commercial Code” means the Slovak Act No. 513/1991 Coll. the Commercial Code, as amended.

Special Mandatory Redemption Certificate” means an officer’s certificate substantially in the form set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

Spanish Companies Law” means the Royal Legislative Decree 1/2010, of 2 July, approving the Consolidated Text of the Spanish Companies Law (Real Decreto-Legislativo 1/2010, de 2 de Julio, por el que se aprueba el Texto Refundido de la Ley de Sociedades de Capital), as amended from time to time.

Spanish Insolvency Law” means the Spanish Law 1/2020, dated 5 May (Real Decreto-Legislativo 1/2020, de 5 de Mayo, por el que se aprueba el Texto Refundido de la Ley Concursal) as amended pursuant to the Spanish Law 16/2022 of 5 September, on the reform of Royal Legislative Decree 1/2020, of 5 May, approving the Consolidated Text of the Spanish Insolvency (Ley 16/2022 de 5 de septiembre de reforma del Texto Refundido de la Ley Concursal) and as amended or restated from time to time.

Special Mandatory Redemption” means any redemption of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.10.

 

57


Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or its Note Guarantees pursuant to a written agreement.

Subordinated Shareholder Funding” means, collectively, any funds provided to the Company by a Parent in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, in each case issued to and held by a Parent or a Permitted Holder, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided, however, that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding:

(1) does not mature or require any amortization, redemption or other repayment of principal or any sinking fund payment prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes (other than through conversion or exchange of such funding into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any funding meeting the requirements of this definition);

(2) does not require, prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes, payment of cash interest, cash withholding amounts or other cash gross-ups, or any similar cash amounts;

(3) contains no change of control or similar provisions and does not accelerate and has no right to declare a default or event of default or take any enforcement action or otherwise require any cash payment, in each case, prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes;

(4) does not provide for or require any security interest or encumbrance over any asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(5) pursuant to its terms is fully subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to subordination, payment blockage and enforcement limitation terms which are customary in all material respects for similar funding.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) other than any Co-Investment Vehicle, any corporation, association, société dexercice libéral or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement or other arrangement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof;

 

58


(2) other than any Co-Investment Vehicle, any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity (other than entities covered by clause (1) of this definition) of which:

(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise; and

(b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity;

(3) any Co-Investment Vehicle that is designated as a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle by such Person pursuant to Section 4.18(b) and any of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle’s Subsidiaries will each be deemed to be a direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person or such Person’s Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(4) in the case of any Co-Investment Vehicle other than a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, any corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity of which more than 50% of the economic interests in the Investments held by all investors in such entity (taking into account any and all arrangements entered into among the co-investors in connection with their Investment in such entity, but excluding for the avoidance of doubt any other economic interest, including under any debt servicing arrangements) are at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof and such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person otherwise controls such entity,

provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, a Partnership shall not be a Subsidiary.

Successor Parent” with respect to any Person means any other Person with more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of which is, at the time the first Person becomes a Subsidiary of such other Person, “beneficially owned” (as defined below) by one or more Persons that “beneficially owned” (as defined below) more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the first Person immediately prior to the first Person becoming a Subsidiary of such other Person. For purposes hereof, “beneficially own” has the meaning correlative to the term “beneficial owner,” as such term is defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the Issue Date).

Swedish Government Bond Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of direct obligations of the Kingdom of Sweden, acting through the Swedish National Debt Office (a Swedish Government Bond; Sw. statsobligation) with a constant maturity (such yield to be the weekly average yield as officially compiled and published in the most recent financial statistics that has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the redemption date (or, if such financial statistics are not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to [•], 2026 (the “reference date”); provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to the reference date is not equal to the constant maturity of a direct obligation of the Kingdom of Sweden, acting through the Swedish National Debt Office for which a weekly average yield is given, the Swedish Government Bond Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of direct obligations of the Kingdom of Sweden, acting through the

 

59


Swedish National Debt Office, for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to the reference date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Kingdom of Sweden, acting through the Swedish National Debt Office, adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Swedish Government Obligations” means any security that is (1) a direct obligation of the Kingdom of Sweden, for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such country is pledged or (2) an obligation of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the Kingdom of Sweden the payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such country, which, in either case under the preceding clause (1) or (2), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

T2” means the real time gross settlement system operated by the Eurosystem, or any successor system.

T2 Day” means (1) with respect to payments in euro, any day on which T2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro and (2) with respect to payments in Swedish krona, any day on which banks are open for general business in Stockholm.

Target Group” means a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an acquisition or other transaction and its Subsidiaries.

Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority.

Tax Sharing Agreement” means any tax sharing or profit and loss pooling or similar agreement with customary or arm’s-length terms entered into with any Parent or Subsidiary, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and of this Indenture.

Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following:

(1) any investment in:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations Guaranteed by, (i) the United States of America or Canada, (ii) any Permissible Jurisdiction, (iii) Switzerland or Norway, (iv) any country in whose currency funds are being held specifically pending application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country with such funds or (v) any agency or instrumentality of any such country or member state; or

(b) direct obligations of any country recognized by the United States of America rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

(2) overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by:

 

60


(a) any lender under the RCF Facility Agreement;

(b) any institution authorized to operate as a bank in any of the countries or member states referred to in subclause (1)(a) above; or

(c) any bank or trust company organized under the laws of any such country or member state or any political subdivision thereof,

in each case, having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of €250 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

(3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) or (2) above entered into with a Person meeting the qualifications described in clause (2) above;

(4) Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

(5) Investments in securities maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, Canada, any Permissible Jurisdiction or Switzerland, Norway or by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth, territory, country or member state, and rated at least “BBB” by S&P or “Baa3” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

(6) bills of exchange issued in the United States, Canada, a Permissible Jurisdiction, Switzerland, Norway or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);

(7) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a commercial bank organized under the laws of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of €250 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) or whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (1) through (7) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution); and

 

61


(9) investments in money market funds complying with the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Temporary Regulation S Global Notes” means a Global Note, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Temporary Regulation S Restricted Note Legend and having the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, deposited with and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee, initially resold in reliance on Regulation S, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (with respect to the Euro Notes) or Exhibit A-2 (with respect to the SEK Notes) hereto, as applicable.

Third Party” means a person that is not the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or, if applicable, a JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries).

Third Party Partnership” means any partnership, of which a General Partner is the general partner and Third Parties are limited partners, that holds economic interests in investment vehicles in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have not made, and will not make, any Investment.

Total Assets” means the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with IFRS (excluding any assets of a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle) as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Person calculated to give pro forma effect to any Purchase and Sales that have occurred subsequent to such period, including any such Purchase to be made with the proceeds of such Indebtedness giving rise to the need to calculate Total Assets.

Transactions” means the issuance of the Notes, the issuance of the Exchange Notes, the entry into the RCF Facility Agreement, the Piraeus Term Loan Facility Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the implementation of the Hive Down and consummation of each of the other transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Implementation Deed, in each case, on or about the Issue Date, and the payment or incurrence of any fees, expenses or charges associated with any of the foregoing.

Transaction Security” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Trust Indenture Act” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

Trust Management Assets means Right to Collect Accounts, performing accounts, sub-performing accounts, charged-off accounts, loans, receivables, mortgages, debentures, claims, cash and bank accounts or other similar assets or instruments held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or, if applicable, a JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries) on trust for a beneficiary which is not a member of the Group (or, as applicable, a JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries).

Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code.

Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note” means a Definitive Registered Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

62


Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in the manner provided in Section 4.17).

Utilizations” shall mean a loan or a letter of credit under the RCF Facility Agreement.

Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, all of the Voting Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by any applicable law or regulation to be held by a Person other than the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

 

Term

  

Defined in Section

Additional Amounts    4.14
Additional Intercreditor Agreement    4.13(a)
Additional Euro 2027 Notes    2.16(b)
Additional Euro 2028 Notes    2.16(b)
Additional Euro 2029 Notes    2.16(b)
Additional Euro 2030 Notes    2.16(b)
Additional Notes    2.16(b)
Additional SEK 2027 Notes    2.16(b)
Additional SEK 2028 Notes    2.16(b)
Additional SEK 2029 Notes    2.16(b)
Additional SEK 2030 Notes    2.16(b)
Affiliate Transaction    4.08(a)
Authenticating Agent    2.02
Authentication Order    2.02
Authorized Agent    13.06
Available Cash Offer    3.08(a)(1)
Bankruptcy Provision    6.01(a)(7)(B)
Book-Entry Interests    2.06(a)
Change in Tax Law    6(a)(2) of each Note
Change of Control Offer    4.10(b)
Change of Control Payment    4.10(b)(1)
Change of Control Payment Date    4.10(b)(2)
Covenant Defeasance    8.03
Debt Service Certificate    3.08(e)
“EBITDA”    4.20(a)
Event of Default    6.01(a)
FCIV RCF Permission    4.06(c)(7)
Freely Disposable Amount    11.02(m)(1)
Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation    4.18(b)
guarantee provisions    6.01(a)(10)
Guarantor Coverage Test    4.20(a)
Initial Agreement    4.05(b)
Initial Default    4.03(c)
Initial Lien    4.09(a)
Interest Payment Date    1 of each Note
Italian Guarantor    11.02(c)
Legal Defeasance    8.02

 

63


Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation    4.18(a)
Norwegian Companies Act    11.02(e)(1)
Norwegian Financial Undertakings Act    11.02(e)(1)
Norwegian Financial Undertakings Regulation    11.02(e)
Norwegian Guarantor    11.02(e)(1)
payment default    6.01(a)(6)(A)
Payor    4.14(a)
Permitted Payments    4.04(c)
Principal Paying Agent    2.03
Regional Sub-Group Restricted Subsidiary    4.21(d)(2)
Registrar    2.03
Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction    4.14(a)(3)
Repayment    3.08(a)
Restricted Obligations    11.02(m)(1)
Restricted Payment    4.04(a)
Senior Indebtedness    9.02(10)
Set-Off Right    11.02(c)(2)
Spanish Guarantor    11.02(d)(1)
Successor Company    5.01(b)(1)
Successor Issuer    5.01(a)(1)
Suspension Event    4.15(a)
Swedish Guarantor    11.02(a)
Swiss Accessory Security Document    12.01(a)
Swiss Guarantor    11.02(m)(1)
Tax Redemption Date    6(a) of each Note
Transfer Agent    2.03
Trustee    8.06

Section 1.03 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with IFRS;

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

Section 1.04 Swedish Terms. Without prejudice to the generality of any provision of this Indenture, in this Indenture where it relates to the Company, the Issuer or any other Guarantor which is incorporated or established in Sweden, a reference to:

 

64


(1) Any (i) merger in respect of an entity which will be absorbed and the shares of which is being subject to Transaction Security governed by Swedish law, (ii) any payment (whether it be in cash, kind or by way of set-off) of a loan subject to (or purported to be subject to) a perfected Transaction Security governed by Swedish law, and/or (iii) other transaction or action having the effect of releasing perfected Transaction Security governed by Swedish law (or Transaction Security governed by Swedish law purported to be subject to a perfected security interest), shall, in each case, always be subject to the prior written consent of the Security Agent (acting in its sole discretion). Each Holder hereby authorizes the Security Agent to give consent promptly on its behalf where such transactions and/or actions are not prohibited under the terms of the Note Documents, without notification or further reference to the Holders.

(2) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture except for paragraph (3) below, the release of any perfected Transaction Security governed by Swedish law (or any Transaction Security purported or required to be perfected in accordance with Swedish law in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles) shall always be subject to the prior written consent of the Security Agent (acting in its sole discretion). Each Holder hereby authorizes the Security Agent to give consent promptly on its behalf where such release or disposal is not prohibited under the terms of the Note Documents without notification or further reference to the Holders and the Security Agent may take instructions from the Holders for any release contemplated hereunder.

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (2) above, if a disposal of assets is made on arm’s length terms then the release of any Transaction Security governed by Swedish law shall not require the consent of the Security Agent, provided that such disposal is not prohibited under the Note Documents, that the disposal is for cash and that all proceeds are paid directly to the Security Agent and are immediately applied towards prepayment of the relevant amounts in accordance with the terms of the Note Documents, which amounts cannot be re-drawn.

(4) Each transfer and/or assignment by a Holder shall include a proportionate part of the security interests granted under the relevant Security Document governed by Swedish law, together with a proportionate interest in the relevant Security Document governed by Swedish law.

(5) Any obligation for any entity incorporated in Sweden to act as trustee shall be an obligation to act as agent and the obligation to hold assets on trust shall be an obligation not to hold such assets on trust but to hold such assets as agent.

(6) If a Party incorporated in Sweden (the “Swedish Obligated Party”) is required to hold an amount on trust on behalf of another party (the “Beneficiary”), the Swedish Obligated Party shall hold such money as agent for the Beneficiary on a separate account in accordance with the provisions of the Swedish Funds Accounting Act (Sw. Lag (1944:181) om redovisningsmedel) and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Beneficiary or as the Beneficiary may direct.

(7) For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that any novation effected in accordance with this Indenture shall, in relation to any Security created or expressed to be created under a Transaction Security governed by Swedish law, take effect as an assignment and/or transfer of such security interests.

 

65


(8) Any security granted under a Security Document governed by Swedish law will be granted to the Holders represented by the Security Agent.

(9) A “compromise” or “composition” with any creditor includes (i) any write-down of debt (Sw. offentligt ackord) or debt settlement (Sw. skulduppgörelse) following from any procedure of “företagsrekonstruktion” under the Swedish company reorganisation act (Sw. Lag (2022:964) om företagsrekonstruktion) (the “Swedish Company Reorganisation Act”), or (ii) any write-down of debt in bankruptcy (Sw. ackord i konkurs) under the Swedish bankruptcy act (Sw. Konkurslag (1987:672)) (the “Swedish Bankruptcy Act”).

(10) A “receiver”, “trustee” or “liquidator” includes (i) ‘rekonstruktör’ under the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act, (ii) ‘konkursförvaltare’ under the Swedish Bankruptcy Act, or (iii) ‘likvidator’ under the Swedish Companies Act.

(11) A “merger”, “consolidation” or “amalgamation” includes any ‘fusion’ implemented in accordance with Chapter 23 of the Swedish Companies Act and a “demerger” includes any ‘delning’ implemented in accordance with Chapter 24 of the Swedish Companies Act.

(12) A “winding-up”, “liquidation” or “dissolution” includes “frivillig likvidation” or “tvångslikvidation” under Chapter 25 of the Swedish Companies Act, a “bankruptcy” includes a “konkurs” under the Swedish Bankruptcy Act and a “reorganization” includes a “företagsrekonstruktion” under the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act.

(13) A “guarantee” includes any “garanti” under Swedish law which is independent from the debt to which it relates and any “borgen” under Swedish law which is accessory to or dependent on the debt to which it relates.

(14) An insolvency includes such entity being subject to “konkurs” under the Swedish Bankruptcy Act, “företagsrekonstruktion” under the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act or “tvångslikvidation” under Chapter 25 of the Swedish Companies Act.

(15) In relation to this Indenture and any other Note Document, any winding-up, insolvency, bankruptcy proceeding or similar arrangement involving an entity incorporated in Sweden will always be subject to Swedish law and in particular to but not limited to the procedure set forth in the Swedish Bankruptcy Act, the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act and the Swedish Companies Act.

Section 1.05 Polish Terms. Without prejudice to the generality of any provision of this Indenture, in this Indenture where it relates to any Guarantor which is incorporated or established in Poland, a reference to:

(1) a director means a członek zarządu or prezes zarządu;

(2) a dissolution or similar arrangement includes rozwiązanie spółki in accordance with the Polish Commercial Companies Code dated 15 September 2000 (as amended) or a declaration of bankruptcy;

 

66


(3) a composition, administration or similar arrangement with any creditor includes “postępowanie o zatwierdzenie układu”, “przyspieszone postępowanie układowe”, “postępowanie układowe” and “postępowanie sanacyjne”;

(4) a constitutional document includes umowa spółki, statut or akt założycielski;

(5) a compulsory manager, receiver or administrator includes “tymczasowy nadzorca sądowy”, “sędzia-komisarz”, “nadzorca sądowy”, “syndyk”, “zarządca tymczasowy” or “zarządca” established under the Polish Bankruptcy Law dated 28 December 2003 (as amended) and/or the Polish Restructuring Law dated 16 May 2015 (as amended) or other provisions of Polish law, “zarządca” established under Article 27 of the Polish Act on Registered Pledges and the Pledge Register dated 6 December 1996 (as amended) or Article 931 of the Polish Civil Procedure Code dated 17 November 1964 (as amended) and “zarządca przymusowy” established under Article 1064(1) of the Polish Civil Procedure Code dated 17 November 1964 (as amended);

(6) security or security interest includes any mortgage (hipoteka), pledge (zastaw), registered pledge (zastaw rejestrowy), financial pledge (zastaw finansowy), security assignment (przelew na zabezpieczenie), security transfer of title (przewłaszczenie na zabezpieczenie), retention right (prawo zatrzymania), right to reclaim sold goods (zastrzeżenie własności rzeczy sprzedanej), voluntary submission to enforcement (oświadczenie o poddaniu się egzekucji), any power of attorney in relation to bank accounts (pełnomocnictwo do rachunków bankowych), any right in rem (prawo rzeczowe) securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect; and

(7) a winding up includes likwidacja.

Section 1.06 Spanish Terms. Without prejudice to the generality of any provision of this Indenture, in this Indenture where it relates to any Guarantor which is incorporated or established in Spain, a reference to:

(1) a liquidator, compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer includes, without limitation, any:

(i) administrador concursal o administración concursal appointed under the Spanish Insolvency Law;

(ii) liquidador appointed under Articles 371 et ss. of the Spanish Companies Law or under Article 411 et ss. of the Spanish Insolvency Law; or

(iii) experto en la reestructuración appointed under the Spanish Insolvency Law;

(2) a due obligation includes, without limitation, any importe líquido, vencido y exigible;

(3) a security interest, security and/or lien includes, without limitation, any mortgage (hipoteca), pledge (prenda con o sin desplazamiento), with or without transfer of possession, financial collateral agreement (garantia fianciera pignoraticia), condición resolutoria con efectos jurídicos-reales, reserva de dominio, and in general, any type of in rem right, real security or agreement or arrangement having a similar effect and any transfer of title by way of security;

 

67


(4) a winding up, bankruptcy, insolvency, administration, dissolution, liquidation, reorganisation, moratorium includes, without limitation, a liquidación, disolución (con y sin liquidación), concurso de acreedores, estado de insolvencia, procedimiento concursal or any other similar proceedings;

(5) an insolvency proceeding includes a declaración de concurso, con independencia de su carácter necesario o voluntario, (including, with respect to a member of the Group incorporated in Spain, any notice to a competent court pursuant to article 585 et seq. of the Spanish Insolvency Law and its “solicitud de inicio de procedimiento concursal, auto de declaracion de concurso, plan de reestructuración convenio judicial o extrajudicial con acreedores and transacción judicial o extrajudicial”);

(6) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor includes the celebration of a convenio or propuesta anticipada de convenio or plan de reestructuración or an homologación de un plan de reestructuración;

(7) a person being unable to pay its debts includes that person being in a state of insolvencia or concurso;

(8) a director or officer includes its administradores.

(9) by-laws (estatutos) or constitutional documents include up-to-date (restated) articles of association; and

(10) financial assistance has the meaning stated under:

(i) Article 150 of the Spanish Companies Law for a public company incorporated under the laws of Spain (Sociedad Anónima) or in any other legal provision that may substitute such Article 150 or be applicable to any guarantor incorporated under the laws of Spain in respect of such financial assistance; and

(ii) Article 143 of the Spanish Companies Law for a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Spain (Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada) or in any other legal provision that may substitute such Article 143 or be applicable to any guarantor incorporated under the laws of Spain in respect of such financial assistance.

Section 1.07 Czech Terms. Without prejudice to the generality of any provision of this Indenture, in this Indenture where it relates to any Guarantor which is incorporated or established in the Czech Republic, a reference to:

(1) being “insolvent” includes being v úpadku as a result of overindebtedness (předluženost) and/or in cash-flow insolvency (platební neschopnost) within the meaning of the Czech Insolvency Act;

(2) “bankruptcy” includes konkurs within the meaning of the Czech Insolvency Act;

 

68


(3) “financial assistance” includes financial assistance provided under sections 40(3) and 41 of the Czech Business Corporations Act or any other applicable provision under Czech law;

(4) “dissolution, winding-up or administration” includes likvidace, zrušení s likvidací and zrušení bez likvidace bez právního nástupce;

(5) a “liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer” includes likvidátor, insolvenční správce (including predběžný správce, zástupce insolvenčního správce, oddělený insolvenční správce and zvláštní insolvenční správce), správce závodu and soudní exekutor within the meaning of the Czech Insolvency Act and other applicable laws of the Czech Republic;

(6) an “executive director” or “director” means jednatel of a Czech limited liability company or when used in relation to a Czech joint stock company (akciová společnost) člen představenstva of a Czech joint stock company;

(7) a “board of directors” when used in relation to a Czech joint stock company (akciová společnost) means představenstvo of a Czech joint stock company;

(8) a “supervisory board” means dozorčí rada of a Czech limited liability company or of a Czech joint stock company;

(9) “preventive restructuring” means, with respect to a Czech Guarantor, measures pursuant to the Czech Act on Preventive Restructuring aimed at preventing insolvency and preservation or restoration of operability of business, including public preventive restructuring and including any moratorium pursuant to the Czech Act on Preventive Restructuring;

(10) a “moratorium includes moratorium pursuant to the Czech Insolvency Act or other similar legislation in other applicable jurisdictions as well as všeobecné moratorium or individuální moratorium pursuant to the Czech Act on Preventive Restructuring or other similar legislation in other applicable jurisdictions;

(11) a “security” or “lien” includes zástavní právo, zadržovací právo, zajišťovací převod práva, zajišťovací postoupení pohledávky and omezení převodu nemovitosti;

(12) “shares” or “stock” is a reference to any shares, shareholding interest or similar instrument representing a share in the capital of any Czech business corporation; and

(13) a controlled or controlling person will in any event be construed pursuant to the provisions of Section 74 and Section 75 of the Czech Business Corporations Act.

Section 1.08 Slovak Terms. Without prejudice to the generality of any provision of this Indenture, in this Indenture where it relates to any Guarantor which is incorporated or established in the Slovak Republic, a reference to:

(1) a “novation” includes privatívna novácia and kumulatívna novácia;

 

69


(2) a “bankruptcy”, “insolvency” or “administration” includes v kríze pursuant to Section 67a of the Slovak Commercial Code, konkurzné konanie, konkurz, reštrukturalizačné konanie, preventívne konanie, reštrukturalizácia and nútená správa;

(3) being “bankrupt” or “insolvent” includes v úpadku, predlžený, platobne neschopný, v konkurze, v reštrukturalizácii, v preventívnom konaní and v nútenej správe;

(4) “moratorium” includes reštrukturalizačné konanie, reštrukturalizácia and preventívne konanie;

(5) “constitutional documents” includes spoločenská zmluva, zakladateľská listina, zakladateľská zmluva, zriaďovacia listina, štatút, and stanovy;

(6) “disposal” includes any transfer, grant, lease, assignment, sale, compulsory sale or other disposal of, or the grant or creation of any interest derived from, any asset;

(7) “winding-up”, “administration” or “dissolution” includes likvidácia, zrušenie s likvidáciou, zrušenie bez likvidácie bez právneho nástupcu, konkurzné konanie, konkurz, reštrukturalizačné konanie, reštrukturalizácia, preventívne konanie and nútená správa;

(8) “receiver”, “administrator”, “administrative receiver”, “compulsory manager” or another similar officer includes likvidátor, konkurzný správca (including predbežný správca), reštrukturalizačný správca, správca v preventívnom konaní and nútený správca;

(9) “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state, or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

(10) “shares” is a reference to any shares, shareholding interest or similar instrument representing a share in the capital of any business corporation;

(11) “expropriation”, “attachment”, “sequestration”, “distress”, “execution” or analogous process includes vyvlastnenie, exekúcia and výkon rozhodnutia; and

(12) “financial assistance” includes any act contemplated by Section 161e of the Slovak Commercial Code.

Section 1.09 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

This Indenture, the Notes and each supplemental indenture are or will be, as applicable, subject to the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture, the Notes and each supplemental indenture. The following Trust Indenture Act terms have the following meanings:

(a) “indenture securities” means the Notes;

(b) “indenture security holder” means a Holder;

(c) “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

70


(d) “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

(e) “obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor with respect to the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture, the Notes or in any supplemental indenture which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating.

(a) General. Each series of Notes and the Trustee’s or the Authenticating Agent’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A-1 (with respect to the Euro Notes) or EXHIBIT A-2 (with respect to the SEK Notes) hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement thereon. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, any Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A-1 (with respect to the Euro Notes) or EXHIBIT A-2 (with respect to the SEK Notes) hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Registrar or the Principal Paying Agent, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06.

(c) Unrestricted Global Notes and Temporary Regulation S Global Notes. The Notes shall initially be issued in the form of registered notes in global form without interest coupons, as follows:

(1) The Notes sold pursuant to Section 1145 of the United States Bankruptcy Code shall initially be issued in the form of Unrestricted Global Notes, which shall be deposited with and registered in the name of a nominee of the Common Depositary for the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream. The aggregate principal amount of any Unrestricted Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” to each such Global Note, as hereinafter provided.

 

71


(2) The Notes sold outside the United States to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act shall initially be issued in the form of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes, which shall be deposited with and registered in the name of a nominee of the Common Depositary for the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream. The aggregate principal amount of any Temporary Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” to each such Global Note, as hereinafter provided.

(d) Definitive Registered Notes. Definitive Registered Notes issued upon transfer of a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, or in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, shall be issued in accordance with this Indenture.

Notes issued in definitive registered form will be substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A-1 (with respect to the Euro Notes) or EXHIBIT A-2 (with respect to the SEK Notes) hereto (excluding the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).

(e) Book-Entry Provisions. The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

(f) Denomination. The Euro Notes denominated in euro shall be issued in minimum denominations of €1,000 and in integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof and the SEK Notes denominated in SEK shall be issued in minimum denominations of SEK 10,000 and in integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the authorized signatory of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided for in Section 2.11.

Pursuant hereto, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by at least one Officer and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate, or cause the relevant Authenticating Agent to authenticate, (i) the Notes in the form of Global Notes, or (ii) the Definitive Registered Notes from time to time issued only in exchange for a like aggregate amount of Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Issuer pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07.

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents (each, an “Authenticating Agent”) acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the

 

72


Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer. The Trustee hereby appoints GLAS Trust Company LLC as the Authenticating Agent for the Notes. GLAS Trust Company LLC hereby accepts such appointment and the Issuer hereby confirms that such appointment is acceptable to it.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Issuer will maintain one or more Paying Agents for the Notes (the “Principal Paying Agent”). The initial Principal Paying Agent for the Notes will be GLAS Trust Company LLC.

The Issuer will also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “Registrar”). The initial Registrar will be GLAS Trust Company LLC.

The Issuer will also maintain a transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”). The initial Transfer Agent for the Notes will be GLAS Trust Company LLC. The Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent, as applicable, will maintain a register reflecting ownership of Definitive Registered Notes and Global Notes outstanding from time to time, if any, and will make payments on and facilitate transfers of Definitive Registered Notes on behalf of the Issuer. Each such Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent for the Notes without prior notice to Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar in respect of any series of the Notes. Notice of any change in a Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent may be published on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), to the extent and in the manner permitted by the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money.

Each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee) agrees, and the Issuer will require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee) not a party to this Indenture to agree in writing, that such Paying Agent will hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium or Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require each Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require each Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.04, each Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) will have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer or such Subsidiary (including, without limitation, its bankruptcy, voluntary or judicial liquidation, composition with creditors, reprieve from payment, controlled management, fraudulent conveyance, general settlement with creditors, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally), the Paying Agent will serve as an agent of the Trustee. No later than 10:00 a.m., London time, on the day on which the appropriate Paying Agent is to receive payment, (a) the Issuer shall procure that the bank effecting payment for it confirms by fax or tested SWIFT MT100 message to the appropriate Paying Agent the payment instructions relating to such payment (if the Issuer will make the payment directly to the appropriate Paying Agent) and (b) the Security Agent shall procure that the bank effecting payment for it confirms by fax or tested

 

73


SWIFT MT100 message to the appropriate Paying Agent the payment instructions relating to such payment (if the Issuer will make the payment indirectly to the appropriate Paying Agent by paying the Security Agent and instructing the Security Agent to pay the appropriate Paying Agent). For the avoidance of doubt, the Paying Agent and the Trustee shall be held harmless and have no liability with respect to payments or disbursements to be made by such Paying Agent and Trustee (i) for which payment instructions are not made or that are not otherwise deposited by the respective times set forth in this Section 2.04 and (ii) until they have confirmed receipt of funds sufficient to make the relevant payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Security Agent shall be held harmless and have no liability with respect to payments or disbursements to be made by the Security Agent to the Paying Agent or Trustee.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

The Registrar will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee or a Paying Agent are not the Registrar, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and each Paying Agent at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may request in writing, a list of the names and addresses of the Holders in such form and as of such date as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may reasonably require.

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Ownership of interests in the Global Notes (“Book-Entry Interests”) will be limited to persons that have accounts with Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, or persons that may hold interests through such Participants. Ownership of interests in the Book-Entry Interests and transfers thereof will be subject to the restrictions on transfer and certification requirements set forth herein. In addition, transfers of Book-Entry Interests between Participants in Euroclear or Clearstream will be effected by Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in each case subject to the Applicable Procedures and the applicable rules and procedures established by their respective Participants.

Owners of the Book-Entry Interests will receive Definitive Registered Notes only in the following circumstances:

(1) if Euroclear or Clearstream notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as depositary or has ceased to be a clearing agency required under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days; or

(2) if any holder of a Book-Entry Interest requests such exchange in writing delivered through Euroclear or Clearstream following a Default by the Issuer under this Indenture and enforcement action is being taken in respect thereof under this Indenture.

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in clauses (1) or (2) above, the Issuer shall, at its own cost, issue or cause to be issued Definitive Registered Notes in such names as Euroclear or Clearstream shall instruct the Registrar or Transfer Agent, and such Definitive Registered Notes will bear the Private Placement Legend as provided in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof, unless that legend is not required by this Indenture or by applicable law.

Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a). Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c).

 

74


(b) General Provisions Applicable to Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes.

The transfer and exchange of Book-Entry Interests shall be effected through Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.

In connection with all transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests (other than transfers of Book-Entry Interests in connection with which the transferor takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in the same Global Note), the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar) must receive: (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to Euroclear and Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited or debited with such increase or decrease, if applicable.

In connection with a transfer or exchange of a Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note, the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar) must receive: (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant directing the Registrar to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to above.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes, the Holder of such Notes shall present or surrender to the Transfer Agent or Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Transfer Agent or Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, in connection with a transfer or exchange of a Definitive Registered Note for a Book-Entry Interest, the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar) must receive a written order directing Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit the account of the transferee in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged.

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture, the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar), as specified in this Section 2.06, shall endorse the relevant Global Note(s) with any increase or decrease and instruct Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, to reflect such increase or decrease in its systems.

 

75


Transfers of Book-Entry Interests shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests for Book-Entry Interests also shall require compliance with either clause (b)(1) or (b)(2) below, as applicable, as well as clause (b)(3) below, if applicable:

(1) Transfer of Book-Entry Interests in the Same Global Note. Book-Entry Interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, ownership of Book-Entry Interests in any Regulation S Global Note or Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be limited to Persons who have accounts with Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, or Persons who hold interests through Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, and any sale or transfer of such interest to U.S. persons shall not be permitted during the Restricted Period unless such resale or transfer is made pursuant to Rule 144A. Book-Entry Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note denominated in euros may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note denominated in euros, and Book-Entry Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note denominated in SEK may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note denominated in SEK. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Trustee to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes. A holder may transfer or exchange a Book-Entry Interest in Global Notes in a transaction not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) only if the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar) receives either:

(A) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given by Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant’s account to be credited with such increase; or

(B) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given by Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to the Registrar containing information specifying the identity of the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (i) above, the principal amount of such securities and the ISIN or Common Code or other similar number identifying the Notes,

 

76


provided that, with respect to any Restricted Global Note, any such transfer or exchange is made in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend.

(3) Transfer of Book-Entry Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) and the Registrar, Transfer Agent or Trustee receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in an IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof.

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Book-Entry Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A Book-Entry Interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) and the Registrar, Transfer Agent or Trustee receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, then the holder must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of EXHIBIT C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B) if the holder of such Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, then the holder must deliver a certificate in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(b)(4), if the Issuer or Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

77


If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to subparagraph (4) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to subparagraph (4) above. Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Book-Entry Interests for Restricted Definitive Registered Notes.

(1) Book-Entry Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Registered Notes. If any holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note or to transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) in the case of a transfer on or before the expiration of the Restricted Period by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, a certificate to the effect set forth in EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in either item (1), item (2) or item (3) thereof;

(B) in the case of a transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, the transfer complies with Section 2.06(b);

(C) in the case of a transfer to a QIB in reliance on Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(D) in the case of a transfer in an offshore transaction in reliance on Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(E) in the case of a transfer in reliance on Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; or

(F) if such Book-Entry Interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (E) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof,

the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such Book-Entry Interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, and the

 

78


Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar or Paying Agent shall deliver such Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(2) Book-Entry Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes. A holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such Book-Entry Interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note or may transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (1) or (2) of Section 2.06(a) and if the Registrar receives the following:

 

  (A)

if the holder of such Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of EXHIBIT C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

  (B)

if the holder of such Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(c)(2), if the Issuer or Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

The Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g), and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(2) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Common Depositary and the applicable Participant. The Trustee will mail such Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(2) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(3) Book-Entry Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes. If any holder of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (1) or (2) of Section 2.06(a) and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section

 

79


2.06(b)(2), the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g), and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Common Depositary and the Participant. The Trustee will mail such Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes.

(1) Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to Book-Entry Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of EXHIBIT C hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being transferred in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof, as applicable;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof; and

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(c) thereof, if applicable,

 

80


the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar will cancel the Restricted Definitive Registered Note, and the Trustee, Paying Agent or the Registrar will increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable Rule 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note, and in the case of clause (D) above, the applicable Rule 144A Global Note.

(2) Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to Book-Entry Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Registered Note may exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Registered Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a Book-Entry Interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of EXHIBIT C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(d)(2), if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Registered Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes to Book-Entry Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note may exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Registered Note to a Book-Entry Interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Registered Notes so transferred.

 

81


(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Definitive Registered Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Registered Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Transfer Agent or the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes of which registration the Issuer will be informed of by such Transfer Agent or such Registrar (as the case may be). Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Transfer Agent or the Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed and accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to such Transfer Agent or such Registrar duly executed by such Holder or its attorney, duly authorized to execute the same in writing. In the event that the Holder of such Definitive Registered Notes does not transfer the entire principal amount of Notes represented by any such Definitive Registered Note, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar will cancel or cause to be cancelled such Definitive Registered Note and the Issuer (who has been informed of such cancellation) shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the requesting Holder and any transferee Definitive Registered Notes in the appropriate principal amounts. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(1) Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to Restricted Definitive Registered Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Registered Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Registered Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transfer will be made in reliance on Regulation S, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(2) Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Registered Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of EXHIBIT C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(e)(2), if the Issuer or Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

82


(3) Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(1) Private Placement Legend. Each Global Note and each Definitive Registered Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form, unless a Global Note or Definitive Registered Note is issued pursuant to clauses (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(3), (e)(2) or (e)(3) of this Section 2.06:

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN

 

83


RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER: (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM; AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

BY ACCEPTING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EACH HOLDER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EITHER:

(X) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN FOR OR ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY WILL NOT BE AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF) (I) ANY “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) ANY “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) ANY ENTITY THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLANS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN SUBSECTIONS (I) OR (II) (WITHIN THE MEANING OF U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATION 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA), OR (IV) ANY PLAN, SUCH AS A FOREIGN PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(B)(4) OF ERISA), GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA) OR CHURCH PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975(G)(3) OF THE CODE) THAT IS NOT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, BUT THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (A “SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR (Y) (I) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR IN THE CASE OF A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A SIMILAR LAW, EXEMPT FROM THE ANALOGOUS PROVISIONS OF SUCH SIMILAR LAW), PURSUANT

 

84


TO ONE OR MORE APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS AND (II) NONE OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ACTING, OR WILL ACT, AS A FIDUCIARY TO ANY PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR IS UNDERTAKING TO PROVIDE IMPARTIAL INVESTMENT ADVICE OR GIVE ADVICE IN A FIDUCIARY CAPACITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY.”

The following legend shall also be included, if applicable:

“THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND THIS LEGEND IS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1275(c) OF THE CODE.”

(2) Global Note Legend for the Notes. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.”

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS GLOBAL NOTE HAVE BEEN ISSUED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION UNDER REGULATION (EU) 2017/1129 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT (THE “PROSPECTUS REGULATION”) AND THE PROSPECTUS REGULATION AS IT FORMS PART OF RETAINED EU LAW IN THE UNITED KINGDOM BY VIRTUE OF THE EUROPEAN UNION (WITHDRAWAL) ACT 2018, AS AMENDED (THE “UK PROSPECTUS REGULATION”) FROM THE REQUIREMENT TO PUBLISH A PROSPECTUS FOR OFFERS OF SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, ANY PERSON MAKING OR INTENDING TO MAKE AN OFFER OF THE SECURITIES IN ANY EEA MEMBER STATE OR THE UNITED KINGDOM MAY ONLY DO SO IN CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH NO OBLIGATION ARISES FOR THE ISSUER TO PUBLISH A PROSPECTUS PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 3 OF THE PROSPECTUS REGULATION OR THE UK PROSPECTUS REGULATION IN RELATION TO SUCH OFFER. THE ISSUER HAS NOT AUTHORIZED, NOR DOES IT AUTHORIZE, THE MAKING OF ANY OFFER OF SECURITIES IN CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH AN OBLIGATION ARISES FOR THE ISSUER TO PUBLISH A PROSPECTUS FOR SUCH OFFER.”

 

85


(3) Temporary Regulation S Restricted Note Legend. Each Temporary Regulation S Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “Temporary Regulation S Restricted Note Legend”):

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF 40 DAYS FROM THE LATER OF (I) THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY WAS FIRST OFFERED AND (II) THE DATE OF ISSUE OF THIS SECURITY.”

(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all Book-Entry Interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Registered Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Registered Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Paying Agent or Registrar, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the Book-Entry Interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or Paying Agent, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(2) No service charge will be made by the Issuer, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar to a Holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, a Holder of a Global Note or a Holder of a Definitive Registered Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp duty, stamp duty reserve, documentary or other similar tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.07 and 4.10 hereof).

(3) No Transfer Agent or Registrar will be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

86


(5) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer into its register kept at its registered office of any Definitive Registered Notes: (A) for a period of 15 calendar days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of such Notes pursuant to Section 3.02; (B) for a period of 15 calendar days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of such Notes to be redeemed in part; (C) for a period of 15 calendar days prior to the record date with respect to any Interest Payment Date applicable to such Notes; or (D) which the Holder has tendered (and not validly withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Available Cash Offer. Any such transfer will be made without charge to the Holder, other than any taxes, duties and governmental charges payable in connection with such transfer. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar, the Transfer Agent and the Paying Agent will be entitled to treat the Holder of a Note as the owner of it for all purposes.

(6) The Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(7) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Issuer, the Trustee or the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted initially by facsimile with originals to be delivered as soon as practicable thereafter to the Trustee.

(i) Limitation on Transfers and Exchanges between the Notes. Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture: (i) no Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note (with respect to the Euro Notes) and no Definitive Registered Note (with respect to the Euro Notes) may be transferred or exchanged for any Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note (with respect to the SEK Notes) or any Definitive Registered Note (with respect to the SEK Notes) and (ii) no Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note (with respect to the SEK Notes) and no Definitive Registered Note (with respect to the SEK Notes) may be transferred or exchanged for any Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note (with respect to the Euro Notes) or any Definitive Registered Note (with respect to the Euro Notes).

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

If Definitive Registered Notes are issued and a holder thereof claims that such a Definitive Registered Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, or if such Definitive Registered Note is mutilated and is surrendered to the Registrar or the Transfer Agent, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent will authenticate a replacement Definitive Registered Note if the Trustee’s and the Issuer’s requirements are met. The Issuer, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, or the Trustee may require a holder requesting replacement of a Definitive Registered Note to furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of each of the Issuer and the Trustee to protect themselves from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Definitive Registered Note is replaced. The Issuer and/or the Trustee may charge for any expenses incurred by it in replacing a Definitive Registered Note.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Definitive Registered Note has become or is about to become due and payable, or is about to be redeemed or purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer, in its discretion, may, instead of issuing a new Definitive Registered Note, pay, redeem or purchase such Definitive Registered Note, as the case may be.

 

87


Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee, or the Authenticating Agent, except for those canceled by it or the Registrar, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee or the Registrar in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; provided, however that, the Notes held by the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 2.09 hereof and paragraph (5)(e) of the Notes.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Registrar receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

If the principal amount and premium, if any, of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If a Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09 Acts by Holders.

(a) In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of the Notes of a series have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, any Notes owned by the Issuer or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, the Issuer will be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that for purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 2.09(a), for the purposes of paragraph (5)(d) of the Notes, in determining whether the Holders of at least 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes have validly tendered and not withdrawn Notes in a tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the Notes, as applicable, Notes owned by an affiliate of the Issuer or by funds controlled or managed by any affiliate of the Issuer, or any successor thereof, shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of such tender offer or other offer, as applicable.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate, or cause an Authenticating Agent to authenticate, temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of Definitive Registered Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer will prepare and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate Definitive Registered Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

88


Section 2.11 Cancellation.

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, each Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy such canceled Notes. Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will upon request be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. For so long as the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of any such cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer will notify the Trustee and each Paying Agent in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuer will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) will deliver or cause to be delivered to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer pays the defaulted interest prior to the date that is 30 days after the date of default in payment of interest, no special record date will be set and payment will be made to the Holders as of the original record date. For so long as the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of any such special record date.

Section 2.13 ISIN or Common Code Number.

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use an “ISIN” or “Common Code” number and, if so, such ISIN or Common Code number shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN or Common Code number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee and each Paying Agent of any change in the ISIN or Common Code number.

Section 2.14 Deposit of Moneys.

No later than 10:00 a.m., London time, one Business Day prior to the day of each due date of the principal of, interest and premium (if any) on any Note and the Stated Maturity date of the Notes, the Issuer shall deposit (or direct the Security Agent to deposit) with the Paying Agent in

 

89


immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such day or date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Trustee or Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such day or date, as the case may be. Subject to actual receipt of such funds as provided by this Section 2.14 by the designated Paying Agent, such Paying Agent shall make payments on the Notes in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of its failure to so act.

Section 2.15 Agents.

(a) Actions of Agents. The rights, powers, duties, obligations and actions of each Agent under this Indenture are several and not joint or joint and several.

(b) Agents of Trustee. The Issuer and the Agents acknowledge and agree that in the event of a Default or Event of Default, the Trustee may, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Agents, require that the Agents act as agents of, and take instructions exclusively from, the Trustee. Prior to receiving such written notice from the Trustee, the Agents shall be the agents of the Issuer and need have no concern for the interests of the Holders. Other than as provided in this Indenture (including in Section 2.04 and this Section 2.15(b)), no Agent shall be under any fiduciary duty or other obligation towards, or have any relationship of agency or trust, for or with any person other than the Issuer.

(c) Funds held by Agents. The Agents will hold all funds as banker subject to the terms of this Indenture and as a result, such money will not be held in accordance with the rules established by the Financial Conduct Authority in the Financial Conduct Authority’s Handbook of rules and guidance from time to time in relation to client money.

(d) Publication of Notices. Any obligation the Agents may have to publish a notice to Holders of Global Notes on behalf of the Issuer will be met upon delivery of the notice to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, if and so long as any Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes and ownership of book-entry interests therein are shown on the records of Euroclear and/or Clearstream.

(e) Unclear Instructions. In the event that an Agent receives conflicting, unclear or equivocal instructions, the Agent shall be entitled not to take any action until such instructions have been resolved or clarified to its satisfaction and the Agent shall not be or become liable in any way to any person for any failure to comply with any such conflicting, unclear or equivocal instructions. Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, an Agent may refrain without liability from doing anything that would in its opinion, based on legal advice, be contrary to any law of any state or jurisdiction (including but not limited to the European Union, the United States of America or, in each case, any jurisdiction forming a part of it and England & Wales) or any directive or regulation of any agency of any such state or jurisdiction and may without liability do anything which is, based on legal advice, necessary to comply with any such law, directive or regulation.

(f) Payments by Agents. The Agents shall be entitled to make payments net of any Taxes or other sums required by any applicable law to be withheld or deducted. If such a withholding or deduction is so required, the Agents will not pay an additional amount in respect of that withholding or deduction; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer and Guarantors shall remain liable to pay Additional Amounts in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.14.

Section 2.16 Series of Notes; Issuance of Additional Notes.

 

90


(a) Each of the Euro Notes and the SEK Notes will constitute separate series of Notes but will be treated as a single class of securities for all purposes of this Indenture, including with respect to waivers and amendments, except as otherwise specified in this Indenture.

(b) The Issuer shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Sections 2.02 and 4.06, to issue under this Indenture additional (i) Euro Notes in an unlimited principal amount which shall have identical terms and conditions as the Euro Notes (the “Additional Euro Notes”) and (ii) SEK Notes in an unlimited principal amount which shall have identical terms and conditions as the SEK Notes (the “Additional SEK Notes” and, together with the Additional Euro Notes, the “Additional Notes”).

(c) In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to request the Opinions of Counsel and Officer’s Certificates, as the case may be, required by Sections 2.02, 4.06 and 12.03.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

If the Issuer elects to redeem a series of Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of paragraph 5 or paragraph 6 of the relevant series of Notes, it must furnish to the Trustee and the Principal Paying Agent, at least 10 calendar days but not more than 60 calendar days (or such shorter period agreed by the Trustee) before redemption, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

(1) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(2) the redemption date and the record date;

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

(4) the redemption price; and

(5) the ISIN and Common Code numbers, as applicable.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

(a) Subject to Section 3.09, if less than all of the Notes of any series are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee or the Registrar, as applicable, will select the Notes of the relevant series for redemption in compliance with the Applicable Procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, or (i) if such Notes are not held through Euroclear or Clearstream, on a pro rata basis, or (ii) if Euroclear or Clearstream prescribe no method of selection, by use of a pool factor; provided, however, that no Euro Note of €1,000 in aggregate principal amount or less or SEK Note of SEK 10,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part and only Euro Notes and SEK Notes in integral multiples of €1.00 and SEK 1.00 will be redeemed, respectively. Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar will be liable for any selections made in accordance with this Section 3.02(a).

(b) Notices of purchase or redemption will be given to each Holder pursuant to Sections 3.03 and 13.01.

 

91


Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

(a) At least 10 calendar days but not more than 60 calendar days prior to the redemption date, the Issuer shall mail or at the expense of the Issuer, cause to be mailed (by first class mail, postage prepaid) or otherwise transmit, any notice of redemption in accordance with Section 13.01 and as provided below to Holders of the relevant series of Notes at their respective addresses as they appear on the registration books of the Registrar, except that redemption notices may be mailed or otherwise transmitted more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or 10 hereof. The Issuer shall publish a notice of redemption in accordance with the prevailing rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange applicable to the Securities Official List.

(b) The notice of redemption will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

(1) the redemption date and the record date;

(2) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid;

(3) the name and address of the Paying Agent(s) to which the Notes are to be surrendered for redemption;

(4) Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

(5) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(6) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(7) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN and Common Code numbers, as applicable, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

(c) If the Issuer elects to redeem the Notes or portions thereof and, in connection with a satisfaction and discharge of, or defeasance of, this Indenture, requests that the Trustee distribute to the Holders amounts deposited in trust with the Trustee (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for redemption) prior to the date fixed for redemption in accordance with the provisions set forth under Article 8 or Article 10, the applicable redemption notice will state (i) that Holders will receive such amounts deposited in trust with the Trustee prior to the date fixed for redemption and (ii) such earlier payment date.

(d) If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, in which case the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on the Notes or portions of the Notes called for redemption.

 

92


(e) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with the information required at least three Business Days prior to the publication of the notice of redemption (or such shorter period as agreed by the Issuer and the Trustee).

(f) Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar will be liable for selection made as contemplated in this Section 3.03. For the Notes which are represented by Global Notes held on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to Euroclear or Clearstream for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Any redemption and notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, without limitation, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering and, in the case of a refinancing of the Notes, the incurrence of Indebtedness the proceeds of which will be used to redeem the Notes). If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice may state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied or waived (provided, however, that, in any case, such redemption date shall be no less than 10 days and no more than 60 days from the date on which such notice is first given), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

(a) No later than 10:00 a.m., London time, one Business Day prior to each date of redemption or purchase, the Issuer will deposit (or direct the Security Agent to deposit upon receipt of immediately available funds from the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) with each Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, as applicable, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, as applicable, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

(b) If the Issuer complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Security Agent shall never be liable for any such additional interest.

 

93


Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

If any Definitive Registered Note has been issued, upon surrender of such Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Definitive Registered Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered, provided that, with respect to any new Note denominated in euro, each such new Definitive Registered Note will be in an aggregate principal amount that is at least €1,000 and in integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof, and with respect to any new Note denominated in SEK, each such new Definitive Registered Note will be in an aggregate principal amount that is at least SEK 10,000 and in integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof. If any Notes that are redeemed or purchased in part are issued in global form, the Registrar will make an appropriate notation on such Global Notes to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof, provided that any such Global Note will be, with respect to any Note denominated in euro, in an aggregate principal amount that is at least €1,000 and in integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof and, with respect to any Note denominated in SEK, in an aggregate principal amount that is at least SEK 10,000 and in integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof.

Section 3.07 Mandatory Redemption.

The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes, except as set forth in Section 3.08(a)(3) and Section 3.10.

Section 3.08 Application of Available Cash Amount.

(a) In each fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025, the Issuer shall apply the Available Cash Amount in full during such fiscal year in the following order of priority (each repayment or redemption under clauses (2), (3) and (4) below, a “Repayment”):

(1) first, (a) to make one or more offers to repurchase the Exchange Notes on a pro rata basis (calculated based on the percentage that the outstanding principal amount of a series of Exchange Notes represents of the aggregate principal amount of all Exchange Notes then outstanding), provided that the Issuer shall have the discretion to consummate the repurchase of any validly tendered Notes or (b) to make one or more reverse Dutch auction tender offers in relation to the Exchange Notes (each, an “Available Cash Offer”);

(2) second, if required under the RCF Facility Agreement, to prepay the Utilizations and/or Ancillary Outstandings under the RCF Facility Agreement at par and concurrently cancel in the same amount as such prepayment (a) the Total Commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement and under paragraph (ii) of the Servicing Sub-Limit under the RCF Facility Agreement and (b) if paragraph (ii) of the Servicing Sub-Limit has been reduced to zero, cancel the Total Commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement;

(3) third, if the Utilizations under the RCF Facility Agreement have been prepaid in full and the Total Commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement have been cancelled in full, to redeem each series of Notes in accordance with paragraph (5)(f) of each Global Note on a pro rata basis (calculated based on the percentage that the outstanding principal amount of a series of Notes represents of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding); and

(4) fourth, if each series of Exchange Notes has been repaid, repurchased or redeemed in full, the repurchase or redemption of the Notes, the Piraeus Term Loan and/or any other secured Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture.

 

94


(b) Notwithstanding Section 3.08(a), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to use any cash on balance sheet (including the Available Cash Amount) to repay and redraw Utilizations at any time and in accordance with its terms, provided that the commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement are not cancelled other than pursuant to any Debt Service or a Repayment, and further provided that any voluntary repayment that does not result in any cancellation of such commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement shall not reduce the Available Cash Amount.

(c) To the extent that any portion of the Available Cash Amount payable pursuant to Section 3.08(a) is denominated in a currency other than the currency required to pay Indebtedness set forth in Section 3.08(a), the amount thereof payable in respect of such Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of funds in the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated that is actually received by the Issuer upon converting such portion into such currency.

(d) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of any applicable securities laws or regulations (or rules of any exchange on which the Notes are then listed) in connection with the repurchase, redemption or repayment of Notes pursuant to this Indenture.

(e) Not less than 20 Business Days prior to undertaking any Available Cash Offer or making any Repayment during the relevant fiscal year from the Available Cash Amount, the Issuer shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee confirming that, on a pro forma basis for the Available Cash Offer or Repayment, the Issuer is projected to have sufficient cashflow to meet its Debt Service and Additional Capex for the next twelve months following the delivery of such Officer’s Certificate (a “Debt Service Certificate”). To the extent that the Issuer (acting reasonably and in good faith) is unable to deliver such a Debt Service Certificate, the Available Cash Amount to be applied as part of such Available Cash Offer or Repayment shall be reduced by such amount as is necessary to ensure that the Issuer has sufficient cashflow to meet its Debt Service and Additional Capex for the next twelve months following the Available Cash Offer or Repayment. Following such reduction, if at any time during that fiscal year the Issuer is able to deliver a Debt Service Certificate in respect of the remaining Available Cash Amount, the Issuer shall undertake an Available Cash Offer or make a Repayment in respect of the remaining Available Cash Amount.

Section 3.09 Redemption and Repurchases on a Pro Rata Basis

Any redemption of the Notes or an offer to repurchase the Notes shall be made for all series of Notes on a pro rata basis (calculated based on the percentage that the outstanding principal amount of a series of Notes represents of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding), other than a redemption of any series of Notes pursuant to paragraph (5)(d) of any Global Note.

Section 3.10 Special Mandatory Redemption.

(a) In the event that, at any time prior to the date that is four (4) months following the Issue Date, the Issuer determines in its sole discretion that it will not undertake any further Discounted BuyBack using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (or any portion thereof), the Issuer shall redeem the Notes using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (other than any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds) on a pro rata basis at a redemption price equal to 98% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that are being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, and any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds to, but excluding, the redemption date shall be remitted to the Issuer’s designated account for its own account.

 

95


(b) In the event that, at any time on or after the date that is four (4) months following the Issue Date but prior to the date that is eight (8) months following the Issue Date, the Issuer determines in its sole discretion that it will not undertake any further Discounted BuyBack using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (or any portion thereof), the Issuer shall redeem the Notes using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (other than any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds) on a pro rata basis at a redemption price equal to 99% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that are being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds shall be remitted to the Issuer’s designated account for its own account.

(c) In the event that (i) any Escrow Notes Proceeds remain in the Escrow Account on the Escrow Longstop Date or (ii) at any time on or after the date that is eight (8) months following the Issue Date but prior to the Escrow Longstop Date, the Issuer determines in its sole discretion that it will not undertake any further Discounted BuyBack using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (or any portion thereof), the Issuer shall redeem the Notes using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (other than any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds) on a pro rata basis at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that are being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, and any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds shall be remitted to the Issuer’s designated account for its own account.

(d) Notice of any Special Mandatory Redemption shall be delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent and shall provide that each series of Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is no later than one Business Day after such notice is given by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement or otherwise in accordance with the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

If at the time of any Special Mandatory Redemption, the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer shall notify the Luxembourg Stock Exchange that a Special Mandatory Redemption has occurred and any relevant details relating to such Special Mandatory Redemption.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid (and the Security Agent will pay at the direction of the Issuer upon receipt of immediately available funds from the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, holds no later than 10:00 a.m., London time, one Business Day prior to such due date money deposited by the Issuer (or the Security Agent at the direction of the Issuer) in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, then due. If the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, shall be considered paid on the due date if the entity acting as Paying Agent complies with Section 2.04.

 

96


The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02 Reports.

(a) For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will provide to the Trustee the following reports:

(1) within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2024, annual reports containing, to the extent applicable, the following information: (a) audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of the end of the most recent fiscal year and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of the Company for the most recent fiscal year (in each case, with comparable prior-year periods), including footnotes to such financial statements and the report of the independent auditors on the financial statements; (b) unaudited pro forma income statement information and balance sheet information of the Company (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the provision of a full income statement or balance sheet to the extent not reasonably available), together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year (unless such pro forma information has been provided in a previous report pursuant to clause (2) or (3) below); (c) an operating and financial review of the audited financial statements, including a discussion of the results of operations, financial condition, EBITDA and liquidity and capital resources of the Company, and a discussion of material commitments and contingencies and critical accounting policies; (d) a description of the business, management and shareholders of the Company, all material affiliate transactions and a description of all material contractual arrangements and (e) material risk factors in a level of detail comparable to the English language version of the Company’s annual report for the year ended December 31, 2023 and material recent developments (to the extent not previously reported pursuant to clauses (2) and (3) below);

(2) within 60 days following the end of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Company beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2025, all quarterly reports of the Company containing the following information: (a) an unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such quarter and unaudited condensed statements of income and cash flow for the most recent quarter ending on the unaudited condensed balance sheet date, and the comparable prior quarterly period, together with condensed footnote disclosure; (b) unaudited pro forma income statement information and balance sheet information of the Company (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the provision of a full income statement or balance sheet to the extent not reasonably available), together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal quarter; (c) an operating and financial review of the unaudited financial statements, including a discussion of the results of operations, financial condition, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Company, and a discussion of material changes not in the ordinary course of business in commitments and contingencies since the most recent report; and (d) material recent developments (to the extent not previously reported pursuant to clause (3) below); and

 

97


(3) promptly after the occurrence of any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring or any senior executive officer changes or change in auditors of the Company or any other material event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries announces publicly, a report containing a description of such event.

(b) The reports required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.02(a) shall contain the following:

(1) For the Company:

(A) gross revenue;

(B) EBITDA excluding non-recurring items, together with the details and commentary on synergies and cost savings that have been achieved and are contemplated to be included in the definition of Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio (or a statement that there is no such synergies and cost savings).

(C) net debt and leverage (split by instrument and showing liquidity);

(D) attributable net income; and

(E) a bridge for reported EBITDA to cash EBITDA.

(2) For the servicing business:

(A) total assets under management, showing a breakdown by client type (such as commercial banks, investors and securitization vehicles) and by region;

(B) collections and collections rate;

(C) regional performance, showing gross book value, collections, collection rate, gross revenues, EBITDA excluding non-recurring items, and EBITDA margin excluding non-recurring items;

(D) assets under management bridge (reconciling the assets under management at the beginning of the period to the end of the period), showing collections and new inflows; and

(E) assets under management, revenues and EBITDA by region.

(3) For the investing business:

(A) face value and gross book value of the owned portfolio;

(B) vintage analysis showing (i) historical collections and remaining ERC per vintage broken down by year, (ii) historical and forecast collection curves for each vintage as compared to underwritten curves, and (iii) book value and face value by vintage; and

 

98


(C) other metrics by asset type and key performance indicators set out in “Appendix – Investment Segment Reporting (Example)” of the Lock-Up Agreement.

(4) For the investment management business, upon the assets under the management of Majority-Owned Co-Investment Vehicles and Fund Co-Investment Vehicles reaching €500 million in the aggregate:

(A) assets under management;

(B) assets under management bridge (reconciling the assets under management at the beginning of the period to the end of the period); and

(C) aggregated fee income paid to the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries that are General Partners (without a split between management and performance fee).

(c) The investor presentation that accompanies the reports required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.02(a) shall contain the following:

(1) supporting information for available liquidity (as disclosed, for example, in the last bullet point on page 29 of the investor presentation for the second quarter of 2024) to be provided after such bullet point, showing a sub-limit to the liquidity split on availability under the RCF Facility Agreement, cash on balance sheet, trapped cash and undrawn available commitments under the RCF Facility Agreement; and

(2) a breakdown of available capacity under each of (A) Sections 4.04(c)(6) and (13); (B) Sections 4.06(b)(1), (7), (11), (12), (13), (15) and (16); and (C) clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Investment.”

(d) For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will provide to the Security Agent the following reports:

(1) promptly after the issuance of any New License to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a report containing a description of such New License.

(2) promptly after the acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Person that is subject to a license which would require regulator consent or notification upon a change of control, a report containing a description of such Person and such license; or

(3) promptly after (A) a change in law of which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is aware based on reasonable enquiries from time to time, or (B) a change in the condition relating to a license of a Restricted Subsidiary that would require a regulatory consent or a regulatory notification for a change of control of such Restricted Subsidiary, a report containing a description of such change in law or change in condition relating to a license as described in clauses (A) and (B).

(e) All financial statements and pro forma financial information shall be prepared in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the date of such report or financial statement (or otherwise on the basis of IFRS as then in effect) and on a consistent basis for the periods presented; provided, however, that the reports set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.02(a) may, in the event of a change in applicable IFRS, present earlier periods on a basis that applied to such periods. The filing of an Annual Report on Form 20-F within the time period specified in Section 4.02(a)(1) will satisfy such provision.

 

99


(f) At any time that any of the Company’s Subsidiaries are Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, if taken together as one Subsidiary, constitutes a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, then the annual and quarterly financial information required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.02(a) shall include either (i) a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary (as applicable) separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company or (ii) stand-alone audited or unaudited financial statements, as the case may be, of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiaries (as a group or otherwise) together with an unaudited reconciliation to the financial information of the Company and its Subsidiaries other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary (as applicable), which reconciliation shall include the following items: net revenues, EBITDA, ERC, net income, cash, total assets, total debt and interest expense.

(g) Substantially concurrently with the issuance to the Trustee of the reports specified in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.02(a), the Company shall also (a) use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to post copies of such reports on such website as may be then maintained by the Company and its Subsidiaries or (ii) otherwise to provide substantially comparable availability of such reports (as determined by the Company in good faith) or (b) to the extent the Company determines in good faith that it cannot make such reports available in the manner required by the preceding clause (a) owing to applicable law or after the use of its commercially reasonable efforts, furnish such reports to the Holders and, upon request, prospective purchasers of the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Company either (i) posts copies of such reports on such website as may be then maintained by the Company and its Subsidiaries or (ii) otherwise provides substantially comparable availability of such reports (as determined by the Company in good faith), it will be deemed to have delivered such information by making it available to the Trustee.

(h) In addition, so long as the Notes remain outstanding and during any period during which the Parent is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act nor exempt therefrom pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b), the Parent shall furnish to the Holders and, upon their request, prospective purchasers of the Notes, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(i) The Company shall conduct a conference call to discuss the results of operations of the Company for the relevant reporting period, including a Q&A session, within 10 Business Days after the delivery of the reports required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.02(a).

Section 4.03 Compliance Certificate; Notice of Defaults.

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate indicating whether the signer thereof knows of any Default that occurred during the previous year and, if any, such Default, specifying the nature and the status thereof of which such signer has knowledge.

(b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events of which it is aware which would constitute a Default, their status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

 

100


(c) If a Default occurs for a failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (an “Initial Default”) then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or deliver a required certificate in connection with the Initial Default will also be cured without any further action. Any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in this Section 4.03 or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant or notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in this Indenture.

(d) Substantially concurrently with the issuance to the Trustee of the reports specified in clause (1) of Section 4.02(a), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate confirming (1) that the Additional Capex in the fiscal year to which such report relates did not exceed the Additional Capex Limit during such fiscal year and (2) the Available Cash Amount for the immediately succeeding fiscal year.

Section 4.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except:

(A) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Company or in Subordinated Shareholder Funding; and

(B) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis, measured by value);

(2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer) any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect Parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock));

(3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (a) any such payment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement or in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (b) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(3));

 

101


(4) make any payment (other than by capitalization of interest) on or with respect to, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; or

(5) (a) make any Restricted Investment in any Person or (b) make any Permitted Investment in any Person (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Co-Investment Vehicles, Partnerships and their respective Subsidiaries) to the extent it would be an Indirect Restricted Payment;

(any such dividend, distribution, payment, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement, Restricted Investment or Permitted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (5) are referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”).

(b) [Reserved].

(c) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”):

(1) [Reserved];

(2) [Reserved];

(3) [Reserved];

(4) [Reserved];

(5) [Reserved];

(6) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), payments to purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire, cancel or retire for value Capital Stock of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof), where such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Capital Stock of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) is made as a hedge against a long-term management incentive scheme or other long-term employee bonus scheme in which a bonus or other incentive payment is payable in the relevant Capital Stock or is based on the price of the relevant Capital Stock; provided that such payments do not exceed an amount equal to €7 million per fiscal year;

(7) [Reserved];

(8) [Reserved];

(9) dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication):

(A) the amounts required for any Parent to pay any Related Taxes; or

(B) amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments (i) in connection with the Transactions (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate amount of fees and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with the Transactions) or (ii) to the extent specified in clause (5) of Section 4.08(b);

 

102


(10) [Reserved];

(11) [Reserved];

(12) payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock, provided, however, that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this Section 4.04 or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Issuer);

(13) subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions (except for clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of “Permitted Investment General Restrictions”), Investments constituting Portfolio Acquisitions (including Investments in Co-Investment Vehicles) or acquisitions of Acquired Businesses in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the aggregate cash amount of Excluded Contributions;

(14) Restricted Payments set forth in clause (1) of Section 4.04(a) made by a Group Company (other than the Company) to another Group Company that is its direct or indirect parent company, on a cashless basis, and where such Restricted Payment constitutes a “group contribution” (Sw. koncernbidrag) under Swedish law or any similar transaction in any other jurisdiction in which the Group operates which has an equivalent tax-consolidating effect (a “Tax Consolidation Transaction”); provided that either (i) substantially concurrently with any such Tax Consolidation Transaction, the receiver of such Restricted Payment and any other Group Company becoming a creditor in respect of an Intra-Group Receivable arising as a direct or an indirect result of the Tax Consolidation Transaction make an equity contribution of equal amount to the relevant Persons being debtors in relation to such Intra-Group Receivable to offset and extinguish any and all receivables arising from the Restricted Payment made pursuant to this clause (14); or (ii) the purpose of such Restricted Payment is to offset and extinguish any and all receivables arising from a Tax Consolidation Transaction undertaken prior to or concurrently with such Restricted Payment and such Restricted Payment does not give rise to any receivables, whether in the form of an equity contribution or, in respect of any Group Company permitted to make such investments, a Permitted Investment under paragraph (25) thereof; and

(15) any payment of Parent Holding Company Expenses under clause (1) of the definition thereof pursuant to a Recharge Agreement between Midco and the Company.

(d) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined conclusively by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Issuer acting in good faith. For purposes hereof, unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Indebtedness that is secured by virtue of it not being secured.

 

103


Section 4.05 Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,

including, for the avoidance of doubt, for the purpose of making payments to the Issuer or the Company with respect to or in connection with the Notes (including, but not limited to, refinancing, amending, extending, repaying, purchasing, investing in and/or pledging assets in support of any Notes and/or paying any principal amounts, interest amounts, premia, catch-up payments, make-whole amounts, fees, underwriting discounts, costs, commissions, hedging, tax, break costs, indemnification obligations or other expenses (including any consent fees) in connection therewith); provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.05(a) will not prohibit:

(1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (A) the RCF Finance Documents and the Piraeus Term Loan Finance Documents, in each case as of the Issue Date, (B) any other agreement or instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, including, without limitation, this Indenture, the Exchange Notes Indenture, the Notes and the Exchange Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or (C) any Security Documents or Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(2) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or was merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary entered into or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date;

 

104


(3) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.05(b) or this clause (3) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.05(b) or this clause (3); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders taken as a whole than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer);

(4) any encumbrance or restriction:

(A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract;

(B) contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements not prohibited by this Indenture or securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary not prohibited by this Indenture to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements; or

(C) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) (x) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired or (y) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to a joint venture, co-investment or similar agreements (and any agreements ancillary or consequential thereto) that impose restrictions on the transfer of the rights, property or assets of the joint venture, co-investment vehicle or other entity the subject of any such agreement(s);

(6) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(7) customary provisions in leases, licenses, joint venture agreements, co-investment and other similar or related agreements and instruments, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business or where the Issuer determines that such encumbrances or restrictions will not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes;

(8) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority;

 

105


(9) any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers, or as required by insurance, surety or bonding companies or indemnities, in each case, under agreements or policies entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(10) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements or Commodity Hedging Agreements;

(11) any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in this Indenture, the New Notes Indenture, the RCF Facility Agreement as of the Issue Date, the Piraeus Term Loan Facility Agreement as of the Issue Date, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, together with the security documents associated therewith as in effect on the Issue Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions; or

(12) any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any Lien permitted under Section 4.09.

Section 4.06 Limitation on Indebtedness

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness).

(b) Section 4.06(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

(1) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor pursuant to any Credit Facility (including letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created under any Credit Facility), and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness in a maximum aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding €1,100 million; provided that any such Credit Facility shall only be in the form of a revolving facility and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof shall only be Incurred pursuant to a revolving facility, except that up to an aggregate principal amount not to exceed €50 million may be Incurred in respect of Indebtedness under short-term commercial paper with a maturity not to exceed six months; and provided, further, that any Indebtedness Incurred in reliance on this Section 4.06(b)(1) that refinances Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility (other than any Indebtedness under short-term commercial paper as set forth in the foregoing proviso) shall be Incurred under a Credit Facility pursuant to this Section 4.06(b)(1) and shall not have an All-In Yield in excess of 9.0%;

(2)

(A) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (i) the Incurrence of such Indebtedness being Guaranteed is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, (ii) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or to a Note Guarantee then such Guarantee must be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness being Guaranteed and (iii) if the Indebtedness is Guaranteed by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Restricted Subsidiary complies with Section 4.12; or

 

106


(B) without limiting the provisions of Section 4.09, Indebtedness arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such Person securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:

(A) if the Issuer or any Guarantor is the obligor under such Indebtedness and the obligee is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is unsecured and ((i) except in respect of the intercompany current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) only to the extent legally permitted (the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries having completed all procedures required in the reasonable judgment of directors or officers of the obligee or obligor to protect such Persons from any penalty or civil or criminal liability in connection with the subordination of such Indebtedness)) expressly subordinated in right of payment to prior payment in full in cash (whether upon Stated Maturity, acceleration or otherwise) and the performance in full of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture; and

(B) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;

(4) Indebtedness represented by (A)(i) the Exchange Notes and any Guarantees thereof, (ii) the Piraeus Term Loan outstanding on the Issue Date and (iii) other than with respect to any Italian Guarantor, any “parallel debt” obligation under the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and (B) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in sub-clause (A) or (B) of this clause (4) or clause (5) of this Section 4.06(b);

(5) Acquired Indebtedness; provided, however, that (i) at the time of the relevant acquisition or other transaction, after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness, (A) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be at least 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would not be less than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such acquisition or other transaction and (ii) such Acquired Indebtedness constitutes a Non-Recourse Obligation (except to the extent of any “bad boy” guaranty provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Acquired Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with past practice prior to the Issue Date);

(6) Indebtedness under Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and Commodity Hedging Agreements entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for speculative purposes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or Senior Management of the Issuer);

 

107


(7) Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor and represented by Purchase Money Obligations and Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations, and in each case any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7) and then outstanding, will not exceed at any time (a) for the first 12 months following the Second Amendment Effective Date, the greater of (A) €90 million and (B) [•]% of Total Assets and (b) thereafter, the greater of (A) €75 million and (B) [•]% of Total Assets; provided, that such Indebtedness is not Incurred for the purpose of purchasing Portfolio Assets or acquiring an Acquired Business;

(8) Indebtedness in respect of (a) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment, customs, VAT or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees and warranties provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business or in respect of any governmental requirement, (b) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business or in respect of any governmental requirement; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or similar instruments, the obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing, (c) the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business and (d) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with past practice prior to the Issue Date;

(9) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for customary guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); provided that, in the case of a disposition, the maximum liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(10) (A) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence;

(B) take-or-pay obligations, customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business;

 

108


(C) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(D) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for credit management of bad debt purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business on arm’s length commercial terms on a recourse basis;

(11) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the aggregate principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.06(b)(11) and then outstanding, will not exceed €50 million;

(12) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor represented by the Notes in an aggregate principal amount, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.06(b)(12) and then outstanding, not to exceed €526,315,000; provided that an amount equal to the net proceeds of such Notes less €75 million is applied by the Issuer to repurchase the Exchange Notes by way of fixed-price tender offers or reverse Dutch auction tender offers, in each case as a Discounted BuyBack; provided, further, that in the event the Notes are issued in an aggregate principal amount that is less than €526,315,000 or the Notes are repaid, in whole or in part, after the Issue Date, the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be permitted to Incur Indebtedness pursuant to this Section 4.06(b)(12) if (a) the All-In Yield of such Indebtedness is no greater than the All-In Yield of the Notes and (b) the ROFO Condition is satisfied and such Indebtedness is not a receivables financing or securitization of any kind;

(13) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor arising under clause (4) of the definition of “Indebtedness” and not to exceed €75 million outstanding at any time, where the deferred and unpaid purchase price of the purchased property is unsecured and due no more than 18 months from the date of Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(14) Indebtedness under daylight borrowing facilities Incurred in connection with any refinancing of Indebtedness (including by way of set-off or exchange) so long as any such Indebtedness is repaid within three days of the date on which such Indebtedness is Incurred;

(15) Indebtedness consisting of local lines of credit or working capital facilities not to exceed €20 million outstanding at any one time;

(16) Non-Recourse Obligations of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 50% of the Loan to Purchase Price of the Portfolio Assets held by such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries and Guarantees thereof by any Restricted Subsidiary of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle; provided that the terms of such Indebtedness are negotiated at arm’s length; provided, further, that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate with any Third Party that provides such Indebtedness to include in the terms of such Indebtedness a right of first offer in favor of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to purchase the Capital Stock of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle if such Third Party enforces against its pledge of the Capital Stock of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle;

 

109


(17) Indebtedness in connection with any joint and several liability (hoofdelijke aansprakelijkheid) by operation of law as a result of any fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax purposes and Dutch value added tax purposes consisting solely of members of the Group other than the Company; and

(18) Indebtedness arising pursuant to any declaration of joint and several liability issued for the purpose of section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code (and any residual liability under such declaration arising pursuant to section 2:404(2) of the Dutch Civil Code).

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 4.06:

(1) all Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Obligations outstanding on the Issue Date, and all Indebtedness that the Issuer and any Guarantor is obligated to incur as of the Issue Date in connection with the payment of any Purchase Money Obligations outstanding on such date, shall be deemed Incurred on the Issue Date under Section 4.06(b)(7) notwithstanding the proviso;

(2) all Indebtedness under the RCF Facility Agreement shall be Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(1);

(3) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments or any “parallel debt” obligation relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

(4) if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1), (7), (11) or (15) of Section 4.06(b) and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

(5) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

(6) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.06 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.06 permitting such Indebtedness;

(7) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not Incur any Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b) for the purpose of financing any Fund Co-Investment Vehicles or its Subsidiaries in any way (including the financing of equity or asset contributions into Fund Co-Investment Vehicles but excluding, for the avoidance of

 

110


doubt, the Incurrence of Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(16) by a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries) other than any Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(1) in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed €25.0 million at any time outstanding (the “FCIV RCF Permission”). For the purpose of determining the amount of Indebtedness outstanding in accordance with the FCIV RCF Permission, the Company shall only be required to take account of Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(1) for the sole purpose of financing any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries; and

(8) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of IFRS.

(d) Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in IFRS will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.06. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be calculated as specified under the definition of “Indebtedness.”

(e) If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer as of such date.

(f) For purposes of determining compliance with any euro- or SEK-denominated (as applicable) restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness (including any Indebtedness to be Incurred by reference to a percentage of Total Assets) or for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio for any other purpose under this Indenture, in each applicable case, the euro or SEK equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness or, at the option of the Issuer, first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower euro or SEK equivalent, as applicable), in the case of Indebtedness Incurred under a revolving credit facility; provided that (a) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than euro or SEK, as applicable, and such refinancing would cause the applicable ratio or euro- or SEK-denominated restriction, as applicable, to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such ratio or euro- or SEK- denominated restriction, as applicable, shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the aggregate principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) Incurred in connection with such refinancing; (b) subject to clause (c) below, the euro or SEK equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date; and (c) if and for so long as any such Indebtedness is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering all or any portion the principal and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in euro or SEK, as applicable, will be adjusted to take into account the effect of such agreement.

 

111


(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.06, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.06 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

(h) Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor will incur any Indebtedness (including any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Guarantee thereof on substantially identical terms (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor); provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor solely by virtue of being unsecured, by virtue of being secured with different collateral, by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis, by virtue of being guaranteed by different obligors or by virtue of the application of waterfall or other payment-ordering provisions affecting different tranches of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Agreed Security Principles), the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if such Person owns any Portfolio Assets or will acquire any Portfolio Assets in connection with the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, other than any of the following Indebtedness:

(1) Acquired Indebtedness that is not Incurred in contemplation of the relevant acquisition or other transaction and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Acquired Indebtedness;

(2) Indebtedness that is Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(2) (in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(1)), Section 4.06(b)(4) and Section 4.06(b)(12) (provided that if a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness, such Restricted Subsidiary accedes to the Intercreditor Agreement);

(3) Indebtedness that is Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(3) (provided that if a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness, such Restricted Subsidiary accedes to the Intercreditor Agreement);

(4) Indebtedness that is Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(7) (to the extent such Indebtedness constitutes Capitalized Lease Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business);

(5) Indebtedness that is Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(8), Section 4.06(b)(10) or Section 4.06(b)(13); and

(6) Indebtedness that is Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(16).

Section 4.07 Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.

 

112


(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);

(2) in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap), at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition (excluding any consideration by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, other than Indebtedness) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investments; and

(3) (A) in respect of Asset Dispositions in any Non-Core Market, the aggregate amount of Asset Dispositions made since the Issue Date in all Non-Core Markets would not exceed €300 million and (B) in respect of Asset Dispositions in any Core Market, the aggregate amount of Asset Dispositions made in all Core Markets would not exceed 3% of Book Value per fiscal year; provided that, in the case of each of (A) and (B), the amount of Asset Dispositions by a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof shall be equal to the product of (i) the aggregate amount of the net proceeds of the Asset Disposition and (ii) the direct or indirect proportionate economic interest of Midco in such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle or Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or a Subsidiary thereof which is a Restricted Subsidiary.

For purposes of determining compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.07, the euro equivalent of any Indebtedness denominated in another currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) [Reserved].

(d) To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect of the Notes is denominated in a currency other than the currency in which the relevant Notes are denominated, the amount thereof payable in respect of such Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in the currency in which such Notes are denominated that is actually received by the Issuer upon converting such portion into such currency.

(e) [Reserved].

(f) [Reserved].

(g) For the purposes of Section 4.07(a)(2), the following will be deemed to be cash:

(1) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness of the Company or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition;

 

113


(2) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition;

(3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition; provided that such Indebtedness is not, directly or indirectly, secured by any Lien on any of the assets or property of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

(4) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Issue Date from Persons who are not the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.07 that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of €[•] and 1.5% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and

(6) any Capital Stock or Additional Assets.

(h) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of any applicable securities laws or regulations (or rules of any exchange on which the Notes are then listed) in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Indenture. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations (or exchange rules) conflict with provisions of this Section 4.07, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations (or exchange rules) and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of any conflict.

Section 4.08 Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (any such transaction or series of related transactions, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of €10 million unless:

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate;

(2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of €15 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

114


(3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of €25 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a letter or opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that (i) the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s length basis or (ii) the transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view.

Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in clause (2) of this Section 4.08(a) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.08(a) will not apply to:

(1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.04, any Permitted Payments (other than pursuant to Section 4.04(c)(9)(B)(ii)) or any Permitted Investment (other than Permitted Investments as defined in clauses (1)(b), (2) and (14) of the definition thereof);

(2) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(3) [Reserved];

(4) any transaction between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) the payment of reasonable fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, officers, consultants or employees of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Parent (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Person owned or controlled by any of such directors, officers or employees);

(6) the Transactions and the entry into and performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction pursuant to or contemplated by, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument relating thereto and in effect as of or on the Issue Date after

 

115


giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this Section 4.08 or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect and the entry into and performance of any registration rights or other listing agreement in connection with any Public Offering;

(7) execution, delivery and performance of any Tax Sharing Agreement or the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business;

(8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, which are fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the Senior Management of the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(9) any transaction in the ordinary course of business between or among the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company or an Associate, or similar entity or Co-Investment Vehicle that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity or Co-Investment Vehicle;

(10) (a) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preference Shares) of the Company or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided that the interest rate and other financial terms of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in their reasonable determination and (b) any amendment, waiver or other transaction with respect to any Subordinated Shareholder Funding in compliance with the other provisions of this Indenture;

(11) any payment of Parent Holding Company Expenses under clause (1) thereof pursuant to a Recharge Agreement between Midco and the Company;

(12) Permitted Cash Pooling;

(13) the performance of any transactions or obligations of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, or payments made pursuant to or for the purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect at the time such Person is acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by this Indenture; provided that such agreements or instruments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; and

 

116


(14) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter or opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that (i) the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s length basis or (ii) that the transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, pay, contribute assets, make an Investment or otherwise transfer value to a member of a Target Group if any member of such Target Group has any outstanding Acquired Indebtedness, other than (x) in the ordinary course of business and on an arm’s length basis and (y) payments in an amount not to exceed €50 million in aggregate per fiscal year to fund capital expenditures or other investments in property, plant and equipment of all Target Groups.

Section 4.09 Limitation on Liens.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness (such Lien, the “Initial Lien”), except (i) in the case of any property or asset that does not constitute Collateral, (1) Permitted Liens or (2) Liens on property or assets that are not Permitted Liens if, the Notes (or any Note Guarantee in the case of Liens of any Guarantor) are secured, equally and ratably with, or prior to, in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness, the Indebtedness secured by such Initial Lien (in each case, including pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement) for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured and (ii) in the case of any property or asset that constitutes Collateral, Permitted Collateral Liens.

(b) Any such Lien created in favor of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.09(a)(i)(2) will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged (i) upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates and (ii) as otherwise set forth under Section 12.04.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 4.09(a), (i) the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure any Indebtedness if the Notes (or any Note Guarantee in the case of Liens on any Guarantor) are not secured by such Lien solely on the basis of the Agreed Security Principles and (ii) no Group Company incorporated in Sweden shall issue a Swedish business mortgage certificate unless a Lien is granted over such Swedish business mortgage to secure the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

Section 4.10 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, subject to the terms hereof, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or part (in integral multiples of (i) €1.00 (in the case of Euro Notes); provided that Euro Notes of €1,000 or less may only be repurchased in whole and not in part and (ii) SEK 1.00 (in the case of SEK Notes); provided that SEK Notes of SEK 10,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase and Additional Amounts, if any (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obliged to repurchase Notes under this Section 4.10 in the event and to the extent that it has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to paragraphs 5 and 6 of the Notes or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived.

 

117


(b) Unless the Issuer has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all the Notes pursuant to paragraphs 5 and 6 of the Notes or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived, no later than the date that is 60 days after any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail a notice (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of any such Notes, with a copy to the Trustee:

(1) stating that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date) (the “Change of Control Payment”);

(2) stating the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 10 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or delivered pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3.03) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

(3) describing the circumstances and relevant facts regarding the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control;

(4) describing the procedures determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased; and

(5) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control.

(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, if the Change of Control shall have occurred, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Principal Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes so tendered;

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer in the Change of Control Offer;

(4) in the case of Global Notes, deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Principal Paying Agent the Global Notes in order to reflect thereon the portion of such Notes or portions thereof that have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer; and

(5) in the case of Definitive Registered Notes, deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Registrar for cancellation all Definitive Registered Notes accepted for purchase by the Issuer.

 

118


(d) If any Definitive Registered Notes have been issued, the Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Definitive Registered Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee or the Registrar, as applicable, will promptly authenticate (or cause to be authenticated) and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder of Definitive Registered Notes a new Note equal in aggregate principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in an aggregate principal amount that is at least €1,000 and integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof (in the case of a Euro Note) and at least SEK 10,000 and integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof (in the case of a SEK Note).

(e) For so long as the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notices on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

(f) The provisions of this Section 4.10 will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

(g) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.10 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control, or an offer or other transaction that if consummated would result in a Change of Control has been publicly announced and, if applicable, not withdrawn, at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

(h) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws or regulations (or rules of any exchange on which the Notes are then listed) in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.10 to the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations (or exchange rules) conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations (or exchange rules) and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the provisions of this Section 4.10 by virtue of the conflict.

Section 4.11 Payments for Consent.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted, in any offer or payment of consideration for, or as an inducement to, any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, to exclude Holders in any jurisdiction or any category of Holders where (a) the solicitation of such consent, waiver or amendment, including in connection with any tender or exchange offer, or (b) the payment of the consideration therefor could reasonably be interpreted as requiring the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to file a registration statement, prospectus or similar document under any applicable securities laws or listing requirements (including, but not limited to, the United States federal securities laws, the laws of the United Kingdom and the laws of the European Union or any of its member states), which the Company

 

119


in its sole discretion determines (acting in good faith) (1) would be materially burdensome (it being understood that it would not be materially burdensome to file the consent document(s) used in other jurisdictions, any substantially similar documents or any summary thereof with the securities or financial services authorities in such jurisdiction); or (2) such solicitation would otherwise not be permitted under applicable law in such jurisdiction or with respect to such category of Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer shall be permitted to offer an early tender or similar premium in any offer or payment of consideration for, or as an inducement to, any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, selectively to only those Holders that tender or consent within the prescribed early tender period.

Section 4.12 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries; Future Guarantors.

(a) The Company will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee any Credit Facility or any Public Debt or any refinancing thereof in whole or in part unless, such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor on the date on which such other Guarantee or other Indebtedness, as applicable, is Incurred and, if applicable, executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form attached to this Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will provide a Note Guarantee, which Note Guarantee will be senior to or pari passu with such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.12(a), the Company will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee any Credit Facility or any Public Debt or any refinancing thereof in whole or part if such Restricted Subsidiary does not become a Guarantor on the date on which such other Guarantee or other Indebtedness, as applicable, is Incurred.

(c) A Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may become a Guarantor if it executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form attached to this Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will provide a Note Guarantee.

(d) Each Note Guarantee will be limited as necessary to recognize certain defenses generally available to guarantors (including those that relate to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, thin capitalization, distributable reserves, capital maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law.

Section 4.13 Amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement and Additional Intercreditor Agreements.

(a) In connection with the Incurrence of certain Indebtedness by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the Trustee shall, at the request of the Issuer, enter into with the Company, the relevant Restricted Subsidiaries and the holders of such Indebtedness (or their duly authorized representatives) one or more intercreditor agreements or deeds (including a restatement, replacement, amendment or other modification of the Intercreditor Agreement) (an “Additional Intercreditor Agreement”), on substantially similar terms as the Intercreditor Agreement (or terms that are not materially less favorable to the Holders); provided that such Additional Intercreditor Agreement will not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or adversely affect the personal rights, duties, liabilities, indemnification or immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement. In connection with the foregoing, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee such documentation in relation thereto as it may reasonably require.

 

120


(b) In relation to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee shall consent on behalf of the Holders to the payment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition, retirement or redemption of any obligations subordinated to the Notes thereby; provided, however, that such transaction would comply with Section 4.04.

(c) At the written direction of the Issuer and without the consent of Holders, the Trustee shall from time to time enter into one or more amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement to: (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency of any such agreement, (2) increase the amount or types of Indebtedness covered by the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement that may be Incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that is subject to the Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement (provided that such Indebtedness is Incurred in compliance with this Indenture), (3) add Guarantors or other Restricted Subsidiaries to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (4) secure the Notes (including Additional Notes) or (5) make any other change to any such agreement that does not adversely affect the Holders in any material respect. The Issuer shall not otherwise direct the Trustee to enter into any amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement without the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, except as otherwise permitted under Article 9 or as permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, and the Issuer may only direct the Trustee to enter into any amendment to the extent such amendment does not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or, in the opinion of the Trustee, adversely affect their respective rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

(d) Each Holder, by accepting a Note, shall be deemed to have agreed to and accepted the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement (whether then entered into or entered into in the future pursuant to the provisions herein) and to have authorized the Trustee to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or any restatement, replacement, amendment or other modification to reflect the above on each Holder’s behalf and the Trustee will not be required to seek the consent of the Holders to perform its obligations under and in accordance with the above provisions.

(e) A copy of the Intercreditor Agreement and/or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement shall be made available to the Holders upon request to the Issuer.

Section 4.14 Withholding Taxes.

(a) All payments made by or on behalf of the Issuer, a Successor Issuer or a Guarantor (a “Payor”) on the Notes or any Note Guarantees will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any Taxes unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of:

(1) Sweden or any political subdivision or Governmental Authority thereof or therein having power to tax;

 

121


(2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on any such Note or Note Guarantee is made by the Issuer, Successor Issuer, Guarantor or their agents on their behalf, or any political subdivision or Governmental Authority thereof or therein having the power to tax; or

(3) any other jurisdiction in which the Payor is incorporated or organized, engaged in a trade or business for tax purposes or otherwise considered to be a resident for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or Governmental Authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 4.14(a), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”),

will at any time be required from any payments made by a Payor with respect to any Note or Note Guarantee, including payments of principal, redemption price, premium, if any, or interest, the Payor will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by the Holders, or the Trustee, as the case may be, after such withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional Amounts), will equal the amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments on any such Note or Note Guarantee in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable for or on account of:

(1) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Holder or the beneficial owner of a Note (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder or beneficial owner, if the relevant Holder or beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) but excluding, in each case, any connection arising solely from the acquisition, ownership or holding of such Note, the exercise or enforcement of rights under any Note or the applicable indenture or any Note Guarantee, or the receipt of any payment in respect thereof;

(2) any Taxes to the extent that they are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure by the Holder or the beneficial owner of the Note to comply with a written request of the Payor addressed to the Holder, after reasonable notice, to provide certification, information, documents or other evidence concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the Holder or such beneficial owner or to make any declaration or similar claim or satisfy any other reporting requirement relating to such matters (to the extent such Holder or beneficial owner is legally eligible to do so), which is required by a statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of withholding or deduction of, all or part of such Taxes;

(3) any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from a payment on or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee;

(4) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value added, use, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge, or any excise Taxes imposed on transfer of a Note;

 

122


(5) any Taxes imposed in connection with a Note presented for payment (where presentation is permitted or required for payment) by or on behalf of a Holder or beneficial owner who would have been able to avoid such Tax by presenting the relevant Note to, or otherwise accepting payment from, another paying agent;

(6) any Taxes imposed on or with respect to a payment to any Holder who is a fiduciary or a partnership or any Person other than the sole beneficial owner of payment or such Notes to the extent that the beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, the member of such partnership or the beneficial owner of such Notes would not have been entitled to Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner held such Notes directly;

(7) any Taxes withheld or deducted pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any amended or successor version of such Sections), any U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, any official interpretations thereof or any agreements (including an intergovernmental agreement or any law implementing any such agreement) entered into in connection with the implementation thereof; or

(8) any combination of the above.

(b) Such Additional Amounts will also not be payable if the payment could have been made without such deduction or withholding if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the Note for payment (where presentation is permitted or required for payment) within 30 days after the relevant payment was first made available for payment to the Holder.

(c) The Payor will (i) make any required withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law. The Payor will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes, in such form as provided in the ordinary course by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and as is reasonably available to the Issuer and will provide such certified copies to the Trustee. Such copies shall be made available to the Holders upon request. The Payor shall attach to each certified copy or other evidence, as applicable, a certificate stating (x) that the amount of Tax evidenced by the certified copy was paid in connection with payments under or with respect to the Notes then outstanding upon which such Taxes were due and (y) the amount of such withholding tax paid per €1,000 or SEK 10,000 (as applicable) of principal amount of the Notes.

(d) If any Payor becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts under or with respect to any payment made on any Note or Note Guarantee, at least 30 days prior to the date of such payment, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount so payable and such other information necessary to enable the Paying Agent to pay Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 days prior to the relevant payment date, in which case the Payor may deliver such Officer’s Certificate as promptly as practicable after the date that is 30 days prior to the payment date). The Trustee will be entitled to rely solely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary.

(e) Wherever in either this Indenture or any Note Guarantees there are mentioned, in any context:

 

123


(1) the payment of principal;

(2) purchase prices in connection with a purchase of Notes;

(3) interest; or

(4) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes,

such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts under this Section 4.14 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

(f) The Payor will pay any present or future stamp, issue, registration, transfer, excise, court or documentary taxes, or any other property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including interest and penalties to the extent resulting from a failure by the Payor to timely pay amounts due) that arise in (x) any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or any jurisdiction in which a Paying Agent is located from the execution, delivery, or registration or (y) any jurisdiction from enforcement, in each case, of any Notes, this Indenture or any other document or instrument in relation thereto (other than a transfer of the Notes), and the Payor agrees to indemnify the Holders for any such taxes paid by such Holders. The Payor will also pay any such taxes, charges, or levies arising in any taxing jurisdiction in connection with the enforcement of the Notes, or any other such document or instrument, following the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Notes. The foregoing obligations of this Section 4.14 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor to the Issuer is organized or resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

Section 4.15 Suspension of Covenants upon Achievement of Investment Grade Status.

(a) If, on any date following the Issue Date, the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (a “Suspension Event”), then, beginning on that day and continuing until the Reversion Date, Sections 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.12, 4.19, 5.01(a)(3) and 5.01(b)(3), and, in each case, any related default provision of Article 6 will cease to be effective and will not be applicable to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Such covenants and any related default provisions of Article 6 will again apply according to their terms from the first day on which a Suspension Event ceases to be in effect. Such covenants will not, however, be of any effect with regard to actions of the Issuer properly taken during the continuance of the Suspension Event, and Section 4.04 will be interpreted as if it has been in effect since the date of such Indenture except that no Default will be deemed to have occurred solely by reason of a Restricted Payment made while that covenant was suspended. On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the continuance of the Suspension Event will be classified, at the Issuer’s option, as having been Incurred pursuant to one of the clauses set forth in Section 4.06(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Event and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be incurred under Section 4.06(b), such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date and permitted under Section 4.06(b).

(b) The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Holders that the two conditions set forth in Section 4.15 have been satisfied; provided that such notification shall not be a condition for the suspension of the provisions set forth in Section 4.15(a) to be effective. The Trustee shall not be obliged to notify Holders of such event.

 

124


Section 4.16 Maintenance of Listing.

The Issuer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain the listing of the Notes on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for so long as such Notes are outstanding; provided that if the Issuer is unable to obtain admission to such listing or if at any time the Issuer determines that it will not maintain such listing, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts (where the Notes are initially so listed, prior to the delisting of the Notes from the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange) to obtain and thereafter to maintain, a listing of the Notes on another stock exchange deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors or a member of Senior Management.

Section 4.17 Designation and Maintenance of Restricted or Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company shall not designate or maintain any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate and maintain any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) that is a General Partner of a Partnership or a Third Party Partnership as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if:

(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(2) such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 4.04;

(3) no Default or Event of Default would result from such designation;

(4) in the case of a designation and maintenance of a General Partner of a Partnership as an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

(A) (i) such General Partner has not Incurred any Indebtedness, granted a Lien over any of its assets or received economic value from any Partnership or any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, and (ii) so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Company will not permit such General Partner to Incur any Indebtedness, grant a Lien over any of its assets or receive economic value from any Partnership or any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle;

(B) (i) the Company has not, and its Restricted Subsidiaries have not, made any Investment in such General Partner or its related Partnership, other than such Investments as are required to establish and maintain the corporate existence of such General Partner or such Partnership, and (ii) so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Investment in such General Partner or its related Partnership, other than such Investments as are required to maintain the corporate existence of such General Partner or such Partnership;

(C) the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries controls such General Partner and, so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, will control such General Partner;

 

125


(D) such General Partner has customary controlling interests in the related Partnership and, so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, will have customary controlling interests in the related Partnership, provided that limited partners of such Partnership may have customary non-controlling limited partner rights, including, but not limited to, rights relating to the approval of affiliate transactions involving such Partnership, change in the tax status of such Partnership and increase in the liability of limited partners; and

(E) after its related Partnership can no longer accept commitments from Third Parties, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not permit such General Partner to change the asset management contracts or servicing contracts with respect to such Partnership in a manner that would be materially adverse to the interests of the Holders; and

(5) in the case of a designation of a General Partner of a Third Party Partnership as an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

(A) (i) such General Partner has not Incurred any Indebtedness, granted a Lien over any of its assets or received economic value from any Third Party Partnership, and (ii) so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Company will not permit such General Partner to Incur any Indebtedness, grant a Lien over any of its assets or receive economic value from any Third Party Partnership;

(B) (i) the Company has not, and its Restricted Subsidiaries have not, made any Investment in such General Partner or its related Third Party Partnership, other than such Investments as are required to establish and maintain the corporate existence of such General Partner or such Third Party Partnership, and (ii) so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Investment in such General Partner or its related Third Party Partnership, other than such Investments as are required to maintain the corporate existence of such General Partner or such Third Party Partnership;

(C) the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary controls such General Partner and, so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, will control such General Partner;

(D) such General Partner has customary controlling interests in the related Third Party Partnership and, so long as such General Partner is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, will have customary controlling interests in the related Third Party Partnership, provided that limited partners of such Third Party Partnership may have customary non-controlling limited partner rights, including, but not limited to, rights relating to the approval of affiliate transactions involving such Third Party Partnership, change in the tax status of such Third Party Partnership and increase in the liability of limited partners; and

(E) after its related Third Party Partnership can no longer accept commitments from Third Parties, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not permit such General Partner to change the asset management contracts or servicing contracts with respect to such Third Party Partnership in a manner that would be materially adverse to the interests of the Holders.

 

126


(b) Any such designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the conditions set forth in Section 4.17(a).

(c) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation (1) no Default or Event of Default would result therefrom and (2) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio would not be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such designation, in each case, on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly delivering to the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation or an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with this Section 4.17(c).

Section 4.18 Designation and Maintenance of Majority Co-Investment Vehicle or Fund Co-Investment Vehicle.

(a) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate and maintain any Co-Investment Vehicle as a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle (a “Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation”); provided that:

(1) any Investment that has been made pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Investment” would be able to be made pursuant to clause (19) of the definition of “Permitted Investment”;

(2) such Co-Investment Vehicle is a Restricted Subsidiary (but not a Guarantor) in which the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries holds, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate, no less than 50.1% of the economic interests (with a Third Party or Third Parties holding the remaining economic interests); and

(3) such designation does not occur prior to the date on which such Co-Investment Vehicle receives (x) an Investment in the form of assets from a Third Party or (y) a commitment for an Investment in the form of assets from a Third Party, in each case on an arm’s length basis, and to be made within 18 months of such Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation.

(b) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate and maintain any Co-Investment Vehicle as a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle (a “Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation”); provided that:

(1) any Investment that has been made pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Investment” would be able to be made pursuant to clause (23) of the definition of “Permitted Investment”;

(2) (i) such Co-Investment Vehicle remains a Restricted Subsidiary (but not a Guarantor) whose economic interests are held by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more Partnerships or Third Parties (provided that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will own not more than 35% of the economic interests in such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle no later than 18 months from the time of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation) and (ii) the General Partner of such Co-Investment Vehicle is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

127


(3) such designation does not occur prior to the date on which such Co-Investment Vehicle receives, in each case, on an arm’s length basis, (x) an Investment in the form of assets from a Third Party, through a Partnership or otherwise, or (y) a commitment for an Investment in the form of assets from a Third Party, through a Partnership or otherwise, to be made within 18 months of such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation.

Each Subsidiary of a Co-Investment Vehicle designated as a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle pursuant to this clause (b) shall be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Co-Investment Vehicle that is not a Subsidiary to be a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle or a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle.

Section 4.19 No Impairment of Security Interest.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, take or omit to take any action that would have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral (it being understood that, subject to Section 4.19(b), the Incurrence of Permitted Collateral Liens shall under no circumstances be deemed to materially impair the security interest with respect to the Collateral) for the benefit of the Security Agent and the Holders, and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, grant to any Person other than the Security Agent, for the benefit of the Security Agent and the Holders and the other beneficiaries described in the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement any Lien over any of the Collateral that is prohibited by Section 4.09; provided that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Permitted Collateral Liens and the Collateral may be discharged, transferred or released in accordance with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the applicable Security Documents.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.19(a), nothing in this Section 4.19 shall restrict the discharge and release of any Lien in accordance with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents. Subject to the foregoing, the Security Documents may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or released (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets) to (i) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency therein; (ii) provide for Permitted Collateral Liens; (iii) add to the Collateral; or (iv) make any other change thereto that does not adversely affect the Holders in any material respect; provided, however, that, except where permitted by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, no Security Document may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or released (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), unless contemporaneously with such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement or modification or release (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), the Issuer delivers to the Trustee and the Security Agent either (1) a solvency opinion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Security Agent, from an Independent Financial Advisor or appraiser or investment bank of international standing which confirms the solvency of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, modification or release

 

128


(followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), (2) a certificate from the chief financial officer or the Board of Directors of the relevant Person which confirms the solvency of the person granting any such Lien after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, modification or release, or (3) an opinion of counsel (subject to any qualifications customary for this type of opinion of counsel), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, confirming that, after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, modification or release (followed by an immediate retaking of a lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), the Lien or Liens created under the Security Document, so amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, modified or released and replaced are valid and perfected Liens not otherwise subject to any limitation, imperfection or new hardening period, in equity or at law, that such Lien or Liens were not otherwise subject to immediately prior to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, modification or release and to which the new Indebtedness secured by the Permitted Collateral Lien is not subject.

(c) In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries comply with the requirements of this Section 4.19, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall (subject to customary protections and indemnifications) consent to such amendments without the need for instructions from the Holders.

Section 4.20 Guarantor Coverage Test

(a) If, on the date on which the audited consolidated financial statements are required to be furnished to the Trustee under Section 4.02(a)(1), (i) the aggregate earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, of the Issuer and the Guarantors is less than 85% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) the aggregate total assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors is less than 85% of the aggregate total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) the aggregate total revenue of the Issuer and the Guarantors is less than 85% of the aggregate total revenue of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Coverage Test”), then the Company shall, within 60 days of such test date, cause such other Restricted Subsidiaries to accede as Guarantors, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, to ensure that the Guarantor Coverage Test is satisfied (calculated as if such Guarantors had been Guarantors for the purposes of the relevant test date).

(b) For the purposes of calculating the Guarantor Coverage Test:

(1) (for the purpose of calculating EBITDA only) the EBITDA of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be zero if it has negative EBITDA; and

(2) calculations of the numerator shall be made on an unconsolidated basis, excluding all intra-group items.

(c) The Company shall ensure that, on the date on which the audited consolidated financial statements are required to be furnished to the Trustee under Section 4.02(a)(1), each Restricted Subsidiary which is a Material Company and which is not already a Guarantor shall accede as a Guarantor, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, within 60 days of such test date.

 

129


(d) Notwithstanding Section 4.20(a) and Section 4.20(c):

(1) no Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to accede as a Guarantor; and

(2) no member of a Target Group that is subject to the terms of Acquired Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with the RCF Facility Agreement, the Exchange Notes Indenture and this Indenture (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Acquired Indebtedness) shall be required to accede as Guarantor for so long as such Acquired Indebtedness (or such Refinancing Indebtedness) remains outstanding.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred from the failure of the Company to satisfy its obligations set forth in Section 4.20(a) and Section 4.20(c) as a result of a Restricted Subsidiary not being able to accede as a Guarantor solely by reason of the Agreed Security Principles.

(f) Subject to and in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles, (i) any Restricted Subsidiary acceding as a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 4.20 shall grant a Lien on its assets to secure the Notes by the time it must accede as a Guarantor and (ii) any Holding Company of such Restricted Subsidiary that is the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall grant a Lien on the shares it holds in such Restricted Subsidiary by the time such Restricted Subsidiary must accede as a Guarantor.

Section 4.21 Limitation on Holding Company Activities and Licenses and Intra-Group Loans.

(a) The Company, the Issuer and, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco will not hold any shares in any Person other than:

(1) (in the case of the Company) the shares of the Issuer and any RED Direct Subsidiaries and, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, of Intermediate Holdco and any RED Direct Subsidiaries;

(2) (in the case of the Issuer) the shares of Midco; and

(3) (in the case of Intermediate Holdco) the shares of the Issuer.

(b) The Company, the Issuer and, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco will not incorporate or acquire new Subsidiaries other than:

(1) (in the case of the Company) the Issuer or, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco;

(2) (in the case of the Issuer) Midco; and

(3) (in the case of Intermediate Holdco) the Issuer.

(c) The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not at any time:

(i) grant or allow to remain outstanding a loan or extension of credit in respect of any Indebtedness (other than in the case of Permitted Cash Pooling (excluding cash pooling constituting Cash Pool ICLs) or a Permitted Investment under paragraph (25) thereof) to any Person other than:

(1) (in the case of the Company) the Issuer or, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco;

 

130


(2) (in the case of the Issuer) Midco, the Company or, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco;

(3) (in the case of Intermediate Holdco) the Issuer or the Company;

(4) (in the case of Midco) the Issuer or its directly-owned Subsidiaries; and

(5) (in the case of any other Restricted Subsidiary) such member’s directly-owned Subsidiaries or direct Holding Companies; provided that this clause (5) shall not apply to any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries in relation to transactions between such Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries; or

(ii) undertake any step or action to consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to, any Person in a manner that would result in any of the limitations set out in clauses (i)(1) to (i)(5) above not being complied with (other than in the case of Permitted Cash Pooling (excluding cash pooling constituting Cash Pool ICLs) or a Permitted Investment under paragraph (25) thereof).

(d) If any Restricted Subsidiary will obtain a New License, the Issuer shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to be and remain:

(1) (i) a newly incorporated directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Midco or (ii) a newly incorporated directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that holds a License from a regulator in the same jurisdiction; or

(2) if it is not possible for such Restricted Subsidiary to be a newly incorporated directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Midco per (d)(1)(i) above or of such Subsidiary of the Company that holds a License from a regulator in the same jurisdiction per (d)(1)(ii) above, and such New License is required to be held by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is owned by a Restricted Subsidiary of Midco that owns other Restricted Subsidiaries incorporated in the same region (a “Regional Sub-Group Restricted Subsidiary”), such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is owned by such Regional Sub-Group Restricted Subsidiary that is directly owned by Midco.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to obtain a New License without satisfying the requirement set forth in clause (1) or (2) above if satisfying such New License requirements would (i) be materially detrimental to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries due to tax or regulatory reasons or (ii) have a materially negative impact on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(e) If any Restricted Subsidiary is required to renew or obtain a License, Midco shall make commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Restricted Subsidiary to be (to the extent not already the case) and remain:

(1) (i) a directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Midco or (ii) a directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that holds a License from a regulator in the same jurisdiction; or

 

131


(2) if it is not possible for such Restricted Subsidiary to be a directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Midco per (e)(1)(i) above or a directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that holds a License from a regulator in the same jurisdiction per (e)(1)(ii) above, such Restricted Subsidiary is owned by a Regional Sub-Group Restricted Subsidiary that is directly owned by Midco.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to become subject to a License without satisfying the requirement set forth in clause (1) or (2) above if satisfying such requirements would (i) be materially detrimental to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries due to tax or regulatory reasons, (ii) be contrary to applicable laws or regulation or (iii) have a materially negative impact on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(f) Midco shall procure that any Restricted Subsidiary that is acquired, incorporated or otherwise established (in each case, after the Issue Date) and that is required to hold a License, shall be and remain either (i) a directly-owned Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Midco or (ii) owned by a Regional Sub-Group Restricted Subsidiary that is directly owned by Midco.

(g) The Company, the Issuer and, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco will not carry on any business activity, hold any assets or Incur any Indebtedness other than in connection with:

(1) subject to clauses (a) to (c) above, the transactions permitted under the other clauses of this Section 4.21;

(2) the provision of administrative, strategy, legal, accounting, tax, treasury, research and development, employee-related, management and other services to its Affiliates of a type customarily provided by a holding company (including entering into and performing any rights or obligations under any Tax Sharing Agreements and acting as the head of a tax group) and the ownership of assets and incurrence of liabilities related to the provision of such services, provided that the foregoing shall only relate to any aspect of the Hive Down that is not completed as of the Issue Date and waived in accordance with the Restructuring Implementation Deed and shall be permitted until such time as the relevant aspect of the Hive Down has been completed;

(3) (a) the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or Subordinated Shareholder Funding permitted under the Indenture; (b) the conduct of any activities reasonably incidental to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Subordinated Shareholder Funding, including the performance of the terms and conditions thereof; and (c) the granting of Liens to secure Indebtedness, in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture;

(4) activities undertaken with the purpose of fulfilling its obligations or exercising its rights under the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement (or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement), the Security Documents, and any finance and security arrangements not prohibited by the Indenture;

(5) the ownership of cash, Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments, Investment Grade Securities or Permitted Investments (a) to the extent used within 45 days of receipt for (i) Debt Service and (ii) payment of Parent Holding Company Expenses, in each case falling due within 45 days of receipt and permitted by the terms of this Indenture or (b) in connection with Permitted Cash Pooling;

 

132


(6) the management of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets and conducting activities and entering into transactions related or incidental to the establishment and/or maintenance of the Company’s and the Company’s Subsidiaries’ corporate existence (provided that the foregoing shall only relate to any aspect of the Hive Down that is not completed as of the Issue Date and waived in accordance with the Restructuring Implementation Deed and shall be permitted until such time as the relevant aspect of the Hive Down has been completed), and, with respect to the Company, the Issuer and, if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco, the payment of directors’ fees and Taxes;

(7) any activity reasonably relating to the servicing, purchase, redemption, amendment, exchange, refinancing or retirement of the Notes or other Indebtedness (or other items that are specifically excluded from the definition of Indebtedness) not prohibited to be Incurred under the Indenture;

(8) with respect to the Company only, the listing of its Capital Stock and the issuance, offering and sale of its Capital Stock, including compliance with applicable regulatory and other obligations in connection therewith;

(9) the Transactions;

(10) any business activity pursuant to any contract between the Company and any third party that is not transferred to Midco or any RED Direct Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date pursuant to the Hive Down and in respect of which compliance has been waived in accordance with the Restructuring Implementation Deed; provided that such activities shall only be permitted until such time as the relevant aspect of the Hive Down has been completed;

(11) implementation of any Permitted Issuer Reorganization (including any related steps);

(12) any assets and liabilities and performing obligations under any pension arrangements to which it is a party (provided that the foregoing shall only relate to any aspect of the Hive Down that is not completed as of the Issue Date and waived in accordance with the Restructuring Implementation Deed and shall be permitted until such time as the relevant aspect of the Hive Down has been completed) and professional fees and administration costs in the ordinary course of business as a holding company;

(13) Incurring liabilities arising by operation of law and not as a result of any default or omission;

(14) any rights or liabilities in relation to any litigation or court or other similar proceedings;

(15) [Reserved]; and

(16) the making or receipt (i) of any Restricted Payment, Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment permitted by the terms of the Indenture and (ii) an offering, issuance, sale or other disposition of its Capital Stock to a Parent to the extent not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.

Section 4.22 Financial Calculations.

 

133


When calculating the availability or permission under any basket or ratio under the Indenture, in each case in connection with any acquisition, disposition, merger, joint venture, Investment, Change of Control or any other similar transaction where there is a time difference between commitment and closing or Incurrence (including in respect of Incurrence of Indebtedness, Liens, Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments), the date of determination of such basket or ratio and of any Default or Event of Default with respect to such Incurrence shall, at the option of the Issuer, be (A) the date the definitive agreements for such acquisition, disposition, merger, joint venture, Investment, Change of Control or any such similar transaction are entered into and such baskets or ratios shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition, disposition, merger, joint venture, Investment, Change of Control or such similar transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any Incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period for purposes of determining the ability to consummate any such transaction or (B) the date of consummation of any such transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any of such baskets or ratios are determined to be in compliance under (A) above and are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such basket or ratio (including due to fluctuations in ERC, Consolidated EBITDA or Total Assets or any pro forma amounts of the foregoing) subsequent to such date of determination and at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the transactions are permitted hereunder and (y) if the Issuer elects to have such determinations occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, any such transactions (including any Incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreements are entered and to be outstanding thereafter for purposes of calculating any baskets or ratios under the Indenture (except to the extent such transaction is subsequently abandoned).

Section 4.23 Ratings.

The Company and the Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain issue ratings in respect of the Notes from any two of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event by no later than the date falling three months after the Issue Date; provided that there shall be no requirement to obtain a minimum rating.

Section 4.24 Intra-Group Intercreditor Agreement Accessions.

(a) The Issuer will procure the accession to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) of each member of the Group (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) which has made a loan available to, granted credit to or made any other financial arrangement having a similar effect (in each case, outstanding or expected to be outstanding for more than 10 Business Days):

(1) (i) in aggregate in excess of €5,000,000 (on a net basis); (ii) having a tenor or implied tenor equal to or longer than 12 months; and (iii) having arisen within cash pooling arrangements; or

(2) in aggregate in excess of €5,000,000 (excluding any cash pooling arrangements),

in each case, with any other member of the Group (whether or not the relevant entities are a Debtor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) at that time).

 

134


(b) The Issuer will procure that each member of the Group which has made a loan available to, granted credit to or made any other financial arrangement having a similar effect (in each case, outstanding or expected to be outstanding for more than 10 Business Days):

(1) (i) in aggregate in excess of €5,000,000 (on a net basis); (ii) having a tenor or implied tenor equal to or longer than 12 months; and (iii) having arisen within cash pooling arrangements; or

(2) in aggregate in excess of €5,000,000 (excluding any cash pooling arrangements),

in each case, with any other member of the Group which is party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender shall remain party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender.

(c) The Company shall procure that no Guarantor will make any payments to any Intra-Group Lenders (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) that have acceded to the Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to paragraph (a) above or remained a party to the Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to paragraph (b) above that would not be permitted under Clause 6 (Intra-Group Lenders and Intra-Group Liabilities) of the Intercreditor Agreement had such entities been Debtors.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt:

(1) no direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Guarantor (which is not already a Guarantor) is required to accede to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Debtor solely as a result of this Section 4.24; and

(2) no person who is not a party to this Indenture is entitled to rely or benefit from this Section 4.24.

ARTICLE 5

MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

Section 5.01 The Issuer, the Company and the Guarantors.

(a) The Issuer will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to, any Person, unless:

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Issuer”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, Canada or any province of Canada, Norway or Switzerland and the Successor Issuer (if not the Issuer) will expressly assume (a) by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture and (b) all obligations of the Issuer under the Intercreditor Agreement or such Additional Intercreditor Agreement (to the extent required by the Intercreditor Agreement or such Additional Intercreditor Agreement);

 

135


(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Successor Issuer as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Issuer or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Successor Issuer would not be less than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and

(4) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Issuer (in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee); provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (2) and (3) above.

(b) The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to, any Person, unless:

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, Canada or any province of Canada, Norway or Switzerland and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume (a) by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture and (b) all obligations of the Company under the Intercreditor Agreement or such Additional Intercreditor Agreement (to the extent required by the Intercreditor Agreement or such Additional Intercreditor Agreement);

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Successor Company would not be less than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and

(4) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company (in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee); provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (2) and (3) above.

 

136


(c) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

(d) The Successor Issuer or the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or the Company, as applicable, under this Indenture but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor Issuer or the Company, as applicable, will not be released from its obligations under such Indenture or the Notes.

(e) Notwithstanding clauses (2) and (3) of Section 5.01(a) and Section 5.01(b) (which do not apply to transactions referred to in this sentence) and, other than with respect to Section 5.01(c), Section 5.01(a)(4) and Section 5.01(b)(4), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company and (ii) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may undertake a Permitted Reorganization. Notwithstanding the preceding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) and Section 5.01(b) (which do not apply to the transactions referred to in this sentence), the Issuer or the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or a portion of its assets to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Issuer or the Company, reincorporating the Issuer or the Company in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Issuer or the Company.

(f) The foregoing provisions (other than the requirements of Section 5.01(b)(2)) will not apply to the completion of the Hive Down or the creation of a new subsidiary of the Company that becomes a parent of one or more of the Company’s Subsidiaries, including a Permitted Issuer Reorganization.

(g) No Guarantor (other than the Company) may:

(1) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person;

(2) sell, convey, transfer or dispose of all or substantially all its assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person; or

(3) permit any Person to merge with or into such Guarantor,

in each case, unless:

(A) the other Person is the Issuer or any Guarantor (or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction); or

(B)

 

137


(i) either (x) a Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee and, if applicable, any Intercreditor Agreement; and

(ii) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or

(C) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture.

(h) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of a Guarantor, which properties and assets, if held by such Guarantor instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Guarantor on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Guarantor.

(i) Notwithstanding the preceding Section 5.01(g)(3)(B)(ii), (a) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Guarantor (other than the Company) and (b) any Guarantor (other than the Company) may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Guarantor or the Issuer. Notwithstanding the preceding Section 5.01(g)(3)(B)(ii), a Guarantor (other than the Company) may consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into a Wholly Owned Subsidiary incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Guarantor reincorporating the Guarantor under the laws of any member state of the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, Canada or any province of Canada, Norway or Switzerland, or changing the legal form of the Guarantor so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture:

(1) the Issuer shall not consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company;

(2) Midco shall not consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer;

(3) if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, Intermediate Holdco shall not consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company; and

(4) if a Permitted Issuer Reorganization has occurred, the Issuer shall not consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Intermediate Holdco.

 

138


ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

(a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) default in any payment of interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note when due and payable, continued for 15 days;

(2) default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under this Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

(3) failure to comply with Article 5 of this Indenture;

(4) failure to comply for 15 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any of the Issuer’s obligations under Section 4.10 (other than a failure to purchase Notes which will constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(2));

(5) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply for 30 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with its other agreements contained in this Indenture;

(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or Note Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default:

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal at stated maturity on such Indebtedness, immediately upon the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity,

and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates €40 million or more;

(7) (A) the Company, the Issuer, a Guarantor, a Pledgor, Midco or a Significant Subsidiary or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (i) voluntarily commences any proceedings or case, or files any petition seeking bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, dissolution, liquidation, administration, moratorium or reorganization under any Bankruptcy Law, including, for the avoidance of doubt, a scheme of arrangement or restructuring plan pursuant to Part 26 or Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006, governed by the Laws of England and Wales or a company voluntary arrangement pursuant to Part I of the Insolvency Act of 1986, governed by the Laws of England and Wales, (ii) consents to the institution of, or fails

 

139


to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step in any involuntary proceeding or petition filed against it in a court of competent jurisdiction under any Bankruptcy Law, (iii) applies for, or consents to the appointment of a receiver, administrator, restructuring administrator, administrative receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official of it or for all or any substantial part of its property; (iv) files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any involuntary proceeding or petition filed against it in a court of competent jurisdiction under any Bankruptcy Law, (v) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (vi) commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling the payment of principal or interest in respect of any of its Indebtedness, except to the extent such negotiations relate to Indebtedness to be refinanced in accordance with the definition of Refinancing Indebtedness, (vii) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency or mandatory liquidation or (viii) takes any corporate action for the purposes of the foregoing; provided that clause (ii) shall not apply to any proceedings filed against it which are frivolous or vexatious and which, if capable of remedy, are discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which such discharge, stay or dismissal is advertised; or (B) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree, or a substantive decision is made under any Bankruptcy Law that: (i) is for relief against the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or any substantial part of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case, (ii) appoints a receiver, administrator, restructuring administrator, administrative receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company, the Issuer, Midco, a Pledgor, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, or (iv) any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws, and any such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 45 consecutive days (the “bankruptcy provisions”); or (C) with respect to a Significant Subsidiary having its center of main interest (in the meaning of section 3 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) or article 3 para. 1 of Council Regulation (EC) No. 1346/2000 of May 29, 2000) in Germany, (i) any Person making an application for the opening of insolvency proceedings for the reasons set out in sections 17 to 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (Antrag auf Eröffnung eines Insolvenzverfahrens) or (ii) any competent court taking actions pursuant to section 21 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (Anordnung von Sicherungsmaßnahmen) unless, in case of an application for the opening of insolvency proceedings by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary or the Company’s direct or indirect shareholders), such application is dismissed by the competent court (for any reason other than for lack of assets (mangels Masse)) or successfully withdrawn by such person, in each case within 21 days after such application and/or any Significant Subsidiary, Pledgor or Guarantor, in each case incorporated in Sweden is required to enter into mandatory liquidation pursuant to the Swedish Companies Act (as amended and restated from time to time);

(8) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of €40 million (exclusive of any amounts that a solvent insurance company has acknowledged liability for), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after the judgment becomes final;

 

140


(9) any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or a group of Guarantors that when taken together (as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee or this Indenture) or is declared invalid or unenforceable in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under its Note Guarantee and any such Default continues for 10 days (the “guarantee provisions”);

(10) any security interest under the Security Documents on Collateral shall, at any time, cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the relevant Security Document, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture) with respect to a material portion of the Collateral for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under this Indenture or the release or amendment of any such security interest in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or such Security Document or any such security interest created thereunder shall be declared invalid or unenforceable or the Issuer shall assert in writing that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and any such default continues for 10 days;

(11) the Company, the Issuer, a Significant Subsidiary, a Guarantor, a Pledgor or a Restricted Subsidiary that has granted a Lien on its assets to secure the Notes suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business, except as permitted as a Permitted Reorganization (other than with respect to the Company, the Issuer and Midco);

(12) the Company’s auditors qualify the audited consolidated financial statements that are required to be furnished to the Trustee under Section 4.02(a)(1) in a manner that could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect (i) the interests of the Holders (taken as a whole) under the Note Documents or (ii) the Group as a going concern;

(13) a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Germany is unable to pay its debts as they fall due (zahlungsunfähig) within the meaning of section 17 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

(14) a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Germany is overindebted within the meaning of section 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

(15) a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Switzerland is over-indebted (überschuldet) within the meaning of article 725b of the Swiss Code of Obligations and such over-indebtedness has not been resolved within 60 days of the board of directors of such Material Company or Significant Subsidiary determining that it is over-indebted, except if creditors of such Material Company or Significant Subsidiary have subordinated claims within the meaning of article 725b paragraph 4 of the Swiss Code of Obligations in an amount sufficient to cure the over-indebtedness; and

(16) a Material Company or Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Switzerland is unable to pay its debts as they fall due (zahlungsunfähig) within the meaning of article 725 of the Swiss Code of Obligations.

 

141


(b) However, a default under clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8) of Section 6.01(a) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and, with respect to clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8) of Section 6.01(a), the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8) of Section 6.01(a), as applicable, after receipt of such notice.

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(7)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, will be due and payable immediately. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(6) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(6) shall have been remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

(b) If an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(7) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

(c) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes under this Indenture may waive all past or existing Defaults or Events of Default (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, or Additional Amounts, if any) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to such Notes and its consequences if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

To the extent permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee may direct the Security Agent (subject to being indemnified and/or secured to its satisfaction, including by way of prefunding, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement) to take enforcement action with respect to the Collateral if any amount is declared or becomes due and payable pursuant to Section 6.02.

 

142


Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

Subject to Section 6.07 and Section 9.02 hereof, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (which may only be waived in accordance with Section 9.02(8)); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration, if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. In the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use in the conduct of its own affairs. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification and/or security satisfactory to it against all losses, claims, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. The Trustee has no obligation to ascertain whether Holders’ actions are unduly prejudicial to other Holders.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, claim, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

143


(3) such Holders have offered in writing the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it against any loss, claim, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security and/or indemnity; and

(5) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

The Trustee has no obligation to ascertain whether Holders’ actions are unduly prejudicial to other holders.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes held by such Holder, on the respective due dates expressed in this Indenture or the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07.

If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding in its own name for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and

 

144


any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10 Priorities.

Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, to the extent applicable, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, the Security Agent, the Agents and their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all fees, costs, compensation, disbursements, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Agents (as the case may be) and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

Third: to the Issuer, to a relevant Guarantor or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit in the manner and to the extent provided in the Trust Indenture Act, and the court in its discretion may assess costs, including properly incurred attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

Section 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

145


Section 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 6.15 Enforcement by Holders.

Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge or has received written notice, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it hereunder and use the same degree of care and skill that a prudent Person would use in conducting its own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the duties of the Trustee and the Agents will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee and the Agents need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture, the Trust Indenture Act, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee and the Agents; and

(2) in the absence of fraud on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

146


(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, its own willful misconduct, or its own fraud, except that:

(1) this Section 7.01(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to Sections 7.01(a), (b) and (c).

(e) No provision of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder. The Trustee may refrain from taking any action if such action will result in the incurrence of a cost to the Trustee and the Trustee has reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it (unless the Trustee has been offered security and indemnity satisfactory to them against any such expense). The Trustee will not be under any obligation to exercise any of their respective rights and powers under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, claim, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held whether in trust or otherwise by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including without limitation Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Responsible Officer assigned to and working in the Trustee’s corporate trust and agency department has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuer or this Indenture.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel or other professional advisors at the expense of the Issuer and the written advice of such counsel, professional advisor or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by them hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

147


(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to them against the losses, claims, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by them in compliance with such request or direction.

(g) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except: (i) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(1) or Section 6.01(a)(2) (provided it is acting as Paying Agent); and (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received actual knowledge thereof or shall have received written notification. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.02 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

(h) The Trustee shall not have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance, and shall not be responsible or liable for compliance with restrictions on transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of minimum denominations imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law or regulation with respect to any transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of any interest in any Notes.

(i) The rights, privileges, indemnities, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee in this Indenture, including its right to be indemnified and/or secured to its satisfaction, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and by each agent (including the Agents), custodian and other person employed to act hereunder. Absent willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence, each Agent shall not be liable for acting in good faith on instructions believed by it to be genuine and from the proper party.

(j) In the event the Trustee receives inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders, each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, will be taken and shall not incur any liability for their failure to act until such inconsistency or conflict is, in their reasonable opinion, resolved.

 

148


(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by acts of war or terrorism involving the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Monetary Union or any other national or international calamity or emergency (including, but not limited to, natural disasters, acts of God, civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility), it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

(l) The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance or its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes.

(m) The permissive right of the Trustee to take the actions permitted by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.

(n) The Trustee will not be liable to any person if prevented or delayed in performing any of its obligations or discretionary functions under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond its control.

(o) The Trustee shall not under any circumstances be liable for punitive damages, any consequential loss or indirect loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit of any kind) of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any other Person (or, in each case, any successor thereto), even if advised of it in advance and even if foreseeable.

(p) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as they may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, they shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind solely by reason of such inquiry or investigation except where the Trustee’s conduct constitutes willful misconduct, gross negligence or fraud.

(q) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of the individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(r) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to do anything which, in its opinion, may be illegal or contrary to applicable law or regulation.

(s) Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, the Trustee may refrain without liability from doing anything that would in its opinion, based on legal advice, be contrary to any law of any state or jurisdiction (including but not limited to the European Union, the United States of America or, in each case, any jurisdiction forming a part of it and England & Wales) or any directive or regulation of any agency of any such state or jurisdiction and may without liability do anything which is, based on legal advice, necessary to comply with any such law, directive or regulation.

 

149


(t) The Trustee may retain counsel and professional advisors to assist them in performing their duties under this Indenture. The Trustee may consult with such professional advisors or with counsel, and the advice or opinion of such professional advisors or counsel with respect to legal or other matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by them hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or professional advisors.

(u) The Trustee may assume without inquiry in the absence of actual knowledge or written notification that the Issuer is duly complying with its obligations contained in this Indenture required to be performed and observed by it, and that no Default or Event of Default or other event which would require repayment of the Notes has occurred.

(v) The duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, to the extent applicable.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge that the Trustee has acquired a conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 hereof and to Sections 310(b) and 311 of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 7.04 Trustees Disclaimer.

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has notice of or knowledge of such occurrence as provided in Section 7.01(a), the Trustee must give notice of the Default to the Holders within 60 days after being notified by the Issuer. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of trust officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 7.06 [Reserved].

 

150


Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

(a) The Issuer or, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay, each Guarantor, jointly and severally, will pay to the Trustee and the Agents such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as shall be agreed in writing. The Trustee’s and the Agents’ compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer will reimburse the Trustee and the Agents promptly upon request for all fees, disbursements, advances and expenses properly incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the properly incurred compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and the Agents’ agents and counsel. In the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default or where the Trustee reasonably considers it necessary or is being requested by the Issuer to undertake duties which the Trustee and the Issuer reasonably believe to be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the normal duties of the Trustee, the Issuer shall pay to the Trustee additional remuneration for such duties. Such additional remuneration and/or expenses shall be paid to the Trustee promptly at such times as the Trustee shall reasonably request in writing to the Issuer.

(b) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee and the Agents and their officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all losses, damages, costs, claims, liabilities, taxes or expenses (including properly incurred fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by them arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of their duties under this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability, claims, tax or expense may be attributable to their gross negligence, fraud or wilful misconduct. The Trustee and the Agents will notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which they may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee and the Agents to so notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. Except where the interests of the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Trustee, on the other hand, may be adverse, the Issuer or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee may in its sole discretion assume the defense of the claim against it and/or appoint separate counsel and the Issuer and any Guarantor shall, jointly and severally, pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor need reimburse any expense or indemnity against any loss, liability, or expense incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, gross negligence or fraud.

(c) The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(d) To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee in its capacity as Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, particular Notes. Such Liens will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

151


(f) The indemnity contained in this Section 7.07 shall survive the discharge or termination of this Indenture and shall continue for the benefit of the Trustee or any Agent notwithstanding its resignation or retirement.

Section 7.08 Removal, Resignation and Replacement of Trustee.

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

(b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. Any Trustee that has resigned or has been removed shall remain subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent provided therein. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the Trustee, or any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder for not less than six months may petition any court for removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order from relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting as Trustee hereunder; or

(5) the Trustee has or acquires a conflict of interest not eliminated in accordance with Section 7.03.

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, (i) the retiring Trustee (at the expense of the Issuer), the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or (ii) the retiring Trustee may appoint a successor Trustee at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee takes office, provided that such appointment shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer.

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

152


(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by consolidation, merger or conversion to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

For so long as required by the Trust Indenture Act, there shall be a trustee under this Indenture. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of and be eligible under to act as Trustee pursuant to Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act (or shall be exempt therefrom or subject to an exception thereto). The Trustee shall at all times be a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities that shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$150,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. No obligor upon the Notes or Person directly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such obligor shall serve as trustee upon the Notes. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act, this Indenture, the Notes, any supplemental indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act are met. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.10, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Article 7.

Section 7.11 Resignation of Agents.

Any Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Indenture at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such resignation to the Trustee and Issuer. The Trustee or Issuer may remove any Agent at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to any Agent. Upon such notice, a successor Agent shall be appointed by the Issuer, who shall provide written notice of such to the Trustee. Such successor Agent shall become the Agent hereunder upon the resignation or removal date specified in such notice. If the Issuer is unable to replace the resigning Agent within thirty (30) days after such notice, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder in its possession to the Trustee or may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Agent or for other appropriate relief. The costs and

 

153


expenses (including its counsels’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Agent in connection with such proceeding shall be paid by the Issuer. Upon receipt of the identity of the successor Agent, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder to the successor Agent, less the Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other obligations owed to the Agent. Upon its resignation and delivery of any funds, the Agent shall be discharged of and from any and all further obligations arising in connection with this Indenture, but shall continue to enjoy the benefit of Section 7.07. The Agents shall act solely as agents of the Issuer, except in the event of a Default or Event of Default, in which case the Trustee may, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the relevant Agents, require that the Agents act as agents of, and take instructions exclusively from, the Trustee.

Section 7.12 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Corporation

The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent indicated therein, excluding, as applicable, any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 7.13 Reports by Trustee to Holders

Within 60 days after the anniversary of the Issue Date, beginning with the anniversary in 2026, and for so long as the Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder, a brief report dated as of such date, if required by and in compliance with the requirements of Section 313 of the Trust Indenture Act. A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Issuer may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and any Guarantor will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and any Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.06 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

154


(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.05 hereof;

(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Article 2 hereof;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Article 8.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and any Guarantor will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof, (a) be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.02, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.12, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19 and 5.01 (other than with respect to clauses (1) and (2) of Section 5.01(a) and Section 5.01(b)) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and (b) be released from the operation of Sections 6.01(a)(3) (other than with respect to clauses (1) and (2) of Section 5.01(a) and Section 5.01(b)), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7), 6.01(a)(8), 6.01(a)(9) and 6.01(a)(10), in each case, with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of the Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Issuer and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof, payment on the Notes may not be accelerated due to an Event of Default specified in clauses (3) (other than with respect to clauses (1) and (2) of Section 5.01(a) and Section 5.01(b), clauses (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) and (9) of Section 6.01(a)).

 

155


Section 8.04 Survival of Certain Obligations.

Notwithstanding Sections 8.02 and 8.03, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.10, 7.07, 7.08 and under this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations under Sections 7.07 and 8.08 shall survive.

Section 8.05 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, the Issuer must irrevocably deposit in trust with the Trustee (or such entity designated or appointed (as agent) by the Trustee for this purpose) (i) with respect to the Euro Notes, cash in euros or euro-denominated European Government Obligations or a combination thereof for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Euro Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and (ii) with respect to the SEK Notes, cash in SEK or SEK-denominated Swedish Government Obligations or a combination thereof for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the SEK Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be; provided that, if requested by the Issuer, the Trustee will distribute any amounts deposited in trust to the Holders prior to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of:

(1) an Opinion of Counsel in the United States to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel in the United States must be based on a ruling of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law since the issuance of the Notes);

(2) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Issuer;

(3) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with;

(4) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940; and

(5) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee all other documents or other information that the Trustee may reasonably require in connection with either defeasance option.

 

156


Section 8.06 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.07 hereof, cash in euros, SEK, European Government Obligations, Swedish Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, and including the proceeds thereof, deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated by the Trustee for this purpose, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.06, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash in euros or SEK, European Government Obligations or Swedish Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, deposited pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any cash in euros or SEK, European Government Obligations or Swedish Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, held by it as provided in Section 8.05 hereof which are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent legal defeasance or covenant defeasance.

Section 8.07 Repayment to Issuer.

Any money deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated or appointed (as agent) by the Trustee for this purpose), or then held by the Issuer, in trust, or held by any Paying Agent, for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be made available to the newswire service of Bloomberg or, if Bloomberg does not operate, any similar agency and, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, publish such notice in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notice on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu) which notice shall state that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

Section 8.08 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash in euros or SEK, European Government Obligations or Swedish Government Obligations, or a combination thereof in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

157


ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Trustee and the other parties thereto, as applicable, may amend or supplement any Note Document to:

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, error or inconsistency, or reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes;

(2) provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under any Note Document;

(3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code);

(4) add to the covenants or provide for a Note Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

(6) make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture;

(7) provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Note Guarantee in accordance with Sections 4.06 and 4.12 to add Note Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add Collateral for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Note Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents;

(8) evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Note Documents of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee to any Note Document;

(9) evidence or provide for the release of any Collateral in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents; or

(10) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or maintaining such qualification thereafter.

 

158


The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such evidence as it deems appropriate including Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel.

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment of any Note Document. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. A consent to any amendment or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders.

Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes) and, subject to certain exceptions, any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes). If any amendment, supplement or waiver will only affect one series of Notes, only the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of that affected series (and not the consent of the Holders of the majority of all Notes) shall be required. However, without the consent of Holders holding not less than 90% of the then-outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes affected (provided that if any amendment, supplement or waiver will only affect one series of the Notes, then only the consent of the Holders of at least 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of that affected series (and not the consent of the Holders of at least 90% of all Notes) shall be required) or, in the case of clauses (1), (2), (3), (4) and (6), each affected Holder (provided that if any amendment, supplement or waiver will only affect one series of the Notes, then only the consent of each affected Holder of that affected series (and not the consent of each affected Holder of all Notes) shall be required), an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any such Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note;

(3) reduce the principal of, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any such Note;

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed, in each case as provided under paragraphs 5 and 6 of each Note;

(5) make any such Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note;

(6) impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes on or after the due date therefor;

(7) make any change in Section 4.14 that adversely affects the right of any Holder of such Notes in any material respect or amends the terms of such Notes in a way that would result in a loss of an exemption from any of the Taxes described thereunder or an exemption from any obligation to withhold or deduct Taxes so described thereunder unless the Payor agrees to pay Additional Amounts, if any, in respect thereof;

 

159


(8) waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest or Additional Amounts, if any (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(9) release all or substantially all Liens granted for the benefit of the Holders in the Collateral (taken as a whole) other than in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement, any applicable Additional Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture;

(10) (a) subordinate the Notes or any Note Guarantee in contractual right of payment to any other Indebtedness or (b) subordinate the ranking of, or priority in the order of application of enforcement proceeds of, any of the Liens securing the Notes of any Note Guarantee to the Liens securing any other Indebtedness (such other Indebtedness, in each of clause (a) and (b), “Senior Indebtedness”), unless each adversely affected Holder has been offered a bona fide opportunity to fund or otherwise provide its pro rata share of the Senior Indebtedness (based on the amount of Notes held by each adversely affected Holder immediately prior to the Incurrence of such Senior Indebtedness as a proportion of the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries held by all providers of such Senior Indebtedness) on the same terms as those offered to all other providers of such Senior Indebtedness; or

(11) make any change to this Section 9.02.

For purposes of voting or consenting (or any other matter requiring a determination based on a percentage of principal amount of the Notes outstanding), the aggregate principal amount of outstanding SEK Notes will be the euro equivalent amount (determined using the spot rate as of the record date set for taking of such action or the Issue Date) of such aggregate principal amount outstanding as of the date of determination.

Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder of a Note of such series, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1), (2), (3), (4) and (6) of Section 9.02 hereof, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note of such series who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note of such series that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note of such series.

 

160


The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid for more than 120 days after such record date.

Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, as the case may be, shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer (and any Guarantor) enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions of this Indenture. Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.

ARTICLE 10

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 10.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture will be discharged and cease to be of further effect (except as to Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 7.07 and 7.08) as to all outstanding Notes when (1) either (a) all the Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed Notes and certain Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (b) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer; (2) the Issuer has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated or appointed (as agent) by the Trustee for this purpose) (i) with respect to the Euro Notes, euros or euro-denominated European Government Obligations or a combination thereof and (ii) with respect to the SEK Notes, SEK or SEK-denominated Swedish Government Obligations or a combination thereof, as applicable, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be,

 

161


provided that, if requested by the Issuer, the Trustee will distribute any amounts deposited in trust to the Holders prior to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; (3) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; (4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions under this Indenture to apply the deposited money towards payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be; and (5) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each to the effect that all conditions precedent under this Section 10.01 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4)). If requested by the Issuer in writing no later than two Business Days prior to such distribution to the Trustee and Principal Paying Agent (which request may be included in the applicable notice of redemption pursuant to the above referenced Officer’s Certificate) the Trustee shall distribute any amount deposited to the Holders prior to the Stated Maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; provided that the Notes shall be marked down on the date of early repayment and such early repayment will not occur prior to the record date set for redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the distribution and payment to the Holders prior to the maturity or redemption date as set forth above shall not include any negative interest, present value adjustment, break cost or any additional premium on such amounts. To the extent the Notes are represented by a Global Note deposited with a depositary for the clearing system, any payment to the beneficial holders holding interests as a participant of such clearing system shall be subject to the then applicable procedures of the clearing system.

Section 10.02 Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.07, all money deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated or appointed (as agent of the Trustee) by the Trustee for this purpose) pursuant to Section 10.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent (or such entity designated or appointed (as agent of the Trustee) by the Trustee for this purpose) is unable to apply, with respect to the Euro Notes, any euros or European Government Obligations or a combination thereof, and with respect to the SEK Notes, any SEK or SEK-denominated Swedish Government Obligations or a combination thereof, as applicable, or in accordance with Section 10.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 10.01; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from, with respect to the Euro Notes, the euros or European Government Obligations or a combination thereof, and, with respect to the SEK Notes, SEK or SEK-denominated Swedish Government Obligations or a combination thereof, as applicable, held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

162


ARTICLE 11

NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 11.01 Note Guarantees.

(a) Subject to this Article 11, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Agreed Security Principles, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder (such Guarantee, a “Note Guarantee”), that:

(1) the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(2) in case of any extension of time of payment of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) Subject to this Article 11, the Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or the Security Agent or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

 

163


Section 11.02 Limitation on Liability.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited under the relevant laws applicable to such Guarantor and the granting of such Note Guarantees (including laws relating to corporate benefit, capital preservation, financial assistance, fraudulent conveyances and transfers, voidable preferences or transactions under value, to the extent applicable), to the extent set forth in this Section 11.02 or in any supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Guarantor accedes to this Indenture. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that would, after giving notice to the Trustee of such maximum amount and giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, not render the Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of foreign or state law, or as otherwise required under the Agreed Security Principles to comply with corporate benefit, financial assistance and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, to the extent set forth in any supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Guarantor accedes to this Indenture.

(a) Sweden.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document, the obligations of any Guarantor incorporated in Sweden in its capacity as such (each a “Swedish Guarantor”) under this Indenture and any other Note Document shall, (i) in respect of any obligations or liabilities of other parties save for any wholly-owned Subsidiaries, be limited if (and only if) required by the provisions of the Swedish Companies Act (Sw.Aktiebolagslagen (2005:551)) relating to distribution of assets (Sw.värdeöverföring) (Chapter 17, Sections 1-4 (or their equivalents from time to time)), and (ii) other than in relation to the Company, the Issuer and [Midco], financial assistance (Chapter 21, Section 5 (or its equivalent from time to time)), and it is understood that the obligations and liability of each Swedish Guarantor for such obligations and liabilities under this Indenture and any other Note Document shall only apply, as applicable, to the extent permitted by the above-mentioned provisions of the Swedish Companies Act.

(b) Italy.

(1) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document, to ensure compliance with Italian law, the guarantee obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor incorporated in the Republic of Italy (an “Italian Guarantor”) under this Indenture and any other Note Document shall be limited in accordance with Clause 27.23 (Guarantee Limitations on Italian Guarantors) of the Intercreditor Agreement as follows:

 

164


(2) In respect of the obligations of the Issuer and/or any Guarantor which is not a subsidiary pursuant to article 2359 of the Italian Civil Code (i.e., Royal Decree 262 of 1942, as amended) of such Italian Guarantor shall not exceed, at any time:

 

  (i)

the aggregate principal amount of any intercompany loans or other financial support (other than equity contribution, howsoever described) advanced to such Italian Guarantor (or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries pursuant to article 2359 paragraph 1, numbers 1 and/or 2 of the Italian Civil Code) by the Issuer and/or any Guarantor outstanding at the time of the enforcement of the guarantee,

 

  (ii)

less the aggregate amount (if any) that, as at the time of the enforcement of the guarantee provided for under this Indenture or any other Note Document, such Italian Guarantor has already paid, as a result of a demand under a guarantee granted pursuant to this Indenture or any other Note Document,

provided that, in order to comply with the provisions of Italian law in relation to financial assistance (including, without limitation article 2358 and/or article 2474, as the case may be, of the Italian Civil Code), the guarantee obligations and liabilities of an Italian Guarantor under this Indenture and any other Note Document will not include any obligations or liability of the Issuer and/or any Guarantor (x) in respect of any debt or utilization incurred to finance and/or refinance, either directly or indirectly, the acquisition and/or subscription of the Italian Guarantor’s own shares/quotas or those of a direct or an indirect parent of such Italian Guarantor and/or the payment of any fees, costs and expenses, stamp, registration or other taxes in connection therewith; (y) incurred by any Guarantor under any guarantee under any Note Document in respect of the obligations referred to in item (x) above; (z) which is otherwise in breach of the applicable provisions of Italian law (including, without limitation, articles 2358 and/or 2474, as the case may be, of the Italian Civil Code).

(3) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in this Indenture or any other Note Documents, each Italian Guarantor shall be entitled to set-off its obligations relating to a loan and/or financial support received by the Issuer and/or any Guarantor against the claims of recourse or subrogation (“regresso” or “surrogazione”) against the Issuer and/or the relevant Guarantor arising as a result of any payment of the obligations of the Issuer and/or that Guarantor made by that Italian Guarantor under this Indenture or any Note Document. Notwithstanding any provision of any Note Document to the contrary, no Italian Guarantor shall be liable as a Guarantor under this Indenture or any Note Document in relation to the obligations of any Guarantor which is not a subsidiary (pursuant to article 2359, paragraph 1, numbers 1 and/or 2, of the Italian Civil Code) of such Italian Guarantor, in respect of any amounts owed under any Note Document in excess of an amount equal to the amount that such Italian Guarantor is entitled to (and actually can) set-off against its claims of recourse or subrogation (regresso or surrogazione) arising as a result of any payment made by such Italian Guarantor under the guarantee given under this Indenture (the “Set-Off Right”), it remaining understood that any provision establishing a deferral of Guarantors’ rights in any Note Documents, including in this Indenture, shall not prejudice, and will not apply to, the Set-Off Right.

 

165


(4) The obligations of each Italian Guarantor as guarantor and/or security provider under this Indenture or any Note Document shall not be deemed cumulative with any other obligation of such Italian Guarantor as guarantor and/or security provider and shall be considered without duplication (and to this end the amount of the intercompany loans or other items constituting intercompany financial indebtedness when taken as a basis for the computation of the relevant guaranteed and/or secured obligations will be counted once only).

(5) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Indenture or in any other Note Document, at no time shall an Italian Guarantor be required to be liable and/or guarantee the performance of obligations in violation of Italian mandatory rules. In this respect, the obligations of any Italian Guarantor hereunder shall not include and shall not extend to, inter alia: (i) any interest exceeding thresholds of the interests rate permitted under Italian Law 108 of 7 March 1996, as amended (i.e., the Italian Usury Law) and/or in any case qualifying as usurious pursuant to any Italian applicable law and/or regulation; and (ii) any interest on overdue amounts compounded in violation of the any Italian applicable law and/or regulation (including, without limitation, Article 1283 of the Italian Civil Code and Article 120 of Italian Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 and the relevant implementing regulations, each as amended).

(6) If and to the extent that a payment of an Italian Guarantor in fulfilling any guarantee obligations under any Note Document were, at the time payment is due, under Italian law and practice, not be permitted, including if and to the extent that such Italian Guarantor guarantees obligations other than its obligations and/or of one of its subsidiaries pursuant to article 2359, paragraph 1, numbers 1 and/or 2, of the Italian Civil Code, then such obligations and payment amount shall from time to time be limited to the amount permitted to be paid in accordance with the Italian law (including, without limitations, articles 2358 and 2474 of the Italian Civil Code, as appropriate).

(7) Without prejudice to the paragraphs above, in any event, pursuant to article 1938 of the Italian Civil Code and notwithstanding any other provisions set out in any Note Documents and any RCF Finance Documents, the maximum amount that an Italian Guarantor may be required to pay in respect of its obligations as Guarantor under this Indenture, any other Note Document as well as any RCF Finance Documents shall not exceed €230,000,000.00.

(c) Spain.

(1) Notwithstanding any contrary indication in this Indenture or any other Note Document, the obligations of any Guarantor incorporated under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain (a “Spanish Guarantor”) under this Indenture shall be limited so as not to breach the limitations on financial assistance:

(A) in article 150 of the Spanish Companies Law if that Spanish Guarantor is a joint stock company (Sociedad Anónima); or

 

166


(B) in article 143.2 of the Spanish Companies Law if that Spanish Guarantor is a limited liability company (Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada); and

(2) furthermore, if a Spanish Guarantor is incorporated as a limited liability company (Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada), such guarantees and securities shall be limited (if applicable) in respect of any issuance of notes, bonds or any other negotiable securities in accordance with article 401 of the Spanish Companies Law.

(d) Norway.

(1) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document, the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor incorporated in Norway (each a “Norwegian Guarantor”) under this Indenture or any other Note Document shall be limited to the extent necessary to comply with the mandatory provisions of law applicable to it, and shall not cover any indebtedness or liability which, if they did so extend would cause an infringement of (i) section 8-10 and/or section 8-7 cf. sections 1-3 and 1-4, or any of the other provisions in chapter 8 III, of the Norwegian Private Limited Liability Companies Act 1997 (the “Norwegian Companies Act”) regulating unlawful financial assistance and other restrictions on a Norwegian limited liability company’s ability to grant, inter alia, security and guarantees in favour of other group companies, and (ii) section 13-15, or any other provision in the Norwegian Financial Undertakings Act 2015 (the “Norwegian Financial Undertakings Act”) and/or the Norwegian Financial Undertakings Regulation 2016 (the “Norwegian Financial Undertakings Regulation”), regulating the business of financial undertakings incorporated in Norway, including restrictions for such undertakings to provide security. It is understood and agreed that the liability of any Norwegian Guarantor only applies to the extent permitted by the above-mentioned provisions of the Norwegian Companies Act, the Norwegian Financial Undertakings Act and the Norwegian Financial Undertakings Regulation. Under no circumstances shall the obligations and liabilities of any Norwegian Guarantor cover the debt and/or other liabilities incurred in respect of the purchase of the shares in such Norwegian Guarantor or the shares in any of such Norwegian Guarantor’s Holding Companies other than in compliance with section 8-10 of the Norwegian Companies Act; and

(2) the total liability of any Norwegian Guarantor under this Article 11 shall never exceed €2,000,000,000 plus interest thereon and fees, costs and expenses as set out in this Indenture; and

(3) the obligations under this Indenture or any other Note Document of any Norwegian Guarantor which is subject to a license and/or regulations by a governmental authority shall not include any obligations or liabilities to the extent they would be contrary to the applicable Norwegian law, regulations and/or any other requirements applicable to it (in any license or otherwise), including any requirements or decisions from relevant Norwegian regulatory authorities), and accordingly the obligations and liabilities of any such Norwegian Guarantor under this Indenture or any other Note Document shall only apply to the extent permitted by those provisions of the applicable law and licenses, including any requirements and or decisions from relevant Norwegian regulatory authorities.

 

167


(e) Germany.

(1) In this Section 11.02:

Auditors’ Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in paragraph (5) below.

Enforcement Notice” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in paragraph (4) below.

German Guarantor” means any Guarantor incorporated in Germany as (x) a limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung – GmbH or Unternehmergesellschaft—UG) (each a “German GmbH Guarantor”) or (y) a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft) with a limited liability company as general partner (a “German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor”) in relation to whom a Holder or the Trustee intends to demand payment under the guarantee set out in Clause 27.1 (Guarantee and indemnity) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

Guaranteed Obligor” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in paragraph (2) below.

Management Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in paragraph (4) below.

Net Assets” means the relevant company’s assets (Section 266 para.(2) A, B, C, D and E German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch), less the aggregate of its liabilities (Section 266 para. (3) B (but disregarding any accruals (Rückstellungen) in respect of a potential enforcement of the guarantee or any Transaction Security), C, D and E German Commercial Code), the amount of profits (Gewinne) not available for distribution to its shareholders in accordance with section 268 para. 8 German Commercial Code and the amount of its stated share capital (Stammkapital);

(2) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or any other Note Document, the Trustees and the Holders agree not to enforce the obligations and liabilities created under this Indenture or any other Note Document if and to the extent that this guarantee and indemnity guarantees any liability of a Guarantor which is an affiliate of a German Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) other than that German Guarantor’s wholly-owned Subsidiaries, (each such affiliate which is not a wholly owned Subsidiary a “Guaranteed Obligor”) and if and to the extent that a payment under the guarantee would cause that German Guarantor’s (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG as Guarantor (a “German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor”), its general partners’) or any of its direct or indirect holding companies’ (in the form of a German GmbH or GmbH & Co. KG and only if it is not the Guaranteed Obligor) Net Assets (determined pursuant to paragraphs (3), (4) and/or (5) below) to be reduced below zero (Begründung einer Unterbilanz), or further reduced if already below zero (Vertiefung einer Unterbilanz);

(3) for the purposes of the calculation of the Net Assets the following balance sheet items shall be adjusted as follows:

(A) the amount of any increase of the stated share capital (Erhöhungen des Stammkapitals) of the relevant German Guarantor (or, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG as Guarantor, of its general partner) after the date hereof that has been effected without the prior written consent of the Trustee to the increase and to the concurrent reduction of Net Assets, shall be deducted from the stated share capital;

 

168


(B) any liabilities incurred by the relevant German Guarantor owing to any member of the Group or any other affiliated company (each an “Affiliated Creditor”) which are subordinated by law or by contract to any relevant obligation or liability outstanding under this Indenture or any other Note Document (including, for the avoidance of doubt, obligations that would in an insolvency be subordinated pursuant to Section 39 § 1 no. 5 or Section 39 § 2 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung)) unless a waiver of the underlying payment claim of the relevant Affiliated Creditor, the contribution of such payment claim to the capital reserves of the relevant German Guarantor, and any other way of extinguishing the loan would violate mandatory legal restrictions applicable to the relevant Affiliated Creditor; and

(C) liabilities incurred by the relevant German Guarantor in negligent or wilful violation of this Indenture,

shall be disregarded;

(4) the relevant German Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 10 Business Days after receipt from the Trustee of a notice stating that the Trustee or a Holder intends to demand payment under this guarantee (the “Enforcement Notice”), its up-to-date balance sheet, or in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor its and its general partner’s balance sheet, together with a detailed calculation of the amount of its Net Assets taking into account the adjustments set forth in paragraph (3) above (the “Management Determination”). The Management Determination shall be prepared as of the date of receipt of the Enforcement Notice;

(5) following the Trustee’s receipt of the Management Determination, upon request by the Trustee (acting reasonably), the relevant German Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee within 20 Business Days of such request its up-to-date balance sheet, or in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor its and its general partner’s balance sheet, drawn-up by its auditor together with a detailed calculation of the amount of the Net Assets taking into account the adjustments set forth in paragraph (3) above (the “Auditors’ Determination”). Such balance sheet and Auditors’ Determination shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applicable from time to time in Germany (Grundsätze ordnungsmäßiger Buchführung). The Auditors’ Determination shall be prepared as of the date of receipt of the Enforcement Notice;

(6) a Holder (acting through the Trustee) shall be entitled to demand payment under this guarantee in an amount which would, in accordance with the Management Determination or, if applicable and taking into account any previous enforcement in accordance with the Management Determination, the Auditors’ Determination, not cause the German Guarantor’s Net Assets, or in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, its general partner’s Net Assets, to be reduced below zero or further reduced if already below zero. If and to the extent that the Net Assets as determined by the Auditors’ Determination are lower than the amount enforced (i) in accordance with the Management Determination or (ii) without regard to the Management and/or Auditors’ Determination, that Holder shall repay to the relevant German Guarantor (or in case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor to its general partner) such excess enforcement proceeds;

 

169


(7) in addition, each German Guarantor and, in the case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor, also its general partner, shall within three months after receipt of the Enforcement Notice realize, to the extent legally permitted and to the extent necessary to fulfil the payment obligations of the Guaranteed Obligors under the Indenture or another Note Documents, any and all of its assets which are not required for the relevant German Guarantor’s business (nicht betriebsnotwendig) that are shown in the balance sheet with a book value (Buchwert) that is substantially lower than the market value of the relevant assets if, as a result of the enforcement of the guarantee, its Net Assets would be reduced below zero or further reduced if already below zero; and

(8) the restriction under paragraph (2) above shall not apply:

(A) to the extent that the guarantee guarantees (i) any monies that are on-lent, actually disbursed to the relevant German Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries and not repaid or (ii) any guarantees issued under this Indenture for the benefit of the relevant German Guarantor or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries which are not returned;

(B) if the relevant German Guarantor (as dominated entity) is subject to a domination and/or profit transfer agreement (Beherrschungs- und/oder Gewinnabführungsvertrag) (a “DPTA”) with the Guaranteed Obligor, whether directly or indirectly through a chain of DPTAs between each company and its shareholder (or in case of a German GmbH & Co. KG Guarantor between its general partner and its shareholder) unless the relevant German Guarantor demonstrates that the enforcement would result in an annual loss of the relevant German Guarantor (or, in the case of a GmbH & Co. KG as Guarantor, its general partner) which would not be compensated for by a fully valuable (vollwertig) compensation claim (Verlustausgleichsanspruch) pursuant to Section 302 of the German Stock Corporation Act; or

if and to extent the relevant German Guarantor has on the date of enforcement of the guarantee a fully recoverable indemnity or claim for refund (vollwertiger Gegenleistungs- oder Rückgewähranspruch) against its shareholder or the Guaranteed Obligor.

(f) Finland.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture and/or any other Note Document, indemnity and other guarantee obligations of each Guarantor incorporated in Finland under Article 11 of this Indenture or any other guarantee or indemnity obligation under this Indenture and/or any other Note Document shall be subject to and limited if, and only to the extent, required by the mandatory provisions of the Finnish Companies Act (Finnish: osakeyhtiölaki 624/2006), as amended or re-enacted from time to time) regulating (i) unlawful financial assistance, as provided in Chapter 13, Section 10 of the Finnish Companies Act or (ii) distribution of assets, as provided in Chapter 13, Section 1 of the Finnish Companies Act, or other applicable mandatory provisions of Finnish corporate law.

(g) The Czech Republic.

 

170


(1) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document the guarantee obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor incorporated under Czech law (a “Czech Guarantor”) under this Indenture and any other Note Document shall be limited in accordance with Clause 27.22 (Guarantee Limitations for Czech Guarantors) of the Intercreditor Agreement as follows:

(2) The obligations of any Czech Guarantor pursuant to this Article 11 shall not include any liability or obligation to the extent to which it would result in such guarantee and/or indemnity constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Sections 41, 200 and/or 311 to 315 of the Czech Business Corporations Act.

(3) The obligations and liabilities of a Czech Guarantor under the guarantee pursuant to this Article 11 shall be limited to an amount equal to the limitation amount (the “Czech Limitation Amount”), being:

 

LOGO

where:

(A) “A” means the net book value of all assets of that Czech Guarantor recorded in its latest annual unconsolidated financial statements available to the Trustee or, if they are more up to date and supplied to the Trustee within fifteen (15) Business Days following its request and if the Trustee, acting in its sole discretion, has no reason to doubt the accuracy thereof, its latest interim unconsolidated financial statements available to the Trustee;

(B) “G” means the aggregate amount of all obligations guaranteed by that Czech Guarantor under this Indenture had the Czech Limitation Amount not been applied, provided that where such amount is not denominated in Czech koruna, it shall be converted into Czech koruna at the exchange rate published on the official website of the Czech National Bank (in Czech Česká národní banka) on the date falling one Business Day prior to the date on which the relevant Finance Party dispatched a demand for performance under this Article 11 (Note Guarantees) to that Czech Guarantor; and

(C) “O” means all liabilities of that Czech Guarantor recorded in its latest annual unconsolidated financial statements available to the Trustee or, if they are more up to date and supplied to the Trustee within fifteen (15) Business Days following its request and if the Trustee, acting in its sole discretion, has no reason to doubt the accuracy thereof, its latest interim unconsolidated financial statements. The term “liabilities” shall have the meaning attached to it under the accounting standards applicable to that Czech Guarantor but, notwithstanding the foregoing, shall at all times:

(i) exclude financial obligations vis-à-vis any other member of the Group;

(ii) exclude equity capital (in Czech vlastní kapitál);

(iii) include the “G” amount calculated using the definition set out above; and

 

171


(iv) include all obligations guaranteed or secured by a security right in rem by that Czech Guarantor under any agreement or otherwise.

For the avoidance of doubt, any identical obligations of that Czech Guarantor will only be included in the “O” amount once. The term “net book value” used for the purpose of the calculation of the Czech Limitation Amount means the book value reduced by corrections and provisions (in Czech opravné položky a oprávky (korekce)) as set out in decree no. 500/2002 Coll., as amended (the “Decree”), implementing Act No. 563/1991 Coll., on Accountancy, as amended or in any other legislation which may supersede the Decree in the future.

The agreement contained in paragraph (3) above shall be conditional on no declaration of insolvency (in Czech rozhodnutí o úpadku) having been passed in relation to the relevant Czech Guarantor or any of its assets in insolvency proceedings conducted in the Czech Republic or other similar steps having been taken in similar proceedings conducted in another jurisdiction involving pro rata payment of general creditors’ claims (the “Declaration of Insolvency”). Upon a Declaration of Insolvency the agreement contained in paragraph (3) above shall cease to apply.

(h) Slovakia.

(1) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document, the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor incorporated under Slovak law (the “Slovak Guarantor”) under this Indenture or any other Note Document shall be limited in accordance with Clause 27.23 (Guarantee Limitations for Slovak Guarantors) of the Intercreditor Agreement as follows:

(2) The obligations and liabilities of any Slovak Guarantor shall not include any liability or obligation to the extent to which it would result in such guarantee and/or indemnity constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Sections 161e of the Slovak Commercial Code (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

(3) The obligations and liabilities of the Slovak Guarantor under the guarantee pursuant to this Article 11 (Note Guarantees) shall be limited to an amount equal to the limitation amount (the “Slovak Limitation Amount”), being:

 

LOGO

where:

(A) “A” means the net book value of all assets of the Slovak Guarantor recorded in its latest annual unconsolidated financial statements available to the Trustee or, if they are more up to date and supplied or otherwise available to the Trustee and if the Trustee, acting in its sole discretion, has no reason to doubt the accuracy thereof, its latest interim unconsolidated financial statements available to the Trustee;

 

172


(B) “G” means the aggregate amount of all obligations guaranteed by the Slovak Guarantor under this Indenture had the Slovak Limitation Amount not been applied, provided that where such amount is not denominated in EUR, such amount shall be expressed in its equivalent in EUR on the date falling one Business Day prior to the date on which the Trustee dispatched a demand for performance under this Article 11 to the Slovak Guarantor; and

(C) “O” means all liabilities of the Slovak Guarantor recorded in its latest annual unconsolidated financial statements available to the Trustee or, if they are more up to date and supplied or otherwise available to the Trustee and if the Trustee, acting in its sole discretion, has no reason to doubt the accuracy thereof, its latest interim unconsolidated financial statements.

(D) The term “liabilities” shall have the meaning attached to it under the accounting standards applicable to the Slovak Guarantor but, notwithstanding the foregoing, shall at all times:

(i) exclude equity capital (in Slovak: vlastné imanie) of the Slovak Guarantor;

(ii) exclude any subordinated liabilities under Section 408a of the Slovak Commercial Code, and any liabilities vis- à-vis any other member of the Group;

(iii) include the “G” amount calculated using the definition set out above; and

(iv) include all obligations guaranteed or secured by the Slovak Guarantor under any agreement or otherwise.

For the avoidance of doubt, any identical obligations of the Slovak Guarantor will only be included in the “O” amount once.

The term “net book value” used for the purpose of the calculation of the Slovak Limitation Amount means the book value reduced by (i) corrections and provisions (in Slovak: opravné položky a oprávky (korekcie)) as set out in decree of the Ministry of Finance of the Slovak Republic dated 16 December 2002 no. 4/2003 published in the Financial Bulletin (in Slovak: Finančný spravodaj), as amended (the Decree), implementing the Slovak Act No. 431/2002 Coll., on Accounting, as amended, or in any other legislation which may supersede or amend the Decree in the future and (ii) the deferred tax assets.

The agreement contained in paragraph (3) above shall be conditional on no declaration of bankruptcy (in Slovak: vyhlásenie konkurzu) or approval of restructuring (in Slovak: povolenie reštrukturalizácie) having been passed in relation to the relevant Slovak Guarantor in insolvency proceedings conducted in the Slovak Republic or other similar steps having been taken in similar proceedings conducted in another jurisdiction in relation to the relevant Slovak Guarantor (to the extent that they are relevant and applicable) involving pro rata payment of general creditors’ claims (the “Declaration of Insolvency”). Upon a Declaration of Insolvency the limitation by the Slovak Limitation Amount contained in paragraph (3) above shall cease to apply.

 

173


(i) Ireland.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document, in accordance with Clause 27.20 (Guarantee Limitations for Irish Guarantors) of the Intercreditor Agreement, the guarantee under this Article 11 does not apply to any liability of any Guarantor incorporated or established in Ireland (each an “Irish Guarantor”) (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to the extent that it would result in this guarantee (i) constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of section 82 of the Irish Companies Act (as defined in the RCF Facility Agreement) or (ii) constituting a breach of section 239 of the Irish Companies Act.

(j) Switzerland.

(1) If and to the extent a Guarantor incorporated in Switzerland (each a “Swiss Guarantor”) becomes liable under this Indenture or any other Note Document for obligations of the Issuer, the Company or any other Guarantor (other than the wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiaries of such Swiss Guarantor) (the “Restricted Obligations”) and if complying with such obligations would constitute a repayment of capital (Einlagerückgewähr), a violation of the legally protected reserves (gesetzlich geschützte Reserven) or the payment of a (constructive) dividend ((verdeckte) Gewinnausschüttung) by such Swiss Guarantor, a (constructive) repayment of statutory capital reserves (Rückzahlung der gesetzlichen Kapitalreserve) or would otherwise be restricted under Swiss law and practice then applicable, such Swiss Guarantor’s aggregate liability for Restricted Obligations shall not exceed the amount of the relevant Swiss Guarantor’s freely disposable equity at the time it becomes liable including, without limitation, any statutory reserves which can be transferred into unrestricted, distributable reserves, in accordance with Swiss law (the “Freely Disposable Amount”).

(2) This limitation shall only apply to the extent it is a requirement under applicable law at the time the relevant Swiss Guarantor is required to perform Restricted Obligations under this Indenture or any other Note Document. Such limitation shall not free the relevant Swiss Guarantor from its obligations in excess of the Freely Disposable Amount, but merely postpone the performance date thereof until such times when the relevant Swiss Guarantor has again freely disposable equity.

(3) If the enforcement of the obligations of the relevant Swiss Guarantor under this Indenture or any other Note Document would be limited due to the effects referred to in this Section 11.02(j), the relevant Swiss Guarantor shall further, to the extent permitted by applicable law and Swiss accounting standards and upon request by the Security Agent, (i) write up or sell any of its assets that are shown in its balance sheet with a book value that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets, in case of sale, however, only if such assets are not necessary for the relevant Swiss Guarantor’s business (nicht betriebsnotwendig) and (ii) reduce its share capital to the minimum allowed under then applicable law, provided that such steps are permitted under the Note Documents.

(4) If the enforcement of the obligations of the relevant Swiss Guarantor under this Indenture or any other Note Document would be limited due to the effects referred to in this Section 11.02(j), the relevant Swiss Guarantor and any holding company of the relevant Swiss Guarantor which is a party to a Note Document shall procure that the relevant Swiss Guarantor will take and will cause to be taken all and any action as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event within 30 Business Days from the request of

 

174


the Security Agent, including, without limitation, (i) the passing of any shareholders’ resolutions to approve any payment or other performance under this Indenture or any other Note Documents, (ii) the provision of an audited interim balance sheet, (iii) the provision of a determination by the relevant Swiss Guarantor of the Freely Disposable Amount based on such audited interim balance sheet, (iv) the provision of a confirmation from the auditors of the relevant Swiss Guarantor that a payment of the relevant Swiss Guarantor under this Indenture or any other Note Documents in an amount corresponding to the Freely Disposable Amount is in compliance with the provisions of Swiss corporate law which are aimed at protecting the share capital and legal reserves, and (v) the obtaining of any other confirmations which may be required as a matter of Swiss mandatory law in force at the time the relevant Swiss Guarantor is required to make a payment or perform other obligations under this Indenture or any other Note Document, in order to allow a prompt payment in relation to Restricted Obligations with a minimum of limitations.

(5) If so required under applicable law (including tax treaties) at the time it is required to make a payment under this Indenture or any other Note Document, the relevant Swiss Guarantor:

(A) shall use its best efforts to ensure that such payments can be made without deduction of Swiss withholding tax, or with deduction of Swiss withholding tax at a reduced rate, by discharging the liability to such tax by notification pursuant to applicable law (including tax treaties) rather than payment of the tax;

(B) shall deduct the Swiss withholding tax at such rate (being 35% on the Issue Date) as in force from time to time if the notification procedure pursuant to sub-paragraph (A) above does not apply; or shall deduct the Swiss withholding tax at the reduced rate resulting after discharge of part of such tax by notification if the notification procedure pursuant to sub-paragraph (A) applies for a part of the Swiss withholding tax only; and shall pay within the time allowed any such taxes deducted to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration; and

(C) shall promptly notify the Security Agent that such notification or, as the case may be, deduction has been made, and provide the Security Agent with evidence that such a notification of the Swiss Federal Tax Administration has been made or, as the case may be, such taxes deducted have been paid to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration.

(6) In the case of a deduction of Swiss withholding tax, the relevant Swiss Guarantor shall use its best efforts to ensure that any person that is entitled to a full or partial refund of the Swiss withholding tax deducted from such payment under this Indenture or any other Note Document, will, as soon as possible after such deduction:

(A) request a refund of the Swiss withholding tax under applicable law (including tax treaties); and

(B) pay to the Security Agent upon receipt any amount so refunded; and

 

175


(7) To the extent the relevant Swiss Guarantor is required to deduct Swiss withholding tax pursuant to this Indenture or any other Note Document, and if the Freely Disposable Amount is not fully utilized, the relevant Swiss Guarantor will be required to pay an additional amount so that after making any required deduction of Swiss withholding tax the aggregate net amount paid to the Security Agent is equal to the amount which would have been paid if no deduction of Swiss withholding tax had been required, provided that the aggregate amount paid (including the additional amount) shall in any event be limited to the Freely Disposable Amount.

(k) Poland.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document, in accordance with Clause 27.18 (Guarantee Limitations for Polish Guarantors) of the Intercreditor Agreement, a Guarantor incorporated under the laws of Poland being a limited liability company (spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością) (each, a “Polish Guarantor”) shall not be obliged to make a payment under this Article 11 in the event and only in part in which such payment would result in:

(1) the assets of the relevant Polish Guarantor being reduced to an amount that is not sufficient to cover in full its share capital pursuant to Article 189 §2 of the Polish Commercial Companies Code (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement); and/or

(2) a breach of the restrictions on the return to the shareholder(s) of the contributions (wkład) to cover the share capital pursuant to Article 189 § 1 of the Polish Commercial Companies Code,

provided that no party to this Indenture makes any statement on whether it considers that Article 189 of the Polish Commercial Companies Code would in fact limit the liability and/or the Polish Guarantor’s payment obligations under Article 11 (Note Guarantees).

For avoidance of doubt, the Polish Guarantor withholding a payment in accordance with paragraphs (1) and/or (2) above shall make the required payment as soon as the circumstances which led to it withholding the payment have ceased to exist.

Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees.

Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Note Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof.

Each Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

Section 11.04 Releases.

(a) The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally terminate and release (and thereupon will terminate and discharge and be of no further force and effect) upon:

(1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of ownership interests in the Guarantor (directly or through a parent company) (A) such that the Guarantor does not remain a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or (C) the Investment of the ownership interests in the Guarantor in a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Investment pursuant to clause (23) of the definition of “Permitted Investments,” in each case, otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

 

176


(2) the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(3) defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in Article 8 and Article 10, respectively;

(4) in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(5) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary that after the Issue Date is required to Guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 4.12(a), upon the release or discharge of the guarantee of Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary that resulted in the obligation to Guarantee the Notes; provided that no Event of Default would arise as a result and such Restricted Subsidiary does not guarantee any other Public Debt of the Company or any Guarantor;

(6) in connection with the implementation of a Permitted Reorganization;

(7) in accordance with the provisions of Article 9; or

(8) with respect to an entity that is not a successor Guarantor, as a result of a transaction permitted by Section 5.01.

(b) Upon any occurrence giving rise to a release of a Note Guarantee as specified in Sections 11.04(a)(1) through (8), the Trustee, subject to receipt of certain documents from the Issuer and/or any Guarantor requested pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and at the expense of the Issuer, will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence or effect such release, discharge and termination in respect of such Note Guarantee. No release and discharge of the Note Guarantee will be effective against the Trustee or the Holders until the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such release and discharge have been satisfied and that such release and discharge is authorized and permitted under this Indenture and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel absolutely and without further enquiry. Neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any Guarantor will be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any such release, discharge or termination.

(c) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 11.04 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11.

 

177


ARTICLE 12

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

Section 12.01 Security Documents.

(a) The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes and the Guarantees when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any (to the extent permitted by law), on the Notes, the Guarantees and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee and the Security Agent under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured by security interests, as provided in, and on the terms provided by, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, granted in the Collateral. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, and the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Liens and authorizing the Security Agent to enter into any Security Document on its behalf) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms and authorizes and directs the Security Agent to enter into the Security Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith and in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee copies of all documents delivered to the Security Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and the Issuer and the Guarantors will, and the Company will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Security Documents, to assure and confirm to the Trustee that the Security Agent holds, for the benefit of the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Holders, duly created, enforceable and perfected Liens as contemplated hereby and by the Security Documents, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes and the Guarantees secured thereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Issuer and the Guarantors will take, upon request of the Trustee or the Security Agent, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Notes and the Note Guarantees of the Issuer hereunder, a valid and enforceable first priority Lien in and on all the Collateral ranking in right and priority of payment as set forth in this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement and subject to no other Liens other than as permitted by the terms of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement. Furthermore, each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, consents and agrees in relation to each of the Swiss law governed Security Documents pursuant to which security of an accessory (akzessorische) nature is granted (each a “Swiss Accessory Security Document”) to have appointed and authorized the Security Agent to do all acts in the name and for the account of such Holder as its direct representative (direkter Stellvertreter), including, without limitation, (i) to accept and execute and hold, administer and, if necessary, enforce the security granted under any of the Swiss Accessory Security Documents, (ii) to agree to amendments, restatements and other alterations of the Swiss Accessory Security Documents, (iii) to effect any release of the security under, and the termination of, any Swiss Accessory Security Document, and (iv) to exercise such other rights powers, authorities and discretions granted to the Security Agent hereunder or under the relevant Swiss Accessory Security Document.

(b) Each of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders agree that the Security Agent shall be the joint creditor (together with the Holders) of each and every obligation of the parties hereto under the Notes and this Indenture, and that accordingly the Security Agent will have its own independent right to demand performance by the Issuer of those obligations, except that such demand shall only be made with the prior written consent of the Trustee or as otherwise permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement. However, any discharge of such obligation to the Security Agent, on the one hand, or to the Trustee or the Holders, as applicable, on the other hand, shall, to the same extent, discharge the corresponding obligation owing to the other.

 

178


(c) The Trustee for the Notes has, and each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, shall be deemed to have:

(1) irrevocably appointed the Security Agent (and, in the case of the Holders, the Trustee) to act as its agent under the Intercreditor Agreement and the other relevant documents to which it is a party (including, without limitation, the Security Documents);

(2) irrevocably authorized the Security Agent to (i) perform the duties and exercise the rights, powers and discretions that are specifically given to it under the Intercreditor Agreement or other documents to which it is a party (including, without limitation, the Security Documents), together with any other incidental rights, power and discretions; and (ii) execute each document, waiver, modification, amendment, renewal or replacement expressed to be executed by the Security Agent on its behalf; and

(3) accepted the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and agreed to be bound thereby, and authorized the Trustee and the Security Agent to enter into any such Additional Intercreditor Agreement and acknowledges and agrees that the rights, obligations, role of and limitations of liability for the Security Agent is further regulated in the Intercreditor Agreement.

(d) The Trustee hereby acknowledges that the Security Agent is authorized to act under the Security Documents on behalf of the Trustee, with the full authority and powers of the Trustee thereunder. The Security Agent is hereby authorized to exercise such rights, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to it by the terms of the Security Documents, including the power to enter into the Security Documents, as agent, mandatario con rappresentanza, or trustee on behalf of the Holders and the Trustee, together with all rights, powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto or necessary to give effect to the trusts created thereunder.

(e) The Trustee or the Security Agent shall not be responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, suitability, adequacy or enforceability of the Security Documents or any obligation or rights created or purported to be created thereby or pursuant thereto or any security or the priority thereof constituted or purported to be constituted thereby or pursuant thereto, nor shall it be responsible or liable to any person because of any invalidity of any provision of such documents or the unenforceability thereof, whether arising from statute, law or decision of any court. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to monitor or supervise the functions of the Security Agent under the Security Documents and shall be entitled to assume that the Security Agent is properly performing its functions and obligations thereunder and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any diminution in the value of or loss occasioned to the assets subject thereto by reason of the act or omission by the Security Agent in relation to its functions thereunder.

Section 12.02 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee under the Security Documents.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.03, Section 6.04, Section 6.05, Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 hereof and the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Security Documents, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, direct, on behalf of the Holders, the Security Agent to, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

(1) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

179


(2) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor hereunder;

in any such case, to the extent provided for by, and in accordance with, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and/or Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) Subject to the provisions hereof, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee will have power to institute and maintain, or direct the Security Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the security by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or of the Trustee).

Section 12.03 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee under the Security Documents.

The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 12.04 Release of Liens.

(a) The Company and its Subsidiaries and any provider of Collateral will be entitled to the release of Liens in respect of the Collateral under any one or more of the following circumstances:

(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of Collateral to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (but excluding any transaction subject to Article 5) or to a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case if such sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.07 or is otherwise permitted in accordance with this Indenture;

(2) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the release of the property and assets, and Capital Stock, of such Guarantor;

(3) as described under Article 9 hereof;

(4) upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other obligations on the Notes or defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in Article 8 and Article 10 hereof;

 

180


(5) in the case of a merger, consolidation or other transfer of assets in compliance with Article 5 hereof; provided that in such a transaction where the Issuer or any Guarantor ceases to exist, any Lien on the Capital Stock of the Issuer or such Guarantor will be released and, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, will reattach (or a new Lien will be created) over the Capital Stock of the successor entity pursuant to a new share pledge (on terms substantially equivalent to the existing Lien on the Capital Stock of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable) granted by the holder of such Capital Stock;

(6) in the case of any security interests over Intra-Group Receivables (if any), upon partial repayment or discharge thereof, the security interests created over such receivables will be automatically reduced in proportion to such partial repayment or discharge and, upon full repayment or discharge thereof, the security interests shall be automatically and fully released and of no further effect;

(7) in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(8) in connection with a Permitted Issuer Reorganization; and

(9) as otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture.

(b) In addition, (1) the Liens created by the Security Documents will be released as would not be prohibited under Section 4.19 and (2) the Liens over the assets subject to the Escrow Charge will be released upon the occurrence of an Escrow Release with respect to such assets.

(c) At the request and expense of the Issuer, the Security Agent and, to the extent reasonably requested, the Trustee (if required) will take all necessary action required to effectuate any release of Collateral securing the Notes and the Guarantees, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the relevant Security Document.

(d) Each of the releases set forth above shall be effected by the Security Agent without the consent of the Holders or any action on the part of the Trustee (unless action is required by it to effect such release).

(e) The Security Agent and the Trustee shall be entitled to request and rely solely upon an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each certifying which circumstance, as described above, giving rise to a release of the security interests has occurred, and that such release complies with this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement; provided, however, subject to compliance with Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act, that with respect to the release of the Liens over the assets subject to the Escrow Charge, the Trustee shall be entitled only to receive (i) in connection with a Discounted BuyBack, a Discounted BuyBack Certificate, (ii) in connection with a Special Mandatory Redemption, a Special Mandatory Redemption Certificate and (iii) in connection with any other release in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement, an Escrow Release Certificate.

Section 12.05 Security Agent.

(a) The Security Documents and the Collateral will be administered by the Security Agent, in each case, pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of all holders of secured obligations. The enforcement of the Security Documents will be subject to agreed procedures laid out in the Intercreditor Agreement, or, if applicable, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

181


(b) The duties of the Security Agent will be determined solely by the express provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Security Agent.

(c) Any resignation or replacement of the Security Agent shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, or, if applicable, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

(d) Each of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders acknowledge and agree that the Security Agent is acting as security agent and trustee not just on their behalf but also on behalf of the creditors named in the Intercreditor Agreement and acknowledge and agree that pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Agent may be required by the terms thereof to act in a manner which may conflict with the interests of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders (including the Holders’ interests in the Collateral and the Note Guarantees) and that it shall be entitled to do so in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

(e) The Security Agent is entitled to delegate its duties to its affiliates and other professional parties.

Section 12.06 Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement.

(a) This Indenture is entered into with the benefit of and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein or in the Intercreditor Agreement, the rights, duties, protections, indemnities, immunities and obligations of the Trustee shall be governed by this Indenture.

(b) In relation to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee (and the Security Agent, if applicable) shall consent on behalf of the Holders to the payment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition, retirement or redemption of any obligations subordinated to the Notes thereby; provided, however, that such transaction would comply with Section 4.04.

Section 12.07 Recording; Opinions and Certificates

(a) The Issuer shall comply with the provisions of Section 314(b) and 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act, including the delivery to the Trustee of any opinions relating to the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral created by the Security Documents, to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an order by a court of competent jurisdiction under Bankruptcy Law shall satisfy any obligations by the Issuer or any Guarantor to deliver any opinion required by Section 314(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to the initial issuance of the Notes or the perfection of the Collateral or the Liens of the Note Documents as of the date hereof. To the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Trustee within one month following each anniversary of the Issue Date, commencing in 2026, an Opinion of Counsel in compliance with Section 314(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act.

(b) Any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an Officer of the Issuer except in cases where Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert, who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.07, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be required

 

182


to comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of Trust Indenture Act if they reasonably determine that under the terms of Section 314(d) of Trust Indenture Act or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to any release or series of releases of Collateral.

(c) Any release of Collateral permitted by Section 12.04 and this Section 12.07 will be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any Person that is required to deliver an Officer‘s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such certificate or opinion. The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Section 7.01 and Section 7.02, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such documents and Opinion of Counsel.

(d) If any Collateral is released in accordance with this Indenture or any Security Document at a time when the Trustee is not itself also the Security Agent and if the Issuer has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Documents and Section 12.04, the Trustee shall deliver all documentation received by it in connection with such release to the Security Agent.

(e) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Holders agrees, subject to the other provisions of this Indenture and the applicable Security Documents, that the Issuer and the Guarantors are not required to obtain any release or consent from the Trustee, the Security Agent or the Holders or deliver any certificate or opinion otherwise required by Section 314(d) of Trust Indenture Act with respect to the release of Collateral in connection with (i) selling or otherwise disposing of, in any transaction or series of related transactions, any property or assets that is or has become worn out, defective, obsolete or not used or useful in the business of the Issuer and the Guarantors; (ii) abandoning, terminating, canceling, releasing or making alterations in or substitutions for any leases, contracts or other agreements or instruments in the ordinary course of business; (iii) surrendering or modifying any franchise, license or permit that it may hold or own or under which it may be operating; (iv) altering, repairing, replacing, changing the location or position of or adding to its structures, machinery, systems, equipment, fixtures and appurtenances; (v) granting a license of any intellectual property; (vi) selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (vii) collecting, selling or otherwise disposing of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business; (viii) making cash payments (including for the repayment of Indebtedness or payment of interest or in connection with the Company’s cash management activities) from cash that is at any time part of the Collateral in the ordinary course of business or (ix) abandoning any property (including intellectual property) that is no longer used or useful in the business of the Issuer and the Guarantors. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 30 days following June 30 and December 30 of each year, commencing [•], [•], an Officer‘s Certificate to the effect that all releases and withdrawals during the preceding six-month period (or since the Issue Date, in the case of the first such certificate) in connection with which no consent of the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee was obtained pursuant to the foregoing provisions were made in the ordinary course of business and the use of proceeds in connection with such release were not prohibited by this Indenture.

Section 12.08 Escrow Charges and Escrow Accounts.

(a) Subject to Article 7 hereof, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

 

183


(1) enforce any of the terms of the Escrow Charges and the Escrow Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Charges and the Escrow Agreement, respectively; and

(2) collect and receive any and all amounts payable thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Charges and the Escrow Agreement, respectively.

(b) Subject to the provisions hereof, the Escrow Charges and the Escrow Agreement, the Trustee shall have power to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent or remedy any impairment of the security interest in the Escrowed Property under the Escrow Charges by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Escrow Charges, the Escrow Agreement or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Escrow Charges (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Escrow Charges or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or of the Trustee).

(c) The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Escrow Charges and the Escrow Agreement, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

(d) Without limiting the Trustee’s rights to act in preservation of the security interest in the Escrowed Property under the Escrow Charges, the Trustee agrees that it shall hold the security interests in the Escrowed Property created under the Escrow Charges as contemplated by this Indenture, and any and all proceeds thereof, for the benefit of, among others, the Trustee and the Holders.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01 Notices.

(a) Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or any Agent to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:

Intrum AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: CFO of Intrum AB (publ)

Email: clo@intrum.com; jens.kullander@intrum.com

with a copy to:

 

184


Milbank LLP

100 Liverpool Street

London EC2M 2AT

United Kingdom

Attention of: Yushan Ng and Sarah Levin

Email: yng@milbank.com; slevin@milbank.com

If to the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent:

GLAS Trust Company LLC

3 Second Street

Suite 206

Jersey City, NJ 07311

United States of America

Email: dcm@glas.agency

Attention: Debt Capital Markets team

The Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, or any Agent, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication mailed or sent by telecopy to a Holder shall be, if mailed, mailed first class mail, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed or sent within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed or delivered electronically to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act.

For so long as any of the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, notices with respect to the Notes will be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, such notices will be posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu). In addition, for so long as any Notes are represented by Global Notes, all notices to Holders will be delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer in accordance with the rules and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable, in lieu of the aforesaid mailing or facsimile transmission.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; and at the time of sending, if sent by email.

All notices and communications shall be in the English language or accompanied by a translation into English certified as being a true and accurate translation. In the event of any discrepancies between the English and other than English versions of such notices or communications, the English version of such notice or communication shall prevail.

(b) All notices to Holders will be validly given if (as long the Notes are in certificated definitive form) mailed to them at their respective addresses in the register of the Holders, if any, maintained by the Registrar. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. In addition, for so long as any of the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, notices with respect to the Notes will be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu).

 

185


(c) Each such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or, if published more than once on different dates, on the first date on which publication is made; provided that, if notices are mailed, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of such publication and the seventh day after being so mailed. Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such Person by first-class mail or other equivalent means and shall be sufficiently given to such Holder if so mailed within the time prescribed. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

(d) If a notice or communication is mailed or published in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

(e) If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders or delivers a notice or communication to holders of Book-Entry Interests, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 13.02 Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes are as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, and the Issuer and the Trustee shall comply with Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act and the Trustee shall provide to any Holder the information specified under Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to other Holders as is required under, and subject to the terms of, the Trust Indenture Act. None of the Issuer nor the Trustee will be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 13.03 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 13.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

186


(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 13.05 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 13.06 Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of, related to, or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby, and any action arising under U.S. federal or state securities laws, may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York, Borough of Manhattan; irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding; and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has appointed [CT Corporation] as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding which may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York, Borough of Manhattan arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and any action brought under U.S. federal or state securities laws (the “Authorized Agent”). The Issuer and each Guarantor expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto and waives any right to trial by jury. Such appointment shall be irrevocable unless and until replaced by an agent reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and each of the Issuer and the Guarantors agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Issuer or such Guarantor.

Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

187


Section 13.08 Governing Law; Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES. Additionally, this Indenture, the Notes and each supplemental indenture shall be subject to the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture, the Notes or any supplemental indenture and shall, to the extent applicable and as not otherwise provided for herein or therein, as applicable, be governed by such provisions and, if and to the extent that any provision hereof or thereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the Notes or any supplemental indenture, the Trust Indenture Act provision shall control (and notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any supplemental indenture to the contrary).

For greater certainty, if and to the extent that, the Notes or any supplemental indenture or applicable law limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by the mandatory provisions of Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, or conflicts with any provision required by or deemed to be included in this Indenture, the Notes or any supplemental indenture by operation of such Trust Indenture Act sections (and notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any supplemental indenture to the contrary, as applicable), the Trust Indenture Act shall control unless otherwise provided for herein or therein as to non-mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, as applicable. The Issuer and the Trustee agree to comply with all mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to or binding upon it in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and any supplemental indenture.

Section 13.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 13.10 Successors.

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.04 hereof.

Section 13.11 Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

188


Section 13.12 Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 13.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 13.14 Currency Indemnity and Calculation of Euro-Denominated Restrictions.

(a) The euro and SEK are the sole currencies of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer and any Guarantors under or in connection with the Euro Notes and the SEK Notes, as applicable, and the relevant Note Guarantees, as the case may be, including damages. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than euro (in the case of the Euro Notes) or SEK (in the case of the SEK Notes), whether as a result of, or the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer, any Guarantor or otherwise by any Holder or by the Trustee, in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer or a Guarantor will only constitute a discharge of the obligations of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, to the extent of the euro amount or the SEK amount (as applicable) which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so).

(b) If that euro amount or SEK amount is less than the euro amount or SEK amount expressed to be due to the recipient or the Trustee under any Note (as applicable), the Issuer and the Guarantors will indemnify them against any loss sustained by such recipient or the Trustee as a result. In any event, the Issuer and the Guarantors will indemnify the recipient or the Trustee on a joint or several basis against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this currency indemnity provision, it will be prima facie evidence of the matter stated therein for the Holder or the Trustee to certify in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer (indicating the sources of information used) the loss it Incurred in making any such purchase. These indemnities constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ other obligations, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any waiver granted by any Holder or the Trustee (other than a waiver of the indemnities set out herein) and will continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under any Note, any Note Guarantee or to the Trustee.

(c) Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any euro-denominated restriction herein, the euro equivalent amount for purposes hereof that is denominated in a non-euro currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such non-euro amount is Incurred or made, as the case may be.

Section 13.15 Prescription.

Claims against the Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of principal, or premium, if any, on the Notes will be prescribed five years after the applicable due date for payment thereof. Claims against the Issuer for the payment of interest on the Notes will be prescribed three years after the applicable due date for payment of interest.

 

189


Section 13.16 Additional Information.

Upon written request by any Holder or a holder of a Book-Entry Interest to the Issuer at the address set forth in Section 13.01, the Issuer will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, to such Holder or holder (at the expense of the Issuer) a copy of this Indenture or any other Note Document.

Section 13.17 Legal Holidays.

If the due date for any payment in respect of any Notes is not a Business Day, the Holder thereof will not be entitled to payment of the amount due until the next succeeding Business Day, and will not be entitled to any further interest or other payment as a result of any such delay. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.

Section 13.18 USA PATRIOT Act Section 326 Customer Identification Program.

The parties hereto acknowledge that in order to help the United States government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, pursuant to Federal regulations that became effective on October 1, 2003 (Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT ACT) which require all financial institutions to obtain, verify, record and update information that identifies each person establishing a relationship or opening an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide to any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar in the United States such information as it may request, from time to time, in order for such Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar in the United States to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, including but not limited to the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow it to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account and may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation or other identifying documents to be provided.

Section 13.19 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents.

The words “execution,” “execute”, “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation assignment and assumptions, amendments, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures and the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

[Signatures on following page]

 

 

190


SIGNATURES
Dated as of [•], 2025
INTRUM INVESTMENTS AND FINANCING AB (PUBL)
as the Issuer
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
INTRUM AB (PUBL)
as the Company
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
INTRUM GROUP OPERATIONS AB
as Guarantor
By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
CAPQUEST DEBT RECOVERY LIMITED
as Guarantor
By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to New Money Notes Indenture)


FAIR PAY PLEASE AB

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

SOLVIA SERVICIOS INMOBILIARIOS, S.A.U.

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM AG

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM AS

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM B.V.

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to New Money Notes Indenture)


INTRUM CAPITAL AS

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM CZECH S.R.O.

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM DEUTSCHLAND GMBH.

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM FINANZHOLDING DEUTSCHLAND GMBH

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to New Money Notes Indenture)


INTRUM HOLDING AB

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM HOLDING DEUTSCHLAND GMBH

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM HOLDING NORWAY AS

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN, S.A.U.

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to New Money Notes Indenture)


INTRUM INTL AB

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM INVESTMENTS NO 1 DAC

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM INVESTMENTS NO 2 DAC

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM INVESTMENTS NO 3 DAC

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to New Money Notes Indenture)


INTRUM INVESTMENT SWITZERLAND AG

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM ITALY HOLDING S.R.L.

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM NEDERLAND B.V.

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM NEDERLAND HOLDING B.V.

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM OY

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to New Money Notes Indenture)


INTRUM SERVICING SPAIN, S.A.U.

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
For and on behalf of INTRUM AB OF TEXAS LLC

By Intrum AB, its sole member,

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM SLOVAKIA S.R.O.

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM SP. Z O.O.

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM SVERIGE AB

as Guarantor

By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

  

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to New Money Notes Indenture)


INTRUM UK FINANCE LIMITED

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM UK GROUP LIMITED

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM UK HOLDINGS LIMITED

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM ZRT

as Guarantor

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

LOCK TOPCO AS

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM ITALY HOLDING AB

as Guarantor

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to New Money Notes Indenture)


INTRUM HOLDING SPAIN NEWCO, S.L.U.

as Guarantor

By:  

     

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to New Money Notes Indenture)


GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC

as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

NORDIC TRUSTEE & AGENCY AB (publ)

as Security Agent

By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

 

(Signature page to New Money Notes Indenture)


EXHIBIT A-1

[Form of Face of Euro Note]

 

8.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER: (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM; AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT

 

A-1-1


A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

BY ACCEPTING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EACH HOLDER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EITHER: (X) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN FOR OR ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY WILL NOT BE AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF) (I) ANY “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) ANY “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) ANY ENTITY THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLANS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN SUBSECTIONS (I) OR (II) (WITHIN THE MEANING OF U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATION 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA), OR (IV) ANY PLAN, SUCH AS A FOREIGN PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(B)(4) OF ERISA), GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA) OR CHURCH PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975(G)(3) OF THE CODE) THAT IS NOT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, BUT THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (A “SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR (Y) (I) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR IN THE CASE OF A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A SIMILAR LAW, EXEMPT FROM THE ANALOGOUS PROVISIONS OF SUCH SIMILAR LAW), PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS AND (II) NONE OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ACTING, OR WILL ACT, AS A FIDUCIARY TO ANY PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR IS UNDERTAKING TO PROVIDE IMPARTIAL INVESTMENT ADVICE OR GIVE ADVICE IN A FIDUCIARY CAPACITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY.]1

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.

 

1 

To be included unless the Note is an Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note.

 

A-1-2


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS GLOBAL NOTE HAVE BEEN ISSUED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION UNDER REGULATION (EU) 2017/1129 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT (THE “PROSPECTUS REGULATION”) AND THE PROSPECTUS REGULATION AS IT FORMS PART OF RETAINED EU LAW IN THE UNITED KINGDOM BY VIRTUE OF THE EUROPEAN UNION (WITHDRAWAL) ACT 2018, AS AMENDED (THE “UK PROSPECTUS REGULATION”) FROM THE REQUIREMENT TO PUBLISH A PROSPECTUS FOR OFFERS OF SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, ANY PERSON MAKING OR INTENDING TO MAKE AN OFFER OF THE SECURITIES IN ANY EEA MEMBER STATE OR THE UNITED KINGDOM MAY ONLY DO SO IN CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH NO OBLIGATION ARISES FOR THE ISSUER TO PUBLISH A PROSPECTUS PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 3 OF THE PROSPECTUS REGULATION OR THE UK PROSPECTUS REGULATION IN RELATION TO SUCH OFFER. THE ISSUER HAS NOT AUTHORIZED, NOR DOES IT AUTHORIZE, THE MAKING OF ANY OFFER OF SECURITIES IN CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH AN OBLIGATION ARISES FOR THE ISSUER TO PUBLISH A PROSPECTUS FOR SUCH OFFER.]2

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF 40 DAYS FROM THE LATER OF (I) THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY WAS FIRST OFFERED AND (II) THE DATE OF ISSUE OF THIS SECURITY.]3

[THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND THIS LEGEND IS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1275(c) OF THE CODE.]4

 

2 

Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

3 

To be included if the Note is a Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

4 

To be included if the Note is issued with original issue discount.

 

A-1-3


[Unrestricted]/[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]/[IAI]
Common Code __________________
ISIN __________________

8.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

 

No. ______________   € ____________

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

promises to pay to ____________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of € _______________________________________________ [or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note]5 on September 11, 2027.

Interest Payment Dates: [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year.

Record Dates: [One Clearing System Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]46 [One Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]7

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Euro Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

5 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

6 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

7 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-1-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Euro Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)
By:  

     

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the Euro Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

[•], not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent for the Euro Notes

 

By:  

    

  Authorized Signatory
[By:  

     

  Authorized Signatory]

 

Dated: [•], 20[•]  

 

A-1-5


[Back of Euro Note]

 

8.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Euro Note at a rate of 8.000% per annum. The Issuer will pay interest, in cash, quarterly in arrears on [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Euro Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [•], 2025. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect, to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Euro Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the [Clearing System Business Day]8 [Business Day]9 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Euro Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Euro Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Euro Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in euro.

(3) PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT. Initially, GLAS Trust Company LLC will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

(4) INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Euro Notes under an indenture dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, the Issuer, the Company, GLAS Trust Company LLC, as the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent. The terms of the Euro Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. Terms defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act, as applicable. The Euro Notes are

 

8 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

9 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-1-6


subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Euro Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Euro Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer.

Additionally, this Euro Note is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Euro Note and is, to the extent applicable, governed by such provisions and, if and to the extent that any provision hereof or thereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this Euro Note, the Trust Indenture Act provision shall control (and notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture, any supplemental indenture or this Euro Note to the contrary).

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 below, the Euro Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuer.

(b) At any time prior to [•], 2026, the Issuer may redeem the Euro Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Euro Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(c) At any time and from time to time on or after [•], 2026, the Issuer may redeem the Euro Notes in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal of such Euro Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

(d) In connection with any tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the Euro Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Euro Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Euro Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the Euro Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice following such purchase date, to redeem all Euro Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to each other Holder in such tender offer (other than any incentive payment for early tenders), plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the repurchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e) At any time and from time to time prior to [•], 2026, the Issuer may redeem the Euro Notes upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 108.000% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes (including Additional Euro Notes), provided that:

 

  (1)

in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

A-1-7


  (2)

not less than 50% of the original principal amount of the Euro Notes being redeemed (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) remain outstanding immediately thereafter.

(f) If the Issuer is required to redeem the Euro Notes under Section 3.08(a)(3), the Issuer may redeem the Euro Notes in whole or in part upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Euro Notes and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(g) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, without limitation, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering and, in the case of a redemption of the Euro Notes, the incurrence of Indebtedness the proceeds of which will be used to redeem the Euro Notes). Any notice of redemption shall be given as set forth under paragraph (8) below.

(h) If the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the Euro Notes, it will, for so long as the Euro Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

(i) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Euro Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

(6) REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

(a) The Issuer or Successor Issuer, as defined in Section 5.01(a) of the Indenture, may redeem the Euro Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor determine in good faith that, as a result of:

 

  (1)

any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaty (or any regulations, protocols or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

  (2)

any change in, or amendment to, or the introduction of, an official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that has been publicly announced (each of the foregoing in clause (1) and this clause (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

A-1-8


the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor are, or on the next Interest Payment Date in respect of the Euro Notes would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer, Successor Issuer, or another Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable and not result in any material legal or regulatory burden or any significant additional costs but not including assignment of the obligation to make payment with respect to the Euro Notes). In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that is a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after (and not be announced before) the Issue Date. In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must be publicly announced and become effective on or after the date the jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, unless the Change in Tax Law would have applied to the predecessor of the Successor Issuer. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Euro Notes were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Euro Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer or Successor Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its right so to redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor has or have been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

(b) The foregoing will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is incorporated or organized or resident for tax purposes and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

(7) SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

(a) In the event that, at any time prior to the date that is four (4) months following the Issue Date, the Issuer determines in its sole discretion that it will not undertake any further Discounted BuyBack using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (or any portion thereof), the Issuer shall redeem the Notes using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (other than any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds) on a pro rata basis at a redemption price equal to 98% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that are being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, and any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds to, but excluding, the redemption date shall be remitted to the Issuer’s designated account for its own account.

 

A-1-9


(b) In the event that, at any time on or after the date that is four (4) months following the Issue Date but prior to the date that is eight (8) months following the Issue Date, the Issuer determines in its sole discretion that it will not undertake any further Discounted BuyBack using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (or any portion thereof), the Issuer shall redeem the Notes using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (other than any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds) on a pro rata basis at a redemption price equal to 99% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that are being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds shall be remitted to the Issuer’s designated account for its own account.

(c) In the event that (i) any Escrow Notes Proceeds remain in the Escrow Account on the Escrow Longstop Date or (ii) at any time on or after the date that is eight (8) months following the Issue Date but prior to the Escrow Longstop Date, the Issuer determines in its sole discretion that it will not undertake any further Discounted BuyBack using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (or any portion thereof), the Issuer shall redeem the Notes using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (other than any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds) on a pro rata basis at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that are being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, and any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds shall be remitted to the Issuer’s designated account for its own account.

(d) Notice of any Special Mandatory Redemption shall be delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent and shall provide that each series of Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is no later than one Business Day after such notice is given by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement or otherwise in accordance with the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

If at the time of any Special Mandatory Redemption, the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer shall notify the Luxembourg Stock Exchange that a Special Mandatory Redemption has occurred and any relevant details relating to such Special Mandatory Redemption.

(8) SINKING FUND. The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Euro Notes.

(9) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption shall be provided as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

(10) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, subject to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or part (in integral multiples of €1.00; provided that Notes of €1,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Euro 2027 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obliged to repurchase the Euro 2027 Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture and this paragraph (9)(a) in the event and to the extent that it has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all of the Euro 2027 Notes as described in paragraph (5) above or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived or to the extent that the Issuer has repurchased all of the Euro 2027 Notes in accordance with and as described in paragraph (9)(b) below. Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Issuer is required to make an Available Cash Offer pursuant to Section 3.08, the Issuer will make an offer to all Holders to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Available Cash Amount in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

 

A-1-10


(11) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Euro Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of €1,000 or integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof. The Euro Notes may be transferred and exchanged as set forth in Section 2.06 of the Indenture.

(12) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

(13) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived, only in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture.

(14) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Euro Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Euro Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Euro Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Euro Notes. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

(15) AUTHENTICATION. This Euro Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

(16) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of the Euro Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights.

(17) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(18) ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be printed on the Euro Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Euro Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

A-1-11


(19) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS EURO NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of the Euro Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

 

A-1-12


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Euro Note, fill in the form below:

 

  
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Euro Note to:

 

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

   

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint __________________________________________________________ to transfer this Euro Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date: ________________

Your Signature: _____________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Euro Note)

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-1-13


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Euro Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 3.08 ☐ Section 4.10

If you want to elect to have only part of the Euro Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of €1,000 or integral multiples of €1.00 in excess thereof):

 

€ _____________
Date: ____________________

 

Your Signature: _________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Euro 2027 Note)

Tax Identification No.: _____________________

 

Signature Guarantee*:  

    

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-1-14


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE10

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of decrease in

Principal Amount of

this Global Note

  

Amount of increase in

Principal Amount of

this Global Note

  

Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease (or increase)

  

Signature of
authorized officer of
Registrar or Paying
Agent

 

 

10 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-1-15


EXHIBIT A-2

[Form of Face of SEK Note]

 

8.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER: (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM; AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT

 

A-2-1


A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

BY ACCEPTING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EACH HOLDER AND EACH TRANSFEREE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT AT THE TIME OF ITS ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN EITHER: (X) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN FOR OR ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY WILL NOT BE AND WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF) (I) ANY “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) ANY “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (III) ANY ENTITY THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLANS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN SUBSECTIONS (I) OR (II) (WITHIN THE MEANING OF U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATION 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA), OR (IV) ANY PLAN, SUCH AS A FOREIGN PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(B)(4) OF ERISA), GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA) OR CHURCH PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975(G)(3) OF THE CODE) THAT IS NOT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, BUT THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (A “SIMILAR LAW”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR (Y) (I) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR IN THE CASE OF A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO A SIMILAR LAW, EXEMPT FROM THE ANALOGOUS PROVISIONS OF SUCH SIMILAR LAW), PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS AND (II) NONE OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ACTING, OR WILL ACT, AS A FIDUCIARY TO ANY PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR IS UNDERTAKING TO PROVIDE IMPARTIAL INVESTMENT ADVICE OR GIVE ADVICE IN A FIDUCIARY CAPACITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY.]1

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS GLOBAL NOTE HAVE BEEN ISSUED

 

1 

To be included unless the Note is an Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note.

 

A-2-2


PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION UNDER REGULATION (EU) 2017/1129 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT (THE “PROSPECTUS REGULATION”) AND THE PROSPECTUS REGULATION AS IT FORMS PART OF RETAINED EU LAW IN THE UNITED KINGDOM BY VIRTUE OF THE EUROPEAN UNION (WITHDRAWAL) ACT 2018, AS AMENDED (THE “UK PROSPECTUS REGULATION”) FROM THE REQUIREMENT TO PUBLISH A PROSPECTUS FOR OFFERS OF SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, ANY PERSON MAKING OR INTENDING TO MAKE AN OFFER OF THE SECURITIES IN ANY EEA MEMBER STATE OR THE UNITED KINGDOM MAY ONLY DO SO IN CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH NO OBLIGATION ARISES FOR THE ISSUER TO PUBLISH A PROSPECTUS PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 3 OF THE PROSPECTUS REGULATION OR THE UK PROSPECTUS REGULATION IN RELATION TO SUCH OFFER. THE ISSUER HAS NOT AUTHORIZED, NOR DOES IT AUTHORIZE, THE MAKING OF ANY OFFER OF SECURITIES IN CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH AN OBLIGATION ARISES FOR THE ISSUER TO PUBLISH A PROSPECTUS FOR SUCH OFFER.]2

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF 40 DAYS FROM THE LATER OF (I) THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY WAS FIRST OFFERED AND (II) THE DATE OF ISSUE OF THIS SECURITY.]3

[THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND THIS LEGEND IS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1275(c) OF THE CODE.]4

 

2 

Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

3 

To be included if the Note is a Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

4 

To be included if the Note is issued with original issue discount.

 

A-2-3


  [Unrestricted]/[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]/[IAI]
  Common Code __________________
  ISIN __________________

8.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

 

No. ______________    SEK ____________

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

promises to pay to ____________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of SEK _______________________________________________ [or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note]5 on September 11, 2027.

Interest Payment Dates: [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year.

Record Dates: [One Clearing System Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]46 [One Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.]7

Reference is made to the further provisions of this SEK Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

5 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

6 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

7 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-2-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this SEK 2027 Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the SEK 2027 Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

[•], not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent for the SEK Notes

 

By:  

   

  Authorized Signatory
[By:  

    

  Authorized Signatory]
Dated: [•], 20[•]

 

A-2-5


[Back of SEK 2027 Note]

 

8.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2027

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this SEK Note at a rate of 8.000% per annum. The Issuer will pay interest, in cash, quarterly in arrears on [•], [•], [•] and [•] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the SEK Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [•], 2025. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect, to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the SEK Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the [Clearing System Business Day]8 [Business Day]9 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such SEK Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The SEK Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other SEK Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in SEK.

(3) PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT. Initially, GLAS Trust Company LLC will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

(4) INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the SEK Notes under an indenture dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, the Issuer, the Company, GLAS Trust Company LLC, as the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ), as Security Agent. The terms of the SEK Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. Terms defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act, as applicable. The SEK Notes are

 

8 

To be included if Note is in Global Form.

9 

To be included if Note is in Definitive Registered Form.

 

A-2-6


subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this SEK Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The SEK Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer.

Additionally, this SEK Note is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this SEK Note and is, to the extent applicable, governed by such provisions and, if and to the extent that any provision hereof or thereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this SEK Note, the Trust Indenture Act provision shall control (and notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture, any supplemental indenture or this SEK Note to the contrary).

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 below, the SEK Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuer.

(b) At any time prior to [•], 2026, the Issuer may redeem the SEK Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such SEK Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(c) At any time and from time to time on or after [•], 2026, the Issuer may redeem the SEK Notes in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal of such SEK Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

(d) In connection with any tender offer or other offer to purchase for all of the SEK Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding SEK Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such SEK Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the SEK Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice following such purchase date, to redeem all SEK Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to each other Holder in such tender offer (other than any incentive payment for early tenders), plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the repurchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(e) At any time and from time to time prior to [•], 2026, the Issuer may redeem the SEK Notes upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior notice with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 108.000% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the SEK Notes (including Additional SEK Notes), provided that:

(1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

A-2-7


(2) not less than 50% of the original principal amount of the SEK Notes being redeemed (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) remain outstanding immediately thereafter.

(f) If the Issuer is required to redeem the SEK Notes under Section 3.08(a)(3), the Issuer may redeem the SEK Notes in whole or in part upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such SEK Notes and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any.

(g) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, without limitation, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering and, in the case of a redemption of the SEK Notes, the incurrence of Indebtedness the proceeds of which will be used to redeem the SEK Notes). Any notice of redemption shall be given as set forth under paragraph (8) below.

(h) If the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the SEK Notes, it will, for so long as the SEK Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, inform the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the SEK Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

(i) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the SEK Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

(6) REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

(a) The Issuer or Successor Issuer, as defined in Section 5.01(a) of the Indenture, may redeem the SEK Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor determine in good faith that, as a result of:

(1) any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaty (or any regulations, protocols or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

(2) any change in, or amendment to, or the introduction of, an official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that has been publicly announced (each of the foregoing in clause (1) and this clause (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

A-2-8


the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor are, or on the next Interest Payment Date in respect of the SEK Notes would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer, Successor Issuer, or another Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable and not result in any material legal or regulatory burden or any significant additional costs but not including assignment of the obligation to make payment with respect to the SEK Notes). In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that is a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after (and not be announced before) the Issue Date. In the case of redemption due to withholding as a result of a Change in Tax Law in a jurisdiction that becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, such Change in Tax Law must be publicly announced and become effective on or after the date the jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, unless the Change in Tax Law would have applied to the predecessor of the Successor Issuer. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the SEK Notes were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the SEK Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer or Successor Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its right so to redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing to the effect that the Issuer, Successor Issuer or Guarantor has or have been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

(b) The foregoing will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is incorporated or organized or resident for tax purposes and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

(7) SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

(a) In the event that, at any time prior to the date that is four (4) months following the Issue Date, the Issuer determines in its sole discretion that it will not undertake any further Discounted BuyBack using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (or any portion thereof), the Issuer shall redeem the Notes using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (other than any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds) on a pro rata basis at a redemption price equal to 98% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that are being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, and any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds to, but excluding, the redemption date shall be remitted to the Issuer’s designated account for its own account.

(b) In the event that, at any time on or after the date that is four (4) months following the Issue Date but prior to the date that is eight (8) months following the Issue Date, the Issuer determines in its sole discretion that it will not undertake any further Discounted BuyBack using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (or any portion thereof), the Issuer shall redeem the Notes using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (other than any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds) on a pro rata basis at a redemption price equal to 99% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that are being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds shall be remitted to the Issuer’s designated account for its own account.

 

A-2-9


(c) In the event that (i) any Escrow Notes Proceeds remain in the Escrow Account on the Escrow Longstop Date or (ii) at any time on or after the date that is eight (8) months following the Issue Date but prior to the Escrow Longstop Date, the Issuer determines in its sole discretion that it will not undertake any further Discounted BuyBack using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (or any portion thereof), the Issuer shall redeem the Notes using the Escrow Notes Proceeds (other than any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds) on a pro rata basis at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that are being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, and any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Notes Proceeds shall be remitted to the Issuer’s designated account for its own account.

(d) Notice of any Special Mandatory Redemption shall be delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent and shall provide that each series of Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is no later than one Business Day after such notice is given by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement or otherwise in accordance with the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

If at the time of any Special Mandatory Redemption, the Notes are listed on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer shall notify the Luxembourg Stock Exchange that a Special Mandatory Redemption has occurred and any relevant details relating to such Special Mandatory Redemption.

(8) SINKING FUND. The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the SEK Notes.

(9) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption shall be provided as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

(10) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, subject to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or part (in integral multiples of SEK 1.00 provided that Notes of SEK 10,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the SEK Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obliged to repurchase the SEK Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture and this paragraph (9)(a) in the event and to the extent that it has unconditionally exercised its right to redeem all of the SEK Notes as described in paragraph (5) above or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived or to the extent that the Issuer has repurchased all of the SEK Notes in accordance with and as described in paragraph (9)(b) below. Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

 

A-2-10


(b) If the Issuer is required to make an Available Cash Offer pursuant to Section 3.08, the Issuer will make an offer to all Holders to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Available Cash Amount in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

(11) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The SEK Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of SEK 10,000 or integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof. The SEK Notes may be transferred and exchanged as set forth in Section 2.06 of the Indenture.

(12) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

(13) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived, only in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture.

(14) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the SEK Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the SEK Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the SEK Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the SEK Notes. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

(15) AUTHENTICATION. This SEK Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

(16) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUER. Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of the SEK 2027 Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights.

(17) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(18) ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be printed on the SEK Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the SEK Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

A-2-11


(19) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS SEK NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of the SEK Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

 

A-2-12


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this SEK Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this SEK Note to:

   

 

    (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                      to transfer this SEK Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ________________

 

     

Your Signature: _____________________________

     

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face

of this SEK Note)

     

Signature Guarantee*: ____________________

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-2-13


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this SEK Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 3.08 ☐ Section 4.10

If you want to elect to have only part of the SEK Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of SEK 10,000 or integral multiples of SEK 1.00 in excess thereof):

 

SEK _____________
Date: ____________________

 

    Your Signature:   _________________________
    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this SEK Note)
    Tax Identification No.:   _________________________
     

Signature Guarantee*: _________________________

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-2-14


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE10

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of decrease in

Principal Amount of

this Global Note

  

Amount of increase in

Principal Amount of

this Global Note

  

Principal Amount of

this Global Note

following such

decrease (or increase)

  

Signature of

authorized officer of

Registrar or Paying

Agent

 

10 

Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-2-15


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR NOTES

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

[Registrar address block]

Re: [8.000% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027][8.000% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027]1 of Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Reference is hereby made to the indenture, dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”) and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

___________________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of [€/SEK]_______________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ______________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor or any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state or territory of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

1 

Insert as applicable.

 

B-1


2. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) for purposes of (1) a transaction executed pursuant to Rule 903, the transaction was executed in, on or through a physical trading floor of an established foreign securities exchange that is located outside the United States, or (2) a transaction executed pursuant to Rule 904, the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and such Transferor or any person acting on its behalf does not know that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in connection with the Transfer in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being effected prior to the expiration of a Restricted Period, the transferee is not a U.S. Person, or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than a distributor), as such term is defined pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act, and will take delivery only as a Book-Entry Interest so transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Registered Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

 

 

such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

 

such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of EXHIBIT D to the Indenture. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

B-2


4. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

 

Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144

(i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and in the Indenture.

 

 

Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S

(i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and in the Indenture.

 

 

Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption

The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and in the Indenture. This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:
Dated: _____________________________

 

B-3


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.

The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE]

 

  (a)

☐ a Book-Entry Interest in the:

 

  (i)

☐ Rule 144A Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________), or

 

  (ii)

☐ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________); or

 

  (iii)

☐ IAI Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________); or

 

  (b)

☐ a Restricted Definitive Registered Note.

 

2.

After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

 

  (a)

☐ a Book-Entry Interest in the:

 

  (i)

☐ Rule 144A Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________),

 

  (ii)

☐ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________), or

 

  (iii)

☐ IAI Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________),

 

  (iv)

☐ Unrestricted Global Note ([ISIN]/[Common Code] _____________); or

 

  (b)

☐ a Restricted Definitive Registered Note: or

 

  (c)

☐ an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-4


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR THE NOTES

Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10

114 35 Stockholm

Sweden

Attention: [•]

[Registrar address block]

Re: [8.000% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027][8.000% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027]1 of Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ)

(ISIN _______________; [Common Code _______________])

Reference is hereby made to the indenture, dated as of [•], 2025 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden (the “Issuer”) and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as Trustee.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

_________________________, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of [€/SEK]________________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. ☐ Check if Exchange is from a Restricted Definitive Registered Note or Book-Entry Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Book-Entry Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note.

In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Book-Entry Interests in the relevant Restricted Definitive Registered Note or Restricted Global Note for a Book-Entry Interest in the relevant Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies that (i) the Book-Entry Interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Book-Entry Interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

1 

Insert as applicable.

 

C-1


2. ☐ Check if Exchange is from Book-Entry Interest in Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Registered Note for Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note. 

In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

3. ☐ Check if Exchange is from Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Definitive Registered Note or Restricted Global Note for Restricted Definitive Registered Notes.

In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Definitive Registered Note or Restricted Global Note for Restricted Definitive Registered Notes in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Restricted Definitive Registered Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange will bear the Private Placement Legend and be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4. ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note.

In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Book-Entry Interest in a Restricted Global Note are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Book-Entry Interests transferred in exchange will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:
Dated:              

 

C-2


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR THE NOTES

 

1.

The Owner owns and proposes to exchange the following:

[CHECK ONE]

 

  (a)

☐ a Book-Entry Interest held through Euroclear/Clearstream Account No. ____________ in the:

 

  (i)

☐ Rule 144A Global Note ([ISIN] _____________), or

 

  (ii)

☐ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] _____________), or

 

  (iii)

☐ Unrestricted Global Note ([ISIN] _____________), or

 

  (b)

☐ a Definitive Registered Note.

 

2.

After the Exchange the Owner will hold: [CHECK ONE]

 

  (a)

☐ a Book-Entry Interest held through Euroclear/Clearstream Account No. _____________ in the:

 

  (i)

☐ Rule 144A Global Note ([ISIN] _____________), or

 

  (ii)

☐ Regulation S Global Note ([ISIN] _____________), or

 

  (iii)

☐ Unrestricted Global Note ([ISIN] _____________), or

 

  (b)

☐ a Definitive Registered Note.

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY GUARANTORS

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of _____________________, among ______________, a company organized and existing under the laws of ___________________ (the “Guarantor”), Intrum Investments and Financing AB (publ) (or its permitted successor), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden, (the “Issuer”), and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of [•], 2025, providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s 8.000% euro-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the “Euro Notes”) and 8.000% SEK-denominated Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the “SEK Notes”). The Euro Notes and the SEK Notes (including, in each case, any Additional Notes (as defined herein)) are, collectively, referred to herein as the “Notes”;

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Issuer and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Note Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture including but not limited to the provisions of Article 11 thereof, as applicable. [In addition, pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture, the obligations of the Guarantor and the granting of its Note Guarantee shall be limited as follows: [•]].

3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY.

(a) The Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

(b) If an Officer or a duly authorized signatory pursuant to a board resolution or power of attorney whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee procures the authentication of the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

(c) Upon execution of this Supplemental Indenture, the delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.

 

D-1


4. RELEASES. Each Note Guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged in accordance with Section 11.04 of the Indenture.

5. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Issuer or of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

6. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

7. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE. Section 13.06 of the Indenture is incorporated by reference to this Supplemental Indenture as if more fully set out herein.

8. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

9. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

10. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guarantor and the Issuer.

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated: ___________________,

 

[GUARANTOR]
By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

INTRUM INVESTMENTS AND FINANCING

AB (PUBL)

 

as the Issuer

By:  

   

  Name:
  Title:

GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC

as Trustee

By:  

    

  Authorized Signatory
By:  

   

  Authorized Signatory

 

D-3


EXHIBIT E

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

Unless specified herein, all capitalized terms used in this Exhibit E but not defined herein or in Article 1 of the Indenture shall have the meaning given to such terms in the RCF Facility Agreement.

 

1.

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

  (a)

The Guarantees and Collateral, pursuant to the Notes Documents, to be provided will be given in accordance with certain agreed security principles (the “Agreed Security Principles”). This Exhibit E addresses the manner in which the Agreed Security Principles will impact on the guarantees and security proposed to be taken in relation to this transaction.

 

  (b)

The Agreed Security Principles, subject to Clause 9 (Overrides) of these Agreed Security Principles, embody a recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining effective or commercially reasonable guarantees and/or security from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (the “Group”). In particular:

 

  (i)

general statutory or regulatory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, capital maintenance rules, fraudulent preference, “thin capitalization” rules, tax restrictions, retention of title claims, and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or security or may require that the guarantees or security be limited by an amount or otherwise. If any such limit applies, the guarantee and security provided will be limited to the maximum amount which the relevant member of the Group may provide having regard to applicable law (including any jurisprudence) and subject to fiduciary duties of management (a guarantee or security interest will not be required if giving such guarantee or taking such security would expose the directors of the relevant company to a material risk of personal or criminal liability, after having taken into account any mitigating factors and actions that are reasonably available to the directors and/or any member of the Group);

 

  (ii)

certain supervisory board, works council or another external body’s or person’s consent may be required to enable a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or security. Such guarantee and/or security shall not be required unless such consent has been received provided that reasonable endeavors have been used by the relevant member of the Group to obtain the relevant consent taking into account the Company’s view (acting reasonably and in good faith) on any potential material adverse impact on its material commercial relationships;

 

  (iii)

a key factor in determining whether or not a guarantee or security shall be taken (other than the Company and the Issuer Security (defined below) and the guarantee granted by the Company) is the applicable cost (including adverse effects on interest deductibility and stamp duty, notarization and registration fees) which shall not be disproportionate to the benefit to the Secured Parties of obtaining such guarantee or security (the “Cost/Benefit Analysis”) and, for these

 

E-1


  purposes, taking a guarantee from or security over the shares in any member of the Group that is not a Material Company and that (A) represents, on a consolidated basis excluding intra-Group items (and, in the case of total assets only, excluding goodwill), (1) 1.5 per cent. or less of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group, (2) 1.5 per cent. or less of the total assets of the Group and (3) 1.5 per cent. or less of total revenues of the Group and (B) holds no material intellectual property (such member of the Group a “De Minimis Entity”) shall be deemed not to satisfy the Cost/Benefit Analysis;

 

  (iv)

other than in respect of the Company and the Issuer Security and the guarantee from the Company, the maximum guaranteed or secured amount may be limited to minimize stamp duty, notarization, registration or other applicable fees, taxes and duties where the benefit of increasing the guarantee or secured amount is disproportionate to the level of such fee, taxes and duties (and in any event the maximum aggregate amount payable by the Group in respect of fees, costs, expenses, disbursements and VAT relating to the provision of guarantees and security shall be limited to an amount to be agreed between the parties);

 

  (v)

it is acknowledged that in certain jurisdictions, it may be either impossible or commercially impractical to create security over certain categories of assets, in which event security will not be taken over such assets (where impossible) and the parties shall seek to agree to any exclusion of any assets where the Company, acting reasonably, believes it is commercially impractical to do so;

 

  (vi)

other than any assets that are, or which are purported to be, subject to the Company and the Issuer Security, any assets that are subject to a bona fide contractual restriction or other third party arrangements which prevent those assets from being charged or assigned (or assets which, if charged or assigned, would give a third party the right to terminate or otherwise amend any rights, benefits and/or obligations of the Group in respect of those assets or require any member of the Group to take any action materially adverse to the interests of the Group or any member thereof) will be excluded from any relevant security document provided that (A) reasonable endeavors to obtain consent to charging or assigning any such assets shall be used by the Group on an ongoing basis if the relevant asset is material to the Group and (B) such restriction or limitation in such third party arrangement was not included as a means (directly or indirectly) to avoid granting security over the relevant asset to the Secured Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any assets which are subject to third party arrangements which, if charged, would, in the reasonable and good faith determination of the Company, have a material adverse impact on its ongoing commercial relationship with any third party (even in circumstances where such third party were to provide its consent) will be excluded from any relevant security document and the Group shall not be required to use reasonable endeavors to obtain consent to the charging or assigning of such assets;

 

  (vii)

members of the Group will not be required to give guarantees or enter into security documents if it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant members of the Group or if the same would conflict with the fiduciary duties of those directors or contravene any legal prohibition or regulatory condition or would result in (or in a material risk of resulting in) personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer provided that the relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavors to overcome any such obstacle;

 

E-2


  (viii)

other than the Company and the Issuer Security and the guarantee granted by the Company, the giving of a guarantee, the granting of security or the perfection of the security granted will not be required if it would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the relevant member of the Group to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course as otherwise permitted by the Senior Finance Documents (as defined in the RCF Facility Agreement), the Notes Documents and the Notes Documents (as defined in the Exchange Notes Indenture (the “Exchange Notes Documents”)) (and any requirement under the Agreed Security Principles to seek consent of any person or take or not take any other action shall be subject to this paragraph (viii));

 

  (ix)

to the extent possible, all security shall be given in favor of the Security Agent and not the Secured Parties individually (provided that “parallel debt” provisions may be used where necessary and such provisions will be contained in the Intercreditor Agreement and not the individual security documents, unless agreed by the parties as being required to avoid an amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

  (x)

to the extent possible, there should be no action required to be taken in relation to the guarantees or security when any Existing Lender assigns or transfers any of its participation in a Facility to a New Lender (as such term is defined in the relevant Senior Finance Document (as defined in the RCF Facility Agreement)) (and notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no member of the Group shall bear or otherwise be liable for any Taxes, any notarial, registration or perfection fees or any other costs, fees or expenses that result from any assignment or transfer by a Finance Party);

 

  (xi)

information, such as lists of assets, will be provided (a) semi-annually in respect of assets that are subject to “fixed” security (which shall exclude all portfolios assets) if and only to the extent, required by local law to be provided to perfect or register the relevant security and (b) upon request if an “Event of Default” (as such term is defined in the relevant Senior Finance Document, the Notes Documents and the Exchange Notes Documents) has occurred and is continuing (or otherwise in accordance with practice agreed between the parties);

 

  (xii)

perfection action may be required in the jurisdiction of one Guarantor in relation to security granted by another Guarantor located in a different jurisdiction and (where otherwise consistent with the Agreed Security Principles) in any supra-national registries agreed between the parties from time to time;

 

  (xiii)

no security will be required over new or existing investments or shares in joint ventures or the assets of joint ventures and no new or existing joint venture will be required to provide a guarantee, in each case, where the joint venture arrangements prohibit or restrict such security or guarantee from being granted

 

E-3


  or require the consent of another party to the joint venture arrangements provided that (A) reasonable endeavors to obtain consent from such other party to the joint venture arrangements to taking security over such investments, shares or assets (as applicable) and/or the giving of such guarantee shall be used by the Group to the extent that, in the reasonable and good faith determination of the Company, requesting such consent would not have a material adverse impact on such joint venture arrangement or the Group’s ongoing relationship with the joint venture party and (B) any such restriction was not included as a means (directly or indirectly) to avoid granting such security or guarantee to the Secured Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, and subject to the provisos set out in paragraphs (A) and (B) above, the terms of these Agreed Security Principles shall not restrict the Group from entering into any new joint venture arrangements in circumstances where the joint venture party requires the inclusion of a restriction on the granting of the security or giving of guarantees; and

 

  (xiv)

share security agreements shall be governed by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the entity whose shares are being secured.

Subject to Clause 9 (Overrides), to the extent legally possible and subject to the terms of these Agreed Security Principles, security shall be granted over:

 

  (a)

all or substantially all assets of each of the Issuer and any Guarantor provided that such security will only be granted over the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s portfolio assets by way of floating charge (or equivalent) in jurisdictions where a floating charge or similar security interest (including, without limitation, a business mortgage under Swedish law with a value to be agreed between the parties acting reasonably and in good faith) is readily available and customarily granted. If a relevant jurisdiction does not recognize a floating charge or similar security interest, then no security shall be granted over such portfolio assets and the parties shall in good faith negotiate and agree the scope of security to be provided by the Issuer or any Guarantor subject always to the other terms of these Agreed Security Principles;

 

  (b)

the shares held by any Holding Company of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company in the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company (as applicable). For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no requirement to provide security over the shares of the Company notwithstanding that it constitutes a Material Company;

 

  (c)

the shares in a regulated entity or, where a regulated entity is within a regional sub-group, a share pledge over the parent entity of the regional sub-group which holds the shares in such regulated entity (the member of the Group that is granting such security the “RS Pledgor” and the member of the Group’s shares that are subject to such security the “RS Entity”);

 

  (d)

the shares of any other subsidiary that is incorporated in the same jurisdiction as a Material Company that is subject to a share pledge and which shares are held by a Holding Company that is otherwise granting a security interest;

 

E-4


  (e)

any intra-group receivables owed by a member of the Midco Group to another member of the Midco Group that (i) are in excess of EUR 5m (on a net basis) (ii) have a tenor or implied tenor equal to or longer than 12 months and (iii) have arisen within cash pooling arrangements (the “Cash Pool ICLs”)

 

  (f)

any intra-group receivables owed by an RS Entity to the relevant RS Pledgor (the “RS ICLs”);

 

  (g)

any intra-group receivables owed to the Company by the Issuer (and any RED Direct Subsidiary), by Midco to the Issuer or by the Issuer to Midco under a corresponding loan (“Shareholder Loans”); and

 

  (h)

in addition to any Cash Pool ICLs and RS ICLs, any intra-group receivables owed by a member of the Midco Group to another member of the Midco Group (the “Intra-Group Lender”) (save that no security shall be required (i) over intra-group receivables arising within cash pooling arrangements or (ii) for de minimis intra-group receivables to the extent that the aggregate amount of all such de minimis intra-group receivables owed to all Intra-Group Lenders by all members of the Midco Group is equal to or less than EUR 5m) (the “General ICLs”) (the Cash Pool ICLs, RS ICLs and General ICLs together the “Intercompany Loans”).

For the purposes of these Agreed Security Principles:

 

  (a)

Material Company” means: (i) the Company, Midco and the Issuer; (ii) a Subsidiary of the Company which, on a consolidated basis including its consolidated Subsidiaries but excluding intra-Group items, has (A) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) representing 5.00 per cent. or more of Consolidated EBITDA of the Group, (B) total revenues representing 5.00 per cent. or more of total revenues of the Group or (C) total assets (excluding goodwill) representing 5.00 per cent. or more of total assets of the Group and (iii) a member of the Group that is the direct Holding Company of a Subsidiary of the Company which itself is a Material Company pursuant to paragraph (ii) above;

 

  (b)

any reference to a matter or document being agreed by the parties shall mean the Security Agent and the Company;

 

  (c)

if a member of the Group is not wholly-owned, that shall not, by itself, mean that such member of the Group shall not be required to grant guarantees or security, or that no security over the shares in such member shall be required to be granted, and there shall be no automatic release of any guarantees or security by virtue of any member of the Group ceasing to be wholly-owned provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a member of the Group shall not be required to grant such guarantees or security where the provision of such guarantee or security is otherwise not required by these Agreed Security Principles;

 

E-5


  (d)

the shares of, or intercompany receivables owed by, a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle shall not be required to be pledged; and

 

  (e)

the shares of any Target Group entity that are pledged to secure Acquired Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the Senior Finance Documents, the Notes Documents and the Exchange Notes Documents (and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Acquired Indebtedness) (provided that such share pledges are not created in anticipation of the acquisition of such entity and have been in place for at least six months prior to the relevant Acquisition Date) shall not be required to be pledged for so long as such Acquired Indebtedness (or such Refinancing Indebtedness) remains in place.

 

2.

Terms of Transaction Security Documents

Subject to the terms set out in Clause 1.5 (Swedish terms) and Clause 1.6 (Finnish terms) of the Intercreditor Agreement, the following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security created or expressed to be created in favor of the Security Agent and/or the other Secured Parties (or any of them) (the “Transaction Security”) pursuant to any document entered into by the Issuer or any Guarantor or Holding Company of the Issuer or any Guarantor (each a “Security Grantor”) creating or expressed to create any security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under any of the Senior Finance Documents, the Notes Documents and the Exchange Notes Documents (the “Transaction Security Documents”):

 

  (a)

security will not be enforceable unless the “Acceleration Date” (as such term is defined in the relevant Senior Finance Document and any equivalent term in the Notes Documents and the Exchange Notes Documents (the “Acceleration Date”)) has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (b)

the security documents should only operate to create security rather than to impose new commercial obligations; accordingly they should not repeat nor contain any additional representations, undertakings or other terms (such as in respect of title, insurance, information or the payment of costs) unless these are provisions required for the creation and/or perfection in which case the parties shall ensure that they are (i) limited to the extent necessary to ensure the creation and/or perfection of the security and (ii) to the extent applicable, are consistent with an no more onerous than the terms contained in any Senior Finance Document (or otherwise in accordance with practice agreed between the parties);

 

  (c)

the Secured Parties should only be able to exercise any power of attorney granted to them under the security documents if the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing or after failure by a Security Grantor to comply with a further assurance or perfection obligation;

 

  (d)

any rights of set off will not be exercisable unless the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing;

 

E-6


  (e)

the security documents should not operate so as to prevent transactions which are not otherwise prohibited under the Senior Finance Documents, the terms of the Notes Documents and the Exchange Notes Documents or to require additional consents or authorizations other than where required pursuant to the terms set out in Clause 1.5 (Swedish terms) and Clause 1.6 (Finnish terms) of the Intercreditor Agreement or where required for creation and/or perfection of the security; and

 

  (f)

the Security Agent will not be required to accept any security or its perfection if it is of a type or in a jurisdiction which the Security Agent determines does not meet or comply with its established internal regulations or policies or with applicable law or regulation, or which would impose liabilities on the Security Agent, provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Agreed Security Principles or any other Senior Finance Document:

 

  (i)

any obligation of any member of the Group to grant, enter into or perfect any security (or otherwise take any action in relation to any security or asset) shall be subject to the provisions of this paragraph (f); and

 

  (ii)

no event or circumstance (including, without limitation, any failure by any member of the Group to comply with any obligation under any Senior Finance Document, the Notes Documents and the Exchange Notes Documents) arising as a direct or indirect consequence of the operation of the provisions of this paragraph (f) shall (or shall be deemed to) directly or indirectly constitute, or result in, a breach of any representation, warranty, undertaking or other term in the Senior Finance Documents, the Notes Documents and the Exchange Notes Documents or a Default or an Event of Default.

 

3.

Intercompany Loans

 

  (a)

In respect of any Intercompany Loans which are subject to Swedish law:

 

  (i)

until the Acceleration Date but subject to the terms of the Senior Finance Documents, the Notes Documents and the New Money Notes Documents, each Security Grantor will be permitted to receive payment of interest (however not principal) under Intercompany Loans but may not otherwise deal with (including, among other things, receiving payment of principal or exercising set-off rights), amend, waive, repay or terminate any Intercompany Loan without the consent of the Security Agent; and

 

  (ii)

notice of the security will be served on the relevant debtor within five (5) Business Days of granting an Intercompany Loan that is subject to security or, if such Intercompany Loan has already been granted, on the date of granting the security in respect of such Intercompany Loan (unless such debtor has already been notified of the pledge) and the relevant creditor will procure that such notice is acknowledged by the relevant debtor.

 

  (b)

In respect of any Intercompany Loans which are not subject to Swedish law governed security and if required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the borrower of the Intercompany Loan on the date on which the security is granted, or where the security applies to subsequent Intercompany Loans, within

 

E-7


  five (5) Business Days of the Intercompany Loan being granted or otherwise promptly upon the written request by the Security Agent following an Acceleration Date having occurred. In addition, if strictly required by local law to perfect security over an Intercompany Loan, such Intercompany Loan shall be subject to the restrictions set out in paragraph (a)(i) above.

 

4.

Shareholder Loans

 

  (a)

In respect of any Shareholder Loans which are subject to Swedish law:

 

  (i)

neither the Company, the Issuer nor Midco may deal with (including, amongst other things, receiving payment of or making payment of principal and interest), amend, waive, repay or terminate any Shareholder Loan save that the Issuer and Midco shall be permitted to make payments of interest on any Shareholder Loans that are sized and segregated for the purposes of payment of agreed holding company expenses; and

 

  (ii)

the Company shall notify the Issuer (and any RED Direct Subsidiary), the Issuer shall notify Midco and Midco shall notify the Issuer no later than the Issue Date and shall procure that the Issuer (and any RED Direct Subsidiary) and Midco acknowledge such pledge on the date of receipt of the applicable notice of pledge,

 

  (b)

In respect of any Shareholder Loan granted to a debtor not incorporated or domiciled in Sweden, the applicable perfection requirements necessary for perfection of the security interest over such Shareholder Loan shall be taken and completed no later than on the Issue Date (or such later date as may be agreed by the parties) or, if such Shareholder Loan is granted after the Issue Date, within five (5) Business Days after the date on which such Shareholder Loan is granted.

 

5.

Shares

 

  (a)

Unless the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing, the Security Grantors shall be permitted to retain and to exercise voting rights to any shares pledged or charged by them in a manner which does not adversely affect the validity or enforceability of the security or cause an Event of Default to occur, and the entity whose shares are pledged shall be permitted to pay dividends and upstream distributions on pledged shares to the extent permitted under these Agreed Security Principles, the Senior Finance Documents, the Notes Documents and the Exchange Notes Documents.

 

  (b)

Other than any share security governed by Swedish law, where customary and applicable as a matter of law and following a request by the Security Agent, as soon as reasonably practicable (taking into account any stamping or other transfer requirements) following the granting of any share security over certificated shares, the applicable share certificate (or other documents evidencing title to the relevant shares) and a stock transfer form executed in blank (or applicable law equivalent) will be provided to the Security Agent.

 

  (c)

In respect of any share security governed by Swedish law, share certificates shall be delivered to the Security Agent duly endorsed in blank to the Security Agent no later than on the date of entering into the agreement governing the share security. In connection with granting the pledge, the relevant pledgor shall procure that the relevant pledged company note the pledge in its share register.

 

E-8


  (d)

In respect of the security over the shares in the Issuer (and any RED Direct Subsidiary) and Midco, the Company shall procure that on the date on which the security is granted, the Security Agent receives a duly executed power of attorney enabling it to vote for on such shares with effect from the Acceleration Date (and the Company shall provide new duly executed powers of attorney prior to the expiration of any outstanding power of attorney delivered to the Security Agent).

 

  (e)

Subject to paragraph (c) above, no registration relating to shares and equity certificates shall be required unless required by applicable law to create and/or perfect the security.

 

6.

Bank Accounts

 

  (a)

Until the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing, any Security Grantor will be free to deal, operate and transact business in relation to any bank accounts over which it grants security (including opening and closing accounts).

 

  (b)

Until the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing there will be no obligation to hold, pay or sweep cash or cash proceeds of receivables into a particular account or for any account to be blocked.

 

  (c)

If required by local law to create and/or perfect security, notice of that security will be served on the account bank in relation to applicable accounts within five (5) Business Days of the creation of that security and the applicable Security Grantor of that security will use its reasonable endeavors to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within twenty (20) Business Days of service. If the Security Grantor of that security has used its reasonable endeavors but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement or acceptance its obligation to obtain acknowledgement will cease on the expiry of that twenty (20) Business Day period.

 

  (d)

Irrespective of whether notice of that security is required for creation or perfection, if the service of notice would prevent any member of the Group from using a bank account in the ordinary course of its business, no notice of security will be served until the occurrence of the Acceleration Date which is continuing. Springing notices of pledge will be required to be sent to account banks where an account is to be blocked upon the occurrence of the Acceleration Date.

 

  (e)

Any security over bank accounts (other than any security over the Escrow Accounts (as defined in the New Money Notes Indenture) or any mandatory prepayment account in relation to the Revolving Credit Facility) will be subject to any security interests in favor of the account bank which are created either by law or in the standard terms and conditions of the account bank, whether created or arising before or after the security in favor of the Secured Parties has been given. No Security Grantor will be required to change its banking arrangements or standard terms and conditions in connection with the granting of bank account security.

 

  (f)

No control agreements (or perfection by control or similar arrangements) shall be required with respect to any account except to the extent that such agreement is necessary to perfect the security and it provides that control will only be exercised once an Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing.

 

E-9


  (g)

No bank account shall be required to be opened in order to perfect any share security required to be granted in accordance with these Agreed Security Principles unless required for the creation or perfection of such security.

 

  (h)

No security over bank accounts shall be required to be registered unless required for the creation and/or perfection of such security.

 

7.

Guarantees/Security

 

  (a)

Subject to the due execution of all relevant security documents, completion of relevant perfection formalities within statutorily prescribed time limits, payment of all registration fees and documentary taxes, any other rights arising by operation of law, obtaining any relevant foreign legal opinions and subject to any qualifications which may be set out in any Finance Document and any relevant legal opinions obtained and subject to the requirements of the Agreed Security Principles, the Security Agent (and, where applicable, each of the other Secured Parties) shall:

 

  (i)

receive the benefit of (A) an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee from the Issuer and any Guarantor (provided that the Company shall not be required to give an upstream or cross-stream guarantee);

 

  (ii)

receive the benefit of security granted over:

 

  (A)

all or substantially all assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor provided that such security will only be granted over the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s portfolio assets by way of floating charge (or equivalent) in jurisdictions where a floating charge or similar security interest (including, without limitation, a business mortgage under Swedish law with a value to be agreed between the parties acting reasonably and in good faith) is readily available and customarily granted. If a relevant jurisdiction does not recognize a floating charge or similar security interest, then no security shall be granted over such portfolio assets and the parties shall in good faith negotiate and agree the scope of security to be provided by the Issuer or any Guarantor subject always to the other terms of these Agreed Security Principles;

 

  (B)

the shares held by any Holding Company of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company in the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company (as applicable). For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no requirement to provide security over the shares of the Company notwithstanding that it constitutes a Material Company;

 

  (C)

the shares of each other subsidiary that is incorporated in the same jurisdiction as a Material Company that is subject to a share pledge and which shares are held by a Holding Company that is otherwise granting a security interest;

 

  (D)

the shares held by an RS Pledgor in an RS Entity;

 

E-10


  (E)

the Shareholder Loans; and

 

  (F)

the Intercompany Loans.

in each case, from time to time to secure all the liabilities of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Senior Finance Documents, the Notes Documents and the Exchange Notes Documents, in each case in accordance with these Agreed Security Principles; and

 

  (iii)

(in the case of those security documents creating pledges or charges over shares in the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company) receive the benefit of a first priority valid charge or analogous or equivalent security over all of the shares in issue at any time in that the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company (as applicable) which are owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor or Holding Company of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company (with such security document being governed by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any Guarantor or Material Company whose shares are being pledged is formed).

 

  (b)

The parties shall negotiate the form of each Transaction Security Document in good faith in accordance with the terms of these Agreed Security Principles. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any guarantee and security arrangements agreed by the parties from time to time (including the identity and category of assets subject or not subject to security) shall, absent any manifest error, be deemed to satisfy all relevant obligations of the Group to provide guarantees and security.

 

8.

Attached Security

Midco shall grant any and all security it is to grant pursuant to these Agreed Security Principles as security for, in addition to any Secured Obligations and its liabilities owed to the Issuer under the Shareholder Loans as attached security (Sw. vidhängande säkerhet).

 

9.

Overrides

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Agreed Security Principles, the Company and the Issuer Security shall be granted by the Company and the Issuer regardless of any exceptions included in these Agreed Security Principles other than those set out in paragraph (b) below and the parties agree that the commercial agreement to provide, grant and perfect the Company and the Issuer Security shall prevail.

 

  (b)

The Company shall not be required to grant the RED DS Share Pledges or the RED DS Receivables Pledges to the extent that such security would not otherwise be required pursuant to these Agreed Security Principles and the transfer of the relevant RED Direct Subsidiary is expected to complete within twenty (20) Business Days of the Issue Date (or such later date as the relevant parties may reasonably agree), provided that such security shall be required if such transfer has not completed by such date.

 

E-11


  (c)

The “Company and the Issuer Security” means (i) the share pledge to be granted by the Company over the shares in the Issuer, (ii) the share pledge to be granted by the Issuer over the shares in Midco, (iii) the pledge over receivables owed by the Issuer to the Company, (iv) the pledge over receivables owed by Midco to the Issuer, (v) the share pledge to be granted by the Company over the shares in any subsidiary which it directly owns on the Issue Date (the “RED Direct Subsidiaries”) (the “RED DS Share Pledges”) and (vi) the pledge over receivables owed by any RED Direct Subsidiary to the Company (the “RED DS Receivables Pledges”).

 

  (d)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Agreed Security Principles, any security governed by Swedish law (or purported to be perfected pursuant to, and in accordance with, Swedish law) shall be subject to the terms set out in Clause 1.5 (Swedish terms) and any security governed by Finnish law (or purported to be perfected pursuant to, and in accordance with, Finnish law) shall be subject to the terms set out in Clause 1.6 (Finnish terms) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

E-12

Exhibit T3E.1

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS

HOUSTON DIVISION

 

      )     
In re:    )    Chapter 11
     )     
Intrum AB et al.,1    )    Case No. 24-90575 (CML)
     )     
     )    (Joint Administration Requested)
Debtors.    )   
      )     

DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR

JOINT PREPACKAGED CHAPTER 11 PLAN

OF INTRUM AB AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATE

 

MILBANK LLP

  

PORTER HEDGES LLP

Dennis F. Dunne (pro hac vice pending)

  

John F. Higgins (TX 09597500)

Jaimie Fedell (pro hac vice pending)

  

M. Shane Johnson (TX 24083263)

55 Hudson Yards

  

1000 Main Street, 36th Floor

New York, New York 10001

  

Houston, TX 77002

Telephone:  (212) 530-5000

  

Telephone: (713) 226-6000

Facsimile:  (212) 530-5219

  

Facsimile: (713) 226-6248

Proposed Co-Counsel for Debtors in Possession

  

Proposed Co-Counsel for Debtors in Possession

Dated: November 17, 2024

 

 

1 

The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases are Intrum AB and Intrum AB of Texas LLC. The Debtors’ service address in these chapter 11 cases is 801 Travis Street, STE 2101, #1312, Houston, TX 77002.


THIS SOLICITATION IS BEING CONDUCTED BY INTRUM AB AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “DEBTORS”) TO OBTAIN SUFFICIENT ACCEPTANCES OF THE DEBTORS’ JOINT PREPACKAGED PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (THE “PLAN”).

DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR

JOINT PREPACKAGED CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF

REORGANIZATION OF INTRUM AB AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATE

November 17, 2024

Solicitation of votes from Holders of outstanding

CLASS 3 RCF CLAIMS

CLASS 5 NOTES CLAIMS

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN OR AS MAY BE COMMUNICATED BY THE DEBTORS, THE SOLICITATION OF VOTES ON THE PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE CLASS 5 CLAIMS IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), INCLUDING SECTION 4(A)(2) THEREOF, AND APPLICABLE UNITED STATES STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SIMILAR LAWS OF ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE.

 

i


DELIVERY OF BALLOTS

For your vote to be counted, Ballots (as defined herein) reflecting your vote must be actually received by the Voting Agent (as defined herein) before 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Central Time), on November 13, 2024 (the “Voting Deadline”) unless extended by the Debtors. You should refer to the enclosed Ballot(s) for instructions on how to vote.

The record date for determining which Holders of Claims may vote on the Plan is October 15, 2024 (the “Voting Record Date”)

As soon as practicable after commencing the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors intend to request that the Bankruptcy Court schedule a hearing to approve this Disclosure Statement and confirm the Plan (the “Combined Hearing”) and establish December 1, 2024 as the date by which objections, if any, to the adequacy of the Disclosure Statement and Confirmation of the Plan must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court.

A COPY OF THE PLAN TO WHICH THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT RELATES IS ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT A. PLEASE NOTE THAT THE DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS ONLY A SUMMARY PROVIDED FOR CONVENIENCE. IN THE CASE OF ANY INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE PLAN ITSELF, THE PLAN WILL GOVERN.

 

ii


IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR YOU TO READ

The Debtors have prepared this disclosure statement (this “Disclosure Statement”) in connection with the solicitation of votes on the Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Intrum AB and its Debtor Affiliate (as it may be amended, supplemented, restated, or modified from time to time, the “Plan”),2 and the information set forth herein may not be relied upon for any other purpose. The Debtors have not authorized any entity to provide any information about, or concerning, the Plan, other than the information contained in this Disclosure Statement. Nor have the Debtors authorized any entity to make any representations concerning the Debtors (together with their non-Debtor affiliates, the “Company” or “Intrum”) other than as set forth in this Disclosure Statement.

This Disclosure Statement sets forth certain information regarding the Company’s operations, its financial history and forecasts, the need for the Debtors to seek chapter 11 protection, significant events that are expected to occur during the Debtors’ chapter 11 cases, and the anticipated organization, operations, and liquidity of the reorganized Debtors upon emergence from chapter 11. This Disclosure Statement also describes the terms of the Plan, certain alternatives to the Plan, certain effects of confirmation of the Plan, certain risk factors associated with securities to be issued under the Plan, and the manner in which distributions will be made under the Plan. In addition, this Disclosure Statement discusses the confirmation process and the voting procedures that the Holders of claims entitled to vote on the Plan must follow in order for their votes to be counted.

Intrum AB has entered into a Lock-Up Agreement with certain of the Debtors’ creditors (the “Consenting Creditors”), a redacted copy of the most recently amended and restated form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Lock-Up Agreement”), that allows them to effectuate a recapitalization pursuant to the terms of the Plan. The Debtors anticipate the proposed restructuring to improve their financial condition and creditworthiness, and ensure their continued operations as a going concern.

The Debtors commenced solicitation of the votes on the Plan prior to filing petitions for bankruptcy protection, which they believe will minimize disruption to the Company’s day-to-day operations, reduce the cost of their restructuring, and ultimately be in the best interests of all of the Debtors’ stakeholders.

The Debtors therefore recommend, with the support of the Consenting Creditors, that all Holders of Claims entitled to vote on the Plan, once they have reviewed all of the information contained in this Disclosure Statement, the Plan, and other documents incorporated by reference hereto, vote to accept the Plan.

THE PLAN PROVIDES THAT CERTAIN ENTITIES AND PERSONS WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE GRANTED THE THIRD-PARTY RELEASE CONTAINED IN ARTICLE VIII.D OF THE PLAN. EVEN IF YOU VOTE TO REJECT THE PLAN, YOU WILL BE BOUND BY THE THIRD-PARTY RELEASE UNLESS YOU VALIDLY AND TIMELY OPT-OUT OF THE

THIRD-PARTY RELEASE. FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE THIRD-PARTY RELEASE, PLEASE REFER TO SECTION IV.H.2.b OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.

 

2 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan or the Lock-Up Agreement, as applicable.

 

iii


THE CONTENTS OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS PROVIDING ANY LEGAL, BUSINESS, FINANCIAL, OR TAX ADVICE, AND THE DEBTORS URGE ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN, BEFORE DECIDING WHETHER TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN, TO CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO LEGAL, BUSINESS, FINANCIAL, OR TAX MATTERS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLAN AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

EACH HOLDER OF A CLAIM ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN IS ADVISED AND ENCOURAGED TO READ THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE PLAN IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING. THE PLAN SUMMARY AND STATEMENTS MADE IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE PLAN ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE PLAN, WHICH CONTROLS IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY OR INCOMPLETENESS.

UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED HEREIN, THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE MADE ONLY AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, AND THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT THEY WILL BE CORRECT OR ACCURATE AT ANY TIME AFTER THAT DATE.

ANY STATEMENTS IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONCERNING THE PROVISIONS OF ANY DOCUMENT ARE NOT NECESSARILY COMPLETE, AND IN EACH INSTANCE, REFERENCE IS MADE TO SUCH DOCUMENT FOR THE FULL TEXT THEREOF. CERTAIN DOCUMENTS DESCRIBED OR REFERRED TO IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE NOT ATTACHED AS EXHIBITS BECAUSE OF THE IMPRACTICABILITY OF FURNISHING COMPLETE COPIES OF SUCH DOCUMENTS TO ALL RECIPIENTS OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT BUT ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST TO THE DEBTORS. SUCH DOCUMENTS AND PLEADINGS WILL ALSO BE AVAILABLE ON THE COMPANY’S SOLICITATION WEBSITE AT https://cases.ra.kroll.com/IntrumAB. ALL INQUIRIES SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE SOLICITATION AGENT BY (A) WRITING TO INTRUM AB BALLOT PROCESSING CENTER, C/O KROLL RESTRUCTURING ADMINISTRATION LLC, 850 THIRD AVENUE, SUITE 412, BROOKLYN, NY 11232; OR (B) EMAILING INTRUMBALLOTS@RA.KROLL.COM (WITH “INTRUM SOLICITATION INQUIRY” IN THE SUBJECT LINE).

EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED HEREIN, THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND ITS EXHIBITS HAS NOT BEEN AUDITED BY A CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT AND HAS NOT BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES.

 

iv


THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS PREPARED THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS INCLUDED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. WHILE THESE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS ARE PRESENTED WITH NUMERICAL SPECIFICITY, THEY ARE NECESSARILY BASED ON ESTIMATES AND CERTAIN ASSUMPTIONS WHICH, THOUGH CONSIDERED REASONABLE BY MANAGEMENT, MAY NOT BE REALIZED, AND ARE INHERENTLY SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT ECONOMIC, COMPETITIVE, INDUSTRY, REGULATORY, MARKET, AND FINANCIAL UNCERTAINTIES AND CONTINGENCIES, MANY OF WHICH WILL BE BEYOND THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS’ CONTROL. THE DEBTORS CAUTION THAT THEY CANNOT MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS AS TO THE ACCURACY OF THESE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS OR TO THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS’ ABILITY TO ACHIEVE THE PROJECTED RESULTS. SOME ASSUMPTIONS INEVITABLY WILL NOT MATERIALIZE. FURTHERMORE, EVENTS AND CIRCUMSTANCES OCCURRING SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE ON WHICH THESE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS WERE PREPARED MAY DIFFER FROM ANY ASSUMED FACTS AND CIRCUMSTANCES. ALTERNATIVELY, ANY EVENTS AND CIRCUMSTANCES THAT COME TO PASS MAY WELL HAVE BEEN UNANTICIPATED AND, THUS, MAY AFFECT FINANCIAL RESULTS IN A MATERIALLY ADVERSE OR MATERIALLY BENEFICIAL MANNER. THESE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS, THEREFORE, MAY NOT BE RELIED UPON AS A GUARANTEE OR OTHER ASSURANCE OF THE ACTUAL RESULTS THAT WILL OCCUR.

AS TO THE DESCRIPTIONS OF LITIGATION OR THREATENED ACTIONS, THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE, OR SHOULD BE CONSTRUED AS, AN ADMISSION OF ANY FACT OR LIABILITY, STIPULATION OR WAIVER, BUT RATHER AS A STATEMENT MADE IN SETTLEMENT NEGOTIATIONS. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHALL NOT BE ADMISSIBLE IN ANY NON-BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDING.

SPECIAL NOTICE REGARDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS

Neither this Disclosure Statement nor the Plan has been filed with, or approved or disapproved by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or any comparable state authority, and neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of the information contained in this Disclosure Statement or the merits of the Plan. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This Disclosure Statement has been prepared pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3016(b). The securities to be issued on or after the Effective Date will not be the subject of a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act, or any securities regulatory authority of any state under the applicable state securities law. To exempt the issuance of the Exchange Notes, the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) in connection with the Plan from registration under the Securities Act, the Debtors intend to rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or, to the extent not available, as, e.g., the Backstopped Notes, if issued to persons or entities that are “accredited investors” of the type described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), or (7) promulgated under the Securities Act or “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, on section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder (and in each case, on equivalent state law registration exemptions). The prepetition solicitation of votes on the Plan is being made in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including as provided by section 4(a)(2) thereof, and other applicable United States

 

v


state securities laws and similar laws of any securities regulatory authority of any state. Neither the solicitation of votes on the Plan nor this Disclosure Statement constitutes an offer to sell securities (or a solicitation of an offer to acquire securities) in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized.

THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, SECTION 4(A)(2) OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM SECURITIES LAWS WILL NOT BE A CONDITION TO THE OCCURRENCE OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE.

This Disclosure Statement contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “may,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negatives thereof, as well as any similar or comparable language. You are cautioned that all forward-looking statements are necessarily speculative, and there are certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those referred to in such forward-looking statements. The liquidation analysis and financial projections forward-looking information contained herein are only estimates, and the timing and amount of actual distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims may be affected by many factors that cannot be predicted. Any analyses, estimates, or recovery projections may or may not turn out to be accurate.

Subject to the terms hereof, this Disclosure Statement is provided, on a confidential basis, to the Holders of claims in Class 3 and Class 5 for use solely in connection with the consideration of the Plan. Its use for any other purpose is not authorized. Distribution of this Disclosure Statement by the recipients thereof to any person other than the holders of claims in Class 3 or Class 5 and any person retained to advise such Holders with respect to their participation in the Debtors’ restructuring is unauthorized and, until such time, if any, as the Plan is publicly filed with the Bankruptcy Court, any disclosure of its contents without the Company’s prior written consent is prohibited. Each Holder of claims in Class 3 or Class 5, by accepting delivery of this Disclosure Statement, agrees to the foregoing and agrees to make no copies or reproductions of this Disclosure Statement or any documents referred to in this Disclosure Statement in whole or in part (other than publicly available documents).

 

vi


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION I. INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW OF THE PROPOSED RESTRUCTURING      6  
  

A.

   Solicitation Package      9  
  

B.

   Summary of Classification and Estimated Recoveries of Claims and Interests Under Plan      10  
  

C.

   Plan Solicitation      13  
     

1.

   Parties Entitled to Vote on Plan      13  
     

2.

   Voting Procedures, Ballots, and Voting Deadline      13  
  

D.

   Anticipated Restructuring Timetable      14  
SECTION II. HISTORICAL INFORMATION      16  
  

A.

   Overview of the Company’s Business      16  
  

B.

   Selected Financial Information      18  
  

C.

   Corporate Governance      18  
  

D.

   Organizational Structure      18  
  

E.

  

Prepetition Capital Structure

     19  
     

1.

   The RCF      20  
     

2.

   Senior Secured Term Loan      20  
     

3.

   Notes      21  
  

F.

   Events Leading to Commencement of Chapter 11 Cases      22  
  

G.

   Negotiation and Entry into Lock-Up Agreement      23  
  

H.

   Other recent events      26  
SECTION III. ANTICIPATED EVENTS DURING CHAPTER 11 CASES      28  
  

A.

   Overview of Chapter 11      28  
  

B.

   First-Day Relief      28  
SECTION IV. SUMMARY OF JOINT PREPACKAGED CHAPTER 11 PLAN      32  
  

A.

   Treatment of Claims and Interests      32  
     

1.

   Administrative Claims      32  
     

2.

   Professional Fee Claims      33  
     

3.

   Priority Tax Claims      34  
     

4.

   Restructuring Expenses      34  
  

B.

   Classification of Claims and Interests      35  
     

1.

   Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims      36  
  

C.

   Acceptance and Rejection of the Plan      36  
     

1.

   Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes      36  
     

2.

   Elimination of Vacant Classes      36  
     

3.

   No Waiver      37  
     

4.

   Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code      37  
     

5.

   Controversy Concerning Impairment      37  

 

1


     

6.

   Subordinated Claims      37  
  

D.

   Means for Implementation of the Plan      37  
     

1.

   General Settlement of Claims and Interests      37  
     

2.

   Restructuring Transactions      38  
  

E.

   Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions      38  
     

1.

   Issuance of the New Money Notes      38  
     

2.

   Equity Issuance      40  
     

3.

   SSRCF      41  
     

4.

   Exchange Notes      41  
     

5.

   Corporate Action      42  
     

6.

   Corporate Existence      43  
     

7.

   Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors      43  
     

8.

   Cancellation of Prepetition Credit Agreements, Notes, Instruments, Certificates, and Other Documents      44  
     

9.

   Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions      45  
     

10.

   Certain Securities Law Matters      45  
     

11.

   Section 1146(a) Exemption      46  
     

12.

   Employee and Retiree Benefits      46  
     

13.

   Preservation of Causes of Action      47  
  

F.

   Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases      47  
     

1.

   Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases      47  
     

2.

   Indemnification Obligations      49  
     

3.

   Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases      49  
     

4.

   Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed      49  
     

5.

   Insurance Policies      51  
     

6.

   Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements      51  
     

7.

   Reservation of Rights      51  
     

8.

   Nonoccurrence of Effective Date      52  
     

9.

   Contracts and Leases Entered into after Petition Date      52  
  

G.

   Provisions Governing Distributions      52  
     

1.

   Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed as of the Effective Date      52  
     

2.

   Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent      52  
     

3.

   Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims and Interests      53  
     

4.

   Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions      53  
     

5.

   Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties      55  
     

6.

   Setoffs      56  
     

7.

   Allocation Between Principal and Accrued Interest      56  
     

8.

   Minimum Distributions      57  
  

H.

   Procedures for Resolving Disputed Claims      57  
     

1.

   Disputed Claims Generally      57  

 

2


     

2.

   Objections to Claims      57  
     

3.

   Estimation of Claims      58  
     

4.

   Disallowance of Claims      58  
     

5.

   No Distributions Pending Allowance      58  
     

6.

   Distributions after Allowance      58  
     

7.

   Claims Resolution Procedures Cumulative      58  
     

8.

   Single Satisfaction of Claims      59  
  

I.

   Settlement, Release, Injunction, and Related Provisions      59  
     

1.

   Compromise and Settlement      59  
     

2.

   Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests      59  
     

3.

   Release of Liens      60  
     

4.

   Releases by the Debtors      60  
     

5.

   Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests      61  
     

6.

   Exculpation      62  
     

7.

   Injunction      63  
  

J.

   Conditions to Effective Date      64  
     

1.

   Waiver of Conditions      67  
  

K.

   Modification, Revocation, or Withdrawal of Plan      67  
     

1.

   Modification of the Plan      67  
     

2.

   Effect of Confirmation on Modifications      67  
     

3.

   Withdrawal of Plan      67  
  

L.

   Retention of Jurisdiction      68  
SECTION V. VOTING PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS      70  
  

A.

   Voting Deadline      70  
  

B.

   Voting Record Date      71  
  

C.

   Parties Entitled to Vote      71  
  

D.

   Ballots      71  
  

E.

   Agreements upon Furnishing Ballots      72  
  

F.

   Withdrawal or Change of Votes on the Plan      72  
  

G.

   Fiduciaries and Other Representatives      73  
  

H.

   Waivers of Defects, Irregularities, etc.      73  
  

I.

   Further Information, Additional Copies      73  
SECTION VI. CONFIRMATION OF PLAN      73  
  

A.

   Combined Hearing      73  
  

B.

   Requirements for Confirmation of Plan – Consensual Confirmation      74  
     

1.

   Acceptance by At Least One Impaired Class of Claims      74  
     

2.

   Feasibility      74  
     

3.

   Best Interests Test      75  
  

C.

   Requirements for Confirmation of Plan – Non-Consensual Confirmation      75  
     

1.

   Unfair Discrimination      76  
     

2.

   Fair and Equitable Test      76  

 

3


SECTION VII. CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS      76  
   A.    U.S. Holders of Addressed Claims      78  
  

B.

   Consequences of Owning and Disposing of SSRCF, Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares, and Subscription Rights      80  
     

1.

   Ownership of SSRCF and the Exchange Notes      80  
     

2.

   Distributions on Noteholder Ordinary Shares      83  
     

3.

   Sale, Exchange, or Other Taxable Disposition of Noteholder Ordinary Shares      84  
     

4.

   Subscription Rights      84  
     

5.

   Possible Treatment of the Company as a Passive Foreign Investment Company      85  
  

C.

   Accrued Interest      86  
  

D.

   Market Discount      86  
  

E.

   Information Reporting and Backup Withholding      87  
  

F.

   Importance of Obtaining Professional Tax Assistance      87  
SECTION VIII. CERTAIN FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAW CONSIDERATIONS      87  
  

A.

   1145 Securities      88  
  

B.

   Private Placement      89  
SECTION IX. RISK FACTORS      91  
  

A.

   Certain Bankruptcy Considerations      91  
  

B.

   Business-Related Risks      94  
  

C.

   Risks Related to the Restructuring Transaction      96  
  

D.

   Risks Related to the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes Collateral      97  
  

E.

   Risks Related to the New Money Notes and the New Money Notes Collateral      103  
  

F.

   Risks Relating to Noteholder Ordinary Shares      111  
  

G.

   Other Risks      112  
  

H.

   Certain Disclaimers      113  
SECTION X. ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF PLAN      114  
  

A.

   Liquidation Under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11      114  
  

B.

   Alternative Plans of Reorganization      115  
SECTION XI. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION      115  

 

4


EXHIBITS3

 

EXHIBIT A    Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan
EXHIBIT B    Lock-Up Agreement
EXHIBIT C    Backstop Agreement
EXHIBIT D    Financial Projections
EXHIBIT E    Liquidation Analysis

 

 

3 

Each Exhibit is incorporated herein by reference.

 

5


SECTION I.

INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW OF THE PROPOSED RESTRUCTURING

Intrum AB (“Intrum” or the “Company”) and its Debtor affiliate, as debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the “Debtors”) submit this Disclosure Statement pursuant to section 1125 of title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532 (as amended, the “Bankruptcy Code”) in connection with the solicitation of votes on the Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Intrum AB and its Debtor Affiliate, dated as of October 17, 2024. A copy of the Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit A. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Plan and the description of such terms in this Disclosure Statement, the terms of the Plan shall control. The Debtors are pleased to announce that the Plan provides for a restructuring of the Debtors’ capital structure (the “Restructuring”). As a result, the Debtors will emerge from the Chapter 11 Cases (as the “Reorganized Debtors”) as a stronger enterprise, with a sustainable capital structure that is better aligned with the Debtors’ present and future operating prospects.

Intrum is a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden and has been listed on the Nasdaq Stockholm exchange since June 2002. It is a credit management servicing company and operates its business throughout a number of European countries with two service lines: “Servicing” and “Investing.” Through the Servicing segment, the Company provides credit management services which are focused on late payment and debt collection. The Company employs tailored debt collection strategies and solutions to maximize cash flow streams from loans and other overdue receivables for clients who outsource their debt collection function. The Company’s Investing segment focuses on purchasing portfolios of secured and unsecured loans and other overdue receivables from its servicing clients and other third parties for a portion of their nominal value, which the Company generally then services using its inhouse debt collection operations. Upon purchase of defaulted receivables, the Company implements long-term debt collection measures aimed at helping customers become debt free. As core values of the Company, empathy and adopting an ethical approach to helping indebted customers become debt free in a respectful manner, the Company and the Intrum Group interacts with every customer to craft solutions on the basis of their individual circumstances, for example through instalment plans that take account of each consumer’s payment capacity.

The Debtors and their non-debtor affiliates have approximately 80,000 clients and approximately 10,000 employees, as well as operations in 20 countries with approximately 250,000 calls with consumers on a daily basis. As of the date of this Disclosure Statement, the Debtors have approximately $4.656 billion of funded debt4, consisting of:

 

   

a secured revolving credit facility (the “RCF”) with total commitments of approximately $1.116 billion5;

 

   

a secured term loan with Piraeus Bank S.A. (the “Senior Secured Term Loan”) with approximately $95 million outstanding6; and

 

4 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.086 USD (as of Petition Date).

5 

As above.

6 

As above.

 

6


   

a total of 9 unsecured note issuances with approximately $3.445 billion in principal outstanding7.

In recent years, the credit management services industry has been negatively impacted by high inflation and reduced access to capital markets owing to a decreased appetite from investors. As a response to this macroeconomic pressure, Intrum embarked on a move to a capital light business, moving away from balance sheet investments and pivoting towards its servicing segment. In January 2024, Intrum announced the sale of a portfolio of assets to affiliates of Cerberus Capital Management L.P. (“Cerberus”) for approximately 98% of its book value, intending to use the total net proceeds of the sale (SEK 7.2 billion ($619 million equivalent)8 to reduce its debt burden.

Despite the liquidity boost provided by the Cerberus transaction, markets reacted negatively to the announcement of the sale transaction. In early 2024, rating agencies downgraded Intrum’s long-term ratings citing, among other things, increasing net leverage and declining EBITDA as a result of the Cerberus transaction. Following these sequential events, the Company’s share price dropped significantly, trading down approximately 90% from 2021 highs to a trough in March 2024.

Facing pending debt maturities of approximately $3.314 billion9 in 2025 and 2026 alone, Intrum recognized significant risk of not being able to address these debt liabilities on the capital markets, as Intrum’s options to access unsecured financing on acceptable economic terms has become more limited as Intrum has battled negative market perception.

Accordingly, Intrum approached its lenders regarding a potential comprehensive restructuring transaction in Q2 2024. These negotiations bore fruit and on July 10, 2024 Intrum entered into a Lock-Up Agreement with, amongst others, an ad hoc group of noteholders (the “Notes Ad Hoc Group”) holding a majority of the principal amount outstanding under the Notes.

The Lock-Up Agreement contemplates a new money injection of about €526 million in new secured notes with the exchange of all existing notes with post-2024 maturities into second-lien exchange notes with extended maturities at a 10% discount to face value. It also contemplates an amendment and extension of the RCF on terms to be agreed with the RCF lenders. With the support of a majority by value of its Noteholders, the Company engaged in discussions with a steering committee of its RCF lenders regarding the terms of the Restructuring and on August 15, 2024, reached an agreement with lenders holding approximately 76% by value of the total commitments represented by the RCF on the terms of the restructuring as detailed in the Lock-Up Agreement as amended pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement. A redacted copy of the Lock-Up Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference. Following the amendment and restatement to the Lock-Up Agreement, the Company sought support from additional creditors, and as of the date of this Disclosure Statement, lenders holding approximately 97% by value of the total commitments represented by the RCF and 73% in principal amount of the Notes have agreed to support the Restructuring and vote to accept the Plan by executing the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

7 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.086 USD (as of Petition Date).

8 

As above.

9 

As above.

 

7


The Lock-Up Agreement and Plan contemplate, among other things: (i) an approximately two-year extension of the RCF maturity to June 30, 2028 (subject to certain springing maturity rights) and a reduction of the overall RCF from $1.962 billion to $1.116 billion (equivalents)10 in exchange for certain fees, pricing increase, and an enhanced collateral package; (ii) reinstatement of the Senior Secured Term Loan; (iii) the exchange of all existing unsecured notes issuances into second-lien exchange notes at a 10% discount to face value with staggered maturity dates from 2027-2030 (each existing unsecured notes issuance to be allocated proportionately across each exchange notes maturity), in exchange for, among other things, 10% of post-dilution equity and certain fees payable to consenting noteholders; (iv) a fully-backstopped new money injection of approximately €526 million ($573 million equivalent)11 in new secured notes to be utilized for discounted buy-backs; and (v) payment in full of all general unsecured claims.

The Plan contemplates the following stakeholder recoveries:

 

   

each Holder of an Allowed RCF Claim will receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release and discharge of such Claim its pro rata share of the SSRCF; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, all Ancillary Facility Claims shall be Reinstated and each Ancillary Facility shall continue in accordance with its terms and constitute an ancillary facility under the SSRCF in accordance with the terms of the SSRCF Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Holder of an Ancillary Facility Claim shall retain its rights and claims under the applicable Ancillary Facility;

 

   

the Senior Secured Term Loan Claim will be Reinstated or otherwise paid in full in cash;

 

   

each Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim will receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claims (i) its pro rata share of the Exchange Notes; and (ii) its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. Holders of Allowed Notes Claims will also receive their pro rata share of the Subscription Rights in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement and the Rights Offering Documents;

 

   

each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim will receive either: (i) Reinstatement of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim; or (ii) payment in full in cash on (a) the Effective Date, or (b) the date due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed General Unsecured Claim;

 

   

all Allowed Other Secured Claims and Allowed Other Priority Claims will be rendered Unimpaired; and

 

10 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.086 USD (as of Petition Date).

11 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 EUR = 1.090 USD (as of Petition Date).

 

8


   

the Existing Equity Interests will be reinstated on the Effective Date.12

Given the significant support for the Debtors’ restructuring, the Debtors have elected to pursue a prepackaged restructuring to maximize value by minimizing both the costs of restructuring and the impact on the Debtors’ businesses. The Debtors, with the support of the Consenting Creditors, believe that consummation of the proposed Restructuring will provide the Reorganized Debtors with the capital structure and liquidity necessary to continue operating as a going concern and execute on the Debtors’ long-term business plan—an outcome that benefits all stakeholders. Not only will the Plan help stabilize the Reorganized Debtors’ business in the near-term, but it will also position them to operate successfully for years to come and be competitive within their industry. The Debtors commenced the Chapter 11 Cases on November 15, 2024 and requested a hearing on confirmation of the Plan approximately 20 days thereafter.

In connection with developing the Plan, the Debtors conducted a careful review of their current business operations and compared their projected value as a going concern with their potential value in a liquidation, as well as estimated recoveries on account of Allowed Claims and Interests under each scenario. The Debtors concluded that the potential recoveries would be maximized by their continuing to operate as a going concern as their businesses have significant value that would not be realized in a liquidation, either in whole or in substantial part. For additional information on estimated recoveries under the Plan as compared to estimated recoveries in a liquidation, please refer to the discussion in Section VI.B.3, titled “Best Interests Test.” Accordingly, the Debtors, with the support of the Consenting Creditors, strongly recommend that, to the extent you are entitled to vote on the Plan, you vote to accept the Plan. Furthermore, please note that subject to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, the parties who have entered into or acceded to the Lock-Up Agreement other than the Abstaining Creditors (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) are required, in accordance with the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement to vote to accept the Plan.

A. Solicitation Package.

The “Solicitation Package” distributed to all Holders of Claims entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan contains the following:

 

   

this Disclosure Statement,

 

   

the Plan (attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit A),

 

   

the Lock-Up Agreement (a redacted version of which is attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit B),13

 

   

the Backstop Agreement (a redacted version of which is attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit C,)

 

12 

Intrum will, prior to the Effective Date, hold an extraordinary general meeting to authorize the Board of Intrum to resolve on the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares on the Effective Date.

13 

The signature pages to the Lock-Up Agreement have been redacted in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof.

 

9


   

the Financial Projections (attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit D),

 

   

the Liquidation Analysis (attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit E), and

 

   

one or more ballots (each, a “Ballot”), as well as instructions describing the acceptable methods to submit the Ballots (via email, first class mail, overnight courier, or hand delivery to Kroll Restructuring Administration, LLC (“Kroll” or the “Voting Agent”) or in accordance with the instructions provided by your broker, bank, or other nominee, or the agent of a broker, bank, or other nominee (each of the foregoing, a “Nominee”)).

Each Ballot has been coded to indicate the Class of Claims that can be voted thereby. If you are a Holder of a Claim entitled to vote on the Plan and you did not receive a Ballot, received a damaged or wrong Ballot, or lost your Ballot, please contact Kroll by e-mail at intrumballots@ra.kroll.com.

In voting to accept or reject the Plan, you must use only the Ballot(s) sent to you with this Disclosure Statement, coded for the Class in which your Claim has been placed. For your vote to be counted, your properly filled-in Ballot(s) must be actually received by the Voting Agent no later than 4:00 p.m., prevailing Central Time, on November 13, 2024 (the “Voting Deadline”). For your vote to be counted, each Ballot must be properly executed, completed, and delivered to the Voting Agent in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Ballot such that it is actually received by the Voting Agent before the Voting Deadline. Votes submitted by fax or any other method outside of those contemplated in the Ballot or voting instructions, as applicable, will not be accepted or counted.

The Debtors anticipate commencing their chapter 11 cases (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas (the “Bankruptcy Court”) and will request that their cases be jointly administered.

B. Summary of Classification and Estimated Recoveries of Claims and Interests Under Plan

The following table summarizes the classification of Claims and Interests under the Plan and estimated recoveries on account thereof. Although every reasonable effort was made to be accurate, the projections of recoveries are only estimates. The ultimate amounts of Allowed Claims may vary from the estimates set forth herein. As a result, the estimated recoveries set forth in this Disclosure Statement may vary from the actual recoveries realized. In addition, the ability to receive distributions under the Plan depends upon, among other things, the ability of the Debtors to obtain confirmation of the Plan and meet the conditions to the Plan’s effectiveness, as discussed in this Disclosure Statement. For additional information regarding the terms of the Plan and treatment of Allowed Claims and Interests thereunder, please refer to the discussion in Section IV, titled, “Summary of Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan,” as well as the Plan itself.

 

10


Class

  

Type of Claim or Interest

  

Treatment of Claim/Interest

  

Estimated
Recovery

1    Other Secured Claims   

Each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive, at the option of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, with the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (not to be unreasonably withheld), either: (i) payment in full in Cash of its Allowed Other Secured Claim;

 

(ii) the collateral securing its Allowed Other Secured Claim; (iii) Reinstatement of its Allowed Other Secured Claim; or (iv) such other treatment rendering its Allowed Other Secured Claim Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

   100%
2    Other Priority Claims    Each Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall either (i) receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Other Priority Claim or (ii) be Reinstated.    100%
3    RCF Claims    In full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed RCF Claim, on the Effective Date, each Holder of such Allowed RCF Claim shall receive its pro rata share of the SSRCF; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, all Ancillary Facility Claims shall be Reinstated and each Ancillary Facility shall continue in accordance with its terms and constitute an ancillary facility under the SSRCF in accordance with the terms of the SSRCF Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Holder of an Ancillary Facility Claim shall retain its rights and claims under the applicable Ancillary Facility. In addition, each Holder of an Allowed RCF Claim shall also receive Cash in an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid interest and all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts due and owing pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable Facility Agreement Documents, and all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts otherwise due and owing pursuant to, and in accordance with the applicable Facility Agreement Documents shall have been paid, regardless of when accrued and payable.14    100%
4    Senior Secured Term Loan Claims    At the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, each Holder will receive (i) payment in full in Cash, (ii) such Allowed Senior Secured Term Loan Claim will be Reinstated, or (iii) such Holder will receive such other treatment so as to render its Allowed Senior Secured Term Loan Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.    100%

 

14 

For the avoidance of doubt, the payment of all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts otherwise due and owing pursuant to, and in accordance with the applicable Facility Agreement Document shall include any amounts due to any agent under any such Facility Agreement Documents.

 

11


Class

  

Type of Claim or Interest

  

Treatment of Claim/Interest

  

Estimated
Recovery

5    Notes Claims    Each Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim shall receive (i) its pro rata share of the Exchange Notes (provided that Holders of an Allowed Notes Claim denominated in SEK shall receive Exchange Notes denominated in SEK and Holders of an Allowed Notes Claim denominated in Euro shall receive Exchange Notes denominated in Euro); and (ii) its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. Holders of Allowed Notes Claims will also receive their pro rata share of the Subscription Rights in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement and the Rights Offering Documents. On the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim shall also receive Cash in an amount equal to (i) all accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of such Allowed Notes Claim and (ii) all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts due and owing pursuant to the applicable Prepetition Finance Documents governing the Notes with respect to such Notes Claim. In each case, pro rata calculations shall be in accordance with the definition of the term “Pro Rata Share” in the Lock-Up Agreement.    91.6%15
6    General Unsecured Claims    Each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive either: (i) Reinstatement of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim; or (ii) payment in full in Cash on (a) the Effective Date, or (b) the date due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed General Unsecured Claim.    100%
7    Intercompany Claims    All Intercompany Claims will be adjusted, Reinstated, contributed, set off, settled, cancelled and released, or discharged as determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in their sole discretion, in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed or may be compromised pursuant to the Swedish Reorganisation Plan.    0% -100%

 

15 

The Estimated Recovery for the Notes Claims of 91.6% is calculated as (i) 90% reinstatement into Exchange Notes plus (ii) the estimated value of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. The latter is estimated based on the market capitalization as of Petition Date of SEK 5.26 billion which is expected to reflect dilution arising post-issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares.

 

12


Class

  

Type of Claim or Interest

  

Treatment of Claim/Interest

  

Estimated
Recovery

8    Existing Equity Interests    Each Holder of an Existing Equity Interest shall have its Existing Equity Interest Reinstated.    100%
9    Intercompany Interests    All Intercompany Interests will be adjusted, Reinstated, contributed, set off, settled, cancelled and released, or discharged as determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in their sole discretion, in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan.    0% -100%

C. Plan Solicitation

As indicated above, the Debtors intend to implement the Restructuring through the confirmation of the Plan. The Debtors are solicitating votes in order to obtain sufficient acceptances of the Plan to permit its confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court. For further information and instructions on voting on the Plan, please refer to Section V, titled “Voting Procedures and Requirements.”

1. Parties Entitled to Vote on Plan

Under the Bankruptcy Code, only Holders of Claims and Interests that are “Impaired” and receiving distributions under the Plan and are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Holders of Claims or Interests that are Unimpaired under the Plan are, in accordance with section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, conclusively presumed to accept the Plan, and the solicitation of their votes is not required. Holders of Claims or Interests that are Impaired under the Plan but will neither receive nor retain any distribution under the Plan are, in accordance with section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, conclusively presumed to reject the Plan, and the solicitation of their votes is not required either.

Holders of Claims in Classes 3 (RCF Claims) and 5 (Notes Claims) are Impaired under the Plan and receiving distributions thereunder. The Debtors are therefore soliciting votes from the holders of Claims in these Classes.

Holders of Claims and Interests, as applicable, in Classes 1 (Other Secured Claims), 2 (Other Priority Claims), 4 (Senior Secured Term Loan Claims), 6 (General Unsecured Claims), 7 (Intercompany Claims), 8 (Existing Equity Interests), and 9 (Intercompany Interests) are either Unimpaired or Impaired but not receiving any distribution under the Plan and therefore are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

2. Voting Procedures, Ballots, and Voting Deadline

If you have received a Ballot, you should read the materials in the Solicitation Package in their entirety, including the instructions set forth in the Ballot. These materials contain important information concerning how your Claim has been classified for voting purposes and how your vote will be tabulated. After carefully reviewing the Solicitation Package, please indicate your acceptance or rejection of the Plan on the Ballot. The Debtors will not count any votes transmitted by a Ballot that does not indicate either acceptance or rejection of the Plan or indicates both acceptance and rejection of the Plan. All Holders of Claims who receive an opt out form have the ability to opt out of the Third-Party Releases.

 

13


Each Ballot has been coded to reflect the Class of Claims it relates to. You must use only the Ballot(s) sent to you with this Disclosure Statement and follow the applicable instructions. If you have Claims in more than one Class, you should use a separate Ballot to vote in each such Class. For your vote to be counted, your Ballot(s) must be actually received by the Voting Agent no later than the Voting Deadline. Any Ballot received after the Voting Deadline will be counted only in the Debtors’ sole discretion. For your vote to be counted, your Ballot must be properly executed, completed, and timely delivered in accordance with the instructions set forth thereon. Do not return any debt instruments with your Ballot(s). Please review the Ballot or voting instructions included in your Solicitation Package for further guidance on how to properly submit your vote(s) before the Voting Deadline.

If you have any questions about the amount of your Claim(s), the procedure for voting your Claim(s), the Solicitation Package, or if you wish to obtain, at your own expense, an additional copy of this Disclosure Statement and its exhibits, please contact the Voting Agent, by e-mail at intrumballots@ra.kroll.com.

D. Anticipated Restructuring Timetable

The Debtors have filed a motion seeking entry of an order scheduling the Combined Hearing to consider (i) the adequacy of information contained in this Disclosure Statement, (ii) approval of the solicitation of votes on the Plan, and (iii) confirmation of the Plan. The Debtors expect that notice of the Combined Hearing will be mailed to all known Holders of Claims and Interests and published in the New York Times and the Financial Times or another similar newspaper approximately twenty-eight (28) days before the date by which objections either to the adequacy of information contained in this Disclosure Statement or to the confirmation of the Plan must be filed. For additional information regarding the Combined Hearing, please refer to Section VI.A, titled “Combined Hearing.”

Assuming the Bankruptcy Court approves the Debtors’ scheduling request, the Debtors anticipate that the Combined Hearing will be held within approximately twenty (20) days after the Petition Date.

 

14


The Debtors anticipate emerging from the Chapter 11 Cases by the close of Q1 2025 or early Q2 2025. For additional information regarding the anticipated Chapter 11 Cases, please refer to Section III, titled “Anticipated Events During Chapter 11 Cases.” Based on the foregoing, the Debtors are anticipating the following case timeline:

 

Proposed Confirmation Schedule

Event

  

Proposed Date

Voting Record Date    October 15, 2024
Solicitation Commencement Date    October 17, 2024
Voting Deadline    November 13, 2024, at 4:00 p.m. (CT)
Deadline for Non-Voting Holders to Submit Release Opt-Out Form    November 13, 2024, at 4:00 p.m. (CT)
Petition Date    November 15, 2024
Plan Supplement Filing Deadline    November 29, 2024
Plan/Disclosure Statement Objection Deadline    December 1, 2024 at 4:00 p.m. (CT)
Deadline to File Brief in Support of Confirmation and Reply Deadline    December 3, 2024
Combined Hearing    December 5, 2024

Prior to or following confirmation of the Plan, the Debtors intend to commence a proceeding which will allow for implementation of the Plan with respect to Intrum in Sweden through a Swedish company reorganisation (Sw. företagsrekonstruktion) (the “Swedish Reorganisation” and, such plan, the “Swedish Reorganisation Plan”) pursuant to the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act (Sw. lag (2022:964) om företagsrekonstruktion) (the “Swedish Reorganisation Act”). Intrum anticipates submitting a request for plan negotiations, together with the Swedish Reorganisation Plan, to the Swedish Court during January 2025. The Swedish Court will determine the date for, and summon amongst others, Intrum and the affected parties (impaired creditors) to a plan hearing for the purposes of voting on the Swedish Reorganisation Plan. The plan hearing shall take place within three (3) to five (5) weeks after the decision on plan negotiations (likely during February 2025). Assuming the Swedish Reorganisation Plan is approved by the affected parties and/or confirmed by the Swedish Court, Intrum anticipates the Swedish Reorganisation Plan Confirmation during March or first half of April 2025, and targets to emerge from the Swedish Reorganisation at the same time.

In connection with the Restructuring Transactions, it is also proposed that the Intrum Group’s corporate structure will be reorganized and all assets and liabilities of Intrum AB hived down to newly created subsidiaries of Intrum AB ahead of the Effective Date (further details of which are set out in Section II. F herein). The Debtors have commenced work on the steps required to effect the hive down.

Pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement, the Debtors are required to implement and consummate the Restructuring Transactions by the ‘Long-Stop Date’ prescribed in the Lock-Up Agreement, being (unless otherwise agreed by the requisite creditor majorities) March 31, 2025, or, if a Compromise Process (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) remains ongoing at such time, May 31, 2025.

 

15


SECTION II.

HISTORICAL INFORMATION

A. Overview of the Companys Business

Intrum is a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden. Its principal business address is at Riddargatan 10, 114 35, Stockholm, Sweden. Intrum was registered in 2001 (corporate identity number 556607-7581) and has been listed on the Nasdaq Stockholm exchange since June 2002. Intrum was listed on the Nasdaq Stockholm, Large Cap list in 2016.

Intrum’s current brand was established in 2017 following Intrum’s acquisition of the entire issued share capital of Lindorff AB (“Lindorff”) in exchange for newly issued shares in Intrum (the “Merger”). Prior to the Merger, Intrum was known as “Intrum Justitia”, and its origins can be traced to Sven Göransson founding a credit management services company in 1923 in Sweden. The companies that Sven Göransson founded became pioneers in developing processes to obtain credit information prior to lending and in specialized collection operations. Following World War II and throughout the 1960’s, one of the companies founded by Sven Göransson, Justitia Inkasso och Juridiska byrå AB, became Sweden’s premier collection agency. By the 1980s its value proposition included a comprehensive range of services for credit administration, including collection, financial and administrative services and factoring. In 1982, Justitia Inkasso och Juridiska byrå AB changed its name to Intrum Justitia AB (publ). In the years following, Intrum Justitia continued to expand, both through acquisitions and organic growth, to become one of Europe’s leading credit management companies.

Lindorff was founded in 1898 in Norway by Eynar Lindorff. From its origins in Norway, it grew to become one of the leading credit management providers in Europe. In October 2014, Nordic Capital acquired 85% of Lindorff and in mid-2015, Nordic Capital increased its ownership of Lindorff to 91%. Lindorff operated solely in Norway until 1998, after which it expanded into other Nordic and Baltic countries. Upon completion of the Merger, Intrum became the leading credit management provider in Europe.

In February 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of First Credit Ltd (currently under the name of non-Debtor Intrum UK), re-entering into the British market. In October 2017, it entered the Greek market by acquiring a debt portfolio from Eurobank. In November 2018, it entered into a partnership with Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A. which resulted in the formation of non-Debtor Intrum Italy S.p.A. In October 2019, the Company strengthened its Greek operations and entered into a partnership with Piraeus, acquiring 80% of Piraeus Bank’s Recovery Banking Unit in combination with a long-term non-performing exposure servicing agreement, establishing a leading independent credit management platform in Greece.

The Company operates its business with two service lines: “Investing” and “Servicing” These service lines are subdivided into four geographical groups, each composed of different European countries. Intrum’s integrated business model enables the Company to support clients in two ways: by buying portfolios of overdue accounts, and by servicing accounts – mainly collecting debts – on an outsourced basis.

 

16


The Company’s Investing segment focuses on purchasing portfolios of secured and unsecured loans and other overdue receivables from its clients for a portion of their nominal value, which the Company generally then services using its inhouse debt collection operations. Upon purchase of defaulted receivables, the Company implements long-term debt collection measures aimed at helping customers become debt free. As core values of the Company, empathy and adopting an ethical approach to helping indebted customers become debt free in a respectful manner, the Company interacts with every customer to craft solutions on the basis of their individual circumstances, for example through instalment plans that take account of each consumer’s payment capacity. The Investing segment also houses the Company’s REO offering. Either (i) in the course of its recovery activities for secured loans (or infrequently in relation to unsecured loans with personal guarantees), or (ii) as an outright investment strategy, the Company directly or indirectly, and sometimes alongside its co-investors, holds title to real estate (“REOs”) that are expected to be eventually resold. The Company arranges for the sale of REOs using internal and external resources and networks and its REO ownership/exposure is concentrated in Spain and Hungary.

Through the Servicing segment, the Company provides credit management services which are focused on late payment and debt collection. The Company employs tailored debt collection strategies and solutions to maximize cash flow streams from loans and other overdue receivables for clients who outsource their debt collection function. In addition to, and generally in combination with, collection services, the Company provides capabilities in alternative solutions and offers clients a wide range of value-added services prior to loans and receivables becoming overdue. The value-added service offering includes credit information and analysis on individuals and companies to help the Company’s clients assess their potential customers’ payment capacity, data extraction and modelling, selection and scoring of potential customers and a full suite of services relating to accounts receivable, including invoicing, reminders and account ledger services. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, the Servicing segment generated revenue of SEK 10.294 billion ($885 million equivalent)16, excluding revenue generated from portfolios of loans and other overdue receivables that the Company owns.

The Company has, in recent years been moderating and re-evaluating its investment pace to lay the foundation for a transition to a ‘capital-light’ and client centric platform in line with its strategic agenda. As such, the Group has seen a trend of increasing profitability and revenues in its Servicing segment whilst income attributable to the Investing segment has been declining. In line with its strategic direction, in July 2024 the Company entered into a joint venture agreement with Cerberus allowing Intrum to scale its investment activity without increasing its debt, providing servicing and additional portfolio management revenues. The Company is also exploring further structures (including joint ventures and asset management fund vehicles) to support its transition and growth in the Servicing segment whilst maintaining a ‘capital-light’ business model.

As of the date of this Disclosure Statement, the Company has approximately 80,000 clients and approximately 10,000 employees, as well as operations in twenty (20) countries with approximately 250,000 calls with consumers on a daily basis.

 

 

16 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.086 USD (as of Petition Date).

 

17


B. Selected Financial Information

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, the Company generated income of SEK 8.247 billion ($709 million equivalent)17 from its Investing segment. As of December 31, 2023, the book value of assets held by the Company’s Investing segment was SEK 35.294 billion ($3.035 billion equivalent)18 with an ERC of SEK 74 billion ($6.4 billion equivalent).19

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, the Company generated income of SEK 10.294 billion ($885 million equivalent)20 from its Servicing segment.

C. Corporate Governance

Intrum Group is controlled by Intrum AB, a Swedish public company domiciled in Stockholm with its shares listed on the Nasdaq Stockholm exchange.

As of the Petition Date, the directors of Intrum AB are Magnus Lindquist (Chairman), Michel van der Bel, Debra Davies, Geeta Gopalan, Andreas Näsvik, Philip Thomas and Ragnhild Wiborg.

Examples of external regulations affecting governance at Intrum AB include:

 

   

The Swedish Companies Act;

 

   

Nasdaq Stockholm’s Rule Book for Issuers;

 

   

Luxembourg Stock Exchange’s regulations for issuers (SOL);

 

   

The Market Abuse Regulation (MAR); and

 

   

The Swedish Code of Corporate Governance;

D. Organizational Structure

Intrum AB is the ultimate parent entity of the Intrum group including its Debtor affiliate and non-Debtor affiliates and is a publicly traded corporation with its primary listing on Nasdaq Stockholm. Nordic Capital controls 30.13% of Intrum’s voting stock and is Intrum’s largest shareholder. AMF Pension & Fonder and Vanguard, who control 5.75% and 2.51% of Intrum’s voting stock respectively, are the second and third largest shareholders. The remaining voting stock is held by other public shareholders. The Company is comprised of 134 entities although only two entities in the corporate structure, including Intrum AB, are chapter 11 debtors. A chart illustrating the Company’s simplified organizational structure, is set forth below.

 

17 

As above.

18 

As above.

19 

As above.

20 

As above.

 

18


LOGO

E. Prepetition Capital Structure

The Debtors have incurred funded debt through three (3) primary types of debt instruments, consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility (the “RCF”); (ii) a term loan facility (the “Senior Secured Term Loan Facility”); and (iii) nine unsecured notes issuances (the “Notes” and together with the RCF and Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the “Outstanding Debt Instruments”). The aggregate principal indebtedness under these facilities as of the Petition Date, is as follows:

 

Facility

   Principal Balance Outstanding as of Petition Date21  

RCF

   $ 1.116 billion  

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

   $ 95 million  

2025 Eurobonds

   $ 843 million  

2026 Eurobonds

   $ 840 million  

2027 Eurobonds

   $ 870 million  

2028 Eurobonds

   $ 473 million  

PPNs

   $ 79 million  

SEK 1.1b 2025 MTNs

   $ 100 million  

SEK 400m 2025 MTNs

   $ 36 million  

SEK 1.25b 2025 MTNs

   $ 114 million  

SEK 1b 2026 MTNs

   $ 91 million  

Unsecured Notes (aggregate)

   $ 3.445 billion  

Total

   $ 4.656 billion  

 

21 

These figures represent the approximate principal balance outstanding as of the Petition Date, excluding accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts.

 

19


The RCF and the Senior Secured Term Loan are secured obligations of Intrum and are guaranteed (subject to certain relevant legal limitations (where applicable)) by (i) Intrum; (ii) Intrum Holding AB, a private limited company with corporate identity number 556723-5956; (iii) Intrum Intl AB, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Sweden with corporate identity number 556570-1181; (iv) Lock TopCo AS, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Norway with corporate identity number 913_85-2_508; and (v) Intrum UK Group Limited, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 03515447 (collectively, the “Existing Guarantees”).

Under the Intercreditor Agreement, the RCF, Senior Secured Term Loan and Notes are all pari passu in right of payment without any preference among them; however, with respect to the secured obligations, the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security Documents will be paid to the RCF lenders in priority to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility lender.

1. The RCF

Intrum, Swedbank AB, as facility agent and security agent, and the lenders party thereto are party to a Facility Agreement, originally dated December 6, 2019 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, including by an amendment and restatement deed dated December 7, 2020), governing the RCF. As of the Petition Date, there is approximately $1.116 billion22 in principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other charges and expenses outstanding under the RCF.

The RCF is secured by, among other things, (i) a share pledge agreement granted by Intrum over all of the shares of Intrum Holding AB originally dated September 22, 2017, and as amended and restated on December 7, 2020; (ii) a share pledge agreement granted by Intrum over all of the shares in Intrum Intl AB dated July 10, 2017; (iii) a receivables pledge agreement granted by Intrum over intra-group loans made available to Intrum Intl AB, Intrum Holding AB, and Lock TopCo AS and each other “Material Company” (as defined in the Facility Agreement) dated September 22, 2017; (iv) an assignment agreement granted by Lock TopCo AS over intra-group loan receivables made available to Intrum dated January 15, 2020; (v) an assignment agreement granted by Lock TopCo AS over monetary claims against Intrum Intl AB and Intrum Holding AB dated January 15, 2020; and (vi) a share pledge granted by Intrum over the shares held in Intrum UK Group Limited dated September 2, 2024.

2. Senior Secured Term Loan

Intrum, Swedbank AB as security agent, and Piraeus Bank S.A., as lender and as facility agent thereto from time to time, are party to a Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2023. As of the Petition Date, there was approximately $95 million23 in principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other charges and expenses outstanding under the Senior Secured Term Loan.

 

22 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.086 USD (as of Petition Date).

23 

As above.

 

20


The Senior Secured Term Loan is secured by, among other things, (i) a share pledge agreement granted by Intrum over all of the shares of Intrum Holding AB originally dated September 22, 2017 and as amended and restated on December 7, 2020; (ii) a share pledge agreement granted by Intrum over all of the shares in Intrum Intl AB dated July 10, 2017; (iii) a receivables pledge agreement granted by Intrum over intra-group loans made available to Intrum Intl AB, Intrum Holding AB, and Lock TopCo AS and each other “Material Company” (as defined in the Facility Agreement) dated September 22, 2017; (iv) an assignment agreement granted by Lock TopCo AS over intra-group loan receivables made available to Intrum dated January 15, 2020; (v) an assignment agreement granted by Lock TopCo AS over monetary claims against Intrum Intl AB and Intrum Holding AB dated January 15, 2020; and (vi) a share pledge granted by Intrum over the shares held in Intrum UK Group Limited dated September 2, 2024.

3. Notes

Intrum has a total of nine outstanding unsecured notes issuances made up of the Senior Unsecured Notes (the “SUNs”), the Medium Term Notes (the “MTNs”) and the Private Placement Notes (the “PPNs”).

The SUNs are comprised of (i) the senior unsecured notes initially in the amount of EUR 850 million and due on August 15, 2025 (the “2025 Eurobonds”); (ii) the senior unsecured notes initially in the amount of EUR 800 million and due on July 15, 2026 (the “2026 Eurobonds”); (iii) the senior unsecured notes due initially in the amount of EUR 850 million and on September 15, 2027 (the “2027 Eurobonds”); and (iv) the senior unsecured notes initially in the amount of EUR 450 million and due on March 15, 2028 (the “2028 Eurobonds”). The SUNs are governed by New York law.

The MTNs are comprised of (i) SEK 1.1 billion senior notes due on July 3, 2025; (ii) SEK 400 million senior notes due on July 3, 2025; (iii) SEK 1.25 billion senior notes due on September 12, 2025 (together, the “2025 MTNs”); and (iv) and SEK 1 billion senior notes due on September 9, 2026 (the “2026 MTNs”). The MTNs are governed by Swedish law.

The PPNs are comprised of EUR 75 million senior unsecured private placement notes due March 15, 2025 (the “PPNs”). The PPNs are governed by New York law.

As of the Petition Date, there was approximately $3.026 billion in principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other charges and expenses outstanding under the SUNs, $341 million in principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other charges and expenses outstanding under the MTNs and $79 million in principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other charges and expenses outstanding under the PPNs.24

 

24 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.086 USD (as of Petition Date).

 

21


F. Events Leading to Commencement of Chapter 11 Cases

In recent years, the credit management services industry has been negatively impacted by high inflation and reduced access to capital markets owing to a decreased appetite from investors. A slowing European economy and an increase in the cost of living has impacted the collectability of Intrum’s portfolios. Although inflation has been gradually decelerating, average annual inflation in the EU was 6.4% in Q3 2023, compared with less than 2% in the same period in 2019 and significantly higher than in the United States. European central banks have continued to sharply increase interest rates to combat high inflation, with the European Central Bank only beginning to cut rates in June 2024. The combination of slow growth and high inflation has placed significant stress on households and businesses throughout Europe: “Stage 2” loans, or loans where credit risk has increased significantly, were almost 60% higher in 2023 than compared to 2019.

Intrum has also in past years increased its scale through investment in loan book receivables, financing the investments via the Outstanding Debt Instruments. As the cost of borrowing has increased across the market, financing further investments via new debt financings has become less attractive.

In response to the broader macroeconomic environment affecting the credit management services industry—particularly post-COVID—Intrum embarked on a move to a capital light business, moving away from balance sheet investments, moderating its pace of investment, and pivoting towards its investment management capabilities. In 2023, Intrum launched and completed a cost reduction program of SEK 0.8 billion ($68 million equivalent), followed by an additional initiative to address a total cost base of SEK 1.5 billion ($126 million equivalent) to be completed by year end 2024 and with full run rate achieved during the first half of 2025.25 In parallel, Intrum signed agreements to exit its operations in Brazil, Romania, and the Baltics and sold a Finnish non-core platform which resulted in net proceeds of approximately SEK 0.6 billion ($51 million equivalent)26 The Board and management decided not to propose any dividend payable in 2024.

In furtherance of its shift to a capital light business, in January 2024, Intrum announced the sale of a portfolio of assets to Cerberus for approximately 98% of its book value (the “Back-Book Sale”), intending to use the total net proceeds of the sale (SEK 7.2 billion ($619 million equivalent)) to reduce its debt burden.27

Markets reacted negatively to the announcement of the Back-Book Sale. On January 25, 2024, Intrum held its Q4 earning call, and confirmed that Q4 income was flat year over year, that its Q4 Cash EBITDA was down 1.4% year over year and that its reported net leverage was up from 4.1x as of December 31, 2022, to 4.4x as of December 31, 2023. As a result, the Company’s share price dropped significantly and the Outstanding Debt Instruments started trading at a significant discount. Intrum’s share price dropped 50% from SEK 70 (prior to the announcement) to SEK 35 on February 7, 2024, and to SEK 14 by March 19, 2024.

 

25 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.086 USD (as of Petition Date).

26 

As above.

27 

As above.

 

22


The further drop in share price was partly attributable to successive ratings downgrades imposed by rating agencies. Moody’s on January 30, 2024, downgraded the Intrum AB corporate family rating (CFR) to B2 from B1 and its senior unsecured debt rating to B3 from B2. The issuer outlook was changed to negative from stable.

In February, S&P lowered its long-term ratings on Intrum and its senior notes to ‘BB-’ from ‘BB’ and affirmed at ‘B’ with respect to the short-term rating on Intrum on February 5, 2024, perceiving that the Back-Book Sale would weaken Intrum’s leverage by depressing EBITDA generation.

Based on the maturity profile of the Outstanding Debt Instruments, Intrum had been facing approximately $3.314 billion (equivalent)28 of debt liabilities in 2025 and 2026 alone. Intrum recognizes a significant risk of not having sufficient cash on balance sheet to address these liabilities.

Given that Intrum perceives a significant risk of not being able to repay certain of its maturities with cash on hand as they come due in coming years, it would need to rely on the debt capital markets to refinance its outstanding debt. Intrum’s options to access unsecured financing on acceptable economic terms, however, has become more limited as Intrum has battled negative market perception. Intrum has also considered seeking secured financing, using permitted capacity under its Outstanding Debt Instruments to refinance its immediate maturities. Such options, while feasible, are complex and likely to be associated with high costs of borrowing.

In view of the factors identified above, Intrum decided to take proactive steps to address its capital structure on a holistic basis to better position it to achieve its commercial objectives and to avoid a situation of increased financial distress in the medium to long-term.

G. Negotiation and Entry into Lock-Up Agreement

Intrum initially approached its creditors regarding a potential comprehensive restructuring transaction in Q2 2024. These negotiations – initially among the Company and the Notes Ad Hoc Group, and separately with the RCF SteerCo Group—bore fruit and on July 10, 2024, Intrum entered into the Lock-Up Agreement with beneficial holders of a majority by principal amount of the Notes issued by the Company.

On the same day, the Lock-Up Agreement was publicly launched via a website set up and maintained by Kroll Issuer Services Limited, in its capacity as Information Agent.

The Company continued negotiations with its lenders under the RCF, led by the RCF Steerco Group. On August 15, 2024, the Company and a requisite majority of Consenting Noteholders reached agreement with the RCF Steerco Group (who collectively hold approximately 76% of the total commitments under the RCF) on the terms of the Restructuring. The revised terms differed to the terms originally documented in the Lock-Up Agreement. The parties’ agreement was documented in an amendment and restatement agreement to the Lock-Up Agreement. On the same day, the amended and restated Lock-Up Agreement was publicly announced and posted on the website maintained by Kroll Issuer Services Limited. The amended and restated Lock-Up Agreement became effective immediately subject to certain conditions precedent. These conditions precedent were satisfied on August 26, 2024.

 

28 

As above.

 

23


Certain fees were offered to all of the Company’s funded-debt creditors in exchange for their support and undertakings in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

   

Any RCF lender who acceded to the Lock-up Agreement on or before September 16, 2024 (a “Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender”), is entitled to receive a cash fee of (A) 0.5% of its share of RCF Commitments as at the Implementation Milestone 1 Date, payable upon the earlier of (i) five (5) Business Days following the decision to launch any court-based restructuring process and (ii) November 29, 2024 the (“RCF Forbearance Fee”) and (B) a further 0.5% of its share of the RCF Commitments as at the Lender Record Date on the Effective Date. If the RCF Forbearance Fee has not been paid by the Effective Date nor will be paid on the Effective Date, a Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender is eligible to receive a cash fee of 0.5% of its RCF Commitments. Alternatively, if no court-based restructuring process is required and implementation takes place prior to November 29, 2024, each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender is entitled to receive a total cash fee of 1% of its share of RCF Commitments as at the Lender Record Date payable on the Effective Date;

 

   

Any beneficial holder of SUNs or PPNs who acceded to the Lock-up Agreement (A) on or before September 2, 2024, is entitled to receive a fee of 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes and (B) on or before September 16, 2024, is entitled to receive a fee of 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes, in each case, payable in additional Exchange Notes. Thus, a beneficial holder of SUNs or PPNs who acceded to the Lock-up Agreement on or before September 2, 2024 is entitled to receive a cumulative fee of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes;

 

   

All beneficial holders of MTNs in a particular issuance of MTNs are eligible to receive (A) a fee of 0.75% of the principal amount outstanding under that MTN issuance if at least a majority of MTNs within that issuance acceded to the Lock-up Agreement on or before September 16, 2024 and at least a majority of holders of that particular issuance of MTNs vote in favor of any noteholders’ meeting(s) required in connection with the implementation of the Restructuring, and (B) a fee of 0.25% of the principal amount outstanding under that MTN issuance, if at least 90% of MTNs within that issuance acceded to the Lock-up Agreement on or before September 16, 2024 and holders holding at least 90% of MTNs of that particular issuance of MTNs vote in favor of any noteholders’ meeting(s) required in connection with the implementation of the Restructuring, or the MTNs are otherwise exchanged into the relevant Exchange Notes pursuant to a court-based implementation process;

and in each case any such fees will become due and payable in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan and/or the Restructuring Implementation Deed (as applicable).

 

24


Several additional lenders under the RCF and beneficial holders of Notes acceded to the Lock-Up Agreement since it was initially executed and later amended and restated. As of the date of this Disclosure Statement, approximately 97% by value of the RCF lenders and approximately 72.9% of the Noteholders by value are party to the Lock-Up Agreement.

The Lock-Up Agreement contemplates, among other things:

 

   

the exchange of all existing Notes with post-2024 maturities into newly issued second-lien notes with extended staggered maturities from 2027-2030 (each existing unsecured notes issuance to be allocated proportionately across each exchange notes maturity) at a 10% discount to face value (the “Exchange Notes”), in exchange for 10% of equity of the Company, on a fully diluted basis;

 

   

a new money injection of approximately €526 million by the issuance of new senior secured 1.5 lien notes (the “New Money Notes”) for the purpose of buying back Exchange Notes at a discount to principal, backstopped by certain holders of Notes, and open to all holders of Notes to participate in; and

 

   

an extension of maturity of the RCF and an improvement in economic terms.

The Exchange Notes, the New Money Notes and the RCF will benefit from a substantially enhanced covenants package and collateral package, including guarantees from all material subsidiaries within the Intrum Group and security over all material assets of the Intrum Group. The collateral package is subject to finalization and will be subject to certain agreed security principles appended to the Lock-up Agreement.

The RCF will be secured on a 1L basis, the New Money Notes and Super Senior Term Loan on a 1.5L basis and the Exchange Notes on a 2L basis.

In connection with the Restructuring Transactions, it is also proposed that the Intrum Group’s corporate structure will be reorganized and all assets and liabilities of Intrum AB hived down to newly created subsidiaries of Intrum AB. Under the new structure, the Company will have no material functions other than acting as the entity with listed shares. The Company’s direct subsidiary, Intrum Investments and Financing AB (“HoldCo”), will become the borrower under the RCF and the issuer of the New Money Notes and the Exchange Notes HoldCo’s direct subsidiary, Intrum Group Operations AB (“MidCo”), will assume all operational functions of the Company and become the immediate parent of the rest of the Intrum Group.

As part of the Group reorganization , it is also proposed that certain regulated entities of the Group will be moved from their existing position in the corporate structure to be held directly by MidCo, subject to ongoing tax and regulatory analysis, and obtaining all necessary regulatory approvals. The steps required to implement the Intrum Group reorganization will be set out in a steps plan, to be agreed between the Company, the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

 

25


The Exchange Notes, the New Money Notes and the RCF will benefit from security namely over the shares in each of HoldCo and MidCo as part of their enhanced collateral package thereby affording them a single point of enforcement.

The Restructuring contemplated by the Lock-Up Agreement will allow the Debtors to successfully emerge from chapter 11 and operate as a well-funded enterprise. The Lock-Up Agreement sets forth the principal terms of the Restructuring as summarized above, including the terms of the Plan (described in detail below in Section IV, titled “Summary of Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan”).

H. Other recent events

Dissenting Group

Despite the significant increase in creditor support during the period from the signing of the initial Lock-Up Agreement in July 2024 until the signing of the amended and restated Lock-Up Agreement in August 2024, two separate minority ad hoc groups of noteholders represented by Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP and Ropes & Gray LLP, respectively, have refused to support the Restructuring Transactions and accede to the Lock-Up Agreement.

Holdings of both groups are understood to be primarily in the 2025 Eurobonds and 2025 MTNs. Throughout August, September and into October 2024, the Company engaged in good faith discussions with these dissenting ad hoc groups to encourage their support of the Restructuring Transactions. As of the date of this Disclosure Statement, however, the dissenting groups have not agreed to support the Restructuring Transactions and are not party to the Lock-Up Agreement.

Nevertheless, given the existing supermajority creditor support, the Company and its Consenting Creditors determined to implement the proposed restructuring contemplated by the Lock-Up Agreement through prepackaged chapter 11 proceedings. 

Cerberus Back-Book Sale

On July 1, 2024, Intrum AB announced the completion of the Back-Book Sale to Cerberus. An amount equal to the net proceeds from the sale of approximately SEK 7.2 billion ($619 million equivalent) has been applied towards the partial prepayment and cancellation of the Group’s RCF (as described in further detail below).29

As part of the Back-Book Sale, Intrum AB retained a 35% ownership stake in the purchasing entity and entered into a minimum 5-year exclusive agreement to retain servicing of the sale portfolio. This transaction allowed Intrum AB to shift assets from proprietary balance sheet investment to third-party servicing income and continue towards implementing a capital light/asset management business model.

 

29 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.086 USD (as of Petition Date).

 

26


As a result of the transaction, Intrum’s investment portfolio was reduced to approximately SEK 24 billion ($2.06 billion equivalent)30 from approximately SEK 35 billion (approximately $3 billion equivalent).31

Following completion of the Back-Book Sale, in order to comply with certain obligations under the RCF and the Senior Secured Term Loan, Intrum UK Group Limited acceded as a guarantor of those debt instruments and the Company granted a pledge over its shares in Intrum UK Group Limited.

2024 SUNs

On July 15, 2024, Intrum AB repaid all outstanding obligations pursuant to the 2024 SUNs at their scheduled maturity in full satisfaction and discharge of the obligations under the indenture governing the 2024 SUNs.

Cerberus Front-Book Partnership

On July 16, 2024, Intrum AB announced that it had signed a term sheet with an affiliate of Cerberus for future investments in consumer unsecured non-performing loans. This partnership is intended to allow Intrum AB to scale its investment activity without increasing its debt, providing servicing revenues and additional portfolio management revenues, in line with its capital light strategy. The parties will seek to jointly invest up to €1 billion annually. Cerberus will provide 70% of the capital and the Intrum Group will provide 30%, with the Intrum Group’s level of investments subject to downward adjustment under certain conditions.

RCF

In connection with the RCF SteerCo Group’s accession to the Lock-Up Agreement, in August 2024 Intrum AB partially prepaid certain loans under the RCF, and irrevocably cancelled the corresponding commitments in an amount equal to the proceeds of the Back-Book Sale. The impact of the partial prepayments and cancellations was a reduction of the total outstanding utilizations and commitments under the RCF from €1.8 billion to €1.1 billion as from August 21, 2024.

2024 MTNs

On October 1, 2024, Intrum AB repaid all outstanding obligations pursuant to the 2024 MTNs at their scheduled maturity.

 

30 

As above.

31 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.086 USD (as of Petition Date).

 

27


SECTION III.

ANTICIPATED EVENTS DURING CHAPTER 11 CASES

A. Overview of Chapter 11

Chapter 11 is the principal business reorganization chapter of the Bankruptcy Code. Under chapter 11, a debtor is authorized to reorganize its business for the benefit of its creditors and other stakeholders. The Bankruptcy Code provides that a debtor may continue to operate its business and remain in possession of its property as a “debtor in possession.”

In addition to permitting the rehabilitation of a debtor, another goal of chapter 11 is to promote the equality of treatment of similarly situated creditors and equity interest Holders with respect to the distribution of a debtor’s assets. In furtherance of these two goals, section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code generally provides for an automatic stay, arising upon the filing of a petition for relief under chapter 11, of substantially all acts and proceedings against a debtor and its property, including all attempts to collect debt or enforce liens that arose prior to the commencement of the debtor’s chapter 11 case. The commencement of a chapter 11 case creates an estate comprising all of the debtor’s legal and equitable interests as of the petition date.

The consummation of a plan is the principal objective of a chapter 11 case. A chapter 11 plan sets forth the means for satisfying claims against and interests in the debtor. Confirmation of a plan by the bankruptcy court makes the plan binding, subject to the occurrence of its effective date, upon the debtor, any issuer of securities under the plan, any person acquiring property under the plan, and any creditor or equity interest Holder of a debtor. Subject to certain limited exceptions and the terms of the applicable plan, the order confirming a plan discharges the debtor from any debt that arose prior to the date of confirmation and substitutes therefor the obligations specified in the confirmed plan.

The Bankruptcy Code expressly authorizes a debtor to solicit votes for the acceptance of a plan prior to the filing of a chapter 11 case. Section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code requires a plan proponent, prior to soliciting acceptances of the votes on its proposed plan, to prepare and distribute a disclosure statement containing adequate information of a kind, and in sufficient detail, to enable a hypothetical reasonable investor to make an informed judgment whether to accept or reject the plan. Because no chapter 11 cases have yet been commenced, this Disclosure Statement has not yet been approved by any bankruptcy court. If the Chapter 11 Cases are subsequently commenced as currently contemplated, the Debtors will promptly seek an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving this Disclosure Statement pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code and determining that the solicitation of votes on the Plan by means of this Disclosure Statement was in compliance with section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

B. First-Day Relief

The Debtors intend to continue operating their businesses during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases in the ordinary course and, to be in the position to do so, have sought certain “first-day” relief from the Bankruptcy Court. The following is a description of the “first-day” motions that the Debtors filed on or around the Petition Date.

 

28


Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of an Order Directing (I) Joint Administration of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases and (II) Granting Related Relief (the “Joint Administration Motion”)

Upon commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors filed a motion for entry of an order directing procedural consolidation and joint administration of the Chapter 11 Cases. Joint administration of the Chapter 11 Cases will provide significant administrative convenience without harming the substantive rights of any party in interest.

Debtors’ Emergency Ex Parte Application for Entry of an Order Authorizing the Employment and Retention of Kroll Restructuring Administration LLC as Claims, Noticing, and Solicitation Agent (the “Claims and Noticing Agent Application”)

The Debtors filed a motion for an order authorizing them to retain Kroll as their claims, noticing, and solicitation agent. The Debtors believe that Kroll’s employment is in the best interest of the estates as Kroll has the required expertise and Kroll’s rates are competitive and reasonable.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of an Order (I) Authorizing the Debtors to File a Consolidated Creditor Matrix and List of the 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors, (II) Modifying the Requirement to File a List of Equity Security Holders, (III) Authorizing the Debtors to Redact Certain Personally Identifiable Information, and (IV) Granting Related Relief (the “Creditor Matrix Motion”)

The Debtors filed a motion for an order confirming (a) the Debtors’ authority to file one consolidated creditor matrix and one consolidated list of the 30 largest unsecured creditors, (b) modifying the requirement to file a list of and provide notice directly to the equity security holders of Intrum AB, and (c) authorizing the Debtors to redact certain personally identifiable information. The ability to file one consolidated list of creditors and one list of the 30 largest general unsecured creditors is consistent with the relevant procedures of a complex chapter 11 proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court. The Debtors also believe that the preparation and submission of a list of all of the Debtors’ equity security holders and last known addresses or places of business of each—if even possible, given that the Debtors do not maintain complete lists in part because a significant number of Intrum AB’s outstanding shares are held through nominees—would cause undue expense and administrative burden.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion Seeking Entry of an Order (I) Restating and Enforcing the Worldwide Automatic Stay, Anti-Discrimination Provisions, and Ipso Facto Protections of the Bankruptcy Code, (II) Approving the Form and Manner of Notice, and (III) Granting Related Relief (the “Automatic Stay Motion”)

The Debtors filed a motion for an order restating and enforcing the worldwide automatic stay, anti-discrimination provisions, and ipso facto protections of the Bankruptcy Code and approval of the form and notice related thereto. The Debtors believe that due to the Company’s extensive operations outside of the United States and European-centric nature of its business, many of the Company’s clients, business contacts, and non-U.S. creditors and contract counterparties may be unfamiliar with the chapter 11 process and the protections afforded thereunder, including

 

29


the scope of a debtor-in-possession’s authority to operate its business and the import of the automatic stay and granting the relief requested in the Automatic Stay Motion will better enable the Debtors to inform non-U.S. creditors and interested parties of debtor protections that may be unfamiliar to them.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of Interim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing Postpetition Use of Cash Collateral, (II) Granting Adequate Protection, and (III) Scheduling a Final Hearing Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 4001(B) (the “Cash Collateral Motion”)

The Debtors filed a motion for entry of interim and final orders authorizing the Debtors’ use of Cash Collateral and granting certain relate relief. The Debtors use cash on hand and cash flow from operations to fund their working capital needs and capital expenditures, and for other general corporate purposes. Without access to cash on hand the Debtors would be unable to generate revenue, operate their business, or pay their employees. Access to Cash Collateral is critical for the Debtors to be able to satisfy obligations that are essential for the continued management, operation, and preservation of the Debtors’ businesses and to swiftly proceed to emergence.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of Interim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing Debtors to (A) Perform Under Prepetition Hedging Arrangements, (B) Enter into, and Perform Under, Postpetition Hedging Arrangements, (C) Grant Liens and Superpriority Administrative Expense Claims, and (II) Granting Related Relief (the “Hedging Motion”)

The Debtors filed a motion for entry of interim and final orders authorizing the Debtors to (i) perform under prepetition hedging arrangements, including paying any prepetition amounts owed thereunder, as necessary in the ordinary course of business; (ii) enter into, and perform under, postpetition hedging arrangements with the lenders under that certain Lock-Up Agreement and the Hedge Policy; and (iii) grant liens and administrative claims on account of postpetition hedging agreements, subject to the terms and conditions contained in any Financing Order. As is customary in the Debtors’ industry, in the ordinary course of business, the Debtors enter into Hedging Arrangements pursuant to the Hedge Policy. Maintaining the Prepetition Hedging Arrangements and allowing the Debtors to enter into Postpetition Hedging Arrangements (to the extent of the capacity allowed under the existing debt basket and in accordance with the Hedge Policy) is key to maximizing the value of the Debtors’ estates.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of Interim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing Them to Continue Using Their Existing (A) Cash Management System and (B) Business Forms, (II) Authorizing Them to Continue Engaging in Intercompany Transactions, (III) Providing Administrative Expense Priority for Postpetition Intercompany Claims, (IV) Waiving Compliance with Section 345(B) and UST Guidelines, and (V) Granting Related Relief (the “Cash Management Motion”)

 

30


The Debtors filed a motion for entry of an order authorizing them to continue using their existing cash management system, bank accounts, business forms, cash pooling arrangements, and credit cards; continuing to engage in intercompany transactions in the ordinary course; providing administrative expense priority for postpetition intercompany transactions; and granting an extension of the time within which the Debtors must comply with the requirements of section 345(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Maintaining the current cash management system will facilitate the Debtors’ transition in the Chapter 11 Cases by, among other things, minimizing delays in paying postpetition obligations and eliminating administrative inefficiencies.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of an Order (I) Authorizing Them to (A) Continue Employee Compensation and Benefits Programs and (B) Pay Prepetition Claims Related Thereto, and (II) Granting Related Relief (the “Wages Motion”)

The Debtors filed a motion for entry of an order authorizing them to continue employee compensation and benefits programs in the ordinary course of business and pay prepetition claims in connection therewith in the ordinary course of business. In the ordinary course of business, the Debtors compensate their employees by, among other things, wages, time-off benefits, reimbursable business expenses, bonuses, medical, dental, and vision plans, life insurance, retirement plans, and workers’ compensation. Without continuing to provide these compensation and benefits, the Debtors believe that their employees may seek alternative employment opportunities. In addition, the Debtors believe that maintaining these compensation and benefits is necessary to minimize the personal hardship to the employees and to maintain morale and stability in the Debtors’ business operations.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of an Order (I) Authorizing the Payment of Certain Taxes and Fees and (II) Granting Related Relief (the “Taxes Motion”)

The Debtors filed a motion requesting an order authorizing them to continue to negotiate, pay, and remit (or use tax credits to offset), or otherwise satisfy any taxes and fees, including income and franchise taxes, sales and use taxes, property taxes, and fees, that arise or accrue in the ordinary course of business postpetition and authorizing the Debtors to negotiate, pay, and remit (or use tax credits to offset), or otherwise satisfy any prepetition taxes and fees in the ordinary course of business. The Debtors believe that payment of these taxes and related fees is imperative to preserving the going concern value of their estates and facilitating their continued operations.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of Interim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing Them to Pay Prepetition Trade Claims, and (II) Granting Related Relief (the “Trade Claims Motion”)

The Debtors filed a motion requesting an order authorizing them to pay prepetition amounts owing on account of critical and foreign vendor claims. The Debtors believe that preserving key relationships with such vendors and other providers is vital to maintain the Debtors’ business operations, goodwill, and market share.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of an Order (I) Scheduling Combined Hearing on (A) Adequacy of Disclosure Statement and (B) Confirmation of Plan, (II) Approving Solicitation Procedures and Form and Manner of Notice of Commencement, Combined Hearing, and Objection Deadline, (III) Fixing Deadline to Object to Disclosure Statement and Plan, (IV) Conditionally (A) Directing the United States Trustee Not to Convene Section 341 Meeting of Creditors and (B) Waiving Requirement to File Statements of Financial Affairs and Schedules of Assets and Liabilities, and (V) Granting Related Relief (the “Scheduling Motion”)

 

31


In light of the pre-packaged nature of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors filed a motion requesting entry of an order approving, among other relief: (i) the scheduling of a combined hearing to address the approval of this Disclosure Statement and the confirmation of the Plan; (ii) an objection deadline in respect of both the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, and the assumption and rejection of certain unexpired leases and executory contracts; (iii) procedures for soliciting votes on the Plan; (iv) the form and manner notices of the combined hearing and objection deadlines; and (v) extending the deadline for the Debtors to file schedules of assets and liabilities and statements of financial affairs.

For additional information regarding the confirmation process and requirements, please refer to the discussion in Section VI, titled “Confirmation of Plan.”

SECTION IV.

SUMMARY OF JOINT PREPACKAGED CHAPTER 11 PLAN

A. Treatment of Claims and Interests

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and thus are excluded from the Classes of Claims set forth in Article III of the Plan.

1. Administrative Claims

Except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Professional Fee Claims or Backstop Fees, unless otherwise agreed to by the Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim (other than Holders of Professional Fee Claims and Claims for fees and expenses pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code) will receive in full and final satisfaction of its Allowed Administrative Claim an amount of Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Administrative Claim in accordance with the following: (a) if an Administrative Claim is Allowed on or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if not then due, when such Allowed Administrative Claim is due or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); (b) if such Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date, no later than 30 days after the date on which an order Allowing such Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (c) if such Allowed Administrative Claim is based on liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their business after the Petition Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Administrative Claim without any further action by the Holders of such Allowed Administrative Claim; (d) at such time and upon such terms as may be agreed upon by such Holder and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable; or (e) at such time and upon such terms as set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

32


Except as otherwise provided in Article II.A of the Plan, and except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Professional Fee Claims or Backstop Fees requests for payment of Administrative Claims must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served on the Debtors pursuant to the procedures specified in the Combined Order and the notice of entry of the Combined Order no later than the Administrative Claims Bar Date. Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to, but do not, File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims by such date shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their property and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date. Objections to such requests, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served on the Debtors and the requesting party no later than 60 days after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no request for payment of an Administrative Claim need be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court with respect to an Administrative Claim previously Allowed.

The Backstop Fee will be set off in full on the Effective Date against the Purchase Price (as defined in the Backstop Agreement) payable by such Backstop Provider in respect of the New Money Notes to be issued to such Backstop Provider. The Backstop Fee will otherwise be paid in Cash to each Backstop Provider in accordance with the Backstop Agreement.

2. Professional Fee Claims

 

  a.

Professional Fee Claims

All applications for final allowance of Professional Fee Claims must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and such other Entities who are designated in the Combined Order no later than twenty-one (21) days after the Effective Date. The Professional Fee Claims owed to the Professionals shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals from funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account after such Claims are Allowed by a Final Order. After all Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been paid in full, any excess amounts remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be returned to the Reorganized Debtors. To the extent that the funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account are unable to satisfy the amount of Allowed Professional Fee Claims owed to the Professionals, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay such amounts within ten (10) Business Days of entry of the order approving such Professional Fee Claims.

Objections to any Professional Fee Claim must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and the requesting Professional by no later than thirty (30) days after the Filing of the applicable final application for payment of the Professional Fee Claim. Each Holder of an Allowed Professional Fee Claim shall be paid in full in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors, including from the Professional Fee Escrow Account, within five (5) Business Days after entry of the order approving such Allowed Professional Fee Claim. The Reorganized Debtors shall not commingle any funds contained in the Professional Fee Escrow Account and shall use such funds to pay only the Professional Fee Claims, as and when Allowed by order of the Bankruptcy Court. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the failure of the Professional Fee Escrow Account to satisfy in full the Professional Fee Claims shall not, in any way, operate or be construed as a cap or limitation on the amount of Professional Fee Claims due and payable by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

 

33


  b.

Professional Fee Escrow Account

On the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Amount. The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the benefit of the Professionals. Such funds shall not be considered property of the Estates of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

 

  c.

Professional Fee Escrow Amount

To receive payment for unbilled fees and expenses incurred through the Effective Date, the Professionals shall estimate in good faith their Professional Fee Claims (taking into account any retainers) prior to and as of the Effective Date and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors at least three (3) calendar days prior to the Confirmation Date. If a Professional does not provide such estimate, the Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional; provided that such estimate shall not be considered an admission or limitation with respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional. The total amount so estimated as of the Effective Date shall comprise the Professional Fee Amount.

 

  d.

Post-Confirmation Date Fees and Expenses

Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate. Each Reorganized Debtor may employ and pay any post-Effective Date fees and expenses of any professional, including any Professional, in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, including with respect to any transaction, reorganization, or success fees payable by virtue of Consummation of the Plan.

3. Priority Tax Claims

Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code and, for the avoidance of doubt, Holders of Allowed Priority Tax Claims will receive interest on such Allowed Priority Tax Claims after the Effective Date in accordance with sections 511 and 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

4. Restructuring Expenses.

The Restructuring Expenses incurred, or estimated to be incurred, up to and including the Effective Date (or, with respect to necessary post-Effective Date activities, after the Effective Date), shall be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date (to the extent not previously paid during the course of the Chapter 11 Cases) in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement and the Restructuring Implementation Deed, without any requirement (i) to File a fee application with the Bankruptcy Court, (ii) for Bankruptcy Court review or approval, and/or (iii) submission to any party of itemized time detail. All Restructuring Expenses to be paid on the

 

34


Effective Date shall be estimated prior to and as of the Effective Date and such estimates shall be delivered to the Debtors at least three (3) Business Days before the anticipated Effective Date; provided, however, that such estimates shall not be considered an admission or limitation with respect to such Restructuring Expenses. From and after the Petition Date, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors (as applicable) shall pay, when due and payable pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and otherwise in the ordinary course, Restructuring Expenses, whether incurred before, on, or after the Effective Date. On or prior to the Effective Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, final invoices for all Restructuring Expenses incurred prior to and unpaid as of the Effective Date shall be submitted to the Debtors and shall be paid, or caused to be paid, by the Reorganized Debtors within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of the applicable final invoice.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reasonably dispute the reasonableness of any such estimate or invoice, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall submit an objection to such applicable Professional within two (2) Business Days of receipt thereof (subject to such professional’s right to cure any disputed issue). Any undisputed portion of such invoice shall be paid in accordance with the foregoing paragraph, and the disputed portion of such estimate or invoice shall not be paid until the dispute is resolved.

B. Classification of Claims and Interests

Except for the Claims addressed in Article II of the Plan, all Claims and Interests are classified in the Classes set forth in Article III of the Plan. A Claim or an Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim or an Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving Distributions under the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Interest in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.

The classification of Claims and Interests against each Debtor pursuant to the Plan is as set forth below. The Plan shall apply as a separate Plan for each of the Debtors, and the classification of Claims and Interests set forth herein shall apply separately to each of the Debtors.

 

Class

   Type of Claim or Interest    Impairment    Voting Rights
1    Other Secured Claims    Unimpaired   

Not entitled to vote

(Conclusively presumed to accept)

2    Other Priority Claims    Unimpaired   

Not entitled to vote

(Conclusively presumed to accept)

3    RCF Claims    Impaired    Entitled to vote
4    Senior Secured Term Loan
Claims
   Unimpaired   

Not entitled to vote

(Conclusively presumed to accept)

5    Notes Claims    Impaired    Entitled to vote
                
6    General Unsecured Claims    Unimpaired   

Not entitled to vote

(Conclusively presumed to accept)

 

35


Class

   Type of Claim or Interest    Impairment    Voting Rights
7    Intercompany Claims   

Either

(i) Unimpaired or

(ii) Impaired

   Either (i) conclusively presumed to accept/
not entitled to vote or (ii) deemed to have
rejected/not entitled to vote
8    Existing Equity Interests    Unimpaired   

Not entitled to vote

(Conclusively presumed to accept)

9    Intercompany Interests   

Either

(i) Unimpaired or

(ii) Impaired

   Either (i) conclusively presumed to
accept/not entitled to vote or (ii) deemed to
have rejected/not entitled to vote

The treatment of each Class pursuant to the Plan is set forth in Section I.B herein.

1. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Lock-Up Agreement, nothing under the Plan shall affect, diminish, or impair the rights of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in respect of any Unimpaired Claims, including all rights in respect of legal and equitable defenses to, or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Unimpaired Claims; and, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, nothing herein shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any claim, Cause of Action, right of setoff, or other legal or equitable defense that the Debtors had immediately prior to the Petition Date, against or with respect to any Claim that is Unimpaired (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Claim that is Reinstated) by the Plan. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall have, retain, reserve, and be entitled to assert all such Claims, Causes of Action, rights of setoff, and other legal or equitable defenses that the Debtors had immediately prior to the Petition Date fully as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, and all of the Reorganized Debtors’ legal and equitable rights with respect to any Reinstated Claim or Claim that is otherwise Unimpaired by the Plan may be asserted after the Confirmation Date and the Effective Date to the same extent as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced.

C. Acceptance and Rejection of the Plan

1. Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

If a Class contains Claims or Interests eligible to vote and no Holders of Claims or Interests eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the Plan shall be presumed accepted by such Class.

2. Elimination of Vacant Classes

Any Class of Claims or Interests that, as of the commencement of the Combined Hearing, does not have at least one Holder of a Claim or Interest that is Allowed in an amount greater than zero for voting purposes shall be considered vacant, deemed eliminated from the Plan of such Debtor for purposes of voting to accept or reject such Debtor’s Plan, and disregarded for purposes of determining whether such Debtor’s Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to that Class.

 

36


3. No Waiver

Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to waive a Debtor’s or other Person’s right to object on any basis to any Disputed Claim.

4. Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by one or more of the Classes entitled to vote pursuant to Article III.B of the Plan. The Debtors shall seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims or Interests. The Debtors reserve the right, subject to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, to modify the Plan in accordance with Article X of the Plan to the extent, if any, that Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification, including by modifying the treatment applicable to a Class of Claims or Interests to render such Class of Claims or Interests Unimpaired to the extent permitted by the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.

5. Controversy Concerning Impairment

If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests, or any Class of Claims or Interests, are Impaired, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy on the Confirmation Date or such other date as fixed by the Bankruptcy Court.

6. Subordinated Claims

The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests and the respective Distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.

D. Means for Implementation of the Plan

1. General Settlement of Claims and Interests

Pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, Distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan that a Claim or an Interest Holder may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or

 

37


any Distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, including pursuant to the transactions set forth in the Agreed Steps Plan or the Restructuring Implementation Deed. Entry of the Combined Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise or settlement of all such Allowed Claims, Allowed Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise, settlement and transactions are in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests, and is fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness. Subject to the provisions of the Plan governing Distributions, all Distributions made to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.

2. Restructuring Transactions

On the Effective Date, the applicable Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into any transaction, including those transactions set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and Restructuring Implementation Deed, and shall take any actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions (to the extent not already effected), including, as applicable, to effectuate a corporate restructuring of the overall corporate structure of the Debtors, to the extent provided herein, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed or in the Definitive Documents, including: (a) the issuance, transfer, or cancellation of any securities, notes, instruments, Certificates, and other documents required to be issued, transferred, or cancelled pursuant to the Plan or any Restructuring Transaction; (b) issuance of the SSRCF and entry into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents; (c) issuance of the Exchange Notes and the execution and delivery of the Exchange Notes Indenture; (d) the issuance of the New Money Notes and the execution and delivery of the New Money Notes Indenture and the New Money Notes Purchase Agreement; (e) the execution and delivery of the New Security Documents and amended Intercreditor Agreement; and (f) the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, in each case, subject to the Plan and the consent rights and agreements and obligations contained in the Lock-Up Agreement.

The Combined Order shall and shall be deemed to, pursuant to sections 1123 and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, authorize, among other things, all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including the Restructuring Transactions.

E. Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions

The Reorganized Debtors shall fund distributions under the Plan with (i) the SSRCF; (ii) issuance of the New Money Notes, (iii) the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, and (iv) issuance of the Exchange Notes.

1. Issuance of the New Money Notes

The Reorganized Debtors shall consummate the Rights Offering in accordance with the Rights Offering Documents and the Lock-Up Agreement. Subscription Rights to participate in the Rights Offering shall be allocated among relevant Holders of Notes Claims as of a specified record date in accordance with the Rights Offering Documents and the Plan, and the allocation of such Subscription Rights will be exempt from SEC registration under applicable law and shall not constitute an invitation or offer to sell, or the solicitation of an invitation or offer to buy, any securities in contravention of any applicable law in any jurisdiction. The Reorganized Debtors intend to implement the Rights Offering in a manner that shall not cause it to be deemed a public offering in any jurisdiction.

 

38


Holders of the Subscription Rights (or their Nominee) shall receive the opportunity to subscribe for their pro rata share of up to approximately €526,315,000 (or equivalent) of the New Money Notes, the subscription price for which shall be at an issue price of 98% of the face value of the New Money Notes and, for each Backstop Provider only, less its pro rata share of the Backstop Fee, in accordance with and pursuant to the Plan, the Rights Offering Procedures, the Lock-Up Agreement and the Agreed Steps Plan. The principal amount of the New Money Notes has been backstopped in full by the Backstop Providers in accordance with the Backstop Agreement. To the extent that any Holders of the Subscription Rights (or their Nominee) do not subscribe for their Subscription Rights, the Backstop Providers shall subscribe for such amounts in the proportions and on the terms set out in the Backstop Agreement.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will issue the New Money Notes, on the terms set forth in the Rights Offering Documents, New Money Notes Indenture, the New Money Notes Purchase Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Plan. The New Money Notes issued to the Backstop Providers (in their capacity as Backstop Providers) in connection with the Rights Offering (the “Backstopped Notes”) will be issued only to persons that are: “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act); or “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) in reliance on the exemption provided by either section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act; or persons that, at the time of the issuance, were outside of the United States and were not U.S. persons (and were not purchasing for the account or benefit of a U.S. person) within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act.

On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate action or other action by Holders of Claims or Interests, all Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) pursuant to, or in connection with, the New Money Notes Indenture, the Security Documents (as defined in the New Money Notes Indenture), or the New Money Documents (including any Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) on the Reorganized Debtors’ assets): (a) shall be deemed to be granted or confirmed (as applicable) by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the New Money Documents; (b) shall be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New Money Documents, with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law and the New Money Documents; (c) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the New Money Documents; (d) shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, subordination, or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever under any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order; and (e) shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable

 

39


state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Combined Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Combined Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

The New Money Notes are backstopped by the Backstop Providers pursuant to the Backstop Agreement. In consideration for their backstop of the New Money Notes, each Backstop Provider will receive its pro rata share of the Backstop Fee, as more fully detailed in the Backstop Agreement. The Backstop Fee will be set off in full on the Effective Date against the Purchase Price (as defined in the Backstop Agreement) payable by such Backstop Provider in respect of the New Money Notes to be issued to such Backstop Provider. The Backstop Fee will otherwise be paid in Cash to each Backstop Provider in accordance with the Backstop Agreement and the Agreed Steps Plan.

2. Equity Issuance

On the Effective Date, the Company will issue the Noteholder Ordinary Shares on a pro rata basis to the Holders of Notes Claims (or their Nominee), in accordance with the terms of the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed.

The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that, as soon as possible following the Effective Date, the ownership of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares shall be reflected through the facilities of Euroclear Sweden. None of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any other Person shall be required to provide any further evidence other than the Plan or the Combined Order with respect to the treatment of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares under applicable securities laws. Euroclear Sweden and any transfer agent shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan or Combined Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the Noteholder Ordinary Shares are exempt from registration or eligible for Euroclear Sweden book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.

All of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each Distribution and issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares under the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such Distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such Distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such Distribution or issuance.

The Company shall effect the listing of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares on Nasdaq Stockholm as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event, within six (6) weeks following registration of the issuance of Noteholder Ordinary Shares with the Swedish Companies Registration Office in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Agreed Steps Plan.

 

40


3. SSRCF

The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed, enter into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents on or before the Effective Date, on behalf of themselves and each Holder of RCF Claims, on the terms set forth in the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, and which shall be included in the Plan Supplement. The Facility Agreement will be amended and restated in the form of the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents. On the Effective Date, Holders of RCF Claims shall receive their pro rata share of the SSRCF.; provided that all Ancillary Facility Claims (which are pursuant to the Facility Agreement) shall be Reinstated and each Ancillary Facility shall continue in accordance with its terms and constitute an ancillary facility under the SSRCF in accordance with the terms of the SSRCF Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Holder of an Ancillary Facility Claim shall retain its rights and Claims under the applicable Ancillary Facility.

Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed approval of the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith), to the extent not approved by the Bankruptcy Court previously, and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to consummate the applicable Facility Agreement Amendments Documents without further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as may be agreed between the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and the RCF SteerCo Group.

On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate action or other action by Holders of Claims or Interests, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents (a) shall be deemed to be granted, (b) shall be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, (c) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, and (d) shall not be subject to recharacterization or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Combined Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Combined Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

4. Exchange Notes

The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed, issue the Exchange Notes on or before the Effective Date, on the terms set forth in the Exchange Notes Indenture, and included in the Plan Supplement. The Exchange Notes shall be distributed to Holders of Notes Claims (or their respective Nominees) on the Effective Date on account of their respective Notes Claims in the manner set forth in the Plan.

 

41


Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed approval of the Notes Amendments Documents (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or a non-Debtor Affiliate in connection therewith), to the extent not approved by the Bankruptcy Court previously, and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to consummate the applicable Notes Amendments Documents without further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as may be agreed between the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate action or other action by Holders of Claims or Interests, all Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) pursuant to, or in connection with, the Notes Amendments Documents (including any Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) on the Reorganized Debtors’ assets): (a) shall be deemed to be granted or confirmed (as applicable) by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Notes Amendments Documents; (b) shall be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Notes Amendments Documents, with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law and the Notes Amendments Documents; (c) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the Notes Amendments Documents; (d) shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, subordination, or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever under any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order; and (e) shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Combined Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Combined Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

5. Corporate Action

Upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated under the Plan and all other acts or actions contemplated or reasonably necessary or appropriate to promptly consummate the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date) shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including: (1) the issuance and Distribution of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares; (2) the issuance of New Money Notes; (3) the issuance of Exchange Notes; (4) entry into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, (5) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions; (6) entry into the Transaction Documents; and (7) the rejection, assumption, or assumption and assignment, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

 

42


All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors, or officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. On or (as applicable) prior to the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be authorized and (as applicable) directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, securities, and instruments contemplated under the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated under the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, including the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, the Exchange Notes, the New Money Notes, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Transaction Documents, and any and all other agreements, documents, securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by Article IV.D of the Plan shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.

Upon Confirmation of the Plan, each Holder of RCF Claims and each Holder of Notes Claims will be deemed to have appointed the Company as its attorney and agent and to have irrevocably instructed, authorized, directed and empowered the Company (or its authorized representative) solely to (i) enter into, execute and (if applicable) deliver, for and on its behalf, any Transaction Document to which it is party, in each case solely to the extent consistent with the Lock-Up Agreement, Agreed Steps Plan and the Restructuring Implementation Deed and (ii) in the case of Holder of Notes, to take any action necessary to ensure that steps described in the Agreed Steps Plan and the Restructuring Implementation Deed are carried out, including if necessary updating the books and records of the relevant clearing systems in which the Notes are held.

6. Corporate Existence

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or Plan Supplement, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) are amended under the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable law).

7. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Plan Supplement (including, for the avoidance of doubt the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed), or in any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan, on the Effective Date, all

 

43


property in each Debtor’s Estate, all Claims, rights, defenses, and Causes of Action of the Debtors, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors under the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, Causes of Action, charges, or other encumbrances. If the Reorganized Debtors default in performing under the provisions of the Plan and the Chapter 11 Cases are converted to Chapter 7, all property vested in each Reorganized Debtor and all subsequently acquired property owned as of or after the conversion date shall revest and constitute property of the bankruptcy Estates in such Chapter 7 cases. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.

8. Cancellation of Prepetition Credit Agreements, Notes, Instruments, Certificates, and Other Documents

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Combined Order, any agreement, instrument or other document entered into in connection with or pursuant to the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, or the Restructuring Implementation Deed, all credit agreements, security agreements, intercreditor agreements, notes, instruments, Certificates, and other documents evidencing Claims or Interests shall be cancelled and the obligations of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors thereunder or in any way related thereto shall be discharged and deemed satisfied in full, and the Agents/Trustees shall be released from all duties thereunder; provided, that, notwithstanding Confirmation or the occurrence of the Effective Date, any such document that governs the rights of the Holder of a Claim or Interest shall continue in effect solely for purposes of (a) enabling Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests to receive Distributions under the Plan as provided herein, (b) governing the contractual rights and obligations among the Agents/Trustees and the lenders or Holders party thereto (including, without limitation, indemnification, expense reimbursement, and Distribution provisions) until the Reorganized Debtors emerge from the Chapter 11 Cases, (c) preserving any rights of the Agents/Trustees thereunder to maintain, exercise, and enforce any applicable rights of indemnity, reimbursement, or contribution, or subrogation or any other claim or entitlement, (d) permitting each Agent/Trustee to perform any functions that are necessary to effectuate the immediately foregoing, including appearing and being heard in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court; (e) facilitating the amendment, reinstatement and combination of the Facility Agreement into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, (f) facilitating the issuance of New Money Notes, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, (g) facilitating the issuance of the Exchange Notes, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, (h) facilitating the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and (i) furthering any other purpose as set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, Restructuring Implementation Deed, and Transaction Documents.32

 

 

32 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agreement Documents shall not be cancelled, but shall be amended in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan and the Restructuring Implementation Deed.

 

44


9. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, and the officers and members of the boards of directors and managers thereof, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Transaction Documents, and the securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorizations, or consents except for those expressly required under the Plan.

10. Certain Securities Law Matters

Except as described in the following paragraphs, the Debtors will rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from registration under the Securities Act the offer, issuance, and Distribution of the Exchange Notes, the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) issued pursuant to the Plan on account of Notes Claims. The offering, issuance, and Distribution of such Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) pursuant to section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, Distribution, or sale of Securities in accordance with, and pursuant to, section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. Such Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) will be freely tradable in the United States by the recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments.

With respect to any Consenting Noteholder who signed the Lock-Up Agreement before the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases with the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors relied on section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation S under the Securities Act for the offer of the Exchange Notes and the Noteholder Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to the Plan on account of Notes Claims, and the Debtors will rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from registration under the Securities Act the issuance and Distribution of such Exchange Notes and the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. Such Exchange Notes and Noteholder Ordinary Shares will be freely tradable in the United States by the recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments.

The Debtors will rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation S under the Securities Act, or any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as applicable, to exempt from registration under the Securities Act the offer, issuance, and Distribution of the New Money Notes issued pursuant to the Plan,

 

45


which do not include any Backstopped Notes. Such Backstopped Notes will be “restricted securities” subject to transfer restrictions under the U.S. federal securities laws if they are issued to a U.S. person in accordance with the Backstop Agreement pursuant to section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act but will otherwise be issued pursuant to Regulation S (if they are issued to a non-U.S. person outside of the United States in accordance with the Backstop Agreement). Such Backstopped Notes may be resold, exchanged, assigned or otherwise transferred pursuant to registration, or an applicable exemption from registration, under the Securities Act and other applicable law.

11. Section 1146(a) Exemption

To the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers (whether from a Debtor to a Reorganized Debtor or to any other Person) of property under the Plan, including: (a) the issuance, Distribution, transfer, or exchange of any debt, equity security, or other interest in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors; (b) the Restructuring Transactions; (c) the creation, modification, consolidation, termination, refinancing, or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness by such or other means; (d) the making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease; (e) the grant of collateral as security for any or all of the SSRCF, the Exchange Notes, and the New Money Notes, if applicable; or (f) the making, delivery, or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, or other instrument of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related to the Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Combined Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment. All filing or recording officers (or any other Person with authority over any of the foregoing), wherever located and by whomever appointed, shall comply with the requirements of section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment, and shall accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.

12. Employee and Retiree Benefits

All compensation and benefits programs shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and shall remain in place as of the Effective Date, and the Reorganized Debtors will continue to honor such agreements, arrangements, programs, and plans. For the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, from and after the Effective Date, all retiree benefits (as such term is defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any, shall continue to be paid in accordance with applicable law.

 

46


13. Preservation of Causes of Action

In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue any and all Causes of Action of the Debtors, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action included in the Plan Supplement, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, other than the Causes of Action released by the Debtors pursuant to the releases and exculpations contained in the Plan, including in Article VIII of the Plan, which shall be deemed released and waived by the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors as of the Effective Date.

The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. No Entity (other than the Consenting Creditors) may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action of the Debtors against it. Except as specifically released under the Plan or pursuant to a Final Order, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity. Unless any Causes of Action of the Debtors against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or pursuant to a Final Order, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all such Causes of Action for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation.

The Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain the Causes of Action of the Debtors notwithstanding the rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Cases or pursuant to the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and except as expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or pursuant to a Final Order, any Causes of Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action, or to decline to do any of the foregoing, without the consent or approval of any third party or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors do not reserve any Claims or Causes of Action that have been expressly released by the Debtors pursuant to the Debtor Release set forth in Article VIII of the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Claims against the Consenting Creditors).

F. Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

1. Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

 

47


On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease shall be assumed and assigned to the applicable Reorganized Debtor in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than: (1) those that are identified on the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List; (2) those that have been previously rejected by a Final Order; (3) those that are the subject of a motion to reject Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that is pending on the Confirmation Date; or (4) those that are subject to a motion to reject an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to which the requested effective date of such rejection is after the Effective Date. The Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List shall be acceptable to the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Debtors shall not seek to assume or reject Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, except with the prior written consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

Entry of the Combined Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute an order approving the assumption of the Lock-Up Agreement pursuant to sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and effective on the occurrence of the Effective Date. The Lock-Up Agreement shall be binding and enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance with its terms. For the avoidance of doubt, the assumption of the Lock-Up Agreement herein shall not otherwise modify, alter, amend, or supersede any of the terms or conditions of such agreement including, without limitation, any termination events or provisions thereunder. On the Effective Date, in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Debtors shall pay to each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender (x) the RCF Lock-Up Fee and (y) to the extent the RCF Forbearance Fee has not been paid in accordance with the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, the RCF Closing Fee, in each case, calculated in the manner set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement. On the Effective Date, in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Debtors shall pay to each (x) Consent Fee Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder the Eurobond Consent Fee, (y) Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder the Early Bird Eurobond Consent Fee, (z) eligible Participating MTN Holder, the Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee, the Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee in additional Exchange Notes, in each case to the extent applicable in accordance with the terms of, and calculated in the manner set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement.

Entry of the Combined Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute a Final Order approving the assumptions and assumptions and assignments of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases as set forth in the Plan and the rejections of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases as set forth in the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Any motions to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by the Bankruptcy Court on or after the Effective Date by a Final Order. Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to Article V.A of the Plan or by any order of the Bankruptcy Court, which has not been assigned to a third party prior to the Confirmation Date, shall revest in and be fully enforceable by the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with its terms, except as such terms are modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption under applicable federal law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors, with the consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (which

 

48


consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List identified in Article V.A of the Plan and in the Plan Supplement at any time through and including 45 days after the Effective Date.

To the extent that any provision in any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed or assumed and assigned pursuant to the Plan restricts or prevents, or purports to restrict or prevent, or is breached or deemed breached by, the assumption or assumption and assignment of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including any “change of control” provision), then such provision shall be deemed modified such that the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall not entitle the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease counterparty thereto to terminate such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or to exercise any other default-related rights with respect thereto.

2. Indemnification Obligations

On and after the Effective Date, the Indemnification Provisions will be assumed and irrevocable and survive the Effective Date. None of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will take any action to amend or restate their respective governance documents before or after the Effective Date to amend, augment, terminate, or adversely affect any of the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations to provide such indemnification rights or such directors’, officers’, managers’, employees’, or agents’ indemnification rights.

3. Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

Unless otherwise provided by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, all Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, pursuant to the Plan or the Combined Order, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within 30 days after the later of (1) the Effective Date or (2) entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Combined Order) approving such rejection. Any Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within such time will be automatically disallowed, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or their property without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Schedules or a Proof of Claim to the contrary. All Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III of the Plan.

4. Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay Cures, if any, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, with the amount and timing of payment of any such Cure dictated by the Debtors ordinary course of business. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the parties to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, all

 

49


requests for payment of Cure that differ from the ordinary course amounts paid or proposed to be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to a counterparty must be Filed with the Claims and Noticing Agent on or before 30 days after the Effective Date. Any such request that is not timely Filed shall be disallowed and forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against any Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or any other party in interest or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. Any Cure shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged upon payment by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of the Cure in the Debtors ordinary course of business; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Reorganized Debtors from paying any Cure Amount despite the failure of the relevant counterparty to File such request for payment of such Cure. The Reorganized Debtors also may settle any Cure Amount without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. In addition, any objection to the assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under the Plan must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before 30 days after the Effective Date. Any such objection will be scheduled to be heard by the Bankruptcy Court at the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’, as applicable, first scheduled omnibus hearing for which such objection is timely Filed. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to timely object to the proposed assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed to have consented to such assumption.

If there is any dispute regarding any Cure, the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other matter pertaining to assumption, then payment of Cure shall occur as soon as reasonably practicable after entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute, approving such assumption (and, if applicable, assignment), or as may be agreed upon by the Debtors (with the consent of the Majority Core Noteholders Group (not to be unreasonably withheld)) or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the counterparty to the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.

Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise and full payment of any applicable Cure pursuant to Article V of the Plan, in the amount and at the time dictated by the Debtors’ ordinary course of business, shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Cures, Claims, or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time prior to the effective date of assumption. Any and all Proofs of Claim based upon Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that have been assumed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including pursuant to the Combined Order, and for which any Cure has been fully paid pursuant to Article V of the Plan, in the amount and at the time dictated by the Debtors’ ordinary course of business, shall be deemed disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection thereto or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

50


5. Insurance Policies

Each of the Insurance Policies are treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Plan Supplement or any document related thereto, on the Effective Date, (1) the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all Insurance Policies, and (2) such Insurance Policies shall revest in the Reorganized Debtors. Nothing in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the Combined Order, or any other order of the Bankruptcy Court (including any other provision that purports to be preemptory or supervening), (x) alters, modifies, or otherwise amends the terms and conditions of (or the coverage provided by) any of such Insurance Policies or (y) alters or modifies the duty, if any, that the Insurers pay Claims covered by such Insurance Policies and their right to seek payment or reimbursement from the Debtors (or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors) or draw on any collateral or security therefor. For the avoidance of doubt, Insurers shall not need to nor be required to File or serve a Cure objection or a request, application, claim, Proof of Claim, or motion for payment and shall not be subject to any claims bar date or similar deadline governing Cure Amounts or Claims.

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall not terminate or otherwise reduce the coverage under any directors’ and officers’ Insurance Policies in effect prior to the Effective Date, and any directors and officers of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time before or after the Effective Date shall be entitled, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Insurance Policy in all respects, to the full benefits of any such Insurance Policy for the full term of such policy regardless of whether such directors and/or officers remain in such positions after the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the directors’ and officers’ Insurance Policies shall revest in the Reorganized Debtors. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Debtors shall retain the ability to supplement such directors’ and officers’ insurance policies as the Debtors deem necessary, including by purchasing any tail coverage (including, without limitation, a tail policy).

6. Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases related thereto, if any, including all easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated under the Plan.

Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection therewith.

7. Reservation of Rights

Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease on the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List, nor anything contained in the Plan, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any of the Reorganized Debtors has any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors, subject to the consent of the Majority Consenting Creditors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have 30 days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter its treatment of such contract or lease under the Plan.

 

51


8. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code

9. Contracts and Leases Entered into after Petition Date

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan (including any release, discharge, exculpation or injunction provisions) or the Combined Order, contracts, agreements, instruments, Certificates, leases and other documents entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by such Debtor, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or the Reorganized Debtors liable thereunder in the ordinary course of their business. Accordingly, such contracts, agreements, instruments, certificates, leases and other documents (including any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) will survive and remain unaffected by the Plan (including the release, discharge, exculpation and injunction provisions), the entry of the Combined Order and any other Definitive Documents.

G. Provisions Governing Distributions

1. Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed as of the Effective Date

Except as otherwise provided (i) in the Plan, (ii) upon a Final Order, or (iii) in an agreement by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, and the Holder of the applicable Claim or Interest, on the Effective Date or as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Distribution Agent shall make initial Distributions under the Plan on account of Claims and Interests Allowed on or before the Effective Date, subject to the Reorganized Debtors’ right to object to Claims and Interests; provided, however, that (1) Allowed Administrative Claims with respect to liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of business during the Chapter 11 Cases or assumed by the Debtors prior to the Effective Date shall be paid or performed in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of any controlling agreements, course of dealing, course of business, or industry practice and (2) Allowed Priority Tax Claims shall be paid in accordance with Article II.C of the Plan.

2. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent

 

  a.

Powers of the Disbursing Agent

The Distribution Agent shall be empowered to: (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (b) make all Distributions contemplated hereby; (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Distribution Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Distribution Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.

 

52


  b.

Expenses Incurred on or after the Effective Date

Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Distribution Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) made by the Distribution Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.

3. Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims and Interests

Notwithstanding any provision otherwise in the Plan and except as otherwise agreed by the relevant parties, unless as otherwise agreed to by the Debtors or set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court: (a) no partial payments and no partial Distributions shall be made with respect to a Disputed Claim or Interest until all such disputes in connection with such Disputed Claim or Interest have been resolved by settlement or Final Order; provided, however, that if a portion of a Claim is not Disputed, the Distribution Agent may make a partial distribution based on such portion of such Claim that is not Disputed; and (b) any Entity that holds both an Allowed Claim or Interest and a Disputed Claim or Interest shall not receive any Distribution on the Allowed Claim or Interest unless and until all objections to the Disputed Claim or Interest have been resolved by settlement or Final Order or the Claims or Interests have been Allowed or expunged. Any dividends or other Distributions arising from property distributed to Holders of Allowed Claims or Interests, as applicable, in a Class and paid to such Holders under the Plan shall also be paid, in the applicable amounts, to any Holder of a Disputed Claim or Interest, as applicable, in such Class that becomes an Allowed Claim or Interest after the date or dates that such dividends or other Distributions were earlier paid to Holders of Allowed Claims or Interests in such Class.

4. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions

 

  a.

Delivery of Distributions

Except as otherwise provided herein (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as set forth in the foregoing paragraph with respect to Distributions to Holders of RCF Claims and Notes Claims), and notwithstanding any authority to the contrary, Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims, including Claims that become Allowed after the Effective Date, shall be made to Holders of record as of the Effective Date by the Distribution Agent: (1) to the address of such Holder as set forth in the books and records of the applicable Debtor (or if the Debtors have been notified in writing, on or before the date that is 10 days before the Effective Date, of a change of address, to the changed address); (2) in accordance with Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 4, as modified and made applicable by Bankruptcy Rule 7004, if no address exists in the Debtors books and records, no Proof of Claim has been Filed and the Distribution Agent has not received a written notice of address or change of address on or before the date that is 10 days before the Effective Date; or (3) on any counsel that has appeared in the Chapter 11 Cases on the Holder’s behalf. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, including Article VI.D of the Plan, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Distribution Agent shall not incur any liability whatsoever on account of any Distributions under the Plan, including for the avoidance of doubt, Distributions to the Holding Period Trust.

 

53


  b.

Compliance Matters

In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all Distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the Distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding Distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such Distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate. The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate all Distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.

 

  c.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate

Except as otherwise provided in a Final Order, as of the Effective Date, any Claim asserted in currency other than U.S. dollars shall, for the purposes of determining the amount of a Distribution be automatically deemed converted to the equivalent U.S. dollar value using the exchange rate for the applicable currency as displayed by Bloomberg L.P. or, if that rate is not available, as published in The Wall Street Journal, National Edition, as of a date to be agreed by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Majority Participating Lenders, and the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

 

  d.

Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed Distributions

If any Distribution to a Holder of an Allowed Claim or Interest is returned to the Distribution Agent as undeliverable, no further Distributions shall be made to such Holder unless and until the Distribution Agent is notified in writing of such Holder’s then-current address or other necessary information for delivery, at which time all currently due missed Distributions shall be made to such Holder on the next Distribution Date. Undeliverable Distributions shall remain in the possession of the Reorganized Debtors until such time as a Distribution becomes deliverable, or such Distribution reverts to the Reorganized Debtors or is cancelled pursuant to Article VI.D.(c) of the Plan, and shall not be supplemented with any interest, dividends, or other accruals of any kind.

Any Distribution under the Plan, other than with respect to the Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes, that is an unclaimed Distribution for a period of six months after Distribution shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and such unclaimed Distribution shall revest in the applicable Reorganized Debtor and, to the extent such unclaimed Distribution is not Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes, as applicable, shall be deemed cancelled. Upon such revesting, the Claim or Interest of any holder or its successors with respect to such property shall be cancelled, discharged, and forever barred notwithstanding any applicable federal or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws, or any provisions in any document governing the Distribution that is an unclaimed Distribution, to the contrary.

 

54


Noteholder Ordinary Shares and Exchange Notes will be issued directly to any Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim (or its Nominee(s)) that has confirmed its details (including details of a securities account that is compatible with Euroclear Sweden) to the Distribution Agent by no later than the date falling 10 Business Days prior to the Effective Date (or such other time and date as the Debtor and the Majority Core Noteholder Group may agree). Any Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim that has not confirmed its details by this date shall accept that its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and Exchange Notes may instead be transferred to the Holding Period Trust.

If any Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim is unable, owing to fund constitutional or binding governance reasons, to receive its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes or to nominate a Nominee to receive its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes, such Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes may be transferred to the Holding Period Trust. Any unclaimed Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes held by the trustee at the end of such fixed period shall be liquidated and the net proceeds held on trust for a further fixed period for such Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim to claim. Upon the expiry of the later fixed period, the trustee will deliver any unclaimed proceeds to the Debtor.

 

  e.

Surrender of Cancelled Instruments or Securities

On the Effective Date, each Holder of a Certificate shall be deemed to have surrendered such Certificate to the Distribution Agent. Such Certificate shall be cancelled solely with respect to the Debtors (other than any Certificate that survives and is not cancelled pursuant to the Plan), and such cancellation shall not alter the obligations or rights of any non-Debtor third parties vis-à-vis one another with respect to such Certificate. Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, Article VI of the Plan shall not apply to any Claims and Interests Reinstated pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

5. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

 

  a.

Claims Paid by Third Parties

A Claim shall be reduced in full, and such Claim shall be disallowed without an objection to such Claim having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor. To the extent a holder of a Claim receives a Distribution on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim, such Holder shall repay, return or deliver any Distribution held by or transferred to the holder to the applicable Reorganized Debtor to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such Distribution under the Plan; provided that the foregoing shall not prejudice such third party’s rights (including, for the avoidance of doubt, subrogation rights) with respect to the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors.

 

55


  b.

Claims Payable by Insurance Carriers

No Distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ Insurers agrees to satisfy in full a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such Insurers’ agreement, such Claim may be expunged to the extent of any agreed upon satisfaction on the Claims Register by the Notice and Claims Agent without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

  c.

Applicability of Insurance Policies

Except as otherwise provided herein, Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of an applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including Insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such Insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such Insurers.

6. Setoffs

Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, each Reorganized Debtor, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code (including section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code), applicable non-bankruptcy law, or as may be agreed to by the Holder of a Claim, may set off or recoup against any Allowed Claim (other than an Allowed Claim held by a Consenting Creditor) and the Distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of such Allowed Claim (before any Distribution is made on account of such Allowed Claim), any claims, rights, and Causes of Action of any nature that such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, may hold against the Holder of such Allowed Claim, to the extent such claims, rights, or Causes of Action against such Holder have not been otherwise compromised or settled on or prior to the Effective Date (whether pursuant to the Plan or otherwise); provided, however, that neither the failure to effect such a setoff or recoupment nor the allowance of any Claim pursuant to the Plan shall constitute a waiver or release by such Reorganized Debtor of any such claims, rights, and Causes of Action that such Reorganized Debtor may possess against such Holder; provided, further, that such Holder may contest any such set off by a Reorganized Debtor in the Bankruptcy Court or any other court of competent jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, any such right of set off may be preserved by Filing a Proof of Claim related to such right of set off prior to the Effective Date.

7. Allocation Between Principal and Accrued Interest

Except as otherwise provided herein, the aggregate consideration paid to Holders with respect to their Allowed Claims shall be treated pursuant to the Plan as allocated first to the principal amount of such Allowed Claims (to the extent thereof) and, thereafter, to the interest, if any, on such Allowed Claim accrued through the Effective Date.

 

56


8. Minimum Distributions

No (a) fractional shares of Noteholder Ordinary Shares or (b) fractional New Money Notes or Exchange Notes shall be distributed, and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts. Whenever any payment or Distribution of a (a) fraction of a dollar or (b) fractional New Money Note or Exchange Notes under the Plan would otherwise be called for, such payment or Distribution shall be rounded as follows: (x) fractions of one-half (1/2) or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number; and (y) fractions of less than one-half (1/2) shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment or Distribution therefore. The total number of authorized New Money Notes, and/or Exchange Notes, as applicable, shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding, subject to any minimum denominations required under the Exchange Notes or the New Money Notes, as the case may be.

Whenever any payment or Distribution of a fraction of a dollar or fractional share of Noteholder Ordinary Shares under the Plan would otherwise be called for, the actual payment or Distribution will reflect a rounding down of such fraction to the nearest whole dollar or share of Noteholder Ordinary Shares, with half dollars and half shares of Noteholder Ordinary Shares or less being rounded down.

H. Procedures for Resolving Disputed Claims

1. Disputed Claims Generally

Notwithstanding section 502(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise set forth in the Plan or Combined Order, Holders of Claims, other than Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, need not File Proofs of Claim with the Bankruptcy Court, and the Reorganized Debtors and Holders of Claims shall determine, adjudicate, and resolve any disputes over the validity and amounts of such Claims as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced. The Holders of Claims other than Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall not be subject to any Claims resolution process in the Bankruptcy Court. Except for Proofs of Claim in respect of Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, any Filed Claim, regardless of the time of filing, and including Claims Filed after the Effective Date, shall be deemed withdrawn. From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may satisfy, dispute, settle, or otherwise compromise any Claim without approval of the Bankruptcy Court

2. Objections to Claims

Except insofar as a Claim is Allowed under the Plan, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be entitled to object to Claims. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses that the Debtors had with regard to any Claim or Interest. Any objections to Claims shall be served and Filed on or before the later of (i) one (1) year after the Effective Date and (ii) such later date as may be fixed by the Bankruptcy Court. The expiration of such period shall not limit or affect the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to dispute Claims other than through an objection to a Claim or to Proof of such Claim.

 

57


3. Estimation of Claims

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and subject to the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group, not to be unreasonably withheld, may (i) determine, resolve, and otherwise adjudicate all contingent, unliquidated, and Disputed Claims in the Bankruptcy Court and (ii) at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code regardless of whether the Debtors previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection. The Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim, including, without limitation, at any time during litigation concerning any objection to any Claim or during the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim, the amount so estimated shall constitute either the Allowed amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on the Allowed amount of such Claim, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court. If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum limitation on the Allowed amount of such Claim, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may pursue supplementary proceedings to object to the allowance of such Claim.

4. Disallowance of Claims

Any Claims held by Entities from which property is recoverable under sections 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under sections 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed Disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any Distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity have been settled or a Bankruptcy Court order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors

5. No Distributions Pending Allowance

If an objection, motion to estimate, or other challenge to a Claim is Filed, no payment or Distribution provided under the Plan shall be made on account of such Claim unless and until (and only to the extent that) such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

6. Distributions after Allowance

To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim, Distributions (if any) shall be made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, including the treatment provisions provided in Article IV of the Plan.

7. Claims Resolution Procedures Cumulative

All of the Claims, objection, estimation, and resolution procedures in the Plan are intended to be cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims may be estimated and subsequently settled, compromised, withdrawn, or resolved in accordance with the Plan without further notice or Bankruptcy Court approval.

 

58


8. Single Satisfaction of Claims

In no case shall the aggregate value of all property received or retained under the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim or Interest exceed 100 percent of the underlying Allowed Claim or Interest plus applicable interest required to be paid hereunder, if any

I. Settlement, Release, Injunction, and Related Provisions

1. Compromise and Settlement

Upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan that a Claim or an Interest Holder may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or any distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, including pursuant to the transactions set forth in the Agreed Steps Plan. Entry of the Combined Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise or settlement of all such Allowed Claims, Allowed Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise, settlement and transactions are in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests, and is fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness. Subject to the provisions of the Plan governing distributions, all distributions made to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.

In accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, without any further notice to, or action, order, or approval of, the Bankruptcy Court, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may, in their sole and absolute discretion, compromise and settle (1) Claims (including Causes of Action) against and Interests in the Debtors not previously Allowed (if any) and (2) claims (including Causes of Action) against other Entities.

2. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, the Distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims, Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate to services performed by employees of the Debtors prior to the Effective Date and that arise from a termination of employment, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (a) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or

 

59


deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (c) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. The Combined Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

3. Release of Liens

Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to the New Security Documents, the Plan, the Combined Order, or any other contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable Distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, except for Other Secured Claims that the Debtors elect to Reinstate in accordance with Article III.B. of the Plan and any existing mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates or the Debtors’ affiliates for the benefit of Holders of RCF Claims, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns, other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Liens and security interests granted pursuant to, or in connection with, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents or the Security Documents (as defined in the Notes Amendments Documents). Any Holder of such Secured Claim (and the applicable agents for such Holder) shall be authorized and directed, at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtors, to release any collateral or other property of any Debtor (including any cash collateral and possessory collateral) held by such Holder (and the applicable agents for such Holder), and to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Reorganized Debtors to evidence the release of such Lien, including the execution, delivery, and filing or recording of such releases. The presentation or filing of the Combined Order to or with any federal, state, provincial, or local agency or department shall constitute good and sufficient evidence of, but shall not be required to effect, the termination of such Liens.

4. Releases by the Debtors

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Combined Order, pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, as of the Effective Date, each Released Party is deemed released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and their Estates from any and all Causes of Action, including any Avoidance Actions and derivative claims asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Cause of Action against, or Interest in, a Debtor or other Entity, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among the Debtors or between the Debtors

 

60


and their non-Debtor Affiliates, the Facility Agreement, the Facility Agreement Documents, the Prepetition Finance Documents, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents or the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or Distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the Distribution of property under the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, or any other related agreement, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (i) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Rights Offering Documents (including the Backstop Agreement), the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, or any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (ii) any Causes of Action specifically retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, (iii) any Cause of Action that is judicially determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct gross negligence of an Entity other than a Debtor, (iv) any Cause of Action against a Released Party arising from any obligations owed to or by the Debtors pursuant to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is not otherwise rejected by the Debtors pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code before, after, or as of the Effective Date, (v) any Cause of Action that is of a commercial nature and arising in the ordinary course of business, such as accounts receivable and accounts payable on account of goods and services being performed, or (vi) any Cause of Action against a Holder of a Disputed Claim to the extent necessary to administer and resolve such Disputed Claim solely in accordance with the Plan.

5. Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Combined Order, as of the Effective Date, each Releasing Party is deemed to have released and discharged each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, and Released Party from any and all Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, including any derivative claims asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among the Debtors or between the Debtors and their non-Debtor Affiliates, the Facility Agreement, the Facility Agreement

 

61


Documents, the Prepetition Finance Documents, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, or the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or Distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the Distribution of property under the Plan, or the Lock-Up Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (i) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Rights Offering Documents (including the Backstop Agreement), the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, or any other document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (ii) any Causes of Action specifically retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, (iii) any Cause of Action that is judicially determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, (iv) any Cause of Action against a Released Party arising from any obligations owed to or by the Debtors pursuant to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is not otherwise rejected by the Debtors pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code before, after, or as of the Effective Date, (v) any Cause of Action that is of a commercial nature and arising in the ordinary course of business, such as accounts receivable and accounts payable on account of goods and services being performed, or (vi) any Cause of Action against a Holder of a Disputed Claim to the extent necessary to administer and resolve such Disputed Claim solely in accordance with the Plan.

6. Exculpation

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or the Combined Order, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is released and exculpated from any and all Causes of Action whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising in law, equity, contract, tort or otherwise, for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among the Debtors or between the Debtors and their non-Debtor Affiliates, the Facility Agreement, the Prepetition Finance Documents, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Plan, or any

 

62


Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the Distribution of property under the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, or any other related agreement, except for claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, but in all respects such Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the Plan. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of votes and Distribution of consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such Distributions shall not be, liable at any time for (i) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (ii) any Causes of Action specifically retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, (iii) any Cause of Action (other than a Cause of Action against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any Related Party of the Debtors) unknown to such Exculpated Party as of the Effective Date that arises out of actual fraud or gross negligence of an Entity other than such Exculpated Party, or (iv) the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such Distributions made pursuant to the Plan.

7. Injunction

Upon entry of the Combined Order, all Persons and Entities shall be enjoined from taking any actions to interfere with the implementation or consummation of the Plan or the vesting of the Estates’ assets in, and the enjoyment of such assets by, the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Plan.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or for obligations issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Combined Order, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold claims or interests that have been released, discharged, or are subject to exculpation are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions (collectively, the “Covered Matters”) against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Exculpated Parties, or the Released Parties (the “Covered Entities”): (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (b) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (c) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (d) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation

 

63


due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests unless such Holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to perform such setoff on or before the Effective Date, and notwithstanding an indication of a claim or interest or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable law or otherwise; and (e) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan.

With respect to any Covered Entity, no Entity or Person may commence or continue any action, employ any process, or take any other act to pursue, collect, recover or offset any Claim, Interest, debt, obligation, or Cause of Action relating or reasonably likely to relate to any act or commission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of a Covered Matter (including one that alleges the actual fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct of a Covered Entity), unless expressly authorized by the Bankruptcy Court after (1) it determines, after a notice and a hearing, such Claim, Interest, debt, obligation, or Cause of Action is colorable and (2) it specifically authorizes such Entity or Person to bring such Claim or Cause of Action. The Bankruptcy Court shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether any such Claim, Interest, debt, obligation or Cause of Action is colorable and, only to the extent legally permissible and as provided for in Article XI, shall have jurisdiction to adjudicate such underlying colorable Claim, Interest, debt, obligation, or Cause of Action.

J. Conditions to Effective Date

The following are conditions to the Effective Date that must be satisfied or waived in accordance with Article IX.B of the Plan:

 

  (1)

the Combined Order in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders shall be a Final Order;

 

  (2)

the Transaction Documents and the New Security Documents, shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders (with all conditions precedent thereto having been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date);

 

  (3)

the Backstop Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not have terminated pursuant to its terms;

 

  (4)

the Rights Offering shall have been conducted, in all material respects, in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures;

 

  (5)

issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares (with all conditions precedent thereto having been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date), in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

64


  (6)

all conditions precedent to the issuance of the Exchange Notes have been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date, in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  (7)

all conditions precedent to the issuance of the New Money Notes have been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date, in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  (8)

all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the SSRCF have been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date, in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  (9)

all other applicable Definitive Documents shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders (with all conditions precedent thereto having been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date);

 

  (10)

the establishment and funding of the Professional Fee Escrow Account;

 

  (11)

payment of all fees, costs and expenses required to be paid under the Lock-Up Agreement, the Backstop Agreement, and the other Transaction Documents and in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, including the Restructuring Expenses (to the extent not already paid);

 

  (12)

the Swedish Reorganisation Plan Confirmation shall have occurred and shall be a Final Order;

 

  (13)

all payments in Cash due pursuant to the Treatment in Class 3 and pursuant to the Treatment in Class 5 shall have been paid in full in Cash;

 

  (14)

the Agreed Steps Plan and evidence that steps and transactions referred to therein as steps/transactions to be undertaken on or prior to the Effective Date shall have been or will be duly completed to the satisfaction of Majority Core Noteholder Group and Majority Participating Lenders in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  (15)

all requisite governmental authorities and third parties will have approved or consented to the Restructuring Transactions and any applicable waiting period under applicable law (including with respect to anti-trust laws) shall have expired, in either case, to the extent required;

 

65


  (16)

no court of competent jurisdiction or other competent governmental or regulatory authority shall have issued any order making illegal or otherwise preventing or prohibiting the consummation of any Restructuring Transactions.

 

  (17)

the Debtors shall have implemented the Restructuring Transactions and all transactions contemplated by, and in accordance with, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Plan; and

 

  (18)

either:

 

  (i)

the Lock-Up Agreement shall not have been terminated and shall remain in full force and effect; or

 

  (ii)

 

  (a)

on or before May 30, 2025 the Debtors shall have delivered the Swedish RP Certificate to the Consenting Creditors;

 

  (b)

the Lock-Up Agreement shall not have been terminated other than pursuant to clause 8.1(b) (Automatic Termination) of the Lock-Up Agreement and such termination shall have occurred not more than 122 days before the Effective Date; and

 

  (c)

the Company shall have delivered to the Consenting Creditors a LUA Compliance Certificate; 

 

  (d)

no event or circumstance has occurred which (with the expiry of any grace period, the giving of any notice or any combination of the foregoing) would have resulted in a termination right arising in favor of (i) the Majority Core Noteholder Group or the Majority Participating Lenders under paragraphs (c) to (e) of Clause 8.3 (Voluntary termination) or 8.5 (Termination by Participating Lenders with respect to Participating Lenders only) of the Lock-Up Agreement or (ii) the Majority Participating Lenders or the Majority Consenting Noteholders under paragraph (f) of Clause 8.3 (Voluntary termination) of the Lock-Up Agreement (in each case, as if it had not already terminated) and none of the Majority Core Noteholder Group, the Majority Participating Lenders nor the Majority Consenting Noteholders have delivered notice to the Company confirming that it or they would have terminated the Lock-Up Agreement on the basis of such event or circumstance if the Lock-Up Agreement had still been in full force and effect; and

 

  (e)

neither the Majority Core Noteholder Group nor the Majority Participating Lenders have delivered an Effective Date Failed CP Notice to the Company.

 

66


K. Waiver of Conditions

The Debtors, with the prior written consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders, may waive any of the conditions to the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A of the Plan at any time or as otherwise provided in the Lock-Up Agreement without any notice to any other parties in interest and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and without any formal action other than proceeding to confirm and consummate the Plan. The failure of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or the Consenting Creditors to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any other rights, and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right, which may be asserted at any time.

L. Modification, Revocation, or Withdrawal of Plan

1. Modification of the Plan

Subject to the limitations and terms contained in the Plan, the Debtors reserve the right to (1) amend or modify the Plan before the entry of the Combined Order consistent with the terms set forth herein, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules; and (2) after the entry of the Combined Order, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may, upon order of the Bankruptcy Court, amend or modify the Plan, in accordance with section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, subject to the Lock-Up Agreement, to remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner as may be necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan consistent with the terms set forth herein, in each case set forth in the preceding clauses (1) and (2) with the prior written consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group. The Debtors must give counsel to the Consenting Creditors (or, if a Consenting Creditor does not have counsel, to such Consenting Creditor) at least five (5) Business Days’ advance notice, or otherwise as much notice as is reasonably practicable, prior to withdrawing the Plan.

2. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

Entry of the Combined Order shall constitute approval of all modifications to the Plan occurring after the solicitation thereof pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and a finding that such modifications to the Plan do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

3. Withdrawal of Plan

The Debtors reserve the right, subject to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement and the approval rights of the parties set forth therein, to revoke or withdraw the Plan with respect to any or all Debtors before the Confirmation Date and to File subsequent chapter 11 plans. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation or the Effective Date does not occur, then: (1) the Plan will be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan, assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effectuated by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant hereto will be null and void in all respects; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action by any Entity, (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Debtor or any other

 

67


Entity, or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by any Debtor or any other Entity; provided, however, that all provisions of the Lock-Up Agreement that survive the termination of these agreements (each, according to its terms) shall remain in effect in accordance with the terms thereof.

M. Retention of Jurisdiction

Notwithstanding the entry of the Combined Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases or the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, which shall be exclusive jurisdiction within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States, including jurisdiction to:

 

  (1)

subject to Article VII.A of the Plan, allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Claim or Interest and the resolution of any and all objections to the secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or Interests;

 

  (2)

decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;

 

  (3)

resolve any matters related to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, including: (a) the assumption or assumption and assignment of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Cure or Claims arising therefrom, including pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; and (c) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or expired;

 

  (4)

ensure that Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to Distributions under the Plan;

 

  (5)

adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date;

 

  (6)

enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of (a) contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents approved by Final Order in the Chapter 11 Cases and (b) the Plan, the Combined Order, and contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan;

 

68


  (7)

enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  (8)

grant any consensual request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  (9)

issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;

 

  (10)

hear, determine, and resolve any cases, matters, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action in connection with or in any way related to the Chapter 11 Cases, including: (a) with respect to the repayment or return of Distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a Claim or an Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI of the Plan; (b) with respect to the releases, injunctions, and other provisions contained in Article VIII of the Plan, including entry of such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions; (c) that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan and the Combined Order; or (d) related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  (11)

decide and resolve all matters related to the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes and the execution of the Transaction Documents;

 

  (12)

enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Combined Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;

 

  (13)

consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Combined Order;

 

  (14)

hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  (15)

enter an order or Final Decree concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases;

 

  (16)

enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and

 

  (17)

hear and determine any other matters related to the Chapter 11 Cases and not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code or title 28 of the United States Code.

provided, in each case, that the Bankruptcy Court shall not retain jurisdiction over matters arising from agreements or documents (or performance under agreements or documents) contained in the Plan Supplement or any Definitive Documents, in each case, that have a jurisdictional, forum selection, or dispute resolution clause that refers matters to or permits a Person to bring actions before a different court or forum, and any matters arising from agreements or documents (or performance under any agreements or documents) contained in the Plan Supplement or any other Definitive Documents that contain such clauses shall be governed in accordance with the

 

69


provisions of such agreements or documents; provided, further, that if the Bankruptcy Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter arising in, arising under, or related to the Chapter 11 Cases, the provisions of this Article XI shall have no effect upon and shall not control, prohibit, or limit the exercise of jurisdiction by any other court having jurisdiction with respect to such matter.

SECTION V.

VOTING PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS

If you are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, you should receive a Ballot for the purpose of voting on the Plan. If you hold Claims you are entitled to vote in more than one Class, you will receive separate Ballots to use for voting in each such Class. If you are entitled to vote and did not receive a Ballot, received a damaged Ballot, or lost your Ballot, please contact the Voting Agent by e-mail at Intrumballots@ra.kroll.com.

Before voting to accept or reject the Plan, you should carefully review the Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and described in Section IV, titled “Summary of Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan.”

As applicable, an Opt-Out Election Form or Ballot will be provided to you. The Opt-Out Election Form or Ballot, as applicable, will provide you with the option to not grant the releases contained in Article VIII of the Plan to the extent the releases are applicable to you. You must complete and timely return the Opt-Out Election Form or Ballot, as applicable, to the Voting Agent by the Voting Deadline in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Opt-Out Election Form or Ballot, as applicable, for your opt-out to be valid; OTHERWISE, YOU WILL BE DEEMED TO CONSENT TO AND BE BOUND BY THE RELEASES SET FORTH IN THE PLAN IF THEY ARE APPLICABLE TO YOU. Please review the additional information set forth in this Disclosure Statement, the Opt-Out Election Form or Ballot, as applicable, the Plan, and any other documents related to the Chapter 11 Cases that you may receive from time to time. Please be advised that your decision to opt out of the releases in Article VIII of the Plan does not affect the amount of distribution you will receive under the Plan.

A. Voting Deadline

For your vote to be considered for purposes of accepting or rejecting the Plan, your Ballot must be actually received by the Voting Agent no later than the Voting Deadline of 4:00 p.m., prevailing Central Time, on November 13, 2024. The Debtors expressly reserve the right to extend the Voting Deadline by oral or written notice to the Voting Agent. The Debtors will not have any obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any such extension, other than by filing a notice of such extension on the docket and/or posting notice on the Voting Agent’s solicitation website at https://cases.ra.kroll.com/IntrumAB. There can be no assurance that the Debtors will exercise this right to extend the solicitation period and Voting Deadline.

 

70


UNLESS YOUR BALLOT IS ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE VOTING AGENT ON OR PRIOR TO THE VOTING DEADLINE, SUCH BALLOT WILL NOT BE COUNTED AS AN ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE DEBTORS RESERVE THE RIGHT TO ACCEPT AND COUNT SUCH LATE BALLOT. IN NO CASE SHOULD A BALLOT BE DELIVERED TO ANY ENTITY OTHER THAN THE VOTING AGENT.

You must complete and return your Ballot(s) in accordance with the instructions set forth on the applicable Ballot(s). Votes may not be transmitted orally, by facsimile, or by any means other than those contemplated in the Ballot(s) or voting instructions.

B. Voting Record Date

Consistent with the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 3018(b), the Debtors have fixed October 15, 2024, as the “Voting Record Date” for the determination of which Holders of record of the Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Only Holders of record as of the Voting Record Date are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

C. Parties Entitled to Vote

Under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, not all parties in interest are entitled to vote on a chapter 11 plan. Creditors or equity interest holders whose claims or interests are not Impaired by a plan are deemed to accept the plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and are not entitled to vote. Under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, a class of claims or interests is deemed to be “Impaired” under a plan unless (i) the plan leaves unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which such claim or interest entitles the Holder thereof or (ii) notwithstanding any legal right to an accelerated payment of such claim or interest, the plan cures all existing defaults (other than defaults resulting from the occurrence of events of bankruptcy) and reinstates the maturity of such claim or interest as it existed before the default.

Creditors and equity interest Holders whose Claims or Interests are Impaired by a plan, but who will neither receive nor retain any property under a plan, are also not entitled to vote because they are deemed to have rejected a plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.

As mentioned above, the Debtors are soliciting votes on the Plan only from the Holders of Claims in Classes 3 and 5, which are Impaired and receiving a distribution under the Plan.

D. Ballots

Each Ballot is marked to indicate the Class into which your Claim has been placed under the Plan. All votes to accept or reject the Plan must be cast by completing and submitting the appropriate Ballot in accordance with the instructions set forth on such Ballot, or for Holders of Notes Claims in Class 5, in accordance with the instructions provided by your Nominee. Ballots must be delivered to the Voting Agent in accordance with the instructions set forth on the applicable Ballot or voting instructions, as applicable, and actually received by the Voting Deadline.33

 

33 

In connection with the solicitation of votes on the Plan, the proposed Voting Agent’s SWIFT-enabled affiliate, Kroll Issuer Services (UK) (“KIS UK”), is authorized to submit a Master Ballot on behalf of (and at the direction of) Euroclear and/or Clearstream following customary practices. Any instructions submitted in solicitations of votes on the Plan to Euroclear and/or Clearstream with respect to the Class 5 Notes Claims, will be forwarded by Euroclear and/or Clearstream to KIS UK, which will share such information with the Voting Agent.

 

71


In order to be counted as votes to accept or reject the Plan, all Ballots must be properly executed, completed, and delivered via by first class mail, overnight courier, email or personal delivery so that the Ballots are actually received by the Voting Agent on or before the Voting Deadline. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF YOUR BALLOT(S) IS AT YOUR ELECTION AND RISK. If such delivery is by mail, it is recommended that you use an air courier with a guaranteed next day delivery or registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.

If you are entitled to vote and you did not receive a Ballot, received a damaged Ballot, or lost your Ballot, please contact the Voting Agent by e-mail at Intrumballots@ra.kroll.com

Holders of Claims voting on the Plan should be sure to check the appropriate box entitled “ACCEPT (VOTE FOR) THE PLAN” or “REJECT (VOTE AGAINST) THE PLAN.” Any executed Ballot that does not indicate either acceptance or rejection of the Plan, or that indicates both acceptance and rejection of the Plan, will not be counted.

To the extent a person or entity holds multiple Claims in a particular Class, the Voting Agent will aggregate such Holder’s Claims for purposes of counting votes.

E. Agreements upon Furnishing Ballots

The delivery of a Ballot to the Voting Agent by a Holder of a Claim voting to accept the Plan will constitute the agreement of such Holder to accept (i) all of the terms of, and conditions to, the solicitation and (ii) all terms of the Plan; provided, however, that all parties in interest retain their right to object to confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code.

A vote on the Plan may be disregarded if the Bankruptcy Court determines, pursuant to section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, that it was not solicited or procured in good faith or in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

F. Withdrawal or Change of Votes on the Plan

Any claimholder who has submitted a properly completed Ballot to the Voting Agent may change its vote by submitting, prior to the Voting Deadline, a subsequent, properly completed Ballot. If more than one timely, properly completed Ballot is received with respect to the same Claim, the Ballot that will be counted will be the Ballot that the Voting Agent determines in its sole discretion was the last to be received.

 

72


Except as may be provided in the Lock-Up Agreement, no vote may be withdrawn after the Voting Deadline, without the prior consent of the Debtors.

G. Fiduciaries and Other Representatives

If a Ballot is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation, or another Entity acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such Entity should indicate such capacity when signing and, if requested by the Debtors, will be required to submit proper evidence of authority to so act satisfactory to the Debtors.

H. Waivers of Defects, Irregularities, etc.

Unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance, and revocation or withdrawal of the Ballots will be determined by the Debtors in their sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding on all parties.

The Debtors reserve the right to reject any and all Ballots not in proper form or improperly delivered. Unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, delivery of a Ballot will not be deemed to have occurred until any irregularities have been cured or waived; provided, however, that the Debtors may waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular Ballot. Neither the Debtors nor any other person, including the Voting Agent, will have any duty to provide notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the Ballots, nor will any of them incur any liabilities for failure to provide such notification.

I. Further Information, Additional Copies

If you have any questions or require further information about the voting procedures or about the Solicitation Package, or if you wish to obtain an additional copy of the Plan, this Disclosure Statement, or any exhibits to such documents (at your own expense, unless otherwise specifically required by of Bankruptcy Rule 3017(d)), please contact the Voting Agent by e-mail at Intrumballots@ra.kroll.com.

SECTION VI.

CONFIRMATION OF PLAN

A. Combined Hearing

On, or as promptly as practicable after commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors will request that the Bankruptcy Court schedule the Combined Hearing. Notice of the Combined Hearing will be provided to all known creditors and equity interest Holders. The Combined Hearing may be adjourned from time to time without further notice except for an announcement of the adjourned date made at the Combined Hearing or any subsequent adjourned Combined Hearing.

 

73


Section 1128(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that any party in interest may object to confirmation of a plan. Any objection to the confirmation of the Plan must (i) be in writing, (ii) conform to the Bankruptcy Rules, (iii) set forth the name of the objecting party, the nature of Claims or Interests held or asserted by the objecting party, (iv) state with particularity the legal and factual basis for the objection, and (v) be filed with the Bankruptcy Court, together with proof of service thereof, and served so as to be received no later than the date and time designated in the notice of the Combined Hearing.

The procedures for filing objections to confirmation of the Plan shall be determined by the Bankruptcy Court after the Chapter 11 Cases are commenced.

B. Requirements for Confirmation of Plan – Consensual Confirmation

At the Combined Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will confirm the Plan only if all of the requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code are met. Some of these requirements are discussed below.

1. Acceptance by At Least One Impaired Class of Claims

Pursuant to section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code, at least one Impaired Class of Claims must vote to accept the Plan. An Impaired Class of Claims is deemed to have accepted the Plan if it is accepted by the Holders of at least two-thirds in amount and more than one-half in number of the Claims that have voted on the Plan.

2. Feasibility

Pursuant to section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Court must determine, among other things, that confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by the liquidation or need for further financial reorganization of the Debtors or any successors to the Debtors. This condition is often referred to as the “feasibility” of the Plan.

For purposes of determining whether the Plan meets this requirement, the Debtors, in consultation with their financial advisors, have analyzed the ability of the Reorganized Debtors to meet their obligations under the Plan. As part of that analysis, the Debtors have prepared consolidated projected financial results (the “Financial Projections”) for each of the fiscal years through 2028.

The Debtors have prepared the Financial Projections based upon certain assumptions and the assessments of market experts the Debtors believe to be reasonable at the time of preparation. The Financial Projections have not been examined or compiled by independent accountants. Many of the assumptions on which the Financial Projections are based are subject to significant uncertainties. Inevitably, some assumptions will not materialize, and unanticipated events and circumstances may affect the actual financial results. Therefore, the actual results achieved throughout the period covered by the Financial Projections may vary from the projected results, and the variations may be material. All Holders of Claims that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan are urged to examine carefully all of the assumptions on which the Financial Projections are based in evaluating the feasibility of the Plan.

The Financial Projections, and the assumptions on which they are based, are attached hereto as Exhibit D.

 

74


3. Best Interests Test

Unless an Impaired Class of Claims accepts the Plan unanimously, section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court to determine that the Plan is in the best interests of the dissenting Holders of Claims in such Class. This “best interests” test must show that each Holder of an Impaired Claim in such Class will receive property under the Plan with a value that is not less than such Holder would receive if the Debtors were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date.

To estimate the potential recoveries to Holders of Claims and Interests in a chapter 7 liquidation, the Bankruptcy Court would first have to estimate the amount of liquidation proceeds that might be available for distribution based on the relative priority of Claims and Interests as set forth in the Bankruptcy Code.

The amount of liquidation proceeds available for Distribution to Holders of unsecured Claims would be reduced by, first, the Claims of secured creditors to the extent of the value of their respective collateral and, second, the administrative and other priority claims allowed in chapter 7, including the costs and expenses of liquidation, such as the compensation of a chapter 7 trustee, as well as of counsel and other professionals retained by the trustee, asset disposition expenses, applicable taxes, litigation costs, and all unpaid administrative expenses incurred in the Chapter 11 Cases allowed in the chapter 7 cases, such as compensation of counsel and other professionals retained by the Debtors and obligations arising from the Debtors’ operations during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases. The liquidation itself would accelerate certain priority payments that otherwise would be due in the original course of business. Those priority claims would have to be paid in full from the liquidation proceeds before the balance would be made available to pay unsecured Claims or to make any distribution in respect of Interests. The liquidation would also prompt the rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases, resulting in a significantly greater amount of General Unsecured Claims.

Once the Bankruptcy Court ascertains the potential recoveries to the Debtors’ creditors in chapter 7, it would then compare it to the respective distributions to such creditors provided under the Plan. If the probable distribution to a Class under chapter 7 has a value greater than the value of the distribution to be received by the members of such Class under the Plan, then the Plan is not in the best interests of creditors and cannot be confirmed.

The Liquidation Analysis attached hereto as Exhibit E demonstrates that each Holder of a Claim or Interest in an Impaired Class will receive at least as much, if not more, under the Plan as such Holder would receive if the Debtors were liquidated under chapter 7.

C. Requirements for Confirmation of Plan – Non-Consensual Confirmation

The Bankruptcy Code permits the Bankruptcy Court to confirm the Plan over the dissent of any Impaired Class of Claims or Interests as long as the remaining standards in section 1129(a) and section 1129(b) are met. This power to confirm a plan over dissenting classes is often referred to as a “cram down.” It ensures that no single class of claims or interests can block a restructuring that otherwise meets the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code and is accepted by the other case constituents.

 

75


The Bankruptcy Court may confirm the Plan despite the rejection (or deemed rejection) by any Impaired Class of Claims or Interests if the Plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to such Class.

1. Unfair Discrimination

In general, a bankruptcy court will consider whether a plan provides different treatment to classes of claims of the same legal character and equal rank. The test does not require that the treatment be exactly the same, but that, to the extent such treatment is different, the discrimination be “fair.” Bankruptcy courts will take into account a number of factors in determining whether a plan discriminates unfairly.

2. Fair and Equitable Test

To be fair and equitable with respect to a dissenting class of impaired secured claims, a chapter 11 plan must provide that each Holder in such class either (a) retains its liens on the property subject to such liens (or if sold, on the proceeds thereof) to the extent of the allowed amount of its secured claim and receives deferred cash payments having a value, as of consummation of the chapter 11 plan, of at least such allowed amount or (b) receives the “indubitable equivalent” of its secured claim.

To be fair and equitable with respect to a dissenting class of impaired unsecured creditors, a chapter 11 plan must provide that either (a) each Holder in such class receives or retains property having a value, as of consummation of the plan, equal to the allowed amount of its unsecured claim or (b) the Holders of claims and interests that are junior to the claims of the dissenting class will not receive or retain any property under the chapter 11 plan.

To be fair and equitable with respect to a dissenting class of impaired equity interest Holders, a chapter 11 plan must provide that either (a) each Holder in such class receives or retains property having a value, as of consummation of the chapter 11 plan, equal to the greater of (i) the allowed amount of any fixed liquidation preference or fixed redemption price of its interest and (ii) the value of its interest or (b) the Holders of interests that are junior to the interests of the dissenting class will not receive or retain any property under the chapter 11 plan.

The Debtors submit, and will demonstrate in the memorandum of law they will file in connection with Confirmation, that the Plan is fair and equitable and does not discriminate unfairly with respect to the Holders of Claims and Interests, as applicable.

SECTION VII.

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the consummation of the Plan to holders of RCF Claims or Notes Claims (collectively, the “Addressed Claims”). The following discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders of Claims who are Unimpaired or who are not entitled to vote because they are deemed to accept or reject the Plan. In addition, this discussion does not address the receipt of Applicable Noteholder Consent Fees, RCF Fees, Backstop Fees or any other consideration being received on account of a person’s capacity other than as a holder of a Claim as consideration for their Claim pursuant to the Plan nor does it address tax issues relating to the ownership or disposition of the New Money Notes.

 

76


This discussion is limited to U.S. Holders (defined below) of Addressed Claims, who hold their Addressed Claims as capital assets for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This discussion does not address rules relating to special categories of holders, including financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, traders in securities that elect to mark- to-market, persons subject to special accounting rules under section 451(b) of the Code, U.S. expatriates, investors that hold Addressed Claims as part of a straddle, hedging, constructive sale or conversion transaction, holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar or holders who will actually or constructively own 5% or more of the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company (by either vote or value). The discussion does not address any U.S. state, local or foreign taxes, the “Medicare” tax on net investment income, any U.S. federal alternative minimum tax or any other U.S. federal tax other than the U.S. federal income tax.

Generally, the Plan is not expected to have any material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the Debtors. Accordingly, this discussion does not address any U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to the implementation of the Plan to the Debtors.

The discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences below is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code (“Treasury Regulations”), judicial authorities, published positions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date of this Disclosure Statement and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the contemplated transactions are complex and subject to significant uncertainties. Holders should note that no rulings from the IRS have been sought with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed below, and no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court will not take contrary positions.

This discussion is not a comprehensive description of all of the U.S. federal tax consequences that may be relevant with respect to the Plan. U.S Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their particular circumstances and the U.S. federal tax consequences with respect to the Plan, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any U.S. state, local or foreign tax jurisdiction and the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal or other tax laws.

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of Addressed Claims that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is any of the following:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

77


   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds Addressed Claims, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner (or other beneficial owner) therein generally will depend upon the status of the partner (or other beneficial owner) and the activities of the partnership or other pass-through entity and accordingly, this summary does not apply to partnerships or other pass-through entities. A partner (or other beneficial owner) of a partnership or other pass-through entity or arrangement exchanging Addressed Claims pursuant to the Plan should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the partner (or other beneficial owner) of exchanging Addressed Claims.

A. U.S. Holders of Addressed Claims

Pursuant to the Plan, each holder of Addressed Claims will receive their pro rata share of (i) in the case of RCF Claims, SSRCF and Cash, and (ii) in the case of Notes Claims, Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares, Subscription Rights and Cash in satisfaction of its Addressed Claims (the “Consideration”). The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan to U.S. Holders of Addressed Claims will depend on whether the exchange of the Addressed Claims pursuant to the Plan constitutes a taxable transaction or a tax-deferred (or partially tax-deferred) transaction, such as an exchange governed by section 368 of the Code. Whether the exchange constitutes a taxable transaction or a tax-deferred (or partially tax-deferred) transaction will depend on the manner in which the Restructuring Transactions undertaken pursuant to the Plan (including pursuant to the Agreed Steps Plan) are consummated (which is not yet finally determined or certain), the identity and U.S. federal income tax classification of the issuer of the Consideration, whether the relevant Addressed Claim is treated as a “security” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, whether the Consideration received in exchange (in whole or partial consideration) for the relevant Addressed Claim is treated as a “security” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and whether Cash or any other amounts are attributable to accrued but unpaid interest on such Addressed Claims.

Whether a debt instrument constitutes a “security” for U.S. federal income tax purposes is determined based on all the relevant facts and circumstances, but most authorities have held that the length of the term of a debt instrument at initial issuance is an important factor in determining whether such instrument is a security for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These authorities have indicated that a term of less than five years is evidence that the instrument is not a security, whereas a term of ten years or more is evidence that it is a security. There are a number of other factors that could be taken into account in determining whether a debt instrument is a security, including the security for payment, the creditworthiness of the obligor at the time of issuance, the subordination or lack thereof with respect to other creditors, the right to vote or otherwise participate in the management of the obligor, convertibility of the instrument into an equity interest of the obligor,

 

78


whether payments of interest are fixed, variable, or contingent, and whether such payments are made on a current or accrued basis. A U.S. Holder of Addressed Claims should consult its own tax advisor to determine whether its Addressed Claims should be treated as securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, if such Addressed Claims are securities for such purposes, whether any instrument issued as Consideration are securities for such purposes.

If the exchange of Addressed Claims for any of the Consideration constitutes a tax- deferred transaction, generally, U.S. Holders of Addressed Claims that constitute “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, subject to the discussion below under “Accrued Interest” below, should be required to recognize gain (but not loss), to the lesser extent of (a) the amount of gain realized from the exchange (generally equal to the fair market value of all of the Consideration received in exchange for the Addressed Claim minus the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis, if any, in such Addressed Claim) or (b) the amount of Cash and fair market value of “other property” (as described under section 356 of the Code) received in the exchange. In such case, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Consideration received (other than (i) any Cash or “other property” or (ii) Consideration treated as received in satisfaction of accrued but unpaid interest and accrued original issue discount (“OID”), if any) should be equal to the tax basis in the Addressed Claims exchanged therefor increased by the amount of any gain recognized upon the exchange, and the holding period for such Consideration should include the holding period for the exchanged Addressed Claims. The tax basis of any “other property” should be equal to the fair market value of such property, and the holding period for such “other property” should commence on the day following the Effective Date. Each U.S. Holder of Addressed Claims should consult its own tax advisor about the consequences to them that may apply in the event that the exchange of the Addressed Claims pursuant to the Plan constitutes a tax-deferred (or partially tax-deferred) transaction, such as an exchange governed by section 368 of the Code.

If the exchange of Addressed Claims for the Consideration constitutes a taxable transaction, each U.S. Holder of an Addressed Claim generally will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of (A) the amount of Cash and the “issue price” of the SSRCF or Exchange Notes received, as applicable, and (B) in the case of a U.S. Holder of Notes Claims, the fair market value of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and Subscription Rights received (other than any such Consideration treated as received for accrued but unpaid interest and accrued OID, if any) (each based on the U.S. dollar value of any such amount paid in the form of, or based on a foreign currency translated at the spot rate of exchange on the Effective Date) and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Addressed Claim immediately prior to the exchange (other than any tax basis attributable to accrued but unpaid interest and accrued OID, if any). The character of such gain or loss as capital gain or loss or as ordinary income or loss will be determined by a number of factors, including the tax status of the U.S. Holder, the nature of the Addressed Claim in such U.S. Holder’s hands, whether the Addressed Claim was purchased at a discount, and whether and to what extent the U.S. Holder previously claimed a bad debt deduction with respect to its Addressed Claim. If recognized gain is capital gain, it generally would be long-term capital gain if the U.S. Holder held its Addressed Claim for more than one year at the time of the exchange. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations. To the extent that a portion of the Consideration received is allocable to accrued but untaxed interest or OID, the U.S. Holder may recognize ordinary income. See “Accrued Interest” and “Market Discount” below. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in any SSRCF, Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares, or Subscription Rights received should be equal to the amount required to be taken into account in computing gain or loss as described above. A U.S. Holder’s holding period in any item of Consideration received on the Effective Date should begin on the day following the Effective Date.

 

79


Regardless of whether the exchange is treated as a taxable transaction or a tax-deferred (or partially tax-deferred) transaction, a U.S. Holder will have taxable interest income to the extent of any Consideration allocable to accrued but unpaid interest or OID not previously included in income, as more fully described below under “Accrued Interest,” which amounts will not be included in the amount realized with respect to a U.S. Holder’s Addressed Claim.

B. Consequences of Owning and Disposing of SSRCF, Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares, and Subscription Rights

1. Ownership of SSRCF and the Exchange Notes

The SSRCF and Exchange Notes are intended to be treated as debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the discussion below assumes such treatment.

Stated interest on the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes (including any additional amounts paid in respect of withholding taxes and without reduction for any amounts withheld) generally will be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as ordinary income at the time that such payments are received or accrued, in accordance with such U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. Holder that uses the cash method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that receives a payment of stated interest on the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes will be required to include in income (as ordinary income) the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency interest payment (determined based on the spot rate of exchange on the date such payment is received) regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to U.S. dollars at such time.

A cash method U.S. Holder will not recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss with respect to the receipt of such stated interest, but may recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss attributable to the actual disposition of the foreign currency so received.

A U.S. Holder that uses the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or that is otherwise required to accrue interest prior to receipt, will be required to include in income (as ordinary income) the U.S. dollar value of the amount of stated interest income in foreign currency that has accrued for such year determined by translating such amount into U.S. dollars at the average spot rate of exchange for the accrual period or, with respect to an accrual period that spans two taxable years, at the average spot rate of exchange for the partial period within each taxable year. Alternatively, an accrual basis U.S. Holder may make an election (which must be applied consistently to all debt instruments held by the electing U.S. holder at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies or thereafter acquired by the U.S. holder, and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS) to translate accrued interest income into U.S. dollars using the spot rate of exchange on the last day of the interest accrual period (or the last day of the portion of the accrual period within each taxable year in the case of a partial accrual period), or at the spot rate of exchange on the date of receipt, if that date is within five business days of the last day of the accrual period. A U.S. Holder that uses the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes will recognize foreign currency exchange gain or

 

80


loss with respect to accrued stated interest income on the date such interest is received. The amount of foreign currency exchange gain or loss recognized will equal the difference, if any, between the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency payment received (determined based on the spot rate of exchange on the date such stated interest is received) in respect of such accrual period and the U.S. dollar value of the interest income that has accrued during such accrual period (as determined above), regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to U.S. dollars at such time. Any such foreign currency exchange gain or loss generally will constitute ordinary income or loss and be treated, for foreign tax credit purposes, as U.S. source income or loss, and generally will not be treated as an adjustment to interest income or expense.

The SSRCF and the Exchange Notes will be treated as issued with OID for U.S. federal income tax purposes if the sum of all principal and interest payments (other than “qualified stated interest”) with respect to the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, as applicable, exceeds the issue price (as defined below) of the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, by more than a statutorily defined de minimis amount. U.S. Holders, whether on the cash or accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes, generally must include any OID in gross income as it accrues (on a constant yield to maturity basis), regardless of whether cash attributable to such OID is received at such time. OID accrued by a U.S. Holder generally will be treated as foreign source ordinary income and generally will be considered “passive” category income in computing the foreign tax credit such U.S. Holder may claim for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The availability of a foreign tax credit is subject to certain conditions and limitations and the rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the rules governing the foreign tax credit and deductions.

The amount of OID includible in gross income by a U.S. Holder of SSRCF or the Exchange Notes in any taxable year generally is the sum of the “daily portions” of OID with respect to the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, as applicable, for each day during such taxable year on which the U.S. Holder holds the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes. The daily portion is determined by allocating to each day in any “accrual period” a pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period. The “accrual period” for the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes may be of any length and may vary in length over the term of the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes provided that each accrual period is no longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs on the first day or the final day of an accrual period.

The amount of OID allocable to any accrual period will be an amount equal to the product of the “adjusted issue price” for the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes, as applicable, at the beginning of the accrual period and its yield to maturity (determined on a constant yield method, compounded at the close of each accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the accrual period). OID allocable to the final accrual period is the difference between the amount payable at maturity and the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the final accrual period. The “adjusted issue price” of the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes at the beginning of any accrual period is equal to its issue price, increased by the accrued OID for each prior accrual period and reduced by any payments previously made on the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes, as applicable, other than any payments of qualified stated interest. The “yield to maturity” of the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes is the discount rate that, when used in computing the present value (as of the issue date) of all principal and interest payments to be made on the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, as applicable, produces an amount equal to the issue price of the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes. OID, if any, on the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes will be determined for any accrual period in foreign currency and then translated into U.S. dollars.

 

81


The “issue price” of the SSRCF and each series of Exchange Notes will be determined separately. The issue price of the SSRCF and each series of the Exchange Notes will depend on whether the SSRCF or such series of Exchange Notes are considered “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes as of the issue date of the SSRCF and the relevant series of Exchange Notes. The SSRCF or series of Exchange Notes will be treated as “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes if they are traded on an “established market,” within the meaning of the applicable Treasury Regulations, at any time during a 31-day period ending 15 days after the issue date of the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes which, in the case of any particular series of debt, also requires that the series exceeds $100 million. The issue date is the date of the exchange of the RCF Claims for the SSCRF and the Notes Claims for the relevant series of Exchange Notes. Reorganized Debtor[s] may not be able to determine whether the SSRCF or a series of Exchange Notes are treated as “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes until after the Effective Date.

If the SSRCF or a series of the Exchange Notes are treated as “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then the issue price of each of the SSRCF and such series of the Exchange Notes will be their respective fair market values determined as of the issue date. If the SSRCF or a series of Exchange Notes is not treated as “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes but the RCF Claims or relevant series of Notes Claims (whichever is surrendered in exchange for the SSRCF or series of the Exchange Notes that are not treated as “publicly traded” for sch purposes) are treated as “publicly traded” for such purposes (under the rules described above), the issue price of the SSRCF or such series of the Exchange Notes (that is not treated as “publicly traded” for such purposes) would be the fair market value of the RCF Claims, in the case of the SSRCF, and the portion of the relevant series of Notes Claims, in the case of the Exchange Notes, exchanged for the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, as applicable, determined as of the issue date, provided that if the RCF Claims or series of Notes Claims does not exceed $100 million, such Claims will not be considered “publicly traded” for such purposes. If neither the SSRCF nor RCF Claims are treated as “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purpose, the issue price of the SSRCF will be the stated principal amount of the SSRCF as long as the SSRCF Claims are considered to have “adequate stated interest” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If neither a series of Exchange Notes nor the associated Notes Claims are treated as “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes (under the rules described above), the issue price of such Exchange Notes will be the stated principal amount of the Exchange Notes as long as the series of Exchange Notes are considered to have “adequate stated interest” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A U.S. Holder will recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss when OID, if any, is paid (including, upon the disposition of the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, the receipt of proceeds that include amounts attributable to OID previously included in income) to the extent of the difference, if any, between the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency payment received, translated at the spot rate of exchange on the date such payment is received, and the U.S. dollar value of the accrued OID. For these purposes, all receipts on the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes will be viewed first, as payment of stated interest payable on the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, as applicable; second, as receipt of previously accrued OID (to the extent thereof), with payments considered made for the earliest accrual periods first; and third, as receipt of principal. The rules governing OID instruments are complex and prospective purchasers should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of such rules to the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes as well as the interplay between the application of the OID rules and the currency exchange gain or loss rules.

 

82


2. Distributions on Noteholder Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “Possible Treatment of the Company as a Passive Foreign Investment Company,” any distributions with respect to the Noteholder Ordinary Shares (including any amounts withheld in respect of taxes thereon) generally will be treated as taxable dividends to the extent paid out of Reorganized Debtor’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). To the extent the amount of any distribution exceeds the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, and thereafter as capital gain, subject to the discussion below under “Market Discount.” The Company does not know whether it will keep record of its earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, U.S. Holders should expect that any distribution on the Noteholder Ordinary Shares generally will be treated as a dividend unless otherwise noted. If any such distributions are in foreign currency, such amount will be included in income at the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency (determined based on the spot rate of exchange on the date such amount is received) regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to U.S. dollars at such time. A U.S. Holder will later recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss, if any, upon converting such funds to U.S. dollars.

Any such taxable dividends received by a corporate U.S. Holder will not be eligible for the “dividends received deduction.” Any such taxable dividends will be eligible for reduced rates of taxation as “qualified dividend income” for non-corporate U.S. Holders if the following conditions are met: (i) either (1) the Company is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury has determined is satisfactory and that includes an exchange of information program (which includes, as of the date hereof, the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Sweden for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income) or (2) the Noteholder Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (including, e.g., the NYSE or NASDAQ); (ii) the U.S. Holder meets the holding period requirement for the Noteholder Ordinary Shares (generally more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins 60 days before the ex-dividend date); and (iii) the Company was not in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid (with respect to a U.S. Holder that held Noteholder Ordinary Shares), and is not in the year in which the dividend is paid, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”). Otherwise, such taxable dividends will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation as “qualified dividend income.”

No assurance can be given that the Company will qualify, or remain qualified, for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty, and it is not expected that the Noteholder Ordinary Shares will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States as described above. In addition, as discussed below under “Possible Treatment of Reorganized Debtor as a Passive Foreign Investment Company,” no assurance can be given that Reorganized Debtor will not be treated as a PFIC. Accordingly, each non-corporate U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding whether taxable dividends received by such U.S. Holder will be eligible for qualified dividend income treatment.

 

83


3. Sale, Exchange, or Other Taxable Disposition of Noteholder Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “Possible Treatment of the Company as a Passive Foreign Investment Company,” a U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Noteholder Ordinary Shares equal to the difference between the amount realized on the disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. If the proceeds of such sale are received in foreign currency, for purposes of determining gain or loss, such amount will be converted into the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency (determined based on the spot rate of exchange on the date such amount is received) regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to U.S. dollars at such time. A U.S. Holder will later recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss, if any, upon converting such funds to U.S. dollars. Subject to the discussion below under “Market Discount,” this gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder has held (or is deemed to hold) the Noteholder Ordinary Shares for more than one year. For foreign tax credit limitation purposes, gain or loss recognized upon a disposition generally will be treated as from sources within the United States. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations for U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations.

4. Subscription Rights

While the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the receipt and exercise of the Subscription Rights is not entirely clear, it is expected that a U.S. Holder that elects to exercise its Subscription Rights should be treated as purchasing, in exchange for its Subscription Rights and the amount of cash paid by the U.S. Holder to exercise such Subscription Rights, New Money Notes issued in connection with such exercise. Consistent with such treatment, such a purchase should generally be treated as the exercise of an option under general tax principles, and such U.S. Holder should not recognize income, gain, or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes when it receives the New Money Notes upon the exercise of the Subscription Rights. A U.S. Holder’s aggregate tax basis in the New Money Notes should equal the sum of (i) the amount of cash paid by the U.S. Holder to exercise the Subscription Rights plus (ii) such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Subscription Rights immediately before the Subscription Rights are exercised (determined consistent with U.S. Holder’s treatment of the receipt of the Subscription Rights). A U.S. Holder’s holding period for the New Money Notes received pursuant to such exercise should begin on the day following the date the U.S. Holder receives the New Money Notes upon the exercise of such U.S. Holder’s Subscription Rights.

A U.S. Holder that elects not to exercise the Subscription Rights may be entitled to claim a loss equal to the amount of tax basis allocated to such Subscription Rights. In general, such loss would be a capital loss (long-term or short-term depending upon whether the requisite holding period was satisfied), subject to any limitation on such U.S. Holder’s ability to utilize capital losses. U.S. Holders electing not to exercise their Subscription Rights are urged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of such decision.

 

84


Alternatively, the receipt and exercise of the Subscription Rights may be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an integrated transaction pursuant to which the New Money Notes are acquired directly in partial satisfaction of the U.S. Holder’s Notes Claims, or otherwise. U.S. Holders that will receive and expect to exercise Subscription Rights pursuant to the Plan are urged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax characterization thereof.

5. Possible Treatment of the Company as a Passive Foreign Investment Company

The Company may be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, a foreign corporation will be classified as a PFIC if (i) 75% or more of its gross income in a taxable year is passive income, or (ii) 50% or more of its assets in a taxable year, averaged quarterly over the year, produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other items, interest, dividends, royalties, rents and annuities. For purposes of these PFIC tests, if the Company directly or indirectly owns at least 25% (by value) of the stock of another corporation, the Company will be treated as owning its proportionate share of such other corporation’s gross assets and receiving its proportionate share of such other corporation’s gross income.

The determination of whether the Company is a PFIC is a factual determination made annually and thus may be subject to change. Because these determinations are based on the nature of our income and assets from time to time, and involve the application of complex tax rules, no assurances can be provided that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current or any past or future tax year.

If the Company is a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) Noteholder Ordinary Shares, the Company will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) the Noteholder Ordinary Shares unless (i) the Company ceases to be a PFIC and (ii) the U.S. Holder makes a “deemed sale” election under the PFIC rules. In general, if the Company is a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) Noteholder Ordinary Shares, any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on a sale or other taxable disposition of such Noteholder Ordinary Shares, as well as the amount of any “excess distribution” (defined below) received by such U.S. Holder, would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition (or the taxable year of receipt, in the case of an excess distribution) and to any year before the Company became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amounts allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed. For purposes of these rules, an excess distribution is the amount by which any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its Noteholder Ordinary Shares in a taxable year exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the Noteholder Ordinary Shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter. Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as mark-to-market treatment or “qualified electing fund” treatment) of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. It is not known whether the Company will make available the information necessary for U.S. Holders to make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to their Noteholder Ordinary Shares.

 

85


The rules relating to PFICs are complex. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding whether the Company is or will become a PFIC and, if so, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding the Noteholder Ordinary Shares.

C. Accrued Interest

To the extent that any amount received by a U.S. Holder of a surrendered Addressed Claim is attributable to accrued but unpaid interest or OID, the receipt of such amount should be taxable to the U.S. Holder as ordinary interest income (to the extent not already taken into income by the U.S. Holder, and subject to a special exception that may be available to cash-method U.S. Holders in certain circumstances). Conversely, a U.S. Holder of an Addressed Claim may be able to recognize a deductible loss (or, possibly, a write off against a reserve for worthless debts) to the extent that any accrued interest or OID was previously included in the U.S. Holder’s gross income but was not paid in full. Such loss may be ordinary, but the tax law is unclear on this point.

If the fair market value of the Consideration is not sufficient to fully satisfy all principal and interest on an Addressed Claim, the extent to which such consideration will be attributable to accrued interest is unclear. Under the Plan, the aggregate Consideration received in respect of Addressed Claims will be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claims, with any excess allocated to unpaid interest, if any, that accrued on such Claims through the Effective Date. Certain legislative history indicates that an allocation of consideration as between principal and interest provided in a chapter 11 plan of reorganization is binding for U.S. federal income tax purposes, while certain Treasury Regulations treat payments as allocated first to any accrued but unpaid interest. The IRS could take the position that the consideration received by a U.S. Holder should be allocated in some way other than as provided in the Plan. U.S. Holders of Addressed Claims should consult their own tax advisors regarding the proper allocation of the consideration received by them under the Plan.

D. Market Discount

Under the “market discount” provisions of the Code, some or all of any gain realized by a U.S. Holder of an Addressed Claim who receives consideration pursuant to the Plan in satisfaction of its Addressed Claim may be treated as ordinary income (instead of capital gain), to the extent of the amount of “market discount” on the Addressed Claim. In general, a debt instrument is considered to have been acquired with “market discount” if the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the debt instrument is less than (a) the sum of all remaining payments to be made on the debt instrument, excluding “qualified stated interest” or (b) in the case of a debt instrument issued with original issue discount, its adjusted issue price, in either case, by at least a statutorily defined de minimis amount.

Any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on the taxable disposition of an Addressed Claim acquired with market discount should generally be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that accrued thereon while the Addressed Claim was considered to be held by the U.S. Holder (unless the U.S. Holder elected to include market discount in income as it accrued).

U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the exchange of Addressed Claims that were acquired with market discount pursuant to the Plan.

 

86


E. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

All distributions to U.S. Holders of Claims under the Plan are subject to any applicable tax withholding, including (as applicable) employment tax withholding. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends, and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at the then applicable withholding rate (currently 24%). Backup withholding generally applies if the holder fails to furnish its social security number or other taxpayer identification number (a “TIN”), furnishes an incorrect TIN, fails properly to report interest or dividends, or under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement, signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN provided is its correct number and that it is a United States person that is not subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be refunded (or credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability) to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied to the IRS. Certain persons are exempt from backup withholding, including, in certain circumstances, corporations and financial institutions.

In addition, from an information reporting perspective, the Treasury Regulations generally require disclosure by a U.S. taxpayer on its U.S. federal income tax return of certain types of transactions in which the taxpayer participated, including, among other types of transactions, certain transactions that result in the taxpayer claiming a loss in excess of specified thresholds. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding these regulations and whether the transactions contemplated by the Plan would be subject to these rules in the regulations and require disclosure on the holders’ tax returns.

The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan are complex. The foregoing summary does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular U.S. Holder in light of such U.S. Holder’s circumstances and income tax situation. All holders of Claims should consult with their tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences to them of the transactions contemplated by the Plan, including the applicability and effect of any U.S. state, local, or foreign tax laws, of any applicable income tax treaty, and of any change in applicable tax laws.

F. Importance of Obtaining Professional Tax Assistance

The foregoing summary has been provided for informational purposes only. All holders of Claims and Interests are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal, local, and non-U.S. income tax and other tax consequences that may result from implementation of the Plan.

SECTION VIII.

CERTAIN FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAW CONSIDERATIONS

The offer, issuance, and distribution under the Plan of the Exchange Notes, the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) (collectively, the “1145 Securities”) to Holders of the Notes Claims shall be exempt from the registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws to the fullest extent permitted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. The offer, sale, issuance and distribution under

 

87


the Plan of the 1145 Securities to be issued pursuant to the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed will be exempt from the registration requirements under Section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws to the fullest extent permitted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Backstopped Notes will be “restricted securities” subject to transfer restrictions under the U.S. federal securities laws if they are issued to a U.S. person in accordance with the Backstop Agreement pursuant to section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act but will otherwise be issued pursuant to Regulation S (if they are issued to a non-U.S. person outside of the United States in accordance with the Backstop Agreement).

A. 1145 Securities

Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code generally exempts from the registration requirements under Section 5 of the Securities Act the offer or sale under a chapter 11 plan of a security of the debtor, of an affiliate participating in a joint plan with the debtor, or of a successor to the debtor under a plan, if such securities are offered or sold in exchange for a claim against, or an interest in, the debtor or such affiliate, or principally in such exchange and partly for cash. In reliance upon this exemption, the 1145 Securities will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and any other state and local securities laws. These securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act or other federal or state securities laws pursuant to the exemption provided by section 4(a)(1) of the Securities Act, unless the Holder is an “underwriter” with respect to such securities, as that term is defined in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, the 1145 Securities generally may be resold without registration under state securities laws pursuant to various exemptions provided by the respective laws of the several states.

Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code defines “underwriter” for purposes of the Securities Act as one who, except with respect to ordinary trading transactions, (a) purchases a claim against, or interest in, a debtor with a view to distribution of any security to be received in exchange for the claim or interest, (b) offers to sell securities issued under a plan for the Holders of such securities, (c) offers to buy securities issued under a plan from persons receiving such securities, if the offer to buy is made with a view to distribution and under an agreement in connection with the plan, with the consummation of the plan or with the offer or sale of securities under the plan, or (d) is an issuer, as used in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, with respect to such securities, which includes control persons of the issuer. “Control,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a “person”, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. The legislative history of Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code suggests that a creditor who owns ten percent (10%) or more of a class of voting securities of a reorganized debtor may be presumed to be a “controlling person” and, therefore, an underwriter.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, statutory underwriters may be able to sell securities without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to the resale limitations of Rule 144 of the Securities Act which, in effect, permit the resale of securities received by such statutory underwriters pursuant to a chapter 11 plan, subject to applicable volume limitations, notice and manner of sale requirements, and certain other conditions. Parties who believe they may be statutory underwriters as defined in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code are advised to consult with their own legal advisers as to the availability of the exemption provided by Rule 144.

 

88


In addition to the foregoing, all transfers of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares will be subject to the transfer provisions and other applicable provisions set forth in the Restructuring Implementation Deed.

B. Private Placement.

Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act provides that the issuance of securities by an issuer in transactions not involving a public offering are exempt from registration under the Securities Act. Regulation D is a non-exclusive safe harbor from registration promulgated by the SEC under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Rule 144A allows for the resale of securities to QIBs, and Regulation S allows for the resale of securities to certain persons in offshore transactions complying with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S.

The Debtors believe that the Backstopped Notes are issuable without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Only Holders of the Notes that are institutional “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), or (7) under the Securities Act) or “qualified institutional buyers” (within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act) and are parties to the Backstop Agreement will receive the Backstopped Notes, if any. The Backstopped Notes will be “restricted securities” (within the meaning of Rule 144), subject to the transfer restrictions applicable thereto. Such securities will be subject to resale restrictions and may be resold, exchanged, assigned or otherwise transferred only pursuant to registration, or an applicable exemption from registration, under the Securities Act and other applicable law.

Rule 144 provides a limited safe harbor for the public resale of restricted securities if certain conditions are met. These conditions vary depending on whether the Holder of the restricted securities is an “affiliate” of the issuer. Rule 144 defines an affiliate of the issuer as “a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such issuer.”

A non-affiliate of an issuer that is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Securities Exchange Act”) and who has not been an affiliate of the issuer during the three months preceding such sale may resell restricted securities after a one-year holding period whether or not there is current public information regarding the issuer.

An affiliate of an issuer that is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act may resell restricted securities after the one-year holding period if at the time of the sale certain current public information regarding the issuer is available. An affiliate must also comply with the volume, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144. First, the rule limits the number of restricted securities (plus any unrestricted securities) sold for the account of an affiliate (and related persons) in any three-month period to the greater of 1% of the outstanding securities of the same class being sold or, if the class is listed on a stock exchange, the average weekly reported volume of trading in such securities during the four weeks preceding the filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144 or if no notice is required, the date of receipt of the

 

89


order to execute the transaction by the broker or the date of execution of the transaction directly with a market maker. Second, the manner of sale requirement provides that the restricted securities must be sold in a brokers’ transaction (within the meaning of section 4(a)(4) of the Securities Act), directly with a market maker or in a riskless principal transaction (as defined in Rule 144). Third, if the amount of securities sold under Rule 144 in any three month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price greater than $50,000, an affiliate must file or cause to be filed with the SEC a notice of proposed sale on Form 144.

The Debtors believe that the Rule 144 exemption will not be available with respect to any Backstopped Notes (whether held by non-affiliates or affiliates) until at least one year after the Effective Date. Accordingly, unless transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement or another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, nonaffiliated Holders of 4(a)(2) Securities will be required to hold their Backstopped Notes for at least one year and, thereafter, to sell them only in accordance with the applicable requirements of Rule 144, pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of applicable securities laws. It is currently contemplated that the Reorganized Debtors will not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to reasonably require certification, legal opinions or other evidence of compliance with Rule 144 as a condition to the removal of such legend or to any resale of the Backstopped Notes. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, also reserve the right to stop the transfer of any Backstopped Notes if such transfer is not in compliance with Rule 144, pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of applicable securities laws (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Rule 144A and Regulation S). All persons who receive Backstopped Notes will be required to acknowledge and agree, pursuant to and to the extent set forth in the Agreed Steps Plan, that (a) they will not offer, sell or otherwise transfer any Backstopped Notes except in accordance with an exemption from registration, including under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if and when available, or pursuant to an effective registration statement, and (b) the Backstopped Notes will be subject to the other restrictions described above.

In any case, recipients of securities issued under or in connection with the Plan are advised to consult with their own legal advisers as to the availability of any such exemption from registration under state law in any given instance and as to any applicable requirements or conditions to such availability.

BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEX, SUBJECTIVE NATURE OF THE QUESTION OF WHETHER A PARTICULAR PERSON MAY BE AN UNDERWRITER OR AN AFFILIATE AND THE HIGHLY FACT-SPECIFIC NATURE OF THE AVAILABILITY OF EXEMPTIONS FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, INCLUDING THE EXEMPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, NONE OF THE DEBTORS MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION CONCERNING THE ABILITY OF ANY PERSON TO DISPOSE OF THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UNDER OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN. THE DEBTORS RECOMMEND THAT POTENTIAL RECIPIENTS OF THE

 

90


SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UNDER OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN CONSULT THEIR OWN COUNSEL CONCERNING WHETHER THEY MAY FREELY TRADE SUCH SECURITIES AND THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH THEY MAY RESELL SUCH SECURITIES.

SECTION IX.

RISK FACTORS

The implementation of the Plan, the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the obligations under the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, and the Rights Offering Documents are subject to a number of material risks, including those summarized below. However, this summary of risks is not exhaustive. Prior to deciding how to vote on the Plan, Holders of Claims entitled to vote should read and consider carefully all of the information in the Plan and this Disclosure Statement, as well as all other information referenced or incorporated by reference into this Disclosure Statement.

This section contains certain “forward-looking statements.” These statements are subject to a number of assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ control, including the implementation of the Plan, the continuing availability of sufficient borrowing capacity or other financing to fund operations, the effect of the reorganization on customers, suppliers, and vendors, and risks regarding the operation of the business and associated with regulatory matters. Holders of Claims are cautioned that the forward-looking statements speak as of the date made and are not guarantees of future performance. Actual results or developments may differ materially from the expectations expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. No party, including, without limitation, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, undertakes an obligation to update any such statements.

A. Certain Bankruptcy Considerations

The bankruptcy court may find the solicitation of votes defective.

Usually, votes to accept or reject a plan of reorganization are solicited after the filing of the petition commencing a chapter 11 case. However, a debtor may solicit votes prior to the commencement of a chapter 11 case in accordance with sections 1125(g) and 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3018(b). Sections 1125(g) and 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code require that:

 

   

solicitation complies with applicable non-bankruptcy law (or if there is no such law, votes must be solicited after disclosure of adequate information (as defined by section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code));

 

   

the plan be transmitted to substantially all creditors and interest holders entitled to vote; and

 

   

the time prescribed for voting is not unreasonably short.

 

91


Bankruptcy Rule 3018(b) provides that a Holder of a claim or interest who has accepted or rejected a plan before the commencement of the case under the Bankruptcy Code will not be deemed to have accepted or rejected the plan if the court finds after notice and a hearing that the plan was not transmitted in accordance with reasonable solicitation procedures.

While the Debtors believe that the requirements of sections 1125(g) and 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3018(b) will be met, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same conclusion and not require re-solicitation of votes on the Plan.

The Debtors may be unable to obtain confirmation of the Plan.

Although the Debtors believe that the Plan will satisfy all requirements for confirmation under the Bankruptcy Code, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same conclusion. Moreover, there can be no assurance that modifications to the Plan will not be required for confirmation or that such modifications would not be sufficiently material as to necessitate re-solicitation of votes on the Plan.

If the Plan is not confirmed or does not become effective, there can be no assurance the Chapter 11 Cases will not be converted into chapter 7 liquidation cases or that any alternative chapter 11 plan or plans would be confirmed on terms as favorable to the Holders of Claims and Interests as those of the Plan. If a liquidation or protracted reorganization were to occur, there is a substantial risk that the Debtors’ going-concern value would be substantially eroded to the detriment of all stakeholders.

Risks associated with prolonged Chapter 11 Cases

The Debtors cannot be certain that the Chapter 11 Cases, commenced solely for the purpose of implementing the Plan, would be of relatively short duration (e.g., 35 to 65 days). It is impossible to predict with certainty the amount of time the Debtors will need to stay in chapter 11.

If the Debtors are unable to obtain confirmation of the Plan on a timely basis for any reason, they may be forced to operate in chapter 11 for an extended period while trying to develop a different chapter 11 plan. Lengthy Chapter 11 Cases would involve additional expenses and divert the attention of management from operation of the businesses, as well as create concerns for personnel, vendors, suppliers, service providers, and customers. The disruption that lengthy Chapter 11 Cases would inflict upon the Debtors’ businesses would increase with the length of time needed to complete the Restructuring Transaction, and the severity of that disruption would depend upon the attractiveness and feasibility of the Plan from the perspective of the suppliers, service providers, vendors, personnel, and customers.

Significant delay may result in the termination of the Lock-Up Agreement due to missed milestones, other termination events, or other applicable events of default to the extent the Debtors are unable to obtain waivers or amendments from the requisite Consenting Creditors.

 

92


In addition, at the outset of a chapter 11 case, the Bankruptcy Code provides the debtor with the exclusive right to propose a plan and prohibits all others from proposing an alternative plan. If the exclusivity period expires or is terminated by the Bankruptcy Court, however, there could be a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ ability to achieve confirmation of the Plan in order to achieve the Debtors’ stated goals.

The Effective Date may not occur.

Although the Debtors expect the Effective Date to occur after the Confirmation Date, there can be no assurance as to such timing. The occurrence of the Effective Date is subject to certain conditions precedent as set forth in Article IX of the Plan. Failure to meet any of these conditions – unless waived — could result in the Plan not being consummated.

If the Effective Date does not occur, the Plan will be null and void, and nothing contained in the Plan will: (i) constitute a waiver or release of any claims by the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity; (ii) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity; or (iii) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity, in any respect.

If the Effective Date does not occur, there can be no assurance that the Chapter 11 Cases will not be converted into chapter 7 liquidation cases or that any alternative chapter 11 plan or plans would be confirmed on terms as favorable to the Holders of Claims and Interests as those of the Plan. If a liquidation or protracted reorganization were to occur, there is a substantial risk that the Debtors’ going-concern value would be eroded to the detriment of all stakeholders.

The Debtors may be unsuccessful in obtaining first-day relief.

There can be no guaranty that the Debtors will be successful in obtaining the necessary authorization of the Bankruptcy Court with respect to the requested “first day” relief, including but not limited to, the authorization to pay wages and employee benefits and use the existing cash management system. As a result, the Debtors may be unable to make certain prepetition payments to employees, customers, vendors, suppliers, and service providers, in which case the Debtors’ businesses may suffer.

The releases, injunctions, and exculpations provisions may not be approved.

The releases, injunctions, and exculpations provided in the Plan are subject to objection by parties in interest and may not be approved. If the releases are not approved, certain Released Parties may withdraw their support for the Plan.

Risk of Termination of the Lock-Up Agreement.

The Lock-Up Agreement contains provisions that give the Consenting Creditors the ability to terminate the Lock-Up Agreement if certain conditions are satisfied. Termination of the Lock-Up Agreement could result in the Debtors’ inability to confirm the Plan and in protracted Chapter 11 Cases, which could significantly and detrimentally impact the Debtors’ relationships with their vendors, suppliers, employees, and major customers.

 

93


Risks Related to Possible Objections to the Plan.

There is a risk that certain parties could object to either the entirety of the Plan or to specific provisions of the Plan. Although the Debtors believe that all Plan provisions comply with the relevant Bankruptcy Code requirements, there can be no guarantee that a party in interest will not file an objection to the Plan or that the Bankruptcy Court will not sustain such an objection.

Financial Projections, Estimates, and Other Forward-Looking Statements Are Not Assured, and Actual Results May Vary.

Certain of the information contained in this Disclosure Statement contains estimates and assumptions that might ultimately prove to be incorrect and projections which may be materially different from actual future experiences. There are uncertainties associated with any projections and estimates, including but not limited to (i) the aggregate amounts of Claims in the various Classes and (ii) the estimated recoveries by Holders of Allowed Claims, and such projections and estimates should not be considered assurances or guarantees of the amount of assets that will ultimately be available for distribution on the Effective Date or the amount of Claims in the various Classes that might be Allowed. In addition, if the actual amount of Allowed Claims are greater than the Debtors’ estimates, the Debtors may be unable to pay or otherwise satisfy those Claims in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

Continued risks after consummation of the Plan.

Even if the Plan is consummated, the Reorganized Debtors will continue to face a number of risks, including risks that are beyond their control, such as further deterioration or other changes in economic conditions, changes in the industry, changes in interest rates, potential revaluing of their assets due to chapter 11 proceedings, changes in demand for their products and services, and increasing expenses. Some of these concerns and effects typically become more acute when a case under the Bankruptcy Code continues for a protracted period without indication of how or when the case may be completed. As a result of these risks and others, there is no guarantee that the Plan will achieve the Debtors’ stated goals.

Furthermore, even if the Debtors’ debts are reduced and/or discharged through the Plan, the Debtors may need to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financing or other means after the completion of the Chapter 11 Cases. Adequate funds may not be available when needed or may not be available on favorable terms.

B. Business-Related Risks

The announcement of the Restructuring Transactions could adversely affect the value of the Debtors’ businesses.

It is possible that announcement of the Restructuring Transactions or the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases could adversely affect the Debtors’ operations and relationships with third parties. Due to this uncertainty, many risks exist, including the following:

 

   

clients could switch to competitors;

 

94


   

personnel may be distracted from performance of their duties or more easily attracted to other employment opportunities, including with the Debtors’ competitors;

 

   

clients may delay making payments;

 

   

although the Plan provides for payment in full of General Unsecured Claims, general unsecured creditors depending on the terms of the relevant contractual relationships, may suspend or terminate their relationship with the Company, exercise rights of set-off or similar remedies, further restrict ordinary credit terms, or require guarantee of payment;

 

   

vendors and clients could terminate their relationship or require financial assurances or enhanced performance;

 

   

trade creditors could require payment in advance or cash on delivery;

 

   

the ability to renew existing contracts and compete for new business may be adversely affected;

 

   

competitors may take business away from the Debtors; and

 

   

insurance policies may be more difficult or expensive to obtain.

A delay in completing the Restructuring Transactions may result in the same adverse consequences. The occurrence of one or more of these events could have a material and adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, and prospects of the Debtors and the value of its existing interests and debt.

Results may vary from the projections and other forward-looking statements.

The Debtors’ management and advisors have prepared the Financial Projections attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit D. While those Financial Projections have been presented with numerical specificity, the Financial Projections are necessarily based on a variety of estimates and assumptions which, though considered reasonable by management, may not be realized and are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, industry, regulatory, market and financial uncertainties and contingencies, many of which will be beyond the Reorganized Debtors’ control. The Debtors caution that they cannot make any representations as to the accuracy of these Financial Projections (or other forward-looking statements set forth in this Disclosure Statement) or to the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to achieve the projected results. Some assumptions will inevitably differ from actual conditions. Furthermore, events and circumstances occurring after the date on which these Financial Projections were prepared may differ from any assumed facts and circumstances and may affect financial results in a materially adverse or materially beneficial manner. The Financial Projections and other forward-looking statements, therefore, should not be relied upon as a guarantee or other assurance of the actual results that will occur.

 

95


The Reorganized Debtors may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service their indebtedness.

The Reorganized Debtors’ ability to make scheduled payments on, or refinance, their debt obligations depends on their financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic, industry, and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory, and other factors beyond the Reorganized Debtors’ control. The Reorganized Debtors may be unable to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit them to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the SSRCF, or Exchange Notes, as applicable.

C. Risks Related to the Restructuring Transaction

The Swedish Reorganisation

The Debtors currently intend to accomplish the implementation of the Plan for Intrum AB in Sweden through a Swedish Reorganisation of Debtor Intrum AB, which may give rise to certain risks.

The Swedish Reorganisation regime is governed by the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act, enacted by the Swedish Parliament in 2022. Thus, it is a new legislation with limited precedents and case law. A Swedish Reorganisation is, to some extent, the Swedish equivalent to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. However, the provisions of the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act are not fully compatible with the provisions of chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code; meaning it is not certain that the same result will be achieved in a Swedish Reorganisation. For example, the Swedish rules on class composition and voting thresholds and the rules on cross-class cramdown and conditions for confirmation are not entirely consistent with the corresponding rules under the Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, fully implementing the Plan in Sweden by way of a Swedish Reorganisation proceeding may pose challenges if these thresholds or rules are not met or complied with to the extent required. The consequences for the Debtors’ creditors in such a scenario may be that the distributions to creditors provided for in the Plan may not be realized in the manner envisaged and, in the event of a failure to obtain confirmation of a Swedish Reorganisation Plan, that the Plan cannot be consummated at all, which may lead to the effects described above in connection with a possible chapter 7 conversion. Furthermore, there are differences in what is considered an Allowed Claim under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code compared to the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act (e.g. if the Swedish Reorganisation is initiated significantly after the Petition Date, which may have the effect that the distributions to creditors provided for in the Plan may not be realized in the manner set forth therein).

Further, the Debtors currently only intend to initiate a Swedish Reorganisation proceeding in relation to the Debtor Intrum AB. There is a risk that certain creditors may threaten to take actions against the remaining Debtors with local authorities and, as a result, such Debtors may need to initiate further parallel proceedings, including in other jurisdictions to implement the Plan. Accordingly, there is no guarantee that implementation of the Plan in Sweden would be successful as a measure to effectuate the Plan for enforcement purposes, and there may be a need for additional implementation measures in Sweden or elsewhere, which will likely further complicate and delay the process to implement the Plan.

 

96


D. Risks Related to the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes Collateral

The ultimate recoveries under the Plan by the holders of Notes Claims will depend on the realizable value of the Exchange Notes and the Collateral (as defined in the Exchange Notes Indenture) securing the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Notes Collateral”). The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes Collateral are subject to a number of material risks, including, but not limited to, those specified below.

The Issuer is a holding company dependent upon cash flow from subsidiaries to meet its obligations on the Exchange Notes.

The Issuer is a holding company with no independent business operations or significant assets other than investments in its subsidiaries. The Issuer depends upon the receipt of sufficient funds from its subsidiaries to meet its obligations. The Company intends to procure the transfer of funds from its subsidiaries to the Issuer through a combination of dividends and interest payments on intercompany loans in order to meet the obligations on the Exchange Notes.

The amounts of dividends and distributions available to the Issuer will depend on the profitability and cash flow of its subsidiaries and the ability of those subsidiaries to issue dividends under applicable law. The subsidiaries of the Issuer, however, may not be able to, or may not be permitted under applicable law to, make distributions or advance upstream loans to the Issuer to make payments in respect of its indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes. Various agreements governing Intrum Group’s debt may restrict, and in some cases, may actually prevent the ability of the subsidiaries to move cash within their restricted group. Applicable tax laws may also subject such payments to further taxation.

Enforcement of the Exchange Notes Guarantees across multiple jurisdictions may be difficult.

The Exchange Notes will be issued by the Issuer, which is incorporated under the laws of Sweden, and guaranteed by the several Exchange Notes Guarantors, which are organized or incorporated under the laws of multiple jurisdictions. In the event of bankruptcy, pre-insolvency, insolvency or a similar event, proceedings could be initiated in any of these jurisdictions and in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of a future Exchange Notes Guarantor. The rights under the Exchange Notes Guarantees will thus be subject to the laws of a number of jurisdictions, and it may be difficult to effectively enforce such rights in multiple bankruptcy, pre-insolvency, insolvency and other similar proceedings. Moreover, such multijurisdictional proceedings are typically complex and costly for creditors and often result in substantial uncertainty and delay in the enforcement of creditors’ rights. In addition, the bankruptcy, pre-insolvency, insolvency, administration and other laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer and the Exchange Notes Guarantors may be materially different from, or in conflict with, one another, including creditors’ rights, priority of creditors, the ability to obtain post-petition interest and the duration of the insolvency proceeding. The application of these various laws in multiple jurisdictions could trigger disputes over which jurisdictions’ law should apply and could adversely affect the ability of the holders of the Exchange Notes to enforce their rights and to realize any recovery under the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes Guarantees.

 

97


The insolvency laws of Sweden and other jurisdictions may differ from the laws of the United States.

The Issuer is incorporated under the laws of Sweden. In the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event, proceedings could be initiated in Sweden or another relevant jurisdiction. The bankruptcy, insolvency, administrative and other laws of Sweden may be materially different from, or in conflict with, those of the United States, including in the areas of rights of creditors, priority of governmental and other creditors, ability to obtain post-petition interest and duration of the proceeding. The application of Swedish laws or laws of another relevant jurisdiction, or any conflict among them, could call into question whether any particular jurisdiction’s law should apply, adversely affect the ability of the holders of the Exchange Notes to enforce their rights under the Exchange Notes in those jurisdictions, limit any amounts that they may receive or otherwise result in a less favorable outcome.

If the Exchange Notes are redeemed early, an investor may not be able to reinvest such proceeds in a comparable security.

In the event that the Exchange Notes are redeemed early in accordance with the optional redemption provisions contained in the Exchange Notes Indenture and the terms of the New Money Notes Indenture, and depending on prevailing market conditions at the time, an investor who receives proceeds due to such an early redemption may not be able to reinvest such proceeds in an investment that yields comparable returns.

The transfer of the Exchange Notes is restricted, which may adversely affect their liquidity and the price at which they may be sold.

The Exchange Notes have not been registered under, and neither the Company nor the Issuer is obliged to register the Exchange Notes under, the Securities Act or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and, unless so registered, may not be offered or sold except pursuant to an exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any other applicable laws. Neither the Company nor the Issuer has agreed to or otherwise undertaken to register the Exchange Notes and neither the Company nor the Issuer has any intention to do so.

Credit ratings may not reflect all risks, are not recommendations to buy or hold securities and may be subject to revision, suspension or withdrawal at any time.

One or more independent credit rating agencies may assign credit ratings to the Exchange Notes. The ratings may not reflect the potential impact of all risks related to the structure, market, additional risk factors discussed herein and other factors that may affect the value of the Exchange Notes. A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision, suspension or withdrawal by the rating agency at any time. No assurance can be given that a credit rating will remain constant for any given period of time or that a credit rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the credit rating agency if, in its judgment, circumstances in the future so warrant. A suspension, reduction or withdrawal at any time of the credit rating assigned to the Exchange Notes by one or more of the credit rating agencies may adversely affect its access to capital, the cost and terms and conditions of its financings and the value and trading of the Exchange Notes, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

98


The Exchange Notes will be structurally subordinated to the liabilities and preference shares (if any) of the members of the Intrum Group that do not guarantee the Exchange Notes.

Some, but not all, of the members of the Intrum Group will guarantee the Exchange Notes. Members of the Intrum Group that have not guaranteed the Exchange Notes will not have any obligations to pay amounts due under the Exchange Notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Generally, holders of indebtedness of, and trade creditors of, such members of the Intrum Group, are entitled to payments of their claims from the assets of such members of the Intrum Group before these assets are made available for distribution to the Issuer, as a direct or indirect shareholder and the creditors of the Issuer (including the Holders of the Exchange Notes) will have no right to proceed against the assets of such subsidiary. As such, the Exchange Notes will be structurally subordinated to the creditors (including trade creditors) and any Holders of preferred stock of Intrum AB’s subsidiaries.

The security interests in the Exchange Notes Collateral are not directly granted to the Holders of the Exchange Notes.

The security interests in the Exchange Notes Collateral that will secure, among other obligations, the obligations of the Issuer under the Exchange Notes and the guarantors under the guarantees will not be granted directly to the Holders of the Exchange Notes, but will be granted only in favor of the Security Agent on behalf of the Exchange Notes Trustee and the Holders of the Exchange Notes in accordance with the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement. The Holders of the Exchange Notes will not have direct security interests and will not be entitled to take enforcement action in respect of the Exchange Notes Collateral, except through the Exchange Notes Trustee, who will (subject to the provisions of the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement) provide instructions to the Security Agent in respect of the Exchange Notes Collateral.

It may be difficult to realize the value of the Exchange Notes Collateral, and the ability of the Security Agent to enforce certain of the Exchange Notes Collateral may be restricted.

The Exchange Notes Collateral will be subject to any and all exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections permitted under the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable. The existence of any such exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections could adversely affect the value of the Exchange Notes Collateral as well as the ability of the Security Agent to realize or foreclose on such Exchange Notes Collateral. Furthermore, the ranking of security interests can be affected by a variety of factors, including the timely satisfaction of perfection requirements, statutory liens, certain statutory preferences or recharacterization under the laws of certain jurisdictions.

The security interests of the Security Agent are subject to practical challenges generally associated with the realization of security interests in the Exchange Notes Collateral. For example, the Security Agent may need to obtain the consent or approval of a third party (including a government or regulatory agency) to enforce a security interest in a contract or to transfer or sell

 

99


certain assets. The Company cannot provide assurance that the Security Agent will be able to obtain any such consents or approvals. The Company also cannot provide assurance that the consents or approvals of any third parties will be given when required to facilitate a foreclosure on such assets. Accordingly, the Security Agent may not have the ability to foreclose upon those assets and the value of the Exchange Notes Collateral may significantly decrease.

The Exchange Notes Collateral may not be sufficient to secure the obligations under the Exchange Notes.

The Exchange Notes Collateral will also secure the Intrum Group’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility and the New Money Notes. The Exchange Notes Collateral may also secure additional debt to the extent permitted by the terms of the Exchange Notes Indenture, including certain hedging obligations. In addition, the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility, certain hedging counterparties and the Holders of New Money Notes will have a prior lien or priority in the waterfall for the proceeds of Exchange Notes Collateral to the Holders of the Exchange Notes. There may not be sufficient Exchange Notes Collateral to pay all or any of the Exchange Notes. The rights of a Holder of Exchange Notes to the Exchange Notes Collateral would be further diluted by any increase in the debt secured by the relevant Exchange Notes Collateral or a reduction of the Exchange Notes Collateral.

All Exchange Notes Collateral shall be subject to the Agreed Security Principles and permitted security interests as described in the form of Exchange Notes Indenture and certain of the Intrum Group’s assets are not part of the Exchange Notes Collateral.

The value of the Exchange Notes Collateral and the amount to be received upon a sale of such Exchange Notes Collateral will depend upon many factors, including, among others, the ability to sell the Exchange Notes Collateral in an orderly sale, whether or not the business is sold as a going concern, the condition of the economies in which operations are located and the availability of buyers. The book value of the Exchange Notes Collateral should not be relied on as a measure of realizable value for such assets. No appraisals of any of the Exchange Notes Collateral have been prepared by the Company or on the Company’s behalf. The fair market value of the Exchange Notes Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, the Company’s ability to implement its business strategy, whether or not the business is sold as a going concern, the ability to sell the Exchange Notes Collateral in an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability of buyers, whether any approvals required to purchase the business would be available to a potential buyer and similar factors. Hence, the amount to be received upon a sale of any Exchange Notes Collateral would be dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to the actual fair market value of the Exchange Notes Collateral at such time, general market and economic conditions and the timing and the manner of the sale. All or a portion of the Exchange Notes Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Likewise, the Company cannot provide assurance that there will be a market for the sale of the Exchange Notes Collateral, or, if such a market exists, that there will not be a substantial delay in its liquidation. In addition, the share pledges of an entity may be of no value if that entity is subject to an insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding. The Exchange Notes Collateral may be released in connection with an enforcement sale and certain disposals pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

100


There also can be no assurance that the Exchange Notes Collateral will be sellable and, even if sellable, the timing of any liquidation or foreclosure is uncertain. To the extent that liens, rights or easements granted to third parties encumber assets owned by the Company, such as liens resulting from consignment agreements with the Company’s suppliers and retention rights, such third parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such liens that could materially adversely affect the value of the Exchange Notes Collateral and the ability of the Security Agent to realize or foreclose on the Exchange Notes Collateral. By the nature of the Company’s business, some or all of the Exchange Notes Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Also, certain of the Company’s contracts, including the Exchange Notes Indenture, include or will include a change of control clause, which may be triggered by enforcement of Exchange Notes Collateral and limit the value of the Exchange Notes Collateral. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, the Company cannot provide assurance that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the Exchange Notes Collateral will be sufficient to pay the obligations due under the Exchange Notes. If the proceeds of any enforcement (including, where applicable, a sale) of Exchange Notes Collateral are not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Exchange Notes (to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the Exchange Notes Collateral), a Holder of Exchange Notes would only have a senior unsecured claim against the Issuer’s remaining assets.

The Exchange Notes Indenture will also permit the existence or the granting of certain liens other than those in favor of the Holders of the Exchange Notes on the Exchange Notes Collateral, such as certain preexisting or statutory liens. Holders of such other secured indebtedness may have rights and remedies which, if exercised, could reduce the proceeds available to satisfy the Company’s obligations under the Exchange Notes.

The Exchange Notes will be secured only to the extent of the value of the assets that have been granted as Exchange Notes Collateral.

The Exchange Notes will be secured only by the Exchange Notes Collateral described in the Exchange Notes Indenture. Once granted, the security interests over the Exchange Notes Collateral will be limited to the same extent as those under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain other indebtedness, which limitations could be significant. To the extent that the claims of the Holders of the Exchange Notes exceed the value of the assets securing those Exchange Notes and other obligations, those claims will rank equally with the claims of the Holders of all other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness ranking pari passu with the Exchange Notes. As a result, if the value of the assets pledged as security for the Exchange Notes is less than the value of the claims of the Holders of the Exchange Notes, those claims may not be satisfied in full before the claims of certain unsecured creditors are paid.

The grant of Exchange Notes Collateral to secure the Exchange Notes might be challenged or voidable in an insolvency proceeding.

The grant of Exchange Notes Collateral in favor of the Security Agent may be voidable by the grantor or by an insolvency liquidator, receiver or administrator or by other creditors, or may be otherwise set aside by a court, or be unenforceable if certain events or circumstances exist or occur, including, among others, if the grantor is deemed to be insolvent at the time of the grant, or if the grant permits the secured parties to receive a greater recovery than if the grant had not been given and an insolvency proceeding in respect of the grantor is commenced within a legally specified “clawback” period following the grant.

 

101


The Intrum Group may incur additional indebtedness that is secured by the Exchange Notes Collateral on a pari passu basis, and lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility, Holders of the New Money Notes and certain hedging counterparties may receive proceeds from the enforcement of the Exchange Notes Collateral in priority to Holders of the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

Subject to certain conditions, the Intrum Group is permitted to grant security over the Exchange Notes Collateral in connection with future issuances of its indebtedness or indebtedness of its restricted subsidiaries, including any additional New Money Notes, in each case, as permitted under the Exchange Notes Indenture. As such, in the event of a foreclosure on the Exchange Notes Collateral, a Holder of Exchange Notes may not be able to fully recover on the Exchange Notes Collateral if the then outstanding claims on such indebtedness that shares the Exchange Notes Collateral pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement are greater than the proceeds realized.

Any proceeds received upon any enforcement over any Exchange Notes Collateral, after any applicable liabilities in respect of indebtedness designated as Super Senior Lender Liabilities, Super-Priority Hedging Liabilities, Piraeus Facility Lender Liabilities, 1.5 Liabilities and Headroom Liabilities under the Intercreditor Agreement have been discharged from such recoveries, will be applied pro rata in payment of all liabilities in respect of obligations under the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Exchange Notes and any other indebtedness of the Intrum Group permitted to be incurred and secured by the Exchange Notes Collateral pursuant to the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement on a pari passu basis.

The claims of the Holders of the Exchange Notes are effectively subordinated to the rights of the Intrum Group’s future secured creditors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness that does not constitute Exchange Notes Collateral.

The Exchange Notes will only be secured by the Exchange Notes Collateral. The Exchange Notes Indenture will provide for a negative pledge but will allow the Intrum Group, subject to specified limitations, to incur secured indebtedness that will be effectively senior to the Exchange Notes to the extent of the value of the non-Exchange Notes Collateral assets that secure that indebtedness. In the event of any distribution or payment of the Intrum Group’s assets in any foreclosure, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, administration, reorganization, or other insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding, the proceeds from the sale of non-Exchange Notes Collateral assets securing any indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the Exchange Notes only after all such secured indebtedness (including claims preferred by operation of law) has been paid in full. As a result, Holders of Exchange Notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of indebtedness secured by assets that do not constitute Exchange Notes Collateral.

 

102


The Intrum Group may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance an offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control as required by the Exchange Notes Indenture.

Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a “change of control,” the Issuer would be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding Exchange Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase. If a change of control were to occur, the Company cannot provide assurance that it would have sufficient funds available at such time to pay the purchase price of the outstanding Exchange Notes or that the restrictions in the Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or its other existing contractual obligations would allow it to make such required repurchases. The repurchase of the Exchange Notes pursuant to such an offer could cause a default under such indebtedness, even if the change of control itself does not. The ability of the Issuer to receive cash from its subsidiaries to allow them to pay cash to the Holders of the Exchange Notes following the occurrence of a change of control, may be limited by the Company’s then existing financial resources. If an event constituting a change of control occurs at a time when the Issuer is prohibited from repurchasing the Exchange Notes by the terms of its indebtedness (or the Issuer’s subsidiaries are prohibited from providing funds to the Issuer for the purpose of repurchasing the Exchange Notes), the Company may seek the consent of the lenders under such indebtedness to purchase the Exchange Notes or may attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If such consent to repay such borrowings is not obtained or such refinancing is not possible, the Issuer will remain prohibited from repurchasing any Exchange Notes. In addition, the Company expects that it would require third-party financing to make an offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes upon a change of control. The Company cannot provide assurance that it would be able to obtain such financing. Any failure by the Issuer to offer to purchase the Exchange Notes would constitute a default under the Exchange Notes Indenture, which would, in turn, constitute a default under the Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, the New Money Notes Indenture and certain other indebtedness.

E. Risks Related to the New Money Notes and the New Money Notes Collateral

The New Money Notes and the Collateral (as defined in the New Money Notes Indenture, which includes the escrow account in which the proceeds of the New Money Notes will be held (the “Escrow Account”)) securing the New Money Notes (the “New Money Notes Collateral”) are subject to a number of material risks, including, but not limited to, those specified below.

The offering of the New Money Notes may not be completed.

The offering of the New Money Notes will not be completed unless the conditions to the Effective Date are satisfied. There can be no assurance that the Company would be able to satisfy such conditions.

 

103


The Issuer is a holding company dependent upon cash flow from subsidiaries to meet its obligations on the New Money Notes.

The Issuer is a holding company with no independent business operations or significant assets other than investments in its subsidiaries. The Issuer depends upon the receipt of sufficient funds from its subsidiaries to meet its obligations. The Company intends to procure the transfer of funds from its subsidiaries to the Issuer through a combination of dividends and interest payments on intercompany loans in order to meet the obligations on the New Money Notes.

The amounts of dividends and distributions available to the Issuer will depend on the profitability and cash flow of its subsidiaries and the ability of those subsidiaries to issue dividends under applicable law. The subsidiaries of the Issuer, however, may not be able to, or may not be permitted under applicable law to, make distributions or advance upstream loans to the Issuer to make payments in respect of its indebtedness, including the New Money Notes. Various agreements governing Intrum Group’s debt may restrict, and in some cases, may actually prevent the ability of the subsidiaries to move cash within their restricted group. Applicable tax laws may also subject such payments to further taxation.

If the Company does not use the proceeds of the New Money Notes for certain debt buybacks of the Exchange Notes prior to the date falling 12 months after the Effective Date (the “Escrow Longstop Date”), the Issuer will be required to redeem its New Money Notes. As a result, the Holders of the New Money Notes may not obtain the return they expect on the New Money Notes and the escrowed funds may not be sufficient to cover the special mandatory redemption price.

The proceeds from the issuance of the New Money Notes will be held in an escrow account pending the satisfaction of certain conditions, including buybacks of the Exchange Notes, some of which are outside of our control. If certain debt buybacks of the Exchange Notes do not occur prior to the Escrow Longstop Date or if certain other events that trigger escrow termination occur, including the Company’s sole determination that a special mandatory redemption shall occur, the New Money Notes will be subject to a special mandatory redemption and the Holders of the New Money Notes may not obtain the return they expect to receive on the New Money Notes. Upon such redemption, the Holders of the New Money Notes may not be able to reinvest the proceeds from the redemption in an investment that yields comparable returns. In addition, if the Holders of the New Money Notes purchase the New Money Notes at a price greater than the issue price of the New Money Notes, such Holders may suffer a loss on their investment. The escrow funds will be initially limited to the proceeds from the Offering after deducting certain fees pursuant to the Backstop Letter and will not be sufficient to pay the special mandatory redemption price, which ranges from 98% to 100% of the aggregate issue price of the New Money Notes (depending on the timing of the special mandatory redemption) plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional amounts, if any, from the Effective Date to, but excluding, the date of special mandatory redemption and there is no assurance that the Issuer will have access to the funds necessary to allow it to pay the full amount of the required redemption price in the event of a special mandatory redemption.

 

104


There are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the New Money Notes under which the New Money Notes Guarantees may be released automatically, without the consent of the Holders of the New Money Notes or the consent of the New Money Notes Trustee.

Under various circumstances, the New Money Notes Guarantees will be released automatically.

Enforcement of the New Money Notes Guarantees across multiple jurisdictions may be difficult.

The New Money Notes will be issued by the Issuer, which is incorporated under the laws of Sweden, and guaranteed by the several New Money Notes Guarantors, which are organized or incorporated under the laws of multiple jurisdictions. In the event of bankruptcy, pre-insolvency, insolvency or a similar event, proceedings could be initiated in any of these jurisdictions and in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of a future New Money Notes Guarantor. The rights under the New Money Notes Guarantees will thus be subject to the laws of a number of jurisdictions, and it may be difficult to effectively enforce such rights in multiple bankruptcy, pre-insolvency, insolvency and other similar proceedings. Moreover, such multijurisdictional proceedings are typically complex and costly for creditors and often result in substantial uncertainty and delay in the enforcement of creditors’ rights. In addition, the bankruptcy, pre-insolvency, insolvency, administration and other laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer and the New Money Notes Guarantors may be materially different from, or in conflict with, one another, including creditors’ rights, priority of creditors, the ability to obtain post-petition interest and the duration of the insolvency proceeding. The application of these various laws in multiple jurisdictions could trigger disputes over which jurisdictions’ law should apply and could adversely affect the ability of the Holders of the New Money Notes to enforce their rights and to realize any recovery under the New Money Notes and the New Money Notes Guarantees.

The insolvency laws of Sweden and other jurisdictions may differ from the laws of the United States.

The Issuer is incorporated under the laws of Sweden. In the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event, proceedings could be initiated in Sweden or another relevant jurisdiction. The bankruptcy, insolvency, administrative and other laws of Sweden may be materially different from, or in conflict with, those of the United States, including in the areas of rights of creditors, priority of governmental and other creditors, ability to obtain post-petition interest and duration of the proceeding. The application of Swedish laws or laws of another relevant jurisdiction, or any conflict among them, could call into question whether any particular jurisdiction’s law should apply, adversely affect the ability of the Holders of the New Money Notes to enforce their rights under the New Money Notes in those jurisdictions, limit any amounts that they may receive or otherwise result in a less favorable outcome.

 

105


If the New Money Notes are redeemed early, an investor may not be able to reinvest such proceeds in a comparable security.

In the event that the New Money Notes are redeemed early in accordance with the optional redemption provisions contained in the New Money Notes Indenture and depending on prevailing market conditions at the time, an investor who receives proceeds due to such an early redemption may not be able to reinvest such proceeds in an investment that yields comparable returns.

The transfer of the New Money Notes is restricted, which may adversely affect their liquidity and the price at which they may be sold.

The New Money Notes have not been registered under, and neither the Company nor the Issuer is obliged to register the New Money Notes under, the Securities Act or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and, unless so registered, may not be offered or sold except pursuant to an exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any other applicable laws. Neither the Company nor the Issuer has agreed to or otherwise undertaken to register the New Money Notes and neither the Company nor the Issuer has any intention to do so.

Credit ratings may not reflect all risks, are not recommendations to buy or hold securities and may be subject to revision, suspension or withdrawal at any time.

One or more independent credit rating agencies may assign credit ratings to the New Money Notes. The ratings may not reflect the potential impact of all risks related to the structure, market, additional risk factors discussed herein and other factors that may affect the value of the New Money Notes. A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision, suspension or withdrawal by the rating agency at any time. No assurance can be given that a credit rating will remain constant for any given period of time or that a credit rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the credit rating agency if, in its judgment, circumstances in the future so warrant. A suspension, reduction or withdrawal at any time of the credit rating assigned to the New Money Notes by one or more of the credit rating agencies may adversely affect its access to capital, the cost and terms and conditions of its financings and the value and trading of the New Money Notes, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The New Money Notes will be structurally subordinated to the liabilities and preference shares (if any) of the members of the Intrum Group that do not guarantee the New Money Notes.

Some, but not all, of the members of the Intrum Group will guarantee the New Money Notes. Members of the Intrum Group who have not guaranteed the New Money Notes will not have any obligations to pay amounts due under the New Money Notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Generally, Holders of indebtedness of, and trade creditors of, such members of the Intrum Group, are entitled to payments of their claims from the assets of such members of the Intrum Group before these assets are made available for distribution to the Issuer, as a direct or indirect shareholder and the creditors of the Issuer (including the Holders of the New Money Notes) will have no right to proceed against the assets of such subsidiary. As such, the New Money Notes will be structurally subordinated to the creditors (including trade creditors) and any Holders of preferred stock of Intrum AB’s subsidiaries.

 

106


The security interests in the New Money Notes Collateral are not directly granted to the Holders of the New Money Notes.

The security interests in the New Money Notes Collateral that will secure, among other obligations, the obligations of the Issuer under the New Money Notes and the Guarantors under the Guarantees will not be granted directly to the Holders of the New Money Notes, but will be granted only in favor of the Security Agent on behalf of the New Money Notes Trustee and the Holders of the New Money Notes in accordance with the New Money Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement. The Holders of the New Money Notes will not have direct security interests and will not be entitled to take enforcement action in respect of the New Money Notes Collateral, except through the New Money Notes Trustee, who will (subject to the provisions of the New Money Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement) provide instructions to the Security Agent in respect of the New Money Notes Collateral.

It may be difficult to realize the value of the New Money Notes Collateral, and the ability of the Security Agent to enforce certain of the New Money Notes Collateral may be restricted.

The New Money Notes Collateral will be subject to any and all exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections permitted under the New Money Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable. The existence of any such exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections could adversely affect the value of the New Money Notes Collateral as well as the ability of the Security Agent to realize or foreclose on such New Money Notes Collateral. Furthermore, the ranking of security interests can be affected by a variety of factors, including the timely satisfaction of perfection requirements, statutory liens, certain statutory preferences or recharacterization under the laws of certain jurisdictions.

The security interests of the Security Agent are subject to practical challenges generally associated with the realization of security interests in the New Money Notes Collateral. For example, the Security Agent may need to obtain the consent or approval of a third party (including a government or regulatory agency) to enforce a security interest in a contract or to transfer or sell certain assets. The Company cannot provide assurance that the Security Agent will be able to obtain any such consents or approvals. The Company also cannot provide assurance that the consents or approvals of any third parties will be given when required to facilitate a foreclosure on such assets. Accordingly, the Security Agent may not have the ability to foreclose upon those assets and the value of the New Money Notes Collateral may significantly decrease.

The New Money Notes Collateral may not be sufficient to secure the obligations under the New Money Notes.

The New Money Notes Collateral (other than the Escrow Account) will also secure the Intrum Group’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility and the New Money Notes. The New Money Notes Collateral (other than the Escrow Account) may also secure additional debt to the extent permitted by the terms of the New Money Notes Indenture, including certain hedging obligations. In addition, the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain hedging counterparties will have a prior lien or priority in the waterfall for the proceeds of

 

107


New Money Notes Collateral (other than the Escrow Account) to the Holders of the New Money Notes. There may not be sufficient New Money Notes Collateral to pay all or any of the New Money Notes. The rights of a Holder of New Money Notes to the New Money Notes Collateral would be further diluted by any increase in the debt secured by the relevant New Money Notes Collateral or a reduction of the New Money Notes Collateral.

All New Money Notes Collateral shall be subject to the Agreed Security Principles and permitted security interests as described in the form of New Money Notes Indenture and certain of the Intrum Group’s assets are not part of the New Money Notes Collateral.

The value of the New Money Notes Collateral and the amount to be received upon a sale of such New Money Notes Collateral will depend upon many factors, including, among others, the ability to sell the New Money Notes Collateral in an orderly sale, whether or not the business is sold as a going concern, the condition of the economies in which operations are located and the availability of buyers. The book value of the New Money Notes Collateral should not be relied on as a measure of realizable value for such assets. No appraisals of any of the New Money Notes Collateral have been prepared by the Company or on the Company’s behalf. The fair market value of the New Money Notes Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, the Company’s ability to implement its business strategy, whether or not the business is sold as a going concern, the ability to sell the New Money Notes Collateral in an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability of buyers, whether any approvals required to purchase the business would be available to a potential buyer and similar factors. Hence, the amount to be received upon a sale of any New Money Notes Collateral would be dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to the actual fair market value of the New Money Notes Collateral at such time, general market and economic conditions and the timing and the manner of the sale. All or a portion of the New Money Notes Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Likewise, the Company cannot provide assurance that there will be a market for the sale of the New Money Notes Collateral, or, if such a market exists, that there will not be a substantial delay in its liquidation. In addition, the share pledges of an entity may be of no value if that entity is subject to an insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding. The New Money Notes Collateral may be released in connection with an enforcement sale and certain disposals pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

There also can be no assurance that the New Money Notes Collateral will be sellable and, even if sellable, the timing of any liquidation or foreclosure is uncertain. To the extent that liens, rights or easements granted to third parties encumber assets owned by the Company, such as liens resulting from consignment agreements with the Company’s suppliers and retention rights, such third parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such liens that could materially adversely affect the value of the New Money Notes Collateral and the ability of the Security Agent to realize or foreclose on the New Money Notes Collateral. By the nature of the Company’s business, some or all of the New Money Notes Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Also, certain of the Company’s contracts, including the New Money Notes Indenture, include or will include a change of control clause, which may be triggered by enforcement of New Money Notes Collateral and limit the value of the New Money Notes Collateral. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, the Company cannot

 

108


provide assurance that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the New Money Notes Collateral will be sufficient to pay the obligations due under the New Money Notes. If the proceeds of any enforcement (including, where applicable, a sale) of New Money Notes Collateral are not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the New Money Notes (to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the New Money Notes Collateral), a Holder of New Money Notes would only have a senior unsecured claim against the Issuer’s remaining assets.

The New Money Notes Indenture will also permit the existence or the granting of certain liens other than those in favor of the Holders of the New Money Notes on the New Money Notes Collateral, such as certain preexisting or statutory liens. Holders of such other secured indebtedness may have rights and remedies which, if exercised, could reduce the proceeds available to satisfy the Company’s obligations under the New Money Notes.

The New Money Notes will be secured only to the extent of the value of the assets that have been granted as New Money Notes Collateral.

The New Money Notes will be secured only by the New Money Notes Collateral described in the New Money Notes Indenture. Once granted, the security interests over substantially all of the New Money Notes Collateral will be limited to the same extent as those under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain other indebtedness, which limitations could be significant. To the extent that the claims of the Holders of the New Money Notes exceed the value of the assets securing those New Money Notes and other obligations, those claims will rank equally with the claims of the Holders of all other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness ranking pari passu with the New Money Notes. As a result, if the value of the assets pledged as security for the New Money Notes is less than the value of the claims of the Holders of the New Money Notes, those claims may not be satisfied in full before the claims of certain unsecured creditors are paid.

The grant of New Money Notes Collateral to secure the New Money Notes might be challenged or voidable in an insolvency proceeding.

The grant of New Money Notes Collateral in favor of the Security Agent may be voidable by the grantor or by an insolvency liquidator, receiver or administrator or by other creditors, or may be otherwise set aside by a court, or be unenforceable if certain events or circumstances exist or occur, including, among others, if the grantor is deemed to be insolvent at the time of the grant, or if the grant permits the secured parties to receive a greater recovery than if the grant had not been given and an insolvency proceeding in respect of the grantor is commenced within a legally specified “clawback” period following the grant.

 

109


The Intrum Group may incur additional indebtedness that is secured by the New Money Notes Collateral (other than the Escrow Account) on a pari passu basis, and lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain hedging counterparties may receive proceeds from the enforcement of the New Money Notes Collateral (other than the Escrow Account) in priority to Holders of the New Money Notes pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

Subject to certain conditions, the Company is permitted to grant security over the New Money Notes Collateral (other than the Escrow Account) in connection with future issuances of its indebtedness or indebtedness of its restricted subsidiaries, including any additional New Money Notes, in each case, as permitted under the New Money Notes Indenture. As such, in the event of a foreclosure on such New Money Notes Collateral, a Holder of the New Money Notes may not be able to fully recover on such New Money Notes Collateral if the then outstanding claims on such indebtedness that shares such New Money Notes Collateral pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement are greater than the proceeds realized.

Any proceeds received upon any enforcement over such New Money Notes Collateral, after any applicable liabilities in respect of indebtedness designated as Super Senior Lender Liabilities and Super-Priority Hedging Liabilities under the Intercreditor Agreement have been discharged from such recoveries, will be applied pro rata in payment of all liabilities in respect of obligations under the New Money Notes Indenture and the New Money Notes and any other indebtedness of the Intrum Group permitted to be incurred and secured by the New Money Notes Collateral pursuant to the New Money Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement on a pari passu basis.

The claims of the Holders of the New Money Notes are effectively subordinated to the rights of the Intrum Group’s future secured creditors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness that does not constitute New Money Notes Collateral.

The New Money Notes will only be secured by the New Money Notes Collateral. The New Money Notes Indenture will provide for a negative pledge but will allow the Company, subject to specified limitations, to incur secured indebtedness that will be effectively senior to the New Money Notes to the extent of the value of the non-New Money Notes Collateral assets that secure that indebtedness. In the event of any distribution or payment of the Intrum Group’s assets in any foreclosure, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, administration, reorganization, or other insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding, the proceeds from the sale of non-New Money Notes Collateral assets securing any indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the New Money Notes only after all such secured indebtedness (including claims preferred by operation of law) has been paid in full. As a result, Holders of New Money Notes may receive less, ratably, than Holders of indebtedness secured by assets that do not constitute New Money Notes Collateral.

The Intrum Group may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance an offer to repurchase the New Money Notes upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control as required by the New Money Notes Indenture.

Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a “change of control,” the Issuer would be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding New Money Notes at a purchase price

 

110


in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase. If a change of control were to occur, the Company cannot provide assurance that it would have sufficient funds available at such time to pay the purchase price of the outstanding New Money Notes or that the restrictions in the Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or its other existing contractual obligations would allow it to make such required repurchases. The repurchase of the New Money Notes pursuant to such an offer could cause a default under such indebtedness, even if the change of control itself does not. The ability of the Issuer to receive cash from its subsidiaries to allow them to pay cash to the Holders of the New Money Notes following the occurrence of a change of control, may be limited by the Company’s then existing financial resources. If an event constituting a change of control occurs at a time when the Issuer is prohibited from repurchasing the New Money Notes by the terms of its indebtedness (or the Issuer’s subsidiaries are prohibited from providing funds to the Issuer for the purpose of repurchasing the New Money Notes), the Company may seek the consent of the lenders under such indebtedness to purchase the New Money Notes or may attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If such consent to repay such borrowings is not obtained or such refinancing is not possible, the Issuer will remain prohibited from repurchasing any New Money Notes. In addition, the Company expects that it would require third-party financing to make an offer to repurchase the New Money Notes upon a change of control. The Company cannot provide assurance that it would be able to obtain such financing. Any failure by the Issuer to offer to purchase the Exchange Notes would constitute a default under the New Money Notes Indenture, which would, in turn, constitute a default under the Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, the Exchange Notes Indenture and certain other indebtedness

F. Risks Relating to Noteholder Ordinary Shares

The market price of Intrum AB’s ordinary shares may be volatile and may decline before or after the issuance.

The market price of Intrum AB’s ordinary shares is subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors, some of which are beyond the Company’s control. These factors include, among other things, actual or anticipated variations in the Company’s costs of doing business, operating results and cash flow, the nature and content of the Company’s earnings releases and its competitors’ earnings releases, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, business conditions in its markets and the general state of the securities markets and the market for other financial stocks, changes in capital markets that affect the perceived availability of capital to companies in its industry, and governmental legislation or regulation, as well as general economic and market conditions, such as downturns in economy and recessions.

In recent years, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price fluctuations that have often times been unrelated to the operating performance of the affected companies. Similarly, the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares may fluctuate significantly based upon factors unrelated or disproportionate to its operating performance. These market fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, interest rates or international currency fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of Intrum AB’s ordinary shares.

 

111


Significant sales of the Company’s ordinary shares, or the perception that significant sales thereof may occur in the future, could adversely affect the market price for its ordinary shares.

The sale of substantial amounts of the Company’s ordinary shares could adversely affect the price of these securities. Sales of substantial amounts of the Company’s ordinary shares in the public market, and the availability of shares for future sale could adversely affect the prevailing market price of its ordinary shares and could cause the market price of its ordinary shares to remain low for a substantial amount of time.

The Company does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of future dividends, if any, will depend, among other things, on the presence of debt under the Indentures and the Facility Agreement, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition and other factors.

G. Other Risks

The Financial Projections and other financial information are based on assumptions that may prove incorrect.

The Financial Projections and certain other financial information contained herein reflect numerous assumptions concerning the anticipated future performance of the Debtors, some of which may not materialize.

The financial information contained in this Disclosure Statement has not been audited except as otherwise stated herein. In preparing this Disclosure Statement, the Debtors have relied on financial data derived from their books and records available at the time of such preparation. Although the Debtors have exercised reasonable business judgment to ensure the accuracy of the financial information provided herein, and while the Debtors believe that such financial information fairly reflects their financial results, the Debtors are unable to warrant or represent that the financial information contained herein is without inaccuracies.

The Financial Projections are, by their nature, forward-looking, and necessarily based on certain significant assumptions or estimates that are beyond the Debtors’ control and may ultimately prove to be incorrect. The actual future financial results of the Debtors may turn out to be materially different from the Financial Projections. As discussed above, the Debtors’ industry is competitive, and their operations are subject to inherent uncertainties and risks, all of which make accurate forecasting very difficult. There can be no assurances that such prospective assessments will ultimately prove to be accurate.

It was assumed in the preparation of the Financial Projections and other financial information contained herein that the historical book value of the Debtors’ assets as of December 30, 2023, approximates those assets’ fair value, except for specific adjustments.

 

112


The implementation of the Plan may have significant United States federal income tax consequences for Holders of Allowed Claims and Holders of Allowed Interests.

The implementation of the Plan may have significant United States federal income tax consequences for Holders of Allowed Claims and Holders of Allowed Interests.

For a general discussion of the United States federal income tax treatment of the Plan for U.S. Holders of Allowed Claims and U.S. Holders of Allowed Interests, see the discussion in Section VII, titled “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests should consult with their tax advisors to determine the United States federal income tax consequences of the Plan in light of each Holder’s specific circumstances.

Historical financial information will not be comparable.

As a result of the consummation of the Plan and the transactions contemplated thereby, the financial condition and results of operations of the Reorganized Debtors from and after the Effective Date will not be comparable to the financial condition or results of operations reflected in the Debtors’ historical financial statements.

The Debtors have no duty to update.

The statements contained in the Disclosure Statement are made by the Debtors as of the date hereof, unless otherwise specified herein, and the delivery of the Disclosure Statement after that date does not imply that there has been no change in the information set forth herein since that date. The Debtors have no duty to update the Disclosure Statement unless otherwise ordered to do so by the Bankruptcy Court.

H. Certain Disclaimers

No representations outside the Disclosure Statement are authorized.

No representations concerning or related to the Debtors, the Chapter 11 Cases, or the Plan are authorized by the Bankruptcy Court or the Bankruptcy Code, other than as set forth in the Disclosure Statement. Any representations or inducements made to secure your vote for acceptance or rejection of the Plan that are other than those contained in, or included with, the Disclosure Statement should not be relied upon in making the decision to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

No legal or tax advice is provided by the Disclosure Statement.

The contents of the Disclosure Statement should not be construed as legal, business, or tax advice. Each Holder of a Claim or Interest should consult their own legal counsel and accountant as to legal, tax, and other matters concerning their Claim or Interest. The Disclosure Statement is not legal advice to you. The Disclosure Statement may not be relied upon for any purpose other than to determine (i) how to vote on the Plan, (ii) whether or not to opt-out of the releases as set forth in Section VIII(D)(2) of the Plan, and (iii) whether or not to object to confirmation of the Plan.

 

113


No admission made.

Nothing contained herein or in the Plan will constitute an admission of, or will be deemed evidence of, the tax or other legal effects of the Plan on the Debtors or the Holders of Claims or Interests.

SECTION X.

ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF PLAN

If the Plan is not confirmed, the alternatives include (a) liquidation of the Debtors under chapter 7 or chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) continuation of the Chapter 11 Cases and formulation of an alternative plan or plans of reorganization. Each of these possibilities is discussed in turn below.

A. Liquidation Under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11

If the Plan is not confirmed, the Chapter 11 Cases could be converted to liquidation cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. A trustee would then be appointed to promptly liquidate the assets of the Debtors.

Although it is impossible to predict precisely how the proceeds of a liquidation would be distributed, in a chapter 7 liquidation, additional administrative expenses caused by the appointment of a trustee and professionals to assist the trustee, along with an increase in the number of unsecured Claims that would arise by reason of the liquidation and from the rejection of unexpired leases and executory contracts, would cause a substantial diminution of the distributions available to creditors.

The Debtors could also be liquidated pursuant to a chapter 11 plan. In a liquidation under chapter 11, the Debtors’ assets could be sold in a more orderly fashion over a longer period of time than in a chapter 7 liquidation. Thus, a chapter 11 liquidation might result in larger recoveries than in a chapter 7 liquidation, but the delay in distributions could result in lower present values received and higher administrative costs incurred. Because a trustee is not required in a chapter 11 liquidation, expenses for professional fees could be lower than in a chapter 7 liquidation. However, the drafting and pursuit of a liquidation plan and solicitation and tabulation of votes thereon would result in additional delays and administrative costs.

Although a chapter 11 liquidation is preferable to a chapter 7 liquidation, the Debtors believe that any liquidation would be a much less attractive alternative than the Plan because of the greater recoveries the Debtors anticipate will be provided under the Plan. It is highly unlikely that the Holders of General Unsecured Claims or Interests would receive any distribution in a liquidation under either chapter 7 or chapter 11.

THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT THE PLAN AFFORDS SUBSTANTIALLY GREATER BENEFITS TO HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS THAN WOULD LIQUIDATION UNDER ANY CHAPTER OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.

 

114


The Liquidation Analysis, prepared by the Debtors with its financial advisors, premised upon a chapter 7 liquidation, is attached hereto as Exhibit E. The Liquidation Analysis takes into account the realizable value of the Debtors’ assets of the Debtors and the extent to which the assets are subject to liens and security interests. Based on this analysis, a liquidation of the Debtors’ assets would produce less value for distribution to creditors and equity interest Holders than that recoverable under the Plan.

B. Alternative Plans of Reorganization

If the Debtors continued to operate their businesses and manage their properties as debtors-in-possession while formulating and negotiating an alternative plan, they would remain subject to the restrictions imposed by the Bankruptcy Code. Protracted Chapter 11 Cases would significantly affect the Debtors business and ability to operate as a going concern.

SECTION XI.

CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

The Debtors, with the support of the Consenting Creditors, believe that confirmation and implementation of the Plan is in the best interests of the Holders of Claims and Interests because it provides the greatest recoveries to such Holders. In addition, any alternative to confirmation of the Plan could result in extensive delays and substantially increased administrative expenses.

Accordingly, the Debtors, with the support of the Consenting Creditors, urge all Holders of Claims who are entitled to vote on the Plan to vote to accept the Plan and to evidence such acceptance by returning their Ballots so that they are actually received by the Voting Agent no later than 4:00 p.m., prevailing Central Time, on November 13, 2024.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

115


Dated: November 17, 2024

 

Respectfully submitted,

Intrum AB (pub) and its undersigned affiliate
By:    /s/ Andrés Rubio
  Name: Andrés Rubio
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
On behalf of Intrum AB (pub) and its Debtor affiliate


Exhibit A

The Plan

 


UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS

HOUSTON DIVISION

 

      )     
In re:    )    Chapter 11
     )     
Intrum AB et al.,1    )    Case No. 24-90575 (CML)
     )     
     )    (Joint Administration Requested)
Debtors.    )   

JOINT PREPACKAGED CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF

REORGANIZATION OF INTRUM AB AND ITS DEBTOR

AFFILIATE PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

(TECHNICAL MODIFICATIONS)

 

PORTER HEDGES LLP

John F. Higgins (TX 09597500)

M. Shane Johnson (TX 24083263)

1000 Main Street, 36th Floor

Houston, TX 77002

Telephone: (713) 226-6000

Facsimile: (713) 226-6248

Email: jhiggins@porterhedges.com

sjohnson@porterhedges.com

  

MILBANK LLP

Dennis F. Dunne (pro hac vice admission pending)

Jaimie Fedell (pro hac vice admission pending)

55 Hudson Yards

New York, NY 10001

Telephone:  (212) 530-5000

Facsimile:  (212) 530-5219

Email: ddunne@milbank.com

jfedell@milbank.com

Proposed Co-Counsel to the Debtors

  

Proposed Co-Counsel to the Debtors

Dated: November 17, 2024

  

 

1 

The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases are Intrum AB and Intrum AB of Texas LLC. The Debtors’ service address in these chapter 11 cases is 801 Travis Street, STE 2101, #1312, Houston, TX 77002.

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                    Page  

INTRODUCTION

     1  

ARTICLE I DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, GOVERNING LAW, AND OTHER REFERENCES

     1  
  

A.

   Defined Terms      1  
   B.    Rules of Interpretation; Computation of Time      22  
   C.    Governing Law      22  
   D.    Reference to Monetary Figures      23  
   E.    Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors      23  
   F.    Consent and Consultation Rights      23  
   G.    Controlling Document      23  

ARTICLE II ADMINISTRATIVE AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

     24  
  

A.

      Administrative Claims      24  
   B.       Professional Fee Claims      25  
      1.    Professional Fee Claims      25  
      2.    Professional Fee Escrow Account      25  
      3.    Professional Fee Escrow Amount      25  
      4.    Post-Confirmation Date Fees and Expenses      26  
   C.       Priority Tax Claims      26  
   D.       Restructuring Expenses      26  

ARTICLE III CLASSIFICATION, TREATMENT, AND VOTING OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

     27  
  

A.

      Classification of Claims and Interests      27  
   B.       Treatment of Classes of Claims and Interests      27  
      1.    Class 1 — Other Secured Claims      28  
      2.    Class 2 — Other Priority Claims      28  
      3.    Class 3 — RCF Claims      28  
      4.    Class 4 — Senior Secured Term Loan Claims      29  
      5.    Class 5 — Notes Claims      30  
      6.    Class 6 — General Unsecured Claims      30  
      7.    Class 7 —Intercompany Claims      31  
      8.    Class 8 —Existing Equity Interests      31  
      9.    Class 9 —Intercompany Interests      31  

 

i


   C.    Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims      31  
   D.    Elimination of Vacant Classes      32  
   E.    No Waiver      32  
   F.    Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes      32  
   G.    Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code      32  
   H.    Controversy Concerning Impairment      33  
   I.    Subordinated Claims      33  

ARTICLE IV PROVISIONS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

     33  
  

A.

      General Settlement of Claims and Interests      33  
   B.       Restructuring Transactions      33  
   C.       Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions      34  
      1.    Issuance of the New Money Notes      34  
      2.    Equity Issuance      35  
      3.    SSRCF      36  
      4.    Exchange Notes      37  
   D.       Corporate Action      38  
   E.       Corporate Existence      39  
   F.       Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors      39  
   G.       Cancellation of Prepetition Credit Agreements, Notes, Instruments, Certificates, and Other Documents      39  
   H.       Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions      40  
   I.       Certain Securities Law Matters      40  
   J.       Section 1146(a) Exemption      41  
   K.       Employee and Retiree Benefits      42  
   L.       Preservation of Causes of Action      42  

ARTICLE V TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

     43  
  

A.

   Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases      43  
   B.    Indemnification Obligations      44  
   C.    Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases      45  
   D.    Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed      45  
   E.    Insurance Policies      46  
   F.    Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements      47  

 

ii


   G.       Reservation of Rights      47  
   H.       Nonoccurrence of Effective Date      47  
   I.       Contracts and Leases Entered into after the Petition Date      47  

ARTICLE VI PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

     48  
  

A.

   Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed as of the Effective Date      48  
   B.    Rights and Powers of Distribution Agent      48  
      1.    Powers of the Distribution Agent      48  
      2.    Expenses Incurred on or after the Effective Date      48  
   C.    Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims and Interests      48  
   D.    Delivery of Distributions      49  
      1.    Compliance Matters      49  
      2.    Foreign Currency Exchange Rate      50  
      3.    Undeliverable, and Unclaimed Distributions      50  
      4.    Surrender of Cancelled Instruments or Securities      51  
   E.    Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties      51  
      1.    Claims Paid by Third Parties      51  
      2.    Claims Payable by Insurance Carriers      51  
      3.    Applicability of Insurance Policies      52  
   F.    Setoffs      52  
   G.    Allocation between Principal and Accrued Interest      52  
   H.    Minimum Distributions      52  

ARTICLE VII PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING DISPUTED CLAIMS

     53  
  

A.

   Disputed Claims Generally      53  
   B.    Objections to Claims      53  
   C.    Estimation of Claims      53  
   D.    Disallowance of Claims      54  
   E.    No Distributions Pending Allowance      54  
   F.    Distributions after Allowance      54  
   G.    Claim Resolution Procedures Cumulative      54  
   H.    Single Satisfaction of Claims and Interests      54  

ARTICLE VIII EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN

     55  
  

A.

   Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests      55  
   B.    Release of Liens      55  

 

iii


   C.    Releases by the Debtors      56  
   D.    Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests      57  
   E.    Exculpation      58  
   F.    Injunction      59  
   G.    Reimbursement or Contribution      60  

ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE

     60  
  

A.

   Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date      60  
   B.    Waiver of Conditions Precedent      62  

ARTICLE X MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

     63  
  

A.

   Modification of Plan      63  
   B.    Effect of Confirmation on Modifications      63  
   C.    Withdrawal of Plan      63  

ARTICLE XI RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

     64  

ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     66  
  

A.

   Immediate Binding Effect      66  
   B.    Additional Documents      66  
   C.    Payment of Statutory Fees      66  
   D.    Reservation of Rights      66  
   E.    Successors and Assigns      67  
   F.    Service of Documents      67  
   G.    Term of Injunctions or Stays      68  
   H.    Entire Agreement      68  
   I.    Plan Supplement      68  
   J.    Non-Severability      68  
   K.    Votes Solicited in Good Faith      69  
   L.    Closing of Chapter 11 Cases      69  
   M.    Waiver or Estoppel      69  
   N.    Creditor Default      69  
   O.    2002 Notice Parties      70  

 

iv


INTRODUCTION

Intrum AB and its affiliated debtor as debtors-in-possession in the above-captioned chapter 11 cases (each, a “Debtor,” and collectively, the “Debtors”) propose this joint prepackaged plan of reorganization (the “Plan”) for the resolution of the outstanding Claims against and Interests in the Debtors pursuant to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Capitalized terms used in the Plan and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in Article I.A of the Plan. The Debtors seek to consummate the Restructuring Transactions on the Effective Date. Each of the Debtors are a proponent of the Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Plan does not contemplate substantive consolidation of any of the Debtors. Reference is made to the Disclosure Statement for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, business, properties and operations, projections, risk factors, a summary and analysis of the Plan, the Restructuring Transactions, and certain related matters. The Plan shall apply as a separate Plan for each of the Debtors, and the classification of Claims and Interests set forth herein shall apply separately to each of the Debtors.

ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THE PLAN AND THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IN THEIR ENTIRETY, PARTICULARLY HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS ENTITLED TO VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.

ARTICLE I

DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,

COMPUTATION OF TIME, GOVERNING LAW, AND OTHER REFERENCES

 

A.

Defined Terms

1. “2025 Eurobonds” means Notes issued under the 2025 Eurobonds Indenture.

2. “2025 Eurobonds Indenture” means the indenture dated August 5, 2020 between the Company (as issuer) and the Eurobond Trustee (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

3. “2025 MTN Issuance Agreement” means a notes program issuance agreement between, among others, the Company and Swedbank AB as lead arranger, originally dated February 10, 2012 (in each case, as amended, amended and restated, or supplemented from time to time).

4. “2025 MTNs” means, collectively: (a) the 2025 Tranche 1 MTNs; (b) the 2025 Tranche 2 MTNs; and (c) the 2025 Tranche 3 MTNs.

5. “2025 PPN Indenture” means the indenture between, among others, the Company (as issuer) and the PPN Trustee, dated December 13, 2019 (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

6. “2025 Tranche 1 MTNs” means SEK 1,100 million senior floating rate medium term notes due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to terms and conditions dated 3 May 2023 with ISIN SE0013105533 and pursuant to the 2025 MTN Issuance Agreement.

 

1


7. “2025 Tranche 2 MTNs” means SEK 400 million senior fixed rate medium-term notes due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions dated 3 May 2023 with ISIN SE0013105525 and pursuant to the 2025 MTN Issuance Agreement.

8. “2025 Tranche 3 MTNs” means SEK 1,250 million senior floating rate medium term notes due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to notes terms and conditions dated 25 June 2018 with ISIN SE0013104080 and pursuant to the 2025 MTN Issuance Agreement.

9. “2026 Eurobonds” means Notes issued under the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture.

10. “2026 Eurobonds Indenture” means the indenture dated July 31, 2019 between the Company (as issuer) and the Eurobond Trustee (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

11. “2026 MTNs” means the SEK 1,000 million senior floating rate medium-term notes due 2026, issued by the Company, with ISIN SE0013360435, in each case pursuant to a notes program issuance agreement between, among others, the Company and Swedbank AB as lead arranger, originally dated 10 February 2012 (in each case, as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time). “2027 Eurobonds” means Notes issued under the 2027 Eurobonds Indenture.

12. “2027 Eurobonds Indenture” means the indenture dated September 19, 2019 between the Company (as issuer) and the Eurobond Trustee (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

13. “2028 Eurobonds” means Notes issued under the 2028 Eurobonds Indenture.

14. “2028 Eurobonds Indenture” means the indenture dated December 14, 2022 between the Company (as issuer) and the Eurobond Trustee (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

15. “Abstaining Creditor” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Lock-Up Agreement.

16. “Additional Backstop Provider” means any person who accedes to the Backstop Agreement and Lock-Up Agreement as a Backstop Provider on or after the date of the Backstop Agreement.

17. “Additional Consenting Noteholders” means any person which has become a Consenting Noteholder in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement on or after the effective date of the Lock-Up Agreement.

18. “Additional Participating Lender” means any person which has become a Participating Lender in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement on or after the effective date of the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

2


19. “Administrative Claim” means a Claim for costs and expenses of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 503(b), 507(a)(2), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred on or after the Petition Date until and including the Effective Date of preserving the Estates and operating the Debtors’ businesses; (b) Allowed Professional Fee Claims; (c) the Backstop Fees; (d) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code; and (e) the Restructuring Expenses.

20. “Administrative Claims Bar Date” means the deadline for Filing requests for payment of Administrative Claims, which: (a) with respect to Administrative Claims other than Professional Fee Claims, shall be 30 days after the Effective Date; and (b) with respect to Professional Fee Claims, shall be 45 days after the Effective Date.

21. “Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. With respect to any Entity that is not a Debtor, the term “Affiliate” shall apply to such Entity as if the Entity were a Debtor.

22. “Agents” means, collectively, the RCF Facility Agent, the agent under the Senior Secured Term Loan, and the Security Agent.

23. “Agents/Trustees” means, collectively, the Agents and the Notes Trustees.

24. “Agreed Steps Plan” means the implementation steps for the Restructuring Transactions as agreed in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

25. “Allowed” means, as to a Claim or an Interest allowed under the Plan, under the Bankruptcy Code, or by a Final Order, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, other than with respect to Administrative Claims not otherwise Allowed, (a) there is no requirement to File a Proof of Claim to be an Allowed Claim under the Plan, and (b) the Debtors may affirmatively determine to deem Unimpaired Claims Allowed to the same extent such Claims would be allowed under applicable non-bankruptcy law.

26. “Ancillary Facility” has the meaning set forth in the Facility Agreement.

27. “Ancillary Facility Claim” means a Claim under any Ancillary Facility.

28. “Avoidance Actions” means any and all actual or potential avoidance, recovery, subordination, or other claims, actions, or remedies that may be brought by or on behalf of the Debtors or their Estates or other authorized parties in interest under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable non-bankruptcy law, including actions or remedies under sections 502, 510, 542, 544, 545, and 547 through and including 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, or other similar or related state, federal, or foreign statutes, common law, or other applicable law.

29. “Backstop Agreement” means the agreement attached as Exhibit C to the Disclosure Statement, dated on July 10, 2024, setting out the terms of the backstop commitments provided by the Backstop Providers to backstop the entirety of the issuance of New Money Notes (as may be further amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof).

 

3


30. “Backstop Fee” means the fee to be provided to the Backstop Providers in accordance with the Backstop Agreement equal to 3.0% of the aggregate principal amount of New Money Notes.

31. “Backstop Providers” means, collectively, (a) each person identified as such in a signature page to the Lock-Up Agreement and Backstop Agreement, and (on and from the time of their accession), and (b) each Additional Backstop Provider.

32. “Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532, as amended.

33. “Bankruptcy Court” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division or such other court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases.

34. “Bankruptcy Rules” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure as promulgated by the United States Supreme Court under section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. § 2075, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases and the general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court.

35. “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a “legal holiday,” as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a).

36. “Cash” means the legal tender of the United States of America or the equivalent thereof, including bank deposits and checks.

37. “Cause of Action” means any action, claim, cause of action, controversy, demand, right, action, Lien, indemnity, interest, guaranty, suit, obligation, liability, damage, judgment, account, defense, offset, power, privilege, license, and franchise of any kind or character whatsoever, whether known, unknown, contingent or non-contingent, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, disputed or undisputed, secured or unsecured, assertable directly or derivatively, whether arising before, on, or after the Petition Date, in contract or in tort, in law or in equity, or pursuant to any other theory of law, whether arising under any state or federal law or regulation of the United States of America or of any law or regulation in any other jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, “Cause of Action” includes: (a) any right of setoff, counterclaim, or recoupment and any claim for breach of contract or for breach of duties imposed by law or in equity; (b) any claim based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, tort, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, violation of state or federal law or breach of any duty imposed by law or in equity, including securities laws, negligence, and gross negligence; (c) the right to object to Claims or Interests; (d) any Claim pursuant to section 362 or chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code; (e) any claim or defense, including fraud, mistake, duress, and usury, and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code; (f) any state or foreign law fraudulent transfer or similar claim; and (g) any other Avoidance Action.

38. “Certificate” means any instrument evidencing a Claim or Interest.

 

4


39. “Chapter 11 Cases” means (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, any case pending for that Debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court and (b) when used with reference to all Debtors, any procedurally consolidated chapter 11 cases pending for the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court.

40. “Claim” means a claim, as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

41. “Claims and Noticing Agent” means Kroll Restructuring Administration LLC, in its capacity as noticing, claims, and solicitation agent for the Debtors, pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

42. “Claims Register” means the official register of Claims and Interests in the Debtors maintained by the Claims and Noticing Agent.

43. “Class” means a class of Claims or Interests, as set forth in Article III hereof pursuant to section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

44. “CM/ECF” means the Bankruptcy Court’s Case Management and Electronic Case Filing system.

45. “Combined Hearing” means the hearing(s) before the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3020(b)(2) and sections 1125, 1128 and 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code at which the Debtors seek entry of the Combined Order.

46. “Combined Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming this Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, approving the Disclosure Statement pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, and approving the Backstop Agreement, including the Backstop Fee.

47. “Company” means Intrum AB (publ), a public limited liability company registered under the laws of Sweden with registration number 556607-7581.

48. “Confirmation” means entry of the Combined Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases.

49. “Confirmation Date” means the date on which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Combined Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.

50. “Consent Fee Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder” means a Consenting Noteholder holding Locked-Up Notes Debt comprising Eurobonds that is or becomes a party to the Lock-Up Agreement as a Consenting Noteholder prior to the Consent Fee Deadline (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) and remains a Consenting Creditor on, and has not materially breached the Lock-Up Agreement prior to, the Effective Date.

51. “Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender” means: (i) each Original Participating Lender; and (ii) each Participating Lender (other than an Original Participating Lender) who becomes an Additional Participating Lender on or before the Lock-Up Deadline (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement), and remains a Participating Lender on, and has not materially breached the Lock-Up Agreement prior to, the Effective Date.

 

5


52. “Consenting Creditor” means, notwithstanding that any such Consenting Creditor may be an Abstaining Creditor, a Consenting Noteholder or a Participating Lender, as the context requires.

53. “Consenting Noteholders” means (i) the Original Consenting Noteholders; (ii) any Holder of Notes Claims which has become an Additional Consenting Noteholder in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, in each case in respect of its Locked-Up Notes Debt unless, in each case, it has ceased to be a Consenting Noteholder in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

54. “Consummation” means the occurrence of the Effective Date.

55. “Core Noteholder Group” means the Notes Ad Hoc Group and each other Original Consenting Noteholder identified as a member of the Core Noteholder Group in its signature page to the Lock-Up Agreement.

56. “Covered Entities” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article VIII.E.

57. “Covered Matters” has the meaning ascribed to in Article VIII.E.

58. “Cure” means the payment of a Claim (unless waived or modified by the applicable counterparty) based upon a Debtor’s defaults under an Executory Contract or an Unexpired Lease assumed by such Debtor under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than a default that is not required to be cured pursuant to section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

59. “Cure Amount” means as applicable, (i) the payment of Cash by the Debtor, or the Distribution of other property (as the parties may agree or the Bankruptcy Court may order), as necessary to (a) Cure a monetary default by the Debtor in accordance with the terms of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease and (b) permit the Debtor to assume such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or (ii) the payment of Cash by the Debtor in an amount required by section 1124(2) of the Bankruptcy Code to Reinstate a Claim.

60. “Debtor” or “Debtors” has the meaning provided in the preamble of this Plan.

61. “Debtor Release” means the releases by the Debtors set forth in Article VIII.C herein.

62. “Definitive Documents” means the definitive documents and agreements governing the Restructuring Transactions (including any related orders, agreements, instruments, schedules, or exhibits) that are contemplated by and referenced in the Plan (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time), including: (i) the Lock-Up Agreement (and all exhibits and other documents and instruments related thereto); (ii) the Financing Order; (iii) the Plan and the Plan Supplement (and all exhibits and other documents and instruments related thereto and included therein); (iv) the Disclosure Statement and the Solicitation Materials; (v) the Combined Order; (vi) the Scheduling Order; (vii) the First Day Pleadings and the First Day Orders; (viii) the Transaction

 

6


Documents; (ix) any other document or agreement necessary or advisable to be entered into, adopted, or filed to implement the Restructuring Transactions; and (x) any motion, brief, or pleading filed by the Debtors or by any Company Affiliate or its “foreign representative” (or equivalent, as applicable) in these Chapter 11 Cases, the Swedish Company Reorganisation Process, or any related proceeding, including any motion, brief, or pleading seeking approval or confirmation of any of the foregoing Definitive Documents, which shall in each case, (a) be subject to the consent rights as set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and (b) be in an agreed form as set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement.

63. “Disclosure Statement” means the Disclosure Statement relating to this Plan, dated as of October 17, 2024, as may be amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto and references therein that relate to the Plan, that is prepared and distributed in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and any other applicable law.

64. “Disputed” means a Claim or an Interest or any portion thereof: (a) that is not Allowed; (b) that is not disallowed under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, or a Final Order, as applicable; and (c) with respect to which a party in interest has Filed a Proof of Claim or otherwise made a written request to a Debtor for payment, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

65. “Distribution” means a distribution made or facilitated by a Distribution Agent pursuant to the Plan.

66. “Distribution Agent” means, as applicable, the Reorganized Debtors or any Entity the Reorganized Debtors select to make or to facilitate Distributions in accordance with the Plan.

67. “Distribution Date” means, except as otherwise set forth herein, the date or dates determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, on or after the Effective Date, upon which the Distribution Agent shall make Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims entitled to receive Distributions under the Plan.

68. “Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline” means 11:59 pm (London time) on September 2, 2024 or such later date as may be agreed to in writing pursuant to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement.

69. “Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder” means a Consenting Noteholder holding Locked-Up Notes Debt comprising Eurobonds that is or becomes a party to the Lock-Up Agreement as a Consenting Noteholder prior to the Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline and remains a Consenting Noteholder on, and has not materially breached the Lock-Up Agreement prior to, the Effective Date.

70. “Early Bird Eurobond Consent Fee” means in respect of an Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder, an early bird consent fee equal to a further 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of its Locked-Up Debt (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) comprising Eurobonds as of the Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline and described in further detail in the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

7


71. “Effective Date” means the date that is the first Business Day after the Confirmation Date on which all conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A of the Plan have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Article IX.B of the Plan.

72. “Effective Date Failed CP Notice” means a notice delivered after the Long-Stop Time by the Majority Core Noteholder Group or the Majority Participating Lenders (in each case, acting reasonably) stating in writing that a condition precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A of the Plan cannot be satisfied by September 30, 2025 in a manner reasonably acceptable to the party delivering such notice and that they will not waive such condition precedent.

73. “Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee” means, in respect of a Participating MTN Holder, a consent fee in respect of each relevant MTN Issuance in which it holds Notes, equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes Claims in that MTN Issuance.

74. “Entity” has the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.

75. “Estate” means the estate of any Debtor created under sections 301 and 541 of the Bankruptcy Code upon the commencement of the applicable Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case.

76. “Eurobond Consent Fee” means in respect of a Consent Fee Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder, a consent fee equal to 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of its Locked-Up Notes Debt comprising Eurobonds as of the Noteholder Record Date and described in further detail in the Lock-Up Agreement.

77. “Eurobond Trustee” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch.

78. “Eurobonds” means (a) the 2025 Eurobonds; (b) 2026 Eurobonds; (c) the 2027 Eurobonds; (d) the 2028 Eurobonds; and (e) the PPNs.

79. “Exchange Notes” means the new secured notes to be issued by HoldCo (or such other Entity as may be agreed between the Company, the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group) under the Exchange Notes Indenture pursuant to the Plan consistent with the terms as set forth in the Plan Supplement and the Lock-Up Agreement.

80. “Exchange Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture which shall govern the Exchange Notes.

81. “Exculpated Party” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such and, in each case, to the maximum extent permitted by law: (a) the Debtors and (b) the Reorganized Debtors.

82. “Exculpation” means the exculpation provision set forth in Article VIII.E hereof.

83. “Executory Contract” means a contract or lease to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

8


84. “Existing Equity Interests” means any issued, unissued, authorized, or outstanding ordinary shares or shares of common stock, preferred stock, or other instrument evidencing an ownership interest in Intrum AB, whether or not transferable, together with any warrants, equity-based awards, or contractual rights to purchase or acquire such interests at any time and all rights arising with respect thereto that existed immediately before the Effective Date.

85. “Facility Agreement” means the revolving facility agreement originally dated 6 December 2019 between, among others, the Company, Lock TopCo AS, a private limited liability company (aksjeselskap) registered under the laws of Norway with registration number 913 852 508, the Security Agent and Swedbank AB (Publ) as facility agent (as amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, including by an amendment and restatement deed dated 7 December 2020, and including all exhibits and other documents and instruments related thereto).

86. “Facility Agreement Amendments Documents” means the SSRCF Credit Agreement and any and all documents (other than the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents and the Restructuring Documents (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) except with respect to the Intercreditor Agreement and New Security Documents, which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, each be a Facility Agreement Amendments Document) required to effect the amendment of the Facility Agreement in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

87. “Facility Agreement Documents” means, collectively, the Facility Agreement and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection therewith.

88. “File,” “Filed,” or “Filing” means file, filed, or filing in the Chapter 11 Cases with the Bankruptcy Court or, with respect to the filing of a Proof of Claim, the Claims and Noticing Agent or the Bankruptcy Court.

89. “Final Decree” means the decree contemplated under Bankruptcy Rule 3022.

90. “Final Order” means an order of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the relevant subject matter that has not been reversed, modified or amended, that is not stayed, and as to which the time to appeal, seek certiorari, or move for new trial, reargument, or rehearing has expired and no appeal, petition for certiorari, or proceeding for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has been timely taken, or as to which any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been or may be Filed has been withdrawn with prejudice, resolved by the highest court to which the order could be appealed or from which certiorari could be sought, or the new trial, reargument or rehearing shall have been denied, resulted in no modification of such order or has otherwise been dismissed with prejudice; provided, that the possibility that a motion under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Bankruptcy Rules, may be filed with respect to such order will not preclude such order from being a Final Order.

91. “Financing Order” means the Interim Order (I) Authorizing Postpetition Use of Cash Collateral, (II) Granting Adequate Protection and (III) Scheduling a Final Hearing Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 4001(b) or the Final Order (I) Authorizing Postpetition Use of Cash Collateral, (II) Granting Adequate Protection and (III) Scheduling a Final Hearing Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 4001(b).

 

9


92. “First Day Orders” means any interim or Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court granting the relief requested in the First Day Pleadings (as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time).

93. “First Day Pleadings” means all motions, applications, notices or other pleadings that the Debtors File or propose to File in connection with the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases and all orders sought thereby (any of the foregoing as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time), including the proposed First Day Orders.

94. “General Unsecured Claim” means any Claim that is not a Secured Claim, other than (a) Administrative Claims, (b) Priority Tax Claims, (c) Other Priority Claims, or (d) Notes Claims.

95. “Governmental Unit” has the meaning set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.

96. “HoldCo” means Intrum Investments and Financing AB, a company registered under the laws of Sweden with registration number 559481-4906.

97. “Holder” means any Entity that is the record or beneficial owner of any Claim or Interest, including any nominees, investment managers, investment advisors, sub-advisors, or managers of funds or discretionary accounts that hold, or trustees of trusts that hold, any Claim or Interest.

98. “Holding Period Trust” means a trust to be established on customary terms for a fixed period of twelve months following the Effective Date to hold certain Distributions in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

99. “Impaired” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

100. “Indemnification Provisions” means each of the Debtors’ indemnification provisions currently in place, whether in the Debtors’ bylaws, certificates of incorporation, other formation documents, board resolutions, indemnification agreements, employment agreements, engagement letters, or other contracts, for the current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, other professionals, and agents of the Debtors and such current and former directors’, officers’, managers’, employees’, attorneys’, other professionals’, and agents’ respective Affiliates.

101. “Insurance Policies” means all insurance policies issued or providing coverage at any time to any of the Debtors or any of their predecessors and all agreements, documents, letters of indemnity, or instruments relating thereto.

 

10


102. “Insurer” means any company or other entity that has issued or entered into an Insurance Policy, any third-party administrator, and any respective predecessors or affiliates thereof.

103. “Intercompany Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor held by another Debtor or a member of the Intrum Group.

104. “Intercompany Interest” means an Interest in a Debtor held by another Debtor.

105. “Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement, originally dated June 26, 2017 between, amongst others, the Company and the Security Agent (as amended, supplemented, or restated from time to time, including by amendment agreement dated January 15, 2020).

106. “Interest” means the common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, and any other equity, ownership, or profits interests of any Debtor, including, without limitation, options, warrants, rights, or other securities or agreements to acquire the common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, or other equity, ownership, or profits interests of any Debtor (whether or not arising under or in connection with any employment agreement).

107. “Intrum Group” means Intrum AB, its subsidiaries, and the other entities controlled by Intrum AB or its subsidiaries.

108. “Law” means any federal, state, local, or foreign law (including common law), statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, ruling, or judgment, in each case, that is validly adopted, promulgated, issued, or entered by a governmental authority of competent jurisdiction (including the Bankruptcy Court).

109. “Lender Record Date” has the meaning set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement.

110. “Lien” has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.

111. “Lock-Up Agreement” means that certain Lock-Up Agreement, a redacted version of which is attached as Exhibit B to the Disclosure Statement dated July 10, 2024, by and among the Company and the Consenting Creditors and the other parties who signed the signature pages thereto, including all exhibits and attachments thereto, as amended pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated August 15, 2024, as may be further amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

112. “Locked-Up Facility Agreements Debt” means, in relation to:

 

  (a)

an Original Participating Lender, the amount of RCF Claims held by that Participating Lender from time to time, including: (i) the amount of RCF Claims stated in the most recent Confidential Annexure (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) delivered by that Original Participating Lender to the Information Agent (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement or, if the Original Participating Lender has not delivered a Confidential Annexure (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) to the Information Agent (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement), the

 

11


  amount of RCF Claims stated in Schedule 1 (Original Participating Lenders) of the LUA Amendment and Restatement Agreement to the Lock-Up Agreement, plus (ii) any accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) thereon, plus (iii) the principal amounts of any other RCF Claims plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) transferred to it after the Second Effective Date (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement), plus (iv) all additional RCF Claims that become locked-up pursuant to Clause 6.2 of the Lock-Up Agreement (to the extent not already reflected in Schedule 1 of the LUA Amendment and Restatement Agreement or such Original Participating Lender’s most recent Confidential Annexure (if any); and

 

  (b)

a Participating Lender other than an Original Participating Lender, the amount of RCF Claims held by that Participating Lender from time to time, including: (i) the amount of RCF Claims stated in the most recent Confidential Annexure (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) delivered by that Participating Lender to the Information Agent (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, plus (ii) any accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) thereon, plus (iii) the principal amounts of any other RCF Claims plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) transferred to it after the date on which it acceded to the Lock-Up Agreement, plus (iv) all additional RCF Claims that becomes locked-up pursuant to Clause 6.2 of the Lock-Up Agreement (to the extent not already reflected in such Participating Lender’s most recent Confidential Annexure (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement)).

113. “Locked-Up Notes Debt” means in relation to each Consenting Noteholder, the amount of Notes Claims held by that Consenting Noteholder from time to time, including: (a) the amount of Notes Claims stated in its signature pages to the Lock-Up Agreement plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) thereon and the principal amounts of any other Notes Claims transferred to it after the First Effective Date (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement), in each case excluding any Notes Claims held by it as a broker-dealer in its capacity as a Qualified Market-maker (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement); and (b) all additional Notes Claims that have become locked-up pursuant to Clause 6.2 of the Lock-Up Agreement (to the extent not already reflected in such Holder’s signature pages to the Lock-Up Agreement), in each case to the extent not reduced or transferred by such Consenting Noteholder under and in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

114. “Long-Stop Time” means (a) 11:59 p.m. (London time) on March 31, 2025, or (b) (i) if a Compromise Process (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) has been Launched (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) and remains ongoing as at March 31, 2025, 11:59 p.m. (London time) on May 31, 2025 or (ii) otherwise, such later date and time as may be extended in writing (whether pursuant to a single extension or multiple extensions) with the agreement of each of the Company and the Majority Consenting Creditors; provided that such date shall not be extended beyond May 31, 2025 without the prior written consent of all Consenting Creditors.

115. “LUA Amendment and Restatement Agreement” means the amendment and restatement agreement to the Lock-Up Agreement dated 15 August 2024 between the Company, the Information Agent (as defined therein), and certain other parties thereto.

 

12


116. “LUA Compliance Certificate” means a certificate signed by an officer of the Company and dated not more than 10 days before the Effective Date confirming that the Company has continued to comply with each of the restrictions and covenants set out in the Lock-Up Agreement (as they apply to the Company and to the Company’s obligations to procure compliance by each other member of the Group (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) with any such restrictions and covenants) in all material respects since the termination of the Lock-Up Agreement or where the Company failed to comply with any such restriction or covenant (or such obligation to procure) set out in the Lock-Up Agreement in any material respect and where failure to comply was capable of remedy, such failure to comply was remedied within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the Company became aware of the failure to comply or the Majority Core Noteholder Group or the Majority Participating Lenders delivered a notice to the Company alleging failure to comply, as if the Lock-Up Agreement were still in full force and effect.

117. “Majority Consenting Creditors” means: (a) the Majority Consenting Noteholders and (b) the Majority Participating Lenders.

118. “Majority Consenting Noteholders” means Consenting Noteholders whose Locked-Up Notes Debt represents at least 50% by value of the aggregate Locked-Up Notes Debt held by all Consenting Noteholders at the relevant time.

119. “Majority Core Noteholder Group” means one or more members of the Core Noteholder Group whose principal amount outstanding of Locked-Up Notes Debt represents more than 50% by value of the aggregate Locked-Up Notes Debt of all members of the Core Noteholder Group at the relevant time.

120. “Majority Participating Lenders” means the Participating Lenders whose Locked-Up Facility Agreements Debt represents at least 6623% by value of the aggregate Locked-Up Facility Agreement Debt of all Participating Lenders, at the relevant time.

121. “MTN Agent” means Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ).

122. “MTN Terms and Conditions” means the terms and conditions governing each MTN Issuance including, for the avoidance of doubt, any final terms.

123. “MTNs” means, collectively: (a) the 2025 MTNs and (b) the 2026 MTNs and each of the notes referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) above shall be referred to individually as an “MTN Issuance”.

124. “New Money Documents” means any and all documents (other than the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, and the Restructuring Documents) required to effect the issuance of the New Money Notes in accordance with, and in terms consistent with, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed, which the Debtors and the Consenting Creditors anticipate will include, without limitation: (a) the New Money Notes Indenture; (b) the New Money Notes Purchase Agreement; and (c) the escrow agreement relating to the New Money Notes.

 

13


125. “New Money Notes” means the notes to be issued under and governed by the New Money Notes Indenture.

126. “New Money Notes Indenture” means the indenture to be entered into relating to the New Money Notes between, among others, the issuer of the New Money Notes, the guarantors party thereto, the trustee and the security agent thereto.

127. “New Money Notes Purchase Agreement” means the note purchase agreement to be entered into between, among others, the issuer of the New Money Notes, the guarantors party thereto and each purchaser of New Money Notes party thereto.

128. “New Security Documents” means each document governing security to be granted in accordance with the SSRCF Credit Agreement, New Money Notes Indenture, the Exchange Notes Indenture, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Agreed Steps Plan.

129. “Nominee” means, with respect to each Consenting Creditor and, for the purposes of the Backstop Agreement, each Backstop Provider, its (i) Affiliates, Related Funds (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement), branches, or controlled co-investment vehicles or (ii) any other related person approved by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith) to receive any of its entitlements or rights and obligations pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; provided that each such Consenting Creditor (or Backstop Provider, as the case may be) still remains and shall remain liable and responsible for the performance of all obligations assumed by any such person on its behalf and non-performance by any such person of any obligations of a Consenting Creditor shall not relieve such Consenting Creditor from its obligations under the Lock-Up Agreement.

130. “Noteholder Ordinary Shares” means new equity to be issued by the Company, being, as of the Effective Date, 10% of the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis, on the terms set out more fully in the Lock-Up Agreement, the. Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Agreed Steps Plan.

131. “Noteholder Record Date” means such date and time as shall be agreed between the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (each using their reasonable endeavors to ensure the date and time is agreed not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to such date and time).

132. “Notes” means: (a) the Eurobonds and (b) the MTNs, in each case which remain outstanding as of the Petition Date.

133. “Notes Ad Hoc Group” has the meaning set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement.

134. “Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisors” means the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel and the Notes Ad Hoc Group Financial Advisors.

135. “Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel” means Latham & Watkins LLP and Latham & Watkins (London) LLP, and Advokatfirmaet Schjødt AS, filial or any of their respective affiliates, local bankruptcy counsel to the Notes Ad Hoc Group, other local counsel or conflicts counsel retained by the Notes Ad Hoc Group, or any of their respective affiliates, or partnerships, as legal counsel to the Notes Ad Hoc Group.

 

14


136. “Notes Ad Hoc Group Financial Advisors” means PJT Partners (UK) Limited or any successor financial advisor to the Notes Ad Hoc Group.

137. “Notes Amendments Documents” means any and all documents, agreements and instruments (other than the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents and the New Money Documents), including the Exchange Notes Indenture, required to propose, implement and consummate the exchange of the Notes in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed.

138. “Notes Claims” means Claims on account of the Notes.2

139. “Notes Trustees” means the Eurobond Trustee, the PPN Trustee and the MTN Agent (if any).

140. Original Consenting Noteholders” means each Noteholder (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) identified in the signature pages to the Lock-Up Agreement.

141. “Original Participating Lender” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Lock-Up Agreement.

142. “Other Priority Claim” means any Claim other than an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

143. “Other Secured Claim” means any Secured Claim against the Debtors other than the RCF Claims and the Senior Secured Term Loan Claims.

144. “Participating Eurobond Holder” means a Holder of Participating Eurobonds.

145. “Participating Eurobonds” means the outstanding Eurobonds.

146. “Participating Lender” means the Original Participating Lenders and the Additional Participating Lenders.

147. “Participating MTN Holder” means a Holder of Participating MTNs.

148. “Participating MTNs” means the outstanding 2025 MTNs and 2026 MTNs.

149. “Participating Notes Claim” means Claims held by Participating Eurobond Holders and Participating MTN Holders.

150. “Person” has the meaning set forth in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

2 

For the avoidance of doubt, no Restructuring Expenses shall be deemed Notes Claims.

 

15


151. “Petition Date” means the date on which the Debtors commence the Chapter 11 Cases.

152. “Plan” means this chapter 11 plan, as altered, amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, including the Plan Supplement and all exhibits, supplements, appendices, and schedules.

153. “Plan Supplement” means any supplemental appendix to the Plan, containing certain documents and forms of documents, schedules, and exhibits relevant to the implementation of the Plan, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Bankruptcy Code, and the Bankruptcy Rules. The Plan Supplement shall be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court at least seven (7) days prior to the deadline to object to Confirmation.

154. “PPN Trustee” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch.

155. “PPNs” means the Notes issued pursuant to the 2025 PPN Indenture.

156. “Prepetition Finance Documents” means the 2025 PPN Indenture, the Facility Agreement, the 2025 Eurobond Indenture, the 2026 Eurobond Indenture, the 2027 Eurobond Indenture, the 2028 Eurobond Indenture, and the MTN Terms and Conditions.

157. “Priority Tax Claim” means any Claim of a Governmental Unit of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

158. “pro rata” means, unless otherwise specified, the proportion that an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in that Class.

159. “Professional” means an Entity: (a) employed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to a Final Order in accordance with sections 327 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered prior to or on the Effective Date pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, and 331 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) for which compensation and reimbursement has been Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

160. “Professional Fee Amount” means the aggregate amount of Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses the Professionals estimate they have incurred or will incur in rendering services to the Debtors prior to and as of the Confirmation Date, which estimates Professionals shall deliver to the Debtors as set forth in Article II.B of the Plan.

161. “Professional Fee Claim” means any Administrative Claim for the compensation of Professionals and the reimbursement of expenses incurred by such Professionals through and including the Confirmation Date to the extent such fees and expenses have not been paid pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court. To the extent the Bankruptcy Court denies or reduces by a Final Order any amount of a Professional’s requested fees and expenses, then the amount by which such fees or expenses are reduced or denied shall reduce the applicable Professional Fee Claim.

 

16


162. “Professional Fee Escrow Account” means an account funded by the Debtors with Cash on the Effective Date in an amount equal to the Professional Fee Amount.

163. “Proof of Claim” means a proof of Claim against any of the Debtors Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases.

164. “RCF Claims” mean any Claim against any Debtor derived from, based upon, or arising under the Facility Agreement or the Facility Agreement Documents including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Ancillary Facility Claims.3

165. “RCF Closing Fee” means, in respect of a Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender, a consent fee equal to 0.50% of its RCF commitments as of the Lender Record Date in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement and occurrence of the Effective Date.

166. “RCF Facility Agent” means the “Facility Agent” from time to time under, and as defined in, the Facility Agreement.

167. “RCF Facility Agent Counsel” means the legal counsel engaged by the RCF Facility Agent including, but not limited to, in connection with the negotiation and implementation of the Restructuring (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) and the implementation of the Plan, including, but not limited to, any local counsel or conflicts counsel retained by the RCF Facility Agent in each applicable jurisdiction.

168. “RCF Forbearance Fee” means, in respect of a Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender, a consent fee equal to 0.50% of its RCF commitments as of the Implementation Milestone 1 Date (under, and as defined in, the Lock-Up Agreement) payable in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

169. “RCF Lock-Up Fee” means, in respect of a Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender, a consent fee equal to 0.50% of its RCF commitments as of the Lender Record Date payable in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

170. “RCF SteerCo Group” has the meaning set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement.

171. “Reinstate,” “Reinstated,” or “Reinstatement” means with respect to Claims and Interests, that the Claim or Interest shall be rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

172. “Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List” means the list, as determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that will be rejected by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Plan, which list shall be included in the Plan Supplement.

 

3 

For the avoidance of doubt, no Restructuring Expenses shall be deemed RCF Claims.

 

17


173. “Related Party” means, each of, and in each case in its capacity as such, current and former directors, managers, officers, control persons, investment committee members, members of any governing body, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), interest holders, affiliated investment funds or investment vehicles, managed accounts, or funds (including any beneficial holder for the account of whom such funds are managed), predecessors, participants, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, partners, limited partners, general partners, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals and advisors (including any attorneys or professionals retained by any current or former director or manager of a Debtor in his or her capacity as director or manager as a Debtor), each in their capacity as such.

174. “Released Party” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) each Debtor; (b) each Reorganized Debtor; (c) each Consenting Creditor; (d) each member of the Core Noteholder Group; (e) each member of the RCF SteerCo Group; (f) the Notes Ad Hoc group and its members; (g) each Agent; (h) each Notes Trustee; (i) Holders of Claims other than General Unsecured Claims; (j) each current and former wholly-owned Affiliate (other than Holders of Interests in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, solely in their capacity as such) of each Entity in clause (a) through the following clause (k); and (k) each Related Party (other than Holders of Interests in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, solely in their capacity as such) of each Entity in clauses (a) through this clause (i); provided that, in each case, an Entity shall not be a Released Party if it (x) timely elects to opt out of the releases contained in Article VIII hereof in accordance with the Solicitation Materials provided to such party and the Scheduling Order; or (y) timely objects to the releases contained in Article VIII hereof and such objection is not resolved before Confirmation; provided, further, that for the avoidance of doubt, any opt-out election made by a Consenting Creditor shall be void ab initio.

175. “Releasing Parties” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) each Debtor; (b) each Reorganized Debtor; (c) each Consenting Creditor; (d) each member of the Core Noteholder Group; (e) each member of the RCF SteerCo Group; (f) the Notes Ad Hoc Group and each of its members; (g) each Agent; (h) each Notes Trustee; (i) Holders of Claims other than General Unsecured Claims; (j) each current and former wholly-owned Affiliate (other than Holders of Interests in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, solely in their capacity as such) of each Entity in clause (a) through the following clause (k); and (k) each Related Party (other than Holders of Interests in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, solely in their capacity as such) of each Entity in clauses (a) through this clause (i); provided that, in each case, an Entity shall not be a Releasing Party if it (x) timely elects to opt out of the releases contained in Article VIII hereof in accordance with the Solicitation Materials provided to such party and the Scheduling Order; or (y) timely objects to the releases contained in Article VIII hereof and such objection is not resolved before Confirmation.

176. “Reorganized Debtor” means a Debtor, or any successor or assign thereto, by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, or otherwise, on and after the Effective Date.

177. “Restructuring Expenses” means all reasonably incurred, documented and invoiced and outstanding fees, costs and expenses of the Security Agent Counsel, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisors, the RCF Facility Agent Counsel, and the SteerCo Advisors accrued since the inception of their respective engagements (whether invoiced to the Company directly or, in the case of the SteerCo Advisors, via a member of the RCF SteerCo Group and in the case of the RCF Facility Agent Counsel and the Security Agent Counsel, via the RCF Facility Agent or the Security Agent (respectively)).

 

18


178. “Restructuring Implementation Deed” means the implementation deed setting out the steps to implement the Plan as agreed to by the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

179. “Restructuring Transactions” means the mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings, transfers, conversions, dispositions, liquidations, formations, dissolutions or other corporate transactions described in, approved by, contemplated by, or undertaken to implement the Plan, including those transactions described in Article IV.B.

180. “Rights Offering” means the rights offering of the New Money Notes on the terms and conditions set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and the Rights Offering Documents. The Rights Offering will be backstopped by the Backstop Providers on the terms set forth in the Backstop Agreement.

181. “Rights Offering Documents” means collectively the Backstop Agreement and any and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection with the Rights Offering, including the Rights Offering Procedures.

182. “Rights Offering Procedures” means those certain rights offering procedures with respect to the Rights Offering, which rights offering procedures shall be set forth in the Rights Offering Documents.

183. “Schedule of Retained Causes of Action” means the schedule of Causes of Action of the Debtors that are not released, waived, or transferred pursuant to the Plan, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, which shall be included in the Plan Supplement.

184. “Scheduling Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court setting the Combined Hearing and approving the solicitation procedures with respect to the Solicitation Materials.

185. “Secured Claim” means a Claim: (a) secured by a Lien on property in which any of the Debtors has an interest, which Lien is valid, perfected, and enforceable pursuant to applicable Law or by reason of a Bankruptcy Court order, or that is subject to a valid right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the creditor’s interest in the Debtors’ interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) otherwise Allowed pursuant to the Plan, or separate order of the Bankruptcy Court, as a secured claim. For the avoidance of doubt, the RCF Claims and Senior Secured Term Loan Claims shall be Secured Claims.

186. “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

187. “Security” has the meaning set forth in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act.

188. “Security Agent” means the “Security Agent” from time to time under, and as defined in, the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

19


189. “Security Agent Counsel” means the legal counsel engaged by the Security Agent including, but not limited to, in connection with the negotiation and implementation of the Restructuring (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) and the implementation of the Plan including but not limited to, any local counsel or conflicts counsel retained by the Security Agent in each applicable jurisdiction.

190. “Senior Secured Term Loan” means the €100 million term loan facility made available to the Company by Piraeus Bank S.A., Frankfurt Branch, pursuant to a term facility agreement dated 10 November 2023.

191. “Senior Secured Term Loan Claims” means claims related to the Senior Secured Term Loan.

192. “Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee” means, in respect of a Participating MTN Holder in respect of each relevant MTN Issuance in which it holds Notes, a fee equal to 0.75% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes in that MTN Issuance.

193. “Solicitation Materials” means any materials used in connection with solicitation of votes on the Plan, including the Disclosure Statement, and any procedures established by the Bankruptcy Court with respect to solicitation of votes on the Plan and opting of the Third-Party Release.

194. “SSRCF” means the credit facility provided for under the SSRCF Credit Agreement.

195. “SSRCF Credit Agreement” means the definitive credit agreement governing the SSRCF, to be agreed in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement and executed on or around the Effective Date.

196. “SteerCo Advisors” means the SteerCo Counsel and the SteerCo Financial Advisors.

197. “SteerCo Counsel” means Clifford Chance LLP (and its affiliated and associated firms) and Roschier Advokatbyrå AB and any other local counsel or conflicts counsel retained by the RCF SteerCo Group, in each case acting in their capacity as advisor to the RCF SteerCo Group.

198. “SteerCo Financial Advisors” means N.M. Rothschild & Sons Limited and Alvarez & Marsal Nordics AB.

199. “Subscription Rights” means the rights provided to eligible record Holders of Notes Claims consistent with the Lock-Up Agreement and the Rights Offering Documents to participate in the Rights Offering.

200. “Swedish Company Reorganisation Process” means a Swedish company reorganisation process (Sw. företagsrekonstruktion) of the Company under the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act (Sw. lag (2022:964) om företagsrekonstruktion).

 

20


201. “Swedish Court” means the District Court of Stockholm (Sw. Stockholms tingsrätt) (or any relevant court of appeal), contemplated to confirm the Swedish Reorganisation Plan.

202. “Swedish RP Certificate” means a certificate signed by an officer of the Company and issued not earlier than May 15, 2025 confirming that: (1) the Company has (a) filed a request for plan negotiations (including the Swedish Reorganisation Plan) in the Swedish Company Reorganisation Process; (b) voting on the Swedish Reorganisation Plan has occurred; (c) creditors have approved by no later than May 30, 2025 the Swedish Reorganisation Plan in the requisite majorities required for the confirmation of the Swedish Reorganisation Process; and (d) there are no events or circumstances (including but not limited to actual or potential appeals) existing which would or could reasonably prevent the Swedish Reorganisation Plan from being approved by the court by September 30, 2025, (2) the Plan has been confirmed pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code (3) the Long-Stop Time is expected to occur prior to the Restructuring Effective Date (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) due to delays as a result of (directly or indirectly) the Swedish Reorganisation Process; (4) no event or circumstance has occurred which would or could reasonably be expected to prevent the Restructuring (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) from being implemented by September 30, 2025; and (5) a Material Adverse Event (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) has not occurred, and the Company does not reasonably believe any such Material Adverse Effect will occur before September 30, 2025.

203. “Swedish Reorganisation Plan” means the reorganisation plan to be filed with the Swedish Court, to be approved by affected parties (or a sufficient majority of classes), and ultimately confirmed by the Swedish Court as part of the Swedish Company Reorganisation Process.

204. “Swedish Reorganisation Plan Confirmation” means the decision by the Swedish Court confirming the Swedish Reorganisation Plan, which confirmation shall be final and binding (Sw. lagakraftvunnen).

205. “Third-Party Release” means the releases by Holders of Claims and Interests set forth in Article VIII.D herein.

206. “Transaction Documents” means: (i) the Intercreditor Agreement, as amended, restated, or replaced; (ii) the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents; (iii) the Notes Amendments Documents; (iv) the New Money Documents; (v) the Exchange Notes Indenture; (vi) the Agreed Steps Plan; (vii) the Restructuring Implementation Deed; (viii) the Rights Offering Documents; and (ix) all documents required to effectuate the Noteholder Ordinary Share issuance.

207. “Unexpired Lease” means a lease of nonresidential real property to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

208. “Unimpaired” means a Class of Claims or Interests that is unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

209. “U.S. Trustee” means the Office of the United States Trustee for the Southern District of Texas.

 

21


B.

Rules of Interpretation; Computation of Time

For purposes of the Plan: (a) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (b) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that such document shall be substantially in such form or substantially on such terms and conditions; (c) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to an existing document, schedule, or exhibit, shall mean such document, schedule, or exhibit, as it may have been or may be amended, modified, or supplemented; (d) unless otherwise specified, where a document or agreement referred to in this Plan is terminated on or before the Effective Date, a reference to such document or agreement shall be a reference to the document or agreement as it stood immediately prior to its termination; (e) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles” and “Sections” are references to Articles and Sections, respectively, hereof or hereto; (f) the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to any particular portion of the Plan; (g) captions and headings to Articles and Sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan; (h) unless otherwise specified herein, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (i) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable; (j) references to docket numbers of documents Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases are references to the docket numbers under the Bankruptcy Court’s CM/ECF system; (k) all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall mean as amended from time to time, and as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, unless otherwise stated; and (l) any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan all without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity; provided, however, that no effectuating provision shall be immaterial or deemed immaterial if it has any substantive legal or economic effect on any party.

Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein. If the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to the Plan shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

C.

Governing Law

Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) or unless otherwise specifically stated, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws, shall govern the rights, obligations, construction, and implementation of the Plan, any agreements, documents, instruments, or contracts executed or entered into in connection with the Plan (except as with respect to the documents entered into to effect the Swedish Company Reorganisation Process, in which case

 

22


Swedish law shall control, or as otherwise set forth in those agreements, in which case the governing law of such agreement shall control); provided, however, that corporate governance matters relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of the relevant Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable.

 

D.

Reference to Monetary Figures

All references in the Plan to monetary figures refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

E.

Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtors or to the Reorganized Debtors mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors to the extent the context requires.

 

F.

Consent and Consultation Rights

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Combined Order to the contrary, any and all consent, consultation, and approval rights of the parties to the Lock-Up Agreement and/or Restructuring Implementation Deed set forth therein with respect to the form and substance of this Plan, any Definitive Document, any Transaction Document, all exhibits to the Plan, Disclosure Statement, and the Plan Supplement, or any other document with respect to the implementation of the Plan and the Restructuring Transactions, including any amendments, restatements, supplements, or other modifications to such agreements and documents, and any consents, waivers, or other deviations under or from any such documents, shall be incorporated herein by this reference (including with respect to the applicable definitions in Article I.A) and be fully enforceable as if stated in full herein. Failure to reference in this Plan the rights referred to in the immediately preceding sentence as such rights relate to any document referenced in the Lock-Up Agreement and/or Restructuring Implementation Deed, as applicable, shall not impair such rights and obligations. In case of a conflict between the consent rights of the parties to the Lock-Up Agreement and/or Restructuring Implementation Deed that are set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and/or Restructuring Implementation Deed, as applicable, with those parties’ consent rights that are set forth in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, or the Combined Order, the consent rights in the Lock-Up Agreement and/or Restructuring Implementation Deed shall control.

 

G.

Controlling Document

In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Disclosure Statement, the terms of the Plan shall control in all respects. In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Plan Supplement, the terms of the relevant document in the Plan Supplement shall control (unless stated otherwise in such Plan Supplement document or the Combined Order). In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan, the Plan Supplement or the Disclosure Statement, on one hand, and the Combined Order, the Combined Order shall control.

 

23


ARTICLE II

ADMINISTRATIVE AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and thus are excluded from the Classes of Claims set forth in Article III of the Plan.

 

A.

Administrative Claims

Except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Professional Fee Claims or Backstop Fees, unless otherwise agreed to by the Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim (other than Holders of Professional Fee Claims and Claims for fees and expenses pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code) will receive in full and final satisfaction of its Allowed Administrative Claim an amount of Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Administrative Claim in accordance with the following: (a) if an Administrative Claim is Allowed on or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if not then due, when such Allowed Administrative Claim is due or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); (b) if such Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date, no later than 30 days after the date on which an order Allowing such Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (c) if such Allowed Administrative Claim is based on liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their business after the Petition Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Administrative Claim without any further action by the Holders of such Allowed Administrative Claim; (d) at such time and upon such terms as may be agreed upon by such Holder and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable; or (e) at such time and upon such terms as set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

Except as otherwise provided in this Article II.A of the Plan, and except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Professional Fee Claims or Backstop Fees requests for payment of Administrative Claims must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served on the Debtors pursuant to the procedures specified in the Combined Order and the notice of entry of the Combined Order no later than the Administrative Claims Bar Date. Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to, but do not, File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims by such date shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their property and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date. Objections to such requests, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served on the Debtors and the requesting party no later than 60 days after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no request for payment of an Administrative Claim need be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court with respect to an Administrative Claim previously Allowed.

 

24


The Backstop Fee will be set off in full on the Effective Date against the Purchase Price (as defined in the Backstop Agreement) payable by such Backstop Provider in respect of the New Money Notes to be issued to such Backstop Provider. The Backstop Fee will otherwise be paid in Cash to each Backstop Provider in accordance with the Backstop Agreement.

 

B.

Professional Fee Claims

1. Professional Fee Claims

All applications for final allowance of Professional Fee Claims must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and such other Entities who are designated in the Combined Order no later than twenty-one (21) days after the Effective Date. The Professional Fee Claims owed to the Professionals shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals from funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account after such Claims are Allowed by a Final Order. After all Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been paid in full, any excess amounts remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be returned to the Reorganized Debtors. To the extent that the funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account are unable to satisfy the amount of Allowed Professional Fee Claims owed to the Professionals, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay such amounts within ten (10) Business Days of entry of the order approving such Professional Fee Claims.

Objections to any Professional Fee Claim must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and the requesting Professional by no later than thirty (30) days after the Filing of the applicable final application for payment of the Professional Fee Claim. Each Holder of an Allowed Professional Fee Claim shall be paid in full in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors, including from the Professional Fee Escrow Account, within five (5) Business Days after entry of the order approving such Allowed Professional Fee Claim. The Reorganized Debtors shall not commingle any funds contained in the Professional Fee Escrow Account and shall use such funds to pay only the Professional Fee Claims, as and when Allowed by order of the Bankruptcy Court. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, the failure of the Professional Fee Escrow Account to satisfy in full the Professional Fee Claims shall not, in any way, operate or be construed as a cap or limitation on the amount of Professional Fee Claims due and payable by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

2. Professional Fee Escrow Account

On the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Amount. The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the benefit of the Professionals. Such funds shall not be considered property of the Estates of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

3. Professional Fee Escrow Amount

To receive payment for unbilled fees and expenses incurred through the Effective Date, the Professionals shall estimate in good faith their Professional Fee Claims (taking into account any retainers) prior to and as of the Effective Date and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors at least three (3) calendar days prior to the Confirmation Date. If a Professional does not provide such estimate, the Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional; provided that such estimate shall not be considered an admission or limitation with respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional. The total amount so estimated as of the Effective Date shall comprise the Professional Fee Amount.

 

25


4. Post-Confirmation Date Fees and Expenses

Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate. Each Reorganized Debtor may employ and pay any post-Effective Date fees and expenses of any professional, including any Professional, in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, including with respect to any transaction, reorganization, or success fees payable by virtue of Consummation of this Plan.

 

C.

Priority Tax Claims

Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code and, for the avoidance of doubt, Holders of Allowed Priority Tax Claims will receive interest on such Allowed Priority Tax Claims after the Effective Date in accordance with sections 511 and 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

D.

Restructuring Expenses

The Restructuring Expenses incurred, or estimated to be incurred, up to and including the Effective Date (or, with respect to necessary post-Effective Date activities, after the Effective Date), shall be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date (to the extent not previously paid during the course of the Chapter 11 Cases) in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement and the Restructuring Implementation Deed, without any requirement (i) to File a fee application with the Bankruptcy Court, (ii) for Bankruptcy Court review or approval, and/or (iii) submission to any party of itemized time detail. All Restructuring Expenses to be paid on the Effective Date shall be estimated prior to and as of the Effective Date and such estimates shall be delivered to the Debtors at least three (3) Business Days before the anticipated Effective Date; provided, however, that such estimates shall not be considered an admission or limitation with respect to such Restructuring Expenses. From and after the Petition Date, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors (as applicable) shall pay, when due and payable pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and otherwise in the ordinary course the Restructuring Expenses whether incurred before, on, or after the Effective Date. On or prior to the Effective Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, final invoices for all Restructuring Expenses incurred prior to and unpaid as of the Effective Date shall be submitted to the Debtors and shall be paid, or caused to be paid, by the Reorganized Debtors within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of the applicable final invoice.

 

26


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, dispute the reasonableness of any such estimate or invoice, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall submit an objection to such applicable Professional within two (2) Business Days of receipt thereof. Any undisputed portion of such invoice shall be paid in accordance with the foregoing paragraph, and the disputed portion of such estimate or invoice shall not be paid until the dispute is resolved.

ARTICLE III

CLASSIFICATION, TREATMENT, AND VOTING OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

 

A.

Classification of Claims and Interests

Except for the Claims addressed in Article II of the Plan, all Claims and Interests are classified in the Classes set forth below in accordance with section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code. A Claim or an Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim or an Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving Distributions under the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Interest in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.

Subject to Article III.F of the Plan, the following chart represents the classification of certain Claims against and Interests in each Debtor pursuant to the Plan.

 

Class    Claim/Interest   

Status

  

Voting Rights

1.    Other Secured Claims    Unimpaired    Presumed to Accept
2.    Other Priority Claims    Unimpaired    Presumed to Accept
3.    RCF Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
4.    Senior Secured Term Loan Claims    Unimpaired    Presumed to Accept
5.    Notes Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote
6.    General Unsecured Claims    Unimpaired    Presumed to Accept
7.    Intercompany Claims    Unimpaired /Impaired    Presumed to Accept / Deemed to Reject
8.    Existing Equity Interests    Unimpaired    Presumed to Accept
9.    Intercompany Interests    Unimpaired /Impaired    Presumed to Accept / Deemed to Reject

 

B.

Treatment of Classes of Claims and Interests

Each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, shall receive under the Plan the treatment described below in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Holder’s Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, except to the extent different treatment is agreed to by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the Holder of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable. Unless otherwise indicated, the Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, shall receive such treatment on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

 

27


1. Class 1 — Other Secured Claims

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 1 consists of any Other Secured Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b)

Treatment: Each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive, at the option of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, with the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (not to be unreasonably withheld), either:

 

  (i)

payment in full in Cash of its Allowed Other Secured Claim;

 

  (ii)

the collateral securing its Allowed Other Secured Claim;

 

  (iii)

Reinstatement of its Allowed Other Secured Claim; or

 

  (iv)

such other treatment rendering its Allowed Other Secured Claim Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 1 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Other Secured Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

2. Class 2 — Other Priority Claims

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 2 consists of any Other Priority Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b)

Treatment: Each Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall either (i) receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Other Priority Claim or (ii) be Reinstated.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 2 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Other Priority Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.

3. Class 3 — RCF Claims

 

  (a)

Allowance: On the Effective Date, the RCF Claims shall be Allowed, without setoff, subordination, defense, or counterclaim, in the aggregate principal amount outstanding as of the Petition Date plus accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount and any other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts due and owing pursuant to the applicable Facility Agreement Documents governing the RCF.

 

28


  (b)

Classification: Class 3 consists of all RCF Claims.

 

  (c)

Treatment: In full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed RCF Claim, on the Effective Date, each Holder of such Allowed RCF Claim shall receive its pro rata share of the SSRCF; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, all Ancillary Facility Claims shall be Reinstated and each Ancillary Facility shall continue in accordance with its terms and constitute an ancillary facility under the SSRCF in accordance with the terms of the SSRCF Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Holder of an Ancillary Facility Claim shall retain its rights and claims under the applicable Ancillary Facility. In addition, each Holder of an Allowed RCF Claim shall also receive Cash in an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid interest and all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts due and owing pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable Facility Agreement Documents, and all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts otherwise due and owing pursuant to, and in accordance with the applicable Facility Agreement Documents shall have been paid, regardless of when accrued and payable.4

 

  (d)

Voting: Class 3 is Impaired and the Holders of Allowed RCF Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

4. Class 4 — Senior Secured Term Loan Claims

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 4 consists of all Senior Secured Term Loan Claims against the Debtors.

 

  (b)

Treatment: At the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, each Holder will receive (i) payment in full in Cash, (ii) such Allowed Senior Secured Term Loan Claim will be Reinstated, or (iii) such Holder will receive such other treatment so as to render its Allowed Senior Secured Term Loan Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 4 is Unimpaired and Holders of Allowed Senior Secured Term Loan Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

4 

For the avoidance of doubt, the payment of all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts otherwise due and owing pursuant to, and in accordance with the applicable Facility Agreement Documents shall include any amounts due to any agent under any such Facility Agreement Documents.

 

29


5. Class 5 — Notes Claims

 

  (a)

Allowance: On the Effective Date, the Notes Claims shall be Allowed, without setoff, subordination, defense, or counterclaim, in the aggregate principal amount outstanding as of the Petition Date plus accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount and any other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts due and owing pursuant to the applicable Prepetition Finance Documents governing the Notes.

 

  (b)

Classification: Class 5 consists of all Notes Claims including the Participating Notes Claims.

 

  (c)

Treatment: Each Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim shall receive (i) its pro rata share of the Exchange Notes (provided that Holders of an Allowed Notes Claim denominated in SEK shall receive Exchange Notes denominated in SEK and Holders of an Allowed Notes Claim denominated in Euro shall receive Exchange Notes denominated in Euro); and (ii) its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. Holders of Allowed Notes Claims will also receive their pro rata share of the Subscription Rights in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement and the Rights Offering Documents. On the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim shall also receive Cash in an amount equal to (i) all accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of such Allowed Notes Claim and (ii) all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts due and owing pursuant to the applicable Prepetition Finance Documents governing the Notes with respect to such Notes Claim. In each case, pro rata calculations shall be in accordance with the definition of the term “Pro Rata Share” in the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

  (d)

Voting: Class 5 is Impaired under the Plan and the Holders of Allowed Notes Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

6. Class 6 — General Unsecured Claims

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 6 consists of all General Unsecured Claims

 

  (b)

Treatment: Each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive either: (i) Reinstatement of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim; or (ii) payment in full in Cash on (a) the Effective Date, or (b) the date due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed General Unsecured Claim.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 6 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

30


7. Class 7 —Intercompany Claims

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 7 consists of all Intercompany Claims.

 

  (b)

Treatment: All Intercompany Claims will be adjusted, Reinstated, contributed, set off, settled, cancelled and released, or discharged as determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in their sole discretion, in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed or may be compromised pursuant to the Swedish Reorganisation Plan.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 7 is conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Intercompany Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

8. Class 8 —Existing Equity Interests

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 8 consists of all Existing Equity Interests.

 

  (b)

Treatment: Each Holder of an Existing Equity Interest shall have its Existing Equity Interest Reinstated.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 8 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Existing Equity Interests are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

9. Class 9 —Intercompany Interests

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 9 consists of all Intercompany Interests.

 

  (b)

Treatment: All Intercompany Interests will be adjusted, Reinstated, contributed, set off, settled, cancelled and released, or discharged as determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in their sole discretion, in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 9 is conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Intercompany Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

C.

Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Lock-Up Agreement, nothing under the Plan shall affect, diminish, or impair the rights of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in respect of any Unimpaired Claims, including all rights in respect of legal and equitable defenses to, or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Unimpaired Claims; and, except

 

31


as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, nothing herein shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any claim, Cause of Action, right of setoff, or other legal or equitable defense that the Debtors had immediately prior to the Petition Date, against or with respect to any Claim that is Unimpaired (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Claim that is Reinstated) by the Plan. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall have, retain, reserve, and be entitled to assert all such Claims, Causes of Action, rights of setoff, and other legal or equitable defenses that the Debtors had immediately prior to the Petition Date fully as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, and all of the Reorganized Debtors’ legal and equitable rights with respect to any Reinstated Claim or Claim that is otherwise Unimpaired by this Plan may be asserted after the Confirmation Date and the Effective Date to the same extent as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced.

 

D.

Elimination of Vacant Classes

Any Class of Claims or Interests that, as of the commencement of the Combined Hearing, does not have at least one Holder of a Claim or Interest that is Allowed in an amount greater than zero for voting purposes shall be considered vacant, deemed eliminated from the Plan of such Debtor for purposes of voting to accept or reject such Debtor’s Plan, and disregarded for purposes of determining whether such Debtor’s Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to that Class.

 

E.

No Waiver

Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to waive a Debtor’s or other Person’s right to object on any basis to any Disputed Claim.

 

F.

Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

If a Class contains Claims or Interests eligible to vote and no Holders of Claims or Interests eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the Plan shall be presumed accepted by such Class.

 

G.

Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by one or more of the Classes entitled to vote pursuant to Article III.B hereof. The Debtors shall seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims or Interests. The Debtors reserve the right, subject to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, to modify the Plan in accordance with Article X hereof to the extent, if any, that Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification, including by modifying the treatment applicable to a Class of Claims or Interests to render such Class of Claims or Interests Unimpaired to the extent permitted by the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.

 

32


H.

Controversy Concerning Impairment

If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests, or any Class of Claims or Interests, are Impaired, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy on the Confirmation Date or such other date as fixed by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

I.

Subordinated Claims

The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests and the respective Distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.

ARTICLE IV

PROVISIONS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.

General Settlement of Claims and Interests

As discussed in detail in the Disclosure Statement and as otherwise provided herein, pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, Distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan that a Claim or an Interest Holder may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or any Distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, including pursuant to the transactions set forth in the Agreed Steps Plan or the Restructuring Implementation Deed. Entry of the Combined Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise or settlement of all such Allowed Claims, Allowed Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise, settlement and transactions are in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests, and is fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness. Subject to the provisions of this Plan governing Distributions, all Distributions made to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.

 

B.

Restructuring Transactions

On the Effective Date, the applicable Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into any transaction, including those transactions set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and Restructuring Implementation Deed, and shall take any actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions (to the extent not already effected), including, as applicable, to effectuate a corporate restructuring of the overall corporate structure of the Debtors, to the extent provided herein, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed or in the Definitive Documents, including: (a) the issuance, transfer, or cancellation of any securities, notes,

 

33


instruments, Certificates, and other documents required to be issued, transferred, or cancelled pursuant to the Plan or any Restructuring Transaction; (b) issuance of the SSRCF and entry into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents; (c) issuance of the Exchange Notes and the execution and delivery of the Exchange Notes Indenture; (d) the issuance of the New Money Notes and the execution and delivery of the New Money Notes Indenture and the New Money Notes Purchase Agreement; (e) the execution and delivery of the New Security Documents and amended Intercreditor Agreement; and (f) the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, in each case, subject to the Plan and the consent rights and agreements and obligations contained in the Lock-Up Agreement.

The Combined Order shall and shall be deemed to, pursuant to sections 1123 and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, authorize, among other things, all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including the Restructuring Transactions.

 

C.

Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions

1. Issuance of the New Money Notes

The Reorganized Debtors shall consummate the Rights Offering in accordance with the Rights Offering Documents and the Lock-Up Agreement. Subscription Rights to participate in the Rights Offering shall be allocated among relevant Holders of Notes Claims as of a specified record date in accordance with the Rights Offering Documents and the Plan, and the allocation of such Subscription Rights will be exempt from SEC registration under applicable law and shall not constitute an invitation or offer to sell, or the solicitation of an invitation or offer to buy, any securities in contravention of any applicable law in any jurisdiction. The Reorganized Debtors intend to implement the Rights Offering in a manner that shall not cause it to be deemed a public offering in any jurisdiction.

Holders of the Subscription Rights (or their Nominee) shall receive the opportunity to subscribe for their pro rata share of up to approximately €526,315,000 (or equivalent) of the New Money Notes, the subscription price for which shall be at an issue price of 98% of the face value of the New Money Notes and, for each Backstop Provider only, less its pro rata share of the Backstop Fee, in accordance with and pursuant to the Plan, the Rights Offering Procedures, the Lock-Up Agreement and the Agreed Steps Plan. The principal amount of the New Money Notes has been backstopped in full by the Backstop Providers in accordance with the Backstop Agreement. To the extent that any Holders of the Subscription Rights (or their Nominee) do not subscribe for their Subscription Rights, the Backstop Providers shall subscribe for such amounts in the proportions and on the terms set out in the Backstop Agreement.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will issue the New Money Notes, on the terms set forth in the Rights Offering Documents, New Money Notes Indenture, the New Money Notes Purchase Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and this Plan. The New Money Notes issued to the Backstop Providers (in their capacity as Backstop Providers) in connection with the Rights Offering (the “Backstopped Notes”) will be issued only to persons that are: “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act); or “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) in reliance on the exemption provided by either section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act; or persons that, at the time of the issuance, were outside of the United States and were not U.S. persons (and were not purchasing for the account or benefit of a U.S. person) within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

34


On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate action or other action by Holders of Claims or Interests, all Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) pursuant to, or in connection with, the New Money Notes Indenture, the Security Documents (as defined in the New Money Notes Indenture), or the New Money Documents (including any Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) on the Reorganized Debtors’ assets): (a) shall be deemed to be granted or confirmed (as applicable) by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the New Money Documents; (b) shall be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New Money Documents, with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law and the New Money Documents; (c) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the New Money Documents; (d) shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, subordination, or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever under any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order; and (e) shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Combined Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Combined Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

The New Money Notes are backstopped by the Backstop Providers pursuant to the Backstop Agreement. In consideration for their backstop of the New Money Notes, each Backstop Provider will receive its pro rata share of the Backstop Fee, as more fully detailed in the Backstop Agreement. The Backstop Fee will be set off in full on the Effective Date against the Purchase Price (as defined in the Backstop Agreement) payable by such Backstop Provider in respect of the New Money Notes to be issued to such Backstop Provider. The Backstop Fee will otherwise be paid in Cash to each Backstop Provider in accordance with the Backstop Agreement and the Agreed Steps Plan.

2. Equity Issuance

On the Effective Date, the Company will issue the Noteholder Ordinary Shares on a pro rata basis to the Holders of Notes Claims (or their Nominee), in accordance with the terms of the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed.

 

35


The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that, as soon as possible following the Effective Date, the ownership of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares shall be reflected through the facilities of Euroclear Sweden. None of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any other Person shall be required to provide any further evidence other than the Plan or the Combined Order with respect to the treatment of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares under applicable securities laws. Euroclear Sweden and any transfer agent shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan or Combined Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the Noteholder Ordinary Shares are exempt from registration or eligible for Euroclear Sweden book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.

All of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each Distribution and issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares under the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such Distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such Distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such Distribution or issuance.

The Company shall effect the listing of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares on Nasdaq Stockholm as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event, within six (6) weeks following registration of the issuance of Noteholder Ordinary Shares with the Swedish Companies Registration Office in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Agreed Steps Plan.

3. SSRCF

The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed, enter into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents on or before the Effective Date, on behalf of themselves and each Holder of RCF Claims, on the terms set forth in the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, and which shall be included in the Plan Supplement. The Facility Agreement will be amended and restated in the form of the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents. On the Effective Date, Holders of RCF Claims shall receive their pro rata share of the SSRCF; provided that all Ancillary Facility Claims (which are pursuant to the Facility Agreement) shall be Reinstated and each Ancillary Facility shall continue in accordance with its terms and constitute an ancillary facility under the SSRCF in accordance with the terms of the SSRCF Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Holder of an Ancillary Facility Claim shall retain its rights and Claims under the applicable Ancillary Facility.

Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed approval of the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith), to the extent not approved by the Bankruptcy Court previously, and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to consummate the applicable Facility Agreement Amendments Documents without further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as may be agreed between the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and the RCF SteerCo Group.

 

36


On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate action or other action by Holders of Claims or Interests, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents (a) shall be deemed to be granted, (b) shall be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, (c) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, and (d) shall not be subject to recharacterization or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Combined Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Combined Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

4. Exchange Notes

The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed, issue the Exchange Notes on or before the Effective Date, on the terms set forth in the Exchange Notes Indenture, and included in the Plan Supplement. The Exchange Notes shall be distributed to Holders of Notes Claims (or their respective Nominees) on the Effective Date on account of their respective Notes Claims in the manner set forth in the Plan.

Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed approval of the Notes Amendments Documents (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or a non-Debtor Affiliate in connection therewith), to the extent not approved by the Bankruptcy Court previously, and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to consummate the applicable Notes Amendments Documents without further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as may be agreed between the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate action or other action by Holders of Claims or Interests, all Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) pursuant to, or in connection with, the Notes Amendments Documents (including any Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) on the Reorganized Debtors’ assets): (a) shall be deemed to be granted or confirmed (as applicable) by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Notes Amendments Documents; (b) shall be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Notes Amendments Documents, with the priorities established in respect thereof under

 

37


applicable non-bankruptcy law and the Notes Amendments Documents; (c) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the Notes Amendments Documents; (d) shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, subordination, or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever under any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order; and (e) shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Combined Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Combined Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

 

D.

Corporate Action

Upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated under the Plan and all other acts or actions contemplated or reasonably necessary or appropriate to promptly consummate the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date) shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including: (1) the issuance and Distribution of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares; (2) the issuance of New Money Notes; (3) the issuance of Exchange Notes; (4) entry into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, (5) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions; (6) entry into the Transaction Documents; and (7) the rejection, assumption, or assumption and assignment, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors, or officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. On or (as applicable) prior to the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be authorized and (as applicable) directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, securities, and instruments contemplated under the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated under the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, including the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, the Exchange Notes, the New Money Notes, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Transaction Documents, and any and all other agreements, documents, securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV.D shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.

Upon Confirmation of the Plan, each Holder of RCF Claims and each Holder of Notes Claims will be deemed to have appointed the Company as its attorney and agent and to have irrevocably instructed, authorized, directed and empowered the Company (or its authorized representative) solely to (i) enter into, execute and (if applicable) deliver, for and on its behalf, any

 

38


Transaction Document to which it is party, in each case solely to the extent consistent with the Lock-Up Agreement, Agreed Steps Plan and the Restructuring Implementation Deed and (ii) in the case of Holder of Notes, to take any action necessary to ensure that steps described in the Agreed Steps Plan and the Restructuring Implementation Deed are carried out, including if necessary updating the books and records of the relevant clearing systems in which the Notes are held.

 

E.

Corporate Existence

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or Plan Supplement, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) are amended under the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable law).

 

F.

Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Plan Supplement (including, for the avoidance of doubt the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed), or in any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan, on the Effective Date, all property in each Debtor’s Estate, all Claims, rights, defenses, and Causes of Action of the Debtors, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors under the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, Causes of Action, charges, or other encumbrances. If the Reorganized Debtors default in performing under the provisions of the Plan and the Chapter 11 Cases are converted to Chapter 7, all property vested in each Reorganized Debtor and all subsequently acquired property owned as of or after the conversion date shall revest and constitute property of the bankruptcy Estates in such Chapter 7 cases. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.

 

G.

Cancellation of Prepetition Credit Agreements, Notes, Instruments, Certificates, and Other Documents

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Combined Order, any agreement, instrument or other document entered into in connection with or pursuant to the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, or the Restructuring Implementation Deed, all credit agreements, security agreements, intercreditor agreements, notes, instruments, Certificates, and other documents evidencing Claims or Interests shall be cancelled and the obligations of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors thereunder or in any way related thereto shall be discharged and deemed satisfied in full, and the Agents/Trustees shall be released from all duties thereunder; provided,

 

39


that, notwithstanding Confirmation or the occurrence of the Effective Date, any such document that governs the rights of the Holder of a Claim or Interest shall continue in effect solely for purposes of (a) enabling Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests to receive Distributions under the Plan as provided herein, (b) governing the contractual rights and obligations among the Agents/Trustees and the lenders or Holders party thereto (including, without limitation, indemnification, expense reimbursement, and Distribution provisions) until the Reorganized Debtors emerge from the Chapter 11 Cases, (c) preserving any rights of the Agents/Trustees thereunder to maintain, exercise, and enforce any applicable rights of indemnity, reimbursement, or contribution, or subrogation or any other claim or entitlement, (d) permitting each Agent/Trustee to perform any functions that are necessary to effectuate the immediately foregoing, including appearing and being heard in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court; (e) facilitating the amendment, reinstatement and combination of the Facility Agreement into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, (f) facilitating the issuance of New Money Notes, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, (g) facilitating the issuance of the Exchange Notes, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, (h) facilitating the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and (i) furthering any other purpose as set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, Restructuring Implementation Deed, and Transaction Documents.5

 

H.

Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, and the officers and members of the boards of directors and managers thereof, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Transaction Documents, and the securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorizations, or consents except for those expressly required under the Plan.

 

I.

Certain Securities Law Matters

Except as described in the following paragraphs, the Debtors will rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from registration under the Securities Act the offer, issuance, and Distribution of the Exchange Notes, the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) issued pursuant to the Plan on account of Notes Claims. The offering, issuance, and Distribution of such Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) pursuant to section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, Distribution, or sale of Securities in accordance with, and pursuant to, section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. Such Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) will be freely tradable in the United States by

 

 

5 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agreement Documents shall not be cancelled, but shall be amended in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan and the Restructuring Implementation Deed.

 

40


the recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments.

With respect to any Consenting Noteholder who signed the Lock-Up Agreement before the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases with the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors relied on section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation S under the Securities Act for the offer of the Exchange Notes and the Noteholder Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to the Plan on account of Notes Claims, and the Debtors will rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from registration under the Securities Act the issuance and Distribution of such Exchange Notes and the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. Such Exchange Notes and Noteholder Ordinary Shares will be freely tradable in the United States by the recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments.

The Debtors will rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation S under the Securities Act, or any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as applicable, to exempt from registration under the Securities Act the offer, issuance, and Distribution of the New Money Notes issued pursuant to the Plan, which do not include any Backstopped Notes. Such Backstopped Notes will be “restricted securities” subject to transfer restrictions under the U.S. federal securities laws if they are issued to a U.S. person in accordance with the Backstop Agreement pursuant to section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act but will otherwise be issued pursuant to Regulation S (if they are issued to a non-U.S. person outside of the United States in accordance with the Backstop Agreement). Such Backstopped Notes may be resold, exchanged, assigned or otherwise transferred pursuant to registration, or an applicable exemption from registration, under the Securities Act and other applicable law.

 

J.

Section 1146(a) Exemption

To the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers (whether from a Debtor to a Reorganized Debtor or to any other Person) of property under the Plan, including: (a) the issuance, Distribution, transfer, or exchange of any debt, equity security, or other interest in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors; (b) the Restructuring Transactions; (c) the creation, modification, consolidation, termination, refinancing, or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness by such or other means; (d) the making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease; (e) the grant of collateral as security for any or all of the SSRCF, the Exchange Notes, and the New Money Notes, if applicable; or (f) the making, delivery, or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, or other instrument of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related to the Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate

 

41


transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Combined Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment. All filing or recording officers (or any other Person with authority over any of the foregoing), wherever located and by whomever appointed, shall comply with the requirements of section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment, and shall accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.

 

K.

Employee and Retiree Benefits

All compensation and benefits programs shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and shall remain in place as of the Effective Date, and the Reorganized Debtors will continue to honor such agreements, arrangements, programs, and plans. For the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, from and after the Effective Date, all retiree benefits (as such term is defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any, shall continue to be paid in accordance with applicable law.

 

L.

Preservation of Causes of Action

In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue any and all Causes of Action of the Debtors, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action included in the Plan Supplement, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, other than the Causes of Action released by the Debtors pursuant to the releases and exculpations contained in the Plan, including in Article VIII of the Plan, which shall be deemed released and waived by the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors as of the Effective Date.

The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. No Entity (other than the Consenting Creditors) may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action of the Debtors against it. Except as specifically released under the Plan or pursuant to a Final Order, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity. Unless any Causes of Action of the Debtors against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or pursuant to a Final Order, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all such Causes of Action for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation.

 

42


The Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain the Causes of Action of the Debtors notwithstanding the rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Cases or pursuant to the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and except as expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or pursuant to a Final Order, any Causes of Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action, or to decline to do any of the foregoing, without the consent or approval of any third party or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors do not reserve any Claims or Causes of Action that have been expressly released by the Debtors pursuant to the Debtor Release (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Claims against the Consenting Creditors).

ARTICLE V

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

 

A.

Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease shall be assumed and assigned to the applicable Reorganized Debtor in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than: (1) those that are identified on the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List; (2) those that have been previously rejected by a Final Order; (3) those that are the subject of a motion to reject Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that is pending on the Confirmation Date; or (4) those that are subject to a motion to reject an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to which the requested effective date of such rejection is after the Effective Date. The Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List shall be acceptable to the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Debtors shall not seek to assume or reject Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, except with the prior written consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

Entry of the Combined Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute an order approving the assumption of the Lock-Up Agreement pursuant to sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and effective on the occurrence of the Effective Date. The Lock-Up Agreement shall be binding and enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance with its terms. For the avoidance of doubt, the assumption of the Lock-Up Agreement herein shall not otherwise modify, alter, amend, or supersede any of the terms or conditions of such agreement including, without limitation, any termination events or provisions thereunder. On the Effective Date, in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Debtors shall pay to each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender (x) the RCF Lock-Up Fee and (y) to the extent the RCF Forbearance Fee has not been paid in accordance with the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, the RCF Closing Fee, in each case, calculated in the manner set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement. On the Effective Date, in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Debtors shall pay to each (x) Consent Fee Eligible Consenting

 

43


Eurobond Noteholder the Eurobond Consent Fee, (y) Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder the Early Bird Eurobond Consent Fee, (z) eligible Participating MTN Holder, the Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee, or, the Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee in additional Exchange Notes, in each case to the extent applicable in accordance with the terms of, and calculated in the manner set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement.

Entry of the Combined Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute a Final Order approving the assumptions and assumptions and assignments of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases as set forth in the Plan and the rejections of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases as set forth in the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Any motions to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by the Bankruptcy Court on or after the Effective Date by a Final Order. Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to this Article V.A or by any order of the Bankruptcy Court, which has not been assigned to a third party prior to the Confirmation Date, shall revest in and be fully enforceable by the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with its terms, except as such terms are modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption under applicable federal law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors, with the consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List identified in this Article V.A and in the Plan Supplement at any time through and including 45 days after the Effective Date.

To the extent that any provision in any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed or assumed and assigned pursuant to the Plan restricts or prevents, or purports to restrict or prevent, or is breached or deemed breached by, the assumption or assumption and assignment of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including any “change of control” provision), then such provision shall be deemed modified such that the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall not entitle the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease counterparty thereto to terminate such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or to exercise any other default-related rights with respect thereto.

 

B.

Indemnification Obligations

On and after the Effective Date, the Indemnification Provisions will be assumed and irrevocable and survive the Effective Date. None of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will take any action to amend or restate their respective governance documents before or after the Effective Date to amend, augment, terminate, or adversely affect any of the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations to provide such indemnification rights or such directors’, officers’, managers’, employees’, or agents’ indemnification rights.

 

44


C.

Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

Unless otherwise provided by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, all Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, pursuant to the Plan or the Combined Order, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within 30 days after the later of (1) the Effective Date or (2) entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Combined Order) approving such rejection. Any Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within such time will be automatically disallowed, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or their property without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Schedules or a Proof of Claim to the contrary. All Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III hereof.

 

D.

Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay Cures, if any, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, with the amount and timing of payment of any such Cure dictated by the Debtors ordinary course of business. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the parties to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, all requests for payment of Cure that differ from the ordinary course amounts paid or proposed to be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to a counterparty must be Filed with the Claims and Noticing Agent on or before 30 days after the Effective Date. Any such request that is not timely Filed shall be disallowed and forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against any Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or any other party in interest or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. Any Cure shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged upon payment by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of the Cure in the Debtors ordinary course of business; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Reorganized Debtors from paying any Cure Amount despite the failure of the relevant counterparty to File such request for payment of such Cure. The Reorganized Debtors also may settle any Cure Amount without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. In addition, any objection to the assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under the Plan must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before 30 days after the Effective Date. Any such objection will be scheduled to be heard by the Bankruptcy Court at the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’, as applicable, first scheduled omnibus hearing for which such objection is timely Filed. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to timely object to the proposed assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed to have consented to such assumption.

If there is any dispute regarding any Cure, the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other matter pertaining to assumption, then payment of Cure shall occur as soon as reasonably practicable after entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute, approving such assumption (and, if applicable, assignment), or as may be agreed upon by the Debtors (with the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (not to be unreasonably withheld)) or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the counterparty to the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.

 

45


Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise and full payment of any applicable Cure pursuant to this Article V, in the amount and at the time dictated by the Debtors’ ordinary course of business, shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Cures, Claims, or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time prior to the effective date of assumption. Any and all Proofs of Claim based upon Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that have been assumed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including pursuant to the Combined Order, and for which any Cure has been fully paid pursuant to this Article V, in the amount and at the time dictated by the Debtors’ ordinary course of business, shall be deemed disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection thereto or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

E.

Insurance Policies

Each of the Insurance Policies are treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan. Unless otherwise provided herein or in the Plan Supplement or any document related thereto, on the Effective Date, (1) the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all Insurance Policies, and (2) such Insurance Policies shall revest in the Reorganized Debtors. Nothing in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the Combined Order, or any other order of the Bankruptcy Court (including any other provision that purports to be preemptory or supervening), (x) alters, modifies, or otherwise amends the terms and conditions of (or the coverage provided by) any of such Insurance Policies or (y) alters or modifies the duty, if any, that the Insurers pay Claims covered by such Insurance Policies and their right to seek payment or reimbursement from the Debtors (or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors) or draw on any collateral or security therefor. For the avoidance of doubt, Insurers shall not need to nor be required to File or serve a Cure objection or a request, application, claim, Proof of Claim, or motion for payment and shall not be subject to any claims bar date or similar deadline governing Cure Amounts or Claims.

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall not terminate or otherwise reduce the coverage under any directors’ and officers’ Insurance Policies in effect prior to the Effective Date, and any directors and officers of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time before or after the Effective Date shall be entitled, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Insurance Policy in all respects, to the full benefits of any such Insurance Policy for the full term of such policy regardless of whether such directors or officers remain in such positions after the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the directors’ and officers’ Insurance Policies shall revest in the Reorganized Debtors. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Debtors shall retain the ability to supplement such directors’ and officers’ insurance policies as the Debtors deem necessary, including by purchasing any tail coverage (including, without limitation, a tail policy).

 

46


F.

Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases related thereto, if any, including all easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated under the Plan.

Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection therewith.

 

G.

Reservation of Rights

Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease on the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List, nor anything contained in the Plan, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any of the Reorganized Debtors has any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors, subject to the consent of the Majority Consenting Creditors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have 30 days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter its treatment of such contract or lease under the Plan.

 

H.

Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

I.

Contracts and Leases Entered into after the Petition Date

Notwithstanding anything contained herein (including any release, discharge, exculpation or injunction provisions) or the Combined Order, contracts, agreements, instruments, Certificates, leases and other documents entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by such Debtor, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or the Reorganized Debtors liable thereunder in the ordinary course of their business. Accordingly, such contracts, agreements, instruments, certificates, leases and other documents (including any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) will survive and remain unaffected by the Plan (including the release, discharge, exculpation and injunction provisions), the entry of the Combined Order and any other Definitive Documents.

 

47


ARTICLE VI

PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

 

A.

Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed as of the Effective Date

Except as otherwise provided (i) herein, (ii) upon a Final Order, or (iii) in an agreement by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, and the Holder of the applicable Claim or Interest, on the Effective Date or as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Distribution Agent shall make initial Distributions under the Plan on account of Claims and Interests Allowed on or before the Effective Date, subject to the Reorganized Debtors’ right to object to Claims and Interests; provided, however, that (1) Allowed Administrative Claims with respect to liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of business during the Chapter 11 Cases or assumed by the Debtors prior to the Effective Date shall be paid or performed in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of any controlling agreements, course of dealing, course of business, or industry practice and (2) Allowed Priority Tax Claims shall be paid in accordance with Article II.C of the Plan.

 

B.

Rights and Powers of Distribution Agent

1. Powers of the Distribution Agent

The Distribution Agent shall be empowered to: (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (b) make all Distributions contemplated hereby; (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Distribution Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Distribution Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.

2. Expenses Incurred on or after the Effective Date

Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Distribution Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) made by the Distribution Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

C.

Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims and Interests

Notwithstanding any provision otherwise in the Plan and except as otherwise agreed by the relevant parties, unless as otherwise agreed to by the Debtors or set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court: (a) no partial payments and no partial Distributions shall be made with respect to a Disputed Claim or Interest until all such disputes in connection with such Disputed Claim or Interest have been resolved by settlement or Final Order; provided, however, that if a portion of a Claim is not Disputed, the Distribution Agent may make a partial Distribution based on such portion of such Claim that is not Disputed; and (b) any Entity that holds both an Allowed Claim or Interest and a Disputed Claim or Interest shall not receive any Distribution on the Allowed Claim or Interest unless and until all objections to the Disputed Claim or Interest have been

 

48


resolved by settlement or Final Order or the Claims or Interests have been Allowed or expunged. Any dividends or other Distributions arising from property distributed to Holders of Allowed Claims or Interests, as applicable, in a Class and paid to such Holders under the Plan shall also be paid, in the applicable amounts, to any Holder of a Disputed Claim or Interest, as applicable, in such Class that becomes an Allowed Claim or Interest after the date or dates that such dividends or other Distributions were earlier paid to Holders of Allowed Claims or Interests in such Class.

 

D.

Delivery of Distributions

Except as otherwise provided herein (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as set forth in the foregoing paragraph with respect to Distributions to Holders of RCF Claims and Notes Claims), and notwithstanding any authority to the contrary, Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims, including Claims that become Allowed after the Effective Date, shall be made to Holders of record as of the Effective Date by the Distribution Agent: (1) to the address of such Holder as set forth in the books and records of the applicable Debtor (or if the Debtors have been notified in writing, on or before the date that is 10 days before the Effective Date, of a change of address, to the changed address); (2) in accordance with Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 4, as modified and made applicable by Bankruptcy Rule 7004, if no address exists in the Debtors books and records, no Proof of Claim has been Filed and the Distribution Agent has not received a written notice of address or change of address on or before the date that is 10 days before the Effective Date; or (3) on any counsel that has appeared in the Chapter 11 Cases on the Holder’s behalf. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, including this Article VI.D of the Plan, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Distribution Agent shall not incur any liability whatsoever on account of any Distributions under the Plan, including for the avoidance of doubt, Distributions to the Holding Period Trust.

1. Compliance Matters

In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all Distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the Distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding Distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such Distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate. The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate all Distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.

 

49


2. Foreign Currency Exchange Rate

Except as otherwise provided in a Final Order, as of the Effective Date, any Claim asserted in currency other than U.S. dollars shall, for the purposes of determining the amount of a Distribution be automatically deemed converted to the equivalent U.S. dollar value using the exchange rate for the applicable currency as displayed by Bloomberg L.P. or, if that rate is not available, as published in The Wall Street Journal, National Edition, as of a date to be agreed by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Majority Participating Lenders, and the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

3. Undeliverable, and Unclaimed Distributions

 

  (a)

Undeliverable Distributions. If any Distribution to a Holder of an Allowed Claim or Interest is returned to the Distribution Agent as undeliverable, no further Distributions shall be made to such Holder unless and until the Distribution Agent is notified in writing of such Holder’s then-current address or other necessary information for delivery, at which time all currently due missed Distributions shall be made to such Holder on the next Distribution Date. Undeliverable Distributions shall remain in the possession of the Reorganized Debtors until such time as a Distribution becomes deliverable, or such Distribution reverts to the Reorganized Debtors or is cancelled pursuant to Article VI.D.(c) of the Plan, and shall not be supplemented with any interest, dividends, or other accruals of any kind.

 

  (b)

Reversion. Any Distribution under the Plan, other than with respect to the Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes, that is an unclaimed Distribution for a period of six months after Distribution shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and such unclaimed Distribution shall revest in the applicable Reorganized Debtor and, to the extent such unclaimed Distribution is not Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes, as applicable, shall be deemed cancelled. Upon such revesting, the Claim or Interest of any Holder or its successors with respect to such property shall be cancelled, discharged, and forever barred notwithstanding any applicable federal or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws, or any provisions in any document governing the Distribution that is an unclaimed Distribution, to the contrary.

 

  (c)

Noteholder Ordinary Shares / Exchange Notes. Noteholder Ordinary Shares and Exchange Notes will be issued directly to any Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim (or its Nominee(s)) that has confirmed its details (including details of a securities account that is compatible with Euroclear Sweden) to the Distribution Agent by no later than the date falling 10 Business Days prior to the Effective Date (or such other time and date as the Debtor and the Majority Core Noteholder Group may agree). Any Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim that has not confirmed its details by this date shall accept that its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and Exchange Notes may instead be transferred to the Holding Period Trust.

 

50


If any Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim is unable, owing to fund constitutional or binding governance reasons, to receive its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes or to nominate a Nominee to receive its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes, such Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes may be transferred to the Holding Period Trust. Any unclaimed Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes held by the trustee at the end of such fixed period shall be liquidated and the net proceeds held on trust for a further fixed period for such Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim to claim. Upon the expiry of the later fixed period, the trustee will deliver any unclaimed proceeds to the Debtor.

4. Surrender of Cancelled Instruments or Securities

On the Effective Date, each Holder of a Certificate shall be deemed to have surrendered such Certificate to the Distribution Agent. Such Certificate shall be cancelled solely with respect to the Debtors (other than any Certificate that survives and is not cancelled pursuant to the Plan), and such cancellation shall not alter the obligations or rights of any non-Debtor third parties vis-à-vis one another with respect to such Certificate. Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, this Article VI shall not apply to any Claims and Interests Reinstated pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

 

E.

Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

1. Claims Paid by Third Parties

A Claim shall be reduced in full, and such Claim shall be disallowed without an objection to such Claim having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor. To the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a Distribution on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim, such Holder shall repay, return or deliver any Distribution held by or transferred to the Holder to the applicable Reorganized Debtor to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such Distribution under the Plan; provided that the foregoing shall not prejudice such third party’s rights (including, for the avoidance of doubt, subrogation rights) with respect to the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors.

2. Claims Payable by Insurance Carriers

No Distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ Insurers agrees to satisfy in full a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such Insurers’ agreement, such Claim may be expunged to the extent of any agreed upon satisfaction on the Claims Register by the Claims and Noticing Agent without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

51


3. Applicability of Insurance Policies

Except as otherwise provided herein, Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of an applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including Insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such Insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such Insurers.

 

F.

Setoffs

Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, each Reorganized Debtor, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code (including section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code), applicable non-bankruptcy law, or as may be agreed to by the Holder of a Claim, may set off or recoup against any Allowed Claim (other than an Allowed Claim held by a Consenting Creditor) and the Distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of such Allowed Claim (before any Distribution is made on account of such Allowed Claim), any claims, rights, and Causes of Action of any nature that such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, may hold against the Holder of such Allowed Claim, to the extent such claims, rights, or Causes of Action against such Holder have not been otherwise compromised or settled on or prior to the Effective Date (whether pursuant to the Plan or otherwise); provided, however, that neither the failure to effect such a setoff or recoupment nor the allowance of any Claim pursuant to the Plan shall constitute a waiver or release by such Reorganized Debtor of any such claims, rights, and Causes of Action that such Reorganized Debtor may possess against such Holder; provided, further, that such Holder may contest any such set off by a Reorganized Debtor in the Bankruptcy Court or any other court of competent jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, any such right of set off may be preserved by Filing a Proof of Claim related to such right of set off prior to the Effective Date.

 

G.

Allocation between Principal and Accrued Interest

Except as otherwise provided herein, the aggregate consideration paid to Holders with respect to their Allowed Claims shall be treated pursuant to the Plan as allocated first to the principal amount of such Allowed Claims (to the extent thereof) and, thereafter, to the interest, if any, on such Allowed Claim accrued through the Effective Date.

 

H.

Minimum Distributions

No (a) fractional shares of Noteholder Ordinary Shares or (b) fractional New Money Notes or Exchange Notes shall be distributed, and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts. Whenever any payment or Distribution of a (a) fraction of a dollar or (b) fractional New Money Note or Exchange Note under this Plan would otherwise be called for, such payment or Distribution shall be rounded as follows: (x) fractions of one-half (12) or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number; and (y) fractions of less than one-half (12) shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment or Distribution therefore. The total number of authorized New Money Notes, and/or Exchange Notes, as applicable, shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding, subject to any minimum denominations required under the Exchange Notes or the New Money Notes, as the case may be.

 

52


Whenever any payment or Distribution of a fraction of a dollar or fractional share of Noteholder Ordinary Shares under this Plan would otherwise be called for, the actual payment or Distribution will reflect a rounding down of such fraction to the nearest whole dollar or share of Noteholder Ordinary Shares, with half dollars and half shares of Noteholder Ordinary Shares or less being rounded down.

ARTICLE VII

PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING DISPUTED CLAIMS

 

A.

Disputed Claims Generally

Notwithstanding section 502(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise set forth in the Plan or Combined Order, Holders of Claims, other than Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, need not File Proofs of Claim with the Bankruptcy Court, and the Reorganized Debtors and Holders of Claims shall determine, adjudicate, and resolve any disputes over the validity and amounts of such Claims as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced. The Holders of Claims other than Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall not be subject to any Claims resolution process in the Bankruptcy Court. Except for Proofs of Claim in respect of Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, any Filed Claim, regardless of the time of filing, and including Claims Filed after the Effective Date, shall be deemed withdrawn. From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may satisfy, dispute, settle, or otherwise compromise any Claim without approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

B.

Objections to Claims

Except insofar as a Claim is Allowed under the Plan, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be entitled to object to Claims. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses that the Debtors had with regard to any Claim or Interest. Any objections to Claims shall be served and Filed on or before the later of (i) one (1) year after the Effective Date and (ii) such later date as may be fixed by the Bankruptcy Court. The expiration of such period shall not limit or affect the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to dispute Claims other than through an objection to a Claim or to Proof of such Claim.

 

C.

Estimation of Claims

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and subject to the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group, not to be unreasonably withheld, may (i) determine, resolve, and otherwise adjudicate all contingent, unliquidated, and Disputed Claims in the Bankruptcy Court and (ii) at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code regardless of whether the Debtors previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection. The Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim, including, without limitation, at any time during litigation concerning any objection to any Claim or during the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent, unliquidated, or

 

53


Disputed Claim, the amount so estimated shall constitute either the Allowed amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on the Allowed amount of such Claim, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court. If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum limitation on the Allowed amount of such Claim, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may pursue supplementary proceedings to object to the allowance of such Claim.

 

D.

Disallowance of Claims

Any Claims held by Entities from which property is recoverable under sections 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under sections 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed Disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any Distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity have been settled or a Bankruptcy Court order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

 

E.

No Distributions Pending Allowance

If an objection, motion to estimate, or other challenge to a Claim is Filed, no payment or Distribution provided under the Plan shall be made on account of such Claim unless and until (and only to the extent that) such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

 

F.

Distributions after Allowance

To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim, Distributions (if any) shall be made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, including the treatment provisions provided in Article IV of the Plan.

 

G.

Claim Resolution Procedures Cumulative

All of the Claims, objection, estimation, and resolution procedures in the Plan are intended to be cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims may be estimated and subsequently settled, compromised, withdrawn, or resolved in accordance with the Plan without further notice or Bankruptcy Court approval.

 

H.

Single Satisfaction of Claims and Interests

In no case shall the aggregate value of all property received or retained under the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim or Interest exceed 100 percent of the underlying Allowed Claim or Interest plus applicable interest required to be paid hereunder, if any.

 

54


ARTICLE VIII

EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.

Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, the Distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims, Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate to services performed by employees of the Debtors prior to the Effective Date and that arise from a termination of employment, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (a) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (c) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. The Combined Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

 

B.

Release of Liens

Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to the New Security Documents, the Plan, the Combined Order, or any other contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable Distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, except for Other Secured Claims that the Debtors elect to Reinstate in accordance with Article III.B. hereof and any existing mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates or the Debtors’ affiliates for the benefit of Holders of RCF Claims, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns, other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Liens and security interests granted pursuant to, or in connection with, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents or the Security Documents (as defined in the Notes Amendments Documents). Any Holder of such Secured Claim (and the applicable agents for such Holder) shall be authorized and directed, at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtors, to release any collateral or other property of any Debtor (including

 

55


any cash collateral and possessory collateral) held by such Holder (and the applicable agents for such Holder), and to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Reorganized Debtors to evidence the release of such Lien, including the execution, delivery, and filing or recording of such releases. The presentation or filing of the Combined Order to or with any federal, state, provincial, or local agency or department shall constitute good and sufficient evidence of, but shall not be required to effect, the termination of such Liens.

 

C.

Releases by the Debtors

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Combined Order, pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, as of the Effective Date, each Released Party is deemed released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and their Estates from any and all Causes of Action, including any Avoidance Actions and derivative claims asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Cause of Action against, or Interest in, a Debtor or other Entity, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among the Debtors or between the Debtors and their non-Debtor Affiliates, the Facility Agreement, the Facility Agreement Documents, the Prepetition Finance Documents, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents or the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or Distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the Distribution of property under the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, or any other related agreement, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (i) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Rights Offering Documents (including the Backstop Agreement), the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, or any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (ii) any Causes of Action specifically retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, (iii) any Cause of Action that is judicially determined by a Final Order to

 

56


have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct gross negligence of an Entity other than a Debtor, (iv) any Cause of Action against a Released Party arising from any obligations owed to or by the Debtors pursuant to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is not otherwise rejected by the Debtors pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code before, after, or as of the Effective Date, (v) any Cause of Action that is of a commercial nature and arising in the ordinary course of business, such as accounts receivable and accounts payable on account of goods and services being performed, or (vi) any Cause of Action against a Holder of a Disputed Claim to the extent necessary to administer and resolve such Disputed Claim solely in accordance with the Plan.

 

D.

Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Combined Order, as of the Effective Date, each Releasing Party is deemed to have released and discharged each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, and Released Party from any and all Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, including any derivative claims asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among the Debtors or between the Debtors and their non-Debtor Affiliates, the Facility Agreement, the Facility Agreement Documents, the Prepetition Finance Documents, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, or the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or Distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the Distribution of property under the Plan, or the Lock-Up Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (i) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Rights Offering Documents (including the Backstop Agreement), the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, or any other document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (ii) any Causes of Action specifically retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, (iii) any Cause of Action that is judicially determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, (iv) any Cause of Action against a Released Party arising from any obligations

 

57


owed to or by the Debtors pursuant to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is not otherwise rejected by the Debtors pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code before, after, or as of the Effective Date, (v) any Cause of Action that is of a commercial nature and arising in the ordinary course of business, such as accounts receivable and accounts payable on account of goods and services being performed, or (vi) any Cause of Action against a Holder of a Disputed Claim to the extent necessary to administer and resolve such Disputed Claim solely in accordance with the Plan.

 

E.

Exculpation

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or the Combined Order, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is released and exculpated from any and all Causes of Action whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising in law, equity, contract, tort or otherwise, for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among the Debtors or between the Debtors and their non-Debtor Affiliates, the Facility Agreement, the Prepetition Finance Documents, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the Distribution of property under the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, or any other related agreement, except for claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, but in all respects such Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the Plan. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of votes and Distribution of consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such Distributions shall not be, liable at any time for (i) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (ii) any Causes of Action specifically retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, (iii) any Cause of Action (other than a Cause of Action against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any Related Party of the Debtors) unknown to such Exculpated Party as of the Effective Date that arises out of actual fraud or gross negligence of an Entity other than such Exculpated Party, or (iv) the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such Distributions made pursuant to the Plan.

 

58


F.

Injunction

Upon entry of the Combined Order, all Persons and Entities shall be enjoined from taking any actions to interfere with the implementation or consummation of this Plan or the vesting of the Estates’ assets in, and the enjoyment of such assets by, the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to this Plan.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or for obligations issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Combined Order, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold claims or interests that have been released, discharged, or are subject to exculpation are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions (collectively, the “Covered Matters”) against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Exculpated Parties, or the Released Parties (the “Covered Entities”): (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (b) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (c) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (d) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests unless such Holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to perform such setoff on or before the Effective Date, and notwithstanding an indication of a claim or interest or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable law or otherwise; and (e) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan.

With respect to any Covered Entity, no Entity or Person may commence or continue any action, employ any process, or take any other act to pursue, collect, recover or offset any Claim, Interest, debt, obligation, or Cause of Action relating or reasonably likely to relate to any act or commission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of a Covered Matter (including one that alleges the actual fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct of a Covered Entity), unless expressly authorized by the Bankruptcy Court after (1) it determines, after a notice and a hearing, such Claim, Interest, debt, obligation, or Cause of Action is colorable and (2) it specifically authorizes such Entity or Person to bring such Claim or Cause of Action. The Bankruptcy Court shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether any such Claim, Interest, debt, obligation or Cause of Action is colorable and, only to the extent legally permissible and as provided for in Article XI, shall have jurisdiction to adjudicate such underlying colorable Claim, Interest, debt, obligation, or Cause of Action.

 

59


G.

Reimbursement or Contribution

If the Bankruptcy Court disallows a Claim for reimbursement or contribution of an Entity pursuant to section 502(e)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, then to the extent that such Claim is contingent as of the time of allowance or disallowance, such Claim shall be forever disallowed and expunged notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless prior to the Confirmation Date: (1) such Claim has been adjudicated as non-contingent; or (2) the relevant Holder of a Claim has Filed a Proof of Claim on account of such Claim and a Final Order has been entered prior to the Confirmation Date determining such Claim as no longer contingent.

ARTICLE IX

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE

 

A.

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

It shall be a condition to the Effective Date that the following conditions shall have been satisfied, in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders, or waived pursuant to Article IX.B of the Plan:

 

  1.

the Combined Order in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders shall be a Final Order ;

 

  2.

the Transaction Documents and the New Security Documents, shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders (with all conditions precedent thereto having been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date);

 

  3.

the Backstop Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not have terminated pursuant to its terms;

 

  4.

the Rights Offering shall have been conducted, in all material respects, in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures;

 

  5.

issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares (with all conditions precedent thereto having been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date), in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  6.

all conditions precedent to the issuance of the Exchange Notes have been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date, in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  7.

all conditions precedent to the issuance of the New Money Notes have been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date, in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

60


  8.

all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the SSRCF have been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date, in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  9.

all other applicable Definitive Documents shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders (with all conditions precedent thereto having been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date);

 

  10.

the establishment and funding of the Professional Fee Escrow Account;

 

  11.

payment of all fees, costs and expenses required to be paid under the Lock-Up Agreement, the Backstop Agreement, and the other Transaction Documents and in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, including the Restructuring Expenses (to the extent not already paid);

 

  12.

the Swedish Reorganisation Plan Confirmation shall have occurred and shall be a Final Order;

 

  13.

the Agreed Steps Plan and evidence that steps and transactions referred to therein as steps/transactions to be undertaken on or prior to the Effective Date shall have been or will be duly completed to the satisfaction of the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  14.

all payments in Cash due pursuant to the Treatment in Class 3 and pursuant to the Treatment in Class 5 shall have been paid in full in Cash;

 

  15.

all requisite governmental authorities and third parties will have approved or consented to the Restructuring Transactions and any applicable waiting period under applicable law (including with respect to antitrust laws) shall have expired, in either case, to the extent required;

 

  16.

no court of competent jurisdiction or other competent governmental or regulatory authority shall have issued any order making illegal or otherwise preventing or prohibiting the consummation of any Restructuring Transactions;

 

  17.

the Debtors shall have implemented the Restructuring Transactions and all transactions contemplated by, and in accordance with, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Plan; and

 

61


  18.

either:

 

  i)

the Lock-Up Agreement shall not have been terminated and shall remain in full force and effect; or

 

  ii)

 

  (a)

on or before May 30, 2025 the Debtors shall have delivered the Swedish RP Certificate to the Consenting Creditors;

 

  (b)

the Lock-Up Agreement shall not have been terminated other than pursuant to clause 8.1(b) (Automatic Termination) of the Lock-Up Agreement and such termination shall have occurred not more than 122 days before the Effective Date; and

 

  (c)

the Company shall have delivered to the Consenting Creditors a LUA Compliance Certificate;

 

  (d)

no event or circumstance has occurred which (with the expiry of any grace period, the giving of any notice or any combination of the foregoing) would have resulted in a termination right arising in favor of (i) the Majority Core Noteholder Group or the Majority Participating Lenders under paragraphs (c) to (e) of Clause 8.3 (Voluntary termination) or 8.5 (Termination by Participating Lenders with respect to Participating Lenders only) of the Lock-Up Agreement or (ii) the Majority Participating Lenders or the Majority Consenting Noteholders under paragraph (f) of Clause 8.3 (Voluntary termination) of the Lock-Up Agreement (in each case, as if it had not already terminated) and none of the Majority Core Noteholder Group, the Majority Participating Lenders nor the Majority Consenting Noteholders have delivered notice to the Company confirming that it or they would have terminated the Lock-Up Agreement on the basis of such event or circumstance if the Lock-Up Agreement had still been in full force and effect; and

 

  (e)

neither the Majority Core Noteholder Group nor the Majority Participating Lenders have delivered an Effective Date Failed CP Notice to the Company.

 

B.

Waiver of Conditions Precedent

The Debtors, with the prior written consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders, may waive any of the conditions to the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A of the Plan at any time or as otherwise provided in the Lock-Up Agreement without any notice to any other parties in interest and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and without any formal action other than proceeding to confirm and consummate the Plan. The failure of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or the Consenting Creditors to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any other rights, and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right, which may be asserted at any time.

 

62


ARTICLE X

MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

 

A.

Modification of Plan

Subject to the limitations and terms contained in the Plan, the Debtors reserve the right to (1) amend or modify the Plan before the entry of the Combined Order consistent with the terms set forth herein, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules; and (2) after the entry of the Combined Order, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may, upon order of the Bankruptcy Court, amend or modify the Plan, in accordance with section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, subject to the Lock-Up Agreement, to remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner as may be necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan consistent with the terms set forth herein, in each case set forth in the preceding clauses (1) and (2) with the prior written consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Consenting Creditors. The Debtors must give counsel to the Consenting Creditors (or, if a Consenting Creditor does not have counsel, to such Consenting Creditor) at least five (5) Business Days’ advance notice, or otherwise as much notice as is reasonably practicable, prior to withdrawing the Plan.

 

B.

Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

Entry of the Combined Order shall constitute approval of all modifications to the Plan occurring after the solicitation thereof pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and a finding that such modifications to the Plan do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

 

C.

Withdrawal of Plan

The Debtors reserve the right, subject to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement and the approval rights of the parties set forth therein, to revoke or withdraw the Plan with respect to any or all Debtors before the Confirmation Date and to File subsequent chapter 11 plans. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation or the Effective Date does not occur, then: (1) the Plan will be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan, assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effectuated by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant hereto will be null and void in all respects; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action by any Entity, (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Debtor or any other Entity, or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by any Debtor or any other Entity; provided, however, that all provisions of the Lock-Up Agreement that survive the termination of these agreements (each, according to its terms) shall remain in effect in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

63


ARTICLE XI

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

Notwithstanding the entry of the Combined Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, which shall be exclusive jurisdiction within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States, including jurisdiction to:

 

  1.

subject to Article VII.A of the Plan, allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Claim or Interest and the resolution of any and all objections to the secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or Interests;

 

  2.

decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;

 

  3.

resolve any matters related to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, including: (a) the assumption or assumption and assignment of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Cure or Claims arising therefrom, including pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; and (c) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or expired;

 

  4.

ensure that Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to Distributions under the Plan;

 

  5.

adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date;

 

  6.

enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of (a) contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents approved by Final Order in the Chapter 11 Cases and (b) the Plan, the Combined Order, and contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan;

 

  7.

enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  8.

grant any consensual request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  9.

issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;

 

64


  10.

hear, determine, and resolve any cases, matters, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action in connection with or in any way related to the Chapter 11 Cases, including: (a) with respect to the repayment or return of Distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a Claim or an Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI of the Plan; (b) with respect to the releases, injunctions, and other provisions contained in Article VIII of the Plan, including entry of such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions; (c) that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan and the Combined Order; or (d) related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  11.

decide and resolve all matters related to the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes and the execution of the Transaction Documents;

 

  12.

enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Combined Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;

 

  13.

consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Combined Order;

 

  14.

hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  15.

enter an order or Final Decree concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases;

 

  16.

enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and

 

  17.

hear and determine any other matters related to the Chapter 11 Cases and not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code or title 28 of the United States Code.

provided, in each case, that the Bankruptcy Court shall not retain jurisdiction over matters arising from agreements or documents (or performance under agreements or documents) contained in the Plan Supplement or any Definitive Documents, in each case, that have a jurisdictional, forum selection, or dispute resolution clause that refers matters to or permits a Person to bring actions before a different court or forum, and any matters arising from agreements or documents (or performance under any agreements or documents) contained in the Plan Supplement or any other Definitive Documents that contain such clauses shall be governed in accordance with the provisions of such agreements or documents; provided, further, that if the Bankruptcy Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter arising in, arising under, or related to the Chapter 11 Cases, the provisions of this Article XI shall have no effect upon and shall not control, prohibit, or limit the exercise of jurisdiction by any other court having jurisdiction with respect to such matter.

 

65


ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

A.

Immediate Binding Effect

Notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and any and all Holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, exculpations, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors. All Claims against and Interests in the Debtors shall be as fixed, adjusted, or compromised, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan regardless of whether any Holder of a Claim or Interest has voted on the Plan.

 

B.

Additional Documents

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors may File with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan; provided, however, that such agreements and other documents shall be consistent in all material respects with the terms and conditions of the Lock-Up Agreement, including the condition that such agreements and other documents shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and all Holders of Claims and Interests receiving Distributions pursuant to the Plan and all other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of the Plan.

 

C.

Payment of Statutory Fees

Prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors shall pay all fees due and payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a)(6) and shall File monthly reports in a form reasonably acceptable to the U.S. Trustee. On or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay any and all fees when due and payable, and shall File with the Bankruptcy Court quarterly reports in a form reasonably acceptable to the U.S. Trustee. Each Reorganized Debtor shall remain obligated to pay all fees to the U.S. Trustee until the applicable Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case is closed.

 

D.

Reservation of Rights

Except as expressly set forth herein, the Plan shall have no force or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court shall enter the Combined Order. None of the filing of the Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, including the amounts set forth in Article III.D, or the taking of any action by any Debtor or any party in interest with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any party in interest prior to the Effective Date.

 

66


E.

Successors and Assigns

The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign, Affiliate, officer, director, agent, representative, attorney, beneficiaries, or guardian, if any, of each such Entity.

 

F.

Service of Documents

After the Effective Date, any pleading, notice, or other document required by the Plan to be served on or delivered to the Reorganized Debtors shall be served on:

 

Reorganized Debtors  

Intrum AB

Riddargatan 10

Stockholm, Sweden 11435

Attention: Niklas Lundquist

Counsel to Debtors  

Porter Hedges LLP

1000 Main St., 36th

Houston, TX 77002

Attn.: John F. Higgins (jhiggins@porterhedges.com)

 

Milbank LLP

55 Hudson Yards

New York, New York 10001

Attn.: Dennis F. Dunne (ddunne@milbank.com)

Jaimie Fedell (jfedell@milbank.com)

Counsel to Consenting Noteholders  

Latham & Watkins LLP

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Attn.: Adam J. Goldberg (adam.goldberg@lw.com)

Ebba Gebisa (ebba.gebisa@lw.com)

Brian S. Rosen (brian.rosen@lw.com)

Thomas Fafara (thomas.fafara@lw.com)

Counsel to the RCF SteerCo Group  

Clifford Chance US LLP

Two Manhattan West

375 9th Avenue

New York, NY 10001

Maja Zerjal Fink (maja.zerjalfink@cliffordchance.com)

Robert Johnson (robert.johnson@cliffordchance.com)

Madelyn Nicolini (madelyn.nicolini@cliffordchance.com)

United States Trustee  

Office of the United States Trustee

for the Southern District of Texas

515 Rusk Street, Suite 3516

Houston, Texas 77002

 

67


G.

Term of Injunctions or Stays

Unless otherwise provided herein or in the Combined Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases (pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court) and existing on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Combined Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Combined Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

H.

Entire Agreement

Except as otherwise indicated, and without limiting the effectiveness of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Plan supersedes all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.

 

I.

Plan Supplement

All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full in the Plan. After the exhibits and documents are Filed, copies of such exhibits and documents shall be made available upon written request to the Debtors’ counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from https://cases.ra.kroll.com/IntrumAB or the Bankruptcy Court’s website at www.txs.uscourts.gov/bankruptcy. Unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent any exhibit or document in the Plan Supplement is inconsistent with the terms of any part of the Plan that does not constitute the Plan Supplement, such part of the Plan that does not constitute the Plan Supplement shall control.

 

J.

Non-Severability

If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court, at the request of the Debtors, shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted; provided that any such alteration or interpretation shall be consistent with the Lock-Up Agreement and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Consenting Creditors. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Combined Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is: (1) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (2) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the Debtors’ consent, consistent with the terms set forth herein; and (3) nonseverable and mutually dependent.

 

68


K.

Votes Solicited in Good Faith

Upon entry of the Combined Order, the Debtors, the Consenting Creditors, and each of their respective Affiliates, agents, representatives, members, principals, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, advisors, and attorneys will be deemed to have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code and pursuant to section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, and participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, and purchase of Securities offered, issued, or sold under the Plan, and, therefore, neither any of such parties or individuals or the Reorganized Debtors will have any liability for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of votes on the Plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the Securities offered, issued, or sold under the Plan.

 

L.

Closing of Chapter 11 Cases

After an Estate has been fully administered, the Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized, but not directed, to submit an order to the Bankruptcy Court under certification of counsel to close the applicable Chapter 11 Case in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules. Furthermore, the Claims and Noticing Agent is authorized to destroy all paper/hardcopy records related to this matter two (2) years after the Effective Date has occurred.

 

M.

Waiver or Estoppel

Each Holder of a Claim or an Interest shall be deemed to have waived any right to assert any argument, including the right to argue that its Claim or Interest should be Allowed in a certain amount, in a certain priority, secured or not subordinated by virtue of an agreement made with the Debtors or their counsel, or any other Entity, if such agreement was not disclosed in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Plan Supplement, or other papers Filed prior to the Confirmation Date.

 

N.

Creditor Default

An act or omission by a Holder of a Claim or an Interest in contravention of the provisions of this Plan shall be deemed an event of default under this Plan. Upon an event of default, the Reorganized Debtors may seek to hold the defaulting party in contempt of the Combined Order and may be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of the Reorganized Debtors in remedying such default. Upon the finding of such a default by a creditor, the Bankruptcy Court may: (a) designate a party to appear, sign or accept the documents required under the Plan on behalf of the defaulting party, in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 7070; (b) enforce the Plan by order of specific performance; (c) award judgment against such defaulting creditor in favor of the Reorganized Debtors in an amount, including interest, to compensate the Reorganized Debtors for the damages caused by such default; and (d) make such other order as may be equitable that does not materially alter the terms of the Plan.

 

69


O.

2002 Notice Parties

The Combined Order shall provide that, after the Effective Date, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, are authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to those Entities who have Filed a renewed request after the Combined Hearing to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002.

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

70


Dated: November 17, 2024

 

Respectfully submitted,
By:  

/s/ Andrés Rubio

  Name: Andrés Rubio
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
On behalf of Intrum AB (pub) and its Debtor affiliate

 

71


Exhibit B

Lock-Up Agreement


Execution version

 

 

_15_ August 2024

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

relating to the

Lock-Up Agreement (as defined herein)

between

INTRUM AB (PUBL)

as the Company

KROLL ISSUER SERVICES LIMITED

as the Information Agent

EACH CONSENTING NOTEHOLDER NAMED HEREIN

and

EACH ORIGINAL PARTICIPATING LENDER NAMED

HEREIN

 

 

MILBANK LLP

London


 

 

CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  

1.  Definitions and Interpretation

     1  

2.  Amendment and Restatement

     3  

3.  Continuity

     5  

4.  Incorporation of Provisions of Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement

     5  

Schedule 1 Original Participating Lenders

     7  

Schedule 2 Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement

     8  

 

 

(i)


 

 

THIS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made on 15 August 2024 among:

 

(1)

INTRUM AB (PUBL), a public limited liability company registered under the laws of Sweden with registration number 556607-7581 (the “Company”);

 

(2)

KROLL ISSUER SERVICES LIMITED as information agent (the “Information Agent”);

 

(3)

EACH CONSENTING NOTEHOLDER identified as such in the signature pages to this Agreement; and

 

(4)

EACH PARTICIPATING LENDER identified as such in the signature pages to this Agreement (the “Original Participating Lenders”).

RECITALS:

 

(A)

On 10 July 2024, the Company, the Information Agent and certain Consenting Noteholders entered into a lock-up agreement relating to the Notes and the Facility Agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”).

 

(B)

The parties wish to agree certain amendments to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement – namely, to facilitate accession of the Original Participating Lenders thereto.

 

(C)

By their signature to this Agreement, each party to this Agreement agrees to be bound, in their respective capacities, by the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement as amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement (as defined below).

IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows.

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

  (a)

Unless the context otherwise requires, words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement. The provisions of Clause 1.2 (Interpretation) of the Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement shall be deemed to be incorporated into this Agreement mutatis mutandis and shall apply to and under this Agreement as if they were expressly set out in this Agreement.

 

  (b)

In addition:

 

  (i)

Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement” means the Lock-Up Agreement as amended and restated by this Agreement and set-forth in Schedule 2 hereto on and from the Effective Date.

 

  (ii)

Amendment and Restatement Representations” means the representations set out in clause 10.1 (Representations of the Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders) and clause 10.2 (Representations of the Company) of the Lock-Up Agreement, save that references to: (a) the “First Effective Date” shall be construed as if they were references to “the date of this Agreement”; and (b) the “Second Effective Date” shall be construed as if they were references to the “Effective Date”.

 

 

– 1 –


 

 

  (iii)

Effective Date” means the date on which the SteerCo Counsel confirm (on behalf of the Original Participating Lenders) that the following conditions have been satisfied or waived:

 

  (A)

each SteerCo Adviser has received all reasonable, documented fees, costs and expenses owing to it in connection with the Restructuring, invoiced no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Effective Date;

 

  (B)

the facility agent under the Facility Agreement has signed and delivered the Notes Prepayment Waiver;

 

  (C)

receipt of a certificate from an Officer of the Company, addressed to each of the Original Participating Lenders, confirming that, as at the Effective Date, the requisite consents required to amend and restate the Lock-Up Agreement pursuant to this Agreement have been received;

 

  (D)

prepayment of the Loans in the required amount of Net Available Cash from the Asset Disposition to Cerberus announced 16 July 2024 and cancellation of the Total Commitments (under and as defined in the Facility Agreement) to €1.1 billion, in accordance with the process agreed between the Company and the Original Participating Lenders (the “Facility Agreement Debt Prepayment & Cancellation”).

 

  (iv)

Effective Date Long-Stop Date” means 17:00 (London time) on the date which is eight (8) Business Days after the date of this Agreement (or such later date as may be agreed between the Company and the Majority Original Participating Lenders, acting reasonably).

 

  (v)

Surviving Provisions” means each of the following provisions of this Agreement:

 

  (A)

Clause 1 (Definitions and Interpretation);

 

  (B)

Clause 2.3 (Amendment and Restatement);

 

  (C)

Clause 7 (Continuity);

 

  (D)

Clause 8.1 (Incorporation of provisions of the Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement), with respect to Clauses 11 (Confidentiality), 13 (Information relating to Individual Holdings), 18 (Separate Rights), 19 (Specific Performance), 20 (Notices), 21 (Partial Invalidity), 22 (Remedies and waivers), 23 (Reservation of Rights), 24 (Successors and Assigns) and 26 (Entire Agreement) of the Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement only;

 

  (E)

Clause 11 (Governing law); and

 

  (F)

Clause 12 (Enforcement).

 

 

– 2 –


 

 

  (vi)

Majority Original Participating Lenders” means Original Participating Lenders whose Locked-Up Facility Agreement Debt represents at least 6623% by value of the aggregate Locked-Up Facility Agreement Debt of all Original Participating Lenders.

 

  (vii)

Notes Prepayment Waiver” means the waiver confirmation letter dated on or around the date of this Agreement with respect to the Company’s compliance with clause 25.9(a) (Notes Debt) of the Facility Agreement.

 

  (c)

Each Original Participating Lender enters into this Agreement in respect of the Facility Agreement Debt beneficially owned by it through the business unit identified in Schedule 1 (Original Participating Lenders) to this Agreement and not (for the avoidance of doubt) in their capacity as Consenting Noteholders or with respect to any other business unit. The Company agrees and confirms that Schedule 1 hereto constitutes a Confidential Annexure for the purposes of the Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement (subject to the Original Participating Lenders, or SteerCo Counsel on their behalf, delivering Proof of Holdings to the Company and the Information Agent contemporaneously with each Original Participating Lender’s signature page).

 

2.

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

 

2.1

The provisions of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, provisions of the Amended and Restated Lock-up Agreement expressly incorporated herein) shall become effective on and from the date of this Agreement.

 

2.2

On and with effect from the Effective Date:

 

  (a)

the parties hereby agree that the Lock-Up Agreement be and is hereby amended and restated such that it shall be read and construed for all purposes as set out in Schedule 2 (Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement); and

 

  (b)

each Original Participating Lender is bound and shall be Party to the Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement as a Participating Lender with respect to the Facility Agreement Debt held by it and identified in Schedule 1 (Original Participating Lenders) hereto (together with any Additional Debt).

 

2.3

Notwithstanding Clause 2.2 above, the Company and the Consenting Noteholders agree that, with effect from the date of this Agreement, the Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline in the Lock-Up Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline” means 11:59 pm (London time) on 27 August 2024 or such later date as may be agreed in writing by each of (i) the Company and (ii) the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

 

 

– 3 –


 

 

3.

UNDERTAKINGS

 

3.1

The Company shall pay (or procure payment of) all reasonable, documented fees, costs and expenses of the SteerCo Advisers and the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers in connection with the Restructuring:

 

  (a)

that were invoiced no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Effective Date, by no later than the Effective Date; and

 

  (b)

that were invoiced following the issuance of any invoice referred to in paragraph (a) above, on the earlier of:

 

  (i)

such date or dates as provided in accordance with the terms of the Adviser Fee Letters; and

 

  (ii)

termination of the Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement.

 

4.

LONG-STOP TIME

 

4.1

This Agreement shall automatically terminate with immediate effect on the Effective Date Long-Stop Time (and the amendment and restatement of the Lock-Up Agreement and the accession the Original Participating Lenders to the Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Amendment and Restatement) shall be of no effect), if the Effective Date has not occurred on or before the Effective Date Long-Stop Time.

 

4.2

In the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Long-Stop Time), this Agreement will cease to have any further effect, save for the Surviving Provisions which shall remain in full force and effect and save in respect of any liability arising or breaches of this Agreement that occurred prior to termination.

 

5.

WAIVERS

 

5.1

Each Original Participating Lender agrees to irrevocably waive any Break Costs (as defined in the Facility Agreement) which may accrue to it under the terms of the Facility Agreement in connection with the Facility Agreement Debt Prepayment & Cancellation only.

 

6.

NOTIFICATION OF AMENDMENT TO THE LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

6.1

The Company shall instruct the Information Agent (and the Information Agent hereby agrees, following receipt of such instruction), promptly following the occurrence of the Effective Date, to deliver notice of the Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement to the Parties confirming the occurrence of the amendment and restatement of the Lock-Up Agreement, as contemplated herein.

 

6.2

The parties acknowledge and agree that the execution of this Agreement constitutes: (i) notification by the Company to the Information Agent of the proposed amendment; and (ii) a request by the Information Agent for the requisite parties under the Lock-Up Agreement to consent to the proposed amendment.

 

 

– 4 –


 

 

7.

CONTINUITY

Save as amended by this Agreement, the provisions of the Lock-Up Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and all other rights and obligations of the Parties to the Lock-Up Agreement shall continue unaffected.

 

8.

INCORPORATION OF PROVISIONS OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

8.1

The provisions of clauses 1.3 (Third-party rights), 1.4 (Execution by Consenting Creditors), 1.7(c) (Repo Arrangements and Restricted Debt), 10.1 (Representations of the Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders), 10.2 (Representations of the Company), 11 (Confidentiality), 12 (Publicity), 13 (Information relating to Individual Holdings), 18 (Separate Rights), 19 (Specific Performance), 20 (Notices), 21 (Partial Invalidity), 22 (Remedies and Waivers), 23 (Reservation of Rights), 24 (Successors and Assigns), 26 (Entire Agreement) of the Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement shall be deemed to be incorporated into this Agreement mutatis mutandis and shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly set out herein, as if references in those clauses to “this Agreement” are references to this Agreement.

 

8.2

Subject to the provisions of clause 1.7(c) (Repo Arrangements and Restricted Debt) of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Amendment and Restatement Representations are given by each Party hereto: (i) on the date of this Agreement; and (ii) on the Effective Date (immediately prior to the amendment and restatement of the Lock-Up Agreement, as proposed herein).

 

9.

ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS

 

9.1

The Company hereby confirms that, under and in accordance with the provisions of the Lock-Up Agreement (including Clause 9.2 (Amendments and Waivers – Exceptions) and Clause 9.3 (Amendments and Waivers – Amendments and waivers generally) therein), by the signatures of each Consenting Noteholder hereto, it has received consents from: (i) the Majority Original Consenting Noteholders; and (ii) the Enhanced Majority Core Noteholder Group to the relevant amendments contemplated by this Agreement.

 

 

– 5 –


 

 

9.2

Each Original Participating Lender confirms that the Locked-Up Debt specified in Schedule 1 (Original Participating Lenders) is all of the Debt it holds in its capacity as Original Participating Lender.

 

10.

COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

11.

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and all non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

12.

ENFORCEMENT

 

12.1

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a “Dispute”).

 

12.2

The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement is executed by the parties and takes effect on the date and year first above written.

 

 

– 6 –


 

 

Schedule 1

Original Participating Lenders

[Intentionally omitted.]

 

 

– 7 –


 

 

Schedule 2

Amended and Restated Lock-Up Agreement

 

 

– 8 –


Final form

 

 

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

originally dated 10 July 2024 and amended and restated pursuant to an amendment

and restatement agreement dated 15 August 2024

relating to the

Notes and the Facility Agreement (in each case as defined herein)

between

(amongst others)

INTRUM AB (PUBL)

as the Company

KROLL ISSUER SERVICES LIMITED

as the Information Agent

and

THE ORIGINAL CONSENTING NOTEHOLDERS

 

 

MILBANK LLP

London

70-41074252


Final form

 

CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  

1.

 

Definitions and Interpretation

     3  

2.

 

Effectiveness of this Agreement

     27  

3.

 

Supporting and Implementing the Restructuring

     27  

4.

 

Consent Fees

     45  

5.

 

Accessions

     48  

6.

 

Transfers

     49  

7.

 

Limitations

     52  

8.

 

Termination

     53  

9.

 

Amendments and Waivers

     59  

10.

 

Representations

     61  

11.

 

Confidentiality

     65  

12.

 

Publicity

     68  

13.

 

Information relating to Locked-up Debt

     68  

14.

 

Information Agent

     69  

15.

 

Consenting Noteholders and Notes Ad Hoc Group, Participating Lenders and RCF SteerCo Group

     70  

16.

 

Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel

     76  

17.

 

Facility Agreement, Ancillary Facility and Excluded Debt

     77  

18.

 

Separate Rights

     77  

19.

 

Specific Performance

     77  

20.

 

Notices

     77  

21.

 

Partial Invalidity

     81  

22.

 

Remedies and Waivers

     81  

23.

 

Reservation of Rights

     81  

24.

 

Successors and assigns

     82  

25.

 

Counterparts

     82  

26.

 

Entire Agreement

     82  

27.

 

Governing Law

     82  

28.

 

Enforcement

     82  

Schedule 1

 

The Parties

     83  

Part A

 

The Obligors

     83  

Part B

 

RCF SteerCo Group

     83  

Schedule 2

 

The Notes Ad Hoc Group

     84  

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

1


Final form

 

Schedule 3

 

The Original Participating Lenders

     85  

Schedule 4

 

Restructuring Term Sheet

     86  

Schedule 5

 

Form of Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter

  

Schedule 6

 

Form of Transfer Certificate

  

Schedule 7

 

Form of Sub-Participation Letter

  

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

2


Final form

 

THIS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is originally dated 10 July 2024 and amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 15 August 2024 and made amongst:

 

(1)

INTRUM AB (PUBL), a public limited liability company registered under the laws of Sweden with registration number 556607-7581 (the “Company”);

 

(2)

THE CONSENTING NOTEHOLDERS identified as such in the signature pages to this Agreement (the “Original Consenting Noteholders)”;

 

(3)

THE PARTICIPATING LENDERS identified in Schedule 3 (The Original Participating Lenders) to this Agreement (the “Original Participating Lenders”);

 

(4)

THE MEMBERS OF THE NOTES AD HOC GROUP (as defined below) each in their capacity as such and in no other capacity;

 

(5)

THE BACKSTOP PROVIDERS identified as such in the signature pages to this Agreement; and

 

(6)

KROLL ISSUER SERVICES LIMITED as information agent (the “Information Agent”).

Background

 

(A)

The Company and certain of its key stakeholders, including the Original Consenting Noteholders, have been engaged in negotiations with the objective of agreeing a financial restructuring of the Group’s indebtedness.

 

(B)

The Parties have agreed in principle to the terms of the Restructuring, which are reflected in the Restructuring Term Sheet appended hereto.

 

(C)

The Parties have agreed to enter into this Agreement to confirm their support for and to facilitate the implementation of the Restructuring subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(D)

The Original Participating Lenders have agreed to become Party to this Agreement pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 15 August 2024 between, among others, the Company, the Information Agent and each Consenting Noteholder named therein (the “Amendment and Restatement Agreement”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

2024 Eurobonds” means notes issued under the indenture dated 26 June 2017 between the Company (as issuer) and the Eurobond Trustee (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

3


Final form

 

2024 MTNs” means the SEK 1,500 m senior floating rate medium term notes due October 2024, issued by the Company pursuant to terms and conditions dated 25 June 2018 pursuant to a notes programme issuance agreement between, among others, the Company and Swedbank AB as lead arranger, originally dated 10 February 2012 (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time), with ISIN SE0013102407.

2025 Eurobonds” means Notes issued under the 2025 Eurobonds Indenture.

2025 Eurobonds Indenture” means the indenture dated 5 August 2020 between the Company (as issuer) and the Eurobond Trustee (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

2025 PPN Indenture” means the indenture between, among others, the Company (as issuer) and the PPN Trustee, dated 13 December 2019 (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

2026 Eurobonds Indenture” means the indenture dated 31 July 2019 between the Company (as issuer) and the Eurobond Trustee (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

2027 Eurobonds Indenture” means the indenture dated 19 September 2019 between the Company (as issuer) and the Eurobond Trustee (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

2028 Eurobonds Indenture” means the indenture dated 14 December 2022 between the Company (as issuer) and the Eurobond Trustee (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

Abstaining Creditor” means each Consenting Creditor that is unable (in its reasonable opinion, having considered in good faith), for fund, constitutional or governance reasons (and solely to the extent of such reasons), to:

 

  (a)

agree to certain of the covenants set out in:

 

  (i)

paragraphs (a)(i) to (a)(vi) of Clause 3.2 (General Undertakings to Support the Restructuring); and

 

  (ii)

Clause 3.3 (Negotiation of Transaction Documents); or

 

  (b)

execute any agreement, document, letter or similar to confirm its support for the Restructuring pursuant to Clause 3.5(a)(vi) (Specific Undertakings and Forbearance by the Consenting Creditors),

and that has provided the Information Agent with notice of such fact on or prior to the date of its entry into this Agreement, or accession to this Agreement in its Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter, and which has not (i) ceased to be a Consenting Creditor due to a transfer of all of its Locked-Up Debt in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; or (ii) ceased to be an Abstaining Creditor (but for the avoidance of doubt shall remain a Consenting Creditor) by providing written notice of such change to the Information Agent.

Additional Backstop Provider” means any person who accedes to this Agreement as a Backstop Provider pursuant to a Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

4


Final form

 

Additional Consenting Noteholders means any person which has become a Consenting Noteholder in accordance with Clause 5 (Accessions) or Clause 6 (Transfers).

Additional Debt” has the meaning given in Clause 6.2 (Additional Debt).

Additional Participating Lender” means any person which has become a Participating Lender in accordance with Clause 5 (Accessions) or Clause 6 (Transfers).

Adviser Fee Letters” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 3.1 (Implementation and Steps Plan).

Advisers” means: (i) with respect to the Notes Ad Hoc Group, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers; (ii) with respect to the RCF SteerCo Group, the SteerCo Advisers; and (iii) with respect to the Company, the Company Advisers.

Affiliates” means, in relation to any person, (i) any other person or identified business unit directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such person; and (ii) a Subsidiary of that other person, a Holding Company of that other person or any Subsidiary of the Holding Company of that other person.

Agents” means in relation to a Consenting Creditor, its Affiliates and Related Funds and each of its and their respective directors, officers, employees, consultants, partners, investment funds (including those funds and accounts under the management of or advised by the Consenting Creditor or its Affiliates that are holders of the Eurobonds and/or MTNs), investment advisers, investment managers, branches, controlled co-investment vehicles, agents (including any asset manager or servicer acting on behalf of such person), members, shareholders, managers and advisers and potential financing sources and their professional advisers.

Agreed Form” means:

 

  (a)

with respect to any Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, a document in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Majority Participating Lenders (or their legal advisers on their behalf) as confirmed in writing between them;

 

  (b)

with respect to any Notes Amendments Documents that are expressly contemplated by the Agreed Steps Plan, a document in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (or, in the case of (i) the Company, the Company Counsel on its behalf or (ii) the Notes Ad Hoc Group as part of the Core Noteholder Group, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel on its behalf), as confirmed in writing between them;

 

  (c)

with respect to any New Money Document, a document in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Majority Backstop Providers (or their respective advisers on their behalf), as confirmed in writing between them; and

 

  (d)

with respect to any Restructuring Document, or any other document, agreement, instrument, announcement, consent, notice or other written material, a form and substance which each of the Company, the Majority Core Noteholder Group (or, in the case of (i) the Company, the Company Counsel on its behalf or (ii) the Notes Ad Hoc Group as part of the Core Noteholder Group, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel on its behalf) and the Majority Participating Lenders (or their legal or financial advisers on their behalf) have confirmed in writing is reasonably acceptable to them.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

5


Final form

 

Agreed Steps Plan” means the Steps Plan, as agreed by the Company, the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the RCF SteerCo Group in accordance with Clause 3.1 (Implementation and Steps Plan) (as amended, updated, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement).

Agreement” has the meaning given to that term in the preamble.

Ancillary Facility” has the meaning given to it in the Facility Agreement.

Asset Disposition” means an “Asset Disposition” as defined in the Eurobond Indentures and/or the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement).

Authorisation” includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, concession, franchise, permit, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

Backstop Agreement” means the agreement, dated on or about the First Effective Date, setting out the terms of the backstop commitments provided by the Backstop Providers to backstop the entirety of the issuance of New Money Notes.

Backstop Providers” means each person identified as such in a signature page to this Agreement, and (on and from the time of their accession), an Additional Backstop Provider.

Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101-1532, as amended from time to time.

Base Currency” means Euro.

Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, New York, Oslo and Stockholm.

Cash Equivalents” means paragraphs (1) to (8) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” as defined in the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement).

Chapter 11” means chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Chapter 11 Case” means a case commenced pursuant to Chapter 11.

Chapter 11 Documents” means a plan of reorganisation, and any related documents or agreements (including, but not limited to, any plan supplement).

Clearing System” means Clearstream Banking SA, Euroclear Sweden AB or Euroclear Bank, SA/NV, as applicable.

Co-Borrower” means Lock TopCo AS, a private limited liability company (aksjeselskap) registered under the laws of Norway with registration number 913 852 508.

Company” means the person defined as such in the preamble to this Agreement.

Company Advisers” means the Company Counsel and the Company Financial Adviser.

Company Counsel” means Milbank LLP and its affiliates, Advokatfirman Vinge KB and its affiliates, and any successor legal adviser to the Company in connection with the Restructuring.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

6


Final form

 

Company Financial Adviser” means any financial advisor to the Company, being as at the date hereof Houlihan Lokey EMEA, LLP and Houlihan Lokey UK Limited, and their respective affiliates.

Company Lock-Up Period” means:

 

  (a)

for the purposes of paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ix) of Clause 3.4 (Specific undertakings by the Company), the period commencing on and including the First Effective Date; and

 

  (b)

for the purposes of paragraph (a)(viii) of Clause 3.4 (Specific undertakings by the Company), the period commencing on and including the Second Effective Date,

and ending on the Termination Date.

Compromise Process” means any:

 

  (a)

English scheme of arrangement under Part 26 or compromise or arrangement under Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  (b)

plan of reorganisation proposed in a Chapter 11 Case or Chapter 11 Cases, and/or

 

  (c)

Swedish Company Reorganisation Process,

in each case which may be proposed by a member of the Group in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan in order to implement the Restructuring (or any part of it) and shall be consistent with this Agreement (including the Restructuring Term Sheet) and the Agreed Steps Plan in all material respects (in each case, as those documents may be amended from time to time).

Compromise Process Document” means any and all documents, agreements and instruments required to propose, implement and consummate any Compromise Process in accordance with the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan, in each case in Agreed Form.

Compromise Process Meeting” means (if any) any meeting of a class of creditors, or meeting of all creditors (as applicable) who will be affected by a Compromise Process to vote on the Compromise Process convened pursuant to, or in advance of, an order of the Court (and any adjournment of such meeting).

Confidential Annexure” means, in relation to a Consenting Creditor, the confidential annexure to its signature page to this Agreement and/or any Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter (as applicable), or any digital form capturing substantially the same information (including via the Information Agent’s Website) in form and substance acceptable to the Company (acting reasonably).

Consent Fee Deadline” means the Lock-Up Deadline, or such later date as may be agreed in writing by each of (i) the Company and (ii) the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

Consent Fee Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholders” means a Consenting Noteholder holding Locked-Up Notes Debt comprising Eurobonds that is or becomes a Party to this Agreement as a Consenting Noteholder prior to the Consent Fee Deadline and remains a Consenting Creditor on and has not materially breached this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Clause 6 (Transfers)) prior to, the Restructuring Effective Date.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

7


Final form

 

Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender” means: (i) each Original Participating Lender; and (ii) each Participating Lender (other than an Original Participating Lender) who becomes an Additional Participating Lender on or before the Lock-Up Deadline, and remains a Participating Lender and has not materially breached this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Clause 6 (Transfers)) prior to, the Restructuring Effective Date.

Consent Solicitation/Exchange Offer” means a consent solicitation and/or exchange offer to be made by the Company to some or all of the Noteholders, to implement the Restructuring (or any part of it) as described in the Restructuring Term Sheet and/or the Agreed Steps Plan.

Consent Solicitation/Exchange Offer Documents” means any and all documents, agreements and instruments required to propose, implement and consummate a Consent Solicitation/Exchange Offer in relation to some or all of the Notes (other than the 2024 MTNs) in accordance with the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan, in each case in Agreed Form, which the Parties anticipate will include:

 

  (a)

one or more offering and consent solicitation memorandums relating to the Consent Solicitation/Exchange Offer; and

 

  (b)

one or more trustee accession agreements relating to the Intercreditor Agreement.

Consenting Creditor” means, notwithstanding that any such Consenting Creditor may be an Abstaining Creditor, a Consenting Noteholder or a Participating Lender, or any of them, as the context requires.

Consenting MTN Noteholders” means a Consenting Noteholder holding Locked-Up Notes Debt comprising MTNs (other than 2024 MTNs) that is or becomes a Party to this Agreement as a Consenting Noteholder prior to the Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline and remains a Consenting Noteholder on, and has not materially breached this Agreement (including for the avoidance of doubt, Clause 6 (Transfers)), prior to, the Restructuring Effective Date.

Consenting Noteholders” means (i) the Original Consenting Noteholders; (ii) any Noteholder which has become an Additional Consenting Noteholder in accordance with Clause 5.1 (Additional Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders); and (iii) any Noteholder which has become a Consenting Noteholder in accordance with Clause 6 (Transfers), in each case in respect of its Locked-Up Notes Debt unless, in each case, it has ceased to be a Consenting Noteholder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Control” means in relation to any person, the possession (directly or indirectly) of more than 50% of the voting rights, equity securities or equity interests in such person or the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person (whether through a right to appoint or remove directors, ownership of securities, partnership interest or other ownership interests, by contract, or otherwise) and controls and controlled shall be construed accordingly.

Core Noteholder Group” means the Notes Ad Hoc Group and each other Original Consenting Noteholder identified as a member of the Core Noteholder Group in its signature page to this Agreement.

Court” means, as the context requires, the High Court of Justice of England and Wales, or the competent court of any other jurisdiction in which a Compromise Process is to be used.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

8


Final form

 

Creditor Lock-Up Period” means the period commencing:

 

  (a)

with respect to each Original Consenting Noteholder, on and including the First Effective Date;

 

  (b)

with respect to each Additional Consenting Noteholder who acceded to this Agreement after the First Effective Date but prior to the Second Effective Date, on and including the date of its accession to the Lock-up Agreement (as amended from time to time);

 

  (c)

with respect to each Original Participating Lender, on and including the Second Effective Date; and

 

  (d)

with respect to each Additional Consenting Noteholder and each Additional Participating Lender who accedes to this Agreement after the Second Effective Date, on and including the date of its accession,

and ending on the Termination Date.

Debt” means all Notes Debt and all Facility Agreement Debt.

Deed of Release” means the deed (or deeds) of release to be entered into in connection with the Restructuring.

Dispute” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28(a) (Enforcement).

Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline” means 11:59 pm (London time) on 27 August 2024 or such later date as may be agreed in writing by each of (i) the Company and (ii) the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder” means a Consenting Noteholder holding Locked-Up Notes Debt comprising Eurobonds that is or becomes a Party to this Agreement as a Consenting Noteholder prior to the Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline and remains a Consenting Noteholder on, and has not materially breached this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Clause 6 (Transfers)) prior to, the Restructuring Effective Date.

Early Bird Eurobond Consent Fee” means in respect of an Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder, an early bird consent fee equal to a further 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of its Locked-Up Debt comprising Eurobonds as at the Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline and described in further detail in the Restructuring Term Sheet.

Effective Date RCF Commitments” has the meaning given to it in the Restructuring Term Sheet.

Enforcement Action” means:

 

  (a)

the acceleration of any Debt or the making of any declaration that any Debt is prematurely due and payable;

 

  (b)

the making of any declaration that any Debt is payable on demand;

 

  (c)

the making of a demand in relation to any Debt;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

9


Final form

 

  (d)

the making of any demand against any member of the Group in relation to any guarantees, indemnities or other assurance against loss that any member of the Group has provided in respect of any of the Debt;

 

  (e)

the exercise of any right of set-off, account combination or payment netting against any member of the Group in respect of any Debt, save as required by law;

 

  (f)

the taking of any action of any kind to recover or demand cash cover in respect of all or any part of the Debt, save as required by law;

 

  (g)

the suing for, commencing or joining of any legal process against any member of the Group to recover any Debt;

 

  (h)

the taking of any step to obtain recognition or enforcement of a judgment against any member of the Group in any jurisdiction in respect of any Debt;

 

  (i)

the taking of any steps to obtain recognition or enforce or require the enforcement of any Transaction Security or other security interest (excluding any registrations or other steps in relation to the perfection of security interests that do not relate to any such enforcement) in respect of any Debt or the Group; or

 

  (j)

the petitioning (or taking any formal corporate action to petition for), applying or voting for, or the taking of any steps (including the appointment of any liquidator, receiver, administrator or similar officer in any jurisdiction) in relation to, the winding up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation of any member of the Group which owes any Debt, or has given any security, guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of any of the Debt, or any of such member of the Group’s assets or any suspension of payments or moratorium of any indebtedness of any such member of the Group, or any analogous procedure or step in any jurisdiction,

provided that: (x) the taking of any action falling within paragraphs (a) to (j) of this definition that is necessary to preserve the validity, existence or priority of claims in respect of the Debt or any security interest in connection with the Debt, including the filing of any proof of claim, or the registration of any claim before any court or governmental authority and the bringing, supporting or joining of proceedings to prevent any loss of the right to bring, support or join proceedings by reason of applicable limitation periods, shall not constitute an Enforcement Action; and (y) the taking of any action falling within paragraphs (a) to (i) of this definition in respect of an Ancillary Facility, shall not constitute an Enforcement Action.

Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee” means, in respect of a Participating MTN Holder, a consent fee in respect of each relevant MTN Issuance (other than 2024 MTNs) in which it holds Notes, equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes Debt in that MTN Issuance.

Eurobond Consent Fee” means in respect of a Consent Fee Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder, a consent fee equal to 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of its Locked-Up Notes Debt comprising Eurobonds as at the Noteholder Record Date and described in further detail in the Restructuring Term Sheet.

Eurobond Indentures” means:

 

  (a)

the 2025 Eurobonds Indenture;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

10


Final form

 

  (b)

the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture;

 

  (c)

the 2027 Eurobonds Indenture; and

 

  (d)

the 2028 Eurobonds Indenture.

Eurobond Trustee” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch.

Eurobonds” means:

 

  (a)

the 4.875% senior notes issued by the Company due 2025, initially in the amount of €850 million, issued pursuant to the 2025 Eurobonds Indenture with ISINs XS2211136168 and XS2211137059;

 

  (b)

the €800 million 3.500% senior notes issued by the Company due 2026, issued pursuant to the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture with ISINs XS2034925375 and XS2034928122;

 

  (c)

the 3.000% senior notes issued by the Company due 2027, initially in the amount of €850 million, issued pursuant to the 2027 Eurobonds Indenture with ISINs XS2052216111 and XS2052216202;

 

  (d)

the €450 million 9.250% senior notes issued by the Company due 2028, issued pursuant to the 2028 Eurobonds Indenture with ISINs XS2566292160 and XS2566291865; and

 

  (e)

PPNs.

Excluded Debt” means any Indebtedness (as defined in the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)) of the Company or any other member of the Group other than Debt, including, but not limited to:

 

  (a)

Hedging Liabilities (as defined under the Intercreditor Agreement); and

 

  (b)

any products and services, and/or general banking facilities and arrangements provided by a Participating Lender to the Company or any other member of the Group, other than pursuant to the Facility Agreement.

Facility Agreement” means the revolving facility agreement originally dated 6 December 2019 between, among others, the Company, the Co-Borrower, the Security Agent and Swedbank AB (Publ) as facility agent as amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, including by an amendment and restatement deed dated 7 December 2020.

Facility Agreement Amendments Documents” means any and all documents (other than the Notes Amendment Documents, the New Money Documents and the Restructuring Documents) required to effect any amendment of the Facility Agreement in accordance with the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan, in each case in Agreed Form, which the Parties anticipate will include, amongst other things:

 

  (a)

the Facility Agreement, as amended, restated or replaced in connection with the Restructuring; and

 

  (b)

the Intercreditor Agreement, as amended, restated or replaced in connection with the Restructuring.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

11


Final form

 

Facility Agreement Debt” means all present and future moneys, debts and liabilities due, owing or incurred from time to time, by any member of the Group to any Lender under or in connection with any Senior Finance Document, and if applicable, any exposure under a Letter of Credit (as defined in the Facility Agreement) and any undrawn Commitments (as defined in the Facility Agreement), in each case, whether alone or jointly, jointly and severally, with any other person, whether actually or contingently, and whether as principal, surety or otherwise.

Finance Documents” means the Senior Finance Documents and the Notes Indentures.

First Effective Date” means 10 July 2024.

Governmental Body” means any government or governmental or regulatory body thereof, or political subdivision thereof, whether federal, state, local or foreign, or any agency of such body, or any court or arbitrator (public or private).

Group” means the Company and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time.

Holding Company” means, in relation to a company, corporation or partnership, any other company, corporation or partnership in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

Implementation Milestone 1 Date” means the first date on which the board of the Company (or any other member of the Group, or any other person at the direction of the Company, or any other member of the Group or its or their Representatives) resolves to Launch.

Implementation Milestone 2 Date” means 29 November 2024.

Implementation Milestone 1 Payment Deadline” means the date which is no later than five (5) Business Days following the Implementation Milestone 1 Date.

Implementation Milestone 2 Payment Deadline” means 29 November 2024.

Individual Holding” means, in relation to a Consenting Creditor, the amount of the Locked-Up Debt held by that Consenting Creditor as set out in its Confidential Annexure.

Information Agent” has the meaning given to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Information Agents Website” means the website (https://deals.is.kroll.com/intrum) maintained by the Information Agent in connection with the Restructuring, as notified to the Parties from time to time.

Initial Parties” means each Party to this Agreement as at the First Effective Date.

Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement originally dated 26 June 2017 between, amongst others, the Company and the Security Agent (as amended, supplemented and/or restated from time to time, including by amendment agreement dated 15 January 2020).

Launch” means the date on which the Company (or another member of the Group, or a person at the direction of the Company or any other member of the Group or its or their Representatives) files an application with the relevant court to launch a Compromise Process (or analogous filing) or, in the case of an English scheme or restructuring plan, issues a practise statement letter in accordance with the practice statement issued on 26 June 2020 by the Chancellor of the High Court of Justice of England and Wales.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

12


Final form

 

Legal Advisers” means the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel, the SteerCo Counsel and/or the Company Counsel, each as relevant.

Lender” means a “Lender” under, and as defined in, the Facility Agreement.

Lender Record Date” means such date and time as shall be agreed between the Company and the Majority Participating Lenders (each using their reasonable endeavours to ensure the date and time is agreed not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to such date and time).

Lien” means a “Lien” under, and as defined in, the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement).

Limitation Acts” means the applicable limitation law (including the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984).

Lock-Up Deadline” means:

 

  (a)

initially, 11:59pm (London time) on 16 September 2024;

 

  (b)

such later date and time as may be extended in writing (whether pursuant to a single extension or multiple extensions) with the agreement of: (i) the Company and; (ii) the Majority Core Noteholder Group, provided that such date and time shall be no later than 11:59pm (London time) on 15 October 2024; and

 

  (c)

for any date and time later than 11:59pm (London time) on 15 October 2024, such date and time as may be extended in writing (whether pursuant to a single extension or multiple extensions) with the agreement of: (i) the Company and; (ii) the Majority Core Noteholder Group; and (iii) the Majority Participating Lenders.

Lock-Up Default” means any Default or Event of Default (as defined in the Finance Documents (as at the date of this Agreement)) or event (howsoever described) that would enable a Consenting Creditor to accelerate or otherwise demand repayment of any Locked-Up Debt (other than pursuant to an Ancillary Facility) as a result of the Company (or, where relevant, any other member of the Group):

 

  (a)

entering into this Agreement, and complying with its terms;

 

  (b)

negotiating the Restructuring Term Sheet or the Agreed Steps Plan;

 

  (c)

in connection with repayment of the 2024 Eurobonds prior to the Second Effective Date, failing to comply with clause 25.9 of the Facility Agreement as a result of any failure to deliver a notice to the facility agent with respect to the Facility Agreement designating the 2025 Eurobonds as “Senior Pari Passu Notes Debt” for the purposes of the Facility Agreement; and/or

 

  (d)

proposing, implementing and/or consummating the Restructuring, or any step required to implement or consummate the Restructuring, including entry into any Transaction Document.

Locked-Up Debt” means Locked-Up Facility Agreement Debt and Locked-Up Notes Debt, or either of them, as the context requires.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

13


Final form

 

Locked-Up Facility Agreement Debt” means, in relation to a Participating Lender, the amount of Facility Agreement Debt held by that Participating Lender from time to time, including:

 

  (a)

the amount of Facility Agreement Debt stated in its Confidential Annexure plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) thereon and the principal amounts of any other Facility Agreement Debt plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) transferred to it after:

 

  (i)

the Second Effective Date, in the case of an Original Participating Lender; and

 

  (ii)

the date of its accession to this Agreement, in the case of an Additional Participating Lender;

 

  (b)

all additional Facility Agreement Debt that has become locked-up pursuant to Clause 6.2 (Additional Debt) (to the extent not already reflected in its Confidential Annexure),

in each case to the extent not reduced or transferred by the Participating Lender under and in accordance with this Agreement.

Locked-Up Notes Debt” means in relation to each Consenting Noteholder, the amount of Notes Debt held by that Consenting Noteholder from time to time, including:

 

  (a)

the amount of Notes Debt stated in its Confidential Annexure plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) thereon and the principal amounts of any other Notes Debt transferred to it after the First Effective Date, in each case excluding any Notes Debt held by it as a broker-dealer in its capacity as a Qualified Market-maker; and

 

  (b)

all additional Notes Debt that has become locked-up pursuant to Clause 6.2 (Additional Debt) (to the extent not already reflected in its Confidential Annexure),

in each case to the extent not reduced or transferred by the Consenting Noteholder under and in accordance with this Agreement.

Long-Stop Time” means:

 

  (a)

11:59pm (London time) on 31 March 2025; or

 

  (b)

if:

 

  (i)

a Compromise Process has been Launched and remains ongoing as at 31 March 2025, 11:59pm (London time) on 31 May 2025;

 

  (ii)

otherwise, such later date and time as may be extended in writing (whether pursuant to a single extension or multiple extensions) with the agreement of each of: (i) the Company and (ii) the Majority Consenting Creditors,

in any case, provided that, such date shall not be extended beyond 31 May 2025 without the prior written consent of all Consenting Creditors.

Majority Backstop Providers” means the Backstop Providers whose commitments under the Backstop Agreement represent at least 50% by value of the aggregate commitments of all Backstop Providers under the Backstop Agreement.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

14


Final form

 

Majority Consenting Creditors” means: (a) the Majority Consenting Noteholders; and (b) the Majority Participating Lenders.

Majority Consenting Noteholders” means Consenting Noteholders whose Locked-Up Notes Debt (other than Locked-Up Notes Debt in respect of the 2024 MTNs) represents at least 50% by value of the aggregate Locked-Up Notes Debt (other than Locked-Up Notes Debt in respect of the 2024 MTNs) of all Consenting Noteholders at the relevant time.

Majority Core Noteholder Group” means one or more members of the Core Noteholder Group whose principal amount outstanding of Locked-Up Notes Debt (other than Locked-Up Notes Debt in respect of the 2024 MTNs) represents more than 50% by value of the aggregate Locked-Up Notes Debt (other than Locked-Up Notes Debt in respect of the 2024 MTNs) of all members of the Core Noteholder Group at the relevant time.

Majority Original Consenting Noteholders” means: (a) Original Consenting Noteholders whose Locked-Up Notes Debt (other than Locked-Up Notes Debt in respect of the 2024 MTNs) represents at least 50% by value of the aggregate Locked-Up Notes Debt (other than Locked-Up Notes Debt in respect of the 2024 MTNs) of all Original Consenting Noteholders at the relevant time; and (b) the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

Majority Participating Lenders” means the Participating Lenders whose Locked-Up Facility Agreement Debt represents at least 6623% by value of the aggregate Locked-Up Facility Agreement Debt of all Participating Lenders, at the relevant time.

Material Adverse Effect” means an event or circumstance, occurring or arising after the First Effective Date which: (i) materially adversely affects the implementation of the Restructuring such that it is reasonably likely that the Restructuring is not capable of being implemented, including any failure by any Party to comply with its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) materially adversely affects the consolidated financial condition, assets or business of the Group, taken as a whole; or (iii) would constitute a “Material Adverse Effect” under sub-paragraph (c) of such definition in the Facility Agreement.

Member State” means the term as used in the Prospectus Regulation.

MidCo” has the meaning given to it in the Restructuring Term Sheet.

MTN Agent” means any party formally designated to act on behalf of holders of MTNs as agent in accordance with the MTN Terms and Conditions.

MTN Issuing Institution” means each of: (i) Swedbank AB (publ); (ii) Nordea Bank Abp; (iii) Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ); (iv) Danske Bank A/S, Danmark, Sverige Filial; and (v) DNB Bank ASA, filial Sverige.

MTN Terms and Conditions” means the terms and conditions relating to the MTNs.

MTNs” means, together:

 

  (a)

the 2024 MTNs;

 

  (b)

the:

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

15


Final form

 

  (i)

SEK 1,100 million senior floating rate medium term notes due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to terms and conditions dated 3 May 2023 with ISIN SE0013105533;

 

  (ii)

SEK 400 million senior fixed rate medium-term notes due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions dated 3 May 2023 with ISIN SE0013105525; and

 

  (iii)

SEK 1,250 million senior floating rate medium term notes due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to notes terms and conditions dated 25 June 2018 with ISIN SE0013104080,

in each case pursuant to a notes programme issuance agreement between, among others, the Company and Swedbank AB as lead arranger, originally dated 10 February 2012 (in each case, as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time); and

 

  (c)

the SEK 1,000 million senior floating rate medium-term notes due 2026, issued by the Company pursuant to terms and conditions dated 25 June 2018 pursuant to a notes programme issuance agreement between, among others, the Company and Swedbank AB as lead arranger, originally dated 10 February 2012 (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time), with ISIN SE0013360435,

and each of the notes referred to in paragraphs (a), (b)(i), (b)(ii), (b)(iii) and (c) above shall be referred to individually as an “MTN Issuance”.

New Money Documents” means any and all documents (other than the Facility Agreement Amendment Documents, the Notes Amendment Documents and the Restructuring Documents), required to effect the issuance of the New Money Notes in accordance with the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan, in each case in Agreed Form, which the Parties anticipate will include:

 

  (a)

the New Money Notes Indenture;

 

  (b)

the New Money Notes Purchase Agreement; and

 

  (c)

the escrow agreement relating to the New Money Notes.

New Money Notes” means the notes to be issued under and governed by the New Money Notes Indenture.

New Money Notes Indenture” means the indenture to be entered into relating to the New Money Notes between, among others, the issuer of the New Money Notes, the guarantors party thereto, the trustee and the security agent.

New Money Notes Purchase Agreement” means the note purchase agreement to be entered into between, among others, the issuer of the New Money Notes, the guarantors party thereto and each purchaser of New Money Notes party thereto.

New Security Documents” means each document governing security to be granted in accordance with the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan, in each case in Agreed Form.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

16


Final form

 

Nominee” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 1.6 (Nominees).

Non-Voting Debt” means, in relation to any Abstaining Creditor, the aggregate amount of Debt identified as such in the Confidential Annexure to the Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter executed by such Abstaining Creditor.

Non-Voting Sub-Participation” means a sub-participation or any agreement or arrangement having an economic effect substantially similar to a sub-participation in respect of the Facility Agreement Debt which is entered into on terms consistent with clause 27.6 (Sub-participations) of the Facility Agreement.

Note Trustees” means the Eurobond Trustee, the PPN Trustee and the MTN Agent (if any).

Noteholder” means a legal and/or beneficial owner of the ultimate economic interest in any Notes.

Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter), including (for the avoidance of doubt) any digital form capturing the same information via the Information Agent’s Website in form and substance acceptable to the Company (acting reasonably).

Noteholder Record Date” means such date and time as shall be agreed between the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (each using their reasonable endeavours to ensure the date and time is agreed not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to such date and time).

Notes” means:

 

  (a)

the Eurobonds;

 

  (b)

the MTNs; and

 

  (c)

the PPNs,

in each case which remain outstanding as at the date of this Agreement.

Notes Ad Hoc Group” means the ad hoc group of Consenting Noteholders (or nominees, investment managers, investment advisers and/or sub-advisers of such Consenting Noteholders), as at the date of this Agreement comprising the institutions listed in Schedule 2 (The Notes Ad Hoc Group), and any person notified by any Notes Ad Hoc Group Adviser to the Company as having become a member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group (with the consent of each member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group), unless and until, in each case, any such institution has notified the Company (or any Notes Ad Hoc Group Adviser has notified the Company) that such institution has ceased to be a member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group.

Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers” means together the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel and the Notes Ad Hoc Group Financial Advisers.

Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel” means Latham & Watkins (London) LLP, Latham & Watkins LLP and Advokatfirmaet Schjødt AS, filial and/or any of their respective affiliates, and/or any of their respective affiliated partnerships as legal counsel to the Notes Ad Hoc Group.

Notes Ad Hoc Group Financial Advisers” means PJT Partners (UK) Limited or any successor financial advisor to the Notes Ad Hoc Group.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

17


Final form

 

Notes Amendments Documents” means any and all documents, agreements and instruments (other than the Facility Agreement Amendment Documents, the New Money Documents and the Restructuring Documents) required to propose, implement and consummate the exchange and/or amendment of some or all of the Notes (other than the 2024 MTNs) in accordance with the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan, in each case in Agreed Form.

Notes Debt” means all present and future moneys, debts and liabilities due, owing or incurred from time to time by any member of the Group to any Noteholder under or in connection with the Notes (in each case, whether alone or jointly, or jointly and severally, with any other person, whether actually or contingently, and whether as principal, surety or otherwise).

Notes Indentures” means the Eurobond Indentures, the MTN Terms and Conditions and the 2025 PPN Indenture.

Notice Register” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.4(a) (Notice Register).

Notified Locked-Up Debt” means, in respect of a Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender, the amount of Debt it has notified the Information Agent that it holds in its Confidential Annexure (including any updated Confidential Annexure) and any Transfer Certificate.

Obligor” means each entity whose name is listed in Part A of Schedule 1 (The Parties).

Officer” means the CEO, the CFO or the Chairman of the Company.

Original Consenting Noteholders means each Noteholder identified as such in its signature page to this Agreement.

Participating Lender” means (i) the Original Participating Lenders; (ii) any Lender which has become an Additional Participating Lender in accordance with Clause 5.1 (Additional Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders); and (iii) any Lender which has become a Participating Lender in accordance with Clause 6 (Transfers), in each case in respect of its Locked-Up Debt unless, in each case, it has ceased to be a Participating Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and in each case, solely in their capacity as holders of Facility Agreement Debt.

Participating MTN Holder” means a holder of MTNs (other than any holder which holds 2024 MTNs only).

Party” means a party to this Agreement.

Permitted Asset Disposition” means:

 

  (a)

any sales, dispositions or transfers of any assets conducted by the Company or any member of the Group in connection with ordinary-course takeout strategies (other than any non-recurring block sales);

 

  (b)

any synthetic sales, dispositions or transfers of any assets (including any total-return swaps) conducted by the Company or any member of the Group in connection with any joint venture or partnership, in each case provided such transaction would be permitted in accordance with Annex 4 to the Restructuring Term Sheet; or

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

18


Final form

 

  (c)

any forced sales, disposition or transfers of assets in connection with any contractual drag-along obligations of any member of the Group.

Permitted Collateral Lien” means a “Permitted Collateral Lien” as defined in the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement).

Permitted Lien” means:

 

  (a)

paragraphs (1) to (9), (11), (12), (13), (16) (in respect of the SSTL Refinancing Permission only), (15), (18) to (20), (21) (provided that such Lien is granted only in respect of Indebtedness permitted under Clause 3.4(a)(v)(E) of this Agreement), (23), (24), (30), (33) (to the extent related to a Permitted Asset Disposition), and (34) (with respect only to any Liens (as defined in the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)) that exist as at the Second Effective Date, and which would otherwise fall within the scope of this paragraph (a)) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” of the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement); and

 

  (b)

any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in paragraph (a) above; provided that any such extension, renewal or replacement shall be no more restrictive in any material respect than the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced and shall not extend in any material respect to any additional property or assets.

PPN Trustee” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch.

PPNs” means the €75 million 3.000% senior private placement notes due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to the 2025 PPN Indenture and with ISIN XS2093168115.

Pre-Existing Lien” means any Lien that was created or incurred by the Company or a member of the Group on or prior to the date of this Agreement.

Proof of Holdings” means a screenshot from a Consenting Noteholder’s internal software, a statement from a Consenting Noteholder’s custodian, trustee, issuing institution, prime broker, or similar party, or the Participating Lender’s agent (as the case may be), confirming all or part of that Consenting Creditor’s holding of Debt, or such other evidence of the relevant Consenting Creditor’s holding of Debt, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Information Agent (acting reasonably). For the avoidance of doubt, any Consenting Noteholder which holds its Debt as a participant in the relevant Clearing System may provide its own Proof of Holdings.

Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, as amended.

Qualified Market-maker” means an entity that:

 

  (a)

holds itself out to the public or the applicable private markets as standing ready in the ordinary course of business to purchase from customers, and sell to customers, some or all Notes Debt (or enter with customers into long and short positions in respect of some or all Notes Debt, in its capacity as a dealer or market-maker in some or all Notes Debt); and

 

  (b)

is, in fact, regularly in the business of making a two-way market in some or all Notes Debt.

RCF Fees” means the RCF Forbearance Fee, the RCF Closing Fee and the RCF Lock-Up Fee.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

19


Final form

 

RCF Forbearance Fee” means, in respect of a Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender, a consent fee equal to 0.50% of its RCF Commitments as at the Implementation Milestone Date, subject to the occurrence of the Implementation Milestone Date.

RCF Lock-Up Fee” means, in respect of a Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender, a consent fee equal to 0.50% of its RCF Commitments as at the Lender Record Date, subject to the occurrence of the Restructuring Effective Date.

RCF Closing Fee” means, in respect of a Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender, a consent fee equal to 0.50% of its RCF Commitments as at the Lender Record Date, subject to the occurrence of the Restructuring Effective Date.

RCF SteerCo Group” means each Lender that is a member of the “Steering Committee” from time to time, as that term is defined in the Steering Committee Appointment Letter (comprising, as at the Second Effective Date, the entities listed in Part B (RCF SteerCo Group) of Schedule 1 (The Parties), provided each such Lender is a Party).

Related Fund” means in relation to an entity, fund, vehicle account, investment manager, investment adviser or identified business unit (the “First Fund”): (a) an entity, fund, vehicle account or identified business unit which is (i) managed or advised by the First Fund or the same investment manager or investment adviser as the First Fund or (ii) if it is managed by a different entity, fund, vehicle account, investment manager, investment adviser or identified business unit, a fund whose entity, fund, vehicle account, investment manager, investment adviser or identified business unit is an Affiliate of the entity, fund, vehicle account, investment manager, investment adviser or identified business unit of the First Fund; or (b) the investment manager or investment adviser of the First Fund.

Reorganisation” has the meaning given to that term in the Restructuring Term Sheet.

Repo Arrangement” means any repurchase arrangement or securities lending arrangement entered into by an Original Consenting Noteholder in the ordinary course of its business as at the First Effective Date or, in the case of an Additional Consenting Noteholder, as at the date of its accession to this Agreement, in each case under which any Notes Debt (other than in respect of the 2024 MTNs) is sold, pledged or otherwise disposed of for security purposes.

Representatives” means, with respect to the Company or any other member of the Group, all members of its board of managers (or similar or equivalent body) and/or non-statutory advisory board and, in each case, its and their respective officers, consultants, employees, and advisors, and with respect to any other Party, its Affiliates and Related Funds and its and their respective directors, officers, partners, members, employees, consultants, advisors (including accountants and auditors, financial and legal advisors and investment advisors), branches, controlled co-investment vehicles, agents (including any asset manager or servicer acting on behalf of such Party), general partners and investment funds and accounts managed or advised by them (and their directors, officers, partners, members, advisors, general partners and employees) and/or its investment managers or investment advisors.

Reservations” means:

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

20


Final form

 

  (a)

the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

  (b)

the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts and defences of set-off or counterclaim; and

 

  (c)

similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction.

Restricted Debt” means any Notes Debt (other than in respect of the 2024 MTNs) of a Consenting Noteholder that is subject to a third-party managed Repo Arrangement.

Restructuring” means the restructuring of certain of the financial indebtedness of the Group as contemplated by this Agreement, the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan.

Restructuring Documents” means the Agreed Form documents, agreements and instruments necessary to implement or consummate the Restructuring, which shall be referred to in more detail in the Agreed Steps Plan and which the Parties anticipate will include:

 

  (a)

the Intercreditor Agreement, as amended, restated or replaced;

 

  (b)

each New Security Document;

 

  (c)

if the Restructuring (or any part of it) is to be implemented by way of Consent Solicitation/Exchange Offer, the Consent Solicitation/Exchange Offer Documents;

 

  (d)

if the Restructuring (or any part of it) is to be implemented by way of a Compromise Process, the Compromise Process Documents (including, where implemented by way of a Chapter 11, the Chapter 11 Documents);

 

  (e)

the Deed of Release; and

 

  (f)

any and all other documents, agreements, court filings and instruments necessary or reasonably desirable to implement or consummate the Restructuring, including instructions to the applicable Note Trustee, MTN Issuing Institution and/or Security Agent, declarations, consents and waivers and this Agreement and its schedules.

Restructuring Effective Date” means the date on which the last of the Transaction Documents has become effective in accordance with its terms and all conditions to completion or effectiveness thereunder have been satisfied (or waived) with the effect that the Restructuring has been implemented in full.

Restructuring Term Sheet” means the term sheet for the Restructuring set out in Schedule 4 (Restructuring Term Sheet) (as amended, updated, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement).

Second Effective Date” means the “Effective Date” under, and as defined in, the Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

Security Agent” means the “Security Agent” under, and as defined in, the Intercreditor Agreement.

Senior Finance Documents” has the meaning given to it in the Facility Agreement.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

21


Final form

 

Senior Secured Term Loan” means the €100 million term loan facility made available to the Company by Piraeus Bank S.A., Frankfurt Branch, pursuant to a term facility agreement dated 10 November 2023.

Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee” means, in respect of a Participating MTN Holder in respect of each relevant MTN Issuance (other than 2024 MTNs) in which it holds Notes, a fee equal to 0.75% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes Debt in that MTN Issuance.

SteerCo Advisers” means SteerCo Counsel and SteerCo Financial Advisers.

SteerCo Counsel” means Clifford Chance LLP (and its affiliated and associated firms) and Roschier Advokatbyrå AB.

SteerCo Financial Advisers” means N.M. Rothschild & Sons Limited and Alvarez & Marsal Nordics AB.

Steering Committee Appointment Letter” means the steering committee appointment letter dated 29 May 2024 between, among others, the Company and the original steering committee members named therein.

Steps Plan” means the implementation steps plan for the Restructuring to be agreed by the Company, the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the RCF SteerCo Group in accordance with Clause 3.1 (Implementation and Steps Plan) (as amended, updated, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement).

Sub-Participation Letter” means a letter substantially in the form prescribed in Schedule 7 (Form of Sub-Participation Letter) to this Agreement.

Subsidiary” means any person in relation to which another person has Control.

Surviving Provisions” means each of the following provisions of this Agreement:

 

  (a)

Clause 1 (Definitions and Interpretation);

 

  (b)

Clause 2 (Effectiveness of this Agreement);

 

  (c)

Clause 11 (Confidentiality);

 

  (d)

Clause 13 (Information relating to Locked-up Debt);

 

  (e)

Clause 15 (Consenting Noteholders and Notes Ad Hoc Group, Participating Lenders and RCF SteerCo Group);

 

  (f)

Clause 16 (Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel);

 

  (g)

Clause 18 (Separate Rights);

 

  (h)

Clause 20 (Notices);

 

  (i)

Clause 22 (Remedies and Waivers);

 

  (j)

Clause 23 (Reservation of Rights);

 

  (k)

Clause 27 (Governing Law); and

 

  (l)

Clause 28 (Enforcement).

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

22


Final form

 

Swedish Company Reorganisation Process” means a Swedish Company Reorganisation Process (Sw. företagsrekonstruktion) under the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act (Sw. lag (2022:964) om företagsrekonstruktion).

Termination Date” means the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to and in accordance with Clause 8.1 (Automatic termination), 8.2 (Termination by Agreement) or 8.3 (Voluntary Termination).

Total Assets” means “Total Assets” as defined in the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement).

Transaction Documents” means: (i) the Restructuring Documents; (ii) the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents; (iii) the Notes Amendments Documents; and (iv) the New Money Documents.

Transaction Security” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Transfer” means the assignment, novation, sub-participation (other than via a Non-Voting Sub-Participation), encumbering, creating a trust over or otherwise disposing of (or acquiring) in any manner whatsoever of any interest in the Debt.

Transfer Certificate” means written confirmation issued by one Consenting Noteholder to another, or one Participating Lender to another of the principal amount of Locked-Up Debt transferred between them to the Company and the Information Agent at the time of the confirmation, substantially in the form of Schedule 6 (Form of Transfer Certificate).

 

1.2

Construction

Unless it is clear from the context, any reference in this Agreement to:

 

  (a)

this Agreement includes all of its schedules, appendices, exhibits and other attachments;

 

  (b)

an agreement, deed or other document is a reference to the agreement, deed or other document as amended and an amendment includes a supplement, novation, extension (whether of maturity or otherwise), restatement, re-enactment or replacement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) and as amended will be construed accordingly;

 

  (c)

a “person” includes any individual, company, corporation, unincorporated association or body (including a partnership, trust, fund, joint venture or consortium), government, state, agency, organisation or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality;

 

  (d)

the “Notes Ad Hoc Group” includes, where the context requires, each member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group, the “Core Noteholder Group” includes, where the context requires, each member of the “Core Noteholder Group” and the “RCF SteerCo Group” includes, where the context requires, each member of the RCF SteerCo Group;

 

  (e)

a currency is a reference to the lawful currency for the time being of the relevant country;

 

  (f)

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as extended, applied, amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate legislation;

 

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

23


Final form

 

  (g)

“include” or “including” shall mean include or including without limitation;

 

  (h)

a “process” includes any litigation/arbitration proceeding commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving any Governmental Body, court or any arbitrator or arbitration panel or other process of law;

 

  (i)

to the extent recognised pursuant to the applicable law, a reference to a communication, notice, amendment, waiver or other document being “in writing” shall include being by email and a reference to such communication, notice, amendment, waiver or other document being given “by” a Party shall include being given on behalf of that Party;

 

  (j)

the singular includes the plural (and vice versa);

 

  (k)

a Clause, a Sub-clause, or a Schedule is a reference to a clause or sub-clause of, or a schedule to, this Agreement. Clause, Sub-clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are to be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement;

 

  (l)

a Party or any other person includes its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

  (m)

a time of day is a reference to the time in London, United Kingdom;

 

  (n)

an Abstaining Creditor being prohibited from taking any steps, or giving any instructions, shall be subject to the reasonable determination of the relevant Abstaining Creditor that is so prohibited, acting in good faith;

 

  (o)

a month is a reference to a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month except that if there is no numerically corresponding day in that month, the period will end on the last day in that month;

 

  (p)

a term as defined in the “Eurobond Indentures and/or the Facility Agreement” shall be taken to refer respectively to that term as defined in: (i) the Eurobond Indentures (with respect to any Party in its capacity as a Consenting Noteholder); (ii) the Facility Agreement (with respect to any Party in its capacity as a Participating Lender); and/or (iii) the Eurobond Indentures and the Facility Agreement (with respect to the Company); and

 

  (q)

a term as defined in the “Eurobond Indentures (as at the date of this Agreement)” or the “Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)” or the “Eurobond Indentures and the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)” shall mean such term as defined as at the First Effective Date; and

 

  (r)

a term as defined in the “Eurobond Indentures” or the “Facility Agreement” or the “Eurobond Indentures and the Facility Agreement” but omitting the words “as at the date of this Agreement” shall mean such term as defined in the Eurobond Indentures and/or the Facility Agreement as at the relevant time.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

24


Final form

 

1.3

Third-party rights

Other than:

 

  (a)

paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 3.1 (Implementation and Steps Plan), which may be relied upon by the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers, the Company Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers;

 

  (b)

paragraphs (c)(viii) and (j) of Clause 3.4 (Specific Undertakings by the Company) which may be relied upon by the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers;

 

  (c)

paragraph (k) of Clause 3.4 (Specific Undertakings by the Company) and paragraph (b) of Clause 15.3 (No agency), which may be relied upon by the SteerCo Advisers; and

 

  (d)

Clause 16 (Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel), which may be relied upon by the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel;

unless expressly provided for in this Agreement, a person (other than any member of the Group) who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement. Subject to Clause 16 (Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel), this Agreement may be terminated, and any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived, without the consent of any person who is not a Party.

 

1.4

Execution by Consenting Creditors

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any other terms of this Agreement, where a Consenting Creditor enters into or accedes to this Agreement through an identified business unit in respect of the Notes Debt and/or Facility Agreement Debt beneficially owned in such capacity (as specified in the Confidential Annexure to its signature page to this Agreement or its Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter), or a Nominee receives any of its entitlements or rights and obligations pursuant to the Restructuring through an identified business unit, the terms of this Agreement shall apply only to that identified business unit and not to any other business unit within that legal entity which has not signed or acceded to this Agreement (in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) separately in respect of any Notes Debt or Facility Agreement Debt or other instrument which it beneficially owns and, therefore, that Consenting Creditor shall not be required to procure compliance with this Agreement on behalf of such other business unit within that legal entity.

 

  (b)

The Company may (in its discretion) accept a Confidential Annexure which is defective in any respect. The Company may make any such acceptance conditional on such further assurances or undertakings as the Company may require with respect to the cure of any such defect. The Company shall promptly notify the Information Agent of any decision to accept a defective Confidential Annexure, and of the terms of any such further assurances or undertakings.

 

  (c)

Each Participating Lender and each Consenting Noteholder (as applicable) is entering into this Agreement only in respect of the Debt which it holds (other than any Debt held by it in its capacity as a Qualified Market-maker) and not in any other capacity or in respect of any other debt or other instrument.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

25


Final form

 

1.5

Currencies

For the purposes of determining:

 

  (a)

the percentage of Notes Debt or Facility Agreement Debt held by the Consenting Noteholders or Participating Lenders (as applicable); or

 

  (b)

the Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders who constitute the Majority Consenting Creditors, the Notes Ad Hoc Group, the Core Noteholder Group, the Majority Core Noteholder Group, the Majority Backstop Providers, the Majority Participating Lenders, or the Majority Original Consenting Noteholders (as applicable),

the amount of all Notes Debt or Facility Agreement Debt not denominated in the Base Currency shall be deemed to be converted into the Base Currency at a publicly available spot rate of exchange selected by the Company in consultation with its Advisers (acting reasonably) at or about 11:00am on the First Effective Date. The Information Agent shall promptly and upon reasonable request provide any such calculation to the Company, the Company Advisers, the SteerCo Advisers and/or the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers or the Consenting Creditors (as the case may be), with such redactions as may be required with respect to the identities and holdings of the Consenting Creditors.

 

1.6

Nominees

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Restructuring Term Sheet, the Backstop Agreement or the Agreed Steps Plan, each Consenting Creditor, and for the purposes of the Backstop Agreement, each Backstop Provider, may nominate or designate any of: (i) its Affiliates, Related Funds, branches and/or controlled co-investment vehicles and/or (ii) any other related person approved by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith) (each a “Nominee”) to receive any of its entitlements or rights and obligations pursuant to the Restructuring to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law provided that such Consenting Creditor (or Backstop Provider, as the case may be) still remains and shall remain liable and responsible for the performance of all obligations assumed by any such person on its behalf and non-performance by any such person of any obligations of a Consenting Creditor shall not relieve such Consenting Creditor from its obligations under this Agreement.

 

1.7

Repo Arrangements and Restricted Debt

 

  (a)

(a) Subject to the Company’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), which shall be irrevocable once given and may be provided by email, nothing in this Agreement shall require any Consenting Noteholder to take any action in respect of Locked-Up Debt subject to any Repo Arrangement (other than Restricted Debt) already existing at the date of this Agreement (or, (i) in the case of an Initial Party, as at the First Effective Date, or (ii) in the case of an Additional Consenting Noteholder, existing at the date of its accession to this Agreement) provided that: (A) promptly following the date of this Agreement (or, in the case of an Initial Party, the First Effective Date, or in the case of an Additional Consenting Noteholder, the date of its accession to this Agreement), that Party has requested the Locked-Up Debt subject to that Repo Arrangement be returned by the counterparty of the Repo Arrangement as soon as possible; and (B) that Party takes commercially reasonable steps promptly following the date of this Agreement (or the First Effective Date, or the date of its accession to this Agreement, as applicable) to recover such Locked-Up Debt as soon as possible. This paragraph shall not apply to any Locked-Up Debt that is subject to that Repo Arrangement that has been returned to, or recovered by, the Consenting Noteholder on and from such time that such Locked-Up Debt is returned or recovered.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

26


Final form

 

  (b)

Subject to the Company’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), which shall be irrevocable once given and may be provided by email, nothing in this Agreement shall require any Consenting Noteholder to take any action in respect of Locked-Up Debt that is Restricted Debt, provided that, promptly following this Agreement being made publicly available by the Company in accordance with Clause 12 (Publicity) (or, in the case of an Additional Consenting Noteholder, the date of its accession to this Agreement, if later) that Party takes commercially reasonable steps with a view to the recovery of the Restricted Debt as soon as possible. This paragraph shall not apply to any Restricted Debt that has been returned to, or recovered by, the Consenting Noteholder on and from such time that such Restricted Debt is returned or recovered.

 

  (c)

The representations in paragraphs (e), (f), (g) and (j) of Clause 10.1 (Representations) shall not apply in respect of (i) any Locked-Up Debt subject to any Repo Arrangement already existing at the First Effective Date (or, in the case of an Additional Consenting Noteholder, existing at the date of its accession to this Agreement), or (ii) any Restricted Debt, in each case, unless (and until) such Locked-Up Debt subject to a Repo Arrangement or Restricted Debt has been transferred or returned to a Consenting Creditor.

 

1.8

Repayment of 2024 MTNs

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, on and from such time that the 2024 MTNs are repaid at their maturity, each Consenting Noteholder holding 2024 MTNs shall cease to have any rights or obligations under this Agreement in respect of the 2024 MTNs.

 

2.

EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS AGREEMENT

 

2.1

The provisions of this Agreement became effective and binding on: (i) each of the Initial Parties on the First Effective Date; and (ii) each Additional Consenting Noteholder who acceded to this Agreement prior to the Second Effective Date on the date of its accession, and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall continue to apply to each such Party on and from the Second Effective Date, on the terms set out herein.

 

2.2

The provisions of this Agreement shall become effective and binding on each of the Original Participating Lenders on the Second Effective Date.

 

2.3

This Agreement shall become binding on an Additional Consenting Noteholder or Additional Participating Lender which accedes to, or becomes party to, this Agreement, on and from such time that the Additional Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender (as applicable) delivers a duly executed Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter to the Information Agent (with a copy to the Company and the Company Advisers).

 

3.

SUPPORTING AND IMPLEMENTING THE RESTRUCTURING

 

3.1

Implementation and Steps Plan

 

  (a)

The Company, the Core Noteholder Group and the RCF SteerCo Group shall (and where necessary, the Company shall procure that each member of the Group will), acting reasonably:

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

27


Final form

 

  (i)

at the Company’s cost, enter into negotiations in good faith and use reasonable endeavours to agree the Agreed Steps Plan for the implementation and consummation of the Restructuring as soon as reasonably practicable following the Second Effective Date, having regard to ongoing commercial due diligence and regulatory, tax and legal structuring considerations;

 

  (ii)

at the Company’s cost, provide such information and cooperation as is reasonably required to facilitate the preparation of a final tax structuring paper for the implementation and consummation of the Restructuring as soon as reasonably practicable following the finalisation of the Agreed Steps Plan; and

 

  (iii)

ensure that the applicable Transaction Documents shall provide as a condition to their effectiveness that all reasonably incurred, documented and invoiced and outstanding fees, costs and expenses of the Company Advisers, Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and SteerCo Advisers have been or will be paid by the Group on or prior to completion of the Restructuring in each case in accordance with such advisers’ fee letters, fee terms and/or engagement letters entered into with the Company and certain other members of the Group (the “Adviser Fee Letters”).

 

3.2

General Undertakings to Support the Restructuring

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 7 (Limitations), each Party shall (and the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that each member of the Group shall, to the extent applicable) promptly take all actions (within its power) which it is required to take as contemplated in the Restructuring Term Sheet and Agreed Steps Plan or which are necessary or reasonably desirable to support, facilitate, implement, consummate or otherwise give effect to the Restructuring as soon as reasonably practicable, provided that such action is consistent in all material respects with this Agreement, the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan taken as a whole, including (in each case, if and to the extent applicable to the relevant Party):

 

  (i)

in respect of a Consenting Creditor, if so requested by the Company, confirming that it fully supports the Restructuring, in a form agreed between the Company and the Party whose support is requested, for any purpose necessary or reasonably desirable to support, facilitate, implement, consummate or otherwise give effect to the Restructuring (or otherwise as agreed between the Company and the Party whose support is requested to be confirmed);

 

  (ii)

executing and/or delivering, within any reasonably requested time period, all Transaction Documents and all instructions, proxies, directions, consents, notices and other similar things which are in Agreed Form and which are necessary or reasonably desirable to support, facilitate, implement, consummate or otherwise give effect to the Restructuring;

 

  (iii)

on a timely basis, preparing and filing for any legal process or proceedings, and supporting petitions or applications to (and, where applicable, instructing their Legal Advisers to support such petition or applications on its behalf before) any court, to support, facilitate, implement, consummate or otherwise give effect to the Restructuring;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

28


Final form

 

  (iv)

providing all information (unless such information is subject to an obligation of confidentiality owed to a third party, in which case the relevant Party shall use reasonable endeavours to procure the consent of the beneficiary of that obligation of confidentiality to allow such disclosure to be made) and, in respect of a Consenting Creditor, upon reasonable request from the Company;

 

  (v)

to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, voting (or instructing its proxy or causing the relevant person to vote, to the extent it is legally entitled to cause that person to vote) and exercising any powers or rights available to it (including in any board, shareholders’ or creditors’ meeting or in any process requiring voting or approval, or, if applicable, solicitation of acceptances of a proposed plan of reorganisation under Chapter 11) in each case irrevocably and unconditionally in favour of:

 

  (A)

any matter requiring approval under the Notes Indentures, the Facility Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, and otherwise in connection with or in relation to the Restructuring, including providing any consent or instruction to the applicable Note Trustee, MTN Issuing Institution, the Security Agent and/or the Information Agent, provided that this sub-paragraph (A) shall not require the Consenting Creditors to forbear from taking any action in respect of a Default or an Event of Default (as such terms are defined in a Notes Indenture or the Facility Agreement) other than: (x) as expressly set out in this Agreement; or (y) a Lock-Up Default;

 

  (B)

the initiation of as well as any and all intermediate actions as part of any Compromise Process (including with respect to the relevant Compromise Process Documents contemplated thereby) and/or any other analogous process in any applicable jurisdiction used to propose, implement and consummate all or any part of the Restructuring;

 

  (C)

in respect of the Group only, the filing of any case to support an application to the courts of any jurisdiction seeking recognition of foreign proceedings by any member of the Group (including supporting any request for recognition of any Compromise Process and/or any other analogous process in any applicable jurisdiction which the Company may initiate, in its discretion) in such jurisdiction, and any petitions, motions, applications, orders, agreements or other documents filed by the Group in such foreign proceedings; and

 

  (D)

in the case of the Company, any matter requiring shareholder or board approval and (to the extent applicable), holding all relevant shareholder meetings and board meetings and voting affirmatively on all shareholder and board resolutions;

provided that, with respect to a Compromise Process pursuant to Chapter 11, (i) such vote to accept a proposed plan of reorganisation shall be deemed immediately revoked and void ab initio upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof before the consummation of such plan of reorganisation; and (ii) a condition precedent to effectiveness of the plan of reorganisation shall be that this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, all conditions shall have been satisfied or waived thereunder, and there shall be no breach thereunder that, after the expiration of any applicable notice or any cure period, would give rise to a right to terminate this Agreement;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

29


Final form

 

  (vi)

in respect of a Consenting Noteholder, to the extent any of its Locked-Up Notes Debt is held in the name of a nominee, giving such instructions and directions as may be necessary, if any, to that nominee in order for that Consenting Noteholder to comply with its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (vii)

not objecting to, opposing, challenging or withholding support for any petitions, motions, applications, orders, agreements or other documents filed by any member of the Group in any Compromise Process (or any foreign proceedings in connection with a Compromise Process); and

 

  (viii)

not voting, or allowing any proxy or relevant person appointed by such Party to vote, in favour of any scheme of arrangement or compromise or arrangement under Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006, any plan or sale process under Chapter 11, the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act (Sw. lag (2022:964) om företagsrekonstruktion), liquidation application, or compromise or any restructuring plan, insolvency proceedings, amendment, waiver, consent or other proposal or process or proceeding analogous to any of the foregoing in any jurisdiction that would:

 

  (A)

be inconsistent with, or otherwise delay, impede, frustrate or prevent the implementation of, the Restructuring; or

 

  (B)

breach or be inconsistent with any term of this Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, the Restructuring Term Sheet or the Transaction Documents (as applicable),

in each case, within any reasonably requested timeframe and as necessary or desirable to support, facilitate, implement, consummate or otherwise give effect to the Restructuring.

 

  (b)

Subject to Clause 7 (Limitations), no Party shall (and the Company shall procure that no member of the Group, nor its or any member of the Group’s respective Representatives shall):

 

  (i)

take, encourage, assist or support (or procure that any other person takes, encourages, assists or supports) directly or indirectly any action (or omission) that would, or could reasonably be expected to, breach or be inconsistent with this Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, the Restructuring Term Sheet or the Transaction Documents, taken as a whole, or frustrate, delay, impede, be inconsistent with or prevent the Restructuring;

 

  (ii)

challenge or object, or encourage or support any challenge or objection, to any term of any scheme of arrangement, consent solicitation, plan of reorganisation under Chapter 11, exchange offer, arrangement, reconstruction, any Compromise Process, other restructuring procedure, process, amendment, waiver, consent, other proposal or step proposed to support, facilitate, implement, consummate or otherwise give effect to all or any part of the Restructuring (and each Abstaining Creditor shall abstain from voting on, and shall not vote or allow any proxy appointed by it to vote against, any Compromise Process or the relevant Compromise Process Documents contemplated thereby) in each case insofar as the same is consistent in all material respects with this Agreement (including the Restructuring Term Sheet) and the Agreed Steps Plan; or

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

30


Final form

 

  (iii)

invite, negotiate, encourage, assist, support, vote, or allow any proxy appointed by it to vote, in favour of, or procure or agree or commit to any alternative extension, refinance, restructuring, recapitalisation, uptiering, or dropdown transaction or any restructuring or other procedure in relation to the Notes or the Facility Agreement, or the provision of alternative financing or refinancing to any member of the Group, except:

 

  (A)

as expressly contemplated by the Restructuring Term Sheet; or

 

  (B)

in the case of any refinancing of the Senior Secured Term Loan, if such financing is:

 

  (1)

in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (2)

permitted by the Finance Documents;

 

  (3)

for a principal amount not exceeding the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Secured Term Loan; and

 

  (4)

incurred by the Company or, to the extent it has been incorporated as at that time, HoldCo (as that term is defined in the Restructuring Term Sheet),

and then only if the all-in yield (inclusive of margin, any interest rate floor, and all market participation, original issue discount based on a three-year convention), arrangement fees or similar fees of such refinancing indebtedness (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, fees owing to underwriting banks, legal counsel and other expenses in connection with such refinancing) does not exceed 9.5% per annum (the “SSTL Refinancing Permission”), and then only if the incoming lender(s) undertake to enter into the amended Intercreditor Agreement and to take such other steps as may be required to effect the Restructuring.

 

  (c)

Nothing in paragraphs (a)(i) to (a)(vii) of this Clause 3.2 (General Undertakings to Support the Restructuring), shall require any Abstaining Creditor to take any steps, or give any instructions, that such Abstaining Creditor would be prohibited to take, or give, provided that such Abstaining Creditor is prohibited from doing so as a result of restrictions expressly set out in, or contemplated by, its fund, constitutional or governance documents.

 

  (d)

Each of the Company, the Core Noteholder Group, the RCF SteerCo Group and the Backstop Providers (as applicable) (including, subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 6.5 (Abstaining Creditors), each Abstaining Creditor) agree to negotiate in good faith with one another with a view to ensuring each Transaction Document is in Agreed Form in accordance with paragraph (a) of Clause 3.3 (Negotiation of Transaction Documents).

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

31


Final form

 

  (e)

The Company, the Core Noteholder Group and the RCF SteerCo Group each agree to negotiate with one another in good faith with a view to agreeing the Compromise Process(es), if any, to be used to effect the Restructuring with a view to:

 

  (i)

minimising any material disruption to the business of the Group arising from, or in relation to, such Compromise Process(es) (taking the interests of Consenting Creditors into account); and

 

  (ii)

implementing and consummating the Restructuring successfully in accordance with the Restructuring Term Sheet:

 

  (A)

taking into account the level of Locked-Up Debt (other than Locked-Up Notes Debt in respect of the 2024 MTNs) of Consenting Creditors; and

 

  (B)

prioritising speed of implementation and minimisation of cost,

and the Agreed Steps Plan shall (only with the consent of the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the RCF SteerCo Group) be amended and/or prepared accordingly.

 

3.3

Negotiation of Transaction Documents

 

  (a)

The Company (or the Company Advisers on its behalf), shall negotiate with the Backstop Providers, the RCF SteerCo Group, and the Core Noteholder Group (including, subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 6.5 (Abstaining Creditors), any Abstaining Creditors), in good faith (and the Company shall be required to provide drafts of each of the documents below to each of the persons listed above, and provide each of the persons listed above an adequate opportunity to review and comment on such documents) and use reasonable endeavours to agree the forms of:

 

  (i)

the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents with RCF SteerCo Group (or the SteerCo Advisers, on their behalf);

 

  (ii)

the Notes Amendments Documents with the Majority Core Noteholder Group (or, in the case of the Notes Ad Hoc Group as part of the Core Noteholder Group, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel on its behalf);

 

  (iii)

the New Money Documents, with the Backstop Providers (or their advisers on their behalf); and

 

  (iv)

the Restructuring Documents with the RCF SteerCo Group (or the SteerCo Advisers, on their behalf) and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (and, in the case of the Notes Ad Hoc Group as part of the Core Noteholder Group, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel, as applicable, on their behalf),

in each case in a form consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan with a view to implementing and consummating the Restructuring as soon as reasonably practicable, and, in any event, by no later than the Long-Stop Time.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

32


Final form

 

  (b)

Upon confirmation from the Company Counsel and:

 

  (i)

the RCF SteerCo Group (or the SteerCo Counsel, on their behalf) that the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents are in Agreed Form;

 

  (ii)

the Majority Core Noteholder Group (or, in the case of the Notes Ad Hoc Group as part of the Core Noteholder Group, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel on their behalf) that the Notes Amendments Documents are in Agreed Form;

 

  (iii)

the Majority Backstop Providers (or their advisers on their behalf) that the New Money Documents are in Agreed Form; and

 

  (iv)

the Majority Core Noteholder Group (or, in the case of the Notes Ad Hoc Group as part of the Core Noteholder Group, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel on their behalf) and the RCF SteerCo Group (or the SteerCo Counsel, on their behalf) that the Restructuring Documents are in Agreed Form,

each of the Parties (including, subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 6.5 (Abstaining Creditors), each Abstaining Creditor) shall execute each Transaction Document to which it is a party and deliver such executed Transaction Document (if applicable, via its own legal counsel) in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan.

 

  (c)

No Party shall be obliged to execute a Transaction Document, or (in the case of a Consenting Creditor) support, provide a written direction (including giving relevant instructions to the applicable Note Trustee, MTN Issuing Institution or the Security Agent) and/or vote for any process that includes any provision or brings into effect any document or take any action set out in this Clause 3.3 (Negotiation of Transaction Documents) which is not (i) in all material respects consistent with the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan, and (ii) in Agreed Form.

 

  (d)

Subject to Clause 6.5 (Abstaining Creditors), nothing in this Clause 3.3 (Negotiation of Transaction Documents) shall require any Abstaining Creditor to take any steps, or give any instructions, that such Abstaining Creditor would be prohibited to take, or give, provided that such Abstaining Creditor is prohibited from doing so as a result of restrictions contained in its fund, constitutional or governance documents.

 

3.4

Specific Undertakings by the Company

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 7 (Limitations), the Company shall not, and the Company shall procure that each other member of the Group and its or any member of the Group’s respective Representatives, shall not take any action, consent to the taking of any action, omit to take any action, or exercise any rights it may have to instruct, approve or agree to take any action, the effect of which will result in (or is reasonably likely to result in) the Company, or any other member of the Group:

 

  (i)

assigning or transferring, or declaring or creating any trust over, any rights, title, interest or benefits in respect of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

 

  (ii)

changing its debt or equity capital structure for the duration of the Company Lock-Up Period, including:

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

33


Final form

 

  (A)

the repurchase, redemption or repayment of any Eurobonds or MTNs, other than the 2024 MTNs;

 

  (B)

amending the terms of any existing Indebtedness that would have the effect of:

 

  (1)

accelerating, or otherwise bringing forward, the date of any scheduled principal or interest payments of such Indebtedness; or

 

  (2)

increasing the pricing of such Indebtedness,

including by agreeing to any amendment that would have the same economic effect as the foregoing including, but not limited to, by way of payment of a fee to the applicable creditor; and

 

  (C)

the repayment of any Debt (other than scheduled principal repayments under the Facility Agreement),

but excluding:

 

  (D)

scheduled payments with respect to the Facility Agreement Debt or Notes Debt; and

 

  (E)

any other payment/repayment of any Debt as expressly contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Agreed Steps Plan;

 

  (iii)

paying any fee or inducement to any creditor holding any Debt, under or in connection with the Restructuring, except as expressly contemplated under this Agreement, including under clause 3.2(b)(iii)(B) of this Agreement;

 

  (iv)

increasing its authorised share capital, or taking any steps with a view to issuing any share in, or, any option, warrant or other right in respect of, its share capital;

 

  (v)

creating, incurring, refinancing, assuming or suffering to exist any Indebtedness (as defined in the Eurobond Indentures and/or the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding (as defined in the Eurobond Indentures and/or the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)), other than:

 

  (A)

as described in paragraphs (4) and (5) of the definition of Indebtedness in the Eurobond Indentures and the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement), provided the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness (calculated across the Group as a whole), shall not exceed €75,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency);

 

  (B)

in the ordinary course of the Group’s trading and in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, provided the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness (calculated across the Group as a whole) during the term of this Agreement (whether or not secured or guaranteed) shall not exceed €10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency);

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

34


Final form

 

  (C)

obligations pursuant to any Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements (each as defined in the Eurobonds Indentures and/or the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)) of the Group existing as at the date of this Agreement;

 

  (D)

any indebtedness incurred pursuant to the SSTL Refinancing Permission; and

 

  (E)

pursuant to any local lines of credit or working capital facilities (where permitted by the terms of the Finance Documents), provided that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness (calculated across the Group as a whole) shall not exceed €20,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency);

 

  (vi)

 

  (A)

declaring or paying or making any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital) to any person who is not a member of the Group;

 

  (B)

repaying or distributing any dividend or share premium reserve to any person who is not a member of the Group;

 

  (C)

paying any interest, fees, charges or principal on any shareholder loan or loan notes owed to a person who is not a member of the Group;

 

  (D)

redeeming, repurchasing, defeasing, retiring or repaying any of its share capital or resolving to do so to any person who is not a member of the Group;

 

  (E)

redeeming, repurchasing, defeasing or repaying any shareholder loan or loan notes to any person who is not a member of the Group; or

 

  (F)

paying any management, advisory or other fee to or to the order of any Investors (as defined in the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)), other than in connection with IT or operational agreements entered into on market terms prior to the Second Effective Date, and any amendment, amendment and restatement, variation, extension or replacement of such arrangements, that are entered into by the Company or the relevant member of the Group after the Second Effective Date (x) in the ordinary course of the Company, or that member of the Group’s, business, (y) on third party market terms and (z) that are on substantially the same economic terms as the agreement which is being amended, restated, varied, extended or replaced,

in each case, other than to any shareholder in a Group entity which is a partnership or joint venture (provided such dividend or distribution is pro-rata to such shareholder’s shareholding in the relevant company, or otherwise is not inconsistent with the relevant partnership, shareholders or joint venture agreement, as the case may be), or to any holder of profit participating notes;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

35


Final form

 

  (vii)

designating any member of the Group as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as defined in the Eurobond Indentures and/or the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)) or the making of any payment or the transfer of any rights, assets or undertakings to any Unrestricted Subsidiary (as defined in the Eurobond Indentures and/or the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement));

 

  (viii)

making any Asset Disposition (other than a Permitted Asset Disposition), unless:

 

  (A)

the total value of all Asset Dispositions made by the Group during the Company Lock-Up Period that relate or are otherwise attributable to the Group’s operations in (x) the Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia (the “Non-Core Jurisdictions”) does not exceed (and will not, after completion of the proposed Asset Disposition, exceed) €50 million in aggregate and (y) in all jurisdictions other than a Non-Core Jurisdiction does not exceed (and will not, after completion of the proposed Asset Disposition, exceed) 1.5 per cent. of Total Assets in aggregate;

 

  (B)

the Company or the member of the Group, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Company, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

 

  (C)

in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions, at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or member of the Group, as the case may be, is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investments (as defined in the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)); and

 

  (D)

for the duration of the Company Lock-Up Period, the Group does not apply the proceeds of any Asset Dispositions in repayment of any Notes Debt;

 

  (ix)

 

  (A)

making any Portfolio Acquisition (as defined in the Restructuring Term Sheet), unless the Loan to Cost (as defined in the Restructuring Term Sheet) of such Portfolio Acquisition is less than 60%; or

 

  (B)

acquiring any Acquired Business (as defined in the Restructuring Term Sheet) (a “Business Acquisition”), unless the Acquired Business has a consolidated total net leverage ratio of less than 2.0x,

provided that the total value of all Portfolio Acquisitions and Business Acquisitions entered into by the Group during the Company Lock-Up Period shall not exceed €225 million in aggregate;

 

  (x)

any Qualified Receivables Financing (as defined in the Eurobond Indentures and/or the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement));

 

  (xi)

any non-ordinary course winding-up or dissolution, or administration of any member of the Group or any proposed arrangement (including any scheme of arrangement, restructuring plan, Chapter 11 Case or analogous process in any jurisdiction) with any creditor of any member of the Group, other than:

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

36


Final form

 

  (A)

where occurring in agreement with the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders; and

 

  (B)

when conducted expressly in accordance with this Agreement or the Agreed Steps Plan;

 

  (xii)

creating, incurring or suffering to exist any Lien (as defined in the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)) upon any of its property or assets whether owned on the First Effective Date or acquired after that date, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness, other than:

 

  (A)

any Pre-Existing Liens;

 

  (B)

any Permitted Liens; or

 

  (C)

with the Majority Participating Lenders’ consent, any Permitted Collateral Lien;

 

  (xiii)

making any Investment (as defined in the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)) in any Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles, Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles or Majority Co-Investment Vehicles (each as defined in Annex 4 of the Restructuring Term Sheet), unless such Investment would, based on calculations prepared by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith), be permitted in accordance with Annex 4 of the Restructuring Term Sheet, as certified by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Company in a certificate provided to the Consenting Creditors as at the date of the Investment;

 

  (xiv)

taking any action which would breach or be inconsistent with the Restructuring or this Agreement or otherwise hinder, frustrate, prevent or delay the completion of the Restructuring in accordance with this Agreement, the Restructuring Term Sheet or the Agreed Steps Plan; or

 

  (xv)

prior to the Restructuring Effective Date, making any amendments to those elements of the Group Treasury Policy that relate to hedging of the Group Treasury Policy (as defined in the Intercreditor Principles annexure to the Restructuring Term Sheet), other than with the consent of the RCF SteerCo Group (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed),

in each case, other than: (x) as expressly contemplated by this Agreement (including the Agreed Steps Plan); (y) transactions between Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the Eurobond Indentures and the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)), (other than with respect to sub-paragraph (vii) above), and then only if and to the extent permitted by the Eurobond Indentures and the Facility Agreement; or (z) with the prior written consent of the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders.

 

  (b)

The Company shall (and shall procure that each member of the Group shall) continue to operate the Group and its business in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and use reasonable endeavours to mitigate any negative impact of the Restructuring on the business of the Group.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

37


Final form

 

  (c)

The Company shall:

 

  (i)

implement the Restructuring in accordance with this Agreement, the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan including:

 

  (A)

convening all meetings of its creditors which are required to consider any resolutions and/or decisions in relation to the Restructuring;

 

  (B)

convening all meetings of directors which are required to consider any resolutions and/or decisions in relation to the Restructuring; and

 

  (C)

making all securities and other filings and announcements and publishing all documents and making all submissions required in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement as and when necessary to effect the Restructuring and/or comply with all applicable laws;

 

  (ii)

complete the Reorganisation by the earlier of the Long-Stop Time and the Restructuring Effective Date and, in particular, will:

 

  (A)

promptly prepare, or procure that the relevant member of the Group promptly prepares, all regulatory approval, notification and licence applications and third party consent requests that are required or reasonably desirable to implement the Reorganisation;

 

  (B)

file, and procure that each member of the Group that is required to file a notice or application for regulatory or third party approval or consent prior to completion of the Reorganisation files all regulatory approval, notification and licence applications and third party consent requests that are required or reasonably desirable to implement the Reorganisation immediately after they have been prepared;

 

  (C)

use all reasonable endeavours to promptly progress any regulatory application or third party request for consent filed in connection with the Reorganisation;

 

  (D)

without prejudice to paragraph (iii) of this Clause 3.4, promptly provide the RCF SteerCo Group and the Notes Ad Hoc Group (and the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers) with updates on the implementation of the Reorganisation upon reasonable request by the RCF SteerCo Group or the Notes Ad Hoc Group (or the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers or the SteerCo Advisers);

 

  (E)

promptly take, and procure that each member of the Group promptly takes, all steps to implement the Reorganisation (or part thereof), in accordance with the Reorg Steps Plan (as defined in the Restructuring Term Sheet) as soon as each relevant regulatory approval or licence is received (and in any event on or before the Restructuring Effective Date);

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

38


Final form

 

in each case, unless to do so would be materially detrimental to the Group due to tax or regulatory reasons;

 

  (iii)

transfer each of the following Subsidiaries of the Company to MidCo in connection with the Reorg Steps Plan prior to the Restructuring Effective Date:

 

  (A)

Intrum UK Limited;

 

  (B)

Capquest Debt Recovery Limited;

 

  (C)

Mars Capital Finance Limited;

 

  (D)

Intrum Hellas A.E.D.A.D.P;

 

  (E)

Intrum Zrt;

 

  (F)

Intrum TFI SA; and

 

  (G)

Revalue SpA,

in each case, unless to do so would have a materially detrimental effect on the Group due to tax or regulatory reasons, and subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory and third-party consents (which the Group shall use reasonable endeavours to obtain);

 

  (iv)

keep the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers regularly informed in relation to the status and progress of the Restructuring and the Reorganisation, including progress in relation to obtaining any necessary or desirable consents or Authorisations, and any consents from or dealings with any material creditor or other third party;

 

  (v)

provide, and shall procure that each other member of the Group provides, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers with all information in respect of, and access to, the business of the Group (including for the avoidance of doubt, forward-looking information of any nature, and information regarding the financial condition and operations of the Group, but excluding any information identified by the Company (in its sole discretion, acting reasonably) as sensitive information prepared in connection with any quarterly financial reporting of the Company or the Group) reasonably requested by any of them to complete any due diligence in relation to the Restructuring, to the satisfaction of the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers (as applicable) at such times as the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and/or the RCF SteerCo Group on behalf of the Majority Participating Lenders may reasonably request, and within a reasonable timeframe;

 

  (vi)

provide the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers a reasonable opportunity, at least two (2) days in advance of when the Company intends to file such documents (and if not reasonably practicable, then as soon as reasonably practicable prior to filing) unless the Company determines (acting reasonably, and having due regard to the Consenting Creditors’ expectation that all Compromise Process Documents shall be reviewed by the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers) that this is not possible due to reasons of urgency or necessity

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

39


Final form

 

  only, to review draft copies of all Compromise Process Documents prior to filing thereof, including, but not limited to, all material motions or pleadings in a Chapter 11 Case, any drafts or proposed amended versions of the Compromise Process Documents, and any Chapter 11 “first day pleadings” and provide a reasonable opportunity prior to filing thereof to counsel to any Consenting Creditors materially affected by such filing to review draft copies of other documents that the Obligors intend to file with the Court, as applicable;

 

  (vii)

procure, or provide such assistance as may reasonably be required by the Majority Core Noteholder Group or the Majority Participating Lenders for the purpose of procuring receipt of any Authorisation or clearance from a Governmental Body required in connection with the Restructuring;

 

  (viii)

promptly procure, or provide such assistance as may reasonably be required by the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers for the purpose of outreach to and bookbuilding of the group of Consenting Noteholders, provided that such bookbuilding and outreach may only be conducted by the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers for the sole purpose of increasing support for the Restructuring;

 

  (ix)

continue to comply with all its obligations under the Finance Documents (save where such compliance would be expressly inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Agreed Steps Plan); and

 

  (x)

promptly inform the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers of any notices, correspondence received from or details of any action threatened by any creditor of the Group (including the exercise of, or threat to exercise any rights by Noteholders and/or holders of any Facility Agreement Debt), except that the Company shall be under no such obligation where such notice, correspondence, or action threatened:

 

  (A)

could not reasonably be expected to have an adverse impact on the implementation or consummation of the Restructuring; or

 

  (B)

is received from a creditor or creditors of a member of the Group where the aggregate amount of indebtedness owed by members of the Group pursuant to any agreement in respect of which such creditor or creditors are a party is less than €5,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency).

 

  (d)

For the duration of the Company Lock-Up Period, the Company shall not, and the Company shall procure that each other member of the Group and its or any member of the Group’s respective Representatives, shall not amend any, or all of, the Notes Indentures or any associated documents, without the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

  (e)

The Company shall not, and the Company shall procure that each other member of the Group and its or any member of the Group’s respective Representatives, shall not amend, or agree to amend clause 41 (Governing law) or clause 42 (Enforcement) of the Facility Agreement unless:

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

40


Final form

 

  (i)

Participating Lenders whose Commitments (under, and as defined in, the Facility Agreement) aggregate at least 75 per cent. of the Total Commitments (under, and as defined in, the Facility Agreement) agree to such amendment; or

 

  (ii)

the Company confirms for the benefit of each Participating Lender that:

 

  (A)

the Company intends to commence the solicitation of votes for a plan of reorganisation pursuant to a Chapter 11 Case (“Plan of Reorganisation”) not later than 5 Business Days after the date on which the Company provides such confirmation to each of the Participating Lenders;

 

  (B)

the Plan of Reorganisation will be proposed in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan and consistent in all material respects with this Agreement (including the Restructuring Term Sheet) and the Agreed Steps Plan; and

 

  (C)

6623 per cent. in amount of claims and more than one-half in number of holders thereof in each class of the creditors of interest holders who will be entitled to vote for Plan of Reorganisation have agreed to vote to accept such Plan of Reorganisation as described in paragraph (ii)(B) of Clause 3.4(e) above,

in which case, the Company may enter into an agreement that provides, conditional upon such plan of reorganisation becoming effective, for the amendment of clause 41 (Governing law) and clause 42 (Enforcement) of the Facility Agreement (on terms satisfactory to the Majority Participating Lenders), such that the Facility Agreement shall be governed by the laws of New York State but construed in accordance with English law.

 

  (f)

Paragraphs (a) to (e) of this Clause 3.4 shall not prevent the Company or any member of the Group from taking any action that:

 

  (i)

is expressly contemplated by this Agreement (including the Restructuring Term Sheet) and, in the case of any action taken pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Clause 3.4, only if the amendment to a Notes Indenture or associated document is on terms that are in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Participating Lenders (acting reasonably);

 

  (ii)

the Majority Core Noteholder Group, the RCF SteerCo Group and the Company agree is necessary or reasonably desirable to implement or consummate the Restructuring; or

 

  (iii)

is required to be taken to comply with applicable law or regulation.

 

  (g)

The Company shall notify the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers if it, or any other member of the Group, receives notice from: (x) a regulator or counterparty to any material Authorisation, that it intends to terminate, or has terminated, such Authorisation; or (y) a counterparty to a joint venture, that it intends to terminate, or has terminated, such joint venture.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

41


Final form

 

  (h)

The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide (and procure that each other member of the Group provides) within a reasonable timeframe from any request customary information and documents necessary as may be reasonably required by a Consenting Creditor in order to comply with the relevant provisions relating to money laundering and / or “know your customer” regulation (including any anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act).

 

  (i)

The Company shall notify the Consenting Creditors, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers as soon as reasonably practicable if:

 

  (i)

it becomes aware of any petition, application, vote, filing or other material Enforcement Action in respect of the Company or an Obligor, or any other enforcement action in respect of financial indebtedness of the Group or any member thereof in excess of €5,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency);

 

  (ii)

it receives any notice from any regulator, which (in the reasonable opinion of the Company) has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  (iii)

it becomes aware of the details of any new material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings commenced against an Obligor after the First Effective Date which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (j)

The Company shall pay (or procure payment of) all reasonable, documented fees, costs and expenses of the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers in connection with the Restructuring:

 

  (i)

that were invoiced no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the date of this Agreement, by no later than the date of this Agreement; and

 

  (ii)

that were invoiced following the issuance of any invoice referred to in paragraph (i) above, on the earlier of:

 

  (A)

such date or dates as provided in accordance with the terms of the Adviser Fee Letters; and

 

  (B)

termination of this Agreement.

 

  (k)

The Company shall pay (or procure payment of) all reasonable, documented fees, costs and expenses of the SteerCo Advisers in connection with the Restructuring on the earlier of:

 

  (i)

such date or dates as provided in accordance with the terms of the Adviser Fee Letters; and

 

  (ii)

termination of this Agreement; and

 

  (l)

For the duration of the Company Lock-up Period only, the Company shall comply with each of the covenants set out in Schedule 18 (Covenants) of the Facility Agreement and any incurrence-based permissions tied to “grower” components (including those based on, tied to or expressed as a percentage of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Total Assets, ERC, Net Cash Proceeds, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated Leverage Ratio or Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio) (each as defined in the Facility Agreement) will be switched off. For the avoidance of doubt, any incurrence-based permissions tied to “fixed amount” components will not be switched off. For the avoidance of doubt, this undertaking shall not exclude the Company from exercising the permissions set forth in this Clause 3.4.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

42


Final form

 

  (m)

The Company shall not (and shall procure that no other member of the Group, and no other person at the direction of the Company shall) Launch unless and until the RCF Forbearance Fee has been paid in full to each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender in accordance with Clauses 4.2 and 4.3 (Consent Fees).

 

3.5

Specific Undertakings and Forbearance by the Consenting Creditors

 

  (a)

Subject to Clauses 7 (Limitations) and 23 (Reservation of Rights), each Consenting Noteholder and Participating Lender shall:

 

  (i)

on or before the First Effective Date (in the case of an Original Consenting Noteholder), on or before the Second Effective Date (in the case of an Original Participating Lender) or on the date of its Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter (in the case of an Additional Consenting Noteholder or Additional Participating Lender), deliver a Confidential Annexure stating the amount of its Locked-Up Debt;

 

  (ii)

provide to the Information Agent promptly, and in any event no later than three (3) Business Days following receipt of a request from the Information Agent, an updated Confidential Annexure stating the amount of its Locked-Up Debt;

 

  (iii)

provide to the Information Agent no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which Locked-Up Debt is to be voted in accordance with the Restructuring and the Agreed Steps Plan (provided that such Consenting Noteholder has reasonable notice of that date), a schedule specifying any Locked-Up Debt that is subject to Repo Arrangements and/or is Restricted Debt;

 

  (iv)

if the Consenting Creditor enters into any Transfer of any Locked-Up Debt promptly following the date of the relevant Transfer, provide to the Information Agent a duly completed and signed Transfer Certificate (and an updated Confidential Annexure), as confirmation of any increase or decrease in the amount of its Debt;

 

  (v)

as soon as reasonably practicable following provision of or any update to its Confidential Annexure in accordance with the foregoing paragraphs (i) through (iv), or, upon request from the Company or the Information Agent, supply to the Information Agent one or more Proofs of Holdings confirming the amount of its Locked-Up Debt. The Information Agent shall be entitled (but shall not be required) to disregard any Confidential Annexure which is not supported by Proofs of Holdings, or to request that further Proof of Holdings be provided; and

 

  (vi)

if required by the Majority Core Noteholder Group (in the case of a Consenting Noteholder) or Majority Participating Lenders (in the case of a Participating Lender), including subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 6.5 (Abstaining Creditors), any Abstaining Creditor, execute any agreement, document, letter or similar to confirm its support for the Restructuring or any forbearance agreement, standstill agreement or similar in relation to any of its rights under a Notes Indenture or the Facility Agreement.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

43


Final form

 

  (b)

Subject to Clauses 7 (Limitations), 8 (Termination) and 23 (Reservation of Rights), each Consenting Noteholder and each Participating Lender agrees during the Creditor Lock-Up Period not to:

 

  (i)

take any Enforcement Action;

 

  (ii)

direct, encourage, assist or support (or procure that any other person directs, encourages, assists or supports) any other person to take any Enforcement Action; or

 

  (iii)

vote (or instruct its proxy or other relevant person to vote) in favour of any Enforcement Action,

except (x) as required by the Transaction Documents, the Restructuring Term Sheet or the Agreed Steps Plan or (y) with the consent of the Company, the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders, to the extent necessary or reasonably desirable to implement or consummate all or any part of the Restructuring.

 

  (c)

Subject to Clauses 7 (Limitations), 8 (Termination) and 23 (Reservation of Rights), each Consenting Noteholder and each Participating Lender agrees during the Creditor Lock-Up Period not to enter into any voting arrangement, co-operation agreement or similar agreement with any person which relates to a restructuring of any financial indebtedness of the Group on terms that are inconsistent with the Restructuring.

 

  (d)

Subject to Clauses 7 (Limitations), 8 (Termination) and 23 (Reservation of Rights), each Consenting Noteholder and Participating Lender agrees to forbear from exercising any rights or remedies under any Notes Indenture or the Senior Finance Documents against any Obligor it may have as a result of any Lock-Up Default existing at the First Effective Date or arising during the term of this Agreement.

 

  (e)

Subject to Clause 6.5 (Abstaining Creditors), nothing in Clause 3.5(a)(vi) (Specific Undertakings and Forbearance by the Consenting Creditors) shall require any Abstaining Creditor to take any steps, or give any instructions, to confirm its support for the Restructuring that such Abstaining Creditor may be prohibited from taking or giving as a result of restrictions contained in its fund, constitutional or governance documents.

 

3.6

Notification of Impediments and Breaches

 

  (a)

Each Party shall promptly notify the Company, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers of any matter or circumstance that it knows will be, or could reasonably be expected to be, a material impediment to the implementation or consummation of the Restructuring.

 

  (b)

Each Party shall promptly notify the Company, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers of:

 

  (i)

any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by it under this Agreement that is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made; and

 

  (ii)

any breach by it of any undertaking given, or obligation assumed by it under this Agreement together with reasonable details of the related circumstances.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

44


Final form

 

  (c)

The Company shall promptly notify the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers of any matter, event or circumstance within its knowledge which (with the expiry of any grace period, the giving of any notice or any combination of the foregoing) will result in a termination right arising in favour of the Majority Participating Lenders or the Majority Core Noteholder Group under Clauses 8.3(c)(i) or 8.3(c)(ii).

 

  (d)

Each Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, disclose any information supplied to it by another Party pursuant to this Clause 3.6 (Notification of Impediments and Breaches) to any other Party and/or any Legal Adviser of any other Party.

 

3.7

Submission to the relevant Court

By executing this Agreement and notwithstanding any term to the contrary in any Notes Indenture or any Senior Finance Document, each Party shall acknowledge (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group shall acknowledge) and submit to the jurisdiction of the relevant Courts in respect of and for the purposes of any Compromise Process.

 

4.

CONSENT FEES

 

4.1

The Company shall pay or procure payment of:

 

  (a)

the Early Bird Eurobond Consent Fee to each Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder;

 

  (b)

the Eurobond Consent Fee to each Consent Fee Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder;

 

  (c)

the Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee to each Participating MTN Holder in respect of each MTN Issuance (other than the 2024 MTNs) in which it holds Notes, provided: (i) the Locked-Up Notes Debt of Consenting Noteholders represents at least 50% by value of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Notes Debt under the relevant MTN Issuance by no later than the Consent Fee Deadline; and (ii) the relevant quorum requirements are met and that Participating MTN Holders holding at least a simple majority in aggregate principal amount of Participating MTN Holders present and voting in that MTN Issuance (i.e. >50%) vote in favour of any matter requiring a vote in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan that is subject to a simple majority consent threshold under the relevant MTN Terms and Conditions; and/or

 

  (d)

the Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee to each Participating MTN Holder in respect of each MTN Issuance (other than the 2024 MTNs) in which it holds Notes, provided: (i) the Locked-Up Notes Debt of Consenting Noteholders represents at least 90% by value of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Notes Debt under the relevant MTN Issuance by no later than the Consent Fee Deadline; and (ii) the relevant quorum requirements are met and that Participating MTN Holders holding an enhanced majority in aggregate principal amount of Participating MTN Holders present and voting in that MTN Issuance (i.e. >90%) vote in favour of any matter requiring a vote in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan that is subject to an enhanced majority consent threshold under the relevant MTN Terms and Conditions; or (iii) all MTNs (other than the 2024 MTNs) are subject to the Exchange (as defined in the Restructuring Term Sheet) pursuant to a Compromise Process, in each case in accordance with the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan (and, if the Restructuring is implemented by way of a Consent Solicitation/Exchange Offer, in accordance with any mechanics of payment specified in the Consent Solicitation/Exchange Offer documentation).

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

45


Final form

 

4.2

The Company shall pay, or procure payment of:

 

  (a)

the RCF Forbearance Fee to each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender on the earlier of:

 

  (A)

the Implementation Milestone 1 Payment Deadline; and

 

  (B)

the Implementation Milestone 2 Payment Deadline, and

 

  (b)

the RCF Lock-Up Fee to each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender on the Restructuring Effective Date; and

 

  (c)

if the RCF Forbearance Fee has not been paid, the RCF Closing Fee to each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender on the Restructuring Effective Date.

 

4.3

If, prior to the Implementation Milestone 2 Date, the Company or any member of the Group or any of its or their Representatives has resolved to Launch, the Company shall procure that a member of the Group (other than the member of the Group or the Representative (as applicable) that has resolved to Launch) pays the RCF Forbearance Fee to each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender.

 

4.4

The Information Agent, in consultation with the Company and the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers, shall calculate the amounts to be paid to each eligible Consenting Noteholder under this Clause 4 (Consent Fees) on the basis of the confirmed holdings of each eligible Consenting Noteholder with reference to such Consenting Noteholder’s Proof of Holdings, or otherwise the most recent Confidential Annexures and/or Transfer Certificates provided by that Consenting Noteholder on or prior to the Noteholder Record Date.

 

4.5

The Information Agent, in consultation with the Company and the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers, shall calculate eligibility of the Participating MTN Holders to the Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee and/or the Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee (as applicable) under this Clause 4 (Consent Fees) on the basis of the confirmed holdings of each Consenting MTN Noteholder with reference to such Consenting MTN Noteholder’s Proof of Holdings, or otherwise the most recent Confidential Annexures and/or Transfer Certificates provided by that Consenting MTN Noteholder on or prior to the Consent Fee Deadline.

 

4.6

The Information Agent, in consultation with the Company and the SteerCo Advisers, shall calculate the amounts to be paid to each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender under this Clause 4 (Consent Fees) on the basis of the confirmed holdings of each eligible Participating Lender with reference to such Participating Lender’s Proof of Holdings, or otherwise the most recent Confidential Annexures and/or Transfer Certificates provided by that Participating Lender on or prior to:

 

  (a)

the Implementation Milestone 1 Date, with respect to a payment of the RCF Forbearance Fee in connection with Implementation Milestone 1;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

46


Final form

 

  (b)

22 November 2024, with respect to a payment of the RCF Forbearance Fee in connection with Implementation Milestone 2; and

 

  (c)

the Lender Record Date, with respect to the RCF Lock-Up Fee or RCF Closing Fee, as applicable.

 

4.7

The Information Agent shall notify:

 

  (a)

 

  (i)

eligible Consenting Noteholder of the amount of its Early Bird Eurobond Consent Fee and/or Eurobond Consent Fee;

 

  (ii)

Participating MTN Holder of the amount of its Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee and/or Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee (as applicable); and

 

  (iii)

each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender of the amount of its RCF Lock-Up Fee and, if applicable, its RCF Closing Fee,

at least five (5) Business Days in advance of the anticipated Restructuring Effective Date; and

 

  (b)

each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender of the amount of its RCF Forbearance Fee by the date which is at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Implementation Milestone 1 Payment Deadline or Implementation Milestone 2 Payment Deadline (as applicable).

 

4.8

Unless otherwise agreed between the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Company, payment of the relevant Eurobond Consent Fee, Early Bird Eurobond Consent Fee, and any Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee and/or Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee will be made in the currency specified in the Restructuring Term Sheet.

 

4.9

Unless expressly provided to the contrary, the Information Agent shall calculate entitlements to:

 

  (a)

Eurobond Consent Fees on the basis of Locked-Up Debt as at the Consent Fee Deadline, together with any Locked-Up Debt acquired after the Consent Fee Deadline, provided that the relevant Locked-Up Debt acquired after the Consent Fee Deadline was transferred in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  (b)

Early Bird Eurobond Consent Fees, on the basis of confirmed holdings of Locked-Up Debt as at the Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline, together with any Locked-Up Debt acquired after the Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline, provided that the relevant Locked-Up Debt was Locked-Up Debt as at the Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline and was transferred in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  (c)

RCF Forbearance Fee, on the basis of Locked-Up Debt as at the Implementation Milestone 1 Date (with respect to payment in connection with Implementation Milestone 1) or 22 November 2024 (with respect to payment in connection with Implementation Milestone 2) (As applicable); and

 

  (d)

The RCF Lock-Up Fee or RCF Closing Fee (as applicable), on the basis of Locked-Up Debt as at the Lender Record Date.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

47


Final form

 

4.10

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if:

 

  (a)

a Consenting Noteholder holds: (x) Restricted Debt; or (y) Locked-Up Debt subject to any Repo Arrangement as at the date of any vote referred to in paragraph (b) below; and

 

  (b)

such Consenting Noteholder does not fulfil its obligations to vote (or deliver any instruction to vote) such: (x) Restricted Debt; or (y) Locked-Up Debt subject to any Repo Arrangement in favour of: (A) any Compromise Process; or (B) any other means of facilitating or consummating the Restructuring in accordance with this Agreement or the Agreed Steps Plan, within any time period required to vote or deliver such instruction to vote in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan, in each case, in reliance on Clause 1.7 (Repo Arrangements and Restricted Debt) (such Locked-Up Debt or portion thereof being “Non-Voting Repo Debt”),

the Company shall not be obliged to pay or procure payment to that Consenting Noteholder of such portion of its Eurobond Consent Fee or Early Bird Eurobond Consent Fee which corresponds to such Non-Voting Repo Debt.

 

4.11

The Company and each Participating Lender agree that the RCF Fees, and any other fee payable to each Participating Lender under, or in connection with this Agreement, shall be paid as consideration for any Participating Lender’s undertaking, including, but not limited to, providing any required approval, consent, or other action under the Facility Agreement and related documentation (including, but not limited to, as provided in Clause 3.2).

 

5.

ACCESSIONS

 

5.1

Additional Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders

 

  (a)

A Noteholder (which is not an Original Consenting Noteholder) or Lender may become a Party as an Additional Consenting Noteholder and/or an Additional Participating Lender (as applicable) by delivering a duly executed and completed Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter to the Information Agent (with a copy to the Company and the Company Advisers). On delivery of a duly executed and completed Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter to the Information Agent the acceding Noteholder and/or Lender agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as a Consenting Noteholder and/or a Participating Lender (as applicable) from the date of the relevant Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter, and this Agreement shall be read and construed as if such acceding entity was a Party to this Agreement from the date of the relevant Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter.

 

  (b)

If a Noteholder or Lender that enters into or accedes to this Agreement pursuant to paragraph (a) above has, on or prior to the date of its execution of or accession to this Agreement, entered into a Transfer in respect of all or any part of its Locked-Up Debt such that it does not have the power to vote, or direct the voting of, or approve changes in respect of that Locked-Up Debt, either directly or indirectly, it shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the entity that does control the vote or approval delivers to the Information Agent a Sub-Participation Letter in respect of that Locked-Up Debt at the same time as that Noteholder or Lender executes this Agreement or delivers a Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

48


Final form

 

  (c)

If, before entering into or acceding to this Agreement, a Noteholder or Lender is party to a trade to acquire any Debt that has not closed before the time that it enters or accedes to this Agreement (except for any Debt in respect of which that Noteholder or Lender is acting as a Qualified Market-maker), that Noteholder or Lender shall, to the extent voting powers in relation to such Debt have been transferred to it or must otherwise be exercised at its discretion, give such directions and instructions to: (i) the lender of record (in respect of Facility Agreement Debt); and (ii) the beneficial owner (in respect of Notes Debt), in each case as if such Debt forms part of its Locked-Up Debt of that Lender or Noteholder and as if that Lender or Noteholder were party to this Agreement.

 

  (d)

The Company may, in its discretion, accept Noteholder / Lender Accession Letters subject to non-material defects in the form and/or means of delivery without requiring such non-material defects to be resolved. The Company may, in its discretion (exercised reasonably), deem Noteholder / Lender Accession Letters received subject to material defects that are later resolved to have been received at the time of receipt of the defective document.

 

6.

TRANSFERS

 

6.1

Restrictions on Consenting Noteholder and Participating Lender Transfers

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 3.5(a) and Clause 6.4 (Qualified Market-makers), during the Creditor Lock-Up Period no Consenting Creditor may enter into a Transfer in connection with its Locked-Up Debt or this Agreement in favour of any person unless the transferee or voting sub-participant:

 

  (i)

is a Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender (as applicable) as of the date of the Transfer and the Debt subject to the Transfer will remain Locked-Up Debt; or

 

  (ii)

(x) will become bound by the terms of this Agreement as a Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender (as applicable) by delivering an executed Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter contemporaneously with the delivery of the Transfer Certificate (and, if the Transfer is in the form of a voting sub-participation, following a request from the Information Agent (acting reasonably) confirmation from the “Lender” of the relevant Facility Agreement Debt, of the amount of Facility Agreement Debt which is the subject of the voting sub-participation); and (y) has delivered a Sub-Participation Letter, if applicable, to the Information Agent, which shall become effective immediately upon receipt by it of the beneficial interest in the relevant Debt, such that it will then immediately become a Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender in accordance with Clause 5.1 (Additional Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders).

 

  (b)

A Consenting Creditor who enters into a Transfer during the Creditor Lock-Up Period (other than a Transfer pursuant to Clause 6.4 (Qualified Market-makers)) shall deliver a duly completed and signed Transfer Certificate to the Information Agent (and, if requested by the Information Agent, an updated Confidential Annexure confirming the total principal amount of Locked-Up Debt held by or owed to it as at the date of and subject to such Transfer). The Information Agent shall provide any confirmation requested pursuant to this Clause 6.1 (Restrictions on Consenting Noteholder and Participating Lender Transfers) promptly upon request.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

49


Final form

 

  (c)

For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 6.1 (Restrictions on Consenting Noteholder and Participating Lender Transfers) shall not apply to a Consenting Creditor at any time prior to the commencement of the Creditor Lock-Up Period applicable to that Consenting Creditor.

 

6.2

Additional Debt

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 6.5 (Abstaining Creditors), a Consenting Creditor may acquire Debt, pursuant to Transfers, in addition to their Locked-Up Debt at any time (“Additional Debt”).

 

  (b)

Any Additional Debt acquired by a Consenting Creditor shall automatically become Locked-Up Debt. As soon as reasonably practicable (and in any event, no later than three (3) Business Days) after the date of the relevant Transfer, a Consenting Creditor who has acquired Additional Debt shall deliver a duly completed and signed Transfer Certificate to the Information Agent (or where such Additional Debt is acquired from a Qualified Market-maker, that Consenting Creditor shall confirm in writing to the Information Agent the amount of such Locked-Up Debt subject to the Transfer (and the Notes or facilities under the Facility Agreement to which it relates, if relevant)).

 

6.3

Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders Ceasing to be a Party

Following the Transfer of all of its Locked-Up Debt to another person in a manner permitted by this Agreement, a Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender shall cease to be a Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender for the purposes of this Agreement, save that the Surviving Provisions shall remain in force in respect of that Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender and it shall remain liable for any breaches by it of this Agreement that occurred prior to the Transfer.

 

6.4

Qualified Market-makers

 

  (a)

A Consenting Creditor may Transfer any Locked-Up Debt to a Qualified Market-maker in which case such Qualified Market-maker shall not be required to accede to this Agreement or otherwise agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement in respect of such Locked-Up Debt, provided that:

 

  (i)

the relevant Consenting Creditor shall make such Transfer conditional on any person to whom the relevant Locked-Up Debt is then transferred by the Qualified Market-maker either (A) being a Consenting Creditor; or (B) agreeing to execute and deliver a Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter and the relevant Consenting Creditor shall confirm in writing to the Information Agent: (x) the amount of such Locked-Up Debt subject to the Transfer (and the Notes or facilities under the Facility Agreement to which it relates, if relevant); and (y) that it has made its Transfer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including this paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 6.4 (Qualified Market-makers));

 

  (ii)

the relevant Consenting Creditor shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Qualified Market-maker Transfers the relevant Locked-Up Debt within five (5) Business Days of the settlement date in respect of its acquisition of Locked-Up Debt to a Consenting Creditor or a transferee who executes and delivers a Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter (as the case may be); and

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

50


Final form

 

  (iii)

no such Transfer may be made within seven (7) Business Days (or such shorter or longer period as the Company, the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders may agree) prior to the date of any Compromise Process Meeting, the deadline to vote to accept or reject any plan or reorganisation under Chapter 11 in a Compromise Process, or any meeting to consider, or deadline for, any Consent Solicitation/Exchange Offer or other mechanism contemplated to deliver the Restructuring, as contemplated by the Restructuring Term Sheet.

 

  (b)

Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the ability of a Consenting Creditor in its separate capacity as a Qualified Market-maker to buy or sell Debt after the date it executes this Agreement or who executes and delivers a Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter (“Market-Making Activities”) and any such Market-Making Activities in respect of any Debt (that is not Locked-Up Debt) shall not be deemed or included as being Locked-Up Debt or subject the transferee to any requirements to execute this Agreement or execute and deliver a Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter.

 

6.5

Abstaining Creditors

 

  (a)

No Consenting Creditor who is an Abstaining Creditor may acquire any Debt from a Consenting Creditor who is not an Abstaining Creditor.

 

  (b)

No Consenting Creditor may sell, assign, transfer, charge, encumber, grant any option over or otherwise dispose of, create or grant any encumbrance, option or trust in respect of any of its rights or obligations in respect of, or declare or create any trust in respect of any of its rights, title, interest or benefits in respect of, its Locked-Up Debt or this Agreement (including any moneys and other assets owing to it under or in connection with its Locked-Up Debt or this Agreement) to, or in favour of, any person who is an Abstaining Creditor.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

 

  (i)

any obligation or undertaking of a Consenting Creditor under this Agreement shall be taken to apply to an Abstaining Creditor to the extent that such obligation or undertaking would not be illegal or impermissible under the applicable fund, constitutional and/or governance documents of such Abstaining Creditor;

 

  (ii)

an Abstaining Creditor shall:

 

  (A)

if it becomes able and entitled to vote, respond or otherwise participate in any action, vote or process which it was previously restricted from doing or taking pursuant to its fund, constitutional or governance documents, such that it would not be an Abstaining Creditor if it became a Party to this Agreement at that time, notify the Information Agent in writing as soon as possible thereafter, at which point such Abstaining Creditor will cease to be an Abstaining Creditor for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

51


Final form

 

  (B)

provide confirmation of its express abstention from any action, vote or process if so requested by the Company; and

 

  (C)

not challenge or object or support any challenge or objection to any terms of any Compromise Process which is proposed to implement the Restructuring.

 

7.

LIMITATIONS

 

  (a)

Nothing in this Agreement shall:

 

  (i)

be construed to prohibit any Party from asserting or contesting whether any matter, fact, or thing is a breach of, or is inconsistent with, this Agreement or prevent any Party from enforcing this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

require any Party to take any action that would breach any legal or regulatory requirement beyond the control of that Party or any order or direction of any relevant court, regulator, or Governmental Body, and which impediment cannot be avoided or removed by taking reasonable steps;

 

  (iii)

require any Party to take or procure the taking of or refrain from taking any action if doing so is reasonably likely to result in: (A) any Representative incurring personal liability or sanction due to a breach of any law, regulation or legal or fiduciary duty; or (B) a breach of law, regulation or legal duty applicable to that Party;

 

  (iv)

restrict, or attempt to restrict, any director (or equivalent or similar office holder) of the Company or any other member of the Group from commencing any legal process under insolvency, bankruptcy or any analogous law in respect of that entity if that director (or equivalent or similar office holder) reasonably considers (on the basis of legal professional advice) they are required to do so by any law, regulation or legal duty;

 

  (v)

restrict, or attempt to restrict, any director (or equivalent or similar office holder) of the Company from complying with any applicable securities laws in respect of any member of the Group;

 

  (vi)

require any Consenting Creditor (or any of its Affiliates or Related Funds) to make any additional equity or debt financing available to the Group, except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement or the Backstop Agreement;

 

  (vii)

require any Consenting Creditor (or any of its Affiliates or Related Funds) to incur any material out-of-pocket expenses or other material financial obligations (including granting any indemnity) unless the Company or any member of the Group has agreed to meet those expenses or obligations to such Consenting Creditor’s satisfaction (acting reasonably);

 

  (viii)

prevent any Consenting Creditor (or any of its Affiliates or Related Funds) from providing advisory services (including debt financing, equity capital or other services) or from carrying on its activities in the ordinary course and providing services to clients (including to others who may have a conflicting interest to the Restructuring);

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

52


Final form

 

  (ix)

prevent or restrict any Party from bringing proceedings or taking such action or steps which the Company and the Majority Consenting Creditors consider to be necessary or desirable to implement or consummate the Restructuring; or

 

  (x)

restrict the Company or any member of the Group from taking any step or action that is permitted pursuant to, or not prohibited by, Clause 3 (Supporting and Implementing the Restructuring).

 

7.2

If a Party anticipates that it will, or is reasonably likely to, fail to take or refrain from taking action which would otherwise have been required were it not for this Clause 7 (Limitations), it shall so notify the Company, with a copy to the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel and SteerCo Counsel, promptly upon becoming so aware.

 

7.3

If a Party fails to take or refrains from taking action which would otherwise have been required were it not for this Clause 7 (Limitations), it shall so notify the Company, with a copy to the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel and the SteerCo Counsel, promptly upon becoming so aware, and any of the Company, the Majority Original Consenting Noteholders or the Majority Participating Lenders shall be entitled to require the relevant Party to provide reasonably satisfactory evidence (without any obligation on such Party whatsoever to breach any relevant privilege) as to why taking or refraining from taking the action would have given rise to the breach of the applicable law, regulation, statute or legal or fiduciary duty referred to in this Clause 7 (Limitations).

 

8.

TERMINATION

 

8.1

Automatic termination

This Agreement shall automatically terminate as to all Parties on the earlier to occur of:

 

  (a)

the Restructuring Effective Date; and

 

  (b)

the Long-Stop Time.

 

8.2

Termination by Agreement

This Agreement may be terminated as to all Parties at any time by the mutual written agreement of the Company and the Majority Consenting Creditors.

 

8.3

Voluntary termination

This Agreement may be terminated as to all Parties:

 

  (a)

at the election of the Company or the Majority Consenting Creditors by the delivery of a notice of termination to the Parties:

 

  (i)

if the Company and the Majority Consenting Creditors agree (following consultation and acting reasonably) that the Restructuring is not capable of implementation prior to the Long-Stop Time; or

 

  (ii)

at any time after the Lock-Up Deadline, unless at that time:

 

  (A)

the Locked-Up Notes Debt of Consenting Noteholders represents at least 66.67% by value of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Notes Debt in respect of the Eurobonds (other than the PPNs) and the MTN Issuances (other than the 2024 MTNs); or

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

53


Final form

 

  (B)

the Locked-Up Notes Debt of Consenting Noteholders represents at least 50% by value of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Notes Debt under each issuance of the Eurobonds (other than the PPNs), and each MTN Issuance (other than the 2024 MTNs),

in each case, for the purpose of such calculation, excluding any Non-Voting Debt from the Locked-Up Notes Debt of Consenting Noteholders, and, for the purposes of such calculation under sub-paragraph (A) above only, excluding any Non-Voting Debt from the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Notes Debt.

 

  (b)

at the election of the Company by the delivery of a notice of termination to the Parties:

 

  (i)

if one or more Consenting Creditors does not comply with any of its obligations or undertakings under this Agreement in any material respect, with the effect that the Locked-Up Notes Debt of Consenting Noteholders that are materially in compliance with their obligations under this Agreement represents less than 66.67% by value of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Notes Debt in respect of the Eurobonds (other than the PPNs) and the MTN Issuances (other than the 2024 MTNs), unless the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within ten (10) Business Days of the Company delivering a notice to the Notes Ad Hoc Group and the RCF SteerCo Group alleging failure to comply;

 

  (ii)

if it becomes unlawful for the Company to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement for a period of 15 days, and the Company has used reasonable endeavours to perform the relevant obligations without such obligation being unlawful, where it is capable of doing so; or

 

  (iii)

if an order of a Governmental Body, regulator or court or arbitrator (public or private) of competent jurisdiction restraining or otherwise preventing the implementation of the Restructuring has been made and has not been revoked or dismissed within 30 days of it being made (other than: (x) an order made at the instigation of, or on the application of, the Party purporting to terminate this Agreement under this paragraph (b); or (y) if the Restructuring is to be implemented by way of a Compromise Process, if the Court makes a final order declining to convene the Compromise Process or to sanction or approve any Compromise Process);

 

  (c)

at the election of the Majority Core Noteholder Group or the Majority Participating Lenders, by and upon delivery of a written notice of termination to the Company, if:

 

  (i)

the Company does not comply with any provision of this Agreement in any material respect, unless the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the Company becomes aware of the failure to comply or the Majority Core Noteholder Group or the Majority Participating Lenders deliver a notice to the Company alleging failure to comply;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

54


Final form

 

  (ii)

where the Company is required to procure the compliance of a member of Group in respect of any provision of this Agreement, that member of the Group does not comply with the relevant provision in any material respect, unless the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the Company becomes aware of the failure to comply or the Majority Core Noteholder Group or the Majority Participating Lenders deliver a notice to the Company alleging failure to comply;

 

  (iii)

an order of a Governmental Body, regulator or court or arbitrator (public or private) of competent jurisdiction restraining or otherwise preventing the implementation of the Restructuring has been made and has not been revoked or dismissed within 30 days of it being made (other than an order made at the instigation of, or on the application of the Party purporting to terminate this Agreement under this paragraph (ii));

 

  (iv)

the Restructuring is to be implemented by way of a Compromise Process, and the Court makes an order declining to convene the Compromise Process or to sanction or approve (or make any analogous decision) any Compromise Process or an order to sanction or approve (or any analogous decision) any Compromise Process that is materially inconsistent with this Agreement or any relevant Compromise Process Documents and either (i) the Company has not commenced an appeal against such order within (15) Business Days of it being made, or (ii) the Company fails to agree an alternative means of implementing or consummating the Restructuring with the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers and the SteerCo Advisers within 15 Business Days of such order;

 

  (v)

in a Compromise Process pursuant to Chapter 11, any Obligor files any motion, pleading, or related document with the Court that is inconsistent with this Agreement or any relevant Compromise Process Documents, and such motion, pleading, or related document has not been withdrawn within five (5) Business Days of the Company receiving written notice in accordance with this Agreement that such motion, pleading, or related document is inconsistent with this Agreement;

 

  (vi)

in a Compromise Process pursuant to Chapter 11, the Court enters an order, or the Company files a motion or application seeking an order, (A) directing the appointment of an examiner with expanded powers beyond those set forth in sections 1106(a)(3) and (4) of the Bankruptcy Code or a trustee in any Chapter 11 Cases, (B) converting any Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, (C) dismissing any Chapter 11 Cases, (D) terminating any Obligor’s exclusive right to file and/or solicit acceptances of a plan of reorganisation in a Chapter 11 Case, or € the effect of which would render the Compromise Process Documents in a Chapter 11 Case incapable of consummation on the terms set forth in this Agreement;

 

  (vii)

in a Compromise Process pursuant to Chapter 11, an order is entered by the Court granting relief from the automatic stay to the holder or holders of any security interest to permit the enforcement of any remedies (including, but not limited to, foreclosure or the granting of a deed in lieu of foreclosure on the same) on any of the Obligors’ or other member of the Group’s assets (other than with respect to assets having a fair market value of less than €25,000,000 in the aggregate);

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

55


Final form

 

  (viii)

upon the commencement of an involuntary bankruptcy case against the Company or the filing of an involuntary petition seeking bankruptcy, winding up, dissolution, liquidation, administration, moratorium, reorganisation, or other relief in respect of the Company or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, administrative, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect; provided that such involuntary proceeding is not dismissed, or if the Company has not notified the Majority Consenting Creditors of its intention to challenge or file any motion to dismiss such involuntary proceeding within a period of thirty (30) days after the filing thereof, or if any court order grants the relief sought in such involuntary proceeding;

 

  (ix)

the Company files or directly or indirectly supports another party in filing any motion, application, or adversary proceeding challenging the validity, enforceability, perfection, or priority of, or seeking avoidance or subordination of any claims, liens, rights or entitlements of the Consenting Creditors arising under any of the Finance Documents;

 

  (x)

the Company loses the exclusive right to file a Chapter 11 plan or to solicit acceptances thereof pursuant to section 1121 of the Bankruptcy Code; or

 

  (xi)

in a Chapter 11 Case, the Court enters any order authorizing the incurrence or use of post-petition financing that is not acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders.

 

  (d)

at the election of the Majority Core Noteholder Group by and upon delivery of a written notice of termination to the Company and the SteerCo Advisers, if an Event of Default (as defined in a Notes Indenture) has occurred and is continuing, other than in respect of:

 

  (i)

a Lock-Up Default; or

 

  (ii)

any Event of Default (as defined in a Notes Indenture) which has occurred and is no longer continuing in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Notes Indentures;

 

  (e)

at the election of the Majority Participating Lenders by and upon delivery of a written notice of termination to the Company and the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers, if:

 

  (i)

an Event of Default (as defined in the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)) has occurred and is continuing, other than in respect of:

 

  (A)

a Lock-Up Default; or

 

  (B)

any Event of Default (as defined in the Facility Agreement (as at the date of this Agreement)) which is capable of remedy and is remedied in accordance with the provisions of the Facility Agreement; or

 

  (ii)

the Majority Consenting Creditors do not terminate this Agreement pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of this Clause 8.3 (Voluntary Termination) within five (5) Business Days of the date on which they first became entitled to do so;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

56


Final form

 

  (f)

at the election of the Majority Consenting Noteholders or the Majority Participating Lenders, if any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

  (A)

the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement, restructuring plan, Chapter 11 or otherwise) of any member of the Group;

 

  (B)

a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group; or

 

  (C)

the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any member of the Group or any of its assets,

other than where such corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken:

 

  (1)

expressly in accordance with this Agreement or the Agreed Steps Plan;

 

  (2)

as part of a solvent reorganisation;

 

  (3)

by the Company or a member of the Group in connection with any ordinary course winding-up or dissolution of any member of the Group;

 

  (4)

frivolously or vexatiously, and such legal proceedings or other procedure is discharged, stayed or dismissed within fourteen (14) days of commencement; or

 

  (5)

as a result of a breach of the provisions of this Agreement by Participating Lenders seeking to rely on this provision.

 

8.4

Individual voluntary termination by holder of Locked-up Debt

A Consenting Creditor may terminate this Agreement (with respect to itself only) by written notice to the Company if that Consenting Creditor determines (acting reasonably) that its compliance with the terms of this Agreement (including the transactions contemplated hereby) would be reasonably likely to put that Consenting Creditor in breach of any law or regulation applicable to it or cause that Consenting Creditor to be in breach of any bona fide internal compliance requirements of general application to such Consenting Creditor’s business or any regulatory policies applicable to it.

 

8.5

Termination by Participating Lenders with respect to Participating Lenders only

The Majority Participating Lenders may terminate this Agreement (with respect to the Participating Lenders only), by written notice to the Company, if:

 

  (a)

the Company fails to pay (or procure payment of) the RCF Forbearance Fee to each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender by the Implementation Milestone Payment Deadline; or

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

57


Final form

 

  (b)

the Company (or another member of the Group, or another person at the direction of the Company) breaches paragraph (m) of Clause 3.4 of this Agreement.

 

8.6

Voluntary Termination – individual Noteholders

The Company may decline to enter into, or terminate this Agreement, with respect to an individual Additional Consenting Noteholder if it determines that such person (or an entity or account that it represents) is not in compliance with paragraph (B) of Clause 10.1(o)(ii) below.

 

8.7

No termination for own breach

Notwithstanding any other Clause in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement permits any Party to terminate this Agreement as a result of its own breach of this Agreement, or if the circumstances giving rise to such termination were instigated, commenced, supported or encouraged by the Party (or its Affiliates and/or Related Funds) purporting to terminate.

 

8.8

Effect of termination

 

  (a)

This Agreement will cease to have any further effect on the Termination Date save for the Surviving Provisions which shall remain in full force and effect and save in respect of any liability arising or breaches of this Agreement that occurred prior to termination.

 

  (b)

With immediate effect on and from the Termination Date (other than if the Termination Date occurs as a result of the occurrence of the Restructuring Effective Date) the rights of the Consenting Creditors under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be reinstated in full, as if this Agreement were never entered into, and in particular:

 

  (i)

upon the Termination Date, the temporary forbearances granted pursuant to paragraph (c) of Clause 3.5 (Specific Undertakings and Forbearance by the Consenting Creditors) shall cease to have any force or effect; and

 

  (ii)

with effect on and from the Termination Date, for all purposes the Consenting Creditors shall have all such rights and remedies under the Finance Documents as they would have had if this Agreement had never been entered into.

 

  (c)

With respect to any Compromise Process pursuant to Chapter 11, the Company acknowledges that, and shall procure that each member of the Group shall acknowledge that, after the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the giving of notice of default or termination by any other Party pursuant to this Agreement shall not be a violation of the automatic stay under section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, and the Company hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the applicability of the automatic stay as it relates to any such notice being provided; provided that nothing herein shall prejudice any Party’s rights to argue that the giving of notice of default or termination was not proper under the terms of this Agreement.

 

8.9

Notification of Termination

The Company shall inform the Information Agent, who shall promptly notify: (x) each other Party, upon the Company becoming aware that this Agreement may be, or has been, terminated under Clause 8.1 (Automatic termination), 8.2 (Termination by Agreement) or 8.3 (Voluntary Termination); and (y) the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel and the SteerCo Counsel, upon the Company becoming aware that this Agreement may be, or has been, terminated under Clause 8.4 (Individual voluntary termination by holder of Locked-Up Debt).

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

58


Final form

 

9.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

9.1

Subject to Clause 9.2 (Exceptions), any term of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan) may be amended or waived if agreed in writing by the Company and the Majority Consenting Creditors, and any such amendment or waiver shall be binding on all Parties.

 

9.2

Exceptions

 

  (a)

An amendment or waiver of this Agreement (including the Schedules hereto) which:

 

  (i)

changes the terms of the Restructuring (as set out in this Agreement and the Restructuring Term Sheet) in a manner materially adverse to:

 

  (A)

the Participating Lenders as a whole (as determined by the Majority Participating Lenders, acting reasonably) may not be effected without the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders; or

 

  (B)

the Consenting Noteholders as a whole (as determined by the Majority Core Noteholder Group, acting reasonably) may not be effected without the consent of the Majority Consenting Noteholders,

in each case, other than amendments affected pursuant to sub-paragraphs (f) and (g) of this Clause 9.2.

 

  (b)

An amendment or waiver that:

 

  (i)

imposes a materially more onerous obligation on any Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender than is anticipated by this Agreement; or

 

  (ii)

adversely affects any Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender materially disproportionately in comparison to other Consenting Noteholders or Participating Lenders (as applicable) who are affected by the amendment or waiver,

may not be effected without the prior written consent of that Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender.

 

  (c)

An amendment or waiver that relates to or would have the effect of changing the backstop commitments provided by the Backstop Providers to backstop the entirety of the issuance of New Money Notes, or has the effect of changing any of the rights or obligations of the Backstop Providers under the Backstop Agreement may not be effected without the prior written consent of each Backstop Provider (in addition to any other consent requirements under this Agreement).

 

  (d)

An amendment or waiver of this Clause 9 may not be effected without the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders, the Majority Consenting Noteholders and the Enhanced Majority Core Noteholder Group (as defined below), except that a waiver or amendment of clause 9.2(b) will require the consent of each Consenting Creditor.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

59


Final form

 

  (e)

The date and time specified in the definition of “Long-Stop Time” may be extended if agreed between the Company and the relevant creditor majority(ies) specified therein.

 

  (f)

Subject to paragraph (h) of this Clause 9.2 (Exceptions), any amendment or waiver to this Agreement that relates to the rights or obligations of the Noteholders only or the Lenders only, as a class, may be effected with the prior written consent of the Company and the affected class, being the Majority Consenting Noteholders or the Majority Participating Lenders respectively.

 

  (g)

Subject to paragraph (h) of this Clause 9.2 (Exceptions), this Agreement (including the Restructuring Term Sheet and/or the Agreed Steps Plan) may be amended and/or waived to the extent reasonably necessary or desirable to facilitate the implementation of the Restructuring (on terms that are commercially consistent with the Restructuring Term Sheet as a whole) by a Compromise Process, if agreed in writing by (w) the Company; (x) the Majority Core Noteholder Group; (y) the Majority Consenting Noteholders; and (z) the Majority Participating Lenders.

 

  (h)

An amendment or waiver that relates to or would have the effect of changing:

 

  (i)

the terms of the Post-RED Discounted BuyBack (as defined in the Restructuring Term Sheet); or

 

  (ii)

any provision of this Agreement (including the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan) requiring all Eurobonds (other than the PPNs) to be bound by the Restructuring and to receive equal treatment under the Restructuring (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such amendment that would result in any different economic treatment for any series of Eurobonds (other than the PPNs) or that would result in any principal amount of any Eurobond (other than in respect of the PPNs) remaining outstanding after the Restructuring Effective Date and not being exchanged into the Exchange Notes (as defined in the Restructuring Term Sheet)),

may not be effected without the consent of:

 

  (A)

members of the Core Noteholder Group whose principal amount outstanding of Locked-Up Notes Debt (other than Locked-Up Notes Debt in respect of the 2024 MTNs) represents more than 85% by value of the aggregate Locked-Up Notes Debt (other than Locked-Up Notes Debt in respect of the 2024 MTNs) of all members of the Core Noteholder Group at the relevant time (the “Enhanced Majority Core Noteholder Group”);

 

  (B)

the Majority Consenting Noteholders; and

 

  (C)

the Majority Participating Lenders.

 

  (i)

An amendment or waiver that relates to: (i) pricing of; (ii) maturity of; (iii) commitments under; and/or (iv) (except as expressly effected pursuant to Clause 3.4(e) (Specific undertakings by the Company), the governing law of the Facility Agreement (as it is proposed to be amended and restated pursuant to the Restructuring Term Sheet) shall require the consent of each Participating Lender.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

60


Final form

 

  (j)

Any amendment or waiver that relates to a term of an Ancillary Facility shall require the consent of the Participating Lender that provides the relevant Ancillary Facility.

 

9.3

Amendments and waivers generally

 

  (a)

The Company shall promptly notify the Information Agent of a proposed amendment or waiver to this Agreement who shall promptly ask the requisite Parties for their consent to such proposed amendment or waiver.

 

  (b)

An amendment or waiver to this Agreement shall become effective and binding on all Parties on and from the time at which the Information Agent delivers notice to the Parties, confirming the occurrence of any amendment or waiver.

 

  (c)

If any Consenting Creditor does not accept or reject a request made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for any decision, consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any of the terms of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Agreed Steps Plan) within five (5) Business Days of that request being made, for the purposes of ascertaining whether the consent of the requisite Parties has been obtained to approve the same (including for the avoidance of doubt for the purposes of ascertaining the Majority Core Noteholder Group, the Enhanced Majority Core Noteholder Group, the Majority Consenting Noteholders, the Majority Original Consenting Noteholders, the Participating Lenders, or the Majority Participating Lenders), that person’s status as a Consenting Creditor shall be disregarded and the amount of that person’s Locked-Up Debt shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of calculating the approval threshold for such consent, waiver or amendment.

 

  (d)

Any notice, consent, agreement, communication or request which may be made or is required to be made by any member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group under or in connection with this Agreement may be validly given by the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel (including by email) on behalf of any one or more Notes Ad Hoc Group members.

 

  (e)

Any notice, consent, agreement, communication or request which may be made or is required to be made by the Majority Core Noteholder Group under or in connection with this Agreement may, if consenting members of the Notes Ad Hoc Group constitute the Majority Core Noteholder Group, be validly given by the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel (including by email) on behalf of those Notes Ad Hoc Group members.

 

10.

REPRESENTATIONS

 

10.1

Representations of the Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders

With the exception of paragraphs (m) and (n) below, which are made by each Consenting Noteholder only, and paragraph (o) below, which is made by each Additional Consenting Noteholder only, each Consenting Noteholder and Participating Lender makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 10.1 (Representations of the Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders) to each other Party on the date on which it becomes a Party by reference to the facts and circumstances existing on that date, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement (including Clause 1.7 (Repo Arrangements and Restricted Debt)):

 

  (a)

it is duly incorporated (if a corporate person) or duly established (in any other case) and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

61


Final form

 

  (b)

it has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being, and is proposed to be, conducted;

 

  (c)

the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in this Agreement are legal, valid, binding and enforceable, subject to any applicable Reservations;

 

  (d)

the entry into, and performance by it of the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not conflict with any material law or regulation applicable to it or its constitutional documents;

 

  (e)

it has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of this Agreement and (subject to the fulfilment of the conditions to the implementation and consummation of the Restructuring specified in the Restructuring Term Sheet) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

  (f)

all Authorisations required for the performance by it of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to make this Agreement admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation and any material jurisdiction where it conducts its business have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect;

 

  (g)

it is authorised, legally entitled and able to control the exercise and casting of votes, and consenting to any amendments to the Notes Indentures or the Facility Agreement (as applicable) in relation to its Locked-Up Debt to the extent necessary to comply with the terms of this Agreement and promote all relevant approvals for the implementation of the Restructuring;

 

  (h)

it has made its own independent appraisal of, and investigation into, all risks arising in respect of the business of the Company and the Group or under or in connection with the Restructuring, this Agreement and any associated documentation, and has independently concluded that its entry into the Restructuring, this Agreement, and any associated documentation is in its own best interests and (if applicable) the interests of any person it acts for or represents;

 

  (i)

all (if any) Locked-Up Debt held by it subject to Repo Arrangements (other than Restricted Debt) has been reflected in its Confidential Annexure or Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter (as applicable), and the amount of Locked-Up Debt, and any Locked-Up Debt subject to a Repo Arrangement set out in its Confidential Annexure or Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter (other than Restricted Debt) is true and accurate as at the date of such confirmation (provided that the amount of any Locked-Up Debt subject to a Repo Arrangement may be true and accurate within three (3) Business Days of such confirmation);

 

  (j)

it is the legal or beneficial holder of, or investment manager or investment adviser in respect of, its Locked-Up Debt;

 

  (k)

the aggregate principal amount of its Locked-Up Debt constitutes all of the Debt legally and beneficially owned by it, other than any Notes Debt or Facility Agreement Debt held by it as a broker-dealer in its capacity as a Qualified Market-maker;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

62


Final form

 

  (l)

it is not party to any voting arrangement, co-operation agreement or similar agreement with any person which relates to a restructuring of any financial indebtedness of the Group on terms that are inconsistent with the Restructuring;

 

  (m)

it is either: (i) in the United States or a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) and is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, or an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act; or (ii) not a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) and is outside the United States;

 

  (n)

it has the knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Exchange Notes (as defined in the Restructuring Term Sheet) and the New Money Notes, it is able to bear the economic risk of loss of its entire investment, and it has had access to all information and materials it has requested about the Company and the issuer of the Exchange Notes and the New Money Notes in order to make its investment decision; and

 

  (o)

on and from the Second Effective Date, it (or any entity or account it represents) that:

 

  (i)

if outside the United States,

 

  (A)

such person has professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Financial Promotion Order”);

 

  (B)

is a person falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the Financial Promotion Order; or

 

  (C)

is a person to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated,

and further that, it, and each account for which it is acting,

 

  (ii)

 

  (A)

is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation; or

 

  (B)

 

  (1)

is not a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (2)

acknowledges that the provisions of this Agreement are addressed to the 149 largest holders of the Eurobonds by aggregate principal amount in each Member State (other than qualified investors) who agree to the terms of this Agreement; and

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

63


Final form

 

  (3)

agrees that the Company may decline to enter into or terminate this Agreement (with respect to such person, or any entity or account that such person represents) if the Company determines in its sole discretion that such person (or any entity or account that it represents) is not such a holder of the Eurobonds,

in each case, without prejudice and subject to any limitations on the abilities of any Abstaining Creditor as notified to the Company in the relevant Abstaining Creditor’s Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter.

 

10.2

Representations of the Company

The Company makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 10.2 (Representations of the Company): (i) to each Party (as at the First Effective Date), on the First Effective Date; and (ii) to each Party on the Second Effective Date, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation Clause 7 (Limitations)):

 

  (a)

it is duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

  (b)

it has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being, and is proposed to be, conducted;

 

  (c)

the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in this Agreement are legal, valid, binding and enforceable, subject to any applicable Reservations;

 

  (d)

the entry into, and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not conflict with any law or regulation applicable to it or its constitutional documents or any agreement or instrument binding on it or any of its assets;

 

  (e)

it has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of this Agreement (other than the performance of any matters which require the express approval of an extraordinary or annual general meeting of its shareholders);

 

  (f)

all Authorisations required for the performance by it of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than any transactions which would require the express approval of an extraordinary or annual general meeting of its shareholders) and to make this Agreement admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation and any material jurisdiction in which it conducts its business have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect except as expressly set out in the Restructuring Term Sheet;

 

  (g)

neither it, nor any other member of the Group: (x) was the legal owner of, or had any beneficial interest in, any Debt as at the First Effective Date; nor (y) is the legal owner of, or has any beneficial interest in, any Debt as at the Second Effective Date;

 

  (h)

it has not (and none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

64


Final form

 

  (i)

except as otherwise disclosed to the RCF SteerCo Group and the Notes Ad Hoc Group in writing, no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding of or before any court, arbitral body or agency with a disputed value or potential liability (in the reasonable opinion of the Company) in excess of €5 million has been started or threatened against it which may reasonably be expected to restrain its entry into, or the performance of, its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (j)

all material written information and documentation (other than projections and estimates) provided by the Company or any other member of the Group to the other Parties (or their respective advisers) are, to the best knowledge and belief of the information provider (having made reasonable enquiries), and taken as a whole, true and accurate in all material respects as at the date they were provided or (as the case may be) as at the date the information is expressed to be given;

 

  (k)

all projections and estimates provided by the Company or any other member of the Group to any Party or its advisers on or before the date of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any cashflow and liquidity forecasts, cash positions and similar updates) have been prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions which were reasonable at the time at which they were prepared and supplied;

 

  (l)

as far as the Company is aware, no order has been made, petition presented or resolution passed for the winding up of or appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of it or any other member of the Group by any person other than the Company or a member of the Group, and no analogous procedure has been commenced in any jurisdiction.

 

11.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

11.1

The terms of any confidentiality agreement (“Confidentiality Agreement”) entered into by any Participating Lender or any Consenting Noteholder with the Company in respect of the Restructuring shall continue to apply notwithstanding the terms of this Clause 11, and in the event of any conflict between the terms of a Confidentiality Agreement and the terms of this Clause 11, the terms of such Confidentiality Agreement shall prevail. For the avoidance of doubt, the Steering Committee Appointment Letter shall constitute a Confidentiality Agreement for the purposes of this clause.

 

11.2

Subject to Clause 11.3 to Clause 11.6 (inclusive) below, the Company shall (and shall procure that each member of the Group shall) and each Participating Lender and each Consenting Noteholder shall keep confidential the terms of this Agreement and all information provided to it by a member of the Group under this Agreement (the “Confidential Information”).

 

11.3

The Company and/or each member of the Group may disclose:

 

  (a)

this Agreement;

 

  (b)

the aggregate amount of Locked-Up Debt at any time;

 

  (c)

this Agreement (and any related notices) to:

 

  (i)

the Information Agent, provided such party has agreed with the Company to keep the terms of this Agreement confidential;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

65


Final form

 

  (ii)

to the Court as part of the evidence to be submitted in respect of any Compromise Process;

 

  (iii)

as required by the laws, rules or regulations of any country with jurisdiction, or if this Agreement is requested to be disclosed by a court of competent jurisdiction or any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body, or as required by the rules of any relevant listing authority or stock exchange on which the shares of any Party are listed or traded; and

 

  (d)

this Agreement (and any related notices) to any of their Affiliates or Agents, provided that, prior to such disclosure, the relevant Affiliate or Agent has agreed with the Company to keep the terms of this Agreement confidential (unless already bound by law, regulation, or professional duty to keep the same confidential),

provided that (i) any disclosure of this Agreement and/or the Backstop Agreement shall be subject to redaction of the identity of, and each signature page of, each Notes Ad Hoc Group member, RCF SteerCo Group member, Consenting Noteholder, Participating Lender and Backstop Provider, unless required by applicable law or under any Compromise Process; and (ii) this Clause 11.3 shall not permit any disclosure of any Confidential Annexure, other than to the Information Agent and/or the Company Advisers.

 

11.4

Each Participating Lender, each Consenting Noteholder, each Backstop Provider and each member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group may disclose the Confidential Information to:

 

  (a)

any of its Affiliates, Agents and Related Funds;

 

  (b)

any Participating Lender, Consenting Noteholder, Backstop Provider or member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group;

 

  (c)

its statutory auditors in order to comply with its statutory audit requirements;

 

  (d)

the Notes Ad Hoc Group and/or RCF SteerCo Group, any member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group and/or RCF SteerCo Group, and any of the Affiliates and Related Funds of any member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group or the RCF SteerCo Group and their respective Representatives for the purpose of discussing, negotiating, preparing, executing, implementing or consummating the transactions contemplated by the Restructuring, the Restructuring Term Sheet and this Agreement;

 

  (e)

any of its professional advisers, including lawyers, accountants and financial advisers (including the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel, Notes Ad Hoc Group Financial Advisers, SteerCo Counsel and SteerCo Financial Adviser) for the purpose of discussing, negotiating, preparing, executing, implementing or consummating the transactions contemplated by the Restructuring, the Restructuring Term Sheet and this Agreement;

 

  (f)

as required by the laws, rules or regulations of any country with jurisdiction (including to persons to whom information is required by law to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purpose of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes), or if this Agreement is requested to be disclosed by a court of competent jurisdiction or any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body, or as required by the rules of any relevant listing authority or stock exchange on which the shares of any Party are listed or traded; and

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

66


Final form

 

  (g)

any person (a “Participant”) with whom it is proposing to enter, or has entered into, any kind of transfer, participation or other agreement in relation to this Agreement, provided that the Confidential Information that is shared is limited to:

 

  (i)

a copy of this Agreement, subject to the redaction of the identity of, and each signature page of, each Notes Ad Hoc Group member, each RCF SteerCo Group member, each Consenting Noteholder, each Participating Lender and each Backstop Provider; and

 

  (ii)

any information which that Participating Lender or Consenting Noteholder (in its capacity as a Participating Lender or Consenting Noteholder, as applicable) has been provided under this Agreement,

but only if it agrees in writing with such Participant for the benefit of each Participating Lender and Consenting Noteholder (other than the disclosing Participating Lender or Consenting Noteholder, if applicable) and the Company to keep the document or information confidential on the same terms (with consequential changes) as are set out in this Clause 11.4,

provided that any disclosure of this Agreement and/or the Backstop Agreement shall be subject to redaction of the identity of, and each signature page of, each Notes Ad Hoc Group member, RCF SteerCo Group member, Consenting Noteholder, Participating Lender and Backstop Provider, unless required by applicable law.

 

11.5

Each Consenting Creditor agrees that the Company shall not be required to cleanse any of the information provided pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, other than as expressly agreed in accordance with any applicable Confidentiality Agreement.

 

11.6

The restrictions imposed by this Clause 11 shall not apply in respect of any information:

 

  (a)

which is, or becomes, publicly available other than as a direct or indirect result of the information being disclosed by a Party in breach of Clause 11.3 or 11.4 above;

 

  (b)

which was available to the receiving party on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the disclosing Party;

 

  (c)

which was, is or becomes available to the receiving party on a non-confidential basis from a person who, to the disclosing Party’s knowledge, after reasonable enquiry, is not under any confidentiality obligation in respect of that information; and/or

 

  (d)

which has been independently developed by the receiving party;

 

  (e)

which was lawfully known to, or in the possession of the receiving party before the information was disclosed by the disclosing Party, or which is lawfully obtained by the receiving party thereafter (other than from a Party which so far as the receiving party is aware has been obtained in violation of any confidentiality obligation owed to any member of the Group);

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

67


Final form

 

  (f)

which was or is expressly identified at the time of delivery as being non-confidential by any member of the Group or the Company Advisers; and/or

 

  (g)

which is disclosed to the receiving party without their prior consent.

 

12.

PUBLICITY

 

12.1

Without prejudice to Clause 13.1 (Information relating to Locked-up Debt), each Party acknowledges that the Company will make this Agreement publicly available promptly upon the date of this Agreement, including by publication on its website, by a regulatory information service, and by any other reasonable means chosen by the Company subject to redaction of the identity of, and each signature page and Confidential Annexure of, each Notes Ad Hoc Group member, RCF SteerCo Group member, Consenting Noteholder, Participating Lender and Backstop Provider.

 

12.2

Except as permitted by, Clause 12.1 (Publicity) above, and Clause 12.3 below, no announcement regarding or referencing this Agreement or the Restructuring (including the identity of any Consenting Creditor) will be made by or on behalf of any Party (whether publicly or otherwise) other than in the form agreed between the Majority Core Noteholder Group, the RCF SteerCo Group and the Company and, to the extent that such announcement identifies or refers to a Consenting Creditor by name, the relevant Consenting Creditor.

 

12.3

Clause 12.1 (Publicity) above does not apply to any announcement or public statement (i) required or requested to be made by any Governmental Body, banking, taxation or other authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation; or (ii) required to be made in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes. Any Party required to make such an announcement shall, unless the requirement is to make an immediate announcement with no time for consultation or unless otherwise not permitted to do so by law or regulation, consult with the Notes Ad Hoc Group, the RCF SteerCo Group (to the extent party to this Agreement) and the Company before making the relevant announcement.

 

13.

INFORMATION RELATING TO LOCKED-UP DEBT

 

13.1

Subject to Clause 13.2 (Information relating to Individual Holdings), each Party:

 

  (a)

authorises the Company to inform the Parties (and the Notes Ad Hoc Group, and the RCF SteerCo Group) of the aggregate principal amount of Locked-Up Debt held by the Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders from time to time (and the Company shall provide such updates in relation to aggregate holdings of Locked-Up Debt upon reasonable request from the Majority Core Noteholder Group or RCF SteerCo Group); and

 

  (b)

agrees that the Company may in any public announcement refer to the aggregate principal amount of Locked-Up Debt from time to time.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

68


Final form

 

13.2

Information relating to Individual Holdings

Each Party agrees that Individual Holdings are strictly confidential, and it will not make any disclosure to any person, including to any other Party or other Noteholder, which would identify an Individual Holding without the prior written consent of the relevant Consenting Creditor, except:

 

  (a)

if and to the extent required for the purposes of any Compromise Process;

 

  (b)

to the extent required by law, rules, regulation or court order;

 

  (c)

in response to a subpoena, discovery request, or a request from a Governmental Body or securities exchange for information regarding Individual Holdings;

provided, however, that the relevant disclosing party shall use its reasonable efforts to maintain the confidentiality of such Individual Holding in the context of the relevant circumstance described in, as applicable, paragraphs (a) to (c) above and will, to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulation, provide any such Consenting Creditor with prompt notice of any such request or requirement so that such Consenting Creditor may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and the disclosing party will fully cooperate with such Consenting Noteholder’s or Participating Lender’s efforts to obtain the same.

 

13.3

The Parties agree and acknowledge that all Noteholder / Lender Accession Letters, Confidential Annexures, Transfer Certificates, and Proofs of Holdings may be disclosed by the Information Agent to the Company, the Company Advisers, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers, and the SteerCo Advisers provided they each agree not to make any disclosure to any person other than the foregoing, including to any Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender or other Noteholder or Lender, which would identify an Individual Holding on the same terms as Clause 13.2 (Information relating to Individual Holdings).

 

14.

INFORMATION AGENT

 

14.1

The Company has appointed the Information Agent, and the Information Agent shall be responsible for, among other things:

 

  (a)

making a copy of this Agreement available to all Noteholders and Lenders who have certified to the Information Agent their status as such, subject to redaction of the identity of, and any signature page and Confidential Annexure of, Notes Ad Hoc Group members, RCF SteerCo Group members, Backstop Providers, Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders;

 

  (b)

receipt and processing of Noteholder / Lender Accession Letters, Transfer Certificates, Confidential Annexures, and Proofs of Holdings;

 

  (c)

maintaining and updating the Notice Register;

 

  (d)

calculating the amount of:

 

  (i)

the Early Bird Eurobond Consent Fee, Eurobond Consent Fee, Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee and/or Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee payable to each eligible Consenting Noteholder (or, as applicable, Participating MTN Holder); and

 

  (ii)

the RCF Fees payable to each eligible Participating Lender;

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

69


Final form

 

  (e)

monitoring compliance by Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders with the provisions of Clause 3.2 (General Undertakings to Support the Restructuring) and Clause 6 (Transfers); and

 

  (f)

calculating the amount of Locked-Up Debt and Notified Locked-Up Debt held by Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders (as applicable), and as applicable the percentage that Locked-Up Debt or Notified Locked-Up Debt represents of the Notes Debt and Facility Agreement Debt, or the principal amount of the Notes Debt or Facility Agreement Debt,

and, in the absence of manifest error, the decision of the Information Agent in relation to any such calculations which may be required shall be final and may not be disputed by any Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender, and each Consenting Noteholder and Participating Lender in its capacity as such hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives and releases any claims which may arise against the Company or the Information Agent, (save in the case of wilful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence) in each case in relation to the Information Agent’s performance of its roles in connection with this Agreement.

 

14.2

The Information Agent shall be entitled to rely in good faith upon any information supplied to it (including in any Confidential Annexure and any Proof of Holdings).

 

14.3

The Information Agent shall provide any Consenting Creditor with such information relevant to it relating to the calculations referred to above as that person may reasonably request for the purposes of evaluating and checking such calculations and reconciliations, provided that no such information shall be provided where it would or might (in the Information Agent’s reasonable opinion) result in a breach of Clause 13.2 (Information relating to Individual Holdings).

 

15.

CONSENTING NOTEHOLDERS AND NOTES AD HOC GROUP, PARTICIPATING LENDERS AND RCF STEERCO GROUP

 

15.1

Agreements amongst the Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders

This Clause 15 (Consenting Noteholders and Notes Ad Hoc Group, Participating Lenders and RCF SteerCo Group) sets out certain rights and obligations amongst: (i) the Notes Ad Hoc Group and the Consenting Noteholders, and is not intended to impact the rights and obligations of each Consenting Noteholder vis-à-vis any other Party; and (ii) the RCF SteerCo Group and the Participating Lenders, and is not intended to impact the rights and obligations of each Participating Lender vis-à-vis any other Party.

 

15.2

No representation

 

  (a)

Nothing in this Agreement shall create or imply any fiduciary duty, any duty of trust or confidence in any form on the part of the Notes Ad Hoc Group or any member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group (in its capacity as a member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group and not in its capacity as a Noteholder and/or agent (as applicable)) to any other Party or the other Consenting Noteholders under or in connection with this Agreement, a Notes Indenture or the Restructuring.

 

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

70


Final form

 

  (b)

Nothing in this Agreement shall create or imply any fiduciary duty, any duty of trust or confidence in any form on the part of the RCF SteerCo Group or any member of the RCF SteerCo Group (in its capacity as a member of the RCF SteerCo Group and not in its capacity as a Lender and/or facility agent and/or Security Agent (as applicable)) to any other Party, member of the Group, Lender or the other Participating Lenders under or in connection with this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Facility Agreement or the Restructuring.

 

15.3

No Agency

 

  (a)

The Notes Ad Hoc Group is not an agent and does not and will not “act for” or act on behalf of or represent the Noteholders or Consenting Noteholders in any capacity, will have no fiduciary duties to the Noteholders or Consenting Noteholders and will have no authority to act for, represent, or commit the Noteholders or Consenting Noteholders. The Notes Ad Hoc Group and the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers will have no obligations other than those for which express provision is made in this Agreement (and for the avoidance of doubt the Notes Ad Hoc Group and the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers are not under any obligation to advise or to consult with any Noteholder, Consenting Noteholders, or any other party on any matter related to this Agreement).

 

  (b)

The RCF SteerCo Group is not an agent and does not and will not “act for” or act on behalf of or represent the Lenders or Participating Lenders in any capacity, will have no fiduciary duties to the Lenders or Participating Lenders and will have no authority to act for, represent, or commit the Lenders or Participating Lenders. The RCF SteerCo Group and the SteerCo Advisers will have no obligations other than those for which express provision is made in this Agreement (and for the avoidance of doubt the RCF SteerCo Group and the SteerCo Advisers are not under any obligation to advise or to consult with any Lenders, Participating Lenders or any other party on any matter related to this Agreement).

 

15.4

No requirement to disclose information received in other capacities

 

  (a)

No information or knowledge regarding the Company or the Group or their affairs received or produced by any Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender in connection with this Agreement shall be imputed to any other Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender (as applicable) and no Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender shall be bound to distribute or share any information received or produced pursuant to this Agreement to any other Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender (as applicable) to any other Noteholder under a Notes Indenture, or any other Lender under the Facility Agreement (as applicable) or any other person.

 

  (b)

No information or knowledge regarding the Company or the Group or its affairs received or produced by any member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group or the RCF SteerCo Group in connection with this Agreement or the Restructuring shall be imputed to any other member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group or the RCF SteerCo Group (as applicable).

 

15.5

Notes Ad Hoc Group / RCF SteerCo Group may continue to deal with the Company

The Notes Ad Hoc Group members and the RCF SteerCo Group members will remain free to deal with the Company and the Group each on its own account and will therefore not be bound to account to any Party for any sum, or the profit element of any sum, received by it for its own account.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

71


Final form

 

15.6

Consenting Noteholders and Participating Lenders can seek their own advice

Each Consenting Noteholder and Participating Lender acknowledges and agrees that it remains free to seek advice from its own advisers regarding its exposure as a Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender (as applicable) or, for the purpose of discussing, negotiating, preparing, executing, implementing or consummating the transactions contemplated by the Restructuring, the Restructuring Term Sheet and this Agreement and will at all times continue to be solely responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the business, financial condition, creditworthiness, status and affairs of the Company and the Group.

 

15.7

Assumptions as to authorisation

The Notes Ad Hoc Group and the RCF SteerCo Group (and each of their respective Advisers) may assume that (and shall not be required to verify):

 

  (a)

any representation, notice or document delivered to them is genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

  (b)

any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters are within that person’s knowledge or within that person’s power to verify; and

 

  (c)

any communication made by the Company or a member of the Group is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of such person.

 

15.8

Responsibility for documentation

The Notes Ad Hoc Group and the RCF SteerCo Group (and each of their respective Advisers):

 

  (a)

will not be responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by any Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender (as applicable), the Company, the Group or any other person given in or in connection with this Agreement and any associated documentation or the transactions contemplated therein;

 

  (b)

will not be responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, completeness, adequacy or enforceability of the Restructuring, this Agreement or any agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with the Restructuring;

 

  (c)

will not be responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender (as applicable) is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing, market abuse or otherwise;

 

  (d)

will not be responsible for verifying that any information provided to the Consenting Noteholders or Participating Lenders (as applicable) (using reasonable endeavours and usual methods of transmission such as email or post) has actually been received and/or considered by each Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender. Neither the Notes Ad Hoc Group nor the RCF SteerCo Group, nor their respective Advisers shall be liable for any information not being received by any Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender (as applicable);

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

72


Final form

 

  (e)

subject to Clause 20.3(c) (Delivery), shall not be bound to distribute to any Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender (as applicable) or to any other person, any information received by it; and

 

  (f)

shall not be bound to enquire as to the absence, occurrence or continuation of any Default or Event of Default (as such terms are defined in the Notes Indentures or the Facility Agreement), or the performance by the Company, in each case, of its obligations under the Notes Indentures or the Facility Agreement, or any other document or agreement.

 

15.9

Own responsibility

 

  (a)

It is understood and agreed by each Consenting Noteholder and Participating Lender, for the benefit of the Notes Ad Hoc Group and the RCF SteerCo Group (and each of their respective Advisers) respectively, that at all times it has itself been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal of, and investigation into, all risks arising in respect of the business of the Company and the Group or under or in connection with the Restructuring, this Agreement and any associated documentation including, but not limited to:

 

  (i)

the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

  (ii)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, completeness, adequacy and enforceability of any document entered into by any person in connection with the business or operations of the Company or the Group or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, pursuant to or in connection with the Restructuring;

 

  (iii)

whether such Consenting Creditor or Participating Lender has recourse (and the nature and extent of that recourse) against the Company or any other person or any of their respective assets under or in connection with the Restructuring and/or any associated documentation, the transactions therein contemplated, or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, pursuant to or in connection with the Restructuring;

 

  (iv)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Company and advisors or by any other person in connection with the Restructuring, and/or any associated documentation, the transactions contemplated therein, or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, pursuant to or in connection with the Restructuring; and

 

  (v)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any advice obtained by the Notes Ad Hoc Group, the RCF SteerCo Group or the Company in connection with the Restructuring or in connection with the business or operations of the Company or the Group.

 

  (b)

Each Consenting Noteholder and Participating Lender acknowledges to the Notes Ad Hoc Group and the RCF SteerCo Group (as applicable) that it has not relied on, and will not hereafter rely on, the Notes Ad Hoc Group, the RCF SteerCo Group or any of them in respect of any of the matters referred to in paragraph (a) above and that consequently the

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

73


Final form

 

  Notes Ad Hoc Group members nor the RCF SteerCo Group members shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) or responsibility to any Consenting Noteholder or Participating Lender (as applicable) nor any other person in respect of such matters.

 

15.10

Exclusion of liability

 

  (a)

Without limiting paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) below, a member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group or the RCF SteerCo Group will not be liable for any action taken by it (or any inaction) under or in connection with the Restructuring or this Agreement, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

  (b)

Subject to Clause 15.1 (Consenting Noteholders and Notes Ad Hoc Group, Participating Lenders and RCF SteerCo Group), no Party (other than a member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group) may take any proceedings against any director, officer, employee, agent, investment manager, investment adviser, general partner, Affiliate or Related Fund, or any member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group in respect of (i) any claim it might have against the Notes Ad Hoc Group or a member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group or (ii) in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that director, officer, employee, agent, investment manager, investment adviser, general partner, Affiliate or Related Fund of the Notes Ad Hoc Group, in each case, in relation to this Agreement or the Restructuring and any associated documentation or transactions contemplated therein and, without prejudice to Clause 1.3 (Third-party rights) and the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, no such director, officer, employee, agent, investment manager, investment adviser, general partner, Affiliate or Related Fund of the Notes Ad Hoc Group shall be bound by any amendment or waiver of this Clause 15.10(b) (Exclusion of liability) without the consent of such director, officer, employee, agent, investment manager, investment adviser, general partner, Affiliate or Related Fund. Nothing in this paragraph shall limit any liability of a member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group arising from a breach of this Agreement by such member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group or failure to comply with any obligation such member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group has under this Agreement in each case solely in its capacity as a Consenting Creditor.

 

  (c)

Subject to Clause 15.1 (Consenting Noteholders and Notes Ad Hoc Group, Participating Lenders and RCF SteerCo Group), no Party (other than a member of the RCF SteerCo Group) may take any proceedings against any director, officer, employee, agent, investment manager, investment adviser, general partner, Affiliate or Related Fund of any member of the RCF SteerCo Group in respect of (i) any claim it might have against the RCF SteerCo Group or a member of the RCF SteerCo Group or (ii) in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that director, officer, employee, agent, investment manager, investment adviser, general partner, consultant, Affiliate or Related Fund of the RCF SteerCo Group, in each case, in relation to this Agreement or the Restructuring and any associated documentation or transactions contemplated therein and, without prejudice to Clause 1.3 (Third-party rights) and the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, no such director, officer, employee, agent, investment manager, investment adviser, general partner, Affiliate or Related Fund of the RCF SteerCo Group shall be bound by any amendment or waiver of this Clause 15.10(c) (Exclusion of liability) without the consent of such director, officer, employee, agent, investment manager,

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

74


Final form

 

  investment adviser, general partner, Affiliate or Related Fund. Nothing in this paragraph shall limit any liability of a member of the RCF SteerCo Group arising from a breach of this Agreement by such member of the RCF SteerCo Group or failure to comply with any obligation such member of the RCF SteerCo Group has under this Agreement in each case solely in its capacity as a Consenting Creditor.

 

15.11

Additional Provisions Regarding the Consenting Creditors’ Commitments

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall:

 

  (a)

affect the ability of any Consenting Creditor to consult with any other Consenting Creditor, the Obligors, or any other party in interest (including, without limitation, in any Chapter 11 Case, any official committee and the United States Trustee);

 

  (b)

impair or waive the rights of any Consenting Creditor to assert or raise in a Chapter 11 Case, any objection or any other position not prohibited by this Agreement in connection with the Restructuring;

 

  (c)

prevent any Consenting Creditor from enforcing this Agreement or contesting whether any matter, fact, or thing is a breach of, or is inconsistent with, this Agreement;

 

  (d)

limit the rights of a Consenting Creditor in any Chapter 11 Cases, including appearing as a party in interest in any matter to be adjudicated in order to be heard concerning any matter arising in any Chapter 11 Case, so long as the exercise of any such right is not inconsistent with such Consenting Creditor’s obligations hereunder;

 

  (e)

limit the ability of a Consenting Creditor to purchase, sell, or enter into any transactions regarding the claims against or interests in the Obligors, subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions of this Agreement;

 

  (f)

constitute a waiver or amendment of any term or provision of the Finance Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  (g)

constitute a termination or release of any liens on, or security interests in, any of the assets or properties of the Obligors that secure the obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (h)

require any Consenting Creditor to incur, assume, become liable in respect of, or suffer to exist any expenses, liabilities, or other obligations, or agree to or become bound by any commitments, undertakings, concessions, indemnities, or other arrangements that could result in expenses, liabilities, or other obligations to such Consenting Creditor, in each case other than those which are expressly contemplated by this Agreement;

 

  (i)

prevent a Consenting Creditor from taking any action that is required to comply with applicable law;

 

  (j)

prohibit any Consenting Creditor from taking any action that is not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Restructuring;

 

  (k)

obligate a Consenting Creditor to deliver a vote to accept a Chapter 11 plan of reorganisation (or any other Compromise Process Document) or prohibit a Consenting Creditor from withdrawing such vote, in each case, from and after the Termination Date (other than a Termination Date as a result of the occurrence of the consummation of the

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

75


Final form

 

  Restructuring); provided that upon the withdrawal of any such vote after the Termination Date (other than a Termination Date as a result of the occurrence of the consummation of the Restructuring), such vote shall be deemed void ab initio and such Consenting Creditor shall have the opportunity to change its vote; or

 

  (l)

require any Consenting Creditor to take any action which is prohibited by applicable law or to waive or forego the benefit of any applicable legal professional privilege.

 

16.

NOTES AD HOC GROUP COUNSEL

 

16.1

Subject to any provisions to the contrary in any engagement letter between the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel and a Party, to the extent that the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel acts as co-ordinating counsel to any one or more of the Parties in relation to this Agreement, the Restructuring, any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any post-Restructuring activities of the Company or any other member of the Group, each such Party:

 

  (a)

acknowledges that the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel may, subject to its absolute discretion to determine otherwise, in accordance with applicable professional conduct rules, act in any or all of such capacities and shall not be required to disclose to any person any information it may receive in any or all of such capacities;

 

  (b)

waives any claim that the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel’s representation of any or all of them or in any or all of such capacities represents a conflict of interest;

 

  (c)

confirms that it consents to the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel acting for any or all of them; and

 

  (d)

acknowledges and agrees that the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel may assume that (and shall not be required to verify):

 

  (i)

any representation, notice or document delivered to them is genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

  (ii)

any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters are within that person’s knowledge or within that person’s power to verify; and

 

  (iii)

any communication made by the Company or any other member the Group is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all members of the Group.

 

16.2

The Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel shall be entitled to rely on, enforce and enjoy the benefit of this Clause 16 (Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel) as if it were a Party and, notwithstanding Clause 1.3 (Third party rights) or any other provision of this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of this Clause 16 (Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel) or of any other provision in this Agreement that affects the rights and obligations of the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel may be made without its prior written consent.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

76


Final form

 

17.

FACILITY AGREEMENT, ANCILLARY FACILITY AND EXCLUDED DEBT

 

17.1

Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, each Party agrees and acknowledges that:

 

  (a)

save as expressly contemplated pursuant to Schedule 4 (Restructuring Term Sheet) and the restrictions set out in limb (j) of the definition of Enforcement Action (as applied pursuant to Clause 3.5(b)(i)):

 

  (i)

this Agreement does not, and is not intended to, waive, or amend, or otherwise vary any term of any Ancillary Facility, or the right of any person party to any Ancillary Facility to exercise any rights which that person may have under the applicable Ancillary Facility; and

 

  (ii)

each Ancillary Facility shall continue to operate in accordance with its terms, unaffected by the provisions of this Agreement; and

 

  (b)

each Participating Lender shall be free to deal with its Excluded Debt in accordance with its terms, without any restriction pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

18.

SEPARATE RIGHTS

 

18.1

The obligations of each Party under this Agreement are several. Failure by a Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement does not affect the obligations of any other Party under this Agreement. No Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Party under this Agreement.

 

18.2

The rights of each Party under or in connection with this Agreement are separate and independent rights. A Party may separately enforce its rights under this Agreement.

 

19.

SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE

Without prejudice to any other remedy available to any Party, the obligations under this Agreement shall, subject to applicable law, be the subject of specific performance by the relevant Parties. Each Party acknowledges that damages shall not be an adequate remedy for breach of the obligations under this Agreement.

 

20.

NOTICES

 

20.1

Communications in writing

 

  (a)

Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and may be made by letter or by electronic mail.

 

  (b)

The contact details of the Parties for all communications under or in connection with this Agreement are as identified below, or any substitute contact details as a Party may notify to the Information Agent in accordance with Clause 20.2(a) (Change of Addresses):

 

  (i)

in the case of the Company (on behalf of itself and each other Obligor), to:

Intrum AB (publ)

Riddargatan 10, 114 35, Stockholm

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Email:   Niklas.lundquist@intrum.com; jens.kullander@intrum.com;

     emil.folkesson@intrum.com; clo@intrum.com

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

77


Final form

 

with a copy to the Company Counsel:

Milbank LLP, 100 Liverpool Street, London EC2M 2AT

Attn: Yushan Ng, Sarah Levin

Email: MilbankProjectIndoor@milbank.com

 

 

  (ii)

in the case of each Original Consenting Noteholder, those identified in the signature page of that Original Consenting Noteholder;

 

  (iii)

in the case of each Original Participating Lender, those identified in the signature page of that Original Participating Lender to the Amendment and Restatement Agreement;

 

  (iv)

in the case of each Additional Consenting Noteholder, those set out in the Additional Consenting Noteholder’s Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter;

 

  (v)

in the case of each Additional Participating Lender, those set out in the Additional Participating Lender’s Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter;

 

  (vi)

in the case of each Backstop Provider, those set out in the signature page of that Backstop Provider;

 

  (vii)

in the case of an Additional Backstop Provider, those set out in its Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter;

 

  (viii)

in the case of the Company Counsel, to:

Address: Milbank LLP, 100 Liverpool Street, London EC2M 2AT

Email: MilbankProjectIndoor@milbank.com

Attention: Yushan Ng, Sarah Levin

 

  (ix)

in the case of the Company Financial Adviser, to:

Address: Houlihan Lokey, 1 Curzon Street, London, W1J 5HD

Email: Project_Indoor_HL <Project_Indoor_HL@hl.com>

Attention: Manuel Martinez-Fidalgo, Matteo Bezzini

 

  (x)

in the case of the SteerCo Counsel, to:

Address: Clifford Chance LLP, 10 Upper Bank Street, London, E14 5JJ

Email: CCProjectVanir@CliffordChance.com

Attention: John MacLennan, William Steel

 

  (xi)

in the case of the SteerCo Financial Adviser, to:

Address: New Court, St Swithin’s Lane, London EC4N 8AL

Email: ProjectVanir@rothschildandco.com

Attention: Mahir Quraishi, Ioannis Ntarlantanis

 

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

78


Final form

 

  (xii)

in the case of the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel, to:

Address: Latham & Watkins (London) LLP, 99 Bishopsgate, London, EC2M 3XF

Email: ProjectImpetus.lwteam@LW.com

Attention: Yen Sum, Jennifer Brennan and Jack Isaacs.

 

  (xiii)

in the case of the Notes Ad Hoc Group Financial Adviser, to:

Address: PJT Partners, 1 Curzon Street, London W1J 5HD

Email: Project_Impetus@pjtpartners.com

Attention: Mike Wilcox, Andrew Code

 

  (xiv)

in the case of a member of the Notes Ad Hoc Group, those set out next to its name in Schedule 2 (The Notes Ad Hoc Group);

 

  (xv)

in the case of the Information Agent, by:

 

  (A)

email to intrum@is.kroll.com; or

 

  (B)

with respect to a Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter, a Confidential Annexure, a Proof of Holdings, or any other communication expressly permitted by the Information Agent, by digital upload to the Information Agent’s Website,

in each case, as collated and recorded by the Information Agent.

 

20.2

Change of Addresses

 

  (a)

The address and email address (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement is as set out in Clause 20.1 (Communications in writing) or:

 

  (i)

for any Party other than the Information Agent, any substitute address or email address or department or officer as that Party may notify to the Information Agent; or

 

  (ii)

for the Information Agent, any substitute address or email address or department or officer as the Information Agent may notify to the Company, the Consenting Noteholders and the Participating Lenders, the SteerCo Advisers and the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers,

in each case, by not less than five (5) Business Days’ written notice.

 

  (b)

If the Information Agent receives a notice of substitute notice details from a Party pursuant to Clause 20.1(b)(i) above, it shall promptly provide a copy of that notice to all the other Parties, and to the SteerCo Advisers and the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisers.

 

20.3

Delivery

 

  (a)

Any communication under or in connection with this Agreement (including the delivery of any Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter or Transfer Certificate given pursuant to Clause 20.1 (Communications in writing)) will be deemed to be given when actually received (regardless of whether it is received on a day that is not a Business Day or after business hours) in the place of receipt.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

79


Final form

 

  (b)

For the purposes of this Clause 20.3 (Delivery), any communication under or in connection with this Agreement made:

 

  (i)

by or attached to an email will be deemed received only on the first to occur of the following:

 

  (A)

when it is dispatched by the sender to each of the relevant email addresses specified by the recipient, unless for each of the addressees of the intended recipient, the sender receives an automatic non-delivery notification that the email has not been received (other than an out of office greeting for the named addressee) and the sender receives the notification of non-delivery within one hour after dispatch of the email by the sender;

 

  (B)

the sender receiving a message from the intended recipient’s information system confirming delivery of the email; and

 

  (C)

the email being available to be read at one of the email addresses specified by the recipient,

provided that, in each case, the email is in an appropriate and commonly used format, and that any attached file is a pdf, jpeg, tiff or other appropriate and commonly used format.

 

  (ii)

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or two Business Days after being deposited in the post, with postage prepaid, and in an envelope addressed to it at that address.

 

  (c)

For the purposes of this Clause 20.3 (Delivery), any notice, approval, consent or other communication under or in connection with this Agreement:

 

  (i)

to be made by the Company (or on behalf of the Company, the Obligors or any other member of the Group) or the Information Agent (on behalf of the Company, the Obligors, or any other member of the Group), or the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel (on behalf of the Notes Ad Hoc Group) will be deemed to be validly received as if it had been made by the Group or the Notes Ad Hoc Group, as applicable; and

 

  (ii)

to be made to the Notes Ad Hoc Group (or a member thereof) will be deemed to have been validly received by the Notes Ad Hoc Group (or the relevant member thereof) if it is delivered to and actually received by the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel in writing by letter or by email to the notice details specified above; and

 

  (iii)

to be made to an Original Consenting Noteholder will be deemed to have been validly received by the relevant Original Consenting Noteholder if it is delivered to and actually received by such Original Consenting Noteholder in writing by letter or by email to the notice details specified in that Original Consenting Noteholder’s signature page to this Agreement.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

80


Final form

 

20.4

Notice register

 

  (a)

The Information Agent will collate and record each Party’s notice details in a register held by the Information Agent (the “Notice Register”).

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, where a provision of this Agreement requires a Consenting Noteholder to provide any notice to a Participating Lender, or for a Participating Lender to provide notice to any Consenting Noteholder, such obligation shall be satisfied if the relevant Participating Lender or Consenting Noteholder (as applicable) provides notice to the Company (and the Company shall promptly deliver, or instruct the Information Agent to deliver, such notice in accordance with the instructions set forth therein).

 

20.5

English language

Any communication provided under or in connection with this Agreement must be in English.

 

21.

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction: (x) neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired; and (y) the invalid provision will be deemed to be replaced with a legal provision that is as close as possible to the original.

 

22.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

  (a)

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Party, any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm this Agreement unless expressly set out herein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

  (b)

No election to affirm this Agreement on the part of any Party shall be effective unless it is in writing.

 

  (c)

No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise of such right or remedy or of any other right or remedy.

 

  (d)

The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

23.

RESERVATION OF RIGHTS

 

  (a)

Unless expressly provided to the contrary, this Agreement does not amend or waive any Party’s rights under any Notes Indenture or the Facility Agreement (as applicable) or any other documents and agreements, or any Party’s rights as creditors of the Company, or any member of the Group unless and until the Restructuring is consummated (and then only to the extent provided under the terms of the Transaction Documents).

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

81


Final form

 

  (b)

The Parties fully reserve any and all of their rights, until such time as the Restructuring is implemented.

 

  (c)

If this Agreement is terminated by any Party for any reason, the rights of that Party against the other Parties to this Agreement and those other Parties’ rights against the terminating Party shall be fully reserved.

 

24.

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

25.

COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

26.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement and the documents referred to in and/or entered into under this Agreement contain the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement at the date hereof to the exclusion of any terms implied by law which may be excluded by contract and supersedes any previous written or oral agreement between the Parties in relation to matters dealt with in this Agreement.

 

27.

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and all non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

28.

ENFORCEMENT

 

  (a)

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a “Dispute”).

 

  (b)

The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

82


Final form

 

Schedule 1

The Parties

Part A The Obligors

 

No.

  

Name

  

Jurisdiction

  

Registration Number (or
equivalent)

1.    Intrum Intl AB    Sweden    556570-1181
2.    Intrum Holding AB    Sweden    556723-5956
3.    Lock TopCo AS    Norway    913 852 508

Part B RCF SteerCo Group

[Intentionally omitted.]

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

83


Final form

 

Schedule 2

The Notes Ad Hoc Group

[Intentionally omitted.]

[To be inserted]

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

84


Final form

 

Schedule 3

The Original Participating Lenders

[To be inserted]

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

85


Final form

 

Schedule 4

Restructuring Term Sheet

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]

86


Agreed Form

 

Schedule 4

Project Indoor

Restructuring Term Sheet

The term sheet (this “Restructuring Term Sheet”) sets out a summary of the key commercial terms of the proposed Restructuring.

The matters set out in this Restructuring Term Sheet are summary terms only and not intended to include all the terms and conditions which will be set out in full in the final Transaction Documents. This Restructuring Term Sheet remains subject to regulatory, tax and legal structuring advice, commercial due diligence and definitive documentation, and to the satisfaction of all conditions precedent as may be specified in such definitive documentation.

Unless otherwise defined herein, each capitalised term used in this Restructuring Term Sheet shall have the meaning given to that term in the lock-up agreement to which this Restructuring Term Sheet is appended (the “Lock-Up Agreement”). The rules of interpretation set out in clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Lock-Up Agreement shall apply to this Restructuring Term Sheet as though set out in this Restructuring Term Sheet in full.

Nothing in this Restructuring Term Sheet should be deemed an admission or opinion of any person as to the value of any member of the Group or of the Group as a whole, or of its or its Subsidiaries’ assets.

 

Overview
Summary of Restructuring   

Among other things, the Restructuring contemplates:

 

•  The provision of new money to the Group via the issuance of c. €526,315,000 aggregate principal amount of notes by the Issuer (as defined below) on a senior secured 1.5L basis.

 

•  The amendment and/or exchange (the “Exchange”) of the Participating Notes into:

 

•  the exchange notes, which shall have an aggregate principal amount equal to 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the Participating Notes, the terms of which are more particularly set out in Annex 1 (The Exchange Notes) (the “Exchange Notes”); and

 

•  new equity to be issued by the Company, being, as at the Restructuring Effective Date, 10% of the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis, on the terms set out more fully in Annex 2 (The Ordinary Shares) (the “Ordinary Shares”).

 

•  The amendment and restatement of the Facility Agreement including an extension of the term of the Revolving Credit Facility to 30 June 2028, the terms of which are more particularly set out in Annex 4 (Amended/Extended SSRCF Term Sheet) (the “Amended SSRCF”).

 

•  The payment of certain other fees as set forth in this Restructuring Term Sheet.

 

1


Agreed Form

 

Other financial debt   

The Company shall repay the 2024 Eurobonds and 2024 MTNs in full upon their respective maturity dates.

 

The Company shall, at its discretion, repay or refinance the Senior Secured Term Loan in a manner that complies with the terms of the New Money Notes, the Amended SSRCF and the Exchange Notes (or, prior to the Restructuring Effective Date, the Finance Documents and the Lock-Up Agreement).1

Hive Down   

As a condition precedent to the Restructuring Effective Date, the Company will complete the Reorganisation. To the extent not capable of completion prior to the Restructuring Effective Date due to reasons that are beyond the Company’s control (it being acknowledged that the Reorg Steps Plan shall be prepared with a view to all material Reorganisation steps capable of completion being completed prior to the proposed Restructuring Effective Date), the Company will undertake to use all reasonable efforts to complete any remaining steps required to effect the Reorganisation in accordance with the Reorg Steps Plan. If the Company concludes (acting in good faith and acting reasonably) that it is not possible to complete any remaining step(s) having used all reasonable efforts, it shall promptly engage with the Core Noteholder Group and the RCF SteerCo Group and the parties shall consult together to agree (in the case of the Core Noteholder Group, acting by Majority Core Noteholder Group) upon an appropriate solution to determine how to give effect to the remaining steps or any alternative solution (including but not limited to the granting of security over any assets which have not been successfully transferred).

 

Reorg Steps Plan” means the steps plan for the Reorganisation to be agreed by the Company, the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders.

 

Reorganisation” means the intra-group reorganisation as will be more particularly set out in the Reorg Steps Plan whereby all of the Company’s assets (including its shares and other interests in its direct subsidiaries and intellectual property), functions, contracts and employees will be hived down and transferred to a newly created entity incorporated under the laws of Sweden (“MidCo”), which shall be (unless otherwise agreed between the Company, the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group) directly wholly-owned by a newly created entity incorporated under the laws of Sweden (“HoldCo”) that is directly wholly-owned by the Company.

Implementation
Implementation of the Restructuring    The Restructuring shall be implemented in accordance with the terms of this Restructuring Term Sheet, the Lock-Up Agreement and the Steps Plan.

 

1 

Note: The Company, with the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group may agree an alternative approach with respect to the 2025 PPNs.

 

2


Agreed Form

 

Lock-Up Fees
Lock-Up Fees (Consenting Eurobonds)   

Each Consent Fee Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder will be entitled to receive a consent fee equal to 0.50% of the aggregate principal amount of its Locked-Up Eurobond Notes Debt (the “Consent Fee”).

 

Each Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder will be entitled to an early bird consent fee equal to a further 0.50% of the aggregate principal amount of its Locked-Up Eurobond Notes Debt (the “Early Bird Consent Fee”).

 

Entitlements to the Consent Fee and the Early Bird Consent Fee shall be calculated by the Information Agent in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

The Consent Fee and Early Bird Consent Fee shall be paid to each Consent Fee Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder or Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder (as applicable) on the Restructuring Effective Date in additional Exchange Notes (pro rata across all maturities of Exchange Notes) in a principal amount equal to the amount of such fees and shall be denominated in the same currency as that Consenting Eurobond Holder’s Exchange Notes.

Lock-Up Fees (Participating MTNs)   

Each Participating MTN Holder will be entitled to receive a consent fee in respect of each MTN Issuance (other than the 2024 MTNs), equal to 0.75% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes Debt in that MTN Issuance, if (i) the Locked-Up Notes Debt of Consenting Noteholders represents at least 50% by value of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Notes Debt under that relevant MTN Issuance by no later than the Consent Fee Deadline and (ii) the relevant quorum requirements under the MTN Terms and Conditions are met and Consenting Noteholders representing at least 50% by value of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Notes Debt under that relevant MTN Issuance vote in favour of any matter requiring approval under the MTN Terms and Conditions or otherwise in connection with or in relation to the Restructuring (the “Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee”).

 

Each Participating MTN Holder will be entitled to receive a further consent fee in respect of each MTN Issuance (other than the 2024 MTNs), equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes Debt in that MTN Issuance, if:

 

(a)   (i) the Locked-Up Notes Debt of Consenting Noteholders represents at least 90% by value of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Notes Debt under that relevant MTN Issuance and (ii) the relevant quorum requirements under the MTN Terms and Conditions are met and Consenting Noteholders representing at least 90% by value of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Notes Debt under that relevant MTN Issuance vote in favour of any matter requiring approval under the MTN Terms and Conditions or otherwise in connection with or in relation to the Restructuring; or

 

3


Agreed Form

 

  

(b)   all Participating MTNs are subject to the Exchange pursuant to a Compromise Process,

 

(the “Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee”).

 

The Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee and the Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee shall be paid to each Participating MTN Holder (as applicable) on the Restructuring Effective Date in additional Exchange Notes (pro rata across all maturities of Exchange Notes) in a principal amount equal to the amount of such fees and shall be denominated in the same currency as that Participating MTN Holder’s Exchange Notes.

Lock-Up Fees (Participating Lenders)   

Each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender under the Existing SSRCF that accedes to the Lock-up Agreement on or before the Lock-Up Deadline will be entitled to receive a non-refundable fee equal to:

 

•  0.50% of its RCF Commitments payable in cash on the earlier of:

 

•  Implementation Milestone 1 Payment Deadline calculated by reference to its RCF Commitments as at the Implementation Milestone 1 Date; and

 

•  Implementation Milestone 2 Payment Deadline calculated by reference to its RCF Commitments as at 22 November 2024

 

(the “RCF Forbearance Fee”); and

 

•  0.50% of its RCF Commitments payable in cash on the Restructuring Effective Date (and subject to the occurrence of the Restructuring Effective Date) calculated by reference to its RCF Commitments as at the Restructuring Effective Date (the “RCF Lock-Up Fee”); and

 

•  if the RCF Forbearance Fee has not been paid by the Restructuring Effective Date nor will be paid on the Restructuring Effective Date, 0.50% of its RCF Commitments as at the Restructuring Effective Date payable in cash on the Restructuring Effective Date (the “RCF Closing Fee”).

 

If any Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender is required to repay its RCF Forbearance Fee (or any part thereof) to the Company or any member of the Group as a result of a successful preference claim in a Compromise Process (the “Repaid Fee”), such Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender shall be entitled to an additional fee in an amount equal to the Repaid Fee which shall be payable in cash on the Restructuring Effective Date.

Agreed Exchange Rate    For the purposes of all calculations under this Term Sheet, the equivalent to an amount in EUR or SEK, as the context requires, shall be calculated using the Agreed Exchange Rate on the banking day falling immediately prior to the relevant date.

 

4


Agreed Form

 

ANNEX 1

THE EXCHANGE NOTES

 

Terms of the Exchange Notes
Issuer    HoldCo (or such other member of the Group as may be agreed between the Company, the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group) (the “Issuer”)
Issue Date    Restructuring Effective Date
Guarantors    As per New Money Notes
Guarantor Coverage Test    As per New Money Notes
Trustee    Kroll Trustee Services Limited or such other trustee as may be agreed by the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (each acting reasonably and in good faith)
Security Agent    Nordic Trustee or such other agent as may be agreed by the Company, the RCF SteerCo Group and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (each acting reasonably and in good faith)
Amount   

Equal to 90% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of all Participating Notes as at the Restructuring Effective Date (anticipated to be c. €2,965 million (equivalent) in aggregate) plus the amount of all Consent Fees, Early Bird Consent Fees, Simple Majority MTN Consent Fees and Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fees.

 

Minimum denominations to be agreed by the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (each acting reasonably and in good faith).

Term   

Four (or more, where any portion or tranche of the Exchange Notes are to be denominated in SEK) separate series of Exchange Notes will be issued in the following amounts (or the equivalent in SEK in respect of any portion or tranche of the Exchange Notes that is to be denominated in SEK, requiring separate series):

 

•  20% of the aggregate amount (anticipated to be c. €593m (equivalent)) to mature on 11 September 2027 (the “2027 Exchange Notes”);

 

•  25% of the aggregate amount (anticipated to be c. €741m (equivalent)) to mature on 11 September 2028 (the “2028 Exchange Notes”);

 

•  25% of the aggregate amount (anticipated to be c. €741m (equivalent)) to mature on 11 September 2029 (the “2029 Exchange Notes”); and

 

•  30% of the aggregate amount (anticipated to be c. €889m (equivalent)) to mature on 11 September 2030 (the “2030 Exchange Notes”).2

 

2 

Note: Indicated tranche sizes are exclusive of Consent Fees, Early Bird Consent Fees, Simple Majority MTN Consent Fees and Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fees to be capitalised.

 

5


Agreed Form

 

Currency   

EUR for all Participating Eurobonds.

 

SEK for all Participating MTNs

OID    None.
Coupon   

2027 Exchange Notes: 7.75%

 

2028 Exchange Notes: 7.75%

 

2029 Exchange Notes: 8.50%

 

2030 Exchange Notes: 8.50%

Interest Period   

3 months (the “Interest Period”), the first Interest Period commencing on the Restructuring Effective Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding Interest Period.

 

Interest on the Exchange Notes will be payable on the last day of each Interest Period, in each case payable in arrear and computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

Default Interest    Interest will accrue on overdue principal or interest, to the extent lawful, at a rate per annum equal to 1% over the then current interest rate on the relevant Exchange Notes until such amount (plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon) is paid in full.
Amortization    None
Optional Redemption & Call Protection   

NC2; provided that, (i) during the non-call period, the Exchange Notes may be redeemed at 100% plus a customary “make-whole” premium and (ii) this provision relating to Option Redemption & Call Protection shall not apply to the extent that the Exchange Notes are redeemed using the Available Cash Amount pursuant to the Cash Flow Waterfall.

 

On or following the date falling two years after the Restructuring Effective Date, the Exchange Notes may be optionally redeemed by the Issuer at par plus accrued interest.

 

Exchange Notes may be redeemed upon not less than ten and no more than 60 calendar days’ notice.

 

The Issuer shall be permitted to issue conditional or revocable notices of optional redemption.

 

The Exchange Notes will also contain tax redemption provisions consistent with the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture, provided that any Change in Tax Law must be publicly announced.

 

Other than pursuant to:

 

(i) the following paragraph; or

 

6


Agreed Form

 

  

(ii)  the repurchase of Exchange Notes pursuant to (x) a reverse Dutch auction in which each series of Exchange Notes is offered the opportunity to participate or (y) fixed-price (per series) tender offer which is made pro rata across each series of Exchange Notes,

 

any notice of redemption or offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes must be applied across all series of Exchange Notes on a pro rata basis.

 

In connection with certain tender offers for the Exchange Notes, if holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of an outstanding series of Exchange Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such series of Exchange Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such a tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases, all of the Exchange Notes of such series validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Issuer or such third party will also have the right to redeem the Exchange Notes of such series that remain outstanding in whole, but not in part, following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other holder of such series of Exchange Notes.

 

The optional redemption provisions will be otherwise consistent with the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture.

Repurchase following Change of Control    As per the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture.
Collateral    As per the Agreed Security Principles, including the same collateral as will benefit the amended & restated Facility Agreement and including a pledge over all shares in MidCo and HoldCo.
Ranking   

2L

 

Pari passu with the RCF and New Money Notes in right of payment and liens priority; junior to the RCF and New Money Notes as to proceeds of enforcement of Transaction Security, guarantee claims, receipts or recoveries following a Distress Event or other Payment Stop (including from Debtors) and turnover.

Clearing    Euroclear / Clearstream
Listing    Listing on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (or such other exchange as the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group may agree) with effect from the Restructuring Effective Date.
Rating    The Company and the Issuer to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain issue ratings in respect of the Exchange Notes from any two of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event by no later than the date falling three months after the Restructuring Effective Date; no minimum rating requirement.
Allocation    Each Participating Noteholder shall receive its Pro Rata Share of the Exchange Notes, being a pro rata strip of Exchange Notes across all maturities.3

 

3 

Note: The Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group may agree a pro rata allocation mechanism which enables Participating Noteholders to elect to receive certain tranches of Exchange Notes, provided that such elections shall not change the amount/maturity of any tranche, and oversubscribed amounts in a tranche shall be reallocated on a pro-rata basis to the other tranches.

 

7


Agreed Form

 

Treatment of Accrued Interest    All accrued unpaid interest in respect of the Participating Notes shall be paid in cash in full on the Restructuring Effective Date.
Cash Flow Waterfall    As per the New Money Notes
Enhanced Reporting    As per the New Money Notes
Information Undertakings    As per the New Money Notes
Single Point of Enforcement    As per the New Money Notes
Permitted Holdco Reorganisation    As per the New Money Notes
Change of Control    As per the New Money Notes
Other Covenants & Terms    Other covenants and terms to be the same as those under the existing 2026 Eurobonds Indenture, subject to changes set out in Annex 7 (Exchange Notes and New Money Notes: Common Terms).
Governing Law & Jurisdiction    State of New York

 

8


Agreed Form

 

ANNEX 2

THE ORDINARY SHARES

 

Ordinary Shares
Allocation   

Participating Eurobonds:

 

(a)   If the Restructuring is not implemented by way of a Compromise Process, each Participating Eurobond Holder that is or becomes a Party to the Lock-Up Agreement as a Consenting Noteholder prior to the Consent Fee Deadline and remains a Consenting Creditor on and has not materially breached the Lock-Up Agreement prior to the Restructuring Effective Date shall be entitled to receive its Lock-Up Pro Rata Share of the Ordinary Shares—Eurobonds, which shall be issued on the Restructuring Effective Date; or

 

(b)   If the Restructuring is implemented by way of a Compromise Process, each Participating Eurobond Holder shall be entitled to receive its Eurobond Pro Rata Share of the Ordinary Shares – Eurobonds, which shall be issued on the Restructuring Effective Date.

 

Participating MTNs:

 

Each Participating MTN Holder shall be entitled to receive its MTN Pro Rata Share of the Ordinary Shares - MTNs provided that:

 

(a)   the Locked-Up Notes Debt of Consenting Noteholders represents at least 90% by value of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Notes Debt under each MTN Issuance; or

 

(b)   all Participating MTNs are subject to the Exchange pursuant to a Compromise Process,

 

the Ordinary Shares – Eurobonds, together with the Ordinary Shares – MTNs,“Share Entitlements” and each Participating Holder that is eligible to receive Share Entitlements, an “Entitled Noteholder”.

 

The Share Entitlements shall be issued by the Company on a fully diluted basis.

Clearing    Euroclear Sweden
Claiming Entitlements   

Share Entitlements will be issued directly to any Entitled Noteholder (or its Nominee(s)) that has confirmed its details (including the details of a securities account that is compatible with Euroclear Sweden) to the Information Agent by no later than the date falling 10 Business Days prior to the Restructuring Effective Date (or such other time and date as the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group may agree). Any Entitled Noteholder that has not confirmed its details by this date shall have its Share Entitlements allocated to the Holding Period Trust (defined below).

 

If any Entitled Noteholder is unable, owing to fund constitutional or binding governance reasons, to receive its Share Entitlements or to nominate a Nominee to receive its Share Entitlements, such Share Entitlements shall be allocated to a trustee to be held on customary terms for a fixed period of 12 months

 

9


Agreed Form

 

   following the Restructuring Effective Date (unless claimed) (the “Holding Period Trust”). Any unclaimed Share Entitlements held by the trustee at the end of such fixed period shall be liquidated and the net proceeds held on trust for a further fixed period for the relevant Entitled Noteholders to claim. Upon the expiry of the later fixed period, the trustee will deliver any unclaimed proceeds to the Company.

 

10


Agreed Form

 

ANNEX 3

THE NEW MONEY NOTES

 

Terms of the New Money Notes
Issuer    HoldCo (or such other member of the Group as may be agreed between the Company, the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group)
Guarantors   

The Company and such other members of the Group that are required to become guarantors in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles and the Guarantor Coverage Test (including all guarantors of the RCF and the Exchange Notes from time to time).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no:

 

(i) Fund Co-Investment Vehicle shall be required to provide a guarantee; or

 

(ii)  Target Group (as defined in Annex 7 (Exchange Notes and New Money Notes: Common Terms)) that is subject to the terms of Acquired Debt (as defined in Annex 7 (Exchange Notes and New Money Notes: Common Terms)) incurred in accordance with the Amended SSRCF, Exchange Notes Indenture and New Money Notes Indenture (or any Refinancing Indebtedness (as defined in Annex 7 (Exchange Notes and New Money Notes: Common Terms)) in respect of such Acquired Debt), shall be required to provide a guarantee for so long as such Acquired Debt (or such Refinancing Indebtedness) remains in place.

Guarantor Coverage Test   

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, each Material Company (as defined in the Agreed Security Principles) plus such other members of the Group as are required to ensure that (i) the aggregate of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the New Money Notes indenture, Exchange Notes indenture and Amended SSRCF) (“EBITDA”) of the Guarantors represents not less than 85% of Consolidated EBITDA (except that the EBITDA of a member of the Group will, if less than zero, be treated as zero for the purposes of such calculation), (ii) the aggregate total assets of the Guarantors represents not less than 85% of the aggregate total assets of the Group and (iii) the aggregate total revenue of the Guarantors represents not less than 85% of total revenues of the Group.

 

To be calculated in each case on an unconsolidated basis excluding all intra-group items tested and satisfied as at the Issue Date and thereafter tested annually by reference to each set of annual financial statements required to be delivered under the Amended SSRCF, New Money Notes indenture and/or Exchange Notes indenture, and to be satisfied within 60 days thereafter. For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no default if the Guarantor Coverage Test is not satisfied as a result of members of the Group not being required to provide guarantees in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles.

 

11


Agreed Form

 

Trustee    Kroll Trustee Services Limited or such other trustee as may be agreed by the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (each acting reasonably and in good faith).
Security Agent    Nordic Trustee or such other agent as may be agreed by the Company, the RCF SteerCo Group and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (each acting reasonably and in good faith).
Escrow Agent    Kroll Agency Services Limited or such other agent as may be agreed by the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (each acting reasonably and in good faith).
Amount & Purpose   

c. €526,315,000 (equivalent) aggregate principal amount of New Money Notes. The New Money Notes may be denominated in (i) Euro, in minimum denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof or (ii) SEK, in minimum denominations of SEK 1,250,000 and integral multiples of SEK 10,000 in excess thereof.

 

Proceeds to be applied by the Issuer for one or more discounted buybacks of the Exchange Notes through fixed-price tender offers or reverse Dutch auction tender offers, provided that:

 

a)  the Exchange Notes are repurchased at a discount to the outstanding principal amount; and

 

b)  if the buyback is:

 

i.   by way of fixed-price (per series) tender offer, the tender offer is made pro rata across each series of the Exchange Notes. If the tender offer is not fully subscribed in a particular series of the Exchange Notes (any amount not subscribed for being the “Series Shortfall”), the Issuer may undertake a further tender offer in respect of such series of Exchange Notes only in an amount equal to the Series Shortfall; or

 

ii.  by way of reverse Dutch auction tender offer, each series of Exchange Notes is offered the opportunity to participate in the reverse Dutch auction,

 

(each a “Discounted BuyBack”).

 

The Company shall, subject to the escrow arrangements set out below, use the New Money Notes proceeds for the Post-RED Discounted BuyBack (as set out below).

 

Any refinancing of debt in respect of the 2027 Exchange Notes shall be treated in the same manner as the Exchange Notes for the purpose of the New Money Notes.

 

12


Agreed Form

 

Post-RED Discounted BuyBack   

If the Restructuring is not implemented by way of a Compromise Process, on or prior to the Restructuring Effective Date each Consenting Noteholder shall be given the option to elect whether it wishes to tender its notes pursuant to a fixed-price tender offer to be undertaken by the Issuer within 60 days of the Restructuring Effective Date for a total of €250 million (or a lesser amount, if not fully subscribed) of the Exchange Notes, pro rata across each series of the Exchange Notes to all tendering Consenting Noteholders at a price equal to 94.4% of the face value of the Exchange Notes.

 

If the Restructuring is implemented by way of a Compromise Process, within 60 days of the Restructuring Effective Date, the Issuer shall undertake a fixed-price tender offer to all holders of Exchange Notes made for a total of €250 million (or a lesser amount, if not fully subscribed) of the Exchange Notes, pro rata to all tendering holders of Exchange Notes across each series of the Exchange Notes at a price equal to 94.4% of the face value of the Exchange Notes.

 

The Issuer shall be entitled to consummate the redemption of any Exchange Notes validly tendered, pro rata across all holders of the Exchange Notes who validly tender their Exchange Notes.

Currency    EUR, provided that any New Noteholder may elect to subscribe in SEK.
Issue Date    On or about Restructuring Effective Date.
Escrow   

All cash proceeds of the issuance of the New Money Notes shall be paid into an escrow account on the Issue Date (the “Escrow Account” and the balance of proceeds standing to the credit of the Escrow Account being the “Escrow Proceeds”).

 

The Escrow Proceeds shall be released, from time to time, by the Escrow Agent to the Issuer, subject only to the receipt by the Escrow Agent of an officer’s certificate by the Issuer to the Escrow Agent with a copy to the trustee of the New Money Notes, during the period prior to (but excluding) the date falling twelve months after the Issue Date (the “Escrow Longstop Date”), certifying that the Escrow Proceeds to be released will be used to complete a Discounted BuyBack (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a Post-RED Discounted BuyBack) and pay accrued and unpaid interest and additional amounts, if any, on any Exchange Notes repurchased in such Discounted Buyback.

 

Escrow Special Mandatory Redemption: 0–4 months

 

In the event that, at any time prior to the date that is four (4) months following the Issue Date, the Issuer determines in its sole discretion that it will not undertake any further Discounted BuyBack using the Escrow Proceeds (or any portion thereof), the Issuer shall redeem the New Money Notes using the Escrow Proceeds (other than any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Proceeds) on a pro rata basis at a redemption price equal to 98% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Money Notes that are being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Proceeds shall be remitted to the Issuer’s designated account for its own account.

 

13


Agreed Form

 

  

Escrow Special Mandatory Redemption: 5–8 months

 

In the event that, at any time on or after the date that is four (4) months following the Issue Date but prior to the date that is eight (8) months following the Issue Date, the Issuer determines in its sole discretion that it will not undertake any further Discounted BuyBack using the Escrow Proceeds (or any portion thereof), the Issuer shall redeem the New Money Notes using the Escrow Proceeds (other than any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Proceeds) on a pro rata basis at a redemption price equal to 99% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Money Notes that are being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Proceeds shall be remitted to the Issuer’s designated account for its own account.

 

Escrow Special Mandatory Redemption: 9–12 months

 

In the event that (i) any Escrow Proceeds remain in the Escrow Account on the Escrow Longstop Date or (ii) at any time on or after the date that is eight (8) months following the Issue Date but prior to the Escrow Longstop Date, the Issuer determines in its sole discretion that it will not undertake any further Discounted BuyBack using the Escrow Proceeds (or any portion thereof), the Issuer shall redeem the New Money Notes using the Escrow Proceeds (other than any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Proceeds) on a pro rata basis at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Money Notes that are being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and any interest that has accrued on the Escrow Proceeds shall be remitted to the Issuer’s designated account for its own account.

 

Escrow Account Bank Interest

 

Any interest accruing on the Escrow Proceeds shall be for the account of the Issuer.

Term    New Money Notes shall fall due on a date to be agreed between the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group that is after 30 June 2027 but on or prior to 31 December 2027.
Coupon    8% cash coupon, accruing on the aggregate principal amount of the New Money Notes
Issue Price    98%
Interest Period   

3 months (the “Interest Period”), the first Interest Period commencing on the Issue Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding Interest Period

 

Interest on the New Money Notes will be payable on the last day of each Interest Period, in each case payable in arrear and computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

 

14


Agreed Form

 

Default Interest    Interest will accrue on overdue principal or interest, to the extent lawful, at a rate per annum equal to 1% over the then current interest rate on the relevant New Money Notes until such amount (plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon) is paid in full.
Amortization    None
Optional Redemption & Call Protection   

NC1; provided that, during the non-call period, the New Money Notes may be redeemed at 100% plus a customary “make-whole” premium.

 

On or following the date falling one year after the Issue Date, the New Money Notes may be optionally redeemed by the Issuer at par plus accrued interest.

 

New Money Notes may be redeemed upon not less than ten and no more than 60 calendar days’ notice.

 

The Issuer shall be permitted to issue conditional or revocable notices of optional redemption.

 

The New Money Notes will also contain tax redemption provisions consistent with the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture, provided that any Change in Tax Law must be publicly announced.

 

In connection with certain tender offers for the New Money Notes, if holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding New Money Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such New Money Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such a tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases, all of the New Money Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Issuer or such third party will also have the right to redeem the New Money Notes that remain outstanding in whole, but not in part, following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other holder of New Money Notes.

 

The optional redemption provisions will be otherwise consistent with the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture.

Repurchase following Change of Control    As per the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture.
Collateral    As per the Agreed Security Principles, including the same collateral as will benefit the Amended SSRCF and including a pledge over all shares in Midco and HoldCo; plus a pledge over the escrow account holding the Escrow Proceeds (provided that the RCF and Exchange Notes shall not benefit from the pledge over the escrow account)
Ranking   

1.5L

 

Pari passu with the RCF and Exchange Notes in right of payment and liens priority; junior to RCF but senior to Exchange Notes as to proceeds of enforcement of Transaction Security, guarantee claims, receipts or recoveries following a Distress Event or other Payment Stop (including from Debtors) and turnover.

Clearing    Euroclear / Clearstream

 

15


Agreed Form

 

Listing    Listing on the Securities Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (or such other exchange as the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group may agree) with effect from the Issue Date
Rating    The Company and the Issuer to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain issue ratings in respect of the Exchange Notes from any two of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event by no later than the date falling three months after the Issue Date; no minimum rating requirement.
Participation   

Participation to be offered to all Participating Noteholders, each of whom may elect to subscribe for an amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the New Money Notes. Each such Participating Noteholder may nominate one or more Nominees to participate on its behalf.

 

New Money Notes to be allocated to those New Noteholders (or Nominees) which have delivered a duly executed notes purchase agreement on or before the date falling ten Business Days prior to the Issue Date and to be dated on or after the date falling ten Business Days prior to the Issue Date, which shall be confirmed by the Company to all New Noteholders or Nominees (as applicable).

Backstop    New Money Notes to be backstopped by the Backstop Providers pursuant to the Backstop Agreement.
Backstop Fee   

In consideration for their backstop of the New Money Notes, each Backstop Provider will receive its pro rata share of a Backstop Fee in an aggregate amount equal to 3% of the aggregate principal amount of New Money Notes. The Backstop Fee will be set off in full on the Issue Date against the Purchase Price (as defined in the Backstop Agreement) payable by such Backstop Provider in respect of the New Money Notes to be issued to such Backstop Provider

 

The Backstop Fee will otherwise be paid in cash to each Backstop Provider in accordance with the Backstop Agreement.

Conditions Precedent   

Occurrence of the Restructuring Effective Date.

 

Customary documentary conditions precedent to be specified in the notes purchase agreement.

Enhanced Reporting    Contained in Annex 7 (Exchange Notes and New Money Notes: Common Terms) and Annex 8 (Enhanced Reporting Package)
Information Undertakings   

Requirement for the Company to notify the Security Agent if:

 

1.  a New Licence (as defined in the Group Covenants & Baskets section below) is issued;

 

2.  a member of the Group acquires any Person that is subject to a licence which would require regulator consent or notification upon a change of control; or

 

3.  due to a change in law (subject to its awareness having made reasonable enquiries from time to time) or a change in an existing member of the Group’s licence conditions, regulatory consent or notification would be required for a change of control of that member of the Group.

 

16


Agreed Form

 

Single Point of Enforcement   

Covenants in relation to the single point of enforcement, as follows:

 

•  The definition of Change of Control shall also include a limb that it will be a Change of Control if the Company ceases to own directly 100% of the issued shares in Holdco (other than as part of a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation) or if Holdco ceases to own directly 100% of the issued shares in Midco or, if a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation has occurred, if the Company ceases to own directly 100% of the issued shares in Intermediate Holdco or if Intermediate Holdco ceases to own directly 100% of the issued shares in Holdco.

 

•  The permissions set out in Section 5.01 (Merger and Consolidation) in the 2026 Eurobond Indenture as such provisions shall be incorporated in the Exchange Notes Indenture shall not apply as between the Company and Holdco and as between Holdco and Midco and, if a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation has occurred, as between the Company and Intermediate Holdco and as between Intermediate Holdco and Holdco.

 

•  A prohibition on the Company owning shares in any person except Holdco, any RED Direct Subsidiaries (as defined in the Agreed Security Principles set out in Annex 6 (Agreed Security Principles) of the Restructuring Term Sheet), a prohibition on Holdco owning shares in any person except Midco and, if a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation has occurred, a prohibition on the Company owning shares in any person except Intermediate Holdco or any RED Direct Subsidiaries (as defined in the Agreed Security Principles set out in Annex 6 (Agreed Security Principles) of the Restructuring Term Sheet) and a prohibition on Intermediate Holdco owning shares in any person except Holdco.

 

•  A requirement shall be included that the Company and Holdco act as holding companies only and, if a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation has occurred, a requirement that Intermediate Holdco act as a holding company only.

 

•  A prohibition shall be included on (A) the Company incorporating or acquiring new Subsidiaries except (i) Holdco and (ii) as part of a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation (as defined below) and (B) Holdco incorporating or acquiring new Subsidiaries other than Midco and (C) if a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation has occurred, Intermediate Holdco incorporating or acquiring new Subsidiaries other than Holdco.

 

•  A requirement shall be included that any downstream loans from (i) the Company to any of Holdco’s Subsidiaries must be routed via Holdco (or if applicable an Intermediate Holdco, after a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation), (ii) Holdco to any of Midco’s Subsidiaries must be routed via Midco, (iii) any member of the Group are made only to such member’s immediate subsidiary(ies) and (iv) if a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation has occurred, Intermediate Holdco to any of Holdco’s Subsidiaries must be routed via Holdco.

 

17


Agreed Form

 

  

•  Unless materially detrimental due to tax or regulatory reasons or where to do so would have a materially negative impact on the balance sheet of any Group Company, HoldCo shall procure that (i) any New Licence is obtained by a newly incorporated direct wholly owned subsidiary of MidCo or a Group Company that currently holds a regulated licence from a regulator in the same jurisdiction or (ii) where this is not possible and the New Licence is required to be obtained by an entity within a regional sub-group, that such regional sub-group is directly owned by MidCo.A

 

New Licence” shall be a new or renewed debt or credit servicing licence that would require regulatory approval prior to any enforcement or change of control.

 

Licence” shall be a debt or credit servicing licence (other than a New Licence) that would require regulatory approval prior to any enforcement or change of control.

 

•  Unless materially detrimental due to tax, regulatory reasons or where contrary to applicable laws or regulation or where to do so would have a materially negative impact on the balance sheet of any Group Company, HoldCo shall procure that in the event that any existing entity becomes subject to a Licence, such entity (to the extent it is not already the case) is moved so that it is directly wholly owned by (i) Midco or by a Group Company that currently holds a regulated licence from a regulator in the same jurisdiction or (ii) where this is not possible and such entity is within a regional sub-group, that such regional sub-group is directly owned by MidCo

 

•  HoldCo shall procure that any regulated entity that it acquires, incorporates or otherwise establishes is directly wholly owned by Midco (or where such entity is within a regional sub-group, that such regional sub-group is directly owned by Midco).

 

Permitted Holdco Reorganisation   

The Company shall be permitted to hold shares in Holdco via a newly incorporated intermediate subsidiary (“Intermediate Holdco”) which shall be wholly owned by the Company, subject to:

 

•  The prior written consent of the Security Agent (acting on the instruction of the majority of holders) being obtained.

 

•  Security being granted by (i) the Company over its shares in Intermediate Holdco and (ii) Intermediate Holdco over its shares in Holdco.

 

•  Security being granted by (i) the Company over intra-group receivables owed to it by Intermediate Holdco and (ii) Intermediate Holdco over intra-group receivables owed to it by Holdco.

 

Intermediate Holdco acceding as a Guarantor under the Indenture.

Change of Control    Change of Control threshold of 30%.
Other Covenants & Terms    Other covenants and terms to be the same as those under the existing 2026 Eurobonds Indenture, subject to changes set out in Annex 7 (Exchange Notes and New Money Notes: Common Terms).

 

18


Agreed Form

 

Cash Flow Waterfall   

Concurrently with providing consolidated year-end financial accounts, the Issuer will provide the Trustee with a certificate confirming (i) that the Additional Capex did not exceed the Additional Capex Limit during that financial year; and (ii) the Available Cash Amount for the immediately succeeding financial year (the “Certificate”).

 

The Issuer shall apply all of the Available Cash Amount during the relevant financial year towards, in the following order of priority:

 

(i) first, undertaking (a) one or more tender offers which is made pro rata across each series of Exchange Notes provided that the Company shall have discretion to consummate the redemption of any such Exchange Notes validly tendered or (b) a reverse Dutch auction provided each series of Exchange Notes is offered the opportunity to participate (each a “Tender Offer”);

 

(ii)  second, at the same time and by the same amount, towards: (1) cancellation of: (A) the Total Commitments and limb (ii) of the Servicing Sub-Limit and (B) after reduction of limb (ii) of the Servicing Sub-Limit to zero, the Total Commitments alone; and (2) prepayment of Utilisations at par (with each defined term in this limb (ii) having the meaning given to it in the Amended SSRCF);

 

(iii)  third, once the Utilisations under the Amended SSRCF have been prepaid in full and the Commitments under the Amended SSRCF have been cancelled in full, redeeming Exchange Notes pro rata across each series; and

 

(iv) fourth, once the Exchange Notes are fully repaid and/or repurchased, repaying or repurchasing the New Money Notes, the Super Senior Term Loan and/or any other secured debt permitted to be incurred under the New Money Notes Indenture (each redemption or repayment under (ii), (iii) and (iv), a “Repayment”).

 

Not less than 20 Business Days prior to undertaking any Tender Offer or making any Repayment, the Issuer shall deliver a certificate to the Trustee confirming that, on a pro forma basis for the Tender Offer or Repayment, the Issuer is projected to have sufficient cashflow to meet its Debt Service and Additional Capex for the next twelve months. To the extent that the Issuer (acting reasonably and in good faith) is unable to provide such confirmation, the Available Cash Amount shall be reduced by such amount as is necessary to ensure that the Issuer has sufficient cashflow to meet its Debt Service and Additional Capex for the next twelve months.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be permitted to use any cash on balance (including the Available Cash Amount) to repay and redraw the RCF at any time and in accordance with its terms provided that the Commitments are not cancelled other than pursuant to any Debt Service or a Repayment, and provided that any voluntary repayment that does not result in any cancellation of such Commitments shall not reduce the Available Cash Amount.

 

 

19


Agreed Form

 

  

Additional Capex” means Capex for (i) meeting forward flow commitments, (ii) replenishment and (iii) investments in portfolios (directly or indirectly, including via M&A and any Investments in Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles (and any re-investments, rollovers or any extension of investment (including via proceeds from asset sales) by the Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle (each a “Re-Investment”), in each case, with any Re-Investment being treated as new Capex)), in each case to the extent permitted by the New Money Notes Indenture, and in an amount per year (on an aggregate basis) not to exceed the greater of (the “Additional Capex Limit”):

 

(a)   the Capex amount for the relevant financial year set out in the Business Plan (“Business Plan Capex”); and

 

(b)   Maximum Capex.

 

Additional Capex:

 

(a)   may not exceed Business Plan Capex for the relevant financial year as a result of acquisitions of Acquired Businesses (as defined in Annex 7 (Exchange Notes and New Money Notes: Common Terms));

 

(b)   may exceed Business Plan Capex for the relevant financial year (but may not exceed Maximum Capex) as a result of Portfolio Acquisitions (as defined in Annex 7 (Exchange Notes and New Money Notes: Common Terms)) if the Consolidated Net IRR (as defined in Annex 7 (Exchange Notes and New Money Notes: Common Terms)) for such Portfolio Acquisitions that exceed the Business Plan Capex is at least 14%.

 

Available Cash Amount” means, with respect to a financial year, (i) Excess Cash as of 31 December of the immediately prior financial year less:

 

(a)   amounts projected for (i) Debt Service and (ii) Capex for that financial year; and

 

(b)   SEK 2.5bn, which the Group shall be entitled to retain on balance sheet.

 

Capex” means any expenditure or obligation in respect of expenditure which, in accordance with the applicable accounting principles, is treated as capital expenditure (and Additional Capex, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Investments in Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles (including any Re-Investments, in each case, with any Re-Investment being treated as new Capex) shall be deemed for these purposes to constitute Capex).

 

Debt Service” means, with respect to a financial year, all scheduled interest payments, scheduled principal payments (excluding repayments of the RCF in connection with rollover loans under the Facility Agreement (as amended, restated or replaced in connection with the Restructuring)) and mandatory repayments or similar (including any mandatory repayment of the RCF in accordance with the Facility Agreement (as amended, restated or replaced in connection with the Restructuring)) for that financial year with respect to the RCF, the Exchange Notes, the New Money Notes, the Super Senior Term Loan and all other debt permitted to be incurred under the New Money Notes Indenture.

 

Excess Cash” means, with respect to a financial year, the opening cash balance as at 1 January of the relevant financial year:

 

20


Agreed Form

 

  

plus, without any double counting:

 

(a)   Consolidated EBITDA with adjustments to be agreed by the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group, including in relation to (i) non-cash items, (ii) amounts paid in cash in relation to taxes, (iii) cash dividends paid in compliance with the New Money Notes restrictions to any person that is not a member of the Group, (iv) fees and expenses paid in relation to any financing or M&A (subject to the restrictions in the New Money Notes Indenture), (v) exceptional items, (vi) adjustments in working capital and (vii) in respect of EBITDA of a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle, the product of (x) such EBITDA and (y) the percentage shareholding (or equivalent including in respect of any Disqualified Stock, Preferred Stock or Non-Recourse Obligations at the applicable redemption values) of all shareholders (or holders of similar interests) of such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle that are members of the Restricted Group; and

 

(b)   proceeds from (i) Asset Dispositions (as defined in, and subject to the restrictions on Asset Dispositions set out in, New Money Notes Indenture) and other dispositions to be agreed by the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (including non-ordinary course dispositions that would otherwise be excluded from the definition of Asset Dispositions as a result of de minimis thresholds) but excluding proceeds from sales of equity or other interests to third parties in connection with synthetic sales that are carved out from the Asset Dispositions covenant (as set out in the New Money Notes Indenture) and (ii) asset dispositions by a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle in an amount equal to the product of (x) the proceeds of such asset disposition and (y) the percentage shareholding (or equivalent including in respect of any Disqualified Stock, Preferred Stock or Non-Recourse Obligations at the applicable redemption values) of all shareholders (or holders of similar interests) of such Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle that are members of the Restricted Group (but excluding proceeds from sales of equity or other interests to third parties in connection with synthetic sales that are carved out from the Asset Dispositions covenant (as set out in the New Money Notes Indenture)),

 

less:

 

(a)   Capex;

 

(b)   Debt Service; and

 

(c)   Tender Offers and Repayments other than any Discounted BuyBack using New Money Notes proceeds,

 

in each case during that financial year.

 

Maximum Capex” means EUR 330m per year plus any unutilized amount from previous years carried forward.

 

21


Agreed Form

 

Governing Law & Jurisdiction    State of New York

 

22


Agreed Form

 

ANNEX 4

AMENDED/EXTENDED SSRCF TERM SHEET

 

23


Agreed Form

 

Amended/Extended SSRCF Term Sheet

Terms not otherwise defined herein have the meaning given to them in the revolving credit facility agreement, among Intrum AB and Swedbank AB, among others, originally dated 6 December 2019 (as amended, the Existing SSRCF and as it will be amended in accordance with the terms of this term sheet, the Amended SSRCF) and in the Project Indoor restructuring term sheet (the “Restructuring Term Sheet”) which forms Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet) of the lock-up agreement dated 10 July 2024 (the Lock-up Agreement) (as amended pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 15 August 2024 (the ARA) and/or Appendix 3 (ERC-Related Key Definitions) to this Annex.

 

Borrower    Holdco, a direct wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company and the sole shareholder of Midco

Facility Agent /

Security Agent

   Nordic Trustee
Commitments   

On or prior to the Effective Date (as defined in the ARA), the Company shall cancel Original Facility Commitments such that the Total Original Facility Commitments shall be reduced to no greater than €1,100m (the resulting Total Original Facility Commitments as of such date being the “Effective Date RCF Commitments”) (the “Initial Cancellation”). Contemporaneously with the Initial Cancellation, the Company shall prepay in cash one or more Loans (the “Pre-Paid Loans”) in an amount equal to the portion of Net Available Cash from the Cerberus Asset Disposition (estimated at approximately €500m) at par in satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under s1.05(a) of Schedule 18 of the Existing SSRCF to apply such portion of the Net Available Cash from the Cerberus Asset Disposition towards prepayment of the Existing SSRCF. The SteerCo Group will waive any Break Costs that would arise for the benefit of the SteerCo Lenders individually in relation to the Pre-Paid Loans.

 

With effect from the Restructuring Effective Date, the amount of Effective Date RCF Commitments that may be utilised by way of Utilisation, Ancillary Commitments or Fronted Ancillary Commitments shall not, by reference to the applicable Testing Date, exceed: the lower of (i) the Total Commitments at such time and (ii) the sum of the NPL Sub-Limit and the Servicing Sub-Limit, where:

 

(a)   ”NPL Sub-Limit” means 35% of Midco Group Net ERC;

 

(b)   “Servicing EBITDA” means “Servicing EBIT” (calculated on a 12 month basis) for the Group plus the portion of depreciation and amortisation allocated to the “Servicing” segment (in each case, as set out in the most recent consolidated financial statements for the Company)1.

 

(c)   ”Servicing Sub-Limit”, means the lesser of (i) the Total Commitments less the NPL Sub-Limit, (ii) €200m and (iii) 0.75x Servicing EBITDA (for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements are available); and

 

1 

NTD: Company to calculate these figures on the same basis throughout the life of the Amended SSRCF provided that any new asset management revenue streams (including any “asset-lite” revenue streams) shall be taken into account going forward as applicable (for the avoidance of doubt, this shall not include any collections).

 

1


  

(d)   “Testing Date” means:

 

i.   each Quarter Date;

 

ii.  the date of completion of any ERC Sale (whether in a single transaction or a related series of transactions) where the net consideration for all such ERC Sales exceeds EUR 30,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate in any 12 month period;

 

iii.   at the Company’s option, the date of completion of any ERC Purchase; and

 

iv.   the date of submission of each Utilisation Request.

 

With effect from the Restructuring Effective Date, to the extent that the aggregate Base Currency Amount of Utilisations, Ancillary Commitments and Fronted Ancillary Commitments exceeds the sum of the NPL Sub-Limit and Servicing Sub-Limit, in each case as at the applicable Testing Date (the “Excess”) (by reference to the relevant Compliance Certificate delivered in relation to that Testing Date) or, for a Testing Period under paragraph (iv) thereof, the Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with the below), the Company shall, within 20 Business Days of the date of delivery of the relevant Compliance Certificate evidencing the amount of such Excess or, for a Testing Date under paragraphs (ii), (iii) or (iv) thereof, within 20 Business Days of the relevant Testing Date, repay Utilisations and/or cancel Ancillary Commitments or Fronted Ancillary Commitments and prepay corresponding Ancillary Outstandings in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Excess.

 

With respect to the delivery of any Utilisation Request and any Testing Date under paragraph (iv) of that definition, the relevant Utilisation Request delivered on that Testing Date shall be delivered with a Compliance Certificate2 showing the amount of any Excess (per above) or alternatively any available capacity by reference to the sum of the NPL Sub-Limit and the Servicing Sub-Limit less the aggregate Base Currency Amount of Utilisations, Ancillary Commitments and Fronted Ancillary Commitments (the “Available Commitments”) in each case as at the relevant Testing Date (and for avoidance of doubt the Borrower shall only be permitted to utilize Total Commitments on the relevant Utilisation Date to which that Utilisation Request relates, to the extent that (on a pro forma basis) the Available Commitments would not be exceeded). A drawstop will be added and the Utilisation Request will contain a representation to this effect.

 

Purpose    For financing or refinancing working capital requirements and/or general corporate purposes but excluding the repayment or redemption of any Indebtedness (excluding for avoidance of doubt the operation of rollover loans under the Amended SSRCF itself).

 

2 

NTD: for avoidance of doubt, the compliance certificate will contain the matters referred to in the ERC financial definitions rider in footnote 2.

 

2


Optional Currencies    As per Existing SSRCF with appropriate updates to reflect GBP, SEK, NOK and DKK being the only Optional Currencies.
Interest Period    As per Existing SSRCF.
Margin / Margin Ratchet:    The Margin ratchet under the Amended SSRCF shall be as set out below (subject to the below section “Default Interest”):

 

Net Leverage Ratio

   Margin  

Greater than 3.50:1

     3.75

Equal to or less than 3.50:1 but greater than 3.00:1

     3.25

Equal to or less than 3.00:1 but greater than 2.50:1

     2.75

Equal to less than 2.50:1

     2.55

 

   Margin ratchet provisions to otherwise be as per the Existing SSRCF.
Default Interest:    While an Event of Default is continuing, the applicable Margin shall be 4.75% per annum. For the avoidance of doubt, no further default interest shall be payable pursuant to clause 12.3 of the Existing SSRCF.
Upfront Fee    Each Lender under the Amended SSRCF as at the Restructuring Effective Date shall receive a non-refundable upfront fee payable in cash of 3.93125% of their Effective Date RCF Commitments payable on the Restructuring Effective Date and subject to the Restructuring Effective Date occurring.
RCF Fees   

Each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender under the Existing SSRCF that accedes to the Lock-up Agreement on or before the Lock-Up Deadline will be entitled to receive a non-refundable fee equal to:

 

•  0.50% of its RCF Commitments payable in cash on the earlier of:

 

•  Implementation Milestone 1 Payment Deadline calculated by reference to its RCF Commitments as at the Implementation Milestone 1 Date; and

 

•  Implementation Milestone 2 Payment Deadline calculated by reference to its RCF Commitments as at 22 November 2024 (the “RCF Forbearance Fee”); and

 

•  0.50% of its RCF Commitments payable in cash on the Restructuring Effective Date (and subject to the occurrence of the Restructuring Effective Date) calculated by reference to its RCF Commitments as at the Restructuring Effective Date (the “RCF Lock-Up Fee”); and

 

•  if the RCF Forbearance Fee has not been paid by the Restructuring Effective Date nor will be paid on the Restructuring Effective Date, 0.50% of its RCF Commitments as at the Restructuring Effective Date payable in cash on the Restructuring Effective Date (the “RCF Closing Fee”).

 

If any Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender is required to repay its RCF Forbearance Fee (or any part thereof) to the Company or any member of the Group as a result of a successful preference claim in a Compromise Process (the “Repaid Fee”), such Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender shall be entitled to an additional fee in an amount equal to the Repaid Fee which shall be payable in cash on the Restructuring Effective Date.

 

 

3


   For the purposes of this section, terms not defined in this section shall have the meaning given to them in the Lock-Up Agreement.
Termination Date    30 June 2028, or, if earlier, the final maturity date of any RED Temporally Senior Debt that is incurred in contravention of the section titled “Temporally Senior Debt” below.
Amortisation    None
Temporally Senior Debt   

With effect from the Restructuring Effective Date, the Group may not incur (or allow to remain outstanding) any Indebtedness referred to in paragraphs (1), (2), (7) and (8) of that definition3, that has a final maturity date which is earlier than 30 June 2028 (“RED Temporally Senior Debt”) other than:

 

(a)   any Indebtedness to the extent the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed (the “Fixed Amount”):

 

i.   €7554 million; plus

 

ii.  an amount equal to the aggregate consent fees paid to Participating Noteholders in the form of 2027 Exchange Notes (the “2027 PIK Lock Up Fee”) (provided that the aggregate amount of such 2027 PIK Lock Up Fee that is taken into account in this paragraph (ii) may not exceed the lower of (1) 20% of the total consent fees that will be payable to the Participating Noteholders and (ii) €6.6 million;

 

(b)   proceeds of the New Money Notes up to the aggregate principal amount of €526,315,000 (including any fees payable thereunder); and

 

(c)   intra-group Indebtedness that is subject to the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

The amounts referred to above shall be reduced on a euro for euro basis to the same extent that the aggregate principal amount of any RED Temporally Senior Debt that is outstanding as at the Restructuring Effective Date and which is included in those amounts is repaid, redeemed or otherwise discharged in each case after the Restructuring Effective Date.

Mandatory Prepayments    As per the Existing SSRCF.
Information Undertakings   

As per Existing SSRCF and as set forth under “Enhanced Reporting”. In addition:

 

•  requirement to provide an annual budget within 45 days of the start of each Financial Year;

 

3 

NTD: Portfolio Assets funded by way of deferred consideration shall be treated, for the purpose of the Portfolio Acquisitions basket, as having completed on the date the Group acquires control of the Portfolio Assets and not on the date on which the deferred purchase price is paid.

4 

NTD: constituting the aggregate of (i) EUR 580m 2027 Exchange Notes (excl. of 2025 PPNs being subject to the Exchange), (ii) EUR 100m Term Loan and (iii) EUR 75m 2025 PPNs. If the MTNs and existing Eurobonds are not exchanged into Exchange Notes in full, or the EUR 100m Term Loan or EUR 75m 2025 PPNs are reduced prior to the Restructuring Effective Date, the EUR 755m amount will be reduced correspondingly.

 

4


  

•  requirement for the Company to notify the Security Agent if:

 

1.  a New Licence (as defined in the Group Covenants & Baskets section below) is issued;

 

2.  a member of the Group acquires any Person that is subject to a licence which would require regulator consent or notification upon a change of control; or

 

3.  due to a change in law (subject to its awareness having made reasonable enquiries from time to time) or a change in an existing member of the Group’s licence conditions, regulatory consent or notification would be required for a change of control of that member of the Group.

 

Clause 23.13 (Alternative Reporting) under the Existing SSRCF shall not be included in the Amended SSRCF.

Enhanced

Reporting

   Contained in Annex 8 (Enhanced Reporting Package) of the Restructuring Term Sheet and in the “Reporting Requirements—Other Requirements” section of Appendix 2 (RCF Covenants Package) of this term sheet.

Financial

Covenant

   A Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio financial covenant shall be included in the Amended SSRCF and shall be tested on a quarterly basis. The Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed the levels set out below in respect of the Relevant Period ending on the applicable Quarter Date below.

 

Quarter Date

   Covenant Level  

31 March 2025

     5.60:1  

30 June 2025

     5.45:1  

30 September 2025

     5.10:1  

31 December 2025

     5.00:1  

31 March 2026

     5.00:1  

30 June 2026

     4.95:1  

30 September 2026

     4.70:1  

31 December 2026

     4.65:1  

31 March 2027

     4.60:1  

30 June 2027

     4.60:1  

30 September 2027

     4.35:1  

31 December 2027

     4.15:1  

31 March 2028

     3.95:1  

 

  

Mulligan

 

•  During the financial years ending 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2026:

 

1.  no Default in respect of the financial covenant shall occur unless the Company breaches the financial covenant in respect of two consecutive Relevant Periods (in which case, any Default shall only occur after the expiry of the applicable Cure Deadline if no sufficient Cure Amount is received) (a “Mulligan”), provided that any further Mulligan may not be exercised until such time as there have been two successive Relevant Periods in compliance with the financial covenant after the Relevant Period in respect of which a previous Mulligan was exercised; and

 

 

5


  

 

2.  if the Company breaches the financial covenant once, (1) the Company shall on request by the Facility Agent: (i) grant cost cover to the Finance Parties for advisers in respect of any matters relating to, and arising out of, the breach of the financial covenant, together with any contingency planning and/or enforcement planning that the Majority Lenders consider (acting reasonably) may be required in such situation (provided that (A) only one legal adviser and one financial adviser may be appointed in each jurisdiction, (B) any fees in respect of such advisers shall be incurred on customary terms and for ongoing advice (and shall not include one-off success or similar fees) and (C) the Facility Agent shall provide reasonably detailed documentary evidence (including quotes and invoices) in respect of such fees on request by the Company), (ii) provide detailed written information regarding the cause of the breach of the financial covenant and the steps being taken to address such breach and (iii) pay Interest at the Default Interest rate specified above, and (2) the Lenders shall be entitled to communicate freely between themselves, in each case until such time as the Company is once again in compliance with the financial covenant in respect of a financial quarter (as evidenced by the delivery of the relevant Compliance Certificate).

 

•  Subject to the above, the Mulligan shall not be taken into account for the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA, Margin or for any other permission, usage or purpose under the Finance Documents.

 

•  The Mulligan may not be exercised in respect of the two Relevant Periods immediately following the Relevant Period in respect of which an Equity Cure was exercised.

 

Equity Cure

 

Equity cure right to be based on the Existing SSRCF, adapted to reflect:

 

•  The Cure Amount being made available to Midco (such Cure Amount to be received by Midco through downstream loans and/or new equity injections from Holdco (and Holdco in turn shall receive such Cure Amount through downstream loans and/or new equity injections from the Company)).

 

•  The covenant being recalculated as if debt had been reduced by the Cure Amount (and not for the avoidance of doubt as if Consolidated EBITDA had increased by the Cure Amount), but without any requirement for prepayment and/or cancellation of the Cure Amount.

 

•  The Cure Amount shall not be taken into account for the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA, Margin or for any other permission, usage or purpose under the Finance Documents, except to the extent it is actually applied in prepayment of debt under the SSRCF (with a corresponding cancellation of Commitments) in which case it will be taken into account only for the purpose of calculating debt.

 

•  The equity cure right shall not be used more than twice or in two consecutive quarters and may not be used in respect of the two Relevant Periods immediately following the Relevant Period in respect of which a Mulligan was exercised.

 

•  Overcures shall be permitted.

 

•  The Cure Amount shall only be taken into account for the purposes of calculations in respect of the test date in respect of which it is utilised and shall not be taken into account for the purposes of Testing thereafter except to the extent the proceeds of such Cure Amount remain as cash on the balance sheet of the Group.

 

6


Group Covenants & Baskets   

As set out in Appendix 2 (RCF Covenants Package) of this term sheet.

 

In addition, the following covenants shall apply in respect of the Amended SSRCF:

 

(a)   Covenants in relation to the single point of enforcement, as follows:

 

i.   Change of Control: this shall also include a limb that it will be a Change of Control if the Company ceases to own directly 100% of the issued shares in Holdco (other than as part of a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation) or if Holdco ceases to own directly 100% of the issued shares in Midco or, if a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation has occurred, if the Company ceases to own directly 100% of the issued shares in Intermediate Holdco or if Intermediate Holdco ceases to own directly 100% of the issued shares in Holdco.

 

ii.  The permissions set out in 1.07 (Merger and Consolidation – the Company) and 1.08 (Merger and Consolidation – Subsidiary Guarantors) of Schedule 18 (Covenants) in the Existing SSRCF as such provisions shall be incorporated in the Amended SSRCF shall not apply as between the Company and Holdco and as between Holdco and Midco and, if a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation has occurred, as between the Company and Intermediate Holdco and as between Intermediate Holdco and Holdco.

 

iii.   A prohibition on the Company owning shares in any person except Holdco, any RED Direct Subsidiaries (as defined in the Agreed Security Principles set out in Annex 6 (Agreed Security Principles) of the Restructuring Term Sheet), a prohibition on Holdco owning shares in any person except Midco and, if a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation has occurred, a prohibition on the Company owning shares in any person except Intermediate Holdco or any RED Direct Subsidiaries (as defined in the Agreed Security Principles set out in Annex 6 (Agreed Security Principles) of the Restructuring Term Sheet) and a prohibition on Intermediate Holdco owning shares in any person except Holdco.

 

iv.   A requirement shall be included that the Company and Holdco act as holding companies only and, if a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation has occurred, a requirement that Intermediate Holdco act as a holding company only.

 

v.  A prohibition shall be included on (A) the Company incorporating or acquiring new Subsidiaries except (i) Holdco and (ii) as part of a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation (as defined below) and (B) Holdco incorporating or acquiring new Subsidiaries other than Midco and (C) if a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation has occurred, Intermediate Holdco incorporating or acquiring new Subsidiaries other than Holdco.

 

vi.   A requirement shall be included that any downstream loans from (i) the Company to any of Holdco’s Subsidiaries must be routed via Holdco (or if applicable an Intermediate Holdco, after a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation), (ii) Holdco to any of Midco’s Subsidiaries must be routed via Midco, (iii) any member of the Group are made only to such member’s immediate subsidiary(ies) and (iv) if a Permitted Holdco Reorganisation has occurred, Intermediate Holdco to any of Holdco’s Subsidiaries must be routed via Holdco.

 

 

7


  

vii.  Unless materially detrimental due to tax or regulatory reasons, HoldCo shall procure that (i) any New Licence is obtained by a newly incorporated direct wholly owned subsidiary of MidCo or a Group Company that currently holds a regulated licence from a regulator in the same jurisdiction or (ii) where this is not possible and the New Licence is required to be obtained by an entity within a regional sub-group, that such regional sub-group is directly owned by MidCo. The Majority Lenders shall agree to consider in good faith any dispensation required from this covenant where it would have a materially negative impact on the balance sheet on any Group Company.

 

A “New Licence” shall be a new or renewed debt or credit servicing licence that would require regulatory approval prior to any enforcement or change of control.

 

Licence” shall be a debt or credit servicing licence (other than a New Licence) that would require regulatory approval prior to any enforcement or change of control.

  

viii.  Unless materially detrimental due to tax, regulatory reasons or where contrary to applicable laws or regulation, HoldCo shall procure that in the event that any existing entity becomes subject to a Licence, such entity (to the extent it is not already the case) is moved so that it is directly wholly owned by (i) Midco or by a Group Company that currently holds a regulated licence from a regulator in the same jurisdiction or (ii) where this is not possible and such entity is within a regional sub-group, that such regional sub-group is directly owned by MidCo. The Majority Lenders shall agree to consider in good faith any dispensation required from this covenant where it would have a materially negative impact on the balance sheet on any Group Company.

 

ix.   HoldCo shall procure that any regulated entity that it acquires, incorporates or otherwise establishes is directly wholly owned by Midco (or where such entity is within a regional sub-group, that such regional sub-group is directly owned by Midco).

 

(b)   New Money Notes shall only be permitted up to the aggregate principal amount of €526,315,000 (including any fees payable thereunder) or, if lower, the amount specified in the Amount & Purpose Section of Annex 3 (The New Money Notes) of the Restructuring Term Sheet, and provided that:

 

i.   (A) no more than €250 million of the €500 million cash proceeds of the New Money Notes (the “Cash Proceeds”) is applied towards the Post-RED Discounted Buyback and (B) the remaining Cash Proceeds of the New Money Notes are applied towards Discounted Buybacks which are deleveraging for the Group on an all-in cost basis, and are conducted at a discount of 5% or more;

 

8


  

 

ii.  at least €100 million of the proceeds from the New Money Notes (the “Relevant New Money Notes Proceeds”) must be applied for Discounted BuyBacks of the 2027 Exchange Notes; and

 

iii.   to the extent that as at the date falling 12 months after the Restructuring Effective Date, any amount of the Relevant New Money Notes Proceeds has not been applied towards Discounted BuyBacks of the 2027 Exchange Notes (the “Residual Proceeds”), the Company must repay, repurchase or redeem the New Money Notes (A) in an amount equal to the Residual Proceeds at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Money Notes that are being redeemed and (B) in compliance with the Escrow Special Mandatory Redemption provisions;

 

(c)   The New Money Notes and the 2027 Exchange Notes shall (i) each have a final maturity date falling after 30 June 2027 but on or before 31 December 2027 and (ii) have respective final maturity dates that fall no more than 3 months apart.

 

(d)   No redemption, prepayment or buyback of Indebtedness ahead of its scheduled maturity shall be permitted other than (i) with the proceeds of the New Money Notes (up to an aggregate principal amount of €500,000,000) which have been applied in accordance with paragraph (b) i. noted above, (ii) pursuant to the Cash Flow Waterfall or (iii) with the proceeds of new equity or Indebtedness that is permitted under the Amended SSRCF (using other available basket capacity for debt incurrence) and which matures at least six months after the Amended SSRCF provided that the Group shall apply such proceeds first to redeem, prepay or buyback the RED Temporally Senior Debt.

 

(e)   The Company shall only be entitled to incur Indebtedness that constitutes Headroom Liabilities (as defined in Annex 5 (Intercreditor Agreement Principles) of the Restructuring Term Sheet) if such Indebtedness (i) matures at least six months after the Amended SSRCF and (ii) has economic terms no worse than the New Money Notes (with the only relevant economic terms being those which are cash).

 

(f)   Holdco (as issuer of the New Money Notes) will, subject to compliance with the terms of the New Money Notes documents, use reasonable endeavours to maximise the proceeds of the New Money Notes used for buying back 2027 Exchange Notes.

 

(g)   Holdco (as issuer of the New Money Notes) will not amend the purpose, pricing or maturity of the New Money Notes without the consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

(h)   Holdco, as Issuer of the New Money Notes, will not apply any Available Cash Amounts in compliance with the Cash Flow Waterfall unless it has repaid any Utilisations which constitute an Excess as determined as at the most recent Testing Date, unless the Available Cash Amounts are attributable to the proceeds of an Asset Disposition, in which case the Excess shall be determined as at the date of the Asset Disposition.

 

(i) The Company will use reasonable endeavours to reduce existing Lenders’ Commitments pro rata by €75 million in aggregate, by bringing in an additional Lender (as notified to the RCF SteerCo Group) on the Restructuring Effective Date with a Commitment of €75m.

 

9


MFN   

As at the Restructuring Effective Date, the Amended SSRCF will benefit from (i) the same Transaction Security and guarantees as the Exchange Notes, the New Money Notes, the Piraeus Facility, any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance the Piraeus Facility and (if applicable) any other Indebtedness in respect of which the relevant creditors have acceded to the Intercreditor Agreement) (together the “MFN Indebtedness”) and (ii) substantially the same information undertakings, negative undertakings and positive undertakings (to the extent relevant in respect of the Amended SSRCF) (the “Common Undertakings”) as the MFN Indebtedness (for avoidance of doubt, (A) with such technical amendments as are required to reflect the fact that such undertakings are included in a revolving credit facility loan agreement and (B) without prejudice to any additional or better undertakings which are provided to the Lenders under the Amended SSRCF as at the Restructuring Effective Date).

 

The Company will also agree that, until the date of repayment and discharge in full of the Amended SSRCF, it will not (i) offer any Security and/or guarantees to the creditors of the MFN Indebtedness or any refinancing of the MFN Indebtedness that is not also offered to the Lenders under the Amended SSRCF or (ii) offer any improved (from a Lender perspective) terms under or respect of the Common Undertakings, or provide any additional information undertakings, positive undertakings (to the extent such positive undertakings would be relevant in respect of the Amended SSRCF) or negative undertakings (including any financial maintenance covenant) to the creditors of the MFN Indebtedness or any refinancing of the MFN Indebtedness that are not also offered to the Lenders under the Amended SSRCF.

Tender Offer Notes Repayment Condition   

The Amended SSRCF will contain a provision (the “Tender Offer Notes Repayment Condition”) which requires that:

 

(a)   in respect of any Tender Offer referred to in (1) of the Cash Flow Waterfall in the Restructuring Term Sheet, amounts of Available Cash Amount may only be applied towards such Tender Offers in priority to the Amended SSRCF to the extent that (i) the relevant Exchange Notes that are the subject of such Tender Offer are redeemed at a discount of 5% or more and (ii) the Company is in compliance with the requirements in the “Commitments” section as to the NPL Sub-Limit and Servicing Sub-Limit and any obligations as to any Excess as referred to therein; and

 

(b)   the Company must (1) cancel: (A) the Total Commitments and limb (ii) of the Servicing Sub Limit and (B) after the reduction of limb (ii) of the Servicing Sub Limit to zero, the Total Commitments alone; and (2) prepay Utilisations at par under the Amended SSRCF, in each case, in an amount equal to the Mandatory Tender Prepayment (as defined below).

 

 

10


  

Mandatory Tender Prepayment” means the Pre-Available Cash Amount multiplied by the quotient of the outstanding Commitments under the Amended SSRCF divided by the aggregate of (i) the outstanding Commitments under the Amended SSRCF and (ii) the Exchange Notes outstanding.

 

Pre—Available Cash Amount” means the Available Cash Amount as calculated without giving effect as Debt Service to any anticipated Mandatory Tender Prepayment or pro rata redemption of Exchange Notes.

Events of Default   

As set out in the Events of Default section of Appendix 2 (RCF Covenants Package) of this term sheet. In addition, the following audit qualification Event of Default shall be included in the Amended SSRCF:

 

Audit Qualification

 

The Company’s auditors qualify the Annual Financial Statements of the Group in a manner that could reasonably be expected to materially adversely effect the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents or in respect of the Group as a going concern.

 

The following definition of Acceleration Event shall be included in the Amended SSRCF:

 

Acceleration Date” means the date (if any) on which the Facility Agent:

 

(a)   gives a notice under and in accordance with paragraphs (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii) or (a)(iv) of clause 26.6 (Acceleration) of the Facility Agreement; or

 

(b)   having declared that cash cover in respect of each Letter of Credit be payable on demand pursuant to paragraph (a)(v) of clause 26.6 (Acceleration) of the Facility Agreement, makes a demand under and in accordance with paragraph (a)(v) as aforesaid;

Additional Facilities    No ability to incur Additional Facilities (and Clauses 2.4 (Additional Facilities) and 2.5 (Permitted Refinancing) of the Existing SSRCF shall be deleted).
Guarantors    As set out in the Guarantors section of Annex 3 (The New Money Notes) of the Restructuring Term Sheet.

Guarantor

Coverage Test

   As set out in the Guarantor Coverage Test section of Annex 3 (The New Money Notes) of the Restructuring Term Sheet.
Security / Structure    All Security to be granted shall be subject to the Agreed Security Principles set out in Annex 6 (Agreed Security Principles) of the Restructuring Term Sheet.

Permitted

Holdco Reorganisation

  

Subject to complying with the Group Covenants & Baskets and Security / Structure sections above, the Company shall be permitted to hold shares in Holdco via a newly incorporated intermediate subsidiary (“Intermediate Holdco”) which shall be wholly owned by the Company, subject to:

 

(a)   The prior written consent of the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) being obtained.

 

(b)   Transaction Security being granted by (i) the Company over its shares in Intermediate Holdco and (ii) Intermediate Holdco over its shares in Holdco.

 

 

11


  

(c)   Transaction Security being granted by (i) the Company over intra-group receivables owed to it by Intermediate Holdco and (ii) Intermediate Holdco over intra-group receivables owed to it by Holdco.

 

(d)   Intermediate Holdco acceding as a Guarantor under the Amended SSRCF.

Certain definitions    The definitions set out in Appendix 1 (Financial Definitions) and Appendix 3 (ERC-Related Key Definitions) to this Annex shall be incorporated into the Amended SSRCF and shall replace the equivalent definitions in the Existing SSRCF (as applicable).
Releases    As set out in the Releases section of Annex 9 (Other terms) of the Restructuring Term Sheet.
Intercreditor Agreement    The Amended SSRCF will be subject to a restated intercreditor agreement which will be entered into as a condition precedent to the Restructuring Effective Date (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) based on the intercreditor principles set out in Annex 5 (Intercreditor Agreement Principles) of the Restructuring Term Sheet.
Conditions Precedent   

Subject to any waiver by the Majority Lenders (under and as defined in the Amended SSRCF) and, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably), conditions precedent to be in line with those set out in Annex 9 (Other terms) of the Restructuring Term Sheet as applicable to the Amended SSRCF. In addition, the Amended SSRCF will also include condition precedents:

 

(a)   requiring the Company to deliver a worked example demonstrating the calculation of Net ERC (in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably));

 

(b)   requiring that the Notes Amendment Documents and the New Money Documents comply in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet as determined by the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably); and

 

(c)   requiring that all Transaction Security has been granted.

Hive Down CP   

As a condition precedent to the Restructuring Effective Date, the Company will complete the Reorganisation (the “Hive Down CP”).

 

It is acknowledged that the transfer of shares in Intrum Holding Spain SAU and Intrum Intl AB to Midco may not be capable of completion prior to the Restructuring Effective Date due to the need to obtain regulatory consents. The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to complete each of these transfers prior to the Restructuring Effective Date. However to the extent this is not possible, the Hive Down CP shall be deemed satisfied if the Reorganisation is complete other than with respect to such transfer. In that case the Company agrees to use all reasonable efforts to complete such transfer as soon as possible after the Restructuring Effective Date, and in any event, within 90 days of the Restructuring Effective Date.

 

 

12


  

If the Company has complied with all of its undertakings set out in the Lock-Up Agreement with respect to the Reorganisation and the Reorganisation is not capable of completion prior to the earlier of the Long-Stop Time and the Restructuring Effective Date due to reasons that are beyond the Company’s control as a result of third party regulatory approval processes, the Company may request the Core Noteholder Group and the RCF SteerCo Group to waive the Hive Down CP with respect to certain Reorganisation steps that are not capable of completion prior to the earlier of the Long-Stop Time and the Restructuring Effective Date. The Core Noteholder Group and the RCF SteerCo agree to promptly engage with the Company in respect of such waiver request and not to unreasonably withhold or delay their consent to such waiver.

 

The Core Noteholder Group and the RCF SteerCo agree to consider in good faith such amendments to the structure and timing of the Reorganisation (particularly with regard to paragraph (b) of the definition thereof) to minimise any materially detrimental impact of the Reorganisation on the Group due to the effects of tax, regulatory issues, other third-party relationships or where to do so would have a materially negative impact on the balance sheet of any Group Company.

 

If the Company concludes (acting in good faith and acting reasonably) that it is not possible to complete any remaining step(s) having used all reasonable efforts, it shall promptly engage with the Core Noteholder Group and the RCF SteerCo Group and the parties shall consult together to agree (in the case of the Core Noteholder Group, acting by Majority Core Noteholder Group) upon an appropriate solution to determine how to give effect to the remaining steps or any alternative solution (including but not limited to the granting of security over any assets which have not been successfully transferred).

 

Where (i) a regulated entity becomes a direct subsidiary of Midco, or (ii) for tax or regulatory purposes (including where it would cause a material negative balance sheet impact to otherwise occur), it is necessary for a regulated entity to remain in a regional sub-group such that it cannot become a direct subsidiary of Midco, the Company shall procure that the Transaction Security will include:

 

•  a share pledge over the shares in (i) the regulated entity or (ii) the parent company within such regional sub-group / tax group; and

 

•  a perfected receivables pledge over intra-group receivables between the provider of the share pledge and the issuer of the secured shares so that the receivables security can be enforced at the same time as the share pledge.

 

HoldCo” means a newly created entity incorporated under the laws of Sweden that is directly wholly-owned by the Company.

 

MidCo” means a newly created entity incorporated under the laws of Sweden, which shall be (unless otherwise agreed between the Company, the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group) directly wholly-owned by HoldCo.

 

Reorg Steps Plan” means the steps plan for the Reorganisation to be agreed by the Company, the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders.

 

Reorganisation” means the intra-group reorganisation as will be more particularly set out in the Reorg Steps Plan whereby:

 

13


  

(a)   all of the Company’s assets (including its shares and other interests in its direct subsidiaries and intellectual property), functions, contracts and employees will be hived down and transferred to MidCo; and

 

(b)   subject to there being no material detrimental effect on the Group due to tax or regulatory reasons and subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory and third-party consents (which the Group shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain), each of the following entities shall be transferred directly to MidCo:

 

a.   Intrum UK Limited

 

b.  Capquest Debt Recovery Limited

 

c.   Mars Capital Finance Limited

 

d.  Intrum Hellas A.E.D.A.D.P.

 

e.   Intrum Zrt

 

f.   Intrum Slovakia Sro

 

g.  Intrum TRI SA

 

h.  ReValue SPA

 

(the “Internal Reorganisation”)

 

. In addition, the Core Noteholder Group and the RCF SteerCo Group agree to consider in good faith any dispensation required from the Hive Down CP insofar as it relates to the Internal Reorganisation where it would have a materially negative impact on the balance sheet on any Group Company to complete the necessary step.

Miscellaneous    The Amended SSRCF shall include amendments to reflect (i) any changes in law and any changes in market practice in relation to boilerplate provisions (such changes to be in line with the LMA equivalent) since the date on which the Existing SSRCF was entered into (as amended and/or restated prior to the Restructuring Effective Date) and (ii) any jurisdiction specific updates in respect of any Obligors (on customary terms and subject to the Agreed Security Principles set out in Annex 6 (Agreed Security Principles) of the Restructuring Term Sheet). Such amendments to be agreed between the Company and the Lenders.
Governing Law   

With the exception of the covenants noted below, the Amended SSRCF and Intercreditor Agreement to be governed by and constructed in accordance with English law.

 

The covenants schedule (being Schedule 18 (Covenants) in the Existing SSRCF) and the Events of Default schedule (being Schedule 19 (Events of Default) in the Existing SSRCF) as incorporated into the Amended SSRCF to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

14


APPENDIX 1

FINANCIAL DEFINITIONS

 

15


Agreed Form

 

Appendix 1

Financial Definitions1

Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)

securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian governments, a Permissible Jurisdiction, Switzerland or Norway or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition (excluding any securities issued by a member of the Group);

 

(2)

certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any Lender or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of €500 million;

 

(3)

repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1) and (2) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above;

 

(4)

commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or carrying an equivalent rating by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(5)

readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, any province of Canada, any Permissible Jurisdiction, Switzerland or Norway or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

 

(6)

Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P or “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization), with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

1 

Note: defined terms used but not defined herein are intended to have the meaning given to them in the Existing SSRCF. Relevant clause and paragraph references refer to Existing SSRCF; to be updated in long form.


Agreed Form

 

(7)

bills of exchange issued in the United States, Canada, a Permissible Jurisdiction, Switzerland, Norway or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);

 

(8)

interests in any investment company, money market or enhanced high yield fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (7) above; and

 

(9)

for purposes of clause (2) of the definition of “Asset Disposition,” the marketable securities portfolio owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the date of this Agreement after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions.

Consolidated EBITDA” for any period means, without duplication, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

 

(1)

Consolidated Interest Expense;

 

(2)

Consolidated Income Taxes;

 

(3)

consolidated depreciation expense;

 

(4)

consolidated amortization or impairment expense (including amortization expense in respect of debt portfolios);

 

(5)

any expenses, charges or other costs related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition of any company, business or undertaking (including one-time amounts paid in connection with the acquisition or retention of one or more individuals comprising part of a management team retained to manage the acquired business; provided that such payments are made in connection with such acquisition and are consistent with the customary practice in the industry at the time of such acquisition), disposition of any company, business or undertaking, recapitalization or the Incurrence of any Indebtedness permitted or not prohibited by this Agreement (in each case whether or not successful), in each case, as determined in good faith by an Officer of the Company; and

 

(7)

other non-cash charges or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charge or write-down to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period) or other items classified as extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring items (in each case only to the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income) but subject to the aggregate amount being added back (excluding: (A) any restructuring expense or other costs in each case relating to the Restructuring (as described in the “Project Indoor Restructuring Term Sheet” dated [•] 2024”) and (B) non-cash charges or write-downs as relate to revaluation of shares or Portfolio Assets or to goodwill adjustments) not exceeding 10 per cent. of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of determination for which consolidated financial statements are available) less other non-cash items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period).


Agreed Form

 

Consolidated Income Taxes” means taxes or other payments, including deferred Taxes, based on income, profits or capital (including without limitation withholding taxes) and franchise taxes of any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries whether or not paid, estimated, accrued or required to be remitted to any Governmental Authority, in each case, excluding (but only to the extent not paid or required to be remitted by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or not promptly reimbursed by such Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle) any such taxes or other payments attributable to any Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period (in each case, determined on the basis of IFRS), the consolidated net interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, including any pension liability interest cost, plus or including (without duplication) any interest, costs and charges consisting of:

 

(1)

interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations;

 

(2)

amortization of debt discount, but excluding amortization of debt issuance costs, fees and expenses and the expensing of any financing fees;

 

(3)

non-cash interest expense;

 

(4)

the net payments (if any) on Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements (excluding amortization of fees and discounts and unrealized gains and losses);

 

(5)

dividends or other distributions in respect of all Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent held by Persons other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company;

 

(6)

the consolidated interest expense that was capitalized during such period;

 

(7)

interest actually paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person; and

 

(8)

interest accrued on any Indebtedness of a Parent Holding Company that is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or secured by a Lien on the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (less any interest accrued on any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that was funded with the proceeds of such Guaranteed or secured Indebtedness).

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, Consolidated Interest Expense shall not include (i) any interest accrued, capitalized or paid in respect of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or (ii) interest expense or other items listed above attributable to any Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle (but only to the extent not paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or not promptly reimbursed by such Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle).

Consolidated Leverage” means the sum of the aggregate outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (excluding Hedging Obligations except to the extent provided in clause (c) of Section 1.01(f) of Schedule 18 (Covenants)).


Agreed Form

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Leverage at such date to (y) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements are available; provided that for the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for such period (or, in the case of clause (4), Consolidated Leverage as of such date) if, as of such date of determination:

 

(1)

since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has disposed of any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “Sale”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is such a Sale, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period; provided that if any such sale constitutes “discontinued operations” in accordance with IFRS, Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income (if positive) attributable to such operations for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

 

(2)

since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) has made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise has acquired any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such Investment or acquisition, a “Purchase”), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(3)

since the beginning of such period, any Person (that became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made any Sale or any Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(4)

any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of determination will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such period;

 

(5)

any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of determination will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such period; and

 

(6)

[Intentionally blank].

For the purposes of this definition and the definitions of Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Income Taxes, Consolidated Interest Expense and Consolidated Net Income or any component thereof, calculations shall be made on a pro forma basis and, (a) pro forma calculations will be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (including any pro forma expenses and cost savings and cost reduction synergies to the extent they have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur within the


Agreed Form

 

next twelve months following the date of such calculation as a result of, or that would result from any actions by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries including, without limitation, (i) in connection with any cost reduction or cost savings program, (ii) in connection with any transaction, investment, disposition or acquisition (including, without limitation, disposition or acquisition of business entities or property and assets constituting a division or line of business (including any Portfolio Assets)) or (iii) in connection with any restructuring, corporate reorganization or otherwise (and, in the case of sub-clauses (i) and (iii), steps have been taken to realize such expenses and cost savings and cost reduction synergies), in the good faith judgment of the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer or any person performing a similarly senior accounting role of the Company (regardless of whether these cost savings and cost reduction synergies could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements to the extent prepared)) but subject to the aggregate amount of such pro forma expenses and cost savings and cost reduction synergies not exceeding 20 per cent. of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of determination for which consolidated financial statements are available) and (b) in determining the amount of Indebtedness outstanding on any date of determination, pro forma effect shall be given to any Incurrence, repayment, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition, retirement or discharge of Indebtedness as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of the relevant period.

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of IFRS; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

 

(1)

subject to the limitations contained in clause (3) below, any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment;

 

(2)

[reserved];

 

(3)

any net gain (or loss) realized upon the sale, abandonment or other disposition of any asset or disposed operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) which is not sold, abandoned or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Company);

 

(4)

any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense or other costs related to the Restructuring, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Company;

 

(5)

the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;


Agreed Form

 

(6)

any non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions;

 

(7)

all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

 

(8)

any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of Hedging Obligations;

 

(9)

any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

 

(10)

any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(11)

any purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenues in component amounts required or permitted by IFRS and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

 

(12)

any goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charge, amortization or write-off;

 

(13)

Consolidated Income Taxes to the extent in excess of cash payments made in respect of such Consolidated Income Taxes;

 

(14)

the impact of capitalized, accrued or accreting or pay-in-kind interest or principal on Subordinated Shareholder Funding; and

 

(15)

to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses with respect to business interruption.

Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio” means the Consolidated Leverage Ratio provided that, for the purposes of calculating the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Leverage shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents held by any member of the Group at the relevant time of calculation.


Agreed Form

 

Cash” means any cash convertible into Euro or sterling in hand or at a bank and (in the latter case) credited to an account in the name of a member of the Group with an Acceptable Bank and to which a member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled and for so long as:

 

(a)

that cash is capable of being repaid within 30 days after the relevant date of calculation or is on deposit for a period no longer than 12 months;

 

(b)

repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any member of the Group or of any other person whatsoever or on the satisfaction of any other condition (other than the expiry of a notice period);

 

(c)

there is no Security over that cash except for Transaction Security or any Permitted Lien constituted by a netting or set-off arrangement entered into by members of the Group in the ordinary course of their banking arrangements or banker’s lien; and

 

(d)

(except as mentioned in paragraph (a) above) that cash is freely available to be applied in prepayment within 30 days.

Acceptable Bank” means:

 

(a)

a bank or financial institution duly authorised under applicable laws to carry on the business of banking (including, without limitation, the business of taking deposits) which: (i) in the case of any bank or financial institution not incorporated or established in Greece, has a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than BBB by S&P or Fitch or Baa2 by Moody’s or (ii) in the case of any bank or financial institution incorporated or established in Greece, either (A) has a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than BBB- by S&P or Fitch or Baa3 by Moody’s, (B) is Piraeus Bank S.A. or a subsidiary of Piraeus Bank S.A. which has a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than the corporate credit rating of Piraeus Bank S.A. or (C) is any other bank or financial institution but subject to an aggregate limit of Cash that is held with such bank or financial institution that counts towards the definition of “Cash” of €2.5m;

(b) any Finance Party or any Affiliate of a Finance Party; or

(c) any other bank or financial institution approved by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

(1)

the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 

(2)

the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(3)

all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence), in each case only to the extent that the underlying obligation in respect of which the instrument was issued would be treated as Indebtedness;


Agreed Form

 

(4)

the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables), where the deferred payment is arranged primarily as a means of raising finance, which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

 

(5)

Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

 

(6)

the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

 

(7)

the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person (other than any Lien Incurred pursuant to clause (32)(i) of the definition of Permitted Liens); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

 

(8)

Guarantees by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

 

(9)

to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time).

The term “Indebtedness” shall not include (a) Subordinated Shareholder Funding, (b) any asset retirement obligations, (c) any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business, or (d) any obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to the date of this Agreement or in the ordinary course of business. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Indebtedness” excludes any accrued expenses and trade payables.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total amounts of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Agreement, and (other than with respect to letters of credit or Guarantees or Indebtedness specified in clause (7), (8) or (9) above) shall equal the amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared on the basis of IFRS. Indebtedness represented by loans, notes or other debt instruments shall not be included to the extent funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has guaranteed or for which any of them is otherwise liable and which is otherwise included.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:


Agreed Form

 

(1)

Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)

in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 30 days thereafter;

 

(3)

Non-Recourse Obligations Incurred by any Co-Investment Vehicle that primarily have the attributes of an indirect equity interest in the assets of such Co-Investment Vehicle and are not debt for borrowed money (as determined in the good faith judgment of the Company);

 

(4)

payment obligations under any derivative agreement or contract related to a Synthetic Sale that represent income from, proceeds of sales of or other returns on or in respect of, the assets subject to such Synthetic Sale; or

 

(5)

for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes.

Portfolio Assets” means all (a) Right to Collect Accounts, (b) performing, sub performing or charged-off accounts, loans, receivables, mortgages, debentures and claims, (c) real estate assets that are repossessed in satisfaction of debts and (d) other similar assets or instruments which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall in each case exclude any Trust Management Assets and any Right to Collect Accounts, performing accounts, subperforming accounts, charged-off accounts, cash and bank accounts, loans, receivables, mortgages, debentures, claims or other similar assets or instruments which are or will (from acquisition) be (y) held on trust for a third party which is not the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or, if applicable, the relevant JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries) or (z) subject to any Security except for Transaction Security or any Permitted Lien referred to in clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (8), (9), (11), (12), (15) (provided that references to the Company in clause (15) shall be amended to Holdco), (17), (18), (20), (23) and/or (24) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.


APPENDIX 2

RCF COVENANTS PACKAGE

 

16


General approach:

 

   

“Restricted Group” means Midco and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

   

Intrum AB (the “Company”) and Holdco will be subject to the debt, liens and security impairment covenants and the covenants set out in the SSRCF Term Sheet (relating to merger, ownership of shares, holding company activity, incorporation, acquisitions and downstream loans). In addition, the Company will be subject to the J Crew blocker pending completion of the hive down. All other covenants will apply to Midco and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Covenants in the SSRCF and not in the basket table which relate to Obligors will also apply to Intrum AB and Holdco.

 

   

All disposals / sales are subject to the agreed Swedish terms.

 

   

The agreements contained in the RCF long-form term sheet and the ICA principles are not duplicated in this baskets table but in the long form stage they will be incorporated in the covenants schedule as appropriate.

 

   

The financial ratios will be calculated by including the Restricted Group as well as the Company and Holdco in the calculation perimeter.

 

Basket/Permission

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Amended RCF

Debt covenant

  
Ratio Debt    Unlimited, subject to 2.00x FCCR, can be incurred by the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries (subject to NGRS cap).    Permission to be deleted.
Credit Facilities Basket    Greater of €1,100m and 35% of ERC; can be incurred by the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries.   

€[1,100] million1 (no grower). May only be in the form of revolving facilities (provided that up to €50 million can be incurred in the form of short-term commercial paper with a maturity not to exceed six months) and may only be incurred by Holdco. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities under the RCF (as in existence at the RED or subsequently renewed or refinanced) may be incurred by Holdco and any Guarantor.

 

Any debt that refinances the existing RCF prior to prepayment and cancellation of the RCF in full will be 1.5L Liabilities (under the ICA).

 

Drawings under the RCF at any time to be incurred under this basket.

General Debt Basket    Greater of €365m and 9.5% of ERC, can be incurred by the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries (subject to NGRS cap).    €50 million (no grower). May only be incurred by Holdco.
Acquisition Indebtedness    Unlimited acquisition debt, provided ability to incur ratio debt or no deterioration of FCCR; can be incurred by the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries.    Permission to be deleted.

 

1 

To equal the total commitments under the RCF as of the RED.


Acquired Indebtedness    Unlimited acquired debt, provided ability to incur ratio debt or no deterioration of FCCR; can be incurred by the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries.    Unlimited Acquired Debt2; provided that: (i) pro forma at the time of the incurrence (a) FCCR ≥ 2.00x or the FCCR would not be less than immediately prior to giving effect to such acquisition or other transaction and (b) the maximum Total Net Leverage in the consolidated Total Net Leverage financial covenant would not be breached; (ii) such Acquired Debt must be non-recourse to the rest of the Restricted Group (except to the extent provided in customary “bad boy” undertakings); and (iii) no other Restricted Group member may make payments (other than in the ordinary course and on an arms’ length basis) or contribute assets or otherwise transfer value to the acquired entity or any of its subsidiaries (the “Target Group”) while that debt remains outstanding, provided that other Restricted Group members may make payments based on a fixed annual basket in an amount to be agreed to fund capex & other PPE of the Target Group.
Currency / Interest Rate / Hedging Agreements    Unlimited; provided for bona fide hedging purposes and not for speculative purposes (as determined in good faith).    Unlimited; provided for bona fide hedging purposes and not for speculative purposes (as determined in good faith) and available only to Holdco.

Capital Lease Obligations /

Purchase Money Obligations

   Greater of €150m and 2.4% of Total Assets, can be incurred by the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries.   

Greater of €75 million and [ 🌑 ]%3 of Total Assets.

 

Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Obligation existing as of the RED to be incurred under this basket and not the Existing Debt basket.

 

Purchase Money Obligations may only be incurred by Holdco (other than existing Purchase Money Obligations that will count towards this basket as of the RED).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, this basket cannot be used to incur debt for the purpose of purchasing Portfolio Assets or acquiring an Acquired Business.

Contribution Debt    100%, can be incurred by the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries.    Permission to be deleted.
QRF    Unlimited, can be incurred by the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries.    Permission to be deleted (and QRF obligations to be considered as ‘Indebtedness’).
Local Lines of Credit / Working Capital Facilities    Greater of €100m and 2.1% of ERC; can be incurred by the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries.    €20 million (no grower) with Permitted Liens to secure this basket to facilitate efficient cash management locally.
Additional Baskets      

Basket for New Money Notes in the amount of €526,315,000; provided that, to the extent the New Money Notes are issued in an amount less than €526,315,000 or are fully or partially repaid, (i) any Indebtedness incurred under this basket may only be incurred by Holdco and must be on economic terms that are no worse than the New Money Notes (with the only relevant economic terms being those which are cash), (ii) the New Money Notes noteholders have a ROFO over any indebtedness incurred under this basket and (iii) no Indebtedness other than the New Money Notes may be incurred under this basket unless the maturity of such Indebtedness is at least six months later than the maturity of the RCF.

 

Existing debt as of RED (pro forma for the Restructuring) (consisting of the Piraeus term loan) to be grandfathered in. The Exchange Notes may only be incurred at Holdco and the Piraeus Term Loan may only be incurred at the Company or Holdco.

 

2 

“Acquired Debt” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Indebtedness has been outstanding for at least six months prior to the Acquisition Date. The “Acquisition Date” shall be the date the definitive agreement for such acquisition, merger or consolidation was entered into.

3 

Corresponding grower component to be calculated on the basis of the fixed component as a percentage of Total Assets as of [RED], pro forma for the Cerberus transaction.

 

2


     

Deferred purchase price basket of €75 million for Holdco and Guarantors in connection with unsecured deferred purchase price obligations (and guarantees in respect thereof) not to exceed 18 months.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Guarantors can incur guarantees of debt under baskets available only to Holdco.

Refinancing Indebtedness    (i) If Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity that is the same or later than that of the debt being refinanced, and if shorter, the SUNs; (ii) the principal amount is equal to or less than the amount of the debt being refinanced; (iii) if Company/Guarantor was an obligor, then refinanced debt has to be incurred by the Company or a Guarantor; (iv) if debt being refinanced is expressly subordinated to the RCF or Guarantees, such refinancing debt is subordinated to the RCF or Guarantees on terms at least as favourable; and (v) if debt being refinanced was incurred under the acquired debt basket, the refinancing debt is incurred by the Company.   

As per the existing RCF, with the following additional restrictions on the ability to refinance the Exchange Notes with pari passu debt or unsecured debt: (i) no amortization (excluding final maturity payments) and no voluntary repayment other than on a pro rata basis, prior to the last maturity of the Exchange Notes; (ii) MFN on key non-economic terms including covenants and collateral; (iii) the maturity of such Refinancing Indebtedness must be at least six months after that of the RCF; and (iv) the Refinancing Indebtedness must be incurred by Holdco.

 

In addition, any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to the PPNs and Piraeus term loan must be similarly ranked and comply with limbs (iii) and (iv) of the preceding paragraph.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the New Money Notes can only be incurred from 12 months post-RED.

Reclassification    Permitted, except that drawings under the RCF on the Issue Date will be deemed incurred under the Credit Facilities basket and may not be reclassified.    No reclassification.
Other    N/A   

Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein or in the Agreed Security Principles, no Indebtedness may be incurred by entities that own or acquire Portfolio Assets (other than (i) Acquired Debt not incurred in contemplation of the relevant acquisition and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, (ii) Indebtedness described in Sections 1.01(b)(3) (provided that a non-Guarantor accedes to the Intercreditor Agreement), (7) (to the extent such Indebtedness consists of Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (8) and (10) of Schedule 18 (Covenants) under the existing RCF and (iii) the deferred purchase price basket.

 

Guarantee release provision (Clause 21.14) to be removed.

 

SSRCF Creditors to share in the same upstream guarantee and security package as the bondholders.

Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens   
Permitted Liens: General Basket    €250 million.    Permission to be deleted.
Permitted Liens: Other   

Permitted Lien for Credit Facilities basket.

 

Permitted Lien for Refinancing Indebtedness; provided such Lien is limited to the same property/assets securing the debt being refinanced.

 

Permitted Lien for ordinary-course obligations up to the greater of 2.5% of ERC and €120 million.

  

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) clause (14) under “Permitted Liens” to be retained and can be used to secure Acquired Debt on the assets and shares of the relevant Target Group (provided such Liens are not created in anticipation of such acquisition and have been in place for at least six months prior to the relevant Acquisition Date); (ii) clause (21) under “Permitted Liens” to be retained and can be used to secure the local credit facilities basket; and (iii) clause (22) under “Permitted Liens” to be retained and can be used to secure the New Money Notes on the Escrow Account.

 

Permitted Liens for Credit Facilities basket, Refinancing Indebtedness and ordinary-course obligations up to the greater of 2.5% of ERC and €120 million to be deleted.

Permitted Collateral Liens   

Limited to the following:

 

(i) Credit Facilities basket;

 

(ii)  Hedging;

 

(iii)  operational liens;

  

Limited to the following:

 

(i) Credit Facilities basket;

 

(ii)  Hedging;

 

(iii)  Exchange Notes (and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof);

 

3


  

(iv) Liens to secure Guarantees of Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted to be secured on the Collateral;

 

(v)   Liens to secure any “parallel debt obligation” under the ICA;

 

(vi) Ratio debt basket, subject to 4.0x Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio; and

 

(vii) Acquisition debt basket, general debt basket and contribution debt basket (subject to €250m cap).

  

(iv) New Money Notes (and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof);

 

(v)   Piraeus term loan (and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof);

 

(vi) operational liens consistent with clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Collateral Liens” in the RCF;

 

(vii)  Liens to secure Guarantees of Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted to be secured on the Collateral; and

 

(viii)  Liens to secure any “parallel debt obligation” under the ICA.

 

Debt incurred under the Credit Facilities basket, New Money Notes basket and Hedging baskets may be senior to the Exchange Notes with respect to proceeds of enforcement of security.

 

Only the RCF can benefit from super priority as Super Senior Lender Liabilities (under the ICA) and only debt within the parameters for Super-Priority Hedging Transactions (as defined in the Intercreditor Principles) can benefit from super seniority as Super-Priority Hedging Liabilities (under the ICA).

 

No member of the Restricted Group will grant Liens on the Collateral to secure short term currency hedging obligations under transactions described under paragraph (b) of the definition of Super-Priority Hedging Transactions in the Intercreditor Principles in an aggregate amount in excess of €50 million at any time outstanding.

 

Basket/Permission

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Amended RCF

Restricted Payments

  
General Restrictions / General Dividend Permission    N/A   

No Restricted Payments described under 1.02(a) of Schedule 18 (Covenants) under the existing RCF at any time, subject to the other paragraphs under this section. For the avoidance of doubt, the Restricted Payments covenant will apply to Restricted Payments by Midco (inside the Restricted Group) to Holdco and the Company (each outside the Restricted Group).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, dividends or distributions payable to the Midco or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than Midco or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis, measured by value) will not be restricted.

 

Anti-short circuit provisions to be included to block indirect Restricted Payments to affiliates/shareholders.4

 

Restricted Payments by Midco to Holdco will be subject to exceptions for:

 

(i) dividends where such dividend is required for the purpose of Debt Service (including for payments to be made pursuant the repayment waterfall in Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet)) at Holdco or the Company or the payment of holding company expenses to be agreed;

 

(ii)  intercompany loans where such intercompany loan is required for the purpose of Debt Service (including for payments to be made pursuant the repayment waterfall in Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet)) at Holdco or the Company or the payment of holding company expenses to be agreed, provided that the outstanding

 

4 

Including via Co-Investment Vehicles and Fund Co-Investment Vehicles.

 

4


     

    amount of the downstream loan from Holdco to Midco, net of all intercompany loans from Midco to Holdco, would not be less than the outstanding commitments under the RCF plus all accrued and unpaid interest and super senior hedging liabilities and subject to each intercompany loan from Midco to Holdco being made subject to duly perfected security pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents;

 

(iii)  (iii) payments to the Security Agent on behalf of the Secured Creditors, in each case for the purpose of Debt Service of the secured liabilities under the Intercreditor Agreement (including for payments to be made pursuant the repayment waterfall in Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet)) at Holdco or the Company; and

 

(iv) the payment of holding company expenses to be agreed by way of payment of interest on any shareholder loans that are sized and segregated as a conduit for such payments,

 

where “Debt Service” means refinancing, repaying, purchasing and paying principal amounts, and paying interest amounts, premia, catch-up payments, make-whole amounts, fees, underwriting discounts, costs, commissions, hedging, tax, break costs, indemnification obligations or other expenses (including any consent fees) in respect of any Indebtedness of the Company or Holdco.

 

Categories of permitted holding company expenses to be agreed at the long-form stage.

 

No other flexibility or permitted payments or baskets shall apply in respect of payments from Midco to Holdco (or the Company).

‘Build-up’ basket   

50% of Consolidated Net Income on a cumulative basis beginning on 1 January 2016 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal consolidated financial statements are available (or, if the Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus other customary builder baskets (set out in Section 1.02(a)(c)).

 

Subject to no Default having occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of such Restricted Payment.

 

Issuer must be able to incur an additional €1 of Ratio Debt after giving pro forma effect to the Restricted Payment.

   Permission to be deleted.
General basket   

Greater of €110m and 3.4% of ERC

 

Subject to no Default or Event of Default.

 

Reduces the CNI build up basket.

   Permission to be deleted.
Payment of Subordinated Indebtedness    Purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition of retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness: (a)(i) from Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions and (ii) at a price no greater than 100% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest; (b) to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, following a Change of Control but only if (i) the Company shall have complied with clause 11.8 and (ii) at a price no greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest; or (c)(i) consisting of Acquired Indebtedness and (ii) at a price no greater than 100% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness.    Permission to be deleted.

 

5


Equity Repurchases    €15m per fiscal year (with unused amount up to €10m being carried over to the next fiscal year)    €7 million per fiscal year (no carry-forward or carry-back), provided that there is no continuing Event of Default; provided that such basket can only be used for equity repurchases pursuant to a long-term incentive plan.
Parent Expenses   

(i) General corporate overhead: €2m in any fiscal year

 

(ii)  Other Parent fees/expenses: €2m in any fiscal year

 

(iii)  Uncapped payments to any Permitted Holder for out of pocket expenses in connection with its direct or indirect investment in the Restricted Group

   Permission to be deleted.
Dividends on Equity / IPO Proceeds   

(i) Not to exceed 10% of the Company Market Capitalization; provided that after giving pro forma effect to such loans, advances, dividends or distributions, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be equal to or less than 3.75x.

 

(ii)  Not to exceed 6% of the Company Market Capitalization; provided that after giving pro forma effect to such loans, advances, dividends or distributions, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be equal to or less than 4.25x.

 

(iii)  Subject to no Default or Event of Default.

 

(iv) Reduces the CNI build up basket.

   Permission to be deleted.
Excluded Contributions    In an amount equal to the Excluded Contributions made.    An amount equal to the proceeds of equity offerings that are designated as Excluded Contributions can be used to make Portfolio Acquisitions or acquisitions of Acquired Businesses, subject to clauses (i) to (iii) in the first paragraph of “Permitted Investments— General Restrictions” below, except that Investment capacity created by Excluded Contributions shall not be subject to the proviso set forth therein.
Qualified Receivables Financing    Uncapped.    Permission to be deleted.
Unlimited basket   

Unlimited provided that Consolidated Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis does not exceed 3.0x

 

Subject to no Default or Event of Default.

 

Reduces the CNI build up basket

   Permission to be deleted.
Unrestricted Subsidiary spin-offs    Permitted.    Clause 1.02(b)(15) of Schedule 18 (Covenants) under the RCF to be deleted.
Reclassification    Permitted.    Permission to be deleted.

 

Basket/Permission

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Amended RCF

Permitted Investments

  
General Restrictions    N/A    No Investments constituting a Portfolio Acquisition or an acquisition of an Acquired Business unless: (i) the Restricted Group’s equity interest in any acquired entity to be pledged to the RCF lenders (together with the other secured creditors party to the ICA in accordance with the ICA principles) subject to the Agreed Security Principles (except where the acquired entity’s shares are already pledged to secure Acquired Debt, provided that such share pledges are not created in anticipation of such acquisition and have been in place for at least six months prior to

 

6


     

the relevant Acquisition Date); (ii) in the case of Portfolio Acquisitions, the Loan to Cost of such Portfolio Acquisition must be less than 60%; (iii) in the case of an acquisition of an Acquired Business, the Acquired Business must have a Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of less than 2.0x; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments in any fiscal year shall not in any event exceed the Additional Capex Limit (as defined in Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet)); provided further that the amount of such Investments in any fiscal year (x) may not exceed Business Plan Capex (as defined in Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet)) for the relevant financial year as a result of acquisitions of Acquired Businesses, and (y) may exceed Business Plan Capex for the relevant financial year (but may not exceed Maximum Capex (as defined in Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet))) as a result of Portfolio Acquisitions if the Consolidated Net IRR for such Portfolio Acquisitions that exceed the Business Plan Capex is at least 14%; and (iv) the maximum Total Net Leverage in the consolidated Total Net Leverage financial covenant would not be breached pro forma for the making of such Investment.

 

“Portfolio Acquisition” means any Investment, directly or indirectly, in (i) Portfolio Assets by Midco or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) one or more entities or vehicles that hold, directly or indirectly, Portfolio Assets by Midco or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Acquired Business” is to be defined as an entity that is, or is to be, acquired by Midco or any Restricted Subsidiary and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or is merged into Midco or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Loan to Cost” means the ratio of (i) Acquired Debt of the relevant entity, entities or vehicle(s) (and or any of their subsidiaries) that hold, directly or indirectly, Portfolio Assets; to (ii) the cash consideration paid/payable by such entity for the purchased Portfolio Assets.

 

“Consolidated Net IRR” means unlevered consolidated internal rate of return net of servicing costs.

Restrictions on Leveraged Minority Co-Investment

Vehicles

   Greater of €650m and 13.8% of ERC.   

€50 million per fiscal year sub-basket under the Additional Capex Limit that can be used for Investments in (i) Portfolio Assets with a Loan to Cost above 60% and (ii) Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles; provided (i) the relevant Investments must have a consolidated levered internal rate of return net of servicing costs of 18% or higher and an unlevered MOIC of 2.0x or higher and (ii) Midco or its Restricted Subsidiaries must receive 75% of the servicing income with respect to such Investments (at the time of Investment, averaged on a rolling 12-month basis).

 

Existing Investments in Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles as of the RED to be grandfathered.

Restrictions on Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles    N/A   

Investments in Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles to be permitted subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) the Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle has no outstanding Indebtedness;

 

(ii)  the Consolidated Net IRR for Investments in a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle is at least 14% (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Investments that do not exceed the Business Plan Capex);

 

(iii)  Midco or its Restricted Subsidiaries must receive 75% of the servicing income with respect to such Investment (at the time of Investment, averaged on a rolling 12-month basis);

 

(iv) Midco or its Restricted Subsidiaries receives returns on its Investments on at least a pro rata basis;

 

(v)   co-investment contract must be on customary market terms (including customary minority protections with respect to asset dispositions);

 

(vi) servicing contracts must be on customary market terms;

 

7


     

(vii)  Investments in Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles are subject to the conditions in “Permitted Investments—General Restrictions” (including Maximum Capex); and

 

(viii)  for the avoidance of doubt, existing restrictions on Co-Investment Vehicles from the existing RCF remain in place.

 

See the definition of “Excess Cash” in the repayment waterfall in Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet) for the contribution of EBITDA and asset dispositions by Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles to such definition.

Restrictions on Majority Co-

Investment Vehicles

   N/A   

Investments in Majority Co-Investment Vehicles to be permitted subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)  such Majority Co-Investment Vehicles are Restricted Subsidiaries (but not Guarantors) and are subject to the covenants (including with respect to debt incurrence, Permitted Investments and asset sales (subject to ability to sell economic interests of the Majority Co-Investment Vehicles per this paragraph));

 

(ii)  subject to (iv)(b) below, the Restricted Group can make Investments into the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle for no less than 50.1% of the economic interests in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle, with third-parties making Investments for up to 49.9% of the economic interests in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle;

 

(iii)   the Restricted Group will have up to 18 months from the time of designation of a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle (which designation cannot occur prior to the date that a third party commits or invests into the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle) (a “Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation”) to issue interests in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle to third party investors on an arm’s length basis;

 

(iv) Investments by Midco or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle must be in the form of (a) cash or (b) assets acquired by the Restricted Group after July 1, 2024 (in the case of (b) only, the assets contributed must be matched by corresponding investments by third party investors (on an arm’s length basis and pro rata for the third party investors’ economic interest in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle) obtained within 18 months of the relevant Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation);

     

(v)   the Restricted Group’s economic interest in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle will be pari passu or senior to the economic interests of the third party investors in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle, with no layering or subordination in the waterfall, except in relation to asset management and/or performance fees or otherwise for the benefit of the Restricted Group;

 

(vi) the limitations under the definition of “Co-Investment Vehicle” in the 2026 Eurobond Indenture continue to apply (including that Indebtedness at the Majority Co-investment Vehicle will be non-recourse to the rest of the Restricted Group);

 

(vii)  servicing of such Majority Co-Investment Vehicles’ directly or indirectly held portfolios will be performed by the Restricted Group, except where Midco or its Restricted Subsidiaries determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it is in the economic best interest of the Restricted Group for such servicing to be carried out by a third-party, with such determination being made in a manner consistent with Intrum’s past practice;

 

(viii)  servicing contracts must be on customary market terms;

 

(ix) the Restricted Group receives returns on the invested assets at least pro rata to their economic interest in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle; and

 

8


     

(x)   the Consolidated Net IRR for Investments in a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle that exceed the Business Plan Capex is at least 14%.

Restrictions on Upstream Loans    N/A    An upstream loan to Midco from its direct subsidiary must never exceed the downstream loan from Midco to that direct subsidiary.
Receivables / QRF    Uncapped investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and Investments in connection with a QRF    Permission to be deleted.
Management Advances    €10m    Permission to be deleted.
General Permitted Investments    Greater of €220m and 2.8% of Total Assets.    Permission to be deleted.
Investments in Similar Business    Greater of €170m and 2.2% of Total Assets.    Permission to be deleted.
Reclassification    Not permitted.    Not permitted.

 

Basket/Permission

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Amended RCF

Asset Dispositions

 

  
Restrictions on Asset Dispositions   

Consideration received (including by way of relief from, or other Person assuming, liabilities) is not less than the FMV of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (as determined in good faith by an officer or the Board of Directors and including Permitted Asset Swaps).

 

Minimum 75% consideration must consist of cash, Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investment.

 

100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from the Asset Disposition is applied within 365 days from the later of (A) the date of the Asset Disposition and (B) the receipt of such Net Available Cash to repay debt (subject to certain conditions) or reinvest in the business.

  

The total amount of Asset Dispositions in non-core markets (defined to be Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia) may not exceed €300 million over the life of the RCF.

 

The total amount of Asset Dispositions in core markets (defined to be any market other than a non-core market) may not exceed 3% of Book Value per year (with no carry forward or carry back), based on the lesser of (i) the Book Value as of the date of the Lock-Up Agreement (pro forma for the Cerberus transaction) and (ii) the Book Value at the beginning of the relevant fiscal year.

 

“Book Value” shall mean the mark-to-market value of Portfolio Assets and shares in joint ventures.

 

Consideration received (including by way of relief from, or other Person assuming, liabilities) is not less than the FMV of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (as determined in good faith by an officer or the Board of Directors and including Permitted Asset Swaps).

 

Minimum 75% consideration must consist of cash, Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investment.

 

100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from the Asset Disposition must be applied in accordance with the repayment waterfall noted in Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet); provided that Net Cash Proceeds which are being used to repay the Exchange Notes should be applied pro-rata to all existing Exchange Note maturities.

 

9


Synthetic Sales    N/A   

Carve-out for Synthetic Sales (with no cap) of Portfolio Assets purchased after July 1, 2024, to the extent:

 

(i) made at fair market value, on or around the same date as an acquisition of Portfolio Assets in a jurisdiction in which, for regulatory, tax or other reasons outside of Intrum’s control, it is necessary or beneficial to the Restricted Group for the entirety of the portfolio of assets to be owned by a Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(ii)  no debt is used to purchase the relevant Portfolio Assets,

 

(iii)  the acquirer of the synthetic sale portfolio will not receive a right to more than its pro-rata share of collections in relation to the portfolio net of relevant costs,

 

(iv) Midco or its Restricted Subsidiaries receives 100% cash payment within 30 days from closing of the synthetic sale,

 

(v)   Midco or its Restricted Subsidiaries receives a right to service the full portfolio of Portfolio Assets on closing subject to customary market conditions, and

 

(vi) there is no debt at or security on the relevant Portfolio Assets (i.e., the assets are not levered in any way).

 

Any proceeds from such Synthetic Sales go to replenish the annual capex limit (such that the resulting capex spend would be no different than had the Company only invested their minority share).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, Synthetic Sales of assets owned by the Group as of July 1, 2024 are not subject to this carve-out.

Put-backs and re-sale rights under SPAs    N/A    Carve-out for sales of Portfolio Assets relating to exercising put backs or other re-sale rights in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice under sale and purchase agreements with respect to Portfolio Acquisitions.

Merger Covenant / Change of

Control / Permitted

Reorganization

   Permitted   

Transactions permitted under the Merger Covenant.

 

Transactions that constitute a Change of Control (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will trigger the right as set out in clause 11.8 of the existing RCF).

 

Any disposition resulting from a Permitted Reorganization.

De minimis    Greater of €110m and 1.4% of Total Assets.    €2 million per fiscal year (no carry-forward or carry-back).
Asset sales, the proceeds of which are used to make Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments    Subject to applicable Permitted Investment or Restricted Payment basket    Permission to be deleted.
Sale & Leaseback Transactions    Uncapped.    Permission to be deleted.
Forced Sales    N/A    Carve-out for forced sales in relation to non-controlled joint ventures/investment structures with drag rights and for take-outs relating to secured portfolios in the ordinary course of business.

 

10


Basket/Permission

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Amended RCF

Affiliate Transactions

  
De minimis    €30 million    Permission to be deleted.
Arm’s length terms   

Transaction, or transactions, taken as a whole, are not materially less favourable than arm’s length transaction with third parties

 

If in excess of €75m, the terms have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

  

Transaction, or transactions, taken as a whole, are not materially less favourable than arm’s length transaction with third parties.

 

If in excess of €15 million, the terms have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdco.

 

If in excess of €25 million, Holdco has obtained a fairness opinion from a third-party accounting or investment banking firm.

Affiliate Transactions carve-outs:   
Qualified Receivables Financing    Uncapped    Permission to be deleted.
Management Advances    Uncapped    Permission to be deleted.
Sponsor Fees    Uncapped    Permission to be deleted.

 

Basket/Permission

  

Current Permission

  

SteerCo position

Events of Default

  
RCF definition of Default    “Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 26 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Senior Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default, provided that any such event or circumstance which requires the satisfaction of a condition as to materiality before it becomes an Event of Default shall not be a Default unless that condition is satisfied.    “Default” means (i) an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 26 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Senior Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default; and (ii) any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default under Schedule 19 (Defaults).
Non-payment   

30-day cure period for failure to pay interest or Additional Amounts when due.

 

No cure period for failure to pay principal or premium when due.

  

5-day cure period for failure to pay interest or Additional Amounts when due.

 

No cure period for failure to pay principal or premium when due.

 

11


Other obligations   

30-day cure period for failure to comply with obligations under Change of Control covenant after written notice from the Trustee or holders representing 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (other than a failure to purchase the Notes which constitutes an EoD).

 

60 day cure period for failure to comply with any other obligations under the Indenture after written notice from the Trustee or holders representing 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes

   Agreed subject to 20-day cure period for breach of other obligations and with such period counting from the earlier of (i) receipt of notice from Agent and (ii) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary becoming aware.
Final judgments    €55 million with 60-day cure period    €25 million with 30-day cure period.
Cross-default / Cross-acceleration    €55 million    €25 million
Events of Default – other adjustments    N/A   

RCF events of default to be updated to reflect the following adjustments to existing RCF Events of Default:

 

•   Insolvency: to apply to Company, Holdco, Midco, Significant Subsidiaries, groups of Restricted Subsidiaries that together constitute Significant Subsidiaries, Obligors and Pledgors and based on cash flow insolvency;

 

•   Default trigger: threshold to be changed from “entry into” insolvency proceedings to “any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to”;

 

•   Bankruptcy Law: definition to be amended to capture UK, EU and US insolvency procedures, moratoria, and restructuring tools (including schemes of arrangement and other ‘non-insolvency’ restructuring procedures);

 

•   Grace period for disputed winding up petitions: to be reduced from 60 days to 45 days.

 

•   To include mandatory liquidations pursuant to Swedish law.

 

•   Cessation of business: to apply to Company, Significant Subsidiaries, Obligors and Pledgors, provided that Permitted Reorganizations (except with respect to the Company, Holdco and Midco) are permitted as a Permitted Transaction.

 

•   Event of Default in clause 26.3(a)(ii) to be revised as follows:

 

•   “subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Senior Finance Documents are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable or any Transaction Security ceases to be effective

 

•   Audit Qualification: the Company’s auditors qualify the Annual Financial Statements of the Group in a manner that could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents or in respect of the Group as a going concern.

 

12


Basket/Permission

  

Current Permission

  

SteerCo position

Reporting Requirements

  
Financial Statements   

120 days after each financial year:

 

•   audited consolidated Group;

 

•   audited Company and any Borrower;

 

•   if requested by FA, audited of each Obligor.

 

60 days after end of each financial quarter:

 

•   unaudited consolidated Group FS or management accounts.

   Removal of (Alternative Reporting) clause whereby accounts and financial statements which comply with the requirements of the Senior Pari Passu Notes Agreement fulfil the RCF requirement for Quarterly Financial Statements to be removed.
Compliance Certificate    With Annual FS and Quarterly FS.    To also include (i) additional reporting on Net ERC and Servicing EBITDA per RCF Term Sheet and ERC/Financial Covenant riders and (ii) a quarterly breakdown of available capacity under each of the baskets/permissions under the RCF.
Other Requirements   

•   List of Material Companies and confirmation of Pledged Group Contribution;

 

•   Invitation to Public Calls with SUN holders;

 

•   Presentations (if requested);

 

•   All docs provided to SUN holders;

 

•   Prompt MAE reports;

 

•   Prompt designation of Unrestricted Subsidiary reports;

  

Additional reporting requirements as set forth below:

 

1.  Annually updated forecasts against the business plan delivered as at the RED

 

2.  A sub-limit to the liquidity split on available RCF and cash on balance sheet as follows, which, with reference to page 29 of the Q2 results by way of example, should be located after the last bullet point, such that it would have supported the SEK 10.5bn liquidity stated:

    •   Prompt material change to Group structure;  

SEKm

    
 

•   Prompt any information if requested by FA;

 

Cash on Balance Sheet

   [50]
 

•   Use of Websites; and

 

Trapped cash

   [(10)]
 

•   KYC.

 

Undrawn available commitments under SSRCF

   [10]
      

 

   

Liquidity

   [50]

 

     

3.  A quarterly breakdown of available capacity under each of the RCF baskets/permissions, within the quarterly Compliance Certificate.

 

4.  Under Group “EBITDA excluding Non-Recurring Items (“EBITDA”)”, detail and commentary on synergies and costs savings that have been achieved and are contemplated in the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio. If no such items are taken into account, the Company would simply confirm this.

 

5.  A bridge for reported EBITDA to Cash EBITDA.

 

6.  In Under Investing, Book Value and Face Value per vintage, a sub-bullet for revaluations (positive / negative), which will be disclosed to RCF Lenders on a bilateral basis without any requirement for publication.

 

13


Provision

  

Agreed Position for the Amended RCF

Other Provisions

  
Unrestricted Subsidiaries   

•   No ability to designate Unrestricted Subsidiaries other than Partnerships and GPs in connection with the Asset Management Scheme set forth in the Appendix and subject to the restrictions therein.

Co-Investment Vehicles   

•   Existing Co-Investment Vehicles permitted and future Co-Investment Vehicles permitted subject to the restrictions in this baskets table.

 

•   Fund Co-Investment Vehicles permitted subject to the restrictions in the Appendix.

Additional covenants   

•   Anti-layering covenant, as per 1.01(h) of Schedule 18 (Covenants) under the existing RCF.

 

•   Chewy protections (ASPs to provide that non-wholly owned subs are not carved out unless required by law/regulation).

 

•   Serta right of first refusal protection on new money up-tiering (90% consent required to subordinate the RCF in right of payment and/or give super senior or priority security to any other Indebtedness unless the RCF lenders have been provided with a bona fide opportunity to provide their pro rata share of such priming Indebtedness on the same terms).

 

•   Payments for consent covenant, as per Section 4.11 under the 2026 Eurobond Indenture, for the benefit of the RCF Lenders.

 

•   Negative pledge such that if any guarantee is not granted or security not granted over an asset on the basis of the ASPs, such asset cannot be provided as security and/or the relevant entity cannot provide a guarantee or other assurance of payment to any other creditor unless such security or guarantee is also shared with the RCF and the Super Priority Hedging.

 

•   Financial Calculations covenant, as per Section 4.17 under the 2028 Eurobond Indenture.

 

•   The following J Crew blocker to be included as clause 1.02(e) of Schedule 18 (Covenants):

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary be permitted to dispose of, transfer, or grant an exclusive license to, any Material Assets, whether as an Asset Disposition, Investment, Restricted Payment, Permitted Payment, dividend or otherwise, to any Unrestricted Subsidiary, including via designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Material Assets” means any assets owned by Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that are, in the good faith determination of the Company, material to the operation of the business of the Group, taken as a whole.

 

As stated above, the Company will be subject to the J Crew blocker pending completion of the hive down.

 

•   Cash management undertakings apply to the Company and Holdco to restrict the amount of cash held by each entity save to the extent required for Debt Service (as defined herein) or payment of agreed costs and expenses.

APPENDIX

 

Agreed Position

Structure   

Each Co-Investment Vehicle subject to this scheme (the “Fund Co-Investment Vehicle”) and each of its Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries, but will not be Guarantors. Each Fund Co-Investment Vehicle will be 100% owned by Restricted Subsidiaries and/or one or more Partnerships (owned by third party investors) and/or third-party investors.

 

One or more partnerships with third party investors with economic interests in a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle (the “Partnership”) and its controlling general partner (the “GP”) will not be Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

As a condition to designating the GP as an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

 

(i) the GP will be prohibited from incurring any Indebtedness, pledging any assets or receiving any economics from the Partnership and/or any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle;

 

(ii)  the Restricted Group will make no Investments in the GP or the Partnership, except those which are required to maintain the corporate existence of such entities;

 

(iii)  Midco or its Restricted Subsidiaries will control the GP;

 

(iv) controls will be put in place to ensure the prohibitions on the GP are maintained (controls other than EoD to be agreed); and

 

(v)   the GP cannot change asset management contracts or servicing contracts with respect to a fund in a manner that would be materially adverse to the interests of the bondholders or the RCF lenders, after final close of such fund.

 

14


   As the general partner to the Partnership, the GP will have customary controlling interests in the Partnership (which will be subject to customary non-controlling LP rights, such as approval of affiliate transactions, change of tax status, increase of LP liability, etc.).
Economic Interest   

Subject to the paragraph below, the Restricted Group can make Investments into the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle for up to 35% of the economic interests in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, with third-parties making Investments for at least 65% of the economic interests in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle.

 

The Restricted Group will have up to 18 months from the time of designation of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle (which designation cannot occur prior to the date that a third party commits or invests into the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle) (a “Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation”) to achieve the 35% threshold set out above, by issuing interests in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle to a Partnership or third party investors on an arm’s length basis.

Form of Investment and Capex Limits   

Investments by the Restricted Group in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle must be in the form of (i) cash or (ii) assets acquired by the Restricted Group after July 1, 2024 (subject to (x) in the case of each of (i) and (ii), the Maximum Capex parameters as applied from January 1, 2024 and (y) in the case of (ii) only, the assets contributed must be matched by corresponding investments by, or commitments (requiring asset contribution within 18 months of the relevant Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation) from third party investors (through a Partnership or otherwise and in each case on an arm’s length basis) of 65% or more of the economic interests in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, obtained within 18 months of the relevant Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation).

 

The Maximum Capex parameters applies (i) to cash Investments in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle in the year in which such cash

 

Investments are made and (ii) to other assets contributed to the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle in the year in which such assets were acquired.

 

A sub-limit of 30% of the Maximum Capex in the year the relevant assets were acquired applies to Investments (via cash or in-kind) in levered Fund Co-Investment Vehicles. For purposes of determining compliance with the prior sentence, the amount of the Investment of any contributed assets should be no less than book value of the contributed assets as determined in good faith by the Intrum board at the time of the transfer.

 

The Restricted Group’s economic interest in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle will be pari passu or senior to the economic interests of the Partnership in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, with no layering or subordination in the waterfall, except in relation to asset management and/or performance fees or otherwise for the benefit of the Restricted Group.

Debt   

Debt at any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its subsidiaries to be limited to 50% Loan to Purchase Price (i.e., ratio of Indebtedness of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the consideration paid/payable by the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the assets held by them).

 

For purposes of calculating the Loan to Purchase Price of any contributed assets, the Purchase Price of contributed assets should be the amount initially paid by the Restricted Group, not the amount paid by the Co-Investment Vehicle.

  

 

Indebtedness incurred by the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries will be on arms’ length terms and non-recourse to the rest of the Restricted Group (other than the ability to pledge the shares of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle to raise third-party debt at the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle in order to finance the purchase of portfolio assets)

  

 

Indebtedness may be incurred by the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or at one or more of its Subsidiaries

  

 

Any other debt baskets that the Restricted Group has cannot be used to finance the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries in any way (including the financing of equity or asset contributions into the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle)

Identity of Servicing Entity and Fees    The Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries are prohibited from being the servicing entity in respect of their directly or indirectly held portfolios.
  

The Restricted Group receives returns on the invested assets at least pro rata to their economic interest in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle held by the Restricted Group.

 

Not more than 40% of asset management and performance fees (in each case, for all Fund Co-Investment Vehicles) may be shared with third parties. The Restricted Group shall be permitted to share the asset management and performance fees paid by any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or Partnership, provided that at the time of any agreement to share asset management or performance fees, The Restricted Group reasonably expects that the net asset management and estimated performance fees to be received by the Restricted Group from all Fund Co-Investment Vehicles and Partnership shall be at least 110% of the costs incurred by the Restricted Group for the management of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicles and Partnerships. For the avoidance of doubt, servicing fees are not to be shared with third parties, subject to the points outlined below.

 

Servicing of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicles directly or indirectly held portfolios will be performed by the Restricted Group, except where Intrum determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it is in the economic best interest of the Restricted Group for such servicing to be carried out by a third-party, with such determination being made in a manner consistent with Intrum’s past practice.

 

Servicing and asset management contracts must be on customary market terms.

 

The Restricted Group servicer and asset management entity in respect of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle must be a Guarantor of the Exchange Notes and of the RCF and the Exchange Notes and the RCF Lenders must have security over its shares, subject to local law limitations / ASPs.

 

15


  

The Fund Co-Investment Vehicle will be permitted to invest, directly or indirectly, in any receivables and related assets consistent with Intrum’s past practice.

 

Capex spend in relation to the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle structure is subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions for required returns.

 

There can be no obligation on the part of any other member of the Restricted Group to maintain the financial condition or support the operations of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle.

 

Intrum will use commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate the terms of any financing arrangements with a third-party creditor lending to the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries to include a ROFO to apply in favour of the Restricted Group in the event that the third party creditor enforces its share pledge over the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle.

 

Neither the Partnership, the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle nor any of its Subsidiaries can make any direct or indirect Restricted Payments (via investments or otherwise) to shareholders of Midco or affiliates of Midco that are not members of the Restricted Group.

 

16


APPENDIX 3

ERC-RELATED KEY DEFINITIONS

 

17


Agreed Form

Appendix 3

ERC-Related Key Definitions1

Asset Management Scheme Amounts” means for any applicable ERC Testing Date and in relation to any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and each of its Subsidiaries, an amount which is equal to the product of (x) the net ERC (calculated on the same basis as Net ERC but (i) by reference to all Portfolio Assets owned and relevant Indebtedness owed directly or indirectly by that Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries and (ii) for avoidance of doubt ignoring for these purposes the reference to a deduction of Minority ERC Amounts) of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries and (y) the lower of (i) the percentage of such net ERC which any member or members of the Midco Group is contractually entitled to receive in the ordinary course through its ownership interest through the shares or other equivalent equity ownership interests or economic interests in the relevant Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and each of its Subsidiaries and (ii) the percentage of such net ERC which any member or members of the Midco Group is contractually entitled to receive through its ownership interest through the shares or other equivalent equity ownership interests or economic interests in the relevant Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and each of its Subsidiaries in the event of its termination or dissolution.

ERC” means, for any applicable ERC Testing Date, the aggregate amount of estimated remaining gross collections projected to be received during the period of 84 months commencing from the applicable ERC Testing Date by a member of the Midco Group (excluding for avoidance of doubt any such estimated remaining gross collections attributable to (i) a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle, (ii) a JV Entity, (iii) an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (iv) a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and each of its Subsidiaries) from all Portfolio Assets directly owned by that member of the Midco Group on (1) the applicable ERC Testing Date (where the test is performed pursuant to paragraph (a) of the definition of ERC Testing Date) or (2) on the last day of the month immediately preceding the applicable ERC Testing Date (where the test is performed pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of ERC Testing Date) (the “Reference Date”), calculated:

 

  (a)

in accordance with the Portfolio ERC Model; and

 

  (b)

to give pro forma effect to:

 

  (1)

any Purchase or any other acquisition by that member of the Midco Group of (x) Portfolio Assets or (y) any shares or other interest in any entity holding Portfolio Assets, from a person that is not a member of the Group (an “ERC Purchase”); and

 

  (2)

any Sale or any other disposal (including, without limitation, any direct or indirect transfer of any economic interest (including any Synthetic Sale)) by that member of the Midco Group of (a) Portfolio Assets or (b) any shares or other interest in any entity holding Portfolio Assets to anyone that is not a member of the Group (an “ERC Sale”) where (whether in a single transaction or a related series of transactions) the net consideration for all such ERC Sales exceeds EUR 30,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate in any 12 month period,

 

1 

Note: defined terms used but not defined herein are intended to have the meaning given to them in the Existing SSRCF. Relevant clause and paragraph references refer to Existing SSRCF; to be updated in long form.

 

1


in the case of both (1) and (2), that have occurred between the Reference Date and the applicable ERC Testing Date, including any such ERC Sale or ERC Purchase giving rise to the need to calculate ERC.

ERC shall be calculated as at each applicable ERC Testing Date, and tested by reference to each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 23.2 (Compliance Certificate) or with a Utilisation Request2.

ERC Testing Date” means:

 

  (a)

each Quarter Date; and

 

  (b)

the date of completion of any ERC Sale (whether in a single transaction or a related series of transactions) where the net consideration for all such ERC Sales exceeds EUR 30,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate in any 12 month period;

 

  (c)

at the Company’s option, the date of completion of any ERC Purchase; and

 

  (d)

the date of submission of each Utilisation Request.

Joint Venture” means any joint venture or similar arrangement (including minority interest investments) entered into by a member of the Midco Group with any other person which is not a member of the Group where: (a) a member or members of the Midco Group directly or indirectly hold shares or an equivalent equity ownership interest or an economic interest in the relevant entity; (b) a member or members of the Midco Group own (directly or indirectly) 50%, or less, of the shares or other equivalent equity ownership interests or economic interests in that relevant entity; and (c) such member or members of the Midco Group are entitled to receive a share of the ERC generated by such Portfolio Assets of such JV.

JV ERC Amount” means, for any applicable ERC Testing Date and in relation to any Joint Venture or Co-Investment Vehicle which is not a Restricted Subsidiary (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle and (ii) a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries) (each a “JV Entity”), an amount which is equal to the product of (x) the net ERC (calculated on the same basis as Net ERC but by reference to (i) all Portfolio Assets owned and relevant Indebtedness owed directly or indirectly by that JV Entity and its Subsidiaries and (ii) for avoidance of doubt ignoring for these purposes the reference to a deduction of Minority ERC Amounts) of the JV Entity and (y) the lower of (i) the percentage of such net ERC which any member or members of the Midco Group is contractually entitled to receive in the ordinary course through its ownership interest through the shares or other equivalent equity ownership interests or economic interests in that relevant entity and (ii) the percentage of such Net ERC which any member or members of the Midco Group is contractually entitled to receive in the ordinary course through its ownership interest through the shares or other equivalent equity ownership interests or economic interests in that relevant entity in the event of its termination or dissolution.

 

 

2 

Note: each annual and quarterly Compliance Certificate shall be required to include calculation of ERC and of EBITDA. The Compliance Certificate delivered with the annual financial statements will be reported on by the Group’s existing / then current auditors, as per existing clause 23.2(c), and this will include reporting on the ERC calculation and confirmation that such reporting/calculation is consistent with applicable accounting principles, current practice and other metrics to be agreed as in effect/applied as at the Closing Date. Company to deliver an additional Compliance Certificate covering ERC only with respect to any relevant disposal / purchase (see definition of ERC Testing Date) in order to re-test ERC at that time, within 10 Business Days of the completion of the relevant disposal/purchase.


Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle” means a Co-Investment Vehicle that is not a Restricted Subsidiary and that at the time of the initial Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Co-Investment Vehicle has Indebtedness outstanding or is intended to Incur any Indebtedness in the future in the good faith determination of senior management of the Company.

Midco Group” means Midco and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Midco Group Net ERC” means, for any applicable ERC Testing Date, the aggregate of:

 

  (a)

whether positive or negative, the Net ERC of each member of the Midco Group in respect of such ERC Testing Date;

 

  (b)

all JV ERC Amounts in respect of such ERC Testing Date; and

 

  (c)

all Asset Management Scheme Amounts in respect of such ERC Testing Date.

Minority ERC Amount” means, in respect of a relevant member of the Midco Group which is not wholly owned by one or more members of the Midco Group (a “Non Wholly Owned Person”), an amount which is equal to the product of (x) the Net Unlevered ERC of such Non Wholly Owned Person multiplied by the lower of (y) the percentage shareholding (or equivalent including in respect of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock at the applicable redemption values) of all shareholders (or holders of a similar interest) of such Non Wholly Owned Person which are not members of the Midco Group (a “Minority TP Holder”) and (z) the percentage of such Net Unlevered ERC which the Minority TP Holder is contractually entitled to receive through its ownership interest through the shares or other equivalent equity ownership interests or economic interests in that relevant entity in the event of its termination or dissolution.

Net ERC means, for any applicable ERC Testing Date, in respect of any member of the Midco Group (excluding for avoidance of doubt (i) a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle, (ii) a JV Entity, (iii) an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (iv) a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries), its Net Unlevered ERC in respect of such ERC Testing Date less:

 

  (a)

the aggregate of all Minority ERC Amounts in respect of such ERC Testing Date (for avoidance of doubt, only to the extent such Minority ERC Amount was originally included in the calculation of ERC); and/or

 

  (b)

the aggregate of all Synthetic Sale Amounts in respect of such ERC Testing Date (for avoidance of doubt, only to the extent the Portfolio Assets or related ERC that is the subject of such Synthetic Sale Amount were originally included in the calculation of ERC for the relevant member of the Midco Group); and/or


  (c)

any part of the relevant Net Unlevered ERC which is the subject of any security, encumbrance or other equivalent right or any option to acquire or otherwise acquire control of such Net Unlevered ERC or any relevant underlying Portfolio Assets or cash proceeds, revenue or collections relating thereto (each a “Third Party Entitlement”), in each case that creates or could give rise to any entitlement of any person other than the relevant member of the Midco Group to such Net Unlevered ERC, any underlying Portfolio Assets or cash proceeds, revenue or collections relating thereto but excluding such Third Party Entitlement to the extent (i) the relevant contractual right, claim or other right of priority is limited to the amount of a debt claim where the maximum amount of such debt claim that can be accelerated or satisfied in relation to such Third Party Entitlements has already been fully deducted in the calculation of Net Unlevered ERC for the relevant member of the Midco Group or (ii) such Third Party Entitlement relates to the right to acquire an ownership interest through shares or other equivalent equity ownership interests or economic interests in an entity in respect of which Midco or the Relevant Subsidiary owning such interests would be entitled to receive compensation for on arm’s length terms.

Net Unlevered ERC” means for any applicable ERC Testing Date, in respect of any member of the Midco Group (excluding for avoidance of doubt (i) a Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle, (ii) a JV Entity, (iii) an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (iv) a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries), its ERC in respect of such ERC Testing Date (which could be zero) less (for the avoidance of doubt, without double counting and such that no amount of Indebtedness is taken into account more than once):

 

  (a)

the quotient of (x) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of that member of the Midco Group excluding:

 

  a.

Indebtedness referred to in paragraphs (3), (4) (only to the extent that the deferred payment referred to in paragraph (4) of that definition is not in respect of ERC related Portfolio Assets) and (6) (except to the extent incurred in respect of Indebtedness of a Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of that definition) (the “Excluded Indebtedness”); and

 

  b.

Indebtedness incurred under paragraphs (b)(7), (b)(8), (b)(9), (b)(10) and (b)(14) of Section 1.01 of Schedule 18,

as at the applicable ERC Testing Date, divided by (y) 0.35; and

 

  (b)

the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness (other than Excluded Indebtedness) of that member of the Midco Group incurred under paragraphs (b)(7), (b)(8), (b)(9), (b)(10) and (b)(14) of Section 1.01 of Schedule 18 as at the applicable ERC Testing Date,

in each case only to the extent such Indebtedness is Structurally Senior Indebtedness.

Portfolio Assets” means all (a) Right to Collect Accounts, (b) performing, sub performing or charged-off accounts, loans, receivables, mortgages, debentures and claims, (c) real estate assets that are repossessed in satisfaction of debts and (d) other similar assets or instruments which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall in each case exclude any Trust Management Assets and any Right to Collect Accounts, performing accounts, subperforming accounts, charged-off accounts, cash and bank accounts, loans, receivables, mortgages, debentures, claims or other similar assets or instruments which are or will (from acquisition) be (y) held on trust for a third party which is not Midco or any Restricted Subsidiary (or, if


applicable, the relevant JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries) or (z) subject to any Security except for Transaction Security or any Permitted Lien referred to in clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (8), (9), (11), (12), (15), (17), (18), (20), (23) and/or (24) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”.

Portfolio ERC Model” means the models and methodologies that the Company uses to calculate the value of its ERC and those of its Subsidiaries, JV Entities and Fund Co-Investment Vehicles and each of their Subsidiaries, consistently with its most recent audited financial statements as at the Restructuring Effective Date.

Right to Collect Account” means a performing, sub-performing or charged-off account, loan, receivable, mortgage, debenture or claim, or other similar asset or instrument that is owned by a person that is not Midco or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or, if applicable, a JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries) (a “Third Party”) and in respect of which (a) such Third Party is unable or unwilling to dispose of the relevant performing, sub-performing or charged-off account, loan, receivable, mortgage, debenture or claim, or other similar asset or instrument to Midco or a Restricted Subsidiary (or, if applicable, a JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries); and (b) Midco or a Restricted Subsidiary (or, if applicable, a JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries) is entitled to collect and retain substantially all of the amounts due under such performing, sub-performing or charged-off account, loan, receivable, mortgage, debenture or claim, or other similar asset or instrument or to receive amounts equivalent thereto.

Structurally Senior Indebtedness” means Indebtedness incurred by any member of the Midco Group that is not subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and where in order for such Indebtedness to be ‘subject to the Intercreditor Agreement’ the following conditions must be satisfied: (i) all Obligors and creditors in relation to such Indebtedness have acceded to the Intercreditor Agreement to the effect that such Indebtedness (whether incurred in the form of borrowings, guarantees, surety, indemnity or any equivalent arrangements) is fully subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) the claims of the relevant creditors in relation to such Indebtedness will be subordinated in right of priority to security enforcement proceeds and on the basis that any payments in relation to such Indebtedness not expressly permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement will be subject to turnover obligation to the security trustee (whether made by an Obligor as primary debtor or a guarantor).

Synthetic Sale Amount” means, in respect of a relevant member of the Group, an amount which is equal to the ERC relating to an asset of such member that has been sold or transferred pursuant to a Synthetic Sale to a person that is not a member of the Group.

Trust Management Assets” means Right to Collect Accounts, performing accounts, subperforming accounts, charged-off accounts, loans, receivables, mortgages, debentures, claims, cash and bank accounts or other similar assets or instruments held by a member of the Midco Group (or, if applicable, JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries) on trust for a beneficiary which is not a member of the Group (or as applicable JV Entity or a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or one of their Subsidiaries).


Agreed Form

ANNEX 5

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT PRINCIPLES

 

24


ANNEX 5 – INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT PRINCIPLES

 

The below sets out the high-level intercreditor terms that would form the basis for a new intercreditor agreement or a restatement of the existing intercreditor agreement originally dated 26 June 2017 for Intrum AB (publ) (the “ICA”) in connection with the implementation of the “long-dated proposal” in respect of the 2025 Notes, the 2026 Notes, the 2027 Notes and the 2028 Notes and the requested extension of the SSRCF (the “Long-Dated Proposal”). The key intercreditor terms set out below remain subject to review by local counsel, including any jurisdiction specific updates required to the ICA (including, without limitation, up to date guarantee limitation language).

 

    

Issue

  

Position

1.    Right and priority of payment   

Liabilities to rank in the following order:

 

1.  ”Super Senior Lender Liabilities” (being the Liabilities under the SSRCF)

 

Senior Liabilities” (being (i) the “1.5L Liabilities” (the New Money Notes, the Piraeus Facility and any headroom in the EUR 1.1bn Credit Facilities Basket over and above the Total Commitments under the SSRCF (the “Headroom Liabilities”), (ii) the “2L Liabilities” (being the 2027, 2028, 2029 and 2030 Exchange Notes) and (iii) the Permitted Senior Secured Financing Liabilities)

 

Hedging Liabilities

 

Security Agent Liabilities, Agent Liabilities, Senior Creditor Representative Liabilities and Senior Pari Passu Notes Trustee Amounts

 

pari passu and without any preference between them;

 

2.  Investor Liabilities and Intra-Group Liabilities

2.    Ranking of Transaction Security   

Transaction Security1 to secure:

 

Super Senior Lender Liabilities

 

Senior Liabilities

 

Hedging Liabilities

 

1 

NTD: To be defined as the existing Transaction Security plus the additional security to be granted in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles.

 

   - 1 -    70-41074252


ANNEX 5 – INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT PRINCIPLES

 

     

 

Security Agent Liabilities, Agent Liabilities, Senior Creditor Representative Liabilities and Senior Pari Passu Notes Trustee Amounts

 

pari passu and without any preference between them

3.    Application of proceeds of enforcement of Transaction Security, guarantee claims, receipts or recoveries following a Distress Event or other Payment Stop (including from Debtors) and turnover   

To be applied in the following order:

 

1.  Security Agent Liabilities and sums owing to any Receiver or Delegate pro rata and pari passu;

 

2.  Agent Liabilities, Senior Creditor Representative Liabilities and Senior Pari Passu Notes Trustee Amounts pro rata and pari passu;

 

3.  costs and expenses incurred by any Agent or Primary Creditor in connection with realisation or enforcement of Transaction Security or enforcement actions at request of Security Agent;

 

4.  in payment pro rata and pari passu to:

 

a.   the Super Senior Agent (on its own behalf and on behalf of the Super Senior Arrangers and Super Senior Lenders) for application towards the Super Senior Arranger Liabilities and the Super Senior Lender Liabilities; and

 

b.  the Hedge Counterparties for application towards the Super-Priority Hedging Liabilities;

 

5.  in payment pro rata and pari passu to:

 

a.   the 1.5L Notes Trustee on its own behalf and on behalf of the 1.5L Noteholders for application towards the 1.5L Notes Liabilities;

 

b.  the Piraeus Facility Agent (on its own behalf and on behalf of the Piraeus Facility Arrangers and Piraeus Facility Lenders) for application towards the Piraeus Facility Arranger Liabilities and the Piraeus Facility Lender Liabilities; and

 

c.   the Headroom Liabilities Facility Agent or Headroom Liabilities Notes Trustee (in each case, on its own behalf and on behalf of the creditors in respect of the Headroom Liabilities for application towards the Headroom Liabilities;

 

6.  in payment pro rata and pari passu to:

 

   - 2 -    70-41074252


ANNEX 5 – INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT PRINCIPLES

 

     

a.   the 2L Notes Trustee on its own behalf and on behalf of the 2L Noteholders for application towards the 2L Notes Liabilities;

 

b.  the Hedge Counterparties for application towards the Non-Super Priority Hedging Liabilities;

 

c.   each Senior Secured Creditor Representative on its own behalf and on behalf of the Permitted Senior Secured Financing Arrangers and the Permitted Senior Secured Financing Creditors for application towards the Permitted Senior Secured Liabilities;

 

7.  if none of the Debtors is under any further actual or contingent liability under any Secured Debt Document, in payment to any person to whom the Security Agent is obliged to pay in priority to any Debtor; and

 

8.  to the relevant Debtor.

4.    Hedging Liabilities   

The “Super-Priority Hedging Liabilities” are Liabilities under each Super-Priority Hedging Transaction (as defined below).

 

The Non-Super-Priority Hedging Liabilities are any other Hedging Liabilities which are not allocated as Super-Priority Hedging Liabilities.

 

Super-Priority Hedging Transactions shall be limited to the following “Super-Priority Hedging Transactions”:

 

(a)   any:

 

a.   Interest Rate Hedging Transactions entered into by the Debtors in connection with their interest rate exposure arising from the Super Senior Lender Liabilities and/or Senior Liabilities; and

 

b.  Currency Hedging Transactions (including cross currency interest rate swap transactions) entered into by the Debtors; and

 

(b)   any Currency Hedging Transactions entered into by the Debtors,

 

in each case which are allocated by the Company as a Super-Priority Hedging Transaction.

 

In relation to (a) above:

 

   - 3 -    70-41074252


ANNEX 5 – INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT PRINCIPLES

 

     

(i) the aggregate notional amount of such Interest Rate Hedging Transactions shall be limited to the outstanding principal amount of the Super Senior Lender Liabilities and Senior Liabilities that bears a floating rate of interest; and

 

(ii)  the aggregate notional amount of such Currency Hedging Transactions (including cross interest rate swap transactions) shall be limited to the outstanding principal amount of the Super Senior Lender Liabilities and Senior Liabilities that is drawn or repayable in a Debtor’s non-reporting currency.

 

Any transactions entered into for the purposes of reducing the notional amount of the Group’s hedging (e.g. offsetting swaps) and any pre-hedging or deal contingent hedging transactions shall not count towards the above limitations. The Group shall not be entitled to undertake any other hedging, including commodity or inflation hedging.

 

In relation to (b) above, any Currency Hedging Transactions shall have a maximum tenor not exceeding 6 months but there shall be no cap on the aggregate notional amount.

 

ICA to include an undertaking from the Debtors in favour of the Super Senior Creditors and the Senior Creditors to enter into Hedging Agreements only if they are (i) in its ordinary course of business, (ii) in compliance with the Group Treasury Policy, (iii) for non-speculative purposes and (iv) for the purpose of hedging bona fide interest rate or foreign exchange exposure.

 

The Group shall provide the Super Senior Creditors and the Senior Creditors with a quarterly report signed by any two directors or a member of Senior Management (being the Chairman, CEO, COO or CFO) of the Group including a summary of the Group’s outstanding hedging liabilities, and the following information with respect to each hedging transaction:

 

(i) Notional Amount

 

(ii)  MtM value

 

(iii)  The relevant rate / currency pair

 

(iv) The tenor/maturity

 

(v)   Ranking (e.g. super-priority, senior or unsecured)

 

   - 4 -    70-41074252


ANNEX 5 – INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT PRINCIPLES

 

     

(vi) Reasonable details of the exposure being hedged

 

Any amendments to the Hedging Parameters and to those elements of the Group Treasury Policy that relate to hedging and any material amendments to the reporting obligations in each case following the Restructuring Effective Date shall require Majority Super Senior Creditor consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

5.    Instructing Group   

1.  in relation to instructions to enforce Transaction Security or refrain or cease from enforcing Transaction Security or taking other Enforcement Action:

 

a.   Senior Creditors (excluding Non-Super Priority Hedge Counterparties) whose Senior Secured Credit Participations aggregate more than 50% of the total Senior Secured Credit Participations at that time (the “Senior Instructing Group”); and/or

 

b.  Super Senior Lenders and Super-Priority Hedge Counterparties whose Super Senior Credit Participations aggregate more than 66 2/3% of the total Super Senior Credit Participations at that time (the “Majority Super Senior Creditors”),

 

in each case as applicable in accordance with the manner of enforcement provisions in the ICA; and

 

2.  in relation to any other matter:

 

a.   the Senior Instructing Group; and

 

b.  the Majority Super Senior Creditors.

6.    Enforcement Instructions   

The Security Agent shall enforce the Transaction Security:

 

1.  as the Instructing Group shall instruct, provided that such instructions are consistent with the Security Enforcement Principles; or

 

2.  in the case of Conflicting Enforcement Instructions, in accordance with the instructions given by the Senior Instructing Group, provided that such instructions are consistent with the Security Enforcement Principles (to the extent consistent with the ICA and the Security Documents),

 

provided that, in each case if:

 

   - 5 -    70-41074252


ANNEX 5 – INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT PRINCIPLES

 

     

a.   the Super Senior Creditors have not been fully repaid within six months of the date on which the Initial Enforcement Notice was received;

 

b.  the Security Agent has not commenced any enforcement of the Transaction Security (or a transaction in lieu thereof) within three months of the date on which the Initial Enforcement Notice was received (provided that if the Initial Enforcement Notice is given by the Majority Super Senior Creditors, this paragraph (b) shall only apply if the Initial Enforcement Notice instructs the Security Agent to enforce the Transaction Security); or

 

c.   an Insolvency Event has occurred and the Security Agent has not commenced any enforcement of the Transaction Security (or a transaction in lieu thereof),

 

then the Security Agent shall follow the instructions given by the Majority Super Senior Creditors (to the extent consistent with the ICA and the Security Documents).

7.    Payment Stops   

Following the occurrence of a Distress Event or a Payment Default which is continuing where the unpaid amount exceeds EUR 15,000,000 (or its equivalent), no Debtor may make payments of any Super Senior Lender Liabilities, Senior Liabilities or Hedging Liabilities, save to the extent such payments are made to the Security Agent for application in accordance with section 3 above, irrespective of whether they should have been received, recovered or realised by the Security Agent, subject to the provisos in paragraphs (a) to (b) of clause 3.1 of the existing ICA.

 

a.   “Distress Event” means any of (i) an Acceleration Event; or (ii) the enforcement of any Transaction Security.

 

b.  “Acceleration Event” means a Super Senior Acceleration Event, a Senior Notes Acceleration Event, a Piraeus Facility Acceleration Event and/or a Permitted Senior Secured Financing Acceleration Event.

 

c.   “Payment Default” means an Event of Default arising by reason of non-payment of any amount which is due and payable under the Debt Documents (other than any agreement evidencing the terms of the Intra-Group Liabilities or Investor Liabilities), other than in respect of non-payment of any amount (a) not constituting principal or interest or (b) not exceeding EUR 200,000 (or its equivalent).

 

   - 6 -    70-41074252


ANNEX 5 – INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT PRINCIPLES

 

     

 

d.  “Event of Default” means an Event of Default arising under a Super Senior Facilities Agreement, a Senior Pari Passu Notes Indenture, the Piraeus Facility Agreement and/or any Permitted Senior Secured Financing Agreement.

 

The existing restrictions on payments shall continue to apply to Hedge Counterparties.

8.    Enforcement action – Insolvency Event   

Prior to an Insolvency Event, no Super Senior Lender, Senior Creditor, Hedge Counterparty and/or Permitted Senior Secured Financing Creditor shall be entitled to take any Enforcement Action without the prior written consent of an Instructing Group.

 

Nothing in the ICA shall prevent the Super Senior Lenders, Hedge Counterparties, Senior Pari Passu Notes Creditors, Piraeus Facility Creditors and/or Permitted Senior Secured Financing Creditors, to the extent permitted to do so by the terms of the relevant Debt Documents, from taking the following Enforcement Action against the Insolvent Party following an Insolvency Event in relation to that Insolvent Party (provided that this shall not permit any such person to give any directions to the Security Agent in relation to any enforcement of any Transaction Security):

 

1.  accelerating any Liabilities of that Insolvent Party or declaring them prematurely due and payable;

 

2.  making any declaration that any Liabilities of that Insolvent Party are payable on demand;

 

3.  making any demand in relation to a Liability of that Insolvent Party that is payable on demand;

 

4.  making any demand in relation to Guarantee Liabilities of that Insolvent Party;

 

5.  exercising any right to require that Insolvent Party to acquire any Liability subject to carve-outs in line with the existing ICA;

 

6.  exercising any right of set-off, account combination or netting in relation to that Insolvent Party subject to carve-outs in line with the existing ICA; or

 

7.  suing for, commencing or joining of any legal or arbitration proceedings against that Insolvent Party or to recover any Liabilities of that Insolvent Party.

9.    Non-Distressed Disposals    In line with the existing ICA (as amended to reflect the updated Agreed Security Principles).

 

   - 7 -    70-41074252


ANNEX 5 – INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT PRINCIPLES

 

10.    Distressed Disposals   

If a disposal of an asset of a member of the Group or any other asset subject to Transaction Security is being effected (a) at the request of an Instructing Group when Transaction Security has become enforceable, (b) by enforcement of Transaction Security or (c) by a disposal after an Acceleration Event to a person which is not a member of the Group, the Security Agent shall have authority to:

 

1.  release all or part of the borrowings of, guarantees and Transaction Security granted by, and trading, other liabilities and any other claim over the assets of, that member of the Group (or its direct or indirect holding companies) being sold and their respective subsidiaries;

 

2.  transfer to another member of the Group all or part of the intra-Group obligations of that member of the Group (or its direct or indirect holding companies) being sold and their respective subsidiaries under or in connection with the relevant Liabilities; and/or

 

3.  dispose of all or part of the relevant Liabilities of that member of the Group (or its direct or indirect holding companies) being sold and their respective subsidiaries.

 

The ICA will:

 

1.  contain customary value protections in respect of any release, transfer or disposal of any Super Senior Lender Liabilities, Senior Liabilities, Hedging Liabilities and Senior Secured Notes Liabilities following any Distressed Disposal or a disposal of Liabilities by the Security Agent; and

 

2.  contain customary provisions regarding receipts or recoveries other than in cash.

11.    Realisations   

Transaction Security may only be enforced, Distressed Disposals and disposals of Liabilities may only be effected and other action as to Enforcement may only be taken such that:

 

(a) to the extent the Instructing Group is the Senior Instructing Group, either:

 

(i) all proceeds of Enforcement are received by the Security Agent in cash for distribution in accordance with section 3; or

 

(ii) sufficient proceeds from enforcement will be received by the Security Agent in cash to ensure that when the proceeds are applied in accordance with section 3, the Super Senior Lender Liabilities and Super-Priority Hedging Liabilities are repaid and discharged in full (unless the Majority Senior Super-Priority Creditors agree otherwise); or

 

   - 8 -    70-41074252


ANNEX 5 – INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT PRINCIPLES

 

     

(b) to the extent the Instructing Group is the Majority Super Senior Creditors, either:

 

(i) all proceeds of enforcement are received by the Security Agent in cash for distribution in accordance with section 3; or

 

(ii) sufficient proceeds from Enforcement will be received by the Security Agent in cash to ensure that, when the proceeds are applied in accordance with section 3, the Super Senior Lender Discharge Date will occur (unless the Majority Super Senior Lenders agree otherwise).

12.    Option to Purchase    After an Acceleration Event which is continuing, Senior Creditors holding at least a simple majority of the relevant Senior Liabilities may purchase the Super Senior Lender Liabilities and the Super-Priority Hedging Liabilities (and Hedge Counterparty Obligations owing to a Super-Priority Hedge Counterparty) on 10 days’ notice and subject to certain conditions set out in the existing ICA (including, without limitation, the transfer being at par). The purchasing Senior Creditors shall indemnify the Super Senior Lenders and relevant Hedge Counterparties on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Super Senior Lenders and relevant Hedge Counterparties in respect of any claw back risk in respect of the purchase.
13.    Additional Debt   

No ability for the Company to incur liabilities which are senior to the Super Senior Lender Liabilities or for additional Super Senior indebtedness to be incurred ranking pari passu with the Super Senior Lender Liabilities (in each case other than the Super-Priority Hedging Liabilities) without the consent of all Super Senior Lenders.

 

Anti-layering protections for the 1.5L Liabilities and 2L Liabilities will apply.

14.    Restricted Subsidiaries    All Restricted Subsidiaries that incur Super Senior Lender Liabilities, Hedging Liabilities or Senior Liabilities or grant guarantees or security in respect of the same must be party to / accede to the ICA.
15.    Restrictions on Investors, Intra-Group Lenders and Debtors    As per the existing ICA, subject to the inclusion of disenfranchisement provisions for Investors and Investor Affiliates.

 

   - 9 -    70-41074252


ANNEX 5 – INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT PRINCIPLES

 

16.    Loans subject to security and attached security   

ICA to restrict:

 

•   Holdco taking any steps in relation to security granted to it by Midco (and the receivables subject to such security) without the prior written consent of the Security Agent; and

 

•   the Company, Holdco, Midco and any other Intragroup Lender from dealing with any pledged loans if required by the Agreed Security Principles.

17.    Amendments and Waivers    Each creditor class may amend or waive the terms of their Debt Documents in accordance with their terms at any time without requiring other creditor consent provided that it would not conflict with the ICA or other relevant Debt Document.
18.    Governing Law   

English law, except for the Transaction Security (where relevant).

 

Swedish law governed Transaction Security to be subject to customary Swedish terms (including restrictions on releases, transfers and payments).

 

   - 10 -    70-41074252


Agreed Form

 

ANNEX 6

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

25


Agreed Form

These Agreed Security Principles remain subject to local counsel review & input in all respects

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

Unless otherwise defined herein, each capitalised term used in these Agreed Security Principles shall have the meaning given to that term in the lock-up agreement to which these Agreed Security Principles are appended. 1

 

1.

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

  (a)

The guarantees and security to be provided will be given in accordance with certain agreed security principles (the “Agreed Security Principles”). This Schedule addresses the manner in which the Agreed Security Principles will impact on the guarantees and security proposed to be taken in relation to this transaction.

 

  (b)

The Agreed Security Principles, subject to Clause 8 (Overrides), embody a recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining effective or commercially reasonable guarantees and/or security from members of the Group. In particular:

 

  (i)

general statutory or regulatory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, capital maintenance rules, fraudulent preference, “thin capitalisation” rules, tax restrictions, retention of title claims and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or security or may require that the guarantee or security be limited by an amount or otherwise. If any such limit applies, the guarantees and security provided will be limited to the maximum amount which the relevant member of the Group may provide having regard to applicable law (including any jurisprudence) and subject to fiduciary duties of management (a guarantee or security interest will not be required if giving such guarantee or taking such security would expose the directors of the relevant company to a material risk of personal or criminal liability, after having taken into account any mitigating factors and actions that are reasonably available to the directors and/or any member of the Group);

 

  (ii)

certain supervisory board, works council or another external body’s or person’s consent may be required to enable a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or security. Such guarantee and/or security shall not be required unless such consent has been received provided that reasonable endeavours have been used by the relevant member of the Group to obtain the relevant consent taking into account the Company’s view (acting reasonably and in good faith) on any potential material adverse impact on its material commercial relationships;

 

1

Note: Unless otherwise defined, capitalised terms used in this Annex 6 (Agreed Security Principles) shall have the meaning given to them (or, prior to the Restructuring Effective Date, to be given to them) in the Amended SSRCF.

 

 


 

 

  (iii)

a key factor in determining whether or not a guarantee or security shall be taken (other than the Company and Holdco Security and the guarantee granted by the Company) is the applicable cost (including adverse effects on interest deductibility and stamp duty, notarisation and registration fees) which shall not be disprop’ortionate to the benefit to the Secured Parties of obtaining such guarantee or security (the “Cost/Benefit Analysis”) and, for these purposes, taking a guarantee from or security over the shares in any member of the Group that is not a Material Company and that (A) represents, on a consolidated basis excluding intra-Group items (and, in the case of total assets only, excluding goodwill), (1) 1.5 per cent. or less of the Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the New Money Notes Indenture, Exchange Notes Indenture and the Amended SSRCF) of the Group, (2) 1.5 per cent. or less of the total assets of the Group and (3) 1.5 per cent. or less of total revenues of the Group and (B) holds no material Intellectual Property (such member of the Group a “De Minimis Entity”) shall be deemed not to satisfy the Cost/Benefit Analysis; 2

 

  (iv)

other than in respect of the Company and Holdco Security and the guarantee from the Company, the maximum guaranteed or secured amount may be limited to minimise stamp duty, notarisation, registration or other applicable fees, taxes and duties where the benefit of increasing the guarantee or secured amount is disproportionate to the level of such fee, taxes and duties (and in any event the maximum aggregate amount payable by the Group in respect of fees, costs, expenses, disbursements and VAT relating to the provision of guarantees and security shall be limited to an amount to be agreed between the parties);

 

  (v)

it is acknowledged that in certain jurisdictions, it may be either impossible or commercially impractical to create security over certain categories of assets, in which event security will not be taken over such assets (where impossible) and the parties shall seek to agree to any exclusion of any assets where the Company, acting reasonably, believes it is commercially impractical to do so;

 

2 

NTD: the Company has separately agreed for guarantees to be provided by Intrum Netherlands Holding BV & Capquest Group Limited on the Restructuring Effective Date.

 

 

– 2 –


 

 

  (vi)

other than any assets that are, or which are purported to be, subject to Company and Holdco Security, any assets that are subject to a bona fide contractual restriction or other third party arrangements which prevent those assets from being charged or assigned (or assets which, if charged or assigned, would give a third party the right to terminate or otherwise amend any rights, benefits and/or obligations of the Group in respect of those assets or require any member of the Group to take any action materially adverse to the interests of the Group or any member thereof) will be excluded from any relevant security document provided that (A) reasonable endeavours to obtain consent to charging or assigning any such assets shall be used by the Group on an ongoing basis if the relevant asset is material to the Group and (B) such restriction or limitation in such third party arrangement was not included as a means (directly or indirectly) to avoid granting security over the relevant asset to the Secured Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any assets which are subject to third party arrangements which, if charged, would, in the reasonable and good faith determination of the Company, have a material adverse impact on its ongoing commercial relationship with any third party (even in circumstances where such third party were to provide its consent) will be excluded from any relevant security document and the Group shall not be required to use reasonable endeavours to obtain consent to the charging or assigning of such assets;

 

  (vii)

members of the Group will not be required to give guarantees or enter into security documents if it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant members of the Group or if the same would conflict with the fiduciary duties of those directors or contravene any legal prohibition or regulatory condition or would result in (or in a material risk of resulting in) personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer provided that the relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavours to overcome any such obstacle;

 

  (viii)

other than the Company and Holdco Security and the guarantee granted by the Company, the giving of a guarantee, the granting of security or the perfection of the security granted will not be required if it would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the relevant member of the Group to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course as otherwise permitted by the Finance Documents, the Exchange Notes and the New Money Notes (and any requirement under the Agreed Security Principles to seek consent of any person or take or not take any other action shall be subject to this paragraph (viii));

 

  (ix)

to the extent possible, all security shall be given in favour of the Security Agent and not the Secured Parties individually (provided that “Parallel Debt” provisions may be used where necessary and such provisions will be contained in the Intercreditor Agreement and not the individual security documents, unless agreed by the parties as being required to avoid an amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

 

– 3 –


 

 

  (x)

to the extent possible, there should be no action required to be taken in relation to the guarantees or security when any Existing Lender assigns or transfers any of its participation in a Facility to a New Lender (as such term is defined in the relevant Finance Document) (and notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no member of the Group shall bear or otherwise be liable for any Taxes, any notarial, registration or perfection fees or any other costs, fees or expenses that result from any assignment or transfer by a Finance Party);

 

  (xi)

information, such as lists of assets, will be provided (a) semi-annually in respect of assets that are subject to “fixed” security (which shall exclude all portfolios assets) if and only to the extent, required by local law to be provided to perfect or register the relevant security and (b) upon request if an “Event of Default” (as such term is defined in the relevant Finance Document, Exchange Notes and/or New Money Notes) (the “EoD”) has occurred and is continuing (or otherwise in accordance with practice agreed between the parties);

 

  (xii)

perfection action may be required in the jurisdiction of one guarantor in relation to security granted by another guarantor located in a different jurisdiction and (where otherwise consistent with the Agreed Security Principles) in any supra-national registries agreed between the parties from time to time;

 

  (xiii)

no security will be required over new or existing investments or shares in joint ventures or the assets of joint ventures and no new or existing joint venture will be required to provide a guarantee, in each case, where the joint venture arrangements prohibit or restrict such security or guarantee from being granted or require the consent of another party to the joint venture arrangements provided that (A) reasonable endeavours to obtain consent from such other party to the joint venture arrangements to taking security over such investments, shares or assets (as applicable) and/or the giving of such guarantee shall be used by the Group to the extent that, in the reasonable and good faith determination of the Company, requesting such consent would not have a material adverse impact on such joint venture arrangement or the Group’s ongoing relationship with the joint venture party and (B) any such restriction was not included as a means (directly or indirectly) to avoid granting such security or guarantee to the Secured Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, and subject to the provisos set out in paragraphs (A) and (B) above, the terms of these Agreed Security Principles shall not restrict the Group from entering into any new joint venture arrangements in circumstances where the joint venture party requires the inclusion of a restriction on the granting of the security or giving of guarantees; and

 

 

– 4 –


 

 

  (xiv)

share security agreements shall be governed by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the entity whose shares are being secured.

Subject to Clause 8 (Overrides), to the extent legally possible and subject to the terms of these Agreed Security Principles, security shall be granted over:

 

  (a)

all or substantially all assets of each Obligor provided that such security will only be granted over an Obligor’s portfolio assets by way of floating charge (or equivalent) in jurisdictions where a floating charge or similar security interest (including, without limitation, a business mortgage under Swedish law with a value to be agreed between the parties acting reasonably and in good faith) is readily available and customarily granted. If a relevant jurisdiction does not recognise a floating charge or similar security interest, then no security shall be granted over such portfolio assets and the parties shall in good faith negotiate and agree the scope of security to be provided by such Obligor subject always to the other terms of these Agreed Security Principles;

 

  (b)

the shares held by any Holding Company of an Obligor or Material Company in such Obligor or Material Company (as applicable). For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no requirement to provide security over the shares of the Company notwithstanding that it constitutes a Material Company;

 

  (c)

the shares in a regulated entity or, where a regulated entity is within a regional sub-group, a share pledge over the parent entity of the regional sub-group which holds the shares in such regulated entity (the Group Company that is granting such security the “RS Pledgor” and the Group Company’s shares that are subject to such security the “RS Entity”);

 

  (d)

the shares of any other subsidiary that is incorporated in the same jurisdiction as a Material Company that is subject to a share pledge and which shares are held by a Holding Company that is otherwise granting a security interest;

 

  (e)

any intra-group receivables owed by a member of the MidCo Group to another member of the MidCo Group that (i) are in excess of EUR 5m (on a net basis) (ii) have a tenor or implied tenor equal to or longer than 12 months and (iii) have arisen within cash pooling arrangements (the “Cash Pool ICLs”)

 

 

– 5 –


 

 

  (f)

any intra-group receivables owed by an RS Entity to the relevant RS Pledgor (the “RS ICLs”);

 

  (g)

any intra-group receivables owed to the Company by Holdco (and any RED Direct Subsidiary), by Midco to Holdco or by HoldCo to MidCo under a corresponding loan (“Shareholder Loans”); and

 

  (h)

in addition to any Cash Pool ICLs and RS ICLs, any intra-group receivables owed by a member of the MidCo Group to another member of the MidCo Group (the “Intra-Group Lender”) (save that no security shall be required (i) over intra-group receivables arising within cash pooling arrangements or (ii) for de minimis intra-group receivables to the extent that the aggregate amount of all such de minimis intra-group receivables owed to all Intra-Group Lenders by all members of the MidCo Group is equal to or less than EUR 5m) (the “General ICLs”) (the Cash Pool ICLs, RS ICLs and General ICLs together the “Intercompany Loans”).

For the purposes of these Agreed Security Principles:

 

  (a)

Material Company” means: (i) the Company, MidCo and HoldCo; (ii) a Subsidiary of the Company which, on a consolidated basis including its consolidated Subsidiaries but excluding intra-Group items, has (A) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the New Money Notes indenture, Exchange Notes indenture and the Amended SSRCF)) representing 5.00 per cent. or more of Consolidated EBITDA of the Group, (B) total revenues representing 5.00 per cent. or more of total revenues of the Group or (C) total assets (excluding goodwill) representing 5.00 per cent. or more of total assets of the Group and (iii) a member of the Group that is the direct Holding Company of a Subsidiary of the Company which itself is a Material Company pursuant to paragraph (ii) above;

 

  (b)

any reference to a matter or document being agreed by the parties shall mean: (i) on or prior to the Restructuring Effective Date, the Majority Notes Ad Hoc Group, RCF SteerCo Group and the Company; and (ii) after the Restructuring Effective Date, the Security Agent and the Company;

 

  (c)

if a member of the Group is not wholly-owned, that shall not, by itself, mean that such member of the Group shall not be required to grant guarantees or security, or that no security over the shares in such member shall be required to be granted, and there shall be no automatic release of any guarantees or security by virtue of any member of the Group ceasing to be wholly-owned provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a member of the Group shall not be required to grant such guarantees or security where the provision of such guarantee or security is otherwise not required by these Agreed Security Principles;

 

 

– 6 –


 

 

  (d)

the shares of, or intercompany receivables owed by, a Funds Co-Investment Vehicle shall not be required to be pledged; and

 

  (e)

the shares of any Target Group entity that are pledged to secure Acquired Debt incurred in accordance with the Finance Documents, the Exchange Notes and the New Money Notes (and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Acquired Debt) (provided that such share pledges are not created in anticipation of the acquisition of such entity and have been in place for at least six months prior to the relevant Acquisition Date) shall not be required to be pledged for so long as such Acquired Debt (or such Refinancing Indebtedness) remains in place.

 

2.

Terms of Transaction Security Documents

Subject to the Swedish Terms (as set out at Annex 1), the following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Security Agent and/or the other Secured Parties (or any of them) (the “Transaction Security”) pursuant to any document entered into by any Obligor or Holding Company of an Obligor (each a “Security Grantor”) creating or expressed to create any security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of the Obligors under any of the Finance Documents, the Exchange Notes and the New Money Notes (the “Transaction Security Documents”):

 

  (a)

security will not be enforceable unless the “Acceleration Date” (as such term is defined in the relevant Finance Document and any equivalent term in the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes (the “Acceleration Date”)) has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (b)

the security documents should only operate to create security rather than to impose new commercial obligations; accordingly they should not repeat nor contain any additional representations, undertakings or other terms (such as in respect of title, insurance, information or the payment of costs) unless these are provisions required for the creation and/or perfection in which case the parties shall ensure that they are (i) limited to the extent necessary to ensure the creation and/or perfection of the security and (ii) to the extent applicable, are consistent with an no more onerous than the terms contained in any Finance Document (or otherwise in accordance with practice agreed between the parties);

 

  (c)

the Secured Parties should only be able to exercise any power of attorney granted to them under the security documents if the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing or after failure by a Security Grantor to comply with a further assurance or perfection obligation;

 

 

– 7 –


 

 

  (d)

any rights of set off will not be exercisable unless the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (e)

the security documents should not operate so as to prevent transactions which are not otherwise prohibited under the Finance Documents, the terms of the Exchange Notes or New Money Notes or to require additional consents or authorisations other than where required pursuant to the Swedish Terms or where required for creation and/or perfection of the security; and

 

  (f)

the Security Agent will not be required to accept any security or its perfection if it is of a type or in a jurisdiction which the Security Agent determines does not meet or comply with its established internal regulations or policies or with applicable law or regulation, or which would impose liabilities on the Security Agent, provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Agreed Security Principles or any other Finance Document:

 

  (i)

any obligation of any member of the Group to grant, enter into or perfect any security (or otherwise take any action in relation to any security or asset) shall be subject to the provisions of this paragraph (f); and

 

  (ii)

no event or circumstance (including, without limitation, any failure by any member of the Group to comply with any obligation under any Finance Document, the Exchange Notes or New Money Notes) arising as a direct or indirect consequence of the operation of the provisions of this paragraph (f) shall (or shall be deemed to) directly or indirectly constitute, or result in, a breach of any representation, warranty, undertaking or other term in the Finance Documents, Exchange Notes documents or New Money Notes documents or a Default or an Event of Default.

 

3.

Intercompany Loans

 

  (a)

In respect of any Intercompany Loans which are subject to Swedish law:

 

  i.

until the Acceleration Date but subject to the terms of the Finance Documents, the Exchange Notes and the New Money Notes, each Security Grantor will be permitted to receive payment of interest (however not principal) under Intercompany Loans but may not otherwise deal with (including, among other things, receiving payment of principal or exercising set-off rights), amend, waive, repay or terminate any Intercompany Loan without the consent of the Security Agent; and

 

 

– 8 –


 

 

  ii.

notice of the security will be served on the relevant debtor within five (5) Business Days of granting an Intercompany Loan that is subject to security or, if such Intercompany Loan has already been granted, on the date of granting the security in respect of such Intercompany Loan (unless such debtor has already been notified of the pledge) and the relevant creditor will procure that such notice is acknowledged by the relevant debtor.

 

  (b)

In respect of any Intercompany Loans which are not subject to Swedish law governed security and if required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the borrower of the Intercompany Loan on the date on which the security is granted, or where the security applies to subsequent Intercompany Loans, within five (5) Business Days of the Intercompany Loan being granted or otherwise promptly upon the written request by the Security Agent following an Acceleration Date having occurred. In addition, if strictly required by local law to perfect security over an Intercompany Loan, such Intercompany Loan shall be subject to the restrictions set out in paragraph (a)i. above.

 

4.

Shareholder Loans

 

  (a)

In respect of any Shareholder Loans which are subject to Swedish law:

 

  i.

neither the Company, HoldCo nor MidCo may deal with (including, amongst other things, receiving payment of or making payment of principal and interest), amend, waive, repay or terminate any Shareholder Loan save that HoldCo and MidCo shall be permitted to make payments of interest on any Shareholder Loans that are sized and segregated for the purposes of payment of agreed holding company expenses; and

 

  ii.

the Company shall notify Holdco (and any RED Direct Subsidiary), Holdco shall notify MidCo and MidCo shall notify HoldCo no later than the Restructuring Effective Date and shall procure that HoldCo (and any RED Direct Subsidiary) and MidCo acknowledge such pledge on the date of receipt of the applicable notice of pledge,

 

  (b)

In respect of any Shareholder Loan granted to a debtor not incorporated or domiciled in Sweden, the applicable perfection requirements necessary for perfection of the security interest over such Shareholder Loan shall be taken and completed no later than on the Restructuring Effective Date (or such later date as may be agreed by the parties) or, if such Shareholder Loan is granted after the Restructuring Effective Date, within five (5) Business Days after the date on which such Shareholder Loan is granted.

 

5.

Shares

 

  (a)

Unless the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing, the Security Grantors shall be permitted to retain and to exercise voting rights to any shares pledged or charged by them in a manner which does not adversely affect the validity or enforceability of the security or cause an Event of Default to occur, and the entity whose shares are pledged shall be permitted to pay dividends and upstream distributions on pledged shares to the extent permitted under these Agreed Security Principles, the Finance Documents, the Exchange Notes and the New Money Notes.

 

 

– 9 –


 

 

  (b)

Other than any share security governed by Swedish law, where customary and applicable as a matter of law and following a request by the Security Agent, as soon as reasonably practicable (taking into account any stamping or other transfer requirements) following the granting of any share security over certificated shares, the applicable share certificate (or other documents evidencing title to the relevant shares) and a stock transfer form executed in blank (or applicable law equivalent) will be provided to the Security Agent.

 

  (c)

In respect of any share security governed by Swedish law, share certificates shall be delivered to the Security Agent duly endorsed in blank to the Security Agent no later than on the date of entering into the agreement governing the share security. In connection with granting the pledge, the relevant pledgor shall procure that the relevant pledged company note the pledge in its share register.

 

  (d)

In respect of the security over the shares in Holdco (and any RED Direct Subsidiary) and Midco, the Company shall procure that on the date on which the security is granted, the Security Agent receives a duly executed power of attorney enabling it to vote for on such shares with effect from the Acceleration Date (and the Company shall provide new duly executed powers of attorney prior to the expiration of any outstanding power of attorney delivered to the Security Agent).

 

  (e)

Subject to paragraph (c) above, no registration relating to shares and equity certificates shall be required unless required by applicable law to create and/or perfect the security.

 

6.

Bank Accounts

 

  (a)

Until the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing, any Security Grantor will be free to deal, operate and transact business in relation to any bank accounts over which it grants security (including opening and closing accounts).

 

  (b)

Until the Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing there will be no obligation to hold, pay or sweep cash or cash proceeds of receivables into a particular account or for any account to be blocked.

 

  (c)

If required by local law to create and/or perfect security, notice of that security will be served on the account bank in relation to applicable accounts within five (5) Business Days of the creation of that security and the applicable Security Grantor of that security will use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within twenty (20) Business Days of service. If the Security Grantor of that security has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement or acceptance its obligation to obtain acknowledgement will cease on the expiry of that twenty (20) Business Day period.

 

 

– 10 –


 

 

  (d)

Irrespective of whether notice of that security is required for creation or perfection, if the service of notice would prevent any member of the Group from using a bank account in the ordinary course of its business, no notice of security will be served until the occurrence of the Acceleration Date which is continuing. Springing notices of pledge will be required to be sent to account banks where an account is to be blocked upon the occurrence of the Acceleration Date.

 

  (e)

Any security over bank accounts (other than any security over the Escrow Account or any mandatory prepayment account in relation to the RCF) will be subject to any security interests in favour of the account bank which are created either by law or in the standard terms and conditions of the account bank, whether created or arising before or after the security in favour of the Secured Parties has been given. No Security Grantor will be required to change its banking arrangements or standard terms and conditions in connection with the granting of bank account security.

 

  (f)

No control agreements (or perfection by control or similar arrangements) shall be required with respect to any account except to the extent that such agreement is necessary to perfect the security and it provides that control will only be exercised once an Acceleration Date has occurred and is continuing.

 

  (g)

No bank account shall be required to be opened in order to perfect any share security required to be granted in accordance with these Agreed Security Principles unless required for the creation or perfection of such security.

 

  (h)

No security over bank accounts shall be required to be registered unless required for the creation and/or perfection of such security.

 

7.

Guarantees/Security

 

  (a)

Subject to the due execution of all relevant security documents, completion of relevant perfection formalities within statutorily prescribed time limits, payment of all registration fees and documentary taxes, any other rights arising by operation of law, obtaining any relevant foreign legal opinions and subject to any qualifications which may be set out in any Finance Document and any relevant legal opinions obtained and subject to the requirements of the Agreed Security Principles, the Security Agent (and, where applicable, each of the other Secured Parties) shall:

 

 

– 11 –


 

 

  (i)

receive the benefit of (A) an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee from each Obligor (provided that the Company shall not be required to give an upstream or cross-stream guarantee);

 

  (ii)

receive the benefit of security granted over:

 

  a.

all or substantially all assets of each Obligor provided that such security will only be granted over an Obligor’s portfolio assets by way of floating charge (or equivalent) in jurisdictions where a floating charge or similar security interest (including, without limitation, a business mortgage under Swedish law with a value to be agreed between the parties acting reasonably and in good faith) is readily available and customarily granted. If a relevant jurisdiction does not recognise a floating charge or similar security interest, then no security shall be granted over such portfolio assets and the parties shall in good faith negotiate and agree the scope of security to be provided by such Obligor subject always to the other terms of these Agreed Security Principles;

 

  b.

the shares held by any Holding Company of an Obligor or Material Company in such Obligor or Material Company (as applicable). For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no requirement to provide security over the shares of the Company notwithstanding that it constitutes a Material Company;

 

  c.

the shares of each other subsidiary that is incorporated in the same jurisdiction as a Material Company that is subject to a share pledge and which shares are held by a Holding Company that is otherwise granting a security interest;

 

  d.

the shares held by an RS Pledgor in an RS Entity;

 

  e.

the Shareholder Loans; and

 

  f.

the Intercompany Loans.

in each case, from time to time to secure all the liabilities of the Obligors under the Finance Documents, the Exchange Notes and the New Money Notes, in each case in accordance with these Agreed Security Principles; and

 

  (iii)

(in the case of those security documents creating pledges or charges over shares in an Obligor or Material Company) receive the benefit of a first priority valid charge or analogous or equivalent security over all of the shares in issue at any time in that Obligor or Material Company (as applicable) which are owned by another Obligor or Holding Company of any Obligor or Material Company (with such security document being governed by the laws of the jurisdiction in which such Obligor or Material Company whose shares are being pledged is formed).

 

 

– 12 –


 

 

  (b)

The parties shall negotiate the form of each Transaction Security Document in good faith in accordance with the terms of these Agreed Security Principles. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any guarantee and security arrangements agreed by the parties from time to time (including the identity and category of assets subject or not subject to security) shall, absent any manifest error, be deemed to satisfy all relevant obligations of the Group to provide guarantees and security.

 

8.

Attached Security

Midco shall grant any and all security it is to grant pursuant to these Agreed Security Principles as security for, in addition to the Secured Liabilities, its liabilities owed to Holdco under the Shareholder Loans as attached security (Sw. vidhängande säkerhet).

 

9.

Overrides

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Agreed Security Principles, Company and Holdco Security shall be granted by the Company and Holdco regardless of any exceptions included in these Agreed Security Principles other than those set out in paragraph (b) below and the parties agree that the commercial agreement to provide, grant and perfect the Company and Holdco Security shall prevail.

 

  (b)

The Company shall not be required to grant the RED DS Share Pledges or the RED DS Receivables Pledges to the extent that such security would not otherwise be required pursuant to these Agreed Security Principles and the transfer of the relevant RED Direct Subsidiary is expected to complete within 20 Business Days of the Restructuring Effective Date (or such later date as the relevant parties may reasonably agree), provided that such security shall be required if such transfer has not completed by such date.

 

  (c)

The “Company and Holdco Security” means (i) the share pledge to be granted by the Company over the shares in Holdco, (ii) the share pledge to be granted by Holdco over the shares in MidCo, (iii) the pledge over receivables owed by Holdco to the Company, (iv) the pledge over receivables owed by Midco to Holdco, (v) the share pledge to be granted by the Company over the shares in any subsidiary which it directly owns on the Restructuring Effective Date (the “RED Direct Subsidiaries”) (the “RED DS Share Pledges”) and (vi) the pledge over receivables owed by any RED Direct Subsidiary to the Company (the “RED DS Receivables Pledges”).

 

 

– 13 –


 

 

  (d)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Agreed Security Principles, any security governed by Swedish law (or purported to be perfected pursuant to, and in accordance with, Swedish law) shall be subject to the Swedish Terms set out at Annex 1.

 

 

– 14 –


 

 

Annex 1 to the Agreed Security Principles—Swedish Terms Rider

 

1.

Definitions

Swedish Companies Act” means the Swedish companies act (Sw. Aktiebolagslagen (2005:551)).

Swedish Terms” means the principles set forth in Clause [•] (Swedish terms).

 

2.

Clause [•] (Swedish terms)

 

  (a)

Any (i) merger in respect of an entity which will be absorbed and the shares of which is being subject to Transaction Security governed by Swedish law, (ii) any payment (whether it be in cash, kind or by way of set-off) of a loan subject to (or purported to be subject to) a perfected Transaction Security governed by Swedish law, and/or (iii) other transaction or action having the effect of releasing perfected Transaction Security governed by Swedish law (or Transaction Security governed by Swedish law purported to be subject to a perfected security interest), shall, in each case, always be subject to the prior written consent of the Security Agent (acting in its sole discretion). Each Secured Party hereby authorises the Security Agent to give consent promptly on its behalf where such transactions and/or actions are not prohibited under the terms of the Finance Documents, without notification or further reference to the Secured Parties.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement except for paragraph (c) below, the release of any perfected Transaction Security governed by Swedish law (or any Transaction Security purported or required to be perfected in accordance with Swedish law in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles) shall always be subject to the prior written consent of the Security Agent (acting in its sole discretion). Each Secured Party hereby authorises the Security Agent to give consent promptly on its behalf where such release or disposal is not prohibited under the terms of the Finance Documents, the Exchange Notes and the New Money Notes without notification or further reference to the Secured Parties and the Security Agent may take instructions from the Majority Lenders for any release contemplated hereunder.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding paragraph (b) above, if a disposal of assets is made on arm’s length terms then the release of any Transaction Security governed by Swedish law shall not require the consent of the Security Agent, provided that such disposal is not prohibited under the Finance Documents, the Exchange Notes and the New Money Notes, that the disposal is for cash and that all proceeds are paid directly to the Security Agent and are immediately applied towards prepayment of the relevant amounts in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, the Exchange Notes and the New Money Notes, which amounts cannot be re-drawn.

 

 

– 15 –


 

 

  (d)

Each transfer and/or assignment by a Lender shall include a proportionate part of the security interests granted under the relevant Security Document governed by Swedish law, together with a proportionate interest in the relevant Security Document governed by Swedish law.

 

  (e)

Any obligation for any entity incorporated in Sweden to act as trustee shall be an obligation to act as agent and the obligation to hold assets on trust shall be an obligation not to hold such assets on trust but to hold such assets as agent.

 

  (f)

If a Party incorporated in Sweden (the “Swedish Obligated Party”) is required to hold an amount on trust on behalf of another party (the “Beneficiary”), the Swedish Obligated Party shall hold such money as agent for the Beneficiary on a separate account in accordance with the provisions of the Swedish Funds Accounting Act (Sw. Lag (1944:181) om redovisningsmedel) and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Beneficiary or as the Beneficiary may direct.

 

  (g)

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that any novation effected in accordance with this Agreement shall, in relation to any Security created or expressed to be created under a Transaction Security governed by Swedish law, take effect as an assignment and/or transfer of such security interests.

 

  (h)

Any security granted under a Security Document governed by Swedish law will be granted to the Secured Parties represented by the Security Agent.

 

  (i)

A “compromise” or “composition” with any creditor includes (i) any write-down of debt (Sw. offentligt ackord) or debt settlement (Sw. skulduppgörelse) following from any procedure of “företagsrekonstruktion” under the Swedish company reorganisation act (Sw. Lag (2022:964) om företagsrekonstruktion) (the “Swedish Company Reorganisation Act”), or (ii) any write-down of debt in bankruptcy (Sw. ackord i konkurs) under the Swedish bankruptcy act (Sw. Konkurslag (1987:672)) (the “Swedish Bankruptcy Act”).

 

  (j)

A “receiver”, “trustee” or “liquidator” includes (i) ‘rekonstruktör’ under the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act, (ii) ‘konkursförvaltare’ under the Swedish Bankruptcy Act, or (iii) ‘likvidator’ under the Swedish Companies Act.

 

  (k)

A “merger”, “consolidation” or “amalgamation” includes any ‘fusion’ implemented in accordance with Chapter 23 of the Swedish Companies Act and a “demerger” includes any ‘delning’ implemented in accordance with Chapter 24 of the Swedish Companies Act.

 

  (l)

A “winding-up”, “liquidation” or “dissolution” includes “frivillig likvidation” or “tvångslikvidation” under Chapter 25 of the Swedish Companies Act, a “bankruptcy” includes a “konkurs” under the Swedish Bankruptcy Act and a “reorganization” includes a “företagsrekonstruktion” under the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act.

 

 

– 16 –


 

 

  (m)

A “guarantee” includes any “garanti” under Swedish law which is independent from the debt to which it relates and any “borgen” under Swedish law which is accessory to or dependant on the debt to which it relates.

 

  (n)

An insolvency includes such entity being subject to “konkurs” under the Swedish Bankruptcy Act, “företagsrekonstruktion” under the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act or “tvångslikvidation” under Chapter 25 of the Swedish Companies Act.

 

  (o)

In relation to this Agreement and any other Finance Document, any winding-up, insolvency, bankruptcy proceeding or similar arrangement involving an entity incorporated in Sweden will always be subject to Swedish law and in particular to but not limited to the procedure set forth in the Swedish Bankruptcy Act, the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act and the Swedish Companies Act.

 

 

– 17 –


Agreed Form

 

ANNEX 7

EXCHANGE NOTES AND NEW MONEY NOTES: COMMON TERMS

 

26


Milbank Draft August 15, 2024

 

Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

Debt covenant

Ratio Debt    Unlimited, subject to 2.00x FCCR, can be incurred by the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries (subject to NGRS cap).    Permission to be deleted.
Credit Facilities Basket    Greater of €1,800m (28 SUNs) / €1,100m (27/26/25/24 SUNs) and 35% of ERC; can be incurred by the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries.   

€[1,100] million2 (no grower). May only be in the form of revolving facilities (provided that up to €50 million can be incurred in the form of short-term commercial paper with a maturity not to exceed six months) and may only be incurred by the Issuer and Guarantors.

 

Any debt that refinances the existing RCF must be subject to the same intercreditor arrangements as the existing RCF; and subject to a yield cap to be agreed.

 

Drawings under the RCF at any time to be incurred under this basket.

General Debt Basket    Greater of €490m (28 SUNs) / €365m (27/26 SUNs) / €400m (25 SUNs) / €300m (24 SUNs) and 9.5% of ERC, can be incurred by the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries (subject to NGRS cap).    €50 million (no grower). May only be incurred by the Issuer and Guarantors.
Acquisition Indebtedness    Unlimited acquisition debt, provided ability to incur ratio debt or no deterioration of FCCR; can be incurred by the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries.    Permission to be deleted.
Acquired Indebtedness    Unlimited acquired debt, provided ability to incur ratio debt or no deterioration of FCCR; can be incurred by the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries.    Unlimited Acquired Debt3; provided that: (i) pro forma at the time of the incurrence (a) FCCR ≥ 2.00x or (b) the FCCR would not be less than immediately prior to giving effect to such acquisition or other transaction; (ii) such Acquired Debt must be non-recourse to the rest of the Restricted Group (except to the extent provided in customary “bad boy” undertakings); and (iii) no other Restricted Group member may make payments (other than in the ordinary course and on an arms’ length basis) or contribute assets or otherwise transfer value to the acquired entity or any of its subsidiaries (the “Target Group”) while that debt remains outstanding, provided that other Restricted Group members may make payments based on a fixed annual basket in an amount to be agreed to fund capex & other PPE of the Target Group.

 

1 

The covenants under this Annex 7 apply to the “Restricted Group”, meaning, for the purposes of this Annex 7, Intrum AB (publ) and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

2 

To equal the total commitments under the RCF as of the RED.

3 

“Acquired Debt” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Indebtedness has been outstanding for at least six months prior to the Acquisition Date. The “Acquisition Date” shall be the date the definitive agreement for such acquisition, merger or consolidation was entered into.


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

Currency / Interest Rate / Hedging Agreements    Unlimited; provided for bona fide hedging purposes and not for speculative purposes (as determined in good faith).    Unlimited; provided for bona fide hedging purposes and not for speculative purposes (as determined in good faith).
Capital Lease Obligations / Purchase Money Obligations    Greater of €210m (28 SUNs) / €150m (27/26/24 SUNs) / €195m (25 SUNs) and 2.4% of Total Assets, can be incurred by the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries.   

Greater of €75 million and [ ● ]%4 of Total Assets.

 

Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Obligation existing as of the RED to be incurred under this basket and not the Existing Debt basket.

 

Purchase Money Obligations may only be incurred by the Issuer and Guarantors.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, this basket cannot be used to incur debt for the purpose of purchasing Portfolio Assets or acquiring an Acquired Business.

Contribution Debt    100%, can be incurred by the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries.    Permission to be deleted.
QRF    Unlimited, can be incurred by the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries.    Permission to be deleted.5
Local Lines of Credit / Working Capital Facilities    €80m, no grower (24 SUNs) / greater of €110m (28 SUNs) / €100m (27/26/25 SUNs) and 2.1% of ERC; can be incurred by the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries.    €20 million (no grower) with Permitted Liens to secure this basket to facilitate efficient cash management locally.
Additional Baskets       Basket for New Money Notes in the amount of €526,315,0006; provided that, to the extent the New Money Notes are issued in an amount less than €526,315,000 or are fully or partially repaid, (i) such basket cannot be used for a Qualified Receivable Financing, (ii) any Indebtedness incurred under this basket may only be incurred by the Issuer and Guarantors and must be at lower pricing than the New Money Notes, and (iii) the New Money Notes noteholders have a ROFO over any indebtedness incurred under this basket.

 

4 

Corresponding grower component to be calculated on the basis of the fixed component as a percentage of Total Assets as of [RED], pro forma for the Cerberus transaction.

5 

In addition, obligations under or in respect of Qualified Receivables Financings to be considered “Indebtedness”.

6 

To reflect the amount of New Money Notes.

 

2


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

     

Existing debt as of RED (pro forma for the Restructuring) (consisting of the Piraeus term loan) to be grandfathered in.

 

Deferred purchase price basket of €75 million for the Issuer and Guarantors in connection with unsecured deferred purchase price obligations (and guarantees in respect thereof) not to exceed 18 months.

Refinancing Indebtedness    (i) If Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity that is the same or later than that of the debt being refinanced, and if shorter, the SUNs; (ii) (in the case of the 25 and 28 SUNs only: other than CLOs that would have been operating leases in IAS 17) the principal amount is equal to or less than the amount of the debt being refinanced; (iii) if Issuer/Guarantor was an obligor, then refinanced debt has to be incurred by the Issuer or a Guarantor; (iv) if debt being refinanced is expressly subordinated to the SUNs or Guarantees, such refinancing debt is subordinated to the SUNs or Guarantees on terms at least as favourable; (v) if debt being refinanced was incurred under the acquired debt basket, the refinancing debt is incurred by the issuer; [in the case of the 25 and 28 SUNs only: and (vi) CLOs classified as operational leases may only be refinanced by similar CLOs; provided that refinancing debt shall not include debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.   

As per the 2026 Eurobond Indenture, with the following additional restrictions on the ability to refinance the Exchange Notes with pari passu debt or unsecured debt: (i) no amortization (excluding final maturity payments) and no voluntary repayment other than on a pro rata basis, prior to the last maturity of the Exchange Notes; (ii) MFN7 on key non-economic terms including covenants and collateral; (iii) if the all-in yield (inclusive of margin, any interest rate floor, and all market participation, OID (based on a three-year convention), arrangement fees or similar fees (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, fees to the underwriting banks, legal counsel and other expenses in connection with the incurrence of Refinancing Indebtedness)) of the Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to the Exchange Notes does not exceed 9.5% per annum, such Refinancing Indebtedness can have a maturity inside the remaining Exchange Notes (other than the Exchange Note being refinanced); otherwise, the maturity of such Refinancing Indebtedness must be at least six months after that of all Exchange Notes that remain outstanding as of the date that such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred; (iv) Exchange Noteholders have a ROFO8 on such Refinancing Indebtedness; and (v) the Refinancing Indebtedness must be incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor.

 

In addition, any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to the PPNs and Piraeus term loan must be similarly ranked and comply with limbs (iii), (iv) and (v) of the preceding paragraph.

Reclassification    Permitted, except that drawings under the RCF on the Issue Date will be deemed incurred under the Credit Facilities basket and may not be reclassified.    No reclassification.

 

 

 

7 

Terms of MFN to be agreed between the parties at a later date.

8 

Terms of ROFO to be agreed between the parties at a later date.

 

3


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

Other    N/A    Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein or in the Agreed Security Principles, no Indebtedness may be incurred by entities that own or acquire Portfolio Assets (other than (i) Acquired Debt not incurred in contemplation of the relevant acquisition and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, (ii) Indebtedness described in Sections 4.06(b)(3) (provided that a non-Guarantor accedes to the Intercreditor Agreement), (7) (to the extent such Indebtedness consists of Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (8) and (10) under the 2026 Eurobond Indentures and (iii) the deferred purchase price basket.

Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens

Permitted Liens: General Basket    €250 million.    Permission to be deleted.
Permitted Liens: Other   

Permitted Lien for Credit Facilities basket.

 

Permitted Lien for Refinancing Indebtedness; provided such Lien is limited to the same property/assets securing the debt being refinanced.

 

Permitted Lien for ordinary-course obligations up to the greater of 2.5% of ERC and €120 million.

  

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) clause (14) under “Permitted Liens” to be retained and can be used to secure Acquired Debt on the assets and shares of the relevant Target Group (provided such Liens are not created in anticipation of such acquisition and have been in place for at least six months prior to the relevant Acquisition Date); (ii) clause (21) under “Permitted Liens” to be retained and can be used to secure the local credit facilities basket; and (iii) clause (22) under “Permitted Liens” to be retained and can be used to secure the New Money Notes on the Escrow Account.

 

Permitted Liens for Credit Facilities basket, Refinancing Indebtedness and ordinary-course obligations up to the greater of 2.5% of ERC and €120 million to be deleted.

Permitted Collateral Liens    N/A   

(i)  Credit Facilities basket;

 

(ii)  Hedging;

 

(iii)   Exchange Notes (and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof);

 

(iv) New Money Notes (and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof);

 

(v)   Piraeus term loan (and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof);

 

4


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

     

(vi) operational liens consistent with clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Collateral Liens” in the RCF;

 

(vii)  Liens to secure Guarantees of Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted to be secured on the Collateral; and

 

(viii)  Liens to secure any “parallel debt obligation” under the ICA.

 

Debt incurred under the Credit Facilities basket, New Money Notes basket and Hedging baskets may be senior to the Exchange Notes with respect to proceeds of enforcement of security.

Restricted Payments

General Restrictions / General Dividend Permission    N/A   

No Restricted Payments described under 4.04(a)(1) or (2) of the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture prior to 31 December 2028. Following this date, the company may make Restricted Payments described under 4.04(a)(1) or (2) of the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture; provided that on a pro forma basis: (i) greater than 50% of all Exchange Notes have been repaid or refinanced (tested by reference to the amount of Exchange Notes outstanding following any redemption, buy-back with the proceeds of any New Money Notes or other repurchases), (ii) Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio ≤ 2.5x and (iii) the dividend yield (including buy-backs and other payments / distributions to shareholders) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters does not exceed 5%.

 

No Restricted Payments described under 4.04(a)(3), (4) or (5) of the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture at any time.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis, measured by value) will not be restricted.

 

Anti-short circuit provisions to be included to block indirect Restricted Payments to affiliates/shareholders.9

 

9 

Including via Co-Investment Vehicles and Fund Co-Investment Vehicles.

 

5


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

‘Build-up’ basket   

50% of Consolidated Net Income on a cumulative basis beginning on 1 January 2016 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal consolidated financial statements are available (or, if the Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus other customary builder baskets.

 

Subject to no Default having occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of such Restricted Payment.

 

Issuer must be able to incur an additional €1 of Ratio Debt after giving pro forma effect to the Restricted Payment.

   Permission to be deleted.
General basket   

Greater of €180m (28 SUNs) / €110m (27/26/24 SUNs) / €145m (25 SUNs) and 3.4% of ERC

Subject to no Default or Event of Default.

Reduces the CNI build up basket.

   Permission to be deleted.
Payment of Subordinated Indebtedness    Purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition of retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness: (a)(i) from Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions but only if the Issuer purchased all Notes tendered and (ii) at a price no greater than 100% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest; (b) to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, following a Change of Control but only if (i) the Issuer shall have made a CoC offer and purchased all the Notes tendered thereby and (ii) at a price no greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest; or (c)(i) consisting of Acquired Indebtedness and (ii) at a price no greater than 100% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness.    Permission to be deleted.
Equity Repurchases   

(28/27/26/25 SUNs) €15m and 0.3% of ERC per fiscal year (with unused amount up to the greater of €10m and 0.2% of ERC being carried over to the next fiscal year)

 

(24 SUNs) €30m plus €2m multiplied by the number of calendar years since the Issue Date.

   €7 million per fiscal year (no carry-forward or carry-back), provided that there is no continuing Event of Default; provided that such basket can only be used for equity repurchases pursuant to a long-term incentive plan.

 

6


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

Parent Expenses   

All SUNs:

 

(i)  General corporate overhead: greater of €2m and 0.05% of ERC in any fiscal year

 

(ii)  Other Parent fees/expenses: greater of €2m and 0.05% of ERC in any fiscal year

 

(iii)   Uncapped payments to any Permitted Holder for out of pocket expenses in connection with its direct or indirect investment in the Restricted Group

   Permission to be deleted.
Dividends on Equity / IPO Proceeds   

All SUNs:

 

(i)  Not to exceed 6% of the Issuer Market Capitalization; provided that after giving pro forma effect to such loans, advances, dividends or distributions, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be equal to or less than 4.25x.

 

(ii)  Subject to no Default or Event of Default.

 

(iii)   Reduces the CNI build up basket.

   Permission to be deleted.
Excluded Contributions    In an amount equal to the Excluded Contributions made.    An amount equal to the proceeds of equity offerings that are designated as Excluded Contributions can be used to make Portfolio Acquisitions or acquisitions of Acquired Businesses, subject to clauses (i) to (iii) in the first paragraph of “Permitted Investments—General Restrictions” below, except that Investment capacity created by Excluded Contributions shall not be subject to the proviso set forth therein.
Qualified Receivables Financing    Uncapped.    Permission to be deleted.
Unlimited basket   

Unlimited provided that Consolidated Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis does not exceed 3.0x

 

Subject to no Default or Event of Default.

 

Reduces the CNI build up basket

   Permission to be deleted.
Unrestricted Subsidiary Spin-Offs    Permitted.    Restricted Payments described in 4.04(c)(15) under of the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture to be prohibited.
Reclassification    Permitted.    Permission to be deleted.

 

7


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

Permitted Investments

General Restrictions    N/A   

No Investments constituting a Portfolio Acquisition or an acquisition of an Acquired Business unless: (i) the Restricted Group’s equity interest in any acquired entity to be pledged to the Exchange Noteholder subject to the Agreed Security Principles (except where the acquired entity’s shares are already pledged to secure Acquired Debt, provided that such share pledges are not created in anticipation of such acquisition and have been in place for at least six months prior to the relevant Acquisition Date); (ii) in the case of Portfolio Acquisitions, the Loan to Cost of such Portfolio Acquisition must be less than 60%; and (iii) in the case of an acquisition of an Acquired Business, the Acquired Business must have a Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of less than 2.0x; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments in any fiscal year shall not in any event exceed the Additional Capex Limit (as defined in Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet)); provided further that the amount of such Investments in any fiscal year (x) may not exceed Business Plan Capex (as defined in Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet)) for the relevant financial year as a result of acquisitions of Acquired Businesses, and (y) may exceed Business Plan Capex for the relevant financial year (but may not exceed Maximum Capex (as defined in Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet))) as a result of Portfolio Acquisitions if the Consolidated Net IRR for such Portfolio Acquisitions that exceed the Business Plan Capex is at least 14%.

 

“Portfolio Acquisition” means any Investment, directly or indirectly, in (i) Portfolio Assets by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) one or more entities or vehicles that hold, directly or indirectly, Portfolio Assets by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Acquired Business” is to be defined as an entity that is, or is to be, acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or is merged into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Loan to Cost” means the ratio of (i) Acquired Debt of the relevant entity, entities or vehicle(s) (and or any of their subsidiaries) that hold, directly or indirectly, Portfolio Assets; to (ii) the cash consideration paid/payable by such entity for the purchased Portfolio Assets.

 

8


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

      “Consolidated Net IRR” means unlevered consolidated internal rate of return net of servicing costs.
Restrictions on Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles   

Greater of €710m (28 SUNs) / €650m (27/26/25 SUNs) and 13.8% of ERC.

 

Greater of €400m and 13.0% of ERC (24 SUNs).

  

€50 million per fiscal year sub-basket under the Additional Capex Limit that can be used for Investments in (i) Portfolio Assets with a Loan to Cost above 60% and (ii) Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles; provided (i) the relevant Investments must have a consolidated levered internal rate of return net of servicing costs of 18% or higher and an unlevered MOIC of 2.0x or higher and (ii) Intrum must receive 75% of the servicing income with respect to such Investments (at the time of Investment, averaged on a rolling 12-month basis).

 

Existing Investments in Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles as of the RED to be grandfathered.

Restrictions on Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles    N/A   

Investments in Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles to be permitted subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)  the Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle has no outstanding Indebtedness;

 

(ii)  the Consolidated Net IRR for Investments in a Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicle is at least 14% (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Investments that do not exceed the Business Plan Capex);

 

(iii)   Intrum must receive 75% of the servicing income with respect to such Investment (at the time of Investment, averaged on a rolling 12-month basis);

 

(iv) Intrum receives returns on its Investments on at least a pro rata basis;

 

(v)   co-investment contract must be on customary market terms (including customary minority protections with respect to asset dispositions);

 

(vi) servicing contracts must be on customary market terms;

 

(vii)  Investments in Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles are subject to the conditions in “Permitted Investments—General Restrictions” (including Maximum Capex); and

 

9


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

     

(viii)  for the avoidance of doubt, existing restrictions on Co-Investment Vehicles from the 2026 Eurobond Indenture remain in place.

 

See the definition of “Excess Cash” in the repayment waterfall in Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet) for the contribution of EBITDA and asset dispositions by Non-Leveraged Minority Co-Investment Vehicles to such definition.

Restrictions on Majority Co-Investment Vehicles    N/A   

Investments in Majority Co-Investment Vehicles to be permitted subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)  such Majority Co-Investment Vehicles are Restricted Subsidiaries (but not Guarantors) and are subject to the covenants (including with respect to debt incurrence, Permitted Investments and asset sales (subject to ability to sell economic interests of the Majority Co-Investment Vehicles per this paragraph));

 

(ii)  subject to (iv)(b) below, the Restricted Group can make Investments into the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle for no less than 50.1% of the economic interests in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle, with third-parties making Investments for up to 49.9% of the economic interests in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle;

 

(iii)   the Restricted Group will have up to 18 months from the time of designation of a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle (which designation cannot occur prior to the date that a third party commits or invests into the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle) (a “Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation”) to issue interests in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle to third-party investors on an arm’s length basis;

 

(iv) Investments by Intrum in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle must be in the form of (a) cash or (b) assets acquired by the Restricted Group after July 1, 2024 (in the case of (b) only, the assets contributed must be matched by corresponding investments by third party investors (on an arm’s length basis and pro rata for the third party investors’ economic interest in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle) obtained within 18 months of the relevant Majority Co-Investment Vehicle Designation);

 

10


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

     

(v)   the Restricted Group’s economic interest in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle will be pari passu or senior to the economic interests of the third party investors in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle, with no layering or subordination in the waterfall, except in relation to asset management and/or performance fees or otherwise for the benefit of the Restricted Group;

 

(vi) the limitations under the definition of “Co-Investment Vehicle” in the 2026 Eurobond Indenture continue to apply (including that Indebtedness at the Majority Co-investment Vehicle will be non-recourse to the rest of the Restricted Group);

 

(vii)  servicing of such Majority Co-Investment Vehicles’ directly or indirectly held portfolios will be performed by the Restricted Group, except where Intrum determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it is in the economic best interest of the Restricted Group for such servicing to be carried out by a third-party, with such determination being made in a manner consistent with Intrum’s past practice;

 

(viii)  servicing contracts must be on customary market terms;

 

(ix) the Restricted Group receives returns on the invested assets at least pro rata to their economic interest in the Majority Co-Investment Vehicle; and

 

(x)   the Consolidated Net IRR for Investments in a Majority Co-Investment Vehicle that exceed the Business Plan Capex is at least 14%.

Receivables / QRF    Uncapped investments in receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and Investments in connection with a QRF    Permission to be deleted.
Management Advances    Greater of €10m and 0.2% of ERC at any time (all SUNs)    Permission to be deleted.

 

11


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

General Permitted Investments   

(28 SUNs) Greater of €280m and 3.3% of Total Assets.

 

(27/26 SUNs) Greater of €220m and 2.8% of Total Assets.

 

(25 SUNs) Greater of €270m and 3.3% of Total Assets.

 

(24 SUNs) Greater of €140m and 2.3% of Total Assets.

   Permission to be deleted.
Investments in Similar Business   

Greater of €190m (28 SUNs) / €170m (27/26 SUNs) / €180m (25 SUNs) and 2.2% of Total Assets

 

Greater of €100m and 1.6% of Total Assets (24 SUNs).

   Permission to be deleted.
Reclassification    Not permitted.    Not permitted.
Asset Dispositions
Restrictions on Asset Dispositions   

Consideration received (including by way of relief from, or other Person assuming, liabilities) is not less than the FMV of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (as determined in good faith by an officer or the Board of Directors and including Permitted Asset Swaps).

 

Minimum 75% consideration must consist of cash, Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investment.

 

100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from the Asset Disposition is applied within 365 days from the later of (A) the date of the Asset Disposition and (B) the receipt of such Net Available Cash to repay debt (subject to certain conditions) or reinvest in the business.

  

The total amount of Asset Dispositions in non-core markets (defined to be Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia) may not exceed €300 million over the life of the Exchange Notes.

 

The total amount of Asset Dispositions in core markets (defined to be any market other than a non-core market) may not exceed 3% of Book Value per year (with no carry forward or carry back), based on the lesser of (i) the Book Value as of the date of the Lock-Up Agreement (pro forma for the Cerberus transaction) and (ii) the Book Value at the beginning of the relevant fiscal year.

 

“Book Value” shall mean the mark-to-market value of Portfolio Assets and shares in joint ventures.

 

Consideration received (including by way of relief from, or other Person assuming, liabilities) is not less than the FMV of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (as determined in good faith by an officer or the Board of Directors and including Permitted Asset Swaps).

 

Minimum 75% consideration must consist of cash, Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investment.

 

12


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

      100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from the Asset Disposition must be applied in accordance with the repayment waterfall noted in Schedule 3 (Restructuring Term Sheet); provided that Net Cash Proceeds which are being used to repay the Exchange Notes should be applied pro-rata to all existing Exchange Note maturities.
Asset Disposition carve-outs:
Synthetic Sales    N/A   

Carve-out for Synthetic Sales (with no cap) of Portfolio Assets purchased after July 1, 2024, to the extent:

 

(i)  made at fair market value, on or around the same date as an acquisition of Portfolio Assets in a jurisdiction in which, for regulatory, tax or other reasons outside of Intrum’s control, it is necessary or beneficial to the Restricted Group for the entirety of the portfolio of assets to be owned by a Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(ii)  no debt is used to purchase the relevant Portfolio Assets,

 

(iii)   the acquirer of the synthetic sale portfolio will not receive a right to more than its pro-rata share of collections in relation to the portfolio net of relevant costs,

 

(iv) Intrum receives 100% cash payment within 30 days from closing of the synthetic sale,

 

(v)   Intrum receives a right to service the full portfolio of Portfolio Assets on closing subject to customary market conditions, and

 

(vi) there is no debt at or security on the relevant Portfolio Assets (i.e., the assets are not levered in any way).

 

Any proceeds from such Synthetic Sales go to replenish the annual capex limit (such that the resulting capex spend would be no different than had the Company only invested their minority share).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, Synthetic Sales of assets owned by the Group as of July 1, 2024 are not subject to this carve-out.

Put-backs and re-sale rights under SPAs    N/A    Carve-out for sales of Portfolio Assets relating to exercising put backs or other re-sale rights in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice under sale and purchase agreements with respect to Portfolio Acquisitions.

 

13


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

Merger Covenant / Change of Control / Permitted Reorganization    [Same]   

Transactions permitted under the Merger Covenant.

 

Transactions that constitute a Change of Control.

 

Any disposition resulting from a Permitted Reorganization.

De minimis   

Greater of €120m (28 SUNs) / €110m (27/26 SUNs) / €115m (25 SUNs) and 1.4% of Total Assets

 

Greater of €30m and 0.5% of Total Assets (24 SUNs).

   €2 million per fiscal year (no carry-forward or carry-back).
Asset sales, the proceeds of which are used to make Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments    Subject to applicable Permitted Investment or Restricted Payment basket    Permission to be deleted.
Sale & Leaseback Transactions    Uncapped.    Permission to be deleted.
Forced Sales       Carve-out for forced sales in relation to non-controlled joint ventures/investment structures with drag rights and for take-outs relating to secured portfolios in the ordinary course of business.
Affiliate Transactions
De minimis    €30 million    €10 million.
Arm’s length terms   

Transaction, or transactions, taken as a whole, are not materially less favourable than arm’s length transaction with third parties

 

If in excess of €75m (28/27/26/25 SUNs) / €60m (24 SUNs), the terms have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

  

Transaction, or transactions, taken as a whole, are not materially less favourable than arm’s length transaction with third parties

 

If in excess of €15 million, the terms have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

 

If in excess of €25 million, the Issuer has obtained a fairness opinion from a third-party accounting or investment banking firm.

Affiliate Transactions carve-outs:
Qualified Receivables Financing    Uncapped    Permission to be deleted.
Management Advances    Uncapped    Permission to be deleted.
Sponsor Fees    Uncapped    Permission to be deleted.

 

14


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

Events of Default
Non-payment   

30-day cure period for failure to pay interest or Additional Amounts when due.

 

No cure period for failure to pay principal or premium when due.

  

15-day cure period for failure to pay interest or Additional Amounts when due.

 

No cure period for failure to pay principal or premium when due.

Other obligations   

30-day cure period for failure to comply with obligations under Change of Control covenant after written notice from the Trustee or holders representing 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (other than a failure to purchase the Notes which constitutes an EoD).

 

60 day cure period for failure to comply with any other obligations under the Indenture after written notice from the Trustee or holders representing 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes

  

15-day cure period for failure to comply with obligations under Change of Control covenant after written notice from the Trustee or holders representing 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (other than a failure to purchase the Notes which constitutes an EoD).

 

30-day cure period for failure to comply with any other obligations under the Indenture after written notice from the Trustee or holders representing 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes

Final judgments    €55 million    €40 million.
Cross-default / cross-acceleration    €55 million    €40 million.
Insolvency    Applies to Issuer, Significant Subsidiaries and groups of Restricted Subsidiaries that together constitute a Significant Subsidiary.   

To apply to Company, Holdco, Midco, Significant Subsidiaries, groups of Restricted Subsidiaries that together constitute Significant Subsidiaries, Obligors and Pledgors and based on cash flow insolvency;

 

•  Default trigger: threshold to be changed from “entry into” insolvency proceedings to “any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to”;

 

•  Bankruptcy Law: definition to be amended to capture UK, EU and US insolvency procedures, moratoria, and restructuring tools (including schemes of arrangement and other ‘non-insolvency’ restructuring procedures);

 

•  Grace period for disputed winding up petitions: to be reduced from 60 days to 45 days.

 

•  To include mandatory liquidations pursuant to Swedish law.

 

15


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

Cessation of Business       To apply to Company, Significant Subsidiaries, Obligors and Pledgors, provided that Permitted Reorganizations (except with respect to the Company, Holdco and Midco) are permitted as a Permitted Transaction.
Security Interests       Security interests in the Collateral cease to be effective.
Audit Qualification    N/A    The Company’s auditors qualify the annual financial statements of the Group in a manner that could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the interests of the holders (taken as a whole) under the Notes Documents or in respect of the Group as a going concern.
Percentage of holders required to accelerate    30%    25%
Reporting Requirements
Financial Statements   

120 days after each financial year:

 

•  audited consolidated financial statements of Issuer;

 

•  unaudited pro forma income statement and balance sheet information for material acquisitions, dispositions and recapitalizations;

 

•  operating and financial review;

 

•  description of business, management and shareholders, material affiliate transactions and material contractual arrangements;

 

•  material risk factors; and

 

•  material recent developments.

 

60 days after end of first three financial quarters:

 

•  unaudited consolidated financial statements of Issuer;

 

•  unaudited pro forma income statement and balance sheet information for material acquisitions, dispositions and recapitalizations;

 

•  operating and financial review; and

 

•  material recent developments.

   To apply at Company level.

 

16


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

Other Requirements   

Promptly after occurrence of:

 

•  material acquisition, disposition or restructuring;

 

•  change in senior executive officer;

 

•  change in auditor; and

 

•  other material event.

  

Additional reporting requirements as set forth below:

 

•  A sub-limit to the liquidity split on available RCF and cash on balance sheet as follows, which, with reference to page 29 of the Q2 results by way of example, should be located after the last bullet point, such that it would have supported the SEK 10.5bn liquidity stated:

 

SEKm       

Cash on Balance Sheet

     [50]  

Trapped cash

     [(10)]  

Undrawn available commitments under SSRCF

     [10]  
  

 

 

 

Liquidity

     [50]  

 

     

•  A quarterly breakdown of available capacity under each of the indenture baskets/permissions, within the investor deck.

 

•  Under Group “EBITDA excluding Non-Recurring Items (“EBITDA”)”, detail and commentary on synergies and costs savings that have been achieved and are contemplated in the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio. If no such items are taken into account, the Company would simply confirm this.

 

•  A bridge for reported EBITDA to Cash EBITDA.

Other10
Unrestricted Subsidiaries       No ability to designate Unrestricted Subsidiaries other than Partnerships and GPs in connection with the Asset Management Scheme set forth in the Appendix and subject to the restrictions therein.
Co-Investment Vehicles      

Existing Co-Investment Vehicles permitted and future Co-Investment Vehicles permitted subject to the restrictions in this baskets table.

 

Fund Co-Investment Vehicles permitted subject to the restrictions in the Appendix.

 

     

Anti-layering covenant, as per Section 4.06(h) under the 2026 Eurobond Indenture.

 

Chewy protections (ASPs to provide that non-wholly owned subs are not carved out unless required by law/regulation).

 

10 

Financial definitions customary for a restructured credit to be agreed between the parties.

 

17


Basket/Permission1

  

Current Permission

  

Agreed Position for the Exchange Notes and New Money Notes

Additional covenants      

Serta right of first refusal protection on new money up-tiering (90% consent required to subordinate the Notes in right of payment and/or give super senior or priority security to any other Indebtedness unless the noteholders have been provided with a bona fide opportunity to provide their pro rata share of such priming Indebtedness on the same terms).

 

Payments for consent covenant, as per Section 4.11 under the 2026 Eurobond Indenture.

 

Negative pledge such that if any guarantee is not granted or security not granted over an asset on the basis of the ASPs, such asset cannot be provided as security and/or the relevant entity cannot provide a guarantee or other assurance of payment to any other creditor unless such security or guarantee is also shared with the New Money Notes and Exchange Notes.

 

Financial Calculations covenant, as per Section 4.17 under the 2028 Eurobond Indenture.

 

Dividend blocker covenant to prohibit any restrictions or encumbrances on the ability of Midco and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay dividends, pay Indebtedness owed, make loans, distributions, advances or other payments to Holdco or the Company for the purpose of making any payments with respect to or in connection with the Exchange Notes and/or the New Money Notes (including, but not limited to, refinancing, amending, extending, repaying, purchasing, investing in and/or pledging assets in support of any Exchange Notes and/or New Money Notes and/or paying any principal amounts, interest amounts, premia, catch-up payments, make-whole amounts, fees, underwriting discounts, costs, commissions, hedging, tax, break costs, indemnification obligations or other expenses (including any consent fees) in connection therewith), other than, for the avoidance of doubt, restrictions and encumbrances contained in the amended RCF as of the RED.

 

18


APPENDIX

 

Agreed Position

 

Structure   

Each Co-Investment Vehicle subject to this scheme (the “Fund Co-Investment Vehicle”) and any of its Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries, but will not be Guarantors. Each Fund Co-Investment Vehicle will be 100% owned by Restricted Subsidiaries and/or one or more Partnerships (owned by third party investors) and/or third-party investors.

 

One or more partnerships with third party investors with economic interests in a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle (the “Partnership”) and its controlling general partner (the “GP”) will not be Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

As a condition to designating the GP as an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

 

(i)  the GP will be prohibited from incurring any Indebtedness, pledging any assets or receiving any economics from the Partnership and/or any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle;

 

(ii)  the Restricted Group will make no Investments in the GP or the Partnership, except those which are required to maintain the corporate existence of such entities;

 

(iii)   Intrum or its Restricted Subsidiaries will control the GP;

 

(iv) controls will be put in place to ensure the prohibitions on the GP are maintained (controls other than EoD to be agreed); and

 

(v)   the GP cannot change asset management contracts or servicing contracts with respect to a fund in a manner that would be materially adverse to the interests of the bondholders, after final close of such fund.

   As the general partner to the Partnership, the GP will have customary controlling interests in the Partnership (which will be subject to customary non-controlling LP rights, such as approval of affiliate transactions, change of tax status, increase of LP liability, etc.).
Economic Interest   

Subject to the paragraph below, the Restricted Group can make Investments into the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle for up to 35% of the economic interests in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, with third-parties making Investments for at least 65% of the economic interests in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle.

 

The Restricted Group will have up to 18 months from the time of designation of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle (which designation cannot occur prior to the date that a third party commits or invests into the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle) (a “Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation”) to achieve the 35% threshold set out above, by issuing interests in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle to a Partnership or third-party investors on an arm’s length basis.

Form of Investment and Capex Limits   

Investments by Intrum in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle must be in the form of (i) cash or (ii) assets acquired by the Restricted Group after July 1, 2024 (subject to (x) in the case of each of (i) and (ii), the Maximum Capex parameters as applied from January 1, 2024 and (y) in the case of (ii) only, the assets contributed must be matched by corresponding investments by, or commitments (requiring asset contribution within 18 months of the relevant Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation) from third party investors (through a Partnership or otherwise and in each case on an arm’s length basis) of 65% or more of the economic interests in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, obtained within 18 months of the relevant Fund Co-Investment Vehicle Designation).

 

The Maximum Capex parameters applies (i) to cash Investments in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle in the year in which such cash Investments are made and (ii) to other assets contributed to the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle in the year in which such assets were acquired.

 

A sub-limit of 30% of the Maximum Capex in the year the relevant assets were acquired applies to Investments (via cash or in-kind) in levered Fund Co-Investment Vehicles. For purposes of determining compliance with the prior sentence, the amount of the Investment of any contributed assets should be no less than book value of the contributed assets as determined in good faith by the Intrum board at the time of the transfer.

   The Restricted Group’s economic interest in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle will be pari passu or senior to the economic interests of the Partnership in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle, with no layering or subordination in the waterfall, except in relation to asset management and/or performance fees or otherwise for the benefit of the Restricted Group.

 

19


Debt   

Debt at any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its subsidiaries to be limited to 50% Loan to Purchase Price (i.e., ratio of Indebtedness of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the consideration paid/payable by the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the assets held by them).

 

For purposes of calculating the Loan to Purchase Price of any contributed assets, the Purchase Price of contributed assets should be the amount initially paid by the Restricted Group, not the amount paid by the Co-Investment Vehicle.

 

Indebtedness incurred by the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries will be on arms’ length terms and non-recourse to the rest of the Restricted Group (other than the ability to pledge the shares of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle to raise third-party debt at the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle in order to finance the purchase of portfolio assets)

 

Indebtedness may be incurred by the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or at one or more of its Subsidiaries

 

Any other debt baskets that the Restricted Group has cannot be used to finance the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries in any way (including the financing of equity or asset contributions into the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle)

Identity of Servicing Entity and Fees   

The Fund Co-Investment Vehicle and its Subsidiaries are prohibited from being the servicing entity in respect of their directly or indirectly held portfolios.

 

The Restricted Group receives returns on the invested assets at least pro rata to their economic interest in the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle held by the Restricted Group.

 

Not more than 40% of asset management and performance fees (in each case, for all Fund Co-Investment Vehicles) may be shared with third parties. Intrum shall be permitted to share the asset management and performance fees paid by any Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or Partnership, provided that at the time of any agreement to share asset management or performance fees, Intrum reasonably expects that the net asset management and estimated performance fees to be received by the Restricted Group from all Fund Co-Investment Vehicles and Partnership shall be at least 110% of the costs incurred by Intrum for the management of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicles and Partnerships. For the avoidance of doubt, servicing fees are not to be shared with third parties, subject to the points outlined below.

 

Servicing of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicles directly or indirectly held portfolios will be performed by the Restricted Group, except where Intrum determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it is in the economic best interest of the Restricted Group for such servicing to be carried out by a third-party, with such determination being made in a manner consistent with Intrum’s past practice.

 

Servicing and asset management contracts must be on customary market terms.

Other   

The Intrum servicer and asset management entity in respect of a Fund Co-Investment Vehicle must be a Guarantor of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes must have security over its shares, subject to local law limitations / ASPs.

 

The Fund Co-Investment Vehicle will be permitted to invest, directly or indirectly, in any receivables and related assets consistent with Intrum’s past practice.

 

Capex spend in relation to the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle structure is subject to the Permitted Investment General Restrictions for required returns.

 

There can be no obligation on the part of any other member of the Restricted Group to maintain the financial condition or support the operations of the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle.

 

Intrum will use commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate the terms of any financing arrangements with a third-party creditor lending to the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle or its Subsidiaries to include a ROFO to apply in favour of the Restricted Group in the event that the third-party creditor enforces its share pledge over the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle.

 

Neither the Partnership, the Fund Co-Investment Vehicle nor any of its Subsidiaries can make any direct or indirect Restricted Payments (via investments or otherwise) to shareholders or affiliates of Intrum that are not members of the Restricted Group.

 

20


Agreed Form

ANNEX 8

ENHANCED REPORTING PACKAGE

 

27


Reporting KPIs (Quarterly)

 

 

         

Details

   General   

•   Revert to a reporting framework for the investing segment to include metrics by asset type and KPIs aligned with “Appendix – Investment Segment Reporting (Example)” that are not in current reporting disclosure

 

•   Agreed to maintain quarterly earnings call with Noteholders, including Q&A

Group    Gross Revenue   

•   —

   EBITDA excluding Non-Recurring Items (“EBITDA”)   

•   —

   Net Debt & Leverage   

•   Split by instrument

 

•   Liquidity

   Attributable Net Income   

•   —

  

Condensed Income Statement,

Balance Sheet, and Cash Flows

  

•   —

Servicing    Total AUM   

•   By Client Type (e.g., commercial banks, investors, securitization vehicles)

 

•   By Region

   Collections & Collection Rate   

•   —


Servicing    Regional Performance Side-by-Side   

•   GBV

 

•   Collections

 

•   Collection Rate

 

•   Gross Revenues

 

•   EBITDA excl. NRIs

 

•   EBITDA Margin excl. NRIs

   AUM Bridge   

•   AUM bridge provided in aggregate i.e., as (+) AUM BoP (-) collections (+) new inflows (=) AUM EoP

   Split by Region   

•   AUM total, revenues and EBITDA on a regional basis


Investing    Face Value /GBV of owned portfolio   

•   —

   Vintage analysis   

•   Historical collections and remaining ERC per vintage broken down by year

 

•   Historical and forecast collection curves for each vintage vs. underwritten curves

 

•   Book Value and Face Value per vintage

Investment Management    Reporting   

•   Reporting for Investment Management to start when the AUM (specific to investment management fund vehicles managed by Intrum / GP for external third-party clients) reaches €500m

 

•   Reporting to include:

 

•   AUM

 

•   AUM bridge

 

•   Aggregated fee income (without spilt between management and performance fee)


Appendix – Investment Segment Reporting (Example)

 

     Full year 2022      Full year 2021  

SEKM

   Overdue
receivables
     REO      Financial
services
     Joint
ventures
     Segment
total
     Overdue
receivables
     REO      Financial
services
     Joint
ventures
     Segment
total
 

Cash revenues

     13,435        192        230        334        14,191        11,853        198        190        248        12,490  

Cash EBITDA

     10,319        33        103        334        10,790        8,843        16        107        248        9,215  

Replenishment capex

     -6,550        —         —         —         -6,550        -5,654        —         —         —         -5,654  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash EBIT

     3,769        33        103        334        4,240        3,190        16        107        248        3,561  

Total revenues

     8,231        192        638        —         9,061        7,676        198        190        —         8,063  

Items affecting comparability

     -116        —         -408        —         -525        -133        —         —         —         -133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted segment revenues

     8,116        192        230        —         8,537        7,543        198        190        —         7,931  

Segment earnings

     5,111        20        507        -5,246        392        4,659        -14        105        293        5,043  

Items affecting comparability

     -116        12        -406        5,768        5,257        -133        29        1        288        185  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted segment earnings

     4,995        32        101        521        5,648        4,526        15        106        581        5,229  

KPI’s

                             

Average invested capital

     33,953        311        674        5,323        40,260        29,423        354        539        5,893        36,209  

Segment cash RoIC, %

     10.1        2.0        75.9        6.3        10.5        10.9        4.5        19.5        4.2        9.8  

Total portfolio investments made

     7,385        152        —         —         7,538        7,004        99        —         1,002        8,106  

Money-on-money multiple (RTM)

     2.05        —         —         —         2.05        2.04        —         —         —         2.04  

Book value

     35,645        302        —         1,162        37,109        31,478        315        —         6,438        38,231  

ERC

     75,302        377        —         1,954        77,634        64,901        389        —         9,047        74,337  

Cost to collect, paid %

     23        90        —         —         24        26        107        —         —         24  

Amortisation ratio, %

     40        —         —         —         40        36        —         —         —         36  

Operating margin, %

     61        10        80        —         4        61        -7        55        —         63  

Adjusted operating margin, %

     62        16        44        —         66        60        8        56        —         66  

Return on portfolio investments, ROI, %

     15        6        —         -99        1        16        -6        —         5        14  

Adjusted return on portfolio investments, ROI, %

     15        10        —         10        14        15        6        —         10        14  


Agreed Form

 

ANNEX 9

OTHER TERMS

 

Releases and Conditions Precedent
Releases   

Mutual, customary and reciprocal releases by and for the benefit of (amongst others) the Group, the Core Noteholder Group, the Backstop Providers, the New Noteholders, the Consenting Noteholders (or in the case of a Compromise Process that is used to compromise the Participating Noteholders, all Participating Noteholders), the RCF SteerCo Group, the Participating Lenders (or in the case of a Compromise Process that is used to compromise the Lenders, all Lenders) and their respective professional advisers, related funds and related parties, in respect of all claims, losses, liabilities etc. arising out of, or in connection with:

 

•  the negotiation or preparation of the Restructuring, the Compromise Process or the Restructuring Documents or the implementation and/or consummation of the Restructuring; and

 

•  the execution of the Restructuring Documents or any other documents required to implement the Restructuring or the taking of any steps or actions reasonably necessary to implement the Restructuring,

 

in each case with the scope of and exceptions to such releases to be agreed by the Majority Core Noteholder Group, the RCF SteerCo Group and the Company.

Conditions Precedent to the Restructuring   

Conditions precedent to the Restructuring Effective Date to include and subject to any waiver by the Company, the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders, the following (in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders):

 

•  corporate approvals of the Company (including shareholder approvals for issuance of the Ordinary Shares) and all other members of the Group that are providing guarantees, security or are party to an intra-group loan and are required to accede to the intercreditor agreement (as applicable) in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders (each acting reasonably);

 

•  receipt of all requisite approvals of Participating Noteholders, New Money Noteholders and Lenders (according to the selected implementation path);

 

•  receipt of a final tax structure paper for the implementation and consummation of the Restructuring in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and RCF SteerCo Group (each acting reasonably);

 

28


Agreed Form

 

  

•  any court proceedings or other steps required to implement the Restructuring having become effective, and any processes in any applicable jurisdiction as agreed between the Company, the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (each acting reasonably) as being required for the proper recognition and protection (including against clawback and subordination risks) of the Restructuring having been completed;

 

•  the Reorg Steps Plan and evidence that the steps and transactions referred to in the Reorg Steps Plan as steps and/or transactions to be undertaken on or prior to the Restructuring Effective Date have been duly completed;

 

•  the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, Notes Amendments Documents, New Money Documents and Restructuring Documents being binding and effective on the terms and conditions therein contained;

 

•  an Agreed Form financial reporting package template;

 

•  an Agreed Form allocations spreadsheet and funds flow;

 

•  payment of all fees, costs and expenses required to be paid under the Lock-Up Agreement, the Amendment and Restatement Agreement and the other Restructuring Documents and in accordance with the agreed form funds flow;

 

•  satisfaction of all necessary ‘know your customer’ and anti-money laundering checks;

 

•  the Group maintaining corporate ratings from any two of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P as at the Restructuring Effective Date;

 

•  the granting of all security that is expressed to be a condition precedent under the Finance Documents, the RCF Amendment Documents, the New Money Notes documents or the Exchange Notes documents; and

 

•  the approved Business Plan.

 

29


Agreed Form

 

ANNEX 10

DEFINED TERMS

 

Certain defined terms   

2025 MTNs” means: (i) the SEK 1,250 million senior floating rate medium term notes due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to notes terms and conditions dated 25 June 2018; (ii) the SEK 1,100 million senior floating rate medium term notes due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to terms and conditions dated 3 May 2023; and (iii) the SEK 400 million senior medium-term notes due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions dated 3 May 2023, in each case pursuant to a medium term notes programme issuance agreement between, among others, the Company and Swedbank AB as lead arranger, originally dated 10 February 2012 (in each case, as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

 

2026 Eurobonds” means the €800m 3.500% senior notes issued by the Company due 2026, issued pursuant to the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture an indenture dated 31 July 2019 (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

 

2026 MTNs” means the SEK 1,000 m senior floating rate medium-term notes issued by the Company pursuant to terms and conditions dated 25 June 2018 pursuant to a medium term notes programme issuance agreement between, among others, the Company and Swedbank AB as lead arranger, originally dated 10 February 2012 (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

 

2027 Eurobonds” means the €850m 3.000% senior notes issued by the Company due 2027, issued pursuant to an indenture dated 19 September 2019 (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

 

2028 Eurobonds” means the €450m 9.250% senior notes issued by the Company due 2028, issued pursuant to an indenture dated 14 December 2022 (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

 

Agreed Exchange Rate” means: (i) the spot rate of exchange as displayed by Bloomberg L.P; or, if that rate is not available, (ii) any other commercially available spot rate of exchange selected by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith), in each case for the purchase of one currency with another currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.

 

Agreed Security Principles” means the agreed security principles set out in Annex 6 (Agreed Security Principles).

 

Business Plan” means the business plan of the Company to be approved by the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders as the “Business Plan” for the purposes of this Restructuring Term Sheet.

 

Commitments” has the meaning given to it in the Amended SSRCF.

 

Consent Fee Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder” means a Consent Fee Eligible Noteholder that holds Participating Eurobonds.

 

30


Agreed Form

 

 

Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder” means an Early Bird Eligible Noteholder that holds Participating Eurobonds.

 

Effective Date RCF Commitments” has the meaning given to that term in Annex 4 (Amended/Extended SSRCF Term Sheet).

 

Entitled Noteholder” has the meaning given to it in Annex 2 (The Ordinary Shares).

 

Eurobond Pro Rata Share” means, in respect of a Participating Eurobond Holder, the proportion that the principal amount outstanding of the Participating Eurobonds held by such Participating Eurobond Holder bears to the aggregate principal amount outstanding of all Participating Eurobonds as at the Record Date (or such later or earlier time and date as the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group may agree). For the avoidance of doubt, any accrued unpaid interest on the Participating Eurobonds shall be excluded from such calculation. Eurobond Pro Rata Shares shall be calculated by the Information Agent in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

Eurobonds” means the 2024 Eurobonds, the 2025 Eurobonds, the 2026 Eurobonds, the 2027 Eurobonds, the 2028 Eurobonds and the PPNs.

 

Exchange Notes” means: (i) the 2027 Exchange Notes; (ii) the 2028 Exchange Notes; (iii) the 2029 Exchange Notes; (iv) the 2030 Exchange Notes.

 

Guarantor” means the guarantors of the Amended SSRCF, New Money Notes and the Exchange Notes.

 

Indenture” means, as the context requires, the relevant indenture relating to the Participating Eurobonds.

 

Lock-Up Pro Rata Share” means, in respect of an Entitled Noteholder, the proportion that the principal amount outstanding of the Locked-Up Eurobond Notes Debt held by such Entitled Noteholder bears to the aggregate principal amount outstanding of all Locked-Up Eurobond Notes Debt of all Entitled Noteholders as at the Record Date. For the avoidance of doubt, any accrued unpaid interest on the Locked-Up Notes Debt shall be excluded from such calculation. Lock-Up Pro Rata Shares shall be calculated by the Information Agent in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

Locked-Up Eurobond Notes Debt” means in relation to each Consenting Noteholder, the amount of Locked-Up Notes Debt held by that Consenting Noteholder from time to time that is comprised of Participating Eurobonds only.

 

MTN Pro Rata Share” means, in respect of a Participating MTN Holder, the proportion of: (i) the principal amount outstanding of the Participating MTNs held by such Participating MTN Holder; to (ii) the aggregate principal amount outstanding of all Participating MTNs as at the Record Date, as shall be calculated by the Information Agent in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any accrued and unpaid interest on the Participating MTNs shall be excluded from such calculation.

 

31


Agreed Form

 

 

MTN Terms & Conditions” means the terms & conditions for the Participating MTNs dated 15 June 2018 and 3 May 2023.

 

New Noteholders” means the holders of the New Money Notes.

 

Ordinary Shares – Eurobonds” means the Ordinary Shares multiplied by the ratio of (i) Participating Eurobonds to (ii) Participating Notes

 

Ordinary Shares – MTNs” means the Ordinary Shares multiplied by the ratio of (i) Participating MTNs to (ii) Participating Notes.

 

Participating Eurobonds” means the outstanding 2025 Eurobonds, the 2026 Eurobonds, the 2027 Eurobonds, the 2028 Eurobonds and the PPNs.

 

Participating Eurobond Holder” means a holder of Participating Eurobonds.

 

Participating MTNs” means the outstanding 2025 MTNs and 2026 MTNs.

 

Participating MTN Holder” means a holder of Participating MTNs.

 

Participating Noteholder” means a holder of Participating Notes.

 

Participating Notes” means the Participating Eurobonds and Participating MTNs.

 

Pro Rata Share” means, in respect of a Participating Noteholder, the proportion that the principal amount outstanding of the Participating Notes held by such Participating Noteholder bears to the aggregate principal amount outstanding of all Participating Notes on the Record Date (or such later or earlier time and date as the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group may agree). For the avoidance of doubt, any accrued unpaid interest on the Participating Notes shall be excluded from such calculation. Pro Rata Shares shall be calculated by the Information Agent in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

Utilisations” has the meaning given to it in the Amended SSRCF.

 

32


Schedule 5

Form of Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter

To: Kroll Issuer Services Limited

Email: intrum@is.kroll.com

Copy to: The Company and the Company Advisers

Email: [.]

From: [Additional [Consenting Noteholder][Participating Lender][Backstop Provider]] (the “Acceding Party”)

Email: [Additional [Consenting Noteholder’s][Participating Lender’s][Backstop Provider’s] email address]

Dated: ____________________

Dear Sir/Madam

Lock-up Agreement originally dated [•] 2024 between, among others the Company, and the Original Consenting Noteholders (in each case as defined therein) (the “Agreement”)

 

1.

This is a Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter for the purposes of the Agreement and terms defined in the Agreement, have the same meaning in this Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter.

 

2.

We agree to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as a [Consenting Noteholder][Participating Lender][Backstop Provider]. [We are entering into this Agreement as a sub-participant of the lender of record with respect to the Facility Agreement Debt identified in the confidential annexure.]1

 

3.

Our Locked-Up [Notes] / [Facility Agreement] Debt, [Non-Voting Debt]2 and [Debt subject to a Repo Arrangement] is set out in the Confidential Annexure to this Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter.

 

4.

[We hereby confirm, warrant and represent that we are an Abstaining Creditor in accordance with the definition of “Abstaining Creditor” in the Agreement.]3

 

5.

[Our Transferred New Notes Commitment (as defined in the Backstop Agreement) are those set out in our novation agreement pursuant to the Backstop Letter.]4

 

6.

Our notice details for the purposes of Clause 20 (Notices) of the Agreement are as follows:

Address: [•]

Attn: [•]

Email address: [•]

This Noteholder / Lender Accession Letter is governed and construed in accordance with English law.

Additional [Consenting Noteholder][Participating Lender][Backstop Provider]

 

By:

 

 

1 

Note: Only to be included where a party is acceding as a sub-participant of a Facility Agreement lender.

2 

Note: Only to be included for Abstaining Creditors.

3 

Note: Only to be included for Abstaining Creditors.

4 

Note: Only to be included for parties acceding as Backstop Providers.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


CONFIDENTIAL ANNEXURE TO THE NOTEHOLDER / LENDER ACCESSION LETTER

Our Locked-Up [Notes] / [Facility Agreement] Debt is as follows:

 

Notes (ISIN) / Facilities

  

Principal Amount

  

[Euroclear / Clearstream /
Euroclear Sweden] Account
Number

  

Name of custodian, trustee,
issuing institution, prime broker
or similar (if applicable)

Facility Agreement         

Notes pursuant to 2025 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2211136168 and XS2211137059)

        

Notes pursuant to 2026 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2034925375 and XS2034928122)

        

Notes pursuant to 2027 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2052216111 and XS2052216202)

        

Notes pursuant to 2028 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2566292160 and XS2566291865)

        

PPNs

 

(XS2093168115)

        

2024 MTNs

 

(SE0013102407)

        

SEK 1,100m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105533)

        

SEK 400m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105525)

        

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


SEK 1,250m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013104080)

        

SEK 1,000m MTNs due 2026

 

(SE0013360435)

        
Revolving Credit Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)         
Ancillary Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)         

Attachment: please attach evidence of Proof of Holdings.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


[Our Non-Voting Debt is as follows:]

 

Notes (ISIN) / Facilities

  

Principal Amount

  

[Euroclear / Clearstream /
Euroclear Sweden] Account
Number

  

Name of custodian, trustee,
issuing institution, prime broker
or similar (if applicable)

Notes pursuant to 2025 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2211136168 and XS2211137059)

        

Notes pursuant to 2026 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2034925375 and XS2034928122)

        

Notes pursuant to 2027 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2052216111 and XS2052216202)

        

Notes pursuant to 2028 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2566292160 and XS2566291865)

        

PPNs

 

(XS2093168115)

        

2024 MTNs

 

(SE0013102407)

        

SEK 1,100m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105533)

        

SEK 400m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105525)

        

SEK 1,250m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013104080)

        

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


SEK 1,000m MTNs due 2026

 

(SE0013360435)

        
Revolving Credit Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)         
Ancillary Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)         

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


[Our Debt subject to Repo Arrangements (if relevant) is as follows:]

 

Notes (ISIN) / Facilities

  

Principal Amount

  

[Euroclear / Clearstream /
Euroclear Sweden] Account
Number

  

Name of custodian, trustee,
issuing institution, prime broker
or similar (if applicable)

Notes pursuant to 2025 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2211136168 and XS2211137059)

        

Notes pursuant to 2026 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2034925375 and XS2034928122)

        

Notes pursuant to 2027 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2052216111 and XS2052216202)

        

Notes pursuant to 2028 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2566292160 and XS2566291865)

        

PPNs

 

(XS2093168115)

        

2024 MTNs

 

(SE0013102407)

        

SEK 1,100m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105533)

        

SEK 400m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105525)

        

SEK 1,250m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013104080)

        

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


SEK 1,000m MTNs due 2026

 

(SE0013360435)

        
Revolving Credit Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)         
Ancillary Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)         

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


Schedule 6

Form of Transfer Certificate

 

To:

The Company

The Information Agent (as defined in the Agreement)

Email: [•]

Dated: _________________

Dear Sir/Madam

Lock-up Agreement originally dated [•] 2024 between, among others, the Company and the Original Consenting Noteholders (in each case, as defined therein) (the “Agreement”)

 

1.

We refer to the Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this letter. This is a Transfer Certificate.

 

2.

[The transferor] (the “Transferor”) and [the transferee] (the “Transferee”) are either [Consenting Noteholders] or [Participating Lenders] as at the date hereof.

 

3.

We write to inform you that the principal amounts of Locked-Up [Notes] / [Facility Agreement] Debt set out in the table below, plus any accrued unpaid interest thereon, have been transferred by the Transferor to the Transferee on [date]5:

 

Notes (ISIN) / Facilities

  

Principal

Amount

  

Interest

  

[Euroclear /
Clearstream /
Euroclear
Sweden] Account
Number

  

Name of custodian, trustee,
issuing institution, prime
broker or similar

(if applicable)

Notes pursuant to 2025 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2211136168 and XS2211137059)

           

Notes pursuant to 2026 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2034925375 and XS2034928122)

           

Notes pursuant to 2027 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2052216111 and XS2052216202)

           

 

5 

Please use this paragraph and delete paragraph 4 if you are a Consenting Noteholder/Participating Lender informing of a decrease in your Locked-Up Debt.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


Notes pursuant to 2028 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2566292160 and XS2566291865)

           

PPNs

 

(XS2093168115)

 

2024 MTNs

 

(SE0013102407)

           

SEK 1,100m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105533)

           

SEK 400m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105525)

           

SEK 1,250m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013104080)

           

SEK 1,000m MTNs due 2026

 

(SE0013360435)

           
Revolving Credit Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)            
Ancillary Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)            

 

4.

We write to inform you that the principal amounts of [Notes] / [Facility Agreement] Debt (which has not previously been Locked-Up [Notes] / [Facility Agreement] Debt) set out in the table below, plus any accrued unpaid interest thereon, have been transferred to the Transferee on [date]6:

 

6 

Please use this paragraph and delete paragraphs 2 and 3 if you are a Consenting Noteholder/Participating Lender informing of an increase in your Locked-Up Debt.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


Notes (ISIN) / Facilities

  

Principal Amount

  

[Euroclear / Clearstream /
Euroclear Sweden] Account
Number

  

Name of custodian, trustee, issuing
institution, prime broker or similar
(if applicable)

Notes pursuant to 2025 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2211136168 and XS2211137059)

        

Notes pursuant to 2026 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2034925375 and XS2034928122)

        

Notes pursuant to 2027 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2052216111 and XS2052216202)

        

Notes pursuant to 2028 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2566292160 and XS2566291865)

        

PPNs

 

(XS2093168115)

        

2024 MTNs

 

(SE0013102407)

        

SEK 1,100m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105533)

        

SEK 400m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105525)

        

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


SEK 1,250m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013104080)

        

SEK 1,000m MTNs due 2026

 

(SE0013360435)

        
Revolving Credit Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)         
Ancillary Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)         

 

5.

[We inform you that the following [Non-Voting Debt][Debt subject to Repo Arrangements] have been transferred to the Transferee on [date].]7

[Non-Voting Debt]

 

Notes (ISIN) / Facilities

  

Principal Amount

  

[Euroclear / Clearstream /
Euroclear Sweden] Account
Number

  

Name of custodian, trustee, issuing
institution, prime broker or similar
(if applicable)

Notes pursuant to 2025 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2211136168 and XS2211137059)

        

Notes pursuant to 2026 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2034925375 and XS2034928122)

        

Notes pursuant to 2027 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2052216111 and XS2052216202)

        

Notes pursuant to 2028 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2566292160 and XS2566291865)

        

 

7 

To be included only if any of the debt subject to transfer constitutes Non-Voting Debt or Debt subject to Repo arrangements.

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


PPNs

 

(XS2093168115)

 

2024 MTNs

 

(SE0013102407)

        

SEK 1,100m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105533)

        

SEK 400m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105525)

        

SEK 1,250m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013104080)

        

SEK 1,000m MTNs due 2026

 

(SE0013360435)

        
Revolving Credit Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)         
Ancillary Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)         

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


[Debt subject to Repo Arrangements (if relevant) is as follows:]

 

Notes (ISIN) / Facilities

  

Principal Amount

  

[Euroclear / Clearstream /
Euroclear Sweden] Account
Number

  

Name of custodian, trustee, issuing
institution, prime broker or similar
(if applicable)

Notes pursuant to 2025 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2211136168 and XS2211137059)

        

Notes pursuant to 2026 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2034925375 and XS2034928122)

        

Notes pursuant to 2027 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2052216111 and XS2052216202)

        

Notes pursuant to 2028 Eurobonds Indenture

 

(XS2566292160 and XS2566291865)

        

PPNs

 

(XS2093168115)

        

2024 MTNs

 

(SE0013102407)

        

SEK 1,100m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105533)

        

SEK 400m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013105525)

        

SEK 1,250m MTNs due 2025

 

(SE0013104080)

        

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


SEK 1,000m MTNs due 2026

 

(SE0013360435)

        
Revolving Credit Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)         
Ancillary Facility (in connection with the Facility Agreement)         

 

6.

This Transfer Certificate is governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

The Transferor: [TRANSFEROR]

By: [signature of authorised person signing on behalf of Transferor]

Name:   [print name of authorised person]

Email address:  [email address of Transferor]

The Transferee: [TRANSFEREE]

By: [signature of authorised person signing on behalf of Transferee]

Name:  [print name of authorised person]

Email address:  [email address of transferee]

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


Schedule 7 

Form of Sub-Participation Letter

 

To:

Kroll Issuer Services Limited as Information Agent (as defined in the Agreement, as defined below),

(by email to [•])

 

Copy to:

Notes Ad Hoc Group’s Counsel

(by email to [•])

 

From:

[Proposed Sub-Participant]

 

Dated:

[•]

Lock-up Agreement originally dated [•] 2024 between, among others, the Company and the Original Consenting Noteholders (in each case, as defined therein) (the “Agreement”)

 

1.

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Sub-Participation Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this letter unless given a different meaning in this letter.

 

2.

We confirm that we have entered into a sub-participation [or similar] agreement (the “Sub-Participation Agreement”) with [name of lender of record / beneficial holder of the Notes] (the “Consenting Creditor”) in respect of [certain of] the Locked-Up Debt (the “Sub-Participated Debt”) which is the subject of our Sub-Participation Agreement.

 

3.

We acknowledge that the Consenting Creditor is bound by the terms of the Agreement and we agree, to the extent voting powers in relation to the Sub-Participated Debt have been transferred to us or must otherwise be exercised at our discretion by the Consenting Creditor, to give such directions and instructions and to take such other actions as are necessary to enable the Consenting Creditor to comply with its obligations under the Agreement.

 

4.

We agree to exercise all of our rights and discharge all of our obligations in each case in respect of the Sub-Participated Debt as if we were a Consenting Creditor.

 

5.

[Proposed Sub-Participant’s] sub-participation in the Locked-Up Debt is as set out in the table below:

 

Consenting Creditor

 

[Notes] / [Commitments]

 

[ISIN] / [Facilities]

 

Locked-Up Debt

 

Principal Amount
of Sub-Participated Debt

       

 

6.

Our administrative details are as follows:

Address:    [•]

Email Address:  [•]

Attention:    [•]

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


7.

This Sub-Participation Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

SIGNED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED by [Proposed Sub-Participant]

acting by

 

[its directors] / [an authorised signatory]   

 

   Authorised Signatory / Director
  

 

   Authorised Signatory / Director
   In the presence of:
  

 

  

 

  

 

Email Address:   
Attention:   

SIGNED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED by [Consenting Creditor]

acting by

 

[its directors] / [an authorised signatory]   

 

   Authorised Signatory / Director
  

 

   Authorised Signatory / Director
   In the presence of:
  

 

  

 

  

 

Email Address:   
Attention:   

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


SIGNATURE PAGES

 

[Schedule – Lock-up Agreement]


The Company

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of INTRUM AB (PUBL)

By:   [REDACTED]     By:   [REDACTED]
Name:   Emil Folkesson     Name:   Niklas Lundquis
Title:   Acting CFO     Title:   CLO

 

[Project Indoor – A&R agreement to the Lock-up Agreement – Signature page]


The Information Agent

 

For and on behalf of

 

KROLL ISSUER SERVICES LIMITED

 

[REDACTED]

 

  
in its capacity as Information Agent   

Name: Paul Kamminga

Title: Director

  

 

[Project Indoor – A&R agreement to the Lock-up Agreement – Signature page]


The Consenting Noteholders

[SIGNATURE PAGES REMOVED]

 

[Project Indoor – A&R agreement to the Lock-up Agreement – Signature page]


Other Consenting Noteholders

[SIGNATURE PAGES REMOVED]

 

[Project Indoor – A&R agreement to the Lock-up Agreement – Signature page]


The Original Participating Lenders

[SIGNATURE PAGES REMOVED]

 

[Project Indoor – A&R agreement to the Lock-up Agreement – Signature page]


Exhibit C

Backstop Agreement


STRICTLY PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

New Funding Backstop Letter

 

From:

The institutions set out in the signature pages (each an “Original Backstop Provider”, and together, the “Original Backstop Providers”)

 

To:

Intrum AB (publ) (the “Company”) and the Issuer (as defined below)

_10_ July 2024

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Project Indoor – New Funding Backstop Letter

Reference is made to the lock-up agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”) dated on or around the date of this Agreement (as defined herein) and as amended from time to time between, among others, the Company, the Information Agent and the Consenting Noteholders (as defined therein).

This letter agreement (this “Agreement”) is the Backstop Agreement referred to in the Lock-Up Agreement and sets forth the commitment of each Backstop Provider, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein and in the Restructuring Term Sheet, to purchase or subscribe for, directly or indirectly, the New Money Notes.

 

1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Capitalised terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

1.2

In addition, in this Agreement:

Additional Backstop Provider” means a person that has acceded to this Agreement in accordance with Clause 14 (Transfers);

Backstop Provider” means an Original Backstop Provider or an Additional Backstop Provider unless it has ceased to be a Backstop Provider in accordance with Clause 14 (Transfers);

Issuer” means the Company or such other member of the Group as may be agreed between the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group, which shall be the issuer of the New Money Notes;

New Notes Commitment” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to any Original Backstop Provider:

 

  (i)

its “Original New Notes Commitment” as set out in Schedule 1 (Original New Notes Commitment); and

 

  (ii)

the amount of any Transferred New Notes Commitments transferred to such Original Backstop Provider in accordance with this Agreement; and

 

1


  (b)

in relation to any Additional Backstop Provider, the amount of any Transferred New Notes Commitments transferred or deemed to be transferred to it in accordance with this Agreement,

in each case, to the extent not reduced, transferred or deemed to be transferred by it in each case in accordance with this Agreement;

Original Backstop Provider” means a signatory to this Agreement as a Backstop Provider on the original date of this Agreement provided that such person has not ceased to be a Backstop Provider as contemplated by the terms of this Agreement, being the persons named in the signature pages to this Agreement;

Purchase Price” means the purchase price payable by a Backstop Provider in respect of the aggregate principal amount of New Money Notes to be issued to such Backstop Provider at the Issue Price specified in the Restructuring Term Sheet;

Relevant Notes Debt” means the principal outstanding amount (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, accrued unpaid interest) of Notes Debt under each tranche of the Eurobonds (excluding the Eurobonds issued pursuant to the 2024 Eurobonds Indenture) and each tranche of MTN Issuance (excluding the 2024 MTNs);

Total Backstop Fee” means €15,789,450 (or, to the extent that the New Notes Commitments of any Backstop Provider are denominated in Swedish krona, the equivalent amount denominated in Swedish krona, calculated by the Information Agent using a publicly available spot rate of exchange selected by the Information Agent (acting reasonably) at or about 11:00am (London) on the Record Date), being an aggregate amount equal to 3.00% of the aggregate principal amount of New Money Notes, being €526,315,000 (or its equivalent in Swedish krona to the extent that some or all New Money Notes are to be issued in Swedish krona in accordance with the Restructuring Term Sheet and/or the Steps Plan), and notwithstanding any reduction in the amount of New Money Notes agreed to be issued in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Steps Plan; and

Transferred New Notes Commitments” has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.1 (Transfers).

 

1.3

References to a “Backstop Provider” or an “Original Backstop Provider” in this Agreement shall include any of its Nominees (as notified by the Backstop Provider to the Information Agent in accordance with Clause 2.1 (Commitment)).

 

2

COMMITMENT

 

2.1

Each Backstop Provider hereby irrevocably commits, severally and not jointly, to the Company and the Issuer, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Lock-Up Agreement, that it shall purchase or subscribe for, or shall cause the purchase of or subscription for, directly or indirectly through one or more of its Nominees (as may be notified by the Backstop Provider to the Information Agent in writing from time to time but not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the Record Date) on the Restructuring Effective Date (or such other date as agreed in accordance with the Steps Plan), New Money Notes to be issued under the New Money Notes Indenture in accordance with the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Steps Plan, in an amount equal to its New Notes Commitment. No Backstop Provider shall be responsible for the obligations of any other Backstop Provider but a Backstop Provider shall remain responsible for the performance by any of its Nominees of any obligations under this Agreement.

 

3

EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS AGREEMENT

The provisions of this Agreement shall become effective and binding on the Company, the Issuer and each Backstop Provider on the date of this Agreement (the “Effective Date”).

 

2


4

ALLOCATIONS

 

4.1

The New Notes Commitments shall be reduced on a pro rata basis as between each Backstop Provider that has a New Notes Commitment to account for New Money Notes that are subscribed for by holders of Relevant Notes Debt (or their Nominees) (“Subscribers”) in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Term Sheet and the Steps Plan.

 

4.2

In the event that any Subscriber breaches the terms of the note purchase or subscription agreement relating to the New Money Notes and fails to fund all or part of its New Money Notes in the manner required thereunder (a “Defaulting Subscriber”), the Company and the Issuer may upon written notice to the Backstop Providers, require each Backstop Provider (for the avoidance of doubt excluding any Backstop Provider which is a Defaulting Subscriber) to subscribe for and fund (and each Backstop Provider shall subscribe for and fund) its pro rata share (based on such Backstop Provider’s New Notes Commitment) of such Defaulting Subscriber’s allocation of New Money Notes within two (2) Business Days of such notice, provided that no Backstop Provider’s aggregate obligations to subscribe for New Money Notes shall exceed the amount of its New Notes Commitment prior to any reduction pursuant to Clause 4.1.

 

4.3

In the event a Backstop Provider fails to fulfil its obligation under this Agreement, terminates this Agreement in accordance with Clause 13.2, and/or notifies the Company and the Issuer that it shall not subscribe for or fund its New Notes Commitment (such Backstop Provider a “Defaulting Backstop Provider”), the Company and the Issuer will be entitled to seek to allocate some or all of the New Notes Commitment of such Defaulting Backstop Provider as follows:

 

  (a)

first, to one or more Backstop Providers (who shall not be obliged to accept such allocation but shall respond to any communication from the Company or the Issuer within one (1) Business Day of request); and

 

  (b)

second, to the extent that any other Backstop Provider does not accept such allocation or is itself a Defaulting Backstop Provider, to any other party who, in the sole judgment of the Company, will be able to subscribe for and fund the New Money Notes.

 

5

BACKSTOP FEE

 

5.1

The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment by the Issuer or any other member of the Group, including the Issuer) to each Backstop Provider (or for the avoidance of doubt, directly to its Nominee(s), where appointed) a fee in an amount equal to the Total Backstop Fee multiplied by the proportion that the amount of the relevant Backstop Provider’s New Notes Commitments bears to the aggregate amount of all New Notes Commitments as at the Record Date, or, if earlier, as at the termination of this Agreement (and ignoring for these purposes any reduction in the New Notes Commitments pursuant to Clause 4.1) and shall be denominated in the same currency(ies) as the relevant Backstop Provider’s New Notes Commitments (each a “Backstop Fee”, and together, the “Backstop Fees”).

 

5.2

The Company, the Issuer and each Backstop Provider acknowledge and agree that the Backstop Fees shall accrue on the Effective Date of this Agreement, subject to the terms of this Agreement, and shall be due and payable to each Backstop Provider in accordance with Clause 5.4 upon the earliest to occur of:

 

  (a)

the issuance of the New Money Notes;

 

  (b)

the Restructuring Effective Date; or

 

  (c)

the termination of this Agreement in accordance with:

 

3


  (i)

Clause 13.1, if the Lock-Up Agreement is terminated by the Majority Core Noteholder Group or RCF SteerCo Group in accordance with Clause 8.3(c)(i), 8.3(c)(iv), 8.3(c)(viii), 8.3(d) or 8.3(e) of the Lock-Up Agreement; or

 

  (ii)

Clause 13.2(a)(ii); provided that the Backstop Fee shall only be payable pursuant to this Clause 5.2(c)(ii) to such Backstop Provider that elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Clause 13.2(a)(ii).

 

5.3

The Backstop Fee shall not be payable if this Agreement terminates in any circumstance other than a circumstance set out in Clause 5.2(c).

 

5.4

The Backstop Fee shall be payable to each Backstop Provider (or for the avoidance of doubt its Nominee(s), where appointed):

 

  (a)

in respect of a Backstop Fee due in accordance with Clause 5.2(a), such Backstop Fee shall be set off in full on the Issue Date (as defined in the Restructuring Term Sheet) against the Purchase Price payable by such Backstop Provider in respect of the New Money Notes to be issued to such Backstop Provider; or

 

  (b)

otherwise, in cash.

 

5.5

No Backstop Fee shall be payable to a Defaulting Backstop Provider.

 

6

CONDITIONS

Each Backstop Provider’s New Notes Commitment shall be subject to:

 

  (a)

the execution of this Agreement by each of the Original Backstop Providers and the Company and this Agreement being in full force and effect;

 

  (b)

the execution and delivery of a customary note purchase agreement or subscription agreement (which shall include customary investor representations and the obligation of each purchaser to prefund the relevant purchase price of the New Money Notes on the Restructuring Effective Date (or such other date as agreed in accordance with the Steps Plan)) to which the Company and/or the Issuer will be party and the satisfaction or waiver of each of the conditions to closing thereunder;

 

  (c)

the Lock-Up Agreement being effective and not having been terminated in accordance with its terms (other than as a result of the occurrence of the Restructuring Effective Date); and

 

  (d)

completion by the Backstop Providers of all necessary “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering checks with respect to the Issuer.

 

7

PARTIES IN INTEREST

The parties hereto hereby agree that their respective agreements and obligations set forth in this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the other parties hereto and the Issuer and each of their respective successors and permitted assigns, in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement, and this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, confer upon any person other than the parties hereto and the Issuer and each of their respective successors and permitted assigns any benefits, rights or remedies.

 

8

ENFORCEABILITY & THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Other than each of the Indemnified Persons and the Issuer, a person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement. Each of the Indemnified Persons and the Issuer may enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement as if they were a party to this Agreement.

 

4


9

NO MODIFICATION

Subject to the remainder of this Clause 9, no waiver, amendment or other modification of this Agreement shall be effective without the prior written consent of the Company, the Issuer and each Backstop Provider. Such consent may be provided by a party by email via its legal advisers. No consent of any Backstop Provider that has terminated this Agreement in respect of itself pursuant to Clause 13.2 shall be required to amend or waive a provision of this Agreement after the date of such termination.

 

10

TAXATION

 

10.1

All payments to be made under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Backstop Fee payments made in cash pursuant to Clause 5.4(b)) shall be in the same currency as the corresponding New Notes Commitments and shall be made free and clear of any deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax (a “Tax Deduction”), save as required by law. If the Company (or any other member of the Group that makes a Backstop Fee payment on behalf of the Company) is required to make any Tax Deduction, the Company (or such member of the Group, as applicable) shall pay additional amounts such that the net amount received by each Backstop Provider after that Tax Deduction is the same as the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required or made, except to the extent that such a Tax Deduction would not have arisen but for (i) the beneficiary of such payment (or any of its Affiliates) being resident in or having any present or former connection with the jurisdiction imposing the relevant tax, other than any connection arising solely as a result of its entitlement to any Backstop Fee hereunder; or (ii) the failure of the beneficiary of such payment (or any of its Affiliates) to provide any form, certificate, document or other information that would have reduced or eliminated such deduction or withholding where such form, certificate, document or other information was reasonably requested in writing by the Company.

 

10.2

All payments to be made under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Backstop Fee payments made in cash pursuant to Clause 5.4(b)) are exclusive of any value added tax or similar charge (“VAT”).

 

10.3

Without limiting the foregoing, if VAT is or becomes chargeable in respect of an amount payable by the Company (or any other member of the Group that makes a Backstop Fee payment on behalf of the Company) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Backstop Fee payments made in cash pursuant to Clause 5.4(b)) to any Backstop Provider under this Agreement which constitutes consideration for any supply for VAT purposes and the Backstop Provider (or a member of a group or fiscal unity of which it is a part for VAT purposes) is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, the Company shall pay (or procure the payment of) (in addition to any other consideration for the relevant supply) an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply to the Backstop Provider (subject to that Backstop Provider promptly providing a valid VAT invoice to the recipient of the supply to which the VAT relates).

 

10.4

For the avoidance of doubt, where this letter requires that the Indemnified Person (as defined below) is to be reimbursed or indemnified for any cost or expenses, such reimbursement or indemnification (as the case may be) shall include an amount equal to any VAT which has been incurred on such cost or expense, save to the extent that the Indemnified Person determines (acting reasonably and in good faith) that it (or a member of a group or fiscal unity for VAT purposes of which it is part) has obtained or is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from a tax authority.

 

11

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

  (a)

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

5


  (b)

The English courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction in relation to all disputes (including claims for set-off and counterclaims) arising out of or in connection with this Agreement including, without limitation, disputes arising out of or in connection with: (i) the creation, validity, effect, interpretation, performance or non-performance of, or the legal relationships established by, this Agreement; and (ii) any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. For such purposes each party irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts and waives any objection to the exercise of such jurisdiction.

 

12

COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by .pdf delivered via email), each such counterpart when executed being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

13

TERMINATION

 

13.1

This Agreement shall terminate:

 

  (a)

by mutual written consent of the Company and the Backstop Providers; or

 

  (b)

automatically and immediately on the termination of the Lock-Up Agreement in accordance with Clauses 8.1(b), 8.2 and 8.3 of the Lock-Up Agreement.

Termination shall not prejudice prior breaches which may be enforced against a defaulting party.

 

13.2

Notwithstanding any other terms of this Agreement, a Backstop Provider may, by written notice to the other parties, terminate this Agreement (such termination being effective in respect of that Backstop Provider only and solely with respect to the terminating Backstop Provider’s New Notes Commitment, and not with respect to New Notes Commitment of any other Backstop Provider) if:

 

  (a)

 

  (i)

any Core Term (as defined below) of the Lock-Up Agreement is amended, waived or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of that Backstop Provider; or

 

  (ii)

the Company or the Issuer (or their respective successor or assignee) does not comply with any obligations or undertakings in this Agreement in any material respect, unless the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of a notice from the Backstop Provider alleging failure to comply; or

 

  (b)

it becomes unlawful for the Backstop Provider to perform its obligations hereunder and such supervening unlawfulness is continuing.

For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Core Term” shall mean:

 

  (a)

any material economic term of the New Money Notes as set out in the Restructuring Term Sheet; and

 

  (b)

any extension of the Long-Stop Time.

 

13.3

Clause 5, Clauses 7 to 14 (inclusive), Clause 18, Clauses 20 to 22 (inclusive) of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement under Clause 13.1 or 13.2.

 

6


14

TRANSFERS

 

14.1

Subject to Clauses 14.2 and 14.3, and without prejudice to the right of any Backstop Provider to appoint a Nominee in accordance with Clause 2.1 of this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties hereto under this Agreement shall not be transferable, in whole or in part, without the other parties’ prior written consent, and the granting of such consent in a given instance shall be solely in the discretion of each party requested to provide such consent and, if granted, shall not constitute a waiver of this requirement as to any subsequent transfer.

 

14.2

Each Backstop Provider may novate any of its rights and obligations arising under this Agreement on or prior to the date falling five (5) Business Days prior to the Record Date to: (i) any other Backstop Provider, or (ii) any Nominee of any other Backstop Provider, subject in each case, to the transferring Backstop Provider and transferee having executed and delivered to the Company, the Issuer and the Information Agent a Novation Agreement in the form set out in Schedule 2 to this Agreement (provided that no Backstop Provider shall be required to execute or deliver a Novation Agreement in respect of any transfer to its own Nominee made in accordance with Clause 2.1 (Commitment)), and the Company hereby consents to any such Novation Agreement or written notice constituting an effective novation. Upon such execution and delivery (or written notice, where relevant), the transferor’s rights and obligations corresponding to its New Notes Commitment (including Backstop Fees) specified in the Novation Agreement (or written notice, where relevant) (the “Transferred New Notes Commitment”) shall be novated to the transferee, and the transferee shall become a party to this Agreement as a Backstop Provider hereunder in accordance with and as described in the Novation Agreement and be responsible for the performance of the obligations of the transferor under this Agreement relating to the Transferred New Notes Commitment (or portion thereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Backstop Provider shall remain responsible for the performance by any of its Nominees of any obligation under this Agreement.

 

14.3

The Company may assign any or all of its rights arising under this Agreement to the Issuer. The Company may only novate any or all of its rights and obligations arising under this Agreement with the prior written consent of the Backstop Providers.

 

14.4

Any purported transfer in contravention of this Clause shall be void.

 

15

BACKSTOP PROVIDER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Backstop Provider hereby represents and warrants to each of the Company and the Issuer that:

 

  (a)

it is the beneficial owner of all of the Relevant Notes Debt held by it;

 

  (b)

it has the applicable power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement;

 

  (c)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by it has been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate or other organizational action by it (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any relevant credit or investment (as applicable) committee);

 

  (d)

this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by it and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of it, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (e)

it (or any of its contemplated Nominees or funds or accounts that are managed or advised by itself or any of its contemplated Nominees) has uncalled capital commitments or otherwise has available funds at least equal to the sum of its New Notes Commitment hereunder plus the aggregate amount of all other commitments and obligations it currently has outstanding

 

7


  (f)

the execution, delivery and performance by the undersigned of this Agreement does not (i) violate the organizational documents of the undersigned, or (ii) violate any applicable law or judgment;

 

  (g)

it is either: (i) in the United States or a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) and is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, or an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act; or (ii) not a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) and is outside the United States; and

 

  (h)

it has the knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the New Money Notes, it is able to bear the economic risk of loss of its entire investment, and it has had access to all information and materials it has requested about the Company and the Issuer in order to make its investment decision.

 

16

INFORMATION UNDERTAKING

Each Backstop Provider hereby undertakes to notify the Company and the Issuer as soon as reasonably practicable after determining that it does not expect to be able to comply with its obligations under Clause 2 above, without prejudice to the contractual obligations created under such Clause 2 and this Agreement generally.

 

17

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision or part of a provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions or parts of a provision nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision or parts of a provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

18

NOTICES

 

18.1

All notices and other communications in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, by e-mail, mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or delivered by an express courier (with confirmation) to the parties hereto at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party hereto as will be specified by like notice):

 

  (a)

If to the Company or the Issuer:

 

Address:    Riddargatan 10, 114 35, Stockholm
Email:    niklas.lundquist@intrum.com; jens.kullander@intrum.com;
emil.folkesson@intrum.com; clo@intrum.com
Attention:    Chief Financial Officer
with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:
Address:    Milbank LLP, 100 Liverpool Street, London EC2M 2AT
E-mail address:    MilbankProjectIndoor@milbank.com
Attention:    Yushan Ng and Sarah Levin

 

8


  (b)

If to a Backstop Provider, to the address set forth on such Backstop Provider’s signature page,

with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Address:    Latham & Watkins (London) LLP, 99 Bishopsgate, London, EC2M 3XF
E-mail address:    ProjectImpetus.lwteam@LW.com
Attention:    Yen Sum, Jennifer Brennan and Jack Isaacs

 

19

INDEMNITY

 

19.1

The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Backstop Provider and, where a Backstop Provider has in accordance with Clause 2.1 (Commitment) appointed a Nominee to perform its obligations hereunder, each such Nominee, and each of their directors, officers, partners, members and employees (each, an “Indemnified Person”) from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and costs and expenses (collectively, “Losses”) that any such Indemnified Person may properly incur or to which any such Indemnified Person may become subject arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and the backstop transactions contemplated hereby, including the New Notes Commitment, the payment of the Backstop Fees or the use of the proceeds of the New Money Notes, or any breach by the Company of this Agreement, or any claim, challenge, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, regardless of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto, and reimburse each Indemnified Person upon demand for reasonable and properly documented (subject to redaction to preserve attorney client and work product privileges) legal or other third-party expenses incurred in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending, or providing evidence in or preparing to serve or serving as a witness with respect to, any lawsuit, investigation, claim or other proceeding relating to any of the foregoing (including in connection with the enforcement of the indemnification obligations set forth herein), irrespective of whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or whether or not this Agreement is terminated, provided that the foregoing indemnity will not, as to any Indemnified Person, apply to:

 

  (a)

in the case of a Defaulting Backstop Provider and its directors, officers, partners, members and employees, Losses caused by the default or breach of such Defaulting Backstop Provider under this Agreement;

 

  (b)

Losses to the extent they are found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction to arise from the wilful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Person;

 

  (c)

costs and expenses incurred by any Indemnified Person in connection with the negotiation, preparation, or execution of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents (save to the extent that the Company and/or another member of the Group has separately agreed to provide cost cover pursuant to a fee letter executed by the Company and/or such other member of the Group); or

 

  (d)

any Tax on the net income, profits or gains of the Indemnified Person,

provided further that the Indemnified Persons shall together instruct only one legal counsel and one special counsel in any one jurisdiction at any one time (unless it is reasonably determined that they have a conflict as between themselves).

 

19.2

For the avoidance of doubt, this indemnity covers only the Losses referred to above and not losses, claims, damages, liabilities and costs and expenses otherwise connected to the Lock-Up Agreement and the other transactions contemplated thereby (other than this Agreement and the backstop transactions contemplated hereby, including the New Notes Commitment, the delivery of the Backstop Fees or use of the proceeds of the New Money Notes).

 

9


20

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

The failure to exercise or delay in exercising a right or remedy under this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of that right or remedy or a waiver of any other right or remedy and no single or partial exercise of any right or remedy will preclude any further exercise of that right or remedy, or the exercise of any other right or remedy. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and remedies contained in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or be construed as a waiver or compromise of any other term or condition of any of the Finance Documents or the New Money Documents, or any Backstop Provider’s rights in relation to them, which for the avoidance of doubt shall continue to apply in full force and effect and it is understood that all such rights are expressly reserved (except to the extent expressly altered under the Lock-Up Agreement). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, none of the parties hereto will be liable for, and none of the parties hereto shall claim or seek to recover, any punitive, special, indirect or consequential damages or damages for lost profits; provided that, in all events, a party hereto will be liable for direct damages and any other reasonably foreseeable damage that is recoverable under applicable contract law.

 

21

NO RELIANCE

 

21.1

No Backstop Provider nor any of its Nominees or Representatives shall have any duties or obligations to the other Backstop Providers in respect of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Backstop Provider nor any of its Nominees or Representatives:

 

  (a)

shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties to the other Backstop Providers;

 

  (b)

shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers on behalf of any other Backstop Provider;

 

  (c)

shall have any duty to any other Backstop Provider to obtain, through the exercise of diligence or otherwise, to investigate, confirm, or disclose to any other Backstop Provider any information relating to the Company or the Group that may have been communicated to or obtained by such Backstop Provider or any of its affiliates in any capacity; and

 

  (d)

may rely, and confirms that it has not relied, on any due diligence investigation that any other Backstop Provider or any person acting on behalf of such other Backstop Provider may have conducted with respect to the Company or the Group or any of its affiliates or any of their respective securities.

 

21.2

Each Backstop Provider acknowledges that no other Backstop Provider is acting as an arranger, placement agent, initial purchaser, underwriter, broker or finder with respect to its participation in the New Money Notes.

 

22

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement and the Lock-Up Agreement (including the Restructuring Term Sheet) together set out the entire agreement between the parties as to the commitment by the Backstop Providers to (i) provide the New Notes Commitment and (ii) backstop and provide the New Notes Commitments, and supersede any prior oral and/or written understandings or arrangements relating thereto.

 

10


SCHEDULE 1

(ORIGINAL NEW NOTES COMMITMENT)

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

11


SCHEDULE 2

(Novation Agreement)

To:

From: [the Transferring Backstop Provider] (the “Transferor”) and [the Transferee] (the “Transferee”)

Dated: [•]

New Funding Backstop Letter dated [•] 2024

 

1

We refer to the New Funding Backstop Letter. This is a Novation Agreement. This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall take effect as a Novation Agreement for the purposes of the New Funding Backstop Letter. Terms defined in the New Funding Backstop Letter have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

2

The Transferor novates absolutely to the Transferee, [a Nominee of]1 an existing Backstop Provider, all the rights of the Transferor under the New Funding Backstop Letter which correspond to that portion of the Transferor’s New Notes Commitment under the New Funding Backstop Letter as specified in paragraph 5 below.

 

3

The Transferor novates absolutely to the Transferee, [a Nominee of]2 an existing Backstop Provider, all of its obligations arising under the New Funding Backstop Letter.

 

4

[The Transferee becomes a Party as a Backstop Provider and agrees to be bound by all of the obligations equivalent to those set forth in the New Funding Backstop Letter under paragraph 2 above and to be bound by the representations, warranties, undertakings and agreements provided by each Backstop Provider in the New Funding Backstop Letter.]3

 

5

The New Notes Commitment of the Transferor to be transferred pursuant to this Agreement is €[•] (the “Transferred New Notes Commitment”).

 

6

[The Transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement as a Backstop Provider (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement).]4 The Transferee and the Transferor agree that, for the purposes of calculating “Majority Backstop Providers” under and as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement, the Transferee shall vote in respect of the Transferred New Notes Commitment, and the Transferor shall have no such right to vote in respect of the Transferred New Notes Commitment.

 

7

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

8

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

9

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

1 

Delete if Transferee is an existing Backstop Provider.

2 

Delete if Transferee is an existing Backstop Provider.

3 

Delete if Transferee is an existing Backstop Provider.

4 

Delete if Transferee is an existing Backstop Provider.

 

12


[•]
As Transferor
By:  

    

Name:
Title:
[•]
As Transferee
By:  

   

Name:
Title:

 

13


SIGNATURES

The Original Backstop Providers

[SIGNATURE PAGES REMOVED]

[Signature Page to New Funding Backstop Letter]


Agreed and accepted by:

Intrum AB (publ)

 

    

    
By: [REDACTED]      By: [REDACTED]
Name: Emil Folkesson      Name: Niklas Lundquist
Title: Acting CFO      Title: CLO

[Signature Page to New Funding Backstop Letter]


Exhibit D

Financial Projections


Exhibit D

Financial Projections1

As a condition to Confirmation, the Bankruptcy Code requires, among other things, the Bankruptcy Court to find that Confirmation is not likely to be followed by either a liquidation or the need to further reorganize the Debtors (and together with their non-Debtor affiliates, the “Company”). To support the satisfaction of this condition, and to provide each Holder of a Claim who is entitled to vote on the Plan with adequate information to determine whether to vote to accept or reject the Plan, the Company’s management team (“Management”), with the assistance of their advisors, developed financial projections (the “Financial Projections”) for the fiscal years 2025 through 2028 (the “Forecast Period”).

The Financial Projections were prepared by Management with the assistance of various professionals, including their financial advisors, and are based on a number of assumptions made by Management within the bounds of their knowledge of their business and operations and with respect to the future performance of the Company’s operations. Although Management has prepared the Financial Projections in good faith and believes the assumptions to be reasonable, there can be no assurance that such assumptions will be realized. Any estimates or forecasts reflected in the Financial Projections inherently involve significant elements of subjective judgment and analysis that may or may not be correct. As described in detail in the Disclosure Statement, a variety of risk factors could affect the Debtors’ financial results and must be considered. Accordingly, the Financial Projections should be reviewed in connection with a review of the risk factors set forth in Section IX of the Disclosure Statement.

The Financial Projections were not prepared with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for preparation and presentation of prospective financial information. An independent auditor has not examined, compiled, or performed any procedures with respect to the prospective financial information contained in this Exhibit and, accordingly, it does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on such information or its achievability. The Debtors’ independent auditor assumes no responsibility for, and denies any association with, the prospective financial Information.

Safe Harbor Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

The Financial Projections contain certain statements that are “forward-looking” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements in the Financial Projections include the intent, belief, or current expectations of the Debtors and Management with respect to the timing of, completion of, and scope of the current restructuring, Amended Plan, Debtors’ business plan, and market conditions, and the Debtors’ future liquidity, as well as the assumptions upon which such statements are based. While the Debtors believe that the expectations are based upon reasonable assumptions within the bounds of their knowledge of their business and operations, parties-in-interest are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, involve risks and uncertainties, and that actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by such forward looking statements.

 

1 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Disclosure Statement.


Accounting Policies

The Financial Projections have been prepared using accounting policies that are consistent with those applied in the Debtors’ historical financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The Financial Projections consist of the following unaudited pro forma financial statements:

 

  (i)

Projected Consolidated Statement of Income

 

  (ii)

Projected Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

  (iii)

Projected Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Summary of Significant Assumptions

The Debtors, with the assistance of various professionals, including their financial advisors, prepared the Financial Projections for the fiscal years 2025 through 2028. The Financial Projections are based on a number of assumptions with respect to the future performance of Intrum AB and its controlled direct and non-direct subsidiaries (the “Consolidated Group”). These include: (i) detailed assumptions on portfolio purchases based on decades of experience underwriting and monitoring portfolio investments; (ii) detailed input from all business lines (servicing, portfolio collections, etc.) and management of geographic regions thoroughly reviewed by (and including the input from) senior management; in particular, servicing projections were substantiated by a report commissioned from a reputable independent strategy consultant covering servicing market dynamics in each of the Debtor’s core geographies.

General Assumptions Methodology

The Company operates on a fiscal year ended December 31 and the Financial Projections assume the Effective Date will be March 31, 2025 and that the Reorganized Debtor(s) will continue to conduct operations substantially similar to its current businesses, including the previously announced shifting of strategy towards a more ‘capital light’ business model (based on investment partnerships and higher focus on servicing and asset management fees) and without substantive changes to its geographic presence.

Risk Factors

Although these Financial Projections have been prepared in good faith and are believed to be reasonable, it is important to note that the Financial Projections are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond Management’s control. Many factors could cause actual results, performance, or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements attributable to the Debtor(s) or persons acting on their behalf apply only as of the date of this Disclosure Statement and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this document. The Debtor(s) undertake(s) no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date of this Disclosure Statement or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or circumstances.


Projected Financial Statements

Intrum AB, et al.

Projected Consolidated Statement of Income

 

Fiscal Year Ending December 31

                        

($ in Million)

   2025     2026     2027     2028  

Servicing Income

     1,359       1,422       1,509       1,594  

Investing Income

     484       449       426       409  

Central Income

     53       67       118       130  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Income

     1,895       1,938       2,054       2,133  

Direct Costs

     (859     (859     (901     (945

Indirect Costs

     (529     (518     (541     (562

Share of Associates and JVs

     51       50       44       49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBIT

     558       610       656       675  

Net Financial Expense2

     (73     (320     (285     (244
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Taxes

     485       290       371       430  

Taxes

     (44     (72     (93     (108
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (Loss) for the Period

     441       217       278       323  

Net Income to Non-Controlling Interest

     (32     (35     (36     (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     409       183       242       286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Income

     2,258       2,294       2,406       2,502  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash EBITDA

     999       1,032       1,071       1,104  

FX Rates Applied

EUR/USD: 1.090

SEK/USD: 0.096

SEK/EUR: 0.088

Notes to the Projected Consolidated Statement of Income

Income

The Company forecasts Income derived from various sources:

 

   

Servicing: Reflects servicing income streams, including variable collection commissions; fixed collection fees; debtor fees; guarantee commissions; and subscription earnings. Servicing income is expected to grow in coming years, both through organic growth and servicing of portfolios to be purchased in via co-investment structures.

 

   

Investing: Reflects amounts collected on investment portfolios less (i) amortization of investment portfolios and less (ii) revaluations of investment portfolios. Investing Income and Cash EBITDA are expected to gradually decline as the Company transitions to a capital-light business model.

 

   

Central: Income from Central business lines, including income from acquired businesses (eCollect, Ophelos) and other digital initiatives, such as Data Monetization.

 

 

2 

Net Financial Expense in 2025 includes the impact of the Restructuring in terms of debt cancellation, expected tenders and fees


Direct Costs

Direct costs include portfolio amortization and expenses supporting specific income-generating activities. Direct costs have been estimated on a country-level basis.

Indirect Costs

Indirect costs include all recurring operating expenses that are not direct costs. Indirect costs have been estimated on a country-level basis.

Share of Associates and JVs

Share of Associates and JVs represents income from the Group’s Greek and Italian JVs, in addition to the Orange JV3.

Net Financial Expense

Net Financial Expense post-emergence is forecasted based on the Debtors’ proposed capital structure as more fully described in the Plan and the exhibits thereto. The forecast reflects the interest expense impact arising from the issuance of a New Money facility. The Financial Projections assume that all New Money proceeds will be applied towards tenders for Reinstated Notes, on a pro-rata basis, at c.90% average price, the impact of which also impacts Net Financial Expense. The Financial Projections also assume a refinancing facility from 30 September 2027 (with economics in line with the Reinstated Notes), and this is reflected in the Net Financial Expense. Net Financial Expense incorporates Cancellation of Debt Income arising from i) the reduction of Noteholder claims in respect of the Restructuring Transactions, and ii) discount captured on Reinstated Notes tenders. Lastly, it incorporates transaction fees associated with the restructuring.

Tax Expense

The Company forecasts Tax Expense based on an effective tax rate of 25% to its earnings before tax (EBT). Additionally, the 2025 tax expense reflects benefit from existing tax losses in Sweden.

Non-controlling Interest

Non-controlling Interest reflects the proportionate share of Net Income attributable to the minority interest holder in subsidiaries that are (i) consolidated, but (ii) not fully held by the Company.

Cash Income

“Cash Income” is defined as Total Income plus portfolio amortisations.

Cash EBITDA

“Cash EBITDA” is defined as adjusted operating earnings (EBIT) adding back depreciation and amortisations and portfolio amortisations. In addition, the EBIT contribution from joint ventures is replaced by the actual cash contribution from the joint venture.

Cash EBITDA is a key measure of the Company’s operational performance. Management, including the chief operating decision-maker(s), use Cash EBITDA consistently for several purposes, including internal reporting, the evaluation of business objectives, opportunities and performance, and monitoring net leverage development.

 

 

3 

“Orange JV” identifies the entity that acquired a meaningful amount of NPL portfolios from Intrum, as announced in press releases dated January 22, 2024 and July 1, 2024. Intrum holds a minority 35% position in the Orange JV on a pari passu basis with majority owner Cerberus (65%) and act as a servicer for the JV on an exclusive basis


Intrum AB, et al.

Projected Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

Fiscal Year Ending December 31

                        

($ in Million)

   2025     2026     2027     2028  

EBIT

     558       610       656       675  

(+) Amortization / Depreciation and Impairment

     129       117       107       110  

(-) Share of Associates and Joint Ventures

     (51     (50     (44     (49

(+) Payments from JVs

     32       37       46       76  

(-) Income Taxes Paid

     (82     (61     (101     (130
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

     586       652       663       682  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of Portfolio Investments

     (192     (192     (192     (192

(+) Amortization of Portfolio Investments

     331       319       306       293  

(-) Acquisition of Intangible Assets

     (29     (59     (25     (25

(-) Acquisition of Property, Plant and Equipment

     (9     (9     (9     (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

     101       58       80       66  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds / (Repayment) from Borrowings

     (214     (343     (409     (453

(-) Proceeds / (Repayment) of Other Financial Liabilities

     (14     (14     (14     (14

(-) Finance Expense Paid4

     (440     (320     (285     (244

(-) Dividends Paid to Non-Controlling Interest

     (32     (32     (35     (36
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

     (700     (710     (743     (748
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash

     (13     0       0       0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, BoP

     286       273       273       273  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, EoP

     273       273       273       273  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FX Rates Applied

EUR/USD: 1.090

SEK/USD: 0.096

SEK/EUR: 0.088

Notes to the Projected Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

EBIT

See Notes to the Projected Consolidated Statement of Income

Amortization / Depreciation and Impairment

Amortization / Depreciation and Impairment reflects the anticipated amortization / depreciation and impairment of all Group assets other than Portfolio Investments. These assets include property, plant, and equipment, capitalized software costs, client servicing assets, and licences.

Share of Associates and JVs

Share of Associates and JVs represents the P&L result from the Group’s Greek and Italian JVs, in addition to the Orange JV which is to be deducted in the Statement of Cash Flows.

 

 

4 

Finance Expense Paid in 2025 includes payment of financing fees and advisor costs related to the Restructuring


Payments from JVs

Reflects cash received from the Group’s Greek and Italian JVs, in addition to the Orange JV.

Income Taxes Paid

The Company forecasts Taxes Paid based on the tax expense from the prior year as the primary variable. To develop a reliable estimate, the relationship between cash tax for year n and the tax expense for year n-1 was analysed over the period from 2020 to 2023. This analysis identified a coefficient in the range of 1.3 to 1.4 as a reasonable factor for estimation. For prudence, the coefficient is rounded upwards and applied to project Taxes Paid.

Acquisition of Portfolio Investments

Portfolio Investments consist of portfolios of delinquent consumer debts purchased at prices below the nominal receivable. As part of a strategic shift towards a capital-light business model, the Company has set a lower target for spending on Portfolio Investments than in previous years.

Amortization of Portfolio Investments

Portfolio Investments are recognised at amortised cost applying the effective interest method, based on a collection forecast established at the acquisition date of each portfolio. Amortization represents the period’s reduction in the portfolio’s current value, which is attributable to collection taking place as planned.

Acquisition of Intangible Assets

Reflects investment in capitalized software costs, client servicing assets, goodwill, and licences.

Acquisition of Property, Plant and Equipment

Reflects investment in all tangible assets aside from Portfolio Investments, including property, plant, and equipment.

Proceeds / (Repayment) on Debt

Issuances and repayments on debt are forecasted based on the Debtors’ proposed capital structure as more fully described in the Plan and the exhibits thereto. Both proceeds from New Money issuance and cash outlays for Reinstated Notes tenders are incorporated; their combined net impact on this item is nil. The Financial Projections also assume that, from 1 January 2025 onwards, cash in excess of $273m (or €250m)5 is applied to temporally reduce the drawn amount of the revolving credit facility, which is reflected in the Projected Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and Financial Position.

Proceeds / (Repayment) of Other Financial Liabilities

Reflects lease repayments associated with capitalized leases, which are excluded from net income in accordance with IFRS.

Finance Expense Paid

Finance Expense Paid is forecasted based on the Debtors’ proposed capital structure as more fully described in the Plan and the exhibits thereto. The forecast reflects interest expense impact arising from the issuance of a New Money facility. The Financial Projections assume that all New Money proceeds will be applied towards tenders for Reinstated Notes, on a pro-rata basis, at c.90% average price, the impact of which also impacts Net Financial Expense. The Financial Projections also assume a refinancing facility from 30 September 2027, and this is reflected in the Net Financial Expense. Lastly, it incorporates transaction fees associated with the restructuring.

 

 

5 

Please note this figure has been used for the purpose of the Financial Projections and does not reflect what the Debtor considers to be its minimum cash requirement to run the business


Dividends Paid to Non-Controlling Interest

Reflects dividends paid to minority interest holders in subsidiaries that are (i) consolidated, but (ii) not fully held by the Company.


Intrum AB, et al.

Projected Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

Fiscal Year Ending December 31

                                  

($ in Million)

   2024      2025      2026      2027      2028  

Assets

              

Intangible Assets

     3,847        3,778        3,748        3,692        3,641  

Portfolio Investments

     2,229        2,090        1,963        1,849        1,748  

Investment in Joint Ventures

     223        243        256        254        227  

Property, Plant and Equipment

     25        26        28        30        26  

Right of Use Assets

     56        48        42        38        33  

Deferred Tax Assets

     199        199        199        199        199  

Other Financial Assets

     18        18        18        18        18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Current Assets

     6,599        6,402        6,255        6,081        5,893  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property Holdings

     30        30        30        30        30  

Tax Receivable

     78        78        78        78        78  

Derivatives

     9        9        9        9        9  

Receivables and Other Operating Assets

     441        441        441        441        441  

Fiduciary Assets

     125        125        125        125        125  

Cash and Equivalents

     286        273        273        273        273  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current Assets

     969        956        956        956        956  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

     7,568        7,358        7,211        7,037        6,849  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities & Equity

              

Net Pension Benefit Liability

     13        13        13        13        13  

Borrowings

     3,563        4,313        2,866        1,803        2,447  

Other Financial Liability

     249        249        249        249        249  

Provisions

     12        12        12        12        12  

Deferred Tax Liability

     118        80        91        82        60  

Lease Liability

     45        45        45        45        45  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Current Liabilities

     4,001        4,712        3,277        2,205        2,826  

Borrowings

     1,331        0        1,103        1,757        661  

Tax Payable

     40        40        40        40        40  

Payables and Other Operating Liabilities

     584        584        584        584        584  

Derivatives

     21        21        21        21        21  

Fiduciary Liabilities

     125        125        125        125        125  

Provisions

     21        21        21        21        21  

Lease Liability

     16        16        16        16        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

     2,137        807        1,909        2,564        1,467  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     6,138        5,519        5,187        4,769        4,294  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity Attributable to Parent Company

     1,226        1,635        1,818        2,061        2,346  

Noncontrolling Interest

     203        204        206        208        209  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity

     1,430        1,840        2,025        2,268        2,555  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities & Equity

     7,568        7,358        7,211        7,037        6,849  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FX Rates Applied

EUR/USD: 1.090

SEK/USD: 0.096

SEK/EUR: 0.088


Notes to the Projected Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Intangible Assets

Reflects capitalized software costs, client servicing assets, goodwill, and licences. Client servicing assets and capitalized software are expected to decline over time as amortization and impairment exceeds new net investment. Goodwill increases when deferred purchase payments are made in respect of the eCollect and Ophelos acquisitions.

Portfolio Investments

Portfolio Investments consist of portfolios of delinquent consumer debts purchased at prices below the nominal receivable. The balance sheet amount is a function of expected collections and purchases. The evolution over time is a function of the assumptions on new investments and collections on / amortization of existing portfolios.

JV and Associate Investments

Reflects the book value of the Group’s Irish and Italian JVs and Associates. The assets held by the JVs and Associates relate to investment portfolios originated across the Company’s European footprint. For each JV and Associate, the Company forecasts changes to Book Value by netting anticipated earnings (which increase Book Value) and anticipated cash dividends (which decrease Book Value). Given that the JVs and Associates are in run-off, the Company also regularly assesses the recoverable amount of each vehicle. If the Book Value exceeds the recoverable amount, an impairment is recognised to ensure the Book Value reflects the reduced future economic benefits anticipated. The Company assumes no further investment will be made into these JV and Associate vehicles.

Property, Plant & Equipment

Reflects various fixed assets, including computer hardware, equipment, tools, fixtures, and property improvements. The Company forecasts a stable level of PP&E investment based on historical needs. The Company forecasts depreciation on a country-level based on historical relationships with total costs.

Other Non-Current Assets

Reflects various items including right-of-use lease assets, deferred tax assets, deposits, and loan receivables. Right-of-use lease assets are measured at cost, reflecting the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability, any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives receive, direct and restoration costs. The Company forecasts limited movement in the value of the other sub-items.

Receivables and Other Operating Assets

Reflects accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and accrued income, and other receivables. Expected to remain flat during the Financial Projections period.

Fiduciary Assets

Reflects cash received on collection of a specific debt on behalf of a client and payable to the client within a specified period. Expected to remain flat during the Financial Projections period.

Cash

The Company forecasts total cash and equivalents of $286m on 1 January 2025. Cash flow generation for the second half of 2024 is based on forecasted assumptions similar to the ones outlined in the notes to these Financial Projections. The Financial Projections also assume that, from 1 January 2025 onwards, cash in excess of $273m (or €250m)6 is applied to temporally reduce the drawn amount of the revolving credit facility, which is reflected in the Projected Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and Financial Position

 

6 

Please note this figure has been used for the purpose of the Financial Projections and does not reflect what the Debtor considers to be its minimum cash requirement to run the business


Other Current Assets

Reflects property holdings, tax receivables, and derivative assets. Expected to remain flat during the Financial Projections period.

Non-Current Borrowings

Reflects all financial debt (excluding leases) due after the upcoming year. From time-to-time, the company forecasts incremental debt issuances, primarily to refinance large maturities. These facilities are assumed to be long-term, maturing after the projection period.

Other Non-Current Liabilities

Reflects various items including deferred tax liabilities, lease liabilities, provisions for legal claims, net pension benefit liabilities, deferred purchase consideration, and long-term liabilities to minority shareholders. Lease liabilities are initially measured on a present value basis. Subsequently, payments are allocated between principal (which reduces the lease liabilities) and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to the Consolidated Statement of Income over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Changes to deferred tax liabilities are forecasted by netting taxes paid (reported on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows) from tax expense (reported on the Consolidated Statement of Income).

The Company forecasts limited changes in value of the other sub-items.

Current Borrowings

Reflects all financial debt (excluding leases) due within the upcoming year. The Company’s Revolving Credit Facility is treated as current only within one year of final maturity.

Payables and Other Operating Liabilities

Reflects various items, including prepaid subscription income, accrued interest, accrued bonus expense, accrued vacation pay, and accrued social security expenses. Expected to remain flat during the Financial Projections period.

Fiduciary Liabilities

Reflects cash received on collection of a specific debt on behalf of a client and payable to the client within a specified period. Expected to remain flat during the Financial Projections period.

Other Current Liabilities

Includes various items such as: corporate tax payable, short-term provisions related to the cost-saving program, forward foreign exchange contracts and short-term property lease liabilities. Expected to remain flat during the Financial Projections period.


Exhibit E

Liquidation Analysis


LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS1

Introduction

Under the “best interests of creditors” test set forth in section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Court may not confirm a plan of reorganization unless the plan provides each holder of an allowed claim or interest that does not otherwise vote in favor of the plan with property of a value, as of the effective date of the plan, that is not less than the amount that such holder would receive or retain if the debtor were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

To demonstrate that the Plan satisfies the “best interests of creditors” test, the Debtors, with the assistance of their restructuring advisors, AlixPartners, LLP, have prepared this hypothetical liquidation analysis (the “Liquidation Analysis”), which is based upon certain assumptions discussed in the Disclosure Statement and the accompanying notes to this Liquidation Analysis.

This Liquidation Analysis sets forth an estimated range of recovery values for each Class of Claims and Interests upon disposition of assets pursuant to a hypothetical chapter 7 liquidation. As illustrated by this Liquidation Analysis, (a) Holders of Claims in certain Unimpaired Classes that would otherwise receive a full recovery under the Plan would receive an equal or lower recovery in a hypothetical liquidation and (b) Holders of Claims or Interests in Impaired Classes would receive an equal or lower recovery in a hypothetical liquidation than they would under the Plan. Further, no Holder of a Claim or Interest would receive or retain property under the Plan of a value that is less than such Holder would receive in a chapter 7 liquidation. Accordingly, and as set forth in greater detail below, the Debtors believe that the Plan satisfies the “best interests of creditors” test set forth in section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors believe that this Liquidation Analysis and the conclusions set forth herein are fair and represent the Debtors’ best judgment regarding the results of a liquidation of the Debtors under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Statement of Limitations

The preparation of a liquidation analysis is an uncertain process involving the use of estimates and assumptions that, although considered reasonable by the Debtors based upon their business judgment and input from their advisors, are inherently subject to significant business, economic, and competitive risks, uncertainties and contingencies, most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond the control of the Debtors, their management, and their advisors. Inevitably, some assumptions in the Liquidation Analysis would not materialize in an actual chapter 7 liquidation, and unanticipated events and circumstances could materially affect the ultimate results in an actual chapter 7 liquidation. The Liquidation Analysis was prepared for the sole purpose of generating a reasonable, good faith estimate of the proceeds that would be generated, and the recoveries that would result, if the Debtors’ assets were liquidated in accordance with chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code after conversion of the Chapter 11 Cases. The Liquidation Analysis is not intended and should not be used for any other purpose. The underlying financial information in the Liquidation Analysis and values stated herein have not been subject to any review,

 

1 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Intrum AB and its Debtor Affiliate Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the “Plan”) or (b) the Disclosure Statement for the Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan of Intrum AB and its Debtor Affiliates (the “Disclosure Statement”).


compilation, or audit by any independent accounting firm. No independent appraisals were conducted in preparing the Liquidation Analysis. In addition, various liquidation decisions upon which certain assumptions are based are subject to change. As a result, the actual amount of Claims that would ultimately be Allowed against the Debtors’ Estates could vary significantly from the estimates stated herein, depending on the nature and amount of Claims asserted during the pendency of the hypothetical chapter 7 case. Similarly, the value of the Debtors’ assets in a liquidation scenario is uncertain and could vary significantly from the values set forth in the Liquidation Analysis.

The Debtors’ estimates of Allowed Claims and Interests contained in the Liquidation Analysis reference specific Claims estimates, even though the Debtors’ estimates of ranges of projected recoveries under the Plan to Holders of Allowed Claims and Interests are based on ranges of Allowed Claims and Interests. In addition, the cessation of business in a chapter 7 liquidation is likely to trigger certain Claims that otherwise would not exist under a Plan absent a liquidation. These additional Claims could be significant, and some may be administrative expenses, while others may be entitled to priority in payment over Unsecured Claims.

The Liquidation Analysis does not include estimates for: (i) certain tax consequences, either foreign or domestic, that may be triggered upon the liquidation and sale of assets, (ii) recoveries resulting from any potential preference, fraudulent transfer, or other litigation or Avoidance Actions, (iii) certain Claims that may be entitled to priority under the Bankruptcy Code, including administrative priority Claims under sections 503(b) and 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, (iv) environmental or other governmental Claims arising from the shut-down or sale of the Debtors’ assets, or (v) additional unsecured Claims as well as contract and lease breakage and rejection damages unsecured Claims arising from a chapter 7 liquidation. More specific assumptions are detailed in the notes below. ACCORDINGLY, NEITHER THE DEBTORS NOR THEIR ADVISORS MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT THE ACTUAL RESULTS OF A LIQUIDATION OF THE DEBTORS WOULD OR WOULD NOT, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, APPROXIMATE THE ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS REPRESENTED HEREIN. THE ACTUAL LIQUIDATION VALUE OF THE DEBTORS IS SPECULATIVE AND RESULTS COULD VARY MATERIALLY FROM ESTIMATES PROVIDED HEREIN.

In preparing the Liquidation Analysis, the Debtors estimated Allowed Claims based upon a review of the Debtors’ financial statements to account for other known liabilities, as necessary. In addition, the Liquidation Analysis includes estimates for Claims that could be asserted and allowed in a chapter 7 liquidation, including unpaid chapter 11 Administrative Claims, chapter 7 Administrative Claims and chapter 7 trustee fees (together, the “Administrative Claims”). To date, as the Chapter 11 Cases have not been commenced, the Bankruptcy Court has not estimated or otherwise fixed the total amount of Allowed Claims used for purposes of preparing this Liquidation Analysis. Therefore, the Debtors’ estimate of Allowed Claims set forth in this Liquidation Analysis should not be relied on for any other purpose, including determining the value of any distribution to be made on account of Allowed Claims and Interests under the Plan. NOTHING CONTAINED IN THE LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS IS INTENDED TO BE OR CONSTITUTES A CONCESSION OR ADMISSION OF THE DEBTORS. THE ACTUAL AMOUNT OF ALLOWED CLAIMS IN THE CHAPTER 11 CASES COULD MATERIALLY DIFFER FROM THE ESTIMATED AMOUNTS SET FORTH IN THE LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS.


Basis of Presentation

This Liquidation Analysis has been prepared assuming that the Debtors converted their current Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code on or about March 31, 2025 (the “Liquidation Date”), which the Debtors believe is a reasonable proxy for the Effective Date of the Plan. It is assumed that on the Liquidation Date, the Bankruptcy Court would appoint a chapter 7 trustee (the “Trustee”) to convert all assets into cash. In this hypothetical scenario, the Trustee would satisfy claims by selling the Debtors’ assets as a going concern in a rapid, distressed sale on a country-by-country basis. The cash amount (the “Cash Proceeds”) that would be available for satisfaction of Allowed Claims and Interest would be net of taxes resulting from the sale of the assets. The Cash Proceeds, net of liquidation-related costs, would then be distributed to creditors in accordance with applicable law: (i) first, for payment of Administrative Claims; (ii) second, to pay the secured portions of all Allowed Secured Claims including the Allowed RCF Claims and the Allowed Senior Secured Term Loan Claims from the respective collateral; and (iii) third to pay any deficiency claims on account of the Allowed Secured Claims, the Allowed Notes Claims, and the Allowed General Unsecured Claims on a pari passu basis. Certain factors, such as an inability by the Debtors or the Trustee to maintain the Debtors’ operations during the liquidation process, a seizure of collateral by secured creditors against the Debtors’ non-debtor affiliates, significant vendor attrition, delays in the liquidation process, and/or the need to incur additional financing to support the operations of the Debtors’ non-debtor affiliates during the liquidation process, may limit the amount of the proceeds generated by the liquidation of the Debtors’ assets. These factors could materially reduce the value. On a “present value” basis, the liquidation proceeds would yield equal or lower recoveries than those estimated in this Liquidation Analysis.

The Liquidation Analysis has been prepared assuming that the Debtors’ current Chapter 11 Cases convert to chapter 7 on the Liquidation Date. The Liquidation Analysis assumes the rapid, distressed sale of the Debtors’ assets within three months post-conversion as an operating business. The sales process will take place under the direction of the Trustee, likely utilizing third-party advisors. The Liquidation Analysis assumes that the chapter 7 trustee would direct the sales process and local-law liquidation proceedings would not be commenced. However, to the extent that liquidators are appointed in local jurisdictions such competing processes may have a negative impact on recoveries due to, among other things, additional costs due to the appointment of other professionals and potential jurisdictional disputes. The Liquidation Analysis is also based on the assumptions that the Debtors have continued access to liquidity during the course of the sales process. The Liquidation Analysis assumes that no additional financing would be incurred, whether to support the operations of the Debtors’ non-debtor affiliates during the liquidation process or otherwise. The Liquidation Analysis was prepared on a consolidated basis. There can be no assurance that the liquidation would be completed in this limited time frame, nor is there any assurance that the recoveries assigned to the assets would in fact be realized.

Under section 704 of the Bankruptcy Code, a trustee must, among other duties, collect and convert the property of the estate as expeditiously (generally in a distressed process) as is compatible with the best interests of parties-in-interest. This Liquidation Analysis is also based on the assumptions that: (i) the Debtors have continued access to liquidity during the course of the liquidation process to fund Administrative Claims and (ii) operations, accounting, treasury, IT, and other management services needed to sell the operating entities continue.


DETAILED LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS

The following Liquidation Analysis should be reviewed in conjunction with the associated notes.

 

Liquidation Analysis - Summary of Debtors

 
           Recovery $     Recovery $  

In $Millions

   Note:     Low     High  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     [A   $ 423     $ 423  

Proceeds from Sale of Servicing Business Unit

     [B     1,018       1,425  

Proceeds from Sale of Investing Business Unit

     [B     1,652       1,858  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Proceeds

     $ 3,093     $ 3,707  

Administrative and Chapter 7 Claims

      

Trustee Fees

     $ 40     $ 49  

Professional Fees

       67       82  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Administrative Claims

     [C   $ 107     $ 131  

Administrative Claims Recovery

       107       131  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Administrative Recovery %

       100.0     100.0

Net Proceeds from Liquidation

     $ 2,986     $ 3,575  

Secured Senior Term Loan Claims

     $ 109     $ 109  

Secured Senior Term Loan Recovery

     [D     109       109  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Secured Senior Term Loan Recovery %

       100.0     100.0

RCF Claims

     $ 1,199     $ 1,199  

RCF Recovery

     [E     1,199       1,199  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

RCF Recovery %

       100.0     100.0

Notes Claims

     $ 3,646     $ 3,646  

Notes Recovery

     [F     1,678       2,267  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes Recovery %

       46.0     62.2

Unsecured Claims

       TBD       TBD  

Unsecured Recovery

     [G     N/A       N/A  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unsecured Recovery %

       na       na  

Total Distributions

     $ 2,986     $ 3,575  


Notes to the Liquidation Analysis

Asset Recovery Estimates

[A] Cash and Cash Equivalents: This cash balance represents the estimated balance as of the Liquidation Date. A 100% recovery on cash and equivalents has been estimated for the low and high scenarios. The cash balance in the Liquidation Analysis assumes interest is paid on the Senior Secured Term Loan Claims and the RCF Claims during the chapter 11 cases due to their assumed oversecured status.

[B] Proceeds from Sale of Servicing and Investing Business Units: The Proceeds from Sale of Servicing and Investing Business Units from the chapter 7 distressed going-concern sale represents proceeds of the sale of the individual business units of the Company, assuming a conversion to a chapter 7 on March 31, 2025. The value of the operations was estimated by conducting a Discounted Cash Flow valuation analysis on a by-business unit and geographic segment basis of sale, on the post-tax cash flows of the business under a chapter 7 context. The analysis utilized a liquidation discount 10% to 20% for the investing business segment and a liquidation discount of 30% to 50% on the servicing business segment, which reflects the rapid, distressed sale of the business along with the ability to generate interest in the disparate pieces of the business across geographies. Given the regulated nature of the Debtors, different geographies have different regulatory characteristics. This was considered when using a by-business unit and geographic segment transaction paradigm.

Chapter 7 Liquidation / Administrative Claims

[C] Administrative Claims / Wind-Down Costs: Pursuant to section 326 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Court may allow reasonable compensation for the Trustee’s services, subject to certain limitations. Additionally, pursuant to section 726 of the Bankruptcy Code, the allowed administrative expenses incurred by the Trustee, including expenses affiliated with selling the Debtors’ assets, will be entitled to payment in full prior to any distribution to Chapter 11 Administrative Claims or Other Priority Claims. For the purpose of the Liquidation Analysis, Trustee fees and legal/professional expenses are estimated based on 1.5% and 2.5% of the net cash proceeds of liquidation, respectively. The Liquidation Analysis estimates the Trustee’s fees and related professional expenses ranging from $107 million to $131 million. Administrative Claims are estimated to receive a 100% recovery.


Claims

The Claim amounts in the Liquidation Analysis are based on amounts outstanding as of the assumed Petition Date.

[D] Senior Secured Term Loan Claims: Senior Secured Term Loan Claims represent the estimated Claims for the Senior Secured Term Loan. The Senior Secured Term Loan Claims are estimated to receive a 100% recovery.

[E] RCF Claims: RCF Claims represent the estimated claims for the RCF Claims arising under the Facility Agreement. RCF Claims are estimated to receive a 100% recovery.

[F] Notes Claims: Notes Claims represent the estimated Claims for the Notes arising under the Eurobonds, the MTNs, and the PPNs. The Notes Claims are estimated to receive a 46.0% to 62.2% recovery.

[G] General Unsecured Claims: General Unsecured Claims include estimated deficiency claims will be asserted at each applicable Debtor entity and are entitled to pari passu treatment with General Unsecured Claims and Notes Claims. The Liquidation Analysis assumes that General Unsecured Claims will be paid pursuant to first day orders, however, to the extent that General Unsecured Claims remain outstanding such claims would dilute recoveries to Notes Claims.


ATTACHMENT – REDLINE


SOLICITATION VERSION

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS

HOUSTON DIVISION

 

      )     
In re:    )    Chapter 11
     )     
INTRUMIntrum AB et al.,1    )    Case No. 24-24-90575 (_CML)
     )     
     )    (Joint Administration Requested)
Debtors.    )   
      )    (Joint Administration to Be Requested)

DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR

JOINT PREPACKAGED CHAPTER 11 PLAN

OF INTRUM AB AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATE

 

MILBANK LLP

  

PORTER HEDGES LLP

Dennis F. Dunne (pro hac vice pending)

  

John F. Higgins (TX 09597500)

Jaimie Fedell (pro hac vice pending)

  

M. Shane Johnson (TX 24083263)

55 Hudson Yards

  

1000 Main Street, 36th Floor

New York, New York 10001

  

Houston, TX 77002

Telephone: (212) 530-5000

  

Telephone: (713) 226-6000

Facsimile: (212) 530-5219

  

Facsimile: (713) 226-6248

Proposed Co-Counsel for Debtors in Possession

  

Proposed Co-Counsel for Debtors in Possession

Dated: OctoberNovember 17, 2024

 

 

1 

The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases are Intrum AB and Intrum AB of Texas LLC. The Debtors’ service address in these chapter 11 cases is 801 Travis Street, STE 2101, #1312, Houston, TX 77002.


THIS SOLICITATION IS BEING CONDUCTED BY INTRUM AB AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “DEBTORS”) TO OBTAIN SUFFICIENT ACCEPTANCES OF THE DEBTORS’ JOINT PREPACKAGED PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (THE “PLAN”) PRIOR TO THEIR FILING OF VOLUNTARY PETITIONS FOR RELIEF UNDER CHAPTER 11 OF TITLE 11 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE (THE “BANKRUPTCY CODE”). BECAUSE NO CHAPTER 11 CASES HAVE BEEN COMMENCED, THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN NEITHER FILED WITH ANY UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT NOR APPROVED BY ANY UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT AS CONTAINING “ADEQUATE INFORMATION” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1125(A) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. FOLLOWING COMMENCEMENT OF THE DEBTORS’ CHAPTER 11 CASES, THE DEBTORS EXPECT TO PROMPTLY SEEK ENTRY OF A BANKRUPTCY COURT ORDER (I) APPROVING THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AS CONTAINING ADEQUATE INFORMATION, (II) APPROVING THE SOLICITATION OF VOTES ON THE PLAN AS HAVING BEEN IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 1125 AND 1126(B) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, AND (III) CONFIRMING THE PLAN..

DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR

JOINT PREPACKAGED CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF

REORGANIZATION OF INTRUM AB AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATE

OctoberNovember 17, 2024

Solicitation of votes from Holders of outstanding

CLASS 3 RCF CLAIMS

CLASS 5 NOTES CLAIMS

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN OR AS MAY BE COMMUNICATED BY THE DEBTORS, THE SOLICITATION OF VOTES ON THE PLAN WITH RESPECT TO THE CLASS 5 CLAIMS IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), INCLUDING SECTION 4(A)(2) THEREOF, AND APPLICABLE UNITED STATES STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SIMILAR LAWS OF ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE.

 

iii


DELIVERY OF BALLOTS

For your vote to be counted, Ballots (as defined herein) reflecting your vote must be actually received by the Voting Agent (as defined herein) before 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Central Time), on November 13, 2024 (the “Voting Deadline”) unless extended by the Debtors. You should refer to the enclosed Ballot(s) for instructions on how to vote.

The record date for determining which Holders of Claims may vote on the Plan is October 15, 2024 (the “Voting Record Date”)

As soon as practicable after commencing the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors intend to request that the Bankruptcy Court schedule a hearing to approve this Disclosure Statement and confirm the Plan (the “Combined Hearing”) and establish December 151, 2024 as the date by which objections, if any, to the adequacy of the Disclosure Statement and Confirmation of the Plan must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court.

A COPY OF THE PLAN TO WHICH THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT RELATES IS ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT A. PLEASE NOTE THAT THE DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS ONLY A SUMMARY PROVIDED FOR CONVENIENCE. IN THE CASE OF ANY INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE PLAN ITSELF, THE PLAN WILL GOVERN.

 

iv


IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR YOU TO READ

THE DEBTORS HAVE NOT YET FILED FOR RELIEF UNDER CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, AND NO BANKRUPTCY COURT HAS APPROVED THE ADEQUACY OF THE DISCLOSURES CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.

The Debtors have prepared this disclosure statement (this “Disclosure Statement”) in connection with the solicitation of votes on the Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Intrum AB and its Debtor Affiliate (as it may be amended, supplemented, restated, or modified from time to time, the “Plan”),2 and the information set forth herein may not be relied upon for any other purpose. The Debtors have not authorized any entity to provide any information about, or concerning, the Plan, other than the information contained in this Disclosure Statement. Nor have the Debtors authorized any entity to make any representations concerning the Debtors (together with their non-Debtor affiliates, the “Company” or “Intrum”) other than as set forth in this Disclosure Statement.

This Disclosure Statement sets forth certain information regarding the Company’s operations, its financial history and forecasts, the need for the Debtors to seek chapter 11 protection, significant events that are expected to occur during the Debtors’ chapter 11 cases, and the anticipated organization, operations, and liquidity of the reorganized Debtors upon emergence from chapter 11. This Disclosure Statement also describes the terms of the Plan, certain alternatives to the Plan, certain effects of confirmation of the Plan, certain risk factors associated with securities to be issued under the Plan, and the manner in which distributions will be made under the Plan. In addition, this Disclosure Statement discusses the confirmation process and the voting procedures that the Holders of claims entitled to vote on the Plan must follow in order for their votes to be counted.

Intrum AB has entered into a Lock-Up Agreement with certain of the Debtors’ creditors (the “Consenting Creditors”), a redacted copy of the most recently amended and restated form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Lock-Up Agreement”), that allows them to effectuate a recapitalization pursuant to the terms of the Plan. The Debtors anticipate the proposed restructuring to improve their financial condition and creditworthiness, and ensure their continued operations as a going concern.

The Debtors are commencingcommenced solicitation of the votes on the Plan prior to filing petitions for bankruptcy protection, which they believe will minimize disruption to the Company’s day-to-day operations, reduce the cost of their restructuring, and ultimately be in the best interests of all of the Debtors’ stakeholders.

The Debtors therefore recommend, with the support of the Consenting Creditors, that all Holders of Claims entitled to vote on the Plan, once they have reviewed all of the information contained in this Disclosure Statement, the Plan, and other documents incorporated by reference hereto, vote to accept the Plan.

 

2 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan or the Lock-Up Agreement, as applicable.

 

v


THE PLAN PROVIDES THAT CERTAIN ENTITIES AND PERSONS WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE GRANTED THE THIRD-PARTY RELEASE CONTAINED IN ARTICLE VIII.D OF THE PLAN. EVEN IF YOU VOTE TO REJECT THE PLAN, YOU WILL BE BOUND BY THE THIRD-PARTY RELEASE UNLESS YOU VALIDLY AND TIMELY OPT-OUT OF THE THIRD-PARTY RELEASE. FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE THIRD-PARTY RELEASE, PLEASE REFER TO SECTION IV.H.2.b OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.

THE CONTENTS OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS PROVIDING ANY LEGAL, BUSINESS, FINANCIAL, OR TAX ADVICE, AND THE DEBTORS URGE ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN, BEFORE DECIDING WHETHER TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN, TO CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO LEGAL, BUSINESS, FINANCIAL, OR TAX MATTERS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLAN AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

EACH HOLDER OF A CLAIM ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN IS ADVISED AND ENCOURAGED TO READ THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE PLAN IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING. THE PLAN SUMMARY AND STATEMENTS MADE IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE PLAN ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE PLAN, WHICH CONTROLS IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY OR INCOMPLETENESS.

UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED HEREIN, THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE MADE ONLY AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, AND THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT THEY WILL BE CORRECT OR ACCURATE AT ANY TIME AFTER THAT DATE.

ANY STATEMENTS IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONCERNING THE PROVISIONS OF ANY DOCUMENT ARE NOT NECESSARILY COMPLETE, AND IN EACH INSTANCE, REFERENCE IS MADE TO SUCH DOCUMENT FOR THE FULL TEXT THEREOF. CERTAIN DOCUMENTS DESCRIBED OR REFERRED TO IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE NOT ATTACHED AS EXHIBITS BECAUSE OF THE IMPRACTICABILITY OF FURNISHING COMPLETE COPIES OF SUCH DOCUMENTS TO ALL RECIPIENTS OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT BUT ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST TO THE DEBTORS. SUCH DOCUMENTS AND PLEADINGS WILL ALSO BE AVAILABLE ON THE COMPANY’S SOLICITATION WEBSITE AT https://cases.ra.kroll.com/IntrumBallotshttps://cases.ra.kroll.com/IntrumAB. ALL INQUIRIES SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE SOLICITATION AGENT BY (A) WRITING TO INTRUM AB BALLOT PROCESSING CENTER, C/O KROLL RESTRUCTURING ADMINISTRATION LLC, 850 THIRD AVENUE, SUITE 412, BROOKLYN, NY 11232; OR (B) EMAILING INTRUMBALLOTS@RA.KROLL.COMINTRUMBALLOTS@RA.KROLL.COM (WITH “INTRUM SOLICITATION INQUIRY” IN THE SUBJECT LINE).

 

vi


EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED HEREIN, THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND ITS EXHIBITS HAS NOT BEEN AUDITED BY A CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT AND HAS NOT BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES.

THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS PREPARED THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS INCLUDED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. WHILE THESE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS ARE PRESENTED WITH NUMERICAL SPECIFICITY, THEY ARE NECESSARILY BASED ON ESTIMATES AND CERTAIN ASSUMPTIONS WHICH, THOUGH CONSIDERED REASONABLE BY MANAGEMENT, MAY NOT BE REALIZED, AND ARE INHERENTLY SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT ECONOMIC, COMPETITIVE, INDUSTRY, REGULATORY, MARKET, AND FINANCIAL UNCERTAINTIES AND CONTINGENCIES, MANY OF WHICH WILL BE BEYOND THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS’ CONTROL. THE DEBTORS CAUTION THAT THEY CANNOT MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS AS TO THE ACCURACY OF THESE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS OR TO THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS’ ABILITY TO ACHIEVE THE PROJECTED RESULTS. SOME ASSUMPTIONS INEVITABLY WILL NOT MATERIALIZE. FURTHERMORE, EVENTS AND CIRCUMSTANCES OCCURRING SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE ON WHICH THESE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS WERE PREPARED MAY DIFFER FROM ANY ASSUMED FACTS AND CIRCUMSTANCES. ALTERNATIVELY, ANY EVENTS AND CIRCUMSTANCES THAT COME TO PASS MAY WELL HAVE BEEN UNANTICIPATED AND, THUS, MAY AFFECT FINANCIAL RESULTS IN A MATERIALLY ADVERSE OR MATERIALLY BENEFICIAL MANNER. THESE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS, THEREFORE, MAY NOT BE RELIED UPON AS A GUARANTEE OR OTHER ASSURANCE OF THE ACTUAL RESULTS THAT WILL OCCUR.

AS TO THE DESCRIPTIONS OF LITIGATION OR THREATENED ACTIONS, THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE, OR SHOULD BE CONSTRUED AS, AN ADMISSION OF ANY FACT OR LIABILITY, STIPULATION OR WAIVER, BUT RATHER AS A STATEMENT MADE IN SETTLEMENT NEGOTIATIONS. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHALL NOT BE ADMISSIBLE IN ANY NON-BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDING.

SPECIAL NOTICE REGARDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS

Neither this Disclosure Statement nor the Plan has been filed with, or approved or disapproved by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or any comparable state authority, and neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of the information contained in this Disclosure Statement or the merits of the Plan. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This Disclosure Statement has been prepared pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3016(b). The securities to be issued on or after the Effective Date will not be the subject of a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act, or any securities regulatory authority of any state under the applicable state securities law. To exempt the issuance of the Exchange Notes, the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) in connection with the Plan from registration under the

 

vii


Securities Act, the Debtors intend to rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or, to the extent not available, as, e.g., the Backstopped Notes, if issued to persons or entities that are “accredited investors” of the type described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), or (7) promulgated under the Securities Act or “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, on section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder (and in each case, on equivalent state law registration exemptions). The prepetition solicitation of votes on the Plan is being made in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including as provided by section 4(a)(2) thereof, and other applicable United States state securities laws and similar laws of any securities regulatory authority of any state. Neither the solicitation of votes on the Plan nor this Disclosure Statement constitutes an offer to sell securities (or a solicitation of an offer to acquire securities) in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized.

THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, SECTION 4(A)(2) OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM SECURITIES LAWS WILL NOT BE A CONDITION TO THE OCCURRENCE OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE.

This Disclosure Statement contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “may,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negatives thereof, as well as any similar or comparable language. You are cautioned that all forward-looking statements are necessarily speculative, and there are certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those referred to in such forward-looking statements. The liquidation analysis and financial projections forward-looking information contained herein are only estimates, and the timing and amount of actual distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims may be affected by many factors that cannot be predicted. Any analyses, estimates, or recovery projections may or may not turn out to be accurate.

Subject to the terms hereof, this Disclosure Statement is provided, on a confidential basis, to the Holders of claims in Class 3 and Class 5 for use solely in connection with the consideration of the Plan. Its use for any other purpose is not authorized. Distribution of this Disclosure Statement by the recipients thereof to any person other than the holders of claims in Class 3 or Class 5 and any person retained to advise such Holders with respect to their participation in the Debtors’ restructuring is unauthorized and, until such time, if any, as the Plan is publicly filed with the Bankruptcy Court, any disclosure of its contents without the Company’s prior written consent is prohibited. Each Holder of claims in Class 3 or Class 5, by accepting delivery of this Disclosure Statement, agrees to the foregoing and agrees to make no copies or reproductions of this Disclosure Statement or any documents referred to in this Disclosure Statement in whole or in part (other than publicly available documents).

 

viii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION I. INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW OF THE PROPOSED RESTRUCTURING    6

A.

  Solicitation Package    9

B.

  Summary of Classification and Estimated Recoveries of Claims and Interests Under Plan    10

C.

  Plan Solicitation    13
 

1.  Parties Entitled to Vote on Plan

   13
 

2.  Voting Procedures, Ballots, and Voting Deadline

   14

D.

  Anticipated Restructuring Timetable    14
SECTION II. HISTORICAL INFORMATION    16

A.

  Overview of the Company’s Business    16

B.

  Selected Financial Information    18

C.

  Corporate Governance    18

D.

  Organizational Structure    19

E.

  Prepetition Capital Structure    19
 

1.  The RCF

   20
 

2.  Senior Secured Term Loan

   21
 

3.  Notes

   21

F.

  Events Leading to Commencement of Chapter 11 Cases    22

G.

  Negotiation and Entry into Lock-Up Agreement    23

H.

  Other recent events    26
SECTION III. ANTICIPATED EVENTS DURING CHAPTER 11 CASES    28

A.

  Overview of Chapter 11    28

B.

  First-Day Relief    29
SECTION IV. SUMMARY OF JOINT PREPACKAGED CHAPTER 11 PLAN    32

A.

  Treatment of Claims and Interests    32
 

1.  Administrative Claims

   32
 

2.  Professional Fee Claims

   33
 

3.  Priority Tax Claims

   34
 

4.  Restructuring Expenses

   35

B.

  Classification of Claims and Interests    35
 

1.  Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims

   36

C.

  Acceptance and Rejection of the Plan    37
 

1.  Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

   37
 

2.  Elimination of Vacant Classes

   37
 

3.  No Waiver

   37
 

4.  Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

   37
 

5.  Controversy Concerning Impairment

   37
 

6.  Subordinated Claims

   37

 

1


D.

  Means for Implementation of the Plan    38
 

1.  General Settlement of Claims and Interests

   38
 

2.  Restructuring Transactions

   38

E.

  Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions    39
 

1.  Issuance of the New Money Notes

   39
 

2.  Equity Issuance

   40
 

3.  SSRCF

   41
 

4.  Exchange Notes

   42
 

5.  Corporate Action

   43
 

6.  Corporate Existence

   44
 

7.  Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors

   44
 

8.  Cancellation of Prepetition Credit Agreements, Notes, Instruments, Certificates, and Other Documents

   44
 

9.  Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

   45
 

10.  Certain Securities Law Matters

   45
 

11.  Section 1146(a) Exemption

   46
 

12.  Employee and Retiree Benefits

   47
 

13.  Preservation of Causes of Action

   47

F.

  Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases    48
 

1.  Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

   48
 

2.  Indemnification Obligations

   49
 

3.  Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

   49
 

4.  Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed

   50
 

5.  Insurance Policies

   51
 

6.  Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements

   51
 

7.  Reservation of Rights

   52
 

8.  Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

   52
 

9.  Contracts and Leases Entered into after Petition Date

   52

G.

  Provisions Governing Distributions    52
 

1.  Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed as of the Effective Date

   52
 

2.  Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent

   53
 

3.  Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims and Interests

   53
 

4.  Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions

   53
 

5.  Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

   56
 

6.  Setoffs

   56
 

7.  Allocation Between Principal and Accrued Interest

   57
 

8.  Minimum Distributions

   57

 

2


H.

  Procedures for Resolving Disputed Claims    57
 

1.  Disputed Claims Generally

   57
 

2.  Objections to Claims

   58
 

3.  Estimation of Claims

   58
 

4.  Disallowance of Claims

   58
 

5.  No Distributions Pending Allowance

   58
 

6.  Distributions after Allowance

   59
 

7.  Claims Resolution Procedures Cumulative

   59
 

8.  Single Satisfaction of Claims

   59

I.

  Settlement, Release, Injunction, and Related Provisions    59
 

1.  Compromise and Settlement

   59
 

2.  Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

   59
 

3.  Release of Liens

   60
 

4.  Releases by the Debtors

   61
 

5.  Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests

   62
 

6.  Exculpation

   63
 

7.  Injunction

   63

J.

  Conditions to Effective Date    64
 

1.  Waiver of Conditions

   67

K.

  Modification, Revocation, or Withdrawal of Plan    67
 

1.  Modification of the Plan

   67
 

2.  Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

   67
 

3.  Withdrawal of Plan

   68

L.

  Retention of Jurisdiction    68
SECTION V. VOTING PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS    70

A.

  Voting Deadline    71

B.

  Voting Record Date    71

C.

  Parties Entitled to Vote    71

D.

  Ballots    72

E.

  Agreements upon Furnishing Ballots    72

F.

  Withdrawal or Change of Votes on the Plan    73

G.

  Fiduciaries and Other Representatives    73

H.

  Waivers of Defects, Irregularities, etc.    73

I.

  Further Information, Additional Copies    73
SECTION VI. CONFIRMATION OF PLAN    74

A.

  Combined Hearing    74

B.

  Requirements for Confirmation of Plan – Consensual Confirmation    74
 

1.  Acceptance by At Least One Impaired Class of Claims

   74
 

2.  Feasibility

   74
 

3.  Best Interests Test

   75

C.

  Requirements for Confirmation of Plan – Non-Consensual Confirmation    76
 

1.  Unfair Discrimination

   76
 

2.  Fair and Equitable Test

   76

 

3


SECTION VII. CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS    77

A.

  U.S. Holders of Addressed Claims    78

B.

  Consequences of Owning and Disposing of SSRCF, Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares, and Subscription Rights    80
 

1.  Ownership of SSRCF and the Exchange Notes

   80
 

2.  Distributions on Noteholder Ordinary Shares

   83
 

3.  Sale, Exchange, or Other Taxable Disposition of Noteholder Ordinary Shares

   84
 

4.  Subscription Rights

   84
 

5.  Possible Treatment of the Company as a Passive Foreign Investment Company

   85

C.

  Accrued Interest    86

D.

  Market Discount    87

E.

  Information Reporting and Backup Withholding    87

F.

  Importance of Obtaining Professional Tax Assistance    88
SECTION VIII. CERTAIN FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAW CONSIDERATIONS    88

A.

  1145 Securities    88

B.

  Private Placement.    89
SECTION IX. RISK FACTORS    91

A.

  Certain Bankruptcy Considerations    92

B.

  Business-Related Risks    95

C.

  Risks Related to the Restructuring Transaction    96

D.

  Risks Related to the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes Collateral    97

E.

  Risks Related to the New Money Notes and the New Money Notes Collateral    104

F.

  Risks Relating to Noteholder Ordinary Shares    112

G.

  Other Risks    112

H.

  Certain Disclaimers    113
SECTION X. ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF PLAN    114

A.

  Liquidation Under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11    114

B.

  Alternative Plans of Reorganization    115
SECTION XI. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION    115

 

4


EXHIBITS3

 

EXHIBIT A    Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan
EXHIBIT B    Lock-Up Agreement
EXHIBIT C    Backstop Agreement
EXHIBIT D    Financial Projections
EXHIBIT E    Liquidation Analysis

 

3 

Each Exhibit is incorporated herein by reference.

 

5


SECTION I.

INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW OF THE PROPOSED RESTRUCTURING

Intrum AB (“Intrum” or the “Company”) and its Debtor affiliate, as debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the “Debtors”) submit this Disclosure Statement pursuant to section 1125 of title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532 (as amended, the “Bankruptcy Code”) in connection with the solicitation of votes on the Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Intrum AB and its Debtor Affiliate, dated as of October 17, 2024. A copy of the Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit A. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Plan and the description of such terms in this Disclosure Statement, the terms of the Plan shall control. The Debtors are pleased to announce that the Plan provides for a restructuring of the Debtors’ capital structure (the “Restructuring”). As a result, the Debtors will emerge from the Chapter 11 Cases (as the “Reorganized Debtors”) as a stronger enterprise, with a sustainable capital structure that is better aligned with the Debtors’ present and future operating prospects.

Intrum is a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden and has been listed on the Nasdaq Stockholm exchange since June 2002. It is a credit management servicing company and operates its business throughout a number of European countries with two service lines: “Servicing” and “Investing.” Through the Servicing segment, the Company provides credit management services which are focused on late payment and debt collection. The Company employs tailored debt collection strategies and solutions to maximize cash flow streams from loans and other overdue receivables for clients who outsource their debt collection function. The Company’s Investing segment focuses on purchasing portfolios of secured and unsecured loans and other overdue receivables from its servicing clients and other third parties for a portion of their nominal value, which the Company generally then services using its inhouse debt collection operations. Upon purchase of defaulted receivables, the Company implements long-term debt collection measures aimed at helping customers become debt free. As core values of the Company, empathy and adopting an ethical approach to helping indebted customers become debt free in a respectful manner, the Company and the Intrum Group interacts with every customer to craft solutions on the basis of their individual circumstances, for example through instalment plans that take account of each consumer’s payment capacity.

The Debtors and their non-debtor affiliates have approximately 80,000 clients and approximately 10,000 employees, as well as operations in 20 countries with approximately 250,000 calls with consumers on a daily basis. As of the date of this Disclosure Statement, the Debtors have approximately $4.8904.656 billion of funded debt4, consisting of:

 

   

a secured revolving credit facility (the “RCF”) with total commitments of approximately $1.1991.116 billion5;

 

   

a secured term loan with Piraeus Bank S.A. (the “Senior Secured Term Loan”) with approximately $10995 million outstanding6; and

 

   

a total of 9 unsecured note issuances with approximately $3.5823.445 billion in principal outstanding7.

 

 

4 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.0960.086 USD (as of October 14, 2024Petition Date).

5 

As above.

6 

As above.

7 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.0960.086 USD (as of October 14, 2024Petition Date).

 

6


In recent years, the credit management services industry has been negatively impacted by high inflation and reduced access to capital markets owing to a decreased appetite from investors. As a response to this macroeconomic pressure, Intrum embarked on a move to a capital light business, moving away from balance sheet investments and pivoting towards its servicing segment. In January 2024, Intrum announced the sale of a portfolio of assets to affiliates of Cerberus Capital Management L.P. (“Cerberus”) for approximately 98% of its book value, intending to use the total net proceeds of the sale (SEK 7.2 billion ($691619 million equivalent)8 to reduce its debt burden.

Despite the liquidity boost provided by the Cerberus transaction, markets reacted negatively to the announcement of the sale transaction. In early 2024, rating agencies downgraded Intrum’s long-term ratings citing, among other things, increasing net leverage and declining EBITDA as a result of the Cerberus transaction. Following these sequential events, the Company’s share price dropped significantly, trading down approximately 90% from 2021 highs to a trough in March 2024.

Facing pending debt maturities of approximately $3.4973.314 billion9 in 2025 and 2026 alone, Intrum recognized significant risk of not being able to address these debt liabilities on the capital markets, as Intrum’s options to access unsecured financing on acceptable economic terms has become more limited as Intrum has battled negative market perception.

Accordingly, Intrum approached its lenders regarding a potential comprehensive restructuring transaction in Q2 2024. These negotiations bore fruit and on July 10, 2024 Intrum entered into a Lock-Up Agreement with, amongst others, an ad hoc group of noteholders (the “Notes Ad Hoc Group”) holding a majority of the principal amount outstanding under the Notes.

The Lock-Up Agreement contemplates a new money injection of about €526 million in new secured notes with the exchange of all existing notes with post-2024 maturities into second-lien exchange notes with extended maturities at a 10% discount to face value. It also contemplates an amendment and extension of the RCF on terms to be agreed with the RCF lenders. With the support of a majority by value of its Noteholders, the Company engaged in discussions with a steering committee of its RCF lenders regarding the terms of the Restructuring and on August 15, 2024, reached an agreement with lenders holding approximately 76% by value of the total commitments represented by the RCF on the terms of the restructuring as detailed in the Lock-Up Agreement as amended pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement. A redacted copy of the Lock-Up Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference. Following the amendment and restatement to the Lock-Up Agreement, the Company sought support from additional creditors, and as of the date of this Disclosure Statement, lenders holding approximately 97% by value of the total commitments represented by the RCF and 73% in principal amount of the Notes have agreed to support the Restructuring and vote to accept the Plan by executing the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

 

8 

As above.

9 

As above

 

7


The Lock-Up Agreement and Plan contemplate, among other things: (i) an approximately two-year extension of the RCF maturity to June 30, 2028 (subject to certain springing maturity rights) and a reduction of the overall RCF from $1.962 billion to $1.1991.116 billion (equivalents)10 in exchange for certain fees, pricing increase, and an enhanced collateral package; (ii) reinstatement of the Senior Secured Term Loan; (iii) the exchange of all existing unsecured notes issuances into second-lien exchange notes at a 10% discount to face value with staggered maturity dates from 2027-2030 (each existing unsecured notes issuance to be allocated proportionately across each exchange notes maturity), in exchange for, among other things, 10% of post-dilution equity and certain fees payable to consenting noteholders; (iv) a fully-backstopped new money injection of approximately €526 million ($573 million equivalent)11 in new secured notes to be utilized for discounted buy-backs; and (v) payment in full of all general unsecured claims.

The Plan contemplates the following stakeholder recoveries:

 

   

each Holder of an Allowed RCF Claim will receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release and discharge of such Claim its pro rata share of the SSRCF; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, all Ancillary Facility Claims shall be Reinstated and each Ancillary Facility shall continue in accordance with its terms and constitute an ancillary facility under the SSRCF in accordance with the terms of the SSRCF Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Holder of an Ancillary Facility Claim shall retain its rights and claims under the applicable Ancillary Facility;

 

   

the Senior Secured Term Loan Claim will be Reinstated or otherwise paid in full in cash;

 

   

each Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim will receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claims (i) its pro rata share of the Exchange Notes; and (ii) its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. Holders of Allowed Notes Claims will also receive their pro rata share of the Subscription Rights in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement and the Rights Offering Documents;

 

   

each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim will receive either: (i) Reinstatement of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim; or (ii) payment in full in cash on (a) the Effective Date, or (b) the date due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed General Unsecured Claim;

 

 

10 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.0960.086 USD (as of October 14, 2024Petition Date).

11 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 EUR = 1.090 USD (as of October 14, 2024Petition Date).

 

8


   

all Allowed Other Secured Claims and Allowed Other Priority Claims will be rendered Unimpaired; and

 

   

the Existing Equity Interests will be reinstated on the Effective Date.12

Given the significant support for the Debtors’ restructuring, the Debtors have elected to pursue a prepackaged restructuring to maximize value by minimizing both the costs of restructuring and the impact on the Debtors’ businesses. The Debtors, with the support of the Consenting Creditors, believe that consummation of the proposed Restructuring will provide the Reorganized Debtors with the capital structure and liquidity necessary to continue operating as a going concern and execute on the Debtors’ long-term business plan—an outcome that benefits all stakeholders. Not only will the Plan help stabilize the Reorganized Debtors’ business in the near-term, but it will also position them to operate successfully for years to come and be competitive within their industry. The Debtors anticipate commencingcommenced the Chapter 11 Cases on or before November 1715 , 2024 and requestingrequested a hearing on confirmation of the Plan approximately 3520 days thereafter.

In connection with developing the Plan, the Debtors conducted a careful review of their current business operations and compared their projected value as a going concern with their potential value in a liquidation, as well as estimated recoveries on account of Allowed Claims and Interests under each scenario. The Debtors concluded that the potential recoveries would be maximized by their continuing to operate as a going concern as their businesses have significant value that would not be realized in a liquidation, either in whole or in substantial part. For additional information on estimated recoveries under the Plan as compared to estimated recoveries in a liquidation, please refer to the discussion in Section VI.B.3, titled “Best Interests Test.” Accordingly, the Debtors, with the support of the Consenting Creditors, strongly recommend that, to the extent you are entitled to vote on the Plan, you vote to accept the Plan. Furthermore, please note that subject to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, the parties who have entered into or acceded to the Lock-Up Agreement other than the Abstaining Creditors (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) are required, in accordance with the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement to vote to accept the Plan.

A. Solicitation Package.

The “Solicitation Package” distributed to all Holders of Claims entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan contains the following:

 

   

this Disclosure Statement,

 

   

the Plan (attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit A),

 

12 

Intrum will, prior to the Effective Date, hold an extraordinary general meeting to authorize the Board of Intrum to resolve on the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares on the Effective Date.

 

9


   

the Lock-Up Agreement (a redacted version of which is attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit B),13

 

   

the Backstop Agreement (a redacted version of which is attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit C,)

 

   

the Financial Projections (attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit D),

 

   

the Liquidation Analysis (attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit E), and

 

   

one or more ballots (each, a “Ballot”), as well as instructions describing the acceptable methods to submit the Ballots (via email, first class mail, overnight courier, or hand delivery to Kroll Restructuring Administration, LLC (“Kroll” or the “Voting Agent”) or in accordance with the instructions provided by your broker, bank, or other nominee, or the agent of a broker, bank, or other nominee (each of the foregoing, a “Nominee”)).

Each Ballot has been coded to indicate the Class of Claims that can be voted thereby. If you are a Holder of a Claim entitled to vote on the Plan and you did not receive a Ballot, received a damaged or wrong Ballot, or lost your Ballot, please contact Kroll by e-mail at intrumballots@ra.kroll.com.

In voting to accept or reject the Plan, you must use only the Ballot(s) sent to you with this Disclosure Statement, coded for the Class in which your Claim has been placed. For your vote to be counted, your properly filled-in Ballot(s) must be actually received by the Voting Agent no later than 4:00 p.m., prevailing Central Time, on November 13, 2024 (the “Voting Deadline”). For your vote to be counted, each Ballot must be properly executed, completed, and delivered to the Voting Agent in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Ballot such that it is actually received by the Voting Agent before the Voting Deadline. Votes submitted by fax or any other method outside of those contemplated in the Ballot or voting instructions, as applicable, will not be accepted or counted.

The Debtors anticipate commencing their chapter 11 cases (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas (the “Bankruptcy Court”) and will request that their cases be jointly administered.

B. Summary of Classification and Estimated Recoveries of Claims and Interests Under Plan

The following table summarizes the classification of Claims and Interests under the Plan and estimated recoveries on account thereof. Although every reasonable effort was made to be accurate, the projections of recoveries are only estimates. The ultimate amounts of Allowed Claims may vary from the estimates set forth herein. As a result, the estimated recoveries set forth in this Disclosure Statement may vary from the actual recoveries realized. In addition, the ability

 

13 

The signature pages to the Lock-Up Agreement have been redacted in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof.

 

10


to receive distributions under the Plan depends upon, among other things, the ability of the Debtors to obtain confirmation of the Plan and meet the conditions to the Plan’s effectiveness, as discussed in this Disclosure Statement. For additional information regarding the terms of the Plan and treatment of Allowed Claims and Interests thereunder, please refer to the discussion in Section IV, titled, “Summary of Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan,” as well as the Plan itself.

 

Class

  

Type of Claim or Interest

  

Treatment of Claim/Interest

  

Estimated

Recovery

1    Other Secured Claims   

Each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive, at the option of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, with the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (not to be unreasonably withheld), either: (i) payment in full in Cash of its Allowed Other Secured Claim;

 

(ii) the collateral securing its Allowed Other Secured Claim; (iii) Reinstatement of its Allowed Other Secured Claim; or (iv) such other treatment rendering its Allowed Other Secured Claim Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

   100%
2    Other Priority Claims    Each Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall either (i) receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Other Priority Claim or (ii) be Reinstated.    100%
3    RCF Claims    In full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed RCF Claim, on the Effective Date, each Holder of such Allowed RCF Claim shall receive its pro rata share of the SSRCF; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, all Ancillary Facility Claims shall be Reinstated and each Ancillary Facility shall continue in accordance with its terms and constitute an ancillary facility under the SSRCF in accordance with the terms of the SSRCF Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Holder of an Ancillary Facility Claim shall retain its rights and claims under the applicable Ancillary Facility. In addition, each Holder of an Allowed RCF Claim shall also receive Cash in an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid interest and all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts due and owing pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable Facility Agreement Documents, and all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts otherwise due and owing pursuant to, and in accordance with the applicable Facility Agreement Documents shall have been paid, regardless of when accrued and payable.14    100%

 

14 

For the avoidance of doubt, the payment of all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts otherwise due and owing pursuant to, and in accordance with the applicable Facility Agreement Documents shall include any amounts due to any agent under any such Facility Agreement Documents.

 

11


Class

  

Type of Claim or Interest

  

Treatment of Claim/Interest

  

Estimated

Recovery

4    Senior Secured Term Loan Claims    At the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, each Holder will receive (i) payment in full in Cash, (ii) such Allowed Senior Secured Term Loan Claim will be Reinstated, or (iii) such Holder will receive such other treatment so as to render its Allowed Senior Secured Term Loan Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.    100%
5    Notes Claims    Each Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim shall receive (i) its pro rata share of the Exchange Notes (provided that Holders of an Allowed Notes Claim denominated in SEK shall receive Exchange Notes denominated in SEK and Holders of an Allowed Notes Claim denominated in Euro shall receive Exchange Notes denominated in Euro); and (ii) its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. Holders of Allowed Notes Claims will also receive their pro rata share of the Subscription Rights in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement and the Rights Offering Documents. On the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim shall also receive Cash in an amount equal to (i) all accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of such Allowed Notes Claim and (ii) all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts due and owing pursuant to the applicable Prepetition Finance Documents governing the Notes with respect to such Notes Claim. In each case, pro rata calculations shall be in accordance with the definition of the term “Pro Rata Share” in the Lock-Up Agreement.    91.6%15
6    General Unsecured Claims    Each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive either: (i) Reinstatement of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim; or (ii) payment in full in Cash on (a) the Effective Date, or (b) the date due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed General Unsecured Claim.    100%

 

 

15 

The Estimated Recovery for the Notes Claims of 91.6% is calculated as (i) 90% reinstatement into Exchange Notes plus (ii) the estimated value of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. The latter is estimated based on the market capitalization as of October 16, 2024Petition Date of SEK 5.26 billion which is expected to reflect dilution arising post-issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares.

 

12


Class

  

Type of Claim or Interest

  

Treatment of Claim/Interest

  

Estimated

Recovery

7    Intercompany Claims    All Intercompany Claims will be adjusted, Reinstated, contributed, set off, settled, cancelled and released, or discharged as determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in their sole discretion, in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed or may be compromised pursuant to the Swedish Reorganisation Plan.    0% -100%
8    Existing Equity Interests    Each Holder of an Existing Equity Interest shall have its Existing Equity Interest Reinstated.    100%
9    Intercompany Interests    All Intercompany Interests will be adjusted, Reinstated, contributed, set off, settled, cancelled and released, or discharged as determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in their sole discretion, in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan.    0% -100%

C. Plan Solicitation

As indicated above, the Debtors intend to implement the Restructuring through the confirmation of the Plan. The Debtors are solicitating votes in order to obtain sufficient acceptances of the Plan to permit its confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court. For further information and instructions on voting on the Plan, please refer to Section V, titled “Voting Procedures and Requirements.”

1. Parties Entitled to Vote on Plan

Under the Bankruptcy Code, only Holders of Claims and Interests that are “Impaired” and receiving distributions under the Plan and are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Holders of Claims or Interests that are Unimpaired under the Plan are, in accordance with section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, conclusively presumed to accept the Plan, and the solicitation of their votes is not required. Holders of Claims or Interests that are Impaired under the Plan but will neither receive nor retain any distribution under the Plan are, in accordance with section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, conclusively presumed to reject the Plan, and the solicitation of their votes is not required either.

Holders of Claims in Classes 3 (RCF Claims) and 5 (Notes Claims) are Impaired under the Plan and receiving distributions thereunder. The Debtors are therefore soliciting votes from the holders of Claims in these Classes.

Holders of Claims and Interests, as applicable, in Classes 1 (Other Secured Claims), 2 (Other Priority Claims), 4 (Senior Secured Term Loan Claims), 6 (General Unsecured Claims), 7 (Intercompany Claims), 8 (Existing Equity Interests), and 9 (Intercompany Interests) are either Unimpaired or Impaired but not receiving any distribution under the Plan and therefore are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

13


2. Voting Procedures, Ballots, and Voting Deadline

If you have received a Ballot, you should read the materials in the Solicitation Package in their entirety, including the instructions set forth in the Ballot. These materials contain important information concerning how your Claim has been classified for voting purposes and how your vote will be tabulated. After carefully reviewing the Solicitation Package, please indicate your acceptance or rejection of the Plan on the Ballot. The Debtors will not count any votes transmitted by a Ballot that does not indicate either acceptance or rejection of the Plan or indicates both acceptance and rejection of the Plan. All Holders of Claims who receive an opt out form have the ability to opt out of the Third-Party Releases.

Each Ballot has been coded to reflect the Class of Claims it relates to. You must use only the Ballot(s) sent to you with this Disclosure Statement and follow the applicable instructions. If you have Claims in more than one Class, you should use a separate Ballot to vote in each such Class. For your vote to be counted, your Ballot(s) must be actually received by the Voting Agent no later than the Voting Deadline. Any Ballot received after the Voting Deadline will be counted only in the Debtors’ sole discretion. For your vote to be counted, your Ballot must be properly executed, completed, and timely delivered in accordance with the instructions set forth thereon. Do not return any debt instruments with your Ballot(s). Please review the Ballot or voting instructions included in your Solicitation Package for further guidance on how to properly submit your vote(s) before the Voting Deadline.

If you have any questions about the amount of your Claim(s), the procedure for voting your Claim(s), the Solicitation Package, or if you wish to obtain, at your own expense, an additional copy of this Disclosure Statement and its exhibits, please contact the Voting Agent, by e-mail at intrumballots@ra.kroll.com.

D. Anticipated Restructuring Timetable

As soon as practicable after commencing the Chapter 11 Cases, theThe Debtors anticipatehave filed a motion seeking entry of an order scheduling the Combined Hearing to consider (i) the adequacy of information contained in this Disclosure Statement, (ii) approval of the solicitation of votes on the Plan, and (iii) confirmation of the Plan. The Debtors expect that notice of the Combined Hearing will be mailed to all known Holders of Claims and Interests and published in the New York Times and the Financial Times or another similar newspaper approximately twenty-eight (28) days before the date by which objections either to the adequacy of information contained in this Disclosure Statement or to the confirmation of the Plan must be filed. For additional information regarding the Combined Hearing, please refer to Section VI.A, titled “Combined Hearing.”

Assuming the Bankruptcy Court approves the Debtors’ scheduling request, the Debtors anticipate that the Combined Hearing will be held within approximately thirty-fivetwenty (3520 ) days after the Petition Date.

 

14


The Debtors anticipate emerging from the Chapter 11 Cases by the close of Q1 2025 or early Q2 2025. For additional information regarding the anticipated Chapter 11 Cases, please refer to Section III, titled “Anticipated Events During Chapter 11 Cases.”Based on the foregoing, the Debtors are anticipating the following case timeline:

 

Proposed Confirmation Schedule

Event

  

Proposed Date

Voting Record Date    October 15, 2024
Solicitation Commencement Date    October 17, 2024
Voting Deadline    November 13, 2024, at 4:00 p.m. (CT)
Deadline for Non-Voting Holders to Submit Release Opt-Out Form    November 13, 2024, at 4:00 p.m. (CT)
Petition Date    November 1715, 2024
Plan Supplement Filing Deadline    December 2November 29, 2024
Plan/Disclosure Statement Objection Deadline    December 151, 2024 at 4:00 p.m. (CT)
Deadline to File Brief in Support of Confirmation and Reply Deadline    December 173, 2024
Combined Hearing    December 205, 2024

Prior to or following confirmation of the Plan, the Debtors intend to commence a proceeding which will allow for implementation of the Plan with respect to Intrum in Sweden through a Swedish company reorganisation (Sw. företagsrekonstruktion) (the “Swedish Reorganisation” and, such plan, the “Swedish Reorganisation Plan”) pursuant to the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act (Sw. lag (2022:964) om företagsrekonstruktion) (the “Swedish Reorganisation Act”). Intrum anticipates submitting a request for plan negotiations, together with the Swedish Reorganisation Plan, to the Swedish Court during January 2025. The Swedish Court will determine the date for, and summon amongst others, Intrum and the affected parties (impaired creditors) to a plan hearing for the purposes of voting on the Swedish Reorganisation Plan. The plan hearing shall take place within three (3) to five (5) weeks after the decision on plan negotiations (likely during February 2025). Assuming the Swedish Reorganisation Plan is approved by the affected parties and/or confirmed by the Swedish Court, Intrum anticipates the Swedish Reorganisation Plan Confirmation during March or first half of April 2025, and targets to emerge from the Swedish Reorganisation at the same time.

In connection with the Restructuring Transactions, it is also proposed that the Intrum Group’s corporate structure will be reorganized and all assets and liabilities of Intrum AB hived down to newly created subsidiaries of Intrum AB ahead of the Effective Date (further details of which are set out in Section II. F herein). The Debtors have commenced work on the steps required to effect the hive down.

 

15


Pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement, the Debtors are required to implement and consummate the Restructuring Transactions by the ‘Long-Stop Date’ prescribed in the Lock-Up Agreement, being (unless otherwise agreed by the requisite creditor majorities) March 31, 2025, or, if a Compromise Process (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) remains ongoing at such time, May 31, 2025.

SECTION II.

HISTORICAL INFORMATION

A. Overview of the Company’s Business

Intrum is a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Sweden. Its principal business address is at Riddargatan 10, 114 35, Stockholm, Sweden. Intrum was registered in 2001 (corporate identity number 556607-7581) and has been listed on the Nasdaq Stockholm exchange since June 2002. Intrum was listed on the Nasdaq Stockholm, Large Cap list in 2016.

Intrum’s current brand was established in 2017 following Intrum’s acquisition of the entire issued share capital of Lindorff AB (“Lindorff”) in exchange for newly issued shares in Intrum (the “Merger”). Prior to the Merger, Intrum was known as “Intrum Justitia”, and its origins can be traced to Sven Göransson founding a credit management services company in 1923 in Sweden. The companies that Sven Göransson founded became pioneers in developing processes to obtain credit information prior to lending and in specialized collection operations. Following World War II and throughout the 1960’s, one of the companies founded by Sven Göransson, Justitia Inkasso och Juridiska byrå AB, became Sweden’s premier collection agency. By the 1980s its value proposition included a comprehensive range of services for credit administration, including collection, financial and administrative services and factoring. In 1982, Justitia Inkasso och Juridiska byrå AB changed its name to Intrum Justitia AB (publ). In the years following, Intrum Justitia continued to expand, both through acquisitions and organic growth, to become one of Europe’s leading credit management companies.

Lindorff was founded in 1898 in Norway by Eynar Lindorff. From its origins in Norway, it grew to become one of the leading credit management providers in Europe. In October 2014, Nordic Capital acquired 85% of Lindorff and in mid-2015, Nordic Capital increased its ownership of Lindorff to 91%. Lindorff operated solely in Norway until 1998, after which it expanded into other Nordic and Baltic countries. Upon completion of the Merger, Intrum became the leading credit management provider in Europe.

In February 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of First Credit Ltd (currently under the name of non-Debtor Intrum UK), re-entering into the British market. In October 2017, it entered the Greek market by acquiring a debt portfolio from Eurobank. In November 2018, it entered into a partnership with Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A. which resulted in the formation of non-Debtor Intrum Italy S.p.A. In October 2019, the Company strengthened its Greek operations and entered into a partnership with Piraeus, acquiring 80% of Piraeus Bank’s Recovery Banking Unit in combination with a long-term non-performing exposure servicing agreement, establishing a leading independent credit management platform in Greece.

 

16


The Company operates its business with two service lines: “Investing” and “Servicing” These service lines are subdivided into four geographical groups, each composed of different European countries. Intrum’s integrated business model enables the Company to support clients in two ways: by buying portfolios of overdue accounts, and by servicing accounts – mainly collecting debts – on an outsourced basis.

The Company’s Investing segment focuses on purchasing portfolios of secured and unsecured loans and other overdue receivables from its clients for a portion of their nominal value, which the Company generally then services using its inhouse debt collection operations. Upon purchase of defaulted receivables, the Company implements long-term debt collection measures aimed at helping customers become debt free. As core values of the Company, empathy and adopting an ethical approach to helping indebted customers become debt free in a respectful manner, the Company interacts with every customer to craft solutions on the basis of their individual circumstances, for example through instalment plans that take account of each consumer’s payment capacity. The Investing segment also houses the Company’s REO offering. Either (i) in the course of its recovery activities for secured loans (or infrequently in relation to unsecured loans with personal guarantees), or (ii) as an outright investment strategy, the Company directly or indirectly, and sometimes alongside its co-investors, holds title to real estate (“REOs”) that are expected to be eventually resold. The Company arranges for the sale of REOs using internal and external resources and networks and its REO ownership/exposure is concentrated in Spain and Hungary.

Through the Servicing segment, the Company provides credit management services which are focused on late payment and debt collection. The Company employs tailored debt collection strategies and solutions to maximize cash flow streams from loans and other overdue receivables for clients who outsource their debt collection function. In addition to, and generally in combination with, collection services, the Company provides capabilities in alternative solutions and offers clients a wide range of value-added services prior to loans and receivables becoming overdue. The value-added service offering includes credit information and analysis on individuals and companies to help the Company’s clients assess their potential customers’ payment capacity, data extraction and modelling, selection and scoring of potential customers and a full suite of services relating to accounts receivable, including invoicing, reminders and account ledger services. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, the Servicing segment generated revenue of SEK 10.294 billion ($988885 million equivalent)16, excluding revenue generated from portfolios of loans and other overdue receivables that the Company owns.

The Company has, in recent years been moderating and re-evaluating its investment pace to lay the foundation for a transition to a ‘capital-light’ and client centric platform in line with its strategic agenda. As such, the Group has seen a trend of increasing profitability and revenues in its Servicing segment whilst income attributable to the Investing segment has been declining. In line with its strategic direction, in July 2024 the Company entered into a joint venture agreement with Cerberus allowing Intrum to scale its investment activity without increasing its debt, providing servicing and additional portfolio management revenues. The Company is also exploring further structures (including joint ventures and asset management fund vehicles) to support its transition and growth in the Servicing segment whilst maintaining a ‘capital-light’ business model.

 

16 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.0960.086 USD (as of October 14, 2024Petition Date).

 

17


As of the date of this Disclosure Statement, the Company has approximately 80,000 clients and approximately 10,000 employees, as well as operations in twenty (20) countries with approximately 250,000 calls with consumers on a daily basis.

B. Selected Financial Information

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, the Company generated income of SEK 8.247 billion ($792709 million equivalent)17 from its Investing segment. As of December 31, 2023, the book value of assets held by the Company’s Investing segment was SEK 35.294 billion ($3.3883.035 billion equivalent)18 with an ERC of SEK 74 billion ($7.16.4 billion equivalent).19

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, the Company generated income of SEK 10.294 billion ($988885 million equivalent)20 from its Servicing segment.

C. Corporate Governance

Intrum Group is controlled by Intrum AB, a Swedish public company domiciled in Stockholm with its shares listed on the Nasdaq Stockholm exchange.

As of the Petition Date, the directors of Intrum AB are Magnus Lindquist (Chairman), Michel van der Bel, Debra Davies, Geeta Gopalan, Andreas Näsvik, Philip Thomas and Ragnhild Wiborg.

Examples of external regulations affecting governance at Intrum AB include:

 

   

The Swedish Companies Act;

 

   

Nasdaq Stockholm’s Rule Book for Issuers;

 

   

Luxembourg Stock Exchange’s regulations for issuers (SOL);

 

   

The Market Abuse Regulation (MAR); and

 

   

The Swedish Code of Corporate Governance;

 

 

17 

As above.

18 

As above.

19 

As above.

20 

As above.

 

18


D. Organizational Structure

Intrum AB is the ultimate parent entity of the Intrum group including its Debtor affiliate and non-Debtor affiliates and is a publicly traded corporation with its primary listing on Nasdaq Stockholm. Nordic Capital controls 30.13% of Intrum’s voting stock and is Intrum’s largest shareholder. AMF Pension & Fonder and Vanguard, who control 5.75% and 2.51% of Intrum’s voting stock respectively, are the second and third largest shareholders. The remaining voting stock is held by other public shareholders. The Company is comprised of 134 entities although only two entities in the corporate structure, including Intrum AB, are chapter 11 debtors. A chart illustrating the Company’s simplified organizational structure, is set forth below.

 

LOGO

E. Prepetition Capital Structure

The Debtors have incurred funded debt through three (3) primary types of debt instruments, consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility (the “RCF”); (ii) a term loan facility (the “Senior Secured Term Loan Facility”); and (iii) nine unsecured notes issuances (the “Notes” and together with the RCF and Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the “Outstanding Debt Instruments”). The aggregate principal indebtedness under these facilities as of October 15, 2024the Petition Date, is as follows:

 

Facility

   Principal Balance Outstanding as of October  15,
2024
Petition Date21
 

RCF

   $ 1.1991.116 billion  

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

   $ 10995 million  

2025 Eurobonds

   $ 875843 million  

2026 Eurobonds

   $ 872840 million  

 

21 

RepresentsThese figures represent the approximate principal balance outstanding as of the Petition Date, excluding accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts. Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.096 USD (as of October 14, 2024).

 

19


2027 Eurobonds

   $ 903870 million  

2028 Eurobonds

   $ 491473 million  

PPNs

   $ 8279 million  

SEK 1.1b 2025 MTNs

   $ 106100 million  

SEK 400m 2025 MTNs

   $ 3836 million  

SEK 1.25b 2025 MTNs

   $ 120114 million  

SEK 1b 2026 MTNs

   $ 9691 million  

Unsecured Notes (aggregate)

   $ 3.5833.445 billion  

Total

   $ 4.8914.656 billion  

The RCF and the Senior Secured Term Loan are secured obligations of Intrum and are guaranteed (subject to certain relevant legal limitations (where applicable)) by (i) Intrum; (ii) Intrum Holding AB, a private limited company with corporate identity number 556723-5956; (iii) Intrum Intl AB, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Sweden with corporate identity number 556570-1181; (iv) Lock TopCo AS, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Norway with corporate identity number 913_85-2_508; and (v) Intrum UK Group Limited, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 03515447 (collectively, the “Existing Guarantees”).

Under the Intercreditor Agreement, the RCF, Senior Secured Term Loan and Notes are all pari passu in right of payment without any preference among them; however, with respect to the secured obligations, the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security Documents will be paid to the RCF lenders in priority to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility lender.

1. The RCF

Intrum, Swedbank AB, as facility agent and security agent, and the lenders party thereto are party to a Facility Agreement, originally dated December 6, 2019 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, including by an amendment and restatement deed dated December 7, 2020), governing the RCF. As of October 15, 2024the Petition Date, there is approximately $1.1991.116 billion22 in principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other charges and expenses outstanding under the RCF.

The RCF is secured by, among other things, (i) a share pledge agreement granted by Intrum over all of the shares of Intrum Holding AB originally dated September 22, 2017, and as amended and restated on December 7, 2020; (ii) a share pledge agreement granted by Intrum over all of the shares in Intrum Intl AB dated July 10, 2017; (iii) a receivables pledge agreement granted by Intrum over intra-group loans made available to Intrum Intl AB, Intrum Holding AB, and Lock TopCo AS and each other “Material Company” (as defined in the Facility Agreement) dated September 22, 2017; (iv) an assignment agreement granted by Lock TopCo AS over intra-group loan receivables made available to Intrum dated January 15, 2020; (v) an assignment agreement granted by Lock TopCo AS over monetary claims against Intrum Intl AB and Intrum Holding AB dated January 15, 2020; and (vi) a share pledge granted by Intrum over the shares held in Intrum UK Group Limited dated September 2, 2024.

 

22 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.0960.086 USD (as of October 14, 2024Petition Date).

 

20


2. Senior Secured Term Loan

Intrum, Swedbank AB as facility agent and security agent, and Piraeus Bank S.A., as lender and as facility agent thereto from time to time, are party to a Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2023. As of October 15, 2024the Petition Date, there was approximately $10995 million23 in principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other charges and expenses outstanding under the Senior Secured Term Loan.

The Senior Secured Term Loan is secured by, among other things, (i) a share pledge agreement granted by Intrum over all of the shares of Intrum Holding AB originally dated September 22, 2017 and as amended and restated on December 7, 2020; (ii) a share pledge agreement granted by Intrum over all of the shares in Intrum Intl AB dated July 10, 2017; (iii) a receivables pledge agreement granted by Intrum over intra-group loans made available to Intrum Intl AB, Intrum Holding AB, and Lock TopCo AS and each other “Material Company” (as defined in the Facility Agreement) dated September 22, 2017; (iv) an assignment agreement granted by Lock TopCo AS over intra-group loan receivables made available to Intrum dated January 15, 2020; (v) an assignment agreement granted by Lock TopCo AS over monetary claims against Intrum Intl AB and Intrum Holding AB dated January 15, 2020; and (vi) a share pledge granted by Intrum over the shares held in Intrum UK Group Limited dated September 2, 2024.

3. Notes

Intrum has a total of nine outstanding unsecured notes issuances made up of the Senior Unsecured Notes (the “SUNs”), the Medium Term Notes (the “MTNs”) and the Private Placement Notes (the “PPNs”).

The SUNs are comprised of (i) the senior unsecured notes initially in the amount of EUR 850 million and due on August 15, 2025 (the “2025 Eurobonds”); (ii) the senior unsecured notes initially in the amount of EUR 800 million and due on July 15, 2026 (the “2026 Eurobonds”); (iii) the senior unsecured notes due initially in the amount of EUR 850 million and on September 15, 2027 (the “2027 Eurobonds”); and (iv) the senior unsecured notes initially in the amount of EUR 450 million and due on March 15, 2028 (the “2028 Eurobonds”). The SUNs are governed by New York law.

The MTNs are comprised of (i) SEK 1.1 billion senior notes due on July 3, 2025; (ii) SEK 400 million senior notes due on July 3, 2025; (iii) SEK 1.25 billion senior notes due on September 12, 2025 (together, the “2025 MTNs”); and (iv) and SEK 1 billion senior notes due on September 9, 2026 (the “2026 MTNs”). The MTNs are governed by Swedish law.

 

23 

As above.

 

21


The PPNs are comprised of EUR 75 million senior unsecured private placement notes due March 15, 2025 (the “PPNs”). The PPNs are governed by New York law.

As of October 15, 2024the Petition Date, there was approximately $3.1413.026 billion in principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other charges and expenses outstanding under the SUNs, $360341 million in principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other charges and expenses outstanding under the MTNs and $8279 million in principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other charges and expenses outstanding under the PPNs.24

F. Events Leading to Commencement of Chapter 11 Cases

In recent years, the credit management services industry has been negatively impacted by high inflation and reduced access to capital markets owing to a decreased appetite from investors. A slowing European economy and an increase in the cost of living has impacted the collectability of Intrum’s portfolios. Although inflation has been gradually decelerating, average annual inflation in the EU was 6.4% in Q3 2023, compared with less than 2% in the same period in 2019 and significantly higher than in the United States. European central banks have continued to sharply increase interest rates to combat high inflation, with the European Central Bank only beginning to cut rates in June 2024. The combination of slow growth and high inflation has placed significant stress on households and businesses throughout Europe: “Stage 2” loans, or loans where credit risk has increased significantly, were almost 60% higher in 2023 than compared to 2019.

Intrum has also in past years increased its scale through investment in loan book receivables, financing the investments via the Outstanding Debt Instruments. As the cost of borrowing has increased across the market, financing further investments via new debt financings has become less attractive.

In response to the broader macroeconomic environment affecting the credit management services industry—particularly post-COVID—Intrum embarked on a move to a capital light business, moving away from balance sheet investments, moderating its pace of investment, and pivoting towards its investment management capabilities. In 2023, Intrum launched and completed a cost reduction program of SEK 0.8 billion ($7768 million equivalent), followed by an additional initiative to address a total cost base of SEK 1.5 billion ($144126 million equivalent) to be completed by year end 2024 and with full run rate achieved during the first half of 2025.25 In parallel, Intrum signed agreements to exit its operations in Brazil, Romania, and the Baltics and sold a Finnish non-core platform which resulted in net proceeds of approximately SEK 0.6 billion ($5851 million equivalent)26 The Board and management decided not to propose any dividend payable in 2024.

In furtherance of its shift to a capital light business, in January 2024, Intrum announced the sale of a portfolio of assets to Cerberus for approximately 98% of its book value (the “Back-Book Sale”), intending to use the total net proceeds of the sale (SEK 7.2 billion ($691619 million equivalent)) to reduce its debt burden.27

 

24 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.0960.086 USD (as of October 14, 2024Petition Date).

25 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.0960.086 USD (as of October 14, 2024Petition Date).

26 

As above.

27 

As above.

 

22


Markets reacted negatively to the announcement of the Back-Book Sale. On January 25, 2024, Intrum held its Q4 earning call, and confirmed that Q4 income was flat year over year, that its Q4 Cash EBITDA was down 1.4% year over year and that its reported net leverage was up from 4.1x as of December 31, 2022, to 4.4x as of December 31, 2023. As a result, the Company’s share price dropped significantly and the Outstanding Debt Instruments started trading at a significant discount. Intrum’s share price dropped 50% from SEK 70 (prior to the announcement) to SEK 35 on February 7, 2024, and to SEK 14 by March 19, 2024.

The further drop in share price was partly attributable to successive ratings downgrades imposed by rating agencies. Moody’s on January 30, 2024, downgraded the Intrum AB corporate family rating (CFR) to B2 from B1 and its senior unsecured debt rating to B3 from B2. The issuer outlook was changed to negative from stable.

In February, S&P lowered its long-term ratings on Intrum and its senior notes to ‘BB-’ from ‘BB’ and affirmed at ‘B’ with respect to the short-term rating on Intrum on February 5, 2024, perceiving that the Back-Book Sale would weaken Intrum’s leverage by depressing EBITDA generation.

Based on the maturity profile of the Outstanding Debt Instruments, Intrum had been facing approximately $3.4973.314 billion (equivalent)28 of debt liabilities in 2025 and 2026 alone. Intrum recognizes a significant risk of not having sufficient cash on balance sheet to address these liabilities.

Given that Intrum perceives a significant risk of not being able to repay certain of its maturities with cash on hand as they come due in coming years, it would need to rely on the debt capital markets to refinance its outstanding debt. Intrum’s options to access unsecured financing on acceptable economic terms, however, has become more limited as Intrum has battled negative market perception. Intrum has also considered seeking secured financing, using permitted capacity under its Outstanding Debt Instruments to refinance its immediate maturities. Such options, while feasible, are complex and likely to be associated with high costs of borrowing.

In view of the factors identified above, Intrum decided to take proactive steps to address its capital structure on a holistic basis to better position it to achieve its commercial objectives and to avoid a situation of increased financial distress in the medium to long-term.

G. Negotiation and Entry into Lock-Up Agreement

Intrum initially approached its creditors regarding a potential comprehensive restructuring transaction in Q2 2024. These negotiations – initially among the Company and the Notes Ad Hoc Group, and separately with the RCF SteerCo Group—bore fruit and on July 10, 2024, Intrum entered into the Lock-Up Agreement with beneficial holders of a majority by principal amount of the Notes issued by the Company.

 

 

28 

As above.

 

23


On the same day, the Lock-Up Agreement was publicly launched via a website set up and maintained by Kroll Issuer Services Limited, in its capacity as Information Agent.

The Company continued negotiations with its lenders under the RCF, led by the RCF Steerco Group. On August 15, 2024, the Company and a requisite majority of Consenting Noteholders reached agreement with the RCF Steerco Group (who collectively hold approximately 76% of the total commitments under the RCF) on the terms of the Restructuring. The revised terms differed to the terms originally documented in the Lock-Up Agreement. The parties’ agreement was documented in an amendment and restatement agreement to the Lock-Up Agreement. On the same day, the amended and restated Lock-Up Agreement was publicly announced and posted on the website maintained by Kroll Issuer Services Limited. The amended and restated Lock-Up Agreement became effective immediately subject to certain conditions precedent. These conditions precedent were satisfied on August 26, 2024.

Certain fees were offered to all of the Company’s funded-debt creditors in exchange for their support and undertakings in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

   

Any RCF lender who acceded to the Lock-up Agreement on or before September 16, 2024 (a “Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender”), is entitled to receive a cash fee of (A) 0.5% of its share of RCF Commitments as at the Implementation Milestone 1 Date, payable upon the earlier of (i) five (5) Business Days following the decision to launch any court-based restructuring process and (ii) November 29, 2024 the (“RCF Forbearance Fee”) and (B) a further 0.5% of its share of the RCF Commitments as at the Lender Record Date on the Effective Date. If the RCF Forbearance Fee has not been paid by the Effective Date nor will be paid on the Effective Date, a Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender is eligible to receive a cash fee of 0.5% of its RCF Commitments. Alternatively, if no court-based restructuring process is required and implementation takes place prior to November 29, 2024, each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender is entitled to receive a total cash fee of 1% of its share of RCF Commitments as at the Lender Record Date payable on the Effective Date;

 

   

Any beneficial holder of SUNs or PPNs who acceded to the Lock-up Agreement (A) on or before September 2, 2024, is entitled to receive a fee of 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes and (B) on or before September 16, 2024, is entitled to receive a fee of 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes, in each case, payable in additional Exchange Notes. Thus, a beneficial holder of SUNs or PPNs who acceded to the Lock-up Agreement on or before September 2, 2024 is entitled to receive a cumulative fee of 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes;

 

24


   

All beneficial holders of MTNs in a particular issuance of MTNs are eligible to receive (A) a fee of 0.75% of the principal amount outstanding under that MTN issuance if at least a majority of MTNs within that issuance acceded to the Lock- up Agreement on or before September 16, 2024 and at least a majority of holders of that particular issuance of MTNs vote in favor of any noteholders’ meeting(s) required in connection with the implementation of the Restructuring, and (B) a fee of 0.25% of the principal amount outstanding under that MTN issuance, if at least 90% of MTNs within that issuance acceded to the Lock-up Agreement on or before September 16, 2024 and holders holding at least 90% of MTNs of that particular issuance of MTNs vote in favor of any noteholders’ meeting(s) required in connection with the implementation of the Restructuring, or the MTNs are otherwise exchanged into the relevant Exchange Notes pursuant to a court-based implementation process;

and in each case any such fees will become due and payable in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan and/or the Restructuring Implementation Deed (as applicable).

Several additional lenders under the RCF and beneficial holders of Notes acceded to the Lock-Up Agreement since it was initially executed and later amended and restated. As of the date of this Disclosure Statement, approximately 97% by value of the RCF lenders and approximately 72.9% of the Noteholders by value are party to the Lock-Up Agreement.

The Lock-Up Agreement contemplates, among other things:

 

   

the exchange of all existing Notes with post-2024 maturities into newly issued second-lien notes with extended staggered maturities from 2027-2030 (each existing unsecured notes issuance to be allocated proportionately across each exchange notes maturity) at a 10% discount to face value (the “Exchange Notes”), in exchange for 10% of equity of the Company, on a fully diluted basis;

 

   

a new money injection of approximately €526 million by the issuance of new senior secured 1.5 lien notes (the “New Money Notes”) for the purpose of buying back Exchange Notes at a discount to principal, backstopped by certain holders of Notes, and open to all holders of Notes to participate in; and

 

   

an extension of maturity of the RCF and an improvement in economic terms.

The Exchange Notes, the New Money Notes and the RCF will benefit from a substantially enhanced covenants package and collateral package, including guarantees from all material subsidiaries within the Intrum Group and security over all material assets of the Intrum Group. The collateral package is subject to finalization and will be subject to certain agreed security principles appended to the Lock-up Agreement.

The RCF will be secured on a 1L basis, the New Money Notes and Super Senior Term Loan on a 1.5L basis and the Exchange Notes on a 2L basis.

 

25


In connection with the Restructuring Transactions, it is also proposed that the Intrum Group’s corporate structure will be reorganized and all assets and liabilities of Intrum AB hived down to newly created subsidiaries of Intrum AB. Under the new structure, the Company will have no material functions other than acting as the entity with listed shares. The Company’s direct subsidiary, Intrum Investments and Financing AB (“HoldCo”), will become the borrower under the RCF and the issuer of the New Money Notes and the Exchange Notes HoldCo’s direct subsidiary, Intrum Group Operations AB (“MidCo”), will assume all operational functions of the Company and become the immediate parent of the rest of the Intrum Group.

As part of the Group reorganization , it is also proposed that certain regulated entities of the Group will be moved from their existing position in the corporate structure to be held directly by MidCo, subject to ongoing tax and regulatory analysis, and obtaining all necessary regulatory approvals. The steps required to implement the Intrum Group reorganization will be set out in a steps plan, to be agreed between the Company, the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

The Exchange Notes, the New Money Notes and the RCF will benefit from security namely over the shares in each of HoldCo and MidCo as part of their enhanced collateral package thereby affording them a single point of enforcement.

The Restructuring contemplated by the Lock-Up Agreement will allow the Debtors to successfully emerge from chapter 11 and operate as a well-funded enterprise. The Lock-Up Agreement sets forth the principal terms of the Restructuring as summarized above, including the terms of the Plan (described in detail below in Section IV, titled “Summary of Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan”).

H. Other recent events

Dissenting Group

Despite the significant increase in creditor support during the period from the signing of the initial Lock-Up Agreement in July 2024 until the signing of the amended and restated Lock-Up Agreement in August 2024, two separate minority ad hoc groups of noteholders represented by Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP and Ropes & Gray LLP, respectively, have refused to support the Restructuring Transactions and accede to the Lock-Up Agreement.

Holdings of both groups are understood to be primarily in the 2025 Eurobonds and 2025 MTNs. Throughout August, September and into October 2024, the Company engaged in good faith discussions with these dissenting ad hoc groups to encourage their support of the Restructuring Transactions. As of the date of this Disclosure Statement, however, the dissenting groups have not agreed to support the Restructuring Transactions and are not party to the Lock-Up Agreement.

Nevertheless, given the existing supermajority creditor support, the Company and its Consenting Creditors determined to implement the proposed restructuring contemplated by the Lock-Up Agreement through prepackaged chapter 11 proceedings.

Cerberus Back-Book Sale

On July 1, 2024, Intrum AB announced the completion of the Back-Book Sale to Cerberus. An amount equal to the net proceeds from the sale of approximately SEK 7.2 billion ($689619 million equivalent) has been applied towards the partial prepayment and cancellation of the Group’s RCF (as described in further detail below).29

 

29 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.0960.086 USD (as of October 14, 2024Petition Date).

 

26


As part of the Back-Book Sale, Intrum AB retained a 35% ownership stake in the purchasing entity and entered into a minimum 5-year exclusive agreement to retain servicing of the sale portfolio. This transaction allowed Intrum AB to shift assets from proprietary balance sheet investment to third-party servicing income and continue towards implementing a capital light/asset management business model.

As a result of the transaction, Intrum’s investment portfolio was reduced to approximately SEK 24 billion ($2.32.06 billion equivalent)30 from approximately SEK 35 billion (approximately $3.43 billion equivalent).31

Following completion of the Back-Book Sale, in order to comply with certain obligations under the RCF and the Senior Secured Term Loan, Intrum UK Group Limited acceded as a guarantor of those debt instruments and the Company granted a pledge over its shares in Intrum UK Group Limited.

2024 SUNs

On July 15, 2024, Intrum AB repaid all outstanding obligations pursuant to the 2024 SUNs at their scheduled maturity in full satisfaction and discharge of the obligations under the indenture governing the 2024 SUNs.

Cerberus Front-Book Partnership

On July 16, 2024, Intrum AB announced that it had signed a term sheet with an affiliate of Cerberus for future investments in consumer unsecured non-performing loans. This partnership is intended to allow Intrum AB to scale its investment activity without increasing its debt, providing servicing revenues and additional portfolio management revenues, in line with its capital light strategy. The parties will seek to jointly invest up to €1 billion annually. Cerberus will provide 70% of the capital and the Intrum Group will provide 30%, with the Intrum Group’s level of investments subject to downward adjustment under certain conditions.

RCF

In connection with the RCF SteerCo Group’s accession to the Lock-Up Agreement, in August 2024 Intrum AB partially prepaid certain loans under the RCF, and irrevocably cancelled the corresponding commitments in an amount equal to the proceeds of the Back-Book Sale. The impact of the partial prepayments and cancellations was a reduction of the total outstanding utilizations and commitments under the RCF from €1.8 billion to €1.1 billion as from August 21, 2024.

2024 MTNs

On October 1, 2024, Intrum AB repaid all outstanding obligations pursuant to the 2024 MTNs at their scheduled maturity.

 

 

30 

As above.

31 

Based on an exchange rate of 1 SEK = 0.0960.086 USD (as of October 14, 2024Petition Date).

 

27


SECTION III.

ANTICIPATED EVENTS DURING CHAPTER 11 CASES

A. Overview of Chapter 11

Chapter 11 is the principal business reorganization chapter of the Bankruptcy Code. Under chapter 11, a debtor is authorized to reorganize its business for the benefit of its creditors and other stakeholders. The Bankruptcy Code provides that a debtor may continue to operate its business and remain in possession of its property as a “debtor in possession.”

In addition to permitting the rehabilitation of a debtor, another goal of chapter 11 is to promote the equality of treatment of similarly situated creditors and equity interest Holders with respect to the distribution of a debtor’s assets. In furtherance of these two goals, section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code generally provides for an automatic stay, arising upon the filing of a petition for relief under chapter 11, of substantially all acts and proceedings against a debtor and its property, including all attempts to collect debt or enforce liens that arose prior to the commencement of the debtor’s chapter 11 case. The commencement of a chapter 11 case creates an estate comprising all of the debtor’s legal and equitable interests as of the petition date.

The consummation of a plan is the principal objective of a chapter 11 case. A chapter 11 plan sets forth the means for satisfying claims against and interests in the debtor. Confirmation of a plan by the bankruptcy court makes the plan binding, subject to the occurrence of its effective date, upon the debtor, any issuer of securities under the plan, any person acquiring property under the plan, and any creditor or equity interest Holder of a debtor. Subject to certain limited exceptions and the terms of the applicable plan, the order confirming a plan discharges the debtor from any debt that arose prior to the date of confirmation and substitutes therefor the obligations specified in the confirmed plan.

The Bankruptcy Code expressly authorizes a debtor to solicit votes for the acceptance of a plan prior to the filing of a chapter 11 case. Section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code requires a plan proponent, prior to soliciting acceptances of the votes on its proposed plan, to prepare and distribute a disclosure statement containing adequate information of a kind, and in sufficient detail, to enable a hypothetical reasonable investor to make an informed judgment whether to accept or reject the plan. Because no chapter 11 cases have yet been commenced, this Disclosure Statement has not yet been approved by any bankruptcy court. If the Chapter 11 Cases are subsequently commenced as currently contemplated, the Debtors will promptly seek an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving this Disclosure Statement pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code and determining that the solicitation of votes on the Plan by means of this Disclosure Statement was in compliance with section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

28


B. First-Day Relief

The Debtors intend to continue operating their businesses during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases in the ordinary course and, to be in the position to do so, expect to seekhave sought certain “first-day” relief from the Bankruptcy Court. The following is a description of the “first-day” motions that the Debtors currently expect to file onfiled on or around the Petition Date. As a result of further consideration, however, the Debtors may determine to file other motions, omit certain motions, or file motions at a time other than the first day of the Chapter 11 Cases. The following list should therefore not be considered final or exhaustive.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of an Order AuthorizingDirecting (I) Joint Administration of the Debtors’Chapter 11 Cases and (II) Granting Related Relief (the “Joint Administration Motion”)

Upon commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors expect to filefiled a motion for entry of an order directing procedural consolidation and joint administration of the Chapter 11 Cases. Joint administration of the Chapter 11 Cases will provide significant administrative convenience without harming the substantive rights of any party in interest.

Debtors’ Emergency Ex Parte Application to Appointfor Entry of an Order Authorizing the Employment and Retention of Kroll Restructuring Administration, LLC as Claims, Noticing, and Solicitation Agent (the “Claims and Noticing Agent Application”)

The Debtors expect to seekfiled a motion for an order authorizing them to retain Kroll as their claims, noticing, and solicitation agent. The Debtors believe that Kroll’s employment is in the best interest of the estates as Kroll has the required expertise and Kroll’s rates are competitive and reasonable.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of an Order (I) Authorizing the Debtors to File a Consolidated Creditor Matrix and List of the 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors, (II) Modifying the Requirement to File a List of Equity Security Holders, (III) Authorizing the Debtors to Redact Certain Personally Identifiable Information, and (IV) Granting Related Relief (the “Creditor Matrix Motion”)

The Debtors filed a motion for an order confirming (a) the Debtors’ authority to file one consolidated creditor matrix and one consolidated list of the 30 largest unsecured creditors, (b) modifying the requirement to file a list of and provide notice directly to the equity security holders of Intrum AB, and (c) authorizing the Debtors to redact certain personally identifiable information. The ability to file one consolidated list of creditors and one list of the 30 largest general unsecured creditors is consistent with the relevant procedures of a complex chapter 11 proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court. The Debtors also believe that the preparation and submission of a list of all of the Debtors’ equity security holders and last known addresses or places of business of each—if even possible, given that the Debtors do not maintain complete lists in part because a significant number of Intrum AB’s outstanding shares are held through nominees—would cause undue expense and administrative burden.

Motion for Entry of an Order Authorizing Continued Use of the Existing Cash Management System

Debtors’ Emergency Motion Seeking Entry of an Order (I) Restating and Enforcing the Worldwide Automatic Stay, Anti-Discrimination Provisions, and Ipso Facto Protections of the Bankruptcy Code, (II) Approving the Form and Manner of Notice, and (III) Granting Related Relief (the “Automatic Stay Motion”)

 

29


The Debtors filed a motion for an order restating and enforcing the worldwide automatic stay, anti-discrimination provisions, and ipso facto protections of the Bankruptcy Code and approval of the form and notice related thereto. The Debtors believe that due to the Company’s extensive operations outside of the United States and European-centric nature of its business, many of the Company’s clients, business contacts, and non-U.S. creditors and contract counterparties may be unfamiliar with the chapter 11 process and the protections afforded thereunder, including the scope of a debtor-in-possession’s authority to operate its business and the import of the automatic stay and granting the relief requested in the Automatic Stay Motion will better enable the Debtors to inform non-U.S. creditors and interested parties of debtor protections that may be unfamiliar to them.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of Interim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing Postpetition Use of Cash Collateral, (II) Granting Adequate Protection, and (III) Scheduling a Final Hearing Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 4001(B) (the “Cash Collateral Motion”)

The Debtors filed a motion for entry of interim and final orders authorizing the Debtors’ use of Cash Collateral and granting certain relate relief. The Debtors use cash on hand and cash flow from operations to fund their working capital needs and capital expenditures, and for other general corporate purposes. Without access to cash on hand the Debtors would be unable to generate revenue, operate their business, or pay their employees. Access to Cash Collateral is critical for the Debtors to be able to satisfy obligations that are essential for the continued management, operation, and preservation of the Debtors’ businesses and to swiftly proceed to emergence.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of Interim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing Debtors to (A) Perform Under Prepetition Hedging Arrangements, (B) Enter into, and Perform Under, Postpetition Hedging Arrangements, (C) Grant Liens and Superpriority Administrative Expense Claims, and (II) Granting Related Relief (the “Hedging Motion”)

The Debtors filed a motion for entry of interim and final orders authorizing the Debtors to (i) perform under prepetition hedging arrangements, including paying any prepetition amounts owed thereunder, as necessary in the ordinary course of business; (ii) enter into, and perform under, postpetition hedging arrangements with the lenders under that certain Lock-Up Agreement and the Hedge Policy; and (iii) grant liens and administrative claims on account of postpetition hedging agreements, subject to the terms and conditions contained in any Financing Order. As is customary in the Debtors’ industry, in the ordinary course of business, the Debtors enter into Hedging Arrangements pursuant to the Hedge Policy. Maintaining the Prepetition Hedging Arrangements and allowing the Debtors to enter into Postpetition Hedging Arrangements (to the extent of the capacity allowed under the existing debt basket and in accordance with the Hedge Policy) is key to maximizing the value of the Debtors’ estates.

 

30


Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of Interim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing Them to Continue Using Their Existing (A) Cash Management System and (B) Business Forms, (II) Authorizing Them to Continue Engaging in Intercompany Transactions, (III) Providing Administrative Expense Priority for Postpetition Intercompany Claims, (IV) Waiving Compliance with Section 345(B) and UST Guidelines, and (V) Granting Related Relief (the “Cash Management Motion”)

The Debtors expect to seekfiled a motion for entry of an order authorizing them to continue using their existing cash management system, bank accounts, business forms, cash pooling arrangements, and credit cards; continuing to engage in intercompany transactions in the ordinary course; providing administrative expense priority for postpetition intercompany transactions; and granting an extension of the time within which the Debtors must comply with the requirements of section 345(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Maintaining the current cash management system will facilitate the Debtors’ transition in the Chapter 11 Cases by, among other things, minimizing delays in paying postpetition obligations and eliminating administrative inefficiencies.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of an Order (I) Authorizing the Debtors to Pay Wages and Benefits to Employees and Continue Existing Employee Benefit PlansThem to (A) Continue Employee Compensation and Benefits Programs and (B) Pay Prepetition Claims Related Thereto, and (II) Granting Related Relief (the “Wages Motion”)

The Debtors expect to seekfiled a motion for entry of an order authorizing them to continue employee compensation and benefits programs in the ordinary course of business and pay prepetition claims in connection therewith in the ordinary course of business. In the ordinary course of business, the Debtors compensate their employees by, among other things, wages, time-off benefits, reimbursable business expenses, bonuses, medical, dental, and vision plans, life insurance, retirement plans, and workers’ compensation. Without continuing to provide these compensation and benefits, the Debtors believe that their employees may seek alternative employment opportunities. In addition, the Debtors believe that maintaining these compensation and benefits is necessary to minimize the personal hardship to the employees and to maintain morale and stability in the Debtors’ business operations.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of an Order (I) Authorizing the Payment of Certain Taxes and Fees and (II) Granting Related Relief (the “Taxes Motion”)

The Debtors expect to seekfiled a motion requesting an order authorizing them to continue to negotiate, pay, and remit (or use tax credits to offset), or otherwise satisfy any taxes and fees, including income and franchise taxes, sales and use taxes, property taxes, and fees, that arise or accrue in the ordinary course of business postpetition and authorizing the Debtors to negotiate, pay, and remit (or use tax credits to offset), or otherwise satisfy any prepetition taxes and fees in the ordinary course of business. The Debtors believe that payment of these taxes and related fees is imperative to preserving the going concern value of their estates and facilitating their continued operations.

 

31


Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of an OrderInterim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing the DebtorsThem to Pay Prepetition Claims of Certain Foreign and Trade VendorsTrade Claims, and (II) Granting Related Relief (the “Trade Claims Motion”)

The Debtors expect to seekfiled a motion requesting an order authorizing them to pay prepetition amounts owing on account of critical and foreign vendor claims. The Debtors believe that preserving key relationships with such vendors and other providers is vital to maintain the Debtors’ business operations, goodwill, and market share.

Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of an Order (I) Scheduling a Combined Hearing on the(A) Adequacy of This Disclosure Statement and (B) Confirmation of the Plan and, (II) Approving Solicitation Procedures and Form and Manner of Notice of Commencement, Combined Hearing, and Objection Deadline, (III) Fixing Deadline to Object to Disclosure Statement and Plan, (IV) Conditionally (A) Directing the United States Trustee Not to Convene Section 341 Meeting of Creditors and (B) Waiving Requirement to File Statements of Financial Affairs and Schedules of Assets and Liabilities, and (V) Granting Related Relief (the “Scheduling Motion”)

In light of the pre-packaged nature of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors expect to seekfiled a motion requesting entry of an order approving, among other relief: (i) the scheduling of a combined hearing to address the approval of this Disclosure Statement and the confirmation of the Plan; (ii) an objection deadline in respect of both the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, and the assumption and rejection of certain unexpired leases and executory contracts; (iii) procedures for soliciting votes on the Plan; (iv) the form and manner notices of the combined hearing and objection deadlines; and (v) extending the deadline for the Debtors to file schedules of assets and liabilities and statements of financial affairs.

For additional information regarding the confirmation process and requirements, please refer to the discussion in Section VI, titled “Confirmation of Plan.”

SECTION IV.

SUMMARY OF JOINT PREPACKAGED CHAPTER 11 PLAN

A. Treatment of Claims and Interests

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and thus are excluded from the Classes of Claims set forth in Article III of the Plan.

1. Administrative Claims

Except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Professional Fee Claims or Backstop Fees, unless otherwise agreed to by the Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim (other than Holders of Professional Fee Claims and Claims for fees and expenses pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code) will receive in full and final satisfaction of its Allowed Administrative Claim an amount of Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Administrative Claim in accordance with the following: (a) if an Administrative Claim

 

32


is Allowed on or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if not then due, when such Allowed Administrative Claim is due or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); (b) if such Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date, no later than 30 days after the date on which an order Allowing such Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (c) if such Allowed Administrative Claim is based on liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their business after the Petition Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Administrative Claim without any further action by the Holders of such Allowed Administrative Claim; (d) at such time and upon such terms as may be agreed upon by such Holder and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable; or (e) at such time and upon such terms as set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

Except as otherwise provided in Article II.A of the Plan, and except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Professional Fee Claims or Backstop Fees requests for payment of Administrative Claims must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served on the Debtors pursuant to the procedures specified in the Combined Order and the notice of entry of the Combined Order no later than the Administrative Claims Bar Date. Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to, but do not, File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims by such date shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their property and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date. Objections to such requests, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served on the Debtors and the requesting party no later than 60 days after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no request for payment of an Administrative Claim need be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court with respect to an Administrative Claim previously Allowed.

The Backstop Fee will be set off in full on the Effective Date against the Purchase Price (as defined in the Backstop Agreement) payable by such Backstop Provider in respect of the New Money Notes to be issued to such Backstop Provider. The Backstop Fee will otherwise be paid in Cash to each Backstop Provider in accordance with the Backstop Agreement.

2. Professional Fee Claims

a. Professional Fee Claims

All applications for final allowance of Professional Fee Claims must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and such other Entities who are designated in the Combined Order no later than twenty-one (21) days after the Effective Date. The Professional Fee Claims owed to the Professionals shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals from funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account after such Claims are Allowed by a Final Order. After all Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been paid in full, any excess amounts remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be returned to the Reorganized Debtors. To the extent that the funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account are unable to satisfy the amount of Allowed Professional Fee Claims owed to the Professionals, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay such amounts within ten (10) Business Days of entry of the order approving such Professional Fee Claims.

 

33


Objections to any Professional Fee Claim must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and the requesting Professional by no later than thirty (30) days after the Filing of the applicable final application for payment of the Professional Fee Claim. Each Holder of an Allowed Professional Fee Claim shall be paid in full in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors, including from the Professional Fee Escrow Account, within five (5) Business Days after entry of the order approving such Allowed Professional Fee Claim. The Reorganized Debtors shall not commingle any funds contained in the Professional Fee Escrow Account and shall use such funds to pay only the Professional Fee Claims, as and when Allowed by order of the Bankruptcy Court. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the failure of the Professional Fee Escrow Account to satisfy in full the Professional Fee Claims shall not, in any way, operate or be construed as a cap or limitation on the amount of Professional Fee Claims due and payable by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

b. Professional Fee Escrow Account

On the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Amount. The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the benefit of the Professionals. Such funds shall not be considered property of the Estates of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

c. Professional Fee Escrow Amount

To receive payment for unbilled fees and expenses incurred through the Effective Date, the Professionals shall estimate in good faith their Professional Fee Claims (taking into account any retainers) prior to and as of the Effective Date and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors at least three (3) calendar days prior to the Confirmation Date. If a Professional does not provide such estimate, the Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional; provided that such estimate shall not be considered an admission or limitation with respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional. The total amount so estimated as of the Effective Date shall comprise the Professional Fee Amount.

d. Post-Confirmation Date Fees and Expenses

Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate. Each Reorganized Debtor may employ and pay any post-Effective Date fees and expenses of any professional, including any Professional, in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, including with respect to any transaction, reorganization, or success fees payable by virtue of Consummation of the Plan.

3. Priority Tax Claims

Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code and, for the avoidance of doubt, Holders of Allowed Priority Tax Claims will receive interest on such Allowed Priority Tax Claims after the Effective Date in accordance with sections 511 and 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

34


4. Restructuring Expenses.

The Restructuring Expenses incurred, or estimated to be incurred, up to and including the Effective Date (or, with respect to necessary post-Effective Date activities, after the Effective Date), shall be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date (to the extent not previously paid during the course of the Chapter 11 Cases) in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement and the Restructuring Implementation Deed, without any requirement (i) to File a fee application with the Bankruptcy Court, (ii) for Bankruptcy Court review or approval, and/or (iii) submission to any party of itemized time detail. All Restructuring Expenses to be paid on the Effective Date shall be estimated prior to and as of the Effective Date and such estimates shall be delivered to the Debtors at least three (3) Business Days before the anticipated Effective Date; provided, however, that such estimates shall not be considered an admission or limitation with respect to such Restructuring Expenses. From and after the Petition Date, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors (as applicable) shall pay, when due and payable pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and otherwise in the ordinary course, Restructuring Expenses, whether incurred before, on, or after the Effective Date. On or prior to the Effective Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, final invoices for all Restructuring Expenses incurred prior to and unpaid as of the Effective Date shall be submitted to the Debtors and shall be paid, or caused to be paid, by the Reorganized Debtors within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of the applicable final invoice.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reasonably dispute the reasonableness of any such estimate or invoice, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall submit an objection to such applicable Professional within two (2) Business Days of receipt thereof (subject to such professional’s right to cure any disputed issue). Any undisputed portion of such invoice shall be paid in accordance with the foregoing paragraph, and the disputed portion of such estimate or invoice shall not be paid until the dispute is resolved.

B. Classification of Claims and Interests

Except for the Claims addressed in Article II of the Plan, all Claims and Interests are classified in the Classes set forth in Article III of the Plan. A Claim or an Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim or an Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving Distributions under the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Interest in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.

The classification of Claims and Interests against each Debtor pursuant to the Plan is as set forth below. The Plan shall apply as a separate Plan for each of the Debtors, and the classification of Claims and Interests set forth herein shall apply separately to each of the Debtors.

 

35


Class

  

Type of Claim or Interest

  

Impairment

  

Voting Rights

1    Other Secured Claims    Unimpaired   

Not entitled to vote

(Conclusively presumed to accept)

2    Other Priority Claims    Unimpaired   

Not entitled to vote

(Conclusively presumed to accept)

3    RCF Claims    Impaired    Entitled to vote
4    Senior Secured Term Loan Claims    Unimpaired   

Not entitled to vote

(Conclusively presumed to accept)

5    Notes Claims    Impaired    Entitled to vote
6    General Unsecured Claims    Unimpaired   

Not entitled to vote

(Conclusively presumed to accept)

7    Intercompany Claims   

Either

(i) Unimpaired or

(ii) Impaired

   Either (i) conclusively presumed to accept/not entitled to vote or (ii) deemed to have rejected/not entitled to vote
8    Existing Equity Interests    Unimpaired   

Not entitled to vote

(Conclusively presumed to accept)

9    Intercompany Interests   

Either

(i) Unimpaired or

(ii) Impaired

   Either (i) conclusively presumed to accept/not entitled to vote or (ii) deemed to have rejected/not entitled to vote

The treatment of each Class pursuant to the Plan is set forth in Section I.B herein.

1. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Lock-Up Agreement, nothing under the Plan shall affect, diminish, or impair the rights of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in respect of any Unimpaired Claims, including all rights in respect of legal and equitable defenses to, or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Unimpaired Claims; and, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, nothing herein shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any claim, Cause of Action, right of setoff, or other legal or equitable defense that the Debtors had immediately prior to the Petition Date, against or with respect to any Claim that is Unimpaired (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Claim that is Reinstated) by the Plan. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall have, retain, reserve, and be entitled to assert all such Claims, Causes of Action, rights of setoff, and other legal or equitable defenses that the Debtors had immediately prior to the Petition Date fully as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, and all of the Reorganized Debtors’ legal and equitable rights with respect to any Reinstated Claim or Claim that is otherwise Unimpaired by the Plan may be asserted after the Confirmation Date and the Effective Date to the same extent as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced.

 

36


C. Acceptance and Rejection of the Plan

1. Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

If a Class contains Claims or Interests eligible to vote and no Holders of Claims or Interests eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the Plan shall be presumed accepted by such Class.

2. Elimination of Vacant Classes

Any Class of Claims or Interests that, as of the commencement of the Combined Hearing, does not have at least one Holder of a Claim or Interest that is Allowed in an amount greater than zero for voting purposes shall be considered vacant, deemed eliminated from the Plan of such Debtor for purposes of voting to accept or reject such Debtor’s Plan, and disregarded for purposes of determining whether such Debtor’s Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to that Class.

3. No Waiver

Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to waive a Debtor’s or other Person’s right to object on any basis to any Disputed Claim.

4. Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by one or more of the Classes entitled to vote pursuant to Article III.B of the Plan. The Debtors shall seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims or Interests. The Debtors reserve the right, subject to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, to modify the Plan in accordance with Article X of the Plan to the extent, if any, that Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification, including by modifying the treatment applicable to a Class of Claims or Interests to render such Class of Claims or Interests Unimpaired to the extent permitted by the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.

5. Controversy Concerning Impairment

If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests, or any Class of Claims or Interests, are Impaired, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy on the Confirmation Date or such other date as fixed by the Bankruptcy Court.

6. Subordinated Claims

The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests and the respective Distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise.

 

37


Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.

D. Means for Implementation of the Plan

1. General Settlement of Claims and Interests

Pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, Distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan that a Claim or an Interest Holder may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or any Distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, including pursuant to the transactions set forth in the Agreed Steps Plan or the Restructuring Implementation Deed. Entry of the Combined Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise or settlement of all such Allowed Claims, Allowed Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise, settlement and transactions are in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests, and is fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness. Subject to the provisions of the Plan governing Distributions, all Distributions made to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.

2. Restructuring Transactions

On the Effective Date, the applicable Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into any transaction, including those transactions set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and Restructuring Implementation Deed, and shall take any actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions (to the extent not already effected), including, as applicable, to effectuate a corporate restructuring of the overall corporate structure of the Debtors, to the extent provided herein, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed or in the Definitive Documents, including: (a) the issuance, transfer, or cancellation of any securities, notes, instruments, Certificates, and other documents required to be issued, transferred, or cancelled pursuant to the Plan or any Restructuring Transaction; (b) issuance of the SSRCF and entry into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents; (c) issuance of the Exchange Notes and the execution and delivery of the Exchange Notes Indenture; (d) the issuance of the New Money Notes and the execution and delivery of the New Money Notes Indenture and the New Money Notes Purchase Agreement; (e) the execution and delivery of the New Security Documents and amended Intercreditor Agreement; and (f) the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, in each case, subject to the Plan and the consent rights and agreements and obligations contained in the Lock-Up Agreement.

The Combined Order shall and shall be deemed to, pursuant to sections 1123 and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, authorize, among other things, all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including the Restructuring Transactions.

 

38


E. Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions

The Reorganized Debtors shall fund distributions under the Plan with (i) the SSRCF; (ii) issuance of the New Money Notes, (iii) the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, and (iv) issuance of the Exchange Notes.

1. Issuance of the New Money Notes

The Reorganized Debtors shall consummate the Rights Offering in accordance with the Rights Offering Documents and the Lock-Up Agreement. Subscription Rights to participate in the Rights Offering shall be allocated among relevant Holders of Notes Claims as of a specified record date in accordance with the Rights Offering Documents and the Plan, and the allocation of such Subscription Rights will be exempt from SEC registration under applicable law and shall not constitute an invitation or offer to sell, or the solicitation of an invitation or offer to buy, any securities in contravention of any applicable law in any jurisdiction. The Reorganized Debtors intend to implement the Rights Offering in a manner that shall not cause it to be deemed a public offering in any jurisdiction.

Holders of the Subscription Rights (or their Nominee) shall receive the opportunity to subscribe for their pro rata share of up to approximately €526,315,000 (or equivalent) of the New Money Notes, the subscription price for which shall be at an issue price of 98% of the face value of the New Money Notes and, for each Backstop Provider only, less its pro rata share of the Backstop Fee, in accordance with and pursuant to the Plan, the Rights Offering Procedures, the Lock-Up Agreement and the Agreed Steps Plan. The principal amount of the New Money Notes has been backstopped in full by the Backstop Providers in accordance with the Backstop Agreement. To the extent that any Holders of the Subscription Rights (or their Nominee) do not subscribe for their Subscription Rights, the Backstop Providers shall subscribe for such amounts in the proportions and on the terms set out in the Backstop Agreement.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will issue the New Money Notes, on the terms set forth in the Rights Offering Documents, New Money Notes Indenture, the New Money Notes Purchase Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Plan. The New Money Notes issued to the Backstop Providers (in their capacity as Backstop Providers) in connection with the Rights Offering (the “Backstopped Notes”) will be issued only to persons that are: “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act); or “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) in reliance on the exemption provided by either section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act; or persons that, at the time of the issuance, were outside of the United States and were not U.S. persons (and were not purchasing for the account or benefit of a U.S. person) within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act.

On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate action or other action by Holders of Claims or Interests, all Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) pursuant to, or in connection with, the New Money Notes Indenture, the Security Documents (as defined in the New Money Notes Indenture), or the New Money Documents (including any Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) on the Reorganized Debtors’ assets): (a) shall be deemed to be granted or confirmed (as applicable) by the

 

39


Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the New Money Documents; (b) shall be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New Money Documents, with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law and the New Money Documents; (c) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the New Money Documents; (d) shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, subordination, or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever under any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order; and (e) shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Combined Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Combined Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

The New Money Notes are backstopped by the Backstop Providers pursuant to the Backstop Agreement. In consideration for their backstop of the New Money Notes, each Backstop Provider will receive its pro rata share of the Backstop Fee, as more fully detailed in the Backstop Agreement. The Backstop Fee will be set off in full on the Effective Date against the Purchase Price (as defined in the Backstop Agreement) payable by such Backstop Provider in respect of the New Money Notes to be issued to such Backstop Provider. The Backstop Fee will otherwise be paid in Cash to each Backstop Provider in accordance with the Backstop Agreement and the Agreed Steps Plan.

2. Equity Issuance

On the Effective Date, the Company will issue the Noteholder Ordinary Shares on a pro rata basis to the Holders of Notes Claims (or their Nominee), in accordance with the terms of the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed.

The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that, as soon as possible following the Effective Date, the ownership of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares shall be reflected through the facilities of Euroclear Sweden. None of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any other Person shall be required to provide any further evidence other than the Plan or the Combined Order with respect to the treatment of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares under applicable securities laws. Euroclear Sweden and any transfer agent shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan or Combined Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the Noteholder Ordinary Shares are exempt from registration or eligible for Euroclear Sweden book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.

All of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each Distribution and issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares under the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such Distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such Distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such Distribution or issuance.

 

40


The Company shall effect the listing of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares on Nasdaq Stockholm as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event, within six (6) weeks following registration of the issuance of Noteholder Ordinary Shares with the Swedish Companies Registration Office in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Agreed Steps Plan.

3. SSRCF

The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed, enter into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents on or before the Effective Date, on behalf of themselves and each Holder of RCF Claims, on the terms set forth in the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, and which shall be included in the Plan Supplement. The Facility Agreement will be amended and restated in the form of the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents. On the Effective Date, Holders of RCF Claims shall receive their pro rata share of the SSRCF.; provided that all Ancillary Facility Claims (which are pursuant to the Facility Agreement) shall be Reinstated and each Ancillary Facility shall continue in accordance with its terms and constitute an ancillary facility under the SSRCF in accordance with the terms of the SSRCF Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Holder of an Ancillary Facility Claim shall retain its rights and Claims under the applicable Ancillary Facility.

Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed approval of the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith), to the extent not approved by the Bankruptcy Court previously, and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to consummate the applicable Facility Agreement Amendments Documents without further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as may be agreed between the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and the RCF SteerCo Group.

On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate action or other action by Holders of Claims or Interests, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents (a) shall be deemed to be granted, (b) shall be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, (c) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, and (d) shall not be subject to recharacterization or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and

 

41


recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Combined Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Combined Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

4. Exchange Notes

The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed, issue the Exchange Notes on or before the Effective Date, on the terms set forth in the Exchange Notes Indenture, and included in the Plan Supplement. The Exchange Notes shall be distributed to Holders of Notes Claims (or their respective Nominees) on the Effective Date on account of their respective Notes Claims in the manner set forth in the Plan.

Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed approval of the Notes Amendments Documents (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or a non-Debtor Affiliate in connection therewith), to the extent not approved by the Bankruptcy Court previously, and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to consummate the applicable Notes Amendments Documents without further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as may be agreed between the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate action or other action by Holders of Claims or Interests, all Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) pursuant to, or in connection with, the Notes Amendments Documents (including any Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) on the Reorganized Debtors’ assets): (a) shall be deemed to be granted or confirmed (as applicable) by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Notes Amendments Documents; (b) shall be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Notes Amendments Documents, with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law and the Notes Amendments Documents; (c) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the Notes Amendments Documents; (d) shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, subordination, or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever under any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order; and (e) shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Combined

 

42


Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Combined Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

5. Corporate Action

Upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated under the Plan and all other acts or actions contemplated or reasonably necessary or appropriate to promptly consummate the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date) shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including: (1) the issuance and Distribution of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares; (2) the issuance of New Money Notes; (3) the issuance of Exchange Notes; (4) entry into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, (5) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions; (6) entry into the Transaction Documents; and (7) the rejection, assumption, or assumption and assignment, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors, or officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. On or (as applicable) prior to the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be authorized and (as applicable) directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, securities, and instruments contemplated under the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated under the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, including the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, the Exchange Notes, the New Money Notes, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Transaction Documents, and any and all other agreements, documents, securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by Article IV.D of the Plan shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.

Upon Confirmation of the Plan, each Holder of RCF Claims and each Holder of Notes Claims will be deemed to have appointed the Company as its attorney and agent and to have irrevocably instructed, authorized, directed and empowered the Company (or its authorized representative) solely to (i) enter into, execute and (if applicable) deliver, for and on its behalf, any Transaction Document to which it is party, in each case solely to the extent consistent with the Lock-Up Agreement, Agreed Steps Plan and the Restructuring Implementation Deed and (ii) in the case of Holder of Notes, to take any action necessary to ensure that steps described in the Agreed Steps Plan and the Restructuring Implementation Deed are carried out, including if necessary updating the books and records of the relevant clearing systems in which the Notes are held.

 

43


6. Corporate Existence

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or Plan Supplement, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) are amended under the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable law).

7. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Plan Supplement (including, for the avoidance of doubt the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed), or in any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan, on the Effective Date, all property in each Debtor’s Estate, all Claims, rights, defenses, and Causes of Action of the Debtors, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors under the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, Causes of Action, charges, or other encumbrances. If the Reorganized Debtors default in performing under the provisions of the Plan and the Chapter 11 Cases are converted to Chapter 7, all property vested in each Reorganized Debtor and all subsequently acquired property owned as of or after the conversion date shall revest and constitute property of the bankruptcy Estates in such Chapter 7 cases. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.

8. Cancellation of Prepetition Credit Agreements, Notes, Instruments, Certificates, and Other Documents

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Combined Order, any agreement, instrument or other document entered into in connection with or pursuant to the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, or the Restructuring Implementation Deed, all credit agreements, security agreements, intercreditor agreements, notes, instruments, Certificates, and other documents evidencing Claims or Interests shall be cancelled and the obligations of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors thereunder or in any way related thereto shall be discharged and deemed satisfied in full, and the Agents/Trustees shall be released from all duties thereunder; provided, that, notwithstanding Confirmation or the occurrence of the Effective Date, any such document that governs the rights of the Holder of a Claim or Interest shall continue in effect solely for purposes of (a) enabling Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests to receive Distributions under the Plan as provided herein, (b) governing the contractual rights and obligations among the Agents/Trustees and the lenders or Holders party thereto (including, without limitation, indemnification, expense reimbursement, and Distribution provisions) until the Reorganized Debtors emerge from the Chapter 11 Cases, (c) preserving any rights of the Agents/Trustees thereunder to maintain, exercise, and enforce any applicable rights of indemnity, reimbursement, or contribution, or subrogation or any other claim or entitlement, (d) permitting each Agent/Trustee to perform any functions that are necessary to effectuate the immediately foregoing, including appearing and being heard in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court;

 

44


(e) facilitating the amendment, reinstatement and combination of the Facility Agreement into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, (f) facilitating the issuance of New Money Notes, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, (g) facilitating the issuance of the Exchange Notes, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, (h) facilitating the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and (i) furthering any other purpose as set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, Restructuring Implementation Deed, and Transaction Documents.32

9. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, and the officers and members of the boards of directors and managers thereof, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Transaction Documents, and the securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorizations, or consents except for those expressly required under the Plan.

10. Certain Securities Law Matters

Except as described in the following paragraphs, the Debtors will rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from registration under the Securities Act the offer, issuance, and Distribution of the Exchange Notes, the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) issued pursuant to the Plan on account of Notes Claims. The offering, issuance, and Distribution of such Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) pursuant to section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, Distribution, or sale of Securities in accordance with, and pursuant to, section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. Such Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) will be freely tradable in the United States by the recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments.

With respect to any Consenting Noteholder who signed the Lock-Up Agreement before the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases with the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors relied on section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation S under the Securities Act for the offer of the Exchange Notes and the Noteholder Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to the Plan on account of Notes Claims,

 

32 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agreement Documents shall not be cancelled, but shall be amended in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan and the Restructuring Implementation Deed.

 

45


and the Debtors will rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from registration under the Securities Act the issuance and Distribution of such Exchange Notes and the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. Such Exchange Notes and Noteholder Ordinary Shares will be freely tradable in the United States by the recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments.

The Debtors will rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation S under the Securities Act, or any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as applicable, to exempt from registration under the Securities Act the offer, issuance, and Distribution of the New Money Notes issued pursuant to the Plan, which do not include any Backstopped Notes. Such Backstopped Notes will be “restricted securities” subject to transfer restrictions under the U.S. federal securities laws if they are issued to a U.S. person in accordance with the Backstop Agreement pursuant to section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act but will otherwise be issued pursuant to Regulation S (if they are issued to a non-U.S. person outside of the United States in accordance with the Backstop Agreement). Such Backstopped Notes may be resold, exchanged, assigned or otherwise transferred pursuant to registration, or an applicable exemption from registration, under the Securities Act and other applicable law.

11. Section 1146(a) Exemption

To the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers (whether from a Debtor to a Reorganized Debtor or to any other Person) of property under the Plan, including: (a) the issuance, Distribution, transfer, or exchange of any debt, equity security, or other interest in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors; (b) the Restructuring Transactions; (c) the creation, modification, consolidation, termination, refinancing, or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness by such or other means; (d) the making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease; (e) the grant of collateral as security for any or all of the SSRCF, the Exchange Notes, and the New Money Notes, if applicable; or (f) the making, delivery, or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, or other instrument of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related to the Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Combined Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment. All filing or recording officers (or any other Person with authority over any of the foregoing), wherever located and by whomever appointed, shall comply with the requirements of section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment, and shall accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.

 

46


12. Employee and Retiree Benefits

All compensation and benefits programs shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and shall remain in place as of the Effective Date, and the Reorganized Debtors will continue to honor such agreements, arrangements, programs, and plans. For the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, from and after the Effective Date, all retiree benefits (as such term is defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any, shall continue to be paid in accordance with applicable law.

13. Preservation of Causes of Action

In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue any and all Causes of Action of the Debtors, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action included in the Plan Supplement, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, other than the Causes of Action released by the Debtors pursuant to the releases and exculpations contained in the Plan, including in Article VIII of the Plan, which shall be deemed released and waived by the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors as of the Effective Date.

The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. No Entity (other than the Consenting Creditors) may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action of the Debtors against it. Except as specifically released under the Plan or pursuant to a Final Order, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity. Unless any Causes of Action of the Debtors against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or pursuant to a Final Order, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all such Causes of Action for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation.

The Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain the Causes of Action of the Debtors notwithstanding the rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Cases or pursuant to the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and except as expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or pursuant to a Final Order, any Causes of Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right,

 

47


authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action, or to decline to do any of the foregoing, without the consent or approval of any third party or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors do not reserve any Claims or Causes of Action that have been expressly released by the Debtors pursuant to the Debtor Release set forth in Article VIII of the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Claims against the Consenting Creditors).

F. Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

1. Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease shall be assumed and assigned to the applicable Reorganized Debtor in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than: (1) those that are identified on the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List; (2) those that have been previously rejected by a Final Order; (3) those that are the subject of a motion to reject Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that is pending on the Confirmation Date; or (4) those that are subject to a motion to reject an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to which the requested effective date of such rejection is after the Effective Date. The Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List shall be acceptable to the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Debtors shall not seek to assume or reject Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, except with the prior written consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

Entry of the Combined Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute an order approving the assumption of the Lock-Up Agreement pursuant to sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and effective on the occurrence of the Effective Date. The Lock-Up Agreement shall be binding and enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance with its terms. For the avoidance of doubt, the assumption of the Lock-Up Agreement herein shall not otherwise modify, alter, amend, or supersede any of the terms or conditions of such agreement including, without limitation, any termination events or provisions thereunder. On the Effective Date, in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Debtors shall pay to each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender (x) the RCF Lock-Up Fee and (y) to the extent the RCF Forbearance Fee has not been paid in accordance with the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, the RCF Closing Fee, in each case, calculated in the manner set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement. On the Effective Date, in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Debtors shall pay to each (x) Consent Fee Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder the Eurobond Consent Fee, (y) Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder the Early Bird Eurobond Consent Fee, (z) eligible Participating MTN Holder, the Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee, the Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee in additional Exchange Notes, in each case to the extent applicable in accordance with the terms of, and calculated in the manner set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

48


Entry of the Combined Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute a Final Order approving the assumptions and assumptions and assignments of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases as set forth in the Plan and the rejections of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases as set forth in the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Any motions to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by the Bankruptcy Court on or after the Effective Date by a Final Order. Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to Article V.A of the Plan or by any order of the Bankruptcy Court, which has not been assigned to a third party prior to the Confirmation Date, shall revest in and be fully enforceable by the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with its terms, except as such terms are modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption under applicable federal law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors, with the consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List identified in Article V.A of the Plan and in the Plan Supplement at any time through and including 45 days after the Effective Date.

To the extent that any provision in any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed or assumed and assigned pursuant to the Plan restricts or prevents, or purports to restrict or prevent, or is breached or deemed breached by, the assumption or assumption and assignment of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including any “change of control” provision), then such provision shall be deemed modified such that the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall not entitle the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease counterparty thereto to terminate such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or to exercise any other default-related rights with respect thereto.

2. Indemnification Obligations

On and after the Effective Date, the Indemnification Provisions will be assumed and irrevocable and survive the Effective Date. None of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will take any action to amend or restate their respective governance documents before or after the Effective Date to amend, augment, terminate, or adversely affect any of the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations to provide such indemnification rights or such directors’, officers’, managers’, employees’, or agents’ indemnification rights.

3. Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

Unless otherwise provided by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, all Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, pursuant to the Plan or the Combined Order, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within 30 days after the later of (1) the Effective Date or (2) entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Combined Order) approving such rejection. Any Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within such time will be automatically disallowed, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or their

 

49


property without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Schedules or a Proof of Claim to the contrary. All Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III of the Plan.

4. Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay Cures, if any, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, with the amount and timing of payment of any such Cure dictated by the Debtors ordinary course of business. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the parties to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, all requests for payment of Cure that differ from the ordinary course amounts paid or proposed to be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to a counterparty must be Filed with the Claims and Noticing Agent on or before 30 days after the Effective Date. Any such request that is not timely Filed shall be disallowed and forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against any Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or any other party in interest or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. Any Cure shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged upon payment by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of the Cure in the Debtors ordinary course of business; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Reorganized Debtors from paying any Cure Amount despite the failure of the relevant counterparty to File such request for payment of such Cure. The Reorganized Debtors also may settle any Cure Amount without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. In addition, any objection to the assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under the Plan must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before 30 days after the Effective Date. Any such objection will be scheduled to be heard by the Bankruptcy Court at the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’, as applicable, first scheduled omnibus hearing for which such objection is timely Filed. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to timely object to the proposed assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed to have consented to such assumption.

If there is any dispute regarding any Cure, the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other matter pertaining to assumption, then payment of Cure shall occur as soon as reasonably practicable after entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute, approving such assumption (and, if applicable, assignment), or as may be agreed upon by the Debtors (with the consent of the Majority Core Noteholders Group (not to be unreasonably withheld)) or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the counterparty to the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.

Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise and full payment of any applicable Cure pursuant to Article V of the Plan, in the amount and at the time dictated by the Debtors’ ordinary course of business, shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Cures, Claims, or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including

 

50


defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time prior to the effective date of assumption. Any and all Proofs of Claim based upon Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that have been assumed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including pursuant to the Combined Order, and for which any Cure has been fully paid pursuant to Article V of the Plan, in the amount and at the time dictated by the Debtors’ ordinary course of business, shall be deemed disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection thereto or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

5. Insurance Policies

Each of the Insurance Policies are treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Plan Supplement or any document related thereto, on the Effective Date, (1) the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all Insurance Policies, and (2) such Insurance Policies shall revest in the Reorganized Debtors. Nothing in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the Combined Order, or any other order of the Bankruptcy Court (including any other provision that purports to be preemptory or supervening), (x) alters, modifies, or otherwise amends the terms and conditions of (or the coverage provided by) any of such Insurance Policies or (y) alters or modifies the duty, if any, that the Insurers pay Claims covered by such Insurance Policies and their right to seek payment or reimbursement from the Debtors (or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors) or draw on any collateral or security therefor. For the avoidance of doubt, Insurers shall not need to nor be required to File or serve a Cure objection or a request, application, claim, Proof of Claim, or motion for payment and shall not be subject to any claims bar date or similar deadline governing Cure Amounts or Claims.

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall not terminate or otherwise reduce the coverage under any directors’ and officers’ Insurance Policies in effect prior to the Effective Date, and any directors and officers of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time before or after the Effective Date shall be entitled, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Insurance Policy in all respects, to the full benefits of any such Insurance Policy for the full term of such policy regardless of whether such directors and/or officers remain in such positions after the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the directors’ and officers’ Insurance Policies shall revest in the Reorganized Debtors. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Debtors shall retain the ability to supplement such directors’ and officers’ insurance policies as the Debtors deem necessary, including by purchasing any tail coverage (including, without limitation, a tail policy).

6. Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases related thereto, if any, including all easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated under the Plan.

 

51


Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection therewith.

7. Reservation of Rights

Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease on the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List, nor anything contained in the Plan, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any of the Reorganized Debtors has any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors, subject to the consent of the Majority Consenting Creditors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have 30 days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter its treatment of such contract or lease under the Plan.

8. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code

9. Contracts and Leases Entered into after Petition Date

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan (including any release, discharge, exculpation or injunction provisions) or the Combined Order, contracts, agreements, instruments, Certificates, leases and other documents entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by such Debtor, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or the Reorganized Debtors liable thereunder in the ordinary course of their business. Accordingly, such contracts, agreements, instruments, certificates, leases and other documents (including any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) will survive and remain unaffected by the Plan (including the release, discharge, exculpation and injunction provisions), the entry of the Combined Order and any other Definitive Documents.

G. Provisions Governing Distributions

1. Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed as of the Effective Date

Except as otherwise provided (i) in the Plan, (ii) upon a Final Order, or (iii) in an agreement by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, and the Holder of the applicable Claim or Interest, on the Effective Date or as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Distribution Agent shall make initial Distributions under the Plan on account of Claims and Interests Allowed on or before the Effective Date, subject to the Reorganized Debtors’ right to object to Claims and Interests; provided, however, that (1) Allowed Administrative Claims with respect to liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of business during the Chapter 11 Cases or assumed by the Debtors prior to the Effective Date shall be paid or performed in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of any controlling agreements, course of dealing, course of business, or industry practice and (2) Allowed Priority Tax Claims shall be paid in accordance with Article II.C of the Plan.

 

52


2. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent

a. Powers of the Disbursing Agent

The Distribution Agent shall be empowered to: (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (b) make all Distributions contemplated hereby; (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Distribution Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Distribution Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.

b. Expenses Incurred on or after the Effective Date

Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Distribution Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) made by the Distribution Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.

3. Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims and Interests

Notwithstanding any provision otherwise in the Plan and except as otherwise agreed by the relevant parties, unless as otherwise agreed to by the Debtors or set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court: (a) no partial payments and no partial Distributions shall be made with respect to a Disputed Claim or Interest until all such disputes in connection with such Disputed Claim or Interest have been resolved by settlement or Final Order; provided, however, that if a portion of a Claim is not Disputed, the Distribution Agent may make a partial distribution based on such portion of such Claim that is not Disputed; and (b) any Entity that holds both an Allowed Claim or Interest and a Disputed Claim or Interest shall not receive any Distribution on the Allowed Claim or Interest unless and until all objections to the Disputed Claim or Interest have been resolved by settlement or Final Order or the Claims or Interests have been Allowed or expunged. Any dividends or other Distributions arising from property distributed to Holders of Allowed Claims or Interests, as applicable, in a Class and paid to such Holders under the Plan shall also be paid, in the applicable amounts, to any Holder of a Disputed Claim or Interest, as applicable, in such Class that becomes an Allowed Claim or Interest after the date or dates that such dividends or other Distributions were earlier paid to Holders of Allowed Claims or Interests in such Class.

4. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions

a. Delivery of Distributions

Except as otherwise provided herein (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as set forth in the foregoing paragraph with respect to Distributions to Holders of RCF Claims and Notes Claims), and notwithstanding any authority to the contrary, Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims, including Claims that become Allowed after the Effective Date, shall be made to Holders

 

53


of record as of the Effective Date by the Distribution Agent: (1) to the address of such Holder as set forth in the books and records of the applicable Debtor (or if the Debtors have been notified in writing, on or before the date that is 10 days before the Effective Date, of a change of address, to the changed address); (2) in accordance with Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 4, as modified and made applicable by Bankruptcy Rule 7004, if no address exists in the Debtors books and records, no Proof of Claim has been Filed and the Distribution Agent has not received a written notice of address or change of address on or before the date that is 10 days before the Effective Date; or (3) on any counsel that has appeared in the Chapter 11 Cases on the Holder’s behalf. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, including Article VI.D of the Plan, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Distribution Agent shall not incur any liability whatsoever on account of any Distributions under the Plan, including for the avoidance of doubt, Distributions to the Holding Period Trust.

b. Compliance Matters

In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all Distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the Distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding Distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such Distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate. The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate all Distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.

c. Foreign Currency Exchange Rate

Except as otherwise provided in a Final Order, as of the Effective Date, any Claim asserted in currency other than U.S. dollars shall, for the purposes of determining the amount of a Distribution be automatically deemed converted to the equivalent U.S. dollar value using the exchange rate for the applicable currency as displayed by Bloomberg L.P. or, if that rate is not available, as published in The Wall Street Journal, National Edition, as of a date to be agreed by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Majority Participating Lenders, and the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

d. Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed Distributions

If any Distribution to a Holder of an Allowed Claim or Interest is returned to the Distribution Agent as undeliverable, no further Distributions shall be made to such Holder unless and until the Distribution Agent is notified in writing of such Holder’s then-current address or other necessary information for delivery, at which time all currently due missed Distributions shall be made to such Holder on the next Distribution Date. Undeliverable Distributions shall remain in the possession of the Reorganized Debtors until such time as a Distribution becomes deliverable, or such Distribution reverts to the Reorganized Debtors or is cancelled pursuant to Article VI.D.(c) of the Plan, and shall not be supplemented with any interest, dividends, or other accruals of any kind.

 

54


Any Distribution under the Plan, other than with respect to the Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes, that is an unclaimed Distribution for a period of six months after Distribution shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and such unclaimed Distribution shall revest in the applicable Reorganized Debtor and, to the extent such unclaimed Distribution is not Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes, as applicable, shall be deemed cancelled. Upon such revesting, the Claim or Interest of any holder or its successors with respect to such property shall be cancelled, discharged, and forever barred notwithstanding any applicable federal or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws, or any provisions in any document governing the Distribution that is an unclaimed Distribution, to the contrary.

Noteholder Ordinary Shares and Exchange Notes will be issued directly to any Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim (or its Nominee(s)) that has confirmed its details (including details of a securities account that is compatible with Euroclear Sweden) to the Distribution Agent by no later than the date falling 10 Business Days prior to the Effective Date (or such other time and date as the Debtor and the Majority Core Noteholder Group may agree). Any Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim that has not confirmed its details by this date shall accept that its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and Exchange Notes may instead be transferred to the Holding Period Trust.

If any Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim is unable, owing to fund constitutional or binding governance reasons, to receive its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes or to nominate a Nominee to receive its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes, such Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes may be transferred to the Holding Period Trust. Any unclaimed Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes held by the trustee at the end of such fixed period shall be liquidated and the net proceeds held on trust for a further fixed period for such Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim to claim. Upon the expiry of the later fixed period, the trustee will deliver any unclaimed proceeds to the Debtor.

e. Surrender of Cancelled Instruments or Securities

On the Effective Date, each Holder of a Certificate shall be deemed to have surrendered such Certificate to the Distribution Agent. Such Certificate shall be cancelled solely with respect to the Debtors (other than any Certificate that survives and is not cancelled pursuant to the Plan), and such cancellation shall not alter the obligations or rights of any non-Debtor third parties vis-à-vis one another with respect to such Certificate. Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, Article VI of the Plan shall not apply to any Claims and Interests Reinstated pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

 

55


5. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

a. Claims Paid by Third Parties

A Claim shall be reduced in full, and such Claim shall be disallowed without an objection to such Claim having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor. To the extent a holder of a Claim receives a Distribution on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim, such Holder shall repay, return or deliver any Distribution held by or transferred to the holder to the applicable Reorganized Debtor to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such Distribution under the Plan; provided that the foregoing shall not prejudice such third party’s rights (including, for the avoidance of doubt, subrogation rights) with respect to the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors.

b. Claims Payable by Insurance Carriers

No Distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ Insurers agrees to satisfy in full a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such Insurers’ agreement, such Claim may be expunged to the extent of any agreed upon satisfaction on the Claims Register by the Notice and Claims Agent without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

c. Applicability of Insurance Policies

Except as otherwise provided herein, Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of an applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including Insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such Insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such Insurers.

6. Setoffs

Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, each Reorganized Debtor, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code (including section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code), applicable non-bankruptcy law, or as may be agreed to by the Holder of a Claim, may set off or recoup against any Allowed Claim (other than an Allowed Claim held by a Consenting Creditor) and the Distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of such Allowed Claim (before any Distribution is made on account of such Allowed Claim), any claims, rights, and Causes of Action of any nature that such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, may hold against the Holder of such Allowed Claim, to the extent such claims, rights, or Causes of Action against such Holder have not been otherwise compromised or settled on or prior to the Effective Date (whether pursuant to the Plan or otherwise); provided, however, that neither the failure to effect such a setoff or recoupment nor the allowance of any Claim pursuant to the Plan shall constitute a waiver or release by such Reorganized Debtor of any such claims, rights, and Causes of Action that such Reorganized Debtor

 

56


may possess against such Holder; provided, further, that such Holder may contest any such set off by a Reorganized Debtor in the Bankruptcy Court or any other court of competent jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, any such right of set off may be preserved by Filing a Proof of Claim related to such right of set off prior to the Effective Date.

7. Allocation Between Principal and Accrued Interest

Except as otherwise provided herein, the aggregate consideration paid to Holders with respect to their Allowed Claims shall be treated pursuant to the Plan as allocated first to the principal amount of such Allowed Claims (to the extent thereof) and, thereafter, to the interest, if any, on such Allowed Claim accrued through the Effective Date.

8. Minimum Distributions

No (a) fractional shares of Noteholder Ordinary Shares or (b) fractional New Money Notes or Exchange Notes shall be distributed, and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts. Whenever any payment or Distribution of a (a) fraction of a dollar or (b) fractional New Money Note or Exchange Notes under the Plan would otherwise be called for, such payment or Distribution shall be rounded as follows: (x) fractions of one-half (1/2) or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number; and (y) fractions of less than one-half (1/2) shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment or Distribution therefore. The total number of authorized New Money Notes, and/or Exchange Notes, as applicable, shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding, subject to any minimum denominations required under the Exchange Notes or the New Money Notes, as the case may be.

Whenever any payment or Distribution of a fraction of a dollar or fractional share of Noteholder Ordinary Shares under the Plan would otherwise be called for, the actual payment or Distribution will reflect a rounding down of such fraction to the nearest whole dollar or share of Noteholder Ordinary Shares, with half dollars and half shares of Noteholder Ordinary Shares or less being rounded down.

H. Procedures for Resolving Disputed Claims

1. Disputed Claims Generally

Notwithstanding section 502(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise set forth in the Plan or Combined Order, Holders of Claims, other than Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, need not File Proofs of Claim with the Bankruptcy Court, and the Reorganized Debtors and Holders of Claims shall determine, adjudicate, and resolve any disputes over the validity and amounts of such Claims as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced. The Holders of Claims other than Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall not be subject to any Claims resolution process in the Bankruptcy Court. Except for Proofs of Claim in respect of Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, any Filed Claim, regardless of the time of filing, and including Claims Filed after the Effective Date, shall be deemed withdrawn. From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may satisfy, dispute, settle, or otherwise compromise any Claim without approval of the Bankruptcy Court

 

57


2. Objections to Claims

Except insofar as a Claim is Allowed under the Plan, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be entitled to object to Claims. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses that the Debtors had with regard to any Claim or Interest. Any objections to Claims shall be served and Filed on or before the later of (i) one (1) year after the Effective Date and (ii) such later date as may be fixed by the Bankruptcy Court. The expiration of such period shall not limit or affect the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to dispute Claims other than through an objection to a Claim or to Proof of such Claim.

3. Estimation of Claims

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and subject to the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group, not to be unreasonably withheld, may (i) determine, resolve, and otherwise adjudicate all contingent, unliquidated, and Disputed Claims in the Bankruptcy Court and (ii) at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code regardless of whether the Debtors previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection. The Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim, including, without limitation, at any time during litigation concerning any objection to any Claim or during the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim, the amount so estimated shall constitute either the Allowed amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on the Allowed amount of such Claim, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court. If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum limitation on the Allowed amount of such Claim, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may pursue supplementary proceedings to object to the allowance of such Claim.

4. Disallowance of Claims

Any Claims held by Entities from which property is recoverable under sections 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under sections 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed Disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any Distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity have been settled or a Bankruptcy Court order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors

5. No Distributions Pending Allowance

If an objection, motion to estimate, or other challenge to a Claim is Filed, no payment or Distribution provided under the Plan shall be made on account of such Claim unless and until (and only to the extent that) such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

 

58


6. Distributions after Allowance

To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim, Distributions (if any) shall be made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, including the treatment provisions provided in Article IV of the Plan.

7. Claims Resolution Procedures Cumulative

All of the Claims, objection, estimation, and resolution procedures in the Plan are intended to be cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims may be estimated and subsequently settled, compromised, withdrawn, or resolved in accordance with the Plan without further notice or Bankruptcy Court approval.

8. Single Satisfaction of Claims

In no case shall the aggregate value of all property received or retained under the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim or Interest exceed 100 percent of the underlying Allowed Claim or Interest plus applicable interest required to be paid hereunder, if any

I. Settlement, Release, Injunction, and Related Provisions

1. Compromise and Settlement

Upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan that a Claim or an Interest Holder may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or any distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, including pursuant to the transactions set forth in the Agreed Steps Plan. Entry of the Combined Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise or settlement of all such Allowed Claims, Allowed Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise, settlement and transactions are in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests, and is fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness. Subject to the provisions of the Plan governing distributions, all distributions made to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.

In accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, without any further notice to, or action, order, or approval of, the Bankruptcy Court, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may, in their sole and absolute discretion, compromise and settle (1) Claims (including Causes of Action) against and Interests in the Debtors not previously Allowed (if any) and (2) claims (including Causes of Action) against other Entities.

2. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, the Distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of

 

59


the Effective Date, of Claims, Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate to services performed by employees of the Debtors prior to the Effective Date and that arise from a termination of employment, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (a) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (c) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. The Combined Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

3. Release of Liens

Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to the New Security Documents, the Plan, the Combined Order, or any other contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable Distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, except for Other Secured Claims that the Debtors elect to Reinstate in accordance with Article III.B. of the Plan and any existing mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates or the Debtors’ affiliates for the benefit of Holders of RCF Claims, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns, other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Liens and security interests granted pursuant to, or in connection with, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents or the Security Documents (as defined in the Notes Amendments Documents). Any Holder of such Secured Claim (and the applicable agents for such Holder) shall be authorized and directed, at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtors, to release any collateral or other property of any Debtor (including any cash collateral and possessory collateral) held by such Holder (and the applicable agents for such Holder), and to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Reorganized Debtors to evidence the release of such Lien, including the execution, delivery, and filing or recording of such releases. The presentation or filing of the Combined Order to or with any federal, state, provincial, or local agency or department shall constitute good and sufficient evidence of, but shall not be required to effect, the termination of such Liens.

 

60


4. Releases by the Debtors

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Combined Order, pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, as of the Effective Date, each Released Party is deemed released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and their Estates from any and all Causes of Action, including any Avoidance Actions and derivative claims asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Cause of Action against, or Interest in, a Debtor or other Entity, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among the Debtors or between the Debtors and their non-Debtor Affiliates, the Facility Agreement, the Facility Agreement Documents, the Prepetition Finance Documents, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents or the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or Distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the Distribution of property under the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, or any other related agreement, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (i) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Rights Offering Documents (including the Backstop Agreement), the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, or any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (ii) any Causes of Action specifically retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, (iii) any Cause of Action that is judicially determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct gross negligence of an Entity other than a Debtor, (iv) any Cause of Action against a Released Party arising from any obligations owed to or by the Debtors pursuant to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is not otherwise rejected by the Debtors pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code before, after, or as of the Effective Date, (v) any Cause of Action that is of a commercial nature and arising in the ordinary course of business, such as accounts receivable and accounts payable on account of goods and services being performed, or (vi) any Cause of Action against a Holder of a Disputed Claim to the extent necessary to administer and resolve such Disputed Claim solely in accordance with the Plan.

 

61


5. Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Combined Order, as of the Effective Date, each Releasing Party is deemed to have released and discharged each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, and Released Party from any and all Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, including any derivative claims asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among the Debtors or between the Debtors and their non-Debtor Affiliates, the Facility Agreement, the Facility Agreement Documents, the Prepetition Finance Documents, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, or the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or Distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the Distribution of property under the Plan, or the Lock-Up Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (i) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Rights Offering Documents (including the Backstop Agreement), the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, or any other document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (ii) any Causes of Action specifically retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, (iii) any Cause of Action that is judicially determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, (iv) any Cause of Action against a Released Party arising from any obligations owed to or by the Debtors pursuant to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is not otherwise rejected by the Debtors pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code before, after, or as of the Effective Date, (v) any Cause of Action that is of a commercial nature and arising in the ordinary course of business, such as accounts receivable and accounts payable on account of goods and services being performed, or (vi) any Cause of Action against a Holder of a Disputed Claim to the extent necessary to administer and resolve such Disputed Claim solely in accordance with the Plan.

 

62


6. Exculpation

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or the Combined Order, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is released and exculpated from any and all Causes of Action whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising in law, equity, contract, tort or otherwise, for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among the Debtors or between the Debtors and their non-Debtor Affiliates, the Facility Agreement, the Prepetition Finance Documents, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the Distribution of property under the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, or any other related agreement, except for claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, but in all respects such Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the Plan. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of votes and Distribution of consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such Distributions shall not be, liable at any time for (i) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (ii) any Causes of Action specifically retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, (iii) any Cause of Action (other than a Cause of Action against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any Related Party of the Debtors) unknown to such Exculpated Party as of the Effective Date that arises out of actual fraud or gross negligence of an Entity other than such Exculpated Party, or (iv) the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such Distributions made pursuant to the Plan.

7. Injunction

Upon entry of the Combined Order, all Persons and Entities shall be enjoined from taking any actions to interfere with the implementation or consummation of the Plan or the vesting of the Estates’ assets in, and the enjoyment of such assets by, the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Plan.

 

63


Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or for obligations issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Combined Order, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold claims or interests that have been released, discharged, or are subject to exculpation are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions (collectively, the “Covered Matters”) against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Exculpated Parties, or the Released Parties (the “Covered Entities”): (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (b) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (c) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (d) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests unless such Holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to perform such setoff on or before the Effective Date, and notwithstanding an indication of a claim or interest or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable law or otherwise; and (e) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan.

With respect to any Covered Entity, no Entity or Person may commence or continue any action, employ any process, or take any other act to pursue, collect, recover or offset any Claim, Interest, debt, obligation, or Cause of Action relating or reasonably likely to relate to any act or commission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of a Covered Matter (including one that alleges the actual fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct of a Covered Entity), unless expressly authorized by the Bankruptcy Court after (1) it determines, after a notice and a hearing, such Claim, Interest, debt, obligation, or Cause of Action is colorable and (2) it specifically authorizes such Entity or Person to bring such Claim or Cause of Action. The Bankruptcy Court shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether any such Claim, Interest, debt, obligation or Cause of Action is colorable and, only to the extent legally permissible and as provided for in Article XI, shall have jurisdiction to adjudicate such underlying colorable Claim, Interest, debt, obligation, or Cause of Action.

J. Conditions to Effective Date

The following are conditions to the Effective Date that must be satisfied or waived in accordance with Article IX.B of the Plan:

 

  (1)

the Combined Order in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders shall be a Final Order;

 

  (2)

the Transaction Documents and the New Security Documents, shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders (with all conditions precedent thereto having been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date);

 

64


  (3)

the Backstop Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not have terminated pursuant to its terms;

 

  (4)

the Rights Offering shall have been conducted, in all material respects, in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures;

 

  (5)

issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares (with all conditions precedent thereto having been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date), in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  (6)

all conditions precedent to the issuance of the Exchange Notes have been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date, in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  (7)

all conditions precedent to the issuance of the New Money Notes have been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date, in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  (8)

all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the SSRCF have been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date, in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  (9)

all other applicable Definitive Documents shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders (with all conditions precedent thereto having been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date);

 

  (10)

the establishment and funding of the Professional Fee Escrow Account;

 

  (11)

payment of all fees, costs and expenses required to be paid under the Lock-Up Agreement, the Backstop Agreement, and the other Transaction Documents and in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, including the Restructuring Expenses (to the extent not already paid);

 

  (12)

the Swedish Reorganisation Plan Confirmation shall have occurred and shall be a Final Order;

 

65


  (13)

all payments in Cash due pursuant to the Treatment in Class 3 and pursuant to the Treatment in Class 5 shall have been paid in full in Cash;

 

  (14)

the Agreed Steps Plan and evidence that steps and transactions referred to therein as steps/transactions to be undertaken on or prior to the Effective Date shall have been or will be duly completed to the satisfaction of Majority Core Noteholder Group and Majority Participating Lenders in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  (15)

all requisite governmental authorities and third parties will have approved or consented to the Restructuring Transactions and any applicable waiting period under applicable law (including with respect to anti-trust laws) shall have expired, in either case, to the extent required;

 

  (16)

no court of competent jurisdiction or other competent governmental or regulatory authority shall have issued any order making illegal or otherwise preventing or prohibiting the consummation of any Restructuring Transactions.

 

  (17)

the Debtors shall have implemented the Restructuring Transactions and all transactions contemplated by, and in accordance with, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Plan; and

 

  (18)

either:

(18) (i) the Lock-Up Agreement shall not have been terminated and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.; or

(ii)

 

  (a)

on or before May 30, 2025 the Debtors shall have delivered the Swedish RP Certificate to the Consenting Creditors;

 

  (b)

the Lock-Up Agreement shall not have been terminated other than pursuant to clause 8.1(b) (Automatic Termination) of the Lock-Up Agreement and such termination shall have occurred not more than 122 days before the Effective Date; and

 

  (c)

the Company shall have delivered to the Consenting Creditors a LUA Compliance Certificate;

 

  (d)

no event or circumstance has occurred which (with the expiry of any grace period, the giving of any notice or any combination of the foregoing) would have resulted in a termination right arising in favor of (i) the Majority Core Noteholder Group or the Majority Participating Lenders under paragraphs (c) to (e) of Clause 8.3 (Voluntary termination) or 8.5 (Termination by Participating Lenders with respect to Participating Lenders only) of the Lock-Up Agreement or (ii) the Majority Participating Lenders or the

 

66


  Majority Consenting Noteholders under paragraph (f) of Clause 8.3 (Voluntary termination) of the Lock-Up Agreement (in each case, as if it had not already terminated) and none of the Majority Core Noteholder Group, the Majority Participating Lenders nor the Majority Consenting Noteholders have delivered notice to the Company confirming that it or they would have terminated the Lock-Up Agreement on the basis of such event or circumstance if the Lock-Up Agreement had still been in full force and effect; and

 

  (e)

neither the Majority Core Noteholder Group nor the Majority Participating Lenders have delivered an Effective Date Failed CP Notice to the Company.

K. 1. Waiver of Conditions

The Debtors, with the prior written consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders, may waive any of the conditions to the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A of the Plan at any time or as otherwise provided in the Lock-Up Agreement without any notice to any other parties in interest and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and without any formal action other than proceeding to confirm and consummate the Plan. The failure of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or the Consenting Creditors to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any other rights, and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right, which may be asserted at any time.

L. K. Modification, Revocation, or Withdrawal of Plan

1. Modification of the Plan

Subject to the limitations and terms contained in the Plan, the Debtors reserve the right to (1) amend or modify the Plan before the entry of the Combined Order consistent with the terms set forth herein, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules; and (2) after the entry of the Combined Order, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may, upon order of the Bankruptcy Court, amend or modify the Plan, in accordance with section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, subject to the Lock-Up Agreement, to remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner as may be necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan consistent with the terms set forth herein, in each case set forth in the preceding clauses (1) and (2) with the prior written consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group. The Debtors must give counsel to the Consenting Creditors (or, if a Consenting Creditor does not have counsel, to such Consenting Creditor) at least five (5) Business Days’ advance notice, or otherwise as much notice as is reasonably practicable, prior to withdrawing the Plan.

2. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

Entry of the Combined Order shall constitute approval of all modifications to the Plan occurring after the solicitation thereof pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and a finding that such modifications to the Plan do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

 

67


3. Withdrawal of Plan

The Debtors reserve the right, subject to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement and the approval rights of the parties set forth therein, to revoke or withdraw the Plan with respect to any or all Debtors before the Confirmation Date and to File subsequent chapter 11 plans. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation or the Effective Date does not occur, then: (1) the Plan will be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan, assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effectuated by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant hereto will be null and void in all respects; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action by any Entity, (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Debtor or any other Entity, or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by any Debtor or any other Entity; provided, however, that all provisions of the Lock-Up Agreement that survive the termination of these agreements (each, according to its terms) shall remain in effect in accordance with the terms thereof.

M. L. Retention of Jurisdiction

Notwithstanding the entry of the Combined Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases or the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, which shall be exclusive jurisdiction within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States, including jurisdiction to:

 

  (1)

subject to Article VII.A of the Plan, allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Claim or Interest and the resolution of any and all objections to the secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or Interests;

 

  (2)

decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;

 

  (3)

resolve any matters related to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, including: (a) the assumption or assumption and assignment of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Cure or Claims arising therefrom, including pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; and (c) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or expired;

 

68


  (4)

ensure that Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to Distributions under the Plan;

 

  (5)

adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date;

 

  (6)

enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of (a) contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents approved by Final Order in the Chapter 11 Cases and (b) the Plan, the Combined Order, and contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan;

 

  (7)

enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  (8)

grant any consensual request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  (9)

issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;

 

  (10)

hear, determine, and resolve any cases, matters, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action in connection with or in any way related to the Chapter 11 Cases, including: (a) with respect to the repayment or return of Distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a Claim or an Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI of the Plan; (b) with respect to the releases, injunctions, and other provisions contained in Article VIII of the Plan, including entry of such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions; (c) that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan and the Combined Order; or (d) related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  (11)

decide and resolve all matters related to the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes and the execution of the Transaction Documents;

 

  (12)

enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Combined Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;

 

  (13)

consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Combined Order;

 

  (14)

hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

69


  (15)

enter an order or Final Decree concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases;

 

  (16)

enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and

 

  (17)

hear and determine any other matters related to the Chapter 11 Cases and not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code or title 28 of the United States Code.

provided, in each case, that the Bankruptcy Court shall not retain jurisdiction over matters arising from agreements or documents (or performance under agreements or documents) contained in the Plan Supplement or any Definitive Documents, in each case, that have a jurisdictional, forum selection, or dispute resolution clause that refers matters to or permits a Person to bring actions before a different court or forum, and any matters arising from agreements or documents (or performance under any agreements or documents) contained in the Plan Supplement or any other Definitive Documents that contain such clauses shall be governed in accordance with the provisions of such agreements or documents; provided, further, that if the Bankruptcy Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter arising in, arising under, or related to the Chapter 11 Cases, the provisions of this Article XI shall have no effect upon and shall not control, prohibit, or limit the exercise of jurisdiction by any other court having jurisdiction with respect to such matter.

SECTION V.

VOTING PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS

If you are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, you should receive a Ballot for the purpose of voting on the Plan. If you hold Claims you are entitled to vote in more than one Class, you will receive separate Ballots to use for voting in each such Class. If you are entitled to vote and did not receive a Ballot, received a damaged Ballot, or lost your Ballot, please contact the Voting Agent by e-mail at Intrumballots@ra.kroll.com. Intrumballots@ra.kroll.com.

Before voting to accept or reject the Plan, you should carefully review the Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and described in Section IV, titled “Summary of Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11 Plan.”

As applicable, an Opt-Out Election Form or Ballot will be provided to you. The Opt-Out Election Form or Ballot, as applicable, will provide you with the option to not grant the releases contained in Article VIII of the Plan to the extent the releases are applicable to you. You must complete and timely return the Opt-Out Election Form or Ballot, as applicable, to the Voting Agent by the Voting Deadline in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Opt-Out Election Form or Ballot, as applicable, for your opt-out to be valid; OTHERWISE, YOU WILL BE DEEMED TO CONSENT TO AND BE BOUND BY THE RELEASES SET FORTH IN THE PLAN IF THEY ARE APPLICABLE TO YOU. Please review the additional information set forth in this Disclosure Statement, the Opt-Out Election Form or Ballot, as applicable, the Plan, and any other documents related to the Chapter 11 Cases that you may receive from time to time. Please be advised that your decision to opt out of the releases in Article VIII of the Plan does not affect the amount of distribution you will receive under the Plan.

 

70


A. Voting Deadline

For your vote to be considered for purposes of accepting or rejecting the Plan, your Ballot must be actually received by the Voting Agent no later than the Voting Deadline of 4:00 p.m., prevailing Central Time, on November 13, 2024. The Debtors expressly reserve the right to extend the Voting Deadline by oral or written notice to the Voting Agent. The Debtors will not have any obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any such extension, other than by filing a notice of such extension on the docket and/or posting notice on the Voting Agent’s solicitation website at https://cases.ra.kroll.com/IntrumBallotshttps://cases.ra.kroll.com/IntrumAB . There can be no assurance that the Debtors will exercise this right to extend the solicitation period and Voting Deadline.

UNLESS YOUR BALLOT IS ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE VOTING AGENT ON OR PRIOR TO THE VOTING DEADLINE, SUCH BALLOT WILL NOT BE COUNTED AS AN ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE DEBTORS RESERVE THE RIGHT TO ACCEPT AND COUNT SUCH LATE BALLOT. IN NO CASE SHOULD A BALLOT BE DELIVERED TO ANY ENTITY OTHER THAN THE VOTING AGENT.

You must complete and return your Ballot(s) in accordance with the instructions set forth on the applicable Ballot(s). Votes may not be transmitted orally, by facsimile, or by any means other than those contemplated in the Ballot(s) or voting instructions.

B. Voting Record Date

Consistent with the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 3018(b), the Debtors have fixed October 15, 2024, as the “Voting Record Date” for the determination of which Holders of record of the Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Only Holders of record as of the Voting Record Date are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

C. Parties Entitled to Vote

Under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, not all parties in interest are entitled to vote on a chapter 11 plan. Creditors or equity interest holders whose claims or interests are not Impaired by a plan are deemed to accept the plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and are not entitled to vote. Under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, a class of claims or interests is deemed to be “Impaired” under a plan unless (i) the plan leaves unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which such claim or interest entitles the Holder thereof or (ii) notwithstanding any legal right to an accelerated payment of such claim or interest, the plan cures all existing defaults (other than defaults resulting from the occurrence of events of bankruptcy) and reinstates the maturity of such claim or interest as it existed before the default.

Creditors and equity interest Holders whose Claims or Interests are Impaired by a plan, but who will neither receive nor retain any property under a plan, are also not entitled to vote because they are deemed to have rejected a plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

71


As mentioned above, the Debtors are soliciting votes on the Plan only from the Holders of Claims in Classes 3 and 5, which are Impaired and receiving a distribution under the Plan.

D. Ballots

Each Ballot is marked to indicate the Class into which your Claim has been placed under the Plan. All votes to accept or reject the Plan must be cast by completing and submitting the appropriate Ballot in accordance with the instructions set forth on such Ballot, or for Holders of Notes Claims in Class 5, in accordance with the instructions provided by your Nominee. Ballots must be delivered to the Voting Agent in accordance with the instructions set forth on the applicable Ballot or voting instructions, as applicable, and actually received by the Voting Deadline.33

In order to be counted as votes to accept or reject the Plan, all Ballots must be properly executed, completed, and delivered via by first class mail, overnight courier, email or personal delivery so that the Ballots are actually received by the Voting Agent on or before the Voting Deadline. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF YOUR BALLOT(S) IS AT YOUR ELECTION AND RISK. If such delivery is by mail, it is recommended that you use an air courier with a guaranteed next day delivery or registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.

If you are entitled to vote and you did not receive a Ballot, received a damaged Ballot, or lost your Ballot, please contact the Voting Agent by e-mail at Intrumballots@ra.kroll.comIntrumballots@ra.kroll.com

Holders of Claims voting on the Plan should be sure to check the appropriate box entitled “ACCEPT (VOTE FOR) THE PLAN” or “REJECT (VOTE AGAINST) THE PLAN.” Any executed Ballot that does not indicate either acceptance or rejection of the Plan, or that indicates both acceptance and rejection of the Plan, will not be counted.

To the extent a person or entity holds multiple Claims in a particular Class, the Voting Agent will aggregate such Holder’s Claims for purposes of counting votes.

E. Agreements upon Furnishing Ballots

The delivery of a Ballot to the Voting Agent by a Holder of a Claim voting to accept the Plan will constitute the agreement of such Holder to accept (i) all of the terms of, and conditions to, the solicitation and (ii) all terms of the Plan; provided, however, that all parties in interest retain their right to object to confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

 

33 

In connection with the solicitation of votes on the Plan, the proposed Voting Agent’s SWIFT-enabled affiliate, Kroll Issuer Services (UK) (“KIS UK”), is authorized to submit a Master Ballot on behalf of (and at the direction of) Euroclear and/or Clearstream following customary practices. Any instructions submitted in solicitations of votes on the Plan to Euroclear and/or Clearstream with respect to the Class 5 Notes Claims, will be forwarded by Euroclear and/or Clearstream to KIS UK, which will share such information with the Voting Agent.

 

72


A vote on the Plan may be disregarded if the Bankruptcy Court determines, pursuant to section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, that it was not solicited or procured in good faith or in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

F. Withdrawal or Change of Votes on the Plan

Any claimholder who has submitted a properly completed Ballot to the Voting Agent may change its vote by submitting, prior to the Voting Deadline, a subsequent, properly completed Ballot. If more than one timely, properly completed Ballot is received with respect to the same Claim, the Ballot that will be counted will be the Ballot that the Voting Agent determines in its sole discretion was the last to be received.

Except as may be provided in the Lock-Up Agreement, no vote may be withdrawn after the Voting Deadline, without the prior consent of the Debtors.

G. Fiduciaries and Other Representatives

If a Ballot is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation, or another Entity acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such Entity should indicate such capacity when signing and, if requested by the Debtors, will be required to submit proper evidence of authority to so act satisfactory to the Debtors.

H. Waivers of Defects, Irregularities, etc.

Unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance, and revocation or withdrawal of the Ballots will be determined by the Debtors in their sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding on all parties.

The Debtors reserve the right to reject any and all Ballots not in proper form or improperly delivered. Unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, delivery of a Ballot will not be deemed to have occurred until any irregularities have been cured or waived; provided, however, that the Debtors may waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular Ballot. Neither the Debtors nor any other person, including the Voting Agent, will have any duty to provide notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the Ballots, nor will any of them incur any liabilities for failure to provide such notification.

I. Further Information, Additional Copies

If you have any questions or require further information about the voting procedures or about the Solicitation Package, or if you wish to obtain an additional copy of the Plan, this Disclosure Statement, or any exhibits to such documents (at your own expense, unless otherwise specifically required by of Bankruptcy Rule 3017(d)), please contact the Voting Agent by e-mail at Intrumballots@ra.kroll.com.Intrumballots@ra.kroll.com.

 

73


SECTION VI.

CONFIRMATION OF PLAN

A. Combined Hearing

On, or as promptly as practicable after commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors will request that the Bankruptcy Court schedule the Combined Hearing. Notice of the Combined Hearing will be provided to all known creditors and equity interest Holders. The Combined Hearing may be adjourned from time to time without further notice except for an announcement of the adjourned date made at the Combined Hearing or any subsequent adjourned Combined Hearing.

Section 1128(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that any party in interest may object to confirmation of a plan. Any objection to the confirmation of the Plan must (i) be in writing, (ii) conform to the Bankruptcy Rules, (iii) set forth the name of the objecting party, the nature of Claims or Interests held or asserted by the objecting party, (iv) state with particularity the legal and factual basis for the objection, and (v) be filed with the Bankruptcy Court, together with proof of service thereof, and served so as to be received no later than the date and time designated in the notice of the Combined Hearing.

The procedures for filing objections to confirmation of the Plan shall be determined by the Bankruptcy Court after the Chapter 11 Cases are commenced.

B. Requirements for Confirmation of Plan – Consensual Confirmation

At the Combined Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will confirm the Plan only if all of the requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code are met. Some of these requirements are discussed below.

1. Acceptance by At Least One Impaired Class of Claims

Pursuant to section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code, at least one Impaired Class of Claims must vote to accept the Plan. An Impaired Class of Claims is deemed to have accepted the Plan if it is accepted by the Holders of at least two-thirds in amount and more than one-half in number of the Claims that have voted on the Plan.

2. Feasibility

Pursuant to section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Court must determine, among other things, that confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by the liquidation or need for further financial reorganization of the Debtors or any successors to the Debtors. This condition is often referred to as the “feasibility” of the Plan.

For purposes of determining whether the Plan meets this requirement, the Debtors, in consultation with their financial advisors, have analyzed the ability of the Reorganized Debtors to meet their obligations under the Plan. As part of that analysis, the Debtors have prepared consolidated projected financial results (the “Financial Projections”) for each of the fiscal years through 2028.

 

74


The Debtors have prepared the Financial Projections based upon certain assumptions and the assessments of market experts the Debtors believe to be reasonable at the time of preparation. The Financial Projections have not been examined or compiled by independent accountants. Many of the assumptions on which the Financial Projections are based are subject to significant uncertainties. Inevitably, some assumptions will not materialize, and unanticipated events and circumstances may affect the actual financial results. Therefore, the actual results achieved throughout the period covered by the Financial Projections may vary from the projected results, and the variations may be material. All Holders of Claims that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan are urged to examine carefully all of the assumptions on which the Financial Projections are based in evaluating the feasibility of the Plan.

The Financial Projections, and the assumptions on which they are based, are attached hereto as Exhibit D.

3. Best Interests Test

Unless an Impaired Class of Claims accepts the Plan unanimously, section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court to determine that the Plan is in the best interests of the dissenting Holders of Claims in such Class. This “best interests” test must show that each Holder of an Impaired Claim in such Class will receive property under the Plan with a value that is not less than such Holder would receive if the Debtors were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date.

To estimate the potential recoveries to Holders of Claims and Interests in a chapter 7 liquidation, the Bankruptcy Court would first have to estimate the amount of liquidation proceeds that might be available for distribution based on the relative priority of Claims and Interests as set forth in the Bankruptcy Code.

The amount of liquidation proceeds available for Distribution to Holders of unsecured Claims would be reduced by, first, the Claims of secured creditors to the extent of the value of their respective collateral and, second, the administrative and other priority claims allowed in chapter 7, including the costs and expenses of liquidation, such as the compensation of a chapter 7 trustee, as well as of counsel and other professionals retained by the trustee, asset disposition expenses, applicable taxes, litigation costs, and all unpaid administrative expenses incurred in the Chapter 11 Cases allowed in the chapter 7 cases, such as compensation of counsel and other professionals retained by the Debtors and obligations arising from the Debtors’ operations during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases. The liquidation itself would accelerate certain priority payments that otherwise would be due in the original course of business. Those priority claims would have to be paid in full from the liquidation proceeds before the balance would be made available to pay unsecured Claims or to make any distribution in respect of Interests. The liquidation would also prompt the rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases, resulting in a significantly greater amount of General Unsecured Claims.

Once the Bankruptcy Court ascertains the potential recoveries to the Debtors’ creditors in chapter 7, it would then compare it to the respective distributions to such creditors provided under the Plan. If the probable distribution to a Class under chapter 7 has a value greater than the value of the distribution to be received by the members of such Class under the Plan, then the Plan is not in the best interests of creditors and cannot be confirmed.

 

75


The Liquidation Analysis attached hereto as Exhibit E demonstrates that each Holder of a Claim or Interest in an Impaired Class will receive at least as much, if not more, under the Plan as such Holder would receive if the Debtors were liquidated under chapter 7.

C. Requirements for Confirmation of Plan – Non-Consensual Confirmation

The Bankruptcy Code permits the Bankruptcy Court to confirm the Plan over the dissent of any Impaired Class of Claims or Interests as long as the remaining standards in section 1129(a) and section 1129(b) are met. This power to confirm a plan over dissenting classes is often referred to as a “cram down.” It ensures that no single class of claims or interests can block a restructuring that otherwise meets the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code and is accepted by the other case constituents.

The Bankruptcy Court may confirm the Plan despite the rejection (or deemed rejection) by any Impaired Class of Claims or Interests if the Plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to such Class.

1. Unfair Discrimination

In general, a bankruptcy court will consider whether a plan provides different treatment to classes of claims of the same legal character and equal rank. The test does not require that the treatment be exactly the same, but that, to the extent such treatment is different, the discrimination be “fair.” Bankruptcy courts will take into account a number of factors in determining whether a plan discriminates unfairly.

2. Fair and Equitable Test

To be fair and equitable with respect to a dissenting class of impaired secured claims, a chapter 11 plan must provide that each Holder in such class either (a) retains its liens on the property subject to such liens (or if sold, on the proceeds thereof) to the extent of the allowed amount of its secured claim and receives deferred cash payments having a value, as of consummation of the chapter 11 plan, of at least such allowed amount or (b) receives the “indubitable equivalent” of its secured claim.

To be fair and equitable with respect to a dissenting class of impaired unsecured creditors, a chapter 11 plan must provide that either (a) each Holder in such class receives or retains property having a value, as of consummation of the plan, equal to the allowed amount of its unsecured claim or (b) the Holders of claims and interests that are junior to the claims of the dissenting class will not receive or retain any property under the chapter 11 plan.

To be fair and equitable with respect to a dissenting class of impaired equity interest Holders, a chapter 11 plan must provide that either (a) each Holder in such class receives or retains property having a value, as of consummation of the chapter 11 plan, equal to the greater of (i) the allowed amount of any fixed liquidation preference or fixed redemption price of its interest and (ii) the value of its interest or (b) the Holders of interests that are junior to the interests of the dissenting class will not receive or retain any property under the chapter 11 plan.

 

76


The Debtors submit, and will demonstrate in the memorandum of law they will file in connection with Confirmation, that the Plan is fair and equitable and does not discriminate unfairly with respect to the Holders of Claims and Interests, as applicable.

SECTION VII.

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the consummation of the Plan to holders of RCF Claims or Notes Claims (collectively, the “Addressed Claims”). The following discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders of Claims who are Unimpaired or who are not entitled to vote because they are deemed to accept or reject the Plan. In addition, this discussion does not address the receipt of Applicable Noteholder Consent Fees, RCF Fees, Backstop Fees or any other consideration being received on account of a person’s capacity other than as a holder of a Claim as consideration for their Claim pursuant to the Plan nor does it address tax issues relating to the ownership or disposition of the New Money Notes.

This discussion is limited to U.S. Holders (defined below) of Addressed Claims, who hold their Addressed Claims as capital assets for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This discussion does not address rules relating to special categories of holders, including financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, traders in securities that elect to mark- to-market, persons subject to special accounting rules under section 451(b) of the Code, U.S. expatriates, investors that hold Addressed Claims as part of a straddle, hedging, constructive sale or conversion transaction, holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar or holders who will actually or constructively own 5% or more of the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company (by either vote or value). The discussion does not address any U.S. state, local or foreign taxes, the “Medicare” tax on net investment income, any U.S. federal alternative minimum tax or any other U.S. federal tax other than the U.S. federal income tax.

Generally, the Plan is not expected to have any material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the Debtors. Accordingly, this discussion does not address any U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to the implementation of the Plan to the Debtors.

The discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences below is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code (“Treasury Regulations”), judicial authorities, published positions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date of this Disclosure Statement and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the contemplated transactions are complex and subject to significant uncertainties. Holders should note that no rulings from the IRS have been sought with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed below, and no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court will not take contrary positions.

 

77


This discussion is not a comprehensive description of all of the U.S. federal tax consequences that may be relevant with respect to the Plan. U.S Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their particular circumstances and the U.S. federal tax consequences with respect to the Plan, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any U.S. state, local or foreign tax jurisdiction and the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal or other tax laws.

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of Addressed Claims that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is any of the following:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds Addressed Claims, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner (or other beneficial owner) therein generally will depend upon the status of the partner (or other beneficial owner) and the activities of the partnership or other pass-through entity and accordingly, this summary does not apply to partnerships or other pass-through entities. A partner (or other beneficial owner) of a partnership or other pass-through entity or arrangement exchanging Addressed Claims pursuant to the Plan should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the partner (or other beneficial owner) of exchanging Addressed Claims.

A. U.S. Holders of Addressed Claims

Pursuant to the Plan, each holder of Addressed Claims will receive their pro rata share of (i) in the case of RCF Claims, SSRCF and Cash, and (ii) in the case of Notes Claims, Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares, Subscription Rights and Cash in satisfaction of its Addressed Claims (the “Consideration”). The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan to U.S. Holders of Addressed Claims will depend on whether the exchange of the Addressed Claims pursuant to the Plan constitutes a taxable transaction or a tax-deferred (or partially tax-deferred) transaction, such as an exchange governed by section 368 of the Code. Whether the exchange constitutes a taxable transaction or a tax-deferred (or partially tax-deferred) transaction will depend on the manner in which the Restructuring Transactions undertaken pursuant to the Plan (including pursuant to the Agreed Steps Plan) are consummated (which is not yet finally determined or

 

78


certain), the identity and U.S. federal income tax classification of the issuer of the Consideration, whether the relevant Addressed Claim is treated as a “security” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, whether the Consideration received in exchange (in whole or partial consideration) for the relevant Addressed Claim is treated as a “security” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and whether Cash or any other amounts are attributable to accrued but unpaid interest on such Addressed Claims.

Whether a debt instrument constitutes a “security” for U.S. federal income tax purposes is determined based on all the relevant facts and circumstances, but most authorities have held that the length of the term of a debt instrument at initial issuance is an important factor in determining whether such instrument is a security for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These authorities have indicated that a term of less than five years is evidence that the instrument is not a security, whereas a term of ten years or more is evidence that it is a security. There are a number of other factors that could be taken into account in determining whether a debt instrument is a security, including the security for payment, the creditworthiness of the obligor at the time of issuance, the subordination or lack thereof with respect to other creditors, the right to vote or otherwise participate in the management of the obligor, convertibility of the instrument into an equity interest of the obligor, whether payments of interest are fixed, variable, or contingent, and whether such payments are made on a current or accrued basis. A U.S. Holder of Addressed Claims should consult its own tax advisor to determine whether its Addressed Claims should be treated as securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, if such Addressed Claims are securities for such purposes, whether any instrument issued as Consideration are securities for such purposes.

If the exchange of Addressed Claims for any of the Consideration constitutes a tax- deferred transaction, generally, U.S. Holders of Addressed Claims that constitute “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, subject to the discussion below under “Accrued Interest” below, should be required to recognize gain (but not loss), to the lesser extent of (a) the amount of gain realized from the exchange (generally equal to the fair market value of all of the Consideration received in exchange for the Addressed Claim minus the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis, if any, in such Addressed Claim) or (b) the amount of Cash and fair market value of “other property” (as described under section 356 of the Code) received in the exchange. In such case, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Consideration received (other than (i) any Cash or “other property” or (ii) Consideration treated as received in satisfaction of accrued but unpaid interest and accrued original issue discount (“OID”), if any) should be equal to the tax basis in the Addressed Claims exchanged therefor increased by the amount of any gain recognized upon the exchange, and the holding period for such Consideration should include the holding period for the exchanged Addressed Claims. The tax basis of any “other property” should be equal to the fair market value of such property, and the holding period for such “other property” should commence on the day following the Effective Date. Each U.S. Holder of Addressed Claims should consult its own tax advisor about the consequences to them that may apply in the event that the exchange of the Addressed Claims pursuant to the Plan constitutes a tax-deferred (or partially tax-deferred) transaction, such as an exchange governed by section 368 of the Code.

If the exchange of Addressed Claims for the Consideration constitutes a taxable transaction, each U.S. Holder of an Addressed Claim generally will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of (A) the amount of Cash and the “issue price” of the SSRCF or Exchange Notes received, as applicable, and (B) in the case of a U.S. Holder of

 

79


Notes Claims, the fair market value of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and Subscription Rights received (other than any such Consideration treated as received for accrued but unpaid interest and accrued OID, if any) (each based on the U.S. dollar value of any such amount paid in the form of, or based on a foreign currency translated at the spot rate of exchange on the Effective Date) and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Addressed Claim immediately prior to the exchange (other than any tax basis attributable to accrued but unpaid interest and accrued OID, if any). The character of such gain or loss as capital gain or loss or as ordinary income or loss will be determined by a number of factors, including the tax status of the U.S. Holder, the nature of the Addressed Claim in such U.S. Holder’s hands, whether the Addressed Claim was purchased at a discount, and whether and to what extent the U.S. Holder previously claimed a bad debt deduction with respect to its Addressed Claim. If recognized gain is capital gain, it generally would be long-term capital gain if the U.S. Holder held its Addressed Claim for more than one year at the time of the exchange. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations. To the extent that a portion of the Consideration received is allocable to accrued but untaxed interest or OID, the U.S. Holder may recognize ordinary income. See “Accrued Interest” and “Market Discount” below. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in any SSRCF, Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares, or Subscription Rights received should be equal to the amount required to be taken into account in computing gain or loss as described above. A U.S. Holder’s holding period in any item of Consideration received on the Effective Date should begin on the day following the Effective Date.

Regardless of whether the exchange is treated as a taxable transaction or a tax-deferred (or partially tax-deferred) transaction, a U.S. Holder will have taxable interest income to the extent of any Consideration allocable to accrued but unpaid interest or OID not previously included in income, as more fully described below under “Accrued Interest,” which amounts will not be included in the amount realized with respect to a U.S. Holder’s Addressed Claim.

B. Consequences of Owning and Disposing of SSRCF, Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares, and Subscription Rights

1. Ownership of SSRCF and the Exchange Notes

The SSRCF and Exchange Notes are intended to be treated as debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the discussion below assumes such treatment.

Stated interest on the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes (including any additional amounts paid in respect of withholding taxes and without reduction for any amounts withheld) generally will be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as ordinary income at the time that such payments are received or accrued, in accordance with such U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. Holder that uses the cash method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that receives a payment of stated interest on the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes will be required to include in income (as ordinary income) the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency interest payment (determined based on the spot rate of exchange on the date such payment is received) regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to U.S. dollars at such time.

 

80


A cash method U.S. Holder will not recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss with respect to the receipt of such stated interest, but may recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss attributable to the actual disposition of the foreign currency so received.

A U.S. Holder that uses the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or that is otherwise required to accrue interest prior to receipt, will be required to include in income (as ordinary income) the U.S. dollar value of the amount of stated interest income in foreign currency that has accrued for such year determined by translating such amount into U.S. dollars at the average spot rate of exchange for the accrual period or, with respect to an accrual period that spans two taxable years, at the average spot rate of exchange for the partial period within each taxable year. Alternatively, an accrual basis U.S. Holder may make an election (which must be applied consistently to all debt instruments held by the electing U.S. holder at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies or thereafter acquired by the U.S. holder, and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS) to translate accrued interest income into U.S. dollars using the spot rate of exchange on the last day of the interest accrual period (or the last day of the portion of the accrual period within each taxable year in the case of a partial accrual period), or at the spot rate of exchange on the date of receipt, if that date is within five business days of the last day of the accrual period. A U.S. Holder that uses the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes will recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss with respect to accrued stated interest income on the date such interest is received. The amount of foreign currency exchange gain or loss recognized will equal the difference, if any, between the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency payment received (determined based on the spot rate of exchange on the date such stated interest is received) in respect of such accrual period and the U.S. dollar value of the interest income that has accrued during such accrual period (as determined above), regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to U.S. dollars at such time. Any such foreign currency exchange gain or loss generally will constitute ordinary income or loss and be treated, for foreign tax credit purposes, as U.S. source income or loss, and generally will not be treated as an adjustment to interest income or expense.

The SSRCF and the Exchange Notes will be treated as issued with OID for U.S. federal income tax purposes if the sum of all principal and interest payments (other than “qualified stated interest”) with respect to the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, as applicable, exceeds the issue price (as defined below) of the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, by more than a statutorily defined de minimis amount. U.S. Holders, whether on the cash or accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes, generally must include any OID in gross income as it accrues (on a constant yield to maturity basis), regardless of whether cash attributable to such OID is received at such time. OID accrued by a U.S. Holder generally will be treated as foreign source ordinary income and generally will be considered “passive” category income in computing the foreign tax credit such U.S. Holder may claim for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The availability of a foreign tax credit is subject to certain conditions and limitations and the rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the rules governing the foreign tax credit and deductions.

The amount of OID includible in gross income by a U.S. Holder of SSRCF or the Exchange Notes in any taxable year generally is the sum of the “daily portions” of OID with respect to the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, as applicable, for each day during such taxable year on which the U.S. Holder holds the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes. The daily portion is determined by allocating

 

81


to each day in any “accrual period” a pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period. The “accrual period” for the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes may be of any length and may vary in length over the term of the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes provided that each accrual period is no longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs on the first day or the final day of an accrual period.

The amount of OID allocable to any accrual period will be an amount equal to the product of the “adjusted issue price” for the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes, as applicable, at the beginning of the accrual period and its yield to maturity (determined on a constant yield method, compounded at the close of each accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the accrual period). OID allocable to the final accrual period is the difference between the amount payable at maturity and the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the final accrual period. The “adjusted issue price” of the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes at the beginning of any accrual period is equal to its issue price, increased by the accrued OID for each prior accrual period and reduced by any payments previously made on the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes, as applicable, other than any payments of qualified stated interest. The “yield to maturity” of the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes is the discount rate that, when used in computing the present value (as of the issue date) of all principal and interest payments to be made on the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, as applicable, produces an amount equal to the issue price of the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes. OID, if any, on the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes will be determined for any accrual period in foreign currency and then translated into U.S. dollars.

The “issue price” of the SSRCF and each series of Exchange Notes will be determined separately. The issue price of the SSRCF and each series of the Exchange Notes will depend on whether the SSRCF or such series of Exchange Notes are considered “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes as of the issue date of the SSRCF and the relevant series of Exchange Notes. The SSRCF or series of Exchange Notes will be treated as “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes if they are traded on an “established market,” within the meaning of the applicable Treasury Regulations, at any time during a 31-day period ending 15 days after the issue date of the SSRCF and the Exchange Notes which, in the case of any particular series of debt, also requires that the series exceeds $100 million. The issue date is the date of the exchange of the RCF Claims for the SSCRF and the Notes Claims for the relevant series of Exchange Notes. Reorganized Debtor[s] may not be able to determine whether the SSRCF or a series of Exchange Notes are treated as “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes until after the Effective Date.

If the SSRCF or a series of the Exchange Notes are treated as “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then the issue price of each of the SSRCF and such series of the Exchange Notes will be their respective fair market values determined as of the issue date. If the SSRCF or a series of Exchange Notes is not treated as “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes but the RCF Claims or relevant series of Notes Claims (whichever is surrendered in exchange for the SSRCF or series of the Exchange Notes that are not treated as “publicly traded” for sch purposes) are treated as “publicly traded” for such purposes (under the rules described above), the issue price of the SSRCF or such series of the Exchange Notes (that is not treated as “publicly traded” for such purposes) would be the fair market value of the RCF Claims, in the case of the SSRCF, and the portion of the relevant series of Notes Claims, in the case of the Exchange Notes, exchanged for the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, as applicable, determined as of the issue

 

82


date, provided that if the RCF Claims or series of Notes Claims does not exceed $100 million, such Claims will not be considered “publicly traded” for such purposes. If neither the SSRCF nor RCF Claims are treated as “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purpose, the issue price of the SSRCF will be the stated principal amount of the SSRCF as long as the SSRCF Claims are considered to have “adequate stated interest” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If neither a series of Exchange Notes nor the associated Notes Claims are treated as “publicly traded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes (under the rules described above), the issue price of such Exchange Notes will be the stated principal amount of the Exchange Notes as long as the series of Exchange Notes are considered to have “adequate stated interest” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A U.S. Holder will recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss when OID, if any, is paid (including, upon the disposition of the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, the receipt of proceeds that include amounts attributable to OID previously included in income) to the extent of the difference, if any, between the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency payment received, translated at the spot rate of exchange on the date such payment is received, and the U.S. dollar value of the accrued OID. For these purposes, all receipts on the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes will be viewed first, as payment of stated interest payable on the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes, as applicable; second, as receipt of previously accrued OID (to the extent thereof), with payments considered made for the earliest accrual periods first; and third, as receipt of principal. The rules governing OID instruments are complex and prospective purchasers should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of such rules to the SSRCF or the Exchange Notes as well as the interplay between the application of the OID rules and the currency exchange gain or loss rules.

2. Distributions on Noteholder Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “Possible Treatment of the Company as a Passive Foreign Investment Company,” any distributions with respect to the Noteholder Ordinary Shares (including any amounts withheld in respect of taxes thereon) generally will be treated as taxable dividends to the extent paid out of Reorganized Debtor’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). To the extent the amount of any distribution exceeds the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, and thereafter as capital gain, subject to the discussion below under “Market Discount.” The Company does not know whether it will keep record of its earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, U.S. Holders should expect that any distribution on the Noteholder Ordinary Shares generally will be treated as a dividend unless otherwise noted. If any such distributions are in foreign currency, such amount will be included in income at the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency (determined based on the spot rate of exchange on the date such amount is received) regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to U.S. dollars at such time. A U.S. Holder will later recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss, if any, upon converting such funds to U.S. dollars.

Any such taxable dividends received by a corporate U.S. Holder will not be eligible for the “dividends received deduction.” Any such taxable dividends will be eligible for reduced rates of taxation as “qualified dividend income” for non-corporate U.S. Holders if the following conditions are met: (i) either (1) the Company is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty

 

83


with the United States that the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury has determined is satisfactory and that includes an exchange of information program (which includes, as of the date hereof, the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Sweden for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income) or (2) the Noteholder Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (including, e.g., the NYSE or NASDAQ); (ii) the U.S. Holder meets the holding period requirement for the Noteholder Ordinary Shares (generally more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins 60 days before the ex-dividend date); and (iii) the Company was not in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid (with respect to a U.S. Holder that held Noteholder Ordinary Shares), and is not in the year in which the dividend is paid, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”). Otherwise, such taxable dividends will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation as “qualified dividend income.”

No assurance can be given that the Company will qualify, or remain qualified, for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty, and it is not expected that the Noteholder Ordinary Shares will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States as described above. In addition, as discussed below under “Possible Treatment of Reorganized Debtor as a Passive Foreign Investment Company,” no assurance can be given that Reorganized Debtor will not be treated as a PFIC. Accordingly, each non-corporate U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding whether taxable dividends received by such U.S. Holder will be eligible for qualified dividend income treatment.

3. Sale, Exchange, or Other Taxable Disposition of Noteholder Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “Possible Treatment of the Company as a Passive Foreign Investment Company,” a U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Noteholder Ordinary Shares equal to the difference between the amount realized on the disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. If the proceeds of such sale are received in foreign currency, for purposes of determining gain or loss, such amount will be converted into the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency (determined based on the spot rate of exchange on the date such amount is received) regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to U.S. dollars at such time. A U.S. Holder will later recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss, if any, upon converting such funds to U.S. dollars. Subject to the discussion below under “Market Discount,” this gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder has held (or is deemed to hold) the Noteholder Ordinary Shares for more than one year. For foreign tax credit limitation purposes, gain or loss recognized upon a disposition generally will be treated as from sources within the United States. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations for U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations.

4. Subscription Rights

While the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the receipt and exercise of the Subscription Rights is not entirely clear, it is expected that a U.S. Holder that elects to exercise its Subscription Rights should be treated as purchasing, in exchange for its Subscription Rights and the amount of cash paid by the U.S. Holder to exercise such Subscription Rights, New Money Notes issued in connection with such exercise. Consistent with such treatment, such a purchase should generally

 

84


be treated as the exercise of an option under general tax principles, and such U.S. Holder should not recognize income, gain, or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes when it receives the New Money Notes upon the exercise of the Subscription Rights. A U.S. Holder’s aggregate tax basis in the New Money Notes should equal the sum of (i) the amount of cash paid by the U.S. Holder to exercise the Subscription Rights plus (ii) such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Subscription Rights immediately before the Subscription Rights are exercised (determined consistent with U.S. Holder’s treatment of the receipt of the Subscription Rights). A U.S. Holder’s holding period for the New Money Notes received pursuant to such exercise should begin on the day following the date the U.S. Holder receives the New Money Notes upon the exercise of such U.S. Holder’s Subscription Rights.

A U.S. Holder that elects not to exercise the Subscription Rights may be entitled to claim a loss equal to the amount of tax basis allocated to such Subscription Rights. In general, such loss would be a capital loss (long-term or short-term depending upon whether the requisite holding period was satisfied), subject to any limitation on such U.S. Holder’s ability to utilize capital losses. U.S. Holders electing not to exercise their Subscription Rights are urged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of such decision.

Alternatively, the receipt and exercise of the Subscription Rights may be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an integrated transaction pursuant to which the New Money Notes are acquired directly in partial satisfaction of the U.S. Holder’s Notes Claims, or otherwise. U.S. Holders that will receive and expect to exercise Subscription Rights pursuant to the Plan are urged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax characterization thereof.

5. Possible Treatment of the Company as a Passive Foreign Investment Company

The Company may be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, a foreign corporation will be classified as a PFIC if (i) 75% or more of its gross income in a taxable year is passive income, or (ii) 50% or more of its assets in a taxable year, averaged quarterly over the year, produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other items, interest, dividends, royalties, rents and annuities. For purposes of these PFIC tests, if the Company directly or indirectly owns at least 25% (by value) of the stock of another corporation, the Company will be treated as owning its proportionate share of such other corporation’s gross assets and receiving its proportionate share of such other corporation’s gross income.

The determination of whether the Company is a PFIC is a factual determination made annually and thus may be subject to change. Because these determinations are based on the nature of our income and assets from time to time, and involve the application of complex tax rules, no assurances can be provided that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current or any past or future tax year.

If the Company is a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) Noteholder Ordinary Shares, the Company will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) the Noteholder Ordinary Shares unless (i) the Company ceases to be a PFIC and (ii) the U.S. Holder makes a “deemed sale” election under the PFIC rules. In general, if the

 

85


Company is a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) Noteholder Ordinary Shares, any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on a sale or other taxable disposition of such Noteholder Ordinary Shares, as well as the amount of any “excess distribution” (defined below) received by such U.S. Holder, would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition (or the taxable year of receipt, in the case of an excess distribution) and to any year before the Company became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amounts allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed. For purposes of these rules, an excess distribution is the amount by which any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its Noteholder Ordinary Shares in a taxable year exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the Noteholder Ordinary Shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter. Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as mark-to-market treatment or “qualified electing fund” treatment) of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. It is not known whether the Company will make available the information necessary for U.S. Holders to make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to their Noteholder Ordinary Shares.

The rules relating to PFICs are complex. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding whether the Company is or will become a PFIC and, if so, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding the Noteholder Ordinary Shares.

C. Accrued Interest

To the extent that any amount received by a U.S. Holder of a surrendered Addressed Claim is attributable to accrued but unpaid interest or OID, the receipt of such amount should be taxable to the U.S. Holder as ordinary interest income (to the extent not already taken into income by the U.S. Holder, and subject to a special exception that may be available to cash-method U.S. Holders in certain circumstances). Conversely, a U.S. Holder of an Addressed Claim may be able to recognize a deductible loss (or, possibly, a write off against a reserve for worthless debts) to the extent that any accrued interest or OID was previously included in the U.S. Holder’s gross income but was not paid in full. Such loss may be ordinary, but the tax law is unclear on this point.

If the fair market value of the Consideration is not sufficient to fully satisfy all principal and interest on an Addressed Claim, the extent to which such consideration will be attributable to accrued interest is unclear. Under the Plan, the aggregate Consideration received in respect of Addressed Claims will be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claims, with any excess allocated to unpaid interest, if any, that accrued on such Claims through the Effective Date. Certain legislative history indicates that an allocation of consideration as between principal and interest provided in a chapter 11 plan of reorganization is binding for U.S. federal income tax purposes, while certain Treasury Regulations treat payments as allocated first to any accrued but unpaid interest. The IRS could take the position that the consideration received by a U.S. Holder should be allocated in some way other than as provided in the Plan. U.S. Holders of Addressed Claims should consult their own tax advisors regarding the proper allocation of the consideration received by them under the Plan.

 

86


D. Market Discount

Under the “market discount” provisions of the Code, some or all of any gain realized by a U.S. Holder of an Addressed Claim who receives consideration pursuant to the Plan in satisfaction of its Addressed Claim may be treated as ordinary income (instead of capital gain), to the extent of the amount of “market discount” on the Addressed Claim. In general, a debt instrument is considered to have been acquired with “market discount” if the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the debt instrument is less than (a) the sum of all remaining payments to be made on the debt instrument, excluding “qualified stated interest” or (b) in the case of a debt instrument issued with original issue discount, its adjusted issue price, in either case, by at least a statutorily defined de minimis amount.

Any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on the taxable disposition of an Addressed Claim acquired with market discount should generally be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that accrued thereon while the Addressed Claim was considered to be held by the U.S. Holder (unless the U.S. Holder elected to include market discount in income as it accrued).

U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the exchange of Addressed Claims that were acquired with market discount pursuant to the Plan.

E. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

All distributions to U.S. Holders of Claims under the Plan are subject to any applicable tax withholding, including (as applicable) employment tax withholding. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends, and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at the then applicable withholding rate (currently 24%). Backup withholding generally applies if the holder fails to furnish its social security number or other taxpayer identification number (a “TIN”), furnishes an incorrect TIN, fails properly to report interest or dividends, or under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement, signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN provided is its correct number and that it is a United States person that is not subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be refunded (or credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability) to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied to the IRS. Certain persons are exempt from backup withholding, including, in certain circumstances, corporations and financial institutions.

In addition, from an information reporting perspective, the Treasury Regulations generally require disclosure by a U.S. taxpayer on its U.S. federal income tax return of certain types of transactions in which the taxpayer participated, including, among other types of transactions, certain transactions that result in the taxpayer claiming a loss in excess of specified thresholds. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding these regulations and whether the transactions contemplated by the Plan would be subject to these rules in the regulations and require disclosure on the holders’ tax returns.

 

87


The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan are complex. The foregoing summary does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular U.S. Holder in light of such U.S. Holder’s circumstances and income tax situation. All holders of Claims should consult with their tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences to them of the transactions contemplated by the Plan, including the applicability and effect of any U.S. state, local, or foreign tax laws, of any applicable income tax treaty, and of any change in applicable tax laws.

F. Importance of Obtaining Professional Tax Assistance

The foregoing summary has been provided for informational purposes only. All holders of Claims and Interests are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal, local, and non-U.S. income tax and other tax consequences that may result from implementation of the Plan.

SECTION VIII.

CERTAIN FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAW CONSIDERATIONS

The offer, issuance, and distribution under the Plan of the Exchange Notes, the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) (collectively, the “1145 Securities”) to Holders of the Notes Claims shall be exempt from the registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws to the fullest extent permitted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. The offer, sale, issuance and distribution under the Plan of the 1145 Securities to be issued pursuant to the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed will be exempt from the registration requirements under Section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws to the fullest extent permitted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Backstopped Notes will be “restricted securities” subject to transfer restrictions under the U.S. federal securities laws if they are issued to a U.S. person in accordance with the Backstop Agreement pursuant to section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act but will otherwise be issued pursuant to Regulation S (if they are issued to a non-U.S. person outside of the United States in accordance with the Backstop Agreement).

A. 1145 Securities

Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code generally exempts from the registration requirements under Section 5 of the Securities Act the offer or sale under a chapter 11 plan of a security of the debtor, of an affiliate participating in a joint plan with the debtor, or of a successor to the debtor under a plan, if such securities are offered or sold in exchange for a claim against, or an interest in, the debtor or such affiliate, or principally in such exchange and partly for cash. In reliance upon this exemption, the 1145 Securities will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and any other state and local securities laws. These securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act or other federal or state securities laws pursuant to the exemption provided by section 4(a)(1) of the Securities Act, unless the Holder is an “underwriter” with respect to such securities, as that term is defined in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, the 1145 Securities generally may be resold without registration under state securities laws pursuant to various exemptions provided by the respective laws of the several states.

 

88


Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code defines “underwriter” for purposes of the Securities Act as one who, except with respect to ordinary trading transactions, (a) purchases a claim against, or interest in, a debtor with a view to distribution of any security to be received in exchange for the claim or interest, (b) offers to sell securities issued under a plan for the Holders of such securities, (c) offers to buy securities issued under a plan from persons receiving such securities, if the offer to buy is made with a view to distribution and under an agreement in connection with the plan, with the consummation of the plan or with the offer or sale of securities under the plan, or (d) is an issuer, as used in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, with respect to such securities, which includes control persons of the issuer. “Control,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a “person”, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. The legislative history of Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code suggests that a creditor who owns ten percent (10%) or more of a class of voting securities of a reorganized debtor may be presumed to be a “controlling person” and, therefore, an underwriter.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, statutory underwriters may be able to sell securities without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to the resale limitations of Rule 144 of the Securities Act which, in effect, permit the resale of securities received by such statutory underwriters pursuant to a chapter 11 plan, subject to applicable volume limitations, notice and manner of sale requirements, and certain other conditions. Parties who believe they may be statutory underwriters as defined in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code are advised to consult with their own legal advisers as to the availability of the exemption provided by Rule 144.

In addition to the foregoing, all transfers of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares will be subject to the transfer provisions and other applicable provisions set forth in the Restructuring Implementation Deed.

B. Private Placement.

Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act provides that the issuance of securities by an issuer in transactions not involving a public offering are exempt from registration under the Securities Act. Regulation D is a non-exclusive safe harbor from registration promulgated by the SEC under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Rule 144A allows for the resale of securities to QIBs, and Regulation S allows for the resale of securities to certain persons in offshore transactions complying with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S.

The Debtors believe that the Backstopped Notes are issuable without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Only Holders of the Notes that are institutional “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), or (7) under the Securities Act) or “qualified institutional buyers” (within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act) and are parties to the Backstop Agreement will receive the Backstopped Notes, if any. The Backstopped Notes will be “restricted securities” (within the meaning of Rule 144), subject to the transfer restrictions applicable thereto. Such securities will be subject to resale restrictions and may be resold, exchanged, assigned or otherwise transferred only pursuant to registration, or an applicable exemption from registration, under the Securities Act and other applicable law.

 

89


Rule 144 provides a limited safe harbor for the public resale of restricted securities if certain conditions are met. These conditions vary depending on whether the Holder of the restricted securities is an “affiliate” of the issuer. Rule 144 defines an affiliate of the issuer as “a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such issuer.”

A non-affiliate of an issuer that is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Securities Exchange Act”) and who has not been an affiliate of the issuer during the three months preceding such sale may resell restricted securities after a one-year holding period whether or not there is current public information regarding the issuer.

An affiliate of an issuer that is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act may resell restricted securities after the one-year holding period if at the time of the sale certain current public information regarding the issuer is available. An affiliate must also comply with the volume, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144. First, the rule limits the number of restricted securities (plus any unrestricted securities) sold for the account of an affiliate (and related persons) in any three-month period to the greater of 1% of the outstanding securities of the same class being sold or, if the class is listed on a stock exchange, the average weekly reported volume of trading in such securities during the four weeks preceding the filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144 or if no notice is required, the date of receipt of the order to execute the transaction by the broker or the date of execution of the transaction directly with a market maker. Second, the manner of sale requirement provides that the restricted securities must be sold in a brokers’ transaction (within the meaning of section 4(a)(4) of the Securities Act), directly with a market maker or in a riskless principal transaction (as defined in Rule 144). Third, if the amount of securities sold under Rule 144 in any three month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price greater than $50,000, an affiliate must file or cause to be filed with the SEC a notice of proposed sale on Form 144.

The Debtors believe that the Rule 144 exemption will not be available with respect to any Backstopped Notes (whether held by non-affiliates or affiliates) until at least one year after the Effective Date. Accordingly, unless transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement or another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, nonaffiliated Holders of 4(a)(2) Securities will be required to hold their Backstopped Notes for at least one year and, thereafter, to sell them only in accordance with the applicable requirements of Rule 144, pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of applicable securities laws. It is currently contemplated that the Reorganized Debtors will not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to reasonably require certification, legal opinions or other evidence of compliance with Rule 144 as a condition to the removal of such legend or to any resale of the Backstopped Notes. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, also reserve the right to stop the transfer of any Backstopped Notes if such transfer is not in compliance with Rule 144, pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of applicable securities laws (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Rule 144A and Regulation S).

 

90


All persons who receive Backstopped Notes will be required to acknowledge and agree, pursuant to and to the extent set forth in the Agreed Steps Plan, that (a) they will not offer, sell or otherwise transfer any Backstopped Notes except in accordance with an exemption from registration, including under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if and when available, or pursuant to an effective registration statement, and (b) the Backstopped Notes will be subject to the other restrictions described above.

In any case, recipients of securities issued under or in connection with the Plan are advised to consult with their own legal advisers as to the availability of any such exemption from registration under state law in any given instance and as to any applicable requirements or conditions to such availability.

BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEX, SUBJECTIVE NATURE OF THE QUESTION OF WHETHER A PARTICULAR PERSON MAY BE AN UNDERWRITER OR AN AFFILIATE AND THE HIGHLY FACT-SPECIFIC NATURE OF THE AVAILABILITY OF EXEMPTIONS FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, INCLUDING THE EXEMPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, NONE OF THE DEBTORS MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION CONCERNING THE ABILITY OF ANY PERSON TO DISPOSE OF THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UNDER OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN. THE DEBTORS RECOMMEND THAT POTENTIAL RECIPIENTS OF THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UNDER OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN CONSULT THEIR OWN COUNSEL CONCERNING WHETHER THEY MAY FREELY TRADE SUCH SECURITIES AND THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH THEY MAY RESELL SUCH SECURITIES.

SECTION IX.

RISK FACTORS

The implementation of the Plan, the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the obligations under the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, and the Rights Offering Documents are subject to a number of material risks, including those summarized below. However, this summary of risks is not exhaustive. Prior to deciding how to vote on the Plan, Holders of Claims entitled to vote should read and consider carefully all of the information in the Plan and this Disclosure Statement, as well as all other information referenced or incorporated by reference into this Disclosure Statement.

This section contains certain “forward-looking statements.” These statements are subject to a number of assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ control, including the implementation of the Plan, the continuing availability of sufficient borrowing capacity or other financing to fund operations, the effect of the reorganization on customers, suppliers, and vendors, and risks regarding the operation of the business and associated with regulatory matters. Holders of Claims are cautioned that the forward-looking statements speak as of the date made and are not guarantees of future performance. Actual results or developments may differ materially from the expectations expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. No party, including, without limitation, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, undertakes an obligation to update any such statements.

 

91


A. Certain Bankruptcy Considerations

The bankruptcy court may find the solicitation of votes defective.

Usually, votes to accept or reject a plan of reorganization are solicited after the filing of the petition commencing a chapter 11 case. However, a debtor may solicit votes prior to the commencement of a chapter 11 case in accordance with sections 1125(g) and 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3018(b). Sections 1125(g) and 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code require that:

 

   

solicitation complies with applicable non-bankruptcy law (or if there is no such law, votes must be solicited after disclosure of adequate information (as defined by section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code));

 

   

the plan be transmitted to substantially all creditors and interest holders entitled to vote; and

 

   

the time prescribed for voting is not unreasonably short.

Bankruptcy Rule 3018(b) provides that a Holder of a claim or interest who has accepted or rejected a plan before the commencement of the case under the Bankruptcy Code will not be deemed to have accepted or rejected the plan if the court finds after notice and a hearing that the plan was not transmitted in accordance with reasonable solicitation procedures.

While the Debtors believe that the requirements of sections 1125(g) and 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3018(b) will be met, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same conclusion and not require re-solicitation of votes on the Plan.

The Debtors may be unable to obtain confirmation of the Plan.

Although the Debtors believe that the Plan will satisfy all requirements for confirmation under the Bankruptcy Code, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same conclusion. Moreover, there can be no assurance that modifications to the Plan will not be required for confirmation or that such modifications would not be sufficiently material as to necessitate re-solicitation of votes on the Plan.

If the Plan is not confirmed or does not become effective, there can be no assurance the Chapter 11 Cases will not be converted into chapter 7 liquidation cases or that any alternative chapter 11 plan or plans would be confirmed on terms as favorable to the Holders of Claims and Interests as those of the Plan. If a liquidation or protracted reorganization were to occur, there is a substantial risk that the Debtors’ going-concern value would be substantially eroded to the detriment of all stakeholders.

 

92


Risks associated with prolonged Chapter 11 Cases

The Debtors cannot be certain that the Chapter 11 Cases, commenced solely for the purpose of implementing the Plan, would be of relatively short duration (e.g., 35 to 65 days). It is impossible to predict with certainty the amount of time the Debtors will need to stay in chapter 11.

If the Debtors are unable to obtain confirmation of the Plan on a timely basis for any reason, they may be forced to operate in chapter 11 for an extended period while trying to develop a different chapter 11 plan. Lengthy Chapter 11 Cases would involve additional expenses and divert the attention of management from operation of the businesses, as well as create concerns for personnel, vendors, suppliers, service providers, and customers. The disruption that lengthy Chapter 11 Cases would inflict upon the Debtors’ businesses would increase with the length of time needed to complete the Restructuring Transaction, and the severity of that disruption would depend upon the attractiveness and feasibility of the Plan from the perspective of the suppliers, service providers, vendors, personnel, and customers.

Significant delay may result in the termination of the Lock-Up Agreement due to missed milestones, other termination events, or other applicable events of default to the extent the Debtors are unable to obtain waivers or amendments from the requisite Consenting Creditors.

In addition, at the outset of a chapter 11 case, the Bankruptcy Code provides the debtor with the exclusive right to propose a plan and prohibits all others from proposing an alternative plan. If the exclusivity period expires or is terminated by the Bankruptcy Court, however, there could be a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ ability to achieve confirmation of the Plan in order to achieve the Debtors’ stated goals.

The Effective Date may not occur.

Although the Debtors expect the Effective Date to occur after the Confirmation Date, there can be no assurance as to such timing. The occurrence of the Effective Date is subject to certain conditions precedent as set forth in Article IX of the Plan. Failure to meet any of these conditions – unless waived – could result in the Plan not being consummated.

If the Effective Date does not occur, the Plan will be null and void, and nothing contained in the Plan will: (i) constitute a waiver or release of any claims by the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity; (ii) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity; or (iii) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity, in any respect.

If the Effective Date does not occur, there can be no assurance that the Chapter 11 Cases will not be converted into chapter 7 liquidation cases or that any alternative chapter 11 plan or plans would be confirmed on terms as favorable to the Holders of Claims and Interests as those of the Plan. If a liquidation or protracted reorganization were to occur, there is a substantial risk that the Debtors’ going-concern value would be eroded to the detriment of all stakeholders.

 

93


The Debtors may be unsuccessful in obtaining first-day relief.

There can be no guaranty that the Debtors will be successful in obtaining the necessary authorization of the Bankruptcy Court with respect to the requested “first day” relief, including but not limited to, the authorization to pay wages and employee benefits and use the existing cash management system. As a result, the Debtors may be unable to make certain prepetition payments to employees, customers, vendors, suppliers, and service providers, in which case the Debtors’ businesses may suffer.

The releases, injunctions, and exculpations provisions may not be approved.

The releases, injunctions, and exculpations provided in the Plan are subject to objection by parties in interest and may not be approved. If the releases are not approved, certain Released Parties may withdraw their support for the Plan.

Risk of Termination of the Lock-Up Agreement.

The Lock-Up Agreement contains provisions that give the Consenting Creditors the ability to terminate the Lock-Up Agreement if certain conditions are satisfied. Termination of the Lock-Up Agreement could result in the Debtors’ inability to confirm the Plan and in protracted Chapter 11 Cases, which could significantly and detrimentally impact the Debtors’ relationships with their vendors, suppliers, employees, and major customers.

Risks Related to Possible Objections to the Plan.

There is a risk that certain parties could object to either the entirety of the Plan or to specific provisions of the Plan. Although the Debtors believe that all Plan provisions comply with the relevant Bankruptcy Code requirements, there can be no guarantee that a party in interest will not file an objection to the Plan or that the Bankruptcy Court will not sustain such an objection.

Financial Projections, Estimates, and Other Forward-Looking Statements Are Not Assured, and Actual Results May Vary.

Certain of the information contained in this Disclosure Statement contains estimates and assumptions that might ultimately prove to be incorrect and projections which may be materially different from actual future experiences. There are uncertainties associated with any projections and estimates, including but not limited to (i) the aggregate amounts of Claims in the various Classes and (ii) the estimated recoveries by Holders of Allowed Claims, and such projections and estimates should not be considered assurances or guarantees of the amount of assets that will ultimately be available for distribution on the Effective Date or the amount of Claims in the various Classes that might be Allowed. In addition, if the actual amount of Allowed Claims are greater than the Debtors’ estimates, the Debtors may be unable to pay or otherwise satisfy those Claims in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

Continued risks after consummation of the Plan.

Even if the Plan is consummated, the Reorganized Debtors will continue to face a number of risks, including risks that are beyond their control, such as further deterioration or other changes in economic conditions, changes in the industry, changes in interest rates, potential revaluing of their assets due to chapter 11 proceedings, changes in demand for their products and services, and increasing expenses. Some of these concerns and effects typically become more acute when a case under the Bankruptcy Code continues for a protracted period without indication of how or when the case may be completed. As a result of these risks and others, there is no guarantee that the Plan will achieve the Debtors’ stated goals.

 

94


Furthermore, even if the Debtors’ debts are reduced and/or discharged through the Plan, the Debtors may need to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financing or other means after the completion of the Chapter 11 Cases. Adequate funds may not be available when needed or may not be available on favorable terms.

B. Business-Related Risks

The announcement of the Restructuring Transactions could adversely affect the value of the Debtors’ businesses.

It is possible that announcement of the Restructuring Transactions or the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases could adversely affect the Debtors’ operations and relationships with third parties. Due to this uncertainty, many risks exist, including the following:

 

   

clients could switch to competitors;

 

   

personnel may be distracted from performance of their duties or more easily attracted to other employment opportunities, including with the Debtors’ competitors;

 

   

clients may delay making payments;

 

   

although the Plan provides for payment in full of General Unsecured Claims, general unsecured creditors depending on the terms of the relevant contractual relationships, may suspend or terminate their relationship with the Company, exercise rights of set-off or similar remedies, further restrict ordinary credit terms, or require guarantee of payment;

 

   

vendors and clients could terminate their relationship or require financial assurances or enhanced performance;

 

   

trade creditors could require payment in advance or cash on delivery;

 

   

the ability to renew existing contracts and compete for new business may be adversely affected;

 

   

competitors may take business away from the Debtors; and

 

   

insurance policies may be more difficult or expensive to obtain.

A delay in completing the Restructuring Transactions may result in the same adverse consequences. The occurrence of one or more of these events could have a material and adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, and prospects of the Debtors and the value of its existing interests and debt.

 

95


Results may vary from the projections and other forward-looking statements.

The Debtors’ management and advisors have prepared the Financial Projections attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit D. While those Financial Projections have been presented with numerical specificity, the Financial Projections are necessarily based on a variety of estimates and assumptions which, though considered reasonable by management, may not be realized and are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, industry, regulatory, market and financial uncertainties and contingencies, many of which will be beyond the Reorganized Debtors’ control. The Debtors caution that they cannot make any representations as to the accuracy of these Financial Projections (or other forward-looking statements set forth in this Disclosure Statement) or to the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to achieve the projected results. Some assumptions will inevitably differ from actual conditions. Furthermore, events and circumstances occurring after the date on which these Financial Projections were prepared may differ from any assumed facts and circumstances and may affect financial results in a materially adverse or materially beneficial manner. The Financial Projections and other forward-looking statements, therefore, should not be relied upon as a guarantee or other assurance of the actual results that will occur.

The Reorganized Debtors may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service their indebtedness.

The Reorganized Debtors’ ability to make scheduled payments on, or refinance, their debt obligations depends on their financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic, industry, and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory, and other factors beyond the Reorganized Debtors’ control. The Reorganized Debtors may be unable to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit them to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the SSRCF, or Exchange Notes, as applicable.

C. Risks Related to the Restructuring Transaction

The Swedish Reorganisation

The Debtors currently intend to accomplish the implementation of the Plan for Intrum AB in Sweden through a Swedish Reorganisation of Debtor Intrum AB, which may give rise to certain risks.

The Swedish Reorganisation regime is governed by the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act, enacted by the Swedish Parliament in 2022. Thus, it is a new legislation with limited precedents and case law. A Swedish Reorganisation is, to some extent, the Swedish equivalent to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. However, the provisions of the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act are not fully compatible with the provisions of chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code; meaning it is not certain that the same result will be achieved in a Swedish Reorganisation. For example, the Swedish rules on class composition and voting thresholds and the rules on cross-class cramdown and conditions for confirmation are not entirely consistent with the corresponding rules under the Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, fully implementing the Plan in Sweden by way of a Swedish Reorganisation proceeding may pose challenges if these thresholds or rules are not met

 

96


or complied with to the extent required. The consequences for the Debtors’ creditors in such a scenario may be that the distributions to creditors provided for in the Plan may not be realized in the manner envisaged and, in the event of a failure to obtain confirmation of a Swedish Reorganisation Plan, that the Plan cannot be consummated at all, which may lead to the effects described above in connection with a possible chapter 7 conversion. Furthermore, there are differences in what is considered an Allowed Claim under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code compared to the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act (e.g. if the Swedish Reorganisation is initiated significantly after the Petition Date, which may have the effect that the distributions to creditors provided for in the Plan may not be realized in the manner set forth therein).

Further, the Debtors currently only intend to initiate a Swedish Reorganisation proceeding in relation to the Debtor Intrum AB. There is a risk that certain creditors may threaten to take actions against the remaining Debtors with local authorities and, as a result, such Debtors may need to initiate further parallel proceedings, including in other jurisdictions to implement the Plan. Accordingly, there is no guarantee that implementation of the Plan in Sweden would be successful as a measure to effectuate the Plan for enforcement purposes, and there may be a need for additional implementation measures in Sweden or elsewhere, which will likely further complicate and delay the process to implement the Plan.

D. Risks Related to the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes Collateral

The ultimate recoveries under the Plan by the holders of Notes Claims will depend on the realizable value of the Exchange Notes and the Collateral (as defined in the Exchange Notes Indenture) securing the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Notes Collateral”). The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes Collateral are subject to a number of material risks, including, but not limited to, those specified below.

The Issuer is a holding company dependent upon cash flow from subsidiaries to meet its obligations on the Exchange Notes.

The Issuer is a holding company with no independent business operations or significant assets other than investments in its subsidiaries. The Issuer depends upon the receipt of sufficient funds from its subsidiaries to meet its obligations. The Company intends to procure the transfer of funds from its subsidiaries to the Issuer through a combination of dividends and interest payments on intercompany loans in order to meet the obligations on the Exchange Notes.

The amounts of dividends and distributions available to the Issuer will depend on the profitability and cash flow of its subsidiaries and the ability of those subsidiaries to issue dividends under applicable law. The subsidiaries of the Issuer, however, may not be able to, or may not be permitted under applicable law to, make distributions or advance upstream loans to the Issuer to make payments in respect of its indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes. Various agreements governing Intrum Group’s debt may restrict, and in some cases, may actually prevent the ability of the subsidiaries to move cash within their restricted group. Applicable tax laws may also subject such payments to further taxation.

 

97


Enforcement of the Exchange Notes Guarantees across multiple jurisdictions may be difficult.

The Exchange Notes will be issued by the Issuer, which is incorporated under the laws of Sweden, and guaranteed by the several Exchange Notes Guarantors, which are organized or incorporated under the laws of multiple jurisdictions. In the event of bankruptcy, pre-insolvency, insolvency or a similar event, proceedings could be initiated in any of these jurisdictions and in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of a future Exchange Notes Guarantor. The rights under the Exchange Notes Guarantees will thus be subject to the laws of a number of jurisdictions, and it may be difficult to effectively enforce such rights in multiple bankruptcy, pre-insolvency, insolvency and other similar proceedings. Moreover, such multijurisdictional proceedings are typically complex and costly for creditors and often result in substantial uncertainty and delay in the enforcement of creditors’ rights. In addition, the bankruptcy, pre-insolvency, insolvency, administration and other laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer and the Exchange Notes Guarantors may be materially different from, or in conflict with, one another, including creditors’ rights, priority of creditors, the ability to obtain post-petition interest and the duration of the insolvency proceeding. The application of these various laws in multiple jurisdictions could trigger disputes over which jurisdictions’ law should apply and could adversely affect the ability of the holders of the Exchange Notes to enforce their rights and to realize any recovery under the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes Guarantees.

The insolvency laws of Sweden and other jurisdictions may differ from the laws of the United States.

The Issuer is incorporated under the laws of Sweden. In the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event, proceedings could be initiated in Sweden or another relevant jurisdiction. The bankruptcy, insolvency, administrative and other laws of Sweden may be materially different from, or in conflict with, those of the United States, including in the areas of rights of creditors, priority of governmental and other creditors, ability to obtain post-petition interest and duration of the proceeding. The application of Swedish laws or laws of another relevant jurisdiction, or any conflict among them, could call into question whether any particular jurisdiction’s law should apply, adversely affect the ability of the holders of the Exchange Notes to enforce their rights under the Exchange Notes in those jurisdictions, limit any amounts that they may receive or otherwise result in a less favorable outcome.

If the Exchange Notes are redeemed early, an investor may not be able to reinvest such proceeds in a comparable security.

In the event that the Exchange Notes are redeemed early in accordance with the optional redemption provisions contained in the Exchange Notes Indenture and the terms of the New Money Notes Indenture, and depending on prevailing market conditions at the time, an investor who receives proceeds due to such an early redemption may not be able to reinvest such proceeds in an investment that yields comparable returns.

The transfer of the Exchange Notes is restricted, which may adversely affect their liquidity and the price at which they may be sold.

The Exchange Notes have not been registered under, and neither the Company nor the Issuer is obliged to register the Exchange Notes under, the Securities Act or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and, unless so registered, may not be offered or sold except pursuant to an exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any other applicable laws. Neither the Company nor the Issuer has agreed to or otherwise undertaken to register the Exchange Notes and neither the Company nor the Issuer has any intention to do so.

 

98


Credit ratings may not reflect all risks, are not recommendations to buy or hold securities and may be subject to revision, suspension or withdrawal at any time.

One or more independent credit rating agencies may assign credit ratings to the Exchange Notes. The ratings may not reflect the potential impact of all risks related to the structure, market, additional risk factors discussed herein and other factors that may affect the value of the Exchange Notes. A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision, suspension or withdrawal by the rating agency at any time. No assurance can be given that a credit rating will remain constant for any given period of time or that a credit rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the credit rating agency if, in its judgment, circumstances in the future so warrant. A suspension, reduction or withdrawal at any time of the credit rating assigned to the Exchange Notes by one or more of the credit rating agencies may adversely affect its access to capital, the cost and terms and conditions of its financings and the value and trading of the Exchange Notes, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Exchange Notes will be structurally subordinated to the liabilities and preference shares (if any) of the members of the Intrum Group that do not guarantee the Exchange Notes.

Some, but not all, of the members of the Intrum Group will guarantee the Exchange Notes. Members of the Intrum Group that have not guaranteed the Exchange Notes will not have any obligations to pay amounts due under the Exchange Notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Generally, holders of indebtedness of, and trade creditors of, such members of the Intrum Group, are entitled to payments of their claims from the assets of such members of the Intrum Group before these assets are made available for distribution to the Issuer, as a direct or indirect shareholder and the creditors of the Issuer (including the Holders of the Exchange Notes) will have no right to proceed against the assets of such subsidiary. As such, the Exchange Notes will be structurally subordinated to the creditors (including trade creditors) and any Holders of preferred stock of Intrum AB’s subsidiaries.

The security interests in the Exchange Notes Collateral are not directly granted to the Holders of the Exchange Notes.

The security interests in the Exchange Notes Collateral that will secure, among other obligations, the obligations of the Issuer under the Exchange Notes and the guarantors under the guarantees will not be granted directly to the Holders of the Exchange Notes, but will be granted only in favor of the Security Agent on behalf of the Exchange Notes Trustee and the Holders of the Exchange Notes in accordance with the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement. The Holders of the Exchange Notes will not have direct security interests and will not be entitled to take enforcement action in respect of the Exchange Notes Collateral, except through the Exchange Notes Trustee, who will (subject to the provisions of the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement) provide instructions to the Security Agent in respect of the Exchange Notes Collateral.

 

99


It may be difficult to realize the value of the Exchange Notes Collateral, and the ability of the Security Agent to enforce certain of the Exchange Notes Collateral may be restricted.

The Exchange Notes Collateral will be subject to any and all exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections permitted under the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable. The existence of any such exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections could adversely affect the value of the Exchange Notes Collateral as well as the ability of the Security Agent to realize or foreclose on such Exchange Notes Collateral. Furthermore, the ranking of security interests can be affected by a variety of factors, including the timely satisfaction of perfection requirements, statutory liens, certain statutory preferences or recharacterization under the laws of certain jurisdictions.

The security interests of the Security Agent are subject to practical challenges generally associated with the realization of security interests in the Exchange Notes Collateral. For example, the Security Agent may need to obtain the consent or approval of a third party (including a government or regulatory agency) to enforce a security interest in a contract or to transfer or sell certain assets. The Company cannot provide assurance that the Security Agent will be able to obtain any such consents or approvals. The Company also cannot provide assurance that the consents or approvals of any third parties will be given when required to facilitate a foreclosure on such assets. Accordingly, the Security Agent may not have the ability to foreclose upon those assets and the value of the Exchange Notes Collateral may significantly decrease.

The Exchange Notes Collateral may not be sufficient to secure the obligations under the Exchange Notes.

The Exchange Notes Collateral will also secure the Intrum Group’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility and the New Money Notes. The Exchange Notes Collateral may also secure additional debt to the extent permitted by the terms of the Exchange Notes Indenture, including certain hedging obligations. In addition, the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility, certain hedging counterparties and the Holders of New Money Notes will have a prior lien or priority in the waterfall for the proceeds of Exchange Notes Collateral to the Holders of the Exchange Notes. There may not be sufficient Exchange Notes Collateral to pay all or any of the Exchange Notes. The rights of a Holder of Exchange Notes to the Exchange Notes Collateral would be further diluted by any increase in the debt secured by the relevant Exchange Notes Collateral or a reduction of the Exchange Notes Collateral.

All Exchange Notes Collateral shall be subject to the Agreed Security Principles and permitted security interests as described in the form of Exchange Notes Indenture and certain of the Intrum Group’s assets are not part of the Exchange Notes Collateral.

The value of the Exchange Notes Collateral and the amount to be received upon a sale of such Exchange Notes Collateral will depend upon many factors, including, among others, the ability to sell the Exchange Notes Collateral in an orderly sale, whether or not the business is sold as a going concern, the condition of the economies in which operations are located and the

 

100


availability of buyers. The book value of the Exchange Notes Collateral should not be relied on as a measure of realizable value for such assets. No appraisals of any of the Exchange Notes Collateral have been prepared by the Company or on the Company’s behalf. The fair market value of the Exchange Notes Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, the Company’s ability to implement its business strategy, whether or not the business is sold as a going concern, the ability to sell the Exchange Notes Collateral in an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability of buyers, whether any approvals required to purchase the business would be available to a potential buyer and similar factors. Hence, the amount to be received upon a sale of any Exchange Notes Collateral would be dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to the actual fair market value of the Exchange Notes Collateral at such time, general market and economic conditions and the timing and the manner of the sale. All or a portion of the Exchange Notes Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Likewise, the Company cannot provide assurance that there will be a market for the sale of the Exchange Notes Collateral, or, if such a market exists, that there will not be a substantial delay in its liquidation. In addition, the share pledges of an entity may be of no value if that entity is subject to an insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding. The Exchange Notes Collateral may be released in connection with an enforcement sale and certain disposals pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

There also can be no assurance that the Exchange Notes Collateral will be sellable and, even if sellable, the timing of any liquidation or foreclosure is uncertain. To the extent that liens, rights or easements granted to third parties encumber assets owned by the Company, such as liens resulting from consignment agreements with the Company’s suppliers and retention rights, such third parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such liens that could materially adversely affect the value of the Exchange Notes Collateral and the ability of the Security Agent to realize or foreclose on the Exchange Notes Collateral. By the nature of the Company’s business, some or all of the Exchange Notes Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Also, certain of the Company’s contracts, including the Exchange Notes Indenture, include or will include a change of control clause, which may be triggered by enforcement of Exchange Notes Collateral and limit the value of the Exchange Notes Collateral. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, the Company cannot provide assurance that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the Exchange Notes Collateral will be sufficient to pay the obligations due under the Exchange Notes. If the proceeds of any enforcement (including, where applicable, a sale) of Exchange Notes Collateral are not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Exchange Notes (to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the Exchange Notes Collateral), a Holder of Exchange Notes would only have a senior unsecured claim against the Issuer’s remaining assets.

The Exchange Notes Indenture will also permit the existence or the granting of certain liens other than those in favor of the Holders of the Exchange Notes on the Exchange Notes Collateral, such as certain preexisting or statutory liens. Holders of such other secured indebtedness may have rights and remedies which, if exercised, could reduce the proceeds available to satisfy the Company’s obligations under the Exchange Notes.

 

101


The Exchange Notes will be secured only to the extent of the value of the assets that have been granted as Exchange Notes Collateral.

The Exchange Notes will be secured only by the Exchange Notes Collateral described in the Exchange Notes Indenture. Once granted, the security interests over the Exchange Notes Collateral will be limited to the same extent as those under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain other indebtedness, which limitations could be significant. To the extent that the claims of the Holders of the Exchange Notes exceed the value of the assets securing those Exchange Notes and other obligations, those claims will rank equally with the claims of the Holders of all other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness ranking pari passu with the Exchange Notes. As a result, if the value of the assets pledged as security for the Exchange Notes is less than the value of the claims of the Holders of the Exchange Notes, those claims may not be satisfied in full before the claims of certain unsecured creditors are paid.

The grant of Exchange Notes Collateral to secure the Exchange Notes might be challenged or voidable in an insolvency proceeding.

The grant of Exchange Notes Collateral in favor of the Security Agent may be voidable by the grantor or by an insolvency liquidator, receiver or administrator or by other creditors, or may be otherwise set aside by a court, or be unenforceable if certain events or circumstances exist or occur, including, among others, if the grantor is deemed to be insolvent at the time of the grant, or if the grant permits the secured parties to receive a greater recovery than if the grant had not been given and an insolvency proceeding in respect of the grantor is commenced within a legally specified “clawback” period following the grant.

The Intrum Group may incur additional indebtedness that is secured by the Exchange Notes Collateral on a pari passu basis, and lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility, Holders of the New Money Notes and certain hedging counterparties may receive proceeds from the enforcement of the Exchange Notes Collateral in priority to Holders of the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

Subject to certain conditions, the Intrum Group is permitted to grant security over the Exchange Notes Collateral in connection with future issuances of its indebtedness or indebtedness of its restricted subsidiaries, including any additional New Money Notes, in each case, as permitted under the Exchange Notes Indenture. As such, in the event of a foreclosure on the Exchange Notes Collateral, a Holder of Exchange Notes may not be able to fully recover on the Exchange Notes Collateral if the then outstanding claims on such indebtedness that shares the Exchange Notes Collateral pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement are greater than the proceeds realized.

Any proceeds received upon any enforcement over any Exchange Notes Collateral, after any applicable liabilities in respect of indebtedness designated as Super Senior Lender Liabilities, Super-Priority Hedging Liabilities, Piraeus Facility Lender Liabilities, 1.5 Liabilities and Headroom Liabilities under the Intercreditor Agreement have been discharged from such recoveries, will be applied pro rata in payment of all liabilities in respect of obligations under the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Exchange Notes and any other indebtedness of the Intrum Group permitted to be incurred and secured by the Exchange Notes

 

102


Collateral pursuant to the Exchange Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement on a pari passu basis.

The claims of the Holders of the Exchange Notes are effectively subordinated to the rights of the Intrum Group’s future secured creditors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness that does not constitute Exchange Notes Collateral.

The Exchange Notes will only be secured by the Exchange Notes Collateral. The Exchange Notes Indenture will provide for a negative pledge but will allow the Intrum Group, subject to specified limitations, to incur secured indebtedness that will be effectively senior to the Exchange Notes to the extent of the value of the non-Exchange Notes Collateral assets that secure that indebtedness. In the event of any distribution or payment of the Intrum Group’s assets in any foreclosure, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, administration, reorganization, or other insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding, the proceeds from the sale of non-Exchange Notes Collateral assets securing any indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the Exchange Notes only after all such secured indebtedness (including claims preferred by operation of law) has been paid in full. As a result, Holders of Exchange Notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of indebtedness secured by assets that do not constitute Exchange Notes Collateral.

The Intrum Group may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance an offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control as required by the Exchange Notes Indenture.

Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a “change of control,” the Issuer would be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding Exchange Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase. If a change of control were to occur, the Company cannot provide assurance that it would have sufficient funds available at such time to pay the purchase price of the outstanding Exchange Notes or that the restrictions in the Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or its other existing contractual obligations would allow it to make such required repurchases. The repurchase of the Exchange Notes pursuant to such an offer could cause a default under such indebtedness, even if the change of control itself does not. The ability of the Issuer to receive cash from its subsidiaries to allow them to pay cash to the Holders of the Exchange Notes following the occurrence of a change of control, may be limited by the Company’s then existing financial resources. If an event constituting a change of control occurs at a time when the Issuer is prohibited from repurchasing the Exchange Notes by the terms of its indebtedness (or the Issuer’s subsidiaries are prohibited from providing funds to the Issuer for the purpose of repurchasing the Exchange Notes), the Company may seek the consent of the lenders under such indebtedness to purchase the Exchange Notes or may attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If such consent to repay such borrowings is not obtained or such refinancing is not possible, the Issuer will remain prohibited from repurchasing any Exchange Notes. In addition, the Company expects that it would require third-party financing to make an offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes upon a change of control. The Company cannot provide assurance that it would be able to obtain such financing. Any failure by the Issuer to offer to purchase the Exchange Notes would constitute a default under the Exchange Notes Indenture, which would, in turn, constitute a default under the Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, the New Money Notes Indenture and certain other indebtedness.

 

103


E. Risks Related to the New Money Notes and the New Money Notes Collateral

The New Money Notes and the Collateral (as defined in the New Money Notes Indenture, which includes the escrow account in which the proceeds of the New Money Notes will be held (the “Escrow Account”)) securing the New Money Notes (the “New Money Notes Collateral”) are subject to a number of material risks, including, but not limited to, those specified below.

The offering of the New Money Notes may not be completed.

The offering of the New Money Notes will not be completed unless the conditions to the Effective Date are satisfied. There can be no assurance that the Company would be able to satisfy such conditions.

The Issuer is a holding company dependent upon cash flow from subsidiaries to meet its obligations on the New Money Notes.

The Issuer is a holding company with no independent business operations or significant assets other than investments in its subsidiaries. The Issuer depends upon the receipt of sufficient funds from its subsidiaries to meet its obligations. The Company intends to procure the transfer of funds from its subsidiaries to the Issuer through a combination of dividends and interest payments on intercompany loans in order to meet the obligations on the New Money Notes.

The amounts of dividends and distributions available to the Issuer will depend on the profitability and cash flow of its subsidiaries and the ability of those subsidiaries to issue dividends under applicable law. The subsidiaries of the Issuer, however, may not be able to, or may not be permitted under applicable law to, make distributions or advance upstream loans to the Issuer to make payments in respect of its indebtedness, including the New Money Notes. Various agreements governing Intrum Group’s debt may restrict, and in some cases, may actually prevent the ability of the subsidiaries to move cash within their restricted group. Applicable tax laws may also subject such payments to further taxation.

If the Company does not use the proceeds of the New Money Notes for certain debt buybacks of the Exchange Notes prior to the date falling 12 months after the Effective Date (the “Escrow Longstop Date”), the Issuer will be required to redeem its New Money Notes. As a result, the Holders of the New Money Notes may not obtain the return they expect on the New Money Notes and the escrowed funds may not be sufficient to cover the special mandatory redemption price.

 

104


The proceeds from the issuance of the New Money Notes will be held in an escrow account pending the satisfaction of certain conditions, including buybacks of the Exchange Notes, some of which are outside of our control. If certain debt buybacks of the Exchange Notes do not occur prior to the Escrow Longstop Date or if certain other events that trigger escrow termination occur, including the Company’s sole determination that a special mandatory redemption shall occur, the New Money Notes will be subject to a special mandatory redemption and the Holders of the New Money Notes may not obtain the return they expect to receive on the New Money Notes. Upon such redemption, the Holders of the New Money Notes may not be able to reinvest the proceeds from the redemption in an investment that yields comparable returns. In addition, if the Holders of the New Money Notes purchase the New Money Notes at a price greater than the issue price of the New Money Notes, such Holders may suffer a loss on their investment. The escrow funds will be initially limited to the proceeds from the Offering after deducting certain fees pursuant to the Backstop Letter and will not be sufficient to pay the special mandatory redemption price, which ranges from 98% to 100% of the aggregate issue price of the New Money Notes (depending on the timing of the special mandatory redemption) plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional amounts, if any, from the Effective Date to, but excluding, the date of special mandatory redemption and there is no assurance that the Issuer will have access to the funds necessary to allow it to pay the full amount of the required redemption price in the event of a special mandatory redemption.

There are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the New Money Notes under which the New Money Notes Guarantees may be released automatically, without the consent of the Holders of the New Money Notes or the consent of the New Money Notes Trustee.

Under various circumstances, the New Money Notes Guarantees will be released automatically.

Enforcement of the New Money Notes Guarantees across multiple jurisdictions may be difficult.

The New Money Notes will be issued by the Issuer, which is incorporated under the laws of Sweden, and guaranteed by the several New Money Notes Guarantors, which are organized or incorporated under the laws of multiple jurisdictions. In the event of bankruptcy, pre-insolvency, insolvency or a similar event, proceedings could be initiated in any of these jurisdictions and in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of a future New Money Notes Guarantor. The rights under the New Money Notes Guarantees will thus be subject to the laws of a number of jurisdictions, and it may be difficult to effectively enforce such rights in multiple bankruptcy, pre-insolvency, insolvency and other similar proceedings. Moreover, such multijurisdictional proceedings are typically complex and costly for creditors and often result in substantial uncertainty and delay in the enforcement of creditors’ rights. In addition, the bankruptcy, pre-insolvency, insolvency, administration and other laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer and the New Money Notes Guarantors may be materially different from, or in conflict with, one another, including creditors’ rights, priority of creditors, the ability to obtain post-petition interest and the duration of the insolvency proceeding. The application of these various laws in multiple jurisdictions could trigger disputes over which jurisdictions’ law should apply and could adversely affect the ability of the Holders of the New Money Notes to enforce their rights and to realize any recovery under the New Money Notes and the New Money Notes Guarantees.

 

105


The insolvency laws of Sweden and other jurisdictions may differ from the laws of the United States.

The Issuer is incorporated under the laws of Sweden. In the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event, proceedings could be initiated in Sweden or another relevant jurisdiction. The bankruptcy, insolvency, administrative and other laws of Sweden may be materially different from, or in conflict with, those of the United States, including in the areas of rights of creditors, priority of governmental and other creditors, ability to obtain post-petition interest and duration of the proceeding. The application of Swedish laws or laws of another relevant jurisdiction, or any conflict among them, could call into question whether any particular jurisdiction’s law should apply, adversely affect the ability of the Holders of the New Money Notes to enforce their rights under the New Money Notes in those jurisdictions, limit any amounts that they may receive or otherwise result in a less favorable outcome.

If the New Money Notes are redeemed early, an investor may not be able to reinvest such proceeds in a comparable security.

In the event that the New Money Notes are redeemed early in accordance with the optional redemption provisions contained in the New Money Notes Indenture and depending on prevailing market conditions at the time, an investor who receives proceeds due to such an early redemption may not be able to reinvest such proceeds in an investment that yields comparable returns.

The transfer of the New Money Notes is restricted, which may adversely affect their liquidity and the price at which they may be sold.

The New Money Notes have not been registered under, and neither the Company nor the Issuer is obliged to register the New Money Notes under, the Securities Act or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and, unless so registered, may not be offered or sold except pursuant to an exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any other applicable laws. Neither the Company nor the Issuer has agreed to or otherwise undertaken to register the New Money Notes and neither the Company nor the Issuer has any intention to do so.

Credit ratings may not reflect all risks, are not recommendations to buy or hold securities and may be subject to revision, suspension or withdrawal at any time.

One or more independent credit rating agencies may assign credit ratings to the New Money Notes. The ratings may not reflect the potential impact of all risks related to the structure, market, additional risk factors discussed herein and other factors that may affect the value of the New Money Notes. A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision, suspension or withdrawal by the rating agency at any time. No assurance can be given that a credit rating will remain constant for any given period of time or that a credit rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the credit rating agency if, in its judgment, circumstances in the future so warrant. A suspension, reduction or withdrawal at any time of the credit rating assigned to the New Money Notes by one or more of the credit rating agencies may adversely affect its access to capital, the cost and terms and conditions of its financings and the value and trading of the New Money Notes, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

106


The New Money Notes will be structurally subordinated to the liabilities and preference shares (if any) of the members of the Intrum Group that do not guarantee the New Money Notes.

Some, but not all, of the members of the Intrum Group will guarantee the New Money Notes. Members of the Intrum Group who have not guaranteed the New Money Notes will not have any obligations to pay amounts due under the New Money Notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Generally, Holders of indebtedness of, and trade creditors of, such members of the Intrum Group, are entitled to payments of their claims from the assets of such members of the Intrum Group before these assets are made available for distribution to the Issuer, as a direct or indirect shareholder and the creditors of the Issuer (including the Holders of the New Money Notes) will have no right to proceed against the assets of such subsidiary. As such, the New Money Notes will be structurally subordinated to the creditors (including trade creditors) and any Holders of preferred stock of Intrum AB’s subsidiaries.

The security interests in the New Money Notes Collateral are not directly granted to the Holders of the New Money Notes.

The security interests in the New Money Notes Collateral that will secure, among other obligations, the obligations of the Issuer under the New Money Notes and the Guarantors under the Guarantees will not be granted directly to the Holders of the New Money Notes, but will be granted only in favor of the Security Agent on behalf of the New Money Notes Trustee and the Holders of the New Money Notes in accordance with the New Money Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement. The Holders of the New Money Notes will not have direct security interests and will not be entitled to take enforcement action in respect of the New Money Notes Collateral, except through the New Money Notes Trustee, who will (subject to the provisions of the New Money Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement) provide instructions to the Security Agent in respect of the New Money Notes Collateral.

It may be difficult to realize the value of the New Money Notes Collateral, and the ability of the Security Agent to enforce certain of the New Money Notes Collateral may be restricted.

The New Money Notes Collateral will be subject to any and all exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections permitted under the New Money Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable. The existence of any such exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections could adversely affect the value of the New Money Notes Collateral as well as the ability of the Security Agent to realize or foreclose on such New Money Notes Collateral. Furthermore, the ranking of security interests can be affected by a variety of factors, including the timely satisfaction of perfection requirements, statutory liens, certain statutory preferences or recharacterization under the laws of certain jurisdictions.

 

107


The security interests of the Security Agent are subject to practical challenges generally associated with the realization of security interests in the New Money Notes Collateral. For example, the Security Agent may need to obtain the consent or approval of a third party (including a government or regulatory agency) to enforce a security interest in a contract or to transfer or sell certain assets. The Company cannot provide assurance that the Security Agent will be able to obtain any such consents or approvals. The Company also cannot provide assurance that the consents or approvals of any third parties will be given when required to facilitate a foreclosure on such assets. Accordingly, the Security Agent may not have the ability to foreclose upon those assets and the value of the New Money Notes Collateral may significantly decrease.

The New Money Notes Collateral may not be sufficient to secure the obligations under the New Money Notes.

The New Money Notes Collateral (other than the Escrow Account) will also secure the Intrum Group’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility and the New Money Notes. The New Money Notes Collateral (other than the Escrow Account) may also secure additional debt to the extent permitted by the terms of the New Money Notes Indenture, including certain hedging obligations. In addition, the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain hedging counterparties will have a prior lien or priority in the waterfall for the proceeds of New Money Notes Collateral (other than the Escrow Account) to the Holders of the New Money Notes. There may not be sufficient New Money Notes Collateral to pay all or any of the New Money Notes. The rights of a Holder of New Money Notes to the New Money Notes Collateral would be further diluted by any increase in the debt secured by the relevant New Money Notes Collateral or a reduction of the New Money Notes Collateral.

All New Money Notes Collateral shall be subject to the Agreed Security Principles and permitted security interests as described in the form of New Money Notes Indenture and certain of the Intrum Group’s assets are not part of the New Money Notes Collateral.

The value of the New Money Notes Collateral and the amount to be received upon a sale of such New Money Notes Collateral will depend upon many factors, including, among others, the ability to sell the New Money Notes Collateral in an orderly sale, whether or not the business is sold as a going concern, the condition of the economies in which operations are located and the availability of buyers. The book value of the New Money Notes Collateral should not be relied on as a measure of realizable value for such assets. No appraisals of any of the New Money Notes Collateral have been prepared by the Company or on the Company’s behalf. The fair market value of the New Money Notes Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, the Company’s ability to implement its business strategy, whether or not the business is sold as a going concern, the ability to sell the New Money Notes Collateral in an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability of buyers, whether any approvals required to purchase the business would be available to a potential buyer and similar factors. Hence, the amount to be received upon a sale of any New Money Notes Collateral would be dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to the actual fair market value of the New Money Notes Collateral at such time, general market and economic conditions and the timing and the manner of the sale. All or a portion of the New Money Notes Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market

 

108


value. Likewise, the Company cannot provide assurance that there will be a market for the sale of the New Money Notes Collateral, or, if such a market exists, that there will not be a substantial delay in its liquidation. In addition, the share pledges of an entity may be of no value if that entity is subject to an insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding. The New Money Notes Collateral may be released in connection with an enforcement sale and certain disposals pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

There also can be no assurance that the New Money Notes Collateral will be sellable and, even if sellable, the timing of any liquidation or foreclosure is uncertain. To the extent that liens, rights or easements granted to third parties encumber assets owned by the Company, such as liens resulting from consignment agreements with the Company’s suppliers and retention rights, such third parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such liens that could materially adversely affect the value of the New Money Notes Collateral and the ability of the Security Agent to realize or foreclose on the New Money Notes Collateral. By the nature of the Company’s business, some or all of the New Money Notes Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Also, certain of the Company’s contracts, including the New Money Notes Indenture, include or will include a change of control clause, which may be triggered by enforcement of New Money Notes Collateral and limit the value of the New Money Notes Collateral. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, the Company cannot provide assurance that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the New Money Notes Collateral will be sufficient to pay the obligations due under the New Money Notes. If the proceeds of any enforcement (including, where applicable, a sale) of New Money Notes Collateral are not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the New Money Notes (to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the New Money Notes Collateral), a Holder of New Money Notes would only have a senior unsecured claim against the Issuer’s remaining assets.

The New Money Notes Indenture will also permit the existence or the granting of certain liens other than those in favor of the Holders of the New Money Notes on the New Money Notes Collateral, such as certain preexisting or statutory liens. Holders of such other secured indebtedness may have rights and remedies which, if exercised, could reduce the proceeds available to satisfy the Company’s obligations under the New Money Notes.

The New Money Notes will be secured only to the extent of the value of the assets that have been granted as New Money Notes Collateral.

The New Money Notes will be secured only by the New Money Notes Collateral described in the New Money Notes Indenture. Once granted, the security interests over substantially all of the New Money Notes Collateral will be limited to the same extent as those under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain other indebtedness, which limitations could be significant. To the extent that the claims of the Holders of the New Money Notes exceed the value of the assets securing those New Money Notes and other obligations, those claims will rank equally with the claims of the Holders of all other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness ranking pari passu with the New Money Notes. As a result, if the value of the assets pledged as security for the New Money Notes is less than the value of the claims of the Holders of the New Money Notes, those claims may not be satisfied in full before the claims of certain unsecured creditors are paid.

 

109


The grant of New Money Notes Collateral to secure the New Money Notes might be challenged or voidable in an insolvency proceeding.

The grant of New Money Notes Collateral in favor of the Security Agent may be voidable by the grantor or by an insolvency liquidator, receiver or administrator or by other creditors, or may be otherwise set aside by a court, or be unenforceable if certain events or circumstances exist or occur, including, among others, if the grantor is deemed to be insolvent at the time of the grant, or if the grant permits the secured parties to receive a greater recovery than if the grant had not been given and an insolvency proceeding in respect of the grantor is commenced within a legally specified “clawback” period following the grant.

The Intrum Group may incur additional indebtedness that is secured by the New Money Notes Collateral (other than the Escrow Account) on a pari passu basis, and lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain hedging counterparties may receive proceeds from the enforcement of the New Money Notes Collateral (other than the Escrow Account) in priority to Holders of the New Money Notes pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

Subject to certain conditions, the Company is permitted to grant security over the New Money Notes Collateral (other than the Escrow Account) in connection with future issuances of its indebtedness or indebtedness of its restricted subsidiaries, including any additional New Money Notes, in each case, as permitted under the New Money Notes Indenture. As such, in the event of a foreclosure on such New Money Notes Collateral, a Holder of the New Money Notes may not be able to fully recover on such New Money Notes Collateral if the then outstanding claims on such indebtedness that shares such New Money Notes Collateral pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement are greater than the proceeds realized.

Any proceeds received upon any enforcement over such New Money Notes Collateral, after any applicable liabilities in respect of indebtedness designated as Super Senior Lender Liabilities and Super-Priority Hedging Liabilities under the Intercreditor Agreement have been discharged from such recoveries, will be applied pro rata in payment of all liabilities in respect of obligations under the New Money Notes Indenture and the New Money Notes and any other indebtedness of the Intrum Group permitted to be incurred and secured by the New Money Notes Collateral pursuant to the New Money Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement on a pari passu basis.

The claims of the Holders of the New Money Notes are effectively subordinated to the rights of the Intrum Group’s future secured creditors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness that does not constitute New Money Notes Collateral.

The New Money Notes will only be secured by the New Money Notes Collateral. The New Money Notes Indenture will provide for a negative pledge but will allow the Company, subject to specified limitations, to incur secured indebtedness that will be effectively senior to the New Money Notes to the extent of the value of the non-New Money Notes Collateral assets that secure that indebtedness. In the event of any distribution or payment of the Intrum

 

110


Group’s assets in any foreclosure, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, administration, reorganization, or other insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding, the proceeds from the sale of non-New Money Notes Collateral assets securing any indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the New Money Notes only after all such secured indebtedness (including claims preferred by operation of law) has been paid in full. As a result, Holders of New Money Notes may receive less, ratably, than Holders of indebtedness secured by assets that do not constitute New Money Notes Collateral.

The Intrum Group may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance an offer to repurchase the New Money Notes upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control as required by the New Money Notes Indenture.

Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a “change of control,” the Issuer would be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding New Money Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase. If a change of control were to occur, the Company cannot provide assurance that it would have sufficient funds available at such time to pay the purchase price of the outstanding New Money Notes or that the restrictions in the Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or its other existing contractual obligations would allow it to make such required repurchases. The repurchase of the New Money Notes pursuant to such an offer could cause a default under such indebtedness, even if the change of control itself does not. The ability of the Issuer to receive cash from its subsidiaries to allow them to pay cash to the Holders of the New Money Notes following the occurrence of a change of control, may be limited by the Company’s then existing financial resources. If an event constituting a change of control occurs at a time when the Issuer is prohibited from repurchasing the New Money Notes by the terms of its indebtedness (or the Issuer’s subsidiaries are prohibited from providing funds to the Issuer for the purpose of repurchasing the New Money Notes), the Company may seek the consent of the lenders under such indebtedness to purchase the New Money Notes or may attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If such consent to repay such borrowings is not obtained or such refinancing is not possible, the Issuer will remain prohibited from repurchasing any New Money Notes. In addition, the Company expects that it would require third-party financing to make an offer to repurchase the New Money Notes upon a change of control. The Company cannot provide assurance that it would be able to obtain such financing. Any failure by the Issuer to offer to purchase the Exchange Notes would constitute a default under the New Money Notes Indenture, which would, in turn, constitute a default under the Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, the Exchange Notes Indenture and certain other indebtedness

 

111


F. Risks Relating to Noteholder Ordinary Shares

The market price of Intrum AB’s ordinary shares may be volatile and may decline before or after the issuance.

The market price of Intrum AB’s ordinary shares is subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors, some of which are beyond the Company’s control. These factors include, among other things, actual or anticipated variations in the Company’s costs of doing business, operating results and cash flow, the nature and content of the Company’s earnings releases and its competitors’ earnings releases, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, business conditions in its markets and the general state of the securities markets and the market for other financial stocks, changes in capital markets that affect the perceived availability of capital to companies in its industry, and governmental legislation or regulation, as well as general economic and market conditions, such as downturns in economy and recessions.

In recent years, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price fluctuations that have often times been unrelated to the operating performance of the affected companies. Similarly, the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares may fluctuate significantly based upon factors unrelated or disproportionate to its operating performance. These market fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, interest rates or international currency fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of Intrum AB’s ordinary shares.

Significant sales of the Company’s ordinary shares, or the perception that significant sales thereof may occur in the future, could adversely affect the market price for its ordinary shares.

The sale of substantial amounts of the Company’s ordinary shares could adversely affect the price of these securities. Sales of substantial amounts of the Company’s ordinary shares in the public market, and the availability of shares for future sale could adversely affect the prevailing market price of its ordinary shares and could cause the market price of its ordinary shares to remain low for a substantial amount of time.

The Company does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of future dividends, if any, will depend, among other things, on the presence of debt under the Indentures and the Facility Agreement, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition and other factors.

G. Other Risks

The Financial Projections and other financial information are based on assumptions that may prove incorrect.

The Financial Projections and certain other financial information contained herein reflect numerous assumptions concerning the anticipated future performance of the Debtors, some of which may not materialize.

The financial information contained in this Disclosure Statement has not been audited except as otherwise stated herein. In preparing this Disclosure Statement, the Debtors have relied on financial data derived from their books and records available at the time of such preparation. Although the Debtors have exercised reasonable business judgment to ensure the accuracy of the financial information provided herein, and while the Debtors believe that such financial information fairly reflects their financial results, the Debtors are unable to warrant or represent that the financial information contained herein is without inaccuracies.

 

112


The Financial Projections are, by their nature, forward-looking, and necessarily based on certain significant assumptions or estimates that are beyond the Debtors’ control and may ultimately prove to be incorrect. The actual future financial results of the Debtors may turn out to be materially different from the Financial Projections. As discussed above, the Debtors’ industry is competitive, and their operations are subject to inherent uncertainties and risks, all of which make accurate forecasting very difficult. There can be no assurances that such prospective assessments will ultimately prove to be accurate.

It was assumed in the preparation of the Financial Projections and other financial information contained herein that the historical book value of the Debtors’ assets as of December 30, 2023, approximates those assets’ fair value, except for specific adjustments.

The implementation of the Plan may have significant United States federal income tax consequences for Holders of Allowed Claims and Holders of Allowed Interests.

The implementation of the Plan may have significant United States federal income tax consequences for Holders of Allowed Claims and Holders of Allowed Interests.

For a general discussion of the United States federal income tax treatment of the Plan for U.S. Holders of Allowed Claims and U.S. Holders of Allowed Interests, see the discussion in Section VII, titled “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests should consult with their tax advisors to determine the United States federal income tax consequences of the Plan in light of each Holder’s specific circumstances.

Historical financial information will not be comparable.

As a result of the consummation of the Plan and the transactions contemplated thereby, the financial condition and results of operations of the Reorganized Debtors from and after the Effective Date will not be comparable to the financial condition or results of operations reflected in the Debtors’ historical financial statements.

The Debtors have no duty to update.

The statements contained in the Disclosure Statement are made by the Debtors as of the date hereof, unless otherwise specified herein, and the delivery of the Disclosure Statement after that date does not imply that there has been no change in the information set forth herein since that date. The Debtors have no duty to update the Disclosure Statement unless otherwise ordered to do so by the Bankruptcy Court.

H. Certain Disclaimers

No representations outside the Disclosure Statement are authorized.

No representations concerning or related to the Debtors, the Chapter 11 Cases, or the Plan are authorized by the Bankruptcy Court or the Bankruptcy Code, other than as set forth in the Disclosure Statement. Any representations or inducements made to secure your vote for acceptance or rejection of the Plan that are other than those contained in, or included with, the Disclosure Statement should not be relied upon in making the decision to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

113


No legal or tax advice is provided by the Disclosure Statement.

The contents of the Disclosure Statement should not be construed as legal, business, or tax advice. Each Holder of a Claim or Interest should consult their own legal counsel and accountant as to legal, tax, and other matters concerning their Claim or Interest. The Disclosure Statement is not legal advice to you. The Disclosure Statement may not be relied upon for any purpose other than to determine (i) how to vote on the Plan, (ii) whether or not to opt-out of the releases as set forth in Section VIII(D)(2) of the Plan, and (iii) whether or not to object to confirmation of the Plan.

No admission made.

Nothing contained herein or in the Plan will constitute an admission of, or will be deemed evidence of, the tax or other legal effects of the Plan on the Debtors or the Holders of Claims or Interests.

SECTION X.

ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF PLAN

If the Plan is not confirmed, the alternatives include (a) liquidation of the Debtors under chapter 7 or chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) continuation of the Chapter 11 Cases and formulation of an alternative plan or plans of reorganization. Each of these possibilities is discussed in turn below.

A. Liquidation Under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11

If the Plan is not confirmed, the Chapter 11 Cases could be converted to liquidation cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. A trustee would then be appointed to promptly liquidate the assets of the Debtors.

Although it is impossible to predict precisely how the proceeds of a liquidation would be distributed, in a chapter 7 liquidation, additional administrative expenses caused by the appointment of a trustee and professionals to assist the trustee, along with an increase in the number of unsecured Claims that would arise by reason of the liquidation and from the rejection of unexpired leases and executory contracts, would cause a substantial diminution of the distributions available to creditors.

The Debtors could also be liquidated pursuant to a chapter 11 plan. In a liquidation under chapter 11, the Debtors’ assets could be sold in a more orderly fashion over a longer period of time than in a chapter 7 liquidation. Thus, a chapter 11 liquidation might result in larger recoveries than in a chapter 7 liquidation, but the delay in distributions could result in lower present values received and higher administrative costs incurred. Because a trustee is not required in a chapter 11 liquidation, expenses for professional fees could be lower than in a chapter 7 liquidation. However, the drafting and pursuit of a liquidation plan and solicitation and tabulation of votes thereon would result in additional delays and administrative costs.

 

114


Although a chapter 11 liquidation is preferable to a chapter 7 liquidation, the Debtors believe that any liquidation would be a much less attractive alternative than the Plan because of the greater recoveries the Debtors anticipate will be provided under the Plan. It is highly unlikely that the Holders of General Unsecured Claims or Interests would receive any distribution in a liquidation under either chapter 7 or chapter 11.

THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT THE PLAN AFFORDS SUBSTANTIALLY GREATER BENEFITS TO HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS THAN WOULD LIQUIDATION UNDER ANY CHAPTER OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.

The Liquidation Analysis, prepared by the Debtors with its financial advisors, premised upon a chapter 7 liquidation, is attached hereto as Exhibit E. The Liquidation Analysis takes into account the realizable value of the Debtors’ assets of the Debtors and the extent to which the assets are subject to liens and security interests. Based on this analysis, a liquidation of the Debtors’ assets would produce less value for distribution to creditors and equity interest Holders than that recoverable under the Plan.

B. Alternative Plans of Reorganization

If the Debtors continued to operate their businesses and manage their properties as debtors-in-possession while formulating and negotiating an alternative plan, they would remain subject to the restrictions imposed by the Bankruptcy Code. Protracted Chapter 11 Cases would significantly affect the Debtors business and ability to operate as a going concern.

SECTION XI.

CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

The Debtors, with the support of the Consenting Creditors, believe that confirmation and implementation of the Plan is in the best interests of the Holders of Claims and Interests because it provides the greatest recoveries to such Holders. In addition, any alternative to confirmation of the Plan could result in extensive delays and substantially increased administrative expenses.

Accordingly, the Debtors, with the support of the Consenting Creditors, urge all Holders of Claims who are entitled to vote on the Plan to vote to accept the Plan and to evidence such acceptance by returning their Ballots so that they are actually received by the Voting Agent no later than 4:00 p.m., prevailing Central Time, on November 13, 2024.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

115


Dated: OctoberNovember 17, 2024

 

Respectfully submitted,
Intrum AB (pub) and its undersigned affiliate
By:   /s/ Andrés Rubio.
  Name: Andrés Rubio
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
  On behalf of Intrum AB (pub) and its Debtor affiliate

Exhibit T3E.2

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS

HOUSTON DIVISION

 

      )     
In re:    )    Chapter 11
     )     
Intrum AB et al.,1    )    Case No. 24-90575 (CML)
     )     
     )    (Jointly Administered)
Debtors.    )   

JOINT PREPACKAGED CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF

REORGANIZATION OF INTRUM AB AND ITS DEBTOR

AFFILIATE PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

(FURTHER TECHNICAL MODIFICATIONS)

 

 

 

PORTER HEDGES LLP

John F. Higgins (TX 09597500)

M. Shane Johnson (TX 24083263)

1000 Main Street, 36th Floor

Houston, TX 77002

Telephone: (713) 226-6000

Facsimile: (713) 226-6248

Email: jhiggins@porterhedges.com

sjohnson@porterhedges.com

  

MILBANK LLP

Dennis F. Dunne (admitted pro hac vice)

Jaimie Fedell (admitted pro hac vice)

55 Hudson Yards

New York, NY 10001

Telephone:  (212) 530-5000

Facsimile:  (212) 530-5219

Email: ddunne@milbank.com

jfedell@milbank.com

Proposed Co-Counsel to the Debtors

  

Proposed Co-Counsel to the Debtors

Dated: December 18, 2024   

 

1 

The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases are Intrum AB and Intrum AB of Texas LLC. The Debtors’ service address in these chapter 11 cases is 801 Travis Street, STE 2101, #1312, Houston, TX 77002.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

INTRODUCTION

     1  

ARTICLE I DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, GOVERNING LAW, AND OTHER REFERENCES

     1  

A.

  

Defined Terms

     1  

B.

  

Rules of Interpretation; Computation of Time

     22  

C.

  

Governing Law

     23  

D.

  

Reference to Monetary Figures

     23  

E.

  

Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors

     23  

F.

  

Consent and Consultation Rights

     23  

G.

  

Controlling Document

     24  
ARTICLE II ADMINISTRATIVE AND PRIORITY CLAIMS      24  

A.

  

Administrative Claims

     24  

B.

  

Professional Fee Claims

     25  
  

1.  Professional Fee Claims

     25  
  

2.  Professional Fee Escrow Account

     26  
  

3.  Professional Fee Escrow Amount

     26  
  

4.  Post-Confirmation Date Fees and Expenses

     26  

C.

  

Priority Tax Claims

     26  

D.

  

Restructuring Expenses

     27  
ARTICLE III CLASSIFICATION, TREATMENT, AND VOTING OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS      27  

A.

  

Classification of Claims and Interests

     27  

B.

  

Treatment of Classes of Claims and Interests

     28  
  

1.  Class 1 — Other Secured Claims

     28  
  

2.  Class 2 — Other Priority Claims

     29  
  

3.  Class 3 — RCF Claims

     29  
  

4.  Class 4 — Senior Secured Term Loan Claims

     30  
  

5.  Class 5 — Notes Claims

     30  
  

6.  Class 6 — General Unsecured Claims

     31  
  

7.  Class 7 —Intercompany Claims

     31  
  

8.  Class 8 —Existing Equity Interests

     31  
  

9.  Class 9 —Intercompany Interests

     31  

 

i


C.

  

Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims

     32  

D.

  

Elimination of Vacant Classes

     32  

E.

  

No Waiver

     32  

F.

  

Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

     32  

G.

  

Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

     33  

H.

  

Controversy Concerning Impairment

     33  

I.

  

Subordinated Claims

     33  
ARTICLE IV PROVISIONS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN      33  

A.

  

General Settlement of Claims and Interests

     33  

B.

  

Restructuring Transactions

     34  

C.

  

Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions

     34  
  

1.  Issuance of the New Money Notes

     34  
  

2.  Equity Issuance

     36  
  

3.  SSRCF

     36  
  

4.  Amended Senior Secured Term Loan

     37  
  

5.  Exchange Notes

     38  

D.

  

Corporate Action

     39  

E.

  

Corporate Existence

     40  

F.

  

Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors

     40  

G.

  

Cancellation of Prepetition Credit Agreements, Notes, Instruments, Certificates, and Other Documents

     41  

H.

  

Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

     41  

I.

  

Certain Securities Law Matters

     42  

J.

  

Section 1146(a) Exemption

     43  

K.

  

Employee and Retiree Benefits

     43  

L.

  

Preservation of Causes of Action

     43  
ARTICLE V TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES      44  

A.

  

Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     44  

B.

  

Indemnification Obligations

     46  

C.

  

Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

     46  

D.

  

Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed

     46  

E.

  

Insurance Policies

     47  

 

ii


F.

  

Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements

     48  

G.

  

Reservation of Rights

     48  

H.

  

Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

     48  

I.

  

Contracts and Leases Entered into after the Petition Date

     49  
ARTICLE VI PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS      49  

A.

  

Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed as of the Effective Date

     49  

B.

  

Rights and Powers of Distribution Agent

     49  
  

1.  Powers of the Distribution Agent

     49  
  

2.  Expenses Incurred on or after the Confirmation Date

     49  

C.

  

Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims and Interests

     50  

D.

  

Delivery of Distributions

     50  
  

1.  Compliance Matters

     50  
  

2.  Foreign Currency Exchange Rate

     51  
  

3.  Undeliverable, and Unclaimed Distributions

     51  
  

4.  Surrender of Cancelled Instruments or Securities

     52  

E.

  

Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

     52  
  

1.  Claims Paid by Third Parties

     52  
  

2.  Claims Payable by Insurance Carriers

     53  
  

3.  Applicability of Insurance Policies

     53  

F.

  

Setoffs

     53  

G.

  

Allocation between Principal and Accrued Interest

     53  

H.

  

Minimum Distributions

     54  
ARTICLE VII PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING DISPUTED CLAIMS      54  

A.

  

Disputed Claims Generally

     54  

B.

  

Objections to Claims

     54  

C.

  

Estimation of Claims

     55  

D.

  

Disallowance of Claims

     55  

E.

  

No Distributions Pending Allowance

     55  

F.

  

Distributions after Allowance

     55  

G.

  

Claim Resolution Procedures Cumulative

     55  

H.

  

Single Satisfaction of Claims and Interests

     56  

 

iii


ARTICLE VIII EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN      56  

A.

  

Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

     56  

B.

  

Release of Liens

     56  

C.

  

Releases by the Debtors

     57  

D.

  

Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests

     58  

E.

  

Exculpation

     59  

F.

  

Injunction

     60  

G.

  

Reimbursement or Contribution

     61  
ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE      61  

A.

  

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

     61  

B.

  

Waiver of Conditions Precedent

     64  
ARTICLE X MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN      64  

A.

  

Modification of Plan

     64  

B.

  

Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

     64  

C.

  

Withdrawal of Plan

     64  
ARTICLE XI RETENTION OF JURISDICTION      65  
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      67  

A.

  

Immediate Binding Effect

     67  

B.

  

Additional Documents

     67  

C.

  

Payment of Statutory Fees

     67  

D.

  

Reservation of Rights

     68  

E.

  

Successors and Assigns

     68  

F.

  

Service of Documents

     68  

G.

  

Term of Injunctions or Stays

     69  

H.

  

Entire Agreement

     69  

I.

  

Plan Supplement

     69  

J.

  

Non-Severability

     70  

K.

  

Votes Solicited in Good Faith

     70  

L.

  

Closing of Chapter 11 Cases

     70  

M.

  

Waiver or Estoppel

     70  

N.

  

Creditor Default

     71  

O.

  

2002 Notice Parties

     71  

 

iv


INTRODUCTION

Intrum AB and its affiliated debtor as debtors-in-possession in the above-captioned chapter 11 cases (each, a “Debtor,” and collectively, the “Debtors”) propose this joint prepackaged plan of reorganization (the “Plan”) for the resolution of the outstanding Claims against and Interests in the Debtors pursuant to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Capitalized terms used in the Plan and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in Article I.A of the Plan. The Debtors seek to consummate the Restructuring Transactions on the Effective Date. Each of the Debtors are a proponent of the Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Plan does not contemplate substantive consolidation of any of the Debtors. Reference is made to the Disclosure Statement for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, business, properties and operations, projections, risk factors, a summary and analysis of the Plan, the Restructuring Transactions, and certain related matters. The Plan shall apply as a separate Plan for each of the Debtors, and the classification of Claims and Interests set forth herein shall apply separately to each of the Debtors.

ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THE PLAN AND THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IN THEIR ENTIRETY, PARTICULARLY HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS ENTITLED TO VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.

ARTICLE I

DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,

COMPUTATION OF TIME, GOVERNING LAW, AND OTHER REFERENCES

 

A.

Defined Terms

1. “2025 Eurobonds” means Notes issued under the 2025 Eurobonds Indenture.

2. “2025 Eurobonds Indenture” means the indenture dated August 5, 2020 between the Company (as issuer) and the Eurobond Trustee (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

3. “2025 MTN Issuance Agreement” means a notes program issuance agreement between, among others, the Company and Swedbank AB as lead arranger, originally dated February 10, 2012 (in each case, as amended, amended and restated, or supplemented from time to time).

4. “2025 MTNs” means, collectively: (a) the 2025 Tranche 1 MTNs; (b) the 2025 Tranche 2 MTNs; and (c) the 2025 Tranche 3 MTNs.

5. “2025 PPN Indenture” means the indenture between, among others, the Company (as issuer) and the PPN Trustee, dated December 13, 2019 (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

6. “2025 Tranche 1 MTNs” means SEK 1,100 million senior floating rate medium term notes due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to terms and conditions dated 3 May 2023 with ISIN SE0013105533 and pursuant to the 2025 MTN Issuance Agreement.

 

1


7. “2025 Tranche 2 MTNs” means SEK 400 million senior fixed rate medium-term notes due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions dated 3 May 2023 with ISIN SE0013105525 and pursuant to the 2025 MTN Issuance Agreement.

8. “2025 Tranche 3 MTNs” means SEK 1,250 million senior floating rate medium term notes due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to notes terms and conditions dated 25 June 2018 with ISIN SE0013104080 and pursuant to the 2025 MTN Issuance Agreement.

9. “2026 Eurobonds” means Notes issued under the 2026 Eurobonds Indenture.

10. “2026 Eurobonds Indenture” means the indenture dated July 31, 2019 between the Company (as issuer) and the Eurobond Trustee (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

11. “2026 MTNs” means the SEK 1,000 million senior floating rate medium-term notes due 2026, issued by the Company, with ISIN SE0013360435, in each case pursuant to a notes program issuance agreement between, among others, the Company and Swedbank AB as lead arranger, originally dated 10 February 2012 (in each case, as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time). “2027 Eurobonds” means Notes issued under the 2027 Eurobonds Indenture.

12. “2027 Eurobonds Indenture” means the indenture dated September 19, 2019 between the Company (as issuer) and the Eurobond Trustee (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

13. “2028 Eurobonds” means Notes issued under the 2028 Eurobonds Indenture.

14. “2028 Eurobonds Indenture” means the indenture dated December 14, 2022 between the Company (as issuer) and the Eurobond Trustee (as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time).

15. “Abstaining Creditor” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Lock-Up Agreement.

16. “Additional Backstop Provider” means any person who accedes to the Backstop Agreement and Lock-Up Agreement as a Backstop Provider on or after the date of the Backstop Agreement.

17. “Additional Consenting Noteholders” means any person which has become a Consenting Noteholder in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement on or after the effective date of the Lock-Up Agreement.

18. “Additional Participating Lender” means any person which has become a Participating Lender in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement on or after the effective date of the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

2


19. “Administrative Claim” means a Claim for costs and expenses of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 503(b), 507(a)(2), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred on or after the Petition Date until and including the Effective Date of preserving the Estates and operating the Debtors’ businesses; (b) Allowed Professional Fee Claims; (c) the Backstop Fees; (d) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code; and (e) the Restructuring Expenses.

20. “Administrative Claims Bar Date” means the deadline for Filing requests for payment of Administrative Claims, which: (a) with respect to Administrative Claims other than Professional Fee Claims, shall be 30 days after the Effective Date; and (b) with respect to Professional Fee Claims, shall be 45 days after the Effective Date.

21. “Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. With respect to any Entity that is not a Debtor, the term “Affiliate” shall apply to such Entity as if the Entity were a Debtor.

22. “Agents” means, collectively, the RCF Facility Agent, the agent under the Senior Secured Term Loan, and the Security Agent.

23. “Agents/Trustees” means, collectively, the Agents and the Notes Trustees.

24. “Agreed Steps Plan” means the implementation steps for the Restructuring Transactions as agreed in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

25. “Allowed” means, as to a Claim or an Interest allowed under the Plan, under the Bankruptcy Code, or by a Final Order, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, other than with respect to Administrative Claims not otherwise Allowed, (a) there is no requirement to File a Proof of Claim to be an Allowed Claim under the Plan, and (b) the Debtors may affirmatively determine to deem Unimpaired Claims Allowed to the same extent such Claims would be allowed under applicable non-bankruptcy law.

26. “Amended and Restated Senior Secured Term Loan” means the credit facility amending the Senior Secured Term Loan as provided under the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement.

27. “Amended and Restated Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement” means the definitive credit agreement governing the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan, which shall be consistent in all material respects with the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan Term Sheet.

28. “Amended and Restated Senior Secured Term Loan Term Sheet” means the Amended Piraeus Facility Term Sheet attached to the Plan Supplement as Exhibit Q.

29. “Ancillary Facility” has the meaning set forth in the Facility Agreement.

30. “Ancillary Facility Claim” means a Claim under any Ancillary Facility.

31. “Avoidance Actions” means any and all actual or potential avoidance, recovery, subordination, or other claims, actions, or remedies that may be brought by or on behalf of the Debtors or their Estates or other authorized parties in interest under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable non-bankruptcy law, including actions or remedies under sections 502, 510, 542, 544, 545, and 547 through and including 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, or other similar or related state, federal, or foreign statutes, common law, or other applicable law.

 

3


32. “Backstop Agreement” means the agreement attached as Exhibit C to the Disclosure Statement, dated on July 10, 2024, setting out the terms of the backstop commitments provided by the Backstop Providers to backstop the entirety of the issuance of New Money Notes (as may be further amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof).

33. “Backstop Fee” means the fee to be provided to the Backstop Providers in accordance with the Backstop Agreement equal to 3.0% of the aggregate principal amount of New Money Notes.

34. “Backstop Providers” means, collectively, (a) each person identified as such in a signature page to the Lock-Up Agreement and Backstop Agreement, and (on and from the time of their accession), and (b) each Additional Backstop Provider.

35. “Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532, as amended.

36. “Bankruptcy Court” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division or such other court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases.

37. “Bankruptcy Rules” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure as promulgated by the United States Supreme Court under section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. § 2075, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases and the general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court.

38. “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a “legal holiday,” as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a).

39. “Cash” means the legal tender of the United States of America or the equivalent thereof, including bank deposits and checks.

40. “Cause of Action” means any action, claim, cause of action, controversy, demand, right, action, Lien, indemnity, interest, guaranty, suit, obligation, liability, damage, judgment, account, defense, offset, power, privilege, license, and franchise of any kind or character whatsoever, whether known, unknown, contingent or non-contingent, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, disputed or undisputed, secured or unsecured, assertable directly or derivatively, whether arising before, on, or after the Petition Date, in contract or in tort, in law or in equity, or pursuant to any other theory of law, whether arising under any state or federal law or regulation of the United States of America or of any law or regulation in any other jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, “Cause of Action” includes: (a) any right of setoff, counterclaim, or recoupment and any claim for breach of contract or for breach of duties imposed by law or in equity; (b) any claim based on or relating to, or in any manner

 

4


arising from, in whole or in part, tort, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, violation of state or federal law or breach of any duty imposed by law or in equity, including securities laws, negligence, and gross negligence; (c) the right to object to Claims or Interests; (d) any Claim pursuant to section 362 or chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code; (e) any claim or defense, including fraud, mistake, duress, and usury, and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code; (f) any state or foreign law fraudulent transfer or similar claim; and (g) any other Avoidance Action.

41. “Certificate” means any instrument evidencing a Claim or Interest.

42. “Chapter 11 Cases” means (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, any case pending for that Debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court and (b) when used with reference to all Debtors, any procedurally consolidated chapter 11 cases pending for the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court.

43. “Claim” means a claim, as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

44. “Claims and Noticing Agent” means Kroll Restructuring Administration LLC, in its capacity as noticing, claims, and solicitation agent for the Debtors, pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

45. “Claims Register” means the official register of Claims and Interests in the Debtors maintained by the Claims and Noticing Agent.

46. “Class” means a class of Claims or Interests, as set forth in Article III hereof pursuant to section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

47. “CM/ECF” means the Bankruptcy Court’s Case Management and Electronic Case Filing system.

48. “Combined Hearing” means the hearing(s) before the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3020(b)(2) and sections 1125, 1128 and 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code at which the Debtors seek entry of the Combined Order.

49. “Combined Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming this Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, approving the Disclosure Statement pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, and approving the Backstop Agreement, including the Backstop Fee.

50. “Company” means Intrum AB (publ), a public limited liability company registered under the laws of Sweden with registration number 556607-7581.

51. “Confirmation” means entry of the Combined Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases.

52. “Confirmation Date” means the date on which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Combined Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.

 

5


53. “Consent Fee Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder” means a Consenting Noteholder holding Locked-Up Notes Debt comprising Eurobonds that is or becomes a party to the Lock-Up Agreement as a Consenting Noteholder prior to the Consent Fee Deadline (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) and remains a Consenting Creditor on, and has not materially breached the Lock-Up Agreement prior to, the Effective Date.

54. “Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender” means: (i) each Original Participating Lender; and (ii) each Participating Lender (other than an Original Participating Lender) who becomes an Additional Participating Lender on or before the Lock-Up Deadline (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement), and remains a Participating Lender on, and has not materially breached the Lock-Up Agreement prior to, the Effective Date.

55. “Consenting Creditor” means, notwithstanding that any such Consenting Creditor may be an Abstaining Creditor, a Consenting Noteholder or a Participating Lender, as the context requires.

56. “Consenting Noteholders” means (i) the Original Consenting Noteholders; (ii) any Holder of Notes Claims which has become an Additional Consenting Noteholder in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, in each case in respect of its Locked-Up Notes Debt unless, in each case, it has ceased to be a Consenting Noteholder in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

57. “Consummation” means the occurrence of the Effective Date.

58. “Core Noteholder Group” means the Notes Ad Hoc Group and each other Original Consenting Noteholder identified as a member of the Core Noteholder Group in its signature page to the Lock-Up Agreement.

59. “Covered Entities” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article VIII.E.

60. “Covered Matters” has the meaning ascribed to in Article VIII.E.

61. “Cure” means the payment of a Claim (unless waived or modified by the applicable counterparty) based upon a Debtor’s defaults under an Executory Contract or an Unexpired Lease assumed by such Debtor under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than a default that is not required to be cured pursuant to section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

62. “Cure Amount” means as applicable, (i) the payment of Cash by the Debtor, or the Distribution of other property (as the parties may agree or the Bankruptcy Court may order), as necessary to (a) Cure a monetary default by the Debtor in accordance with the terms of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease and (b) permit the Debtor to assume such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or (ii) the payment of Cash by the Debtor in an amount required by section 1124(2) of the Bankruptcy Code to Reinstate a Claim.

63. “Debtor” or “Debtors” has the meaning provided in the preamble of this Plan.

64. “Debtor Release” means the releases by the Debtors set forth in Article VIII.C herein.

 

6


65. “Definitive Documents” means the definitive documents and agreements governing the Restructuring Transactions (including any related orders, agreements, instruments, schedules, or exhibits) that are contemplated by and referenced in the Plan (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time), including: (i) the Lock-Up Agreement (and all exhibits and other documents and instruments related thereto); (ii) the Financing Order; (iii) the Plan and the Plan Supplement (and all exhibits and other documents and instruments related thereto and included therein); (iv) the Disclosure Statement and the Solicitation Materials; (v) the Combined Order; (vi) the Scheduling Order; (vii) the First Day Pleadings and the First Day Orders; (viii) the Transaction Documents; (ix) any other document or agreement necessary or advisable to be entered into, adopted, or filed to implement the Restructuring Transactions; and (x) any motion, brief, or pleading filed by the Debtors or by any Company Affiliate or its “foreign representative” (or equivalent, as applicable) in these Chapter 11 Cases, the Swedish Company Reorganisation Process, or any related proceeding, including any motion, brief, or pleading seeking approval or confirmation of any of the foregoing Definitive Documents, which shall in each case, (a) be subject to the consent rights as set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and (b) be in an agreed form as set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement.

66. “Disclosure Statement” means the Disclosure Statement relating to this Plan, dated as of October 17, 2024, as may be amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto and references therein that relate to the Plan, that is prepared and distributed in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and any other applicable law.

67. “Disputed” means a Claim or an Interest or any portion thereof: (a) that is not Allowed; (b) that is not disallowed under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, or a Final Order, as applicable; and (c) with respect to which a party in interest has Filed a Proof of Claim or otherwise made a written request to a Debtor for payment, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

68. “Distribution” means a distribution made or facilitated by a Distribution Agent pursuant to the Plan.

69. “Distribution Agent” means, as applicable, the Reorganized Debtors or any Entity the Reorganized Debtors select to make or to facilitate Distributions in accordance with the Plan.

70. “Distribution Date” means, except as otherwise set forth herein, the date or dates determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, on or after the Effective Date, upon which the Distribution Agent shall make Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims entitled to receive Distributions under the Plan.

71. “Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline” means 11:59 pm (London time) on September 2, 2024 or such later date as may be agreed to in writing pursuant to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement.

72. “Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder” means a Consenting Noteholder holding Locked-Up Notes Debt comprising Eurobonds that is or becomes a party to the Lock-Up Agreement as a Consenting Noteholder prior to the Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline and remains a Consenting Noteholder on, and has not materially breached the Lock-Up Agreement prior to, the Effective Date.

 

7


73. “Early Bird Eurobond Consent Fee” means in respect of an Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder, an early bird consent fee equal to a further 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of its Locked-Up Debt (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) comprising Eurobonds as of the Early Bird Consent Fee Deadline and described in further detail in the Lock-Up Agreement.

74. “Effective Date” means the date that is the first Business Day after the Confirmation Date on which all conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A of the Plan have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Article IX.B of the Plan.

75. “Effective Date Failed CP Notice” means a notice delivered after the Long-Stop Time by the Majority Core Noteholder Group or the Majority Participating Lenders (in each case, acting reasonably) stating in writing that a condition precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A of the Plan cannot be satisfied by September 30, 2025 in a manner reasonably acceptable to the party delivering such notice and that they will not waive such condition precedent.

76. “Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee” means, in respect of a Participating MTN Holder, a consent fee in respect of each relevant MTN Issuance in which it holds Notes, equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes Claims in that MTN Issuance.

77. “Entity” has the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.

78. “Estate” means the estate of any Debtor created under sections 301 and 541 of the Bankruptcy Code upon the commencement of the applicable Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case.

79. “Eurobond Consent Fee” means in respect of a Consent Fee Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder, a consent fee equal to 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of its Locked-Up Notes Debt comprising Eurobonds as of the Noteholder Record Date and described in further detail in the Lock-Up Agreement.

80. “Eurobond Trustee” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch.

81. “Eurobonds” means (a) the 2025 Eurobonds; (b) 2026 Eurobonds; (c) the 2027 Eurobonds; (d) the 2028 Eurobonds; and (e) the PPNs.

82. “Exchange Notes” means the new secured notes to be issued by HoldCo (or such other Entity as may be agreed between the Company, the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group) under the Exchange Notes Indenture pursuant to the Plan consistent with the terms as set forth in the Plan Supplement and the Lock-Up Agreement.

83. “Exchange Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture which shall govern the Exchange Notes.

 

8


84. “Exculpated Party” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such and, in each case, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the Debtors.

85. “Exculpation” means the exculpation provision set forth in Article VIII.E hereof.

86. “Executory Contract” means a contract or lease to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

87. “Existing Equity Interests” means any issued, unissued, authorized, or outstanding ordinary shares or shares of common stock, preferred stock, or other instrument evidencing an ownership interest in Intrum AB, whether or not transferable, together with any warrants, equity-based awards, or contractual rights to purchase or acquire such interests at any time and all rights arising with respect thereto that existed immediately before the Effective Date.

88. “Facility Agreement” means the revolving facility agreement originally dated 6 December 2019 between, among others, the Company, Lock TopCo AS, a private limited liability company (aksjeselskap) registered under the laws of Norway with registration number 913 852 508, the Security Agent and Swedbank AB (Publ) as facility agent (as amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, including by an amendment and restatement deed dated 7 December 2020, and including all exhibits and other documents and instruments related thereto).

89. “Facility Agreement Amendments Documents” means the SSRCF Credit Agreement and any and all documents (other than the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents and the Restructuring Documents (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) except with respect to the Intercreditor Agreement and New Security Documents, which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, each be a Facility Agreement Amendments Document) required to effect the amendment of the Facility Agreement in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

90. “Facility Agreement Documents” means, collectively, the Facility Agreement and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection therewith.

91. “File,” “Filed,” or “Filing” means file, filed, or filing in the Chapter 11 Cases with the Bankruptcy Court or, with respect to the filing of a Proof of Claim, the Claims and Noticing Agent or the Bankruptcy Court.

92. “Final Decree” means the decree contemplated under Bankruptcy Rule 3022.

93. “Final Order” means an order of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the relevant subject matter that has not been reversed, modified or amended, that is not stayed, and as to which the time to appeal, seek certiorari, or move for new trial, reargument, or rehearing has expired and no appeal, petition for certiorari, or proceeding for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has been timely taken, or as to which any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been or may be Filed has been withdrawn with prejudice, resolved by the highest court to which the order could be appealed or from which certiorari could be sought, or the new trial, reargument or rehearing shall have been denied,

 

9


resulted in no modification of such order or has otherwise been dismissed with prejudice; provided, that the possibility that a motion under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Bankruptcy Rules, may be filed with respect to such order will not preclude such order from being a Final Order.

94. “Financing Order” means the Interim Order (I) Authorizing Postpetition Use of Cash Collateral, (II) Granting Adequate Protection and (III) Scheduling a Final Hearing Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 4001(b) or the Final Order (I) Authorizing Postpetition Use of Cash Collateral, (II) Granting Adequate Protection and (III) Scheduling a Final Hearing Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 4001(b).

95. “First Day Orders” means any interim or Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court granting the relief requested in the First Day Pleadings (as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time).

96. “First Day Pleadings” means all motions, applications, notices or other pleadings that the Debtors File or propose to File in connection with the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases and all orders sought thereby (any of the foregoing as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time), including the proposed First Day Orders.

97. “General Unsecured Claim” means any Claim that is not a Secured Claim, other than (a) Administrative Claims, (b) Priority Tax Claims, (c) Other Priority Claims, or (d) Notes Claims.

98. “Governmental Unit” has the meaning set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.

99. “HoldCo” means Intrum Investments and Financing AB, a company registered under the laws of Sweden with registration number 559481-4906.

100. “Holder” means any Entity that is the record or beneficial owner of any Claim or Interest, including any nominees, investment managers, investment advisors, sub-advisors, or managers of funds or discretionary accounts that hold, or trustees of trusts that hold, any Claim or Interest.

101. “Holding Period Trust” means a trust to be established on customary terms for a fixed period of twelve months following the Effective Date to hold certain Distributions in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

102. “Impaired” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

103. “Indemnification Provisions” means each of the Debtors’ indemnification provisions currently in place, whether in the Debtors’ bylaws, certificates of incorporation, other formation documents, board resolutions, indemnification agreements, employment agreements, engagement letters, or other contracts, for the current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, other professionals, and agents of the Debtors and such current and former directors’, officers’, managers’, employees’, attorneys’, other professionals’, and agents’ respective Affiliates.

 

10


104. “Insurance Policies” means all insurance policies issued or providing coverage at any time to any of the Debtors or any of their predecessors and all agreements, documents, letters of indemnity, or instruments relating thereto.

105. “Insurer” means any company or other entity that has issued or entered into an Insurance Policy, any third-party administrator, and any respective predecessors or affiliates thereof.

106. “Intercompany Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor held by another Debtor or a member of the Intrum Group.

107. “Intercompany Interest” means an Interest in a Debtor held by another Debtor.

108. “Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement, originally dated June 26, 2017 between, amongst others, the Company and the Security Agent (as amended, supplemented, or restated from time to time, including by amendment agreement dated January 15, 2020).

109. “Interest” means the common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, and any other equity, ownership, or profits interests of any Debtor, including, without limitation, options, warrants, rights, or other securities or agreements to acquire the common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, or other equity, ownership, or profits interests of any Debtor (whether or not arising under or in connection with any employment agreement).

110. “Intrum Group” means Intrum AB, its subsidiaries, and the other entities controlled by Intrum AB or its subsidiaries.

111. “Law” means any federal, state, local, or foreign law (including common law), statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, ruling, or judgment, in each case, that is validly adopted, promulgated, issued, or entered by a governmental authority of competent jurisdiction (including the Bankruptcy Court).

112. “Lender Record Date” has the meaning set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement.

113. “Lien” has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.

114. “Lock-Up Agreement” means that certain Lock-Up Agreement, a redacted version of which is attached as Exhibit B to the Disclosure Statement dated July 10, 2024, by and among the Company and the Consenting Creditors and the other parties who signed the signature pages thereto, including all exhibits and attachments thereto, as amended pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated August 15, 2024, as may be further amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

11


115. “Locked-Up Facility Agreements Debt” means, in relation to:

 

  (a)

an Original Participating Lender, the amount of RCF Claims held by that Participating Lender from time to time, including: (i) the amount of RCF Claims stated in the most recent Confidential Annexure (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) delivered by that Original Participating Lender to the Information Agent (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement or, if the Original Participating Lender has not delivered a Confidential Annexure (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) to the Information Agent (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement), the amount of RCF Claims stated in Schedule 1 (Original Participating Lenders) of the LUA Amendment and Restatement Agreement to the Lock-Up Agreement, plus (ii) any accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) thereon, plus (iii) the principal amounts of any other RCF Claims plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) transferred to it after the Second Effective Date (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement), plus (iv) all additional RCF Claims that become locked-up pursuant to Clause 6.2 of the Lock-Up Agreement (to the extent not already reflected in Schedule 1 of the LUA Amendment and Restatement Agreement or such Original Participating Lender’s most recent Confidential Annexure (if any); and

 

  (b)

a Participating Lender other than an Original Participating Lender, the amount of RCF Claims held by that Participating Lender from time to time, including: (i) the amount of RCF Claims stated in the most recent Confidential Annexure (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) delivered by that Participating Lender to the Information Agent (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, plus (ii) any accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) thereon, plus (iii) the principal amounts of any other RCF Claims plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) transferred to it after the date on which it acceded to the Lock-Up Agreement, plus (iv) all additional RCF Claims that becomes locked-up pursuant to Clause 6.2 of the Lock-Up Agreement (to the extent not already reflected in such Participating Lender’s most recent Confidential Annexure (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement)).

116. “Locked-Up Notes Debt” means in relation to each Consenting Noteholder, the amount of Notes Claims held by that Consenting Noteholder from time to time, including: (a) the amount of Notes Claims stated in its signature pages to the Lock-Up Agreement plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) thereon and the principal amounts of any other Notes Claims transferred to it after the First Effective Date (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement), in each case excluding any Notes Claims held by it as a broker-dealer in its capacity as a Qualified Market-maker (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement); and (b) all additional Notes Claims that have become locked-up pursuant to Clause 6.2 of the Lock-Up Agreement (to the extent not already reflected in such Holder’s signature pages to the Lock-Up Agreement), in each case to the extent not reduced or transferred by such Consenting Noteholder under and in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

117. “Long-Stop Time” means (a) 11:59 p.m. (London time) on March 31, 2025, or (b) (i) if a Compromise Process (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) has been Launched (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) and remains ongoing as at March 31, 2025, 11:59 p.m. (London time) on May 31, 2025 or (ii) otherwise, such later date and time as may be extended in writing (whether pursuant to a single extension or multiple extensions) with the agreement of each of the Company and the Majority Consenting Creditors; provided that such date shall not be extended beyond May 31, 2025 without the prior written consent of all Consenting Creditors.

 

12


118. “LUA Amendment and Restatement Agreement” means the amendment and restatement agreement to the Lock-Up Agreement dated 15 August 2024 between the Company, the Information Agent (as defined therein), and certain other parties thereto.

119. “LUA Compliance Certificate” means a certificate signed by an officer of the Company and dated not more than 10 days before the Effective Date confirming that the Company has continued to comply with each of the restrictions and covenants set out in the Lock-Up Agreement (as they apply to the Company and to the Company’s obligations to procure compliance by each other member of the Group (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) with any such restrictions and covenants) in all material respects since the termination of the Lock-Up Agreement or where the Company failed to comply with any such restriction or covenant (or such obligation to procure) set out in the Lock-Up Agreement in any material respect and where failure to comply was capable of remedy, such failure to comply was remedied within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the Company became aware of the failure to comply or the Majority Core Noteholder Group or the Majority Participating Lenders delivered a notice to the Company alleging failure to comply, as if the Lock-Up Agreement were still in full force and effect.

120. “Majority Consenting Creditors” means: (a) the Majority Consenting Noteholders and (b) the Majority Participating Lenders.

121. “Majority Consenting Noteholders” means Consenting Noteholders whose Locked-Up Notes Debt represents at least 50% by value of the aggregate Locked-Up Notes Debt held by all Consenting Noteholders at the relevant time.

122. “Majority Core Noteholder Group” means one or more members of the Core Noteholder Group whose principal amount outstanding of Locked-Up Notes Debt represents more than 50% by value of the aggregate Locked-Up Notes Debt of all members of the Core Noteholder Group at the relevant time.

123. “Majority Participating Lenders” means the Participating Lenders whose Locked-Up Facility Agreements Debt represents at least 6623% by value of the aggregate Locked-Up Facility Agreement Debt of all Participating Lenders, at the relevant time.

124. “MTN Agent” means Nordic Trustee & Agency AB (publ).

125. “MTN Terms and Conditions” means the terms and conditions governing each MTN Issuance including, for the avoidance of doubt, any final terms.

126. “MTNs” means, collectively: (a) the 2025 MTNs and (b) the 2026 MTNs and each of the notes referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) above shall be referred to individually as an “MTN Issuance”.

 

13


127. “New Money Documents” means any and all documents (other than the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, and the Restructuring Documents) required to effect the issuance of the New Money Notes in accordance with, and in terms consistent with, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed, which the Debtors and the Consenting Creditors anticipate will include, without limitation: (a) the New Money Notes Indenture; (b) the New Money Notes Purchase Agreement; and (c) the escrow agreement relating to the New Money Notes.

128. “New Money Notes” means the notes to be issued under and governed by the New Money Notes Indenture.

129. “New Money Notes Indenture” means the indenture to be entered into relating to the New Money Notes between, among others, the issuer of the New Money Notes, the guarantors party thereto, the trustee and the security agent thereto.

130. “New Money Notes Purchase Agreement” means the note purchase agreement to be entered into between, among others, the issuer of the New Money Notes, the guarantors party thereto and each purchaser of New Money Notes party thereto.

131. “New Security Documents” means each document governing security to be granted in accordance with the SSRCF Credit Agreement, New Money Notes Indenture, the Exchange Notes Indenture, the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Agreed Steps Plan.

132. “Nominee” means, with respect to each Consenting Creditor and, for the purposes of the Backstop Agreement, each Backstop Provider, its (i) Affiliates, Related Funds (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement), branches, or controlled co-investment vehicles or (ii) any other related person approved by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith) to receive any of its entitlements or rights and obligations pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; provided that each such Consenting Creditor (or Backstop Provider, as the case may be) still remains and shall remain liable and responsible for the performance of all obligations assumed by any such person on its behalf and non-performance by any such person of any obligations of a Consenting Creditor shall not relieve such Consenting Creditor from its obligations under the Lock-Up Agreement.

133. “Noteholder Ordinary Shares” means new equity to be issued by the Company, being, as of the Effective Date, 10% of the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company on a fully diluted basis, on the terms set out more fully in the Lock-Up Agreement, the. Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Agreed Steps Plan.

134. “Noteholder Record Date” means such date and time as shall be agreed between the Company and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (each using their reasonable endeavors to ensure the date and time is agreed not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to such date and time).

135. “Notes” means: (a) the Eurobonds and (b) the MTNs, in each case which remain outstanding as of the Petition Date.

 

14


136. “Notes Ad Hoc Group” has the meaning set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement.

137. “Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisors” means the Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel and the Notes Ad Hoc Group Financial Advisors.

138. “Notes Ad Hoc Group Counsel” means Latham & Watkins LLP and Latham & Watkins (London) LLP, and Advokatfirmaet Schjødt AS, filial or any of their respective affiliates, local bankruptcy counsel to the Notes Ad Hoc Group, other local counsel or conflicts counsel retained by the Notes Ad Hoc Group, or any of their respective affiliates, or partnerships, as legal counsel to the Notes Ad Hoc Group.

139. “Notes Ad Hoc Group Financial Advisors” means PJT Partners (UK) Limited or any successor financial advisor to the Notes Ad Hoc Group.

140. “Notes Amendments Documents” means any and all documents, agreements and instruments (other than the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents and the New Money Documents), including the Exchange Notes Indenture, required to propose, implement and consummate the exchange of the Notes in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed.

141. “Notes Claims” means Claims on account of the Notes.2

142. “Notes Trustees” means the Eurobond Trustee, the PPN Trustee and the MTN Agent (if any).

143. Original Consenting Noteholders” means each Noteholder (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) identified in the signature pages to the Lock-Up Agreement.

144. “Original Participating Lender” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Lock-Up Agreement.

145. “Other Priority Claim” means any Claim other than an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

146. “Other Secured Claim” means any Secured Claim against the Debtors other than the RCF Claims and the Senior Secured Term Loan Claims.

147. “Participating Eurobond Holder” means a Holder of Participating Eurobonds.

148. “Participating Eurobonds” means the outstanding Eurobonds.

149. “Participating Lender” means the Original Participating Lenders and the Additional Participating Lenders.

 

 

2 

For the avoidance of doubt, no Restructuring Expenses shall be deemed Notes Claims.

 

15


150. “Participating MTN Holder” means a Holder of Participating MTNs.

151. “Participating MTNs” means the outstanding 2025 MTNs and 2026 MTNs.

152. “Participating Notes Claim” means Claims held by Participating Eurobond Holders and Participating MTN Holders.

153. “Person” has the meaning set forth in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.

154. “Petition Date” means the date on which the Debtors commence the Chapter 11 Cases.

155. “Plan” means this chapter 11 plan, as altered, amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, including the Plan Supplement and all exhibits, supplements, appendices, and schedules.

156. “Plan Supplement” means any supplemental appendix to the Plan, containing certain documents and forms of documents, schedules, and exhibits relevant to the implementation of the Plan, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Bankruptcy Code, and the Bankruptcy Rules. The Plan Supplement shall be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court at least seven (7) days prior to the deadline to object to Confirmation.

157. “PPN Trustee” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch.

158. “PPNs” means the Notes issued pursuant to the 2025 PPN Indenture.

159. “Prepetition Finance Documents” means the 2025 PPN Indenture, the Facility Agreement, the 2025 Eurobond Indenture, the 2026 Eurobond Indenture, the 2027 Eurobond Indenture, the 2028 Eurobond Indenture, and the MTN Terms and Conditions.

160. “Priority Tax Claim” means any Claim of a Governmental Unit of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

161. “pro rata” means, unless otherwise specified, the proportion that an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in that Class.

162. “Professional” means an Entity: (a) employed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to a Final Order in accordance with sections 327 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered prior to or on the Effective Date pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, and 331 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) for which compensation and reimbursement has been Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

163. “Professional Fee Amount” means the aggregate amount of Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses the Professionals estimate they have incurred or will incur in rendering services to the Debtors prior to and as of the Confirmation Date, which estimates Professionals shall deliver to the Debtors as set forth in Article II.B of the Plan.

 

16


164. “Professional Fee Claim” means any Administrative Claim for the compensation of Professionals and the reimbursement of expenses incurred by such Professionals through and including the Confirmation Date to the extent such fees and expenses have not been paid pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court. To the extent the Bankruptcy Court denies or reduces by a Final Order any amount of a Professional’s requested fees and expenses, then the amount by which such fees or expenses are reduced or denied shall reduce the applicable Professional Fee Claim.

165. “Professional Fee Escrow Account” means an account funded by the Debtors with Cash on the Effective Date in an amount equal to the Professional Fee Amount.

166. “Proof of Claim” means a proof of Claim against any of the Debtors Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases.

167. “RCF Claims” mean any Claim against any Debtor derived from, based upon, or arising under the Facility Agreement or the Facility Agreement Documents including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Ancillary Facility Claims.3

168. “RCF Closing Fee” means, in respect of a Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender, a consent fee equal to 0.50% of its RCF commitments as of the Lender Record Date in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement and occurrence of the Effective Date.

169. “RCF Facility Agent” means the “Facility Agent” from time to time under, and as defined in, the Facility Agreement.

170. “RCF Facility Agent Counsel” means the legal counsel engaged by the RCF Facility Agent including, but not limited to, in connection with the negotiation and implementation of the Restructuring (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) and the implementation of the Plan, including, but not limited to, any local counsel or conflicts counsel retained by the RCF Facility Agent in each applicable jurisdiction.

171. “RCF Forbearance Fee” means, in respect of a Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender, a consent fee equal to 0.50% of its RCF commitments as of the Implementation Milestone 1 Date (under, and as defined in, the Lock-Up Agreement) payable in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

172. “RCF Lock-Up Fee” means, in respect of a Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender, a consent fee equal to 0.50% of its RCF commitments as of the Lender Record Date payable in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

173. “RCF SteerCo Group” has the meaning set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement.

174. “Reinstate,” “Reinstated,” or “Reinstatement” means with respect to Claims and Interests, that the Claim or Interest shall be rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

 

3 

For the avoidance of doubt, no Restructuring Expenses shall be deemed RCF Claims.

 

17


175. “Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List” means the list, as determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that will be rejected by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Plan, which list shall be included in the Plan Supplement.

176. “Related Party” means, each of, and in each case in its capacity as such, current and former directors, managers, officers, control persons, investment committee members, members of any governing body, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), interest holders, affiliated investment funds or investment vehicles, managed accounts, or funds (including any beneficial holder for the account of whom such funds are managed), predecessors, participants, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, partners, limited partners, general partners, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals and advisors (including any attorneys or professionals retained by any current or former director or manager of a Debtor in his or her capacity as director or manager as a Debtor), each in their capacity as such.

177. “Released Party” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) each Debtor; (b) each Reorganized Debtor; (c) each Consenting Creditor; (d) each member of the Core Noteholder Group; (e) each member of the RCF SteerCo Group; (f) the Notes Ad Hoc group and its members; (g) each Agent; (h) each Notes Trustee; (i) Holders of Claims other than General Unsecured Claims; (j) each current and former wholly-owned Affiliate (other than Holders of Interests in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, solely in their capacity as such) of each Entity in clause (a) through the following clause (k); and (k) each Related Party (other than Holders of Interests in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, solely in their capacity as such) of each Entity in clauses (a) through this clause (i); provided that, in each case, an Entity shall not be a Released Party if it (x) timely elects to opt out of the releases contained in Article VIII hereof in accordance with the Solicitation Materials provided to such party and the Scheduling Order; or (y) timely objects to the releases contained in Article VIII hereof and such objection is not resolved before Confirmation; provided, further, that for the avoidance of doubt, any opt-out election made by a Consenting Creditor shall be void ab initio.

178. “Releasing Parties” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) each Debtor; (b) each Reorganized Debtor; (c) each Consenting Creditor; (d) each member of the Core Noteholder Group; (e) each member of the RCF SteerCo Group; (f) the Notes Ad Hoc Group and each of its members; (g) each Agent; (h) each Notes Trustee; (i) Holders of Claims other than General Unsecured Claims; (j) each current and former wholly-owned Affiliate (other than Holders of Interests in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, solely in their capacity as such) of each Entity in clause (a) through the following clause (k); and (k) each Related Party (other than Holders of Interests in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, solely in their capacity as such) of each Entity in clauses (a) through this clause (i); provided that, in each case, an Entity shall not be a Releasing Party if it (x) timely elects to opt out of the releases contained in Article VIII hereof in accordance with the Solicitation Materials provided to such party and the Scheduling Order; or (y) timely objects to the releases contained in Article VIII hereof and such objection is not resolved before Confirmation.

 

18


179. “Reorganized Debtor” means a Debtor, or any successor or assign thereto, by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, or otherwise, on and after the Effective Date.

180. “Restructuring Expenses” means all reasonably incurred, documented and invoiced and outstanding fees, costs and expenses of the Security Agent Counsel, the Notes Ad Hoc Group Advisors, the RCF Facility Agent Counsel, the Senior Secured Term Loan Lender Counsel, and the SteerCo Advisors accrued since the inception of their respective engagements (whether invoiced to the Company directly or, in the case of the SteerCo Advisors, via a member of the RCF SteerCo Group and in the case of the RCF Facility Agent Counsel and the Security Agent Counsel, via the RCF Facility Agent or the Security Agent (respectively)).

181. “Restructuring Implementation Deed” means the implementation deed setting out the steps to implement the Plan as agreed to by the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement.

182. “Restructuring Transactions” means the mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings, transfers, conversions, dispositions, liquidations, formations, dissolutions or other corporate transactions described in, approved by, contemplated by, or undertaken to implement the Plan, including those transactions described in Article IV.B.

183. “Rights Offering” means the rights offering of the New Money Notes on the terms and conditions set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and the Rights Offering Documents. The Rights Offering will be backstopped by the Backstop Providers on the terms set forth in the Backstop Agreement.

184. “Rights Offering Documents” means collectively the Backstop Agreement and any and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection with the Rights Offering, including the Rights Offering Procedures.

185. “Rights Offering Procedures” means those certain rights offering procedures with respect to the Rights Offering, which rights offering procedures shall be set forth in the Rights Offering Documents.

186. “Schedule of Retained Causes of Action” means the schedule of Causes of Action of the Debtors that are not released, waived, or transferred pursuant to the Plan, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, which shall be included in the Plan Supplement.

187. “Scheduling Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court setting the Combined Hearing and approving the solicitation procedures with respect to the Solicitation Materials.

188. “Secured Claim” means a Claim: (a) secured by a Lien on property in which any of the Debtors has an interest, which Lien is valid, perfected, and enforceable pursuant to applicable Law or by reason of a Bankruptcy Court order, or that is subject to a valid right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the creditor’s interest in the Debtors’ interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) otherwise Allowed pursuant to the Plan, or separate order of the Bankruptcy Court, as a secured claim. For the avoidance of doubt, the RCF Claims and Senior Secured Term Loan Claims shall be Secured Claims.

 

19


189. “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

190. “Security” has the meaning set forth in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act.

191. “Security Agent” means the “Security Agent” from time to time under, and as defined in, the Intercreditor Agreement.

192. “Security Agent Counsel” means the legal counsel engaged by the Security Agent including, but not limited to, in connection with the negotiation and implementation of the Restructuring (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) and the implementation of the Plan including but not limited to, any local counsel or conflicts counsel retained by the Security Agent in each applicable jurisdiction.

193. “Senior Secured Term Loan” means the €100 million term loan facility made available to the Company by Piraeus Bank S.A., Frankfurt Branch, pursuant to a term facility agreement dated 10 November 2023.

194. “Senior Secured Term Loan Consent Letter” means the consent request letter relating to the Senior Term Loan Agreement dated December 9, 2024, between the Company and the Senior Secured Term Loan Lender.

195. “Senior Secured Term Loan Facility Agent” means Piraeus Bank S.A.

196. “Senior Secured Term Loan Claims” means claims related to the Senior Secured Term Loan.

197. “Senior Secured Term Loan Lender” means a “Lender” under, and as defined in, the Senior Secured Term Loan.

198. “Senior Secured Term Loan Lender Counsel” means Allen Overy Shearman Sterling LLP (and its affiliates and associated firms), Advokatfirman RE:FI STHLM AB, in each case acting in their capacity as legal counsel to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility Agent.

199. “Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee” means, in respect of a Participating MTN Holder in respect of each relevant MTN Issuance in which it holds Notes, a fee equal to 0.75% of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes in that MTN Issuance.

200. “Solicitation Materials” means any materials used in connection with solicitation of votes on the Plan, including the Disclosure Statement, and any procedures established by the Bankruptcy Court with respect to solicitation of votes on the Plan and opting of the Third-Party Release.

201. “SSRCF” means the credit facility provided for under the SSRCF Credit Agreement.

 

20


202. “SSRCF Credit Agreement” means the definitive credit agreement governing the SSRCF, to be agreed in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement and executed on or around the Effective Date.

203. “SteerCo Advisors” means the SteerCo Counsel and the SteerCo Financial Advisors.

204. “SteerCo Counsel” means Clifford Chance LLP (and its affiliated and associated firms) and Roschier Advokatbyrå AB and any other local counsel or conflicts counsel retained by the RCF SteerCo Group, in each case acting in their capacity as advisor to the RCF SteerCo Group.

205. “SteerCo Financial Advisors” means N.M. Rothschild & Sons Limited and Alvarez & Marsal Nordics AB.

206. “Subscription Rights” means the rights provided to eligible record Holders of Notes Claims consistent with the Lock-Up Agreement and the Rights Offering Documents to participate in the Rights Offering.

207. “Swedish Company Reorganisation Process” means a Swedish company reorganisation process (Sw. företagsrekonstruktion) of the Company under the Swedish Company Reorganisation Act (Sw. lag (2022:964) om företagsrekonstruktion).

208. “Swedish Court” means the District Court of Stockholm (Sw. Stockholms tingsrätt) (or any relevant court of appeal), contemplated to confirm the Swedish Reorganisation Plan.

209. “Swedish RP Certificate” means a certificate signed by an officer of the Company and issued not earlier than May 15, 2025 confirming that: (1) the Company has (a) filed a request for plan negotiations (including the Swedish Reorganisation Plan) in the Swedish Company Reorganisation Process; (b) voting on the Swedish Reorganisation Plan has occurred; (c) creditors have approved by no later than May 30, 2025 the Swedish Reorganisation Plan in the requisite majorities required for the confirmation of the Swedish Reorganisation Process; and (d) there are no events or circumstances (including but not limited to actual or potential appeals) existing which would or could reasonably prevent the Swedish Reorganisation Plan from being approved by the court by September 30, 2025, (2) the Plan has been confirmed pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code (3) the Long-Stop Time is expected to occur prior to the Restructuring Effective Date (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) due to delays as a result of (directly or indirectly) the Swedish Reorganisation Process; (4) no event or circumstance has occurred which would or could reasonably be expected to prevent the Restructuring (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) from being implemented by September 30, 2025; and (5) a Material Adverse Event (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) has not occurred, and the Company does not reasonably believe any such Material Adverse Effect will occur before September 30, 2025.

210. “Swedish Reorganisation Plan” means the reorganisation plan to be filed with the Swedish Court, to be approved by affected parties (or a sufficient majority of classes), and ultimately confirmed by the Swedish Court as part of the Swedish Company Reorganisation Process.

 

21


211. “Swedish Reorganisation Plan Confirmation” means the decision by the Swedish Court confirming the Swedish Reorganisation Plan, which confirmation shall be final and binding (Sw. lagakraftvunnen).

212. “Third-Party Release” means the releases by Holders of Claims and Interests set forth in Article VIII.D herein.

213. “Transaction Documents” means: (i) the Intercreditor Agreement, as amended, restated, or replaced; (ii) the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents; (iii) the Notes Amendments Documents; (iv) the New Money Documents; (v) the Exchange Notes Indenture; (vi) the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement; (vii) the Agreed Steps Plan; (viii) the Restructuring Implementation Deed; (ix) the Rights Offering Documents; and (x) all documents required to effectuate the Noteholder Ordinary Share issuance.

214. “Unexpired Lease” means a lease of nonresidential real property to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

215. “Unimpaired” means a Class of Claims or Interests that is unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

216. “U.S. Trustee” means the Office of the United States Trustee for the Southern District of Texas.

 

B.

Rules of Interpretation; Computation of Time

For purposes of the Plan: (a) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (b) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that such document shall be substantially in such form or substantially on such terms and conditions; (c) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to an existing document, schedule, or exhibit, shall mean such document, schedule, or exhibit, as it may have been or may be amended, modified, or supplemented; (d) unless otherwise specified, where a document or agreement referred to in this Plan is terminated on or before the Effective Date, a reference to such document or agreement shall be a reference to the document or agreement as it stood immediately prior to its termination; (e) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles” and “Sections” are references to Articles and Sections, respectively, hereof or hereto; (f) the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to any particular portion of the Plan; (g) captions and headings to Articles and Sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan; (h) unless otherwise specified herein, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (i) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable; (j) references to docket numbers of documents Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases are references to the docket

 

22


numbers under the Bankruptcy Court’s CM/ECF system; (k) all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall mean as amended from time to time, and as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, unless otherwise stated; and (l) any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan all without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity; provided, however, that no effectuating provision shall be immaterial or deemed immaterial if it has any substantive legal or economic effect on any party.

Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein. If the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to the Plan shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

C.

Governing Law

Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) or unless otherwise specifically stated, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws, shall govern the rights, obligations, construction, and implementation of the Plan, any agreements, documents, instruments, or contracts executed or entered into in connection with the Plan (except as with respect to the documents entered into to effect the Swedish Company Reorganisation Process, in which case Swedish law shall control, or as otherwise set forth in those agreements, in which case the governing law of such agreement shall control); provided, however, that corporate governance matters relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of the relevant Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable.

 

D.

Reference to Monetary Figures

All references in the Plan to monetary figures refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

E.

Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtors or to the Reorganized Debtors mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors to the extent the context requires.

 

F.

Consent and Consultation Rights

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Combined Order to the contrary, any and all consent, consultation, and approval rights of the parties to the Lock-Up Agreement and/or Restructuring Implementation Deed set forth therein with respect to the form and substance of this Plan, any Definitive Document, any Transaction Document, all exhibits to the Plan, Disclosure Statement, and the Plan Supplement, or any other document with respect to the implementation of the Plan and the Restructuring Transactions, including any amendments,

 

23


restatements, supplements, or other modifications to such agreements and documents, and any consents, waivers, or other deviations under or from any such documents, shall be incorporated herein by this reference (including with respect to the applicable definitions in Article I.A) and be fully enforceable as if stated in full herein. Failure to reference in this Plan the rights referred to in the immediately preceding sentence as such rights relate to any document referenced in the Lock-Up Agreement and/or Restructuring Implementation Deed, as applicable, shall not impair such rights and obligations. In case of a conflict between the consent rights of the parties to the Lock-Up Agreement and/or Restructuring Implementation Deed that are set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and/or Restructuring Implementation Deed, as applicable, with those parties’ consent rights that are set forth in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, or the Combined Order, the consent rights in the Lock-Up Agreement and/or Restructuring Implementation Deed shall control.

 

G.

Controlling Document

In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Disclosure Statement, the terms of the Plan shall control in all respects. In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Plan Supplement, the terms of the relevant document in the Plan Supplement shall control (unless stated otherwise in such Plan Supplement document or the Combined Order). In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan, the Plan Supplement or the Disclosure Statement, on one hand, and the Combined Order, the Combined Order shall control.

ARTICLE II

ADMINISTRATIVE AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and thus are excluded from the Classes of Claims set forth in Article III of the Plan.

 

A.

Administrative Claims

Except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Professional Fee Claims or Backstop Fees, unless otherwise agreed to by the Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim (other than Holders of Professional Fee Claims and Claims for fees and expenses pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code) will receive in full and final satisfaction of its Allowed Administrative Claim an amount of Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Administrative Claim in accordance with the following: (a) if an Administrative Claim is Allowed on or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if not then due, when such Allowed Administrative Claim is due or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); (b) if such Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date, no later than 30 days after the date on which an order Allowing such Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (c) if such Allowed Administrative Claim is based on liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their business after the Petition Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the

 

24


particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Administrative Claim without any further action by the Holders of such Allowed Administrative Claim; (d) at such time and upon such terms as may be agreed upon by such Holder and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable; or (e) at such time and upon such terms as set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

Except as otherwise provided in this Article II.A of the Plan, and except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Professional Fee Claims or Backstop Fees requests for payment of Administrative Claims must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served on the Debtors pursuant to the procedures specified in the Combined Order and the notice of entry of the Combined Order no later than the Administrative Claims Bar Date. Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to, but do not, File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims by such date shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their property and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date. Objections to such requests, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served on the Debtors and the requesting party no later than 60 days after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no request for payment of an Administrative Claim need be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court with respect to an Administrative Claim previously Allowed.

The Backstop Fee will be set off in full on the Effective Date against the Purchase Price (as defined in the Backstop Agreement) payable by such Backstop Provider in respect of the New Money Notes to be issued to such Backstop Provider. The Backstop Fee will otherwise be paid in Cash to each Backstop Provider in accordance with the Backstop Agreement.

 

B.

Professional Fee Claims

 

  1.

Professional Fee Claims

All applications for final allowance of Professional Fee Claims must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and such other Entities who are designated in the Combined Order no later than twenty-one (21) days after the Effective Date. The Professional Fee Claims owed to the Professionals shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals from funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account after such Claims are Allowed by a Final Order. After all Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been paid in full, any excess amounts remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be returned to the Reorganized Debtors. To the extent that the funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account are unable to satisfy the amount of Allowed Professional Fee Claims owed to the Professionals, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay such amounts within ten (10) Business Days of entry of the order approving such Professional Fee Claims.

Objections to any Professional Fee Claim must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and the requesting Professional by no later than thirty (30) days after the Filing of the applicable final application for payment of the Professional Fee Claim. Each Holder of an Allowed Professional Fee Claim shall be paid in full in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors, including from the Professional Fee Escrow Account, within five (5) Business Days after entry of the order approving such Allowed Professional Fee Claim. The Reorganized Debtors shall not commingle any funds contained in the Professional Fee Escrow Account and shall use such funds to pay only the Professional Fee Claims, as and when Allowed by order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

25


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, the failure of the Professional Fee Escrow Account to satisfy in full the Professional Fee Claims shall not, in any way, operate or be construed as a cap or limitation on the amount of Professional Fee Claims due and payable by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

 

  2.

Professional Fee Escrow Account

On the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Amount. The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the benefit of the Professionals. Such funds shall not be considered property of the Estates of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

 

  3.

Professional Fee Escrow Amount

To receive payment for unbilled fees and expenses incurred through the Effective Date, the Professionals shall estimate in good faith their Professional Fee Claims (taking into account any retainers) prior to and as of the Effective Date and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors at least three (3) calendar days prior to the Confirmation Date. If a Professional does not provide such estimate, the Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional; provided that such estimate shall not be considered an admission or limitation with respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional. The total amount so estimated as of the Effective Date shall comprise the Professional Fee Amount.

 

  4.

Post-Confirmation Date Fees and Expenses

Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate. Each Reorganized Debtor may employ and pay any post-Effective Date fees and expenses of any professional, including any Professional, in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, including with respect to any transaction, reorganization, or success fees payable by virtue of Consummation of this Plan.

 

C.

Priority Tax Claims

Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code and, for the avoidance of doubt, Holders of Allowed Priority Tax Claims will receive interest on such Allowed Priority Tax Claims after the Effective Date in accordance with sections 511 and 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

26


D.

Restructuring Expenses

The Restructuring Expenses incurred, or estimated to be incurred, up to and including the Effective Date (or, with respect to necessary post-Effective Date activities, after the Effective Date), shall be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date (to the extent not previously paid during the course of the Chapter 11 Cases) in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement and the Restructuring Implementation Deed, without any requirement (i) to File a fee application with the Bankruptcy Court, (ii) for Bankruptcy Court review or approval, and/or (iii) submission to any party of itemized time detail. All Restructuring Expenses to be paid on the Effective Date shall be estimated prior to and as of the Effective Date and such estimates shall be delivered to the Debtors at least three (3) Business Days before the anticipated Effective Date; provided, however, that such estimates shall not be considered an admission or limitation with respect to such Restructuring Expenses. From and after the Petition Date, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors (as applicable) shall pay, when due and payable pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and otherwise in the ordinary course the Restructuring Expenses whether incurred before, on, or after the Effective Date. On or prior to the Effective Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, final invoices for all Restructuring Expenses incurred prior to and unpaid as of the Effective Date shall be submitted to the Debtors and shall be paid, or caused to be paid, by the Reorganized Debtors within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of the applicable final invoice.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, dispute the reasonableness of any such estimate or invoice, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall submit an objection to such applicable Professional within two (2) Business Days of receipt thereof. Any undisputed portion of such invoice shall be paid in accordance with the foregoing paragraph, and the disputed portion of such estimate or invoice shall not be paid until the dispute is resolved.

ARTICLE III

CLASSIFICATION, TREATMENT, AND VOTING OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

 

A.

Classification of Claims and Interests

Except for the Claims addressed in Article II of the Plan, all Claims and Interests are classified in the Classes set forth below in accordance with section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code. A Claim or an Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim or an Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving Distributions under the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Interest in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.

Subject to Article III.F of the Plan, the following chart represents the classification of certain Claims against and Interests in each Debtor pursuant to the Plan.

 

27


    

Class

  

Claim/Interest

  

Status

  

Voting Rights

          
  1.    Other Secured Claims    Unimpaired    Presumed to Accept   
  2.    Other Priority Claims    Unimpaired    Presumed to Accept   
  3.    RCF Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote   
  4.    Senior Secured Term Loan Claims    Unimpaired    Presumed to Accept   
  5.    Notes Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote   
  6.    General Unsecured Claims    Unimpaired    Presumed to Accept   
  7.    Intercompany Claims    Unimpaired /Impaired    Presumed to Accept / Deemed to Reject   
  8.    Existing Equity Interests    Unimpaired    Presumed to Accept   
  9.    Intercompany Interests    Unimpaired / Impaired    Presumed to Accept / Deemed to Reject   

 

B.

Treatment of Classes of Claims and Interests

Each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, shall receive under the Plan the treatment described below in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Holder’s Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, except to the extent different treatment is agreed to by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the Holder of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable. Unless otherwise indicated, the Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, shall receive such treatment on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

1. Class 1 — Other Secured Claims

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 1 consists of any Other Secured Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b)

Treatment: Each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive, at the option of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, with the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (not to be unreasonably withheld), either:

 

  (i)

payment in full in Cash of its Allowed Other Secured Claim;

 

  (ii)

the collateral securing its Allowed Other Secured Claim;

 

  (iii)

Reinstatement of its Allowed Other Secured Claim; or

 

  (iv)

such other treatment rendering its Allowed Other Secured Claim Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 1 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Other Secured Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

28


2. Class 2 — Other Priority Claims

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 2 consists of any Other Priority Claims against any Debtor.

 

  (b)

Treatment: Each Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall either (i) receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Other Priority Claim or (ii) be Reinstated.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 2 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Other Priority Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.

3. Class 3 — RCF Claims

 

  (a)

Allowance: On the Effective Date, the RCF Claims shall be Allowed, without setoff, subordination, defense, or counterclaim, in the aggregate principal amount outstanding as of the Petition Date plus accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount and any other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts due and owing pursuant to the applicable Facility Agreement Documents governing the RCF.

 

  (b)

Classification: Class 3 consists of all RCF Claims.

 

  (c)

Treatment: In full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed RCF Claim, on the Effective Date, each Holder of such Allowed RCF Claim shall receive its pro rata share of the SSRCF; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, all Ancillary Facility Claims shall be Reinstated and each Ancillary Facility shall continue in accordance with its terms and constitute an ancillary facility under the SSRCF in accordance with the terms of the SSRCF Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Holder of an Ancillary Facility Claim shall retain its rights and claims under the applicable Ancillary Facility. In addition, each Holder of an Allowed RCF Claim shall also receive Cash in an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid interest and all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts due and owing pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable Facility Agreement Documents, and all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts otherwise due and owing pursuant to, and in accordance with the applicable Facility Agreement Documents shall have been paid, regardless of when accrued and payable.4

 

  (d)

Voting: Class 3 is Impaired and the Holders of Allowed RCF Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

 

4 

For the avoidance of doubt, the payment of all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts otherwise due and owing pursuant to, and in accordance with the applicable Facility Agreement Documents shall include any amounts due to any agent under any such Facility Agreement Documents.

 

29


4. Class 4 — Senior Secured Term Loan Claims

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 4 consists of all Senior Secured Term Loan Claims against the Debtors.

 

  (b)

Treatment: At the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, each Holder will receive (i) payment in full in Cash, or (ii) such Holder will receive such other treatment so as to render its Allowed Senior Secured Term Loan Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 4 is Unimpaired and Holders of Allowed Senior Secured Term Loan Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

5. Class 5 — Notes Claims

 

  (a)

Allowance: On the Effective Date, the Notes Claims shall be Allowed, without setoff, subordination, defense, or counterclaim, in the aggregate principal amount outstanding as of the Petition Date plus accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount and any other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts due and owing pursuant to the applicable Prepetition Finance Documents governing the Notes.

 

  (b)

Classification: Class 5 consists of all Notes Claims including the Participating Notes Claims.

 

  (c)

Treatment: Each Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim shall receive (i) its pro rata share of the Exchange Notes (provided that Holders of an Allowed Notes Claim denominated in SEK shall receive Exchange Notes denominated in SEK and Holders of an Allowed Notes Claim denominated in Euro shall receive Exchange Notes denominated in Euro); and (ii) its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. Holders of Allowed Notes Claims will also receive their pro rata share of the Subscription Rights in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement and the Rights Offering Documents. On the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim shall also receive Cash in an amount equal to (i) all accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of such Allowed Notes Claim and (ii) all other premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts due and owing pursuant to the applicable Prepetition Finance Documents governing the Notes with respect to such Notes Claim. In each case, pro rata calculations shall be in accordance with the definition of the term “Pro Rata Share” in the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

  (d)

Voting: Class 5 is Impaired under the Plan and the Holders of Allowed Notes Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

30


6. Class 6 — General Unsecured Claims

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 6 consists of all General Unsecured Claims

 

  (b)

Treatment: Each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive either: (i) Reinstatement of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim; or (ii) payment in full in Cash on (a) the Effective Date, or (b) the date due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed General Unsecured Claim.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 6 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

7. Class 7 —Intercompany Claims

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 7 consists of all Intercompany Claims.

 

  (b)

Treatment: All Intercompany Claims will be adjusted, Reinstated, contributed, set off, settled, cancelled and released, or discharged as determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in their sole discretion, in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed or may be compromised pursuant to the Swedish Reorganisation Plan.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 7 is conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Intercompany Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

8. Class 8 —Existing Equity Interests

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 8 consists of all Existing Equity Interests.

 

  (b)

Treatment: Each Holder of an Existing Equity Interest shall have its Existing Equity Interest Reinstated.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 8 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Existing Equity Interests are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

9. Class 9 —Intercompany Interests

 

  (a)

Classification: Class 9 consists of all Intercompany Interests.

 

31


  (b)

Treatment: All Intercompany Interests will be adjusted, Reinstated, contributed, set off, settled, cancelled and released, or discharged as determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in their sole discretion, in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan.

 

  (c)

Voting: Class 9 is conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Intercompany Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

C.

Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Lock-Up Agreement, nothing under the Plan shall affect, diminish, or impair the rights of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in respect of any Unimpaired Claims, including all rights in respect of legal and equitable defenses to, or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Unimpaired Claims; and, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, nothing herein shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any claim, Cause of Action, right of setoff, or other legal or equitable defense that the Debtors had immediately prior to the Petition Date, against or with respect to any Claim that is Unimpaired (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Claim that is Reinstated) by the Plan. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall have, retain, reserve, and be entitled to assert all such Claims, Causes of Action, rights of setoff, and other legal or equitable defenses that the Debtors had immediately prior to the Petition Date fully as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, and all of the Reorganized Debtors’ legal and equitable rights with respect to any Reinstated Claim or Claim that is otherwise Unimpaired by this Plan may be asserted after the Confirmation Date and the Effective Date to the same extent as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced.

 

D.

Elimination of Vacant Classes

Any Class of Claims or Interests that, as of the commencement of the Combined Hearing, does not have at least one Holder of a Claim or Interest that is Allowed in an amount greater than zero for voting purposes shall be considered vacant, deemed eliminated from the Plan of such Debtor for purposes of voting to accept or reject such Debtor’s Plan, and disregarded for purposes of determining whether such Debtor’s Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to that Class.

 

E.

No Waiver

Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to waive a Debtor’s or other Person’s right to object on any basis to any Disputed Claim.

 

F.

Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

If a Class contains Claims or Interests eligible to vote and no Holders of Claims or Interests eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the Plan shall be presumed accepted by such Class.

 

32


G.

Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by one or more of the Classes entitled to vote pursuant to Article III.B hereof. The Debtors shall seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims or Interests. The Debtors reserve the right, subject to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, to modify the Plan in accordance with Article X hereof to the extent, if any, that Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification, including by modifying the treatment applicable to a Class of Claims or Interests to render such Class of Claims or Interests Unimpaired to the extent permitted by the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.

 

H.

Controversy Concerning Impairment

If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests, or any Class of Claims or Interests, are Impaired, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy on the Confirmation Date or such other date as fixed by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

I.

Subordinated Claims

The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests and the respective Distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.

ARTICLE IV

PROVISIONS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.

General Settlement of Claims and Interests

As discussed in detail in the Disclosure Statement and as otherwise provided herein, pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, Distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan that a Claim or an Interest Holder may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or any Distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, including pursuant to the transactions set forth in the Agreed Steps Plan or the Restructuring Implementation Deed. Entry of the Combined Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise or settlement of all such Allowed Claims, Allowed Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise, settlement and transactions are in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests, and is fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness. Subject to the provisions of this Plan governing Distributions, all Distributions made to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.

 

33


B.

Restructuring Transactions

On the Effective Date, the applicable Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into any transaction, including those transactions set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and Restructuring Implementation Deed, and shall take any actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions (to the extent not already effected), including, as applicable, to effectuate a corporate restructuring of the overall corporate structure of the Debtors, to the extent provided herein, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed or in the Definitive Documents, including: (a) the issuance, transfer, or cancellation of any securities, notes, instruments, Certificates, and other documents required to be issued, transferred, or cancelled pursuant to the Plan or any Restructuring Transaction; (b) issuance of the SSRCF and entry into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents; (c) issuance of the Exchange Notes and the execution and delivery of the Exchange Notes Indenture; (d) the issuance of the New Money Notes and the execution and delivery of the New Money Notes Indenture and the New Money Notes Purchase Agreement; (e) the execution and delivery of the New Security Documents and amended Intercreditor Agreement; (f) the issuance of the Amended Senior Secured Term Loans and the execution and delivery of the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement; and (g) the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, in each case, subject to the Plan and the consent rights and agreements and obligations contained in the Lock-Up Agreement.

The Combined Order shall and shall be deemed to, pursuant to sections 1123 and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, authorize, among other things, all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including the Restructuring Transactions.

 

C.

Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions

 

  1.

Issuance of the New Money Notes

The Reorganized Debtors shall consummate the Rights Offering in accordance with the Rights Offering Documents and the Lock-Up Agreement. Subscription Rights to participate in the Rights Offering shall be allocated among relevant Holders of Notes Claims as of a specified record date in accordance with the Rights Offering Documents and the Plan, and the allocation of such Subscription Rights will be exempt from SEC registration under applicable law and shall not constitute an invitation or offer to sell, or the solicitation of an invitation or offer to buy, any securities in contravention of any applicable law in any jurisdiction. The Reorganized Debtors intend to implement the Rights Offering in a manner that shall not cause it to be deemed a public offering in any jurisdiction.

Holders of the Subscription Rights (or their Nominee) shall receive the opportunity to subscribe for their pro rata share of up to approximately €526,315,000 (or equivalent) of the New Money Notes, the subscription price for which shall be at an issue price of 98% of the face value of the New Money Notes and, for each Backstop Provider only, less its pro rata share of the Backstop Fee, in accordance with and pursuant to the Plan, the Rights Offering Procedures, the

 

34


Lock-Up Agreement and the Agreed Steps Plan. The principal amount of the New Money Notes has been backstopped in full by the Backstop Providers in accordance with the Backstop Agreement. To the extent that any Holders of the Subscription Rights (or their Nominee) do not subscribe for their Subscription Rights, the Backstop Providers shall subscribe for such amounts in the proportions and on the terms set out in the Backstop Agreement.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will issue the New Money Notes, on the terms set forth in the Rights Offering Documents, New Money Notes Indenture, the New Money Notes Purchase Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and this Plan. The New Money Notes issued to the Backstop Providers (in their capacity as Backstop Providers) in connection with the Rights Offering (the “Backstopped Notes”) will be issued only to persons that are: “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act); or “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) in reliance on the exemption provided by either section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act; or persons that, at the time of the issuance, were outside of the United States and were not U.S. persons (and were not purchasing for the account or benefit of a U.S. person) within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act.

On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate action or other action by Holders of Claims or Interests, all Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) pursuant to, or in connection with, the New Money Notes Indenture, the Security Documents (as defined in the New Money Notes Indenture), or the New Money Documents (including any Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) on the Reorganized Debtors’ assets): (a) shall be deemed to be granted or confirmed (as applicable) by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the New Money Documents; (b) shall be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New Money Documents, with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law and the New Money Documents; (c) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the New Money Documents; (d) shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, subordination, or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever under any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order; and (e) shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Combined Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Combined Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

 

35


The New Money Notes are backstopped by the Backstop Providers pursuant to the Backstop Agreement. In consideration for their backstop of the New Money Notes, each Backstop Provider will receive its pro rata share of the Backstop Fee, as more fully detailed in the Backstop Agreement. The Backstop Fee will be set off in full on the Effective Date against the Purchase Price (as defined in the Backstop Agreement) payable by such Backstop Provider in respect of the New Money Notes to be issued to such Backstop Provider. The Backstop Fee will otherwise be paid in Cash to each Backstop Provider in accordance with the Backstop Agreement and the Agreed Steps Plan.

2. Equity Issuance

On the Effective Date, the Company will issue the Noteholder Ordinary Shares on a pro rata basis to the Holders of Notes Claims (or their Nominee), in accordance with the terms of the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed.

The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that, as soon as possible following the Effective Date, the ownership of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares shall be reflected through the facilities of Euroclear Sweden. None of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any other Person shall be required to provide any further evidence other than the Plan or the Combined Order with respect to the treatment of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares under applicable securities laws. Euroclear Sweden and any transfer agent shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan or Combined Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the Noteholder Ordinary Shares are exempt from registration or eligible for Euroclear Sweden book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.

All of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each Distribution and issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares under the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such Distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such Distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such Distribution or issuance.

The Company shall effect the listing of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares on Nasdaq Stockholm as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event, within six (6) weeks following registration of the issuance of Noteholder Ordinary Shares with the Swedish Companies Registration Office in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Agreed Steps Plan.

3. SSRCF

The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed, enter into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents on or before the Effective Date, on behalf of themselves and each Holder of RCF Claims, on the terms set forth in the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, and which shall be included in the Plan Supplement. The Facility Agreement will be amended and restated in the form of the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents. On the Effective Date, Holders of RCF Claims shall receive their pro rata share of the SSRCF; provided that all Ancillary Facility Claims (which are pursuant to the Facility Agreement) shall be Reinstated and each Ancillary Facility shall continue in accordance with its terms and constitute an ancillary facility under the SSRCF in accordance with the terms of the SSRCF Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Holder of an Ancillary Facility Claim shall retain its rights and Claims under the applicable Ancillary Facility.

 

36


Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed approval of the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith), to the extent not approved by the Bankruptcy Court previously, and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to consummate the applicable Facility Agreement Amendments Documents without further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as may be agreed between the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and the RCF SteerCo Group.

On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate action or other action by Holders of Claims or Interests, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents (a) shall be deemed to be granted, (b) shall be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, (c) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, and (d) shall not be subject to recharacterization or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Combined Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Combined Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

4. Amended Senior Secured Term Loan

In order to facilitate the consummation of the Restructuring Transactions, and as a good-faith and reasonable compromise and settlement of any objections of the holders of Senior Secured Term Loan Claims to the treatment of such Claims otherwise provided under the Plan, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the Agreed Steps Plan and the Restructuring Implementation Deed, enter into the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan and related Amended Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement on or before the Effective Date.

Confirmation of the Plan shall constitute approval of the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith), to the extent not approved by the Bankruptcy Court previously, and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute and deliver those

 

37


documents necessary or appropriate to consummate the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement without further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as may be agreed between the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and the applicable holders of Senior Secured Term Loan Claims.

On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate action or other action by holders of Claims or Interests, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement (a) shall be deemed to be granted, (b) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the amended Intercreditor Agreement, (c) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the Plan, the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the amended Intercreditor Agreement and (d) shall not be subject to recharacterization or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests in accordance with the Plan, the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the amended Intercreditor Agreement under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

5. Exchange Notes

The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed, issue the Exchange Notes on or before the Effective Date, on the terms set forth in the Exchange Notes Indenture, and included in the Plan Supplement. The Exchange Notes shall be distributed to Holders of Notes Claims (or their respective Nominees) on the Effective Date on account of their respective Notes Claims in the manner set forth in the Plan.

Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed approval of the Notes Amendments Documents (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or a non-Debtor Affiliate in connection therewith), to the extent not approved by the Bankruptcy Court previously, and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to consummate the applicable Notes Amendments Documents without further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as may be agreed between the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

 

38


On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate action or other action by Holders of Claims or Interests, all Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) pursuant to, or in connection with, the Notes Amendments Documents (including any Liens and security interests granted or confirmed (as applicable) on the Reorganized Debtors’ assets): (a) shall be deemed to be granted or confirmed (as applicable) by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Notes Amendments Documents; (b) shall be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Notes Amendments Documents, with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law and the Notes Amendments Documents; (c) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the Notes Amendments Documents; (d) shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, subordination, or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever under any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order; and (e) shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable law, the Plan, or the Combined Order. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Combined Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Combined Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

 

D.

Corporate Action

Upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated under the Plan and all other acts or actions contemplated or reasonably necessary or appropriate to promptly consummate the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date) shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including: (1) the issuance and Distribution of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares; (2) the issuance of New Money Notes; (3) the issuance of Exchange Notes; (4) entry into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, (5) entry into the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan; (6) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions; (7) entry into the Transaction Documents; and (8) the rejection, assumption, or assumption and assignment, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors, or officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. On or (as applicable) prior to the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be authorized and (as applicable) directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, securities, and instruments contemplated under the Plan (or necessary or desirable to

 

39


effect the transactions contemplated under the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, including the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, the Exchange Notes, the New Money Notes, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan, the Transaction Documents, and any and all other agreements, documents, securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV.D shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.

Upon Confirmation of the Plan, each Holder of RCF Claims and each Holder of Notes Claims will be deemed to have appointed the Company as its attorney and agent and to have irrevocably instructed, authorized, directed and empowered the Company (or its authorized representative) solely to (i) enter into, execute and (if applicable) deliver, for and on its behalf, any Transaction Document to which it is party, in each case solely to the extent consistent with the Lock-Up Agreement, Agreed Steps Plan and the Restructuring Implementation Deed and (ii) in the case of Holder of Notes, to take any action necessary to ensure that steps described in the Agreed Steps Plan and the Restructuring Implementation Deed are carried out, including if necessary updating the books and records of the relevant clearing systems in which the Notes are held.

 

E.

Corporate Existence

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or Plan Supplement, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) are amended under the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable law).

 

F.

Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Plan Supplement (including, for the avoidance of doubt the Agreed Steps Plan and Restructuring Implementation Deed), or in any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan, on the Effective Date, all property in each Debtor’s Estate, all Claims, rights, defenses, and Causes of Action of the Debtors, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors under the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, Causes of Action, charges, or other encumbrances. If the Reorganized Debtors default in performing under the provisions of the Plan and the Chapter 11 Cases are converted to Chapter 7, all property vested in each Reorganized Debtor and all subsequently acquired property owned as of or after the conversion date shall revest and constitute property of the bankruptcy Estates in such Chapter 7 cases. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.

 

40


G.

Cancellation of Prepetition Credit Agreements, Notes, Instruments, Certificates, and Other Documents

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Combined Order, any agreement, instrument or other document entered into in connection with or pursuant to the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, or the Restructuring Implementation Deed, all credit agreements, security agreements, intercreditor agreements, notes, instruments, Certificates, and other documents evidencing Claims or Interests shall be cancelled and the obligations of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors thereunder or in any way related thereto shall be discharged and deemed satisfied in full, and the Agents/Trustees shall be released from all duties thereunder; provided, that, notwithstanding Confirmation or the occurrence of the Effective Date, any such document that governs the rights of the Holder of a Claim or Interest shall continue in effect solely for purposes of (a) enabling Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests to receive Distributions under the Plan as provided herein, (b) governing the contractual rights and obligations among the Agents/Trustees and the lenders or Holders party thereto (including, without limitation, indemnification, expense reimbursement, and Distribution provisions) until the Reorganized Debtors emerge from the Chapter 11 Cases, (c) preserving any rights of the Agents/Trustees thereunder to maintain, exercise, and enforce any applicable rights of indemnity, reimbursement, or contribution, or subrogation or any other claim or entitlement, (d) permitting each Agent/Trustee to perform any functions that are necessary to effectuate the immediately foregoing, including appearing and being heard in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court; (e) facilitating the amendment, reinstatement and combination of the Facility Agreement into the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, (f) facilitating the issuance of New Money Notes, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, (g) facilitating the issuance of the Exchange Notes, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, (h) facilitating the amendment of the Senior Secured Term Loan into the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan, on the terms set forth in the Senior Secured Term Loan Consent Letter, (i) facilitating the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares, solely to the extent set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement and (j) furthering any other purpose as set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, Restructuring Implementation Deed, and Transaction Documents.5

 

H.

Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, and the officers and members of the boards of directors and managers thereof, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Transaction Documents, and the securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorizations, or consents except for those expressly required under the Plan.

 

5 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agreement Documents shall not be cancelled, but shall be amended in accordance with the Agreed Steps Plan and the Restructuring Implementation Deed.

 

41


I.

Certain Securities Law Matters

Except as described in the following paragraphs, the Debtors will rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from registration under the Securities Act the offer, issuance, and Distribution of the Exchange Notes, the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) issued pursuant to the Plan on account of Notes Claims. The offering, issuance, and Distribution of such Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) pursuant to section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, Distribution, or sale of Securities in accordance with, and pursuant to, section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. Such Exchange Notes, Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes (other than the Backstopped Notes) will be freely tradable in the United States by the recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments.

With respect to any Consenting Noteholder who signed the Lock-Up Agreement before the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases with the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors relied on section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation S under the Securities Act for the offer of the Exchange Notes and the Noteholder Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to the Plan on account of Notes Claims, and the Debtors will rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from registration under the Securities Act the issuance and Distribution of such Exchange Notes and the Noteholder Ordinary Shares. Such Exchange Notes and Noteholder Ordinary Shares will be freely tradable in the United States by the recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments.

The Debtors will rely on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation S under the Securities Act, or any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as applicable, to exempt from registration under the Securities Act the offer, issuance, and Distribution of the New Money Notes issued pursuant to the Plan, which do not include any Backstopped Notes. Such Backstopped Notes will be “restricted securities” subject to transfer restrictions under the U.S. federal securities laws if they are issued to a U.S. person in accordance with the Backstop Agreement pursuant to section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act but will otherwise be issued pursuant to Regulation S (if they are issued to a non-U.S. person outside of the United States in accordance with the Backstop Agreement). Such Backstopped Notes may be resold, exchanged, assigned or otherwise transferred pursuant to registration, or an applicable exemption from registration, under the Securities Act and other applicable law.

 

42


J.

Section 1146(a) Exemption

To the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers (whether from a Debtor to a Reorganized Debtor or to any other Person) of property under the Plan, including: (a) the issuance, Distribution, transfer, or exchange of any debt, equity security, or other interest in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors; (b) the Restructuring Transactions; (c) the creation, modification, consolidation, termination, refinancing, or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness by such or other means; (d) the making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease; (e) the grant of collateral as security for any or all of the SSRCF, the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan, the Exchange Notes, and the New Money Notes, if applicable; or (f) the making, delivery, or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, or other instrument of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related to the Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Combined Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment. All filing or recording officers (or any other Person with authority over any of the foregoing), wherever located and by whomever appointed, shall comply with the requirements of section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment, and shall accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.

 

K.

Employee and Retiree Benefits

All compensation and benefits programs shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and shall remain in place as of the Effective Date, and the Reorganized Debtors will continue to honor such agreements, arrangements, programs, and plans. For the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, from and after the Effective Date, all retiree benefits (as such term is defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any, shall continue to be paid in accordance with applicable law.

 

L.

Preservation of Causes of Action

In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue any and all Causes of Action of the Debtors, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action included in the Plan Supplement, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, other than the Causes of Action released by the Debtors pursuant to the releases and exculpations contained in the Plan, including in Article VIII of the Plan, which shall be deemed released and waived by the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors as of the Effective Date.

 

43


The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. No Entity (other than the Consenting Creditors) may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action of the Debtors against it. Except as specifically released under the Plan or pursuant to a Final Order, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity. Unless any Causes of Action of the Debtors against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or pursuant to a Final Order, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all such Causes of Action for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation.

The Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain the Causes of Action of the Debtors notwithstanding the rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Cases or pursuant to the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and except as expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or pursuant to a Final Order, any Causes of Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action, or to decline to do any of the foregoing, without the consent or approval of any third party or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors do not reserve any Claims or Causes of Action that have been expressly released by the Debtors pursuant to the Debtor Release (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Claims against the Consenting Creditors).

ARTICLE V

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

 

A.

Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease shall be assumed and assigned to the applicable Reorganized Debtor in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than: (1) those that are identified on the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List; (2) those that have been previously rejected by a Final Order; (3) those that are the subject of a motion to reject Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that is pending on the Confirmation Date; or (4) those that are subject to a motion to reject an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to which the requested effective date of such rejection is after the Effective Date. The Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List shall be acceptable to the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Debtors shall not seek to assume or reject Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, except with the prior written consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

44


Entry of the Combined Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute an order approving the assumption of the Lock-Up Agreement pursuant to sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and effective on the occurrence of the Effective Date. The Lock-Up Agreement shall be binding and enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance with its terms. For the avoidance of doubt, the assumption of the Lock-Up Agreement herein shall not otherwise modify, alter, amend, or supersede any of the terms or conditions of such agreement including, without limitation, any termination events or provisions thereunder. On the Effective Date, in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Debtors shall pay to each Consent Fee Eligible Participating Lender (x) the RCF Lock-Up Fee and (y) to the extent the RCF Forbearance Fee has not been paid in accordance with the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, the RCF Closing Fee, in each case, calculated in the manner set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement. On the Effective Date, in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Debtors shall pay to each (x) Consent Fee Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder the Eurobond Consent Fee, (y) Early Bird Eligible Consenting Eurobond Noteholder the Early Bird Eurobond Consent Fee, (z) eligible Participating MTN Holder, the Simple Majority MTN Consent Fee, or, the Enhanced Majority MTN Consent Fee in additional Exchange Notes, in each case to the extent applicable in accordance with the terms of, and calculated in the manner set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement.

Entry of the Combined Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute a Final Order approving the assumptions and assumptions and assignments of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases as set forth in the Plan and the rejections of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases as set forth in the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Any motions to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by the Bankruptcy Court on or after the Effective Date by a Final Order. Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to this Article V.A or by any order of the Bankruptcy Court, which has not been assigned to a third party prior to the Confirmation Date, shall revest in and be fully enforceable by the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with its terms, except as such terms are modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption under applicable federal law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors, with the consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List identified in this Article V.A and in the Plan Supplement at any time through and including 45 days after the Effective Date.

To the extent that any provision in any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed or assumed and assigned pursuant to the Plan restricts or prevents, or purports to restrict or prevent, or is breached or deemed breached by, the assumption or assumption and assignment of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including any “change of control” provision), then such provision shall be deemed modified such that the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall not entitle the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease counterparty thereto to terminate such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or to exercise any other default-related rights with respect thereto.

 

45


B.

Indemnification Obligations

On and after the Effective Date, the Indemnification Provisions will be assumed and irrevocable and survive the Effective Date. None of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will take any action to amend or restate their respective governance documents before or after the Effective Date to amend, augment, terminate, or adversely affect any of the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations to provide such indemnification rights or such directors’, officers’, managers’, employees’, or agents’ indemnification rights.

 

C.

Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

Unless otherwise provided by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, all Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, pursuant to the Plan or the Combined Order, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within 30 days after the later of (1) the Effective Date or (2) entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Combined Order) approving such rejection. Any Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within such time will be automatically disallowed, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or their property without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Schedules or a Proof of Claim to the contrary. All Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III hereof.

 

D.

Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay Cures, if any, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, with the amount and timing of payment of any such Cure dictated by the Debtors ordinary course of business. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the parties to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, all requests for payment of Cure that differ from the ordinary course amounts paid or proposed to be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to a counterparty must be Filed with the Claims and Noticing Agent on or before 30 days after the Effective Date. Any such request that is not timely Filed shall be disallowed and forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against any Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or any other party in interest or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. Any Cure shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged upon payment by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of the Cure in the Debtors ordinary course of business; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Reorganized Debtors from paying any Cure Amount despite the failure of the relevant counterparty to File such request for payment of such Cure. The Reorganized Debtors also may settle any Cure Amount without

 

46


any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. In addition, any objection to the assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under the Plan must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before 30 days after the Effective Date. Any such objection will be scheduled to be heard by the Bankruptcy Court at the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’, as applicable, first scheduled omnibus hearing for which such objection is timely Filed. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to timely object to the proposed assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed to have consented to such assumption.

If there is any dispute regarding any Cure, the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other matter pertaining to assumption, then payment of Cure shall occur as soon as reasonably practicable after entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute, approving such assumption (and, if applicable, assignment), or as may be agreed upon by the Debtors (with the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group (not to be unreasonably withheld)) or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the counterparty to the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.

Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise and full payment of any applicable Cure pursuant to this Article V, in the amount and at the time dictated by the Debtors’ ordinary course of business, shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Cures, Claims, or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time prior to the effective date of assumption. Any and all Proofs of Claim based upon Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that have been assumed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including pursuant to the Combined Order, and for which any Cure has been fully paid pursuant to this Article V, in the amount and at the time dictated by the Debtors’ ordinary course of business, shall be deemed disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection thereto or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

E.

Insurance Policies

Each of the Insurance Policies are treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan. Unless otherwise provided herein or in the Plan Supplement or any document related thereto, on the Effective Date, (1) the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all Insurance Policies, and (2) such Insurance Policies shall revest in the Reorganized Debtors. Nothing in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the Combined Order, or any other order of the Bankruptcy Court (including any other provision that purports to be preemptory or supervening), (x) alters, modifies, or otherwise amends the terms and conditions of (or the coverage provided by) any of such Insurance Policies or (y) alters or modifies the duty, if any, that the Insurers pay Claims covered by such Insurance Policies and their right to seek payment or reimbursement from the Debtors (or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors) or draw on any collateral or security therefor. For the avoidance of doubt, Insurers shall not need to nor be required to File or serve a Cure objection or a request, application, claim, Proof of Claim, or motion for payment and shall not be subject to any claims bar date or similar deadline governing Cure Amounts or Claims.

 

47


The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall not terminate or otherwise reduce the coverage under any directors’ and officers’ Insurance Policies in effect prior to the Effective Date, and any directors and officers of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time before or after the Effective Date shall be entitled, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Insurance Policy in all respects, to the full benefits of any such Insurance Policy for the full term of such policy regardless of whether such directors or officers remain in such positions after the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the directors’ and officers’ Insurance Policies shall revest in the Reorganized Debtors. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Debtors shall retain the ability to supplement such directors’ and officers’ insurance policies as the Debtors deem necessary, including by purchasing any tail coverage (including, without limitation, a tail policy).

 

F.

Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases related thereto, if any, including all easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated under the Plan.

Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection therewith.

 

G.

Reservation of Rights

Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease on the Rejected Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease List, nor anything contained in the Plan, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any of the Reorganized Debtors has any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors, subject to the consent of the Majority Consenting Creditors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have 30 days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter its treatment of such contract or lease under the Plan.

 

H.

Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

48


I.

Contracts and Leases Entered into after the Petition Date

Notwithstanding anything contained herein (including any release, discharge, exculpation or injunction provisions) or the Combined Order, contracts, agreements, instruments, Certificates, leases and other documents entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by such Debtor, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or the Reorganized Debtors liable thereunder in the ordinary course of their business. Accordingly, such contracts, agreements, instruments, certificates, leases and other documents (including any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) will survive and remain unaffected by the Plan (including the release, discharge, exculpation and injunction provisions), the entry of the Combined Order and any other Definitive Documents.

ARTICLE VI

PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

 

A.

Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed as of the Effective Date

Except as otherwise provided (i) herein, (ii) upon a Final Order, or (iii) in an agreement by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, and the Holder of the applicable Claim or Interest, on the Effective Date or as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Distribution Agent shall make initial Distributions under the Plan on account of Claims and Interests Allowed on or before the Effective Date, subject to the Reorganized Debtors’ right to object to Claims and Interests; provided, however, that (1) Allowed Administrative Claims with respect to liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of business during the Chapter 11 Cases or assumed by the Debtors prior to the Effective Date shall be paid or performed in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of any controlling agreements, course of dealing, course of business, or industry practice and (2) Allowed Priority Tax Claims shall be paid in accordance with Article II.C of the Plan.

 

B.

Rights and Powers of Distribution Agent

1. Powers of the Distribution Agent

The Distribution Agent shall be empowered to: (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (b) make all Distributions contemplated hereby; (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Distribution Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Distribution Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.

2. Expenses Incurred on or after the Confirmation Date

Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Distribution Agent on or after the Confirmation Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) made by the Distribution Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

49


C.

Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims and Interests

Notwithstanding any provision otherwise in the Plan and except as otherwise agreed by the relevant parties, unless as otherwise agreed to by the Debtors or set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court: (a) no partial payments and no partial Distributions shall be made with respect to a Disputed Claim or Interest until all such disputes in connection with such Disputed Claim or Interest have been resolved by settlement or Final Order; provided, however, that if a portion of a Claim is not Disputed, the Distribution Agent may make a partial Distribution based on such portion of such Claim that is not Disputed; and (b) any Entity that holds both an Allowed Claim or Interest and a Disputed Claim or Interest shall not receive any Distribution on the Allowed Claim or Interest unless and until all objections to the Disputed Claim or Interest have been resolved by settlement or Final Order or the Claims or Interests have been Allowed or expunged. Any dividends or other Distributions arising from property distributed to Holders of Allowed Claims or Interests, as applicable, in a Class and paid to such Holders under the Plan shall also be paid, in the applicable amounts, to any Holder of a Disputed Claim or Interest, as applicable, in such Class that becomes an Allowed Claim or Interest after the date or dates that such dividends or other Distributions were earlier paid to Holders of Allowed Claims or Interests in such Class.

 

D.

Delivery of Distributions

Except as otherwise provided herein (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as set forth in the foregoing paragraph with respect to Distributions to Holders of RCF Claims and Notes Claims), and notwithstanding any authority to the contrary, Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims, including Claims that become Allowed after the Effective Date, shall be made to Holders of record as of the Effective Date by the Distribution Agent: (1) to the address of such Holder as set forth in the books and records of the applicable Debtor (or if the Debtors have been notified in writing, on or before the date that is 10 days before the Effective Date, of a change of address, to the changed address); (2) in accordance with Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 4, as modified and made applicable by Bankruptcy Rule 7004, if no address exists in the Debtors books and records, no Proof of Claim has been Filed and the Distribution Agent has not received a written notice of address or change of address on or before the date that is 10 days before the Effective Date; or (3) on any counsel that has appeared in the Chapter 11 Cases on the Holder’s behalf. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, including this Article VI.D of the Plan, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Distribution Agent shall not incur any liability whatsoever on account of any Distributions under the Plan, including for the avoidance of doubt, Distributions to the Holding Period Trust.

1. Compliance Matters

In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all Distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the Distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding Distributions pending receipt of information

 

50


necessary to facilitate such Distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate. The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate all Distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.

2. Foreign Currency Exchange Rate

Except as otherwise provided in a Final Order, as of the Effective Date, any Claim asserted in currency other than U.S. dollars shall, for the purposes of determining the amount of a Distribution be automatically deemed converted to the equivalent U.S. dollar value using the exchange rate for the applicable currency as displayed by Bloomberg L.P. or, if that rate is not available, as published in The Wall Street Journal, National Edition, as of a date to be agreed by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Majority Participating Lenders, and the Majority Core Noteholder Group.

3. Undeliverable, and Unclaimed Distributions

 

  (a)

Undeliverable Distributions. If any Distribution to a Holder of an Allowed Claim or Interest is returned to the Distribution Agent as undeliverable, no further Distributions shall be made to such Holder unless and until the Distribution Agent is notified in writing of such Holder’s then-current address or other necessary information for delivery, at which time all currently due missed Distributions shall be made to such Holder on the next Distribution Date. Undeliverable Distributions shall remain in the possession of the Reorganized Debtors until such time as a Distribution becomes deliverable, or such Distribution reverts to the Reorganized Debtors or is cancelled pursuant to Article VI.D.(c) of the Plan, and shall not be supplemented with any interest, dividends, or other accruals of any kind.

 

  (b)

Reversion. Any Distribution under the Plan, other than with respect to the Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes, that is an unclaimed Distribution for a period of six months after Distribution shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and such unclaimed Distribution shall revest in the applicable Reorganized Debtor and, to the extent such unclaimed Distribution is not Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes, as applicable, shall be deemed cancelled. Upon such revesting, the Claim or Interest of any Holder or its successors with respect to such property shall be cancelled, discharged, and forever barred notwithstanding any applicable federal or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws, or any provisions in any document governing the Distribution that is an unclaimed Distribution, to the contrary.

 

51


  (c)

Noteholder Ordinary Shares / Exchange Notes. Noteholder Ordinary Shares and Exchange Notes will be issued directly to any Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim (or its Nominee(s)) that has confirmed its details (including details of a securities account that is compatible with Euroclear Sweden) to the Distribution Agent by no later than the date falling 10 Business Days prior to the Effective Date (or such other time and date as the Debtor and the Majority Core Noteholder Group may agree). Any Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim that has not confirmed its details by this date shall accept that its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and Exchange Notes may instead be transferred to the Holding Period Trust.

If any Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim is unable, owing to fund constitutional or binding governance reasons, to receive its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes or to nominate a Nominee to receive its pro rata share of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes, such Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes may be transferred to the Holding Period Trust. Any unclaimed Noteholder Ordinary Shares or Exchange Notes held by the trustee at the end of such fixed period shall be liquidated and the net proceeds held on trust for a further fixed period for such Holder of an Allowed Notes Claim to claim. Upon the expiry of the later fixed period, the trustee will deliver any unclaimed proceeds to the Debtor.

4. Surrender of Cancelled Instruments or Securities

On the Effective Date, each Holder of a Certificate shall be deemed to have surrendered such Certificate to the Distribution Agent. Such Certificate shall be cancelled solely with respect to the Debtors (other than any Certificate that survives and is not cancelled pursuant to the Plan), and such cancellation shall not alter the obligations or rights of any non-Debtor third parties vis-à-vis one another with respect to such Certificate. Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, this Article VI shall not apply to any Claims and Interests Reinstated pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

 

E.

Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

1. Claims Paid by Third Parties

A Claim shall be reduced in full, and such Claim shall be disallowed without an objection to such Claim having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor. To the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a Distribution on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim, such Holder shall repay, return or deliver any Distribution held by or transferred to the Holder to the applicable Reorganized Debtor to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such Distribution under the Plan; provided that the foregoing shall not prejudice such third party’s rights (including, for the avoidance of doubt, subrogation rights) with respect to the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors.

 

52


2. Claims Payable by Insurance Carriers

No Distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ Insurers agrees to satisfy in full a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such Insurers’ agreement, such Claim may be expunged to the extent of any agreed upon satisfaction on the Claims Register by the Claims and Noticing Agent without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

3. Applicability of Insurance Policies

Except as otherwise provided herein, Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of an applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including Insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such Insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such Insurers.

 

F.

Setoffs

Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, each Reorganized Debtor, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code (including section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code), applicable non-bankruptcy law, or as may be agreed to by the Holder of a Claim, may set off or recoup against any Allowed Claim (other than an Allowed Claim held by a Consenting Creditor) and the Distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of such Allowed Claim (before any Distribution is made on account of such Allowed Claim), any claims, rights, and Causes of Action of any nature that such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, may hold against the Holder of such Allowed Claim, to the extent such claims, rights, or Causes of Action against such Holder have not been otherwise compromised or settled on or prior to the Effective Date (whether pursuant to the Plan or otherwise); provided, however, that neither the failure to effect such a setoff or recoupment nor the allowance of any Claim pursuant to the Plan shall constitute a waiver or release by such Reorganized Debtor of any such claims, rights, and Causes of Action that such Reorganized Debtor may possess against such Holder; provided, further, that such Holder may contest any such set off by a Reorganized Debtor in the Bankruptcy Court or any other court of competent jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, any such right of set off may be preserved by Filing a Proof of Claim related to such right of set off prior to the Effective Date.

 

G.

Allocation between Principal and Accrued Interest

Except as otherwise provided herein, the aggregate consideration paid to Holders with respect to their Allowed Claims shall be treated pursuant to the Plan as allocated first to the principal amount of such Allowed Claims (to the extent thereof) and, thereafter, to the interest, if any, on such Allowed Claim accrued through the Effective Date.

 

53


H.

Minimum Distributions

No (a) fractional shares of Noteholder Ordinary Shares or (b) fractional New Money Notes or Exchange Notes shall be distributed, and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts. Whenever any payment or Distribution of a (a) fraction of a dollar or (b) fractional New Money Note or Exchange Note under this Plan would otherwise be called for, such payment or Distribution shall be rounded as follows: (x) fractions of one-half (12) or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number; and (y) fractions of less than one-half (12) shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment or Distribution therefore. The total number of authorized New Money Notes, and/or Exchange Notes, as applicable, shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding, subject to any minimum denominations required under the Exchange Notes or the New Money Notes, as the case may be.

Whenever any payment or Distribution of a fraction of a dollar or fractional share of Noteholder Ordinary Shares under this Plan would otherwise be called for, the actual payment or Distribution will reflect a rounding down of such fraction to the nearest whole dollar or share of Noteholder Ordinary Shares, with half dollars and half shares of Noteholder Ordinary Shares or less being rounded down.

ARTICLE VII

PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING DISPUTED CLAIMS

 

A.

Disputed Claims Generally

Notwithstanding section 502(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise set forth in the Plan or Combined Order, Holders of Claims, other than Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, need not File Proofs of Claim with the Bankruptcy Court, and the Reorganized Debtors and Holders of Claims shall determine, adjudicate, and resolve any disputes over the validity and amounts of such Claims as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced. The Holders of Claims other than Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall not be subject to any Claims resolution process in the Bankruptcy Court. Except for Proofs of Claim in respect of Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, any Filed Claim, regardless of the time of filing, and including Claims Filed after the Effective Date, shall be deemed withdrawn. From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may satisfy, dispute, settle, or otherwise compromise any Claim without approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

B.

Objections to Claims

Except insofar as a Claim is Allowed under the Plan, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be entitled to object to Claims. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses that the Debtors had with regard to any Claim or Interest. Any objections to Claims shall be served and Filed on or before the later of (i) one (1) year after the Effective Date and (ii) such later date as may be fixed by the Bankruptcy Court. The expiration of such period shall not limit or affect the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to dispute Claims other than through an objection to a Claim or to Proof of such Claim.

 

54


C.

Estimation of Claims

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and subject to the consent of the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group, not to be unreasonably withheld, may (i) determine, resolve, and otherwise adjudicate all contingent, unliquidated, and Disputed Claims in the Bankruptcy Court and (ii) at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code regardless of whether the Debtors previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection. The Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim, including, without limitation, at any time during litigation concerning any objection to any Claim or during the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim, the amount so estimated shall constitute either the Allowed amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on the Allowed amount of such Claim, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court. If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum limitation on the Allowed amount of such Claim, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may pursue supplementary proceedings to object to the allowance of such Claim.

 

D.

Disallowance of Claims

Any Claims held by Entities from which property is recoverable under sections 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under sections 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed Disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any Distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity have been settled or a Bankruptcy Court order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

 

E.

No Distributions Pending Allowance

If an objection, motion to estimate, or other challenge to a Claim is Filed, no payment or Distribution provided under the Plan shall be made on account of such Claim unless and until (and only to the extent that) such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

 

F.

Distributions after Allowance

To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim, Distributions (if any) shall be made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, including the treatment provisions provided in Article IV of the Plan.

 

G.

Claim Resolution Procedures Cumulative

All of the Claims, objection, estimation, and resolution procedures in the Plan are intended to be cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims may be estimated and subsequently settled, compromised, withdrawn, or resolved in accordance with the Plan without further notice or Bankruptcy Court approval.

 

55


H.

Single Satisfaction of Claims and Interests

In no case shall the aggregate value of all property received or retained under the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim or Interest exceed 100 percent of the underlying Allowed Claim or Interest plus applicable interest required to be paid hereunder, if any.

ARTICLE VIII

EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.

Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, the Distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims, Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate to services performed by employees of the Debtors prior to the Effective Date and that arise from a termination of employment, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (a) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (c) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. The Combined Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

 

B.

Release of Liens

Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to the New Security Documents, the Plan, the Combined Order, or any other contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable Distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, except for Other Secured Claims that the Debtors elect to Reinstate in accordance with Article III.B. hereof and any existing mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates or the Debtors’ affiliates for the benefit of Holders of RCF Claims, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and

 

56


assigns, other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Liens and security interests granted pursuant to, or in connection with, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Amended Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement, the Notes Amendments Documents or the Security Documents (as defined in the Notes Amendments Documents). Any Holder of such Secured Claim (and the applicable agents for such Holder) shall be authorized and directed, at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtors, to release any collateral or other property of any Debtor (including any cash collateral and possessory collateral) held by such Holder (and the applicable agents for such Holder), and to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Reorganized Debtors to evidence the release of such Lien, including the execution, delivery, and filing or recording of such releases. The presentation or filing of the Combined Order to or with any federal, state, provincial, or local agency or department shall constitute good and sufficient evidence of, but shall not be required to effect, the termination of such Liens.

 

C.

Releases by the Debtors

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Combined Order, pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, as of the Effective Date, each Released Party is deemed released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and their Estates from any and all Causes of Action, including any Avoidance Actions and derivative claims asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Cause of Action against, or Interest in, a Debtor or other Entity, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among the Debtors or between the Debtors and their non-Debtor Affiliates, the Facility Agreement, the Facility Agreement Documents, the Prepetition Finance Documents, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents or the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or Distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the Distribution of property under the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, or any other related agreement, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (i) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, the

 

57


Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Rights Offering Documents (including the Backstop Agreement), the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, or any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (ii) any Causes of Action specifically retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, (iii) any Cause of Action that is judicially determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct gross negligence of an Entity other than a Debtor, (iv) any Cause of Action against a Released Party arising from any obligations owed to or by the Debtors pursuant to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is not otherwise rejected by the Debtors pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code before, after, or as of the Effective Date, (v) any Cause of Action that is of a commercial nature and arising in the ordinary course of business, such as accounts receivable and accounts payable on account of goods and services being performed, or (vi) any Cause of Action against a Holder of a Disputed Claim to the extent necessary to administer and resolve such Disputed Claim solely in accordance with the Plan.

 

D.

Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Combined Order, as of the Effective Date, each Releasing Party is deemed to have released and discharged each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, and Released Party from any and all Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, including any derivative claims asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among the Debtors or between the Debtors and their non-Debtor Affiliates, the Facility Agreement, the Facility Agreement Documents, the Prepetition Finance Documents, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, or the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or Distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the Distribution of property under the Plan, or the Lock-Up Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (i) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Rights Offering Documents (including the Backstop Agreement), the Notes Amendments

 

58


Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, or any other document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (ii) any Causes of Action specifically retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, (iii) any Cause of Action that is judicially determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, (iv) any Cause of Action against a Released Party arising from any obligations owed to or by the Debtors pursuant to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is not otherwise rejected by the Debtors pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code before, after, or as of the Effective Date, (v) any Cause of Action that is of a commercial nature and arising in the ordinary course of business, such as accounts receivable and accounts payable on account of goods and services being performed, or (vi) any Cause of Action against a Holder of a Disputed Claim to the extent necessary to administer and resolve such Disputed Claim solely in accordance with the Plan.

 

E.

Exculpation

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or the Combined Order, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is released and exculpated from any and all Causes of Action arising from the Petition Date to the Effective Date whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising in law, equity, contract, tort or otherwise, for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among the Debtors or between the Debtors and their non-Debtor Affiliates, the Facility Agreement, the Prepetition Finance Documents, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Rights Offering Documents, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, the Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Lock-Up Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, the Facility Agreement Amendments Documents, the Notes Amendments Documents, the New Money Documents, the New Security Documents, the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the Distribution of property under the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, or any other related agreement, except for claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, but in all respects such Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the Plan. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of votes and Distribution of consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such Distributions shall not be, liable at any time for (i) any post-Effective Date obligations of any

 

59


party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (ii) any Causes of Action specifically retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, (iii) any Cause of Action (other than a Cause of Action against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any Related Party of the Debtors) unknown to such Exculpated Party as of the Effective Date that arises out of actual fraud or gross negligence of an Entity other than such Exculpated Party, or (iv) the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such Distributions made pursuant to the Plan.

 

F.

Injunction

Upon entry of the Combined Order, all Persons and Entities shall be enjoined from taking any actions to interfere with the implementation or consummation of this Plan or the vesting of the Estates’ assets in, and the enjoyment of such assets by, the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to this Plan.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or for obligations issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Combined Order, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold claims or interests that have been released, discharged, or are subject to exculpation are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions (collectively, the “Covered Matters”) against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Exculpated Parties, or the Released Parties (the “Covered Entities”): (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (b) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (c) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (d) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests unless such Holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to perform such setoff on or before the Effective Date, and notwithstanding an indication of a claim or interest or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable law or otherwise; and (e) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan.

With respect to any Covered Entity, no Entity or Person may commence or continue any action, employ any process, or take any other act to pursue, collect, recover or offset any Claim, Interest, debt, obligation, or Cause of Action relating or reasonably likely to relate to any act or commission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of a Covered Matter (including one that alleges the actual fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct of a Covered Entity), unless expressly authorized by the Bankruptcy Court after (1) it

 

60


determines, after a notice and a hearing, such Claim, Interest, debt, obligation, or Cause of Action is colorable and (2) it specifically authorizes such Entity or Person to bring such Claim or Cause of Action. The Bankruptcy Court shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether any such Claim, Interest, debt, obligation or Cause of Action is colorable and, only to the extent legally permissible and as provided for in Article XI, shall have jurisdiction to adjudicate such underlying colorable Claim, Interest, debt, obligation, or Cause of Action.

 

G.

Reimbursement or Contribution

If the Bankruptcy Court disallows a Claim for reimbursement or contribution of an Entity pursuant to section 502(e)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, then to the extent that such Claim is contingent as of the time of allowance or disallowance, such Claim shall be forever disallowed and expunged notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless prior to the Confirmation Date: (1) such Claim has been adjudicated as non-contingent; or (2) the relevant Holder of a Claim has Filed a Proof of Claim on account of such Claim and a Final Order has been entered prior to the Confirmation Date determining such Claim as no longer contingent.

ARTICLE IX

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE

 

A.

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

It shall be a condition to the Effective Date that the following conditions shall have been satisfied, in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders, or waived pursuant to Article IX.B of the Plan:

 

  1.

the Combined Order in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders shall be a Final Order ;

 

  2.

the Transaction Documents and the New Security Documents, shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders (with all conditions precedent thereto having been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date);

 

  3.

the Backstop Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not have terminated pursuant to its terms;

 

  4.

the Rights Offering shall have been conducted, in all material respects, in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures;

 

  5.

issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares (with all conditions precedent thereto having been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date), in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

61


  6.

all conditions precedent to the issuance of the Exchange Notes have been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date, in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  7.

all conditions precedent to the issuance of the New Money Notes have been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date, in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  8.

all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the SSRCF have been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date, in each case, in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  9.

all other applicable Definitive Documents shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders (with all conditions precedent thereto having been satisfied or waived, other than the occurrence of the Effective Date and those conditions precedent that are expected to occur on the Effective Date);

 

  10.

the establishment and funding of the Professional Fee Escrow Account;

 

  11.

payment of all fees, costs and expenses required to be paid under the Lock-Up Agreement, the Backstop Agreement, and the other Transaction Documents and in accordance with the Lock-Up Agreement, including the Restructuring Expenses (to the extent not already paid);

 

  12.

the Swedish Reorganisation Plan Confirmation shall have occurred and shall be a Final Order;

 

  13.

the Agreed Steps Plan and evidence that steps and transactions referred to therein as steps/transactions to be undertaken on or prior to the Effective Date shall have been or will be duly completed to the satisfaction of the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders in accordance with the Plan, the Lock-Up Agreement, and the Restructuring Implementation Deed;

 

  14.

all payments in Cash due pursuant to the Treatment in Class 3 and pursuant to the Treatment in Class 5 shall have been paid in full in Cash;

 

  15.

all requisite governmental authorities and third parties will have approved or consented to the Restructuring Transactions and any applicable waiting period under applicable law (including with respect to antitrust laws) shall have expired, in either case, to the extent required;

 

62


  16.

no court of competent jurisdiction or other competent governmental or regulatory authority shall have issued any order making illegal or otherwise preventing or prohibiting the consummation of any Restructuring Transactions;

 

  17.

the Debtors shall have implemented the Restructuring Transactions and all transactions contemplated by, and in accordance with, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Agreed Steps Plan, the Restructuring Implementation Deed, and the Plan; and

 

  18.

either:

 

  i)

the Lock-Up Agreement shall not have been terminated and shall remain in full force and effect; or

 

  ii)

 

  (a)

on or before May 30, 2025 the Debtors shall have delivered the Swedish RP Certificate to the Consenting Creditors;

 

  (b)

the Lock-Up Agreement shall not have been terminated other than pursuant to clause 8.1(b) (Automatic Termination) of the Lock-Up Agreement and such termination shall have occurred not more than 122 days before the Effective Date; and

 

  (c)

the Company shall have delivered to the Consenting Creditors a LUA Compliance Certificate; 

 

  (d)

no event or circumstance has occurred which (with the expiry of any grace period, the giving of any notice or any combination of the foregoing) would have resulted in a termination right arising in favor of (i) the Majority Core Noteholder Group or the Majority Participating Lenders under paragraphs (c) to (e) of Clause 8.3 (Voluntary termination) or 8.5 (Termination by Participating Lenders with respect to Participating Lenders only) of the Lock-Up Agreement or (ii) the Majority Participating Lenders or the Majority Consenting Noteholders under paragraph (f) of Clause 8.3 (Voluntary termination) of the Lock-Up Agreement (in each case, as if it had not already terminated) and none of the Majority Core Noteholder Group, the Majority Participating Lenders nor the Majority Consenting Noteholders have delivered notice to the Company confirming that it or they would have terminated the Lock-Up Agreement on the basis of such event or circumstance if the Lock-Up Agreement had still been in full force and effect; and

 

  (e)

neither the Majority Core Noteholder Group nor the Majority Participating Lenders have delivered an Effective Date Failed CP Notice to the Company.

 

63


B.

Waiver of Conditions Precedent

The Debtors, with the prior written consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Core Noteholder Group and the Majority Participating Lenders, may waive any of the conditions to the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A of the Plan at any time or as otherwise provided in the Lock-Up Agreement without any notice to any other parties in interest and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and without any formal action other than proceeding to confirm and consummate the Plan. The failure of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or the Consenting Creditors to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any other rights, and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right, which may be asserted at any time.

ARTICLE X

MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

 

A.

Modification of Plan

Subject to the limitations and terms contained in the Plan, the Debtors reserve the right to (1) amend or modify the Plan before the entry of the Combined Order consistent with the terms set forth herein, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules; and (2) after the entry of the Combined Order, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may, upon order of the Bankruptcy Court, amend or modify the Plan, in accordance with section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, subject to the Lock-Up Agreement, to remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner as may be necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan consistent with the terms set forth herein, in each case set forth in the preceding clauses (1) and (2) with the prior written consent (which may be provided through electronic mail) of the Majority Consenting Creditors. The Debtors must give counsel to the Consenting Creditors (or, if a Consenting Creditor does not have counsel, to such Consenting Creditor) at least five (5) Business Days’ advance notice, or otherwise as much notice as is reasonably practicable, prior to withdrawing the Plan.

 

B.

Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

Entry of the Combined Order shall constitute approval of all modifications to the Plan occurring after the solicitation thereof pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and a finding that such modifications to the Plan do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

 

C.

Withdrawal of Plan

The Debtors reserve the right, subject to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement and the approval rights of the parties set forth therein, to revoke or withdraw the Plan with respect to any or all Debtors before the Confirmation Date and to File subsequent chapter 11 plans. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation or the Effective Date does not occur, then: (1) the Plan will be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan, assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effectuated by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant hereto will be null and void in all respects; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action by any Entity, (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Debtor or any other Entity, or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by any Debtor or any other Entity; provided, however, that all provisions of the Lock-Up Agreement that survive the termination of these agreements (each, according to its terms) shall remain in effect in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

64


ARTICLE XI

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

Notwithstanding the entry of the Combined Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, which shall be exclusive jurisdiction within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States, including jurisdiction to:

 

  1.

subject to Article VII.A of the Plan, allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Claim or Interest and the resolution of any and all objections to the secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or Interests;

 

  2.

decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;

 

  3.

resolve any matters related to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, including: (a) the assumption or assumption and assignment of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Cure or Claims arising therefrom, including pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; and (c) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or expired;

 

  4.

ensure that Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to Distributions under the Plan;

 

  5.

adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date;

 

  6.

enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of (a) contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents approved by Final Order in the Chapter 11 Cases and (b) the Plan, the Combined Order, and contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan;

 

65


  7.

enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  8.

grant any consensual request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  9.

issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;

 

  10.

hear, determine, and resolve any cases, matters, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action in connection with or in any way related to the Chapter 11 Cases, including: (a) with respect to the repayment or return of Distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a Claim or an Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI of the Plan; (b) with respect to the releases, injunctions, and other provisions contained in Article VIII of the Plan, including entry of such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions; (c) that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan and the Combined Order; or (d) related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  11.

decide and resolve all matters related to the issuance of the Noteholder Ordinary Shares and the New Money Notes and the execution of the Transaction Documents;

 

  12.

enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Combined Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;

 

  13.

consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Combined Order;

 

  14.

hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  15.

enter an order or Final Decree concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases;

 

  16.

enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and

 

  17.

hear and determine any other matters related to the Chapter 11 Cases and not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code or title 28 of the United States Code.

provided, in each case, that the Bankruptcy Court shall not retain jurisdiction over matters arising from agreements or documents (or performance under agreements or documents) contained in the Plan Supplement or any Definitive Documents, in each case, that have a jurisdictional, forum selection, or dispute resolution clause that refers matters to or permits a Person to bring actions before a different court or forum, and any matters arising from agreements or documents (or performance under any agreements or documents) contained in the Plan Supplement or any other Definitive Documents that contain such clauses shall be governed in accordance with the

 

66


provisions of such agreements or documents; provided, further, that if the Bankruptcy Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter arising in, arising under, or related to the Chapter 11 Cases, the provisions of this Article XI shall have no effect upon and shall not control, prohibit, or limit the exercise of jurisdiction by any other court having jurisdiction with respect to such matter.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

A.

Immediate Binding Effect

Notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and any and all Holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, exculpations, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors. All Claims against and Interests in the Debtors shall be as fixed, adjusted, or compromised, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan regardless of whether any Holder of a Claim or Interest has voted on the Plan.

 

B.

Additional Documents

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors may File with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan; provided, however, that such agreements and other documents shall be consistent in all material respects with the terms and conditions of the Lock-Up Agreement, including the condition that such agreements and other documents shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Majority Participating Lenders and the Majority Core Noteholder Group. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and all Holders of Claims and Interests receiving Distributions pursuant to the Plan and all other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of the Plan.

 

C.

Payment of Statutory Fees

Prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors shall pay all fees due and payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a)(6) and shall File monthly reports in a form reasonably acceptable to the U.S. Trustee. On or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay any and all fees when due and payable, and shall File with the Bankruptcy Court quarterly reports in a form reasonably acceptable to the U.S. Trustee. Each Reorganized Debtor shall remain obligated to pay all fees to the U.S. Trustee until the applicable Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case is closed.

 

67


D.

Reservation of Rights

Except as expressly set forth herein, the Plan shall have no force or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court shall enter the Combined Order. None of the filing of the Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, including the amounts set forth in Article III.D, or the taking of any action by any Debtor or any party in interest with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any party in interest prior to the Effective Date.

 

E.

Successors and Assigns

The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign, Affiliate, officer, director, agent, representative, attorney, beneficiaries, or guardian, if any, of each such Entity.

 

F.

Service of Documents

After the Effective Date, any pleading, notice, or other document required by the Plan to be served on or delivered to the Reorganized Debtors shall be served on:

 

Reorganized Debtors   

Intrum AB

Riddargatan 10

Stockholm, Sweden 11435

Attention: Niklas Lundquist

Counsel to Debtors   

Porter Hedges LLP

1000 Main St., 36th

Houston, TX 77002

Attn.: John F. Higgins (jhiggins@porterhedges.com)

 

Milbank LLP

55 Hudson Yards

New York, New York 10001

Attn.: Dennis F. Dunne (ddunne@milbank.com)

Jaimie Fedell (jfedell@milbank.com)

Counsel to Consenting Noteholders   

Latham & Watkins LLP

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Attn.: Adam J. Goldberg (adam.goldberg@lw.com)

Ebba Gebisa (ebba.gebisa@lw.com)

Brian S. Rosen (brian.rosen@lw.com)

Thomas Fafara (thomas.fafara@lw.com)

 

68


Counsel to the RCF SteerCo Group   

Clifford Chance US LLP

Two Manhattan West

375 9th Avenue

New York, NY 10001

Maja Zerjal Fink (maja.zerjalfink@cliffordchance.com)

Robert Johnson (robert.johnson@cliffordchance.com)

Madelyn Nicolini (madelyn.nicolini@cliffordchance.com)

United States Trustee   

Office of the United States Trustee

for the Southern District of Texas

515 Rusk Street, Suite 3516

Houston, Texas 77002

 

G.

Term of Injunctions or Stays

Unless otherwise provided herein or in the Combined Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases (pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court) and existing on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Combined Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Combined Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

H.

Entire Agreement

Except as otherwise indicated, and without limiting the effectiveness of the Lock-Up Agreement, the Plan supersedes all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.

 

I.

Plan Supplement

All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full in the Plan. After the exhibits and documents are Filed, copies of such exhibits and documents shall be made available upon written request to the Debtors’ counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from https://cases.ra.kroll.com/IntrumAB or the Bankruptcy Court’s website at www.txs.uscourts.gov/bankruptcy. Unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent any exhibit or document in the Plan Supplement is inconsistent with the terms of any part of the Plan that does not constitute the Plan Supplement, such part of the Plan that does not constitute the Plan Supplement shall control.

 

69


J.

Non-Severability

If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court, at the request of the Debtors, shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted; provided that any such alteration or interpretation shall be consistent with the Lock-Up Agreement and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Consenting Creditors. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Combined Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is: (1) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (2) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the Debtors’ consent, consistent with the terms set forth herein; and (3) nonseverable and mutually dependent.

 

K.

Votes Solicited in Good Faith

Upon entry of the Combined Order, the Debtors, the Consenting Creditors, and each of their respective Affiliates, agents, representatives, members, principals, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, advisors, and attorneys will be deemed to have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code and pursuant to section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, and participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, and purchase of Securities offered, issued, or sold under the Plan, and, therefore, neither any of such parties or individuals or the Reorganized Debtors will have any liability for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of votes on the Plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the Securities offered, issued, or sold under the Plan.

 

L.

Closing of Chapter 11 Cases

After an Estate has been fully administered, the Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized, but not directed, to submit an order to the Bankruptcy Court under certification of counsel to close the applicable Chapter 11 Case in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules. Furthermore, the Claims and Noticing Agent is authorized to destroy all paper/hardcopy records related to this matter two (2) years after the Effective Date has occurred.

 

M.

Waiver or Estoppel

Each Holder of a Claim or an Interest shall be deemed to have waived any right to assert any argument, including the right to argue that its Claim or Interest should be Allowed in a certain amount, in a certain priority, secured or not subordinated by virtue of an agreement made with the Debtors or their counsel, or any other Entity, if such agreement was not disclosed in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Plan Supplement, or other papers Filed prior to the Confirmation Date.

 

70


N.

Creditor Default

An act or omission by a Holder of a Claim or an Interest in contravention of the provisions of this Plan shall be deemed an event of default under this Plan. Upon an event of default, the Reorganized Debtors may seek to hold the defaulting party in contempt of the Combined Order and may be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of the Reorganized Debtors in remedying such default. Upon the finding of such a default by a creditor, the Bankruptcy Court may: (a) designate a party to appear, sign or accept the documents required under the Plan on behalf of the defaulting party, in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 7070; (b) enforce the Plan by order of specific performance; (c) award judgment against such defaulting creditor in favor of the Reorganized Debtors in an amount, including interest, to compensate the Reorganized Debtors for the damages caused by such default; and (d) make such other order as may be equitable that does not materially alter the terms of the Plan.

 

O.

2002 Notice Parties

The Combined Order shall provide that, after the Effective Date, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, are authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to those Entities who have Filed a renewed request after the Combined Hearing to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002.

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

71


Dated: December 18, 2024

 

Respectfully submitted,
By:  

/s/ Andrés Rubio

  Name: Andrés Rubio
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
On behalf of Intrum AB (pub) and its Debtor affiliate

 

72

Exhibit T3F.1

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

Reconciliation and tie showing the location in the Exchange Notes Indenture of the provisions inserted pursuant to Sections 310 to 318(a), inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.

 

Trust Indenture Act of 1939 Section

  Indenture Section
310(a)(1)   7.10
(a)(2)   7.10
(a)(3)   N/A
(a)(4)   N/A
(a)(5)   7.10
(b)   7.10
311(a)   7.08; 7.12
(b)   7.12
312(a)   2.05
(b)   13.02
(c)   13.02
313(a)   7.13
(b)   7.13
(c)   7.13
(d)   7.13
314(a)   4.02; 4.03; 13.01; 13.03
(b)   12.07
(c)(1)   13.03
(c)(2)   13.03
(c)(3)   N/A
(d)   12.07
(e)   13.03
(f)   N/A
315(a)   7.01; 7.02
(b)   7.05
(c)   7.01
(d)   7.01
(e)   6.11
316(a)(1)   6.04; 6.05
(a)(2)   N/A
(a) (last sentence)   2.09
(b)   6.07
(c)   9.03
317(a)(1)   6.08
(a)(2)   6.09
(b)   2.04
318(a)   13.08
318(b)   N/A
318(c)   13.08

Exhibit T3F.2

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

Reconciliation and tie showing the location in the New Money Notes Indenture of the provisions inserted pursuant to Sections 310 to 318(a), inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.

 

Trust Indenture Act of 1939 Section

  Indenture Section
310(a)(1)   7.10
(a)(2)   7.10
(a)(3)   N/A
(a)(4)   N/A
(a)(5)   7.10
(b)   7.10
311(a)   7.08; 7.12
(b)   7.12
312(a)   2.05
(b)   13.02
(c)   13.02
313(a)   7.13
(b)   7.13
(c)   7.13
(d)   7.13
314(a)   4.02; 4.03; 13.01; 13.03
(b)   12.07
(c)(1)   13.03
(c)(2)   13.03
(c)(3)   N/A
(d)   12.07
(e)   13.03
(f)   N/A
315(a)   7.01; 7.02
(b)   7.05
(c)   7.01
(d)   7.01
(e)   6.11
316(a)(1)   6.04; 6.05
(a)(2)   N/A
(a) (last sentence)   2.09
(b)   6.07
(c)   9.03
317(a)(1)   6.08
(a)(2)   6.09
(b)   2.04
318(a)   13.08
318(b)   N/A
318(c)   13.08

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939

OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

 

 

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

 

 

GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

A New Hampshire Limited Liability Company   81-4468886

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or

organization if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

3 Second Street, Suite 206

Jersey City, New Jersey

  07311
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

GLAS AMERICAS LLC

230 Park Avenue, 3rd floor West

New York, New York 10169

(212) 808-3050

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

Intrum Investments and Financing AB

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)*

 

Sweden   Not applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

Riddargatan 10 Stockholm Sweden   114 35
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

Exchange Notes

New Money Notes

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

*

The entities listed on the following page are also included in this Form T-1 as obligors.

 

 

 


The following entities are expected to be obligors on this Form T-1:

 

   

Intrum AB

 

   

Intrum Group Operations AB

 

   

Capquest Debt Recovery Limited

 

   

Capquest Group Limited

 

   

Fair Pay Please AB

 

   

Solvia Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.U.

 

   

Intrum AB of Texas LLC

 

   

Intrum AG

 

   

Intrum AS

 

   

Intrum B.V.

 

   

Intrum Capital AS

 

   

Intrum Czech, s.r.o.

 

   

Intrum Deutschland GmbH

 

   

Intrum Finanzholding Deutschland GmbH

 

   

Intrum Holding AB

 

   

Intrum Holding Deutschland GmbH

 

   

Intrum Holding Norway AS

 

   

Intrum Holding Spain, S.A.U.

 

   

Intrum Intl AB

 

   

Intrum Investment No 1 DAC

 

   

Intrum Investment No 2 DAC

 

   

Intrum Investment No 3 DAC

 

   

Intrum Investment Switzerland AG

 

   

Intrum Italy Holding S.r.l.

 

   

Intrum Nederland B.V.

 

   

Intrum Nederland Holding B.V.

 

   

Intrum Oy

 

   

Intrum Servicing Spain, S.A.U.

 

   

Intrum Slovakia s.r.o.

 

   

Intrum Sp. z o.o.

 

   

Intrum Sverige AB

 

   

Intrum UK Finance Limited

 

   

Intrum UK Group Limited

 

   

Intrum UK Holdings Limited

 

   

Intrum Zrt

 

   

Lock Topco AS

 

   

Intrum Holding Spain NewCo, S.L.U.

 

   

Intrum Italy Holding AB


Item 1.

General Information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a)

Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Treasury Department

Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Washington, D.C.

Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco

San Francisco, California 94120

 

  (b)

Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Item 2.

Affiliations with Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None with respect to the trustee.

No responses are included for Items 3-14 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is not in default as provided under Item 13.

 

Item 15.

Foreign Trustee.   Not applicable.

 

Item 16.

List of Exhibits.   List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of Eligibility.

 

        Exhibit 1.    A copy of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the trustee now in effect.
  Exhibit 2.    A copy of the State of New Hampshire—Office of the Bank Commissioner Certificate to Conduct Business for GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC, dated February 23, 2017
  Exhibit 3.    A copy of the State of New Hampshire Certificate to Exercise Corporate Trust Powers for GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC, dated February 12, 2016.
  Exhibit 4.    Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.
  Exhibit 5.    Not applicable.
  Exhibit 6.    The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
  Exhibit 7.    Not applicable.
  Exhibit 8.    Not applicable.
  Exhibit 9.    Not applicable.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, GLAS Trust Company LLC, a New Hampshire Limited Liability Company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of London, United Kingdom, on the 18th day of March, 2025.

 

GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC
/s/ Tom Vanson
Tom Vanson
Senior Transaction Manager


Exhibit 1

Limited Liability Company Agreement


State of New Hampshire

Department of State

Be it known, that whereas the attached Certificate of Amendment to GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC formerly GLAS LLC, has complied with the provisions of the statutes of this State in such case made and provided, as appears from the petition duly approved by the Bank Commissioner and recorded in this office.

Now, therefore, I, William M. Gardner, Secretary of State do hereby certify that said Certificate of Amendment of GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC formerly GLAS LLC has been filed with this office.

Business ID#: 739423

 

LOGO     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereto set my hand and cause to be affixed the Seal of the State of New Hampshire, this 17th day of November 2016.
     

 

/s/ William M. Gardner

     

William M. Gardner

Secretary of State

   


LOGO

STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

 

Filing fee: $35.00   

Form LLC-3

RSA 304-C:34

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 304-C, SECTION 34 OF THE NEW HAMPSHIRE REVISED STATUTES ANNOTATED, THE UNDERSIGNED SUBMITS THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT:

FIRST:    The name of the limited liability company is:

GLAS LLC

SECOND:   The text of each amendment is:

ARTICLE FIRST shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is:

 

    GLAS Trust Company LLC
    GLAS LLC
Dated: November 14, 2016     By:   /s/ Daniel Fisher
      Daniel Fisher, Manager


AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC

This Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of February 1, 2024, and is by and between GLAS Trust Company LLC, a New Hampshire limited liability company (the “Company”), and GLAS USA LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, as the sole member (the “Sole Member”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, GLAS Holdings Limited, an English company (the “Original Member”) caused the formation of the Company as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, and on February 8, 2016, and entered into the limited liability company agreement of the Company, (the “Prior Agreement”) in order to govern the affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business;

WHEREAS, subsequently, the Original Member transferred its entire Interest in the Company to Global Loan Agency Services Limited, a private company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the United Kingdom (the “Prior Member”);

WHEREAS, on or about the date hereof, the Prior Member entered into a contribution agreement (the “Contribution Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Prior Member transferred its entire Interest in the Company to the Sole Member, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Contribution Agreement;

WHEREAS, effective upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement, the Sole Member became the sole member of the Company; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 15 of the Prior Agreement, the Sole Member desires to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety, as set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

FORMATION OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Section 1.1. Formation of Limited Liability Company. The Company was formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the New Hampshire Revised Statutes Annotated (together with any successor statute and as amended from time to time, the “Act”), and the rights and liabilities of the Sole Member shall be as provided in the Act except as herein otherwise expressly provided. The Original Member caused to be filed a Certificate of Formation with the State of New Hampshire Department of State in accordance with the terms of the Act. The Board of Managers (as defined below) may direct that the Company be registered or qualified to do business in other jurisdictions.

Section 1.2. Limited Liability Company Name and Principal Office. The name of the Company shall be GLAS Trust Company LLC. The Board of Managers shall have the power at any time to change the name of the Company. The principal business office of the Company shall be in such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Managers.


Section 1.3. Office of and Agent for Service of Process. The name and address of the registered office and agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of New Hampshire is Registered Agent Solutions, Inc., 10 Ferry St., Suite 313, Concord, NH 03301. The Board of Managers may change, at any time and from time to time, the location of such registered office.

Section 1.4. Term of Company. The Company commenced as of the date of the filing of the Certificate of Formation in the office of the State of New Hampshire Department of State and shall continue indefinitely until the winding up and liquidation of the Company and its business is completed following a dissolution event described in Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

Section 1.5. Purpose of Company. The purpose of the Company is to engage in any and all lawful business activities in which limited liability companies formed in the State of New Hampshire under the Act may participate and to do all things necessary, advisable, appropriate or expedient in connection with or incidental to the foregoing.

Section 1.6. Sole Member. As of the date of this Agreement, the Sole Member is the single and sole member of the Company and shall be shown as such on the books and records of the Company. Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, no other entity or person shall be admitted as a member of the Company, and no additional interest in the Company shall be issued, without approval of the Board of Managers.

Section 1.7. Limited Liability of the Sole Member. To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, the Sole Member shall have no liability (i) for any debts or losses of the Company beyond its Interest, and (ii) for acts performed within the scope of its authority. Other than as provided in this Agreement and as may be required under the Act, the Sole Member shall not be liable for any debts or losses of capital or profits of the Company or be required to contribute or lend funds to the Company.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Section 2.1. Defined Terms. Except as defined elsewhere in this Agreement or as otherwise specified or as the context may otherwise require, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below for all purposes of this Agreement, and the definitions of such terms are equally applicable both to the singular and plural forms of such terms and to the masculine, feminine and neuter genders of such terms:

Act” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Board of Managers” shall mean, collectively, the Managers of the Company.

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time; any reference to any section of the Code shall include any corresponding provision of succeeding law.

Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Contribution Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.9.

Interest” shall mean all of the rights created under this Agreement or under the Act of the Sole Member with respect to the Company and the Company’s assets and property.


Manager” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

Original Member” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Prior Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Prior Member” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Proceeding” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.9.

Sole Member” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1. Capitalization. As of the date hereof, the capitalization of the Company is as identified on Schedule A attached hereto. No loan made to the Company by the Sole Member shall constitute a capital contribution to the Company for any purpose.

Section 3.2. Additional Contributions. The Sole Member is not required to make any additional contribution to the Company. The Sole Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company in the form of cash, property, services or otherwise, and upon such contribution the Sole

Member’s capital account balance shall be adjusted accordingly.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 4.1. Distributions. Distributions shall be made to the Sole Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Board of Managers.

ARTICLE V

ACCOUNTING AND TAX MATTERS

Section 5.1. Books of Account. At all times during the continuance of the Company, the Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained full, true, complete and correct tax records wherein shall be entered all such transactions, matters and things relating to the business of the Company as are usually recorded in tax records kept by persons engaged in a business of a like kind and character. In addition, the Company shall keep all records as required to be kept pursuant to the Act. The books and records of the Company shall be kept at the principal office of the Company, and the Sole Member shall at all reasonable times have access to such books and records and the right to inspect the same.

Section 5.2. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December, 31.

Section 5.3. Tax Matters. The Sole Member intends for the Company to be treated as a corporation for United States federal, state and local tax purposes, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3, and has filed an Internal Revenue Service Form 8832 to elect to be so treated.


ARTICLE VI

CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS

Section 6.1. Management by the Managers. The power to manage, operate, and set policies for the Company is vested in the Board of Managers. The Board of Managers shall have full and exclusive management and control of the business of the Company, subject to Section 6.6. The Board of Managers shall have the power to do any and all acts necessary or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes described herein, including all powers, statutory or otherwise, possessed by managers under the Act or other applicable laws of the State of New Hampshire. Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, each Manager, individually, shall have the authority to take any action authorized to be taken by the Board of Managers, in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and to the extent authorized to do so by the Board of Managers. The Board of Managers may employ, at the expense of the Company, any agent or third party in connection with the performance of their duties hereunder.

Section 6.2. Number, Tenure and Qualifications of Managers. The total number of individuals (each, a “Manager”) comprising the Board of Managers shall be not less than nine (9), unless otherwise fixed at a different number by an amendment hereto or a resolution signed by the Sole Member. The Managers of the Company may be appointed, removed and replaced from time to time by the written consent of the Sole Member in its sole discretion. A Manager shall remain in office until the earlier to occur of (i) such Manager is removed by a written instrument signed by the Sole Member, (ii) such Manager resigns in a written instrument delivered to the Sole Member, or (iii) such Manager dies or is unable to serve. In the event of any such vacancy, the Sole Member shall fill such vacancy. Each Manager shall have one vote on matters requiring the vote of the Board of Managers.

Section 6.3. Appointment of Managers. The Managers of the Company as of the date of this Agreement are Joanne Brooks, Brian Carne, Stuart Draper, Mia Drennan, David Foster, Yana Kislenko, Lorna Lawlor née Brady, Ethan Levner and Luke Russell.

Section 6.4. Manager Authority. The Board of Managers is authorized on behalf of the Company to incur credit obligations in connection with borrowings from any person or entity, including, without limitation, third parties and affiliates of the Company, necessary to make investments or cover operating costs of the Company, to incur obligations to make deferred capital contributions or deferred installment payments in connection with investments and to pledge Company property, to make and dispose of investments, obtain letters of credit or otherwise provide security for the Company’s obligations relating to any such borrowings or deferred or installment payments. All checks, drafts or other similar instruments written on behalf of the Company must be signed by a Manager. All investments shall be made exclusively in the name or for the account of the Company. The Board of Managers may open bank accounts in its discretion.

Section 6.5. Meetings of the Board of Managers; Action in Lieu of a Meeting. Meetings of the Board of Managers shall be held at times and places (including virtually or by other means of telecommunication) agreed upon by a majority of the Managers. Managers may participate in such meetings by conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. The presence at any meeting of the Board of Managers of at least 51% of the Managers shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Action by the Board of Managers taken at a meeting shall require the approval of majority of the Managers present at such meeting. Any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any meeting of the Board of Managers may be taken by unanimous written consent of the Board of Managers in lieu of a meeting.

Section 6.6. Officers; Agents. The Company, by action of the Board of Managers, shall have the power to appoint any person or persons as agents (who may be referred to as officers) to conduct the day to day activities of the Company on the Company’s behalf, with such titles, if any, as the Board of Managers deems appropriate, which may include (but need not be limited to) Chairman, President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Treasurer, Corporate Secretary, and BSA/AML Officer.


The officers shall be authorized to execute documents that shall be binding on the Company. The authority and powers granted to the officers hereunder shall include all those necessary or convenient for the furtherance of the purposes of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) a person may be chosen to serve in multiple officer positions simultaneously and, (ii) a Manager may also serve as an officer of the Company. The officers of the Company as of the date of this Agreement are as follows: Brian Carne, Chairman and BSA/AML Officer; Mia Drennan, President; Ethan Levner, Chief Financial Officer; Stuart Draper, Chief Operating Officer; Lorna Lawlor née Brady, Chief Risk Officer; David Foster, Treasurer; and Debra Aldous, Corporate Secretary.

Section 6.7. Warranted Reliance by Managers on Others. In exercising their authority and performing their duties under this Agreement, the Managers shall be entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports, or statements of the following persons or groups unless they have actual knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted:

a) one or more employees or other agents of the Company or its subordinates whom the Managers reasonably believe to be reliable and competent in the matters presented;

b) and any attorney, public accountant, or other person as to matters which the Managers reasonably believe to be within such person’s professional or expert competence.

Section 6.8. Liability. To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, none of the Managers nor any officer of the Company will be liable to the Company for any action taken, or omitted to be taken by such person, as a Manager, or an officer, as applicable. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and neither the Sole Member nor any Manager or officer shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member, Manager or officer of the Company.

Section 6.9. Indemnification.

a) Each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Manager or officer of the Company, or, while serving as a Manager or officer of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Manager, officer, employee or agent of another company, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (for purposes of this Section 6.9, an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith, provided such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a Manager or officer of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of such Indemnitees’ heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Section 6.9(e), the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 6.9 to indemnify any Indemnitee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in the first instance by the Board of Managers.


b) The Company shall pay all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that (a) the payment of such expenses incurred by such an Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 6.9 or otherwise; and (b) the Company shall not be required to advance any expenses to a person against whom the Company directly brings a claim alleging that such person has breached such person’s duty of loyalty to the Company, committed an act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or derived an improper personal benefit from a transaction.

c) The rights conferred on any person in this Section 6.9 shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Agreement, vote or consent of the Sole Member or the Board of Managers, or otherwise. Additionally, nothing in this Section 6.9 shall limit the ability of the Company, in its discretion but subject to applicable law, to provide rights of indemnification or advancement of expenses to any person other than an Indemnitee or to provide greater rights of indemnification and advancement of expenses than those provided in this Section 6.9 to any Indemnitee.

d) The Board of Managers is authorized to cause the Company to enter into agreements with any Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or any person serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, employee or agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing indemnification or advancement rights to such person. Such rights may be greater than those provided in this Section 6.9.

e) Claims.

i. If a claim for indemnification submitted to the Company by an Indemnitee in respect of a Proceeding (following the final disposition of such Proceeding) is not paid in full by the Company within sixty (60) days after such claim has been received in writing by the Company, or a claim for advancement of expenses arising from or relating to such Proceeding is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after the Company has received a statement or statements therefor, the applicable Indemnitee shall be entitled at any time thereafter (but not before) to bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of such claim. If such Indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Company to recover an advancement of expenses arising from or relating to such Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to be paid by the Company the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (a) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (b) any suit brought by the Company to recover an advancement of expenses arising from or relating to a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct for entitlement to indemnification under applicable law and this Agreement.

ii. Neither the failure of the Company (whether by its Managers who are not parties to such Proceeding, a committee of such Managers, independent legal counsel or the Sole Member) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct for entitled to indemnification under applicable law and this Agreement, nor an actual determination by the Company (whether by its Managers who are not parties to such action, a committee of such Managers, independent legal counsel or the Sole Member) that the Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.


iii. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Company to recover an advancement of expenses arising from or relating to a Proceeding provided hereunder, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or is required to repay any amounts advanced in connection with such Proceeding, under this Section 6.9 shall be on the Company.

f) The rights conferred upon Indemnitees in this Section 6.9 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a Manager or officer of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of such Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under this Section 6.9 shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Agreement after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the Proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

g) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, employee or agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the Act.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 7.1. Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

a) the election of the Sole Member to terminate the Company; or

b) the happening of any event that makes it unlawful to carry on the business of the Company, including the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under applicable law.

Section 7.2. Winding Up and Liquidation of the Company. Upon the dissolution of the Company, the Board of Managers shall proceed to wind up the Company business. The Board of Managers shall sell the Company assets and, upon payment of the Company’s other debts and liabilities and the creation of such reserves as the Board of Managers deems appropriate (including, without limitation, in respect of any indemnification obligations), distribute the remaining assets of the Company to the Sole Member.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 8.1. Assignment. The Sole Member shall have the right to freely assign, sell or otherwise transfer its Interest.

Section 8.2. Effectiveness; Amendments. This Agreement may be amended by the Sole Member or the Board of Managers from time to time as it determines to be appropriate.


Section 8.3. Headings. Section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement.

Section 8.4. Severability. Every provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable. If any term or provision hereof is illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the validity or legality of the remainder of this Agreement.

Section 8.5. Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by any party, all the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the validity hereof shall be interpreted under the laws of the State of New Hampshire.

Section 8.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all the parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

Section 8.7. Effect of Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto, their successors and assigns, upon the execution of this Agreement by all of the parties hereto.

Section 8.8. Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit or enforceable by any creditor of the Company. The Sole Member shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contributions or payments to the Company.

Section 8.9. Interpretation. The Sole Member intends that (i) the language in this Agreement shall in all cases be construed simply according to the fair meaning thereof and shall not be construed against any party because that party or its counsel drafted such language, (ii) the provisions of the Act shall control with respect to any matter not set forth or otherwise provided for in this Agreement, (iii) any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms, (iv) the singular includes the plural and vice versa, (v) whenever reference is made in this Agreement to the “discretion” of a person it shall be deemed to be preceded by the phrase “sole and absolute” unless preceded by such phrase or a phrase of similar import, and (vi) references to any document or agreement are to be construed as references to such document or agreement as is in force for the time being and as amended, varied, supplemented, substituted, or novated from time to time.

Section 8.10. Entire Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, to the fullest extent permitted by the Act, this Agreement supersedes any and all existing agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents governing the affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business (including without limitation the Prior Agreement and the bylaws of the Company adopted on or about August 1, 2022). For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any such superseded agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement is effective on the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC
By:  

/s/ BRIAN CARNE

Name:   BRIAN CARNE
Title:   Founder & Co-Chair
SOLE MEMBER:
GLAS USA LLC
By:   /s/ Stuart Draper
Name:   Stuart Draper
Title:   COO

[Signature Page to LLC Agreement of GLAS Trust Company LLC]


Schedule A

Capitalization

 

Date    Capitalization  

November 23, 2016

   US$ 1,000,000  

November 30, 2016

   US$ 500,100  

December 31, 2017

   US$ 30,000  

March 27, 2018

   US$ 15,203.18  

June 30, 2018

   US$ 20,000  

September 30, 2020

   US$ 20,000  

TOTAL

   US$ 1,585,303.18  

Schedule A


Filed Date Filed: 02/12/2016 Business ID: 739423 William M. Gardner Secretary of State State of New Hampshire Filing fee: $100.00 Use black print or type. Form LLC-1 RSA 304-C:31 CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION NEW HAMPSHIRE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY THE UNDERSIGNED, under the New Hampshire Limited Liability Company Laws submits the following certificate of formation: FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is GLAS LLC Principal Business Information: Principal Office Address: 45 Ludgate Hill (no. & street) London EC4M 7JU (city/town) (slate) (zip code) Principal Mailing Address (if different): (no. & street) (city/town) (state) (zip code) Business Phone: +44 20 3597 2940 Business Email: directors@glas.agency Please check if you would prefer to receive the Annual Report Reminder Notice by email. SECOND: Describe the nature of the primary business or purposes (and if known, list the NAICS Code and Sub Code): The purpose of the company is to engage in any lawful act or activity permissible under New Hampshire state law for a nondepository trust company and any act or activity necessary, proper, or incidental thereto. The company shall not have the power to accept deposits. THIRD: The name of the limited liability company’s registered agent Is: Registered Agent Solutions, INC. The complete address of its registered office (agent’s business address) is: 10 Ferry St., Suite 313 Concord NH (state) 03301 (zip code) (no. & street) (city/town) vested in a manager or managers. FOURTH: The management of the limited liability company is FIFTH: The organizer of the trust company, GLAS LLC, is Mia Drennan. State of New Hampshire Form LLC 1-Certificate of Formation 2 Page(s) T1604745004

 

LOGO


CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION OF A

NEW HAMPSHIRE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

     

Form LLC-1

(Cont.)

 

*Signature:   

/s/ Mia Drennan

Print or type name:   

Mia Drennan

Title:   

Manager

   (Enter “manager” or “member”)
Date signed:   

8th Feb 2016

Note: The sale or offer for sale of membership interests of the limited liability company will comply with the requirements of the New Hampshire Uniform Securities Act (RSA 421-B). The membership interests of the limited liability company: 1) have been registered or when offered will be registered under RSA 421-B; 2) are exempted or when offered will be exempted under RSA 421-B; 3) are or will be offered in a transaction exempted from registration under RSA 421-B; 4) are not securities under RSA 421-B; OR 5) are federal covered securities under RSA 421-B. The statement above shall not by itself constitute a registration or a notice of exemption from registration of securities within the meaning of sections 448 and 461(i)(3) of the United States Internal Revenue Code and the regulation promulgated thereunder.

* Must be signed by a manager; if no manager, must be signed by a member.

DISCLAIMER: All documents filed with the Corporation Division become public records and will be available for public inspection in either tangible or electronic form.

Mailing Address - Corporation Division, NH Dept. of State, 107 N Main St, Rm 204, Concord, NH 03301-4989

Physical Location - State House Annex, 3rd Floor, Rm 317, 25 Capitol St, Concord, NH

 

Page 2 of 2

Form LLC-1 (9/2015)


Exhibit 2

Office of the Bank Commissioner Certificate to Conduct Business


State of New Hampshire Office of the Bank Commissioner HE STATE OF NEW R This is to certify that GLAS Trust Company, LLC has complied with all requirements of RSA 383-A. Now, therefore, under the authority vested in me as Bank Commissioner, I hereby authorize GLAS Trust Company, LLC to begin the transaction of business effective February 23, 2017. Dated: 2/23/17 Gerald H. Little Bank Commissioner

 

LOGO


Exhibit 3

State of New Hampshire Certificate to Exercise Corporate Trust Powers


State of New Hampshire

Department of State

Be it known, that whereas Mia Drennan have associated themselves with the intention of forming a trust company under the name of GLAS LLC, for the purpose of forming a non depository trust company and any act or activity necessary, proper, or incidental thereto. The company shall not have the power to accept deposits, and has complied with the provisions of the statutes of this state as duly approved by the Bank Commissioner and recorded in this office.

Now, therefore, I William M. Gardner, secretary of state, do hereby certify that said Mia Drennan and their successors, are legally organized and established as, and are hereby made, an existing trust company under the name of GLAS LLC, with the powers, rights and privileges, and subject to the limitations, duties, and restrictions, which by law appertain thereto.

 

                 Witness my official signature hereunto subscribed, and the Seal of the State of New Hampshire, this Twelfth day of February in the year of 2016.
 

LOGO

   

/s/ William M. Gardner

William M. Gardner

Secretary of State

   


Exhibit 4

Copy of By-Laws for the Trustee


Bylaws of

GLAS Trust Company LLC

ARTICLE I

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting shall be held once each calendar year for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting. The annual meeting shall be held at the time and place designated by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders may be requested by the Chairman, President, the Board of Directors, or the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares.

Section 3. Notice. Written notice of all shareholder meetings, whether regular or special meetings, shall be provided under this section or as otherwise required by law. The Notice shall state the place, date, and hour of meeting, and if for a special meeting, the purpose of the meeting. Such notice shall be mailed to all shareholders of record at the address shown on the corporate books, at least 10 days prior to the meeting. Such notice shall be deemed effective when deposited in ordinary U.S. mail, properly addressed, with postage prepaid.

Section 4. Place of Meeting. Shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal place of business unless otherwise stated in the notice. Shareholders of any class or series may participate in any meeting of shareholders by means of remote communication to the extent the Board of Directors authorizes such participation for such class or series. Participation by means of remote communication shall be subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors adopts. Shareholders participating in a shareholders’ meeting by means of remote communication shall be deemed present and may vote at such a meeting if the corporation has implemented reasonable measures: (1) to verify that each person participating remotely is a shareholder, and (2) to provide such shareholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the shareholders, including an opportunity to communicate, and to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting, substantially concurrent with such proceedings.

Section 5. Quorum. A majority of the outstanding voting shares, whether represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a Shareholders’ meeting. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the represented shares may adjourn the meeting to another time without further notice. If a quorum is represented at an adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally scheduled. The shareholders present at a meeting represented by a quorum may continue to transact business until adjournment, even if the withdrawal of some shareholders results in representation of less than a quorum.

Section 6. Informal Action. Any action required to be taken, or which may be taken, at a shareholders meeting, may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the shareholders who own all of the shares entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter of the vote.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number of Directors. The corporation shall be managed by a Board of Directors consisting of 9 director(s).

Section 2. Election and Term of Office. The directors shall be elected at the annual shareholders’ meeting. Each director shall serve a term of 2 years, or until a successor has been elected and qualified.

Section 3. Quorum. A majority of directors shall constitute a quorum.

Section 4. Adverse Interest. In the determination of a quorum of the directors, or in voting, the disclosed adverse interest of a director shall not disqualify the director or invalidate his or her vote.


Section 5. Regular Meeting. An annual meeting shall be held, without notice, immediately following and at the same place as the annual meeting of the shareholders. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, for additional regular meetings without notice other than the notice provided by the resolution.

Section 6. Special Meeting. Special meetings may be requested by the Chairman, President, Vice-President, Corporate Secretary, or any two directors by providing five days’ written notice by ordinary United States mail, effective when mailed. Minutes of the meeting shall be sent to the Board of Directors within two weeks after the meeting.

Section 7. Procedures. The vote of a majority of the Directors present at a properly called meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the vote of a greater number is required by law or by these by-laws for a particular resolution. A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless their dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting. The Board shall keep written minutes of its proceedings in its permanent records.

If authorized by the governing body, any requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the member or proxy holder.

Section 8. Informal Action. Any action required to be taken at a meeting of directors, or any action which may be taken at a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all of the directors or all of the members of the committee of directors, as the case may be.

Section 9. Removal/ Vacancies. A director shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose. Any vacancy that occurs on the Board of Directors, whether by death, resignation, removal or any other cause, may be filled by the remaining directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve the remaining term of his or her predecessor, or until a successor has been elected and qualified.

Section 10. Director Attendance Policy. A director who fails to attend 3 Board meetings annually, without approval of the Chairman, will be subject to removal for cause. Attendance may be in-person, telephonically or via electronic participation, as deemed sufficient to the Chairman and/or approval of a quorum of the Directors, for the purpose of fulfilling the minimum attendance requirement.

Section 11. Resignation. Any director may resign effective upon giving written notice to the Chairperson of the Board, the President, the Corporate Secretary or the Board of Directors of the corporation, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. If the resignation is effective at a future time, a successor may be elected to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

Section 12. Committees. To the extent permitted by law, the Board of Directors may appoint from its members a committee or committees, temporary or permanent, and designate the duties, powers and authorities of such committees.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number of Officers. The officers of the corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice-Presidents (as determined by the Board of Directors), a Treasurer, and a Corporate Secretary.

President/Chairman. The Chairman and the President shall be the chief executive officers and either shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and its Executive Committee, if such a committee is created by the Board.

Vice President. The Vice President shall perform the duties of the President in the absence of the President and shall assist that office in the discharge of its leadership duties.

Corporate Secretary. The Corporate Secretary shall give notice of all meetings of the Board of Directors and Executive Committee, if any, shall keep an accurate list of the directors, and shall have the authority to certify any records, or copies of records, as the official records of the corporation. The Corporate Secretary shall maintain the minutes of the Board of Directors’ meetings and all committee meetings.


Treasurer/CFO. The Treasurer shall be responsible for conducting the financial affairs of the corporation as directed and authorized by the Board of Directors and Executive Committee, if any, and shall make reports of the corporation’s finances as required, but no less often than at each meeting of the Board of Directors and Executive Committee.

BSA/AML Officer - The Board shall elect annually, at the first Board meeting of the calendar year, as recommended by Senior Management of the Trust Company, a BSA/A ML for a one-year term. The prior year’s BSA/AML officer can be the prior year’s Officer, so long as formally approved annually by the Board according to the terms of these By-Laws.

The Board shall annually require, via annual Board resolution, the BSA/AML Officer to notify the Board as to any SAR filings and confirm that the appropriate reporting to the New Hampshire Banking Department has been made in accordance with NH RSA 383-A:5-511 and the Trust Company’s internal BSA/AML policy.

Section 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors, immediately following the annual meeting of the shareholders. Each officer shall serve a one year term or until a successor has been elected and qualified.

Section 3. Removal or Vacancy. The Board of Directors shall have the power to remove an officer or agent of the corporation. Any vacancy that occurs for any reason may be filled by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

CORPORATE SEAL, EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS

The corporation shall not have a corporate seal. All instruments that are executed on behalf of the corporation which are acknowledged and which affect an interest in real estate shall be executed by the Chairman, President or any Vice-President and the Corporate Secretary or Treasurer. All other instruments executed by the corporation, including a release of mortgage or lien, may be executed by the Chairman, President or any Vice-President. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this section, any written instrument may be executed by any officer(s) or agent(s) that are specifically designated by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE V

AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS

The bylaws may be amended, altered, or repealed by the Board of Directors or the shareholders by a majority of a quorum vote at any regular or special meeting; provided however, that the shareholders may from time to time specify particular provisions of the bylaws which shall not be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

Any director or officer who is involved in litigation by reason of his or her position as a director or officer of this corporation shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by law as it now exists or may subsequently be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights).

ARTICLE VII

STOCK CERTIFICATES

The corporation may issue shares of the corporation’s stock without certificates. Within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, the corporation shall send the shareholder a written statement of the information that is required by law to be on the certificates. Upon written request to the Corporate secretary by a holder of such shares, the Corporate Secretary shall provide a certificate in the form prescribed by the directors.


ARTICLE VIII

DISSOLUTION

The corporation may be dissolved only with authorization of its Board of Directors given at a special meeting called for that purpose, and with the subsequent approval by no less than two-thirds (2/3) vote of the members.

Certification

Debra Aldous, Corporate Secretary of GLAS Trust Company LLC, hereby certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of the bylaws of the above- named corporation, duly adopted by the incorporator(s) on September 20, 2017, revisions adopted February 1, 2024.


EXHIBIT 6

March 18, 2025

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned made by Federal, State, Territorial, or District authorities authorized to make such examination may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

 

Very truly yours,
GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC
/s/ Tom Vanson
Tom Vanson
Senior Transaction Manager